Skip to main content

Full text of "Smithsonian year : annual report of the Smithsonian Institution for the year ended Sept. 30 .."

See other formats


BOSTON 

PUBLIC 

LIBRARY 


*i 


m  m,  m 


S 


T 


'.•ft--:.  • 


SMITHSONIA 


N      INSTITUTIO 


N 


National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  as  viewed  between  the  Castle  (left)  and  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building. 


Smithsonian  Year  1985 

Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  For  the  Year  Ended  September  30, 1985 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  City  of  Washington,  1986 


Shah  Tahmasp  Reading,  a  drawing  by  Mir  Sayyid  Ali,  Iran,  Tabriz,  circa  1530-1540,  is  among  the  works  of  Islamic  art  in  the  Vever 
Collection,  an  enormously  significant  acquisition  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery. 


Contents 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  7 

Establishment,  Board  of  Regents,  Executive 

Committee,  and  the  Secretary   8 
Statement  by  the  Secretary  9 
Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents  30 
Financial  Report  32 


Science  61 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum  62 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History  68 
National  Zoological  Park  74 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  80 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory   82 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center  89 
Smithsonian  Office  of  Educational  Research   93 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  94 


Public  Service   143 

Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education   144 

Office  of  Folklife  Programs  145 

Office  of  Public  Affairs  146 

Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Seminars  148 

Office  of  Telecommunications  150 

Smithsonian  Institution  Press   151 

Smithsonian  Magazine   152 

Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception  Center 


Administration   155 

Administrative  and  Support  Activities  156 
Smithsonian  Institution  Women's  Council   159 
Smithsonian  Internship  Council   159 


Directorate  of  International  Activities  161 


*53 


History  and  Art   101 

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum   102 

Archives  of  American  Art  103 

Center  for  Asian  Art:  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  and 

Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  104 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  105 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden   107 
Joseph  Henry  Papers  109 
National  Museum  of  African  Art  no 
National  Museum  of  American  Art  112 
National  Museum  of  American  History   114 
National  Portrait  Gallery  121 
Office  of  American  Studies   123 


Membership  and  Development   163 
Office  of  Development   164 

National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  165 
Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  165 
James  Smithson  Society   166 
Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program   167 
Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program   171 


Under  Separate  Boards  of  Trustees  175 
Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc.    176 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars  178 
John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts   180 


Museum  Programs  125 

Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory   126 

National  Museum  Act  Programs  128 

Office  of  Exhibits  Central   128 

Office  of  Horticulture  130 

Office  of  Museum  Programs  131 

Office  of  the  Registrar  133 

Smithsonian  Institution  Archives   134 

Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries   137 

Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service   139 


National  Gallery  of  Art  186 


THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  was  created  by  act  of  Con- 
gress in  1846  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  will  of 
James  Smithson  of  England,  who  in  1 826  bequeathed  his 
property  to  the  United  States  of  America  "to  found  at 
Washington,  under  the  name  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, an  establishment  for  the  increase  and  diffusion  of 
knowledge  among  men."  After  receiving  the  property  and 
accepting  the  trust,  Congress  incorporated  the  Institution 
in  an  "establishment,"  whose  statutory  members  are  the 
President,  the  Vice  President,  the  Chief  Justice,  and  the 
heads  of  the  executive  departments,  and  vested  responsi- 
bility for  administering  the  trust  in  the  Smithsonian  Board 
of  Regents. 


The  Establishment 


Ronald  W.  Reagan,  President  of  the  United  States 

George  H.  W.  Bush,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States 

Warren  E.  Burger,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

George  P.  Shultz,  Secretary  of  State 

James  A.  Baker  III,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 

Caspar  W.  Weinberger,  Secretary  of  Defense 

Edwin  Meese  III,  Attorney  General 

Donald  P.  Hodel,  Secretary  of  the  Interior 

John  R.  Block,  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

Malcolm  Baldrige,  Secretary  of  Commerce 

William  E.  Brock,  Secretary  of  Labor 

Margaret  M.  Heckler,  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human 

Services 
Samuel  R.  Pierce,  Jr.,  Secretary  of  Housing  and  Urban 

Development 
Elizabeth  H.  Dole,  Secretary  of  Transportation 
William  J.  Bennett,  Secretary  of  Education 
John  S.  Herrington,  Secretary  of  Energy 

Board  of  Regents 

Warren  E.  Burger,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States, 

ex  officio,  Chancellor 
George  H.  W.  Bush,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States,  ex 

officio 
Edwin  J.  (Jake)  Garn,  Senator  from  Utah 
Barry  Goldwater,  Senator  from  Arizona 
James  R.  Sasser,  Senator  from  Tennessee 
Edward  P.  Boland,  Representative  from  Massachusetts 
Silvio  O.  Conte,  Representative  from  Massachusetts 
Norman  Y.  Mineta,  Representative  from  California 
David  C.  Acheson,  citizen  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
Anne  L.  Armstrong,  citizen  of  Texas 
William  G.  Bowen,  citizen  of  New  Jersey 
Jeannine  Smith  Clark,  citizen  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
Murray  Gell-Mann,  citizen  of  California 
A.  Leon  Higginbotham,  Jr.,  citizen  of  Pennsylvania 
Carlisle  H.  Humelsine,  citizen  of  Virginia 
Samuel  C.  Johnson,  citizen  of  Wisconsin 
Barnabas  McHenry,  citizen  of  New  York 


Executive  Committee 

Warren  E.  Burger,  Chancellor 

David  C.  Acheson 

Samuel  C.  Johnson 

Carlisle  H.  Humelsine  (Chairman) 


The  Secretary 

Robert  McCormick  Adams 

Dean  W.  Anderson,  Under  Secretary  and  Acting  Assistant 

Secretary  for  History  and  Art 
David  Challinor,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Science 
Joseph  Coudon,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 
Margaret  C.  Gaynor,  Congressional  Liaison 
James  M.  Hobbins,  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 
John  E  Jameson,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration 
Ann  R.  Leven,  Treasurer 
Peter  G.  Powers,  General  Counsel 
John  E.  Reinhardt,  Director,  Directorate  of  International 

Activities 
William  N.  Richards,  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for 

Museum  Programs 
Ralph  C.  Rinzler,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service 
James  McK.  Symington,  Director,  Office  of  Membership 

and  Development 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 


Robert  McC.  Adams 


In  our  own  time  a  tide  of  progressively  greater  complexity 
has  carried  us  very  far  indeed  into  an  almost  endless  archi- 
pelago of  specialization.  Most  scholars  and  scientists  have 
become  accustomed  to  living  professionally  on  very  small 
islands,  content  with  some  knowledge  of  a  few  neighbor- 
ing islands  and  with  only  a  very  small  scale  and  approxi- 
mate sense  of  what  may  lie  beyond.  But  the  narrowing 
range  of  individual  adventurousness  and  expertise — 
contrasting  with  the  vast  geographic  extensions  that  are 
almost  routinely  possible  in  our  movements — is  a  rela- 
tively recent  phenomenon.  Quite  different  conditions  pre- 
vailed not  only  during  the  Renaissance  and  earlier,  were 
reaffirmed  in  the  Enlightenment,  and  substantially  out- 
lasted the  age  of  Jefferson. 

Large-scale,  quasi-industrial  production  of  new  knowl- 
edge was  perhaps  the  key  objective  in  this  reduction  of 
intellectual  range  and  intensified  emphasis  on  specializa- 
tion. Great  museum  and  research  laboratory  complexes 
like  the  Smithsonian,  not  to  speak  of  our  major  universi- 
ties, have  become  its  major  embodiment.  Through  them 
there  has  been  an  ongoing  transformation  in  both  our 
understanding  of  and  our  control  over  the  conditions  of 
our  existence. 

There  is  no  reason  to  cast  doubt  upon  this  marvellously 
self-generating  expansion  in  our  horizons  of  directed 
thought  and  action.  Prolonged,  devoted  specialization  has 
proved  to  be  a  necessary  condition  for  most  aspects  of 
scholarly  and  scientific  advance.  But  just  as  we  have 
gained  from  the  coexistence  of  a  variety  of  institutional 
forms,  we  should  resist  lockstep  uniformity  in  a  march 
toward  specialization.  There  is  nothing  whatever  to  gain 
from  excesses  that  go  beyond  bringing  the  necessary 
resources  to  bear  on  particular  problems,  maintaining 
institutional  and  disciplinary  barriers  for  their  own  sake. 
On  the  contrary,  greater  effort  should  be  devoted  to 
themes  that  crosscut  or  transcend  our  usual  disciplinary 
and  institutional  structures. 

Alfred  Kroeber  long  ago  noted  that  creative  achieve- 
ments have  tended  to  occur  in  historic  clusterings,  extend- 
ing simultaneously  into  literary,  philosophical,  scientific, 
technological,  and  artistic  realms.  That  argues  for  the 
importance  of  mutual  stimulation  among  those  responsi- 
ble for  them,  as  well  as  for  the  broadly  encouraging  influ- 
ence of  a  supportive  social  context.  Further  contradicting 
the  idea  of  an  inexorable  growth  in  specialization,  at  least 
some  of  these  clusterings  were  also  characterized  by  wid- 
ened horizons  of  individual  accomplishment. 

The  first  great  impulse  toward  specialization  could  well 
be  one  example.  Marked  by  the  birth  of  cities,  the  intro- 
duction of  writing,  a  burst  of  technical  virtuosity  in  the 


crafts,  and  the  state-supported  growth  of  priestly  and 
bureaucratic  cadres,  it  was  a  time  for  which  our  knowl- 
edge of  individuals  is  admittedly  very  limited.  One  of  them 
was  Imhotep,  minister  to  an  Egyptian  pharaoh  during  the 
initial  flowering  of  Old  Kingdom  civilization.  His  reputa- 
tion for  numinous  powers  was  joined  much  later  with  that 
of  the  Greek  god  Asclepius,  still  our  patron  of  medicine. 
Imhotep's  long  recitation  of  his  impressive  administrative 
titles  and  achievements  was  followed  with  two  other  skills 
or  attributes:  carpenter  and  sculptor.  The  association  is 
strange  to  modern  eyes,  but  surely  reflects  qualifications  or 
accomplishments  that  in  his  time  were  reckoned  to  belong 
together.  Such  breadth  later  disappears  from  Egyptian 
records. 

Thales  of  Miletus,  at  the  outset  of  the  next  great  creative 
burst  of  which  we  are  aware,  is  another  such  example. 
Noted  as  a  philosopher  and  mathematician,  he  was  also  a 
practical  statesman  and  navigator.  Reportedly  he  foretold 
an  eclipse  (perhaps  with  the  aid  of  a  Babylonian  astronom- 
ical table),  and  was  a  sufficiently  canny  speculator  to  have 
cornered  the  olive  oil  market.  In  contrast  with  earlier  cen- 
turies of  prevailing  anonymity,  numerous  Greeks  like 
Thales  left  a  permanent  stamp  as  recognizable  individuals 
whose  creativity  affected  everything  around  them.  In  being 
the  first  substantial  group  to  sign  or  otherwise  take  or  be 
given  credit  for  their  own  works,  they  display  a  concern 
for  their  place  in  and  contribution  to  the  stream  of 
recorded  time  and  achievement.  "A  sense  of  history"  is,  of 
course,  Greek  in  its  first  general  appearance. 

The  historian  Carlo  Cipolla  has  sketched  a  vital,  if  little 
understood,  medieval  transition  that  bridged  the  long  pas- 
sage from  late  antiquity  to  the  Renaissance.  It  involves  the 
cult  of  the  saints,  which  cloaked  the  changing  bounds  of 
human  aspiration  in  religious  metaphor.  This,  he  believes, 
contributed  to  slowly  emerging  but  in  the  end  decisive  dif- 
ferences between  the  two  eras: 

The  saints  did  not  take  their  ease  in  the  hieratic  immo- 
bility of  the  oriental  holymen,  nor  did  they  amuse  them- 
selves like  the  Greek  gods  by  punishing  men  for  their 
audacity.  On  the  contrary,  they  were  always  at  work  to 
overcome  the  adverse  forces  of  nature:  they  defeated  dis- 
eases, calmed  stormy  seas,  saved  the  harvests  from 
storms  and  locusts,  softened  the  fall  for  whoever  lept 
into  a  ravine,  stopped  fires,  made  the  drowning  float, 
and  guided  ships  in  danger.  The  saints  practiced  what 
the  commoners  dreamed:  they  harnessed  nature  and,  far 
from  being  condemned  for  doing  so,  they  lived  pleas- 
antly in  Paradise  in  the  company  of  God.  Harnessing 
nature  was  not  regarded  as  a  sin;  it  was  a  miracle. 


The  next  great  cluster  coincided  with  the  general  uncoil- 
ing of  energies  at  the  outset  of  the  Renaissance.  Once 
again  the  technical,  the  scientific,  and  the  artistic  joined, 
or  at  least  overlapped,  in  ways  that  for  modern  tastes  are 
disconcerting:  Leonardo,  the  "divine"  Michelangelo, 
Copernicus,  Galileo.  There  was  intense  interest  in  the 
crafts  on  the  part  of  the  founders  of  the  Royal  Society.  Yet 
this  was  not  merely  a  cyclical  return  of  the  earlier  pattern. 
Prefigured  by  the  cult  of  the  saints,  essentially  human  arti- 
fices now  appeared  as  a  kind  of  Gestalt  for  the  universe 
itself.  Cipolla,  David  Landes,  and  others  have  written  of 
the  obsession  of  many  major  Renaissance  figures  with 
machinery,  and  especially  with  clockwork.  Johannes 
Kepler,  for  example,  expressed  it  as  his  aim  "to  show  that 
the  celestial  machine  is  not  to  be  likened  to  a  divine  organ- 
ism but  rather  to  a  clockwork,"  and  Robert  Boyle,  too, 
directly  likened  the  universe  to  "a  great  piece  of  clock- 
work." 

I  need  not  recount  later  such  clusterings.  The  intervals 
separating  them  grew  shorter  and  shorter,  and  of  course 
more  and  more  is  known  of  the  individuals  in  them.  At 
least  in  the  case  of  science  and  technology,  transformative 
contributions  in  a  succession  of  different  fields  may  have 
become  so  numerous  that  they  form  an  almost  uninter- 
rupted series.  But  in  the  meantime,  what  had  been  during 
those  earlier  creative  bursts  a  closely  linked  and  mutually 
informing  set  of  traditions,  spanning  all  knowledge  and 
creative  endeavor,  dispersed  itself  into  separate  compart- 
ments that  devote  little  effort  to  communicating  with  or 
reinforcing  one  another.  Representative,  major  figures  like 
an  Einstein,  an  Edison,  and  a  Picasso  clearly  would  have 
had  little  to  say  to  one  another  already  by  the  beginning  of 
the  twentieth  century. 

At  a  deeper  level,  however,  it  is  not  at  all  clear  that  crea- 
tivity itself  has  had  to  take  fundamentally  different  forms 
as  fields  have  diversified  and  become  isolated  from  one 
another.  To  be  sure,  some  historians  of  science  like 
Thomas  Khun  hold  that  processes  of  scientific  discovery 
are  unique,  distinctively  different  from  achievements  in  the 
arts  or,  perhaps,  even  in  technology.  But  an  at  least  equally 
plausible  case  can  be  made  that  neither  the  methods  nor 
the  intellectual  and  physical  products  of  the  sciences  and 
the  arts  can  truly  be  distinguished  from  one  another.  And 
at  least  until  the  last  generation  or  two,  there  were  major 
features  of  the  underlying  support  systems  that  were 
largely  held  in  common  by  the  sciences  and  the  humani- 
ties. 

Private  patronage,  for  example,  remained  a  vital  ele- 
ment until  fairly  recently.  It  had  taken  new  forms  during 
the  Renaissance.  Princely  families  or  clerical  institutions  of 


great  wealth  supported  men  of  learning  or  artistic  achieve- 
ment in  their  retinues.  No  doubt  they  were  at  least  partly 
promoting  their  own  social  and  political  objectives,  but 
the  course  they  chose  also  discouraged  the  mutual  isola- 
tion of  specialists  from  one  another  and  promoted  new 
and  broader  forms  of  interaction.  Gradually  patronage 
evolved  further  still,  the  drawbacks  of  personal  depen- 
dency without  recourse  being  steadily  moderated  as 
greatly  enlarged  landed  and  entrepreneurial  elites  joined 
the  ranks  of  potential  patrons.  In  most  advanced  countries 
the  state  itself  presently  created  specialized,  semi-detached 
organs  to  distribute  a  derived  form  of  patronage  more 
equitably  and  widely.  International  as  well  as  national 
markets  for  creative  works  of  many  kinds  simultaneously 
assumed  greater  and  greater  prominence,  as  did  corporate 
sponsorship.  Above  all,  there  arose  more  or  less  perpetu- 
ally endowed  and  hence  relatively  independent  institutions 
capable  of  providing  support,  detachment,  facilities,  the 
stimulus  of  students  and  colleagues,  and  the  assurances  of 
continuity  on  which  planning  for  life-long  careers  could  be 
premised. 


But  let  me  return  to  an  earlier  stage  in  this  process.  There 
is  a  little-noticed  difference  between  our  usage  of  the 
word,  science,  and  French  science,  German  Wissenschaft, 
Russian  nauka,  or  the  original  Latin  scientia.  All  the  latter 
are  vastly  more  inclusive,  embracing  all  knowledge.  Why 
is  English  different? 

During  the  Middle  Ages,  and  even  later,  the  English 
word  had  the  same  broad  connotation.  The  seven  (liberal) 
sciences  then  were  often  used  synonymously  with  the  seven 
liberal  arts  to  cover  all  the  formally  constituted  fields  of 
learning:  grammar,  logic,  rhetoric,  arithmetic,  music, 
geometry,  and  astronomy.  Music  and  mathematics  were 
still  "these  sciences"  in  Shakespeare's  Taming  of  the  Shrew. 
Only  later,  in  the  seventeenth  century,  did  a  contradistinc- 
tion of  science  from  art  begin  to  emerge,  separating  theo- 
retical truths  and  conscious,  systematic  applications  of 
principles  from  traditional  rules  or  skills  that  were  applied 
by  habit.  Later  still,  well  into  the  eighteenth  century,  sci- 
ence first  came  to  designate  a  branch  of  study  resting  on  an 
integrated  body  of  observed  regularities.  And  only  toward 
the  end  of  the  nineteenth  century  did  the  modern  tendency 
to  apply  the  term  especially  to  the  natural  sciences  make  its 
appearance. 


Robert  McC.  Adams,  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
(Photograph  by  Chad  Slattery) 


IO 


II 


This  late  and  slow  path  of  divergence  suggests  that  the 
seventeenth  century  was  a  kind  of  watershed,  a  break  in 
what  until  then  had  been  a  common  pattern  that,  once 
begun,  tended  to  widen  further.  Much  attention  has  been 
devoted  by  historians  to  essentially  the  same  watershed.  In 
my  reading  of  that  work,  a  sense  of  tension  or  mutual 
antipathy  between  two  major  groups  of  scholars  and  intel- 
lectuals is  apparent,  perhaps  more  widely  and  strongly  felt 
in  England  than  elsewhere  in  Europe.  On  one  side  were 
those  involved  in  traditional  fields  of  learning  that  we  now 
would  recognize  as  the  humanities.  On  the  other  were  the 
epochal  figures  we  now  regard  as  responsible  for  the  birth 
of  the  natural  sciences  in  their  modern  form.  But  as  is 
shown  convincingly  by  Charles  Webster's  demonstration 
of  the  generality  of  the  idea  of  a  rebirth  of  knowledge  per- 
mitting man's  dominion  over  nature,  and  by  Barbara  Sha- 
piro's somewhat  similar  work  on  the  simultaneous 
appearance  of  new  distinctions  between  probability  and 
certainty  in  science,  history,  religion,  law,  and  literature, 
the  lines  were  by  no  means  so  clear  at  the  time.  Allied  with 
the  natural  scientists,  or  natural  philosophers  as  they  were 
then  known,  were  far  greater  numbers  of  people  whom 
today  we  would  not  regard  as  scientists  at  all.  These  were 
practical  men  concerned  with  improving  education,  sur- 
veying, husbandry,  economic  and  monetary  theory,  and, 
not  least,  the  reformation  of  the  church. 

The  real  differences  were  not  so  much  between  science 
and  the  humanities  as  subject  matter,  as  between  attitudes 
and  personal  commitments.  The  Baconians  argued  for  not 
merely  the  mutability  but  the  transformation  of  knowledge 
through  consciously  applied  human  agency.  Today  we  may 
be  puzzled  at  the  enormous,  and  in  some  respects  clearly 
diversionary  if  not  counterproductive,  influence  of  Bacon's 
unwavering  empiricism,  of  his  demand  for  "minds  washed 
clean  from  opinion  to  study  [nature]  in  purity  and  integ- 
rity." But  in  its  time  it  symbolized  the  strong  and  wide- 
spread hostility  that  had  developed  toward  the  received 
and  static  corpus  of  classical  learning  that  still  held  much 
of  humanistic  scholarship  in  its  grip. 

There  is  no  such  mutual  antipathy  today,  but  the  indif- 
ference that  has  replaced  it  may  be  almost  as  damaging. 
Science,  it  seems  reasonable  to  conclude,  and  even  to  cele- 
brate, is  the  driving  intellectual  if  not  social  force  of  our 
age.  Its  content,  to  be  sure,  is  not  readily  comprehendible 
with  the  traditional  equipment  of  the  humanist.  But  the 
natural  sciences  are  by  no  means  as  monolithic  and  impen- 
etrable as  humanists  too  often  assume.  Moreover,  the 
striking  growth  of  the  history  of  science  as  a  discipline  has 
shown  that,  viewed  as  an  alternate  career  path  rather  than 
a  short-term  project,  a  measure  of  scientific  specialization 


can  be  an  attractive  challenge  rather  than  a  permanent 
deterrent  to  at  least  some  humanists. 

Within  the  sciences  themselves,  the  diversity  is  huge. 
There  is,  as  is  well  known,  the  timeless,  elegant  parsimony 
of  fundamental  particle  physics.  But  there  are  also  inher- 
ently complex,  descriptive  sciences  such  as  systematic  biol- 
ogy. Others,  like  meteorology,  are  only  beginning  to  attain 
a  useful  level  of  long-range  predictability.  Still  others  are 
currently  undergoing  real  but  narrow  breakthroughs. 
These  may  unify  our  understanding  of  limited  sets  of  phe- 
nomena, but  they  leave  regularities  and  rough  empiricism 
coexisting  in  an  uneasy  equilibrium.  Of  the  striking 
advance  in  plate  tectonics  over  the  last  two  decades  or  so, 
for  example,  Frank  Richter  has  written  that 

It  is  only  approximately  true,  not  equally  applicable 
everywhere,  and  not  capable  of  being  modified  so  as  to 
account  for  those  regions  where  it  fails.  It  contains  no 
reference  to  the  laws  of  motion  even  though  it  describes 
motion.  Yet  it  is  scientific  and  revolutionary  in  that  it 
provides  a  whole  new  framework  for  discussing,  and  in 
some  cases  resolving,  probletns  involving  large-scale 
geological  processes. 

Too  commonly,  physics  is  taken  as  the  paradigmatic  case 
for  all  the  sciences.  This  leads  to  a  "Two  Cultures"-like 
sense  of  resignation  over  the  apparent  hopelessness  of  the 
polar  opposition  between  the  humanities  and  science  as  an 
undifferentiated  whole,  rather  than  to  a  more  positive  rec- 
ognition of  the  many  continuities  that  exist.  Here  is 
Stephen  Jay  Gould,  an  evolutionary  biologist  (and  memberi 
of  the  Smithsonian  Council)  in  whose  approach  one  would 
hope  humanists  could  identify  important  commonalities 
on  the  subject: 

The  Nobel  prizes  focus  on  quantitative,  nonhistone al, 
deductively  oriented  fields  with  their  methodology  of 
perturbation  by  experiment  and  establishment  of  repeat- 
able  chains  of  relatively  simple  cause  and  effect.  An 
entire  set  of  disciplines,  different  though  equal  in  scope 
and  status,  but  often  subjected  to  ridicule  because  they 
do  not  follow  this  pathway  of  "hard"  science,  is  thereby 
ignored:  the  historical  sciences,  treating  immensely  com- 
plex and  nonrepeatable  events  and  therefore  eschewing 
prediction  while  seeking  explanation  for  what  has  hap- 
pened, and  using  the  methods  of  observation  and  com- 
parison. 

There  are,  in  short,  complementarities  in  approach  and 
outlook  between  important  parts  of  the  sciences  and  the 


12 


humanities,  complementarities  of  which  humanists  cannot 
afford  to  remain  ignorant.  Similarly,  there  is  a  growing 
amount  of  suggestive  work  focusing  on  the  creative 
process;  on  the  cognitive  and  symbolic  aspects  of  pattern 
recognition  and  discovery;  on  the  intellectual  and  social 
organization  of  disciplines;  on  the  blurring  of  disciplinary 
boundaries;  and  on  the  history  of  development  of  fields  as 
disparate  as  science  and  art.  Such  work  persuasively  calls 
attention  to  these  continuities.  To  what  extent,  then,  are 
humanists  and  scientists  really  breeds  apart?  Should  it  not 
be  the  mission  of  the  humanities  to  embrace  and  interpret 
the  world,  and  our  place  in  it,  as  even  its  scientific  dimen- 
sions impinge  on  the  human  condition,  rather  than  to 
claim  and  defend  any  exclusive  territory? 

In  an  earlier  age  of  comparably  extraordinary  scientific 
advance,  Locke  rubbed  shoulders  with  Newton,  Hooke, 
and  Boyle  in  the  Royal  Society.  Bacon,  although  he  ener- 
gized the  great  experimentalists  of  those  days,  was  essen- 
tially a  philosopher.  In  our  times,  I  have  the  impression 
that  there  is  significantly  greater  willingness  on  the  part  of 
scientists  to  reach  out  into  and  explore  the  humanities 
than  one  can  find  among  their  humanistic  counterparts  to 
bridge  existing  disjunctions  from  the  opposite  direction. 

My  point  is  to  urge  the  importance  of  averting  the  drift 
into  a  defensive  and  exclusionary  pattern  of  thought  on 
the  part  of  those  especially  concerned  with  the  arts  and 
humanities.  This  is  not  to  deny  that  the  humanities  may 
indeed  be  in  some  jeopardy  and  need  defending.  But  they 
will  be  better  served  by  bold  and  ecumenical  forays 
directed  at  new  challenges  and  problems,  disregarding  all 
the  usual  boundaries  and  addressing  the  humanistic  impli- 
cations of  all  knowledge,  than  by  pulling  up  the  draw- 
bridges and  narrowly  defending  the  received  structures  of 
the  past. 

My  own  perspective  has  been  largely  shaped  by  long  asso- 
ciation with  a  research  university,  where  my  collegial  ties 
were  divided  between  the  humanities  and  the  social  sci- 
ences. Having  left  that  setting  for  the  Smithsonian  not 
much  more  than  a  year  ago,  I  am  particularly  conscious  of 
the  differences  in  programmatic  content  as  well  as  form 
that  I  now  find  are  associated  with  public  museums.  Most 
obvious,  particularly  in  contrast  with  the  spirit  of  public 
involvement  that  surrounds  the  Smithsonian,  is  the  fact 
that  universities  form  an  encapsulating  and  protective  soci- 
ety of  their  own.  Colleagues  communicate  with  their  peers 
elsewhere,  within  a  limited  and  self-selected,  if  often  geo- 
graphically dispersed,  sphere  of  discourse  that — especially 
in  the  case  of  the  humanities — often  provides  the  greater 
part  of  its  critics  as  well  as  audience.  Public  museums,  by 


contrast,  must  relate  to  a  wider  constituency  whose 
demands,  and  whose  access,  involve  no  common  accep- 
tance of  the  principles  governing  membership  in  university 
communities. 

There  are,  of  course,  many  instances  in  which  museums 
and  universities  are  directly  combined  into  a  single  institu- 
tion. But  when  they  are,  I  believe  the  relationship  always 
tends  to  be  asymmetrical.  Museums  are  subordinated  to 
universities,  rather  than  vice  versa.  Further,  universities  do 
not  set  aside  resources  for  great,  general  museums  but  only 
for  smaller,  more  specialized  ones.  To  be  sure,  the  best  of 
them — the  University  Museum  of  the  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, for  example — maintain  some  degree  of  formal 
autonomy  of  program.  But  since  the  senior  curatorial 
staffs  are  largely  or  completely  composed  of  members  of 
the  parent  university  faculty,  the  objectives  such  museums 
serve  are  largely  those  of  the  traditional  academic  disci- 
plines. They  are  primarily  handmaidens  of  scholarly 
inquiry,  in  other  words,  rather  than  instruments  of  either 
research  or  education  in  their  own  right.  Such  a  characteri- 
zation is  not  pejorative.  But  it  does  suggest  that  most 
university-affiliated  museums  are  best  considered  as 
adjuncts  of  universities  rather  than  as  representative  of 
museums  more  generally. 

So  let  us  turn  instead  to  some  of  the  characteristics  that 
distinguish  public  museums  as  a  class.  As  befits  the  year  in 
which  we  celebrate  the  75th  anniversary  of  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  I  will  first  concentrate  on  the 
field  of  natural  history  and  later  move  on  to  history  and 
the  arts. 

Because  the  quality  of  systematics  research  depends  to  a 
considerable  extent  on  the  size  of  the  collections  that  are 
available,  natural  history  museums  have  tended  to  give 
primary  attention  to  collections  and  their  management, 
and  to  be  correspondingly  less  involved  with  laboratory- 
based  or  theoretical  studies.  They  do  traditionally  empha- 
size, and  their  structure  encourages,  working  in  the 
field — the  living  laboratory — primarily  with  observational 
but  increasingly  also  with  manipulative  studies.  But  it  is 
probably  fair  to  say  that  their  primary  concerns  are  to 
describe  and  conserve,  rather  than  to  test  or  manipulate. 

Museum  collections,  and  the  exhibits  representing 
them,  have  many  of  the  qualities  of  capital  investments. 
Prudently  assembled,  they  can  almost  endlessly  repay  fur- 
ther study  from  viewpoints  beyond  the  imagination  of 
those  initially  responsible  for  them.  But  such  prudence  can 
seldom  be  indefinitely  maintained.  And  even  if  it  were,  the 
sheer  mass  of  a  major  collection  (much  of  it  usually  still 
awaiting  detailed  study)  tends  to  freeze  curatorial  atten- 
tion within  preexisting  molds.  The  comprehensiveness  of  a 


13 


collection,  while  greatly  enhancing  its  importance  as  a 
base  for  diversified  research,  therefore  also  has  the  poten- 
tially perverse  effect  of  slowing  or  distorting  responses  to 
newly  opened  fields  of  knowledge. 

Most  museum  departments  in  the  life  sciences  still  have 
descriptive  titles  reflecting  the  basic  principles  of  organiza- 
tion of  their  collections,  basically  subdivisions  of  botany 
and  zoology.  In  universities  such  titles  have  largely  disap- 
peared or  become  specialized,  subordinate  components  of 
integrated  departments  of  biology.  The  shift  in  university 
practice  reflects  the  truly  transformative  changes  in  biol- 
ogy over  the  past  generation  or  so  that  have  stemmed  pre- 
ponderantly from  molecular,  genetic,  and  cellular 
discoveries,  or  from  health-related  research  in  such  fields 
as  immunology,  endocrinology,  and  neurology.  The 
museum  contribution  to  this  work  has  been  secondary, 
and  is  likely  to  remain  so.  Somewhat  detached  from  what 
is  currently  the  mainstream  of  biological  discovery  by  their 
continuing  emphasis  on  the  study  of  whole  organisms,  nat- 
ural history  museums  risk  becoming  narrow  and  derivative 
in  their  coverage.  Essentially  the  same  applies  to  the 
museum  preference  for  retaining  older,  more  descriptive 
field  designations  such  as  mineral  sciences  and  geology. 
The  dominant  trend  among  university  departments  in  that 
domain  of  science  today  is,  I  believe,  toward  a  more  uni- 
fied treatment  of  atmospheres,  oceans,  and  the  internal 
circulatory  movements  of  the  earth  itself  under  the  heading 
of  geophysical  sciences. 

Museums,  since  they  are  collections-based,  need  not  and 
usually  cannot  pursue  the  goal  of  relatively  balanced 
strength  that  characterizes  universities.  True,  there  are 
some  more-or-less  "natural"  units,  of  which  Natural  His- 
tory and  perhaps  Modern  Art  are  examples.  Within  these, 
bodies  of  method,  theory,  and  data  are  so  widely  shared 
that  real  eminence  may  be  difficult  to  achieve  on  a  nar- 
rower basis.  But  contrariwise,  a  single  museum  with  any- 
thing approaching  the  universalistic  aspirations  of  at  least 
a  few  great  universities  is  an  impossibility.  The  Smithso- 
nian goes  as  far  in  this  direction  as  any  institution  in  the 
world,  but,  significantly,  it  can  do  so  only  by  loosely  link- 
ing together  no  less  than  fourteen  highly  diverse,  physi- 
cally as  well  as  professionally  distinct  units. 

In  spite  of  this  unparalleled  degree  of  aggregation,  by 
the  standards  of  our  major  universities  there  are  significant 
areas  which  even  the  Smithsonian  must  largely  ignore. 
Laboratory-based  subjects  in  the  sciences,  such  as  physics 
and  chemistry,  do  not  lend  themselves  easily  to  exhibition 
and  are  outside  its  purview.  More  generally,  fields  in 
which  the  primary  language  of  communication  is  mathe- 
matical receive  little  attention  at  the  Smithsonian  since 


they  are  difficult  to  communicate  to  visitors  lacking  spe- 
cialized training.  But  there  are  equally  significant  gaps  in 
the  humanities  and  social  sciences. 

Material  objects  in  museum  collections  do  not  encour- 
age us  to  do  full  justice,  for  example,  to  political,  eco- 
nomic, and  intellectual  themes.  Equally  obvious  is  the 
dominance  in  the  construction  of  museum  programs  of  a 
materialist  collections  orientation,  as  distinguished  from  a 
humanistic  perspective  concentrating  on  written  records 
and  forms  of  creative  expression.  Apart  from  the  work  of 
its  archaeologists  and  art  historians,  there  are  also  sub- 
stantive restrictions  on  the  Smithsonian's  coverage  that 
exclude  much  of  the  world  and  the  entire  pre-modern  era. 
Such  restrictions  in  focus  are  reasonable  as  well  as 
unavoidable,  given  that  they  occur  in  what  are  typically 
areas  of  university  strength.  But  it  is  important  not  to  lose 
sight  of  these  differences,  and  to  highlight  the  complemen- 
tarities of  function  that  they  make  possible.  An  important 
opportunity  for  the  Smithsonian  in  that  respect  is  to  facili- 
tate a  wider  intermingling  of  the  activities  of  museum  pro- 
fessionals with  those  of  the  faculties — and  postdoctoral 
staffs  and  graduate  student  bodies — of  a  number  of  univer- 
sities. 

Excessive  specialization  is  a  further  danger  that  muse- 
ums must  work  to  overcome.  Once  again,  it  is  closely  tied 
to  the  prevailing  concentration  by  museum  curators  on 
their  collections.  Inhibiting  a  fruitful  clash  of  views,  of  the 
kind  ideally  associated  with  graduate  university  seminars, 
is  the  necessity  for  a  fairly  close  identification  of  a  museum 
specialist  with  his  or  her  own  component  of  a  museum's 
collections.  In  addition,  there  is  a  discreteness  to  object- 
based  studies  that  sometimes  deters  those  involved  in  them 
from  the  discovery,  or  even  the  application,  of  overarching 
theory.  This  intensifies  the  relative  isolation  of  museum 
curators  from  their  university  faculty  counterparts.  And 
some  isolation  is  already  a  result  of  museums'  preoccupa- 
tion with  issues  of  systematics  and  typology  that  have 
largely  disappeared  from  university  curricula. 


The  foregoing  considerations  have  been  largely  negative. 
They  distinguish  public  museums  from  universities  rather 
sharply.  They  also  would  seem  to  diminish  the  range  of 
museums'  potential  contributions  to  the  advance  of  knowl- 
edge, and  to  delay  the  response  within  museums  to  new 
ideas.  Are  museums  in  fact  as  constrained  in  their  creative- 
ness  and  capacities  for  fundamental  research  as  this  sug- 
gests? This  is  certainly  not  the  case!  The  reason  is  that 
there  are  a  host  of  other,  decidedly  more  positive  consider- 
ations that  create  more  diversified  challenges  and  opportu- 


14 


Paleobiologist  Dr.  Robert  J.  Emry  places  a  fossil  log  under  a  mounted  skeleton  oiHyracotherium,  the  earliest  known  ancestor  of  the 
modern  horse,  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History's  new  exhibition  Mammals  in  the  Limelight. 


nities  for  museum  staffs,  and  that  place  the  overall 
contrast  with  universities  in  a  generally  more  favorable 
light. 

To  begin  with,  the  broad,  self-selected  character  of  a 
museum's  audience  somewhat  counterbalances  the  nar- 
rowing effects  of  concentrating  on  specialized  collections. 
Visitors'  questions,  not  to  speak  of  the  prior  need  to  make 
exhibits  intelligible,  encourage  a  dialogue  reaching  far 
beyond  the  stratified  circles  to  which  most  academic  facul- 
ties confine  themselves.  Museum  exhibits,  let  me  empha- 
size, need  not  be  frozen  and  didactic.  They  can  genuinely 


involve  at  least  some  members  of  the  public  in  their 
improvement  and  even  in  their  initial  design.  At  their  most 
unconventional  and  innovative,  as  in  the  San  Francisco 
Exploratorium  (I  wish  I  could  cite  a  humanistic  parallel!), 
they  can  even  involve  exciting  voyages  of  quasi-research 
discovery  that  transform  the  understanding  of  those  creat- 
ing them  as  much  as  those  viewing  them. 

Furthermore,  museums  have  gratifying  opportunities  to 
respond  to  national  needs  and  problems  that  are  beyond 
the  reach  of  universities.  Museums,  for  example,  must  not 
only  accommodate  to  but  creatively  interpret  intensified 


15 


demands  for  public  participation,  and  for  a  decentraliza- 
tion of  society  permitting  a  multitude  of  individual 
choices.  With  a  quarter  of  the  annual  increase  in  our  popu- 
lation now  being  a  product  of  massively  renewed  immigra- 
tion, their  exhibits  must  somehow  reflect  the  reemergence 
of  cultural  pluralism.  Museums  also  offer  opportunities, 
unknown  in  universities,  to  contribute  to  a  rediscovery  of 
literacy,  in  all  its  forms,  at  a  time  when  our  school  systems 
are  faltering  at  this  task.  A  major  new  initiative  that  the 
Smithsonian  has  undertaken  jointly  with  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences — the  creation  of  a  National  Science 
Resources  Center — takes  direct  advantage  of  such  oppor- 
tunities. 

Turning  to  research  in  museums,  it  has  a  number  of  pos- 
itive aspects  that  are  less  obvious — but  no  less  important — 
than  the  somewhat  negative  ones  I  have  mentioned.  Work 
in  universities  is  typically  tied  to  the  relatively  narrow  tol- 
erances and  priorities  of  the  peer  review  systems  of  the 
national  foundations,  institutes,  and  endowments;  that  in 
museums  is  significantly  less  so.  Hence  museums  are  par- 
ticularly suitable  as  a  base  for  long-term  or  high-risk 
research  projects.  The  necessarily  delayed  or  uncertain 
payoffs  of  such  projects  cannot  correspond  to  the  restric- 
tive terms  of  granting  cycles.  They  aim  instead  at  slowly 
cumulative  increases  in  knowledge,  or  at  going  beyond 
safe  bets  to  test  unpopular  ideas  that,  if  correct,  would 
have  important  consequences.  I  am  proud  to  include  the 
Smithsonian  among  the  museums  that  at  times  have  quite 
consciously  taken  this  latter  approach. 

Similarly,  while  a  preoccupation  with  systematics  and 
descriptive  approaches  may  lead  to  isolation  and  corres- 
ponding theoretical  weakness,  natural  history  museums 
have  a  matching  strength:  modern  ecological  problems 
underscore  the  need  for  more,  not  less,  systematics.  Take 
what  can  only  be  described  as  an  approaching  world  crisis 
of  tropical  deforestation,  a  subject  with  which  we  plan  to 
deal  in  a  forum  jointly  sponsored  with  the  National  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences  and  in  a  later  exhibition  in  our  soon-to-be- 
opened  Quadrangle.  These  forests  are  biologically  the 
richest  of  the  earth's  environments.  A  proliferation  of  spe- 
cies is  now  being  found  in  them  that  far  exceeds  earlier 
estimates.  As  a  result,  we  may  need  to  alter  evolutionary 
views  concentrating  on  the  differential  survival  of  variably 
endowed  individuals  within  a  species,  and  to  give  greater 
emphasis  to  processes  of  inter-species  competition.  But 
fundamental  to  any  such  research  effort  must  be  a  securely 
established  basis  of  species  identification,  classification, 
and  relationships.  Sociobiologist  E.  O.  Wilson  has  made 
the  point  eloquently: 


16 


If  systematics  is  an  indispensable  handmaiden  of  other 
branches  of  research,  it  is  also  a  fountainhead  of  discov- 
eries and  new  ideas,  providing  the  remedy  for  what  the 
biologist  and  philosopher  William  Morton  Wheeler 
once  called  the  dry  rot  of  academic  biology.  Systematics 
has  never  been  given  enough  credit  for  this  second,  vital 
role.  Every  time  I  walk  into  afresh  habitat,  whether 
tropical  forest,  grassland,  or  desert,  I  become  quickly 
aware  of  the  potential  created  by  a  knowledge  of  classi- 
fication. If  a  biologist  can  identify  only  a  limited  number 
of  species,  he  is  likely  to  gravitate  toward  them  and  end 
up  on  well-trodden  ground;  the  remainder  of  the  species 
remain  a  confusing  jungle.  But  if  he  is  well-trained  in  the 
classification  of  the  organisms  encountered,  his  oppor- 
tunities multiply.  The  known  facts  of  natural  history 
become  an  open  book,  patterns  of  adaptation  fall  into 
place,  and  previously  unknown  phenomena  offer  them- 
selves conspicuously.  By  proceeding  in  this  opportunistic 
fashion,  the  biologist  might  strike  a  new  form  of  animal 
communication,  a  previously  unsuspected  mode  of  root 
symbiosis,  or  a  relation  between  certain  species  that  per- 
mits a  definitive  test  of  a  competition  theory.  The  irony 
of  the  situation  is  that  successful  research  then  gets 
labeled  as  ecology,  physiology,  or  almost  anything  else 
but  its  fons  et  origo,  the  study  of  diversity. 

I  observed  earlier  that  museum  collections  may  some- 
times represent  a  source  of  undesirable  inertia.  But  they 
remain  a  precious  resource  for  science  which  must  be  nur- 
tured and  maintained.  Our  knowledge  of  the  natural 
world  derives  in  large  measure  from  studies  of  the  collec- 
tions. As  new  insights  and  technologies  are  developed,  col- 
lections are  reexamined  and  more  information  is  gleaned. 
Hence,  we  should  not  think  of  collections  as  stagnant,  but 
rather  as  dynamic  assemblages  of  the  natural  world  which 
grow  in  value  over  time.  The  Smithsonian's  collection  of 
egg  shells,  for  example,  has  been  crucial  to  understanding 
the  impact  of  pesticides  on  the  size,  growth  rates,  and  sus- 
tainable population  of  birds,  while  our  fish  collection, 
which  dates  from  the  1880s,  has  provided  important  evi- 
dence on  signficantly  higher  concentrations  of  methyl  mer- 
cury in  fish  already  by  the  1970s. 

Solutions  to  the  problems  of  Third  World  countries  also 
are  often  dependent  on  museum  collections.  Such  prob- 
lems often  include  excessive  population  growth  and  conse- 
quent stress  on  the  resource  base,  accompanied  by 
depletion  of  soil  nutrients,  deforestation,  and  the  decline 
of  genetic  diversity  in  crop  and  forest  reserves.  It  is  diffi- 
cult for  any  of  these  complex  and  interlocking  issues  to  be 
addressed  without  a  more  detailed  knowledge  of  the  envi- 


ronment.  Increasingly,  that  must  include  a  detailed 
account  of  native  faunas  and  floras,  for  which  only  the 
collections  of  the  great  natural  history  museums  can  pro- 
vide the  needed  standards  for  comparison. 

Turning  from  museum  potentialities  in  the  life  sciences, 
let  us  consider  a  case  midway  along  the  continuum 
between  natural  history  and  the  arts.  Anthropology  and 
archaeology  collections  offer  different  but  equally  interest- 
ing possibilities.  Evolving  standards  and  traditions  of 
inquiry  are  leading  us  away  from  concentrating  on  the  for- 
mal, macroscopically  observable  properties  of  individual 
objects.  The  science  moves  instead  toward  the  internal 
properties,  contexts,  and  associations  of  objects  in 
collections — features  that  may  never  be  evident  to  the 
casual  museum  visitor.  Context,  in  particular,  is  of  critical 
importance.  This  explains  why  archaeologists  have  taken 
leadership  in  efforts  to  prevent  the  illicit  international 
movement  and  sale  of  antiquities,  since  that  traffic,  by  its 
nature,  conceals  or  destroys  information  on  context. 

Scholarly  advance  in  this  area  involves  steadily  improv- 
ing precision  in  recording  and  interpreting  temporal  and 
spatial  associations  and  modes  of  deposition  or  preserva- 
tion. Manufacturing  debris  may  be  at  least  as  important  as 
the  object  itself.  A  used  and  broken  specimen  may  permit 
dimensions  of  understanding  that  a  perfect,  unused  one 
cannot.  A  poor  copy  or  duplicate,  of  little  interest  to  an  art 
historian,  may  provide  vital  clues  to  the  ways  in  which 
commodities  were  produced  and  circulated.  Physico- 
chemical  analysis  can  reveal  sources  of  raw  materials, 
modes  of  preparation,  and  patterns  of  use.  All  of  these 
details  are  frankly  more  significant  as  scholarly  objectives 
than  the  display  of  the  object  itself.  Exhibits  become  corre- 
spondingly more  difficult  to  explain  and  mount,  and  atten- 
tion shifts  from  individual  works  of  art  or  craftsmanship 
to  the  representation  of  entire  social  systems  in  large,  care- 
fully sampled  collections  of  which  little  will  ever  go  on 
exhibit. 

Particularly  distinguishing  both  history  and  art  muse- 
ums are  exhibits  or  collections  that  are  not  simply  repre- 
sentatives of  larger  classes  but  may  have  symbolic 
functions  or  properties  of  their  own.  The  Smithsonian's 
massive  participation  in  the  Festival  of  India — eighteen  of 
our  bureaus  were  directly  involved — is  a  case  in  point.  In 
no  way  could  the  rich  texture  of  India  itself  be  adequately 
represented.  Some  would  argue  that  the  path  we  took 
slighted  its  history  and  diversity,  as  well  as  the  dynamism 
of  its  modern  centers  of  urban  integration.  But  the  marvel- 
lous vitality  of  the  Adit!  exhibition,  in  particular,  conveyed 
an  even  more  significant  message  of  its  own. 

Symbolic  properties  always  present  special  challenges. 


How  can  curators  deal  responsibly  with  objects  that  are, 
in  effect,  icons,  regarded  as  precious  or  freighted  with  con- 
temporary meaning  by  their  viewers,  respecting  and 
enhancing  the  significance  they  have  for  many,  while  at  the 
same  time  studying  them  dispassionately  as  scholars?  Can 
they  encourage  viewers  to  distinguish  contemporary  from 
original  meanings  by  the  ways  in  which  objects  are  dis- 
played in  exhibits  suggestive  of  their  wider  social  and  his- 
torical contexts?  Museum-associated  historians  and 
historians  of  art  can  face  challenges  of  this  kind  that  are 
fully  as  subtle  and  intellectually  demanding  as  those 
accepted  by  their  university-associated  counterparts. 

In  speaking  of  icons  I  am  not  referring  solely  to  individ- 
ual objects  of  great  public  veneration,  such  as  the  Star- 
Spangled  Banner  that  is  briefly  uncovered  in  the 
Smithsonian  every  hour  to  the  playing  of  our  national ' 
anthem.  The  symbolic  associations  of  whole  collections 
can  more  or  less  consciously  be  used  for  didactic  ends,  as 
Barbara  Clark  Smith  of  our  National  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can History  has  recently  argued.  Take  the  case  of  the  deco- 
rative arts  and  crafts,  which  were  rather  self-consciously 
"Americanized"  in  the  early  decades  of  this  century  at  a 
time  when  a  mass  influx  of  immigrants  may  have  seemed 
to  threaten  established  traditions  here.  At  first,  the  resul- 
tant focus  was  typically  on  beautiful  objects  in  their  own 
right,  inculcating  the  aesthetic  standards  and  values  of 
native  American  elites,  without  regard  for  what  may  have 
been  representative  or  in  common  use. 

In  the  1950s  the  emphasis  shifted,  as  in  our  own  exhibi- 
tion entitled  Everyday  Life  in  the  American  Past.  But  the 
image  then  sought  was  of  an  idealized  average  or  middle 
class,  without  reference  to  the  range  of  variation  charac- 
teristic of  the  society  itself.  As  the  initial  proposal  for  that 
exhibition  put  it,  "When  the  visitor  leaves  he  will  have  in 
his  own  mind's  eye  a  clear  impression  of  what  the  average 
American  .  .  .  held  as  his  obtainable  ideal."  Shifting  yet 
further  in  the  1970s  and  1980s,  historians  are  now 
projecting — our  just-opened  exhibition  After  the  Revolu- 
tion is  an  example — a  more  comprehensive  picture  of  the 
condition  of  life  of  the  whole  society,  with  the  internal 
stresses,  conflicting  values,  and  diversity  that  have  always 
been  part  of  it. 

To  carry  out  this  latest  interpretive  task  with  collections 
as  the  basis — to  make  the  transition  from  material  objects 
to  an  understanding  of  deeper  and  more  generalized  pat- 
terns of  social,  cultural,  and  intellectual  history — is  not 
only  difficult  in  itself  but  almost  certainly  leads  to  altered 
interpretations.  It  is  fully  comparable,  in  other  words,  to  a 
new  and  creative  research  product.  But  for  a  public 
museum  the  underlying  objective  is  no  different  from  ear- 


17 


lier  ones.  All  of  the  successive  orientations  of  museum 
exhibitions  concerned  with  history  to  which  I  have 
referred  necessarily  proceeded  from  one  value  position  or 
another:  a  particular  interpretation  of  history,  or  an  asser- 
tion of  the  priorities  of  particular  historians.  Such  posi- 
tions then  enter  the  arena  of  public  debate.  And  they  do  so 
more  directly,  risking  or  benefiting  more  from  the  resultant 
public  response,  than  if  the  same  interpretations  were  pro- 
pounded within  the  better  insulated  setting  of  a  university. 

There  is  a  feature  of  many  public  museums  of  the  arts 
that  seems  to  distinguish  them  not  merely  from  universities 
but  even  from  museums  in  university  settings.  As  exempli- 
fied by  our  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum,  the  National 
Museum  of  Design,  they  are  more  likely  not  to  confine 
themselves  rigorously  to  the  fine  arts  but  to  range  into  the 
decorative  arts,  the  crafts,  and  the  field  of  design.  In  so 
doing  they  create  a  new  vision  of  unity  that  links  creative 
accomplishments  with  the  wider  world  that  supports  and 
hopes  to  utilize  them.  Why  they  should  have  assumed  this 
mantle  of  leadership  is  unclear,  although  I  can  hazard  a 
possible  explanation. 

Critic  Meyer  Abrams  argues  that  the  bifurcation 
between  art  and  design  is  surprisingly  recent,  culminating 
only  with  the  publication  of  Immanuel  Kant's  Critique  of 
Aesthetic  Judgment  in  1790.  Prior  to  that,  from  the  time  of 
the  Classical  Greeks  onward,  theorists  had  assumed  the 
maker's  stance  toward  a  work  of  art,  regarding  it  as  a 
thing  made,  an  opus,  according  to  a  techne  or  ars,  that  is  a 
craft,  each  with  its  requisite  skills.  This  was,  in  Abrams' 
terms,  a  "construction  model" — a  work  designed  to  attain 
certain  external  ends:  to  have  an  emotional  or  instruc- 
tional effect  on  a  particular  audience,  or  in  a  particular 
social,  religious,  or  other  setting. 

In  the  latter  part  of  the  eighteenth  century,  Abrams 
maintains,  such  a  stance  was  replaced  by  a  "contemplation 
model,"  consistent  with  the  growth  of  a  substantial  leisure 
class  that  included  among  its  symbols  of  status  the  refine- 
ment of  a  nonutilitarian  aesthetic  culture  and  the  prestige 
of  connoisseurship.  This  model  treated  the  products  of  all 
the  fine  arts  as  ready-made  things  existing  simply  for  the 
rapt  attention  of  viewers,  who  were  wholly  divorced  from 
the  world  of  the  artist  or  from  the  world  of  any  intended 
use. 

Is  it  possible  that  the  narrower  definition  prevails  in  uni- 
versities, because  they  are  more  tightly  bound  to  the  disci- 
plines of  art  history  and  art  criticism  by  their  responsibility 
for  training  scholars  in  these  disciplines — in  fact,  by  the 
encapsulating  academic  society  that  I  mentioned  earlier? 
Museums  may  be  staffed  by  some  of  those  trained 
scholars,  but  they  differ  in  being  more  subject  to  the  pull 


of  a  public  demand  that  is  not  cognizant  of  the  restraints 
imposed  by  the  traditional  boundaries  of  academic  disci- 
plines. Public  art  museums  have  fewer  restraints,  and  thus 
are  able  to  range  more  widely,  to  be  more  experimental,  or 
to  specialize  in  new  and  more  unconventional  ways.  May 
we  continue  to  take  advantage  of  those  opportunities! 


I  return,  in  conclusion,  to  my  underlying  concern  with  the 
enhancement  of  continuities.  There  is  no  denying  that  we 
live  in  a  climate  of  shrunken  expectations  and  lengthening 
postponements.  Is  talk  of  enhancing  anything  merely 
empty  rhetoric  under  the  circumstances?  I  think  not, 
although  concededly,  as  an  archaeologist  and  culture  his- 
torian, I  may  be  more  tolerant  than  most  about  progress 
that  can  only  be  measured  across  static  generations  or  even 
epochs.  Timing  imperatives  almost  always  seem  more 
urgent  in  prospect  than  in  retrospect.  Good  ideas  need  not 
die  if  not  immediately  put  into  effect.  Holding  deter- 
minedly to  a  long-term  view  and  thinking  specifically  of 
the  Smithsonian  (although  with  an  eye  on  more  widely 
prevailing  needs  and  opportunities  as  well)  what  should  be 
our  goals? 

Further  growth  for  its  own  sake  is  neither  possible  nor 
especially  desirable,  although  it  may  occur  as  a  by- 
product. Substantial  further  growth  could  well  have  a  pre- 
dominantly negative  effect,  by  increasing  our  fixed 
commitments  and  hence  restricting  our  vital  freedom  of 
action.  At  least  in  our  research,  that  freedom — to  pursue 
new  leads,  to  see  and  exploit  new  connectivities,  to  test 
and  find  wanting  one  approach  and  go  on,  zealously  and 
without  hesitation  or  regret,  to  develop  a  better  one — is 
one  of  the  goals  that  is  most  precious  to  us. 

A  second  goal  is  to  facilitate  our  own  engagement  in, 
and  contribution  to,  the  widest  possible  discourse.  Institu- 
tions have  natural  boundaries  in  some  respects,  imposed 
by  their  programs,  budgets,  traditions,  staff  expertise,  and 
the  like.  But  it  is  important  not  to  accept  those  boundaries 
uncritically  and  then  to  overgeneralize  about  their  applica- 
bility, permanence,  and  significance.  The  proper  place  for 
the  Smithsonian's  programs,  in  other  words,  is  not  kept  to 
themselves  within  a  rigid,  preexisting  structure,  but  in  the 
widest  and  closest  possible  interaction  with  all  their  actual 
and  potential  counterparts. 

Third  and  finally,  I  have  touched  at  numerous  points  on 
the  notion  of  discovering  and  reinforcing  new 
complementarities — -between  fields  of  specialization, 
between  internally  generated  projects  and  the  needs  and 
perceptions  of  the  wider  society,  and  between  the  increase 
and  the  diffusion  of  knowledge.  Hence  it  is  appropriate  to 


18 


Young  visitors  are  introduced  to  a  chinchilla  during  the  Meet-a-Mammal  education  program  at  the  Zoo's  Small  Mammal  House. 


use  as  an  illustration  and  encouragement,  for  the  arts  and 
humanities  as  well  as  for  the  sciences,  an  example  drawn 
from  the  history  of  physics.  Werner  Heisenberg's  "uncer- 
tainty principle,"  formulated  in  1927,  established  that  in 
the  then  new  and  revolutionary  world  of  quantum  physics 
one  could  determine  the  position  of  an  orbiting  electron, 
or  its  velocity.  But  the  two  quantities  could  not  be  deter- 
mined simultaneously.  The  very  process  of  measuring 
either  position  or  velocity  altered  the  other  entity  so  that 
both  could  never  be  known  with  certainty.  It  is  a  dilemma 
with  analogies  or  resonances  that  are  familiar  to  human- 
ists, such  as  the  distorting  role  of  the  observer  of  human 
actions,  or  the  foreclosure  that  a  widely  circulated  inter- 
pretation may  impose  on  precise  future  recurrences  of  the 
past  pattern  of  human  thought  or  behavior  to  which  it 
referred. 

The  solution  to  this  dilemma  was  also  propounded  by  a 
physicist,  Niels  Bohr.  He  called  his  insight  "complementar- 
ity," and  it  was  as  much  philosophy  as  it  was  physics.  In 


essence,  Bohr  said,  the  position  of  a  particle  might  be  con- 
sidered "complementary"  to  knowledge  of  its  velocity.  By 
knowing  both  with  the  greatest  possible  accuracy,  a  more 
complete  description  of  experience,  a  new  synthesis,  was 
possible.  Complementarity  was  stated  in  other  ways  by 
Bohr  in  his  efforts  to  explain  the  new  physics.  Think  of 
complementarity,  he  said,  in  terms  of  two  ideals  that  may 
seem  mutually  exclusive — for  example,  justice  and  com- 
passion. Taken  together,  Bohr  pointed  out,  they  comple- 
ment one  another  to  create  a  larger  truth. 

The  humanities  and  the  sciences  are,  in  my  view,  com- 
plementary in  just  the  sense  that  Niels  Bohr  suggested. 
And  it  should  be  our  goal  to  make  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion a  place  where  these  activities  not  only  coexist  but 
work  together  to  create  a  larger  truth. 


19 


Staff  Changes 

For  an  institution  of  such  size,  diversity,  and  complexity, 
the  Smithsonian  has  had  remarkably  few  changes  in  its  top 
staff  over  the  last  year.  But  the  significance  of  these 
changes  will  nonetheless  be  apparent  to  all  who  know  the 
Institution  well. 

The  retirement  of  Under  Secretary  Phillip  Samuel 
Hughes  is  a  case  in  point.  At  his  own  insistence  and  with 
great  reluctance,  we  let  Sam  retire  quietly,  without  fanfare, 
on  an  inconspicuous  Friday  afternoon  in  early  June.  What 
slipped  from  our  midst  was  a  rare  example  of  public  serv- 
ice at  its  best.  Though  his  five  years  at  the  Smithsonian 
were  but  a  few  crowning  an  exceptional  career  in  public 
administration  in  and  around  the  federal  government,  his 
presence  will  be  gratefully  recalled  throughout  the 
Smithsonian  for  years  to  come.  At  the  same  time,  we  were 
fortunate  to  have  among  our  cadre  Dean  Anderson,  a  man 
of  extraordinary  vision  and  accomplishment  who  from  the 
first  has  proven  an  effective  successor  to  Sam  as  Under 
Secretary. 

Several  other  important  staff  changes  were  made  quite 
early  in  my  first  year  at  the  Smithsonian.  To  meet  the  needs 
of  the  Institution  in  its  conduct  of  international  activities, 
we  were  again  fortunate  to  be  able  to  recruit  from  among 
our  own  number  John  Reinhardt,  who  assumed  a  new 
high-level  position  as  Director  of  International  Activities. 
A  former  ambassador  and  State  Department  official,  as 
well  as  former  acting  director  of  the  National  Museum  of 
African  Art  and  Assistant  Secretary  for  History  and  Art, 
John  brings  a  wealth  of  experience  to  this  vital  area  of 
Smithsonian  interests.  Another  major  appointment  came 
to  fruition  with  the  arrival  early  this  year  of  James  Deme- 
trion  as  Director  of  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture 
Garden.  Jim  is  off  to  a  highly  productive  beginning  which 
is  likely  to  be  of  lasting  significance  to  the  museum  and  the 
Institution. 

Several  key  departures  include  Richard  Fiske,  former 
Director  of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  and 
now  a  full-time  volcanologist  there;  Jon  Yellin,  former 
Director  of  Programing  and  Budget  and  now  Assistant 
Director  for  Administration  at  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Cen- 
ter; Nathan  Reingold,  founding  editor  of  the  Papers  of 
Joseph  Henry  and  now  Senior  Historian  at  the  National 
Museum  of  American  History;  and  Ken  Shaw,  Director  of 
the  Office  of  Plant  Services,  who  retired  after  almost 
eleven  years  of  highly  effective  service.  While  these  and 
other  dedicated  administrators  will  be  missed,  we  are  for- 
tunate to  be  able  to  count  on  their  continuing  involvement 
in  the  work  of  the  Institution  in  new  capacities. 


The  staff  of  the  Smithsonian  is  its  backbone:  its  vitality, 
uniqueness,  and  strength.  To  all  of  them  I  owe  an  extraor- 
dinary debt  of  gratitude  for  having  supported  me  in  my 
first  year  as  Secretary. 


The  Year  in  Review 

For  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  fiscal  1985  was  a  year  of 
enrichment  of  the  national  collections,  celebration  of  cul- 
tural diversity,  and  achievement  in  research,  exhibition, 
and  construction. 

Additions  to  the  collections  of  scientific  specimens, 
works  of  art,  and  cultural  artifacts  held  in  the  name  of  the 
American  people  numbered  more  than  half  a  million  items 
during  the  year.  Most  of  the  new  objects  became  part  of 
the  study  collections;  a  few  were  displayed  in  ongoing 
exhibits  or  in  one  of  the  year's  100  new  exhibitions,  to  be 
enjoyed  by  the  members  of  the  public  who  paid  an  esti- 
mated 2.2.7  million  visits  to  Smithsonian  museums  during 
the  year. 

The  briefest  survey  of  the  variety  of  these  objects  attests 
to  the  scope  of  Smithsonian  research  and  areas  of  responsi- 
bility. 

The  Entomology  collection  at  the  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History  was  strengthened  by  the  new  Brodzinsky 
Collection — rare  pieces  of  amber  containing  plant  and 
insect  fossils,  some  24  million  years  old,  which  are  both 
objects  of  beauty  and  sources  of  scientific  information. 

The  museum  also  acquired  the  Small/Nicolay  collection 
of  more  than  100,000  butterflies  from  North  and  South 
America,  including  many  species  that  previously  were  not 
represented  in  the  Smithsonian's  collection,  as  well  as 
many  species  new  to  scientists. 

At  the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  one 
newly  acquired  item  of  true  historical  significance  was  the 
Bradford  cup,  a  rare  silver  wine  goblet  made  in  1634, 
which  belonged  to  William  Bradford,  governor  of  Plym- 
outh Colony. 

On  a  more  contemporary  note,  the  museum's  Political 
History  division  was  busy  in  early  1985  cataloging  presi- 
dential campaign  memorabilia — buttons,  banners,  badges, 
and  bumper  stickers — gathered  during  the  1984  Demo- 
cratic and  Republican  conventions. 

The  museum  also  added  one  of  the  earliest  Isaac  Singer 
sewing  machines  and  one  of  the  original  Xerox  copier 
machines  to  its  collections. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  acquired  the  suit 
and  helmet  worn  by  Senator  Jake  Gam  of  Utah  on  his  Dis- 
covery shuttle  flight,  a  Soviet  SAM-2  missile,  tires  from  the 


20 


space  shuttle  Columbia,  and  memorabilia  from  former 
astronaut — and  former  Smithsonian  Under  Secretary — 
Michael  Collins,  including  the  operations  checklist  Collins 
used  on  the  Apollo  II  lunar  landing  mission  in  1969. 

Among  the  additions  to  the  collections  of  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  were  459  paintings  of  American 
Indians  by  George  Catlin,  transferred  from  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

The  National  Portrait  Gallery's  Print  Department 
became  the  custodian  of  a  rare  broadside  offering 
$100,000  for  the  capture  of  Lincoln's  assassin,  John  Wilkes 
Booth.  There  were  few  such  "WANTED"  signs  posted 
because  Booth  and  his  accomplices  were  caught  twelve 
days  after  the  assassination. 

Every  birth  at  the  National  Zoo  adds  to  the  collection, 
but  there  are  also  additions  to  the  living  inventory  from 
outside  sources,  among  them  this  year  an  Indian  rhinoc- 
eros, an  endangered  Cuban  crocodile,  and  a  female  giraffe 
from  Africa. 

Among  the  many  generous  gifts  and  the  carefully  con- 
sidered purchases  during  the  year,  three  in  particular  stood 
out  as  treasures  of  human  creativity. 

In  one  case,  there  was  drama  in  the  act  of  acquisition.  It 
was  a  fortuitous  meeting  between  Smithsonian  curators 
and  a  private  collector  of  Islamic  and  Persian  paintings 
and  manuscripts  which  led  to  an  addition  to  the  national 
collections  that  is  perhaps  the  most  significant  purchase  in 
the  Institution's  history. 

The  very  existence  of  the  Vever  Collection,  which  has 
been  acquired  for  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  a  new 
museum  of  Asian  and  Near  Eastern  art  scheduled  to  open 
to  the  public  in  1987,  had  been  the  subject  of  continual 
speculation  among  scholars  for  more  than  forty  years. 

This  unparalleled  treasury  of  artwork,  much  of  it  by  the 
leading  artists  of  their  times,  was  assembled  between  1900 
and  1943  by  Henri  Vever,  a  prominent  jeweler  in  Paris.  The 
collection  provides  a  comprehensive  survey  of  the  art  of 
the  Persian  book  and  is  composed  of  39  full  manuscripts, 
291  separate  miniatures,  98  calligraphies  and  illumina- 
tions, 29  bookbindings,  and  4  textiles.  Much  of  the  Vever 
Collection,  which  includes  examples  of  almost  all  the  great 
classical  Persian  texts,  as  well  as  several  important  Arabic 
works,  has  never  before  been  exhibited. 

With  the  national  collections  now  comprising  the 
Islamic  paintings  in  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  generally 
acknowledged  to  be  the  finest  grouping  in  North  America, 
and  the  Vever  Collection,  which  is  larger  than  the  Freer's 
and  of  comparable  quality,  the  Smithsonian  takes  its  place 
as  a  major  world  center  for  the  study  and  exhibition  of 


Islamic  manuscripts. 

The  Vever  Collection  was  purchased  through  a  combi- 
nation of  Smithsonian  trust  funds  and  private  contribu 
tions,  including  a  generous  contribution  from  Dr.  Arthur 
M.  Sackler,  donor  of  the  Sackler  Gallery.  In  addition,  Dr. 
Sackler  was  instrumental  in  negotiating  the  acquisition  of 
the  collection. 


Meanwhile,  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art  was  in 
the  process  of  acquiring  a  major  collection  of  African  art 
objects.  Assembled  over  the  years  by  a  private  European 
collector,  these  works  range  in  date  from  the  twelfth  cen- 
tury to  the  mid-twentieth  century.  They  originate  from 
several  sub-Saharan  regions,  with  particularly  fine  repre- 
sentations from  Central  Africa.  Twelve  of  the  pieces  are 
unique  in  their  own  categories;  they  are  celebrated  in  the 
corpus  of  African  Art  known  today  and  have  accordingly 
been  exhibited  and  reproduced  in  publications  repeatedly 
throughout  the  world.  The  objects  are  of  exceptional  aes- 
thetic quality,  and  their  presence  will  elevate  the  museum's 
holdings  into  the  mainstream  of  museum  collections  of 
African  art  in  the  United  States. 


The  National  Museum  of  American  Art  received  a  unique 
gift  from  the  Container  Corporation  of  America:  311 
paintings,  sculptures,  drawings,  and  collages,  modern 
works  commissioned  by  Container  Corporation  and 
reproduced  in  the  institutional  advertising  programs  inau- 
gurated by  the  company  in  1937.  Most  of  these  works  were 
commissioned  for  the  Great  Ideas  series,  in  which  artists 
interpreted  the  writings  of  the  world's  great  thinkers.  The 
collection  is  both  a  documentation  of  a  corporation's  role 
in  the  cultural  life  of  the  United  States  for  nearly  fifty  years 
and  a  repository  of  many  distinguished  works  by  major 
artists  of  the  twentieth  century. 


The  year  was  also  notable  for  three  important  milestones 
in  the  history  of  a  multifaceted  institution  which  has  the 
privilege  of  celebrating  the  accomplishments  of  the  past 
while  anticipating  the  challenges  of  the  near  and  distant 
future. 

On  October  4, 1984,  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculp- 
ture Garden  celebrated  the  tenth  anniversary  of  its  open- 
ing. The  museum,  established  through  a  gift  by  the  late 
Joseph  Hirshhorn  of  his  entire  collection  of  6,000  modern 
sculptures,  paintings,  and  works  on  paper  to  the  United 
States  in  1966,  embarks  on  its  second  decade  immeasur- 


21 


STJRRAT. 


BOOTH. 


HABOLD. 


War  Department,  Washington,  April  20, 1865, 

1100, 


Of  our  late  beloved  President  Abraham  Lincoln, 

IS  STILL  AT  LARGE. 

$50,000  REWARD 

Will  be  paid  by  this  Department  for  his  apprehension,  in  addition  to  any  reward  offered  by 
Municipal  Authorities  or  State  Executives. 


<D6t)rJ 


REWARD 


Will  be  paid  for  the  apprehension  of  JOHN  H  SURKATT,  one  of  Booth's  Accomplices. 


&6<V 


II 


REWARD 


Will  be  paid  for  the  apprehension  of  David  C.  Harold,  another  of  Booth's  accomplices. 

LIBERAL  i;K\VU;i>>  trill  be  pairi  tor  any  information  thai  -hull  ooodi t"  the  arrest  'i  silherof  lbs  above- 
named  criminals,  01  ilu-ir  a< mpliona 

All  persona  harboring  or  secreting  thr  -aid  persons,  "r  either  •■!  ih.cn.  ur  siding  "i  aonljag  uVir  i.eahn.ni  or 

escape,  mil  be  Ireated  an  u npliom  i  Uu  murder  ■•!  ihf  President  and  the  attempted  assassination  of  (he  Secretary  of 

Stale,  and  shall  be  subject  i"  trial  Ix-lnn-  ■  Uiliun  Uommisiiion  and  the  punishment  of  DEATH. 

I.rt  the  stain  of  innocent  blood  ha  n red  from  the  land  bj  the  arresi  and  punishment  of  the rderan, 

All  good  eitisensara  ethoricdioaid  public  justice  on  thisoooaiioa  Kv,-r\  man  ihould  -"ii-id'-r  hiaowneOHeisaos 
eli  irged  wiih  < l»i  —  solemn  duly,  and  ml  neither  nighl  nor  day  until  ii  be  accomplished. 


KIWI  Jf  M.  OTANTOJ*,  Serretar,  of  War. 


DESCRIPTIONS-  BOOTH  It  live  Fast  7  or  i  Inches  hieh,  slender  l.nil.1.  hi-h  loo-head.  Mack  hair,  black  oyss,  and 
wear*  a  heavy  btaoh  moustache. 

■lnllN  II  sl'ISllAT  i-  about  .">  lest,  U  inches.  Hair  rather  this  and  dark;  eyes  rather  light ;  an  beard,  Would 
weigh  145  or  150  pounds.  Complexion  rather  pah)  and  clear,  with  <<ilor  in  hi-  cheeks,  wore  I  in  tit  clothe*  ol  Roe 
.Mistily,  Shoulders  square:  check  bonsa  rather  prominent-,  chin  umv:  ean  projecting  at  the  lop;  forehead  rather 
low  and  -tiuare,  bui  broad,     Parts  hi-  hair  mi  the  ri^hi  tide:  neck  rather  long.     Hi.  lip-  an-  fundi  set.     A  -lini  man. 

DAVID  i  HAROLD  is  five  fret  six  im-lie.  Iii^h.  hair  dark,  eyes  osrt,  eyebrows  rather  hcavt  full  face,  nose  short, 
hand  short  and  llc.-hv,  fset  small,  instep  hfajb,  round  bodied,  nstnmlhr  tniich  mil  ictive,  dighttt  chs.es  hi-  pyes  when 
looking  ii  .i  person 

NOTll'K      In  addition  in  the  above.  Stats  and  .ihrr  antbnnties  have  offered  rvwania  amouutiiu!  hun- 

ll -'inl  |.,lli,r-  mrdcing  an  >l  ihnul  TWO  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  DOLLARS. 

A  rare  broadside  offering  a  reward  for  the  capture  of  Lincoln's  assassin,  John  Wilkes 
Booth,  and  his  accomplices.  Albumen  silver  print,  mounted  on  printed  broadside, 
1865.  National  Portrait, Gallery. 


22 


ably  enriched  by  Mr.  Hirshhorn's  generous  bequest  of 
5,500  additional  art  works. 

In  March  1985,  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory celebrated  the  75th  anniversary  of  the  opening  of  the 
present  building  with  a  series  of  special  events,  including 
Diamond  Jubilee  birthday  parties  for  Smithsonian  staff 
and  for  visitors;  an  exhibition  of  ninety  historic  photo- 
graphs entitled  The  Natural  History  Building,  A  Visual 
Memoir;  the  installation  of  two  permanent  natural  sculp- 
tures, a  massive  iron-ore  boulder,  and  an  arrangement  of 
petrified  logs,  at  the  Mall  entrance;  an  illustrated  scholarly 
history;  souvenir  booklets  and  posters,  and  the  first  picto- 
rial staff  directory. 

The  Resident  Associate  Program  celebrated  its  20th 
anniversary  in  the  fall  of  1985  with  a  rich  program  of  films, 
courses,  tours,  lectures,  and  special  events  suited  to  the 
program's  dedication  to  the  principle  of  lifelong  education 
and  its  pioneering  role  in  the  development  of  the  concept 
that  museums  can  be  effective  vehicles  for  education  from 
childhood  to  the  golden  years.  Since  the  program's  hesitant 
first  steps  two  decades  ago,  its  membership  has  grown 
from  1,522  to  a  healthy  56,000,  representing  a  total  of 
1:50,000  people.  With  the  help  of  growing  public  support, 
the  program  has  evolved  from  a  few  modest  efforts  to  its 
present  offering  of  some  2,000  activities  a  year.  Last  year, 
a  total  of  270,000  people  passed  through  one  or  another  of 
the  Institution's  doors  to  participate  actively  in  the  life  of 
the  Smithsonian  through  the  Resident  Associate  Program. 


The  year  was  also  marked  by  President  Reagan's  presenta- 
tion of  the  Medal  of  Freedom,  the  nation's  highest  civilian 
award,  to  Smithsonian  Secretary  Emeritus  S.  Dillon 
Ripley,  whose  twenty-year  tenure  as  the  Institution's  eighth 
secretary  broadened  and  extended  the  Smithsonian's  serv- 
ices in  the  fields  of  science,  history,  exposition,  publica- 
tion, education,  research,  public  service,  community 
activities,  conservation,  and  the  performing  as  well  as  the 
visual  arts  and  brought  into  being  several  new  units  and 
museums,  including  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  the 
Smithsonian  Associates. 


The  Festival  of  India  1985-1986  opened  in  Washington, 
D.C. ,  in  June  1985.  This  celebration  of  Indian  culture  in 
the  United  States  is  bringing  art,  music,  drama,  dance, 
film,  and  crafts  to  major  cultural  institutions  across  the 
United  States,  depicting  the  variety  and  richness  of  modern 
India  as  well  as  the  continuity  of  5,000  years  of  cultural 


tradition  and  heritage. 

The  Festival,  which  originated  with  an  agreement 
between  the  late  Indian  Prime  Minister  Mrs.  Indira  Gan- 
dhi and  President  Reagan  in  1982,  is  an  important  land- 
mark in  Indo-U.S.  relations,  forging  better  bridges  of 
understanding  between  the  peoples  of  the  world's  two 
largest  democracies. 

Eighteen  Smithsonian  bureaus  have  become  involved  in 
planning  and  producing  exhibits,  programs,  and  events 
specially  designed  for  the  Smithsonian's  program  for  the 
Festival  of  India  1985-1986.  Secretary  Emeritus  Ripley  is 
American  chairman  for  the  Festival. 

The  Smithsonian's  first  exhibition  for  the  Festival,  The 
Arts  of  South  Asia  at  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  assembled 
some  seventy  masterpieces  of  painting  and  sculpture  repre- 
senting a  complete  survey  of  the  Freer's  holdings  from  the 
Indian  subcontinent,  spanning  the  period  from  the  second 
century  B.C.  through  the  eighteenth  century.  It  was  the 
largest  showing  of  Indian  painting  and  sculpture  in  the 
Freer's  history. 

Aditi:  A  Celebration  of  Life,  a  unique  living  exhibition 
originally  created  in  New  Delhi  in  1978  for  the  Year  of  the 
Child,  transformed  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory's Special  Exhibits  Gallery  into  a  rural  Indian  setting 
where  visitors  not  only  saw  artifacts  associated  with  the 
stages  of  life,  but  also  were  treated  to  live  performances, 
demonstrations,  and  rituals,  all  designed  to  reveal  the  tra- 
ditional world  of  the  Indian  child.  More  than  125,000  visi- 
tors, including  Indian  Prime  Minister  Rajiv  Gandhi  and 
first  lady  Nancy  Reagan,  viewed  the  exhibition  during  its 
eight-week-long  stay. 

For  two  weeks  during  the  summer,  the  nineteenth 
annual  Festival  of  American  Folklife,  produced  by  the 
Smithsonian's  Office  of  Folklife  Programs,  brought  the 
National  Mall  alive  with  the  sights,  sounds,  tastes,  smells, 
and  textures  of  an  Indian  mela,  or  fair,  with  seventy  partic- 
ipants from  India,  including  street  performers  such  as 
acrobats,  jugglers,  and  animal  and  human  impersonators; 
booth  operators  such  as  fortunetellers,  garland  makers, 
and  improvisational  photographers;  musicians,  folk 
dancers,  and  ritual  artisans. 

A  remarkable  feature  of  both  Aditi  and  Mela!  An  Indian 
Fair  was  the  response  of  Smithsonian  friends  and  the 
Washington  community  at  large  to  the  Institution's  need 
for  extra  help.  In  addition  to  the  time  dedicated  by  staff 
members,  134  volunteer  translators,  docents,  and  helpers 
gave  8,500  hours  to  Aditi,  and  125  volunteers  spent  5,000 
hours  on  the  mela,  helping  with  everything  from  hospital- 
ity to  construction  work. 

At  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  two  exhi- 


»3 


•  a  s 

WW 

'ft     * 
,  »  itSS  * 


5rc 


s  v«m 


Indian  folk  artist  Ganga  Devi  demonstrates  the  techniques  of  Mithila  wall  painting  in  the  Aditi  exhibition.  Depictions  of  divine  lovers 
Radha  and  Krishna  grace  the  walls  of  traditional  nuptial  chambers  in  her  home  village. 


bitions  of  photographs  offered  contrasting  views  of  India, 
past  and  present.  Rosalind  Solomon:  India  consisted  of 
thirty-nine  photographs  taken  in  India  by  American  pho- 
tographer Rosalind  Solomon  from  1981  to  1984;  Images  of 
India:  Photographs  by  Lala  Deen  Dayal  presented  twenty- 
one  photographs  by  India's  most  accomplished  nineteenth- 
century  photographer,  documenting  not  only  architectural 
monuments  but  also  the  changing  world  of  Indian  princes 
under  the  British  Raj. 

Panorama  of  India,  at  the  National  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can History,  drew  on  the  collections  of  the  Smithsonian 
Libraries  to  assemble  books,  prints,  and  a  manuscript  doc- 
umenting early  European  voyages  and  travels  in  India, 
accounts  of  British  officials  who  served  in  India,  and  the 
influence  of  Indian  art  motifs  on  European  designs  and 
tastes. 

The  Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Seminars 
sponsored  "The  Canvas  of  Culture:  Rediscovery  of  the 

2-4 


Past  as  Adaptation  for  the  Future,"  a  symposium  in  which 
participants  from  India  and  the  United  States  explored 
critical  questions  of  loss,  continuity,  and  change  as  they 
apply  to  interrelated  aspects  of  Indian  life:  folk  traditions, 
contemporary  fine  arts  and  letters,  religion  and  ritual, 
women  and  the  family,  the  natural  and  built  environment, 
and  science  and  technology. 

The  Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program  joined  in 
with  a  schedule  of  courses,  seminars,  workshops,  tours, 
films,  and  performing  arts  events,  for  adults  and  young 
people,  in  conjunction  with  the  Festival  of  India,  and  the 
National  Associate  Travel  Program  offered  tours  to  wild- 
life sanctuaries  in  India  and  Nepal. 

Radio  Smithsonian,  the  Institution's  nationally  broad- 
cast weekly  radio  program,  offered  features  on  scientific 
research  in  India  as  well  as  cultural  and  historical  topics. 

The  Smithsonian  News  Service,  which  distributes 
monthly  packages  of  feature  stories  to  more  than  1,500 


daily  and  weekly  newspapers  across  the  United  States, 
issued  a  special  edition  of  features  focusing  on  aspects  of 
India  today. 

Several  publications  will  result  from  the  Institution's 
involvement  with  the  Festival  of  India  1985-1986.  The 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press  has  already  given  us  Aditr. 
The  Living  Arts  of  India,  a  look  at  life  in  India  through  the 
world  of  the  child,  with  numerous  essays  by  India  experts, 
written  on  the  occasion  of  the  exhibition,  Aditi:  A  Cele- 
bration of  Life. 


The  spirit  of  international  cooperation  and  exchange 
embodied  in  an  event  like  the  Festival  of  India  1985-1986 
has  long  been  a  part  of  the  Smithsonian's  mission.  This 
spirit  continues  to  grow  and  find  expression  in  ongoing 
Smithsonian  activities  and  in  our  plans  for  the  future. 

The  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 
increasingly  provides  opportunities  for  American  and  for- 
eign scholars  to  meet  and  share  ideas.  From  late  September 
1984  to  May  1985,  the  Center  organized  five  major  confer- 
ences on  "The  United  States,  Britain,  and  Europe: 
Changed  Relationships  in  a  Changing  World,"  alternating 
the  venue  between  the  Wilson  Center  and  Ditchley  Park, 
Oxford.  Culminating  the  fiscal  year  was  a  three-day  con- 
ference on  "Spain  in  the  1980s:  The  Domestic  Transition 
and  a  Changing  International  Role,"  which  examined 
Spain's  decade-long  transition  to  parliamentary  democracy 
and  its  significance,  especially  from  the  point  of  view  of 
Latin  American  nations. 

At  the  invitation  of  the  Ministry  of  Culture  of  Pakistan, 
the  Smithsonian's  Office  of  Museum  Programs  sent  staff  to 
Islamabad  and  Karachi  to  conduct  two  three-day  work- 
shops on  "Preventive  Care  of  Collections"  for  50  partici- 
pants from  museums  and  archives  in  Lahore,  Peshawar, 
Hyderabad,  Moenjodaro,  Islamabad,  and  Karachi. 
Eighty-six  of  the  123  participants  in  Museum  Programs' 
Visiting  Professionals  Program  came  to  the  Smithsonian 
from  museums  and  related  organizations  in  Africa,  Asia, 
Europe,  Central  and  South  America. 

Among  the  highlights  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service's  busy  schedule  for  the  year 
was  Ebla  to  Damascus:  Art  and  Archaeology  of  Ancient 
Syria,  an  exhibition  of  281  objects  representing  10,000 
years  of  history.  The  exhibition,  organized  by  sites  and 
the  Directorate  General  of  Antiquities,  Syrian  Arab 
Republic,  marks  the  first  time  that  antiquities  from  Syria 
have  been  shown  in  North  America. 

The  Smithsonian  National  Associate  Lecture  and  Semi- 
nar Program  offered  its  first  International  Program  this 


year.  Ten  Smithsonian  speakers  journeyed  to  Tokyo  for 
this  significant  event. 


The  concrete  and  steel  evidence  of  the  Smithsonian's  com- 
mitment to  the  idea  of  international  scholarly  and  cultural 
exchange  was  plain  to  see  as  the  construction  of  the  mas- 
sive Quadrangle  project  behind  the  Castle  neared  comple- 
tion. The  three-level  underground  facility  will  house  the 
Center  for  African,  Near  Eastern,  and  Asian  Cultures  as 
well  as  public  space  and  offices  for  the  Smithsonian 
National  and  Resident  Associate  programs  and  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service. 

The  three  major  components  of  the  Center  are  the 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  the  National  Museum  of  Afri- 
can Art,  and  the  International  Center. 

The  International  Center  will  explore  ancient  and  evolv- 
ing cultures  of  the  non-Western' world  and  serve  as  the 
Smithsonian's  headquarters  for  Latin  American  scholar- 
ship, exhibitions,  and  programs.  The  Center  will  sponsor 
major  exhibitions,  which  will  be  displayed  in  the  Interna- 
tional Gallery  for  periods  of  nine  months  to  a  year.  The 
inaugural  exhibition  will  be  a  unique  multi-disciplinary 
investigation  of  the  art  and  rituals  associated  with  birth, 
from  ancient  times  to  the  present.  The  Center  will  also 
conduct  scholarly  seminars,  conferences,  and  symposia 
and  organize  public  programs,  including  lectures,  films, 
performances,  and  demonstrations,  on  themes  related  to 
the  exhibitions. 

The  International  Center  is  administered  by  the  Direc- 
torate of  International  Activities,  which  was  established  in 
October  1984.  In  addition  to  planning  for  the  move  into 
the  Quadrangle,  International  Activities  staff  are  prepar- 
ing for  the  Smithsonian's  commemoration  of  the  500th 
anniversary  of  Columbus's  1492  landfall. 

The  Sackler  Gallery  and  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art 
together  comprise  the  Center  for  Asian  Art.  As  construc- 
tion of  the  Sackler  Gallery's  basic  structure  neared  comple- 
tion, staff  members  were  busy  refining  plans  for  the  design 
and  furnishing  of  exhibition  galleries,  the  museum  shop, 
collection  storage,  and  the  library.  Plans  are  simultane- 
ously being  made  for  renovation  of  the  Freer  Gallery  fol- 
lowing the  relocation  of  the  library  and  offices  to  the 
Sackler  building. 

The  National  Museum  of  African  Art's  preparations  for 
the  move  from  Capitol  Hill  have  included  a  vigorous  cam- 
paign to  recruit  and  train  docents.  A  generous  grant  from 
The  Morris  and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation  has  made 
possible  the  planning  and  preparation  for  the  major  inau- 
gural loan  exhibition  in  the  Quadrangle,  African  Art  and 

2-5 


I 


the  Cycle  of  Life. 

The  public's  interest  in  African  art  was  illustrated  by  the 
fact  that  more  than  14,000  visitors  came  to  the  National 
Museum  of  African  Art  in  its  present  inadequate  home  on 
Capitol  Hill  to  view  African  Masterpieces  from  the  Musee 
de  I'Homme  during  the  exhibition's  nine-week  stay.  This 
major  display  of  100  world-renowned  works  of  art  from 
West  and  Central  Africa,  drawn  from  one  of  the  foremost 
collections  of  African  art  in  the  world,  was  presented 
under  the  patronage  of  the  Ambassador  of  the  Republic  of 
France  to  the  United  States  and  organized  by  The  Center 
for  African  Art,  New  York. 

For  the  first  time,  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art 
was  able  to  make  its  collection  and  research  facilities  avail- 
able for  advanced  scholarly  research  through  the  Smithso- 
nian's Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants.  This  was  made 
possible  by  a  three-year  grant  from  the  Rockefeller  Foun- 
dation Residency  Program  in  the  Humanities  allowing 
$150,000  for  postdoctoral  research  in  residence  at  the 
museums  in  the  areas  of  African  art  history  and  anthropol- 
ogy,'especially  material  culture,  and  in  Asian  art  history 
for  research  in  the  collections  on  topics  that  may  initiate 
scholarly  symposia,  exhibitions,  and  other  major  museum 
activities. 

The  grant  will  provide  two  to  three  postdoctoral 
appointments  at  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art  and 
the  Center  for  Asian  Art  each  year  beginning  in  1985  and 
continuing  through  1988.  The  Smithsonian's  first  fellow 
under  this  program  is  studying  the  role  of  African  women 
as  placemakers  and  the  arts  and  architectures  of  nomadism 
in  Africa. 

And  the  Smithsonian's  Office  of  Horticulture  has  been 
preparing  to  put  the  crowning  touch  on  the  Quadrangle 
with  the  planning  of  a  174,240-square-foot  garden  cover- 
ing the  site,  the  fruit  of  a  $3  million  gift  from  philanthro- 
pist Enid  Haupt. 


A  Yoruba  (Nigeria)  ivory  female  figure  on  an  oval-shaped  base, 
wearing  a  cone-shaped  headdress,  necklace,  hip  ornaments,  and 
bracelets,  and  holding  a  flywisk  in  one  hand,  was  acquired  by  the 
National  Museum  of  African  Art  with  the  generous  support  of 
the  James  Smithson  Society.  (Photograph  by  Ken  Heinen) 

26 


The  building  of  the  Quadrangle  project  may  have  been  the 
most  visible  construction  here  this  year,  but  it  was  cer- 
tainly not  the  only  growth  in  progress  at  the  Smithsonian, 
which  has  been  adding  to  its  resources  and  achievements 
in  research,  exhibition,  publication,  and  education  in  the 
scientific  disciplines,  history,  and  the  arts. 

The  Archives  of  American  Art  opened  a  new  center,  its 
sixth,  in  November  1984.  The  Southern  California 
Research  Center,  located  at  the  Huntington  Library  in  San 
Marino,  California,  will  serve  the  Pacific  Southwest. 

The  Museum  Support  Center  in  Suitland,  Maryland, 
marked  a  historic  moment  on  December  13,  1984,  when 


the  first  artifact— a  jar  filled  with  Pacific  Halibut  plankton 
specimens — was  placed  on  a  shelf.  It  will  be  followed  by 
millions  of  objects  and  specimens  from  Smithsonian  collec- 
tions. 

At  the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  the  first 
of  the  museum's  major  reinstallations  neared  completion. 
After  the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in  America,  1780- 
1800,  opening  in  November  1985,  explores  the  lives  of 
ordinary  people  who  lived  in  America  in  the  final  two  dec- 
ades of  the  eighteenth  century.  The  permanent  exhibition 
and  its  accompanying  publications,  educational  materials, 
and  public  programs  are  the  fruits  of  several  years  of 
research  and  planning. 

While  work  continued  on  the  new  facility  for  the  Ana- 
costia  Neighborhood  Museum,  scheduled  to  open  in 
March  1986,  the  museum  presented  its  last  exhibition  in 
the  renovated  movie  house  that  has  served  as  its  home 
since  the  mid-1960s.  The  Renaissance:  Black  Arts  of  the 
'zos  takes  visitors  back  to  the  period  known  as  the  Harlem 
Renaissance,  which  saw  an  explosion  of  black  creative 
expression  in  literature,  music,  and  the  arts  in  Washing- 
ton, Philadelphia,  and  other  cities  as  well  as  in  the  Harlem 
district  of  New  York. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  Art  offered  its  visi- 
tors a  look  at  the  breadth  of  American  artists'  creativity 
with  an  exhibition  program  that  included  Sharing  Tradi- 
tions: Five  Black  Artists  in  Nineteenth-Century  America, 
Creation  and  Renewal:  Views  of  Cotopaxi  by  Frederic 
Edwin  Church  and,  at  the  museum's  Renwick  Gallery,  The 
Woven  and  Graphic  Art  of  Anm  Albers. 

The  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  entered 
its  second  decade  with  public  programs  and  exhibitions 
that  included  two  very  important  shows  with  international 
scope.  Representation  Abroad  focused  on  the  strength  and 
diversity  of  representational  works  by  sixteen  artists  work- 
ing in  Australia,  Colombia,  France,  Great  Britain,  Italy, 
Spain,  and  West  Germany.  A  New  Romanticism:  16  Artists 
from  Italy  was  a  major  loan  exhibition  focusing  on  a 
romantic,  spiritual  impulse  in  recent  Italian  art. 

Among  the  many  exhibitions  at  the  Cooper-Hewitt 
Museum,  the  Smithsonian's  National  Museum  of  Design 
in  New  York  City,  were  Celebration  and  Ceremony: 
Design  in  the  Service  of  Wine,  spanning  the  globe  and 
thirty-five  centuries,  and  Art  Pottery:  A  New  Vista  in 
American  Ceramics,  now  being  circulated  by  the  Smithso- 
nian Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service. 

At  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  the  joint  exhibitions  A 
Truthful  Likeness:  Chester  Harding  and  His  Portraits  and 
William  Edward  West:  1788-1857,  Kentucky  Painter  reex- 
amined the  work  of  two  neglected  mid-nineteenth  century 


artists,  and  a  show  of  the  work  of  Mexican  artist  Miguel 
Covarrubias  delighted  visitors  with  the  witty  caricatures 
that  entertained  readers  of  the  New  Yorker  and  Vanity  Fair 
beginning  in  the  1920s. 


A  survey  of  notable  scientific  achievements  at  the  Smithso- 
nian this  year  takes  the  reader  from  the  ocean  depths  to 
outer  space. 

In  December  1984,  two  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  botanists  reported  the  identification  of  the  deepest 
plant  found  on  Earth,  an  alga  they  discovered  during  a 
four-hour  submersible  dive  off  an  uncharted  seamount  in 
the  Bahamas.  The  scientists  said  that  the  abundance  of  this 
plant  at  previously  unknown  depths  requires  a  rethinking 
of  the  role  of  macroalgae  in  ocean  ecology,  opening  up  a 
whole  new  realm  of  oceanography. 

At  the  natural  history  museum,  a  microcosm  of  a  Maine 
coastal  ecosystem,  housed  in  a  3,000-gallon  aquarium  sim- 
ulating natural  conditions,  joined  the  living  coral-reef 
model  on  display.  The  twin  exhibits,  developed  by  the 
Smithsonian  Marine  Systems  Laboratory,  offer  a  classic 
example  of  the  interplay  of  scientific  research  and  public 
education  at  the  Smithsonian. 

Other  research  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory included  continued  exploration  of  a  remote  Venezue- 
lan mesa  and  coral  atolls  in  the  Indian  Ocean.  In  addition, 
museum  scientists  discovered  evidence  that  eastern  North 
American  Indians  were  farming  long  before  the  introduc- 
tion of  maize  from  Mexico,  examined  erosion  of  the  Nile 
Delta,  addressed  issues  of  conservation  in  the  forests  of 
Kenya,  and  began  the  expansion  of  a  volcanological  data 
bank. 

The  year  also  saw  the  completion  of  a  ten-year  study  of 
a  bat  population  by  a  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory biologist  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Insti- 
tute (STRI)  in  Panama. 

This  was  a  landmark  year  for  STRI.  The  government  of 
Panama  extended  to  the  Institute  the  prerogatives  and  ben- 
efits that  correspond  to  status  as  an  International  Mission. 
STRI  received  a  $4  million  grant  from  the  Earl  Silas  Tupper 
Foundation  to  construct  a  new  research  center.  STRI  and 
the  University  of  Panama's  Center  for  Marine  Sciences  and 
Limnology  gave  the  first  intensive  graduate  field  course  in 
Marine  Ecology  to  be  offered  at  the  University.  In  addi- 
tion, two  uninhabited  and  virtually  undisturbed  Pacific 
islands  off  the  Pacific  coast  of  western  Panama  were 
donated  to  STRI  through  the  Nature  Conservancy's  Inter- 
national Program.  These  islands,  donated  by  Jean 
Neimeier  of  Poulsbo,  Washington,  in  memory  of  her  hus- 

2-7 


band,  Edward,  have  become  living  laboratories  for  scien- 
tists studying  native  birds,  vegetation,  and  iguanas. 

Ongoing  research  at  STRI  included  a  pioneering  study 
of  tropical  tree  diversity  and  population  dynamics;  studies 
of  the  green  iguana,  a  threatened  species  that  is  an  impor- 
tant traditional  source  of  protein  for  people  throughout 
much  of  Latin  America;  research  into  the  impact  of  Afri- 
canized honeybees  on  native  fauna,  and  investigation  of 
the  evolutionary  and  ecological  consequences  of  the  mass 
mortality  devastating  populations  of  one  species  of  sea 
urchin,  Diadema  antillarum,  throughout  the  Caribbean. 

The  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center 
(SERC)  in  Maryland  pursued  important,  long-term 
research  in  the  areas  of  regulatory  biology,  environmental 
biology,  and  radiocarbon  dating.  New  insights  were 
gained  into  the  structure  and  function  of  polypeptides 
associated  with  the  photosynthetic  apparatus  of  plants. 
Since  August  1984,  a  high-precision  scanning  radiometer, 
developed  and  built  at  SERC,  has  collected  data  atop 
Mauna  Loa,  Hawaii,  on  ultraviolet  light  and  changes  in 
the  ozone  layer.  Other  measurements  on  solar  radiation 
were  collected  in  Maryland  and  Panama.  At  SERC's  site  in 
Edgewater,  Maryland,  scientists  continued  their  studies  of 
the  nutrient  dynamics  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay  ecosystem. 

The  National  Zoo  proceeded  with  its  program  of  reno- 
vation, redesign,  and  reconstruction,  and  completed  a  new 
veterinary  hospital  at  its  Conservation  and  Research  Cen- 
ter in  Front  Royal,  Virginia.  Among  the  imaginative  addi- 
tions at  the  Zoo  was  the  extensive  planting  of  specially 
chosen  flowers  which  are  luring  masses  of  butterflies  to  the 
Zoo. 

There  were  over  350  births  and  hatchings  at  the  Zoo, 
many  of  them  vital  to  international  breeding  programs  for 
endangered  species  and  a  tribute  to  the  Zoo's  research  in 
this  field.  Asian  lions  were  added  to  the  collections  as  part 
of  a  cooperative  breeding  program,  and  the  Zoo  placed 
two  female  North  American  bison  on  display  as  symbols 
of  the  contributions  of  zoos  to  conservation.  The  Zoo  con- 
tinued its  program  of  releasing  the  progeny  of  one  of  its 
most  successful  breeding  programs,  the  golden-lion 
tamarins,  into  the  animal's  original  habitat  in  Brazil,  hop- 
ing to  augment  the  dwindling  population  in  the  wild. 

When  Space  Shuttle  Flight  51  F  achieved  Earth  orbit  on 
July  29, 1985,  Challenger  carried  among  its  complex  array 
of  scientific  experiments  an  Infrared  Telescope  designed 
and  built  by  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
(SAO)  in  cooperation  with  the  University  of  Arizona  and 
the  NASA-Marshall  Space  Flight  Center. 

SAO  astronomers  Christine  Jones  and  William  Forman 
were  awarded  the  Bruno  Rossi  Prize  of  the  High  Energy 

28 


Astrophysics  Division  of  the  American  Astronomical  Soci- 
ety for  their  significant  contributions  to  high-energy  astro- 
physics, specifically,  their  research  on  hot  X-ray  emitting 
coronae  around  early-type  galaxies,  which  provides  fur- 
ther evidence  that  the  so-called  missing  mass  of  the  uni- 
verse may  be  found  in  the  great  dark  halos  surrounding 
galaxies. 

SAO  scientists  using  advanced  image-processing  tech- 
niques to  reevaluate  the  existing  map  of  the  universe  dis- 
covered that  some  of  the  supposed  distribution  of  galaxies 
in  strings  and  filaments  was  due  to  errors  in  the  original 
compilation  techniques.  They  are  now  in  the  process  of  lit- 
erally changing  the  map  of  the  universe. 

At  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  visitors  gained 
the  opportunity  to  ride  the  space  shuttles  vicariously 
through  the  latest  1MAX  film,  The  Dream  is  Alive.  This 
insider's  view  of  America's  space  shuttle  program  includes 
inflight  footage  shot  by  astronauts  specifically  for  the  film, 
which  is  shown  on  a  screen  five  stories  high. 

In  addition  to  educating  and  entertaining  visitors,  the 
film,  created  through  the  cooperation  of  the  Air  and  Space 
Museum,  Lockheed  Corporation,  IMAX  Systems  Corp., 
and  the  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration 
(NASA),  is  being  used  by  NASA  for  purposes  of  design 
research.  By  reviewing  the  footage  of  astronauts  living  in 
the  shuttle,  NASA  engineers  may  be  able  to  design  a  better 
shuttle. 

The  1985  restoration  of  the  1903  Wright  Flyer  was  an 
important  milestone  for  the  museum's  Paul  E.  Garber 
Preservation,  Restoration  and  Storage  Facility. 

A  new  multi-media  show,  Comet  Quest,  in  the  Air  and 
Space  Museum's  planetarium,  set  the  stage  for  Comet  Hal- 
ley's  return  in  1986.  Additions  to  major  gallery  exhibits 
included  Military  Air  Transport  and  Dynamic  Worlds  of 
Jupiter  and  Saturn. 

Researchers  at  Air  and  Space  continued  to  collect,  orga- 
nize, and  translate  the  finest  archive  available  in  the 
United  States  of  original  material  relating  to  Russian  aero- 
nautics during  the  first  two  decades  of  the  twentieth- 
century.  Work  also  progressed  on  the  Space  Telescope 
History  project,  a  joint  enterprise  with  the  History  of  Sci- 
ence Department  of  Johns  Hopkins  University.  Scientific 
research  in  terrestrial  and  planetary  geology  and  remote 
sensing  at  the  Center  for  Earth  and  Planetary  Studies 
including  mapping  of  features  on  Mars  and  study  of  geo- 
morphologic  processes  in  the  upper  Inland  Niger  Delta  of 
Mali,  including  study  of  desertification  as  a  result  of 
twenty  years  of  drought.  This  work  was  expanded  to  a 
broader  three-year  study  of  three  arid  regions  in  Mali, 
Egypt,  and  Botswana. 


Another  major  technological  achievement  was  realized 
in  the  museum's  successful  field  tests  of  the  System  for  Dig- 
ital Display  (SDD),  a  computer-based  system  with  the 
potential  to  revolutionize  archival  storage,  inventory,  and 
research.  The  SDD  can  permanently  store  as  many  as 
100,000  images  of  documents,  maps,  books,  drawings, 
and  three-dimensional  artifacts  on  a  single  12-inch  optical 
disk  the  size  of  a  phonograph  record,  using  a  high- 
resolution  digital  camera.  The  permanent,  high-quality 
archival  record  thus  created  is  easily  and  rapidly  indexed 
or  searched  by  computer  and  can  be  safely  transported  or 
shipped.  The  images  may  be  reproduced  on  a  printer  or 
telephoned  to  a  facsimile  machine  anywhere  in  the  world. 
Public  and  private  organizations  ranging  from  county 
school  districts  to  the  FBI  have  expressed  an  interest  in  the 
system,  and  the  museum  has  applied  for  a  patent. 


The  variety  and  scope  of  fellowship  programs  and  research 
opportunities  at  the  Smithsonian  continues  to  grow.  In 
addition  to  the  Rockefeller  Residency  Program  in  the 
Humanities,  new  programs  at  the  Smithsonian  include  the 
Office  of  Museum  Programs'  Native  American  Program 
for  North  American  Indians,  Inuit,  Aleut,  Canadian 
Natives,  Alaskan  Natives,  and  Native  Hawaiians,  which 
in  1985  provided  fourteen  appointees  with  research  oppor- 
tunities designed  to  assist  them  to  interpret  and  maintain 
collections  in  their  museums  and  archives. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  created  an  Inter- 
national Fellowship  and  announced  the  establishment  of 
the  Martin  Marietta  Chair  in  Space  History.  The  muse- 
um's new  Office  of  University  Programs  co-hosted  a  coop- 
erative program  with  New  York  University  on  the  "History 
of  20th-century  Technology,"  an  experiment  in  an  innova- 
tive course  of  study  integrating  museum  resources  into  the 
university  curriculum. 

The  diversity  of  research  opportunities  at  the  Smithso- 
nian could  be  seen  in  the  range  of  the  research  undertaken 
by  the  five  Regents'  fellows  in  residence  at  the  Institution 
during  the  year.  The  subjects  of  their  research  included  his- 
torical aspects  of  African  weaving,  at  the  Museum  of  Afri- 
can Art;  placement  of  the  VLBI  antenna  facility  in  orbit 
around  the  Earth  and  research  on  high-energy  physics,  at 
the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory;  research  on 
science  and  technology  artifacts,  at  the  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can History;  and  study  of  the  biogeography  of  coral  reefs 
and  islands,  at  the  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


ety  of  works  directed  at  specialized  audiences  and  the  gen- 
eral public. 

The  Joseph  Henry  Papers  published  the  fifth  volume  of 
the  papers  of  the  Smithsonian's  first  Secretary,  document- 
ing the  years  1841-43. 

At  the  Museum  of  African  Art,  a  gift  from  The  Shell 
Companies  Foundation  awarded  in  February  1985  enabled 
the  department  to  begin  a  publication  series.  The  first 
book  is  titled  The  Art  of  African  Kingdoms. 

The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  produced  a  handbook  on 
the  rare-book  collection  and  added  a  unique  volume  on 
the  design  traditions  associated  with  the  history  of  wine, 
Wine:  Celebration  and  Ceremony,  to  its  lengthy  bibliogra- 
phy. The  museum  also  received  a  major  grant  from  the 
J.M.  Kaplan  Fund  that  will  serve  as  seed  money  for  future 
publications. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  issued  the  first 
volume  in  a  new  series,  National  Air  and  Space  Museum 
Research  Report  (1984J. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  published  the  sixth 
work  in  the  series  Smithsonian  Studies  in  Air  and  Space, 
United  States  Women  in  Aviation:  1930-1939.  The  impres- 
sive list  of  books  published  by  the  SI  Press  this  year 
included  Smithsonian  Surprises,  an  activity  book  for  chil- 
dren; Space,  Time,  Infinity;  Mystery  of  Comets;  Miguel 
Covarruhias  Caricatures,  to  accompany  the  National  Por- 
trait Gallery  exhibition,  and  Drawn  From  Nature:  The 
Botanical  Art  of  Joseph  Prestele  and  His  Sons.  Drawn 
From  Nature  received  the  prestigious  Art  Director's  Club 
of  New  York  award  as  well  as  the  New  York  Art  Critics 
Award. 

With  the  increase  in  publishing  activities,  SI  Press 
stepped  up  its  use  of  electronic  publishing  this  year,  receiv- 
ing nine  manuscripts  either  by  telephone  transmission  or 
on  computer  disks. 

The  Press's  Smithsonian  Collection  of  Recordings  divi- 
sion released  American  Popular  Song:  Six  Decades  of 
Songwriters  and  Singers.  The  seven-record  set  comes  with 
a  booklet  containing  an  essay  on  the  history  of  song  and 
the  various  styles  of  singing,  critical  analysis  of  each  per- 
formance, and  meticulously  researched  information  about 
the  performers,  composers,  and  lyricists.  A  previous  set  in 
the  series,  Big  Band  Jazz:  From  the  Beginnings  to  the  Fif- 
ties, won  two  Grammy  awards. 


Publications  programs  at  the  Smithsonian  produced  a  vari- 


2-9 


Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents 


The  first  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  was  held  on  Jan- 
uary 28, 1985,  and  opened  with  a  tribute  to  the  late  Regent 
William  A.  M.  Burden.  The  Regents  elected  Mr.  Johnson 
to  membership  on  the  Executive  Committee  and  nomi- 
nated Mr.  Barnabas  McHenry  of  New  York  as  a  citizen 
member  of  the  Board.  The  Audit  and  Review  Committee 
reported  on  its  meeting  of  November  20, 1984,  held  in  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History  and  at  the 
National  Zoo's  Conservation  and  Research  Center  in 
Front  Royal,  Virginia.  The  Personnel  Committee  reported 
that  it  had  reviewed  the  financial  interests  statements  of 
the  executive  staff  and  had  found  no  conflict  of  interest 
whatsoever.  Discussing  the  report  of  the  Investment  Policy 
Committee,  the  Treasurer  agreed  to  present  an  analysis  of 
the  Smithsonian's  investments  in  businesses  operating  in 
the  Republic  of  South  Africa. 

Secretary  Adams  initiated  a  "Secretary's  Report,"  an  oral 
presentation  on  a  variety  of  topics  which  were  quite  tenta- 
tive or  of  recent  origin  as  the  business  of  the  Institution. 
After  the  Treasurer  presented  reports  on  the  status  of  fed- 
eral and  trust  funds,  fiscal  years  1984-86,  the  Regents  dis- 
cussed and  approved  the  Five-Year  Prospectus,  Fiscal  Years 
1986-90.  In  other  major  actions,  the  Regents  voted  to  pro- 
ceed with  planning,  design,  and  construction  of  food  serv- 
ice facilities  on  the  basis  of  direct  Smithsonian  financing 
and  voted  to  seek  authorization  for  the  appropriation  of 
$11.5  million  for  one-half  of  the  construction  costs  of  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum's  physical  expansion.  The  Board 
discussed  at  length  the  status  of  the  Quadrangle  construc- 
tion and  programming,  inter-institutional  cooperation, 
legislation,  the  U.S.  Postal  Service's  possible  establishment 
of  a  National  Postal  Museum,  the  endowment  of  the 
George  E.  Burch  Fellowship,  the  U.S.  Patent  Model  Foun- 
dation, and  the  programs  of  the  Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center.  The  Regents  also  received 
status  reports  on  equal  opportunity  and  affirmative  action, 
personnel  matters,  the  Museum  Support  Center  and  col- 
lections management,  other  major  construction  projects,  a 
gift  for  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  the 
Eastman  House  Collection,  litigation,  and  television. 

The  Regents'  dinner  was  held  at  the  Supreme  Court  on 
the  preceding  evening,  January  27,  in  honor  of  Secretary 
and  Mrs.  Adams.  The  Chancellor  officially  welcomed  the 
guests,  toasted  the  President,  and  introduced  the  Vice 
President  who  spoke  briefly  about  the  Adamses  and 
offered  a  toast  in  their  honor.  After  thanking  the  Vice  Pres- 
ident, Mr.  Adams  conveyed  his  impressions  of  the  nation's 
capital  and  the  extent  to  which  the  efficiency  of  official 
Washington  is  enhanced  by  less  formal  relationships  and 
gatherings  such  as  the  Regents'  dinners. 

3° 


The  Chancellor  called  to  order  the  next  meeting  of  the 
Board  of  Regents  on  Monday,  May  6, 1985.  In  their  first 
action,  the  Regents  reviewed  recent  developments  regard- 
ing the  Smithsonian's  efforts  to  improve  museum  restau- 
rant facilities  and  operations  and  agreed  that  the 
Chancellor  should  appoint  an  ad  hoc  committee  of  the 
Regents  to  review  the  subject  of  Smithsonian  restaurant 
services  and  the  Institution's  various  options.  The  Execu- 
tive Committee  reported  on  its  April  10,  1985,  meeting  and 
the  Audit  and  Review  Committee  reported  on  its  March  21 
meeting  at  the  National  Zoological  Park. 

In  connection  with  the  report  of  the  Investment  Policy 
Committee,  the  Regents  discussed  the  nature  of  the  Institu- 
tion's investments  in  companies  doing  business  in  the 
Republic  of  South  Africa,  expressed  grave  concern  regard- 
ing South  Africa's  policy  of  apartheid,  and  decided  that 
non-signatories  should  be  queried  as  to  their  reasons  for 
not  signing  the  Sullivan  Principles.  The  Treasurer  noted 
that,  as  instructed  by  the  Investment  Policy  Committee, 
the  Institution  will  vote  all  proxies  with  special  attention 
to  matters  pertaining  to  South  Africa  and  other  social 
issues.  The  Board  of  Regents  accepted  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  Investment  Policy  Committee  and  approved  for 
fiscal  year  1986  a  total  return  income  payout  rate  of  $8.27 
for  the  endowment  funds. 

The  Regents  received  and  discussed  reports  on  the  1985 
and  1986  appropriated  and  non-appropriated  trust  funds. 
After  Mr.  Adams  gave  his  Secretary's  Report,  he 
announced  with  regret  that  Under  Secretary  Hughes 
would  soon  retire,  whereupon  the  Regents  unanimously 
adopted  the  following  Resolution: 

Whereas  Phillip  S.  Hughes  has  imparted  unfailingly  wise 

counsel  to  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian 

Institution  since  1977; 

Whereas  Phillip  S.  Hughes  has  given  of  himself  unstint- 
ingly  as  Under  Secretary  of  this  Institution  for  over  five 
years;  and 

Whereas  Phillip  S.  Hughes  has  brought  to  the  Smithso- 
nian a  profound  sense  of  the  responsibilities  of  effective 
and  honorable  public  administration:  Now,  therefore, 
be  it 

Resolved  by  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  That  the  Board  expresses  its  gratitude  for  his 
manifold  and  extraordinary  services  to  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  and  wishes  him  every  happiness  in  his  well- 
deserved  retirement;  and  be  it  further 

Resolved,  That  this  resolution  be  embodied  in  a  suitable 
and  permanent  record. 


Mr.  Adams  pointed  out  that  with  Mr.  Hughes'  enthusiastic 
endorsement  he  had  concluded  that  Dean  Anderson  is  well 
qualified  to  assume  the  responsibilities  as  Under  Secretary, 
and  after  discussion  with  the  Regents  he  announced  his 
intention  to  appoint  Mr.  Anderson  as  Under  Secretary 
upon  Mr.  Hughes'  retirement. 

Among  other  major  actions,  the  Regents  approved  the 
purchase  of  an  extraordinary  collection  of  African  art 
assembled  over  the  years  by  Mr.  Emile  Deletaille;  reap- 
pointed Mary  Barnes,  R.  Philip  Hanes,  Jr.,  Richard  Hunt, 
Charles  Parkhurst,  Jean  Seth,  and  Virginia  Wright  and 
appointed  Sharon  Rockefeller  to  the  Commission  of  the 
National  Museum  of  American  Art;  established  the 
National  Zoological  Park  Medal  for  outstanding  services 
to  zoological  science  and  conservation  and  the  National 
Air  and  Space  Museum  Trophy  for  extraordinary  service  in 
air  and  space  science  and  technology,  and  accepted  the 
Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  for  Fiscal  Year  1984. 

Major  reports  presented  to  the  Regents  covered  the 
Smithsonian  Volunteer  Program,  the  potential  remodeling 
and  expansion  of  the  Natural  History  Building,  and  the 
Eastman  House  Collections.  The  Secretary  also  gave  sta- 
tus reports  on  the  Quadrangle,  the  Museum  Support  Cen- 
ter and  collections  management,  other  major  construction 
projects,  the  Patent  Model  Collection,  the  1985  Festival  of 
American  Folklife,  legislation,  litigation,  and  television 
and  film. 

On  Sunday  evening,  May  5,  the  Chancellor  and  the 
Regents  were  hosts  to  a  dinner  in  the  Castle  in  honor  of 
members  of  the  National  Board  of  Smithsonian  Associates 
and  other  high-level  donors  to  the  Quadrangle  project. 
After  dinner  the  Chancellor  welcomed  the  guests  and  the 
Secretary  presented  the  Founder  Medal  of  the  James 
Smithson  Society  to  Mr.  William  S.  Anderson,  a  major 
donor  and  tireless  chairman  of  the  committee  of  National 
Board  members  whose  work  brought  a  total  of  S3. 7  mil- 
lion in  contributions  toward  the  Quadrangle. 

The  Chancellor  called  the  third  meeting  of  the  year  to 
order  on  Monday  morning,  September  16.  The  Regents 
welcomed  Mr.  McHenry  to  his  first  meeting  as  a  Regent 
and  voted  to  renominate  Messrs.  Humelsine  and  Bowen  to 
serve  additional  terms  as  members  of  the  Board.  The 
Executive  Committee  reported  on  its  meeting  of  August  27 
and  the  Audit  and  Review  Committee  reported  on  its 
meeting  of  August  1.  It  was  noted  that  the  Chancellor  had 
appointed  Senator  Sasser,  Messrs.  Conte  and  Mineta,  and 
Regent  Emeritus  Haskins  as  the  ad  hoc  committee  of  the 
Regents  to  review  the  subject  of  Smithsonian  restaurant 
services. 

The  Investment  Policy  Committee  reported  on  its  special 


August  21  meeting  to  discuss  Smithsonian  investments  in 
companies  doing  business  in  South  Africa  and  the  Board  of 
Regents  considered  the  Committee's  recommendations. 
The  Regents  were  unanimous  in  their  personal  abhorrence 
of  the  system  of  apartheid  in  the  Republic  of  South  Africa 
and  further  agreed  that,  in  the  face  of  a  fluid  and  rapidly 
changing  situation  both  at  home  and  in  South  Africa,  no 
formal  statement  of  the  Regents  would  be  issued  on  the 
Institution's  investment  policy;  that  the  basic  position  of 
the  Board  was  manifested  in  the  action  taken  by  the  Exec- 
utive Committee  in  June  to  divest  of  the  Institution's  hold- 
ings in  American  companies  involved  in  South  Africa  who 
had  not  subscribed  to  the  Sullivan  Principles;  that  the  Sec- 
retary be  requested  to  continue  to  work  with  the  Regents 
and  to  prepare  materials  concerning  alternative  courses  of 
action,  consistent  with  the  Institution's  policies  and 
resources,  for  possible  consideration  at  the  Regents'  subse- 
quent meeting;  and  that  the  Secretary  should  convey  these 
conclusions  to  the  press  following  the  meeting. 

Other  major  actions  by  the  Regents  included  the 
approval  of  modifications  to  the  1985  trust  fund  budget, 
the  1986  federal  and  trust  fund  budgets,  and  the  Institu- 
tion's 1987  federal  budget  submission  to  the  Office  of 
Management  and  Budget,  discussion  of  a  draft  of  the  Five- 
Year  Prospectus,  Fiscal  Years  1987-1991,  and  Construction 
Priorities,  endorsement  of  the  purposes  of  legislation 
authorizing  the  planning  and  construction  of  facilities  for 
the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  at  Dulles  Airport, 
preliminary  consideration  of  a  proposal  of  the  Washington 
Dulles  Task  Force  to  construct  an  interim  facility  for  the 
Air  and  Space  Museum  to  exhibit  the  space  shuttle  Enter- 
prise at  Dulles,  approval  of  the  purchase  of  the  Vever  Col- 
lection of  rare  Persian  art,  establishment  of  the  Regents' 
Publication  Program  to  encourage  extraordinary  scholarly 
contributions  from  the  staff,  approval  in  principle  for  the 
launching  of  a  new  magazine  entitled  Air  &  Space,  and 
authorization  for  the  redistribution  of  the  Hirshhorn  spe- 
cial collections  among  other  Smithsonian  museums  and 
the  establishment  of  an  endowed  acquisition  fund  for  the 
Hirshhorn  Museum.  After  they  appointed  Nancy  Graves 
and  Myron  Kunin  to  the  Commission  of  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  and  Michael  Collins,  W.  John 
Kenney,  and  R.  W.  B.  Lewis  to  the  Commission  of  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery,  the  Regents  reappointed  Rose- 
mary Carroon,  Joanne  duPont,  Harmon  Goldstone, 
August  Heckscher,  Karen  Johnson  Boyd,  Russell  Lynes, 
Kenneth  Miller,  Amanda  Burden,  Arthur  Ross,  Robert 
Sarnoff,  and  Marietta  Tree  to  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Advisory 
Council. 

After  Mr.  Adams  concluded  his  Secretary's  Report,  he 


31 


Financial  Report 

Ann  R.  Leven,  Treasurer 


discussed  the  renovation  of  the  Arts  and  Industries  Build- 
ing and  relocation  of  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars.  He  also  drew  the  Regents'  attention  to 
status  reports  on  the  Smithsonian's  international  activities, 
the  National  Science  Resources  Center,  a  planned  exhibi- 
tion on  the  Information  Age,  programs  for  the  bicenten- 
nial of  the  Constitution,  planning  for  the  1992  Quincen- 
tennial,  the  Quadrangle  and  other  major  construction 
projects,  the  Museum  Support  Center  storage  equip- 
ment, the  Postal  History  Museum,  personnel  matters, 
legislation,  litigation,  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Capital  Cam- 
paign, and  television  and  film.  In  addition,  the  Secretary 
mentioned  the  forthcoming  annual  meeting  of  the 
Smithsonian  Council  and  he  invited  the  Regents  to  attend. 

On  Sunday  evening,  September  15,  the  traditional 
Regents'  Dinner  was  hosted  by  the  Chancellor  and  the 
Board  of  Regents  in  the  Lerner  Room  of  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  After  dinner  Mr.  Adams 
welcomed  the  Regents  and  their  guests  and  offered  brief 
remarks  about  his  perceptions  of  Washington  upon  the 
completion  of  his  first  year  as  Secretary.  The  Chancellor 
spoke  in  honor  of  Senator  Daniel  Patrick  Moynihan  and, 
as  voted  by  the  Board  of  Regents,  presented  to  him  the 
Henry  Medal  and  a  citation.  Senator  Moynihan  expressed 
his  gratitude  to  the  Regents  for  this  honor  and  his  appreci- 
ation for  his  affiliation  with  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
the  Smithsonian.  The  Ambassador  of  India,  the  Honor- 
able K.  Shankar  Bajpai,  moved  by  the  occasion,  spoke  of 
his  country's  great  respect  and  appreciation  for  the 
Smithsonian  and  the  Senator. 


Fiscal  year  1985  was  one  of  transition,  selective  growth, 
and  financial  stability  for  the  Institution.  Federal  appropri- 
ations enabled  the  Institution  to  fund  budgeted  programs 
and  to  proceed  with  needed  repairs  and  renovations  to 
Smithsonian  facilities.  An  increase  in  trust  fund  revenues 
supported  new  initiatives  during  Robert  McC.  Adams' 
first  year  as  Secretary.  The  Treasurer's  Office  itself  bustled 
with  activity  as  fiscal  policies  came  under  review,  a  minor 
reorganization  took  place,  and  new  ideas  percolated.  A 
dedicated  staff  made  the  year  one  of  substantial  accom- 
plishment. 


Operations 

For  the  fiscal  year  ending  September  30, 1985,  the  federal 
government  provided  $164,321,000  to  fund  ongoing  opera- 
tions, an  increase  of  J7. 6  million  over  the  previous  year. 
This  additional  federal  funding  provided  support  for  infla- 
tionary cost  increases  and  important  program  initiatives. 
Incorporated  in  the  congressional  action,  however,  was  a 
two  percent  reduction  applied  to  each  line  item  in  the  bud- 
get. This  across-the-board  reduction,  combined  with  the 
receipt  of  only  partial  funding  for  the  costs  of  legislated 
pay  raises,  required  the  curtailment  of  purchasing  and  hir- 
ing throughout  the  Institution,  as  well  as  the  undesired 
limitation  of  summer  evening  visiting  hours. 

There  has  been  a  great  deal  of  discussion  both  inside  the 
Institution  and  by  outside  parties  concerning  the  percent- 
age of  operating  support  actually  provided  by  federal 
appropriation  versus  that  provided  by  the  net  income 
available  from  endowments,  museum  shop  sales,  and 
other  revenue-generating  trust  activities  sources.  The  ques- 
tion is  easily  answered  by  the  following  chart: 


Source 

Gross 

Net 

Net 

of  Funds 

Revenues 

Income 

Income  % 

(In  51,000s) 

(In  $1, 000s) 

Federal 

Appropriation 

$164,321 

$164,321 

75% 

Federal  Gr.  and 

Contracts 

15,653 

15,653 

7 

All  Trust 

Sources 

157,841 

38,480 

18 

Total  Avail- 
able for 
Operations      $337,815  $218,454 


100% 


32- 


Included  with  this  narrative  are  charts  which  graphically 
spell  out  how  Smithsonian  funds  available  for  operations 
were  allocated. 

Federal  appropriations  provide  the  core  support  for  the 
Institution's  continuing  programs  in  research,  exhibitions, 
education,  and  collections  management,  including  related 
administrative  and  support  services.  Substantial  sums  go 
for  maintenance  and  protection  of  the  collections  and 
physical  plant.  During  fiscal  year  1985  major  new  funding 
was  provided  for  the  replacement  of  scientific  equipment; 
for  Quadrangle-related  activities  of  the  National  Museum 
of  African  Art,  the  Sackler  Gallery,  and  the  Libraries;  for 
research  activities  of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory; for  exhibition  activities  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History,  including  a  program  to  commemorate 
the  Bicentennial  of  the  Constitution;  and  for  enhanced 
guardianship  and  maintenance. 

Support  from  federal  agencies  in  the  form  of  grants  and 
contracts  constitutes  an  important  source  of  research  mon- 
ies for  the  Institution  while  also  benefiting  the  granting 
agencies  by  providing  access  to  Smithsonian  expertise  and 
resources.  Sponsored  research  conducted  during  fiscal  year 
1985  included  continuing  work  on  the  algal  turfs  and  the 
Caribbean  king  crab  mariculture,  systematics  of  Aedes 
mosquitoes,  development  of  an  optical  interferometer 
which  will  substantially  improve  the  ability  to  measure 
the  angular  position  of  stars,  and  development  of  a 
community-based  science  education  program. 

Income  from  nonappropriated  trust  fund  sources  includ- 
ing gifts,  grants,  endowments,  current  investments,  and 
revenue-producing  activities  allowed  the  Institution  to 
undertake  new  ventures  and  enhance  existing  programs 
in  a  way  that  might  not  otherwise  have  been  possible. 
Notable  in  this  regard  was  the  establishment  of  a  Special 
Exhibitions  program  to  help  support  major  temporary 
exhibitions.  The  highly  successful  Aditi  exhibition  held  in 
the  Evans  Gallery  of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  was  one  of  the  first  of  these  specially  funded  exhi- 
bitions. Funding  for  the  Directorate  of  International 
Activities,  which  will  coordinate  programs  for  the 
Smithsonian's  new  International  Center,  and  for  the  Coun- 
cil of  Overseas  Research  Centers  reflected  a  new  Smithso- 
nian emphasis  on  international  exchange  and  cooperation. 

Two  awards  programs  were  significantly  augmented  by 
trust  funds:  Fellowships  and  Scholarly  Studies.  The  Fel- 
lowship program  provides  stipends  to  visiting  scholars, 
enabling  them  to  use  the  collections  and  resources  of  the 
Smithsonian.  The  Institution's  Scholarly  Studies  program 
makes  grant  awards  covering  research  assistance,  travel, 
and  special  supplies  to  Smithsonian  scientists  and  scholars 


for  individual  research  projects.  Research  needs  were  also 
served  when  the  Institution  allocated  monies  to  convert  the 
24  in. -diameter  telescope  at  the  Whipple  Observatory  at 
Mt.  Hopkins,  Arizona,  into  a  48  in.-  diameter  telescope. 

Smithsonian  collections  benefited  from  trust  fund  avail- 
ability during  fiscal  year  1985.  Anticipating  the  opening  of 
the  Quadrangle,  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art 
acquired  a  notable  collection  of  sixty-one  objects,  ranging 
in  date  from  the  twelfth  to  the  fifteenth  centuries  A.D.  to 
the  mid-twentieth  century.  In  addition,  monies  were  set 
aside  for  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  to  purchase  contempo- 
rary art. 

Substantial  funds  were  also  made  available  for  computer 
enhancement,  as  the  Institution  continues  its  efforts  to 
improve  administrative  efficiency  and  collections  accessi- 
bility. It  is  also  instructive  to  note  that  trust  funds  enabled 
the  Smithsonian  to  assist  the  Visions  Foundation  to  pub- 
lish its  new  magazine  of  Afro-American  culture.  The  first 
issue  of  American  Visions  is  scheduled  to  appear  in  con- 
junction with  the  first  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.,  national 
holiday. 


Special  Foreign  Currency  Program 

Foreign  currencies,  accumulated  primarily  from  sales  of 
surplus  agricultural  commodities  under  Public  Law  83-480 
and  determined  by  the  Treasury  Department  to  be  in 
excess  of  the  current  needs  of  the  United  States,  are  made 
available  to  the  Institution  through  the  Special  Foreign 
Currency  appropriation.  In  fiscal  year  1985,  the  Smithso- 
nian obligated  $9,258,000,  equivalent  in  excess  currencies, 
for  scientific  work  primarily  in  India  but  also  in  Pakistan, 
Burma,  and  Guinea.  The  monies  were  made  available  to 
United  States  institutions  for  research  and  advanced  pro- 
fessional training  in  fields  of  traditional  Smithsonian  inter- 
ests and  competence.  The  reserve  for  the  American 
Institute  of  Indian  Studies  was  increased  by  S3. 9  million, 
and  the  third  of  four  planned  contributions  was  made  to 
the  international  effort  to  restore  and  preserve  the  ancient 
city  of  Moenjodaro  in  Pakistan. 


Construction  and  Plant  Funds 

Construction  of  the  Quadrangle  proceeded  on  schedule 
during  1985.  During  the  course  of  the  year,  a  very  large 
pledge  was  deemed  uncollectable  and  has  been  taken  as 
a  write-off  in  the  attached  statements.  This  situation  is 
regrettable  but  will  not  jeopardize  completion  of  the 

33 


project.  All  other  major  pledges  have  been  collected  or 
are  on  a  progress  payment  schedule. 

On  a  more  positive  financial  note,  the  Smithsonian 
Tropical  Research  Institute  received  a  commitment  and 
first  payment  on  a  pledge  of  $4,000,000  toward  the  con- 
struction of  the  Earl  S.  Tupper  Research  and  Conference 
Center.  Named  after  the  father  of  the  donor,  the  long- 
needed  building  will  provide  conference  space  and  updated 
research  facilities  for  the  Institute. 

Perhaps  the  biggest  surprise  of  the  year  came  when  the 
Institution  put  up  for  auction  the  gaily  decorated  yellow 
1966  Rolls  Royce  once  used  by  the  Beatles.  A  donation  to 
the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  for  fundraising  purposes  from 
John  and  Yoko  Lennon,  the  car  remained  on  the  Institu- 
tion's books  as  an  unaccessioned  item  since  1978.  When 
the  flurry  of  bidding  was  over,  the  car  brought  the  unprec- 
edented sum  of  52,086,450.  Purchased  by  Mr.  Jim  Pattison, 
the  car  will  be  an  integral  part  of  the  1986  World's  Fair  to 
be  held  in  Vancouver,  British  Columbia.  The  funds  gar- 
nered by  its  sale  have  been  deposited  to  benefit  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum. 


Endowment 

The  Smithsonian's  Endowment  Fund  reached  an  all-time 
high  of  $148,588,051  on  September  30,  1985.  It  is  important 
to  recognize  that  the  Endowment's  recent  growth  can  be 
attributed  in  large  part  to  successful  investment  manage- 
ment and  yearly  additions  drawn  from  revenues  generated 
by  the  Institution's  auxiliary  activities. 

The  success  of  the  Endowment  is  a  living  tribute  to  the 
memory  of  Regent  William  A.  M.  Burden,  who  served  as 
Chairman  of  the  Institution's  Investment  Policy  Committee 
for  fourteen  years  until  his  death  on  October  10, 1984. 
Regent  Carlisle  H.  Humelsine  assumed  the  role  of  Acting 
Chairman  of  the  Investment  Policy  Committee  at  its  fall 
1984  meeting. 

The  Investment  Policy  Committee  met  three  times  dur- 
ing the  fiscal  year  to  review  the  management  of  the  endow- 
ment funds.  During  the  past  year,  the  Institution  has  been 
equity  oriented;  this  posture  served  it  well  as  the  stock 
market  enjoyed  an  ebullient  period  during  the  summer  of 
1985.  The  Institution  utilized  the  Total  Return  Income  pol- 
icy; total  investment  return  is  defined  as  yield  (interest  and 
dividends)  plus  appreciation,  including  both  realized  and 
unrealized  gains.  A  portion  of  this  return  is  made  available 
for  expenditure  each  year,  and  the  remainder  is  reinvested 
as  principal. 

The  Institution  has  four  investment  advisors:  Fiduciary 
34 


Trust  Company  of  New  York,  Batterymarch  Financial 
Management,  Torray  Clark  and  Company,  and  Rollert 
and  Sullivan  Company,  the  successor  to  Granahan-Everitt. 
Advisors  are  given  full  discretion  as  to  asset  allocation  and 
stock  selection.  At  the  suggestion  of  Batterymarch,  in  the 
fall  of  1984,  the  Institution  invested  in  the  Trustees  Com- 
mingled Fund-International  Equity  Portfolio.  The  hand- 
some return  provided  by  this  investment  along  with  the 
substantial  appreciation  enjoyed  by  the  domestic  stock 
market  contributed  to  the  endowment  fund's  stellar  per- 
formance in  1985. 

The  Investment  Policy  Committee  served  as  counsel  to 
the  Regents  on  the  difficult  questions  surrounding  invest- 
ments in  companies  doing  business  in  South  Africa.  On 
June  17, 1985,  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Board  of 
Regents  instructed  the  Smithsonian's  investment  managers 
to  dispose  of  the  Institution's  holdings  in  U.S.  corpora- 
tions which  had  not  signed  the  Sullivan  Principles,  a  code 
of  conduct  for  American  companies  operating  in  South 
Africa.  At  the  same  time,  the  Executive  Committee 
directed  the  managers  to  make  new  investments  only  in 
those  corporations  that  were  subscribers  to  the  Sullivan 
Principles  or  had  no  business  interests  in  South  Africa. 
Parenthetically,  the  Smithsonian  does  not  have  and  never 
has  had  any  direct  investments  in  South  Africa. 

At  their  meeting  on  September  16,  1985,  the  last  of  the 
fiscal  year,  the  full  Board  of  Regents  reaffirmed  the  actions 
of  the  Executive  Committee.  Mindful  both  of  their  fiduci- 
ary obligations  and  of  the  Institution's  position  in  Ameri- 
can society,  the  Regents  continue  to  monitor  events  in 
South  Africa  and  developments  in  U.S.  policy  with  respect 
to  that  nation.  The  Smithsonian  has  joined  with  the  South 
Africa  Research  Consortium,  a  loose  federation  of  thirty- 
seven  colleges  and  universities,  to  supplement  currently 
available  information  on  the  impact  of  investments  on  the 
South  African  economy. 


Financial  Management  Activities 

The  arrival  of  a  new  Treasurer  set  in  motion  a  general  reas- 
sessment of  the  Institution's  financial  management  prac- 
tices and  procedures.  Falling  under  the  aegis  of  the 
Treasurer  is  a  diverse  group  of  activities:  Office  of 
Accounting  and  Financial  Services,  Investment  Manage- 
ment, Museum  Shops,  Mail  Order  Division,  Parking, 
Concessions,  Product  Licensing,  and  Risk  Management. 
With  the  exception  of  the  Office  of  Accounting  and  Finan- 
cial Services,  the  orientation  is  primarily  on  generating  and 
securing  private  funds.  The  Treasurer  maintains  a  close 


working  relationship  with  the  Budget  Office,  under  the 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration,  and  the  Office  of 
Membership  and  Development. 

A  significant  part  of  1985  was  spent  by  the  Treasurer 
with  assistance  from  staff  and  the  Institution's  internal  and 
external  auditors  in  assessing  the  capabilities  of  these 
offices  and  establishing  goals.  Highest  priority  has  been 
given  to  maintaining  the  integrity  of  ongoing  operations 
while  planning  for  extensive  future  automation  that  would 
simplify  record  keeping,  accelerate  the  processing  of  cash 
disbursements,  and  enhance  overall  fiscal  efficiency. 

The  need  for  more  senior  management,  particularly  in 
the  areas  of  investment  management  and  long-term  finan- 
cial systems  planning,  became  apparent  as  the  assessment 
progressed.  Thus,  in  April  1985,  John  R.  Clarke  was  pro- 
moted to  Assistant  Treasurer  for  Financial  Management 
and  Planning.  Mr.  Clarke  has  served  the  Institution  in  var- 
ious capacities  during  his  thirteen-year  tenure,  most 
recently  as  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Treasurer  and  previ- 
ously as  Acting  Budget  Officer.  His  mandate  is  to  oversee 
the  Institution's  working  capital  investment  pool  and 
endowment  accounting  and  to  work  with  internal 
resources  in  the  development  of  new  automated  fiscal  sys- 
tems appropriate  to  the  Institution's  needs. 


1985  is  reprinted  on  the  following  pages.  Coopers  & 
Lybrand's  consulting  staff  also  provided  assistance  to  the 
Institution  during  the  year  at  the  request  of  the  Treasurer. 
Special  studies  were  done  with  respect  to  payroll/ 
personnel  systems  and  the  handling  of  cash  receipts. 

The  Smithsonian's  own  internal  audit  staff  regularly 
reviews  the  Smithsonian's  activities  and  fiscal  systems  dur- 
ing the  year.  Additionally,  the  Defense  Contract  Audit 
Agency  conducts  an  annual  audit  of  grants  and  contracts 
received  from  federal  agencies  and  monitors  allocated 
administrative  costs. 

The  Audit  and  Review  Committee  of  the  Board  of 
Regents,  chaired  by  Regent  David  Acheson,  met  three 
times  during  the  fiscal  year  pursuant  to  their  responsibili- 
ties under  the  bylaws  of  the  Institution.  In  addition  to  the 
review  of  the  1984  audit  performed  by  Coopers  & 
Lybrand,  special  attention  was  given  by  the  committee  to 
the  Institution's  Business  Management  activities  and  the 
management  of  the  National  Zoo. 


Related  Organizations 

The  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars, 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  and  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Cen- 
ter for  the  Performing  Arts  were  established  by  Congress 
within  the  Institution.  Each  organization  is  administered 
by  its  own  board  of  trustees  and  reports  independently  on 
its  financial  status.  Fiscal,  administrative,  and  other  sup- 
port services  are  provided  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Interna- 
tional Center  for  Scholars  on  a  reimbursement  basis  by  the 
Smithsonian;  office  space  is  made  available  for  Center 
operations.  Administrative  services  are  also  offered  by  the 
Institution  on  a  contract  basis  to  Reading  is  Fundamental, 
Inc.,  and  the  Visions  Foundation.  An  independent  non- 
profit corporation,  the  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo 
(FONZ)  operates  under  contract  a  number  of  beneficial 
concessions  for  the  National  Zoological  Park. 


Accounting  and  Auditing 


The  Institution's  funds,  federal  and  nonappropriated,  are 
audited  annually  by  the  independent  public  accounting 
firm  of  Coopers  &  Lybrand.  Their  report  for  fiscal  year 


35 


Smithsonian  Institution  Operating  Funds 

FISCAL  YEARS  1965,  1975,  1980,  1984,  1985 
(ln$l,000,000's) 


To  Plant  and  Endowment 


Auxiliary  and  Bureau  Activities  Expenses 


Administration  and  Facilities  Services 


Speaal  Programs Directorate  of 

Museum  Programs       International 
Public  Service  Activities 


History  and  An 


Science 


1985 


36 


Table  1    Financial  Summary  (In  $  1,000s) 


FY  1983  FY  1984  FY  1985 


INSTITUTIONAL  OPERATING  FUNDS 

FUNDS  PROVIDED: 

Federal  Appropriations — Salaries  &  Expenses $147,256  $156,683  $164,321 

Federal  Agency  Grants  &  Contracts 13,125  14,878  15,653 

Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds: 

For  Restricted  Purposes    9,162  10,182  9,937 

For  Unrestricted  &  Special  Purposes: 

Auxiliary  &  Bureau  Activities  Revenues — Gross 104,129  117,550  141,160 

Less  Related  Expenses (89,397)  (97,898)  (119,361) 

Auxiliary  &  Bureau  Activities  Net  Revenue    14,732  19,652  21,799 

Investment,  Gift  &  Other  Income 4,302  5,057  6,744 

Total  Net  Unrestricted  &  Special  Purpose  Revenue 19,034  24,709  28,543 

Total  Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds — Gross 117,593  132,789  157,841 

—Net    28,196  34,891  38,480 

Total  Operating  Funds  Provided— Gross    277,974  304,350  337,815 

—Net $188,577  $206,452  $218,454 

FUNDS  APPLIED: 

Science $  68,895  $  74,134  $  80,586 

Less  SAO  Overhead  Recovery (2,264)  (2,226)  (2,282) 

History  &  Art    30,979  33,011  36,208 

Public  Service 2,843  3,526  4,480 

Museum  Programs 9,702  10,976  11,159 

Directorate  of  International  Activities    —  —  642 

Special  Programs    13,342  14,805  14,654 

Associates  &  Business  Management 1 ,057  884  930 

Administration— Federal*    11,032  12,201  11,549 

— Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds 7,226  8,21 1  7,814 

Less  Smithsonian  Overhead  Recovery  (6,331)  (6,528)  (7,391) 

Facilities  Services   43,653  46,821  48,576 

Total  Operating  Funds  Applied 180,134  195,815  206,925 

Transfers  (Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds) 

Unrestricted  Funds— To  Plant 2,069  3,424  20 

—To  Endowment    3,084  3,313  3,014 

Restricted  Funds — To  Endowment  637  222  129 

Total  Operating  Funds  Applied  &  Transferred  Out    $185,924  $202,774  $210,088 

CHANGES  IN  NONAPPROPRIATED  TRUST  FUND  BALANCES: 

Restricted  Purpose  (Incl.  Fed.  Agency  Gr.  &  Contracts) $      1,765  $      1,426  $         587 

Unrestricted — General  Purpose    28  10  52 

—Special  Purpose 860  2,242  7,727 

Total $     2,653  $     3,678  $     8,366 

YEAR-END  BALANCES— NONAPPROPRIATED  TRUST  FUNDS: 

Restricted  Purpose $     7,671  $     9,097  $     9,684 

Unrestricted— General  Purpose    5,076  5,086  5,138 

—Special  Purpose 13,863  16,105  23,832 

Total $  26,610  $  30,288  $  38,654 

OTHER  FEDERAL  APPROPRIATIONS 

Special  Foreign  Currency  Program $     2,000  $     7,040  $     8,820 

Construction    46,500  4,500  18,326 

Total  Federal  Appropriations  (Inc.  S&E  above)    $195,756  $168,223  $191,467 

'Includes  unobligated  funds  returned  to  Treasury:  FY  1983— $62,000;  FY  1984— $102,000;  FY  1985— $173,000.  ,_ 


Table  2  Source  and  Application  of  Operating  Funds  Year  Ended  September  30,  1 985 
(Excludes  Special  Foreign  Currency  Funds,  Plant  Funds  and  Endowments)  (In  SI, 000s) 

Nonfederal  Funds 


Funds 


Total 

Non- 

:ederal 

federal 

Funds 

Funds 

Unrestricted 


Auxiliary        Special 


Restricted 


Grants 
and 


General       Activities       Purpose       General       Contracts 


FUND  BALANCES— 10/1/84 $ —  S  30,288  $  5,086      $ —      $16,105  S   8,810       $       287 

FUNDS  PROVIDED 

Federal  Appropriations 164,321  —  —  —                 —  —                  — 

Investment  Income    8,421  4,137  645  3,639  — 

Grants  and  Contracts    —  15,652  —  —                —  —          15,652 

Gifts   —  8,692  37  3,150                12  5,493 

Sales  and  Revenue 138,010  -  132,218  5,792 

Other    —  2,719  233      —          1,680              805       1 

Total  Provided    164,321  173,494  4,407  135,368          8,129  9,937         15,653 

Total  Available $164,321  $203,782  $  9,493  $135,368      $24,234  $18,747       $15,940 

FUNDS  APPLIED 

Science: 

Assistant  Secretary    $         516  $      1,555  $         96  $           —      $         62  $       228       $    1,169 

Natl.Mus.  of  Nat.  History/Museum  of  Man  ..  .  20,194  4,610  65  1,791  1,691            1,063 

Astrophysical  Observatory    8,446  16,894  2,310  1,718  268          12,598 

Less  Overhead  Recovery    (2,282)  (2,282) 

Tropical  Research  Institute    3,554  971  148  481  338                   4 

Environmental  Resch.  Center 3,324  613  82  130  24               377 

Natl.  Air  &  Space  Museum 8,112  3,488  8  3,127  252               101 

Natl.  Zoological  Park 11,104  562  110      —              216              156       80 

Total  Science 55,250  26,411  537      —          7,525  2,957          15,392 

History  and  Art: 

Assistant  Secretary    401  5  5  —  — 

Natl.  Mus!  of  Am.  History   11,081  1,461  355  797  268                 41 

Natl.Mus.  of  American  Art    4,625  931  63  551  315                   2 

Natl.  Portrait  Gallery    3,407  326  13  121  192 

Hirshhorn  Museum 2,923  491  14  258  219 

Center  for  Asian  Art   1,549  2,247  56  59  2,132 

Archives  of  American  Art    732  998  2  1  995 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 880  2,156  720  944  421                 71 

Natl.Mus.  of  African  Art 1,188  763  600  105  58                 — 

Anacostia  Museum 817      39      38      —      —      1       — 

Total  History  and  Art 27,603  9,417  1,866      —          2,836          4,601       114 

Public  Service: 

Assistant  Secretary    217  469  102  289  78 

Reception  Center 181  663  662  — 

Telecommunications 213  686  522  163  1 

Smithsonian  Press 1,124  13,753  13,646  49  58 

Office  of  Public  Affairs   559  336  325      —      10      1       = 

Total  Public  Service 2,294  15,907  1,611           13,646      512      138       — 


Table  2  Source  and  Application  of  Operating  Funds  Year  Ended  September  30,  1985  (Continued) 
(Excludes  Special  Foreign  Currency  Funds,  Plant  Funds  and  Endowments)  (In  $l,000s) 

Nonfederal  Funds 


Funds 


Total 

Non- 

Federal 

federal 

Funds 

Funds 

Unrestricted 


Restricted 


General 


Auxiliary 

Activities 


Special 
Purpose 


Grants 
and 
General       Contracts 


Museum  Programs: 

Assistant  Secretary    593 

Registrar 32 

Conserv.  Analytical  Laboratory    1 ,097 

Libraries 4,252 

Exhibits    1 ,470 

Traveling  Exhib.  Service    332 

Archives    511 

National  Museum  Act 753 

Total  Museum  Programs 9,040 

Directorate  of  Int'l  Activities 272 

Special  Programs 

Am.  Studies  &  Folklife  Pgm 698 

Int.  Environ.  Science  Pgm 680 

Academic  &  Educational  Pgm 705 

Collections  Mgt./ Inventory    1,019 

Museum  Support  Center 7,484 

JFK  Center  Grant    686 

Total  Special  Programs 11,272 

Associate  Programs — 

Business  Management — 

Administration   11 ,376 

Less  Overhead  Recovery    

Facilities  Services 47,041 

Transfers  Out/(In): 

Treasury    173 

Coll.  Acq.,  Schol.  St.,  Outreach    — 

Net  Auxiliary  Activities — 

Other  Designated  Purposes — 

Plant — 

Endowment    — 

Total  Transfers 173 

Total  Funds  Applied $164,321 

FUND  BALANCES  9/30/85   $ 


473 


14 


81 


376 


29 

— 

— 

29 

— 



360 

87 
2,638 

147 

312 
146 

1,561 

12 

87 
413 

1 

36 
651 

13 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,734 

472 

1,561 

623 

1,063 

15 

370 

370 
514 

— 

— 





1,380 



503 

320 

43 

2,004 

370 

— 

1,552 

82 

— 

83 

— 

— 

83 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,467 

884 
857 

7,072 
7,391 
1,422 



2,138 

56 

1,722 

146 

402 

24 

114 

7 

43 

69,155 

30,334 

8,986 

7,391 

1,575 

68,214 

30,334 

78 

4 

20 
3,143 

2,700 

(20,720) 

11,655 

20 

3,000 

(3,345) 

$  4,355 

20,720 
815 

(2,700) 

(12,470) 

14 

(15,156) 

$   402 

129 

129 

$  9,435 

— 

3,163 

21,535 
$135,368 

— 

$165,128 

$15,568 

—      $   38,654      $  5,138      $ 


—      $23,832      $  9,312       $       372 


!'Unobligated  funds  returned  to  Treasury 


39 


Table  3  Grants  and  Contracts — Expenditures  (In  $1 ,000s) 

Federal  Agencies  FY  1983 

Agency  for  International  Development $         — 

Department  of  Commerce    (7) 

Department  of  Defense 1 ,299 

Department  of  Energy   358 

Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services   280 

Department  of  Interior 238 

National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration*'    9,551 

National  Science  Foundation*  *    928 

Other 415 

Total   $13,062 


FY  1984 


FY  1985 


428 

$   828 

57 

87 

1,056 

1,245 

227 

260 

273 

438 

204 

196 

11,275 

11,425 

820 

895 

501 

194 

$14,841 


$15,568 


"Includes  $197,000  (FY  1983),  $399,000  (FY  1984),  and  $495,000  (FY  1985)  in  subcontracts  from  other  organizations  receiving 
prime  contract  funding  from  NASA. 

"Includes  $196,000  (FY  1983),  $250,000  (FY  1984),  and  $321,000  (FY  1985)  in  NSF  subcontracts  from  the  Chesapeake  Research 
Consortium. 


Table  4  Restricted  Operating  Trust  Funds* 
Fiscal  Years  1983-1985  (In  $l,000s) 


Item 

FY  1983— Total 

FY  1984— Total 

FY  1985: 

National  Museum  of  Natural 

History    

Astrophysical  Observatory  .  .  . 
Tropical  Research  Institute  .  .  . 
National  Air  and  Space 

Museum    

National  Zoological  Park 

Other  Science    

National  Museum  of  American 

History    

National  Museum  of  American 

Art 

National  Portrait  Gallery 

Hirshhorn  Museum 

Center  for  Asian  Art    

Archives  of  American  Art 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service  .  . 
All  Other 

Total  FY  1985 


Investment        Gifts        Miscellaneous 


Total  Transfers 

revenue       Deductions        in  (out) 


Fund 

Net 

balance 

increase 

end  of 

(decrease) 

Year 

$2,971         $5,419 
$3,236         $5,859 


$1,279 

$  592 

84 

159 

55 

546 

89 

259 

25 

100 

135 

131 

80 

491 

93 

400 

19 

139 

70 

1 

1,256 

26 

34 

578 

94 

642 

87 

522 

239 

907 

$    772 


$1,087 


539 

206 

28 


$  9,162         $6,823 


$10,182 


1,889 
243 
601 

350 
125 
266 

574 


5,571 


$1,691 
268 
338 

252 
156 
252 

268 


498 

315 

158 

192 

71 

219 

1,821 

2,132 

818 

995 

764 

421 

609 

651 

1,150 

1,156 

$(637) 


(3) 


$1,702         $7,421 


$(222)  $1,389 


$  (11) 
3 
10 


(128) 


$8,810 


187 

$1,530 

(22) 

(38 

273 

508 

98 

177 

(31) 

118 

(114) 

578 

306 

833 

183 

663 

(34) 

145 

(148) 

588 

(311) 

1,241 

(177) 

353 

343 

1,036 

(42) 

888 

(9) 

692 

$3,639         $5,493 


$    805 


$  9,937         $9,306 


$(129) 


$    502 


$9,312 


*Does  not  include  Federal  Agency  Grants  and  Contracts 


40 


Table  5   Unrestricted  Trust  Funds — General  and  Auxiliary  Activities 
Fiscal  Years  1983-1985  (In  $1 ,000s) 

Item 

FUNDS  PROVIDED 

General  Income: 

Investments    

Gifts 

Miscellaneous 

Total  General  Income    

Auxiliary  Activities  Income  (Net): 

Associates 

Business  Management: 

— Museum  Shops  and  Mail  Order    

— Concessions,  Parking  and  Food  Services 

—Other    

Smithsonian  Press 

Traveling  Exhibitions 

Photo  Services 

Total  Auxiliary  Activities 

Total  Funds  Provided  (Net)   

EXPENDITURES  AND  TRANSFERS 

Administrative  and  Program  Expense 

Less  Administrative  Recovery 

Net  Expense   

Less  Transfers: 

To  Special  Purpose  for  Program  Purposes 

To  Plant  Funds   

To  Endowment  Funds 

NET  ADDITION  TO  FUND  BALANCE    

ENDING  FUND  BALANCE 


FY  1983 


FY  1984 


FY  1985 


2,489 

$  3,108 

$  4,137 

24 

35 

37 

46 

(6) 

233 

2,559 


9,864 


3,137 


13,075 


4,407 


13,518 


2,710 

1,670 

(300) 

232 

(363) 

19 

3,711 
1,691 

(206) 
1,158 

(421) 
5 

5,292 
1,077 

(228) 
2,176 

(311) 
11 

13,832 

19,013 

21,535 

16,391 

22,150 

25,942 

14,727 
8,595 

16,769 
8,754 

17,373 
9,673 

6,132 

8,015 

7,700 

5,205 
2,005 
3,021 

7,429 
3,400 
3,296 

15,170 

20 

3,000 

28 

10 

52 

$  5,076 

$  5,086 

$  5,138 

4i 


Table  6  Auxiliary  Activities  Fiscal  Years  1983-1985  (In  $  1,000s) 


Sales 

and  Less  Net 

other  cost  of  Gross  revenue1" : 

Activity                                                                                                       revenue  Gifts           sales  revenue  Expenses        (loss) 

FY  1983  $  98,826  $2,171   $57,527  $43,470  $29,638   $13,832 

FY  1984  $112,179  $2,698   $65,309  $49,568  $30,555   $19,013 

FY  1985: 

Associates $  78,582  $3,150      $52,736  $28,996  $15,478      $13,518 

Business  Management: 

—Museum  Shops* 33,668  —        18,272  15,396  10,104          5,292 

—Concessions/Parking 2,652  —  2,652  1,575           1,077 

—Other 155  155  383  (228) 

Smithsonian  Press   15,821  4,908  10,913  8,737          2,176 

Traveling  Exhibitions    1,250  667  583  894            (311) 

Photo  Services  (Administration) 90      —                10  80  69                11 

Total  FY  1985 $132,218  $3,150      $76,593  $58,775  $37,240      $21,535 

"Includes  Museum  Shops  and  Mail  Order. 
** Before  revenue-sharing  transfers  to  participating  Smithsonian  bureaus  of  $486,000  (FY  1983);  $638,000  (FY  1984);  and  $815,000 
(FY  1985). 


42 


Table  7   Unrestricted  Special  Purpose  Funds 
Fiscal  Years  1983-1985  (In  $  1,000s) 


Revenue 

Deductions 

Gifts 

Fund 

and 

Bureau 

Net 

balance 

Bureau 

other 

Total 

Tr 

ansfers 

Program 

activity 

increase 

end  of 

Item 

Investment 

activities 

revenue 

revenue 

in  (out) 

expense 

expense 

(decrease) 

year 

FY  1983    

$686 

$679 

$3,132 
$2,673 

$1,057 

$1,241 

$4,875 
$4,593 

$ 
$ 

5,078 
7,388 

$  6,861 
$  7,705 

$2,232 
$2,034 

$    860 

$13,863 

FY  1984    

$2,242 

$16,105 

FY  1985: 

National  Museum  of 

Natural  History 

$  75 

$        2 

$      47 

$     124 

$ 

2,089 

$   1,791 

$      — 

$    422 

$    1,276 

Astrophysical 

7 

546 

27 

580 

943 

547 

565 

411 

1,090 

Astrophysical 

Observatory 

Computer  Center  .... 

— 

606 

— 

606 

— 

— 

606 

— 

— 

Tropical  Research 

16 

193 

— 

209 

221 

279 

202 

(51) 

102 

National  Air  and  Space 

Museum    

111 

2,204 

240 

2,555 

(115) 

1,193 

1,934 

(687) 

1,306 

Environmental  Research 

Center 

9 

34 

5 

48 

98 

95 

35 

16 

191 

National  Zoological 

Park 

251 

— 

480 

731 

246 

216 

— 

761 

3,071 

National  Museum  of 

American  History    .  .  . 

22 

41 

102 

165 

1,180 

686 

107 

552 

1,034 

National  Museum  of 

American  Art 

18 

9 

99 

126 

586 

546 

5 

161 

336 

National  Portrait 

Gallery 

4 

12 

22 

38 

70 

111 

10 

(13) 

122 

Hirshhorn  Museum  .... 

19 

— 

66 

85 

3,205 

258 

— 

3,032 

3,496 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

21 

786 

198 

1,005 

488 

255 

689 

549 

751 

National  Museum  of 

African  Art    

1 

3 

19 

23 

572 

104 

1 

490 

538 

Office  of 

Telecommunications    . 

— 

53 

— 

53 

— 

88 

75 

(110) 

164 

Liability  Reserves    

— 

— 

— 

— 

133 

36 

— 

97 

3,370 

Unallocated  Coll.  Acq., 

Schol.  Studies, 

Outreach  and  Spec. 

Exhib 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,115 

— 

— 

1,115 

1,685 

Fellowships 

27 

— 

— 

27 

1,627 

1,468 

— 

186 

1 ,220 

Museum  Support  Center 

Equipment 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

83 

— 

(83) 

318 

Traveling  Exhibition 

Service  

3 

— 

56 

59 

490 

413 

— 

136 

446 

Smithsonian  Central 

Computer  Center  .... 

— 

1,061 

34 

1,095 

— 

— 

1,095 

— 

— 

All  Other 

61 

242 

297 

600 

2,208 

1,861 

204 

743 

3,316 

Total  FY  1985  ..  . 

$645 

$5,792 

$1,692 

$8,129 

$15,156 

$10,030 

$5,528 

$7,727 

$23,832 

43 


Table  8   Special  Foreign  Currency  Program 
Fiscal  Yeaf  1985— Obligations  (In  $l,000s) 


Systematic 

and  Astrophysics 


Country 

India 

Pakistan  .  . 
Burma  .... 
Guinea    .  .  . 

Total 


environmental 

and  earth 

Museum 

Grant 

Archaeology 

biology 

sciences 

programs 

Ad 

ninistration 

Total 

$6,932 

$262 

$236 

$42 

$632* 

$8,104 

1,095 

10 

15 

— 

7 

1,127 

— 

5 

— 

1 

— 

6 

21 

— 

— 

— 

— 

21 

$8,048 

$277 

$251 

$43 

$639 

$9,258 

*  Includes  $475,500  for  translation  services  in  support  of  all  programs. 


Table  9  Construction  and  Plant  Funds 
Fiscal  Years  1983-1985  (In  $  1,000s) 


Sources 


FY  1983 


FY  1984 


FY  1985 


FUNDS  PROVIDED 

Federal  Appropriations: 

National  Zoological  Park $   1 ,550 

Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings    8,450 

Quadrangle    36,500 

Total  Federal  Appropriations    46,500 

Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds: 

Income — Gift  and  Other 

Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center — Gain  on  Sale 44 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute — Research  Facilities 66 

Erection  of  Jacksonville  Bandstand 174 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 163 

American  Art  and  Portrait  Gallery  Building 21 

Quadrangle  and  Related 14,574 

Smithsonian  Institution  Building  South  Entrance    5 

Belmont  Conference  Center — Gain  on  Sale 1,405* 

Horticulture  Antique  Greenhouse — 

Total  Income 16,452 

Transfers  from  Current  Funds: 

National  Museum  of  African  Art    24 

Quadrangle    2,040 

East  Garden  5 

Secretaries'  Residence — 

Total  Transfers    2,069 

Total  Funds  Provided  $65,021 


$  3,500 
9,000 
(8,000) 

4,500 


$  4,851 
13,475 


18,326 


20 
12 
32 
21 
8,098 
3 

373 

3 

2,544 

20 

1,908** 

1 

16 

— 

8,202 

4,849 

24 
2,700 

20 

700 

— 

3,424 

20 

$16,126 

$23,195 

*Total  proceeds  realized  of  $1,993,000;  of  which  $1,750,000  was  directed  to  construction  of  the  Museum  Support  Center  and 
$208,000  was  transferred  to  endowment  funds. 

1  *In  the  application  of  Plant  Funds  for  this  project,  a  $4,000,000  pledge  receivable  was  written  off  as  uncollectible. 


44 


Table  10   Endowment  and  Similar  Funds  September  30,  1985 


Book  Value 


Market 
Value 


ASSETS 

Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds: 

Cash  and  Equivalents  $   19,351,107 

Bonds  9,464,055 

Convertible  Bonds 3,753,813 

Stocks 103,587,334 

Total  Pooled  Funds    136,156,309 

Nonpooled  Endowment  Funds: 

Loan  to  U.S.  Treasury  in  Perpetuity 1,000,000 

Notes  Receivable 40,754 

Bonds  10,000 

Land,  Net 237,000 

Total  Nonpooled  Funds 1,287,754 

Total  Endowment  and  Similar  Fund  Balances $137,444,063 

FUND  BALANCES 

Unrestricted  Purpose:  True  Endowment $     4,537,800 

Quasi  Endowment 58,957,335 

Total  Unrestricted  Purpose    63,495,135 

Restricted  Purpose:  True  Endowment 54,875,497 

Quasi  Endowment 19,073,431 

Total  Restricted  Purpose   73,948,928 

Total  Endowment  and  Similar  Fund  Balances $137,444,063 


I   19,351,107 

10,399,674 

3,266,500 

114,282,790 

147,300,071 


1,000,000 

40,754 

10,226 

237,000 

1,287,980 

$148,588,051 


$     5,469,631 
61,073,854 

66,543,485 

61,360,250 
20,684,316 

82,044,566 

$148,588,051 


45 


Table  1 1    Market  Values  of  Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds  (In  $  1 ,000s) 
Fund  9/30/81  9/30/82 

Unrestricted    $30,399  $35,974 

Freer 20,472  22,596 

Other  Restricted    27,101  30,288 

Total    $77,972  $88,858 


9/30/83 


9/30/84 


9/30/85 


$  54,677 
32,096 
43,911 

$130,684 


$  56,592 
31,125 
43,396 

$131,113 


$  65,404 
34,066 
47,830 

$147,300 


Table  12  Changes  in  Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds  for  Fiscal  Year  1985  (In  $l,000s) 

Market  Gifts  Interest  Income 

value  and  and  paid 

Fund                                                     9/30/84  transfers  dividends*            out  Subtotal 

Unrestricted $56,592  $3,056  $2,885  $1,583  $60,950 

Freer 31,125  1,582  1,131  31,576 

Other  Restricted    43,396  332  2,212              1,581  44,359 

Total    $131,113  $3,388  $6,679  $4,295  $136,885 


Market 

value 

appreciation 


Market 

value 
9/30/85 


$  4,454 
2,490 
3,471 

$10,415 


$  65,404 
34,066 

47,830 

$147,300 


'Income  earned,  less  managers'  fees  of  $555,507 


46 


Table  13   Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1985 


Principal 


Income 


Book 

Market 

Net 

U 

nex 

pended 

value 

value 

income 

ba 

lance 

$    152,106 

$    187,057 

$    4,968 

$ 

-0- 

44,544 

54,691 

1,342 

-0- 

248,869 

262,753 

9,568 

-0- 

267,624 

336,430 

8,258 

-0- 

83,862 

98,386 

2,415 

-0- 

2,800 

3,434 

84 

-0- 

596,599 

746,575 

19,042 

-0- 

989,580 

1,242,312 

30,494 

-0- 

4,293 

5,070 

154 

-0- 

599,277 

596,747 

29,200 

-0- 

UNRESTRICTED  PURPOSE— TRUE: 

Avery  Fund* 

Higbee,  Harry,  Memorial 

Hodgkins  Fund*     

Morrow,  Dwight  W.     

Mussinan,  Alfred , 

Olmsted,  Helen  A 

Poore,  Lucy  T  and  George  W.  *    

Porter,  Henry  Kirke,  Memorial     

Sanford,  George  H.*    

Smithson,  James* 

Walcott,  Charles  D.  and  Mary  Vaux, 

Research  (Designated)    

Subtotal    

UNRESTRICTED  PURPOSE— QUASI: 

Forrest,  Robert  Lee    

General  Endowment*    

Goddard,  Robert  H 

Habel.Dr.  S.*    

Hart,  Gustavus  E 

Henry,  Caroline   

Henry,  Joseph  and  Harriet  A 

Heys,  Maude  C 

Hinton,  Carrie  Susan 

Lambert,  Paula  C 

Medinus,  Grace  L 

Rhees,  William  Jones*    

Safford,  Clara  Louise 

Smithsonian  Bequest  Fund*    

Taggart,  Ganson 

Abbott,  William  L.  (Designated)    

Barstow,  Frederic  D.  (Designated) 

Lindbergh  Chair  of  Aerospace  History  (Designated) 

Lindbergh,  Charles  A.  (Designated) 

Lyon,  Marcus  Ward,  Jr.  (Designated) 

Webb,  James  E.,  Fellowship  (Designated) 

Subtotal    

Total  Unrestricted  Purpose 


1,548,246 
4,537,800 


58,957,335 


1,936,176 
5,469,631 


69,053 


174,578 


61,073,854 


1,461,494 


29,475 


29,475 


3,845,679 

3,743,819 

91,895 

-0- 

50,218,718 

52,388,962 

1,225,531 

-0- 

30,435 

29,649 

728 

-0- 

553 

551 

27 

-0- 

1,962 

2,219 

54 

-0- 

4,855 

5,472 

134 

-0- 

195,247 

218,870 

5,372 

-0- 

369,205 

364,294 

8,942 

-0- 

99,435 

106,568 

2,616 

-0- 

179,215 

195,512 

4,799 

-0- 

3,656 

3,626 

89 

-0- 

2,542 

2,772 

83 

-0- 

168,811 

170,158 

4,177 

-0- 

742,745 

755,293 

13,825 

-0- 

1,673 

2,073 

51 

-0- 

457,303 

514,463 

17,081 

31,598 

3,828 

4,300 

143 

5,553 

1,754,572 

1,781,810 

59,159 

80,859 

15,114 

16,510 

1,324 

9,342 

15,184 

15,330 

509 

2,666 

846,603 

751,603 

24,955 

26,723 

156,741 


$  63,495,135    $  66,543,485    $1,636,072    $  186,216 


47 


Table  13  Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1985  (Continued) 


Principal 


Book 
value 


Market 
value 


Income 


Net 
income 


Unexpended 
balance 


RESTRICTED  PURPOSE— TRUE: 

Arthur,  James 

Baird,  Spencer  Fullerton 

Barney,  Alice  Pike,  Memorial 

Batchelor,  Emma  E 

Beauregard,  Catherine,  Memorial    

Bergen,  Charlotte  V 

Brown,  Roland  W 

Canfield,  Frederick  A 

Casey,  Thomas  Lincoln    

Chamberlain,  Frances  Lea   

Cooper  Fund  for  Paleobiology 

Division  of  Mammals  Curators  Fund 

Drake  Foundation    

Drouet,  Francis  and  Louderback,  Harold  B.  Fund 

Dykes,  Charles,  Bequest 

Eickemeyer,  Florence  Brevoort 

Freer,  Charles  L 

Grimm,  Sergei  N 

Groom,  Barrick  W 

Guggenheim,  Daniel  and  Florence   

Hamilton,  James1    

Henderson,  Edward  P.,  Meteorite  Fund 

Hewitt,  Eleanor  G.,  Repair  Fund 

Hewitt,  Sarah  Cooper    

Hillyer,  Virgil 

Hitchcock,  Albert  S 

Hodgkins  Fund*     

Hrdlicka,  Ales  and  Marie 

Hughes,  Bruce   

Johnson,  Seward,  Trust  Fund  for  Oceanography    . 

Kellogg,  Remington,  Memorial    

Kramar,  Nada    

Lindsey,  Jessie  H.* 

Maxwell,  Mary  E 

Milliken,  H.  Oothout,  Memorial 

Mineral  Endowment    

Mitchell,  William  A 

Natural  History  and  Conservation 

Nelson,  Edward  William 

Petrocelli,  Joseph,  Memorial    

Reid,  Addison  T.  *    

Roebling  Fund 

Rollins,  Miriam  and  William 

Sims,  George  W. 

Sprague  Fund 

Springer,  Frank 

Stern,  Harold  P.,  Memorial    

Stevenson,  John  A.,  Mycological  Library 

Walcott,  Charles  D.  and  Mary  Vaux,  Research  .  .  . 
Walcott  Research  Fund,  Botanical  Publications    .  . 
Williston,  Samuel  Wendell  Diptera  Research 
Zerbee,  Frances  Brinckle    

Subtotal    


$    132,906 

$    168,507 

$    5,595 

$    5,619 

120,303 

150,628 

5,001 

6,699 

95,277 

120,753 

4,009 

20,509 

119,609 

124,906 

4,147 

71,076 

150,147 

168,742 

5,603 

52,296 

13,010 

12,471 

414 

1,135 

101,269 

115,809 

3,845 

14,962 

136,898 

185,656 

6,164 

293 

48,096 

54,099 

1,796 

4,717 

93,548 

118,564 

3,937 

21,629 

97,376 

96,176 

3,127 

-0- 

6,927 

7,517 

250 

4,384 

622,142 

663,548 

21,928 

95,275 

208,665 

201,355 

6,612 

27,842 

179,995 

198,945 

6,605 

21,799 

36,102 

45,747 

1,519 

22,738 

30,352,306 

34,065,689 

1,131,040 

911,194 

109,426 

106,730 

3,544 

16,188 

112,249 

107,438 

3,117 

4,368 

427,700 

435,876 

14,472 

32,419 

4,155 

4,578 

196 

1,625 

1,257 

1,499 

50 

490 

25,783 

27,404 

910 

946 

152,431 

161,756 

5,370 

5,666 

25,220 

28,370 

942 

10,326 

5,285 

6,750 

224 

151 

110,615 

110,156 

5,440 

33,961 

183,437 

209,784 

6,965 

12,314 

63,624 

80,684 

2,679 

14,552 

12,563,454 

14,168,424 

470,417 

119,564 

87,632 

87,385 

2,901 

8,917 

10,080 

11,029 

366 

3,528 

12,546 

13,008 

1,132 

9,630 

65,193 

82,668 

2,745 

28,591 

760 

805 

27 

51 

345,701 

371,266 

12,327 

411 

47,112 

50,789 

1,686 

490 

91,427 

94,872 

3,027 

-0- 

76,431 

93,615 

3,108 

9,943 

24,684 

31,357 

1,041 

27,872 

80,393 

88,837 

3,146 

10,503 

400,111 

505,703 

16,790 

521 

778,231 

904,925 

29,767 

4,490 

81,495 

77,269 

2,397 

3,077 

5,077,848 

5,411,148 

177,995 

5,421 

59,833 

75,462 

2,505 

25,243 

611,950 

647,602 

18,847 

66,298 

18,421 

20,617 

685 

1,777 

501,439 

571,918 

18,775 

13,322 

189,888 

255,241 

8,249 

6,449 

11,968 

12,205 

390 

1,692 

3,142 

3,968 

132 

5,137 

54,875,497 

61,360,250 

2,033,956 

1,768,100 

Table  13   Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1985  (Continued) 


Principal 


Book 
value 


Market 
value 


Income 


Net 


Unexpended 
balance 


RESTRICTED  PURPOSE— QUASI: 

Armstrong,  Edwin  James 11 ,833 

Au  Panier  Fleuri 71,508 

Bacon,  Virginia  Purdy   331,299 

Becker,  George  F.   571 ,087 

Desautels,  Paul  E 43,117 

Gaver,  Gordon 4,501 

Hachenberg,  George  P.  and  Caroline    15,908 

Hanson,  Martin  Gustav  and  Caroline  R 34,102 

Hunterdon  Endowment 11 ,369,436 

ICBP  Endowment 674,610 

ICBP  Conservation  Endowment 151 ,657 

Johnson,  E.  R.  Fenimore   28,225 

Loeb,  Morris   336,549 

Long,  Annette  E.  and  Edith  C 1,830 

Myer,  Catherine  Walden 77,509 

Noyes,  Frank  B 3,812 

Noyes,  Pauline  Riggs  33,677 

Pell,  Cornelia  Livingston    28,538 

Ramsey,  Adm.  and  Mrs.  Dewitt  Clinton*' 1,080,946 

Rathbun,  Richard,  Memorial 40,915 

Roebling  Solar  Research 91,587 

Ruef,  Bertha  M 110,042 

Schultz,  Leonard  P. 29,715 

Seidell,  Atherton    2,264,347 

Smithsonian  Agency  Account 1,133,586 

Strong,  Julia  D 38,453 

Witherspoon,  Thomas  A.,  Memorial 494,642 

Subtotal    19,073,431 

Total  Restricted  Purpose $  73,948,928 

TOTAL  ENDOWMENT  FUNDS    $137,444,063 


12,414 

405 

-0- 

69,826 

2,318 

2,435 

350,461 

11,636 

22,202 

606,582 

20,140 

-0- 

47,863 

1,560 

-0- 

4,933 

164 

2,107 

18,438 

612 

1,979 

38,348 

1,273 

6,373 

12,600,705 

418,365 

159,995 

674,789 

21,910 

11,816 

149,060 

4,899 

6,580 

28,393 

943 

3,951 

380,326 

12,628 

30,010 

2,349 

78 

368 

87,165 

2,894 

15,797 

4,393 

146 

2,668 

32,903 

1,092 

1,146 

32,179 

1,068 

2,962 

1,099,883 

37,108 

2,073 

46,107 

1,531 

19,617 

99,130 

3,291 

8,622 

110,648 

3,674 

12,104 

33,353 

1,107 

27,894 

2,396,497 

79,568 

296,770 

1,158,327 

39,368 

157 

43,325 

1,438 

2,226 

555,919 

18,457 

28,624 

20,684,316 

687,673 

668,476 

$  82,044,566 

$2,721,629 

$2,436,576 

$148,588,051 

$4,357,701** 

$2,622,792 

"Invested  all  or  in  part  in  U.S.  Treasury  or  other  nonpooled  investments. 

fTotal  Return  Income  Payout;  does  not  include  $265,460  of  interest  income  for  investment  of  unexpendable  income  balances. 


49 


Coopers  &C  Lybrand 
Certified  Public  Accountants 


To  the  Board  of  Regents 
Smithsonian  Institution 

We  have  examined  the  statement  of  financial  condition  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  as  of  September  30, 1985,  and 
the  related  statement  of  financial  activity  for  the  year  then 
ended.  Our  examination  was  made  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  auditing  standards  and  with  generally 
accepted  governmental  auditing  standards  and,  accord- 
ingly, included  such  tests  of  the  accounting  records  and 
such  other  auditing  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary 
in  the  circumstances.  We  previously  examined  and 
reported  upon  the  financial  statements  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  for  the  year  ended  September  30, 1984,  totals  of 
which  are  included  in  the  accompanying  financial  state- 
ments for  comparative  purposes  only. 

In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended 
September  30,  1985,  referred  to  above,  present  fairly  the 
financial  position  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  as  of  Sep- 
tember 30,  1985,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and 
changes  in  its  fund  balances  for  the  year  then  ended,  in 
conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles 
applied  on  a  basis  consistent  with  that  of  the  preceding 
year. 


Coopers  &  Lybrand 

1800  M  Street,  N.W. 
Washington,  D.  C.  20036 
December  18, 1985 


50 


Smithsonian  Institution  Statement  of  Financial  Condition 

September  30,  1985  (with  comparative  totals  for  September  30,  1984) 

(thousands  of  dollars) 


Trust 
funds 


Totals, 

Federal 

all 

Totals, 

funds 

funds 

1984 

$     10 

$  2,217 

$  3,837 

72,528 

73,148 

69,411 

— 

192,602 

166,806 

474 

40,643 

45,802 

16,115 

16,567 

13,832 

— 

11,340 

8,902 

1,340 

1,340 

3,266 

7,658 

7,658 

7,124 

— 

13,400 

11,573 

201,355 

235,689 

208,201 

$299,480 

$594,604 

$538,754 

ASSETS: 

Cash  on  hand  and  in  banks  (Note  3)    $     2,207 

Fund  balances  with  U.  S.  Treasury  (Note  4) 620 

Investments  (Notes  1  and  5) 192,602 

Receivables  (Note  7)    40,169 

Advance  payments  (Note  8) 452 

Merchandise  inventory  (Note  1 )    11 ,340 

Materials  and  supplies  inventory  (Note  1)   

Amount  to  be  provided  for  accrued  annual  leave  (Note  1) 

Prepaid,  deferred  expense  and  other  (Note  1) 13,400 

Property  and  equipment  (Notes  1  and  9)    34,334 

Total  assets  $295,124 


LIABILITIES: 

Accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses,  including 

interfund  payable  of  $18,940 $   34,157 

Deposits  held  in  custody  for  other  organizations  (Note  2)    3,912 

Accrued  annual  leave  (Note  1 ) 1 ,664 

Deferred  revenue  (Note  1)   28,133 

Total  liabilities    67,866 

Undelivered  orders  (Note  1 )    


$  16,150 

$  50,307 

$  45,091 

25 

3,937 

3,084 

7,658 

9,322 

8,459 

— 

28,133 

24,815 

23,833 

57,425 


91,699 
57,425 


81,449 


62,597 


FUND  BALANCES  (Note  1): 

Trust  Funds: 
Current: 

Unrestricted  general  purpose    5,138 

Special  purpose 23,832 

Restricted 9,684 

Endowment  and  similar  funds  (Note  6)    137,444 

Plant  funds  (Note  9) 51,160 

Total  trust  fund  balances 227,258 

Federal  funds: 

Operating  funds — 

Construction  funds — 

Capital  funds   — 

Total  federal  fund  balances   — 

Total  fund  balances 227,258 

Total  liabilities,  undelivered  orders  and  fund  balances $295,124 


— 

5,138 

5,086 

— 

23,832 

16,105 

— 

9,684 

9,097 

— 

137,444 

118,153 

— 

51,160 

227,258 

177 

50,449 

— 

198,890 

177 

175 

15,349 

15,349 

9,427 

202,696 

202,696 

186,216 

218,222 

218,222 

195,818 

218,222 

445,480 

394,708 

$299,480 

$594,604 

$538,754 

The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these  financial  statements. 


5i 


Smithsonian  Institution  Statement  of  Financial  Activity  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1985 
(with  comparative  totals  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1984)  (thousands  of  dollars) 

Trust  funds 


Totals, 
trust 
funds 


Current 
funds 


Endowment 

and  similar 

funds 


Plant 
funds 


Totals, 
federal 
funds 


REVENUE  AND  OTHER 
ADDITIONS: 

Appropriations,  net    

Auxiliary  activities  revenue 

Federal  grants  and  contracts 

Investment  income  (net  of  $556,000 

for  management  and 

custodian  fees) 

Net  gain  on  sale  of  securities  and 

property    , 

Gifts,  bequests  and 

foundation  grants    

Additions  to  plant  (Note  9) 

Rentals,  fees,  commissions 

and  other 

Total  revenue  and 

other  additions 

EXPENDITURES  AND  OTHER 
DEDUCTIONS: 

Research  and  educational 

expenditures 35,660 

Administrative  expenditures 11,058 

Facilities  services  expenditures    1,575 

Auxiliary  activities  expenditures 114,270 

Acquisition  of  plant  and  other 

(Note  9)    13,567 

Property  use  and  retirements 

(Note  9)    738 

Retirement  of  indebtedness 5 

Interest  on  indebtedness   15 

Total  expenditures  and  other 

deductions   176,888 

Excess  of  revenue  and  other 
additions  over  expenditures 
and  other  deductions    28,368 


35,660 

11,058 

1,575 

114,270 


162,563 


13,965 


13,712 


il91,467 


138,010 
15,652 

138,010 
15,652 

— 

— 

— 

12,658 

10,821 

— 

1,837 

— 

15,745 

71 

13,539 

2,135 

— 

9,742 
10,167 

8,692 

173 

877 
10,167 

32,897 

3,282 

3,282 
176,528 

— 

— 

137 

205,256 

13,712 

15,016 

224,501 

— 

114,017 
12,046 
47,040 

13,567 

12,404 

738 

5 

15 

16,417 

14,325 

201,924 

691 


22,577 


TRANSFERS  AMONG  FUNDS- 
ADDITIONS  (DEDUCTIONS): 

Mandatory  principal  and  interest  on 

notes — 

Nonmandatory  for  designated 

purposes,  net  (Note  10) — 

Total  transfers  among  funds  ...  — 

Net  increase  for  the  year 28,368 

Returned  to  U.  S.  Treasury — 

Fund  balances  at  beginning  of  year  ...         198,890 

Fund  balances  at  end  of  year $227,258 


(20) 
(5,579) 

5,579 

5,579 

19,291 

118,153 

$137,444 

20 

(5,599) 

20 

711 

50,449 

$51,160 



8,366 

30,288 
$  38,654 

22,577 
(173) 
195,818 

$218,222 

The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these  financial  statements. 


52- 


Federal  funds 


Totals, 
Writing        Construction  Capital  all  Totals, 

fun(js  funds  funds  funds  1984 


$18,326 


137 


32,897 


18,326  32,897 


$191,467 
138,010 

IS, 652 

$168,223 

114,852 

14,876 

12,658 

11,902 

15,745 

8,505 

9,742 
43,064 

15,089 

23,133 

3,419 

3,131 

429,757 

359,711 

149,677 

137,591 

23,104 

23,385 

48,615 

46,822 

114,270 

93,632 

12,404  —  25,971  16,938 

—  16,417 


7,155 

15,043 

5 

6 

15 

18 

12,404  16,417  378,812  333,435 


175  5,922  16,480  50,945  26,276 




— 

175 

(173) 

175 

$   177 

5,922 

9,427 
$15,349 

16,480 

186,216 

$202,696 

50,945 
(173) 
394,708 

$445,'480 

26,276 

(102 

368,534 

$394,708 

53 


Smithsonian  Institution  Notes  to  Financial  Statements 

i.   Summary  of  significant  accounting  policies 

Basis  of  presentation 

These  financial  statements  do  not  include  the  accounts  of 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts  or  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Interna- 
tional Center  for  Scholars,  which  were  established  by  Con- 
gress within  the  Smithsonian  Institution  (the  Institution) 
but  are  administered  under  separate  boards  of  trustees. 

The  federal  funds  reflect  the  receipt  and  expenditures  of 
funds  obtained  from  Congressional  appropriations.  The 
accounts  of  the  federal  funds  have  been  prepared  on  the 
obligation  basis  of  accounting,  which  is  in  accordance 
with  accounting  principles  prescribed  by  the  Comptroller 
General  of  the  United  States  as  set  forth  in  the  Policy  and 
Procedures  Manual  for  Guidance  of  Federal  Agencies.  The 
obligation  basis  of  accounting  differs  in  some  respects 
from  generally  accepted  accounting  principles.  Under  this 
method  of  accounting,  commitments  of  the  operating 
fund,  such  as  purchase  orders  and  contracts,  are  recog- 
nized as  expenditures,  and  the  related  obligations  are 
reported  on  the  balance  sheet  even  though  goods  and  serv- 
ices have  not  been  received  as  of  the  date  of  the  financial 
statements.  Such  commitments  aggregated  539,147,000  at 
September  30,  1985.  In  addition,  construction  commit- 
ments amounted  to  518,279,000  at  September  30, 1985. 

The  trust  funds  reflect  the  receipt  and  expenditure  of 
funds  obtained  from  private  sources,  federal  grants  and 
contracts,  investment  income  and  certain  business  activi- 
ties related  to  the  operations  of  the  Institution. 

Fund  accounting 

To  ensure  observance  of  the  limitations  and  restrictions 
placed  on  the  use  of  resources  available  to  the  Institution, 
accounts  are  maintained  in  accordance  with  the  principles 
of  fund  accounting.  This  procedure  classifies  resources  for 
control,  accounting  and  reporting  purposes  into  distinct 
funds  established  according  to  their  appropriation,  nature 
and  purposes.  Separate  accounts  are  maintained  for  each 
fund;  however,  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements, 
funds  that  have  similar  characteristics  have  been  combined 
into  fund  groups.  Accordingly,  all  financial  transactions 
have  been  recorded  and  reported  by  fund  group. 

The  assets,  liabilities  and  fund  balances  of  the  Institu- 
tion are  self-balancing  as  follows: 

Federal  operating  funds  represent  the  portion  of  expend- 
able moneys  available  for  support  of  Institution  opera- 


tions. Separate  subfund  groups  are  maintained  for  each 
appropriation  as  follows:  Salaries  and  Expenses,  Special 
Foreign  Currency  and  Barro  Colorado  Island  Trust  Fund. 

Federal  construction  funds  represent  that  portion  of 
expendable  funds  available  for  building  and  facility  con- 
struction, restoration,  renovation  and  repair.  Separate 
subfund  groups  are  maintained  for  each  appropriation — 
Construction  and  Improvements,  National  Zoological 
Park,  Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings,  Museum 
Support  Center  and  the  Center  for  African,  Near  Eastern, 
and  Asian  Cultures  (Quadrangle). 

Federal  capital  funds  represent  the  value  of  those  assets 
of  the  Institution  acquired  with  federal  funds  and  nonex- 
pendable property  transfers  from  government  agencies. 

Trust  current  funds,  which  include  unrestricted  and 
restricted  resources,  represent  the  portion  of  expendable 
funds  that  is  available  for  support  of  Institution  opera- 
tions. Amounts  restricted  by  the  donor  for  specific  pur- 
poses are  segregated  from  other  current  funds. 

Trust  endowment  and  similar  funds  include  funds  that 
are  subject  to  restrictions  of  gift  instruments  requiring  in 
perpetuity  that  the  principal  be  invested  and  the  income 
only  be  used.  Also  classified  as  endowment  and  similar 
funds  are  gifts  which  allow  the  expenditure  of  principal 
but  only  under  certain  specified  conditions.  Quasi- 
endowment  funds  are  funds  established  by  the  governing 
board  for  the  same  purposes  as  endowment  funds;  how- 
ever, any  portion  of  such  funds  may  be  expended. 
Restricted  quasi-endowment  funds  represent  gifts  for 
restricted  purposes  where  there  is  no  stipulation  that  the 
principal  be  maintained  in  perpetuity  or  for  a  period  of 
time,  but  the  governing  board  has  elected  to  invest  the 
principal  and  expend  only  the  income  for  the  purpose  stip- 
ulated by  the  donor. 

Trust  plant  funds  represent  resources  restricted  for 
future  plant  acquisitions  and  funds  expended  for  plant. 
Pledges  for  the  construction  of  the  Center  for  African, 
Near  Eastern,  and  Asian  Cultures  are  recorded  as  gifts  in 
the  plant  fund  in  the  period  the  pledge  document  is 
received. 

Investments 

All  gains  and  losses  arising  from  the  sale,  collection  or 
other  disposition  of  investments  and  property  are 
accounted  for  in  the  fund  in  which  the  related  assets  are 
recorded.  Income  from  investments  is  accounted  for  in  a 
similar  manner,  except  for  income  derived  from  invest- 
ments of  endowment  and  similar  funds,  which  is 
accounted  for  in  the  fund  to  which  it  is  restricted  or,  if 


54 


unrestricted,  as  revenue  in  unrestricted  current  funds. 
Gains  and  losses  on  the  sale  of  investments  are  recognized 
on  the  settlement  date  basis  using  the  specific  identification 
method,  whereby  the  cost  of  the  specific  security  adjusted 
by  any  related  discount  or  premium  amortization  is  the 
basis  for  recognition  of  the  gain  or  loss. 

Inventory 

Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  Cost 
is  determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO)  method, 
retail  cost  method  (for  those  inventories  held  for  resale)  or 
net  realizable  value. 

Deferred  revenue  and  expense 

Revenue  from  subscriptions  to  Smithsonian  Magazine  is 
recorded  as  income  over  the  period  of  the  related  subscrip- 
tion, which  is  one  year.  Costs  related  to  obtaining  sub- 
scriptions to  Smithsonian  Magazine  are  charged  against 
income  over  the  period  of  the  subscription. 

The  Institution  recognizes  revenue  and  charges  expenses 
of  other  auxiliary  activities  during  the  period  in  which  the 
activity  is  conducted. 

Works  of  art,  living  or  other  specimens 

The  Institution  acquires  its  collections,  which  include 
works  of  art,  library  books,  photographic  archives, 
objects  and  specimens,  through  purchase  or  by  donation. 
In  accordance  with  policies  generally  followed  by  muse- 
ums, no  value  is  assigned  to  the  collections  on  the  state- 
ment of  financial  condition.  Purchases  for  the  collections 
are  expensed  currently. 

Property  and  equipment 

Equipment  purchased  with  federal  funds  is  recorded  at 
cost  and  is  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  a 
period  of  10  years.  Equipment  purchased  with  trust  funds 
for  use  by  nonincome-producing  activities  is  treated  as  a 
deduction  of  the  current  fund  and  a  capitalized  cost  of  the 
plant  fund.  Depreciation  on  equipment  capitalized  in  the 
plant  fund  is  recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  esti- 
mated useful  life  of  3  to  10  years  (See  Note  9).  Capital 
improvements  and  equipment  purchased  with  trust  funds 
and  utilized  in  income-producing  activities  are  capitalized 
at  cost  and  are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over 
their  estimated  useful  lives  of  3  to  10  years. 

Buildings  and  other  structures,  additions  to  buildings 
and  fixed  equipment  purchased  with  federal  funds  are 
recorded  at  cost  and  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis 


over  a  period  of  30  years.  Costs  associated  with  renovat- 
ing, restoring  and  improving  structures  are  depreciated 
over  their  useful  lives  of  15  years. 

Certain  lands  occupied  by  the  Institution's  buildings 
were  appropriated  and  reserved  by  Congress  for  the 
Smithsonian  and  are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying 
financial  statements.  Property  and  nonexpendable  equip- 
ment acquired  through  transfer  from  government  agencies 
are  capitalized  at  the  transfer  price  or  at  estimated 
amounts,  taking  into  consideration  usefulness,  condition 
and  market  value. 

Real  estate  (land  and  buildings)  purchased  with  trust 
funds  is  recorded  at  cost,  to  the  extent  that  restricted  or 
unrestricted  funds  were  expended  therefor,  or  appraised 
value  at  date  of  gift,  except  for  gifts  of  certain  islands  in 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  the  Carnegie  Mansion,  which 
have  been  recorded  at  nominal  values.  Costs  of  original 
building  structures  and  major  additions  are  depreciated  on 
a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  30 
years.  Costs  of  renovating,  restoring  and  improving  struc- 
tures are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  esti- 
mated useful  lives  of  15  years  (See  Note  9). 

Government  grants  and  contracts 

The  Institution  has  a  number  of  grants  and  contracts  with 
the  U.S.  Government,  which  primarily  provide  for  cost 
reimbursement  to  the  Institution.  Grant  and  contract  reve- 
nue is  recognized  when  billed. 

Contributed  services 

A  substantial  number  of  unpaid  volunteers  have  made  sig- 
nificant contributions  of  their  time  in  the  furtherance  of 
the  Institution's  programs.  The  value  of  this  contributed 
time  is  not  reflected  in  these  statements. 

Annual  leave 

The  Institution's  civil  service  employees  earn  annual  leave 
in  accordance  with  federal  law  and  regulations.  However, 
only  the  cost  of  leave  taken  as  salaries  is  funded  and 
recorded  as  an  expense.  The  cost  of  unused  annual  leave  at 
year-end  is  reflected  in  the  accompanying  financial  state- 
ments as  an  asset  and  accrued  liability  in  the  federal  funds. 
Annual  leave  is  recorded  for  trust  employees  in  the  trust 
fund  as  earned. 


2.   Related  activities 

The  Institution  provides  fiscal  and  administrative  services 

55 


to  several,  separately  incorporated  organizations  in  which 
certain  officials  of  the  Institution  serve  on  the  governing 
boards.  The  amounts  paid  to  the  Institution  by  these 
organizations  for  the  aforementioned  services,  together 
with  rent  for  Institution  facilities  occupied,  etc.,  totaled 
approximately  $354,000  ($281,000  for  the  trust  funds  and 
$73,000  for  the  federal  funds)  for  the  year  ended  Septem- 
ber 30,  1985.  Deposits  held  in  custody  for  these  organiza- 
tions are  $3,912,000  as  of  September  30, 1985. 

The  following  summarizes  the  approximate  expendi- 
tures of  these  organizations  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  Sep- 
tember 30, 1985,  as  reflected  in  their  individual  financial 
statements  and  which  are  not  included  in  the  accompany- 
ing financial  statements  of  the  Institution: 

($000s) 

Visions  Foundation,  Inc $     186 

Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc $6,617 

Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for 
Scholars: 

Trust  funds   $4,712 

Federal  appropriations    $2,672 


3.   Cash  on  hand 

Cash  on  hand — federal  funds  represents  the  amount  of 
cash  advanced  by  the  U.  S.  Treasury  to  imprest  fund  cash- 
iers for  small  purchases. 


4.  Fund  balances  with  U.S.  Treasury 

The  account  represents  fund  balances  on  the  books  of  the 
U.  S.  Treasury  available  for  disbursement. 


5.  Investments 

Investments  are  recorded  at  cost  on  a  settlement  date 
basis,  if  purchased,  or  estimated  fair  market  value  at  date 
of  acquisition,  if  acquired  by  gift.  At  September  30, 1985, 
investments  were  composed  of  the  following: 


Current  funds: 

Certificates  of  deposit 

Commercial  paper 

U.  S.  Government  and  quasi- 
government  obligations    . 

Corporate  bonds    

Common  stock 

Preferred  stock 

Endowment  and  similar  funds: 

Money  market  account  .... 

Deposit  with  U.  S.  Treasury 

U.  S.  Government  and  quasi- 

government  obligations    . 

Corporate  bonds    

Common  stock 

Preferred  stock 


Plant  funds: 

U.  S.  Government  and  quasi- 
government  obligations    . 
Common  stock 


Carrying 

Market 

value 

value 

($000s) 

($000s) 

$   12,415 

$   12,412 

7,585 

7,600 

36,067 

36,914 

75 

75 

13 

5 

30 

30 

56,185 

57,036 

18,526 

18,526 

1,000 

1,000 

9,474 

10,410 

3,754 

3,266 

100,203 

111,191 

3,384 

3,092 

136,341 

147,485 

26 

27 

50 

50 

76 

77 

$192,602 

$204,598 

Since  October  1,  1982,  the  deposit  with  the  U.  S.  Trea- 
sury has  been  invested  in  U.  S.  Government  securities  at  a 
variable  yield  based  on  market  interest  rates. 

Substantially  all  the  investments  of  the  endowment  and 
similar  funds  are  pooled  on  a  market  value  basis  (consoli- 
dated fund)  with  each  individual  fund  subscribing  to  or 
disposing  of  units  on  the  basis  of  the  per  unit  market  value 
at  the  beginning  of  the  month  within  which  the  transaction 
takes  place.  The  unit  value  as  of  September  30, 1985,  was 
$223.18;  296,756  units  were  owned  by  endowment,  and 
364,248  units  were  owned  by  quasi-endowment  at  Septem- 
ber 30,  1985. 

The  following  tabulation  summarizes  changes  in  rela- 
tionships between  cost  and  market  values  of  the  pooled 
investments: 


56 


(SOOOs)  Market 

Net       value  per 
Market  Cost  change  unit 


End  of  year. .   $147,300    $136,156    $11,144    $223.18 
Beginning  of 
year    $131,113     $116,860       14,253       203.92 

Decrease  in 

unrealized 

net  gain  for 

the  year...  (3,109)  — 

Realized  net 

gain  for  the 

year    13,525  — 

Total  .  ..  $10,416    $   19.26 


this  period),  (z)  current  dividend  and  interest  yield, 
(3)  support  needs  for  bureaus  and  scientists,  and  (4)  infla- 
tionary factors  as  measured  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index; 
however,  where  the  market  value  of  the  assets  of  any  . 
endowment  fund  is  less  than  110%  of  the  historic  dollar 
value  (value  of  gifts  at  date  of  donation),  the  amount  pro- 
vided is  limited  to  only  interest  and  dividends  received. 
The  total  return  factor  for  1985  was  $7.41  per  unit  to  the 
Restricted  and  Designated  Purpose  Endowment  Funds  and 
$5.50  per  unit  to  the  Unrestricted  General  Purpose  Endow- 
ment Funds;  new  units  were  purchased  for  the  Unre- 
stricted General  Purpose  Endowment  Funds  with  the  $1.91 
difference  in  the  total  return  factor.  The  total  return 
applied  for  1985  was  $2,880,000  to  the  Restricted  and  Des- 
ignated Purpose  Endowment  Funds  and  $1,416,000  to  the 
Unrestricted  General  Purpose  Endowment  Funds. 


6.   Endowment  and  similar  funds 

Endowment  and  similar  funds  at  September  30,  1985  are 
summarized  as  follows: 

($000s) 


Endowment  funds,  income  available  for: 

Restricted  purposes $  54,875 

Unrestricted  purposes   4,538 

59,413 

Quasi-endowment  funds,  principal  and 
income  available  for: 

Restricted  purposes ,       19,073 

Unrestricted  purposes    58,958 

78,031 


Total  endowment  and  similar  funds       $137,444 

The  Institution  utilizes  the  "total  return"  approach  to 
investment  management  of  endowment  funds  and  quasi- 
endowment  funds.  Under  this  approach,  the  total  invest- 
ment return  is  considered  to  include  realized  and 
unrealized  gains  and  losses  in  addition  to  interest  and  divi- 
dends. An  amount  equal  to  the  difference  between  interest 
and  dividends  earned  during  the  year  and  the  amount 
computed  under  the  total  return  formula  is  transferred  to 
or  from  the  current  funds. 

In  applying  this  approach,  it  is  the  Institution's  policy  to 
provide,  as  being  available  for  current  expenditures,  an 
amount  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as,  but  not 
limited  to:  (i)4I/z%  of  the  five-year  average  of  the  market 
value  of  each  fund  (adjusted  for  gifts  and  transfers  during 


7.   Receivables 

Receivables  at  September  30,  1985,  included  the  following: 

($000s) 

Trust  funds 

Accounts  receivable,  auxiliary  activities,  net 

of  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  of 

$881,000 $11,899 

Interfund  receivables  due  from  current 

funds: 

Endowment  and  similar  funds 822 

Plant  funds    18,118 

Interest  and  dividends  receivable 2,104 

Unbilled  costs  and  fees  from  grants  and 

contracts 1,081 

Pledges   6,103 

Other    42 

40,169 

Federal  funds 

Service  fees  and  charges 474 

Total,  all  funds $40,643 


8.   Advance  payments 

Advance  payments  represent  prepayments  made  to  gov- 
ernment agencies,  educational  institutions,  firms  and  indi- 
viduals for  services  to  be  rendered  or  property  or  materials 
to  be  furnished. 

As  of  September  30, 1985,  the  Institution  had  advances 


57 


outstanding  to  the  U.  S.  Government  of  approximately 
$13,902,000,  principally  for  construction  services  to  be 
completed  in  future  fiscal  years.  The  Institution  at  that 
date  also  had  advances  outstanding  to  educational  institu- 
tions amounting  to  approximately  $1,255,000,  principally 
under  the  Special  Foreign  Currency  Program. 


9.   Property  and  equipment 

At  September  30,  1985,  property  and  equipment  which 
have  been  capitalized  (see  Note  1)  are  comprised  of  the 
following: 


(5000s) 

Federal 

Capital  funds 

Property 286,904 

Equipment 31,004 

Less  accumulated 
depreciation (116,553) 

Total,  federal  funds  .  . 

Trust 

Current  funds 


(SOOOs) 


201,355 


Capital  improvements    .  .  . 

$     4,699 

Equipment 

6,828 

Leasehold  improvements   . 

235 

Less  accumulated  depreci- 

ation and  amortization  . 

(5,340) 
6,422 

Endowment  and  similar 

funds 
Land    

239 

Plant  funds 

Land  and  buildings    

$  31,550 

Equipment 

2,985 

Less  accumulated 

depreciation 

(6,862) 
27,673 

Total,  trust  funds    .  .  . 

34,334 

Total,  all  funds 

$235,689 

Depreciation  expense  reflected  in  expenditures  of  the 
federal  capital  funds  for  1985  was  approximately 
$13,181,000. 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  for  1985  for  trust 

58 


funds'  income-producing  assets  amounted  to  approxi- 
mately $1,508,000,  which  is  included  in  auxiliary  activities 
expenditures  in  the  current  funds.  Depreciation  of  trust 
funds'  nonincome-producing  equipment  and  buildings  for 
1985  amounted  to  approximately  $738,000. 

During  1985,  the  trust  unexpended  plant  funds  were 
reduced  by  $4,000,000  for  a  pledge  deemed  not  collectible. 
The  balance  of  the  plant  fund  at  September  30, 1985, 
included  $23,640,000  of  trust  unexpended  plant  funds. 

10.   Nonmandatory  transfers  for  designated  purposes 

The  following  transfers  among  trust  funds  were  made  for 
the  year  ended  September  30,  1985,  in  thousands  of 
dollars: 


Current  funds 
Unrestricted     Restricted 

Portion  of 

investment 

yield 

appropriated 

(Note  6) $(1,350)        $(1,086) 

Income  added  to 

endowment 

principal (4)  (139) 

Endowment 

released    —  36 

Appropriated 

as  quasi- 

endowment    .  .         (3,009)  (27) 

Total    ..       $(4,363)         $(1,216) 


Endowment 

and  similar 

funds 


$2,436 


143 


(36) 


3,036 
$5,579 


11. 


Retirement  plans 


The  federal  employees  of  the  Institution  are  covered  by  the 
Civil  Service  Retirement  Program.  Under  this  program, 
the  Institution  withholds  from  the  gross  pay  of  each  fed- 
eral employee  and  remits  to  the  Civil  Service  Retirement 
and  Disability  Fund  (the  Fund)  the  amounts  specified  by 
such  program.  The  Institution  contributes  7%  of  basic 
annual  salary  to  the  Fund.  The  cost  of  the  plan  for  the  year 
ended  September  30, 1985,  was  approximately  $6,575,000. 

The  Institution  has  separate  retirement  plans  for  trust 
and  federal  employees.  Under  the  trust  fund's  plan,  both 
the  Institution  and  employees  contribute  stipulated  per- 
centages of  salary  which  are  used  to  purchase  individual 
annuities,  the  rights  to  which  are  immediately  vested  with 


the  employees.  The  cost  of  the  plan  for  the  year  ended  Sep- 
tember 30,  1985,  was  $3,330,000.  It  is  the  policy  of  the 
Institution  to  fund  plan  costs  accrued  currently.  There  are 
no  unfunded  prior-service  costs  under  the  plan. 


12.    Income  taxes 

The  Institution  is  exempt  from  income  taxation  under  the 
provisions  of  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue 
Code.  Organizations  described  in  that  section  are  taxable 
only  on  their  unrelated  business  income,  which  was  imma- 
terial for  the  Institution  in  1985. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  Institution  that  it  is  also  exempt 
from  taxation  as  an  instrumentality  of  the  United  States  as 
defined  in  Section  501(c)(1)  of  the  Code.  Organizations 
described  in  that  section  are  exempt  from  all  income  taxa- 
tion. The  Institution  has  not  yet  formally  sought  such  dual 
status. 


59 


6o 


SCIENCE 

David  Challinor,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Science 


61 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 


For  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  (NASM),  the 
year  brought  new  challenges  and  manifold  opportunities 
for  innovation  and  change.  The  task  of  interpreting 
human  endeavor  in  air  and  space  requires  the  staff  of  the 
museum  to  work  in  the  separate  but  related  avenues  of  his- 
torical and  scientific  research.  The  museum's  focus  relates 
to  the  dimensions  of  past,  present,  and  future.  Diverse 
programs  in  research  and  writing,  exhibitions,  collections, 
education,  and  public  outreach  shaped  the  work  of  the 
museum  during  the  year. 

A  well-developed  program  of  research  provides  the  base 
for  all  NASM  activities.  Responsibility  for  the  program 
rests  with  the  Office  of  the  Associate  Director  for 
Research,  which  has  been  expanded  this  year  to  include  a 
new  Office  of  Aerospace  Education  and  Publications.  The 
office  manages  the  museum's  elementary  and  secondary 
education  program,  which  also  includes  the  docent  pro- 
gram; the  scholarly  and  popular  publications  program; 
and  museum-wide  special  projects. 

A  second  new  office,  the  Office  of  University  Programs, 
will  expand  the  museum's  cooperative  programs  with  uni- 
versities and  research  institutes.  This  year  NASM  hosted  a 
cooperative  program  with  New  York  University  (NYU)  on 
the  theme  the  "History  of  Twentieth  Century  Technology." 
The  seminar  allowed  both  institutions  to  experiment  with 
an  innovative  course  of  study  integrating  museum 
resources  into  the  university  curriculum.  For  example,  a 
"historical  replication"  exercise  with  the  Wright  brothers' 
wind  tunnel  gave  students  the  opportunity  to  grapple  with 
the  same  problems  that  the  Wright  brothers  encountered  in 
the  design  of  the  first  airplane — and  with  the  same  tools. 
Seminar  sessions  also  dealt  with  remote-sensing  technol- 
ogy and  other  aspects  of  aerospace  technology.  The  semi- 
nar also  included  a  one-day  conference  "The  Museum  as  a 
Learning  Center,"  sponsored  by  NASM,  which  was 
attended  by  representatives  from  local  universities,  muse- 
ums, and  the  federal  government. 

The  creation  of  the  Martin  Marietta  Chair  in  Space  His- 
tory in  1985  represents  an  important  addition  to  an  already 
active  NASM  program  of  research  fellowships.  The  first 
occupant  of  the  new  chair,  Dr.  Leo  Goldberg,  former 
director  of  Kitt  Peak  National  Observatory  in  Tucson,  is 
preparing  his  memoirs  on  American  astronomy.  An  Inter- 
national Fellowship  program  was  also  established  this 
year,  with  Peter  W.  Brooks  of  the  United  Kingdom  as  the 
incumbent.  Brooks  will  research  the  history  of  the  auto- 
giro  and  its  contribution  to  the  initial  development  of  the 
helicopter. 

Dr.  Hans  von  Ohain,  NASM  Lindbergh  Professor  of 
Aerospace  History,  wrote  on  his  invention  of  the  first  jet 

62. 


engine  ever  to  power  an  aircraft.  Dr.  Richard  K.  Smith 
served  as  this  year's  Verville  Fellow.  His  research  centered 
on  the  new  American  airplane  of  1934.  In  addition,  NASM 
hosted  eighteen  interns  and  fellows  during  the  year. 

Individual  NASM  research  programs  are  centered  in 
three  museum  departments:  Aeronautics,  Space  Science 
and  Exploration,  and  the  Center  for  Earth  and  Planetary 
Studies.  Studies  of  the  early  history  of  flight  and  of  the 
international  implications  of  aerospace  technology  remain 
important  themes  for  research  and  writing  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Aeronautics.  During  the  past  year,  staff  members 
have  continued  the  work  of  collecting,  organizing,  and 
translating  the  finest  archive  of  original  material  relating 
to  Russian  aeronautics,  1 900-1920,  available  in  the  United 
States.  Curators  continue  to  establish  ties  with  foreign 
manufacturers  and  airlines.  A  special  effort  was  made  this 
year  to  focus  on  the  collection  of  material  relating  to  aero- 
space activity  in  Asia  and  in  particular  the  People's  Repub- 
lic of  China. 

An  exchange  of  letters  between  Secretary  Adams  and 
President  Steven  Muller  of  Johns  Hopkins  University, 
agreeing  in  principle  to  the  establishment  of  a  new  collabo- 
rative Center  for  the  History  of  Space  Science,  will  help  to 
focus  important  elements  of  the  research  efforts  of  the 
Department  of  Space  Science  and  Exploration.  The  center 
will  provide  a  program  of  training  for  scholars  in  the  his- 
tory of  modern  astronomy,  astrophysics,  and  space  sci- 
ence, and  will  generate  a  diverse  program  of  seminars, 
publications,  and  scholarly  exchanges. 

The  Space  Telescope  History  Project,  a  joint  enterprise 
of  NASM  and  the  History  of  Science  Department  of  Johns 
Hopkins  University  to  document  the  development  of  the 
Space  Telescope,  continues  as  a  focal  point  for  research 
within  the  department.  More  than  two  hundred  hours  of 
oral  history  interviews  have  been  collected  with  past  and 
present  participants  in  the  Space  Telescope  program.  Sev- 
eral lectures  have  been  given  on  the  project's  activities  and 
findings,  and  three  papers  have  been  published,  including 
one  in  a  special  issue  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  Institute  of 
Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers  on  historical  perspec- 
tives on  the  use  of  electronic  instrumentation  for  the  sci- 
ences. 


Working  late  at  night,  craftsmen  remove  the  1903  Wright  Flyer 
from  its  place  of  honor  in  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum's 
Milestones  of  Flight  gallery.  It  was  installed  in  an  empty  gallery 
where,  behind  transparent  walls,  the  historic  aircraft  was  care- 
fully disassembled  by  a  three-man  crew,  who  spent  the  next  five 
months  preserving  and  restoring  it. 


^Wjmk               ^^^^B  j"**  5?^^^ 

4m     D      cj 

|^^Hfl*^|                                                           L  ^^fl 

H      P., 

NASM,  the  National  Science  Foundation  (NSF),  and  the 
American  Institute  of  Physics  (AIP)  cooperated  to  micro- 
film the  AIP  Sources  for  History  of  Modern  Astronomy 
collection  for  official  deposit  at  the  museum.  The  acquisi- 
tion of  this  collection,  now  complete  and  combined  with 
the  Space  Astronomy  Oral  History  Project  Collection, 
makes  NASM  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution  the  largest 
repository  of  oral  history  and  archival  materials  on  astron- 
omy in  the  world. 

Historical  research  continued  on  the  history  of  space 
station  concepts;  a  chronological  narrative  of  the 
Congreve-Hale  rocketry  era  during  the  nineteenth  century; 
the  beginnings  of  satellite  science;  the  origins  of  space  sci- 
ence in  the  Vz  era,  1945-52;  the  development  of  the  Apollo 
1 1  spacecraft;  the  work  of  Konrad  Zuse,  who  developed 
one  of  the  world's  first  automatic  digital  computers;  and 
the  evolution  of  the  space  suit. 

Scientific  research  in  terrestrial  and  planetary  geology 
and  remote  sensing  continued  at  the  Center  for  Earth  and 
Planetary  Studies  (CEPS).  Research  in  planetary  geology 
included  geologic  mapping  of  Ganymede  and  the  ongoing 
analysis  of  the  extensive  Tharsis  ridge  system  of  Mars  as 
part  of  a  continuing  study  of  the  tectonic  evolution  of  the 
Tharsis  Plateau.  In  conjunction  with  efforts  to  map  these 
features  on  Mars,  the  anticlinal  ridges  of  the  Columbia 
Plateau  in  the  northwestern  United  States  are  being  studied 
as  potential  analogs  to  the  Tharsis  ridges,  as  well  as  to 
similar  features  on  the  Moon,  Mercury,  and  possibly 
Venus. 

As  part  of  ongoing  terrestrial  research  at  CEPS,  the 
study  has  continued  of  geomorphologic  processes  in  the 
upper  Inland  Niger  Delta  of  Mali,  including  the  study  of 
desertification  processes  as  a  result  of  twenty  years  of 
drought.  Recently,  this  work  has  been  expanded  to  a 
broader  three-year  study  of  erosion,  aeolian  transport,  and 
the  spectral  characteristics  of  sands  and  soils  in  arid 
regions  using  diverse  types  of  remote-sensing  data,  for 
three  field  areas  in  Mali,  Egypt,  and  Botswana.  Fieldwork 
was  done  in  the  deserts  of  southern  Egypt  and  northern 
Sudan  to  study  the  terrain  along  the  ground  track  over- 
flown by  the  Space  Shuttle  radar  experiment,  and  in  Mali 
to  explore  ancient  river  courses  observed  in  satellite  imag- 
ery. The  Mali  work  will  help  determine  the  long-term 
effects  of  climate  change  on  the  fragile  development  of  the 
inland  Niger  Delta  region.  Terrestrial  research  also 
included  investigations  of  the  use  of  thermal  infrared  data 
in  conjunction  with  other  types  of  remotely  sensed  data  to 
locate  and  characterize  lithologic  units  and  large-scale  tec- 
tonic features  in  Saudi  Arabia. 

Over  the  past  year,  CEPS  continued  to  expand  its  com- 

64 


President  and  Mrs.  Ronald  Reagan,  arriving  for  the  June  19  pre- 
mier of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum's  newest  large- 
screen  film,  The  Dream  Is  Alive,  are  greeted  by  Walter  J.  Boyne 
{right),  director  of  the  museum,  and  Smithsonian  Under  Secre- 
tary Dean  Anderson. 

puter  image  processing  capabilities  with  reference  to  image 
processing  techniques  and  computer  software  for  the  anal- 
ysis of  remotely  sensed  orbital  image  data.  The  CEPS 
Regional  Planetary  Image  Facility,  a  NASA-supported 
repository  for  images  acquired  during  planetary  missions, 
has  begun  acquiring  Earth  photography  taken  by  Space 
Shuttle  astronauts. 

The  year  also  saw  significant  advances  in  the  program 
to  improve  and  expand  the  NASM  research  archives.  The 
first  field  test  of  the  museum's  System  for  Digital  Display 
(SDD)  for  capturing  archival  documents  via  high  resolu- 
tion digital  cameras  was  conducted  at  the  Alabama  Space 
and  Rocket  Center  (ASRC)  in  Huntsville.  Museum  staff 
instructed  ASRC  staff  in  the  use  of  the  SDD  equipment  for 
capturing  the  personal  papers  of  Wernher  von  Braun 
stored  at  ASRC.  This  pioneer  project  will  provide  NASM 
with  much-needed  data  regarding  reliability  and  practical- 
ity of  the  equipment  in  field  trials.  The  system  has  been 
licensed  by  several  commercial  corporations  in  a  wide  vari- 
ety of  applications. 

During  1985,  NASM's  analog  videodisc  project  contin- 
ued td  progress  with  the  acquisition  of  an  additional  cam- 
era. This  resulted  in  a  disc  containing  the  U.S.  Air  Force 
World  War  II  overseas  collection  of  50,000  images;  it  will 
be  expanded  to  include  an  additional  50,000  images  of 
pre-1953  U.S.  Air  Force  photographs.  The  popularity  of 
the  museum's  videodisc  program  resulted  in  an  agreement 
with  NASA  to  produce  a  disc  containing  its  photograph 
collection.  This  disc,  scheduled  for  completion  early  next 
year,  will  provide  the  museum  with  ready  access  to  histori- 
cal photographs  of  the  U.S.  space  program. 

The  NASM  publications  program  is  a  reflection  of  the 


museum's  commitment  to  quality  research.  The  National 
Air  and  Space  Museum  Research  Report  1984  was  the  first 
volume  in  a  series  of  annual  publications.  This  report  was 
distributed  to  scholars,  universities,  libraries,  museum 
researchers,  selected  congressmen  and  their  staff,  and 
other  interested  persons  throughout  the  country.  The 
report  reflects  the  strengthening  of  the  museum's  research 
and  collection  programs  and  exhibitions.  Articles  by  staff 
and  distinguished  fellows  are  based  on  ongoing  research  at 
NASM  or  supported  by  the  museum. 

Other  NASM  publications  released  this  year  included 
Moonlight  Interceptor:  Japan's  "Irving"  Night  Fighter,  the 
eighth  book  in  the  Famous  Aircraft  of  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum  series;  United  States  Women  in  Avia- 
tion: 1930-19)9,  sixth  book  in  Smithsonian  Studies  in  Air 
and  Space;  the  third  edition  of  Aircraft  of  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum;  and  Airlines  of  Latin  America  Since 
1919.  Two  new  catalogues  were  published:  Focus  on 
Flight:  The  Aviation  Photography  of  Hans  Groenhoff,  and 
the  Space  Astronomy  Oral  History  Project  Catalogue. 
Reprinted  NASM  books  included:  United  States  Women  in 
Aviation  through  World  War  I,  United  States  Women  in 
Aviation  1919-1929,  Winged  Wonders:  The  Story  of  the 
Flying  Wings,  and  The  First  25  Years  in  Space. 

NASM  books  received  more  awards  than  ever  before 
this  year.  United  States  Women  in  Aviation  1919-1929 
received  an  award  of  achievement  from  the  Washington 
Chapter  of  the  Society  for  Technical  Communication 
(STC);  the  Samuel  P.  Langley  Theater  booklet  and  the 
NASM  Style  Manual  each  received  an  award  of  distinction 
from  the  STC.  NASM  received  two  honorable  mention 
awards  from  the  National  Association  of  Government 
Communicators  (NAGC)  in  their  1985  Blue  Pencil  Compe- 
tition for  the  Samuel  P.  Langley  Theater  booklet  and  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum  Research  Report  1984.  A 
special  recognition  award  was  presented  by  the  Ohio 
Chapter  of  the  Tuskegee  Airmen  to  the  museum  for  the 
outstanding  graphic  display  in  Black  Wings:  The  Ameri- 
can Black  in  Aviation  publication.  R.  E.  G.  Davies'  book, 
Airlines  of  Latin  America  Since  1919,  won  honorable  men- 
tion (non-fiction  category)  from  the  Aviation/Space  Writ- 
ers Association. 

Two  NASM-produced  brochures  received  awards  from 
the  STC:  the  Exploring  Space  lecture  series  brochure 
received  an  award  of  distinction,  and  the  Apollo  Legacy 
symposium  brochure  received  an  award  of  merit.  An  arti- 
cle on  NASM's  videodisc  technology  received  an  award  of 
achievement  from  STC  as  well.  In  addition,  the  Apollo 
Legacy  brochure  won  third  prize  from  the  NAGC  Blue 
Pencil  Competition.  Articles  on  museum  projects  written 


for  the  Smithsonian  News  Service  were  sent  to  more  than 
1,500  newspapers  and  magazines  around  the  nation. 

NASM  cooperated  on  a  series  of  twelve  educational  arti- 
cles for  the  "Mini  Page,"  a  syndicated  feature  for  children 
carried  in  450  newspapers  nationwide,  with  a  possible  cir- 
culation of  more  than  forty  million  people.  The  series  of 
articles  for  the  "Mini  Page"  was  coordinated  by  the  Office 
of  Aerospace  Education  and  Publications. 

A  new  magazine,  Air  &  Space,  is  being  developed  by  the 
museum  with  the  advice  and  cooperation  of  Smithsonian 
magazine.  Air  &  Space  will  be  written  for  the  intelligent 
layman  interested  in  the  past,  present,  and  future  of  all 
aspects  of  air  and  space.  The  magazine  will  feature 
thoughtful  articles  written  with  a  human  interest  focus, 
extensive  use  of  four-color  photography,  and  explanatory 
diagrams. 

The  successful  working  relationship  of  NASM,  Lock- 
heed Corporation,  IMAX  Systems  Corporation,  and 
NASA  created  NASM's  newest  and  well-received  IMAX 
film,  The  Dream  Is  Alive.  President  Reagan  attended 
NASM's  premiere  of  the  film  on  June  19.  On  June  21, 1985, 
the  museum  opened  the  film  to  the  public.  The  film  offers 
an  insider's  view  of  America's  Space  Shuttle  program  and 
features  spectacular  inflight  footage  shot  by  fourteen 
astronauts.  The  film  has  set  attendance  records  in  the  five 
other  IMAX  theaters  currently  showing  it,  as  well  as 
increased  general  attendance  and  other  IMAX  film  atten- 
dance. By  the  first  anniversary  of  its  NASM  premiere,  the 
film  will  have  shown  in  forty  theaters  around  the  world  (of 
a  possible  forty-five). 

IMAX  rushes  for  The  Dream  Is  Alive  are  being  used  by 
NASA  for  engineering  purposes.  NASA  technicians  are 
reviewing  portions  of  the  film  to  help  them  design  the 
space  station  of  the  future;  by  watching  the  astronauts 
moving,  eating,  and  sleeping  in  the  film,  NASA  hopes  to 
determine  what  works  and  what  doesn't  for  future  living 
and  working  in  space. 

On  the  Wing,  NASM's  IMAX/OMNIMAX  film  cur- 
rently in  production,  is  scheduled  to  premiere  in  the 
Langley  Theater  on  June  19, 1986,  exactly  one  year  after 
The  Dream  Is  Alive.  The  theme  of  the  film  is  the  endless 
quest  for  flight  in  nature  and  by  human  imitators. 

Dr.  Paul  MacCready,  designer  of  the  Gossamer  series  of 
advanced  flying  machines,  undertook  to  build  a  radio- 
controlled  flying  replica  of  Quetzalcoatlus  northropi,  a 
prehistoric  reptile  believed  to  have  been  the  world's  largest 
flying  creature.  He  assembled  a  team  of  specialists  in  aero- 
dynamics, technical  engineering,  and  paleobiology.  This 
flight  will  complete  the  last  sequence  of  On  the  Wing. 
Even  in  the  early  planning  stages,  there  has  been  wide 

65 


In  the  weightlessness  of  space,  mission  specialists  Kathy  Sullivan 
and  David  Leestma  perform  extravehicular  activities  during 
Space  Shuttle  Flight  41-G,  Challenger,  October  5-13,  1984. 
(Threshold  Corporation) 

media  interest  in  the  project. 

A  new  multimedia  show,  Comet  Quest,  opened  in  the 
Albert  Einstein  Planetarium  in  November  1984.  The  show 
chronicles  how  comets  have  been  studied  in  history,  and 
sets  the  stage  for  Comet  Halley's  return  to  the  inner  solar 
system  later  this  year.  A  small  exhibition  for  this  event, 
also  titled  Comet  Quest,  focuses  on  Edmond  Halley.  It 
also  presents  historical  depictions  of  the  comet  and  pro- 
vides information  on  how  and  where  the  comet  can  best  be 
viewed  during  its  current  return. 

The  goal  of  NASM  exhibition  effort  is  to  present  the 
history,  science,  and  technology  of  flight  in  a  manner 
understandable  and  enjoyable  to  visitors.  Two  separate 
exhibitions  opened  in  the  Special  Aircraft  Exhibits  gallery. 
Focus  on  Flight:  The  Aviation  Photography  of  Hans 
Groenhoff  and  Rudy  Arnold  featured  photographs 
selected  from  the  collections  of  these  two  world-renowned 
aviation  and  aerial  photographers  from  the  "Golden  Age 
of  Flight"  era  (1920-40);  Mr.  Groenhoff  attended  the 
opening  of  the  exhibition.  The  Dayton- Wright  built 
de  Havilland  DH-4  and  the  Northrop  N-iM  flying  wing, 
recently  restored  by  the  craftsmen  of  NASM's  Garber 
Facility,  were  exhibited  along  with  supporting  photo- 
graphs and  models. 

The  Pioneers  of  Flight  gallery  included  two  exhibitions. 
Designers  of  the  Jet  Age  was  based  on  the  careers  of  two 
premier  U.S.  aircraft  designers,  Edward  H.  Heinemann 


and  Clarence  L.  "Kelly"  Johnson;  both  designers  attended 
the  opening  of  the  exhibition.  Early  Flight  1900-1911 
included  fifty-six  photographs  from  the  Wright  brothers' 
private  collection,  together  with  descriptive  text  and  a 
poster.  The  exhibition  was  organized  by  Wright  State  Uni- 
versity and  sent  on  tour  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service  (SITES). 

An  exhibition  of  the  work  of  contemporary  sculptor 
John  Safer  opened  in  September,  with  pieces  ranging  in 
scale  from  architectural  to  intimate.  A  significant  gift  to 
the  aeronautical  collection  was  Web  of  Space,  a  sculpture 
donated  by  the  artist.  It  will  be  awarded  annually  as  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum  Trophy. 

Additions  to  major  galleries  included:  the  Military  Air 
Transport  exhibition  in  the  Hall  of  Air  Transportation  cov- 
ering the  experimental  period,  starting  in  1920,  to  the 
present  day,  including  sections  on  the  transatlantic  airlift 
of  World  War  II,  the  "Hump,"  the  Korean  and  Vietnam 
wars,  and  various  humanitarian  activities  of  the  Military 
Airlift  Command.  The  flag  presented  to  one  of  America's 
first  military  pilots,  Henry  H.  "Hap"  Arnold,  in  recogni- 
tion of  his  attaining  the  rank  of  General  of  the  Air  Force, 
was  added  to  the  World  War  II  Aviation  gallery.  New  pan- 
els beneath  the  Voyager  spacecraft  and  a  final  version  of 
the  film  Dynamic  Worlds  of  Jupiter  and  Saturn  updated 
the  Exploring  the  Planets  gallery.  Photographs  and  arti- 
facts relating  to  the  pioneer  balloonist  Thomas  G.  W. 
"Tex"  Settle  were  added  to  the  Balloons  and  Airships  gal- 
lery. During  the  1920s  and  1930s,  Tex  Settle  was  a  leading 
airshipman,  balloonist,  and  space  pioneer. 

Smaller  exhibitions  this  year  included:  Aerial  Firefight- 
ing,  presenting  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture  Forest 
Service  uses  of  aircraft  to  fight  fires,  and  a  short  film  shot 
during  actual  operations  in  firefighting  season  on  "smoke- 
jumping";  Tooling  Up  for  Space,  exhibiting  the  tools  that 
were  used  to  repair  the  Solar  Max  Satellite  as  shown  in 
The  Dream  Is  Alive.  Another  small  exhibition  was  Sight- 
seeing: A  Space  Panorama,  consisting  of  twenty-eight  pho- 
tographs from  NASA  on  display  in  Space  Hall.  Significant 
aviation  milestones  are  commemorated  in  a  new  Aero- 
space Anniversary  Case  in  the  Hall  of  Air  Transportation. 
Commemorated  this  year  were  the  1905  flight  of  the 
Wright  Flyer  III  to  the  founding  of  the  European  Space 
Agency  ten  years  ago;  and  the  fiftieth  anniversaries  of  the 
first  flight  of  the  Boeing  B-17  "Flying  Fortress"  and  the  first 
flight  of  the  Douglas  DST/DC-3. 

The  expansion  of  the  NASM  artifact  preservation  and 
restoration  program  of  the  museum's  Paul  E.  Garber  Pres- 
ervation, Restoration,  and  Storage  Facility  (Garber  Facil- 
ity) remains  a  museum  priority.  The  1985  restoration  of  the 


66 


Wright  Flyer  represented  an  important  milestone  for  the 
museum.  Considerable  research  by  the  museum  staff,  sup- 
plemented by  a  detailed  analysis  of  the  aircraft  by  the 
Smithsonian's  Conservation  and  Analytical  Laboratory, 
preceded  the  restoration  work.  For  the  museum,  there 
were  accompanying  benefits  for  future  curatorial  work:  an 
expanded  collection  of  photographs,  many  rare  and  hith- 
erto undiscovered,  of  the  Flyer;  a  definitive  set  of  blue- 
prints determined  through  staff  research;  recovery  of  the 
original  1903  crankcase;  and  myriad  kinds  of  documenta- 
tion. Future  research  and  exhibit  work,  it  is  anticipated, 
will  be  enhanced  by  the  enlarged  body  of  information  that 
grew  out  of  the  Wright  Flyer  restoration  project. 

Progress  was  made  on  preserving  the  large  space  suit 
and  garment  collection  that  has  been  in  storage  at  the  Gar- 
ber  Facility  for  many  years.  A  complete  restoration  of  the 
Applications  Technology  Satellite  (ATS-6)  is  in  progress.  A 
NASM  staff  member  led  a  restoration  team,  which 
included  Rockwell  International  personnel,  to  refurbish 
the  Apollo  Command  Module  on  loan  to  Moscow.  The 
Wiseman-Cooke  1910  biplane  was  also  restored  this  year 
at  the  Garber  Facility.  Restoration  continues  on  the  OS2U 
Kingfisher,  the  Arado  234  German  jet,  and  the  SPAD  XIII. 

Aircraft  acquired  for  the  aeronautical  study  collection 
included:  a  Piper  J-2  Cub,  the  first  to  bear  the  Piper  name; 
a  Bell  UH-1M  Huey;  an  American  Aerolights  Eagle  I;  and 
the  first  certificated  molded  plastic  airplane,  the  Win- 
decker  Eagle  I.  The  museum's  F6F  Hellcat  was  restored  by 
the  Grumman  Corporation  and  returned  for  the  forthcom- 
ing exhibition  on  Leroy  Grumman  and  the  F6F.  Two  ultra- 
light airplanes,  the  Sadler  Vampire  and  the  Paraplane, 
were  also  accessioned.  In  anticipation  of  the  1986  Looking 
at  Earth  gallery,  a  full-scale  model  of  the  Goes  Geosta- 
tionary weather  satellite  and  two  Landsat  instruments,  a 
thematic  mapper  replica,  and  a  multi-spectral  scanner 
were  accessioned.  Also,  in  anticipation  of  the  upcoming 
computer  gallery,  an  SEL  810  B  computer  was  acquired, 
and  a  portable  on-board  computer  from  the  Space  Shuttle 
and  a  unitized  electrical  assembly  that  is  a  part  of  the 
Space  Shuttle  Columbia's  on-board  electronic  system  were 
accessioned. 

NASM  continues  to  offer  a  variety  of  educational  pro- 
grams and  special  events.  The  museum  hosted  a  Career 
Awareness  day  for  university  deans  and  directors  of  plan- 
ning and  placement  to  increase  the  awareness  by  minori- 
ties of  opportunities  at  the  museum.  The  program 
attracted  participants  from  local  colleges  and  universities. 

NASM  supported  National  Science  Week  1985,  spon- 
sored by  NSF,  for  students  and  teachers.  Activities  at 
NASM  included  a  planetarium  program  for  local  second- 


ary students,  a  free  showing  of  Comet  Quest,  and  a  lec- 
ture. In  addition,  two  separate  public  lectures  were  held. 
The  thirty-six  winning  entries  of  the  Second  Great  Interna- 
tional Paper  Airplane  Contest  were  exhibited  for  six 
months.  The  NSF  supported  the  contest  under  the  auspices 
of  Science  Week  1985.  The  contest  was  sponsored  jointly 
by  NASM,  Science  8j  magazine,  and  the  Museum  of  Flight 
in  Seattle.  The  paper  airplane  carried  into  space  and  flown 
by  Senator  Jake  Garn  was  also  added  to  the  exhibition. 

The  fourth  annual  Garber  Facility  Open  House,  "Wings 
and  Things,"  continued  to  be  one  of  the  most  popular  and 
highly  attended  public  events  sponsored  by  the  museum. 
The  public  was  treated  to  self-guided  tours,  photo  oppor- 
tunities, music  by  the  U.S.  Air  Force  Band,  and  other  spe- 
cial activities. 

The  world  premiere  of  the  NASM  March,  "Flight,"  was 
performed  in  November  by  the  U.S.  Air  Force  Band  with 
actor  William  Conrad  as  guest  narrator.  In  a  continuing 
effort  to  involve  both  local  residents  and  out-of-town  visi- 
tors, a  series  of  noontime  concerts  was  held  throughout 
the  year,  including  the  Fourth  of  July  concert  by  the  U.S. 
Air  Force  Band,  broadcast  live  by  WMAL/ AM  Radio. 
This  year  a  new  summer  International  Music  Festival  was 
begun,  encouraging  ethnic  groups  to  perform  at  NASM. 

During  the  year,  the  museum  offered  twelve  General 
Electric  aviation  lectures;  twelve  Monthly  Sky  lectures; 
five  Exploring  Space  lectures;  the  annual  Wernher  von 
Braun  Memorial  Lecture  by  Dr.  Christopher  Kraft,  Jr. , 
former  director  of  NASA's  Johnson  Space  Center;  the 
annual  Charles  A.  Lindbergh  Memorial  Lecture,  delivered 
by  Donald  Engen,  administrator  of  the  Federal  Aviation 
Administration;  ten  aviation  films;  eight  space  fiction 
films;  and  the  international  symposium  on  cooperation 
and  competition  in  space:  "Ten  Years  After  Apollo-Soyuz," 
in  conjunction  with  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  Apollo- 
Soyuz  Test  Project. 

The  past  year  presented  a  series  of  unique  opportunities 
for  the  museum  and  its  staff  to  enlarge  its  program  of 
research,  exhibitions,  and  public  service.  The  momentum 
from  this  exceptional  period  of  creative  work  sets  the  stage 
for  the  coming  year,  which  will  be  the  museum's  tenth 
anniversary  on  the  Mall. 


67 


National  Museum  of  Natural 
History 


The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History /Museum  of 
Man  (NMNH/MOM),  celebrating  its  75th  year  in  the 
Natural  History  Building  in  1985,  houses  one  of  the 
world's  largest  and  most  valuable  scientific  collections, 
comprising  approximately  100  million  specimens  of 
plants,  animals,  rocks,  minerals,  fossils,  and  man's  cul- 
tural artifacts.  This  encyclopedic  collection,  which  grows 
significantly  in  size  every  year,  is  an  essential  resource  for 
the  nation's  scientific  enterprise.  Objects  and  artifacts  are 
the  responsibility  of  seven  research  and  curatorial  depart- 
ments: Botany,  Invertebrate  Zoology,  Entomology,  Verte- 
brate Zoology,  Paleobiology,  Mineral  Sciences,  and 
Anthropology.  The  12.0  doctoral  level  scientists  on  the 
museum  staff  work  in  collaboration  with  visiting  scholars, 
students,  research  associates,  and  approximately  80  scien- 
tists from  affiliated  agencies  accommodated  in  the 
museum.  Most  of  the  biological  research  is  concerned  with 
systematics  and  evolutionary  biology.  While  much  of  the 
research  is  supported  by  unparalleled  collections,  field 
work  is  conducted  regularly  to  fill  in  the  huge  gaps  that 
still  exist  in  the  collections,  especially  those  from  the  trop- 
ics. The  results  of  this  research  are  shared  with  the  public 
through  publications,  lectures,  and  exhibitions — the  latter 
viewed  by  approximately  six  million  visitors  annually.  The 
museum's  educational  staff  provides  visitors  with  tours, 
films,  and  other  learning  experiences,  some  of  them  specif- 
ically designed  for  special  groups,  such  as  young  people, 
the  aged,  and  the  disabled. 


Diamond  Jubilee  of  Natural  History  Building,  1910-1985 

On  March  17, 1985,  the  Natural  History  Building  was  75 
years  old.  The  celebration  began  with  a  "Happy  Birthday 
Natural  History  Party"  for  the  public,  organized  by  the 
Office  of  Education  with  the  help  of  docents  and  volun- 
teers. The  Natural  History  Building:  A  Visual  Memoir,  an 
exhibition  of  some  90  historical  photographs  of  the  build- 
ing was  opened  (March  15-May  31),  and  two  permanent 
natural  sculptures,  consisting  of  a  massive  boulder  of  iron 
ore  and  an  arrangement  of  two  large  petrified  logs,  were 
unveiled  on  the  plinths  that  flank  the  steps  up  to  the  muse- 
um's main  mall  entrance.  Special  Jubilee  souvenir  posters 
and  booklets,  the  first  pictorial  directory  of  the  building 
staff,  and  an  illustrated  scholarly  history  of  the  building 
were  produced.  A  major  exhibition,  Magnificent  Voyag- 
ers: The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition,  1838-184Z,  was  orga- 
nized. It  opened  in  the  special  exhibition  gallery  on 
November  14,  1985. 


Festival  of  India  Activities 

Aditi:  A  Celebration  of  Life,  created  in  New  Delhi  in  1978 
to  mark  the  International  Year  of  the  Child,  was  presented 
at  the  museum  (June  4-July  28)  as  one  of  the  major 
Smithsonian  contributions  to  the  nationwide  Festival  of 
India.  Aditi  used  the  multitude  of  craft,  musical,  and  ritual 
activities  that  childhood  inspires  to  provide  an  understand- 
ing of  the  world  of  the  child  in  Indian  culture.  The  special 
exhibition  gallery  was  transformed  for  the  occasion  into  a 
setting  suggestive. of  a  rural  Indian  village.  On  display 
were  upward  of  1,500  artifacts — contemporary,  historical, 
regal,  and  popular — representing  a  broad  range  of  tradi- 
tional Indian  handicraft  and  art  created  for  children.  To 
celebrate  the  many  customs  and  rituals  associated  with 
children,  forty  folk  artists  from  India,  including  dancers, 
singers,  musicians,  puppeteers,  painters,  potters,  and  jug- 
glers, gave  demonstrations  and  performances  every  day 
the  exhibition  was  open.  Some  125,000  visitors  attended 
Aditi,  including  India's  Prime  Minister  Rajiv  Gandhi  and 
First  Lady  Nancy  Reagan.  Office  of  Education  programs 
to  support  this  exhibition  consisted  of  films,  lectures,  and 
group  tours.  More  than  125  volunteers  were  recruited  and 
trained  by  the  education  office  to  serve  exhibition  visitors. 
The  office  also  developed  a  multimedia  education  packet 
to  supplement  studies  of  India  in  area  schools.  In  conjunc- 
tion with  Aditi,  two  photographic  exhibitions  were 
mounted,  Rosalind  Solomon,  India  (June  4-August  31) 
and  Images  of  India:  Photographs  by  Lala  Deen  Dayal 
(June4-August3i). 

A  Galaxy  of  Exhibitions 

Views  of  a  Vanishing  Frontier  (January  4-March  31),  a 
traveling  exhibition  organized  by  the  Josyln  Art  Museum, 
Omaha,  featured  paintings  and  historical  objects  from  the 
1832-34  expedition  to  North  America  by  German  natural- 
ist Prince  Maximilian  and  Swiss  artist  Karl  Bodmer.  The 
Zale  Diamond,  an  enormous  uncut  crystal  weighing  980 
carats,  the  largest  diamond-in-the-rough  in  the  world,  and 
the  fourth  largest  ever  discovered,  was  lent  by  the  owner 
for  temporary  display  in  the  museum  (November  22- 
January  6).  Gifts  of  Mother  Earth:  Ceramics  in  the  Zuni 
Tradition  (June  15-March  31,  1986)  was  a  comparative  sur- 

Workers  install  a  huge  boulder  of  banded  iron  ore  from  Michi- 
gan's Upper  Peninsula  at  the  Mall  entrance  to  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History  to  mark  the  building's  seventy-fifth 

anniversary. 


68 


mmw 


£'?9l!9*& 


'Tiitftl 


sir*- . 


ts 


kT/J 


s$ 


H4KU.VK  ',« 


vey  of  nineteenth-century  and  contemporary  ceramics 
from  the  Zuni  pueblo  in  western  New  Mexico,  circulated 
by  the  Heard  Museum,  Phoenix,  Arizona,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Zuni  pueblo.  The  exhibition  displayed  many 
pieces  from  the  pottery  research  collection  acquired  at 
Zuni  pueblo  in  the  1880s  by  the  Smithsonian  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology.  Drawn  from  the  Sea,  Art  in  the  Serv- 
ice of  Ichthyology  (September  13-December  31,  1985)  was 
an  exhibition  of  200  fish  illustrations  predominantly  pro- 
duced for  publication  in  Smithsonian  and  other  U.S.  gov- 
ernment scientific  studies. These  works,  many  of  them 
unpublished,  dating  from  1838  to  1980,  were  selected  from 
the  more  than  10,000  drawings  in  the  files  of  the  museum's 
Division  of  Fishes.  The  division,  part  of  the  museum's 
Department  of  Vertebrate  Zoology,  is  one  of  the  oldest 
units  of  the  Smithsonian.  The  Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service  will  circulate  a  smaller  ver- 
sion of  the  exhibition  for  three  years,  beginning  February 
1, 1986.  Birds  of  the  Galapagos  Islands:  Traditional  Water- 
colors  by  Lee  Marc  Steadman  (January  11-March  10) 
accurately  and  artistically  portrayed  characteristic  Galapa- 
gos birds.  Mammals  in  the  Limelight,  a  permanent  new 
exhibition  hall  focusing  on  the  spectacular  explosion  of 
mammalian  evolution  in  North  America  after  dinosaurs 
died  out  65  million  years  ago,  opened  on  May  30.  The 
hall's  dramatic  murals  depict  scenes  of  animal  and  plant 
life  in  successive  epochs  of  the  Age  of  Mammals  and  pro- 
vide settings  for  hundreds  of  fossil  specimens  assembled 
from  fossils  unearthed  in  the  past  century  and  a  half  in  the 
American  West  by  scientists  from  the  Smithsonian  and 
other  institutions.  A  microcosm  of  a  Maine  coastal  ecosys- 
tem with  live  kelp,  rockweed,  marsh  grass,  lobsters,  scal- 
lops, clams,  mussels,  pollock,  and  flatfish,  housed  in  a 
3,000-gallon  aquarium  system  that  uses  a  variety  of  elec- 
tronic, mechanical,  and  biological  devices  to  simulate  nat- 
ural conditions  on  Maine's  rocky  coastline,  was  placed  on 
long-term  display  on  June  28,  adjacent  to  the  living  coral 
reef  microcosm  in  the  first  floor  Sea  Life  Hall.  The  two 
miniature  environments  complement  each  other,  offering  a 
comparison  of  warm-water  and  cold-water  ecosystems 
and  a  demonstration  of  the  way  in  which  systems  in  micro- 
cosm are  helping  scientists  better  understand  wild  Marine 
environments.  The  development  of  the  Maine  ecosystem 
by  the  Smithsonian  Marine  Systems  Laboratory  (MSL), 
the  same  museum  scientific  team  that  devised  the  coral  reef 
microcosm  five  years  ago,  was  made  possible  by  MSL 
research  conducted  in  1981-82  at  Gouldsboro  Bay,  Maine, 
in  cooperation  with  the  University  of  Maine,  with  funding 
by  the  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration 
(NOAA).  NOAA  and  Chevron  U.S.A.  Inc.  provided  addi- 


tional funds  for  the  construction  of  the  Maine  microcosm, 
which  will  be  used  for  research  and  display  in  combination 
with  the  coral  reef  microcosm.  Blue  Planet,  a  15-minute 
film  produced  by  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Telecommuni- 
cations, is  shown  continuously  in  a  small  theater  near  the 
two  microcosms.  It  shows  MSL  scientists  conducting 
research  on  coastal  ecosystems  in  the  Caribbean  and 
Maine,  work  that  is  pointing  the  way  to  new  methods  for 
managing  and  utilizing  the  ocean  and  aquatic  resources  of 
the  Earth. 


Natural  Science  Symposium 

Three  hundred  twenty-five  outstanding  science  students 
and  seventy-five  of  their  teachers  from  Washington,  D.C., 
metropolitan  area  high  schools  participated  in  a  three-day 
Natural  Science  Symposium  at  the  museum,  February  22- 
24,  1985.  The  goal  of  the  symposium,  the  first  of  its  kind 
ever  held  at  the  Smithsonian,  was  to  give  science  teachers 
and  promising  junior  and  senior  high  school  students  from 
fifty-seven  area  public  and  private  schools  a  glimpse  of 
research  in  biology,  earth  science,  and  anthropology  as  it  is 
conducted  at  a  natural  history  museum.  The  program  fea- 
tured noted  speakers,  films,  small  discussion  groups  with 
museum  scientists,  and  a  behind-the-scenes  tour.  The 
event  was  planned  by  the  museum's  Office  of  Education 
and  curators  in  cooperation  with  Washington,  D.C.,  area 
high  school  science  supervisors.  Funding  was  provided  by 
the  Mars  Foundation  and  the  Elis  Olsson  Memorial  Foun- 
dation. 


Major  Publications 

Arctic,  the  fifth  volume  of  the  Smithsonian's  projected 
twenty-volume  encyclopedic  Handbook  of  North  Ameri- 
can Indians,  was  published  in  December.  Forty-three  lead- 
ing international  authorities  in  anthropology,  linguistics, 
and  history  contributed  articles  to  the  work,  which  focuses 
on  the  culture  of  the  Eskimo  and  Aleut  peoples  of  Green- 
land, Canada,  Alaska,  and  Siberia.  The  volume  was  edited 
by  David  Damas  of  McMaster  University.  The  complete 
Handbook  is  being  published  under  the  general  editorship 
of  Dr.  William  C.  Sturtevant  at  the  Smithsonian.  A  Field 
Manual  of  the  Ferns  and  Fern  Allies  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada,  written  by  botanist  David  B.  Lellinger,  was 
published  in  1985  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  It  is 
the  first  complete  field  guide  of  its  kind  in  North  America. 
Treating  over  400  species,  many  of  which  are  illustrated  by 


70 


color  photographs,  the  guide  is  expected  to  be  an  invalu- 
able aid  to  scientists,  horticulturists,  and  amateur  bota- 
nists. 


Notable  Collection  Acquisitions 

The  museum  acquired  the  Small /Nicolay  butterfly  collec- 
tion. With  more  than  100,000  specimens,  consisting  of 
many  rarities  and  new  species  and  subspecies,  it  is  one  of 
the  premier  collections  of  New  World  tropical  butterflies. 
Another  unique  acquisition  was  the  Brodzinsky/Lopez- 
Penha  fossil  amber  collection.  Of  great  interest  to  paleon- 
tologists, taxonomists,  and  zoogeographers,  it  consists  of 
5,000  pieces  of  amber  containing  rare  fossilized  insects  and 
plants,  a  collection  unmatched  in  any  museum  or  private 
collection  in  the  world. 


Two  New  Research  Programs:  Studies  of  Global 
Volcanism  and  Caribbean  Coral  Reef  Ecosystems 
Under  Stress 

With  new  funding  received  from  Congress  in  1985,  the 
museum  began  to  expand  and  streamline  its  volcanological 
data  bank,  making  the  stored  historical  information  on 
volcanism  available  to  scientists  at  the  Smithsonian  and 
other  volcanological  study  centers  via  personal  computers. 
The  museum  also  began  to  expand  its  archive  of  maps, 
photographs,  and  other  information  important  to  under- 
standing historical  volcanism.  One  of  the  first  products  of 
the  program,  published  in  1986,  was  a  joint  U.S.  Geologi- 
cal Survey-Smithsonian  map  of  the  world's  volcanoes  and 
earthquakes.  Efforts  are  also  underway  to  enhance  the 
operations  of  the  Scientific  Event  Alert  Network  (SEAN), 
a  museum  organization  that  celebrated  its  tenth  anniver- 
sary in  1985.  SEAN  compiles  a  regular  report  on  current 
volcanism,  based  on  reports  of  a  global  network  of  corre- 
spondents. This  publication,  disseminated  through  the 
geological  and  geophysical  community,  has  been  of  great 
importance  in  stimulating  research  on  active  volcanoes. 

The  museum's  ongoing  study  of  the  coral  reef  communi- 
ties around  Carrie  Bow  Cay,  Belize,  Central  America,  the 
most  exhaustive  and  comprehensive  long-term  analysis  of 
a  Caribbean  coral  reef  ever  undertaken,  was  expanded  in 
1985  to  include  other  Caribbean  sites.  Over  the  past  twelve 
years,  more  than  ninety  scientists  from  the  Smithsonian 
and  museums  and  universities  throughout  the  world  have 
worked  at  Carrie  Bow  Cay  on  the  virtually  untouched  bar- 
rier reef  off  Belize,  second  only  in  size  to  the  Australian 


Dr.  Donald  R.  Davis,  Museum  of  Natural  History  entomologist, 
examines  a  piece  of  fossil  amber  from  a  newly  acquired  collection 
of  Dominican  amber.  Rare  and  unusually  complete  examples  of 
fossilized  insects  and  plants  are  contained  in  the  5,000  pieces  of 
amber  in  this  collection. 

Great  Barrier  Reef.  The  present  program  has  now  reached 
a  point  where  the  knowledge  gained  from  the  Carrier  Bow 
Cay  studies  can  be  applied  to  investigations  of  other  reef 
areas,  not  only  off  Belize  but  in  other  locations  of  the  trop- 
ical western  Atlantic  as  well.  Reefs,  productive  and  diverse 
biological  communities  of  considerable  value  to  man,  are 
under  stress  at  various  locations  in  the  Caribbean  as  a  con- 
sequence of  disturbances  caused  by  man,  such  as  oil  pollu- 
tion, silting,  and  overfishing,  and  by  natural  factors,  such 
as  unusually  low  seasonal  temperatures,  hurricanes,  and 
coral  disease.  The  new  comparative  studies  will  form  the 
basis  for  the  development  of  an  ecological  model  that  will 
be  used  to  predict  the  effects  of  natural  and  man-induced 
stresses  on  reef  ecosystems  throughout  the  Caribbean 
basin. 

Another  ongoing  Caribbean  project  in  1985  was  Acting 
Museum  Director  James  C.  Tyler's  underwater  habitat 
(Hydrolab)  research  in  the  Virgin  Islands.  Using  saturated 
diving  techniques,  he  is  studying  larval  fish  recruitment 
processes  as  factors  in  determining  the  patterns  of  a  coral 
reef  fish  community. 


Research  in  Africa  on  Human  Evolution 
and  Tropical  Biology 

Physical  anthropologist  Richard  Potts  is  studying  sites  in 
Kenya  at  Lainyamok,  Olorgesaile,  Kanam,  and  Kanjera, 
where  there  are  hominid  fossils,  stone  artifacts,  animal 


71 


bones,  and  other  evidence  of  hominid  activities  in  a  time 
period  ranging  from  one  and  a  half  to  a  half-million  years 
ago.  By  looking  at  the  changes  that  took  place  in  these 
ancient  ecological  settings,  possibly  precipitated  by  some 
hominid  activities,  Potts  hopes  to  increase  understanding 
of  the  effect  of  ecological  settings  on  human  evolution. 

Paleobiologists  Anna  K.  Behrensmeyer  and  Scott  L. 
Wing,  in  cooperation  with  colleagues  at  Harvard  Univer- 
sity and  the  University  of  Poitiers,  France,  in  1985  began  a 
three-year  study  of  Miocene  age  sedimentary  deposits  in 
the  Republic  of  Cameroon,  a  region  believed  to  be  of  great 
importance  in  hominid  evolution.  Initial  field  work  at  the 
site  of  an  ancient  lake,  between  eight  to  ten  million  years 
old,  in  the  rift  valley  area  of  north-central  Cameroon, 
yielded  a  large  collection  of  fossil  leaves  and  seeds  that  per- 
mitted a  reconstruction  of  the  Miocene  paleoenvironment 
and  paleoclimate — the  milieu  of  hominid  evolution.  Anal- 
ysis indicates  that  the  Miocene  vegetation  of  the  area  was  a 
wet  tropical  forest,  the  first  record  of  this  fact. 

The  Smithsonian's  African  small  mammal  collection, 
containing  more  than  100,000  specimens,  is  a  principal 
reference  in  the  world  for  establishing  the  distribution  and 
types  of  African  rodents  and  other  small  mammals  and 
their  ectoparasites.  Although  West  African  mammals  are 
generally  well  represented  in  the  collection,  there  was  little 
from  Sierra  Leone,  a  regrettable  omission,  as  knowledge  of 
species  occurrence  in  this  area  is  critical  to  understanding 
broad  patterns  of  mammalian  speciation  on  the  African 
continent.  The  first  efforts  to  fill  this  zoogeographic  void 
were  undertaken  recently  by  mammalogist  Michael  D. 
Carleton  in  a  survey  of  the  vertebrate  fauna  in  the 
Outamba-Kilimi  National  Park,  situated  in  remote  and 
relatively  undisturbed  northern  Sierra  Leone.  Led  by 
Carleton,  a  Smithsonian  field  team,  funded  by  the 
Smithsonian's  Scholarly  Studies  Program,  spent  two 
months  at  the  Park  conducting  a  small  mammal  census. 
Carleton  is  now  studying  the  taxonomic  status,  phyloge- 
netic  relationships,  ecology,  and  zoogeographic  affinity  of 
the  rodent  genera  collected,  as  a  framework  from  which  to 
examine  broader  patterns  of  distribution  and  phylogenetic 
diversification  especially  among  forest-dwelling  rodents. 

Because  of  his  authoritative  knowledge  of  the  mountain- 
ous forest  flora  of  Kenya,  botanist  Robert  B.  Faden  was 
invited  in  May  on  a  National  Museums  of  Kenya  expedi- 
tion to  the  Tatia  Hills.  On  the  upper  slopes  of  these  Ken- 
yan mountains  are  remnant  forest  patches  containing 
numerous  endemic  and  rare  plant  and  animal  species.  The 
forests  are  now  being  cut  for  timber  and  firewood,  hence 
the  urgency  of  the  expedition,  which  was  charged  with 
making  a  conservation  proposal.  The  expedition  assessed 


the  current  status  of  the  forest  and  made  collections — 
including  a  previously  undescribed  species  of  coffee — to 
document  the  disappearing  vegetation. 


Mediterranean  Research 

Erosion  of  the  Nile  Delta  has  increased  considerably  since 
the  construction  of  the  Aswan  Dam,  with  potentially  dire 
future  consequences  for  Egyptian  agricultural  production. 
Working  in  cooperation  with  the  Egyptian  Coastal 
Protection  Institute  and  Italian  and  French  colleagues,  geo- 
logical oceanographer  Daniel  J.  Stanley  began  coring  in 
September-October  1984  to  define  the  Holocene  sediments 
on  the  northeastern  area  of  the  Delta.  Of  particular  inter- 
est are  rates  of  Nile  Delta  subsidence  and  erosion,  changes 
in  the  Nile  River  distributary  system,  and  changes  in  the 
configuration  of  the  coastline.  This  project  is  being  funded 
by  grants  from  Texaco  and  the  Smithsonian  Scholarly 
Studies  Fund. 


Native  American  Studies 

New  evidence  that  domesticated  crops  were  being  culti- 
vated by  eastern  North  American  Indians  long  before  the 
introduction  of  maize  from  Mexico  was  documented  in  an 
October  1984  issue  of  Science  by  museum  archeologist 
Bruce  Smith.  The  discovery  is  a  case  history  of  how  an 
object  in  the  museum's  collections,  carefully  preserved  for 
many  years,  can  be  restudied  with  the  aid  of  advanced 
technology  and  yield  important  scientific  information. 
Smith,  searching  the  collections  for  evidence  of  prehistoric 
horticultural  practices,  discovered  a  mass  of  carbonized 
seeds  in  a  charred  saucer-shaped  basket  unearthed  in  1956- 
58  Smithsonian  excavation  of  Russell  Cave  in  Alabama,  a 
site  where  a  ten-millennium-long  sequence  of  intermittent 
human  occupation  is  documented.  The  seeds  were  identi- 
fied as  Chenopodium  berlandieri,  a  starchy-seeded  native 
North  American  plant.  In  the  1950s  the  archeologist  who 
thought  to  save  the  basket  of  seeds  could  neither  date  them 
nor  ascertain  their  wild  or  domesticated  status,  but  in  the 
intervening  years  methods  to  determine  both  have  devel- 
oped. Smith  sent  the  mass  of  50,000  seeds  to  the  Smithso- 
nian Radiocarbon  Dating  Laboratory  where  a  sample  was 
determined  to  be  1,975  years  old,  plus  or  minus  55  years. 
Using  one  of  the  museum's  scanning  electron  microscopes, 
Smith  compared  the  seeds  from  Russell  Cave  to  both  a 
modern  domesticated  chenopodium  variety  from  Mexico 
and  to  modern  wild  eastern  North  American  species,  and 


72- 


he  found  that  his  seeds  exhibited  several  of  the  distinctive 
morphological  characteristics  associated  with  the  modern 
domesticated  chenopodium.  It  is  not  known  whether  this 
early  domesticate  was  introduced  from  Mexico  or  was  the 
product  of  an  independent  process  of  domestication,  but 
Smith's  work  establishes  that  this  starchy-seeded  domesti- 
cate was  being  stored  and  planted  in  prehistoric  Woodland 
Indian  garden  plots  by  about  2,000  years  ago. 

Return  Expeditions  to  Cerro  de  la  Neblina  and  Aldabra 

Cerro  de  la  Neblina,  the  largest  and  most  scientifically 
interesting  of  the  isolated  sheersided  mesas,  known  as 
tepuis,  in  southeast  Venezuela's  "Lost  World"  region,  is  the 
focus  of  a  major  international  study.  Flown  by  helicopter 
to  the  top  of  Neblina,  nearly  one  hundred  scientists  from 
the  Smithsonian  and  other  major  research  institutions 
were  able  to  study  and  collect  for  the  first  time  in  1984-85 
many  of  the  unique  plants  and  animals  that  have  evolved 
on  this  high  cloud-shrouded  tepui.  Museum  entomologists 
Terry  Erwin  and  Paul  Spangler  and  botanist  Vicki  Funk 
were  among  nine  museum  scientists  who  made  large  col- 
lections of  rare  and  undescribed  taxa  during  a  month's 
visit  to  Neblina  in  early  1985.  With  their  return  in  March, 
the  fieldwork  is  nearly  complete.  Major  scientific  publica- 
tions are  planned  with  contributions  by  the  expedition 
participants. 

Aldabra,  a  giant  coral  atoll  in  the  southwestern  Sey- 
chelles Islands,  is  as  remote  and  difficult  to  reach  as  Cerro 
de  la  Neblina,  and  equally  as  interesting  biologically. 
Museum  scientists  launched  a  long-term  collaborative 
study  of  this  remarkable  ecological  system  in  1983,  sending 
out  a  highly  successful  expedition  to  the  atoll.  A  second 
expedition  was  turned  back  in  1984  because  of  stormy 
weather  in  the  Indian  Ocean — the  atoll  is  accessible  only 
by  ship — but  in  March  1985  a  group  of  eight  scientists  and 
technicians,  led  by  the  museum's  Brian  Kensley,  reached 
the  atoll  and  was  able  to  spend  three  weeks  there,  assem- 
bling large  and  significant  collections  of  the  atoll's  unqiue 
flora  and  fauna  and  gathering  valuable  research  data  on 
the  colony  of  giant  tortoises. 

Algal  Research  at  the  Smithsonian  Marine  Station  at 
Link  Port 

Under  the  administration  direction  of  the  museum,  twenty 
scientists  from  the  museum  and  the  Smithsonian  Environ- 
mental Research  Center,  along  with  their  colleagues  from 
other  institutions,  in  1985  utilized  the  Smithsonian  Marine 


Station  at  Link  Port  to  conduct  marine  biological  research. 
The  facility  is  located  on  the  Indian  River  on  the  east  coast 
of  central  Florida  near  Fort  Pierce,  not  far  from  the  Atlan- 
tic Ocean,  within  the  complex  of  the  Harbor  Branch  Foun- 
dation, Inc.,  a  not-for-profit  organization  for  research  in 
the  marine  sciences.  Several  marine  botanical  projects  are 
currently  in  progress,  including  continuing  study  and  anal- 
ysis of  deep-water  plant  life  discovered  in  1984  on  an 
uncharted  sea  mount  off  San  Salvador  Island  in  the  Baha- 
mas, utilizing  the  Johnson  Sea-Link  submersible  of  the 
Harbor  Branch  Foundation,  Inc.  The  studies  are  a  collabo- 
rative effort  of  Mark  M.  Littler,  Diane  M.  Littler,  James 
N.  Norris,  Katina  E.  Bucher,  all  of  the  museum,  and  M. 
Dennis  Hanisak  and  Stephen  Blair  of  the  Harbor  Branch 
Foundation.  Thus  far  they  have  described  a  rich  assem- 
blage of  unique  plant  life  on  the  sea  mount,  as  well  as  the 
deepest  known  records  for  autotrophic  plant  life,  at  a 
depth  of  268  meters.  The  ambient  light  levels  at  this  depth 
were  one-hundredth  of  the  theoretical  minimum  needed 
for  plant  life  to  survive.  The  studies  are  continuing  with 
the  further  objectives  of  discovering  new  forms  of  plant 
life  in  the  deep  sea  and  ascertaining  their  potential  roles  in 
primary  productivity,  food  webs,  sedimentary  processes, 
and  as  reef  builders  on  tropical  insular  and  continental 
borderlands. 

Oceanographic  Sorting  Center  Now  Located  at  Museum 
Support  Center 

The  Museum  Support  Center  (MSC),  administered  by  the 
museum,  completed  its  second  full  year  of  operation.  Cov- 
ering four  and  one-half  acres  of  land  at  Silver  Hill,  Mary- 
land, the  MSC  is  devoted  exclusively  to  collections 
management,  providing  optimum  conditions  for  the  stor- 
age, care,  and  study  of  Smithsonian  collections.  The  stor- 
age system  in  the  MSC  designed  to  contain  biological 
collections  preserved  in  solutions  was  completed  in  1985, 
and  the  physical  move  of  those  collections  from  the  Mall 
was  accomplished  successfully.  Concomitant  with  this 
move  was  the  corresponding  increase  in  the  utilization  of 
the  laboratories  supporting  the  management  and  research 
of  these  collections,  most  notably  the  move  of  the  Oceano- 
graphic Sorting  Center  to  the  MSC  from  its  previous  resi- 
dence within  the  Washington  Navy  Yard.  The  Sorting 
Center,  administered  by  the  museum,  carried  out  basic 
classification  of  animals  and  plant  materials  collected  on 
oceanographic  expeditions  sponsored  by  various  organiza- 
tions and  Federal  agencies.  These  materials  are  distributed 
to  scientists  around  the  world  concerned  with  the  study  of 
marine  organisms. 

73 


National  Zoological  Park 


The  National  Zoological  Park  (NZP)  is  dedicated  to  edu- 
cation, science,  recreation,  and  conservation. 


Animal  Collection  and  Exhibits 

The  Invertebrate,  Herpetology,  Ornithology,  and  Mam- 
malogy departments  had  a  collection  of  2,017  animals  for 
public  exhibition  and  education.  There  were  more  than 
350  births  and  hatchings,  including  numerous  reptiles, 
amphibians,  birds,  and  mammals.  Among  the  mammals 
born  were  giraffe,  pygmy  hippopotamus,  sea  lion, 
hammer-headed  and  big  fruit  bats,  red  panda,  and  white- 
cheeked  gibbon  and  siamang.  Births  contribute  to  interna- 
tional breeding  programs  for  endangered  species. 

Two  female  North  American  bison  were  added  to  the 
exhibits.  This  species,  part  of  the  original  NZP  collection, 
symbolizes  the  contribution  of  zoos  to  conservation.  Asian 
lions  added  to  the  collections  are  part  of  a  cooperative 
breeding  plan  for  this  cat. 

Major  renovations  took  place  in  the  Bird  House  where 
red-billed  hornbills  and  black-palm  cockatoos  occupy 
entirely  new  exhibits.  A  very  popular  invertebrate  display 
opened  in  the  lobby  of  the  Education  /Administration 
Building;  this  is  the  forerunner  of  a  major  exhibit  planned 
for  1986.  A  new  bat  exhibit  has  become  another  favorite  of 
Zoo  visitors.  Extensive  plantings  of  specially  chosen 
flowers  are  luring  masses  of  butterflies  to  the  Zoo. 

Dr.  Edwin  Gould,  curator  of  Mammals,  continued  his 
research  on  regurgitation  and  other  stereotypic  behavior  in 
gorillas;  he  discovered  that  adding  browse  in  the  form  of 
leafy  tree  branches  virtually  eliminates  regurgitation.  Col- 
lection Manager  Elizabeth  Frank  cooperated  with  NZP 
veterinarians  and  researchers  in  using  hormone  injections 
to  stimulate  ovulation  in  Ling-Ling,  the  female  giant 
panda.  Collection  Manager  William  Xanten  collaborated 
on  an  artificial  insemination  program  for  ringtailed  mon- 
goose. Dr.  John  Seidensticker  (Department  of  Mammal- 
ogy) conducted  behavioral  studies  of  the  Zoo's  leopards 
and  Asian  lions;  these  and  other  studies  yield  information 
that  will  promote  captive  breeding.  Dr.  Benjamin  Beck, 
research  primatologist,  continued  to  develop  techniques 
for  preparing  captive-born  golden  lion  tamarins  for  intro- 
duction to  the  wild. 

Dr.  Dale  Marcellini,  curator  of  herpetology,  collabo- 
rated with  scientists  at  other  institutions  in  studies  on  the 
niches  of  Cuban  anolan  lizards  and  curly-tailed  lizards  in 
Haiti.  Research  by  Reptile  House  keepers  resulted  in  the 
successful  rearing  of  pythons,  boas,  and  several  frog  spe- 
cies. 


Charles  Pickett,  assistant  curator  of  ornithology,  in  col- 
laboration with  a  variety  of  agencies  and  the  government 
of  Pakistan,  worked  to  plan  a  new  national  zoo  for  Islama- 
bad, Pakistan.  Collection  Manager  Paul  Tomassoni  led 
Bird  House  keepers  in  an  avicultural  research  program 
involving  bower  bird  and  sun  bittern  breeding,  food  deliv- 
ery systems  for  waterfowl,  and  hand-rearing  techniques. 

Conservation 

The  Department  of  Conservation  (DOC)  located  at  NZP's 
Conservation  and  Research  Center  (CRC)  in  Front  Royal, 
Virginia,  is  dedicated  primarily  to  the  propagation  of  ver- 
tebrate species  threatened  with  extinction.  Research  and 
breeding  programs  carried  out  in  collaboration  with  other 
NZP  departments  and  other  institutions  are  aimed  at 
increasing  knowledge  of  animal  management,  conserva- 
tion biology,  and  basic  biology. 

In  1985,  Mr.  Guy  Greenwell,  senior  ornithologist, 
retired.  Dr.  Wemmer  presented  an  invited  paper  at  a  work- 
shop on  black-footed  ferrets  in  Wyoming  and  visited 
Nepal  and  India  to  consult  on  ungulate-habitat  relation- 
ships in  Royal  Chitwan  National  Park,  Nepal;  he  also  con- 
tinued studies  on  the  population  biology  of  domestic 
elephants.  Dr.  Derrickson  presented  two  papers  at  the  1985 
Crane  Workshop  in  Nebraska.  SI  Research  Associate  Dr. 
Joel  Berger  continued  field  studies  on  the  social  behavior 
of  American  bison.  Drs.  Wildt,  Bush,  Phillips,  Wemmer, 
and  Collection  Manager  Larry  Collins  started  research 
into  the  collecting,  freezing,  and  transferring  of  embryos  in 
non-domestic  hoofed  stock.  Aspects  of  the  behavior  of  the 
Guam  rail  and  Micronesian  kingfisher  are  being  investi- 
gated by  Drs.  Moynihan  (STRI),  Morton,  and  Derrickson. 

During  the  year,  the  Center  hosted  over  200  visiting  sci- 
entists, students,  and  other  official  visitors.  Dr.  Rudran's 
Wildlife  Conservation  and  Training  course  was  again  held 
at  the  Center,  and  included  sixteen  overseas  participants. 
NMNH,  STRI,  SERC,  and  NZP  personnel  visited  the 
Center  in  conjunction  with  the  Interbureau  Tropical  Biol- 
ogy Conference. 

A  number  of  notable  events  at  the  DOC  this  year 
include:  the  birth  and  successful  rearing  of  two  tiger 
quolls — the  first  recorded  captive  breeding  of  this  species 
outside  Australia;  and  the  birth  of  many  highly  endan- 
gered mammals  and  birds  including  Pere  David's  deer  (the 
100th  fawn  born  at  the  Center),  Goeldi's  marmoset. 


Hsing-Hsing  (top)  and  Ling-Ling  play  on  their  furniture  at  the 
National  Zoo  during  breeding  season. 


74 


N 


pjte3»# 


^'  *m 


M 


■ 


.-■' 


zrt 


fcujjflj^ 


"W* 


Wielding  shovels  at  the  Olmstead  Walk  ground-breaking  cere- 
mony, August  19, 1985,  are  [left  to  right)  Dr.  Roscoe  Moore, 
president  of  the  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo;  David  Challinor, 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Science;  John  Jameson,  Assistant  Secre- 
tary for  Administration;  Michael  Robinson,  director  of  the 
National  Zoo;  and  David  McCullough,  host  of  "Smithsonian 
World." 


reasons  they  should  be  preserved. 

Ongoing  school  programs  continued  to  be  extremely 
successful,  and  several  new  programs  were  developed 
including  a  special  small  mammals  program  led  by  keep- 
ers, for  pre-kindergarten  through  the  sixth  grades.  New 
high  school  curriculum  units,  Primate  Behavior  and  Zoo 
Design,  were  developed  to  stimulate  greater  high  school 
teacher  and  student  use  of  zoo  facilities. 

The  Office  of  Public  Affairs  (OPA),  besides  providing 
general  information  on  Zoo  programs  and  activities  to  the 
public  and  media,  also  organizes  the  annual  NZP  Sympo- 
sium for  the  Public.  This  year  the  symposium  program 
received  a  Significant  Achievement  award  from  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Zoological  Parks  and  Aquariums 
(AAZPA).  The  proceedings  of  the  first  public  symposium, 
Animal  Extinctions,  edited  by  Dr.  Robert  Hoage,  was 
published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 

OPA  and  The  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  (FONZ) 
cosponsor  a  Wildlife  Studies  Certificate  Program  in  which 
wildlife  enthusiasts  can  obtain  a  certificate  by  completing 
six  courses.  To  date,  thirty  classes  have  been  offered  on  a 
variety  of  subjects  with  nearly  425  participants. 

OPA  produced  and  coordinated  a  series  of  eight  summer 
concerts,  the  Sunset  Serenades.  These  attracted  between 
400  and  700  people  for  each  concert  with  family  groups 
being  most  numerous. 


golden-lion  tamarin,  maned  wolf,  clouded  leopard,  Eld's 
deer,  Persian  onager,  Laysan  teal,  Guam  rail,  Micronesian 
kingfisher,  and  Bali  mynah. 

At  the  DOC,  construction  of  the  new  Small  Animal 
Facility  was  completed,  and  the  new  Animal  Hospital  is 
currently  under  construction  and  nearing  completion. 


Education  and  Public  Affairs 

For  the  Zoo's  Office  of  Education  (OE)  conservation  edu- 
cation was  a  primary  focus  in  1985.  Through  two  major 
efforts — "A  Tropical  Forest  Festival"  for  the  public  and  a 
zoo  educator's  workshop  on  "Conservation  and  the  Zoo 
Visitor" — OE  continued  to  investigate  methods  to  educate 
visitors  about  worldwide  conservation  issues. 

In  June  1985,  OE  organized  "Summerfest  85:  A  Tropical 
Forest  Festival."  Through  storytellers,  music,  dance, 
mime,  mural  painting,  animal  demonstrations,  and  a  spe- 
cial "Tropical  Pursuit"  conservation  game,  visitors  were 
made  aware  of  the  importance  of  tropical  forests  and  the 


Animal  Health  and  Pathology 

The  Department  of  Animal  Health  (DAH)  provides  veteri- 
nary care  for  the  NZP  animal  collection  both  at  Rock 
Creek  and  CRC.  The  clinical  staff  participates  in  research 
and  technique  development;  conducts  postgraduate  train- 
ing; publishes  extensively;  and  participates  in  continuing 
education  all  to  advance  zoological  medicine.  Interna- 
tional programs  include  participation  by  Drs.  Bush  and 
Wildt  in  immobilization-reproductive-genetic  studies  in 
Kenya  and  Tanzania. 

Extensive  efforts  continued  in  physiological  and  endo- 
crinological research  that  emphasizes  the  comparative 
study  of  nondomestic  and  domestic  animal  models.  Dur- 
ing the  past  year  new  procedures  were  formulated  for 
long-term  banking  of  both  spermatozoa  and  embryos. 
Considerable  progress  was  made  in  initiating  an  embryo 
recovery  and  freezing  program  involving  the  scimitar- 
horned  oryx  herd  from  the  CRC.  This  program  is  directed 
by  Dr.  Wildt  and  conducted  by  collaborators  at  the 
National  Institutes  of  Health  and  the  Uniformed  Services 
University  of  the  Health  Sciences. 


76 


Clinical  research  directly  applicable  to  veterinary  care  of 
zoo  patients  includes  diagnostic  studies  of  Mycobacterium 
ssp.,  rabies  prophylaxis  and  vaccination  response  in  mam- 
mals, monoclonal  killed  canine  distemper  vaccines,  appro- 
priate anthelmintics  for  reptilian  parasites,  and  adrenal 
response  to  immobilization  and  surgical  manipulation  in 
selected  primate,  ungulate,  and  carnivore  species.  Studies 
of  zoo  animal  viruses  and  vaccines,  especially  those  involv- 
ing canine  distemper  and  rabies,  were  funded  by  Charles 
Ulrich  and  Josephine  Bay  Foundation  through  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Zoo  Veterinarians. 

The  Department  of  Pathology  (DOP)  engages  in  applied 
research  and  teaching  in  addition  to  diagnostic  services. 
Research  continues  to  center  around  disease  problems  in 
the  collection,  with  emphasis  on  the  development  of  pro- 
phylactic measures. 

Ongoing  projects  include  a  collaborative  project  with 
Dr.  Oliver  Ryder  (Zoological  Society  of  San  Diego)  and 
Dr.  George  Allen  (University  of  Kentucky)  on  the  preva- 
lence of  the  EHV-1  virus  in  a  variety  of  exotic  equids, 
including  the  NZP  Przewalski  horse  herd;  and  Dr.  Don 
Nichols'  work  on  atherosclerosis  as  a  natural  disease  in 
birds  and  the  effect  of  captive  diets  on  this. 

Dr.  Montali  and  his  staff  have  continued  their  training 
of  individuals  at  several  levels.  Preceptorships  were  com- 
pleted by  Monique  Wells  and  Christine  Plowman.  Vera 
Bonshock,  Anne  Bratthauer,  and  Donna  Fischer  super- 
vised a  summer  program  for  high  school  students,  Susan 
Ingraham  and  Benjamin  Fishman,  sponsored  by  the  Amer- 
ican Cancer  Society. 


Research 

The  goal  of  the  Department  of  Zoological  Research  (DZR) 
is  to  provide  scientific  support  and  creative  innovation  for 
the  research,  conservation,  and  education  missions  of  the 
NZP. 

A  primary  function  of  DZR  is  to  promote  collaboration 
in  research  on  general  problems.  Programs  have  ranged 
from  long-term  field  studies  in  many  areas  of  the  world 
and  involving  many  scientists,  to  one-on-one  collabora- 
tions in  testing  a  specific  hypothesis.  Current  collaborative 
projects  include  twenty-one  with  staff  in  other  NZP 
departments,  five  with  other  SI  bureaus,  thirty-nine  with 
universities,  and  twenty-eight  with  other  institutions, 
including  zoos. 

Research  projects  in  1985  include:  the  rehabilitation  and 
training  of  captive-born  golden  lion  tamarins  prior  to  their 
reintroduction  in  the  Poco  das  Antas  Reserve  and  else- 


..-' 


'V^'  .»-■   -  '■  -  j_  ■ 


Some  of  the  eleven  black-tailed  prairie  dogs  born  in  the  spring  of 
1985  at  the  Zoo  try  the  great  outdoors. 


where  in  Brazil  which  has  involved  monitoring  animals 
which  had  been  released  in  1984  as  well  as  young  born  to 
released  captive-born  parents.  In  1985  two  more  groups 
were  released  outside  of  the  Reserve,  one  with  and  one 
without  training.  Drs.  Benjamin  Beck  and  Devra  Kleiman 
and  several  Brazilian  students  worked  with  those  animals 
to  train  them  in  techniques  of  foraging  and  finding  new 
foods,  and  locomotor  and  orientation  behavior.  Dr.  James 
Dietz  continued  studies  of  the  behavioral  ecology  of  wild 
golden  lion  tamarins  to  determine  their  feeding  habits, 
home  range  and  movements,  and  social  organization.  Lisa 
Forman  visited  Brazil  to  collect  tissue  and  blood  samples 
for  her  studies  of  the  genetic  relationships  among  the  three 
forms  of  lion  tamarins  and  within  the  captive  and  wild 
population  of  golden  lion  tamarins.  Initial  results  suggest 
that  lion  tamarins  show  little  genetic  variation.  Andrew 
Baker  started  studies  on  the  effects  of  age,  sex,  and  status 
on  the  behavior  of  golden  lion  tamarins  in  intergroup 
encounters.  Lou  Ann  Dietz  has  been  coordinating  a  local 
and  national  educational  program  in  Brazil  concerning 
conservation  of  golden  lion  tamarins. 

Dr.  Rudran  conducted  wildlife  management  training 
courses  in  Sri  Lanka  and  Venezuela.  Dr.  Eugene  Morton 
continued  his  research  program  on  the  evolution  of  animal 
vocal  communication,  including  collaborative  studies  with 

77 


Dr.  Eyal  Shy  on  the  evolution  and  function  of  bird  song. 
Dr.  Morton  and  Dr.  Russell  Greenberg  continued  collabo- 
rative studies  on  the  development  of  feeding  and  foraging 
behavior  in  migratory  birds  relating  the  differences  in 
behavioral  development  of  species  to  their  feeding  adapta- 
tions and  habitat  selection  as  adults.  Dr.  Morton  contin- 
ued his  involvement  with  conservation  of  migratory  birds 
through  the  evaluation  of  habitat  along  typical  bird  migra- 
tion routes. 

Dr.  Katherine  Ralls  continued  her  studies  of  sea  otter 
behavioral  ecology,  and  with  Dr.  Donald  Siniff  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota  radio-tracked  and  followed  the 
behavior  of  several  male  sea  otters  living  in  an  all-male 
bachelor  group. 

Dr.  Steven  Thompson  continued  studies  of  the  compara- 
tive energetics  of  eutherian  and  marsupial  mammals.  This 
research  will  focus  on  the  changes  in  the  metabolism  of 
marsupials  and  eutherian  mammals  during  the  course  of 
the  reproductive  cycle.  Dr.  Theodore  Grand  continued  his 
studies  of  the  relationship  between  anatomy,  morphology, 
and  behavior. 

Dr.  John  Gittleman,  postdoctoral  fellow,  continued  his 
work  on  red  panda  development  and  vocalizations  and  in 
collaboration  with  Dr.  Olav  Oftedal  and  Dr.  Kleiman  stud- 
ied behavioral  development  and  lactation  in  black  bears. 

Dr.  Oftedal  and  Dr.  Daryl  Boness  completed  their 
project  on  hooded  seal  lactation  and  milk  composition, 
and  continued  long-term  studies  of  behavioral  develop- 
ment, lactation,  and  the  effects  of  El  Nino  on  reproductive 
success  in  the  California  sea  lion,  together  with  Dr. 
Katherine  Ono.  Mary  Allen  continued  her  studies  of 
insect-eating  animals  and  captive  diets.  Dr.  Susan  Crissey 
started  a  joint  analysis  between  DZR  and  CRC  of  milk 
composition  during  development  in  several  cervid  species. 
Dr.  Wolfgang  Dittus  and  Anne  Baker-Dittus  continued 
long-term  study  of  Toque  macaques  of  Sri  Lanka. 

Dr.  Kleiman  continued  studies  of  the  social  and  repro- 
ductive behavior  of  giant  pandas. 


Construction  and  Support  Services 

The  Office  of  Construction  Management  (OCM)  com- 
pleted renovation  of  a  number  of  exhibits.  Olmsted  Walk 
was  redesigned  to  reflect,  enhance,  and  preserve  the  natu- 
ral and  historic  character  of  the  Zoo.  Construction  of 
Phase  I  in  the  lower  third  of  the  Park  began  in  August  1985. 
Other  major  design  projects  include  a  veterinary  hospital 
at  Rock  Creek,  and  invertebrate  and  gibbon  exhibits.  The 


A  golden  lion  tamarin  named  Lancelot  raises  his  voice  in  a  call 
He  was  one  of  the  animals  sent  to  Brazil  as  part  of  the  reintro- 
duction  project. 


veterinary  facility  at  CRC  was  completed  and  design  of  a 
consolidated  maintenance  facility  begun. 

The  Office  of  Facilities  Management  (OFM)  continued 
its  important  role  of  maintaining  the  Zoo's  property  and 
supporting  the  animal  programs.  Two  exhibits  (prototype 
invertebrate  enclosures  in  the  Education  Building  and  the 
Festival  of  India  area  in  the  Reptile  House)  were  con- 
structed by  OFM  and  the  Office  of  Graphics  and  Exhibits 
(OGE)  personnel.  Support  of  over  thirty-five  special  events 
was  provided  with  everything  from  evening  lighting  to  the 
construction  of  a  permanent  entertainment  platform. 

OGE  designed  and  produced  a  brochure  for  the  Wildlife 
Conservation  and  Management  Training  course  and  a 
poster  featuring  endangered  species.  Experimental  educa- 
tion graphics  for  the  prairie  dog  and  hippo  exhibits  were 
also  undertaken. 

A  scratching  tree  was  fabricated  for  the  African  elephant 
and  banners  once  again  announced  the  start  of  the  summer 
season.  OGE  continued  to  support  Summerfest,  FONZ 
ZooNights,  Sundays  at  the  National  Zoo,  Sunset  Sere- 
nades, Seal  Day,  and  the  annual  symposium. 

Park  security  and  enforcement  remain  high  with  the 


78 


Friends  of  the  National  Zoo 

Financial  Report  for  the  Period  January  1 -December  31,  1984 
[In  SI, 000s] 


Net 
revenue 


Expense 


Net  increase/ 
(decrease) to 
fund  balance 


Fund  Balance®  1/1/84 

$1,412 

Services 

Membership 

$     592 

$    485 

107 

Publications 

142 

149 

(7) 

Education1 

97 

697 

(598) 

Zoo  Services2 

4,319 

3,5583 

761 

Totals 

$5,150 

$4,889 

$    263 

Fund  Balance®  12/31/84 

$1,6754 

'Excludes  services  worth  an  estimated  5358,700  contributed  by  FONZ  volunteers. 

includes  gift  shops,  parking  services,  and  food  services. 

'Includes  $425,193  paid  during  this  period  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  under  contractual  arrangement. 

4Net  worth,  including  fixed  assets,  to  be  used  for  the  benefit  of  educational  and  scientific  work  at  the  National  Zoological  Park. 


added  surveillance  of  five  new  closed-circuit  television 
cameras,  assisting  the  Office  of  Police  and  Safety  (OPS)  in 
providing  protective  services.  The  Safety  Unit  continues  its 
efforts  to  reduce  employee  lost-time  accidents  and  improve 
visitor  safety.  Increased  Park-sponsored  events  challenge 
OPS's  resources,  but  innovations  such  as  employee  occu- 
pational safety  training  programs,  the  use  of  part-time 
officers,  and  fire  detection  and  suppression  efforts  keep  the 
Zoo  a  safe  place  to  visit  and  work  in. 


Friends  of  the  National  Zoo 

The  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  (FONZ)  enjoyed  their 
most  successful  years  ever  in  1984  and  1985  with  support  of 
Zoo  efforts  in  education,  conservation,  and  research.  Vol- 
unteer contributions  expanded  substantially.  With  leader- 
ship from  the  regular  core  of  more  than  600  volunteers,  a 
force  of  750  persons  spent  7,000  man  hours  to  build  struc- 
tural play  furniture  for  the  giant  pandas,  completing  the 
project  in  four  days.  The  second  National  Zoofari,  an  out- 
door evening  entertainment  and  silent  auction  planned  by 


FONZ  directors,  produced  a  845,000  addition  to  the  The- 
odore H.  Reed  Animal  Acquisition  Fund.  Grant  support  of 
NZP-directed  wildlife  studies  reached  $428,000  in  1985.  In 
8,404  hours  of  attending  the  NZP  Hand  Rearing  Facility 
volunteers  had  numerous  successes  in  the  care  of  mammals 
and  birds,  including  the  first  rearing  of  a  cusimanse  (Afri- 
can mongoose). 

FONZ  staff  managed  over  50,000  hours  of  volunteer 
operations  of  a  dozen  education  and  information  services. 
The  first  class  of  eleven  teenage  Senior  Zoo  Aides  became 
qualified  to  assist  curators  and  keepers  in  animal  care.  The 
ZooNight  attendance  was  18,000  members  and  families. 
Members  planted  additional  flower  gardens  and  donated 
funds  for  fifty  new  benches. 

Services  for  visitors  grew  in  1985  with  improvements  in 
food  display,  addition  of  snack  carts,  training  and  uni- 
forming of  traffic  aides,  and  changes  in  management  pro- 
cedures. 

Financial  information  for  calender  year  1984  is  given 
below.  A  percentage  of  revenues  from  Zoo  Services  is  paid 
to  the  Smithsonian  for  the  benefit  of  the  National  Zoo  and 
is  reported  as  income  by  the  Institution. 


79 


Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 


The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  (OFG)  continues  to 
serve  as  an  Institutional  link  with  scholarly  organizations 
throughout  the  world.  The  Office  encourages  research  by 
persons  from  universities,  museums,  and  research  organi- 
zations in  the  fields  of  art,  history,  and  science.  It  brings 
scientists  and  scholars  to  all  parts  of  the  Smithsonian  to 
utilize  the  unique  resources  available,  as  well  as  to  interact 
with  professional  staff.  At  present,  two  major  activities  are 
managed  and  developed  by  the  office:  Academic  Programs 
and  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program  (SFCP). 

Academic  Programs  at  the  Smithsonian  support  and 
assist  visiting  students  and  scholars.  They  provide  oppor- 
tunities for  research  to  be  conducted  at  Smithsonian  facili- 
ties, in  conjunction  with  staff  members.  Residential 
appointments  are  offered  at  the  undergraduate,  graduate, 
and  professional  levels. 

The  Institution  further  enhances  the  quality  of  its 
research  and  also  extends  the  reach  of  its  scholarly  efforts 
through  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program.  The 
SFCP  offers  grants  to  the  Smithsonian  and  other  U.S. 
scholarly  institutions  to  conduct  research  in  a  limited  num- 
ber of  foreign  countries  where  "excess  currencies"  are 
available.  It  is  particularly  effective  in  strengthening  the 
"increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge"  on  an  international 
scale. 


Academic  Programs 

The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  administered  a  vari- 
ety of  academic  appointments  in  1985.  The  program  of 
Smithsonian  Research  Fellowships  was  begun  in  1965.  This 
year  seventy-one  predoctoral,  postdoctoral,  and  senior 
postdoctoral  fellowships  were  awarded.  These  appointees 
pursue  independent  research  projects  under  the  guidance 
of  staff  advisors  for  periods  of  six  months  to  one  year  in 
residence  at  one  of  the  Institution's  bureaus  or  field  sites. 
Topics  of  study  for  Smithsonian  Fellows  included:  the 
structure  and  organization  of  the  free  Black  community  in 
Richmond,  Virginia;  a  test  of  dental  microwear  analysis  in 
reconstructing  diets  of  prehistoric  populations;  the  influ- 
ence of  English  art  and  aesthetics  on  American  sculptors  in 
Italy  from  1825  to  1875;  analysis  of  excavated  printers' 
type;  the  interactions  of  leaf  phenology  and  insect  her- 
bivory;  and  the  xenogenous  fertilization  of  leopard  cat 
(Felis  bengalensis)  oocytes. 

Twenty-six  graduate  student  fellowships  were  offered 
for  ten-week  periods  during  1985.  The  participants  are 
usually  junior  graduate  students  beginning  to  explore  ave- 
nues that  develop  into  dissertation  research.  This  year 


some  of  these  fellows  studied:  shrimp  from  deep-water 
traps  off  the  south  and  west  coasts  of  Puerto  Rico;  similar- 
ity of  song  in  neighboring  versus  non-neighboring  Ken- 
tucky warblers;  the  kitchen  in  context:  a  study  of  the 
social  role  of  the  kitchen  in  seventeenth  and  eighteenth- 
century  American  house  types;  Rapael  Pumpelly,  geologist 
of  the  Gilded  Age;  and  the  iconography  of  the  barn  in 
nineteenth-century  American  art. 

In  addition  to  the  general  program  funded  through  the 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants,  competitions  for  fellow- 
ships are  also  held  for  specific  awards.  The  recipient  of  the 
Harold  P.  Stern  Memorial  Fund  was  in  residence  at  the 
Freer  Gallery  of  Art  working  on  the  Ukiyo-e  collection.  At 
the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  the  third  recipient  of 
the  A.  Verville  Fellowship  will  be  studying  the  history  of 
Turkish  aviation,  and  the  Guggenheim  Fellow  will  be 
studying  the  history  of  the  interactive  development  of 
aerospace  technology  and  high  energy  radiation  technol- 
ogy. A  new  International  Fellowship  was  established  this 
year  and  the  first  fellow  will  be  in  residence  at  the  National 
Air  and  Space  Museum  studying  the  Cierva  Autogiros  and 
the  development  of  rotary-wing  flight.  In  1985  the  recipient 
of  the  Martin  Marietta  Chair  in  Space  History  was  in  resi- 
dence studying  the  history  of  space  physics  from  1934  to 
1985.  The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  also  appointed 
the  Charles  A.  Lindbergh  Professor  of  Aerospace  History 
who  will  be  studying  mechanical  flight  theories. 

A  number  of  senior  fellowships  continued  to  be  offered 
at  the  Institution.  Smithsonian  Institution  Regents  Fellows 
in  residence  this  year  include  Renee  Boser  Sarivaxivanis, 
curator  of  African  Textiles  at  the  Museum  of  Ethnography, 
Basel,  Switzerland,  who  will  spend  eleven  months  at  the 
National  Museum  of  African  Art  working  on  historical 
aspects  of  African  weaving. 

In  residence  at  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observa- 
tory was  Bernard  Burke,  William  A.  M.  Burden  Professor 
of  Astrophysics  at  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 
During  his  tenure  he  worked  on  the  placement  of  the  VLBI 
antenna  facility  in  orbit  around  the  earth.  The  Smithso- 
nian Astrophysical  Observatory  also  hosted  Jeremiah 
Ostriker,  chairman  of  the  Department  of  Astrophysical 
Sciences  and  director  of  Princeton  University  Observatory, 
while  he  conducted  research  on  high-energy  astrophysics. 
Frank  Greenaway,  chairman  of  the  Royal  Institution  Cen- 
tre for  History  of  Science  and  Technology,  was  in  residence 
at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History  researching 
artifacts  of  science  and  technology.  Cambridge  University 
Professor  David  Stoddart  worked  at  the  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History  on  the  biogeography  of  coral  reefs  and 
islands. 


80 


In  1984,  the  Smithsonian  received  a  three-year  grant 
from  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  Residency  Program  in 
the  Humanities  for  postdoctoral  fellowships  at  the 
National  Museum  of  African  Art  and  the  Center  for  Asian 
Art.  The  grant  supports  research  in  residence  at  the  muse- 
ums in  the  areas  of  African  art  history  and  anthropology, 
especially  material  culture,  and  in  Asian  art  history  for 
research  in  the  collections  on  topics  that  may  initiate 
scholarly  symposia,  exhibitions,  and  other  major  museum 
activities.  The  recipient  at  the  National  Museum  of  Afri- 
can Art  will  study  nomadic  African  women  as  placema- 
kers,  the  arts  and  architectures  of  nomadism  in  Africa  and 
the  recipient  at  the  Center  for  Asian  Art  will  study  the 
meanings  of  water  in  Mughal  gardens  at  Agra. 

During  1985  bureaus  continued  to  offer  support  for  visit- 
ing scientists  and  scholars  in  cooperation  with  the  Office 
of  Fellowships  and  Grants.  These  awards  made  possible 
visits  to  the  Smithsonian  by  twenty-one  persons.  The 
office  also  expanded  the  short-term  visitor  program. 
Ninety-one  persons  came  to  the  Institution  to  conduct 
research,  study  collections,  and  collaborate  and  confer 
with  professional  staff.  OFG  also  instituted  a  workshop 
program  to  bring  scholars  together  from  a  variety  of  fields 
to  discuss  subjects  of  common  or  complementary  interest. 

The  expanded  role  of  internships  in  the  academic  com- 
munity continues  to  be  reflected  by  support  for  interns 
within  the  Institution.  The  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum  funded  nine  interns  through  OFG  this  year.  The 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  again  appointed  three  students 
under  the  Sidney  and  Celia  Siegel  Fellowship  fund.  Intern- 
ships in  environmental  studies  at  the  Smithsonian  Environ- 
mental Research  Center  also  continued.  The  Smith 
College-Smithsonian  Program  in  American  Studies  is  now 
in  its  sixth  year  and  ten  students  will  participate  in  a  semi- 
nar course  and  conduct  research  projects  under  the  direc- 
tion of  staff  members  through  this  program.  Placement  of 
interns  continued  through  bureau  internship  coordinators, 
while  the  OFG  continues  administration  of  all  stipend 
awards  for  internships. 

For  the  fifth  year  the  OFG  has  offered  academic  oppor- 
tunities aimed  at  improving  minority  participation  in 
Smithsonian  programs.  The  opportunities  include  fellow- 
ships for  minority  faculty  members  and  faculty  from 
minority  colleges,  and  internships  for  minority  undergrad- 
uates and  graduate  students.  Awards  were  made  to 
twenty-five  interns  who  were  placed  at  a  variety  of 
bureaus  and  offices  on  the  Mall  and  at  the  Smithsonian 
Environmental  Research  Center.  Some  of  these  appoint- 
ments have  already  developed  into  more  permanent  rela- 
tionships. 


The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  also  awarded  five 
fellowships  to  faculty  persons  to  conduct  research  on  sub- 
jects such  as:  Archibald  John  Motely,  Jr.,  and  his  artistic 
milieu;  Bontoc — Igorot  of  the  Philippines  and  their  pres- 
ence in  the  United  States,  beginning  in  1909;  Black  min- 
strelsy and  its  impact  on  Black  culture  in  America;  a  study 
of  the  use  of  exhibits  to  interpret  Afro-American  culture 
during  the  age  of  disenfranchisement;  the  dynamics  of 
power  and  gender  as  reflected  in  Hawaiian  performance 
contexts. 

In  1985  the  OFG  continued  the  administration  of  the 
Smithsonian's  cooperative  education  program.  This  stu- 
dent employment  program  encourages  minority  graduate 
students  to  work  in  professional  and  administrative  posi- 
tions at  the  Institution,  separated  by  periods  of  study  at 
their  university,  and  offers  the  potential  for  permanent 
employment  at  the  Smithsonian.  Since  January  1983  when 
OFG  assumed  the  management  of  the  Cooperative  Educa- 
tion Program,  thirty-one  student  co-op  appointments  have 
been  made  in  various  Smithsonian  bureaus. 

In  1985  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  received 
funds  to  initiate  two  new  programs: 

The  Native  American  Program  for  North  American 
Indians,  Inuit,  Aleut,  Canadian  Natives,  Alaskan  Natives, 
and  Native  Hawaiians  provides  opportunities  to  pursue 
research  utilizing  Smithsonian  collections  relating  to  their 
cultures,  which  better  enable  them  to  interpret  and  main- 
tain collections  in  their  native  museums  and  archives.  The 
Native  American  Program  is  designed  to  support  directed 
and  independent  research  appointments  awarded  to 
Native  North  Americans.  The  program's  goal  is  to  pro- 
mote access  to  Smithsonian  collections  and  ongoing 
research  activities  related  to  Native  North  Americans  by 
its  participants.  In  1985,  fourteen  appointments  were 
made.  The  Visiting  Associates  Program  was  also  begun  to 
increase  minority  participation  in  Smithsonian  research 
and  study  programs.  University  and  college  faculty/ 
administrators,  who  have  a  commitment  to  expanding 
minority  participation  in  higher  education,  will  visit  the 
Smithsonian  to  learn  about  ongoing  research  and  research 
opportunities.  The  associates  will  be  asked  to  serve  as 
resource  contacts  and  will  disseminate  Smithsonian 
research  opportunities  information  to  their  respective  aca- 
demic communities.  This  year  six  appointments  were 
made  for  an  intensive  week-long  program. 

The  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program  awards 
grants  to  support  the  research  interests  of  American  insti- 
tutions, including  the  Smithsonian,  in  those  countries  in 
which  the  United  States  holds  blocked  currencies  derived 
largely  from  past  sales  of  surplus  agricultural  commodities 


81 


Smithsonian  Astrophysical 
Observatory 


under  Public  Law  480.  The  program  is  active  in  countries 
in  which  the  Treasury  Department  declares  United  States 
holdings  of  these  currencies  to  be  in  excess  of  normal  fed- 
eral requirements,  including,  in  1984,  Burma,  Guinea, 
India,  and  Pakistan.  Research  projects  are  moving  toward 
conclusion  under  program  support  in  the  former  excess- 
currency  countries  of  Egypt,  Poland,  Sri  Lanka,  Tunisia, 
and  Yugoslavia. 

The  Smithsonian  received  a  fiscal  year  1985  appropria- 
tion of  53,920,000  in  "excess"  currencies  to  support 
projects  in  anthropology  and  archaeology,  systematic  and 
environmental  biology,  astrophysics,  and  earth  sciences, 
and  museum  professional  fields.  From  its  inception  in  fis- 
cal year  1966  through  fiscal  year  1985,  the  SFCP  has 
awarded  about  s6i  million  in  foreign  currency  grants  to 
247  institutions  in  forty-two  states  and  the  District  of 
Columbia  and  Puerto  Rico. 

This  year  the  projects,  which  ranged  over  many  disci- 
plines, included:  studies  of  the  ritual  arts  of  the  Baga  of 
Guinea;  archaeological  investigations  at  Ghaz;  Shah,  Paki- 
stan; research  on  the  Muslim  intelligentsia  in  the 
eighteenth-century;  historical  investigation  of  the  deple- 
tion of  tropical  forests  in  India;  architectural  survey  of 
Nalanda  and  the  Lodi-Mughal  transition;  studies  of  food 
systems  and  communications  structures;  studies  of  nuclear 
elementary  particle  and  relativistic  physics  applications  in 
astrophysics;  and  comparative  studies  of  Old  World  and 
New  World  tiger  beetles. 

In  this  year  the  Smithsonian  conveyed  5980,000  equiva- 
lent in  Pakistan  rupees,  the  third  installment  of  the  U.  S. 
contribution  to  the  UNESCO  campaign  to  salvage  and 
preserve  Moenjodaro,  the  4,500-year-old  Indus  civilization 
city  in  Pakistan.  The  site  discovered  first  in  1921  is  being 
eroded  by  highly  saline  ground  water  and  floods  of  the 
meandering  Indus  River.  A  ground  water  control  scheme 
to  lower  the  water  table  is  in  place  and  numerous  other 
operations  are  underway. 


After  a  somewhat  shaky  start  that  included  one  aborted 
launch  and  the  failure  of  a  main  engine  during  its  second 
lift-off  attempt,  Space  Shuttle  Flight  51  F  finally  achieved 
Earth  orbit  on  July  29,  1985.  The  space  vehicle  Challenger 
carried  with  it  a  complex  array  of  scientific  experiments  on 
an  eight-day  mission  intended  to  study  the  stars,  the  Sun, 
and  distant  galaxies,  as  well  as  to  test  advanced  technol- 
ogy for  future  missions. 

Among  the  fourteen  experiments  comprising  the  Space- 
lab  2  package  in  the  Shuttle's  payload  bay  was  a  small, 
helium-cooled  Infrared  Telescope  (IRT)  designed  and  built 
by  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  (SAO)  in 
cooperation  with  the  University  of  Arizona  and  the  NASA- 
Marshall  Space  Flight  Center,  with  SAO's  Giovanni  Fazio 
as  Principal  Investigator.  As  soon  as  the  IRT  began  taking 
data,  it  revealed  numerous  point  sources  as  well  as  a  sig- 
nificant portion  of  the  Milky  Way  in  wavelengths  not  seen 
before.  But  the  SAO  telescope  also  observed  something 
more  intriguing:  unusually  high  levels  of  background  radi- 
ation. Indeed,  this  mysterious  infrared  radiation  would 
dominate  observing  sessions  during  the  flight.  The  tele- 
scope, including  its  computer  software,  tracking  mecha- 
nism, and  cryogenic  cooling  system,  worked  almost 
flawlessly.  However,  an  errant  strip  of  plastic  shielding  in 
the  telescope  barrel  could  have  produced  unwanted  radia- 
tion. The  scientific  team  is  continuing  an  analysis  of  the 
data — and  the  detectors — to  determine  if  the  infrared 
emission  could  be  associated  with  the  Shuttle  environ- 
ment. 

Theorists  had  suggested  that  an  optical  glow  reported 
on  several  previous  Shuttle  missions  might  be  due  to  the 
excitation  of  molecules  produced  by  the  ramming  action  of 
the  spacecraft  traveling  through  the  not  quite  vacuum  of 
space  at  more  than  17,000  miles  per  hour.  A  specific  IRT 
experiment  intended  to  study  this  glow  did  not  produce 
the  expected  effects,  thus  suggesting  that  the  predicted 
optical  glow  and  the  observed  infrared  background  may 
result  from  two  separate  physical  processes.  Even  with  the 
high  background  conditions,  the  IRT  produced  new  maps 
of  both  the  galactic  plane  and  the  zodiacal  light  in  wave- 
lengths undetected  by  earlier  experiments,  including  the 
Infrared  Astronomy  Satellite.  In  addition,  tests  of  the 
properties  of  super-cooled  liquid  helium  in  space,  essential 


82 


A  small  helium-cooled  infrared  telescope  (at  left  center),  designed  and  built  by  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  University  of  Arizona  and  the  Marshall  Space  Flight  Center,  was  one  of  fourteen  experiments  making  up  Spacelab  2,  the 
most  complex  scientific  mission  ever  flown  aboard  a  Shuttle  vehicle.  The  experiment  was  launched  July  29,  1985,  and,  during  an  eight- 
day  mission,  produced  new  infrared  maps  of  the  galactic  plane  and  the  zodiacal  light.  (NASA  photograph) 


83 


to  infrared  observations,  provided  valuable  information 
for  planning  future  missions. 

These  interesting  results — and  lingering  questions  about 
the  high  infrared  background — make  the  IRT  a  possible 
candidate  for  reflight  aboard  another  Shuttle.  If  so,  it  will 
join  three  other  SAO  projects  already  scheduled.  In  late 
1986,  an  ultraviolet  coronal  spectrometer  designed  to  mea- 
sure temperature  and  velocity  in  the  solar  wind  will 
become  a  free-flying  satellite  deployed  and  later  retrieved 
by  the  Shuttle.  The  following  year,  ROSAT,  a  German- 
built  X-ray  satellite  carrying  a  high-resolution  detector 
designed  and  built  by  SAO,  will  be  launched  from  the 
Shuttle.  And,  beginning  in  1988,  the  Shuttle  will  serve  as 
the  base  of  operations  for  space  science  investigations 
using  a  tethered  satellite.  This  imaginative  project,  which 
originated  at  SAO  through  the  work  of  Mario  Grossi  and 
the  late  Giuseppe  Colombo,  will  deploy  a  small  satellite 
into  Earth's  upper  atmosphere  at  the  end  of  a  10-  to  100- 
km-long  wire  tether  linked  to  the  orbiting  Shuttle.  Two 
SAO  scientists  have  been  selected  as  experimenters  for  the 
initial  flight  of  this  system,  to  be  conducted  jointly  with 
the  Italian  Space  Agency. 

SAO  scientists  were  also  named  this  year  as  principal 
investigators  for  two  major  space  observatories  to  be 
flown  in  the  next  decade:  the  Advanced  X-ray  Astrophys- 
ics Facility  and  the  Space  Infrared  Telescope  Facility.  If 
approved  by  Congress  and  flown  by  NASA,  the  two  tele- 
scopes would  be  operated  as  national  facilities. 

In  addition  to  the  space  science  activities,  other  research 
highlights  included  the  discovery  of  a  rare  gravitational 
lens  effect  in  which  a  relatively  nearby  galaxy  in  the  con- 
stellation Pegasus  is  serving  as  a  "cosmic  magnifying  glass" 
to  enhance  greatly  the  image  of  a  much  more  distant  qua- 
sar directly  behind  it.  Investigators  in  high-energy  astro- 
physics reported  finding  X-ray-emitting  gas  around  several 
elliptical  galaxies,  which  provides  further  evidence  that  the 
so-called  missing  mass  of  the  universe  may  be  found  in  the 
great  dark  halos  surrounding  galaxies.  The  data  also  pro- 
vide a  means  for  studying  the  forces  of  gravity  in  regions 
extending  far  beyond  the  luminous,  and  thus  visible,  mat- 
ter seen  in  conventional  optical  images. 

A  reevaluation  of  the  best-known  map  of  the  universe 
by  an  SAO  group  using  advanced  image-processing  tech- 
niques revealed  that  some  of  the  supposed  distribution  of 
galaxies  in  strings  and  filaments  were  due  to  errors  in  the 
original  compilation  techniques.  The  discovery,  and  the 
subsequent  remapping  now  under  way  at  the  observatory, 
could  have  major  implications  for  theories  of  cosmology. 

And,  as  Comet  Halley  began  its  return  to  the  Sun  and  its 
visibility  from  Earth  increased,  astronomers  using  tele- 

84 


scopes  at  the  Whipple  Observatory  in  Arizona  obtained 
exciting  new  data. 

Research  carried  out  by  SAO  in  cooperation  with  the 
Harvard  College  Observatory  is  both  broad  and  diverse. 
Under  a  single  director,  the  two  observatories  form  the 
Center  for  Astrophysics  (CFA);  and,  some  additional  high- 
lights, organized  by  the  divisions  of  the  CFA,  follow.  For 
more  detailed  information,  readers  are  invited  to  consult 
the  SAO  bibliography  published  in  the  appendices  to  this 
volume. 


Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics 

Since  information  about  astronomical  objects  is  obtained 
primarily  through  analyses  of  their  emitted  electromag- 
netic radiation  and  of  the  modification  of  this  radiation  on 
its  way  to  Earth,  precise  and  comprehensive  atomic  and 
molecular  data  are  needed  to  interpret  and  model  the 
physical  and  chemical  processes  that  characterize  such 
objects.  Division  scientists  seek  to  provide  accurate  deter- 
minations of  these  phenomena  through  a  combination  of 
laboratory  and  analytical  studies.  During  the  year,  signifi- 
cant progress  was  achieved  in  theoretical  and  experimental 
research  on  photodissociation  of  radicals  and  molecules; 
radiative  transition  probabilities  in  ions  and  atoms;  proton 
collisions  with  multicharged  ions;  electron-ion  collision 
cross  sections;  and  radiative,  dielectronic,  and  dissociative 
recombination  and  radiative  transition  probabilities  in 
molecules  and  molecular  ions. 

Studies  relating  to  planetary  atmospheres,  comets,  and 
the  interstellar  media  were  also  carried  out  by  division 
members.  For  example,  because  of  the  critical  role  ozone 
plays  in  sustaining  life  on  Earth,  it  was  chosen  as  the  first 
test  gas  in  the  laboratory  program.  Results  of  measure- 
ments on  the  effect  of  atmospheric  pressure  on  the 
millimeter-wave  radiation  of  ozone,  in  combination  with 
ground-based  measurements  of  radiation  from  ozone  in 
the  stratosphere,  allowed  the  distribution  of  ozone  with 
altitude  above  Earth  to  be  deduced. 

Large-scale  computing,  fundamental  to  progress  in  the- 
oretical studies  in  atomic  and  molecular  physics,  was  sub- 
stantially augmented  during  the  year  with  the  installation 
of  an  IBM  4381  computer. 


High  Energy  Astrophysics 

Astronomical  objects  that  emit  a  substantial  fraction  of 
their  energy  in  X-rays  are  the  focus  of  research  in  high- 


energy  astrophysics.  The  scope  of  division  study  is  broad, 
addressing  the  extraordinary  processes  involved  in  X-ray 
generation,  the  amount  of  matter  in  the  universe,  and  the 
origin,  development,  and  ultimate  fate  of  the  universe. 
Since  cosmic  X-rays  are  absorbed  by  Earth's  atmosphere, 
these  observations  must  be  made  from  space  via  rockets, 
the  Space  Shuttle,  or  satellites.  As  some  division  scientists 
and  engineers  develop  new  instrumentation  to  carry  out 
future  space  missions,  others  participate  in  ongoing  pro- 
grams of  data  reduction  and  analysis  from  earlier  ones, 
such  as  the  High  Energy  Astronomy  Observatory  satellites 
(HEAO  i  and  2).  These  latter  investigations  were  sup- 
ported both  by  observations  at  ground-based  optical  and 
radio  telescopes  and  by  operation  of  the  Einstein  Guest 
Investigator  Program,  which  has  brought  scores  of 
researchers  from  around  the  world  to  SAO  in  Cambridge. 

Analysis  of  data  from  the  HEAO-2  (Einstein  Observa- 
tory) satellite  revealed  the  existence  of  hot,  gaseous, 
X-ray-emitting  coronae  associated  with  many  elliptical 
and  other  early-type  galaxies.  Using  this  X-ray-emitting 
gas  to  trace  the  underlying  distribution  of  matter  led  to  the 
conclusion  that  many  of  these  galaxies  have  very  massive 
haloes  composed  of  dark  matter  of  an  unknown  nature. 
Other  research  results  included  the  discovery  of  extended 
X-ray  emission  in  the  central  region  of  several  nearby  gal- 
axies displaying  recent  bursts  of  star  formation;  an  analy- 
sis of  X-ray-selected  BL  Lac  objects  indicating  that  they 
differ  from  quasars  in  their  evolution  properties;  and  the 
detection  of  extended  X-ray  haloes  around  several  com- 
pact, galactic  sources. 

Observations  from  SAO's  Fred  L.  Whipple  Observatory 
at  Mt.  Hopkins,  Arizona,  helped  correlate  X-ray  features 
of  spiral  galaxies  with  optical  and  radio  properties.  In 
addition,  the  great  sensitivity  of  the  Multiple  Mirror  Tele- 
scope (MMT)  is  being  utilized  in  a  search  for  very  faint 
and  distant  quasars.  These  data  are  used  to  describe  how 
the  numbers  of  quasars  and  their  radiated  energy  change 
over  the  lifetime  of  the  universe  and  to  improve  estimates 
of  the  quasars'  contribution  to  the  all-sky  X-ray  back- 
ground. The  MMT  also  is  being  used  to  search  for  faint 
optical  counterparts  to  X-ray  sources  found  in  sensitive 
surveys  conducted  with  the  Einstein  Observatory.  Distant 
galaxies,  clusters  of  galaxies,  and  quasars  are  among  the 
types  of  extragalactic  objects  being  found. 

Continued  NASA  funding  supported  the  division's 
design  and  definition  studies  for  two  planned  space- 
astronomy  missions:  the  Advanced  X-ray  Astrophysics 
Facility  and  the  Large  Area  Modular  Array  of  Reflectors. 
Other  programs  focused  on  development  and  testing  of 
X-ray-imaging  detectors  and  grating  spectrometers  of  sev- 


Although  then  still  some  100,000  times  fainter  than  could  be  seen 
with  the  human  eye,  Halley's  Comet  was  captured  on  February 
16,  1985,  by  an  electronic  (CCD)  camera  on  the  24-inch  telescope 
at  the  Whipple  Observatory.  The  approximately  18th  magnitude 
comet  (in  the  square)  was  moving  slowly  through  the  Constella- 
tion Orion.  To  enhance  the  comet,  two  10-minute  exposures 
were  combined,  causing  the  stars  to  appear  slightly  elongated. 
(Photograph  by  Rudolph  Schild) 

eral  types;  construction  of  a  high-resolution  imaging  detec- 
tor of  the  HEAO-2  type  for  the  Roentgen  Satellite 
(ROSAT);  and  design  and  development  of  a  rocket  pay- 
load  incorporating  a  normal-incidence  X-ray  telescope  and 
of  a  balloon  payload  for  observing  X-ray  and  gamma-ray 
sources. 


Optical  and  Infrared  Astronomy 

Research  in  optical  and  infrared  astronomy  concentrates 
on  extragalactic  and  galactic  astronomy,  with  special 
emphasis  on  clusters  of  galaxies  and  of  stars  and  the  for- 
mation and  evolution  of  stars.  In  support  of  these  and 
other  programs,  the  division  operates  the  Fred  Lawrence 
Whipple  Observatory  on  Mt.  Hopkins,  Arizona,  the  site 
of  the  MMT,  which  is  operated  jointly  with  the  University 
of  Arizona. 

Division  members  also  collaborated  on  the  design,  con- 
struction, and  flight  of  the  Infrared  Telescope  (IRT).  Other 

85 


current  programs  involving  flight  instruments  include 
planning  and  design  of  the  Shuttle  Infrared  Telescope 
Facility  and  of  a  3-meter  balloon-borne  telescope,  as  well 
as  a  possible  reflight  of  the  IRT. 

Ground-based  programs  include  a  new  electronic  detec- 
tor, developed  with  the  University  of  Arizona  and  God- 
dard  Space  Flight  Center,  which  will  be  used  to  make 
high-resolution  observations  in  the  10-micron  range  from 
Steward  Observatory  in  Arizona  and  Mauna  Kea  Observa- 
tory in  Hawaii.  And,  in  cooperation  with  University  Col- 
lege, Dublin,  the  gamma-ray  astronomy  group  at  Whipple 
Observatory  is  building  a  system  of  electronic  detectors  for 
use  in  conjunction  with  the  existing  10-meter  optical 
reflector  to  measure  the  flux  of  high-energy  particles  asso- 
ciated with  the  optical  bursts  of  Cerenkov  radiation 
observed  when  high-energy  gamma  rays  strike  Earth's 
upper  atmosphere. 

In  a  study  of  fundamental  importance,  division  scientists 
showed  that  our  understanding  of  the  large-scale  structure 
of  the  universe  has  been  flawed  by  errors  in  the  classic 
(Shane-Wirtanen)  map  of  how  faint  galaxies  are  distrib- 
uted on  the  sky.  Much  of  the  theoretical  work  based  on  the 
older  data  may  prove  to  be  invalid,  which  has  important 
consequences  for  theories  of  the  early  history  of  the  uni- 
verse. A  major  new  survey  of  galaxies  was  initiated  to 
address  this  problem,  using  modern  CCD  detectors  and 
digital  image-processing  techniques.  Soon,  division  mem- 
bers also  will  commence  the  "Century  Survey"  to  map  the 
distribution  of  galaxies  over  100  square  degrees,  ultimately 
sampling  more  than  four  times  the  volume  of  space  cov- 
ered by  the  CFA  Redshift  Survey. 

This  systematic  study  of  the  distances  to  galaxies  led  to 
the  discovery  of  a  new  gravitational  lens  in  the  Constella- 
tion Pegasus,  which  is  apparently  serving  as  a  "cosmic 
magnifying  glass"  to  greatly  enhance  the  image  of  a  much 
more  distant  quasar.  (According  to  Einstein's  General  The- 
ory of  Relativity,  if  a  massive  object  is  positioned  between 
an  observer  and  a  distant  quasar,  the  light  from  that  qua- 
sar will  be  deflected,  or  bent,  by  the  object's  gravitational 
field  and  form  one  or  more  images.)  In  this  case,  a  team  of 
scientists  using  both  conventional  instruments  and  the 
MMT  identified  the  lens  system  as  a  15th  magnitude  spiral 
galaxy  on  a  line  directly  between  Earth  and  a  previously 
unidentified  quasar  at  an  apparent  distance  of  2300  Mega- 
parsecs  (7  billion  light  years). 

Other  investigations  by  division  scientists  led  to  detec- 
tion of  high-energy  gamma  rays  from  Cygnus  X-3,  a  pow- 
erful X-ray  source  in  our  galaxy  that  may  prove  to  be  an 
important  source  of  cosmic  rays  and  provide  the  solution 
to  a  cosmic  puzzle. 

86 


Contour  lines  defining  the  X-ray  emission  from  an  extended 
corona  of  hot  gas  are  superposed  on  an  optical  image  of  the  ellip- 
tical galaxy  M86  (NGC  4406)  in  Virgo.  The  distortion  of  the 
lines  results  from  the  stripping  of  hot  gas  from  the  corona  by  the 
rapid  passage  of  this  galaxy  through  the  center  of  the  Virgo  clus- 
ter of  galaxies.  A  second  strong  X-ray-emitting  galaxy,  M84 
(NGC  4374),  is  seen  at  right.  (Optical  photograph  from  the 
National  Geographic-Palomar  sky  survey;  X-ray  contours  from 
the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory) 


Planetary  Sciences 

Members  of  this  division  study  the  planets,  satellites,  and 
small  bodies  of  the  solar  system  in  the  attempt  to  under- 
stand and  describe  the  events  and  processes  that  caused 
their  creation  from  gas  and  dust  billions  of  years  ago. 
Optical  observations  of  newly  discovered,  faint,  and 
unusual  minor  planets  and  comets  are  performed  at  Oak 
Ridge  Observatory  in  Harvard,  Massachusetts,  and  are 
closely  coordinated  with  the  International  Astronomical 
Union's  Minor  Planet  Center  and  Central  Bureau  for 
Astronomical  Telegrams,  which  are  both  operated  by 
SAO. 

Some  members  of  this  group  have  helped  organize  a 
program  of  international  cooperation  for  the  observation 
of  a  series  of  mutual  occultations  and  eclipses  of  the  Gali- 
lean satellites.  Observers  in  fifteen  countries  have  agreed 
to  obtain  accurately  timed  light  curves  of  these  events  in 
order  to  determine  mean  motions  due  to  tidal  interactions 
with  the  planet. 

Another  division  scientist  participated  in  an  expedition 
to  Antarctica  to  collect  geologic  samples  across  the  contact 


zone  between  sediments  of  the  Cretaceous  and  Tertiary 
ages  and  to  analyze  them  for  meteoritic  elements  and  other 
types  of  evidence  of  the  gigantic  impact  event  that  alleg- 
edly extinguished  the  dinosaurs. 

On  previous  expeditions,  378  new  meteorites  were  dis- 
covered and  their  radioactivity  is  being  measured  to  deter- 
mine the  length  of  time  they  have  lain  across  the  Antarctic 
ice.  Several  specimens  so  far  measured  at  SAO  show  times 
varying  from  7,000  to  300,000  years. 

With  the  approach  of  Halley's  Comet,  measurements  of 
its  position  will  be  carried  out  at  Oak  Ridge  Observatory 
by  use  of  a  new  CCD  observing  system  for  the  astrometry 
of  asteroids  and  faint  comets.  These  data  are  essential  for 
the  proper  pointing  of  instruments  carried  onboard  the 
European-built  Giotto  spacecraft,  which  will  pass  close  to 
Halley  early  in  1986. 

A  member  of  the  planetary  sciences  group  also  carried 
out  computer  simulations  of  the  infall  of  interstellar  gas 
and  dust,  which  suggest  that  chondrules — enigmatic 
millimeter-sized  igneous  globules  abundant  in  chondritic 
meteorites — were  produced  when  infalling  aggregations  of 
presolar  dust  were  so  heated  by  aerodynamic  drag  that 
they  melted. 

Other  analyses  included  study  of  a  unique  rock  type 
from  the  lunar  highlands  and  an  experimentally  produced 
artificial  analog.  It  was  concluded  that  the  rock  originated 
in  the  lunar  crust  at  a  depth  of  at  least  ten  kilometers  and 
probably  was  excavated  and  deposited  in  the  lunar  soil  by 
the  same  impact  event  that  produced  the  crater  Coperni- 
cus. 


Radio  and  Geoastronomy 

Division  investigations  focus  on  understanding  the  struc- 
ture, evolution,  sources  of  energy,  and  ultimate  fate  of 
radio-wave-emitting  astronomical  objects  distributed 
throughout  the  universe.  Group  members  are  also  pioneer- 
ing in  the  use  of  radio  astronomy  techniques  to  measure 
contemporary  drift  among  the  continents;  others  are 
involved  in  the  development  of  atomic  clocks,  tests  of  the 
theory  of  general  relativity,  and  formulation  of  uses  for 
long  tethers  in  space. 

Studies  in  very  long  baseline  interferometry  (VLBI)  cen- 
tered on  quasars  and  other  compact  extragalactic  radio 
sources  and  on  molecular  maser  sources  associated  with 
star-forming  regions  of  the  interstellar  medium.  VLBI 
observations  of  these  water-maser  sources,  which  are  very 
powerful  radio-wave  emitters,  will  help  determine  the  size 
of  our  galaxy.  By  tracking  the  gas  flows,  which  envelop 


In  November  1984,  Smithsonian  astronomers  discovered  an 
unusual  example  of  the  rare  gravitational  lens  phenomenon  in 
which  a  relatively  nearby  galaxy  in  the  Constellation  Pegasus  is 
apparently  enhancing  the  image  of  a  much  more  distant  quasar 
directly  behind  it.  Here,  the  lens  system,  designated  2.2.37  +  0305, 
has  been  computer-contoured  at  the  center  of  the  image  to 
increase  the  dynamic  range  of  brightness  intensity. 


newly  formed  stars  and  are  made  luminous  by  intense 
radio  emission  from  trace  quantities  of  water  vapor,  it  is 
possible  to  determine  the  distance  to  the  young  objects. 
These  experiments  also  contribute  to  understanding  the 
motions  of  materials  surrounding  heavily  obscured,  mas- 
sive, newborn  stars,  which  are  about  fifty  times  more  mas- 
sive than  the  Sun. 

A  new  generation  of  satellite-borne  masers  is  under 
development  for  space  VLBI  and  for  subnanosecond 
worldwide  timing.  The  present  stability  of  these  clocks  is 
in  the  io~l6  region,  that  is,  equivalent  to  the  loss  of  one  sec- 
ond in  100  million  years.  Research  on  operating  masers  at 
temperatures  near  absolute  zero  (1.4  K)  suggests  the  stabil- 
ity could  improve  to  the  equivalent  of  one  second  loss  in  a 
billion  years. 

Construction  also  began  on  a  long  baseline  optical 
astrometric  interferometer,  which  is  designed  to  make 
optical  measurements  with  a  precision  comparable  to 
those  obtained  by  radio  VLBI. 

Using  radio  tracking  of  the  Pioneer  Venus  Orbiter,  SAO 
scientists  are  mapping  small  irregularities  in  thegravita- 
tional  potential  of  Venus  for  comparison  to  the  topogra- 
phy in  a  determination  of  the  subsurface  structure  of  the 
planet.  Since  Earth  resembles  Venus  more  than  any  other 

87 


planet,  an  understanding  of  the  near-surface  structure  of 
Venus  helps  both  to  test  and  to  develop  theories  describing 
such  important  terrestrial  phenomena  as  earthquakes,  vol- 
canoes, and  the  formation  of  mineral  deposits. 


Solar  and  Stellar  Physics 

SAO's  leadership  in  solar  and  stellar  research  is  evidenced 
by  the  biannual  workshops  entitled  "Cool  Stars,  Stellar 
Systems,  and  the  Sun,"  which  originated  at  the  observatory 
and  are  now  being  scheduled  at  other  institutions  across 
the  country.  The  proceedings  of  these  workshops  have 
become  standard  references  for  researchers  in  this  field. 

Investigations  of  stellar  winds  and  mass  loss,  together 
with  analagous  studies  of  the  Sun,  form  a  major  compo- 
nent of  research.  Work  on  stellar  processes  greatly  benefits 
from  further  understanding  of  the  solar  wind,  since  only 
for  the  Sun  can  detailed  comparisons  of  theory  and  obser- 
vation be  made.  Other  divisional  endeavors  include  basic 
research  on  solar  and  stellar  atmospheric  modeling  and  on 
interpretation  of  observed  spectra;  computation  of  new 
models  for  solar  active  regions  and  for  sunspots,  based  on 
data  from  the  1973  NASA  Skylab  experiment;  and  devel- 
opment of  a  new  computer  program  to  analyze  the  out- 
flow of  mass  from  giant  stars  observed  to  be  losing  mass 
about  ten  million  times  faster  than  our  Sun.  Ultraviolet 
observations  carried  out  with  the  International  Ultraviolet 
Explorer  Satellite  contribute  to  twelve  different  programs. 

Division  members  also  continue  to  develop  new  instru- 
mentation and  spectroscopic  diagnostic  techniques  for 
determination  of  the  physical  processes  responsible  for 
producing  the  solar  wind.  SAO's  ultraviolet  coronal  spec- 
trometer, which  has  already  provided  the  first  measure- 
ments of  temperature  and  outflow  velocity  in  the 
solar-wind  source  region,  is  now  being  prepared  for  SPAR- 
TAN Mission  201,  planned  for  deployment  and  retrieval 
by  the  Space  Shuttle  in  1986. 

The  division  was  awarded  a  contract  to  help  define  an 
ultraviolet  coronal  spectrometer  for  the  European  Space 
Agency's  Solar  Heliospheric  Observatory.  Measurement  of 
the  solar-wind  source  region  with  this  instrument  should 
provide  a  link  between  traditional  observations  of  the 
solar  corona  and  in  situ  measurements  of  the  solar  wind  at 
far  distances  from  the  Sun.  SAO  hopes  to  provide  the  spec- 
trometer through  NASA's  participation  in  the  International 
Solar- Terrestrial  Physics  Program. 


88 


Theoretical  Astrophysics 

Research  on  a  diverse  range  of  astrophysical  phenomena 
was  carried  out,  with  studies  often  applied  to  the  support 
and  interpretation  of  observational  data.  Theoretical 
Astrophysics  Division  members  frequently  collaborate 
with  scientists  in  other  divisions  and  at  other  institutions 
in  their  research  as  well  as  contribute  significantly  to  edu- 
cational programs.  Two  studies  of  more  than  usual  interest 
are  described  here. 

Of  the  many  known  types  of  elementary  particles,  only 
a  few  are  ordinarily  found  on  Earth,  or  even  in  most 
present-day  astronomical  objects.  However,  under  the 
extreme  conditions  believed  to  exist  in  the  center  of  qua- 
sars and  active  galactic  nuclei,  the  positron — the  antiparti- 
cle  of  the  electron — may  be  almost  as  common  as  the 
electron  itself.  These  positrons  are  created,  in  pairs  with 
electrons,  from  the  plentiful  sources  of  high  energy  found 
in  these  objects.  The  resulting  gas  made  up  of  electrons 
and  positrons,  called  a  pair  plasma,  could  have  remark- 
able properties.  In  fact,  if  pair  plasmas  do  exist  in  the  cen- 
tral regions  of  quasars  and  active  galactic  nuclei,  their  very 
presence  might  either  prove — or  rule  out — various  current 
theories  about  these  central  regions,  including  the  premise 
that  massive  black  holes  are  the  ultimate  energy  sources. 
At  SAO,  pair  plasmas  have  been  studied  as  the  possible 
origin  of  the  high-energy  radiation  streaming  out  of  qua- 
sars and  active  galactic  nuclei.  So  far,  the  results  are 
encouraging,  for  the  theoretically  predicted  emission  from 
pair  plasmas  corresponds  closely  to  the  type  actually 
observed  from  these  objects. 

Young,  hot  stars  are  known  to  be  rapidly  losing  material 
through  high-velocity  "winds"  driven  from  their  surfaces 
by  radiation  pressure.  Simple  theories  of  this  phenomenon 
seem  to  be  in  good  agreement  with  most  observations,  but 
not  all.  For  example,  observations  by  the  Einstein  Observ- 
atory have  shown  that  hot  stars  emit  X-rays,  indicating  an 
even  hotter  wind  than  predicted.  One  modified  theory 
ascribes  the  super-hot  winds  to  an  instability  in  the  radia- 
tion driving  mechanism,  which  causes  different  parts  of 
the  wind  to  collide  with  one  another  and  to  heat  up  to 
X-ray-emitting  temperatures.  However,  the  question  of 
instabilities  has  been  very  controversial,  since  some  pre- 
vious theoretical  calculations  suggested  that  the  winds  are 
actually  stable.  In  a  new,  comprehensive  analysis  by  SAO 
scientists,  the  conflicting  results  have  been  resolved,  and 
the  existence  of  strong  instabilities  has  been  firmly  estab- 
lished. While  further  work  will  be  required  to  verify  the 
picture  in  detail,  it  now  seems  reasonable  that  the  X-ray 
observations  can  be  completely  explained  by  wind  instabil- 
ities. 


Smithsonian  Environmental 
Research  Center 


Basic  scientific  research  aimed  at  understanding  the  pro- 
cesses occurring  in  the  environment  and  their  influence  on 
biological  systems  and  organisms  is  the  principal  activity 
of  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center 
(SERC).  This  research  is  long-term  and  emphasizes  both 
laboratory  and  field-oriented  studies  in  three  major  areas: 
Regulatory  Biology,  Environmental  Biology,  and  Radio- 
carbon Dating. 

SERC  has  two  principal  facilities:  50,000-square-foot 
laboratory  at  Rockville,  Maryland,  and  2,600  acres  of 
land  with  a  small  laboratory  and  some  support  buildings 
at  Edgewater,  Maryland.  The  Edgewater  property  consti- 
tutes a  unique  estuarine  research  opportunity,  comprising 
nearly  one-third  of  the  watershed  surrounding  the  Rhode 
River  Estuary,  a  subestuary  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  located 
a  few  miles  south  of  Annapolis,  Maryland.  These  two 
facilities  are  separated  geographically  by  forty-five  miles. 

SERC  also  maintains  an  educational  program  that 
includes  graduate  students,  postdoctoral  fellows,  under- 
graduate work/learn  students,  and  public  educational 
activities.  The  public  education  aspects  emphasize  teacher- 
and  docent-led  tours  and  activities.  Docents  guide  adult 
and  family  groups  on  a  two-mile  Discovery  Trail  through 
outdoor  research  areas.  A  pamphlet  keyed  to  signs  on  the 
Discovery  Trail  makes  the  walk  self-guiding  for  visitors 
who  are  not  on  a  scheduled  tour.  A  recently  developed 
soundtrack  slide  show  describes  the  research  at  both  Rock- 
ville and  Edgewater. 

Twenty-seven  regular  scientific  seminars  were  held  at 
both  Edgewater  and  Rockville  in  fiscal  year  1985.  This  is 
an  ongoing  educational  activity  of  SERC,  serving  to 
inform  the  interested  scientific  public  about  SERC 
research  activities  as  well  as  to  inform  SERC  staff  about 
the  work  of  colleagues  in  universities  and  other  govern- 
mental laboratories.  In  addition,  four  scientific  workshops 
were  held  at  Edgewater  with  approximately  forty  partici- 
pants on  the  topics  watershed  research,  soil  science, 
below-ground  metabolism  in  salt  marshes,  and  landscape 
ecology. 

Research  is  done  by  staff  scientists  who  represent  a 
diverse  number  of  disciplines,  including  biology,  chemis- 
try, physics,  mathematics,  and  engineering,  in  the  frame- 
work of  two  divisions:  Regulatory  Biology  and 
Environmental  Biology. 


Activities  at  Rockville 

Regulatory  Biology 

Regulatory  biology  studies  organisms  at  levels  ranging 
from  molecules  to  whole  organisms.  Research  emphasis  is 
on  the  mechanism  and  processes  by  which  growth  and 
development  are  affected  by  environmental  factors,  such 
as  the  duration,  intensity,  and  color  of  sunlight;  tempera- 
ture; humidity;  and  carbon  dioxide  levels.  Data  are 
obtained  about  the  biology,  physics,  and  chemistry  of  the 
processes  occurring  within  cells,  primarily  by  laboratory 
experiments. 

Plants  require  light  from  the  environment  to  carry  out 
photosynthesis  and  produce  food.  The  photosynthetic 
organelles  of  green  plants,  the  chloroplasts,  are  composed 
of  membrane  and  non-membrane  phases.  The  protein  syn- 
thesis machinery  of  chloroplasts,  chloroplast  ribosomes, 
is  distributed  between  both  phases.  The  membrane- 
associated  chloroplast  ribosomes  are  thought  to  function 
to  add  proteins  to  the  membranes,  as  part  of  the  process  of 
membrane  growth.  An  important  constituent  of  the  chlo- 
roplast membranes  is  a  core  complex  (CC  I).  It  consists  of 
protein,  chlorophyll,  carotenoids,  possibly  galactolipids, 
and  ions  of  the  metals  iron  and  copper.  It  contains  the 
reaction  center  for  Photosystem  I  of  the  photosynthetic 
electron  transport  chain. 

The  biosynthesis  of  the  polypeptides  of  core  complex  I 
and  its  structure  are  being  studied  in  developing  leaves  of 
spinach,  in  order  to  understand  how  these  polypeptides 
are  formed  and  added  to  the  photosynthetic  membranes. 
Although  CC  I  was  originally  thought  to  contain  a  single 
polypeptide,  work  this  year  has  shown  that  CC  I  consists 
of  three  polypeptides  of  approximately  64,000,  56,000  and 
10,000  Daltons  (molecular  weight).  The  64,000  and 
56,000  Dalton  components  may  be  the  products  of  two 
closely  spaced,  distinct,  but  homologous  genes  which  are 
present  in  chloroplast  deoxyribonucleic  acid  (DNA). 

In  spinach  chloroplasts  the  64,000  and  56,000  Dalton 
CC  I  components  appear  to  be  synthesized  in  association 
with  chloroplast  membranes.  Seventy-five  percent  of  the 
messenger  ribonucleic  acid  (mRNA)  for  these  polypeptides 
was  bound  to  the  chloroplast  membranes.  This  mRNA 
was  in  functional  polyribosomes  since  the  membranes  syn- 
thesized these  components  in  the  absence  of  protein  syn- 
thesis initiation.  Essentially  all  of  the  newly  synthesized 
CC  I  polypeptides  remained  associated  with  the  mem- 
branes. These  results  suggest  that  core  complex  I  polypep- 
tides are  synthesized  on  the  membranes,  i.e.,  at  the 
subchloroplast  site  where  they  will  become  localized,  and 

89 


that  synthesis  of  polypeptides  in  association  with  mem- 
branes is  part  of  the  mechanism  of  chloroplast  membrane 
growth. 

In  red  algae  and  cyanobacteria  the  antennae  for  light 
harvesting  phycobilisomes  and  their  association  with  the 
photosystems  of  photosynthesis  are  being  studied.  Analy- 
sis of  isolated  photosystem  II-phycobilisome  particles 
showed  that  red  algae  have  several  protein  components  in 
the  core  complex  of  photosystem  II.  Removal  of  phycobili- 
proteins  resulted  in  purification  of  a  photosynthetically 
active  photosystem  II  protein  complex  which  was  highly 
enriched  in  peptides  with  molecular  weights  of  50,000  and 
46,000  daltons.  These  appear  to  correspond  to  peptides 
with  similar  characteristics  in  green  plants  and  strongly 
suggest  that  photosystem  II  core  proteins  have  been  con- 
served in  these  two  plant  groups  which  have  widely  diver- 
gent structural  characteristics. 

From  a  comparison  of  the  phycobilisome  structure  of 
two  cyanobacteria  it  was  found  that  two  variations  of 
chromatic  adaptation  operate  in  these  species,  which  are 
otherwise  very  similar.  In  Tolypothrix,  capable  of  com- 
plete chromatic  adaptation,  the  phycobilisome  size 
remained  constant  irrespective  of  light  quality.  In  green 
light,  phycoerythrin,  which  is  capable  of  absorbing  in  this 
wavelength,  accounted  for  one-third  of  the  phycobilipro- 
tein  content.  However,  in  red  light  there  was  a  1  for  1  sub- 
stitution with  phycocyanin  (absorbing  red  light)  for 
phycoerythrin.  In  contrast,  in  Nostoc  which  partially 
adapts  chromatically  the  decrease  in  phycoerythrin  in  red 
light  was  accompanied  by  a  decrease  in  phycobilisome  size 
and  appears  to  have  a  different  substitution  ratio  of  pig- 
ments. Thus  even  in  simple  prokaryotic  organisms 
response  to  light  quality  is  not  identical,  and  not  as  simple 
as  had  been  previously  concluded. 

Light  absorbed  by  the  plant  pigment  phytochrome  can 
regulate  many  different  plant  processes.  Efforts  to  learn 
how  this  molecule  operates  in  the  plant  cell  have  focussed 
on  a  limited  portion  of  the  protein  that  is  reversibly  con- 
verted between  an  inactive  and  active  form  by  red  and  far- 
red  light. 

In  recent  years  it  has  been  determined  that  exposure  of 
phytochrome  to  light  causes  changes  in  the  shape  of  the 
protein  as  well  as  the  disposition  of  both  charged  groups 
and  hydrophobic  groups.  This  year  it  has  been  determined 
that  the  amino  acid  cysteine  is  located  near  where  these 
changes  occur  and  that  a  sulfhydryl  side  chain  is  highly 
reactive.  In  fact  it  is  so  reactive  that  unusual  levels  of 
reducing  agents  must  be  incorporated  in  purification  pro- 
tocols to  protect  the  sulfhydryl  side  chain  while  isolating 
phytochrome  from  other  cell  components.  By  utilizing 


reagents  that  bind  specifically  to  sulfhydryl  groups  it  has 
been  determined  that  exposure  of  phytochrome  to  red  light 
converts  one  or  two  of  these  groups  from  a  relatively  unre- 
active  state  to  a  highly  reactive  one,  probably  by  becoming 
more  exposed  to  the  surface  of  the  protein.  If  a  sulfhydryl- 
specific  reagent  is  added  to  the  active  form  of  the  protein  it 
will  react  with  these  cysteines  resulting  in  significant 
changes  in  the  properties  of  the  protein. 

If  a  sulfhdryl  reagent  is  added,  this  chemically  tagged 
protein  appears  to  be  normal  in  most  of  its  properties 
except  for  the  fact  that  the  inactive  and  active  forms  seem 
to  have  the  same  conformation.  The  identification  of  this 
property  of  phytochrome  is  an  important  step  toward 
determining  the  molecular  nature  of  the  light  activation  of 
phytochrome. 

Salicylic  acid  can  induce  flowering  in  plants  of  the 
aquatic  duckweed,  Lemna.  By  using  radiocarbon-labeled 
salicylic  acid  the  uptake  into  Lemna  has  been  studied.  The 
dissociation  constant  (pKa)  of  salicylic  acid  is  about  2.8 
and  consequently  its  uptake  is  greatly  promoted  by  hydro- 
gen ion  concentrations  (pH)  values  of  4.5  and  lower.  Nev- 
ertheless, at  pH  8  significant  uptake  occurs  and  it  is 
effective  in  inducing  flowering.  Under  a  nitrogen  atmo- 
sphere uptake  of  labeled  salicyclic  acid  is  not  affected  by 
pH  less  than  5  but  is  inhibited  fifty  percent  by  pH  greater 
than  5.  Uptake  is  not  affected  by  potassium  ionophores, 
nigericin,  and  valinomycin,  but  is  strongly  inhibited  by  an 
inhibitor  of  oxidative  phosphorylation,  CCCP  (carbonyl 
cyanide  m-chlorophenyl  hydrazone).  Thus,  uptake  of  sali- 
cylic acid  is  an  active  process  at  pH  values  greater  than  5 
and  the  requirement  for  oxidative  phosphorylation  may 
explain  the  stimulating  effects  of  phosphate  on  flowering 
found  previously. 

In  most  monocarpic  plants  the  onset  of  flowering  leads 
to  rapid  senescence,  but  in  Lemna  a  flowering  frond  pro- 
duces as  many,  if  not  slightly  more,  daughter  fronds  as 
does  a  vegetative  frond.  If  fronds  are  cut  in  half,  the  distal 
half,  which  lacks  any  meristems,  undergoes  rapid  senes- 
cence. The  senescence  of  distal  halves  is  delayed  by  cyto- 
kinin  and  speeded  up  by  abscisic  acid.  Both  distal  halves 
and  intact  fronds  senesce  more  rapidly  as  daylength  is 
increased  from  1  hour  to  continuous  light.  The  role  of  light 
on  senescence  is  not  known. 

Plant  cells  grow  as  a  result  of  the  internal  pressure  of  the 
cell  contents.  External  stimuli  such  as  light  can  bring 
about  dramatic  increases  (fifty  percent)  in  the  extension 
rate  of  fungal  cells  but  it  is  not  known  if  growth  occurs 
because  of  increases  in  internal  pressure  or  a  change  in  the 
cell  wall  properties  caused  by  light.  In  collaborative  exper- 
iments with  Dr.  Ken  Ortega,  University  of  Colorado,  and 


9° 


Dr.  Dan  Cosgrove,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  the  tur- 
gor pressure  during  constant,  light-adapted  growth  of 
large  single-celled  sporangiophores  of  the  fungus  Pbyco- 
myces  grown  in  Rockville  and  Denver  were  measured.  A 
pressure  probe  was  used  in  which  a  microcapillary  was 
inserted  directly  into  the  vacuole  and  values  of  the  pressure 
obtained  while  the  cells  were  growing.  Surprisingly,  the 
turgor  pressure  for  Rockville  sporangiophores  was  found 
to  be  4.0  ±  0.7  bars  (20  measurements)  while  those  grown 
in  Denver  had  a  value  of  5.0  ±  1.4  bars  (10  measure- 
ments). This  difference  may  be  due  to  differences  in  meth- 
odology for  growing  the  cells  in  the  two  laboratories. 


Environmental  Biology 

Since  August  1984  a  high  precision  scanning  radiometer 
has  collected  data  atop  Mauna  Loa,  Hawaii.  This  radiom- 
eter, developed  and  built  at  the  Smithsonian,  gathered 
information  on  biologically  harmful  ultraviolet  light  and 
tracked  changes  in  ozone  also.  Eight  narrow  bands  were 
chosen  that  correspond  to  wavelengths  measured  at  Rock- 
ville, Maryland. 

The  extremely  clear  atmosphere  at  Mauna  Loa  allowed 
measurements  of  ultraviolet  energy  in  a  narrow  band  (5 
nanometers)  centered  around  290  nanometers.  Although 
the  energy  content  was  small  it  was  significant  because  this 
band  degrades  plastics  and  paints  in  the  environment. 
Ozone  changes  were  accurately  tracked  and  solar  events 
could  be  detected  in  these  changes. 

The  visible  spectrum  divided  into  bands  of  50  nanome- 
ters had  a  strong  seasonal  trend  in  Rockville.  However,  at 
Edgewater,  on  the  Rhode  River,  a  subestuary  of  the  Chesa- 
peake Bay,  there  was  very  little  evidence  of  the  same  trend. 
The  Rockville  trend  had  higher  irradiance  levels  in  the 
winter  months  and  lower  irradiance  levels  in  the  summer 
months.  This  difference  in  energy  trends  at  the  two  loca- 
tions is  because  Rockville  has  higher  atmospheric  turbid- 
ity, probably  due  tQ  poorer  air  quality.  These  trends  were 
evident  only  for  data  compared  from  the  same  solar  eleva- 
tion. However,  the  ultraviolet  region  which  is  modulated 
by  ozone,  did  not  clearly  show  this  trend.  Ozone  increased 
from  a  winter  minimum  to  a  late  spring  or  early  summer 
maximum.  Thus  more  ultraviolet,  at  a  given  solar  eleva- 
tion, reached  the  surface  in  the  winter  months.  Therefore, 
with  a  decrease  in  ozone  and  atmospheric  turbidity  in  win- 
ter, far  more  energy  should  be  received  in  the  winter  than 
in  the  summer. 

If  far-red  radiation  is  added  to  a  background  of  white 
light  the  stomatal  aperture  in  the  primary  leaves  of  beans 


{Phaseolus  vulgaris)  increased  and  the  rate  of  photosynthe- 
sis also  increased.  This  increased  photosynthesis  appeared 
to  be  directly  responsible  for  the  stomatal  response.  Exper- 
iments simulating  natural  canopy  shade  indicated  that 
accounting  only  for  radiation  in  the  visible  wavebands 
(400-700  nm)  can  lead  to  major  errors  in  estimating  pho- 
tosynthetic  rate.  Naturally  occurring  levels  of  far-red  radi- 
ation in  canopy  shade  can  enhance  the  photosynthetic  rate 
by  a  significant  amount. 

Large  diurnal  variations  in  the  absolute  carbon  dioxide 
concentration  correlated  highly  with  rainfall  and  carbon 
uptake,  photosynthesis,  in  the  tropical  forest  on  Barro 
Colorado  Island,  Republic  of  Panama.  Diurnal  variations 
were  greatest  during  the  wet  season  by  a  factor  of  two 
compared  with  those  during  the  dry  season,  i.e.,  90  ppm 
versus  45  ppm.  The  wet  season  carbon  uptake  was  roughly 
30  percent  higher  than  the  dry  season  uptake.  The  average 
absolute  carbon  dioxide  concentration  over  the  first  two 
years  of  station  operation  was  356.1  ppm  with  an  average 
annual  increase  of  3.5  ppm.  The  diurnal  variation  during 
the  wet  season,  90  ppm  or  25  percent  of  the  absolute  con- 
centration, indicated  the  great  impact  of  the  carbon  uptake 
of  the  tropical  forest  on  the  ambient  carbon  dioxide  con- 
centration. 

A  major  difficulty  in  determining  the  relationship 
between  photosynthesis  and  leaf  water  stress  has  been  the 
determination  of  the  two  processes  in  the  same  tissue. 
While  photosynthesis  can  be  measured  non-destructively 
and  monitored  through  dynamic  changes  in  environmental 
parameters  such  as  temperature,  humidity,  and  sunlight, 
the  measurement  of  the  leaf  water  status  has  been  done  by 
removing  a  leaf,  and  includes  destruction  of  tissue.  During 
the  past  year  a  system  was  developed  in  which  both  gas 
exchange  including  carbon  dioxide,  water,  and  leaf  water 
potential  were  simultaneously  measured.  Leaf  water 
potential  was  changed  by  reducing  the  root  temperature  to 
interfere  with  the  uptake  of  water.  This  caused  a  reduction 
in  leaf  water  potential  and  photosynthesis. 

When  plants  grown  at  low  salinity  were  subjected  to 
increasing  salinity,  the  light  saturated  rates  of  photosyn- 
thesis, carboxylation  efficiency,  light  harvesting  efficiency, 
and  stomatal  conductance  all  declined.  At  low  salinity,  sto- 
matal conductance  accounted  for  less  than  10  percent  of 
the  inhibition  of  photosynthesis  but  this  increased  to  over 
50  percent  in  plants  grown  in  salt  concentrations  1.5  times 
that  of  sea  water. 

When  plants  were  slowly  adapted  to  high  salinity,  accli- 
mation could  be  seen  as  an  increase  in  the  light  and  C02 
saturated  rates  of  photosynthesis  and  the  carboxylation 
efficiency  as  well  as  a  decrease  in  stomatal  inhibition  of 


9i 


photosynthesis.  These  acclimations  improved  the  capacity 
of  plants  to  fix  carbon  dioxide  at  higher  salinity  compared 
with  plants  grown  at  low  salinity  but  the  cost  was  a 
decrease  in  water  use  efficiency  (the  ratio  of  carbon  diox- 
ide assimilated  to  water  lost). 

Radiocarbon  Dating 

Dating  of  salt-marsh  sediments  from  coastal  Maine  con- 
tinues in  order  to  provide  a  detailed  chronology  of  crustal 
down-warping.  Results  thus  far  from  southwestern,  cen- 
tral, and  northeastern  regions  indicate  a  land  subsidence 
rate  ranging  from  30  centimeters  per  century  in  the  west  to 
nearly  a  meter  in  the  northeast  near  Passamaquaddy  Bay. 

Prior  investigations  of  glacial  retreat  in  northwestern 
New  Jersey  and  northeastern  Pennsylvania  have  suggested 
an  age  of  about  12,000  years  for  this  event.  Samples  cored 
from  sediments  of  small  lakes  in  New  Jersey  have  consis- 
tent ages  of  18,500  to  18,000  years  for  ice  retreat.  These 
dates  require  major  rethinking  of  glacial  history  in  the 
Northeast. 


Activities  at  Edgewater 


Streamside  Vegetational  Buffers 

Historically  in  the  coastal  plain  of  Maryland,  while 
uplands  have  been  cultivated,  deciduous  hardwood  forests 
have  been  maintained  on  most  lowlying  areas  adjacent  to 
streams.  This  was  the  direct  result  of  the  fact  that  these 
areas  were  too  wet  to  cultivate  in  the  spring.  Current 
research  at  the  Edgewater  site  is  illustrating  how  fortuitous 
this  situation  has  been  for  the  ecology  of  Chesapeake  Bay 
where  excessive  nutrient  enrichment  is  a  serious  problem. 
Nutrient  concentration  changes  were  measured  in  surface 
runoff  and  shallow  groundwater  as  they  moved  from  crop- 
lands through  these  riparian  forests.  Dramatic  decreases 
were  observed,  especially  for  nitrate,  which  is  very  impor- 
tant to  the  ecology  of  Chesapeake  Bay.  High  concentra- 
tions of  nitrate  are  released  from  croplands.  This  nitrate 
does  not  bind  to  soils,  is  readily  utilized  by  plants,  and  is 
the  nutrient  most  likely  to  cause  detrimental  effects  in  the 
Bay.  From  surface  runoff  waters  that  had  transited  50  m  of 
riparian  forest,  an  estimated  4.1  tonnes  of  particulates,  11 
kg  of  particulate  organic-N,  0.83  kg  of  ammonium-N,  2.7 
kg  of  nitrate-N  and  3.0  kg  of  total  particulate-P  per  ha  of 
riparian  forest  were  removed  during  the  study  year.  In 
addition,  an  estimated  removal  of  45  kg  per  ha  of  nitrate-N 


occurred  in  subsurface  flow  as  it  moved  through  the  ripar- 
ian zone. 


Morning  Glory  Ecology 

Ipomoea  hederacea,  a  common  weed  in  cultivated  fields  of 
eastern  North  America,  disappears  quickly  following 
abandonment  of  fields.  Manipulative  experiments  were 
conducted  during  the  first  year  after  abandonment  to 
determine  whether  this  disappearance  was  due  to  the 
inability  of  these  plants  to  compete  with  other  weeds  for 
nitrogen.  Various  experimental  plots  were  either  kept  free 
of  other  competing  plants,  subjected  to  nitrogen  fertiliza- 
tion, or  given  both  treatments.  Results  suggest  that  this 
species  is  eliminated  in  old  fields  because  it  is  a  poor  com- 
petitor for  nitrogen  and  that  the  main  result  of  competi- 
tion is  reduction  in  below-ground  biomass  and  reduced 
seed  production. 


Separate  Feeding  Habitats  for  Male  and  Female  Hooded 
Warblers 

Wilsonia  citrina  is  a  common  woodland  bird  which  nests 
in  eastern  North  America.  Males  and  females  were  found 
to  defend  exclusive  feeding  territories  in  the  Yucatan 
Peninsula  of  Mexico.  While  the  species  was  found  to  uti- 
lize woody  vegetation  ranging  from  successional  scrub  to 
tall  evergreen  forest,  males  were  most  abundant  in  closed- 
canopy  forest  of  moderate  to  tall  stature,  while  females 
were  commonest  in  lower,  more  open  vegetation.  The  pat- 
tern of  plumage  variation  in  females  suggests  that  those 
with  male-like  melanistic  plumage  tend  to  locate  their  ter- 
ritories in  the  kind  of  habitat  occupied  by  males. 


Nutrient  Dynamics  of  Brackish  Marshes 

Tidal  marshes  on  Chesapeake  Bay  have  been  shown  to 
remove  particulate  matter  and  associated  nutrients  from 
flooding  waters  and  to  release  dissolved  nutrient  fractions 
to  ebbing  waters.  A  recent  study  addressed  the  mechanism 
of  nutrient  processing  in  these  marshes  by  measuring 
chemical  gradients  in  marsh  soil  waters  along  transects 
from  creek  banks  into  the  interior  of  the  marshes.  Rates  of 
hydrologic  movement  of  these  soil  waters  into  the  creeks 
as  seepage  from  the  banks  during  low  tide  were  also  mea- 
sured. Estimates  of  dissolved  nutrient  release  rates  due  to 
this  bank  seepage  were  found  to  be  only  5  to  15  percent  of 


92 


Smithsonian  Office  of 
Educational  Research 


marsh  dissolved  nutrient  release  rates  measured  by  other 
methods.  These  results  indicate  that  mechanisms  for  the 
release  of  dissolved  nutrients  directly  from  the  marsh  sur- 
face are  more  important  than  previously  considered. 


Microbial  Activity  in  the  Estuary 

Bacteria  and  phytoplankton  populations  and  metabolic 
activity  were  measured  along  the  channel  of  the  Rhode 
River.  Phytoplankton  comprised  80  percent  of  the  total 
microbial  biomass  and  bacterial  numbers  ranged  from  less 
than  one  million  to  54  million  per  ml.  Bacteria  cell  produc- 
tion rates  averaged  about  1  million  per  hour  per  ml.  These 
data  were  compared  with  water  quality  data  from  the 
same  locations  and  positive  correlations  were  found 
between  all  measures  of  microbial  activity  and  most  nutri- 
ent fractions  in  the  water  column. 


Semilunar  Reproductive  Cycles  in  Killifish 

Fundulus  heteroclitus,  an  abundant  minnow  in  shoreline 
habitats  of  Chesapeake  Bay,  moves  in  and  out  of  brackish 
tidal  marshes  with  the  tides  to  feed  on  the  marsh  surface. 
Lunar  spawning  rhythms  are  common  in  species  of 
shallow-water  coastal  fish  and  semilunar  reproductive 
cycles  have  been  reported  in  a  few  cases.  In  the  Chesa- 
peake, however,  weather  factors  affect  water  levels  as 
much  as  the  sun  and  moon,  resulting  in  low  correlations 
between  tidal  amplitude  and  predictions  which  are  based 
upon  astronomical  cycles.  A  study  was  therefore  con- 
ducted of  the  rhythmicity  of  reproductive  activity  of  this 
species  to  determine  if  semilunar  cycles  occur  in  the 
absence  of  well-defined  lunar  tidal  cycles.  Both  female  and 
male  Fundulus  heteroclitus  were  found  to  have  distinct 
semilunar  cycles  in  their  readiness  to  spawn,  from  May 
through  August,  and  these  cycles  were  usually  in  phase 
with  the  lunar  cycle. 


The  original  aim  of  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Educational 
Research  (SOER),  to  pioneer  research  into  the  process  by 
which  people  learn  outside  the  formal  learning  environ- 
ment, was  achieved  in  1985.  Consistent  with  the  Institu- 
tion's policy  that  once  experimental  programs  have 
achieved  success  they  are  best  administered  through  estab- 
lished offices,  SOER  was  abolished  September  30, 1985, 
and  its  employees  were  assigned  to  other  educational  and 
research  support  activities.  In  carrying  out  its  objectives 
before  termination  SOER  initiated  studies  to  examine  how 
people  learn  in  a  wide  variety  of  social  and  physical  con- 
texts, particularly  the  role  of  the  family  in  learning. 

The  Smithsonian  Family  Learning  Project  (SFLP)  devel- 
oped science  activities  for  families  to  do  together  at  home. 
This  program  received  enthusiastic  response  from  tens  of 
thousands  of  families  and  unsolicited  national  publicity. 
SFLP  activities  were  available  in  the  form  of  a  poster-sized 
wall  calendar  in  1985  and  calendars  for  1986  and  1987  will 
be  completed. 

A  three-year  National  Science  Foundation  (NSF)  funded 
study  "The  Role  of  the  Family  in  the  Promotion  of  Science 
Literacy"  was  completed.  This  project  encompassed  six 
studies  which  examined  attitudes  and  behavior  of  family 
members,  with  particular  attention  to  educational  interac- 
tions. Results  of  the  study  indicate  that  families  are 
responsible  for  a  great  deal  of  the  education  of  its  mem- 
bers. Therefore  the  family  can  provide  an  excellent  foun- 
dation on  which  to  build  new  approaches  to  science 
literacy  in  children  and  adults. 

Also  completed  was  a  one-year  NSF-funded  feasibility 
study  of  a  project  entitled  "The  Community  Science 
Project."  This  project  was  an  effort  to  deal  with  growing 
national  concerns  about  the  quality  of  science  education, 
exploring  alternatives  to  a  solely  school-based  model  of 
education.  Results  suggest  that  science  education  can  be 
improved  by  utilizing  resources  of  the  entire  community. 

Results  of  SOER  studies  concerning  the  dynamics  of 
behavior  and  learning  through  museum  visitation  and 
families  will  continue  to  be  useful  to  professionals  in  edu- 
cation, exhibit  design,  and  family  services  nationwide. 
Findings  were  disseminated  through  publications,  semi- 
nars, and  workshops  for  both  professional  and  lay  audi- 
ences. 


93 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 
Institute 


Prior  to  i960  tropical  biology  was  a  relatively  obscure  sub- 
discipline  in  the  field  of  biology.  Beginning  in  the  1960s 
and  continuing  at  an  ever  increasing  pace,  insights  derived 
from  experience  in  the  tropics  have  revolutionized  the  bio- 
logical sciences.  Our  understanding  of  the  roles  of  compe- 
tition, predation,  coadaptation,  behavior,  genetics,  sexual 
selection,  and  the.  impact  of  environmental  stability  and 
perturbations  on  the  evolution,  ecology,  and  diversity  of 
tropical  organisms  has  been  instrumental  in  redefining 
empirical  and  theoretical  understanding  in  biology.  The 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  (STRI)  has  played 
a  decisive  role  in  that  development  as  a  result  of  the 
research  of  our  twenty-six  permanent  staff  and  the  visits 
each  year  of  about  seventy  students  and  more  than  four 
hundred  other  scientists. 

STRI  performs  four  major  functions  as  the  nation's  lead- 
ing international  center  for  the  advancement  of  basic 
research  in  tropical  biology.  Its  professional  staff  carries 
out  fundamental  research  on  the  ecology,  evolution,  and 
behavior  of  tropical  plants  and  animals,  including  man- 
kind; it  provides  major  facilities  for  the  international  scien- 
tific community  to  study  both  terrestrial  and  marine 
tropical  biology;  it  is  a  center  deeply  committed  to  envi- 
ronmental education  and  to  conservation  of  tropical  eco- 
systems; and  it  has  the  responsibility  to  protect  and 
manage  the  Barro  Colorado  Nature  Monument,  under  the 
terms  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  Convention  of  1940  on 
Nature  Protection  and  Wildlife  Preservation. 

STRI's  success  in  attaining  these  goals  is  underscored  by 
two  recent  events  that  will  benefit  the  Institution  for  many 
years  into  the  future:  the  Government  of  Panama  extend- 
ing to  STRI  the  prerogatives  and  benefits  that  correspond 
to  status  as  an  International  Mission  operating  in  Panama, 
and  receipt  of  a  $4  million  grant  from  the  Earl  Silas  Tupper 
Foundation.  This  grant  will  allow  construction  of  a  new 
research  center  at  the  site  of  our  administrative  headquar- 
ters and  modern  library.  Consolidation  of  our  terrestrial 
research  programs  will  be  aided,  as  will  our  ability  to  host 
conferences  and  symposia.  The  STRI  Master  Plan  initiated 
this  past  year  envisions  other  timely  construction  projects 
to  improve  STRI's  ability  to  serve  as  a  modern  center  for 
tropical  biology  now  and  in  the  future. 


A  Pioneering  Tree  Census 

The  biotic  diversity  of  tropical  forests  is  legendary,  yet  few 
comprehensive  studies  of  tropical  tree  diversity  and  popu- 
lation dynamics  have  been  undertaken.  One  such  study  on 
Barro  Colorado  Island  (BCI),  directed  by  Drs.  Stephen 


Hubbell  and  Robin  Foster,  seeks  to  gain  an  understanding 
of  the  structure  and  dynamics  of  a  50-hectare  tract  that  has 
remained  intact  since  the  time  of  the  Spanish  explorers. 

The  240,000  plants  censused  five  years  ago  were  again 
censused  during  1985  with  the  help  of  fifty  volunteers  from 
Earthwatch.  In  addition  to  remeasuring  tagged  plants,  all 
new  saplings  were  mapped,  measured,  and  identified. 
Hubbell  and  Foster  have  found,  for  example,  that  the  can- 
opy changes  often  and  the  life  span  of  most  trees  appears 
to  be  shorter  than  previously  thought.  The  tree  census 
project  is  clearly  the  most  extensive  and  definitive  assault 
to  date  on  the  mystery  of  tropical  tree  species  diversity, 
assuring  that  the  results  will  stand  for  many  years. 

Paleoecological  research  in  the  Hubbell-Foster  plot  on 
BCI  has  provided  radiocarbon  determinations  for  the  age 
of  the  old  forest  and  phytolith  evidence  for  the  nature  of  its 
prehistoric  modification.  Carbon-14  dates  from  archaeo- 
logical excavations  indicate  that  the  forest  is  at  least  400  to 
500  years  old.  Phytolith  studies  indicate  that  it  was  not 
under  a  slash  and  burn  agricultural  regime,  but  it  was  par- 
tially cleared  by  prehistoric  populations  in  areas  that  coin- 
cided with  the  location  of  their  settlements. 


Bats  and  Figs 

Ten  years  ago,  Dr.  Charles  Handley,  of  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  initiated  a  study  of  bat  popu- 
lations through  one  generation.  That  study  was  completed 
in  1985  after  858  nights  of  mist-netting  and  48,375  captures 
of  bats.  A  total  of  56  species  of  bats  were  recorded  from 
BCI  during  the  study.  Artibeus  jamaicensis  made  up  about 
two-thirds  of  the  catch  and  was,  thus,  the  focal  species  for 
the  study.  Handley  has  shown  that  the  foraging  range  of 
Artibeus  is  somewhat  larger  than  the  3,600  acres  of  BCI, 
adult  female  annual  survival  rates  are  about  60  percent, 
and  potential  longevity  is  as  much  as  10  years. 

Artibeus  feed  primarily  on  figs,  so  more  than  600  fig 
trees  covering  over  approximately  one-third  of  the  island 
were  mapped.  Handley  found  that  by  keeping  track  of 
fruit  conditions  on  numerous  fig  trees  he  could  follow  the 
activities  of  bats  with  considerable  precision.  Knowledge 
of  the  bat-fig  relationship  has  stimulated  numerous  ques- 
tions about  fig  systematics,  ecology,  and  evolution. 


Iguana  Biology  and  Management 

Studies  of  the  green  iguana  {Iguana  iguana)  moved  for- 
ward on  several  fronts.  Dr.  Brian  Bock  has  shown  that 


94 


Legislators  from  the  National  Assembly  of  Panama  are  shown  during  a  visit  to  the  Barro  Colorado  Island  forest  preserve  in  March  1985. 
From  left  to  right  are  Secretary  General  Erasmo  Pinilla,  Hon.  Raul  Montenegro,  Mr.  Alfredo  Ocana,  Hon.  Tomas  Guerra,  and  Hon. 
Vianor  Serracin.  (Photograph  by  R.  Brosnahan) 


iguanas  around  Gatun  Lake  face  a  severe  problem  in  scar- 
city of  nest  sites.  Female  iguanas  from  this  population 
gather  annually  at  the  available  sites  to  nest  in  aggrega- 
tions, and  the  hatchling  iguanas  emerge  several  months 
later  to  rapidly  disperse  away  from  these  sites. 

An  intensive  mark-recapture  effort  of  female  iguanas 
over  five  nesting  seasons  produced  evidence  of  strong  nest- 
ing site  fidelity.  However,  some  females  also  explored  and 
occasionally  nested  singly  in  new  sites  that  became  avail- 
able to  them  during  this  study.  Thus,  the  site  fidelity  dem- 
onstrated was  not  absolute,  although  most  female  iguanas 
returned  to  the  same  nesting  site  year  after  year. 

Electrophoretic  analysis  of  blood  and  tissue  samples 
obtained  from  female  iguanas  captured  at  several  nesting 


sites  revealed  significant  allele  frequency  differences 
among  these  iguanas  at  one  of  the  two  polymorphic  loci 
inspected.  Apparently,  female  iguanas  associated  with  the 
most  isolated  nesting  aggregation  may  belong  to  a  distinct 
local  population,  somewhat  reproductively  isolated  from 
the  populations  at  two  other  nesting  sites.  The  nesting  site 
fidelity  exhibited  by  female  iguanas  and  the  movement 
patterns  documented  for  both  female  iguanas  and  dispers- 
ing hatchlings  corroborate  this  electrophoretic  evidence. 
Limited  dispersal  and  nesting  site  fidelity  may  restrict  gene 
flow  between  local  demes. 

Scarcity  of  nest  sites,  high  juvenile  mortality,  and  rapid 
destruction  of  forest,  the  primary  habitat  of  iguanas, 
threaten  iguana  survival  and  an  important  traditional 

95 


source  of  protein  for  people  throughout  much  of  Latin 
America.  Through  the  Iguana  Management  Project,  Dr. 
Dagmar  Werner  and  associates  constructed  three  large 
cages  in  which  adult  females  laid  eggs  in  artificial  nests. 
Eggs  were  then  incubated  in  seminatural  incubators.  The 
1,500  hatchlings  derived  from  the  eggs  of  over  50  females 
led  to  discovery  that  the  incubation  period  not  only 
depends  on  temperature,  but  also  on  substrate  humidity 
and  egg  arrangement.  Furthermore,  incubation  conditions 
as  well  as  genetic  factors  influence  hatchling  weight  and 
body  proportions,  providing  a  basis  for  iguana  manage- 
ment as  a  food  source.  Support  for  this  project  is  derived 
from  the  W.  Alton  Jones  Foundation  and  the  James 
Smithson  Society. 


Impact  of  African  Honeybee 

Several  years  ago  Dr.  David  Roubik  initiated  studies  of 
bees  in  an  effort  to  track  the  arrival  of  African  honey  bees 
in  Panama  as  well  as  to  assess  their  impact  on  native  bees 
and  plants.  An  outgrowth  of  that  work  has  been  develop- 
ment of  protocols  to  adjust  the  African  bee  when  it  comes 
into  conflict  with  human  society  throughout  Central 
America.  Other  results  of  this  work  and  collaborative 
efforts  with  Drs.  Henk  Wolda  and  James  Ackerman 
include  demonstration  that  tropical  bee  population 
dynamics  were  remarkably  consistent  in  both  wet  and  dry 
years.  A  six-year  study  by  Roubik  at  three  forest  sites 
shows  that  several  euglossine  bees  studied  have,  by  far,  the 
most  stable  known  insect  populations  on  earth.  This  pop- 
ulation stability  in  nat've  bee  populations  should  make  it 
possible  to  detect  even  subtle  impacts  of  African  honeybees 
on  the  native  fauna.  An  experimental  study  completed  in 
Soberania  National  Park  provided  evidence  that  at  the  low 
colony  density  expected  for  African  bees  in  Neotropical 
forests,  ten  years  may  be  required  to  alter  bee  populations. 
Renewed  interest  in  African  honeybees  has  been  sparked  in 
North  America  with  discovery  of  a  feral  colony  in  Califor- 
nia, transported  there  by  a  ship. 


Insect  Diversity 

The  vast  diversity  of  tropical  insects  is  at  the  center  of 
numerous  STRI  research  programs.  For  most  groups  many 
species  have  not  yet  been  collected,  identified,  and  named. 
Even  for  the  best-known  groups,  such  as  butterflies, 
detailed  life  history  studies  that  connect  the  various  life 
stages  (larva,  pupa,  adult)  have  not  been  completed.  Dr. 


Annette  Aiello  continues  her  studies  of  immature  insects 
and  their  behavior.  Her  efforts  have  greatly  expanded 
knowledge  on  the  larva,  pupa,  and  host  plants  for  many 
insects. 


Animal  Behavior 

Animal  behavior  is  the  focus  of  many  research  projects  at 
STRI  and  three  books  on  animal  behavior  were  published 
by  scientists  associated  with  STRI  during  1985.  In  Commu- 
nication and  Noncommunication  by  Cephalopods,  Dr. 
Martin  Moynihan  summarizes  current  knowledge  of  the 
communication  and  related  systems  of  octopuses,  squids, 
and  their  allies,  and  assesses  the  comparative  and  theoreti- 
cal implication  of  available  data.  In  The  Tungara  Frog:  A 
Study  in  Sexual  Selection  and  Communication,  Dr. 
Michael  Ryan,  a  former  STRI  predoctoral  fellow,  demon- 
strates the  interplay  of  sexual  and  natural  selection.  Social 
Evolution  by  Robert  Trivers,  a  Regent  Fellow  at  STRI  in 
1981,  provides  "a  stimulating  tour  of  the  most  important 
controversies"  in  the  field  of  sociobiology. 


Plant  Physiology 

Increased  understanding  of  the  environmental  variability 
experienced  by  plants  and  animals  has  stimulated  several 
studies  of  the  means  used  by  plants  to  deal  with  drought 
stress.  Measurements  of  leaf  loss  and  leaf  water  potentials 
for  ten  species  of  shrubs  and  saplings  of  canopy  trees  show 
interspecific  variation  in  phenology  and  water  relations. 
Only  species  with  deep  tap  roots  {Hirtella  triandra  and 
Prioria  copaifera)  are  able  to  produce  and  expand  new 
leaves  during  the  dry  season.  Shallow-rooted  species 
develop  lower  water  potentials,  indicating  greater  water 
stress.  In  Hybanthus  prunifolius  this  appears  to  be  partly 
alleviated  by  leaf  abscission  during  the  dry  season.  Psycho- 
tria  horizontalis,  in  contrast,  postpones  leaf  drop  until  the 
onset  of  the  rains  when  its  green,  fallen  leaves  root  in 
damp  litter.  Thus,  new  plants  are  produced  following  leaf 
abscission  that  favors  vegetative  propagation. 

Egbert  Leigh  has  recently  analyzed  data  on  tree  distribu- 
tions over  small  islands  in  Gatun  Lake  which  have  been 
continuously  forested  since  the  islands  were  isolated  from 
the  nearby  mainland  early  this  century.  Tree  diversity  on 
these  islands  has  declined  rapidly,  but  tree  species  compo- 
sition on  those  islands  is  remarkably  similar.  It  appears 
that  relatively  few  species  are  particulary  suited,  perhaps 
physiologically,  to  conditions  on  these  islands. 


96 


Perturbation  in  Marine  Ecosystems 

Just  as  we  discovered  unpredictable  fluctuations  in  tropical 
terrestrial  ecosystems,  so  marine  ecosystems  also  demon- 
strate a  wide  range  of  aperiodic  disturbances.  Two  exam- 
ples under  study  by  STRI  staff  are  excellent  examples  of 
the  importance  of  long-term  research  in  tropical  biology. 
Nancy  Knowlton  is  examining  the  recovery  of  the  reefs  of 
Jamaica  following  extensive  damage  caused  by  Hurricane 
Allen  in  1980.  A  recensus  of  individually  marked  colonies 
indicated  that  the  once-dominant  coral  Acropora  cervi- 
cornis  continues  to  decline,  largely  due  to  predators  which 
are  now  more  abundant  than  before  the  storm.  Appar- 
ently, community  composition  of  these  reefs  may  be  per- 
manently altered  by  a  single  disturbance  event.  Drs.  Peter 
Glynn  and  Robert  Richmond  documented  an  apparent 
local  extinction  of  Poallopora  damicornis  in  the  Galapa- 
gos due  to  a  particularly  strong  upwelling  of  cold  water 
this  year.  P.  damicornis  had  been  the  most  abundant  coral 
species  in  this  area,  and  it  will  be  important  to  exploit  the 
opportunity  to  follow  the  reestablishment  or  change  in  this 
well-isolated  population. 

Harilaos  Lessios  has  continued  his  studies  of  the  evolu- 
tionary and  ecological  consequences  of  the  mass  mortality 
that  devastated  populations  of  the  sea  urchin,  Diadema 
antillarum,  throughout  the  Caribbean.  He  has  found  that 
survival  of  juvenile  sea  urchins  is  very  low,  and  that  popu- 
lations remain  at  low  levels.  The  absence  of  Diadema  does 
not  appear  to  have  affected  other  species  of  sea  urchins 
(potential  competitors),  but  it  has  had  an  effect  on  the  sur- 
vivorship of  juvenile  coral  colonies.  Where  Diadema  is 
absent  but  other  sea  urchins  are  present,  small  coral  colo- 
nies flourish.  Where  Diadema  was  added  experimentally, 
survivorship  of  colonies  decreased,  possibly  because  of  the 
grazing  action  of  this  species.  More  interesting,  in  reefs 
where  all  the  species  of  sea  urchins  have  been  removed,  the 
juvenile  corals  are  doing  extremely  poorly,  because  they 
are  outcompeted  by  algae,  which  are  normally  kept  at 
lower  levels  by  the  sea  urchins.  Lessios  has  also  found  that 
despite  the  severe  reduction  in  population  size,  genetic 
variability  of  Diadema  has  stayed  at  its  premortality  levels, 
suggesting  that  the  potential  exists  for  a  recovery  of  the 
species.  However,  if  the  populations  stay  low  for  many 
years,  it  is  possible  that  their  genetic  structure  will  be 
affected. 


Biology  of  Marine  Crustacea 

About  thirty-five  species  of  fiddler  crabs  (Uca)  in  Tropical 


America  court  from  and  defend  burrows  to  which  females 
come  for  mating  and  breeding.  Males  court  by  waving 
their  single  enlarged  claw  in  a  species-specific  pattern  and 
tempo.  Males  of  three  small  species  often  construct  arch- 
ing pillars  at  burrow  entrances,  and  these  were  thought  to 
afford  aggregated  males  more  time  to  court  without 
aggressive  interference  from  neighbors.  Field  research  by 
Dr.  John  Christy  on  the  competitive  and  courtship  behav- 
ior of  male  Uca  beebi,  a  pillar  building  species,  indicates 
this  explanation  is  not  correct.  Instead,  pillars  appear  to 
be  visual  markers  that  guide  receptive  females  to  a  burrow 
entrance  after  a  courting  male  has  disappeared  from  the 
surface  during  the  final  stages  of  the  courtship  sequence. 
Pillars  probably  are  icons  of  the  visual  image  presented  to 
females  when  a  male  raises  its  large  claw  revealing  its  dark 
ventral  surface  just  before  entering  his  burrow. 


Population  Biology  of  Clonal  Animals 

Clonal  organisms  are  plants  and  animals  that  propagate 
primarily  by  asexual  reproduction.  The  principal  organ- 
isms that  build  coral  reefs  are  clonal,  including  algae  and 
corals.  Dr.  Jeremy  Jackson  and  his  colleagues  are  studying 
the  population  dynamics  of  clonal  animals  (corals  and 
bryozoans)  and  the  factors  that  affect  their  distributions 
using  sequences  of  photographs  taken  every  few  days  on 
the  same  reefs.  They  have  shown  that  competition  for 
space  is  as  important  as  predation  in  structuring  reef  com- 
munities, and  that  very  low  levels  of  larval  recruitment 
decrease  the  ability  of  clonal  animals  to  respond  quickly  to 
environmental  changes  such  as  the  recent  mass  mortality 
of  Diadema.  Another  important  finding  is  that  the  sexually 
produced  larvae  of  most  clonal  animals  do  not  disperse  far 
from  their  parents.  This  result  violates  most  theoretical 
models  for  the  evolution  of  sex  as  an  individual  adaptation 
which  presume  widespread  dispersal  of  the  sexual  stage. 


Paleohistory  in  Panama 

Richard  Cooke,  Dolores  Piperno,  and  Paul  Colinvaux 
recently  cored  three  highland  lakes  in  Veraguas  Province  to 
obtain  fossil  pollens  and  phytoliths  for  paleoecological 
reconstruction.  A  date  of  10,070  years  before  present  was 
obtained  for  one  (La  Yeguada),  making  it  one  of  the  oldest 
yet  known  in  the  humid  tropics.  Pollen  and  phytolith  stud- 
ies of  these  deposits  should  provide  a  long  and  detailed  his- 
tory of  human  land  usage,  vegetation,  and  climate. 


97 


nomic  development  without  environmental 
considerations. 


Outreach 


Hedgerows  of  macroalgae  mark  the  territorial  boundaries  of  sur- 
geon fish  Acanthuius  lineatus  in  Morea,  French  Polynesia. 


Educational  Programs 

To  consolidate  our  programs,  the  Office  of  Educational 
Coordinator  and  the  Office  of  Conservation  and  Environ- 
mental Education  are  being  merged  into  a  new  Office  of 
Educational  Programs  (OEP).  Mrs.  Georgina  de  Alba  will 
be  head  of  this  office  and  Mr.  Jorge  Ventocilla  will  serve  as 
environmental  specialist.  The  primary  goals  of  this  reor- 
ganized office  will  be:  (i)  to  administer  all  STRI  fellowship 
and  assistantship  programs;  (2)  to  communicate  informa- 
tion produced  from  STRI-sponsored  research  to  nonscien- 
tific  audiences;  and  (3)  to  increase  appreciation  of  tropical 
fauna,  flora,  and  cultures  and  promote  their  conservation. 

Several  STRI  books  for  the  lay  public  were  published. 
One  of  these  was  Guia  de  los  Arboles  Comunes  del  Parque 
Nacional  Soberania  by  George  Angehr,  Phyllis  Coley,  and 
Andrea  Worthington,  a  guide  to  the  most  common  trees  of 
Soberania  National  Park,  an  area  with  the  most  accessible 
lowland  forest  in  northern  Latin  America.  The  manuscript 
was  prepared  by  the  authors  while  they  were  graduate  stu- 
dents doing  research  on  Barro  Colorado  Island. 

Another  book  of  general  interest  published  with  STRI 
support  and  including  papers  by  several  STRI  authors  was 
Agonia  de  la  Naturaleza,  edited  by  Stanley  Heckadon,  a 
STRI  research  associate  and  Jaime  Espinosa,  from  the  Ins- 
tituto  de  Investigacion  Agropecuaria  de  Panama.  The 
book  is  in  Spanish  and  includes  a  series  of  essays  pertain- 
ing to  the  natural  environment  and  the  hidden  costs  of  eco- 


The  Isthmus  of  Panama  with  access  to  two  oceans  pro- 
vides excellent  opportunities  for  the  study  of  marine  ecol- 
ogy. From  February  25  through  April  5,  STRI  and  the 
University  of  Panama's  Center  for  Marine  Sciences  and 
Limnology  gave  the  first  intensive  graduate  field  course  in 
Marine  Ecology  offered  at  the  University  of  Panama.  Nine 
Panamanian  students  participated,  and  a  grant  from  the 
Tinker  Foundation  made  possible  the  participation  of  five 
invited  students  from  Venezuela,  Ecuador,  Costa  Rica, 
Colombia,  and  Mexico.  The  course  included  lecture  and 
laboratory  sessions  led  by  scientists  from  both  sponsoring 
institutions,  and  field  trips  to  sites  on  both  the  Atlantic 
and  Pacific  coasts  of  the  Isthmus. 

From  August  4  to  August  10,  STRI  and  Panama's  Minis- 
try of  Education  organized  a  seminar  to  introduce  issues  of 
environmental  education  and  conservation  of  tropical  eco- 
systems to  Panamanian  high  school  students.  Thirty-three 
high  school  students  and  eight  professors  attended  lectures 
and  took  part  in  projects  at  one  terrestrial  and  one  marine 
site.  Supported  from  the  Smithsonian  Educational  Out- 
reach Program,  this  course  was  a  first  in  Panama  and  will 
hopefully  serve  as  a  model  for  future  seminars. 

To  educate  the  general  public  about  the  value  of  forests 
and  the  effects  of  deforestation,  STRI's  Office  of  Conser- 
vation and  RENARE  produced  a  poster  entitled  "We  are 
losing  our  forests  ...  we  are  losing  more  than  just  trees." 
Financed  by  the  Smithsonian's  Women's  Committee,  the 
poster  has  been  widely  distributed  throughout  Panama 
and  other  countries  in  the  region. 

As  part  of  STRI's  outreach  program  directed  to  the  com- 
munity of  the  host  country,  a  fifth  SITES  exhibition  in 
Panama  entitled  Marine  Mammals  of  the  World  was  pre- 
sented at  the  Museum  of  the  National  Bank  jointly  with 
the  Department  of  Marine  Resources  of  the  Government 
of  Panama.  All  exhibition  materials  were  translated  into 
Spanish. 

Fellowship  and  assistantship  programs  at  various  aca- 
demic levels  funded  by  the  Smithsonian,  the  Exxon  Corpo- 
ration, and  private  donors  supported  more  than  sixty 
young  men  and  women  at  STRI  conducting  individual 
research  or  participating  in  ongoing  research  projects  at 
various  STRI  facilities.  A  grant  from  the  Jessie  Smith 
Noyes  Foundation  made  this  year  will  fund  a  new  fellow- 
ship program  for  Latin  American  doctoral  candidates. 


98 


Other  Actwities 

STRI  is  participating  together  with  the  International  Foun- 
dation, World  Wildlife  Fund,  CATIE,  and  the  Association 
of  Kuna  Employees  in  the  second  year  of  a  wildlands  man- 
agement project  of  the  western  sector  of  the  Kuna  Indian 
reservation.  Jorge  Ventocilla,  from  the  Office  of  Educa- 
tional Programs,  is  technical  coordinator  for  this  project 
which  includes  natural  resource  management,  scientific 
investigation,  and  environmental  education. 

Two  uninhabited  and  virtually  undisturbed  Pacific 
islands  (Gamez  and  Bolanos)  which  lie  ten  miles  off  the 
Pacific  Coast  of  Panama,  have  been  donated  to  STRI 
through  the  Nature  Conservancy's  International  Program. 
A  gift  of  Mrs.  Jean  Niemeier  of  Poulsbo,  Washington,  in 
honor  of  her  late  husband  Edward  A.  "Ed"  Niemeier, 
these  islands  are  forested  and  the  larger  one  contains 
archaeological  sites  with  pottery  remnants  dating  AD  1200 
to  1300. 


Staff  Changes  and  Appointments 

Peter  Glynn  resigned  after  eighteen  years  of  very  produc- 
tive research  in  the  field  of  coral  reef  biology  to  join  the 
University  of  Miami's  marine  laboratory.  Robert  Dressier 
left  Panama  in  June  of  this  year  to  accept  a  part-time  posi- 
tion at  the  University  of  Gainesville  in  Florida.  Dressier 
will  continue  to  work  in  Panama  and  other  tropical  areas 
to  advance  his  studies  of  orchid  biology. 

Mr.  Pedro  Acosta  retired  as  chief  of  the  Game  Warden 
force  at  Barro  Colorado  Nature  Monument.  Warden  Ale- 
jandro Hernandez  was  appointed  as  his  replacement. 
Other  staff  changes  included  the  departure  of  Drs.  Gene 
Montgomery  and  Frank  Morris  to  pursue  other  interests 
and  the  retirement  of  Patrocinio  Esturain  after  nineteen 
years  of  service  as  a  cook  on  BCI. 

With  respect  to  Si's  branch  library  at  STRI,  Sylvia 
Churgin  joined  us  in  Panama  as  branch  librarian  and 
Roberto  Sarmiento  accepted  the  position  as  reference 
librarian.  Among  their  first  tasks  was  the  development  of 
improved  communication.  On-line  data  base  searching 
through  DIALOG  was  initiated  as  the  only  library  in  Pan- 
ama to  have  such  capabilities.  An  800-Panafax  is  the  latest 
instrument  for  transmitting  facsimile  copies  to  improve 
communication  with  Washington,  D.C. 

Photographer  Richard  Brosnahan  was  assigned  to  duty 
at  STRI  during  the  past  year  by  the  Office  of  Printing  and 
Photographic  Services. 


Finally,  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Design  and  Construc- 
tion has  employed  Fernando  Pascal,  an  engineer,  to  be  sta- 
tioned at  STRI. 


Distinguished  Visitors 

Recently  appointed  Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  visited 
STRI  in  January  of  this  year  with  the  purpose  of  obtaining 
firsthand  information  about  this  "off  the  Mall"  bureau. 

STRI  hosted  three  congressional  delegations  from  the 
United  States  this  year:  Congresswoman  Barbara  Mikulski 
and  Congressman  Norman  Shumway  visited  BCI  as  did  a 
group  of  staff  representing  the  Committees  on  Public 
Works  and  Transportation,  Public  Buildings  and  Grounds, 
and  House  Administration;  Congressman  James  Weaver 
visited  STRI  during  a  survey  of  issues  related  to  tropical 
forestry;  and  Mike  Lowry  (chairman)  and  staff  of  the  Sub- 
committee on  Panama  Canal  and  Outer  Continental  Shelf 
were  briefed  on  STRI  programs  in  Panama  during  a  visit 
to  BCI. 

In  March,  Honorable  Legislator  Raul  Montenegro  and 
other  legislators  from  the  Panamanian  National  Assembly 
were  briefed  on  programs  and  plans  by  STRI  director  and 
staff  while  spending  a  full  day  visiting  BCI,  the  Pipeline 
Road  area  in  the  "Parque  Nacional  Soberania"  and  the 
Iguana  Management  Project  site.  The  "Alternatives  to 
Destruction"  projects  were  discussed. 

Dr.  William  Durham,  a  professor  at  Stanford  University 
and  a  MacArthur  Fellow,  spent  eight  months  in  Panama 
initiating  a  long-term  study  of  demography  of  the  Kuna 
Indians  of  the  San  Bias  Islands.  Other  distinguished  visi- 
tors included  members  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  W. 
Alton  Jones  Foundation  and  Mrs.  Jean  Neimeier. 


99 


IOO 


HISTORY  AND  ART 

Dean  W.  Anderson,  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for  History 
and  Art 


IOI 


Anacostia  Neighborhood 
Museum 


The  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  (ANM)  opened  its 
doors  in  Washington's  far  southeast  Anacostia  community 
on  September  15, 1967.  In  its  eighteenth  year  of  operation, 
Anacostia — the  Smithsonian  Institution's  first  satellite 
museum — serves  as  a  national  resource  for  exhibition, 
scholarly  and  applied  research,  historical  documentation, 
and  interpretive  and  educational  programs  relating  to 
Afro-Americana.  A  national  prototype  that  also  serves  as  a 
resource  center  for  similar  institutions  around  the  nation, 
ANM  has  pioneered  new  and  creative  ways  of  involving 
nontraditional  museum  goers  with  the  exciting  worlds  of 
science,  history,  and  the  arts.  The  museum  also  serves  as  a 
cultural  stimulus  for  the  people  of  Anacostia. 

Offering  a  view  of  history  that  takes  into  account  the 
many  positive  contributions  of  Black  Americans,  the  Ana- 
costia Neighborhood  Museum  serves  as  a  catalyst  and 
works  cooperatively  with  other  Smithsonian  bureaus  to 
strengthen  their  own  capabilities  in  identifying  and  docu- 
menting those  artifacts  in  their  collections  that  relate  to 
Black  history  and  culture.  As  a  member  of  the  African 
American  Museums  Association  (AAMA)  and  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Museums  (AAM),  the  museum  aggres- 
sively works  with  other  museums,  research  institutions, 
and  archival  repositories  throughout  the  United  States  and 
abroad  to  enhance  the  awareness  and  appreciation  of  eth- 
nohistory,  ecomuseums,  and  century-old  contributions  of 
Blacks  to  western  civilization. 

Research  began  this  year  for  the  fiscal  year  1987  exhibi- 
tion Climbing  Jacob's  Ladder:  The  Development  of  the 
Black  Church,  1787-1900.  Extensive  contacts  and  visits 
with  individual  congregations  and  major  repositories  of 
church  records  from  the  Southern  Georgia-Carolina  Sea 
Islands  to  Boston,  Massachusetts,  have  been  made  and  the 
project,  which  was  widely  reported  in  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Research  Report  (No.  44,  Winter  1985),  already  has 
attracted  enthusiastic  interest  among  academicians  and 
museum  scholars.  This  year  the  museum  also  successfully 
negotiated  with  Tuskegee  Institute  (Alabama)  to  borrow 
the  visual  records  of  photojournalist  Prentice  H.  Polk 
(1898-1985).  An  exhibition  based  on  this  material,  P.  H. 
Polk:  The  Man  and  His  Works,  will  highlight  the  extraor- 
dinary talent  and  sensitivity  of  Polk  as  well  as  the  strength 
and  quiet  dignity  of  his  subject:  southern  folk  and  folk- 
ways. 

Necessary  replacement  of  the  roof  and  expansion  of  the 
museum's  Exhibits  Laboratory  began  in  1985.  The  new 
addition,  which  will  house  the  education  department  and 
provide  safe,  dry,  and  environmentally  controlled  exhibi- 
tion areas  and  public  space,  was  begun  in  May  and,  for  the 
first  time,  all  Anacostia  staff  will  be  under  one  roof.  In 


Pictured  at  the  ground-breaking  ceremony  on  May  2.1,  1985,  for 
the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum's  new  Fort  Stanton  facility 
are  {left  to  right)  Robert  Stanton  of  the  Park  Service;  John  Blake, 
Anne  King,  and  Addie  Cook  of  the  Anacostia  Community;  John 
R.  Kinard,  director  of  the  museum;  and  Smithsonian  Secretary 
Robert  McCormick  Adams. 


addition,  ample  on-site  parking  and  the  pleasant  sur- 
roundings of  a  post-Civil  War  fort  at  this  Fort  Stanton 
Park  site  will  enable  the  museum's  education  department 
to  expand  its  offerings  and  provide  a  broader  range  of 
interpretive  programs  for  diverse  groups  of  museum  goers 
while  attracting  still  new  audiences. 


102 


Archives  of  American  Art 


As  a  research  bureau,  the  Archives  of  American  Art  takes 
particular  pride  in  its  acquisitions  program.  Fiscal  year 
1985  was  especially  productive  in  collections  of  papers 
whose  value  for  scholarly  enquiry  is  immediately  apparent 
and  whose  subject  matter  is  more  than  usually  varied. 

The  records  of  the  Betty  Parsons  Gallery,  of  the  critics 
Clement  Greenberg  and  Thomas  Hess,  and  of  the  artists 
Lee  Krasner  and  John  Graham  provide  rich  information 
on  the  rise  of  abstract  expressionism  to  a  position  of  domi- 
nance in  American  art.  Several  hundred  prints  donated  by 
the  movement's  unofficial  photographer  Hans  Namuth 
offers  a  useful  visual  supplement  to  this  material.  Postwar 
modernism  in  architecture  is  represented  in  substantial 
groups  of  Marcel  Breuer  and  Charles  Moore  papers. 

Perhaps  the  most  remarkable  of  the  year's  new  collec- 
tions records  the  history  of  the  Institute  of  Contemporary 
Arts,  a  Washington,  D.C.,  organization  devoted  to  bring- 
ing the  best  in  international  culture  to  the  nation's  capital. 
Beginning  in  the  late  1940s  and  extending  well  into  the 
1960s,  it  sponsored  more  than  a  thousand  exhibitions, 
concerts,  recitals,  demonstrations,  readings,  and  lectures. 
Its  founder  and  director  Robert  Richman  conducted  corre- 
spondence with  a  vast  array  of  celebrated  men  and  women 
in  the  arts,  including  W.  H.  Auden,  Alexander  Calder, 
John  Cheever,  E.  E.  Cummings,  T.  S.  Eliot,  Walter  Gro- 
pius,  Andre  Malraux,  Henry  Moore,  Dorothy  Parker, 
Wallace  Stevens,  Dylan  Thomas,  William  Carlos  Williams, 
and  Frank  Lloyd  Wright.  Many  of  these  letters  have 
revealing  passages — Auden  speaks  of  Eliot,  Eliot  speaks  of 
Ezra  Pound,  and  Thomas  speaks  of  borrowing  money,  but 
the  chief  value  of  the  collection  lies  in  its  documentation  of 
an  ambitious  experiment  in  an  integrated  approach  to  the 
arts. 

The  Archives  continued  its  special  collecting  projects  in 
Philadelphia  and  Rhode  Island,  where  preliminary  surveys 
of  art-related  records  in  institutional  and  private  hands 
were  completed  and  selective  microfilming  was  begun.  A 
similar  survey  of  papers  in  the  South  is  now  under  way  and 
another  covering  the  Chicago  area  opened  in  September. 
The  Texas  State  Project  finished  its  work  in  fiscal  year  1985 
after  six  years  of  intensive  collecting  and  filming  in  the 
Southwest.  All  of  these  activities  are  supported  by  corpo- 
rate or  foundation  grants. 

Research  pursued  among  the  Archives'  resources  dem- 
onstrated the  continued  vigor  of  scholarship  in  American 
art  throughout  the  country.  The  Archives'  offices  received 
3, zoo  research  visits  from  graduate  students,  curators,  art 
and  cultural  historians,  and  independent  scholars. 
Research  conducted  outside  the  Archives'  centers  in  Bos- 
ton, New  York,  Detroit,  San  Francisco,  Los  Angeles,  and 


Sidney  R.  Yates,  representative  from  Illinois,  and  Mrs.  Yates  are 
shown  with  Muriel  Kallis  Newman,  Archives  of  American  Art 
Trustee,  and  her  husband,  Albert,  at  the  Archives'  thirtieth  anni- 
versary reception. 


Washington,  D.  C,  brought  requests  for  1,790  rolls  of 
microfilm.  This  year  more  than  two  hundred  books,  exhi- 
bition catalogues,  and  articles  based  on  Archives  resources 
were  published. 

Again,  the  Archives  pays  tribute  to  its  Trustees  and 
members  and  to  foundations  across  the  country  whose 
generous  contributions  support  the  Archives'  collecting 
programs,  scholarly  journal,  and  research  of  the  collec- 
tions. In  particular,  appreciation  goes  to  A.  Alfred  Taub- 
man  and  Mrs.  Ahmet  M.  Ertegun  who,  with  considerable 
persistence  and  hard  work,  brought  more  than  $60,000  to 
the  Archives.  Others  whose  efforts  raised  more  than 
$200,000  include  Mrs.  Francis  de  Marneffe,  Mrs.  Dwight 
M.  Kendall,  Miss  Julienne  Michel,  Mrs.  Dana  M.  Ray- 
mond, Mrs.  Elizabeth  Rea,  Mrs.  John  Rosenkrans,  Jr., 
Mrs.  Abbott  Schlain,  Mrs.  Robert  F.  Shapiro,  and  Mrs. 
Otto  C.  Spaeth. 

Also,  during  fiscal  year  1985,  the  Archives  gratefully 
received  major  grants  of  $50,000  from  the  Henry  Luce 
Foundation  for  national  collecting  projects,  and  $25,000 
from  the  Andrew  W.  Mellon  Foundation  to  begin  concen- 
trated work  on  its  collection  of  works  on  paper. 

Edgar  P.  Richardson,  who  founded  the  Archives  of 
American  Art  in  1954,  died  on  March  27  of  this  year  at  age 
82.  A  distinguished  museum  director  and  art  historian,  Dr. 
Richardson  devoted  much  of  his  career  to  the  study  of 
American  art  well  before  it  reached  its  present  status  of 
academic  respectability.  He  was  a  prolific  scholar  and  an 
active  leader  in  the  museum  community.  The  Archives  will 
remain  a  living  monument  to  his  vision. 


103 


Center  for  Asian  Art 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art  and  Arthur 
M.  Sackler  Gallery 


The  Festival  of  India  was  the  focus  of  programs  for  the 
Center  for  Asian  Art  in  1985.  This  national  celebration  of 
Indian  culture  and  traditions  included  the  Freer  Gallery 
exhibition  The  Arts  of  South  Asia,  which  displayed  paint- 
ings and  sculpture  representing  a  complete  survey  of  the 
Freer  collection  of  art  from  the  Indian  subcontinent.  In  the 
show  were  two  major  recent  acquisitions:  a  Rajput  minia- 
ture painting  (ca.  1660)  and  a  thirteenth  through  four- 
teenth century  bronze  bull,  Nandi,  from  south  India. 

The  Eighth  Freer  Medal  was  awarded  by  Freer  Visiting 
Committee  chairman  Congressman  Norman  Y.  Mineta  to 
Dr.  Stella  Kramrisch  for  her  lifetime  contributions  to  the 
study  of  Indian  art  and  culture.  The  award  is  "for  distin- 
guished contribution  to  the  knowledge  and  understanding 
of  oriental  civilizations  as  reflected  in  their  arts."  The 
impetus  of  the  Festival  of  India  also  prompted  the  Freer  to 
reprint  The  Adventures  of  Rama  by  Milo  C.  Beach,  assis- 
tant director  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery.  A  number 
of  copies  were  subsequently  sent  to  India  for  distribution 
to  schools  and  research  institutes  through  the  Indian 
Embassy. 

Among  the  lectures  in  the  thirty-second  annual  series 
was  "Christian  Scenes  in  Thirteenth  Century  Islamic  Met- 
alware,"  by  Glenn  D.  Lowry,  the  new  curator  of  Near 
Eastern  art.  Other  lectures  included  "The  i6th-Century 
Individualist  Painter  Hasegawa  Tohaku,"  by  Michael  R. 
Cunningham,  which  was  jointly  sponsored  with  the 
Embassy  of  Japan,  and  "Ethical  Problems  in  Conservation 
of  Some  Oriental  Monuments,"  delivered  by  Lawrence  J. 
Majewski,  as  the  Rutherford  J.  Gettens  Memorial  Lecture. 

The  annual  presentation  in  the  John  A.  Pope  Memorial 
Lecture  Series  was  "Some  New  Aspects  of  Japanese  Porce- 
lain of  the  Seventeenth  Century,"  by  Hiroko  Nishida  of  the 
Nezu  Institute  of  Fine  Arts,  Tokyo. 

Japanese  exhibitions  in  the  past  year  included  Japanese 
Calligraphy,  which  demonstrated  styles  of  writing  devel- 
oped during  the  eighth  through  the  twelfth  centuries;  Japa- 
nese Drawings,  including  works  by  Hokusai  (1760-1849) 
and  Gyosai  (1831-1889);  The  Glazed  Ceramic  Tradition  of 
Seto  and  Mino,  illustrated  by  some  rare  early  pieces  as 
well  as  by  representative  Momoyama  period  (1568-1615) 
wares;  Kyoto  Ceramics,  presenting  works  by  major  Kyoto 
ceramic  artists  and  workshops  of  the  Edo  period  (1615- 
1868);  and  Japanese  Theater  in  the  Edo  Period,  featuring 
paintings  on  scrolls  and  a  screen. 

Chinese  exhibitions  included  Ming  Dynasty  Calligraphy 
and  Painting,  comparing  the  works  of  forty  artists  of  the 
Ming  dynasty  (1368-1644),  and  Painting  and  Calligraphy 
from  the  Ch'ing  Dynasty,  displaying  thirty  masterpieces  of 


Among  the  notable  donations  to  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  this  year 
was  this  figure  of  Buddhist  apsaras,  Chinese  jade,  Sung  dynasty, 
907-1280,  a  gift  of  Hon.  and  Mrs.  Hugh  Scott. 


the  Ch'ing  dynasty  (1644-1911)  as  a  sequel  to  the  Ming 
show. 

Near  Eastern  exhibitions  included  From  the  Hand  of 
Mani:  Iranian  Paintings  from  the  Freer,  showing  the  devel- 
opment of  an  idiom  in  manuscript  painting  between  the 
fourteenth  and  sixteenth  centuries;  and  The  Riza-i  Abbasi 
Album,  drawings  signed  by  or  attributed  to  the  man 
acknowledged  by  art  historians  to  have  been  among  the 
greatest  artists  of  Iran's  Safavid  empire  (1502-1736). 
Islamic  Metalwork  is  a  detailed  exploration  of  vessels, 
plates,  ewers,  weapons,  and  other  objects  in  brass,  silver, 
and  gold,  showing  the  development  of  metalwork  from  the 
seventh  to  eighth  through  the  seventeenth  centuries.  An 
illustrated  catalogue  accompanied  the  exhibition. 

As  construction  on  the  Sackler  Gallery  foundation  and 
basic  structure  approached  completion,  design  refinements 
to  various  portions  of  the  new  building  have  occupied  the 
staff.  This  included  particularly  exhibition  galleries,  the 
museum  shop,  collection  storage,  and  the  library.  Equip- 
ment and  furnishings  have  had  to  be  chosen  as  well. 
Refinements  also  continued  for  the  development  of  the 
design  for  the  Freer  renovation  to  follow  the  relocation  of 
the  library  and  offices  to  the  Sackler  building. 

A  grant  from  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  has  made  it 
possible  to  establish  a  Rockefeller  Foundation  Residency 
Program  in  the  Humanities  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
The  grant,  which  supports  residential  fellowships  in  Asian 
and  African  art,  will  provide  two  to  three  postdoctoral 
appointments  each  year  beginning  in  1985  and  continuing 


104 


Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 


through  1988.  The  first  recipient  of  a  Rockefeller  Fellow- 
ship at  the  Center  for  Asian  Art  is  Professor  James  L.  Wes- 
coat,  who  teaches  in  the  Department  of  Geography  at  the 
University  of  Chicago.  He  will  be  resident  at  the  Sackler 
Gallery  in  the  summers  of  1986  and  1987.  Professor  Wes- 
coat's  project  is  "In  Gardens  Watered  by  Running  Streams: 
The  Meaning  of  Water  in  Mughal  Gardens  at  Agra." 

The  first  purchase  made  for  the  Sackler  Gallery  Collec- 
tion was  a  Japanese  ceremonial  lacquer  palanquin  (or  car- 
riage) of  the  late  eighteenth  to  early  nineteenth  century.  An 
extremely  rare  object  in  an  American  museum,  this  palan- 
quin would  have  been  used  to  carry  a  bride  to  her  wed- 
ding, and  the  Sackler  example  shows  the  family  crests  of 
the  two  families  (including  the  Tokugawa  family  which 
ruled  Japan  1600-1868)  to  be  joined. 

Other  major  acquisitions  by  the  Freer  Gallery  included  a 
pair  of  seventeenth-century  Japanese  screens  and  a 
seventh-century  Sasanian  metalwork  dish,  purchased  with 
the  first  federal  funds  ever  appropriated  for  Gallery  collec- 
tion objects.  With  trust  funds,  the  Freer  purchased  Japa- 
nese ceramics,  a  wooden  sculpture,  calligraphy,  paintings, 
and  a  bronze;  Chinese  calligraphy,  painting,  and  a  set  of 
cricket  cages;  Indian  painting;  and  a  Korean  pottery  jar  of 
the  Old  Silla  dynasty  (sixth  century). 

Donations  to  the  Freer  collections  included  Japanese 
ceramics,  paintings,  lacquer;  Chinese  bronze,  ceramics, 
jade,  glass,  and  painting;  and  Turkish  calligraphy.  Of  par- 
ticular note  were  a  Chinese  gray  pottery  wine  container  of 
the  Shang  dynasty,  early  Anyang  period  (thirteenth  century 
B.C.)  donated  anonymously  in  memory  of  collector  and 
connoisseur  Helen  Dalling  Ling;  Chinese  jades  of  the  late 
Neolithic  period  (ca.  5000-ca.  1500  B.C.)  and  the  Sung 
dynasty  (960-1279);  a  bronze  and  four  glass  objects  of  the 
Chinese  T'ang  dynasty  (618-908)  given  by  the  Honorable 
and  Mrs.  Hugh  Scott;  and  an  eighteenth-century  Edo 
period  six-panel  Japanese  screen  of  the  Kano  school  given 
by  Mrs.  Garnet  Hulings.  Among  the  donations  to  the 
library  was  a  limited  edition  of  The  Handmade  Papers  of 
Japan,  given  by  Mrs.  Elizabeth  Kelly  Wyatt.  The  Sackler 
Gallery  and  the  Center  for  Asian  Art  each  received  their 
first  financial  donations  from  the  public  this  year. 


The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum,  the  Smithsonian's  National 
Museum  of  Design  since  1967,  was  founded  in  1897  as  a 
"working  museum"  resource  for  professional  designers 
and  students  of  the  design  arts.  Its  world-renowned 
wallcoverings,  decorative  art  objects,  textiles,  and  prints 
and  drawings  constitute  the  nucleus  of  a  truly  interna- 
tional center  for  the  study  of  design. 

Objects  of  Adornment:  5,000  Years  of  jewelry  from  the 
Walters  Art  Gallery,  Baltimore  and  European  Illustrations: 
1924-1984  were  but  two  of  many  exhibitions  shown  this 
year.  Figural  representations  of  Europe,  Asia,  Africa,  and 
North  America  were  the  theme  of  an  unusual  iconographic 
study  The  Four  Continents,  a  project  by  a  student  in  the 
museum's  Masters  Degree  Program.  Celebration  and  Cere- 
mony: Design  in  the  Service  of  Wine,  a  panoramic  look  at 
objects  both  ordinary  and  extraordinary,  secular  and 
sacred,  was  made  possible  by  Moet  and  Chandon  Cham- 
pagne and  Hennessy  Cognac. 

Asian  arts  were  featured  in  Fabled  Cloth:  Batik  from 
Java's  North  Coast,  underwritten  by  the  Mobil  Oil  Corpo- 
ration, and  Chinese  Gold  and  Silver  from  the  Tang 
Dynasty  in  American  Collections.  American  crafts  and 
design  traditions  were  the  subjects  of  Chicago  Furniture: 
Art,  Craft  and  Industry,  1883-1983  and  Art  Pottery:  A 
New  Vista  in  American  Ceramics,  which  is  now  being  cir- 


This  1907  silver  sideboard  dish,  signed  "L.  Morio,"  was  added  to 
the  Cooper-Hewitt's  collection  this  year.  It  is  Z2.V2  inches  in 
diameter,  hallmarked  by  Holland,  Aldwinkle  &  Slater,  London. 


105 


culated  around  the  country  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service. 

The  museum's  own  holdings  provided  an  important 
nucleus  for  Cut  Paper,  a  survey  of  over  150  examples  of 
this  traditional  art  form,  as  well  as  three  quarters  of  the 
works  shown  in  Old  Master  Prints  from  the  Wallerstein 
Collection,  which  was  organized  jointly  by  the  Cooper- 
Hewitt,  the  Bell  Gallery  of  Brown  University,  and  the  Seat- 
tle Art  Museum.  Timeless  Sources:  Rare  Books  in  the 
Cooper- Hewitt  Collection  was  shown  simultaneously  with 
Carnegie  Libraries:  A  Sesquicentennial  Celebration.  This 
tribute  to  the  philanthropy  of  Andrew  Carnegie  was  espe- 
cially appropriate  in  the  Cooper-Hewitt  which  was  built  as 
Mr.  Carnegie's  residence. 

In  1985  a  handbook  on  the  rare  book  collection  and  a 
unique  volume  on  the  design  traditions  associated  with  the 
history  of  wine  were  added  to  the  Cooper-Hewitt's  lengthy 
bibliography.  A  major  grant  from  the  J.  M.  Kaplan  Fund 
was  received  which  will  help  to  provide  critical  seed 
money  for  future  books.  Two  prior-year  publications,  Cit- 
ies: The  Forces  that  Shape  Them  and  American  Enter- 
prise: Nineteenth  Century  Patent  Models  received  design 
achievement  awards  from  the  National  Endowment  for 
the  Arts'  First  Annual  Presidential  Design  Awards  Pro- 
gram. The  Amsterdam  School:  Dutch  Expressionist  Archi- 
tecture 1915-1930,  a  1984  copublication  of  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  and  MIT  Press,  will  soon  appear  in  Ger- 
man and  French  language  editions. 

Collections  management  activities  continued  apace 
throughout  the  year.  Refinement  of  collections  storage  and 
records,  including  photographic  documentation  of  several 
collection  groups  (the  latter  funded  by  a  grant  from  the 
New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts  (NYSCA))  continued. 
Again  in  1985,  the  Cooper-Hewitt  offered  statewide  con- 
servation advisory  service  for  smaller  museums  through- 
out the  state  in  an  extensive  program  funded  by  NYSCA. 

More  than  5,000  persons  attended  the  dozens  of 
courses,  seminars,  tours,  and  workshops  offered  by  the 
museum's  Programs  Department,  several  of  which  carried 
undergraduate  degree  credits  at  Parsons  School  of  Design. 
Subjects  ranged  from  Renaissance  decorative  arts  to  sea- 
side resorts  in  America,  the  arts  of  Indonesia,  and  the  his- 
tory of  English  taste.  For  the  sixth  year,  the  museum 
participated  in  the  popular  Museum  Mile  Night  which  was 
inaugurated  by  Mayor  Ed  Koch.  Seventeen  graduate  stu- 
dents received  the  master's  degree  in  history  of  the  decora- 
tive arts  and  design  from  the  program  which  is  jointly 
administered  with  the  Parsons  School  of  Design.  Another 
twenty  were  accepted  for  enrollment  for  the  1985-86  aca- 
demic year. 

106 


New  York's  Mayor  Ed  Koch  speaks  at  the  Cooper-Hewitt 
Museum  during  opening  ceremonies  of  Museum  Mile  Night 
1985. 


Throughout  the  year,  the  museum  received  many  acqui- 
sitions including  gifts  from  dozens  of  generous  private 
donors.  Major  purchases  included  a  1907  silver  sideboard 
plate  designed  by  L.  Morio  and  made  by  the  English  firm 
of  Holland,  Aldwinkle,  and  Slater,  and  two  1874  drawings 
of  the  P.  J.  Hetzel  house  by  the  French  architect  Eugene 
Viollet-le-Duc. 

One  of  the  most  exciting  developments  of  this  year  was 
the  sale  of  the  1965  Rolls  Royce  which  was  donated  by 
John  and  Yoko  Lennon  for  the  museum's  benefit  in  1977. 
At  auction,  the  vehicle  fetched  net  proceeds  of  $2,086,450 
which  have  been  placed  in  a  special  fund  pending  the  out- 
come of  a  yet-to-be  publicly  announced  capital  campaign 
on  the  museum's  behalf. 

The  year  also  saw  a  major  decision  by  the  Regents  to 
seek  legislation  authorizing  the  appropriation  of  $11.5  mil- 
lion as  one-half  of  the  amount  required  to  fund  renovation 
and  expansion  of  the  Cooper-Hewitt's  present  facilities. 
Legislation  was  subsequently  introduced  in  the  Senate  and 
in  the  House  of  Representatives  and  hearings  were  held  by 
appropriate  committees.  A  national  campaign  committee 
is  being  formed  to  raise  the  balance  of  necessary  funds  and 
detailed  architectural  planning  will  move  forward  in  1986. 


Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden 


The  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  (HMSG),  a 
major  museum  of  contemporary  art,  maintained  an  active 
exhibition  schedule  and  acquisitions  program  this  fiscal 
year.  Related  programs  of  films,  lectures,  concerts,  tours, 
and  other  educational  activities  for  all  museum  visitors 
supported  these  programs.  The  museum's  departments  of 
conservation,  registration,  photography,  and  the  reference 
library  offer  technical  support  to  staff  and  scholars. 

The  Founding  Director  Abram  Lerner  retired  October  2, 
1984;  he  was  succeeded  by  James  T.  Demetrion,  former 
Director  of  the  Des  Moines  Art  Center,  on  November  1, 
1984. 

HMSG  has  organized  many  important  exhibitions  since 
it  opened  in  October  1974:  loan  shows,  with  works  bor- 
rowed from  other  museums  and  private  collectors,  and 
exhibitions  drawn  from  the  museum's  extensive  permanent 
collection. 

An  important  showing  of  the  museum's  holdings,  Euro- 
pean Modernism:  Selections  from  the  Collection  of  the 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  an  exhibition 
of  some  seventy-five  paintings,  sculpture,  and  works  on 
paper,  was  featured  from  September  13,  1984,  through  Jan- 
uary 13,  1985.  Jim  Dine:  Five  Themes,  which  was  on  view 
from  February  20  through  April  28,  1985,  was  an  inten- 
sive, mid-career  retrospective  for  this  American  artist. 
Focusing  on  five  themes  (tools,  robes,  hearts,  trees,  and 
gates),  the  sixty-eight  works  included  paintings,  drawings, 
mixed  media  compositions,  and  sculptures.  Two  monu- 
mental hearts,  never  before  exhibited,  were  sited  on  the 
plaza  at  the  museum's  entrance.  Organized  by  the  Walker 
Art  Center,  Minneapolis,  the  exhibition  and  national  tour 
was  generously  supported  by  Best  Products  Co.,  Inc.,  and 
the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts.  Representation 
Abroad,  June  5-September  2,  1985,  was  curated  by  Joe 
Shannon.  The  exhibition  focused  on  the  strength  and 
diversity  of  representational  works  by  sixteen  artists  work- 
ing in  Australia,  Columbia,  France,  Great  Britain,  Italy, 
Spain,  and  West  Germany.  The  147  works  were  by  Avigdor 
Arikha,  Arthur  Boyd,  Juan  Cardenas,  Tibor  Csernus,  San- 
dra Fisher,  Klaus  Fussman,  David  Hockney,  Nino  Longo- 
bardi,  Antonio  Lopez-Garcia,  Leonard  McComb,  Luis 
Marsans,  Francesco  Messina,  Rodrigo  Moynihan, 
Wolfgang  Petrick  and,  Isabel  Quintanilla.  A  New  Roman- 
ticism: Sixteen  Artists  from  Italy,  October  3, 1985-January 
5, 1986,  a  major  loan  exhibition,  was  curated  by  Howard 
N.  Fox.  Focusing  on  a  romantic,  spiritual  impulse  in 
recent  Italian  art,  artists  were  Roberto  Barni,  Ubaldo  Bar- 
tolini,  Carlo  Bertocci,  Lorenzo  Bonechi,  Patrizia  Canta- 
lupo,  Sandro  Chia,  Enzo  Cucchi,  Gino  De  Dominicis, 
Stefano  De  Stasio,  Paola  Gandolfi,  Tommaso  Lisanti, 


Carlo  Maria  Mariani,  Sabina  Mirri,  Mimmo  Paladino, 
Franco  Piruca,  and  Marco  Antonio  Tanganelli.  (Tour: 
Akron  Art  Museum,  Ohio,  February-April  1986).  A  grant 
from  the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associ- 
ates enabled  the  museum's  conservation  staff  to  present 
Conservation  of  Modern  Art,  February  2-March  31, 1985. 
The  conservation  of  seventeen  works  from  the  museum's 
own  collection  was  examined  in  detail,  using  the  works 
themselves,  didactic  panels,  and  a  slide  presentation. 

Smaller  exhibitions,  organized  by  HMSG  curator  of 
prints  and  drawings,  Frank  Gettings,  were  highlighted  in 
the  museum's  second  floor  escalator  lobby.  Included  were 
Giacomo  Manzu,  January  31,  1984-March  18, 1985;  20th 
Century  Drawings  from  the  Museum's  Collection,  March 
19-July  22, 1985;  and  Prints  and  Drawings  of  the  60s  from 
the  Museum's  Collection,  July  23-November  4, 1985. 

In  addition  to  creating  its  own  exhibitions,  the  museum 
also  lent  233  objects  to  sixty-two  institutions  this  fiscal 
year.  Among  these  were  six  sculptures  by  Chaim  Gross  to 
the  Nassau  County  Museum  of  Fine  Art,  Roslyn,  New 
York;  five  sculptures  by  Jacques  Lipchitz  to  the  Albert  and 
Vera  List  Visual  Arts  Center,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts;  and  four  paint- 
ings by  Thomas  Eakins  to  the  Winterthur  Museum,  Win- 
terthur,  Delaware. 


James  T.  Demetrion  (left),  director  of  the  Hirshhorn  Museum 
and  Sculpture  Garden,  presents  the  Grand  Duke  and  Duchess  of 
Luxembourg  with  a  catalog  of  the  museum  during  their  visit  on 
November  14,  1984. 


107 


Joseph  Henry  Papers 


International  loans  included  four  photographs  by 
Thomas  Eakins  to  the  Munchner  Stadtmuseum,  Munich, 
West  Germany;  one  painting  by  Francis  Bacon  and  one  by 
Jackson  Pollock  to  the  Stedelijk  Museum,  Amsterdam, 
The  Netherlands;  one  painting  by  Francis  Bacon  to  the 
Tate  Gallery,  London,  England;  one  watercolor  by  Robert 
Delaunay  to  the  Musee  d'Art  Moderne  de  la  Ville  de  Paris, 
Paris,  France;  and  two  Picasso  sculptures  to  the  Ministry 
of  Culture,  Madrid,  Spain. 

Four  exhibitions  of  works  on  paper,  totaling  176  works, 
have  been  loaned  to  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service:  Artists  and  Models:  Portraits  from  the 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  through  April 
1987;  Aspects  of  Color:  Works  on  Paper  from  the 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  Smithsonian 
Institution,  through  May  1985;  Raphael  Soyer:  Sixty-five 
Years  of Printmaking,  Selections  from  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  through  March  1985;  and 
Genre  Scenes:  Works  on  Paper  from  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  through  June  1987. 

The  Department  of  Education  continued  to  bring  the 
museum's  exhibitions  alive  for  a  varied  audience,  ranging 
from  elementary  school  children  through  senior  citizens. 
With  seventy-three  docents,  the  department  conducted 
tours  for  more  than  13,000  visitors.  The  summer  intern 
program  successfully  continued  this  year  with  six  under- 
graduate students.  Regularly  scheduled  free  films  about 
artists,  by  artist  filmmakers,  and  a  special  program  for 
young  people  are  all  vital  aspects  of  the  museum's  outreach 
to  the  public. 

Through  its  acquisition  program,  HMSG's  permanent 
collection  was  enriched  by  eight  gifts  and  nine  purchases. 
Included  were  a  large  paining  by  William  Beckman,  Diana 
IV,  1981;  Leon  Golub's  Four  Black  Men,  1984;  In  the 
Infield  was  Patty  Peccavi,  1981,  a  mixed  media  piece  by 
Edward  and  Nancy  Kienholz;  and  Deborah  Butterfield's 
monumental  sculpture,  Horse,  1985. 


This  year  was  marked  by  the  publication  of  the  fifth  vol- 
ume of  the  letterpress  edition  of  the  Joseph  Henry  Papers, 
documenting  the  years  1841-43,  a  period  in  Henry's  life 
marked  by  intense  experimentation,  teaching,  and  a  preoc- 
cupation with  the  qualitative  development  of  the  American 
scientific  community. 

Work  has  also  proceeded  on  the  sixth  volume,  the  last 
dealing  with  Henry's  years  at  Princeton,  as  well  as  the 
establishment  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  selection 
of  Henry  as  Secretary,  and  his  vision  and  plan  for  the  Insti- 
tution. 

The  project  continued  its  sponsorship  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century  Seminar,  hosting  presentations  which  ranged  over 
a  broad  spectrum  of  historical  topics,  including  the  history 
of  science  and  technology,  art,  and  American  cultural  his- 
tory. 

Henry  Papers  staff  cooperated  with  other  museums  in 
the  preparation  of  exhibitions,  including  the  National 
Museum  of  American  History  for  a  1987  exhibition  New- 
ton in  America,  and  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory for  the  exhibition  on  the  Wilkes  Expedition  to  the 
South  Pacific. 

In  addition,  Henry  staff  made  presentations  at,  among 
others,  the  XVIIth  International  Congress  of  History  of 
Science  and  the  History  of  Science  Society.  Nathan  Rein- 
gold,  acting  as  chair  of  the  Commission  on  Documenta- 
tion of  the  Division  of  Historical  Sciences,  International 
Union  of  the  History  and  Philosophy  of  Science,  organized 
an  international  conference  on  historical  editing  in  the  his- 
tory of  science. 


This  was  the  scene  as  Hirshhorn  staffers  put  the  first  massive 
component  of  Two  Big  Black  Hearts  by  American  artist  Jim  Dine 
in  place  for  its  first  public  showing.  Part  of  the  traveling  exhibi- 
tion Jim  Dine:  Five  Themes,  the  bronze  hearts  had  been  commis- 
sioned by  a  private  collector  and  were  later  removed  to  another 
site.  Dine  is  watching  at  far  right. 


109 


National  Museum  of  African  Art 


In  fiscal  year  1985  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art 
progressed  on  many  fronts  simultaneously.  Clear  vision, 
new  staff  appointments,  and  cooperation  with  numerous 
areas  of  the  Institution  provided  the  background  for 
increased  activity  and  the  impetus  for  implementing  objec- 
tives needed  for  the  forthcoming  move  to  the  National 
Mall.  The  advancement  of  the  museum's  mission,  to  bring 
public  understanding  of  African  art  traditions  and  cul- 
tures, was  strengthened  by  an  active  acquisitions  program 
and  several  national  and  international  loan  exhibitions. 
These  exhibitions  placed  the  museum  on  a  national  circuit 
of  touring  exhibitions,  where  the  most  significant  accom- 
plishments in  the  field  of  African  art  are  reviewed.  And, 
while  the  lack  of  space  in  the  current  location  forced  the 
museum  to  turn  away  over  500  tours  last  year,  improve- 
ments in  the  museum's  educational  components  were 
made  evident  by  the  quality  of  resource  materials  available 
to  the  public  and  by  the  rostrum  of  distinguished  scholars, 
foreign  dignitaries,  and  museum-cultural  administrators 
visiting  and  lecturing  at  the  museum. 

For  the  first  time,  the  museum  was  able  to  make  its  col- 
lection and  research  facilities  available  for  advanced  schol- 
arly research  through  a  residency  fellowship  program 
administered  by  the  Smithsonian's  Office  of  Fellowships 
and  Grants.  The  first  recipient  of  the  Rockefeller  Founda- 
tion Residency  Program  in  the  Humanities  is  Dr.  LaBelle 
Prussin,  professor  of  architecture  at  the  University  of 
Washington,  Seattle. 

A  three-year  grant  was  awarded  by  The  Morris  and 
Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation  to  support  the  planning 
and  preparation  of  the  major  inaugural  loan  exhibition  in 
the  Quadrangle,  African  Art  and  the  Cycle  of  Life. 

This  year  three  major  loan  exhibitions  opened  at  the 
museum,  each  with  scholarly  catalogues.  The  first  exhibi- 
tion, Praise  Poems:  The  Katherine  "White  Collection,  was 
organized  and  circulated  by  the  Seattle  Art  Museum. 
Opening  at  the  museum  on  October  31,  1984,  fifty  works 
of  art  from  the  White  collection  of  African  art  enabled  visi- 
tors to  explore  the  meaning  and  aesthetics  of  African  art. 

Over  14,000  visitors  in  a  nine-week  period  came  to  the 
museum  to  view  African  Masterpieces  from  the  Musee  de 
I'Homme,  the  major  Spring  exhibition  presented  under  the 
patronage  of  the  Ambassador  of  the  Republic  of  France  to 
the  United  States  and  organized  by  The  Center  for  African 
Art,  New  York.  One  hundred  world-renown  works  of  art 
from  west  and  central  Africa  drawn  from  one  of  the  fore- 
most collections  of  African  art  in  the  world  formed  a  cohe- 
sive unit  illustrating  the  history  of  collecting  in  France. 

The  first  exhibition  on  the  art  of  the  Igbo-speaking  peo- 
ple of  southeastern  Nigeria  opened  July  31,  1985.  Igbo 


Arts:  Community  and  Cosmos  was  based  on  original  field- 
work  by  Herbert  Cole,  professor  of  art  history,  University 
of  California,  Santa  Barbara,  in  collaboration  with  Chike 
C.  Aniakor,  professor  of  art,  University  of  Nigeria, 
Nsukka.  More  than  100  works  of  Igbo  art  from  museums 
and  private  collections  in  the  United  States  and  abroad, 
including  Nigeria,  were  assembled  to  show  the  variety  of 
traditional  arts  among  the  Igbo. 

In  fiscal  year  1985  the  museum  was  fortunate  to  add  to 
its  collection  eighty-five  works  of  art,  including  fifty-four 
objects  acquired  through  gift  and  thirty-one  objects 
acquired  through  purchase.  The  holdings  were  enriched  by 
the  donation  of  a  private  collection  of  thirteen  works  of  art 
from  sub-Saharan  Africa,  including  figures,  utilitarian 
objects,  headdresses,  and  amulets.  A  unique  and  well- 
documented  sculpture  in  the  donation  is  a  life-size  Bamum 
memorial  grave  figure,  dated  1908.  Carved  in  wood  and 
embellished  with  extraordinary  beadwork,  its  origin  is  the 
grassfields  of  Cameroon.  Other  gifts  to  the  museum 
include  examples  of  west  and  central  African  metalwork 
and  figurative  sculpture  from  Mali,  Nigeria,  and  Zaire.  As 
the  museum  prepares  to  move  to  its  new  headquarters,  a 
highly  concentrated  effort  to  strengthen  the  permanent 
collection  continues.  This  year,  the  first  group  of  objects  of 
art  consisting  of  twenty  works  from  a  private  European 
collection  was  purchased  with  Trust  funds. 

Other  noteworthy  objects  acquired  through  purchase 
during  the  year  include:  a  Yoruba  (Nigeria)  ivory  female 
figure  purchased  with  funds  provided  by  a  grant  from  the 


Sylvia  Williams  {left),  director  of  the  National  Museum  of  Afri- 
can Art,  is  shown  with  His  Excellency  Emmanuel  de  Margerie, 
Ambassador  of  the  Republic  of  France,  and  Mrs.  John  Pope,  of 
the  International  Exhibitions  Foundation,  at  the  opening  recep- 
tion for  African  Masterpieces  from  the  Musee  de  I'Homme,  April 
9,  1985.  (Photograph  by  Kim  Nielsen) 


IIO 


James  Smithson  Society;  two  Topotha  beaded  hats 
(Republic  of  the  Sudan)  for  which  funds  were  donated  by 
the  Friends  of  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art;  and 
an  Akan,  Twifo-Hemang  terra-cotta  head  (Ghana). 

During  the  year  the  museum  appointed  a  full-time,  per- 
manent conservator,  Stephen  Mellor,  and  an  exhibition 
designer,  Richard  Franklin.  In  addition,  assistant  registrar, 
Mary  Lawson,  was  appointed  to  further  the  implementa- 
tion of  sound  collection  management  procedures.  Under 
the  management  of  the  museum's  fine  archivist,  Judith 
Luskey,  the  Eliot  Elisofon  Photographic  Archives  assessed 
projects  and  took  inventory  of  all  resource  material  in  the 
department.  Three  of  the  many  significant  donations 
received  during  the  year  are  2,500  field  photographs  taken 
in  Nigeria  and  the  Congo,  1949-59;  a  collection  of  photo- 
graphs from  Cameroon;  and  a  collection  of  east  African 
photographs  and  a  film  on  the  archaeological  site,  Great 
Zimbabwe. 

The  department  of  education  and  research  conducted 
250  school  tours,  more  than  100  workshops  and  100  out- 
reach programs.  The  Shell  Companies  Foundation 
awarded  a  gift  in  February  1985  enabling  the  department 
to  begin  a  publication  series,  the  first  of  which  is  titled  The 
Art  of  African  Kingdoms.  In  addition,  a  grant  received 
from  the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associ- 
ates enabled  the  museum  to  continue  two  educational  out- 
reach programs,  "Animal  Symbolism"  and  "African 
Music." 

In  conjunction  with  major  exhibitions,  art  historians, 
musicologists,  and  historians  delivered  lectures.  Among 
the  museums  and  universities  represented  were:  University 
of  Miami,  Cleveland  State  University,  University  of  Vir- 
ginia, Yale  University,  University  of  Wisconsin,  University 
of  Pittsburgh,  Atlanta  University,  Governors  State  Univer- 
sity, Georgetown  University,  Hunterian  University  (Scot- 
land), Horniman  Museum  and  Library  (England),  and 
Universita  Internazionale  dell'Arte  (Italy).  As  part  of  its 
commitment  to  foster  the  use  of  the  collection  and  its 
research  facilities,  the  museum  had  in  residence  four 
scholars  through  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants. 
The  scholars  were:  Eli  Bentor,  Indiana  University;  Elisha 
Renne,  University  of  Minnesota;  Blythe  Follet-Colon, 
University  of  Connecticut;  and  Sharon  Patton,  University 
of  Maryland. 


This  unique  and  unusually  well-documented  sculpture  was 
donated  to  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art,  a  gift  of  Evelyn 
A.  J.  Hall  and  John  A.  Friede.  The  sculpture  is  a  life-sized 
Bamum  (Cameroon)  memorial  grave  figure,  carved  in  wood  and 
embellished  with  extraordinary  beadwork,  dated  1908. 


Ill 


National  Museum  of 
American  Art 


Identity  and  Purpose 

With  a  collection  begun  in  1829,  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art  (NMAA)  is  devoted  to  the  acquisition,  pres- 
ervation, study,  and  exhibition  of  American  painting, 
sculpture,  graphic  art,  and  crafts.  The  Renwick  Gallery, 
established  separately  in  1972  under  the  purview  of 
NMAA,  displays  American  crafts  and  decorative  arts  as 
well  as  exhibitions  of  work  from  abroad.  In  addition,  the 
Barney  Studio  House  is  maintained  by  NMAA  as  a  period 
home  open  for  tours  and  for  special  interpretive  programs. 


Programs  &  Projects 

The  major  commitment  of  the  NMAA  is  to  the  preserva- 
tion, research,  and  presentation  of  its  permanent  collec- 
tion. Many  of  the  museum's  exhibition  and  education 
programs  result  from  this  priority. 

NMAA's  exhibition  program  highlighted  special  aspects 
of  the  work  of  well-known  artists  and  introduced  the  work 
of  distinguished  but  lesser  known  artists,  representing  the 
breadth  of  American  creativity.  Sharing  Traditions:  Five 
Black  Artists  in  Nineteenth-Century  America  featured 
forty-nine  works,  the  majority  from  the  NMAA's  extensive 
collection  of  Afro- American  art,  by  five  artists  who  were 
acclaimed  in  their  time  and  contributed  significantly  to  the 
mainstream  of  American  art.  Organized  by  Lynda  R. 
Hartigan,  the  accompanying  catalogue  contributed  fresh 
research  to  the  field  of  black  studies.  Drawn  from  the 
NMAA's  extensive  holdings  of  the  artist's  work  and  based 
on  repeated  interviews,  Werner  Drewes:  Sixty-Five  Years 
of  Printmaking,  a  retrospective  of  the  printmaker's  work 
was  prepared  by  curator  Martina  Norelli.  Homage  to 
Franz  Kline:  Photographs  by  Aaron  Siskind,  an  exhibition 
undertaken  by  Merry  Foresta,  included  forty-eight  photo- 
graphs inspired  by  Kline's  abstract  expressionist  paintings 
and  the  friendship  that  existed  between  the  two  men.  Cre- 
ation and  Renewal:  Views  of  Cotopaxi  by  Frederic  Edwin 
Church,  organized  by  guest  curator  and  former  Smithso- 
nian Fellow  Katherine  Manthorne,  was  the  first  exhibition 
devoted  to  Church's  South  American  work — the  paintings 
that  won  him  fame  in  the  nineteenth  century  and  upon 
which  his  reputation  firmly  rests  today.  Organized  by 
Lloyd  E.  Herman,  The  Woven  and  Graphic  Art  of  Anni 
Albers,  opening  on  the  artist's  eighty-sixth  birthday,  cele- 
brated her  pioneer  work  in  the  medium  of  fine  art  weaving 
in  America.  The  Martha  Jackson  Memorial  Collection, 
exhibition  and  catalogue  prepared  by  Harry  Z.  Rand,  fea- 
tured works  championed  by  the  unorthodox  New  York 


gallery  dealer,  perhaps  best  known  for  encouraging 
abstract  expressionism. 

Educational  outreach  included  a  series  of  six  programs 
presented  at  the  Barney  Studio  House,  among  them 
"English  Song  and  Poetry"  and  "A  Shakespearean  Feast." 
Made  possible  by  a  grant  from  the  Metropolitan  Life 
Foundation,  a  symposium  and  lectures  accompanied  the 
exhibition  Sharing  Traditions:  Five  Black  Artists  in 
Nineteenth-Century  America.  A  panel  discussion  cospon- 
sored  by  the  Smithsonian  Resident  Associates  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  opening  of  LIFE:  The  Second  Decade, 
1946-1955  included  LIFE  photographers  Edward  Clark, 
Alfred  Eisenstaedt,  Martha  Holmes,  John  Loengard,  Carl 
Mydans,  and  John  Phillips  who  reminisced  about  their 
work  with  the  magazine  that  revolutionized  photo  journal- 
ism. Finally,  a  group  of  scholars  convened  in  a  panel  to 
discuss  "The  Lithographs  of  James  McNeill  Whistler,"  the 
symposium  accompanying  an  exhibition  of  the  same 
name. 


Accessions  and  Deaccessions 

NMAA  acquired  Achelous  and  Hercules,  a  major  mural 
by  the  significant  American  artist,  Thomas  Hart  Benton 
(1889-1975).  This  large  painting,  of  egg  tempera  on  canvas 
(63  X  262  inches),  was  a  gift  from  Allied  Stores  Corpora- 
tion and  a  museum  purchase  through  the  Smithsonian's 


112 


Thomas  Hart  Benton's  Achelous  and  Hercules  of  1947  was  acquired  this  year  by  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art,  a  gift  of  Allied 
Stores  Corporation  and  museum  purchase  through  the  Major  Acquisitions  Fund,  Smithsonian  Institution. 


Collections  Acquisition  Program.  It  is  among  the  artist's 
most  forceful  and  successful  compositions  and  a  splendid 
example  of  Benton's  ability  to  raise  the  American  experi- 
ence to  the  level  of  myth. 

Other  outstanding  objects  among  approximately  930 
items  accessioned  this  year  included  Lorser  Feitelson's 
Genesis  #2,  the  most  famous  painting  of  the  little-known 
California  movement,  "Subjective  Classicism:  Post- 
Surrealism";  Albert  E.  Gallatin's  May  Composition,  and 
Gene  Davis's  Prince  Albert.  Distinguished  works  by  earlier 
artists  included  Charles  Sprague  Pearce's  Lamentation 
Over  the  Death  of  the  First-Born  of  Egypt,  1877;  Edward 
Mitchell  Bannister,  Tree  Landscape;  a  portrait  of  a  white 
woman  by  George  Catlin;  Jasper  Francis  Cropsey's  expan- 
sive view  The  Coast  of  Genoa;  and  Edmonia  Lewis's 
Moses  (after  Michelangelo). 

Reflecting  NMAA's  commitment  to  photography, 
approximately  300  photographs  were  acquired,  including 
Edward  Weston's  Pepper,  No.  30, 1930,  and  Robert  Map- 
plethorpe's  Andre,  1984. 

Fine  decorative  arts  objects  acquired  by  the  Renwick 
Gallery  included  Cynthia  Schira's  Reflections,  1982,  a 
four-panel  weaving  using  fibers  and  metallic  threads,  and 
by  the  prominent  glass  artist,  Harvey  K.  Littleton,  Opales- 
cent Red,  translucent  colored  rods  with  clear  crystal  over- 
lays arranged  sculpturally  to  suggest  organic  growth. 

NMAA  received  311  paintings,  sculptures,  drawings, 
and  collages  from  Container  Corporation  of  America 


which  is  headquartered  in  Chicago.  Each  of  these  modern 
works  of  art  was  commissioned  by  the  corporation  and 
reproduced  in  its  advertising  programs  inaugurated  in 
1937.  The  collection  includes  many  individual  works  of 
major  importance  and,  collectively,  it  documents  a  corpo- 
ration's leading  role  in  the  cultural  life  of  our  nation.  As  a 
body  of  work,  it  enriches  the  museum's  documentation  of 
modern  graphic  design  and  its  relationship  to  the  fine  arts 
in  America. 

Additional  groups  of  works  acquired  by  the  museum 
included  twenty-six  collages  by  Joseph  Cornell,  gift  of  his 
sister  Mrs.  John  A.  Benton;  eighty  prints  by  Howard  Nor- 
ton Cook,  gift  of  his  widow  Barbara  Latham  Cook;  thirty- 
nine  prints  by  Louis  Lozowick,  gift  of  his  widow  Adele 
Lozowick;  six  photographs  by  Man  Ray,  gift  of  his 
widow,  Mrs.  Juliet  Man  Ray;  and  four  sculptures  by 
Bruce  Moore,  gift  of  his  widow  Alice  H.  Moore. 

The  NMAA  was  established  to  preserve,  research,  and 
display  art  of  the  United  States.  In  an  attempt  to  define 
and  focus  this  purpose  more  carefully,  the  museum's  Com- 
mission approved  the  deaccessioning  of  twenty-four  works 
of  non- American  origin,  as  well  as  fifty-five  paintings  that 
substantially  duplicate  other  works  by  the  same  artist 
which  are  superior  in  quality,  or  others  of  comparable  sub- 
ject, format,  style,  or  period.  The  proceeds  realized  from 
sale  at  public  auction  are  to  be  used  solely  for  purchase  of 
new  acquisitions. 


113 


National  Museum  of 
American  History 


Aaron  Siskind,  Dr.  Charles  C.  Eldredge,  director  of  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art,  and  Mrs.  Nan  Tucker,  chairman  of 
the  museum's  commissioners,  at  a  December  1984  preview  of 
Homage  to  Franz  Kline:  Photographs  by  Aaron  Siskind. 


Activity  Changes 

In  fiscal  year  1985  the  museum  began  a  one-year  pilot 
project  to  develop  a  research  data  base  for  a  projected 
Inventory  of  American  Sculpture.  The  initial  project,  made 
possible  by  a  grant  from  the  Henry  Luce  Foundation,  will 
allow  the  museum  to  automate  the  University  of  Dela- 
ware's Index  of  American  Sculpture.  Following  the  pilot, 
the  museum  plans  an  intensive  five-year  program  to  seek 
and  record  sculpture  in  public  and  private  collections 
throughout  every  region  in  the  United  States.  The  sculp- 
ture inventory  will  augment  NMAA's  other  computerized 
research  resources,  which  constitute  the  most  complete 
data  base  on  the  subject  of  American  art  in  existence. 


Facilities 

Restoration  of  the  Renwick  Gallery's  stone  copings  and 
facade  continued  through  the  year  and  was  completed  in 
January  1986. 


In  fiscal  year  1985  the  National  Museum  of  American  His- 
tory (NMAH)  continued  its  dedication  to  the  collection, 
care,  study,  and  exhibition  of  objects  that  reflect  the  expe- 
rience of  the  American  people.  The  museum  also  offered  a 
broad  spectrum  of  lectures,  concerts,  and  other  programs 
which  interpret  that  experience. 

The  exhibition  program  opened  in  the  Dibner  Gallery  in 
October  with  European  Roots  of  American  Pharmacy. 
The  instruments,  paintings,  drug  containers,  and  other 
objects  on  view  showed  how  the  tools  and  practices  of  the 
European  apothecary  have  become  embedded  in  the  fabric 
of  American  pharmacy.  Ramunas  Kondratas  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Medical  Sciences  organized  the  exhibition.  From 
mid-December  to  the  close  of  the  holiday  season  the 
annual  Trees  of  Christmas  exhibition  lent  a  festive  air  to 
the  building.  Trees  provided  by  the  Department  of  Horti- 
culture were  decorated  by  volunteers  with  handmade 
ornaments  exemplifying  a  traditional  style.  The  Depart- 
ment of  Public  Programs  also  presented  its  annual  Holiday 
Celebration  from  December  26  to  31.  This  celebration  of 
America's  ethnic  heritage  drew  on  the  talents  of  more  than 
six  hundred  participants  from  local  ethnic  communities 
and  attracted  more  than  115,000  visitors. 

In  January  Spanning  Niagara:  The  International 
Bridges,  1848-1962  opened  in  the  first  floor  special  exhibi- 
tion gallery.  More  than  seventy  photographs,  drawings, 
and  lithographs  illustrated  the  technical  and  esthetic  chal- 
lenges faced  by  the  designers  of  the  thirteen  bridges  built 
over  the  Niagara  River.  The  exhibition  was  made  possible 
by  a  grant  from  the  New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts. 
Ralph  Greenhill  organized  the  exhibition  in  Toronto;  it 
was  presented  here  under  the  curatorship  of  Robert  M. 
Vogel  of  the  Division  of  Civil  and  Mechanical  Engineering. 
From  May  to  August  the  Dibner  Gallery  housed  Celestial 
Images:  Astronomical  Charts  1500-1900,  which  traced  the 
evolution  of  decorative  astronomical  charts.  Several  celes- 
tial globes,  an  armillary  sphere,  an  orrery,  and  a  comita- 
rium  accompanied  the  more  than  thirty  star  charts  and 
celestial  atlases  in  the  exhibition.  Developed  by  Patricia 
M.  Burnham  at  Boston  University,  its  showing  at  NMAH 
was  organized  and  curated  by  Deborah  J.  Warner  of  the 
Division  of  Physical  Science.  A  rare  silver  wine  cup  that 
belonged  to  Governor  William  Bradford  of  the  Plymouth 
Bay  Colony  was  placed  on  exhibition  in  June  for  a  three- 
year  showing.  The  cup,  made  in  London  in  1634  and 
inscribed  with  the  initials  "WB,"  was  purchased  jointly  by 
the  museum  and  the  Pilgrim  Society  of  America. 

For  the  second  year,  the  Resident  Associate  Program 
sponsored  a  program  to  teach  graphic  arts  techniques  to 
students  in  secondary  schools.  During  the  summer,  an 


114 


Here  is  the  John  Bull,  the  world's  oldest  operable  locomotive,  aboard  an  airplane  for  its  journey  from  the  National  Museum  of  Ar 
History  to  Texas  for  display  at  the  opening  of  the  Dallas  Fine  Arts  District  in  April  1985. 


exhibition  of  works  by  these  students,  Discover  Graphics, 
was  especially  popular  among  younger  visitors  to  the 
museum.  The  Singer  Sewing  Machine  Company  recently 
donated  a  large  collection  of  drawings,  models,  and 
machines  documenting  the  evolution  of  the  design  of  their 
products  since  the  1930s.  Industrial  Design:  An  American 
Case  History,  which  opened  in  July,  comprised  a  selection 
of  these  drawings  and  the  machines  they  represented.  Bar- 
bara Janssen  of  the  Division  of  Textiles  organized  the  exhi- 
bition. This  year's  version  of  History  as  Seen  from 
NMAH,  an  annual  exhibition  composed  of  photographs 
taken  by  Smithsonian  staff  photographers,  also  opened  in 
July.  The  exhibition  covered  events  from  around  the  Mall 
and  nearby,  such  as  the  unveiling  of  a  statue  at  the  Viet- 
nam memorial,  protests  and  demonstrations  on  the  Mall, 


and  the  inaugural  activities  of  early  1985.  The  museum 
commemorated  the  fortieth  anniversary  of  the  dropping  of 
the  first  atomic  bomb  in  Building  the  Bomb:  Forty  Years 
After  Hiroshima,  which  related  the  history  of  the  Manhat- 
tan Project  through  photographs,  documents,  and  artifacts 
from  Hiroshima  and  Nagasaki.  Also  on  view  were  bomb 
casings  of  "Fat  Man"  and  "Little  Boy,"  nicknames  for  the 
bombs  dropped  on  Nagasaki  and  Hiroshima,  respectively. 
Consultant  Stanley  Goldberg  wrote  and  assembled  the 
exhibition.  NMAH  participated  in  the  Festival  of  India  in 
September  with  Aditi:  The  Monies  of  India,  produced  by 
the  National  Numismatics  Collection.  The  exhibition  pre- 
sented examples  from  the  museum's  collection  of  Indian 
coins,  one  of  the  finest  in  this  country. 
The  popular  "Case  of  the  Month"  program  of  small 


US 


exhibitions  continued  in  1985.  Presentation  Swords  exhib- 
ited several  elaborately  decorated  swords  presented  to  fig- 
ures such  as  General  Ulysses  S.  Grant  and  General  John  J. 
Pershing  in  recognition  of  their  services  to  this  country. 
Black  History  Month  saw  the  opening  of  A  Constellation 
of  Black  Sports  Stars,  which  examined  the  history  of  black 
participation  in  major  American  sports.  Two  of  the  objects 
were  a  recent  gift  by  the  Harlem  Globetrotters.  Commem- 
orated anniversaries  included  the  centennials  of  the  Pilot 
Boat  Association,  the  Visiting  Nurse  Association,  and  the 
birth  of  Al  Jolson,  and  the  50th  anniversaries  of  the  pas- 
sage of  the  Rural  Electrification  Act  and  the  Soil  Conser- 
vation Act. 

The  first  of  the  museum's  major  reinstallations,  After 
the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in  America,  1780-1800, 
neared  completion  on  the  second  floor.  The  exhibition,  to 
open  in  November  1985,  explores  the  lives  of  ordinary  peo- 
ple who  lived  in  America  in  the  final  two  decades  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  Various  sections  of  the  exhibition 
examine  the  daily  lives  of  a  Delaware  farm  family,  a  Vir- 
ginia planter  family,  a  Yankee  merchant  family,  and  of  the 
people  of  three  larger  communities — the  Seneca  Nation  of 
the  Iroquois  Confederacy,  African-Americans  in  the  Ches- 
apeake, and  the  busy  seaport  of  Philadelphia.  Two  study 
galleries,  designed  to  provide  room  for  temporary,  smaller 
exhibitions  within  After  the  Revolution,  display  objects 
from  the  Divisions  of  Costume  and  of  Ceramics  and  Glass 
that  enable  visitors  to  examine  in  detail  the  techniques 
artisans  used  to  create  the  objects  and  the  evolution  of 
their  design.  For  foreign  visitors  selected  labels  from  the 
exhibition  have  been  translated  into  French,  German,  Jap- 
anese, and  Spanish  and  will  be  available  at  the  entrance. 
Demolition  and  production  have  begun  on  the  first  floor  in 
preparation  for  the  second  exhibition  in  the  museum's 
major  reinstallation  program,  Engines  of  Change:  The 
Industrial  Revolution  in  America. 

The  museum  also  contributed  to  shows  elsewhere  in  fis- 
cal year  1985.  G.  Terry  Sharrer  of  the  Division  of  Agricul- 
ture and  Natural  Resources  curated  and  coordinated  the 
exhibition  American  Anthem,  created  for  the  opening  of 
the  Dallas  Fine  Arts  District  in  April  and  continuing 
through  October  of  1985.  This  exhibition  included  some  of 
the  most  important  objects  from  the  museum's  collections, 
such  as  the  John  Bull  locomotive,  the  compass  of  William 
Clark  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition,  and  the  furniture 
from  General  Robert  E.  Lee's  surrender  at  Appomattox. 

In  addition  to  researching  and  organizing  exhibitions 
large  and  small  the  two  major  curatorial  departments  of 
the  museum  moved  forward  with  the  scholarly  work  of 
investigating  American  history,  publishing  articles,  acquir- 


The  first  laser,  constructed  by  Theodore  Maman  at  Hughes 
Research  Laboratories  in  i960,  sparked  a  series  of  discoveries 
and  applications  described  in  The  Laser  at  2.5,  a  traveling  exhibi- 
tion organized  by  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and 
produced  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition 
Service  in  1985. 


ing  new  objects,  and  sponsoring  and  attending  symposia, 
conferences,  lectures,  and  other  special  events.  The 
Department  of  Social  and  Cultural  History  continued 
work  on  its  high  priority  of  reinstalling  the  large  thematic 
exhibitions  on  American  social,  cultural,  and  political  his- 
tory, including  After  the  Revolution.  The  concept  state- 
ment for  the  nineteenth-century  Life  in  America  exhibition 
was  refined  and  expanded,  and  the  department  produced 
several  smaller  displays  this  year,  including  A  Share  in 
America,  which  comprised  a  selection  of  paintings  used  as 
the  basis  for  posters,  billboards,  and  other  advertisements 
encouraging  Americans  to  buy  bonds  and  savings  stamps. 
The  Bradford  Cup,  the  Singer  Archives,  and  a  model  of 
Louis  Robert's  first  papermaking  machine  (1801)  were 
important  acquisitions  for  the  department;  other  acces- 


116 


sions  included  forty-five  examples  of  eighteenth-century 
Meissen  porcelain;  many  significant  pieces  of  nineteenth- 
and  early  twentieth-century  furniture;  four  printing 
presses;  the  Swain  collection  of  thirty-five  European  and 
American  flutes;  and  a  complete  collection  of  television 
commercials  from  the  Reagan-Bush  1984  campaign. 

Department  staff  organized  or  cosponsored  many  pro- 
grams during  the  year:  a  one-day  symposium  on  Eleanor 
Roosevelt;  a  Conference  on  the  History  of  Music  in  Amer- 
ica (with  the  Department  of  Public  Programs);  and  a  meet- 
ing of  the  Comite  International  des  Musees  et  Collections 
d'Instruments  de  Musique.  Several  staff  members  received 
grants  for  scholarly  work,  including  a  Guggenheim  Fel- 
lowship of  $17,000  for  Cynthia  Hoover  of  the  Division  of 
Musical  Instruments  to  devote  one  year  to  writing  a  book 
on  the  piano  in  America;  an  $87,000  grant  to  John  Hasse, 
also  of  Musical  Instruments,  from  the  Indiana  Historical 
Society  for  a  two-year  research  project  on  the  songwriter 
Hoagy  Carmichael;  and  a  grant  of  $42,500  from  the  Gold- 
smith Foundation  in  New  York  to  Richard  Ahlborn  of  the 
Division  of  Community  Life  (with  Gus  Van  Beek  of 
NMNH)  to  catalogue  the  Judaica  collection  at  the 
Smithsonian. 

Many  members  of  the  department  gave  lectures  at  semi- 
nars and  other  programs  across  the  country.  A  partial  list 
includes  Sheila  Machlis  Alexander,  "The  Collections  Man- 
ager at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History — 
Development  of  a  Museum  Profession,"  at  Hood  College, 
Frederick,  Maryland;  Claudia  Kidwell,  "Men  and  Women: 
Dressing  the  Part,"  Phoenix  Art  Museum;  Eugene  Ostroff, 
"The  History  of  Tintyping,"  at  the  conference  of  the  Euro- 
pean Society  for  the  History  of  Photography,  Bradford, 
England;  and  Edith  Mayo,  "Political  Images  of  Women  in 
Suffrage  and  the  ERA,"  to  the  Women's  Study  Program  at 
Princeton  University.  The  Collections  Management  Office 
staff  assisted  the  division  with  inventory  maintenance  of 
records  and  the  processing  of  new  accessions,  adding  more 
than  7,000  records  of  new  accessions  and  location  changes 
to  the  inventory  computer  file.  The  backlog  of  more  than 
5,000  objects  awaiting  registration,  processing,  and  inven- 
tory was  eliminated. 

The  Department  of  the  History  of  Science  and  Technol- 
ogy continued  with  its  plans  for  the  reinstallation  of  its 
major  exhibition  galleries.  The  script  and  first-stage  design 
for  Engines  of  Change:  The  Industrial  Revolution  in 
America  were  completed  in  1985  and  the  manuscript  for 
the  book  that  will  accompany  the  exhibition  was  finished. 
Construction  began  for  the  reinstallation  of  the  John  Bull 
locomotive  in  its  new  location  as  an  introduction  to 
Engines  of  Change.  The  department  also  launched  major 


planning  and  fund-raising  efforts  for  other  sections  of  the 
reinstallation  program,  including  a  new  hall  on  the  infor- 
mation revolution  and  a  reinstallation  of  the  Medical  Sci- 
ences exhibition,  with  a  new  emphasis  on  public  health 
and  the  concepts  of  disease.  The  department  concluded  a 
successful  fund-raising  effort  with  the  DuPont  Company 
for  the  production  of  an  exhibition  on  the  history  of  mate- 
rials and  materials  science,  which  will  serve  as  a  general 
introduction  to  the  museum. 

The  past  year  also  saw  the  development  of  a  compre- 
hensive American  Indian  program  administered  through 
the  department,  funded  through  a  Public  Service  Outreach 
grant,  and  planned  and  initiated  by  Rayna  Green.  The 
project  this  year  helped  to  produce  a  section  on  the  Seneca 
Nation  as  part  of  After  the  Revolution;  two  staff  training 
seminars;  Folklife  Festival  presentations  on  Indian  cultural 
preservation;  and  planning  for  a  major  teachers'  confer- 
ence on  American  Indian  history. 

Other  initiatives  of  the  department  included  the  Ninth 
Annual  Symposium  in  the  History  of  Mathematics,  held  at 
the  museum  in  October  1984,  organized  by  Uta  Merzbach 
of  the  Division  of  Mathematics,  and  a  cooperative  seminar 
and  publications  venture  on  the  history  of  technology  with 
the  history  department  of  West  Virginia  University.  The 
department  was  also  host  to  several  international  museum 
delegations,  including  those  from  the  Soviet  Union,  the 
People's  Republic  of  China,  and  France. 

Among  the  department's  acquisitions  this  year  were  the 
NASCAR  "Grand  National"  Pontiac  driven  by  Richard 
Petty  to  his  200th  NASCAR  win;  a  granite  "sleeper"  (stone 
block)  from  the  first  railroad  in  the  United  States;  a  rare 
nineteenth-century  cotton  gin  from  Forsyth,  Georgia,  in 
excellent  condition;  many  objects  in  the  field  of  biotech- 
nology; and  a  camp  chair  used  by  General  U.S.  Grant  dur- 
ing the  Civil  War. 

Members  of  the  department  spoke  at  seminars  and  con- 
ferences across  the  country  and  internationally.  A  partial 
list  includes  Roger  White,  a  lecture  on  recreational  vehicles 
at  the  museum  and  at  the  University  of  Delaware;  William 
L.  Withuhn,  "A  Look  to  the  Future,"  keynote  address  at 
the  50th  Anniversary  Convention  of  the  National  Railway 
Historical  Society;  and  Ramunas  Kondratas,  "Collecting 
and  Interpreting  the  Artifacts  of  Biotechnology,"  at  the 
International  Congress  of  the  History  of  Science,  Univer- 
sity of  California  at  Berkeley.  The  department  continued 
its  effort  to  automate  its  collection,  the  rehousing  of  some 
of  its  transportation  vehicles  at  Silver  Hill,  and  its  move 
out  of  basement  storage  areas  to  consolidate  and  protect 
collections. 

The  Department  of  Public  Programs,  created  as  part  of 


117 


last  year's  reorganization  of  NMAH,  moved  in  new  direc- 
tions to  provide  expanded  educational  services  and  contin- 
ued to  produce  a  series  of  public  programs  and  concerts 
that  contributed  new  perspectives  on  current  exhibitions 
and  topics  related  to  the  national  collections.  The  depart- 
ment's Education  Office  worked  with  staff  members  of  the 
Department  of  Social  and  Cultural  History  to  develop  a 
learning  facility  for  family  groups  within  the  new  exhibi- 
tion After  the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in  America, 
1780-1800.  This  facility,  called  the  Hands  on  History 
Room,  will  allow  visitors  to  explore  the  methodologies  of 
historians  through  sixteen  self-directed  activities.  The 
office  also  continued  to  oversee  the  activities  of  some  two 
hundred  volunteer  docents  who  conducted  programs  for 
nearly  80,000  museum  visitors  during  the  year,  and  to  pro- 
duce biweekly  Saturday  After  Noon  programs  for  family 
visitors. 

The  department's  Program  in  Black  American  Culture 
presented  combined  colloquia  and  concerts  on  "Women  in 
Blues"  and  "Music  of  the  Black  American  Composer." 
"The  Art  of  Jazz  Improvization,"  which  featured  a  lecture 
by  Dr.  Leonard  Goines,  a  discussion  with  several  artists 
and  scholars,  and  performances  by  Doc  Cheatham,  Clark 
Terry,  and  Archie  Shepp,  was  a  joint  effort  between  the 
Program  in  Black  American  Culture  and  the  Frank  Nelson 
Doubleday  Lecture  Series.  These  colloquia-concerts  pre- 
sented original  research  in  Black  American  musical  culture 
conducted  by  the  program  staff. 

The  Chamber  Music  Program,  which  comprises  the 
Smithsonian  Chamber  Players,  the  Smithson  String  Quar- 
tet, and  the  Smithsonian  Chamber  Orchestra,  had  its  most 
active  season  to  date,  with  twenty-eight  concerts  at  the 
Smithsonian  and  tours  by  the  museum's  resident  ensembles 
to  Europe  and  throughout  the  United  States.  The 
expanded  Smithsonian  Chamber  Orchestra  also  began 
preparation  for  a  six-record  Mozart  recording  project 
already  in  progress  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 
Support  for  these  programs  came  from  the  SI  Press,  the 
National  Associate  Program,  and  the  Resident  Associate 
Program,  which  coproduced  the  Chamber  Orchestra, 
Smithson  String  Quartet,  and  the  Chamber  Players' 
Baroque  Heritage  series.  The  chamber  music  program 
reached  more  than  five  million  listeners  beyond  the 
museum  walls  through  broadcasts  of  its  concerts  produced 
by  WBUR  (Boston)  on  National  Public  Radio  and  by 
KSJN  (St.  Paul)  for  the  American  Public  Radio  network. 

The  Department  of  Public  Programs  presented  several 
other  regular  series  including  Music:  An  American  Sam- 
pler; Jazz  in  the  Palm  Court,  produced  by  the  Program  in 
Black  American  Culture;  Palm  Court  Cameos  of  turn-of- 

118 


After  the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in  America,  ij8o-i8oo  is  a 
major  presentation  of  artifacts  suggesting  new  perspectives  on 
the  changes  confronting  Native  Americans,  Europeans,  and  Afri- 
can Americans  during  this  nation's  formative  years.  The  utensils 
shown  here  are  in  the  section  "The  Farm  Family,  New  Castle 
County,  Delaware."  National  Museum  of  American  History. 
(Photograph  by  Kim  Nielsen) 


the-century  popular  and  light  classical  music;  America  on 
Film,  a  free  film  theater  cosponsored  by  the  Smithsonian 
Women's  Committee  and  the  Smithsonian  Resident  Associ- 
ate Program;  and  twelve  outdoor  concerts  staged  in  the 
National  Bandstand.  The  department  also  played  a  major 
role  in  organizing,  overseeing,  and  contributing  to  the 
Smithsonian's  "Conference  on  Music  in  America,"  held 
May  2  to  4.  The  conference  brought  together  some  fifty 
artists,  scholars,  and  organizational  representatives  to  dis- 
cuss the  Smithsonian's  role  in  the  research  and  presenta- 
tion of  American  musical  forms. 

At  the  National  Numismatic  Collection  the  year  began 
with  the  publication  of  executive  director  Elvira  Clain- 
Stefanelli's  Numismatic  Bibliography  by  Battenberg  Verlag 
in  Munich,  Germany.  In  addition  to  Aditi:  The  Monies  of 


India,  the  staff  produced  an  exhibition  of  Arizona-related 
numismatic  material  featured  at  the  Tucson  Convention  in 
January,  and  twenty  exhibit  cases  highlighting  coins  from 
the  collections  for  the  national  convention  of  the  American 
Numismatic  Association  in  Baltimore. 

Staff  members  completed  the  editing,  organization,  and 
indexing  of  the  268  microphotography  rolls  comprising 
some  194,000  frames,  took  over  the  photographing  of  new 
accessions  this  year,  photographed  roughly  2,800  speci- 
mens accessioned  in  1984  and  1985,  and  set  up  a  rudimen- 
tary darkroom  to  fulfill  many  photographic  requests  of  the 
staff  in-house.  Through  a  grant  awarded  by  the  Research 
Opportunities  Fund,  Cory  Gillilland  traveled  to  Stock- 
holm, Sweden,  to  deliver  a  paper  at  the  congress  spon- 
sored by  the  International  Federation  of  the  Medal. 
Raymond  Hebert  traveled  to  Amman,  Jordon,  in  March  to 
deliver  a  paper  at  the  fourth  Bilad  Ash-Sham  Conference, 
and  Leopolod  Cancio,  our  volunteer  specialist,  was 
awarded  the  Ruiz  de  Larramendi  Medal  of  the  Asociacion 
Numismatica  Espanola  for  the  best  numismatic  article  of 
1984.  This  year's  accessions  totaled  76  and  comprised 
3,632  objects;  among  these  were  no  U.S.  coins,  including 
a  rare  original  Confederate  States  of  America  cent  struck 
in  copper-nickel,  and  16  colonial  and  early  American 
paper  money  items. 

The  staff  of  the  National  Philatelic  Collection  spent 
much  of  last  year  processing  and  cataloguing  the  backlog 
of  past  accessions  prior  to  the  reinventory  and  the  estab- 
lishment of  the  Master  Collection,  which  began  in  mid- 
summer. The  addition  of  a  special  alcove  adjacent  to  the 
Hall  of  Postal  History  and  Philately  helped  improve  the 
security  and  display  the  nation's  philatelic  treasures.  A 
research  center  was  created  to  aid  visiting  scholars  using 
the  specimens  and  reference  collections.  Following  the 
completion  of  the  research  center,  librarian  Nancy  Pope 
began  organizing  and  shelving  the  library  collection,  the 
largest  of  its  kind  in  the  world. 

The  staff  of  the  collection  organized  two  Cases  of  the 
Month  this  year — King  of  Hobbies  .  .  .  Hobby  of  Kings, 
about  the  history  of  stamp  collecting,  and  Benjamin 
Franklin  and  the  Colonial  Posts — and  participated  in 
many  seminars,  courses,  and  lectures.  James  H.  Bruns 
gave  an  interview  for  Radio  Smithsonian  on  animals  and 
the  mails,  and  presented  a  four-session  Smithsonian  Studio 
Arts  course.  Executive  director  Herbert  Collins  presented 
several  lectures  during  the  year  on  the  early  history  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  and  Reidar  Norby  spoke  on  the 
rarities  of  the  collections.  A  special  search  for  three- 
dimensional  objects  led  to  the  acquisition  of  a  1941  Model 
AA  Parcel  Post  truck  and  a  three-wheeled  van  used  in  the 


1960s;  other  important  acquisitions  included  Russian 
Zemstov  and  Russian  Imperial  postage  stamps  and  covers 
and  ten  colonial  postal  documents. 

During  fiscal  year  1985  the  Division  of  Conservation 
emphasized  projects  to  reduce  the  backlog  of  conservation 
problems  found  in  many  collections.  Major  collections 
given  such  attention  included  patriotic  posters  of  World 
Wars  I  and  II,  glass  photographic  plates  depicting  the 
motion  studies  of  Eadweard  Muybridge,  and  regimental 
flags  of  the  Civil  War.  All  told,  the  division  examined, 
treated,  or  rehoused  more  than  3,000  objects.  Conserva- 
tion work  request  and  reporting  records  were  converted  to 
a  WANG  PC  database,  allowing  greater  administrative 
efficiency  with  no  increase  in  clerical  staff. 

The  division  aided  in  the  training  of  NMAH  staff 
through  the  organization  of  lectures  and  hands-on  work- 
shops on  "Care,  Storage,  and  Handling  of  Photographic 
Collections"  and  "Museum  Pests:  Their  Identification  and 
Control,"  and  guidance  on  cleaning  methods  to  NMAH 
curatorial  and  exhibits  staff  involved  in  the  maintenance  of 
permanent  exhibition  areas.  Head  conservator  Scott  Odell 
gave  a  week-long  series  of  lectures  on  "Conservation 
Administration"  and  "Functional  Objects  Conservation" 
to  Canadian  Park  Service  and  National  Museum  staff  in 
Ottawa. 

In  fiscal  year  1985  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  established 
an  Office  of  Central  Catalog,  hiring  and  training  five  tech- 
nicians to  work  with  automation  of  collections  informa- 
tion. Their  work  supports  inventory  maintenance, 
refinement,  and  collections  research.  Record  Files  have 
reoccupied  their  space  vacated  due  to  asbestos  contamina- 
tion and  have  subsequently  upgraded  records  storage  sys- 
tems. The  loan  program  remained  understaffed 
throughout  most  of  the  year,  but  despite  this  provided  sup- 
port to  special  exhibits  and  processed  more  than  1,400 
loan  transactions  involving  12,000  objects.  This  year  a  full 
staff  in  the  Objects  Processing  Facility  made  possible  sig- 
nificant progress  in  reducing  backlogs  and  establishment 
of  two  staging  areas  that  support  major  exhibitions  and 
acquisitions.  The  past  fiscal  year  saw  major  progress  at 
Silver  Hill  where  the  office  is  directly  responsible  for  more 
than  1,000,000  objects.  The  office  continued  the  five-year 
cleaning  project  for  asbestos-contaminated  objects  and  the 
rearrangement  of  storage  to  accommodate  building  reno- 
vations and  facilitate  loans.  The  Office  of  the  Registrar 
has  grown  with  the  addition  of  responsibility  for  Silver 
Hill,  inventory,  and  central  catalog  functions;  staff  and 
budget  doubled  in  fiscal  year  1985. 

The  Computer  Services  Center,  previously  a  part  of  the 
Office  of  the  Registrar,  became  a  separate  entity  during  the 

119 


year.  A  major  effort  was  undertaken  with  the  purchase  of 
the  WANG  VS  ioo  minicomputer  early  in  the  year  to 
acquire  WANG  Professional  Computers  (PCs)  to  be  used 
both  as  stand-alone  microcomputers  and  as  VS  ioo  termi- 
nals. The  year  began  with  fifteen  WANG  terminals  tied 
directly  to  the  VS  ioo  and  ended  with  60  microcomputers 
and  terminals  available  to  staff. 

An  expert  in  museum  space  planning,  David  W.  Scott, 
has  been  engaged  to  develop  a  master  space  plan  for  the 
museum  as  well  as  to  help  coordinate  major  renovations  of 
the  building's  climate  control  and  fire  protection  systems 
with  the  reinstallation  of  public  spaces  projected  over  the 
next  several  years.  Work  will  affect  the  entire  building  and 
has  to  be  coordinated  with  the  ongoing  removal  of  asbes- 
tos at  Silver  Hill,  the  projected  move  to  the  Museum  Sup- 
port Center,  and  commitments  to  the  public.  Planning  is 
being  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  Smithsonian's 
Office  of  Design  and  Construction  and  contracted  archi- 
tects and  engineers.  The  coordinated  construction  sched- 
ule and  the  long-range  plan  should  be  completed  during 
fiscal  year  1986. 

At  the  Archives  Center  staff  members  organized  and 
rehoused  items  in  more  than  two  hundred  boxes  of  busi- 
ness ephemera  in  the  Warshaw  Collection  of  Business 
Americana  and  produced  written  "finding  aids"  to  the  col- 
lection. The  center  is  also  preparing  the  Donald  Sultner- 
Welles  Collection  of  some  100,000  photographs  of  people, 
architecture,  and  general  scenes  for  research  use.  With 
funding  from  the  Smithsonian  Regents  and  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Humanities,  historian  Spencer  Crew 
continued  work  on  Field  to  Factory:  Afro-American 
Migration,  1915-1940,  the  first  exhibition  in  a  major 
museum  on  this  important  demographic  movement.  After 
three  years  of  planning  and  months  of  testing  equipment 
and  procedures,  staff  members  have  begun  to  enter 
descriptions  of  archival  collections  into  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Bibliographic  Information  system  (SIBIS).  Fully 
implemented,  the  system  will  enable  researchers  across  the 
country  to  learn  quickly  of  the  holdings  of  the  Archives 
Center  and  other  archival  units.  The  new  additions  to  the 
center's  holdings,  which  now  comprise  173  collections, 
range  from  a  nearly  complete  set  of  television  commercials 
from  the  Pepsi-Cola  Company  to  the  research  files,  unpub- 
lished manuscripts,  and  thousands  of  photographs  of  Carl 
de  Wendler-Funaro,  a  lifelong  student  of  American  Gyp- 
sies. 

The  major  work  of  the  Afro-American  Communities 
Project  during  the  year  was  the  collecting  of  wills,  the 
investigation  of  more  than  four  hundred  probate  records, 
and  extensive  analysis  of  probate  and  demographic  data 


from  the  antebellum  black  community  of  Cincinnati.  Bio- 
graphical information  on  Cincinnati  blacks  has  been  com- 
piled to  augment  the  probate  data  and  a  database  and  code 
book  for  analyzing  the  probate  data  produced.  The  Direc- 
tor of  the  Afro- American  Communities  Project,  James  O. 
Horton,  presented  several  lectures  last  year,  including 
"Black  Americans  and  the  Constitution  during  the  Nine- 
teenth Century,"  at  Catholic  University,  Washington,  D.C., 
and  "Teaching  Race  and  Gender  in  the  Classroom,"  Race 
and  Class  Conference,  William  Patterson  College,  Wayne, 
New  Jersey. 

The  Project  on  the  Vietnam  Generation  is  a  private, 
nonprofit  organization  established  in  January  1985  and 
housed  in  the  National  Museum  of  American  History.  The 
project  is  a  network  of  more  than  five  hundred  scholars, 
journalists,  clergy,  and  others  interested  in  studying  how 
the  Vietnam  War  and  other  events  of  the  1960s  and  early 
1970s  affect  the  actions  and  attitudes  of  the  sixty  million 
Americans  who  came  of  age  during  that  time.  Last  year's 
efforts  included  a  survey  of  college  and  university  courses 
on  Vietnam  events;  a  quarterly  newsletter;  and  planning 
for  a  conference  in  1986.  Contributors  to  the  project  as  of 
August  1985  included  The  Ford  Foundation,  members  of 
the  Rockefeller  family,  and  the  Episcopal  Church. 


120 


National  Portrait  Gallery 


Among  the  major  exhibitions  presented  this  year  at  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery  (NPG)  was  a  show  of  the  witty 
caricatures  of  Mexican  artist  Miguel  Covarrubias.  Covar- 
rubias  came  to  New  York  in  the  early  1920s  and  soon  was 
publishing  his  visual  comments  on  the  American  cultural 
scene  in  the  New  Yorker  and  Vanity  Fair.  Original  draw- 
ings and  paintings  for  both  previously  published  and 
unknown  caricatures  were  exhibited.  Part  of  this  exhibi- 
tion was  sent  in  February  1985  to  the  San  Angelo  Museum 
of  Art,  Texas,  for  the  inaugural  show  of  the  new  museum. 

Other  noteworthy  exhibitions  this  year  included  Peace 
and  Friendship:  Indian  Peace  Medals  in  the  United  States 
which  illustrated  the  significant  role  the  medals  played  in 
relations  between  native  Americans  and  the  U.  S.  Presi- 
dents. It  brought  together  for  the  first  time  examples  of  all 
the  peace  medals  issued  by  the  United  States  Government. 
This  exhibition  subsequently  traveled  to  the  Buffalo  Bill 
Historical  Museum  in  Cody,  Wyoming,  the  Joslyn 
Museum  of  Art  in  Omaha,  Nebraska,  and  the  Denver 
Museum  of  Natural  History.  Joseph  Wright,  American 
Artist,  1756-179},  prepared  by  staff  curator  Monroe  H. 
Fabian,  examined  the  work  of  a  man  who  was  the  first 
American-born  artist  to  study  at  London's  Royal  Acad- 
emy, the  first  to  sculpt  George  Washington,  and  the  first 
engraver  to  the  U.  S.  Mint.  A  Truthful  Likeness:  Chester 
Harding  and  His  Portraits,  by  guest  curator  Leah  Lipton, 
and  William  Edward  West:  1799-1857,  Kentucky  Painter, 
reexamined  the  work  of  these  two  neglected  mid- 
nineteenth  century  artists  and  underscored  the  richness 
and  diversity  of  their  portrait  work.  The  Harding  and 
West  exhibitions  were  shown  simultaneously  first  at  NPG 
and  then  at  the  J.  B.  Speed  Museum  in  Louisville,  Ken- 
tucky, while  the  West  exhibition  was  on  view  at  the  Lauren 
Rogers  Museum,  Laurel,  Mississippi,  during  the  summer 
of  1985.  Baseball  Immortals:  The  Photographs  of  Charles 
Martin  Conlon  1915-1935  was  selected  from  nearly  7,000 
glass  plate  negatives  in  the  collection  of  the  Sporting 
News,  the  nation's  oldest  sports  publication.  After  its 
opening  in  October  1984  at  the  NPG,  the  exhibition  began 
a  national  tour  under  the  auspicies  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service.  The  other  large 
photographic  exhibition  presented  this  year  was  Metro- 
politan Opera  Centennial:  A  Photographic  Album,  a  loan 
show  from  the  Metropolitan  Opera  chronicling  the  great 
moments  in  the  history  of  that  institution. 

Two  exhibitions  focussed  on  individuals  in  American 
history.  Thomas  Paine:  A  Hero  Scorned  included  sculp- 
ture, prints,  books,  cartoons,  and  paintings  relating  to 
Paine's  career  as  a  political  and  social  reformer  both  in 
America  and  abroad,  and  to  the  vicissitudes  of  his  reputa- 


tion in  America  and  abroad.  U.  S.  Grant:  The  Man  and 
the  Image  commemorated  the  centennial  of  Grant's  death 
and  focussed  on  his  role  as  soldier  and  president.  It  was 
jointly  organized  by  James  G.  Barber  of  the  gallery's  staff 
and  the  Lyndon  Baines  Johnson  presidential  Library  in 
Austin,  Texas,  to  which  it  moved  at  the  close  of  its  Wash- 
ington showing.  Two  additional  one-gallery  shows  fea- 
tured family  portraits  of  famous  nineteenth-century 
individuals  and  Women  on  Time  appeared  in  the  room 
devoted  to  Time  cover  originals. 

Three  exhibitions  were  distinguished  not  only  by  the 
private  support  they  received  and  by  the  research  of  staff 
and  guest  curators,  but  also  by  honors  received  for  their 
catalogues  from  the  American  Association  of  Museums. 
Peace  and  Friendship:  Indian  Peace  Medals  by  Father 
Francis  Paul  Prucha  won  an  Award  of  Distinction  and 
Miguel  Covarrubias  Caricatures  by  Beverly  J.  Cox  and 
Denna  Jones  Anderson,  and  William  Edward  West,  1788- 
1857:  Kentucky  Painter,  by  Estill  Curtis  Pennington  each 
won  an  Award  of  Merit,  as  did  the  gallery's  quarterly  Cal- 
endar of  Events. 

In  addition  to  the  numerous  exhibition  related  cata- 
logues, the  National  Portrait  Gallery  descriptive  brochure 
was  revised.  A  favorable  reader's  report  was  received  by 
the  Yale  University  Press,  which  sets  in  place  the  publica- 
tion of  volume  2  of  the  Selected  papers  of  Charles  Willson 
Peale  and  His  Family.  This  large  volume — Charles  Willson 
Peale:  The  Artist  as  Museum  Keeper,  1791-1810,  will  be 
published  in  two  parts. 

All  exhibitions  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  are 
accompanied  by  a  diverse  series  of  programs  ranging  from 
current  Lunchtime  Lectures  to  such  major  efforts  as  a  sym- 
posium devoted  to  sports  photography  occasioned  by  the 
Conlon  exhibition.  The  Education  Department  continues 
to  provide  in  its  acclaimed  Portraits  in  Motion  series  por- 
traiture in  theater;  as  a  complement  to  the  gallery's  Perma- 
nent Collection  of  Notable  Americans,  this  year  Eleanor 
Roosevelt,  Frederick  Douglass,  Charles  Ives,  and  Thomas 
Paine  were  among  those  celebrated.  Gallery  programs 
have  also  included  lectures  presented  throughout  the 
nation  (and,  in  the  spring,  as  far  overseas  as  Tokyo,  Japan) 
by  staff  members. 

This  past  year  the  NPG  purchased  more  than  100  works 
for  the  collection  and  received  approximately  75  gifts. 
Notable  painted  portraits  included  Revolutionary  War  and 
War  of  1812  officer  William  Hull  by  Gilbert  Stuart,  writer 
Dashiel  Hammet  and  singer  Lena  Home  by  Edward  Biber- 
man,  and  self-portraits  of  artists  Frank  Duveneck  and 
Alice  Neel.  Major  prints  and  other  paper  works  include 
images  of  artists  Thomas  Hart  Benton  and  John  Stewart 


121 


122 


Office  of  American  Studies 


Curry,  a  multiple  in  cast  paper  by  Chuck  Close  of  com- 
poser Philip  Glass,  a  Covarrubias  caricature  of  collector 
Chester  Dale,  Ben  Shahn's  drawing  of  atomic  physicist 
J.  Robert  Oppenheimer,  as  well  as  a  rare  broadside  adver- 
tising a  $100,000  reward  for  John  Wilkes  Booth  and  his 
accomplices.  Among  the  outstanding  photographs 
acquired  are  the  portraits  of  photographer  Edward  Stei- 
chen  by  Heinrich  Kuhn,  two  portraits  of  Edward  Everett 
by  the  Scottish  photographers  Hill  and  Adamson,  a  tintype 
of  James  Butler  ("Wild  Bill")  Hickok,  authors  Tennessee 
Williams  and  S.  J.  Perelman  by  Irving  Penn,  composer 
Aaron  Copland  by  George  Piatt  Lynes,  entertainer  Gypsy 
Rose  Lee  by  Ralph  Steiner,  and  photographer  Diane  Arbus 
by  Garry  Winogrand. 

The  national  survey  of  the  Catalog  of  American 
Portraits — a  research  center  within  the  National  Portrait 
Gallery  now  in  its  seventh  year — conducted  field  research 
in  Texas,  Oklahoma,  and  New  Mexico,  adding  approxi- 
mately 1,500  additional  portrait  records  to  the  Catalog.  In 
all,  some  26,000  records  will  have  been  processed  and 
entered  into  the  computer  by  the  end  of  fiscal  year  1985, 
comprising  a  data  base  from  which  computer-generated 
printouts  will  have  been  sent  to  more  than  175  portrait- 
owning  institutions.  In  addition  to  responding  to  daily 
inquiries  from  museum  professionals  and  the  general  pub- 
lic, the  Catalog  played  an  important  role  in  securing  mate- 
rials for  major  studies  of  Raphaelle  Peale,  Henry  Inman, 
Anders  Zorn,  and  Frank  Duveneck,  and  is  assisting  in  the 
groundwork  for  an  exhibition  of  American  Portraiture 
from  1700-1776. 


The  Office  of  American  Studies  (OAMERS)  continued  its 
program  in  graduate  education  throughout  the  year.  The 
1984  fall  semester  seminar  in  "Material  Aspects  of  Ameri- 
can Civilization"  had  as  its  theme  "Material  Culture  of  the 
Future,"  and  was  taught  by  the  director  of  the  program 
and  Professor  Bernard  Mergen  of  the  George  Washington 
University. 

"The  Decorative  Arts  in  America,"  another  seminar  dur- 
ing the  academic  year  1984-85,  was  taught  by  Barbara  G. 
Carson.  Individual  graduate  students  continued  to  pursue 
specialized  research  under  the  supervision  of  the  director 
of  the  Office  of  American  Studies. 


Author  Dashiell  Hammett  was  the  subject  of  a  second  portrait 
by  Edward  Biberman  added  to  the  National  Portrait  Gallery's 
collections. 


123 


124 


MUSEUM  PROGRAMS 

William  N.  Richards,  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for 
Museum  Programs 


125 


Conservation  Analytical 
Laboratory 


The  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory  (CAL)  engages  in 
research  in  the  conservation,  technical  study,  and  analysis 
of  museum  objects  and  related  materials.  Within  these 
areas  of  expertise  it  provides  advice  and  services  to  other 
bureaus.  Conservation-related  information  is  made  avail- 
able to  museum  professionals  nationwide  and  to  the  gen- 
eral public.  CAL  plans  and  implements  the  activities  of  the 
Smithsonian  conservation  training  program. 

While  the  administrative  structure  of  the  laboratory 
consists  of  a  number  of  departments — conservation,  con- 
servation science,  archaeometry,  and  information — these 
groups  are  highly  interrelated  and  mutually  dependent. 
The  increased  emphasis  on  research  activities,  a  trend 
strongly  continued  in  this  past  year,  reflects  a  change  in 
CAL's  role  away  from  that  of  a  basically  service  oriented 
organization.  Great  progress  was  made  in  implementing 
the  new  program  initiatives  in  research  and  training. 

The  conservation  staff  was  increased  with  four  new  con- 
servators to  a  total  of  eleven.  A  visiting  furniture  conserva- 
tor from  the  Netherlands  worked  at  CAL  for  half  a  year. 

The  efforts  of  the  conservators  were  focused  on  three 
general  areas:  conservation  treatment,  research,  and  train- 
ing. Actual  treatment  of  Smithsonian  collection  items  is 
not  a  goal  per  se,  but  rather  serves  to  focus  attention  on 
urgent  problems  in  conservation  which  need  further 
research,  or  to  apply  the  results  of  research  on  the  develop- 
ment of  conservation  technology  in  practice.  Nonetheless, 
the  efforts  of  the  conservators  constituted  significant  assis- 
tance to  the  various  Smithsonian  museums. 

In  addition  to  individual  object-oriented  projects,  the 
conservators  actively  pursued  more  general  research  inter- 
ests, such  as  the  effects  of  removal  of  cellulose  degradation 
products  during  water  washing;  the  history  and  technol- 
ogy of  coated  papers;  the  study  of  early  printing  inks;  the 
preservation  problems  of  weighted  silks;  silver  cyanide 
corrosion  as  a  result  of  earlier  treatment;  the  treatment  of 
salt  efflorescence  on  ceramic  and  stone  objects;  the  mate- 
rial properties  and  the  conservation  of  zinc  sculpture;  the 
conservation  of  leather  objects;  the  suitability  of  commer- 
cial glazing  stains  for  furniture  conservation  treatment; 
and  the  use  of  nitrocellulose  lacquer  as  a  contemporary 
finishing  material.  CAL  conservators  contributed  a  num- 
ber of  papers  and  presentations  at  various  professional 
meetings. 

A  team  of  fifteen  CAL  conservators  and  scientists  pro- 
duced thorough  documentation  on  the  condition  of  the 
component  wood,  metal,  and  fabric  parts  of  the  Wright 
Brothers'  Flyer,  as  well  as  chemical  analyses  of  varnish  and 
paint  finishes  and  lubricants,  in  preparation  for  the  resto- 
ration by  NASM  staff. 


Assistance  to  other  bureaus  through  the  program  for 
environmental  monitoring  of  exhibition  and  storage  areas 
continued.  Preparation  of  the  fumigation  facility  at  the 
Museum  Support  Center  progressed  satisfactorily. 

CAL  staff  introduced  a  number  of  new  initiatives  in  con- 
servation training.  Five  advanced  conservation  courses, 
taught  by  recognized  experts,  were  organized:  "Design  and 
Operating  Parameters  of  Suction  Tables  for  Paper  Conser- 
vation"; "Wood  Identification";  "Polymer  Chemistry"; 
"Molding  and  Casting  of  Museum  Objects";  and  "Glass 
Restoration."  In  addition,  CAL  cosponsored  three  courses 
organized  by  other  institutions. 

Training  was  also  provided  in  the  form  of  internships  at 
various  levels  of  professional  advancement  and  experi- 
ence. Four  textile  conservation  interns  worked  at  CAL 
during  the  summer.  Two  conservation  students  were 
selected  for  one  year  internships,  to  be  served  during  the 
academic  year  1985-86.  Also  selected  was  the  first  post- 
graduate conservation  intern.  This  internship  is  meant  to 
enable  the  recipient  to  engage  in  a  research  project  as  well 
as  to  build  practical  experience. 

In  addition,  CAL  staff  participated  in  the  provision  of 
conservation  information  to  other  museum  professionals, 
lecturing  both  within  the  Smithsonian  and  at  other  institu- 
tions. 

The  public  conservation  information  program  answered 
an  average  of  twenty-five  inquiries  per  week,  an  increasing 
number  of  which  were  received  from  conservation  profes- 
sionals from  other  institutions. 

The  staff  in  the  conservation  science  group,  which  saw 
two  new  additions,  was  reorganized  into  three  sections: 
inorganic  chemistry,  organic  chemistry,  and  climate- 
related  studies.  The  staff  in  these  sections  were  involved  in 
a  wide  variety  of  research  projects  and  performed  a  large 
number  of  chemical  or  physical  analyses  and  technical 
studies  in  support  of  Smithsonian  conservators.  Staff 
members  reported  on  the  results  of  their  work  through 
publications  and  a  number  of  lectures  and  papers  at  pro- 
fessional meetings. 

The  scientists  studied  the  effects  of  various  fumigants  on 
materials  from  which  museum  objects  are  composed;  the 
composition  and  technology  of  historic  wire  used  for 
stringing  harpsichords;  the  composition  of  sequential  lay- 
ers of  volcanic  tephra  from  Costa  Rica;  an  investigation  of 
corrosion  induced  on  metal  objects  by  fatty  acids  intro- 
duced in  earlier  conservation  treatments;  characterization 
of  jade  sources  used  by  the  Mayas;  compositional  studies 
on  French  medieval  sculptural  limestones  of  the  Paris  and 
Burgundy  regions;  characterization  of  turquois  sources  in 
the  American  Southwest;  and  the  dimensional  changes, 


iz6 


and  consequent  damage,  in  woodwind  instruments  as  a 
result  of  changes  in  relative  humidity  during  playing.  Mea- 
surements were  also  made  of  firing  conditions  in  a  tradi- 
tional Indian  potter's  kiln,  erected  at  the  Museum  Support 
Center  in  connection  with  the  Aditi  Festival;  these  have 
direct  applications  in  the  interpretation  of  technological 
studies  of  archaeological  ceramics.  Research  continued  on 
the  interaction  of  the  architectural  design  and  climate  con- 
trol in  historic  structures  and  other  museum  buildings. 
Special  equipment,  to  produce  a  continuous  record  of  heat 
and  moisture  transport  through  walls,  was  designed  and  is 
being  installed  within  the  new  facade  of  the  Renwick  Gal- 
lery. 

In  the  archaeometry  program  the  work  of  laboratory 
studies  of  museum  collection  items  and  excavated  artifacts 
to  investigate  problems  in  anthropology  and  art  history 
resulted  in  many  publications  and  papers  presented  at  pro- 
fessional meetings. 

Visiting  CAL  on  a  Fulbright  Hays  Research  Fellowship, 
Maria  Ligeza,  from  the  Academy  of  Fine  Arts  in  Krakow, 
Poland,  studied  the  effects  of  gamma  radiation  on  the  oxi- 
dation of  linseed  oil,  in  conjunction  with  the  program  for 
neutron  induced  autoradiography. 

Two  areas  for  major  concentration  of  long-term  archae- 
ological studies  were  identified:  the  American  Southwest 
and  the  Middle  East.  One  newly  started  project  focuses  on 
the  social  relationships  among  the  Hopi  tribes  during  the 
period  A.D.  1300-1600  as  these  can  be  inferred  from  a 
compositional,  technological,  and  stylistic  analysis  of  yel- 
low firing  pottery,  integrated  with  more  traditional  archae- 
ological information. 

A  Scholarly  Studies  grant  enabled  the  undertaking  of  a 
project  titled  "The  Production  and  Distribution  of 
Ceramics  in  Fourth  and  Third  Millennia  B.C.  Middle 
Asia,"  an  integrated  typological,  technological,  and  chemi- 
cal examination  of  ceramics,  to  address  socio-economic 
aspects  of  state  development  in  the  Indus  Valley  and  the 
Helmand  civilization. 

The  program  of  lead  isotope  analyses,  in  cooperation 
with  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards,  the  Freer  Gallery, 
and  the  Corning  Museum  of  Glass,  concentrated  upon 
analyses  of  Chinese  bronzes  in  the  Sackler  Collection, 
while  analyses  on  a  group  of  Chinese  glasses  from  the  col- 
lections of  the  Royal  Ontario  Museum  and  the  Corning 
Museum  of  Glass  were  completed. 

The  Smithsonian  Archaeometry  Research  Collections 
and  Records  (SARCAR)  now  contains  about  22,000  ana- 
lytical datasets  of  archaeological  materials;  the  research 
capability  of  the  database  was  enhanced  through  a  new  set 
of  more  interactive  statistical  facilities.  An  important  sam- 


Scientist  David  Erhardt  inspects  the  port  of  the  Conservation 
Analytical  Laboratory's  organic  mass  spectrometer,  which 
became  operational  this  year.  This  system  is  the  only  one  in  the 
United  States  completely  dedicated  to  research  related  to 
museum  objects. 


pie  and  reference  materials  collection  of  archaeo- 
metallurgical  interest  was  donated  to  SARCAR. 

Two  postdoctoral  fellows  in  Materials  Analysis  pursued 
projects  at  CAL  during  this  year,  on  the  raw  materials  used 
in  the  production  of  Central  European  Iron  Age  glass,  and 
on  a  mineralogical,  chemical,  and  technological  study  of 
the  use  of  specular  hematite  as  a  pigment  on  Mesoameri- 
can  ceramics. 

Research  continued  on  the  application  of  electromagnet- 
ically  induced  conductivity  measurements  for  the  prospec- 
tion  of  archaeological  sites  in  Bahrein,  Kuwait,  and 
Jordan.  This  research  was  carried  out  in  close  cooperation 
with  the  Department  of  Anthropology,  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History. 

127 


National  Museum  Act  Programs        Office  of  Exhibits  Central 


The  National  Museum  Act  (NMA),  established  by  Con- 
gress in  1966,  responded  to  continuing  needs  in  the 
museum  field  through  grants  for  researching  museum- 
related  problems,  disseminating  technical  information, 
and  training  mid-career  or  beginning  professionals.  Con- 
servation issues  were  again  emphasized  in  each  of  the 
grant  categories  that  were  offered  in  1985.  The  Advisory 
Council  reviewed  185  proposals  requesting  $3.2  million, 
and  sixty-four  awards  were  made  totaling  5659,363.  Of 
that  number  64  percent  concerned  training  and  research  in 
conservation. 

Training  grants  for  beginning  professionals  were  made 
to  academic  institutions  with  museum-related  courses,  to 
museums  with  established  internship  programs,  and  to 
individuals  pursuing  graduate  or  advanced  training  in  con- 
servation both  here  and  abroad.  Internship  programs, 
which  enable  individuals  to  gain  valuable  hands-on  experi- 
ence that  cannot  be  acquired  in  an  academic  setting, 
involved  art  and  history  museums  as  well  as  a  planetarium 
in  the  Midwest  and  major  botanical  gardens  in  New  York, 
Massachusetts,  and  Missouri. 

Seminars  supported  by  NMA  are  designed  primarily  to 
reach  professionals  who  are  already  employed  by  muse- 
ums and  who  can  profit  from  updated  information  on  spe- 
cialized topics.  In  1985,  several  seminars  were  supported  in 
various  regions  of  the  country  to  focus  on  conservation- 
awareness  in  small  and  medium-sized  museums,  and  a 
regional  conservation  center  in  the  Northwest  brought 
together  directors  of  small  museums  and  conservators  to 
discuss  the  visual  effects  of  treatments  for  paintings. 

Again  this  year,  most  of  the  awards  for  research  projects 
involved  issues  associated  with  the  conservation  of 
museum  collections.  For  example,  scientists  in  North  Car- 
olina are  studying  the  deterioration  mechanisms  of  silk  for 
the  purpose  of  developing  improved  conservation  treat- 
ments, and  a  researcher  in  Kentucky  is  investigating  meth- 
ods for  identifying  irreplaceable  diacetate  negatives  in 
photographic  collections  so  they  can  be  treated  or  dupli- 
cated before  rapid  degeneration  begins. 

A  special  category  of  grants  concerns  technical  services 
to  the  museum  field  that  do  not  involve  training  or 
research.  This  year  a  museum-related  organization  in  New 
York  was  funded  to  produce  data  sheets  on  health  hazards 
in  museum  laboratories,  a  subject  of  increasing  concern  to 
practicing  conservators,  and  a  major  art  museum  in  Phila- 
delphia received  assistance  in  publishing  the  proceedings 
of  an  important  conference  on  the  conservation  of  outdoor 
sculptural  monuments. 


128 


The  projects  performed  by  the  Office  of  Exhibits  Central 
(OEC)  continue  to  reflect  the  diversity  of  interests  and 
high  degree  of  specialization  as  well  as  the  truly  unique 
aspects  of  museum  exhibitions  required  by  the  Smithso- 
nian. OEC  completed  a  life-size  model  of  the  jaw  of  the 
Carcharodon  megalodon,  a  prehistoric  shark,  in  mid- 
September.  The  model,  the  only  one  of  its  type,  required 
almost  three  years  of  development  and  will  be  installed  in 
the  Dinosaur  Hall  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  where  it  will  remain  on  exhibit  indefinitely. 
About  six  feet  in  height,  the  open  jaw  contains  265 
teeth — 48  original  fossils  and  217  reproductions.  Because 
there  are  no  fossil  remains  of  the  jaw  itself,  senior  OEC 
model  maker  Walter  Hock  worked  from  the  calculations 
of  scientists  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History 
and  the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  to  sculpt 
three  life-size  models  of  the  jaw  in  plastilene,  a  reuseable 
synthetic  clay.  The  217  teeth  were  cast  in  epoxy  over  sev- 
eral months,  and  at  least  six  student  interns  worked  on 
sanding,  detailing,  and  painting  the  models  under  the 
supervision  of  OEC  staff  as  part  of  their  training.  After  the 
scientists  gave  final  approval  of  the  size  and  configuration 
of  the  jaw,  a  team  of  model  makers  joined  Walter  Hock  to 
produce  the  exhibit  model  in  fiberglass.  This  project — a 
once-in-a-career  experience  for  the  model  makers — 
produced  an  object  that  will  be  part  of  the  permanent  col- 
lections. 

The  Fabrication  Unit  of  the  OEC — which  includes  the 
cabinet  shop,  paint  shop,  and  sheet  plastics  shop — 
constructed  and  supervised  the  installation  of  two  groups 
of  custom  exhibition  cases  for  the  Cooper-Hewitt 
Museum.  These  cases  were  designed  to  fit  the  unique 
architectural  detailing  of  the  Cooper-Hewitt  galleries.  The 
cases  also  required  specialized  security  and  conservation 
features  and  the  subcontracting  of  certain  glass,  metal,  and 
electrical  components,  all  of  which  were  delivered  to  New 
York  and  assembled  on-site — a  planning  and  logistical 
exercise  involving  several  SI  units. 

The  Fabrication  Unit  also  produced  over  180  custom 
shipping  containers  to  ship  museum  objects  and  exhibition 
components  for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service  (SITES).  Sixty-five  of  these  containers 
were  for  one  exhibition:  Ebla  to  Damascus:  The  Archaeol- 
ogy of  Ancient  Syria,  the  largest  and  most  complex  project 
performed  at  OEC  this  year.  This  SITES  exhibition 
opened  at  the  Walters  Gallery  in  Baltimore  in  early  Sep- 
tember 1985  and  will  be  shown  at  only  five  other  museums 
in  the  United  States — ending  at  the  Evans  Gallery  of  the 
NMNH — before  being  returned  to  Syria.  Exhibition  plan- 
ning began  in  1984,  and  the.actual  work,  which  at  some 


point  involved  every  OEC  unit,  began  in  April  1985.  The 
exhibition  was  designed  by  Mary  Dillon  and  written  and 
edited  by  Rosemary  Regan,  OEC  specialist  with  experi- 
ence in  large  exhibition  projects  requiring  coordination 
with  scholars  outside  the  Institution  and  teamwork  within 
OEC.  Ms.  Regan  worked  with  information  provided  by 
four  academic  consultants  to  prepare  the  texts  and  labels 
that  identify  and  interpret — and  interrelate  in  a  consistent 
style — 281  objects  covering  10,000  years  of  history.  Ms. 
Dillon  devised  a  system  of  graphics  panels,  using  maps  and 
time  lines  to  relate  time,  place,  and  objects  throughout  the 
exhibition.  In  addition  to  the  objects,  which  range  in  size 
from  a  cylinder  seal  ■/z-inch  long  to  a  stone  "cult  basin" 
weighing  1600  pounds,  68  panels  of  photographs,  draw- 
ings, maps,  and  texts  travel  with  this  presentation. 

OEC  specialists  typeset  and  proofread  all  of  the  typog- 
raphy for  Ebla  to  Damascus,  prepared  all  of  the  maps  and 
diagrams,  silkscreened  labels  and  illustrations,  and 
mounted  the  photographs.  Working  with  SITES  coordina- 
tor Anne  Gossett  and  SITES  Registrar  Mary  Jane  Clark, 
and  with  conservators  and  other  museum  specialists,  the 
OEC  Model  Shop  produced  brackets  and  handling  devices 
for  most  of  the  objects — including  a  very  innovative 
fiberglass  "jacket"  to  protect  and  display  two  delicate  fres- 
coes. Model  makers  and  fabrication  specialists  worked  in 
teams  to  modify  approximately  fifteen  of  the  shipping 
crates  in  which  the  heavier  objects  were  delivered  from 
overseas  to  assure  safety  and  ease  of  handling  for  the  U.S. 
tour. 

The  Ebla  exhibition  was  a  major  project  for  the  OEC  in 
fiscal  year  1985,  and  it  will  be  a  major  museum  event  in 
each  of  the  six  cities  where  it  will  be  presented.  A  project 
of  this  scope  also  illustrates  the  variety  of  skills  practiced 
at  OEC  and  demonstrates  the  manner  in  which  coordi- 
nated scheduling  of  separate  tasks  in  OEC  offices  and 
shops  results  in  what  is  perceived  as  a  single  presentation. 
Every  OEC  staff  member  does  not  work  on  the  same 
project  at  the  same  time,  however,  and  more  than  two 
hundred  separate  projects  were  completed  this  year — a 
yearly  norm  for  the  OEC.  In  addition  to  Ebla,  twenty 
other  new  SITES  exhibitions  were  completed  at  OEC  this 
year  on  schedule  for  museum  openings  in  all  parts  of  the 
United  States.  Exhibition-related  projects  included  design- 
ing, writing,  editing,  and  supervising  the  printing  of  over 
seventy  brochures  for  the  travel  programs  of  the  SI  Associ- 
ates, the  production  and  silkscreening  of  123  graphics  pan- 
els for  the  Festival  of  American  Folklife,  and  a  series  of 
small  panels  installed  in  four  SI  buildings  to  recognize  the 
twentieth  anniversary  of  the  Smithsonian  Resident  Associ- 
ates. 


OEC  staff  conducted  a  three-day  on-site  workshop  on 
exhibition  techniques  for  the  Minnesota  Historical  Society, 
served  as  faculty  for  professional  workshops  in  Washing- 
ton, and  provided  in-shop  training  and  graduate  intern- 
ships. Other  highlights  of  the  OEC  year  include  producing 
exacting  models  of  owl  eggs  for  the  Education  Department 
of  the  National  Zoological  Park,  making  a  life  mask  of 
astronaut  Senator  Jake  Garn  for  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum,  and  guiding  and  supporting  the  Washing- 
ton Craft  Show  sponsored  by  the  Women's  Committee  of 
the  Smithsonian  Associates.  The  OEC  year  began  with  the 
completion  of  last  year's  major  project:  OEC  and  SITES 
staff  returned  the  exhibition  Treasures  from  the  Smithso- 
nian Institution  from  Edinburgh.  More  than  250  objects 
were  safely  returned  to  the  thirteen  Smithsonian  museums 
that  participated  in  that  project. 

It  has  been  more  than  a  year  since  the  administrative, 
editorial,  and  typesetting  offices  joined  the  rest  of  the  OEC 
staff  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Service  Center  (SISC) 
at  1 1 1 1  North  Capitol  Street,  and  the  advantages  of  the 
entire  staff  working  under  one  roof  have  become  increas- 
ingly apparent.  Coordination  between  designers,  editors, 
and  shop  supervisors  is  smoother  than  ever  before.  A  new, 
consolidated  Administrative  Unit  has  been  established, 
and  other  organizational  changes  have  been  developed  to 
strengthen  management  of  OEC  resources. 


129 


Office  of  Horticulture 


During  its  thirteenth  year,  the  Office  of  Horticulture  con- 
tinued to  provide  a  full  range  of  horticultural  services  to 
the  bureaus  as  well  as  educational  programs  for  Associate 
Members  and  the  general  public.  An  office  memorandum 
and  related  policies  were  developed,  and  an  administrative 
officer,  a  librarian,  and  museum  specialist  joined  the  staff. 
Volunteers  and  interns  made  it  possible  to  complete  several 
special  projects. 

The  office  provided  almost  14,000  tropical,  seasonal, 
and  collection  plants  and  102  floral  arrangements  for  over 
500  Smithsonian  special  events,  a  twenty-five  percent 
increase  over  1984.  In  addition,  fifteen  trees,  1,100  poinset- 
tias,  evergreen  wreaths,  and  garlands  were  displayed  dur- 
ing the  Christmas  season. 

The  eighth  annual  Trees  of  Christmas  exhibition  con- 
tained twelve  new  collections  of  ornaments.  Dixie  Rettig, 
an  office  volunteer,  assisted  Lauranne  Nash  in  coordinat- 
ing the  exhibition,  presented  in  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History,  from  December  4, 1984  through  Janu- 
ary 6, 1985.  Over  275  volunteers  created  the  2,868  orna- 
ments, which  were  donated  for  future  exhibitions. 
Volunteers  Barbara  Restum,  Jane  Cronin,  and  Bonnie 
Hooker  assisted  with  the  installation. 

The  Accessioning  and  Records  System  for  living  plant 
collections  now  prints  accession  cards  within  one  week 
from  the  date  of  entry.  Data  on  over  12,000  accessioned 
plants  have  been  edited. 

To  refine  the  permanent  collection  at  the  greenhouse  and 
prepare  for  the  opening  of  the  Quadrangle  Project,  25,402 
orchids  and  232  bromeliads  were  repotted.  Orchid  displays 
were  installed  in  the  National  Capital  Orchid  Society  and 
Maryland  Orchid  Society  shows.  Although  noncompeti- 
tive, the  office  was  recognized  by  a  letter  of  appreciation 
and  a  first-place  award.  These  exhibitions  often  attract 
such  donations  as  the  260  specimen  orchid  plants  and  35 
assorted  tropicals  from  Mrs.  Victor  Alfaro. 

Greenhouse  improvements  included  installation  of  a 
cooling  system  in  two  greenhouses  to  increase  the  survival 
rate  of  rare  species  orchids,  an  underground  irrigation  sys- 
tem in  the  nursery  area  less  subject  to  freezes,  and  a  woven 
polyethylene  weed  barrier  in  the  cutting  garden. 

Plant  displays  were  renovated  in  permanent  galleries  at 
the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  Museum  of  American  Art,  and 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars.  His- 
toric and  educational  plants  were  specially  grown  for 
Mammals  in  the  Limelight,  Aditi — A  Celebration  of  Life, 
and  the  Arts  of  South  Asia. 

The  Grounds  Management  Division  planted  in  Mall 
environs  75,452  flowering  annuals  and  16,000  pansies, 
produced  by  the  Greenhouse  Nursery  Division,  and 


50,000  spring  bulbs.  Other  grounds  improvements 
included  three  new  flower  beds  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History;  the  perennial  border  at  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History;  new  sod,  cafe  planters,  and 
ten  Zelkova  trees  for  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum; 
and  four  new  planters  on  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden  plaza.  Brass  labels  were  attached  to  per- 
manent plantings. 

Susan  Gurney  became  the  librarian  for  the  horticultural 
library  collection  of  approximately  2,000  bound  volumes, 
15,000  trade  catalogs,  and  180  serial  titles.  Nineteen  vol- 
umes donated  by  Ikebana  International  Inc.,  Washington, 
D.C.,  Chapter  No.  1,  are  excellent  references  for  the 
Quadrangle  Project. 

Requests  for  assistance  with  research,  publications, 
exhibitions,  lectures,  and  tours  have  increased.  In  1985, 
twenty-eight  groups  toured  the  plant  collections.  Visitors 
included  Supreme  Court  Justice  Sandra  Day  O'Connor 
and  her  staff;  Mrs.  Bajpai,  wife  of  the  Ambassador  of 
India;  The  American  Association  of  University  Presidents' 
Partners;  and  members  of  the  Center  for  Plant  Conserva- 
tion. In  association  with  the  Smithsonian  Resident  Associ- 
ate Program,  fall  and  spring  tours  of  the  greenhouse  and  a 
special  program  on  historic  holiday  decorations  were 
arranged.  All  Smithsonian  staff  and  volunteers  were 
invited  to  an  open  house  on  May  19, 1985  at  the  green- 
house complex. 

The  purchase  of  a  35-millimeter  slide  storage  cabinet 
was  made  possible  by  a  gift  from  the  Women's  Committee 
of  the  Smithsonian  Associates.  Slides  depicting  various 
horticultural  subjects  were  loaned  to  the  U.S.  National 
Arboretum,  Kennedy  Center,  Northern  Virginia  Regional 
Parks,  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum,  Office  of  Public  Affairs, 
and  others.  Nineteen  illustrations  from  the  collection  were 
selected  by  the  Smithsonian  Business  Management  Office 
for  the  Smithsonian  Engagement  Calendar  1986. 

Director  James  R.  Buckler  delivered  the  following  lec- 
tures: "Frolicking  in  the  Garden,"  on  nineteenth-century 
garden  pastimes,  at  the  Margaret  Strong  Museum  in  Roch- 
ester, New  York;  and  "Shinnecock  Hills:  An  Art  Colony  in 
a  Garden,"  depicting  late  nineteenth-century  landscape 
development  on  Long  Island,  at  the  Amon  Carter  Museum 
of  Western  Art  in  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 

Sally  Tomlinson  has  continued  to  work  regularly  as  a 
volunteer,  assisting  in  the  management  of  the  artifact  col- 
lections. 

James  Buckler  served  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the 
National  Colonial  Farm,  the  Kentucky  Botanical  Gardens, 
the  Horticultural  Advisory  Board  of  Grey  Towers,  and 
Friends  of  Rockwood  Museum. 


130 


Office  of  Museum  Programs 


August  A.  Dietz  IV,  manager  of  the  greenhouse-nursery 
complex,  served  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Azalea 
Society  of  America. 

Lauranne  Nash  served  as  cochairperson  of  the  Smithso- 
nian Institution  Internship  Council  during  most  of  fiscal 
year  1985. 

Seven  interns  were  selected  to  participate  in  the  horticul- 
tural program  during  1985.  A  curriculum  was  designed  for 
individual  interns  to  maximize  their  educational  back- 
ground and  special  interests. 

Plant  production  for  the  Quadrangle  Project  is  under- 
way and  testing  for  light  requirements  is  being  conducted. 
Major  trees  for  the  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden  have  been 
selected  and  the  garden  furnishings  are  undergoing  resto- 
ration. 

The  office's  garden  furnishings  collection,  which 
includes  many  labeled  pieces,  was  featured  in  an  article  in 
the  Washington  Post.  Twenty-four  pieces  were  loaned  to 
the  Historical  Society  of  Talbot  County  for  their  major 
exhibition  The  Art  of  Gardening — Maryland  Landscapes 
and  the  American  Garden  Aesthetic,  17)0-1930.  James 
Buckler  and  Kathryn  Meehan  coauthored  an  essay  on 
nineteenth-century  American  horticulture  for  the  exhibi- 
tion catalogue. 

The  public  displays  of  living  plant  collections  and  horti- 
cultural artifacts — the  Fragrant  Garden,  the  north  foyer  of 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  the  rotunda  of 
the  Arts  and  Industries  Building,  and  "A  Victorian  Horti- 
cultural Extravaganza" — continue  to  delight  visitors.  For 
the  fourth  year  volunteers  Dorothy  High  and  Bruce  Buntin 
rotated  and  groomed  the  many  rare  and  unusual  plants  in 
the  "Horticultural  Extravaganza." 

At  the  request  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Visitor 
Information  Center  a  plan  for  easier  visitor  access  into  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Building  from  the  north  side  is 
being  developed.  A  palm  court  concept  has  been  drafted 
for  the  South  Tower  Room,  to  open  into  the  Haupt  Gar- 
den. 

The  office  completed  a  preliminary  plan  for  a  new 
Educational /Research  Center  at  the  United  States  Sol- 
diers' and  Airmen's  Home.  This  new  Center  would  com- 
bine the  current  facilities  with  new  educational,  research, 
and  storage  space  to  accommodate  the  growth  of  the 
Office  of  Horticulture.  The  office  plans  to  solicit  gifts  to 
support  this  long-range  project. 


The  Office  of  Museum  Programs  (OMP),  directed  by  Jane 
R.  Glaser,  provides  a  variety  of  training,  information,  and 
advisory  services  for  the  professional  development  of 
museum  personnel  and  their  institutions  throughout  the 
United  States  and  abroad. 

The  training  program,  coordinated  by  Mary  Lynn  Perry, 
sponsors  an  annual  schedule  of  twenty-five  to  thirty  inten- 
sive short-term  workshops  on  current  museum  practices 
which  provide  mid-career  training  opportunities  for 
museum  professionals.  Faculty  for  the  workshops  are 
drawn  primarily  from  the  Institution's  staff;  the  subject 
matter  presented  covers  a  broad  range  of  topics  on 
museum  operations. 

During  1985,  over  430  museum  professionals  enrolled  in 
the  workshop  series;  participants  came  from  all  types  and 
sizes  of  museums  in  forty-two  states  and  the  District  of 
Columbia,  and  from  ten  foreign  countries.  New  subjects 
presented  in  1985  were  "Management  of  Volunteer  Pro- 
grams," "The  Museum  as  a  Learning  Resource,"  "Horticul- 
ture for  Zoos:  Habitat  and  Environment,"  "Computers  in 
Collections  Management  and  Research,"  "Integrated  Pest 
Management  for  Museums,"  and  "Developing  and  Manag- 
ing Effective  Internship  Programs." 

A  national  survey  to  assess  museum  training  needs  in  the 
U.S.  was  conducted  during  the  year;  the  results  are  being 
analyzed  for  future  workshop  planning. 

Similar  training  services  are  offered  to  museum  profes- 
sionals at  locations  throughout  the  United  States  and 
abroad  in  cooperation  and  cosponsorship  with  local  host 
museums  and  museum-related  organizations.  Eight  on-site 
workshops  attended  by  187  museum  professionals  from 
sixteen  states  and  two  foreign  countries  were  presented. 
Cosponsors  included  the  Virginia  Association  of  Muse- 
ums, the  Minnesota  Historical  Society,  and  the  New  York 
Regional  Conference  of  Historical  Agencies. 

By  invitation  from  the  Ministry  of  Culture  of  Pakistan 
and  with  support  from  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency 
funds,  two  three-day  workshops  entitled  "Preventive  Care 
of  Collections"  were  conducted  in  Islamabad  and  Karachi. 
Fifty  persons  from  museums  and  archives  in  Lahore, 
Peshawar,  Hyderabad,  and  Moenjodaro,  as  well  as  from 
Islamabad  and  Karachi,  were  enthusiastic  and  responsive 
participants,  all  of  whom  regarded  the  workshops  as  very 
productive  and  beneficial. 

The  Internships  in  Museum  Practices  Program,  coordi- 
nated by  Raymond  Branham  and  Bruce  C.  Craig,  arranges 
for  students  and  museum  professionals  to  be  placed  in 
Smithsonian  museums  and  offices  for  training  in  collec- 
tions management,  exhibit  design  and  production,  regis- 
tration, curatorial,  and  other  museum  practices.  In  1985, 


131 


seventy-five  persons  from  the  United  States  and  abroad 
took  part  in  the  program  while  another  twenty-seven 
interns  participated  in  the  third  annual  OMP  Museum 
Careers  Seminar  Series. 

The  Visiting  Professionals  Program  schedules  short- 
term  visits  (one-month  or  less)  for  museum  professionals 
to  meet  with  Smithsonian  staff  for  concentrated  discussion 
and  consultation  and  to  examine  collections.  Visits  are 
designed  to  fulfill  the  requests  and  meet  specific  needs  of 
the  participants.  Thirty-seven  visitors  from  museums  in 
the  U.S.  and  eighty-six  from  museums  and  related  organi- 
zations in  Africa,  Asia,  Europe,  and  Central  and  South 
America  took  part  in  these  activities. 

Since  1983,  OMP  has  joined  with  the  Multicultural 
Bilingual  High  School  in  Washington,  D.C.,  to  offer 
internships  in  a  variety  of  operational  and  program  areas 
of  the  Smithsonian  to  high  school  students.  Positive  evalu- 
ations from  students  and  supervisors  alike  have  encour- 
aged the  continuation  of  this  program.  Twenty-six 
students  were  involved  in  1985. 

The  Audiovisual  Program,  coordinated  by  Laura  T  Sch- 
neider, produces  and  distributes  slide /cassette  productions 
and  videotapes  on  subjects  of  interest  to  the  museum  pro- 
fession. Emphasizing  care  of  collections,  the  topics  also 
include  museum  interpretation,  the  visitor,  museum 
careers,  security,  historic  preservation,  and  folklife. 
Printed  materials  supplement  the  audiovisual  presenta- 
tions. Programs  placed  in  distribution  during  1985 
included  a  slide /cassette  program,  Photographic  Negatives 
in  the  Juley  Collection:  Their  Care  and  Preservation,  and  a 
videotape,  Outdoor  Sculpture:  Preserving  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum's  Collection.  In  1985,  139  slide  programs  and  186 
videotapes  were  loaned  to  museums,  institutions,  and  indi- 
viduals; seventy-five  programs  were  purchased  by  users 
wishing  to  have  them  available  for  convenient  reference. 
Two  productions  received  awards:  Tribal  Archives,  a 
slide /cassette  program,  received  a  Gold  Screen  Award 
from  the  National  Association  of  Government  Communi- 
cators, and  the  videotape  Museum  Accessibility  for  the 
Visually  Impaired  Visitor  was  given  a  Merit  Award  by 
Superfest  '85,  a  media  festival  for  programs  on  disabilities. 

The  Native  American  Museums  Program  (NAMP), 
under  the  direction  of  Nancy  J.  Fuller,  was  very  active  in 
1985.  It  established  residencies  at  the  Smithsonian  for 
eleven  Indian  museum  professionals,  developed  a  new 
resource  list,  American  Indian  Collections  In  European 
Museums  and  Archives,  published  The  Proceedings  of  the 
198)  NAMP  National  Workshop  for  Tribal  Museum 
Directors  and  Administrators,  and  compiled  fifty  reference 
packets  on  museum  operations,  legislation,  and  career 


development  in  response  to  inquiries  from  twenty-five 
states,  Canada,  New  Zealand,  and  Australia.  The  pro- 
gram continued  to  distribute  its  NAMP  newsletter  to  a 
mailing  list  of  more  than  1,000.  Planning  for  collaborative 
projects  was  also  begun  with  the  British  Columbia  Muse- 
ums Association,  the  Burke  and  Makah  Museums,  and 
with  the  National  Archives. 

The  Kellogg  Project,  supported  by  a  grant  from  the 
W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  to  "expand  the  educational  role 
of  museums,"  emphasized  the  development  of  the  demon- 
stration programs  at  its  twelve  "full  participation"  muse- 
ums and  organized  workshops  and  seminars  in  San  Anto- 
nio; the  Bronx;  San  Francisco;  Tahlequah,  Oklahoma;  and 
Washington,  D.C.  Two  sessions  of  professional  residencies 
held  in  1985  brought  fourteen  senior  museum  education 
professionals  to  the  Smithsonian.  During  ten-day  study 
periods,  the  residents  met  with  Smithsonian  staff  and  area 
professionals  to  exchange  ideas  on  a  variety  of  issues 
affecting  museum  education.  A  three-year  extension  of  the 
Kellogg  Project  is  anticipated  for  fiscal  years  1986,  1987, 
and  1988  with  a  major  emphasis  on  evaluation  and  dissem- 
ination of  information  obtained  during  prior  activities.  All 
aspects  of  this  program  are  coordinated  by  Phillip  Spiess  II. 

The  Museum  Reference  Center,  a  branch  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  specializing  in  museolog- 
ical  subjects,  answered  over  1,500  inquiries  from  museum 
professionals,  researchers,  and  students  in  the  United 
States  and  thirty-six  foreign  countries.  Over  600  persons 
visited  the  Center  to  make  use  of  its  comprehensive  and 
specialized  collections.  The  Librarian,  Catherine  Scott, 
contributed  to  the  "Library  Shelf  List"  of  the  Museum 
Studies  Journal  and  also  to  the  Dictionarium  Museologi- 
cum,  a  UNESCO /ICOM  publishing  project,  in  prepara- 
tion for  the  fifth  edition.  The  Center  published  seventeen 
new  bibliographies  on  museum  subjects,  bringing  the  total 
to  sixty,  and  three  quarterly  issues  of  Muse  World,  a  bulle- 
tin advising  on  recent  publications  of  interest  to  museums. 

Since  1979,  OMP  and  the  United  States  Information 
Agency  (USIA)  have  cosponsored  a  project,  "Education  in 
Museums,"  which  makes  it  possible  for  foreign  museum 
professionals  to  visit  the  United  States  to  study  educational 
programming  in  museums  here.  The  success  of  this  project 
led  to  expansion  of  the  subject  matter  in  1982  to  include 
"Museum  Administration"  and  "Collections:  Manage- 
ment, Preventive  Care,  and  Conservation  Awareness"  in 
1985.  In  1985,  this  last-named  program  involved  thirteen 
participants  from  Bahrain,  Columbia,  Egypt,  Fiji,  Indone- 
sia, Jordan,  Kuwait,  Mexico,  Nepal,  Pakistan,  United 
Kingdom,  Jerusalem,  and  Yap.  The  group  toured  muse- 
ums in  six  major  cities  in  the  United  States  and  discussed 


132 


Office  of  the  Registrar 


practices  and  problems  of  collections  management  and 
conservation  with  American  colleagues.  OMP  has  now 
been  requested  by  USIA  to  develop  and  coordinate  a 
fourth  project  (museum  management  for  Spanish-speaking 
museum  professionals)  for  1986. 


Primary  responsibilities  of  the  Office  of  the  Registrar 
involve  reviewing  collections  management  policies  devel- 
oped by  Smithsonian  museums  and  monitoring  compli- 
ance with  those  policies.  The  Office  is  also  concerned  with 
procedures  used  for  accessioning,  cataloguing,  and  deac- 
cessioning  objects  and  specimens  in  the  collections  and 
with  the  inventory  processes  in  the  museums.  For  most  of 
1985,  during  a  lengthy  nationwide  recruiting  program 
made  necessary  by  the  retirement  of  the  former  Director  of 
the  Office,  Mr.  Philip  Leslie,  many  of  these  responsibilities 
were  assumed  by  the  Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary  for 
Museum  Programs.  Basic  documents  governing  the  gen- 
eral policies  which  serve  to  guide  activities  in  all  collecting 
bureaus  of  the  Institution  were  revised  and  reissued  and 
the  inventory  process  was  monitored  through  periodic 
communication  with  responsible  parties  in  each  of  the 
museums. 


133 


Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Archives  (SIA)  is  responsible 
for  physical  care  of  and  intellectual  access  to  records  and 
proceedings  of  the  Smithsonian.  These,  and  donated 
papers  of  curators  and  scientific  staff,  and  records  of  pro- 
fessional societies,  are  valuable  sources  for  scholarly 
research  in  history,  science,  art,  and  the  humanities. 

A  highlight  of  1985  was  receipt  of  archives  of  the 
National  Museum  of  American  Art,  including  official 
records  of  the  old  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  some 
from  the  late  nineteenth  century.  Their  acquisition  is  a 
major  extension  of  the  archival  program  into  the  art  muse- 
ums. 

Two  new  guides  to  collections  were  published.  William 
R.  Massa,  Jr.,  was  author  of  the  Guide  to  the  Charles  D. 
Walcott  Collection  and  William  E.  Cox  produced  the 
Guide  to  the  Papers  of  Charles  P.  Alexander.  In  1985,  the 
Archives  prepared  its  first  archival  exhibition,  the 
Smithsonian — Roosevelt  African  Expedition,  1909-1910, 
from  materials  in  papers  of  Edmund  E.  Heller,  who 
accompanied  Roosevelt  to  collect  specimens  for  the 
Smithsonian.  A  second  exhibition,  Notable  Smithsonian 
Women,  honors  early  figures  such  as  Mary  Jane  Rathbun, 
Mary  Vaux  Walcott,  and  Lucile  Quarry  Mann.  All  future 
exhibitions  will  draw  on  the  Archives'  collections. 


Thomas  Henry  Huxley.  Among  manuscript  collections 
accessioned  this  year  were  papers  of  Bruce  C.  Heezen, 
Robert  Silberglied,  S.  Stillman  Berry,  Thomas  Soderstrom, 
and  Porter  M.  Kier.  Two  professional  societies  joined  a 
growing  number  that  have  named  SIA  as  official  reposi- 
tory for  their  records;  accessions  were  received  this  year 
from  the  Animal  Behavior  Society  and  the  American  Soci- 
ety of  Zoologists. 

During  the  year  the  Archives  loaned  materials  for  sev- 
eral exhibitions,  including  one  organized  by  the  Joseph 
and  Margaret  Muscarelle  Museum  of  Art  at  the  College  of 
William  and  Mary  entitled  Modernism  in  America:  1937- 
1941:  Four  Architectural  Competitions.  It  includes  draw- 
ings submitted  for  the  19^9  Smithsonian  Gallery  of  Art 
competition.  Also  loaned  this  year  was  a  notebook  of 
Constantine  S.  Rafinesque,  as  part  of  an  exhibition  held  at 
the  Lafayette  Natural  History  Museum  in  Louisiana  to 
commemorate  the  birth  of  John  James  Audubon.  The 
Archives  also  contributed  several  items  to  accompany  the 
loan  of  a  Miss  Japan  Doll  from  NMNH  for  an  exhibition 
in  Japan  about  women  and  the  Second  World  War.  Archi- 
tectural drawings  from  SIA  of  the  Natural  History  Build- 
ing were  displayed  in  the  NMNH  75th  anniversary 
celebration. 


Basic  Archival  Program 

During  fiscal  year  1985  the  Archives  continued  to  appraise 
records  of  the  Institution  and  to  select  and  care  for  those  of 
permanent  historic  value.  Records  were  surveyed  at  the 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  (STRI)  and  the 
Registrar's  Office  at  the  National  Zoological  Park  (NZP). 
In  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  (NMNH), 
surveys  were  completed  in  the  Security  Office,  Department 
of  Paleobiology,  and  Department  of  Vertebrate  Zoology. 
Survey  work  at  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 
began  in  the  Office  of  the  Director  and  was  completed  in 
several  offices  of  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art.  At  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  (NMAA),  surveys  were  com- 
pleted in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  and  begun  in  the  Cura- 
torial Department. 

In  central  administrative  offices,  surveys  were  com- 
pleted in  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs  and  the  Office  of 
the  Director  of  Facilities  Services.  Disposition  schedules 
were  established  for  records  of  the  Office  of  Plant  Services. 

Discovered  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  and 
brought  into  the  Archives  was  an  album  of  photographs  of 
nineteenth-century  naturalists,  the  J.  Victor  Carus  album, 
including  images  of  Charles  Darwin,  Louis  Agassiz,  and 


Programs  and  Projects 

The  on-line  library  and  archives  catalogues  of  the  Smithso- 
nian Institution  Bibliographic  Information  System  (SIBIS) 
became  available  in  the  Archives  in  1985,  and  work  con- 
tinues to  prepare  the  archives  catalogue  for  use  throughout 
the  Institution.  SIA  hosted  a  meeting  of  Washington,  D.C., 
archivists  on  the  topic  of  SIBIS.  Archives  volunteer  Mary 
D'Imperio  completed  a  user's  manual  for  the  on-line  cata- 
logues. Austin  Moller,  an  intern  from  Portland  State  Uni- 
versity, and  Donna  Webber,  an  intern  from  the  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  studied  and  reported 
on  various  aspects  of  SIBIS,  adding  to  the  working 
knowledge  of  the  system. 

Other  interns  during  the  year  included  Dan  Steven  Sher- 
burne, also  from  Portland  State,  who  processed  the  C. 
Lewis  Gazin  Papers,  and  Catherine  McGeehan,  from 
George  Washington  University,  who  worked  on  the  Col- 


The  Smithsonian-Roosevelt  African  Expedition  of  1909-1910 
was  the  subject  of  an  exhibition  in  the  Smithsonian  Archives. 
Theodore  Roosevelt  and  his  son  Kermit  are  shown  here  proudly 
surveying  a  Cape  Buffalo  destined  for  the  United  States  National 
Museum. 


134 


lected  Letters  on  Ethnology  and  the  papers  of  Ernest  P. 
Walker.  Margaret  Stevens,  intern  from  the  University  of 
Virginia,  is  assisting  with  the  SIA  photograph  survey 
project. 

The  photograph  survey  project  continued  surveying  and 
describing  the  photographic  holdings  of  the  Smithsonian. 
During  the  year  the  staff  located  almost  two  million  pho- 
tographs in  518  collections  in  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History  and  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum. 
Reports  were  written  to  aid  collection  management  and 
research  access.  Each  collection  is  described  in  a  survey 
report  on  the  provenance,  title,  size,  subject  contents, 
physical  condition,  arrangement,  processes  and  photogra- 
phers represented,  and  usage  policies.  This  serves  as  a 
basic  guide  for  staff  and  researchers.  Nearly  two  thousand 
pages  of  survey  descriptions  have  been  produced,  supple- 
mented by  summaries  to  the  bureau  directors  on  the  col- 
lections. 


Reference  Service 

During  the  year  more  than  two  thousand  reference  inqui- 
ries were  received,  a  substantial  increase  over  last  year.  A 
number  of  publications  based  on  research  done  at  SIA 
were  produced.  Among  these  were  Robert  W.  Rydell,  All 
the  World's  A  Fair:  Visions  of  Empire  at  American  Inter- 
national Expositions,  1876- 1916  (Chicago:  University  of 
Chicago  Press,  1985);  Ann  H.  Zwinger,  "A  Hungarian  in 
Baja,"  in  Audubon  87  (1985);  and  Arthur  P.  Molella,  "At 
the  Edge  of  Science:  Joseph  Henry,  'Visionary  Theorizers,' 
and  the  Smithsonian  Institution,"  in  Annals  of  Science  41 
(1984). 


Oral  History 

Oral  history  interviewing  with  Smithsonian  luminaries 
continued  in  1985.  Interviews  completed  and  transcribed 
during  the  year  brought  the  collection  total  to  some  two 
hundred  fifty  hours  of  recording  accompanied  by  some 
forty-five  hundred  pages  of  typewritten  transcript.  The 
G.  Arthur  Cooper,  T.  Dale  Stewart,  Fred  L.  Whipple,  A. 
Gilbert  Wright,  and  Association  of  Curators  interviews 
became  available  for  research  use.  A  16-mm  film  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution-Firestone  Expedition  to  Liberia  in 
1940  was  transferred  to  videotape,  and  a  taped  narration 
was  synchronized  to  the  visual  images.  A  Seidell  grant  was 
obtained  to  further  this  work. 


Lectures  and  Conferences 

The  Archives  lecture  series  ended  its  second  year  of  presen- 
tations on  a  range  of  topics  from  architecture  to  anthro- 
pology. USGS  scientist  Ellis  L.  Yochelson  began  the  series 
with  a  talk  on  "Seventy-five  Years  of  the  Natural  History 
Building."  Succeeding  lectures  concerned  the  National 
Museum,  John  Xantus,  and  the  history  of  geologic  map- 
ping in  England.  Ales  Hrdlicka  was  the  topic  of  the  final 
lectures  of  the  year,  presented  by  T.  Dale  Stewart  and 
Michael  Blakey. 


136 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  (SIL)  continued  to  serve 
the  Institution  and  public  through:  (i)  support  of  Smithso- 
nian research,  curatorial,  and  other  program  activities;  (2) 
direct  participation  in  creation  of  the  national  biblio- 
graphic data  base;  and  (3)  programs  for  publications,  exhi- 
bitions, loan,  and  information  services.  The  SIL  is  a 
member  of  the  Association  of  Research  Libraries  and  is 
organized  on  the  model  common  in  major  North  Ameri- 
can universities.  The  Libraries  is  divided  into  three  opera- 
tional divisions:  Automated  Systems,  Collections 
Management,  and  Research  Services  and  has  a  centralized 
Planning  and  Administration  Office. 

The  SIL  collections  of  approximately  980,000  volumes, 
including  over  20,000  serial  subscriptions,  are  available  to 
Smithsonian  and  other  scholars  through  a  system  of  four- 
teen branch  libraries  spread  over  thirty-five  locations 
throughout  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area  and  in  New  York 
City,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  and  the  Republic  of  Pan- 
ama. The  most  recent  branch  library  opened  in  fiscal  year 
1985  at  the  Office  of  Horticulture. 

The  SIL  budgets  represent  two  percent  of  all  Smithso- 
nian expenditures,  federal  and  trust,  exclusive  of  auxiliary 
enterprises.  During  fiscal  year  1985,  the  Libraries  received 
three  grants  from  the  Atherton  Seidell  Endowment  Fund; 
the  SIL  was  also  awarded  additional  money  to  enhance 
research  support  and  purchase  additional  materials.  Per- 
sonnel resources  of  the  SIL  were  reinforced  through  the 
dedicated  service  of  seventy-three  volunteers  who  assist  in 
all  units  of  the  Libraries. 

During  the  past  year,  three  reports  by  consultants 
describing  critical  issues  facing  the  Libraries  were  com- 
pleted: a  conceptual  study  on  library  planning  and  spaces, 
a  collections  preservation  report,  and  a  security  manage- 
ment survey.  These  studies  address  matters  of  importance 
to  future  operations  of  the  Libraries:  staffing,  security,  col- 
lections funding,  and  deteriorating  collections,  and  each 
study  presents  concrete  recommendations.  Other  planning 
this  year  included  consultation  with  an  architectural  firm 
on  SIL's  immediate  need  for  rental  space  so  as  to  move  and 
preserve  collections  which  are  badly  housed. 


Automated  Systems  Division 

Sophisticated  electronic  technologies  continue  to  be  funda- 
mental to  SIL  operations  and  planning  in  information 
transfer  and  resource  sharing.  The  Libraries'  on-line  cata- 
logue has,  in  its  first  full  year  of  operation,  become  the 
main  key  to  SIL  holdings.  It  has  been  well  received  by 
users,  and  its  rapid-search  capabilities  have  important 


'      /'■  S   /        //  ,       ,        //   s<, 


{  ///tin/ 


Sir  Henry  Englefield's  drawing  of  a  lunar  eclipse  (1770),  a  manu- 
script from  the  Dibner  Library  in  the  History  of  Science  and 
Technology  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries,  is  listed  in 
Manuscripts  of  the  Dibner  Collection,  published  by  the  Smithso- 
nian Institution  Libraries  in  1985. 


advantages  to  researchers.  Currently  containing  over 
260,000  records  with  new  cataloguing  being  added  daily, 
SILs  on-line  catalogue  can  be  accessed  from  more  than 
eighty  SIL  terminals  as  well  as  others  located  across  the 
Institution,  and  by  dial-in  via  computer- 
telecommunication  links.  The  automated  Acquisitions 
subsystem  which  requests  books  and  journals  on  line  and 
communicates  all  acquisitions  financial  data  to  the  Institu- 
tion's accounting  office  became  operational  this  year.  SIL, 
collaborating  with  Geac,  the  manufacturer  of  SIL's  auto- 
mated library  system,  is  developing  a  sophisticated  system 
with  features  designed  for  use  by  both  the  French  Bib- 
liotheque  Nationale  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Sev- 
eral enhanced  capabilities  and  broadened  functions  are 
being  planned  and  tested  in  this  cooperative  project.  Using 
Online  Computer  Library  Center  (OCLC),  SIL  continues 


'37 


its  conversion  of  catalogue  cards  into  machine  readable 
on-line  records.  This  year  a  significant  number  of  natural 
history  records  were  converted  and  the  former  Bureau  of 
American  Ethnology  (BAE)  library  records  are  now  being 
upgraded  and  changed  into  machine-readable  format. 
When  completed,  it  will  be  possible  to  merge  all  SIL 
anthropology  materials  into  one  sequence. 


day.  To  serve  research  needs  which  cannot  be  met  from  its 
own  holdings,  SIL  borrowed  17,342  volumes  this  year.  A 
study  conducted  with  grant  funds  demonstrated  unequivo- 
cally that  commercial  document  delivery  services  could 
provide  a  significantly  larger  fill  rate  and  an  improved 
turn-around-time  compared  to  traditional  interlibrary  loan 
methods. 


Collections  Management  Division 

The  Acquisitions  unit  was  transferred  from  the  Automated 
Systems  Division  to  the  Collections  Management  Division 
in  May,  thereby  consolidating  the  management  functions 
of  selecting,  purchasing,  and  exchanging  publications  with 
those  of  binding,  book  restoration,  and  preservation  of  the 
collections.  This  unit  acts  as  the  purchasing  agent  for  all 
library  materials  and  all  books  purchased  for  the  Institu- 
tion. In  June  the  Libraries  launched  a  Preservation  Plan- 
ning Program,  supported  by  the  Association  of  Research 
Libraries,  which  will  produce  documentary  evidence  of  the 
physical  condition  of  the  collections  and  recommendations 
for  new  preservation  policies  and  programs. 

The  African  Art  Branch  Library,  scheduled  to  open  in 
the  Quadrangle,  received  an  increased  acquisitions  budget 
to  purchase  monographs  and  serial  titles  as  well  as  rare 
items  relating  to  Africa.  The  Special  Collections  Branch 
Library  added  thirty  items,  including  works  on  the  history 
of  museums  and  of  collecting,  and  of  scientific  instrumen- 
tation. Several  bequests  during  fiscal  year  1985  added 
depth  to  the  fields  of  chemistry  and  metals  analysis,  physi- 
cal anthropology,  and  ceramics  and  glass. 


Research  Services  Division 

The  fourteen  branch  libraries  of  this  division  provide  refer- 
ence support  to  Smithsonian  curators  and  other  staff  as 
well  as  to  a  broad  range  of  users  from  outside  the  Institu- 
tion. Assisted  by  an  expanded  range  of  bibliographic  tools, 
the  division  was  able  to  offer  more  prompt  and  reliable 
service  this  year  in  its  reference  support  to  users.  The  SIL 
on-line  catalogue  was  used  extensively  in  all  branch 
libraries,  more  SIL  staff  was  trained  to  search  commercial 
on-line  data  bases  such  as  DIALOG  and  NEXIS,  and  tele- 
facsimile equipment  has  now  been  installed  in  four 
branches.  Despite  the  handicap  of  limited  collections 
which  forces  the  SIL  to  go  to  outside  services  for  forty  per- 
cent of  requests,  the  reference  staffs  logged  a  remarkable 
record  of  answering  an  average  619  reference  questions  a 


Planning  and  Administration  Office 

A  major  renovation  project  begun  this  year  will  strengthen 
the  Natural  History  Branch  Library  and  clarify  the  func- 
tions and  operations  of  that  branch  library  and  that  of  the 
Libraries'  Central  Reference  and  Loan  Services  (CRLS). 
CRLS,  which  was  the  focus  of  this  year's  renovation 
efforts,  will  house  a  modern  reference  operation  when 
completed,  with  an  emphasis  on  on-line  data  base  search- 
ing and  document  delivery. 


Public  Programs 

Outreach  activities  this  year  included  an  Open  House  to 
introduce  the  new  SIL  Automated  Library  System  to  repre- 
sentatives of  units  throughout  the  Institution.  The  SIL 
hosted  several  meetings,  including  a  national  meeting  for 
Geac  users  from  fifty  major  libraries,  a  planning  meeting 
for  developing  an  authority  control  system  for  SIL's  Auto- 
mated Library  System,  a  meeting  of  the  Washington  Book 
Conservators,  and  a  visit  from  a  Smithsonian  Associates 
tour  group.  As  part  of  the  Institution's  Festival  of  India 
celebration,  the  SIL  presented  Panorama  of  India:  An 
Exhibition  of  Books,  Prints  and  Manuscripts,  dating  from 
1698  to  1898,  which  was  accompanied  by  an  illustrated 
brochure.  Other  exhibitions  held  in  the  Dibner  Library 
this  year  were  European  Roots  of  American  Pharmacy  and 
Recent  Acquisitions  in  SIL.  SIL  produced  two  new  vol- 
umes in  its  Research  Guide  Series:  African  Art:  A  Biblio- 
graphic Guide  by  Janet  L.  Stanley,  and  Manuscripts  of  the 
Dibner  Collection.  The  latter  is  an  illustrated  volume  list- 
ing 1,614  manuscripts  in  the  history  of  western  science  and 
technology  from  the  Middle  Ages  to  the  present  which  are 
available  to  users  in  the  Dibner  Library  of  the  Special  Col- 
lections Branch  Library.  The  SIL,  funded  by  the  Smithso- 
nian Foreign  Currency  Program  (SFCP),  administers  its 
Translation  Publishing  Program  which  has  made  available 
196  significant  scientific  and  cultural  works  to  libraries  and 
scholars  around  the  world  since  the  program  began  in 
1959.  In  March  1985  thirty-five  proposals  for  translated 


138 


Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service 


publications  were  received  from  twenty-three  departments 
of  the  Institution  and  evaluated  and  ranked  by  a  Review 
Committee  composed  of  representatives  from  four  of  the 
Institution's  museums.  In  August  the  Libraries  received  a 
further  SFCP  grant  of  $300,000,  supplementing  a  grant  of 
the  same  amount  awarded  the  previous  year.  The  SIL's  par- 
ticipation in  a  number  of  international  projects  this  year 
included  cooperating  in  the  production  of  the  Dictiona- 
rium  Museologkum,  a  multilingual  glossary  of  2,066 
museum-related  terms  which  is  being  jointly  sponsored  by 
UNESCO  and  the  International  Council  of  Museums. 
Director  Maloy  assembled  a  group  of  distinguished  muse- 
ologists  in  June  to  serve  as  the  Ad  Hoc  American  Review 
Committee  for  this  proposed  publication  which  is  sched- 
uled to  be  published  in  1986.  Silvio  A.  Bedini  delivered  a 
paper  at  an  international  conference  which  he  helped  to 
organize  at  the  University  of  Rome  on  the  history  of  muse- 
ums. An  Israeli  librarian  began  a  year's  internship  in  the 
Book  Conservation  Laboratory  and  an  SIL  librarian  went 
abroad  to  work  in  a  Paris  library  while  his  Fulbright 
exchange  partner  came  to  the  SIL  from  France  and  spent 
nine  months  rotating  through  five  units  of  the  Libraries. 
Visitors  to  the  SIL  included  three  groups  of  librarians  from 
countries  around  the  world  who  came  to  observe  SIL  oper- 
ations. 


Ebla  to  Damascus:  Art  and  Archaeology  of  Ancient  Syria, 
an  exhibition  of  281  objects  that  span  10,000  years  of  his- 
tory, began  its  tour  in  September  1985  at  the  Walters  Art 
Gallery  in  Baltimore,  Maryland.  Organized  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service 
(SITES)  and  the  Directorate-General  of  Antiquities,  Syrian 
Arab  Republic,  the  exhibition  marks  the  first  time  that 
antiquities  from  Syria  have  been  shown  in  North  America. 
Financial  support  for  the  exhibition  was  provided  by  an 
anonymous  sponsor,  the  Arabian  American  Oil  Company 
(Aramco),  Shell  Oil  Companies  Foundation,  Inc.,  and 
Mobil  Oil  Corporation.  SITES  received  an  indemnity  from 
the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities  for  the 
loan  objects.  The  J.  Paul  Getty  Trust  provided  funding 
support  for  SITES'  publication  of  the  major  exhibition  cat- 
alogue. SITES  also  published  a  full-color  poster,  five  color 
postcards,  and  an  interpretive  booklet. 

In  addition  to  Ebla  to  Damascus,  another  major  interna- 
tional exhibition  that  began  its  tour  in  1985  was  Three 
Centuries  of  German  Painting  and  Drawing  from  the  Col- 
lections of  the  Wallraf-Richartz  Museum,  Cologne.  This 
exhibition  opened  in  September  at  the  Indianapolis 
Museum  of  Art  with  a  full  complement  of  representatives 
from  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  and  the  Wallraf- 
Richartz  Museum.  The  exhibition  of  ninety-two  works  is 
supplemented  by  a  fully-illustrated  catalogue  and  full- 
color  poster,  both  published  by  SITES.  Other  international 
exhibitions  included  Power  and  Gold:  Jewelry  from  Indo- 
nesia, Malaysia  and  the  Philippines,  Peonies  of  Greece: 
Myth,  Science  and  Art,  and  Mouton  Rothschild:  Paintings 
for  the  Labels. 

A  total  of  twenty-four  new  exhibitions  began  tours  in 
fiscal  year  1985,  and  a  large  percentage  of  these  were  devel- 
oped with  Smithsonian  bureaus.  Exploring  Microspace 
and  Beauties  of  the  Coral  Reef  were  organized  with  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  From  the  collec- 
tions of  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden, 
and  in  collaboration  with  curator  Frank  Gettings,  SITES 
organized  Artists  and  Models  and  Genre  Scenes.  Gallery 
brochures  were  published  for  both  of  these  exhibitions. 
From  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  SITES  is  circulating 
Baseball  Immortals:  The  Photographs  of  Charles  Martin 
Conlon,  1905-1935,  Mathew  Brady  Photographs  from  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery's  Meserve  Collection,  and  Ath- 
letes and  Heroes:  Portraits  from  the  Time  Collection  at  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery.  America's  Space  Truck  proved 
to  be  such  a  popular  exhibition  that  a  second  version  was 
introduced  this  year,  again  prepared  with  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum.  The  Laser  at  25  was  organized  with 
the  National  Museum  of  American  History.  New  Vistas: 


J39 


American  Art  Pottery  1880-19)0  from  the  Cooper-Hewitt 
Collections  and  Sharing  Traditions:  Five  Black  Artists  in 
19th  Century  America  from  the  Collections  of  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  began  their  national  tours  in 
1985.  Two  major  decorative  arts  exhibitions  began  their 
tours  at  the  Renwick  Gallery:  Newcomb  Pottery:  An 
Enterprise  for  Southern  Women,  1895-1940,  organized 
with  Newcomb  College  of  Tulane  University,  and  Material 
Evidence:  New  Color  Techniques  in  Handmade  Furniture, 
organized  with  Formica  Corporation  and  The  Gallery  at 
Workbench. 

Among  the  more  innovative  exhibitions  for  1985  was 
The  Laser  at  25,  which  included  participatory  displays  as 
well  as  educational  materials  that  approach  new  technol- 
ogy head-on.  A  SITES-developed  educational  computer 
software  program  on  light  and  laser  light  will  accompany 
the  exhibition.  A  longer,  computer  assisted  instructional 
program  will  be  developed  for  home  and  school  markets. 
A  hands-on  gallery  kit,  guidelines  for  teacher  orientation, 
and  other  assistance  help  bring  the  exhibition  alive  for 
nonscientific  audiences  while  reinforcing  its  themes.  The 
exhibition  was  produced  with  the  cooperation  of  the  Insti- 
tute of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers  and  the  Opti- 
cal Society  of  America. 

SITES  continued  to  arrange  for  foreign  showings  of 
exhibitions.  Spectacular  Vernacular  and  Galapagos:  Born 
of  the  Sea  traveled  to  Australia;  Good  as  Gold:  Alternative 
Materials  in  American  Jewelry  was  circulated  to  five  coun- 
tries in  South  America  by  the  U.S.  Information  Agency; 
America's  Space  Truck  was  shown  in  Peru;  A  Cartoon  His- 
tory of  U.S.  Foreign  Policy  was  viewed  in  Spain;  Music 
and  Dance  in  Papua  New  Guinea  and  An  Age  of  Gold: 
Three  Centuries  of  Paintings  from  Old  Ecuador  were 
shown  in  Haiti;  and  fourteen  exhibitions  were  booked  by 
museums  and  institutions  in  Canada. 

Preparations  for  the  May  1986  opening  of  Hollywood: 
Legend  and  Reality  began  this  year  with  a  June  1985  press 
conference  that  received  wide  media  coverage.  Among 
other  major  exhibitions  planned  for  1986-87  are  The  Paris 
Style  1900:  Art  Nouveau  Bing,  Gauguin  and  His  Circle  in 
Brittany — The  Prints,  Surrealist  Art  from  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  and  Artificial  Reefs: 
Expanding  on  Nature's  Ideas. 

A  monumental  project  for  fiscal  year  1986  will  be  the 
planning  and  organization  of  the  inaugural  exhibition  for 
the  International  Gallery.  Entitled  Making  Generations: 
Birthrites  and  the  Roots  of  Becoming,  the  exhibition  will 
draw  upon  the  life  cycle  anthropology  and  art  collections 
in  the  Smithsonian  collections  to  present  a  comprehensive, 


yet  unique,  insight  to  the  cultural  interpretations  of  this 
universal  experience. 


Exhibitions  Beginning  Tours  October  1,  1984,  through 
September  30,  1 98S 

America's  Space  Truck  (II) 

Artists  and  Models:  Portraits  from  the  Hirshhorn  Museum 

and  Sculpture  Garden 
Athletes  and  Heroes:  Portraits  from  the  Time  Collection  at 

the  National  Portrait  Gallery 
Audubon:  Science  into  Art 
Baseball  Immortals:  The  Photographs  of  Charles  Martin 

Con  Ion,  1 905-1 935 
Beauties  of  the  Coral  Reef  (II) 
The  Dog  Observed:  1844-198} 

Ebla  to  Damascus:  Art  and  Archaeology  of  Ancient  Syria 
Eva  Zeisel:  Designer  for  Industry 
Exploring  Microspace 
Genre  Scenes:  Works  on  Paper  from  the  Hirshhorn 

Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 
Homage  to  Amanda:  zoo  Years  of  American  Quilts  from 

the  Collection  of  Edwin  Binney  3rd  and  Gail  Binney- 

Winslow 
The  Laser  at  zj 
Material  Evidence:  New  Color  Techniques  in  Handmade 

Furniture 
Mathew  Brady  Photographs  from  the  National  Portrait 

Gallery's  Meserve  Collection 
Mouton  Rothschild:  Paintings  for  the  Labels 
Music  and  Dance  in  Papua  New  Guinea 
Newcomb  Pottery:  An  Enterprise  for  Southern  Women, 

1895-1940 
New  Vistas:  American  Art  Pottery  1880-1930  from  the 

Cooper-Hewitt  Collections  of  Greece:  Myth,  Science 

and  Art 
Power  and  Gold:  Jewelry  from  Indonesia,  Malaysia  and 

the  Philippines 
Radiance  and  Virtue:  The  R.  Norris  Shreve  Collection  of 

Chinese  Jades 
Recent  American  Works  on  Paper 
Sharing  Traditions:  Five  Black  Artists  in  19th  Century 

America  from  the  Collections  of  the  National  Museum 

of  American  Art 
Three  Centuries  of  German  Painting  and  Drawing  from 

the  Collections  of  the  Wallraf-Richartz  Museum, 

Cologne 


140 


Tours  for  Period  October  1,  1984,  through  September  30, 

1985 

Number  of  bookings  365 

Number  of  states  served  (including  Washing- 
ton, D.C.)  47 

Estimated  audience  8  million 

Exhibitions  listed  in  last  Update 

(catalogue  of  SITES  exhibitions)  113 

Exhibitions  produced  for  tour  during  this  year     24 


Left  to  right,  Leo  Durocher,  Bill  Terry,  and  Lefty  Gomez  at  the  opening  reception  for  Baseball  Immortals,  1905-1935:  The  Photographs  of 
Charles  Martin  Conlon,  an  exhibition  organized  by  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  and  circulated  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service. 


141 


142. 


PUBLIC  SERVICE 

Ralph  C.  Rinzler,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service 


*43 


Office  of  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education 


A  firm  belief  in  the  power  of  museum  objects  as  educa- 
tional resources  is  the  guiding  principle  behind  the  activi- 
ties of  the  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
(OESE).  Through  its  programs  and  publications,  the 
OESE  works  with  other  Smithsonian  education  offices  to 
foster  the  educational  uses  of  museums  in  the  Washington, 
D.C.,  area  and  throughout  the  nation. 

OESE  seminars  and  courses  for  teachers  demonstrate 
how  to  teach  by  using  a  museum-oriented  approach.  In 
1985,  a  series  of  summer  seminars  in  history,  art,  and  sci- 
ence provided  professional  training  for  three  hundred 
Washington,  D.C.,  area  educators.  In  addition,  a  three- 
credit  graduate  course,  "Using  Museums  to  Teach  Writ- 
ing," was  offered  to  teachers  from  across  the  nation.  And 
the  OESE  Regional  Workshop  program  helped  museum 


educators  build  partnerships  with  school  teachers  in  Oak- 
land, California;  Charleston,  South  Carolina;  and  Oak 
Ridge,  Tennessee — serving  a  total  of  one  thousand  teach- 
ers and  twenty-five  hundred  members  of  the  general  pub- 
lic. 

Publications  designed  to  help  teachers  use  museums  and 
other  community  resources  with  their  students  are  a  key 
aspect  of  OESE  programming.  In  addition  to  its  regular 
periodicals,  Let's  Go  to  the  Smithsonian  and  Art  to  Zoo, 
the  office  produced  booklets  on  how  to  teach  from  objects 
as  well  as  a  calendar  advertising  programs  of  all  the 
Smithsonian  education  departments  in  the  Washington 
area.  For  junior  high  school  readers,  Journeys,  a  pilot 
magazine  published  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  Pub- 
lic Affairs,  discusses  in  depth  topics  ranging  from  whales 
to  rockets. 

In  addition  to  continuing  its  work  in  making  programs 
and  exhibitions  accessible  to  disabled  visitors  here  at  the 
Smithsonian,  the  office  is  producing  a  docent  training 
manual,  to  be  accompanied  by  a  videotape,  to  encourage 
accessibility  in  museums  across  the  U.S.  For  learning  dis- 
abled students,  a  curriculum  kit  designed  to  teach  concepts 
of  historical  time  is  being  developed. 

During  the  1984-85  school  year,  the  OESE  expanded  its 
programs  for  young  people.  Its  Career  Awareness 
Program — part  of  the  Institution's  affirmative  action 
effort — offered  summer  placements  for  program  grad- 
uates, giving  them  an  opportunity  to  deepen  their  career 
awareness  while  serving  as  volunteers  or  as  paid  interns. 
Its  "Exploring  the  Smithsonian"  brought  more  than  fifty- 
four  hundred  D.C.  public  junior  high  school  students  for 
curriculum-related  museum  lessons.  And  its  Summer 
Intern  Program — which  places  outstanding  high  school 
graduates  in  curatorial  or  technical  offices — was  for  the 
first  time  open  to  students  in  Department  of  Defense 
Dependent  Schools. 

Through  teacher  training  programs,  publications,  spe- 
cial education  programs,  and  precollege  training  for  young 
people,  the  OESE  continues  to  help  teachers  and  students 
effectively  use  museums  as  educational  resources. 


Shown  here  moving  a  painting  is  a  summer  intern  of  the  Office  of 
Elementary  and  Secondary  Education,  who  was  stationed  in  the 
Registrar's  Office  of  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art. 
(Photograph  by  Jon  Dicus) 


144 


Office  of  Folklife  Programs 


The  Louisiana  program's  Mardi  Gras  float  drew  tremendous  crowds  that  came  to  celebrate  the  state's  rich  folk  traditions  during  this 
year's  annual  Festival  of  American  Folklife. 


Most  Americans  would  agree  that  the  richness  of  our 
nation's  culture  lies  in  the  impressive  diversity  of  its  people 
and  in  their  creative  responses  to  historical  conditions. 
Research,  presentation,  and  preservation  of  this  cultural 
wealth  is  the  goal  of  the  Office  of  Folklife  Programs,  an 
effort  that  entails,  among  other  activities,  the  presentation 
of  living  folk  traditions  in  the  context  of  the  National 
Museum.  Since  its  inception,  the  Office  of  Folklife  Pro- 
grams has  directed  its  attention  to  the  identification  and 
study  of  folk  traditions  and  to  the  development  of  methods 
for  presenting  them  in  a  national  setting  to  general  audi- 
ences. The  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  also  cooperates 
with  other  Smithsonian  bureaus  in  research  and  exhibition 
production;  it  publishes  documentary  and  analytic  studies 
and  its  staff  undertakes  both  exhibition-oriented  and 
publication-oriented  research. 


Festival  of  American  Folklife 

The  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  planned  and  produced  the 
nineteenth  annual  Festival  of  American  Folklife  which 
took  place  June  26-June  30  and  July  3-7,  1985.  Cospon- 
sored  by  the  National  Park  Service,  this  year's  Festival  fea- 
tured an  Indian  fair,  Louisianan  folklife,  cultural 
conservation,  and  evening  dance  parties.  Attendance 
reached  over  1.2  million  visitors. 

The  Smithsonian  and  the  Government  of  India  collabo- 
rated to  mark  the  Festival  of  India  1985-1986  with  the  pro- 
gram, "Mela!  An  Indian  Fair."  The  program  presented 
seventy  Indian  and  Indian-American  folk  artists  who  dem- 
onstrated an  array  of  India's  performing  and  ritual  arts, 
crafts,  and  festival  food  traditions  in  a  re-created  Indian 

145 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 


bazaar.  Featured  were  a  Learning  Center  and  the  burning 
of  a  40-foot-tall  effigy  of  the  legendary  demon  Ravana  and 
his  two  cohorts. 

The  rich  cultural  diversity  generated  and  nourished  in 
Louisiana,  "The  Creole  State,"  was  featured  with  ninety 
representatives  who  presented  their  music,  dance,  crafts, 
occupations,  and  foodways.  Cajun  and  Zydeco  music, 
crawfish  boils  and  Mardi  Gras  parades  were  among  the 
traditions  presented. 

The  Cultural  Conservation  program  explored  issues 
involved  in  conserving  cultural  traditions  in  the  world's 
indigenous,  ethnic,  and  regional  communities.  Traditions 
from  around  the  world — among  them  Puerto  Rican 
maskmaking,  Guatemalan  Mayan  Indian  weaving, 
Kmhmu  basketry  and  Salvadoran,  Italian-American,  and 
Chinese- American  cooking  were  presented. 


Special  Projects 

In  cooperation  with  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, the  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  coordinated  the  exhi- 
bition, Aditi:  A  Celebration  of  Life.  The  Evans  Gallery, 
redesigned  to  simulate  a  rural  Indian  environment,  hosted 
2,000  objects  of  Indian  folk  art,  as  well  as  forty  artisans 
and  performers  demonstrating  their  traditional  arts.  Aditi 
was  accompanied  by  the  publication  of  a  catalogue 
designed  by  Daphne  Shuttleworth  and  coauthored  by 
Richard  Kurin,  both  of  the  Office  of  Folklife  Programs, 
and  published  by  Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 


Research 

Research,  writing,  and  production  continued  on  mono- 
graphs and  accompanying  films  included  in  the  Smithso- 
nian Folklife  Studies  series.  Established  in  1978,  this 
innovative  series  couples  book-length  monographs  with 
accompanying  ethnographic  films  to  document  and  ana- 
lyze particular  traditions  more  fully  than  would  be  possi- 
ble with  either  medium  used  alone.  The  District  of 
Columbia  Fire  Fighters'  Project:  A  Case  Study  in  Occupa- 
tional Folklife  by  Robert  McCarl,  a  monograph  which 
developed  from  research  for  a  1976  Festival  program,  was 
published  this  year. 

The  Stone  Carvers,  a  film  by  Marjorie  Hunt  and  Paul 
Wagner,  was  awarded  an  Academy  Award  for  best  short 
documentary  for  1985.  The  film,  highlighting  carvers  at  the 
Washington  Cathedral,  grew  out  of  1978  and  1979  Festival 
programs. 


The  Office  of  Public  Affairs  (OPA)  acquaints  the  public, 
via  the  communications  media  and  other  means,  with  the 
Smithsonian's  research,  its  many  exhibitions  and  activities, 
and  its  permanent  collections.  The  office  also  oversees 
Institution-wide  information  programs. 

During  the  year,  the  OPA  coordinated  publicity  for  the 
Smithsonian's  participation  in  the  nationwide  Festival  of 
India,  working  with  the  Embassy  of  India  and  the  Indo- 
U.S.  Subcommission  on  Education  and  Culture,  preparing 
background  materials  and  photographs  for  media  distribu- 
tion, collaborating  with  each  bureau  featuring  Indian  exhi- 
bitions and  performances,  arranging  a  news  conference  to 
launch  the  Festival  of  India  at  the  Smithsonian,  and  pro- 
ducing public  service  announcements  for  television  and 
radio. 

In  addition,  two  public  affairs  writers  traveled  in  India 
for  six  weeks  to  study  India's  past,  present,  and  future. 
Their  firsthand  account  became  a  special  thirteen-part 
series  on  India  Today  for  the  Smithsonian  News  Service, 
the  Institution's  free,  monthly  feature-story  service  for 
daily  and  weekly  newspapers.  These  stories  were  widely 
used  by  the  media,  while  articles  on  the  Festival's  Aditi 
exhibition  and  the  Mela,  or  Indian  fair,  at  the  annual 
Folklife  Festival  were  numerous. 

The  Smithsonian's  image  overseas  was  broadened  and 
enhanced  by  a  five-part  series  on  the  Institution's  museums 
in  the  June  and  July  issues  of  Paris  Match  magazine.  The 
OPA  arranged  interviews  for  the  Paris  Match  reporter  and 
photographer.  Hundreds  of  other  journalists  were  assisted 
with  information  and  interviews  by  public  affairs  staff. 

In  fiscal  year  1985,  the  OPA  issued  more  than  five  hun- 
dred news  releases  on  Smithsonian  activities.  The  OPA 
also  provided  publicity  assistance  to  other  Smithsonian 
bureaus  and  offices.  The  OPA  planned  a  major  publicity 
campaign  for  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum's 
exhibition,  The  Renaissance:  Black  Arts  of  the  Twenties, 
focusing  on  the  explosion  of  black  creativity  in  Harlem 
and  elsewhere.  The  office  helped  publicize  the  opening  of 
the  new  Archives  of  American  Art  facility  in  Los  Angeles 
and  other  AAA  projects.  Publicity  prepared  on  the  discov- 
ery of  the  world's  deepest  plant  by  scientists  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History  led  to  extensive 


A  member  of  the  Bishnois  community  in  the  desert  state  of  Raja- 
sthan  in  western  India  proudly  demonstrates  his  beard-combing 
technique.  Such  folkways  and  traditions,  as  well  as  space-age 
topics,  were  included  in  a  thirteen-part  package  bonus  edition, 
India  Today,  of  the  Smithsonian  News  Service.  (Photograph  by 
Jessie  Cohen) 


146 


147 


Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia 
and  Seminars 


media  coverage.  Public  affairs  staff  members  also  worked 
with  the  Smithsonian  National  Associate  Lecture  and  Sem- 
inar Program  successfully  to  publicize  the  pioneering  visit 
of  Smithsonian  experts  to  Tokyo. 

The  Smithsonian  News  Service  completed  its  sixth  year 
of  operation  with  the  distribution,  in  addition  to  the  spe- 
cial India  Today  series,  of  forty-eight  richly  illustrated  arti- 
cles on  subjects  ranging  from  the  suffragette  movement  to 
the  development  of  the  laser.  The  News  Service  joined  the 
electronic  age,  sending  stories  from  its  computer  to  the 
computer  of  one  of  the  nation's  largest  dailies,  the  Chicago 
Tribune.  The  National  Association  of  Government  Com- 
municators awarded  its  first  and  third  prizes  in  the  feature 
release  category  of  its  nationwide  Blue  Pencil  Contest  to 
News  Service  stories. 

The  OPA  expanded  its  project  funded  by  the  Educa- 
tional Outreach  Fund  to  encourage  visits  to  the  Smithso- 
nian by  members  of  minority  communities.  Emphasizing 
the  theme,  "Explore  Your  Heritage,"  a  television  public 
service  announcement  produced  in  fiscal  year  1984  featur- 
ing Colonel  Guion  "Guy"  Bluford,  the  first  black  Ameri- 
can astronaut  in  space,  was  extended  nationally,  reaching 
all  states. 

To  encourage  visits  to  the  Smithsonian  from  all  parts  of 
the  United  States,  the  OPA  produced  a  thirty-second  and  a 
ten-second  television  public  service  announcement  pack- 
age with  the  theme  of  the  Smithsonian  as  a  repository  of 
American  history  to  be  shared  with  each  new  generation. 
The  spot,  narrated  by  Bob  Hope,  was  close-captioned  for 
the  hearing-impaired  audience.  A  fiscal  year  1984 
announcement  was  awarded  a  Gold  Screen  Award  by  the 
National  Association  of  Government  Communicators. 

The  OPAs  publications  program  led  to  a  new  edition  of 
the  Smithsonian's  general  information  Welcome  brochure, 
with  more  than  one  million  copies  printed.  OPA-prepared 
flyers  advertising  the  "Smithsonian  World"  television  pro- 
gram were  distributed  to  the  public.  The  quality  of 
Smithsonian  publications  was  also  recognized  by  outside 
organizations.  The  Torch,  the  Smithsonian's  monthly  staff 
newspaper,  received  the  top  honor  in  the  Society  for  Tech- 
nical Communications  International  Publications  Compe- 
tition. Research  Reports,  a  three-times-a-year  periodical 
describing  Institution-related  research  in  the  arts,  history, 
and  science,  also  received  awards  from  that  society  and 
top  honors  in  the  American  Association  of  Museums  pub- 
lications contest. 


The  major  program  of  the  Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia 
and  Seminars  (OSSS)  was  an  unprecedented  gathering  of 
fifty  Indian  and  American  scholars,  artists,  scientists,  and 
cultural  leaders,  convened  by  the  Smithsonian  as  a  key 
Festival  of  India  program  designed  to  have  long-range 
influence.  "The  Canvas  of  Culture:  Rediscovery  of  the  Past 
as  Adaptation  for  the  Future,"  a  public  symposium  held 
June  21-24,  I985,  addressed  vital  issues  in  nature  and  cul- 
ture in  India  today.  After  consultations  with  a  wide  range 
of  individuals  in  India  and  the  United  States  engaged  in 
studying  and  effecting  processes  of  change,  project  direc- 
tor Carla  Borden  felt  that  "emphasizing  aspects  of  contem- 
porary Indian  life — roots,  current  experience,  and 
prospects — would  provide  a  welcome  challenge,  a  unique 
and  promising  opportunity  for  analysis  and  learning."  The 
encounters  between  people  who  ordinarily  would  not  all 
meet  and  talk  together  (a  "dazzling  assembly  of  some  of 
the  best  minds  in  India")  created  great  excitement  and  she 
has  begun  editing  a  book  based  on  the  individual  contribu- 
tions of  participants  and  their  interactions  during  the  sym- 
posium. 

The  symposium's  agenda  was  designed  around  varied 
and  complex  subjects.  The  inclusion  of  religion,  the  envi- 
ronment, the  arts,  architecture,  social  trends,  and  science 
and  technology  in  a  single  program  illuminated  their  inter- 
relationships and  suggested  new  frameworks  for  under- 
standing and  action.  As  Smt.  Pupul  Jayakar,  chairman  of 
the  Indian  Advisory  Committee  for  the  Festival  of  India 
and  symposium  cochairman  (with  S.  Dillon  Ripley),  elo- 
quently stated:  "The  symposium  .  .  .  seeks  to  reflect  the 
changing  face  of  India,  for  no  single  symbol  or  icon  can 
reveal  it.  It  seeks  to  ask  questions — questions  which  have 
no  immediate  answers  or  solutions  but  need  to  be  held  on 
the  ground  of  mind,  to  be  pursued  relentlessly."  With  so 
short  a  time  available  there  could  be  no  expectation  of 
comprehensiveness;  what  was  presented  were  selected  and 
personal  points  of  view  from  people  whose  work  has  been 
thoughtful,  influential,  and  provocative.  Opening  ceremo- 
nies featured  greetings  sent  by  Prime  Minister  Rajiv  Gan- 
dhi and  the  Honorable  J.  William  Fulbright  and  a  message 
from  the  White  House's  Office  of  Science  and  Technology 
Policy. 

Despite  the  intensity  of  the  schedule,  sessions  were  well 
attended  and  participants  eager  to  hear  one  another's  pre- 
sentations. One  remarked  about  so  many  individuals  from 
numerous  fields  of  endeavor,  without  comparing  notes 
beforehand,  "meshing  so  effortlessly."  And  another  asked, 
"Why  don't  we  organize  a  forum  like  this  in  India?" 

For  the  American  audience,  the  symposium  demon- 
strated that  reinvestigating  and  using  the  past  transcended 


148 


Preparations  continue  for  the  ninth  symposium  in  the 
Smithsonian's  international  series  tentatively  titled  "Con- 
stitutional Roots,  Rights,  and  Responsibilities."  The  sym- 
posium is  the  centerpiece  of  a  major  educational  program 
on  civics  and  representative  government  based  on  two 
hundred  years  of  history  unique  to  the  U.S.  As  part  of  the 
Bicentennial  observance  of  our  Republic's  founding  docu- 
ment, the  project  will  address  the  history  of  ideas,  self- 
governance,  and  duties  and  privileges  of  citizenship  and 
draw  into  its  activities  students,  public  citizens,  represen- 
tatives from  the  media,  business  and  industry,  law  and 
government,  historians  and  other  scholars,  and  the  general 
public.  The  office  continues  to  develop  plans  for  this  May 
1987  commemoration  and  projected  publications. 


Left  to  right:  Raj  Rewal,  Balkrishna  Doshi,  and  Charles  Correa, 
three  of  India's  most  distinguished  architects,  listen  to  a  question 
from  the  audience  for  "Contemporary  Reinterpretation  of  Tradi- 
tional Architecture."  Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Semi- 
nars. 


the  "Raj  nostalgia"  filling  the  media  in  preceding  months. 
The  focus  on  contemporary  Indian  culture,  especially  liter- 
ature and  painting,  was  in  itself  a  big  step,  a  U.S.  scholar 
commented,  too  little  being  known  about  them  in  the 
United  States  and  few  recognizing  that  there  is  so  much  to 
know.  Mr.  Ripley  was  "hopeful  that  the  Festival  (would) 
bring  into  American  hearts  a  sense  of  India's  reality  and  of 
the  kinship  between  our  two  great  Republics."  While 
encouraging,  increasing,  and  broadening  appreciation  of 
modern  India's  variety  and  richness  through  such  a  pano- 
rama of  topics  and  talent,  the  symposium  laid  a  founda- 
tion for  ongoing  exchanges  and  discourse  to  which  the 
published  volume  will  contribute  further. 

Nineteen  eighty-five  brought  an  additional  staff  assis- 
tant, Mary  Rebecca  Dodson,  modest  informal  furnishings 
for  the  Margaret  Mead  Seminar  Room  (occupying  the  attic 
area  over  OSSS  headquarters),  and  another  deposit  into 
the  Barrick  W.  Groom  Endowment  Fund,  established  for 
the  office's  general  interdisciplinary  activities.  Among  the 
latter,  of  special  interest  was  "Public  Enjoyment  of  Irish 
Legacies:  Castles,  Gardens,  and  Scientific  Wonder,"  featur- 
ing the  Honorable  Desmond  Guinness  and  Lord  Rosse, 
who  discussed  landmarks  such  as  Birr  Castle  and  its 
famous  telescope,  the  world's  largest  at  that  time,  built  by 
local  craftsmen  in  1842  under  the  direction  of  his  ancestor, 
the  "Astronomer  Earl." 


149 


Office  of  Telecommunications 


Underwater  cinematographer  Ralph  Nelson  captures  the  world 
of  coral  reefs  for  a  Smithsonian  documentary,  "The  Sea:  A  Quest 
for  Our  Future,"  a  one-hour  film  examining  newly  discovered 
coral  reefs  in  the  Caribbean  and  their  potential  impact  on  the 
world's  food  resources.  Office  of  Telecommunications.  (Photo- 
graph by  Nekton  Productions) 


The  Office  of  Telecommunications  (OTC)  extends  the 
Smithsonian's  educational  outreach  by  taking  the  muse- 
ums and  their  research  to  the  public  through  distinctive 
films,  radio,  and  television  programs.  In  1985  OTC 
reached  its  largest  audiences  ever  through  its  ongoing  pro- 
grams. 

The  office  was  actively  involved  in  the  promotional 
efforts  on  behalf  of  three  PBS  telecasts  of  OTC  films:  The 
Sea:  A  Quest  for  Our  Future,  our  first  hour-long  film  in 
late  November;  The  Work  of  Peace  on  the  Treaty  of  Paris 
in  late  June;  and  In  Open  Air:  A  Portrait  of  the  American 
Impressionists  in  July.  All  three  programs  were  broadcast 
nationally  on  the  PBS  network,  affording  us  audiences  in 
the  millions.  Our  promotion  efforts  included  press  kits  for 
the  PBS  stations,  press  releases,  photographs,  ad  slicks, 
and  video  and  radio  promo  announcements. 

Two  films  were  completed  which  focused  on  the  work  of 
the  Marine  Systems  Laboratory:  a  half-hour  version  of 
The  Sea  produced  for  the  educational  market  and  Blue 
Planet,  a.  15-minute  production  to  accompany  the  new 
marine  ecosystems  exhibition  in  NMNH's  Hall  of  the  Sea. 


The  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts  awarded  two 
grants  to  the  Theatre  Historical  Society  of  America  so  that 
OTC  could  produce  two  new  versions  of  the  22-minute 
exhibition  film,  American  Picture  Palaces:  $10,000  for  an  8 
to  10-minute  version  to  be  distributed  by  the  short  Film 
Showcase  to  about  2000  theaters  throughout  the  U.S.,  and 
520,000  for  a  28-minute  film  for  PBS  television  broadcast 
and  nontheatrical  use  in  schools  and  libraries.  Gene  Kelly 
hosts  the  films  with  some  new  footage  shot  at  California 
movie  palaces. 

Radio  Smithsonian,  the  half-hour  weekly  series  avail- 
able by  subscription  and  now  in  its  sixteenth  year,  gained 
new  audiences  through  last  fall's  "American  Stories"  series- 
within-a-series.  Broadcast  by  almost  100  stations  nation- 
wide, the  "Cowboys"  program  from  that  mini-series  was 
awarded  Best  of  Competition  by  the  National  Association 
of  Government  Communicators.  The  Radio  Smithsonian 
series  as  a  whole  also  won  that  competition's  Outstanding 
Audiovisual  Production  award.  Our  other  radio  project, 
Smithsonian  Galaxy,  the  series  of  21/2-minute  features  on 
research  and  exhibition  topics,  continues  to  reach  audi- 
ences over  more  than  230  stations  nationwide  and  over- 
seas. 

Here  at  the  Smithsonian  .  .  .,  the  2-minute  features  for 
television  that  focus  on  lively  people  and  events  around  the 
Institution,  added  the  four  public  TV  stations  of  Connecti- 
cut to  its  roster  of  subscribers.  This  series  also  made  its 
foreign  debut  through  the  Smithsonian  National  Associate 
Program  which  used  it  as  part  of  its  museum  presentations 
in  Japan. 


150 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press 


As  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  (SIP)  completes  yet 
another  year,  the  growth  and  expansion  evident  in  the  past 
continues  at  a  noteworthy  pace.  With  the  quality  of  publi- 
cations at  a  consistently  high  level  and  the  number  of 
awards  and  honors  for  individual  publications  on  the 
increase,  the  more  quantitative  elements,  such  as  total 
sales,  net  returns,  and  manuscripts  published,  still  con- 
tinue to  rise.  There  has  been  an  8  percent  increase  in  total 
jobs  done  by  the  Press  (322  in  fiscal  year  1985),  a  21  percent 
increase  in  gross  sales  over  fiscal  year  1984,  and  an  aston- 
ishing 97  percent  increase  in  net  earnings  for  the  current 
year. 

In  this  year  of  increases,  plans  were  laid  to  bring  all 
three  elements  of  the  Press — Smithsonian  Books,  the 
Recordings  Division,  and  the  University  Press — under  one 
roof  for  the  first  time.  This  move  was  designed  to  com- 
plete the  consolidation  of  functions  begun  two  years  ago. 
The  combination  of  management,  production,  business, 
and  marketing  elements  produces  a  solid  cohesiveness 
among  Press  operations  while  retaining  the  advantages  of 
three  distinct  and  individually  administered  functional 
areas. 

Through  all  of  this  there  has  been  a  strengthening  and 
consolidation  of  the  core  function  of  the  Press:  to  place  the 
scholarship,  research,  collections,  and  activities  of  the 
Institution  before  the  public  by  publishing  books,  record- 
ings, and  reports.  This  reflects  a  successful  implementa- 
tion of  the  innovative  five-year  plan  for  the  Press, 
introduced  this  year  by  Director  Felix  Lowe,  which  fea- 
tures major  increases  in  manuscript  acquisition  spear- 
headed by  Daniel  Goodwin  and  Kathy  Kuhtz,  the  Press' 
new  full-time  acquisitions  editors.  Another  element  of  this 
plan  is  the  introduction  of  a  Museum  Services  function, 
now  in  the  planning  stage,  which  is  expected  to  produce 
annually  more  than  two  hundred  catalogues,  journals, 
scholarly  monographs,  brochures,  museum  and  exhibition 
guides,  posters,  and  miscellaneous  productions,  which  are 
now  the  responsibility  of  the  University  Press  division. 

Yet  another  manifestation  of  this  plan  is  the  recent  intro- 
duction and  expansion  of  computer  technology  as  an 
increasingly  vital  aspect  of  the  publishing  process.  For 
example,  the  number  of  University  Press  manuscripts 
received  from  authors  in  electronic  form  has  increased  sub- 
stantially. One-third  of  all  Contributions  and  Studies  pub- 
lications issued  this  year  were  edited  on  Press  terminals 
using  the  Word  Processor  to  Typesetting  procedures  estab- 
lished by  the  Press.  These  manuscripts  were  received  either 
by  telecommunications  or  as  compatible  disks,  and  origi- 
nated on  a  wide  variety  of  computer  equipment.  The  Press 
continues  to  concentrate  on  devising  efficient  methods  for 


editing  and  design  of  electronic  manuscripts;  the  most 
recent  development  is  a  system  of  "tagging"  manuscript 
elements  that  blends  information  management  with  typo- 
graphic markup.  The  tags  are  added  by  the  author  as  the 
manuscript  is  organized  and  written.  After  editing  is 
accomplished,  a  designer  supplies  typesetting  specifica- 
tions to  be  activated  by  each  tag.  In  addition,  the  Series 
Section  staff,  under  Barbara  Spann's  supervision,  concen- 
trated on  two  major  emphases  in  the  fiscal  year  just  con- 
cluded: (i)completing  the  editing  on  all  manuscripts  that 
had  any  chance  of  fiscal  year  1985  funding,  and  (2)  imple- 
menting the  use  of  IBM  PCs  in  the  word-processing-to- 
typesetting  procedure. 

All  promised  manuscripts  were  finished  on  time  and  sig- 
nificant progress  was  made  in  computerizing  the  editing 
process.  A  pilot  project  in  fiscal  year  1984  brought  in  six 
manuscripts  by  telecommunication  to  the  Micom;  the 
resulting  edited  disks  were  used  for  typesetting.  Of  the 
twenty-nine  Series  manuscripts  sent  to  the  typesetter  in  fis- 
cal year  1985,  nine  were  on  disks.  By  way  of  forecast,  six  of 
the  eight  manuscripts  already  accepted  for  editing  in  fiscal 
year  1986  will  be  handled  as  electronic  manuscripts. 

In  the  number  of  books  and  recordings  published  this 
year  by  the  Press,  many  of  them  award  winning,  the  work 
of  a  very  talented  and  dedicated  staff  is  evident.  For  exam- 
ple, the  National  Academy  of  Recordings  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences Award  (the  famed  "Grammy")  for  Best  Historical 
Album — Big  Band  Jazz — went  to  its  producer  J.  R.  Taylor, 
Executive  Producer  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
Recordings  Program.  The  "Grammy"  for  Best  Album 
Notes  for  the  same  album  went  to  SIP  Editor  for  Special 
Projects,  Martin  Williams,  and  to  Gunther  Schuller,  a 
member  of  the  Smithsonian  Council.  Meantime  Carol 
Beehler,  SIP  designer,  was  the  recipient  of  the  64th  Annual 
Award  of  Merit  from  the  Art  Directors  Club  of  New  York 
for  her  work  on  Drawn  From  Nature.  She  also  received 
the  Association  of  American  University  Presses  Book 
Award  for  the  same  work. 

Acknowledgment  of  the  quality  of  SIP  publications  is 
implicit  in  the  awards  and  honors  accorded  to  individual 
books  and  recordings,  as  well  as  in  the  year-long  publica- 
tion of  favorable  critical  reviews  in  various  media.  Espe- 
cially gratifying  is  the  recognition  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press  as  an  important  peer  among  commercial 
and  scholarly  publishing  houses  nationwide.  This  is  evi- 
denced by  the  increasing  number  of  copublishing  ventures, 
this  year  alone,  and  the  numerous  requests  from  well- 
established  commercial  publishing  houses  to  contract  with 
the  Press  for  distribution  rights  in  the  United  States  and 
abroad.  And  so  the  diffusion  of  knowledge  increases. 


I51 


Smithsonian  Magazine 


Smithsonian  magazine  is  the  official  magazine  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  and  to  many  of  its  primary  audi- 
ence of  4,000,000  and  pass-along  audience  of  an  addi- 
tional 3,000,000  it  represents  the  only  experience  they 
have  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

The  magazine,  by  a  considerable  margin,  has  the  largest 
circulation  of  any  museum-affiliated  magazine  in  the 
world  and  through  its  pages  manifests  month  after  month 
the  educational  message  of  the  Smithsonian.  It  accom- 
plishes the  educational  purpose  in  a  systematic  fashion 
since  it  regularly  covers  every  subject  area  the  Smithsonian 
museums  themselves  do:  Art,  History,  Natural  History, 
Science,  Technology. 

While  it  deals  directly  with  the  Institution  every  month 
through  columns  such  as  the  Secretary's  "Horizon,"  Ted 
Park's,  "Around  the  Mall,"  Constance  Bond's,  "Smithso- 
nian Highlights,"  and  while  it  describes  major  Smithsonian 
events  such  as  the  change  in  the  Secretariat,  it  is  not  a 
house  organ  in  the  usual  sense  of  the  word;  nor  was  it  ever 
intended  to  be.  Rather  its  mandate  is  not  only  to  represent 
the  Smithsonian  explicitly  but  also  to  deal  with  what  the 
Smithsonian  might  be  interested  in. 

Every  year  the  magazine  finds  more  than  half  a  million 
new  reader-members.  These  members,  along  with  existing 
members,  are  eligible  for  other  Smithsonian  programs: 
books  and  records  from  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
educationally  related  gifts  from  the  Museum  Shops  and 
Catalogs,  Tours  from  the  National  Associate  Program, 
and  Regionl  Events. 

The  magazine  also  provides  a  constant  flow  of  new 
members  to  the  Contributing  Membership,  the  Resident 
and  Cooper-Hewitt  associates  programs.  For  these  pro- 
grams the  magazine  is  the  principal  and  most  valued  bene- 
fit of  membership. 

The  museums  themselves  are  places  of  enchantment  and 
magic  whose  spirit  is  extraordinarily  difficult  to  translate 
since  the  exhibit  objects  themselves  are  so  powerfully  evoc- 
ative. But  the  magazine  over  the  years  by  superlative  writ- 
ing and  color  photography  has  attracted  and  held  its 
appreciative  audience. 

It  is  the  assumption  of  the  writers  of  this  brief  statement 
that  nearly  everyone  who  reads  Smithsonian  Year  is  also 
familiar  with  the  magazine,  that  is  to  say,  the  magazine 
speaks  for  itself.  The  highlights  of  the  year,  in  brief,  other 
than  those  references  which  appear  elsewhere  in  Smithso- 
nian Year,  are  as  follows: 

On  the  business  side  the  vital  signs  of  the  magazine 
remain  healthy.  The  renewal  rate  was  steady  at  its  tradi- 
tional high  rate.  Advertising  income  was  up  20  percent  in  a 
year  during  which  many  magazines  experienced  difficul- 


ties. Audited  circulation  stood  at  2,173,000,  highest  in  the 
magazine's  history.  Surplus  generated  for  unrestricted 
usage  was  also  at  its  highest  level.  During  the  year  the 
magazine  celebrated  its  15th  anniversary.  One  measure  of 
change:  892  pages  printed  in  first  full  year  of  publication, 
1971;  in  1985  2,334  pages. 

The  transition  from  Secretary  Ripley  to  Secretary 
Adams  was  a  major  event  at  the  Institution,  and  one  of 
importance  not  only  to  Associates  but  also  to  others  who 
have  significant  contact  with  the  Smithsonian.  The  maga- 
zine dealt  with  this  transition  in  two  major  stories,  the  first 
summarizing  the  accomplishments  of  the  Ripley  years,  the 
second  introducing  the  readers  to  the  new  Secretary. 

Among  the  year's  editorial  highlights  were  three  stories 
dealing  with  the  issue  of  standards  in  primary  and  second- 
ary education;  the  subjects  were  resurgence  of  the  McGuf- 
fey  Reader,  the  Boston  Latin  School,  and  the  Bronx  High 
School  of  Science.  This  year  Smithsonian  was  recognized 
at  the  American  Magazine  Awards  as  a  finalist  in  the  gen- 
eral excellence  category  for  large-circulation  publications. 


I52- 


Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center 


The  Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception  Center 
(VIARC)  is  a  focal  point  for  central  information,  assis- 
tance, and  membership  services  for  the  public,  Associate 
members,  Smithsonian  staff,  volunteers,  and  interns. 
Many  of  its  activities  function  seven  days  a  week  and 
involve  the  coordination  and  direction  of  large  numbers  of 
volunteers  who  constitute  a  primary  source  of  support  for 
the  Institution's  public  information  programs  and  for 
assistance  behind  the  scenes. 

This  was  another  extremely  busy  and  productive  year 
for  VIARC.  One  development,  however,  clearly  ranks  as 
the  most  important  in  its  fifteen-year  history:  the  designa- 
tion by  Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  of  the  Great  Hall  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Building  as  the  site  for  the 
long-discussed  Smithsonian  Information  Center.  The  Sec- 
retary's subsequent  approval  of  a  design  concept  for  the 
Center,  developed  by  an  appointed  committee,  signaled 
the  immediate  search  for  funding. 

Another  VIARC  endeavor,  the  development  of  an 
Institution-wide  exterior  graphic  information  system,  pro- 
gressed significantly  with  refinement  of  the  design  concept 
and  production  of  prototype  components  by  the  Office  of 
Exhibits  Central. 

Activities  initiated  this  year  were  many  and  varied.  To 
broaden  minority  participation  in  the  volunteer  corps,  dis- 
cussions on  effective  recruitment  were  held  with  leaders  of 
black,  Asian,  and  Hispanic  communities.  A  slide  presenta- 
tion showing  the  range  of  Smithsonian  volunteer  opportu- 
nities was  created  as  a  multi-purpose  volunteer  promotion 
tool.  Three  supplemental  services  were  incorporated  in  the 
regular  VIARC  schedule:  Saturday  public  tours  of  the  Cas- 
tle, orientation  coffees  for  Smithsonian  interns,  and  infor- 
mation desk  services  at  the  Gallery  Place  museums. 
Smithsonian  orientation  programs  became  a  basic  compo- 
nent in  the  training  for  Tourmobile  guides  and,  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  U.  S.  Tour  and  Travel  Administration,  were 
presented  in  foreign  languages  for  international  tour  orga- 
nizers. A  variety  of  new  publications  were  produced 
including  Info  Special,  a  newsletter  for  VIARC  Informa- 
tion Specialists;  Smithsonian  Museums  At-a-Glance,  a 
flyer  for  distribution  by  members  of  the  local  and  national 
travel  industry  and  VIARC's  summer  mobile  information 
units;  Management  of  Museum  Volunteers,  a  booklet  for 
museum  professionals;  and  a  set  of  five  illustrated  book- 
marks to  use  in  response  to  children's  letters.  VIARC's 
plastic  tote  bag,  created  in  cooperation  with  Smithsonian 
magazine  to  promote  Associate  membership,  was  a  Merit 
Award  winner  in  the  1985  Printing  Industries  of  America 
Graphic  Awards  competition. 


The  Telephone  Information  Program  responded  to  a 
record  nineteen  thousand  inquiries  in  July  due  to  requests 
for  previsit  information  and  great  public  interest  in  Aditi: 
A  Celebration  of  Life,  the  Festival  of  American  Folklife, 
and  the  space  shuttle  film  The  Dream  Is  Alive. 

VIARC  records  also  indicate  that  the  Public  Inquiry 
Mail  unit  continued  to  handle  thousands  of  letters;  1,147 
volunteers  served  behind  the  scenes;  intern  registration 
escalated  24  percent,  and  the  annual  Institution-wide  vol- 
unteer survey  confirmed  4,802  individuals  contributed 
439,02  hours  of  service  to  the  Institution. 


153 


154 


ADMINISTRATION 

John  F.  Jameson,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration 


The  Institution  operates  effectively  as  a  highly  decentral- 
ized organization  with  programs  extending  across  the 
country  and  with  projects  in  many  foreign  countries.  A 
variety  of  central  support  offices  work  to  assure  the  suc- 
cess of  scholarly  and  public  activity  and  at  the  same  time 
provide  central  oversight  and  accountability  for  the  man- 
agement and  use  of  financial,  personnel,  and  physical 
resources.  These  organization  units  include  accounting 
and  financial  services,  audits  and  investigations,  congres- 
sional liaison,  contracts,  equal  opportunity,  facilities  serv- 
ices (including  design  and  construction  management,  plant 
services,  and  protection),  general  counsel,  information 
resource  management,  management  analysis,  personnel 
administration,  printing  and  photographic  services,  pro- 
gramming and  budget,  risk  management,  special  events, 
supply  services,  and  travel  services.  Funding  for  these  cen- 
tral services  amounts  to  only  about  7  percent  of  the  Institu- 
tion's total  operating  expenses  exclusive  of  the  costs  of 
maintenance,  operation,  and  protection  of  facilities. 


155 


Administrative  and  Support 
Activities 


The  major  overall  emphasis  by  the  administrative  and  sup- 
port units  was  two-fold:  provide  effective  and  timely  serv- 
ices to  their  users  and  assure  that  the  Institution 
maintained  a  high  level  of  control  and  accountability  as  a 
public  organization.  In  a  coordinated  effort  involving  the 
Office  of  the  Assistant  Secretary,  the  Office  of  Program- 
ming and  Budget  (OPB)  and  the  Treasurer's  Office  with  the 
involvement  of  bureaus  and  offices  throughout  the  Institu- 
tion, the  Five-Year  Prospectus,  FY  1986-1990,  covering  the 
Smithsonian's  program  and  facility  development  plans, 
was  prepared  for  approval  by  the  board  of  Regents  at  the 
January  28, 1985,  meeting.  Work  started  soon  thereafter  on 
the  draft  prospectus  for  fiscal  years  1987-1991  for  Regents' 
review  at  its  September  16, 1985,  meeting.  Under  the  Secre- 
tary's guidance,  the  Office  of  Programming  and  Budget 
incorporated  many  opportunities  into  the  formulation  of 
the  fiscal  year  1986  unrestricted  Trust  fund  and  the  fiscal 
year  1987  Federal  budgets  for  increased  participation  by 
program  managers  and  administrators  throughout  the 
Institution  at  each  stage  of  budget  review  and  decision 
making.  OPB  also  expanded  the  application  of  automated 
systems  to  budget  analysis,  monitoring,  and  budget  pre- 
sentation, including  the  extensive  use  of  computer  spread- 
sheets. In  October  1984,  OPB  presented  its  fifth  budget 
formulation  workshop,  "Budgeting  in  an  Election  Year," 
which  was  attended  by  approximately  60  staff  from 
throughout  the  Institution. 

As  the  Office  of  Information  Resource  Management 
(OIRM)  completed  its  third  year  of  activities,  significant 
technical  and  management  changes  were  underway.  The 
Institution  continued  the  transition  from  a  central  data 
processing  technology  to  distributed  data  processing  using 
microcomputers,  minicomputers,  and  a  new  computer 
mainframe,  tied  together  by  a  data  communications  net- 
work. The  Smithsonian  Institution  Bibliographic  Informa- 
tion System,  a  turnkey  system  for  libraries,  archival  units, 
and  individual  bibliographies,  was  expanded  to  include 
additional  functions,  such  as  acquisitions,  and  to  serve 
more  users.  Software  for  the  information  retrieval  compo- 
nent of  a  new  specimen  Collections  Information  system 
was  selected  and  high  level  systems  design  was  completed 
as  were  plans  for  starting  up  the  system.  A  new  computer 
mainframe  was  installed  and  initial  training  of  technical 
staff  was  begun,  preparatory  to  implementation  of  pro- 
duction systems  on  the  machine  during  fiscal  year  1986, 
notably  the  specimen  collections  system.  Work  continued 
to  define  requirements  and  technical  specifications  for  an 
automated  system  for  personnel  management,  preparation 
of  payroll,  and  reporting  of  information.  Planning  for  an 
Institutional  raceway  for  voice,  data,  and  image  communi- 

156 


cations  was  advanced.  An  information  center  trained  staff 
in  the  use  of  information  systems  and  computer  capabili- 
ties. 

The  Office  of  Personnel  Administration  assumed 
responsibility  for  civil  service  and  trust  employee  benefits 
activities  which  had  previously  been  managed  by  three  sep- 
arate offices.  This  consolidation  will  enhance  communica- 
tions and  counseling  on  matters  of  substantial  interest  and 
concern  to  employees  and  will  facilitate  analysis  of  benefits 
programs,  costs,  and  alternatives.  Improvements  in  the 
administration  of  the  unemployment  insurance  program 
were  made  with  resultant  savings.  The  Performance  Man- 
agement Review  System  was  implemented  and  a  new  pro- 
gram for  training  custodial  workers  was  established. 

The  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity  (OEO)  emphasized 
special  recruitment  efforts  for  minorities  and  women  and 
for  disabled  persons  in  all  categories  of  employment. 
Goals  for  minorities  and  women  were  established 
Smithsonian-wide  and  at  each  organizational  level  for  pro- 
fessional, administrative,  and  technical  positions.  The  rep- 
resentation of  minorities  and  women  in  professional  and 
administrative  positions  and  grades  above  grade  12 
improved.  Goals  for  disabled  persons  were  established 
Institution-wide,  and  the  representation  of  such  persons 
increased.  The  outreach  program  continued  to  inform 
minorities,  women,  and  disabled  persons  and  their  advo- 
cate organizations  of  Smithsonian  programs,  exhibitions, 
activities,  and  careers.  Outreach  efforts  included  equal 
opportunity  exhibition  displays  and  handouts  at  confer- 
ences held  by  the  National  Institute  for  Women  of  Color, 
The  President's  Committee  for  the  Employment  of  the 
Handicapped,  Women  in  Science  and  Engineering,  League 
of  United  Latin  American  Citizens,  the  National  Federa- 
tion of  Business  and  Professional  Women,  and  the 
National  Urban  League.  In  addition,  equal  employment 
messages  were  placed  in  four  minority  and  women's  publi- 
cations that  reached  an  audience  of  approximately  two 
million  people.  Special  outreach  efforts  were  directed  to 
developing  more  useful  relationships  with  the  Hispanic 
American  and  Asian  American  communities  and  organiza- 
tions. These  included  participation  in  ethnic  group  confer- 
ences, programs  and  cultural  observances,  and  the 
establishment  of  a  networking  system  for  continuous  liai- 
son. The  objectives  to  increase  the  number  of  Hispanic 
and  Asian  applicants  for  employment  and  to  become  more 
aware  of  the  needs  and  concerns  of  these  ethnic  groups 
were  essentially  attained.  OEO  published  two  brochures 
for  employees  and  the  public:  How  the  Discrimination 
Complaint  System  Works  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
and  Equal  Opportunity  Programs  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 


tution.  In  addition,  guidelines  to  improve  facility  and  pro- 
gram accessibility  for  disabled  visitors  were  developed  by 
five  task  forces  composed  of  bureau  personnel  in  conjunc- 
tion with  Equal  Opportunity  staff. 

Activities  in  the  Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic 
Services  centered  on  collections  management  and  educa- 
tion projects.  To  guard  against  the  perils  of  air  pollution 
causing  damage  to  the  photographic  collections  an  acti- 
vated charcoal  filtration  unit  was  installed  in  the  cold  stor- 
age room.  Initial  plans  were  made  for  the  expansion  of  the 
room  to  meet  growth  requirements.  A  total  of  about 
130,000  hazardous  nitrate  negatives  have  been  converted 
to  safety  film.  When  completed,  attention  will  be  turned  to 
other  deteriorating  types  of  film  and  the  conversion  of 
glass  plates  to  prevent  breakage.  A  research  program  into 
applied  photographic  preservation  was  initiated.  The 
Office  continued  the  production  of  video  discs  centering 
on  the  completion  of  the  35mm  color  slide  files.  The  Office 
has  remained  active  in  photographing  objects  for  collec- 
tion management,  including  a  large  quantity  of  watches 
from  the  Division  of  Mechanisms  and  assistance  to  the 
National  Numismatics  Collection  in  the  inventory  of  their 
materials.  To  provide  photographic  documentation  of  his- 
toric events,  the  Office  has  continued  its  photography  of 
important  events  in  and  around  the  Washington  area. 
These  included  the  Burial  of  the  Unknown  Soldier,  Rededi- 
cation  of  the  Vietnam  Veterans  Memorial,  Presidential 
Inauguration,  and  others.  Based  on  this  photography,  the 
Office  mounted  its  second  annual  exhibition,  History  As 
Seen  from  the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  in 
August  1985.  The  Office  staff  continued  to  be  active  in 
teaching  programs  both  in  and  outside  the  Institution.  The 
Office  produced  another  photographic  workshop  for 
museum  professionals  under  the  Office  of  Museum  Pro- 
grams. The  Office  also  continued  to  cosponsor  a  one-day 
workshop  for  local  high  school  students  with  the  White 
House  News  Photographers  Association.  During  the  year, 
the  Office  moved  its  Color  Laboratory  from  a  facility  in 
the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  into  new  specially 
designed  space  in  the  National  Museum  of  American  His- 
tory, thus  ending  a  continuous  105-year  occupation  of  the 
A&I  space  by  Smithsonian  photographers. 

Other  central  services  continued  active  administrative 
and  technical  support  for  the  Institution's  programs.  The 
Office  of  Supply  Services  designed  and  implemented  an 
automated  tracking  system  and  management  reports 
which  will  assist  communications  among  itself,  the 
accounting  office,  and  bureaus  and  offices  as  to  the  status 
of  procurement  actions  and  contracts.  The  Office 
exceeded  its  goals  for  the  use  of  small  and  minority-owned 


businesses.  An  effective  property  management  system 
resulted  in  tight  controls  on  inventory  and  obtaining  a 
large  amount  of  excess  property  for  use.  The  Management 
Analysis  Office  monitored  the  progress  of  actions  needed 
to  strengthen  internal  controls  and  continued  its  program 
of  bringing  to  the  Institution  for  the  summer  carefully 
selected  students  in  graduate  schools  of  business  adminis- 
tration to  work  on  important  management  projects.  This 
past  year  five  postgraduate  students  worked  in  the  audit, 
supply  services,  information  resource  management,  and 
museum  shop  offices.  The  Office  of  Audits  established  an 
investigative  branch  to  examine  possible  criminal  activities 
by  employees  or  contractors  and  review  programmatic  and 
operational  weaknesses  susceptible  to  fraud  or  abuse.  As 
the  principal  coordinating  and  organizing  unit  for 
Smithsonian  events  that  emphasize  institutional  programs 
and  activities,  the  Office  of  Special  Events  managed  sev- 
eral hundred  events  each  year.  The  Office  also  received 
nearly  a  thousand  requests  from  outside  organizations 
wishing  to  use  Smithsonian  space  and  determined  which  of 
these  met  the  policy  requiring  that  such  events  be  closely 
related  to  the  Institution's  own  museum  and  education 
programs. 

The  Travel  Services  Office  (TSO)  continued  a  busy 
schedule  of  travel  arrangements  including  those  for  the 
Festival  of  American  Folklife,  which  featured  participants 
from  India  and  Louisiana;  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Cur- 
rency Program;  the  Precious  Legacy  exhibition  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service;  and 
various  research  projects  such  as  those  in  Cerro  de  la 
Neblina  and  the  Seychelles.  In  addition,  a  credit  card  pro- 
gram has  been  implemented  to  phase  out  the  use  of  Gov- 
ernment Transportation  Requests  (GTR's)  for  the  purchase 
of  tickets.  Preliminary  plans  have  been  made  to  set  up  a 
computer  link  between  the  TSO  and  the  Office  of 
Accounting  and  Financial  Services  to  facilitate  the  process- 
ing of  ticket  reports,  credit  card  statements,  and  other 
related  records. 

Highlights  for  the  Office  of  Facilities  Services  and  its 
components  included  completion  of  the  South  Quadrangle 
project  concrete  structure  and  roofing  systems  as  well  as 
partial  installation  of  mechanical  and  electrical  systems 
and  interior  partitioning.  Construction  is  expected  to  be 
complete  in  the  spring  of  1986.  Other  activities  during  the 
year  under  the  direction  of  the  Office  of  Design  and  Con- 
struction included  master  facilities  planning  at  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History;  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  the  Whipple  Observatory  in 
Tucson,  Arizona;  the  Silver  Hill  Facility  in  Suitland,  Mary- 
land; and  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  in 


157 


Panama.  Major  exterior  restoration  work  continued  on 
the  Art  and  Industries  Building  with  completion  scheduled 
for  1987,  and  on  the  Renwick  Gallery  facade  with  comple- 
tion planned  for  1986.  Construction  of  the  Anacostia 
Neighborhood  Museum  annex  began  during  the  year  with 
completion  scheduled  for  1986.  Major  environmental  and 
fire  protection  improvements  as  well  as  work  associated 
with  removing  or  encapsulating  asbestos  continued  at  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History  and  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Work  also  pro- 
gressed on  the  design  development  and  installation  of  the 
new  specimen  storage  system  at  the  Museum  Support  Cen- 
ter. Major  design  efforts  began  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical 
Research  Institute  on  a  dormitory  to  house  visiting  scien- 
tists on  Barro  Colorado  Island  as  well  as  on  the  Earl  S. 
Tupper  Research  and  Conservation  Center. 

Significant  progress  was  made  in  the  Office  of  Plant 
Services  during  the  past  year.  Most  notable  was  a  major 
reorganization  to  improve  the  quality  of  service  and  sup- 
port and  overall  efficiency  in  operations.  Other  improve- 
ments underway  include  the  implementation  of  an 
automated  information  management  program  and  acquisi- 
tion of  computer  equipment  and  software  applications  for 
consolidating  and  improving  financial,  personnel,  and 
program  management  activities  performed  by  the  office; 
and  replacement  of  the  computer  system  to  improve 
energy  management  and  analysis.  Energy  conservation 
efforts  continued  during  the  year,  avoiding  costs  by  about 
$500,000.  Efforts  to  reduce  long  distance  telephone  and 
mail  costs  also  continued  through  an  aggressive  communi- 
cations cost  avoidance  program.  Significant  progress  was 
also  made  in  reducing  the  backlog  of  projects  and  in 
improving  administration  of  the  work  hour  quota  system. 
Work  on  real  property  records  continued  for  all  Smithso- 
nian owned  and  leased  buildings  and  structures. 

Significant  progress  was  made  in  the  Office  of  Protec- 
tion Services  during  the  last  year.  The  safety  and  health 
division  realized  gains  in  all  its  program  areas  in  1985.  An 
industrial  hygiene  branch  organized  late  in  1984  focused  its 
activities  on  asbestos  abatement  and  control  and  on  other 
work  place  hazards.  An  extensive  project  to  validate  the 
asbestos  contamination  index  developed  by  the  Smithso- 
nian staff  has  been  undertaken.  The  success  of  the  overall 
safety  effort  was  recognized  by  receipt  of  the  President's 
Safety  and  Health  Award  given  for  1983.  The  award  is 
based  on  a  rating  of  agency  safety  and  health  programs 
and  compensation  costs. 

Programs  to  upgrade  security  devices  throughout  the 
Institution  and  to  provide  a  proprietary  alarm  system  are 
continuing,  with  completion  of  the  alarm  system  expected 

158 


by  December  1986.  The  security  force  sustained  both  its 
effective  service  to  visitors  and  the  protection  afforded  to 
Smithsonian  buildings  and  collections. 

Service  to  the  overall  museum  community  included  a 
very  successful  conference  on  museum  security,  organiza- 
tion of  a  program  to  certify  professionals  working  in 
museum  security,  and  completion  of  a  Manual  of  Basic 
Security  for  the  International  Council  of  Museums'  Com- 
mittee on  Museum  Security. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Women's 
Council 


Smithsonian  Internship  Council 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Women's  Council  was  estab- 
lished by  Secretarial  memorandum  in  1972  to  identify  and 
study  the  concerns  of  employees,  to  serve  as  an  active  advi- 
sory group  on  women's  issues  for  management,  and  to 
work  for  the  improvement  of  employees'  conditions  with 
particular  concern  for  encouraging  the  hiring,  promotion, 
and  equal  treatment  of  women.  The  Council's  open 
monthly  meetings  are  held  the  second  Wednesday  of  each 
month  in  the  Regents'  Room  of  the  Castle.  The  work  of 
the  council  is  mainly  done  by  several  standing  committees 
(Information  Processing,  Training,  Services  and  Benefits, 
Daycare,  Newsletter)  and  ad  hoc  committees  devoted  to 
Council  projects;  Susan  Kalcik  is  chairperson. 

Projects  this  year  included  coordinating  and  publicizing 
events  held  throughout  the  museum  in  conjunction  with 
Women's  History  Month  at  the  Smithsonian;  a  series  of 
tax  seminars;  and  a  poetry  reading  by  author  May  Sarton, 
cosponsored  with  Resident  Associate  Program.  Members 
also  worked  on  a  brochure  to  introduce  the  Council  and 
its  activities,  extended  the  distribution  system  of  the  news- 
letter (4  Star)  to  reach  all  employees,  and  worked  to  estab- 
lish daycare  centers  in  several  museum  buildings.  The 
biennial  election  for  a  new  Council  took  place  in  October. 


Clara  Maclntyre,  a  member  of  the  Women's  Committee  and  orig- 
inator of  the  High  School  Competition,  presents  an  award  to 
Nicole  Bonds,  one  of  the  thirteen  finalists. 


The  Smithsonian  Internship  Council  was  established  in 
1981  as  part  of  the  provisions  set  forth  in  OM  820  for 
intern  programs  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The  Coun- 
cil is  made  up  of  at  least  one  representative  from  each 
bureau  or  office  (usually  the  intern  coordinator)  and  pro- 
vides a  forum  for  discussion  of  issues  of  concern  to  staff 
working  with  interns.  The  Council  works  to  set  common 
standards  for  interns  and  to  improve  coordination  of 
internships  throughout  the  Institution. 

The  Internship  Council  began  fiscal  year  1985  by  work- 
ing on  projects  which  were  inspired  by  the  revision  of  OM 
820,  "Smithsonian  Institution  Internships,"  which  was 
issued  in  March  1984.  The  OM  established  criteria  for  the 
selection  of  interns,  guidelines  for  management  to  follow 
in  the  placement  and  involvement  of  interns  in  their  pro- 
grams, and  clarified  the  role  of  several  offices  having 
responsibility  for  certain  Smithsonian-wide  internship  pro- 
grams. 

Having  established  basic  criteria  for  interns  and  having 
studied  the  problems  interns  encounter  while  relocating 
for  the  duration  of  their  internship,  the  Council  produced 
a  handbook  for  interns.  The  Handbook  for  Smithsonian 
Interns  serves  as  a  helpful  reference,  with  pertinent  infor- 
mation on  topics  such  as:  background  material  on  the 
Institution  and  its  internships;  procedures  to  follow  while 
at  the  Institution;  facilities,  services  and  activities  available 
to  the  intern;  transportation  information;  and  a  variety  of 
extracurricular  activities. 

In  an  effort  to  improve  the  accuracy  of  data  used  in 
reports  prepared  on  interns  at  the  Institution,  Intern  Regis- 
tration and  Information  Services,  Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center,  developed  the  ability  to  gen- 
erate computer  reports  on  intern  programs  throughout  the 
Institution.  The  cooperation  and  communication  between 
the  Internship  Council  and  Intern  Registration  and  Infor- 
mation Services  keeps  this  information  as  current  as  possi- 
ble. A  total  of  440  interns  were  registered  at  the 
Smithsonian  in  fiscal  year  1985.  That  was  a  twenty-four 
percent  increase  over  fiscal  year  1984.  Also,  with  encour- 
agement from  the  Internship  council  and  assistance  in  sug- 
gesting ideas  for  subject  matter,  Intern  Registration  and 
Information  Services  provides  regularly  scheduled  orienta- 
tion sessions  for  all  Smithsonian  interns. 

To  aid  in  the  resolution  of  management  issues  which 
relate  to  interns,  the  Council  is  planning  a  series  of  work- 
shops for  supervisors  throughout  the  Institution.  Also,  the 
Secretary's  Office  is  preparing  to  release  a  statement  of 
support  for  the  Council's  goals. 

Projects  underway  as  of  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year  include 
efforts  to  establish  a  central  stipend  fund  and  to  make  low- 
cost  insurance  available  to  interns  while  working  at  the 
Institution. 


159 


i6o 


DIRECTORATE 

OF  INTERNATIONAL 

ACTIVITIES 

John  E.  Reinhardt,  Director 


The  Directorate  of  International  Activities  was  established 
on  October  i,  1984,  to  monitor,  coordinate,  and  enhance 
the  Smithsonian-wide  array  of  International  Activities. 
During  the  first  year  of  its  existence  the  Directorate  of 
International  Activities  has  focused  its  efforts  on  develop- 
ing programs  for  the  International  Center  of  the  Quadran- 
gle, and  on  creating  a  comprehensive  picture  of  the 
Institution's  existing  international  programs  and  relation- 
ships, while  continuing  to  respond  to  the  needs  of 
Smithsonian  staff  for  assistance  and  advice. 


Existing  International  Activities 

In  fiscal  year  1985  for  the  first  time,  a  systematic  survey  of 
Smithsonian  international  relationships  and  foreign 
research  has  been  conducted.  The  information,  which  is 
limited  to  projects  undertaken  within  the  last  five  years, 
has  been  assembled  and  organized  into  "A  Summary  Pro- 
file of  International  Activities"  which  reveals  over  800 
projects  in  some  120  countries  around  the  world.  The 
"Profile"  provides  us  with  a  tool  to  analyze  our  interna- 
tional efforts,  and  to  understand  the  existing  configura- 
tion, concentration  of  collaborations,  and  the  location  of 
significant  gaps.  It  also  serves  as  a  reference  work  to 
answer  questions  about  Smithsonian  activities  in  particu- 
lar countries  and  regions,  or  about  the  research  and  pro- 
fessional interests  of  particular  staff  members.  The 
"Profile"  is  organized  by  region,  subdivided  by  country, 
and  indexed  to  Smithsonian  staff  members.  It  is  planned  to 
revise  the  "Profile"  annually  and  distribute  it  widely.  The 
"Profile"  was  generated  by  the  Office  of  Service  and  Proto- 
col (formerly  the  Office  of  International  Activities)  which 
was  transferred  from  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public 
Service  to  the  Directorate  in  October  1984. 


Office  of  Service  and  Protocol 

Nearly  twenty  years  ago,  the  Smithsonian  first  established 
an  office  of  international  activities  because  of  the  impor- 
tance of  comparative  studies  in  all  parts  of  the  world  to 
Smithsonian  research,  and  because  of  the  increasing  com- 
plexity of  international  affairs  affecting  the  conduct  of 
work  abroad. 

Establishing  contacts  for  research  collaboration  and 
encouraging  the  development  of  cooperative  institutional 
relationships  is  a  primary  objective  of  the  Office  of  Service 
and  Protocol  (OSP).  For  example,  within  the  past  year 
OSP  identified  opportunities  for  Smithsonian  scholars  to 


work  with  colleagues  and  institutions  in  many  nations. 
New  links  were  established  with  the  Korean  Advanced 
Institute  of  Science  and  Technology,  and  a  delegation  of 
U.S.  museum  experts  visited  in  May  1985  to  advise  plan- 
ners of  the  new  Korean  National  Science  Center.  On  June 
27, 1985,  Secretary  Adams  and  Malaysian  Ambassador 
Dato'  Lew  Sip  Hon  signed  an  agreement  at  the  Smithso- 
nian covering  work  in  the  general  fields  of  natural  and  cul- 
tural history  and  conservation.  Discussions,  coordinated 
by  OSP,  leading  to  the  signing  of  this  agreement,  were  ini- 
tiated by  Secretary  Emeritus  S.  Dillon  Ripley,  who  visited 
Malaysia  in  1984.  It  is  hoped  that  the  Smithsonian's  inter- 
disciplinary projects  and  collaborative  research  proposals 
may  receive  encouragement  and  expeditious  Malay  official 
approval  under  the  principles  which  are  affirmed  in  this 
agreement. 

During  1985,  OSP  worked  with  the  Smithsonian  Foreign 
Currency  Program  in  planning  Smithsonian  participation 
in  the  activities  of  various  official  binational  commissions 
that  have  been  established  pursuant  to  intergovernmental 
agreements.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  hosted  the  June 
1985  annual  general  meeting  of  the  Indo-U.S.  Subcommit- 
tee on  Education  and  Culture.  And,  regarding  the  newly 
formed  U.S. -Pakistan  Joint  Commission,  the  Smithsonian 
has  taken  an  active  role  in  planning  the  second  general 
meeting  of  its  Subcommission  on  Education  and  Culture, 
which  is  to  take  place  at  the  Smithsonian  in  November 
1985. 

OSP  continued  as  well  to  maintain  its  service  responsi- 
bilities to  Smithsonian  bureaus  during  1985.  During  the 
course  of  the  year,  OSP  obtained  93  official  passports,  941 
foreign  visas  for  Smithsonian  staff  and  grantees,  provided 
documentation  and  consultation  for  79  students  and 
exchange  visitors,  and  arranged  programs  that  brought 
almost  100  foreign  scholars,  government  officials,  and 
museum  professionals  together  with  their  counterparts 
here  at  the  Smithsonian.  Among  the  distinguished  visitors 
which  OSP  received  were  Prince  Khuzulwandle  Dlamini  of 
Swaziland,  Queen  Noor  of  Jordan,  Mme.  Michele  Gen- 
dreauMassaloux,  French  Presidential  Advisor  on  Educa- 
tion, and  Ambassador  A.  Hasnan  Habib,  with  whom  OSP 
coordinated  the  IMAX  film  screening  of  a  new  Indonesian 
cultural  film,  Dance  of  Life.  Other  liaison  services  aimed 
at  the  facilitation  of  Smithsonian  overseas  research  and 
exchanges,  while  more  difficult  to  quantify,  are  estimated 
at  350  during  1985.  These  services  included  representing 
and  protecting  Smithsonian  interests  in  consultations  with 
foreign  affairs  agencies,  providing  professional  guidance 
on  immigration  matters,  obtaining  requisite  official  clear- 
ances for  research  projects,  and  creating  both  international 

161 


policy  documents  and  diplomatic  correspondence  on 
behalf  of  Smithsonian  programs. 


Office  of  Publications  Exchange 

The  Office  of  Publications  Exchange  (OPE)  (formerly  the 
International  Exchange  Service)  also  reports  to  the  direc- 
torate. Its  function  is  to  foster  international  scholarly 
interchange  by  enabling  universities  and  learned  societies 
in  the  United  States  to  exchange  their  publications  with 
those  of  corresponding  institutions  and  governments  of 
other  countries.  Founded  by  the  Smithsonian's  first  Secre- 
tary, Joseph  Henry,  OPE  functions  today  as  one  of  the  old- 
est entities  with  ongoing  activities  at  the  Smithsonian. 
During  1985,  OPE  handled  approximately  60,000  pack- 
ages from  more  than  138  domestic  institutions  for  trans- 
mission abroad,  and  23,000  packages  from  193  foreign 
institutions,  for  distribution  in  this  country. 


Programming  for  the  International  Center 

Responsibility  for  the  International  Center  in  the  new 
Quadrangle  Building  was  also  transferred  to  the  Director- 
ate in  October  1984.  Through  the  Center  the  Institution 
seeks  to  accomplish  certain  objectives  not  readily  achieved 
through  existing  programs.  For  example  it  will  offer  the- 
matically  integrated  programs  of  exhibition,  scholarly 
exchange,  and  public  education,  bringing  to  bear  Smithso- 
nian research  and  expertise  on  the  explication  of  diverse 
cultures  and  regions  of  the  world.  Further,  it  will  seek  a 
means  to  fill  a  significant  Institution  gap  in  programs  in 
Latin  America  and  hemispheric  interrelationships,  for 
while  substantial  Smithsonian  research  actually  goes  on  in 
middle  and  South  America,  it  is  scattered  within  the  Insti- 
tution and  for  the  most  part  has  low  visibility.  And  it  will 
develop  programs  to  encourage  regular  exchanges  with 
scholars,  museum  professionals  in  other  nations,  through 
the  development  of  institutional  relationships.  In  all  of 
these  activities,  in  keeping  with  the  special  purposes  of  the 
Quadrangle  itself,  the  initial  concentration  will  be  on 
increasing  contacts  with  and  offering  programs  about 
Latin  America,  Africa,  and  Asia. 

International  Center  thematic  programs  are  now  under 
development.  In  order  to  help  increase  American  under- 
standing of  other  cultures,  the  Center's  opening  programs 
in  the  spring  of  1987  will  focus  on  the  culture-specific  vis- 
ual symbolism  and  forms  of  ritual  behavior  associated 
with  the  universal  experience  of  birth.  In  1988  the  Center's 


program  will  concentrate  upon  tropical  forests  and  the 
consequences  and  causes  of  the  rapid  degradation  of  these 
irreplaceable  world  treasures.  The  subsequent  program 
will  concentrate  on  themes  relating  to  Latin  America. 
Strengthening  scholarly  and  professional  exchanges 
through  institutional  linkages  takes  many  forms,  building 
upon  existing  relationships  and  creating  new  ones.  Confer- 
ences, workshops,  and  training  opportunities,  both  at  the 
Smithsonian  locations  and  in  other  countries,  are  under 
development  in  close  cooperation  with  the  bureaus.  At  the 
outset,  these  efforts  will  be  largely  focused  on  Latin  Amer- 
ica and  will  be  coordinated  with  the  Columbus  Quincen- 
tenary planning  effort.  Their  subject  matter  will  range 
across  the  Smithsonian's  scientific  and  cultural  interests 
including  tropical  biology,  history  of  science  and  technol- 
ogy, museum  conservation,  and  others. 


Columbus  Quincentenary  Planning 

The  year  1992  will  mark  the  500th  anniversary  of  the  land- 
ing of  Columbus  in  the  Americas.  The  Quincentenary 
Commemoration  offers  a  unique  opportunity  for  the 
Smithsonian  to  stimulate  scholarly  and  public  interest  in 
the  impact  of  the  voyage  on  the  past,  present,  and  future 
cultures  of  the  Americas.  The  next  seven  years  leading  to 
1992  will  be  time  to  develop  a  thematic  framework  for  the 
Institution's  activities,  to  promote  scholarly  exchange,  to 
identify  significant  research  projects,  and  to  develop  public 
programming.  The  Directorate  has  been  assigned  respon- 
sibility for  this  undertaking. 

Initial  activity  will  consist  of  two  Quincentennial  plan- 
ning conferences  in  fall  of  1985.  Each  conference  will 
include  eight  to  ten  South,  Middle,  and  North  American 
scholars  from  various  fields  and  the  directors  of  the 
Smithsonian  bureaus  and  offices.  Invited  scholars  will  be 
asked  to  present  brief  papers  on  salient  themes,  topics,  and 
issues  from  their  scholarly  and  national  perspectives  which 
shed  light  on  the  deeper  and  broader  meaning  of  the 
Columbus  Quincentenary.  The  format  will  encourage 
much  exchange  among  the  visiting  scholars  and  Smithso- 
nian bureau  directors. 

The  purposes  of  the  meetings  are  to  bring  the  Institution 
into  the  continuing  international  and  national  discussion 
of  commemoration  topics  and  to  extend  the  intellectual 
depth  and  breadth  of  the  Smithsonian's  own  internal  dis- 
cussion of  Quincentennial  planning. 


162 


MEMBERSHIP  AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

James  Mck.  Symington,  Director 


163 


Office  of  Development 


In  addition  to  fulfilling  its  primary  role  of  securing  private 
funding  for  specific  projects  of  the  Smithsonian's  bureaux 
and  offices,  the  Development  Office  has  been  involved  in 
two  special  capital  campaigns.  The  Cooper-Hewitt 
Museum  in  New  York  City,  the  Smithsonian's  national 
museum  of  design,  is  undertaking  a  $23  million  campaign 
to  enlarge  and  renovate  its  quarters  in  the  Carnegie  Man- 
sion. One  half  of  this  amount  is  expected  to  be  provided  in 
a  federal  appropriation,  and  the  remaining  half  is  being 
sought  from  individuals,  corporations,  and  foundations.  A 
Campaign  Committee  has  been  formed  with  a  membership 
of  twenty-two  individuals,  nine  of  whom  are  present  or 
former  members  of  the  National  Associate  Board.  The 
firm  of  Brakeley,  John  Price  Jones  has  been  engaged  to 
advise  and  assist  the  director  of  Cooper-Hewitt,  Lisa  Tay- 
lor, and  the  Campaign  Committee. 

The  National  Museum  of  African  Art  has  also  engaged 
the  Brakeley  organization  to  prepare  a  feasibility  study  for 
a  major  campaign  to  establish  an  acquisition  fund  for  the 
museum.  The  Development  Office  has  been  working 
closely  with  the  museum's  director,  Sylvia  Williams,  in 
research  and  planning  for  this  significant  new  undertak- 
ing. 

In  September,  a  first  mailing  was  sent  to  two  thousand 
Contributing  Members  of  the  Associates  located  in  the 
northeastern  and  mid-Atlantic  regions,  suggesting  the 
advantages  to  them  and  to  the  Smithsonian  of  participat- 
ing in  the  Institution's  Pooled  Income  Fund.  It  is  hoped 
that  there  will  be  a  substantial  expression  of  interest  on 
members'  parts  which  will  then  be  personally  followed  up 
by  the  Development  Office  on  a  case-by-case  basis. 

As  a  means  of  studying  and  appraising  the  Institution's 
organization  for  fund-raising,  Cambridge  Associates  was 
asked  to  prepare  a  report  for  the  Secretary.  Reflecting  the 
opinions  and  attitudes  of  many  bureaux  and  offices  of  the 
Smithsonian  toward  the  development  process,  the  report 
will  be  the  subject  of  review  by  the  Secretary,  his  Manage- 
ment Committee,  and  all  bureau  and  office  heads.  The 
preparation  of  an  Institutional  development  brochure  has 
been  deferred,  pending  results  of  the  Cambridge  Associ- 
ates study. 

While  the  Office  performed  donor  research,  strategic 
planning,  and  project  consultation  for  virtually  all 
bureaux  and  offices  of  the  Smithsonian,  the  following 
received  contributions  or  grants  in  fiscal  year  1985,  exclu- 
sive of  support  from  the  James  Smithson  Society  and  the 
Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates, 
reported  elsewhere  in  this  section:  National  Museum  of 
African  Art,  National  Museum  of  American  Art,  National 
Museum  of  American  History,  National  Air  and  Space 

164 


Museum,  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  Freer 
Gallery  of  Art,  National  Zoological  Park,  Office  of  Ele- 
mentary and  Secondary  Education,  Office  of  Symposia 
and  Seminars,  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Cen- 
ter, Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Smithsonian  Tropical 
Research  Institute,  and  the  Resident  Associate  Program. 


National  Board  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 


Women's  Committee  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 


Seymour  H.  Knox  III  assumed  the  chairmanship  of  the 
National  Board  at  the  April  meeting  in  Fort  Worth,  Texas. 
Members  of  the  Board  have  continued  their  assistance  to 
the  Smithsonian,  becoming  involved  in  National  Associate 
regional  events  and  a  number  of  specific  bureau  needs. 

Chairman  Knox  continues  the  National  Board's  associa- 
tion with  the  Smithsonian's  Board  of  Regents  by  attending 
their  meetings  and  reporting  to  the  National  Board  on  the 
subjects  that  were  discussed. 

New  members  elected  to  the  board  at  the  April  meeting 
were:  S.  Charles  Kemp  (Jackson,  Mississippi),  Thomas  M. 
Keresey  (Palm  Beach,  Florida),  Jack  S.  Parker  (Carefree, 
Arizona),  Charles  W.  Schmidt  (Wayland,  Massachusetts), 
John  C.  Whitehead  (Washington,  D.C.),  and  J.  Tylee 
Wilson  (Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina). 

At  the  spring  meeting  in  Fort  Worth,  two  new  formats 
were  inaugurated:  spouses  were  welcomed  to  one  meeting 
so  as  to  enhance  the  participation  of  the  Board  in  the  role 
of  the  Institution,  in  this  instance  the  several  aspects  of  the 
National  Associate  Program,  Lectures  and  Seminars, 
Travel  and  Contributing  Membership;  second,  a  meeting 
for  Board  Members  only  at  which  the  Secretary  gave  a 
report  on  important  issues  facing  the  Institution,  and 
affording  the  Board  an  opportunity  to  discuss  areas  of 
their  interest.  The  same  meeting  format  was  successfully 
followed  at  the  autumn  1985  meetings  in  Washington 
where  Board  members  and  spouses  enjoyed  presentations 
on  Smithsonian  magazine  and  the  National  Zoological 
Park.  The  next  day,  Secretary  Adams  reported  to  Board 
members  on  various  Smithsonian  endeavors  and  plans  for 
the  future. 


The  sixty-five  active  and  fifty-seven  resource  members  of 
the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates 
continued  to  advance  the  interests  of  the  Smithsonian 
through  fund-raising,  special  projects,  and  hospitality  on  a 
volunteer  basis.  The  members  of  the  Committee  gave  over 
7,600  hours  of  their  time  to  the  Smithsonian  in  fiscal  year 
1985.  The  Committee  awarded  $52,700  to  twenty-nine 
projects  in  twelve  museums  and  bureaus.  These  monies 
were  the  net  proceeds  made  available  by  the  1984  Christ- 
mas Dance  and  the  1984  Washington  Craft  Show.  Projects 
were  supported  in  amounts  from  $200  to  $4000. 

The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  received 
funds  for:  reinventorying  and  computerizing  the  Cushman 
Library,  an  x-ray  diffraction  camera  for  the  Department  of 
Mineral  Sciences,  manuscript  conservation  and  restoration 
funds  for  papers  from  Islamic  people  of  Southern  Phili- 
ppines in  the  Department  of  Anthropology,  docent  educa- 
tion, a  computer  writing  system  for  use  by  scientists, 
reproduction  of  rare  slides  of  Bromeliads  taken  by  Lyman 
Smith,  cataloging  over  6,000,000  specimens  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Entomology,  and  a  publication  on  the  develop- 
ment and  setup  of  a  Discovery  Room. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  was  given  support 
for  an  oral  history  taken  from  Dr.  Reisig  on  the  history 
and  development  of  rocketry  and  for  a  school  program  on 
comets.  The  National  Museum  of  American  History 
received  funds  for:  a  black  American  Culture  package  con- 
sisting of  interviews  and  documentation  of  musicians  over 
seventy  years  of  age,  a  musical  instrument  videodisk,  man- 
nequins accurately  postured  for  the  period  and  docent  edu- 
cation. The  National  Zoological  Park  received  funding 
for:  a  platform  scale  in  the  Handrearing  Department,  a 
computer  for  the  Education  Department,  continued  sup- 
port for  graduate  student  stipends  in  the  reproductive 
physiology  program,  and  video  equipment  for  the  Depart- 
ment of  Herpetology.  The  Conservation  and  Research 
Center  in  Front  Royal  received  a  low-light  intensity  cam- 
era to  observe  the  behavior  of  nocturnal  endangered  spe- 
cies. The  Astrophysical  Observatory  was  able  to  purchase 
films  and  the  Tropical  Research  Center  developed  a  nature 
trail  on  the  Barro  Colorado  Island  through  assistance  from 
the  Committee. 

One  hundred  artists  from  twenty-eight  states  and  the 
District  of  Columbia  participated  in  the  third  annual 
Washington  Craft  Show  held  April  26-28, 1985,  in  the 
Departmental  Auditorium.  The  artists  were  selected  by 
five  jurors:  Elizabeth  Broun,  chief  curator  and  assistant 
director.  National  Museum  of  American  Art;  Marc 
Goldring,  leather  artist  and  project  director,  National 
Crafts  Planning  Board;  Ken  Ferguson,  ceramic  artist  and 

165 


James  Smithson  Society 


head  of  the  Crafts  Department  at  Kansas  City  Art  Insti- 
tute; Ivy  Ross,  jewelry  designer;  and  Lia  Cook,  fiber  artist 
and  professor,  California  College  of  Arts  and  Crafts,  Oak- 
land. Over  10,000  people  attended  the  show,  and  sales 
were  up  substantially,  over  2.5  percent  more  than  the  pre- 
vious year.  As  in  the  past,  a  preview  fund-raising  party  was 
held  on  April  26.  A  silent  auction,  organized  by  the 
resource  members  of  the  Committee,  was  held  at  the 
Departmental  Auditorium  concurrently  with  the  Craft 
Show.  A  High  School  Craft  Competition  for  the  District  of 
Columbia  and  six  surrounding  school  districts  was  held  to 
recognize  quality  student  work  and  offer  young  artists 
contact  with  some  of  the  country's  finest  artists.  Addition- 
ally, an  all-day  fiber  seminar  was  sponsored  by  the  Resi- 
dent Associate  Program  and  the  James  Renwick  Collectors 
Alliance. 

In  November,  three  members  of  the  Women's  Commit- 
tee generously  opened  their  homes  to  ninety  Contributing 
Members  visiting  Washington  for  a  special  behindrthe- 
scenes  Smithsonian  tour. 


The  James  Smithson  Society  was  founded  in  1977  as  the 
highest  level  of  the  Contributing  Membership  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates.  Since  then,  the  Society  has 
granted  more  than  $1,500,000  in  support  of  Smithsonian 
projects  and  acquisitions.  This  year,  through  the  contribu- 
tions of  Annual  Members,  the  Society  made  awards  total- 
ing $235,000  to  the  following:  The  Office  of  Symposia  and 
Seminars  for  partial  support  of  the  symposium,  "The  Ico- 
nography and  Technology  of  the  Statue  of  Liberty"  at  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum;  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service  toward  the  initial  planning  of 
an  exhibition  on  the  destruction  of  the  world's  rainforests; 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  to  contribute 
toward  a  film  on  volcanism  and  its  observation  in  Hawaii; 
the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  to  establish  a 
public  service  program  for  Halley's  Comet;  the  National 
Zoological  Park  toward  the  development  of  educational 
graphics  for  a  new  butterfly  program;  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum  toward  the  construction  and  operation 
of  a  "Mission  Control  Center"  for  the  two  round-the- 
world  unrefueled  flights  scheduled  for  fall  1985;  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  toward  a  matching  challenge 
grant  for  renovation  and  construction;  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  to  acquire  Inside  "Ohio 
Prospect  Bones" 3.14.8$,  a  painting  by  Robert  Stackhouse; 
the  National  Museum  of  African  Art  toward  the  acquisi- 
tion of  a  Yoruba  (Nigeria)  ivory  carving;  the  National 
Museum  of  American  History,  in  cooperation  with  several 
bureaux,  to  plan  a  radio  series  and  produce  a  pilot  pro- 
gram on  American  music  performances  at  the  Smithso- 
nian; and  to  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  support  toward 
the  acquisition  of  a  portrait  by  Thomas  Eakins. 

The  annual  weekend  for  members  of  the  Society,  held 
every  year  in  conjunction  with  the  autumn  meeting  of  the 
National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  took  place 
September  27-28.  At  a  formal  dinner  held  at  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery,  National  Board  Chairman  Seymour  H. 
Knox  III  announced  the  1985  Smithson  Society  grants  and 
presented  the  Society's  Founder  Medal  posthumously  to 
Earl  S.  Tupper.  A  substantial  gift  from  the  Tupper  family 
made  possible  the  construction  of  the  Earl  S.  Tupper 
Research  and  Conference  Center  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropi- 
cal Research  Institute  in  Panama.  On  the  morning  of  Sep- 
tember 28,  spouses  of  the  National  Board  and  Smithson 
Society  members  participated  in  a  musical  tour  of  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History.  Following  the 
tour,  Smithson  Society  and  National  Board  members  vis- 
ited the  Quadrangle  complex  and  had  a  luncheon  in  their 
honor  at  the  Commons. 


166 


Smithsonian  National 
Associate  Program 


Since  its  inception  in  1970,  the  Smithsonian  National  Asso- 
ciate Program,  in  cooperation  with  other  Smithsonian 
bureaus,  has  provided  innovative  educational  opportuni- 
ties for  Smithsonian  Associates  throughout  the  nation. 
Through  Smithsonian  magazine,  members  join  activities 
which  increase  their  awareness  of  the  Institution  and 
encourage  support  for  its  work. 

The  three  units  which  comprise  the  National  Associate 
Program,  now  serving  more  than  two  million  members, 
offer  benefits  to  Associates  in  a  variety  of  ways,  all  of 
which  are  directed  toward  increasing  members'  personal 
involvement  with  the  life  of  the  Smithsonian. 


Contributing  Membership  Program 

The  Contributing  Membership  of  the  National  Associate 
Program  provides  unrestricted  funds  for  Smithsonian 
research,  education,  and  outreach  programs  through  six 
levels  of  annual  membership:  Supporting  ($50),  available 
only  to  members  living  outside  the  greater  Washington, 
D.C.,  metropolitan  area;  Donor  ($100);  Sponsoring  ($250); 
Sustaining  ($500);  Patron  ($1,000);  and  the  James 
Smithson  Society  ($1,500). 

The  membership  has  grown  steadily  since  the  program's 
establishment  in  1976.  It  numbers  32,500  at  the  end  of  1985 
fiscal  year,  up  15  percent  from  1984.  Income  from  member- 
ship dues,  responses  to  special  appeals,  and  corporate 
matching  funds  amounted  to  $3,300,000  in  1985,  an  18 
percent  increase  over  the  previous  year.  Approximately  86 
percent  of  Contributing  Members  reside  outside  the 
greater  Washington,  D.C.,  metropolitan  area. 

Nine  special  events  were  organized  for  members  during 
the  year,  including  a  special  viewing  of  the  exhibition 
Aditi:  A  Celebration  of  Life;  a  courtyard  reception  and 
open  house  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art  to 
view  three  special  exhibitions;  a  premiere  of  the  new 
IMAX  film,  The  Dream  Is  Alive  at  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum;  and  a  brass  band  concert  and  picnic  at  the 
National  Bandstand  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History.  Upper-level  donors  were  invited  to  Collectors' 
Tours  and  receptions  at  the  Folger  Shakespeare  Library 
and  at  Decatur  House,  an  Eighteenth-century  property  of 
the  National  Trust  for  Historic  Preservation. 

The  program  endeavors  not  only  to  provide  attractive 
books  and  catalogs  as  benefits  for  its  members,  but  also  to 
assist  other  SI  bureaus  with  their  publications.  In  addition 
to  the  Smithsonian  Engagement  Calendar  sent  each  fall  to 
all  members,  1985  complimentary  publications  were 
Drawn  from  Nature:  The  Botanical  Art  of  Joseph  Prestele 


and  His  Sons,  also  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Press,  and  Aditi:  The  Living  Arts  of  India,  also  pub- 
lished by  the  Press  to  accompany  the  exhibition  which 
constituted  one  of  the  major  Smithsonian  contributions  to 
the  nationwide  festival  of  India.  Because  of  the  press  run 
the  program  can  guarantee,  bureaus  are  able  to  have  a  bet- 
ter publication  at  a  significantly  lower  price. 

For  Contributing  Members  living  within  the  greater 
Washington,  D.C.  area,  the  program  pays  annual  dues  to 
the  Resident  Associate  Program,  helping  to  support  its 
monthly  newsletter  and  classes.  Members  outside  this  area 
receive  "Research  Reports,"  published  three  times  a  year 
by  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs  to  highlight  special  research 
and  educational  projects  underway  throughout  the  Institu- 
tion. 

"Smithsonian  Treasures,"  a  behind-the-scenes  tour  of  the 
Institution  designed  by  the  Associates  Travel  Program  for 
Contributing  Members  exclusively,  continues  to  meet  very 
positive  response.  During  the  course  of  Lecture  and  Semi- 
nar Programs  in  communities  nationwide,  Contributing 
Members  are  offered  complimentary  tickets  to  one  lecture 
and  often  an  invitation  to  an  informal  gathering  planned 
in  conjunction  with  the  lecture.  Such  special  treatment 
reenforces  the  message  that  these  members  are  important 
to  the  Smithsonian  and  forwards  the  development  of  a 
loyal  national  constituency  that  will  be  responsive  to  other 
specific  Smithsonian  fundraising  efforts. 


The  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program 

The  National  Associates  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program, 
formerly  the  Regional  Events  Program  and  the  Selected 
Studies  Program,  continues  to  share  the  educational 
resources  of  the  Smithsonian  with  Associates  and  the  gen- 
eral public  who  live  outside  Washington,  D.C.  Now  in  its 
tenth  year,  the  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program  has  made  it 
possible  for  Smithsonian  scientists,  curators,  and  fellows 
to  travel  to  more  than  100  cities.  Through  lectures,  semi- 
nars, and  musical  presentations,  these  Smithsonian 
scholars  offer  Americans  throughout  the  country  a  unique 
opportunity  to  learn  about  the  research  and  activities  of 
their  national  museum. 

Museums,  other  cultural  organizations,  colleges,  and 
universities  in  host  cities  throughout  the  country  are  local 
cosponsors  for  Smithsonian  Events.  Many  local  hotels 
provide  in-kind  services  as  corporate  cosponsors.  The 
national  organizations  that  continue  to  lend  support  to  the 
Lecture  and  Seminar  Program  are:  The  Institute  of  Life- 
time Learning  of  the  American  Association  of  Retired  Per- 


167 


sons,  the  EAA  Aviation  Foundation,  Sigma  Xi,  the 
Scientific  Research  Society,  the  National  Trust  for  Historic 
Preservation,  the  World  Wildlife  Fund-U.S.,  and  United 
Airlines. 

During  1985,  the  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program  cooper- 
ated with  87  local  and  six  national  organizations  to  pro- 
duce 169  Smithsonian  Events  in  eighteeen  host  cities — 
Bozeman  and  Missoula,  Montana;  Austin,  Texas;  Oak- 
land, Berkeley,  Sacramento,  Davis,  and  Santa  Barbara, 
California;  Honolulu,  Hawaii;  Omaha  and  Lincoln, 
Nebraska;  Charleston,  South  Carolina;  Phoenix,  Arizona; 
Las  Vegas  and  Overton,  Nevada;  Savannah,  Georgia; 
Portland,  Maine;  and  Springfield,  Massachusetts. 

One  hundred  twenty-seven  feature  articles  about 
Smithsonian  Events  were  carried  in  newspapers  and  maga- 
zines nationwide.  Smithsonian  speakers  were  heard  in 
forty-eight  radio  and  television  interviews  throughout  the 
country. 

Each  year,  the  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program  introduces 
new  events  and  formats  to  highlight  current  research  inter- 
ests of  the  Smithsonian  and  of  the  local  cosponsoring  insti- 
tutions. Lectures  for  1985  included  "American  Costume: 
Men  and  Women  Dressing  the  Part"  by  Claudia  Kidwell, 
NMAH;  "American  Art  at  the  Smithsonian"  by  Charles 
Eldredge,  director  of  NMAA;  "Bamboos  of  the  World"  by 
Thomas  Soderstrom,  NMNH;  and  "More  than  Meets  the 
Eye:  Exploring  Microspace"  by  Jeffrey  Post,  NMNH. 

In  response  to  growing  enthusiasm  among  Associates, 
the  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program  introduced  two-to-five- 
day  seminars.  Among  these  special  extended  seminars 
were  "Life  in  the  Ocean  Depths"  by  Clyde  Roper  and 
David  Pawson,  NMNH;  "Creative  Writing"  by  Smithso- 
nian Magazine  Editor  Edwards  Park,  and  "Man's  Quest 
for  Wings:  Highlights  of  Aviation  History"  by  E.T 
Wooldridge,  Claudia  Oakes,  and  Thomas  Crouch, 
NASM. 

The  first  international  program  highlighted  this  tour 
season.  In  May  of  this  year,  an  entourage  of  ten  Smithso- 
nian speakers,  including  Secretary  Adams,  traveled  to 
Tokyo,  Japan,  to  share  their  knowledge  and  expertise  with 
the  Japanese  and  American  public  and  Smithsonian  Asso- 
ciates living  in  Japan.  This  lecture  series  was  made  possi- 
ble by  MYC  Cultural  Exchange  Institute,  a  private, 
nonprofit  cultural  organization  based  in  Tokyo,  with  the 
cooperation  of  the  American  Embassy,  Tokyo  American 
Club,  the  American  Chamber  of  Commerce,  and  The 
America-Japan  Society.  A  gala  reception  was  held  on  May 
15  to  honor  Smithsonian  delegates  and  included  remarks 
by  Secretary  Adams,  a  welcome  by  Shintaro  Abe,  Foreign 
Minister  of  Japan,  and  comments  by  Tadao  Ishikawa, 

168 


President  of  Keio  University.  In  addition,  Smithsonian  sci- 
entists and  curators  gave  presentations  at  four  American 
schools  and  met  with  colleagues  to  discuss  research 
projects.  The  Tokyo  series  was  met  with  highly  enthusias- 
tic response  from  both  the  Japanese  and  American  audi- 
ences and  generated  a  great  deal  of  interest  in  future 
programs  for  scholarly  and  cultural  interchange. 

In  addition  to  events  offered  in  cities  throughout  the 
United  States  and  abroad,  the  Lecture  and  Seminar  Pro- 
gram also  designs  intensive,  week-long  seminars  for 
National  Associates  who  wish  to  expand  their  educational 
horizons  in  Washington,  D.C.  These  seminars,  held  in 
Smithsonian  museums  and  research  facilities,  are  pre- 
sented by  Smithsonian  curators  and  scholars.  "Animal 
Communication:  Classic  Studies  and  New  Discoveries" 
was  conducted  by  specialists  at  the  National  Zoological 
Park  and  "Aircraft  Restoration"  enabled  participants  to 
get  a  firsthand  glimpse  of  some  of  the  restoration  activities 
at  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum's  Paul  E.  Garber 
Facility. 

The  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program  launched  a  science 
education  project  with  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History's  Office  of  Education.  This  joint  effort  provides 
workshops  for  science  teachers  and  museum  educators  to 
develop  innovative  methods  of  teaching  science. 

Associates  Travel  Program 

The  Associates  Travel  Program  presents  educational  study 
tours  that  mirror  the  interests  and  concerns  of  the  Institu- 
tion. Tours  are  designed  for  members  who  are  particularly 
interested  in  the  work  of  the  national  museum  and  the  sub- 
jects in  Smithsonian  magazine.  The  educational  content  of 
both  foreign  and  domestic  tours  is  enhanced  by  study  lead- 
ers; each  trip  is  led  by  one  or  more  Smithsonian  staff.  Since 
1975,  more  than  54,000  Associates  have  participated  in 
study  tours  throughout  the  world;  in  1985,  4,000  members 
traveled  on  ninety-five  tours. 

In  1985,  Associates  chose  from  forty-one  Domestic  Study 
Tours — to  all  parts  of  the  United  States — to  experience 
firsthand  the  natural  wonders  and  regional  heritage  of 
America.  Three  ships  were  chartered  exclusively  for 
Smithsonian  Associates  to  explore  our  American  waters. 
The  historic  steamboat  Delta  Queen  steamed  up  the  Mis- 
sissippi re-creating  the  life  of  a  bygone  era.  On  the  Chesa- 


Smithsonian  Associates  in  Zion  National  Park,  Utah,  hike  the 
Gateway-to-the-Narrows  Trail  at  the  foot  of  sandstone  walls  that 
rise  2,000  feet  above  the  Virgin  River. 


peake  Bay  Cruise,  Associates  visited  centers  of  the  crab 
and  oyster  industry  and  toured  historic  homes  and  muse- 
ums from  Baltimore  to  Williamsburg.  Other  members 
cruised  Alaska's  famed  Inside  Passage. 

New  programs  took  place  in  Chicago  and  Los  Angeles. 
Here  Associates  learned  about  architecture,  history,  and 
current  cultural  trends.  A  weekend  program  of  opera  in 
New  York  City  featured  guest  performers,  backstage 
tours,  and  selected  performances.  Crafts,  antiques,  and 
historic  homes  highlighted  a  summer  tour  of  Vermont's 
green  mountains. 

Associates  continue  to  seek  the  adventure  and  wonder  of 
the  out-of-doors.  Three  new  natural  history  programs 
took  place  in  Maine,  Oregon,  and  Atlanta,  Georgia.  For  a 
hands-on  experience,  Associates  joined  archaeologists  in 
Cortez,  Colorado,  to  dig  for  artifacts  at  an  Anasazi  Indian 
site.  David  Steadman  (NMNH)  led  a  camping  trip  to  the 
Hawaiian  Islands  where  he  was  conducting  research  on 
bird  fossils. 

More  than  3,000  Associates  participated  in  the  "Wash- 
ington Anytime  Weekend,"  designed  to  give  members  an 
opportunity  to  visit  the  nation's  capital  and  the  Smithso- 
nian any  weekend  during  the  year.  The  program  is  exe- 
cuted in  cooperation  with  the  Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center,  which  provides  a  behind- 
the-scenes  tour  of  the  Castle  and  is  available  for  informa- 
tion and  guidance  during  the  weekend. 

Foreign  Study  Tours  continued  to  serve  the  diverse  inter- 
ests of  Associates  by  offering  a  wide  variety  of  activities 
and  destinations.  Two  very  successful  holiday  programs, 
"Christmas  in  Canterbury"  and  "Christmas  in  Austria," 
enabled  Associates  to  join  local  residents  in  traditional  hol- 
iday observances,  attend  the  theater,  and  enjoy  the  ambi- 
ance and  festive  spirit  of  an  old-fashioned  Christmas. 

Natural  history  programs  included  a  new  tour  to  Ireland 
where  Associates  stayed  in  castles  and  inns  and  took  day 
hikes  along  the  southwest  coast.  A  wildlife  safari  to  India 
and  Nepal  included  excursions  on  elephant  back  to 
observe  many  species  of  wildlife.  This  year  two  New 
Zealand  study  tours  were  offered.  Some  members  fol- 
lowed a  cultural  itinerary  on  the  North  and  South  Islands, 
while  others  hiked  the  famous  thirty-three-mile  Milford 
Track.  Associates  explored  the  north  central  Highlands  of 
Scotland  and  the  offshore  islands  of  Handa  and  Skye  on  a 
program  cosponsored  for  the  seventh  consecutive  year  by 
the  Aigas  Field  Centre. 

Clyde  Roper  (NMNH)  led  the  fourth  annual  Atlantic 
Crossing,  discussing  marine  biology  and  maritime  history 
while  sailing  from  Spain  to  the  Caribbean  aboard  the  four- 
masted  barque  Sea  Cloud.  Associates  traveled  on  the 


Danube  from  Romania  through  Bulgaria,  Yugoslavia, 
Hungary,  Czechoslovakia,  Austria,  and  Germany  studying 
the  history  and  culture  of  the  area.  David  Steadman 
(NMNH)  led  a  new  study  voyage  to  the  South  Pacific 
where  he  lectured  on  the  natural  history  of  Fiji,  Samoa,  the 
Cook  Islands,  Bora  Bora,  and  Tahiti.  Other  study  voyages 
focused  on  art  and  architecture  on  the  Iberian  Peninsula 
and  the  southern  coast  of  France,  Viking  history  from 
Scotland  through  the  fjords  of  Norway,  and  the  natural 
and  cultural  history  of  Indonesia. 

China  continued  to  lure  members  who  traveled  on  thir- 
teen tours  following  seven  different  itineraries.  The  Tibet 
study  tours  were  in  great  demand,  as  were  "Decorative 
Arts  and  Antiques"  and  "China  by  Train."  In  addition  to 
China,  train  buffs  traveled  through  India  aboard  the  his- 
toric train  of  the  maharajas,  crossed  the  Soviet  Union  on 
the  Trans-Siberian  Express,  and  experienced  a  variety  of 
train  travel  on  "Europe  by  Train"  including  France's  TGV 
and  the  Orient  Express. 

Countryside  programs  allowed  Associates  to  live  in 
small  towns  in  England,  France,  Austria,  and  Switzerland. 
Residential  seminars  included  music  history  in  Salzburg, 
Japanese  language  and  culture  in  Kyoto,  history  and  art  in 
Florence,  and  the  seventh  annual  Oxford/Smithsonian 
Seminar  which  offered  a  choice  of  specially  designed 
courses  in  the  arts  and  sciences. 

The  Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program  continues 
to  increase  services  to  its  members  as  it  encourages  private 
support  for  the  Institution.  Inherent  in  the  approach  of  the 
program  is  an  emphasis  on  four  themes:  educational  pur- 
suits, member  participation,  public  awareness,  and  coop- 
eration with  Smithsonian  bureaus  and  like-minded 
organizations  nationwide. 


Smithsonian  Resident 
Associate  Program 


The  Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program  (RAP) — the 
private,  cultural,  continuing  education,  membership,  and 
outreach  arm  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for  metropoli- 
tan Washington — is  a  model  for  museum  membership  and 
educational  programs  nationally  and  internationally.  It 
draws  membership  from  the  District  of  Columbia,  North- 
ern Virginia,  and  Maryland.  This  year  membership  was 
55,000  with  retention  at  80  percent. 

During  fiscal  year  1985,  over  1,900  activities — many 
with  multiple  sections — were  attended  by  more  than 
279,550  persons,  an  increase  over  the  previous  year.  Hun- 
dreds of  thousands  more  persons  heard  and/or  saw 
courses  through  audio-bridge  or  television  broadcasts. 

Self-supporting  and  income-producing,  except  for  Dis- 
covery Theater  and  performing  arts,  with  occasional  small 
grants  to  help  fund  special  outreach  projects,  the  program 
reimburses  the  Institution  for  office  space  rental,  computer 
and  audio-visual  support,  labor,  and  administrative  sup- 
port. 


Cooperation  with  Smithsonian  Bureaus 

A  primary  focus  of  the  program  continues  to  be  planning 
activities  that  enhance  appreciation  of  Smithsonian 
resources.  Quarterly  planning  meetings  with  Smithsonian 
Institution  curators  lead  to  the  organization  of  a  variety  of 
activities  that  disseminate  the  mission  of  the  Institution.  In 
fiscal  year  1985,  the  Resident  Associate  Program  conducted 
activities  in  connection  with  all  major  exhibitions,  as  well 
as  special  collections  and  curatorial  expertise.  In  addition, 
the  program  and  some  Smithsonian  museums  cosponsor 
annual  series:  "Portraits  in  Motion  Showcase"  perfor- 
mances with  the  National  Portrait  Gallery;  Twentieth  Cen- 
tury Consort  concerts  and  regular  lectures  with  the 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden;  the  multi- 
faceted  Smithsonian  chamber  music  programs  with  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History;  and  concerts  in 
the  Albert  Einstein  Planetarium  with  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum.  Programmatic  cooperation  with  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  and 
staff  participation  as  lecturers  in  Office  of  Museum  Pro- 
grams workshops  are  ongoing.  Courses  are  regularly 
planned  in  collaboration  with  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Inter- 
national Center  for  Scholars. 


Outreach 

Through  scholarships,  special  interest  projects,  and  col- 
laboration with  civic  institutions,  the  Resident  Associate 
Program  expands  its  accessibility. 

Discover  Graphics,  a  free  program,  provides  talented 
area  high  school  students  and  their  teachers  with  opportu- 
nities to  study  etching  and  lithography  on  fine  Smithsonian 
presses.  Over  zoo  public  secondary  school  students  and 
their  art  teachers  received  studio  training,  combined  with 
Smithsonian  study  visits.  A  student  exhibition  of  selection 
prints,  juried  by  Smithsonian  curators,  was  held  at  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History,  summer  1985. 

Scholarships  were  awarded  to  inner  city  young  people 
and  adults  to  attend  Young  Associate  and  adult  courses. 
This  year  141  adult  scholarships,  and  77  scholarships  for 
young  people  were  awarded. 

The  nineteenth  annual  kite  festival  open  to  members 
and  the  general  public  took  place  on  the  Mall  in  March. 

Tuesday  Mornings  at  the  Smithsonian  is  the  daytime 
weekly  lecture  series  specifically  designed  to  engage  the 
interest  of  retired  citizens.  Thirty-six  lectures,  each  attract- 
ing between  250  and  400  persons,  are  presented  annually 
by  Smithsonian  scholars.  This  year  a  total  of  11,300 
attended.  Programs  for  working  singles  were  initiated  this 
year  and  will  be  further  emphasized  in  fiscal  year  1986. 

Collaboration  with  Community,  Regional,  National,  and 
International  Organizations 

For  the  twelfth  consecutive  year,  the  Resident  Associate 
Program  cosponsored  nine  monthly  lectures  with  the 
Audubon  Naturalist  Society  and  the  Friends  of  the 
National  Zoo.  This  year's  series  attracted  more  than 
11,000  persons.  The  program  continues  to  collaborate 
with  organizations  such  as  the  American  Institute  of  Archi- 
tects and  the  AIA  Foundation,  the  Washington-Alexandria 
Center  for  Architecture,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  and 
State  University,  the  Pennsylvania  Avenue  Development 
Corporation,  District  of  Columbia  Downtown  Partner- 
ship, the  Office  of  the  Mayor,  the  Art  Directors  Club  of 
Metropolitan  Washington,  the  Federal  Design  Council, 
and  the  American  Institute  of  Graphic  Arts,  Washington 
Chapter. 

The  Resident  Associate  Program  received  three  awards 
from  the  National  University  Continuing  Education  Asso- 
ciation: two  regional  for  excellence  in  programming,  and 
one  national  for  creative  marketing. 

Many  lectures,  courses,  films,  and  performances  were 
planned  in  collaboration  with  foreign  embassies  and  inter- 


171 


Indian  musician  Ravi  Shankar  plays  the  sitar  in  concert  at  the 
Baird  Auditorium  in  June  1985  as  part  of  the  opening  of  the  year- 
long Festival  of  India  at  the  Smithsonian  and  around  the  nation. 
(Photograph  by  Robert  de  Milt) 


national  societies,  including  the  courses,  "Saudi  Arabia: 
Tradition  and  Change";  "The  Classic  Japanese  Theater: 
No,  Bunraku,  Kabuki";  and  "Great  Britain  and  the 
World — Contemporary  Perspectives." 

The  Resident  Associate  Program  responded  to  the 
national  celebration  of  the  Festival  of  India,  with  a  rich 
selection  of  activities.  Highlights  included  the  performance 
of  world  famous  sitarist  Ravi  Shankar;  a  course  "The  Dis- 
cerning Traveler  in  India:  Ancient  Civilization  and  New 
Hope";  and  a  lecture  by  Rajeev  Sethi,  curator  of  Aditi:  A 
Celebration  of  Life. 


Telecommunications 

The  Resident  Association  Program  is  committed  to  the  use 
of  the  latest  telecommunications  technology  and  its  appli- 
cations for  outreach.  During  fiscal  year  1985  two  courses 
were  videotaped — "Living  and  Working  in  Space:  The 
Final  Frontier"  and  "The  Ascendancy  Asia:  The  Pacific 
Community  in  the  21st  Century."  The  latter  was  developed 
in  cooperation  with  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars  Asia  Program  and  the  Asia  Founda- 


tion. After  editing,  the  tapes  are  to  be  distributed  in  Asia 
by  the  Asia  Foundation  and  in  the  United  States  by  the 
Resident  Associate  Program. 

Collaboration  also  began  with  the  United  States  Infor- 
mation Agency's  WORLDNET,  an  international,  interac- 
tive video  broadcasting  service.  Selected  Resident 
Associate  activities  are  to  be  broadcast  by  satellite  to 
Europe  commencing  in  September  1985  and  will  be  seen  at 
United  States  embassies. 


Programs 

Courses 

The  curriculum  of  arts,  sciences,  humanities,  and  studio 
arts  for  educated  adults — offered  four  terms  per  year — 
provides  opportunities  for  serious  study  with  Smithsonian 
and  visiting  scholars.  In  1984-85,  181  lecture  courses  were 
scheduled,  and  attendance  reached  58,600.  Among  the 
most  popular  were  "Opulence  and  Illusion:  Masters  of 
Fashion  Photography"  and  "The  Tellers  of  Tales:  The  Art 
of  Traditional  Storytelling,"  coordinated  by  Smithsonian's 
Oscar-winning  Marjorie  Hunt;  "Conflict  and  Peacemaking 
in  the  Middle  East:  Strategic  Issues,"  developed  with  the 
cooperation  of  Wilson  Center  experts;  and  "The  Television 
Age:  News  and  Reality,"  featuring  eminent  broadcast  jour- 
nalists. Computer  courses  and  foreign  language  courses 
expanded  successfully. 

The  studio  arts  program  enhances  appreciation  of  age- 
old  crafts,  keeping  alive  techniques  now  rapidly  disappear- 
ing from  the  modern  world,  and  introduces  contemporary 
arts  and  crafts.  In  all,  240  courses  and  workshops  were 
presented,  with  an  attendance  of  nearly  13,800. 

Lectures,  Seminars,  Films 

Single  lectures,  intensive  one-  and  two-day  seminars,  and 
scholarly  symposia  led  by  distinguished  authorities 
addressed  a  wide  range  of  cultural  topics.  Individual  films 
and  film  series  featuring  foreign  cultures,  saluting  well- 
known  artists,  or  highlighting  different  techniques  are  an 
expanding  feature. 

Notable  speakers  and  guest  artists  included  Oscar  nomi- 
nee Adoph  Caesar,  archaeologist  Mary  Leakey,  artist  Judy 
Chicago,  engineer  Harold  Edgerton,  Pulitzer-prize  win- 
ning biographer  Joseph  Lash,  American  National  Theater 
director  Peter  Sellars,  and  Soviet  mountaineer  Michael 
Monastyrskii.  More  than  28,000  persons  attended  92  Res- 
ident Associate  Program  lectures  in  fiscal  year  1985.  Eleven 


172 


intensive  seminars  enabled  i,zoo  participants  to  examine  a 
rich  selection  of  subjects  in  depth. 

Several  Washington  film  premieres  were  screened, 
including  Wagner,  the  nine-hour  epic  story  of  the  operatic 
genius,  and  The  Country  Girls,  which  sold  out  three 
times.  Among  the  many  successful  film  series  sponsored 
during  the  year  were  a  Truffaut  retrospective  and  a  show- 
case of  East  European  films,  launched  with  a  reception 
attended  by  five  ambassadors.  Sixty-three  films  attracted 
22, 800  people. 


Performing  Arts 

An  outstanding  season  of  music,  dance,  theater,  and 
poetry  was  presented  in  RAP's  second  year  of  sponsorship 
of  ticketed  Smithsonian  performing  arts  events.  The 
acclaimed  Emerson  String  Quartet  series,  summer  outdoor 
concerts  in  the  courtyard  of  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art /National  Portrait  Gallery,  winter  brunch 
concerts  held  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  His- 
tory, the  Jazz  Series,  Joe  Williams'  tribute  to  Count  Basie, 
the  "Stars  of  the  D'Oyly  Carte,"  and  dancer  Meredith 
Monk's  performance  were  among  highlights.  In  the  1984- 
85  season,  127  performances  were  presented,  and  34,600 
attended. 


formances  are  tailored  to  their  ages  and  interests.  Innova- 
tive adult-child  classes  and  workshops  enable  adults  and 
children  to  learn  together.  Summer  Camp  sessions  are 
team  taught,  combining  talents  of  teachers  of  different  dis- 
ciplines. In  1984,  168  Young  Associate  and  Family  Activi- 
ties attracted  an  attendance  of  more  than  11,300 
individuals. 


Discovery  Theater 

Discovery  Theater  presents  entertainment  and  educational 
experiences  for  young  people  and  their  families,  October 
through  June.  Two  performances  a  day  were  presented, 
Tuesday  through  Saturday,  with  extra  performances  dur- 
ing Black  History  Month.  Learning  Guides  are  produced 
by  Resident  Associate  Program  staff  and  furnished  free  to 
group  leaders.  Over  61,800  individuals  attended  the  354 
performances  during  the  season,  a  31  percent  increase  over 
the  previous  season;  approximately  two-thirds  consisted 
of  groups  from  local  school  systems.  For  the  first  time, 
Discovery  Theater  sponsored  an  art  and  writing  competi- 
tion from  local  elementary  schools,  with  winning  works 
incorporated  in  some  of  the  performances. 


Volunteers 


Study  Tours 

On-site  learning  experiences  are  organized  for  small 
groups  in  the  fields  of  art,  architecture,  archaeology,  his- 
tory, industry,  and  science,  lasting  from  one  hour  to  three 
days.  Tours  range  in  content  from  historic  railroads  to  the 
Baltimore  art  scene  to  cruises  on  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  Art 
and  architecture  continue  to  be  among  the  most  popular 
tour  subjects,  with  specialized  science  tours  gaining  stead- 
ily. Free  tours,  most  led  by  museum  docents,  attracted 
4,900  participants  during  the  year,  and  a  series  of  tours  for 
working  singles  attracted  new  audiences.  In  1984-85,  572 
tours  took  place,  with  total  attendance  by  more  than 
24,800  people. 


Young  Associate  and  Family  Activities 

Through  Young  Associate  and  Family  Activities,  Smithso- 
nian resources  are  introduced  to  young  people,  ages  four 
to  fifteen,  and  their  parents  and  adult  friends.  Classes, 
workshops,  monthly  free  films  for  families,  tours,  and  per- 


A  total  of  420  volunteers  provided  invaluable  assistance  to 
the  program,  monitoring  activities,  and  performing  vital 
office  duties.  The  72  volunteer  office  workers  and  moni- 
tors represent  the  equivalent  of  twelve  full-time  staff  mem- 
bers. 


Summary 

Fiscal  year  1985  was  a  thriving,  ebullient  year  for  the  Resi- 
dent Associate  Program  with  high  attendance,  strong 
membership  retention.  The  Resident  Associate  Program 
celebrated  its  20th  anniversary  in  September  1985,  offering 
a  rich  selection  of  activities  including  appearances  by  Carl 
Sagan;  Jehan  Sadat;  Melina  Mercouri;  Karen  Akers,  Dan- 
iel Duell;  and  May  Sarton.  An  anniversary  serigraph  was 
created  by  artist  Gene  Davis.  Many  more  anniversary 
events  were  planned  for  later  in  the  fall.  The  "20  for  the 
20th"  theme  elicited  many  new  members  and  major  press 
coverage,  as  well  as  enthusiastic  support  from  current 
members. 


173 


174 


UNDER  SEPARATE  BOARDS 
OF  TRUSTEES 


175 


Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc. 

Mrs.  Elliot  Richardson,  Chairman 
Ruth  Graves,  President 


Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc.  (RIF)  is  a  national,  non- 
profit organization  dedicated  to  creating  a  literate  Ameri- 
can citizenry  by  helping  communities  introduce  young 
people  to  books.  Since  its  founding  nearly  twenty  years 
ago  as  a  small,  inner-city  reading  motivation  project  in  the 
District  of  Columbia,  RIF  has  put  more  than  sixty-five 
million  books  into  the  hands  of  America's  young  people. 

Today  there  are  3,300  RIF  projects  in  10,224  sites,  oper- 
ating in  all  fifty  states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Puerto 
Rico,  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  Guam.  Last  year,  RIF's  net- 
work of  volunteers  reached  more  than  2.2  million  young 
people  with  7.2  million  books.  Sponsors  of  RIF  projects 
include  schools,  libraries,  Indian  reservations,  housing 
projects,  migrant  worker  camps,  detention  halls,  schools 
for  the  handicapped,  service  organizations,  and  many 
other  nonprofit  and  public  agencies. 

To  prevent  today's  youngsters  from  becoming  the  illiter- 
acy statistics  of  tomorrow,  RIF  projects  hold  book  distri- 
butions, on  an  average  of  three  times  a  year,  where 
children  are  free  to  choose  and  keep  the  books  that  interest 
them.  Samuel  Johnson  once  said,  "A  man  ought  to  read  as 
his  inclination  leads  him,  for  what  he  reads  as  a  task  will 
do  him  little  good."  RIF's  success  in  converting  reluctant 
readers  into  booklovers  underscores  the  truth  of  this 
adage. 


RIF:  A  Public-Private  Partnership 

The  New  York  Times  once  described  the  RIF  program  as 
"one  of  those  rare  examples  of  how  the  Government  has 
joined  the  grass  roots  community  and  virtually  everyone 
has  wound  up  applauding." 

RIF  has  been  remarkably  successful  in  mobilizing  the 
private  sector  to  promote  literacy.  More  than  98,874  local 
citizens  contribute  millions  of  man  hours  to  operate  RIF 
projects;  some  6,046  businesses  and  community  organiza- 
tions provide  matching  funds,  goods,  and  services;  350 
book  suppliers  offer  special  services  and  discounts  (averag- 
ing forty  percent)  to  RIF  projects;  and  scores  of  founda- 
tions and  corporations  make  generous  grants. 

In  1976,  Congress,  noting  RIF's  effectiveness  in  promot- 
ing literacy,  created  the  Inexpensive  Book  Distribution 
Program  (IBDP)  and  modeled  it  on  RIF.  The  IBDP,  which 
RIF  operates  under  contract  from  the  Department  of  Edu- 
cation, permits  RIF  to  match  with  Federal  funds  the  local 
funds  volunteers  raise  to  buy  books. 


Highlights  of  1985 

Among  the  year's  activities  was  a  series  of  workshops  for 
parents  made  possible  by  a  grant  from  the  General  Electric 
Foundation  and  held  in  cooperation  with  local  projects  in 
major  cities  across  the  country.  Attended  by  approxi- 
mately one  thousand  parents,  these  workshops  featured 
presentations  by  experts  in  the  field  of  children's  literature 
and  practical  sessions  on  how  parents  can  promote  reading 
in  the  home. 

A  statewide  RIF  conference  in  Phoenix,  attended  by 
more  than  two  hundred  Arizona  educators,  librarians, 
community  and  business  leaders,  public  officials,  and  RIF 
representatives,  demonstrated  the  support  RIF  enjoys 
throughout  the  state.  Speakers  included  Phoenix  Mayor 
Terry  Goddard,  local  author  Byrd  Baylor,  and  Dan  Fader, 
Michigan  educator  and  author  of  Hooked  on  Books. 

Another  of  the  year's  highlights  was  a  visit  by  Mrs. 
Hosni  Mubarak,  wife  of  the  president  of  Egypt,  to  a  RIF 
distribution  for  some  six  hundred  Washington,  D.C.,  area 
youngsters.  Mrs.  Mubarak  has  been  active  in  promoting 
literacy  in  her  own  country  and  is  particularly  interested  in 
RIF's  method  of  getting  children  into  books  and  reading. 

During  April,  Reading  Is  Fun  Week  was  again  celebrated 
across  the  nation  in  memory  of  RIF's  founder,  Margaret 
McNamara.  Among  the  special  events  marking  this  occa- 
sion was  a  Read-In  held  on  the  lawn  of  the  Vice  President's 
House.  Speakers  included  Mrs.  George  Bush,  RIF  board 
member;  Education  Secretary  William  J.  Bennett;  and 
authors  Pearl  Bailey,  Tomie  dePaola,  and  Frank  Herbert. 

On  the  last  day  of  RIF  week,  publisher  and  New  York 
Mets  owner  Nelson  Doubleday  sponsored  a  RIF  Day  at 
Shea  Stadium  in  New  York,  which  was  attended  by  170 
young  people  in  New  York  area  RIF  projects.  Mrs.  Bush 
threw  out  the  first  ball  of  the  game  while  Diamond  Vision, 
the  huge  screen  that  shows  instant  replays,  flashed  the 
words  "Reading  Is  Fundamental." 

Through  a  grant  from  the  National  Home  Library 
Foundation,  RIF  conducted  a  nationwide  campaign  to 
promote  recreational  reading,  which  culminated  in  a 
drawing  for  a  National  RIF  Reader.  Mrs.  Bush,  Mrs. 
Lynda  Johnson  Robb,  RIF  board  member,  and  Smithso- 
nian Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  were  among  those 
who  drew  the  names  of  the  winner  and  runners-up  at  a 
ceremony  in  the  Smithsonian  Castle  Building.  The 
National  RIF  Reader  won  a  trip  to  Washington,  D.C., 
during  RIF  Week  and  a  library  of  books  donated  by  pub- 
lishers. It  was  estimated  that  during  the  two-week  cam- 
paign more  than  a  million  youngsters  had  read  a  total  of 
285  years,  four  months,  and  twenty-one  days. 


176 


On  the  opening  day  of  the  American  Booksellers  Associ- 
ation convention  in  San  Francisco  last  May,  B.  Dalton 
Bookseller  and  Penguin  Books  cosponsored  a  gala  RIF 
book  distribution  for  some  six  hundred  children  and  their 
four  hundred  parents.  Youngsters  were  entertained  by  Jim 
Davis,  who  drew  pictures  of  his  famous  cat  Garfield,  and 
parents  attended  a  workshop  featuring  Jim  Trelease, 
author  of  The  Read-Aloud  Handbook. 

In  1985,  the  New  York-based  advertising  agency  the  Al 
Paul  Lefton  Company  scripted,  directed,  and  filmed  a 
series  of  RIF  public  service  announcements  (PSAs),  featur- 
ing the  talents  of  Michael  Warren  and  Charles  Haid  (better 
known  as  Hill  and  Renko  on  NBC  TV's  "Hill  Street 
Blues").  Both  agency  and  actors  volunteered  their  time  to 
RIF.  Since  RIF  was  approved  by  the  Advertising  Council  as 
a  public  service  organization  fourteen  years  ago,  more 
than  $35  million  worth  of  free  time  on  radio  and  television 
stations  and  in  print  media  has  been  donated  to  RIF. 

Of  special  note  are  the  many  ways  corporations,  foun- 
dations, and  publishers  have  found  to  benefit  RIF.  A  man- 
ufacturer of  children's  clothing,  General  Sportswear,  for 
example,  arranged  to  donate  twenty-five  cents  to  RIF  for 
each  entry  in  a  children's  modeling  contest.  Waldenbooks 
held  a  golf  and  tennis  RIF  benefit  in  which  144  golfers  and 
64  tennis  players,  all  from  the  publishing  community,  par- 
ticipated. In  1985,  New  York  Life  Foundation  established  a 
grant  to  bring  books  to  some  9,000  Native  American 
young  people  in  nine  states,  many  in  economically 
depressed  areas.  And  New  American  Library  (NAL),  to 
mark  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  its  Signet  Classic 
imprint,  earmarked  one  cent  to  RIF  for  each  Signet  Classic 
sold  in  1984  and  encouraged  retailers  to  do  the  same  by 
agreeing  to  match  each  penny  donated  with  an  additional 
penny. 


Summary 


Mrs.  Hosni  Mubarak,  wife  of  the  president  of  Egypt,  talks  with 
children  about  books  during  a  RIF  distribution  in  southeast 
Washington,  D.C.  (Photograph  by  Rick  Reinhard) 


books  that  are  interesting  to  them."  The  NIE  report 
emphasizes  books  in  the  home,  parental  involvement,  and 
reading  often,  and  for  pleasure. 

Public  demand  for  the  RIF  program  has  never  been 
greater.  In  the  last  year  RIF  has  been  forced  to  turn  away 
more  than  one  thousand  groups  for  lack  of  book  funds.  A 
key  priority  for  the  coming  year  will  be  to  expand  RIF's 
outreach  and  to  devise  ways  to  assure  that  America's  chil- 
dren grow  up  reading. 


Today  we  are  witnessing  a  rise  in  both  illiteracy  and  ali- 
teracy  (the  disinclination  to  read  by  those  who  have  the 
skill).  But  the  increase  in  bookless  homes  foreseen  in 
George  Orwell's  1984  can  be  averted.  Through  RIF,  young- 
sters have  ready  access  to  a  variety  of  books  and  parents 
are  becoming  involved  in  their  children's  reading. 

A  recent  report  on  reading  issued  by  a  National  Institute 
of  Education  (NIE)  commission  draws  many  conclusions 
that  corroborate  the  effectiveness  of  RIF's  method  of 
encouraging  reading.  The  commission  states  that  "Read- 
ing itself  is  fun  ...  An  essential  step  in  reaching  that  goal 
(of  literacy)  is  to  provide  children  with  ready  access  to 


177 


Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars 

James  H.  Billington,  Director 


The  Wilson  Center — with  the  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Per- 
forming Arts  and  the  National  Gallery  of  Art — is  one  of 
three  institutions  with  mixed  trust  /public  funding  created 
by  the  Congress  within  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  fulfilling  a  national  mission  under  a 
board  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  United  States.  The 
Wilson  Center  is  an  active  workshop  and  switchboard  for 
scholarship  at  the  highest  levels.  Since  its  opening  fifteen 
years  ago  this  fall,  it  has  gained  widespread  recognition  for 
the  work  of  its  fellows  in  mining  the  scholarly  riches  of 
Washington,  for  its  many  meetings  that  bring  together  the 
world  of  affairs  and  the  world  of  ideas,  and  for  its  demo- 
cratic openness  to  all  comers  through  its  annual  fellowship 
competition. 

Each  year,  some  fifty  fellows  are  brought  in  through 
open  international  competition  involving  ever-increasing 
numbers  of  applicants  from  a  wide  range  of  backgrounds, 
disciplines,  cultures,  and  nations.  A  broad  spectrum  of 
ideas  is,  in  turn,  shared  with  a  nonspecialized  national 
audience  through  The  Wilson  Quarterly,  which  has  more 
subscribers  than  any  other  scholarly  quarterly  journal  in 
the  English-speaking  world. 

The  Wilson  Center  seeks  to  render  a  service  to  the  world 
and  to  the  Washington,  D.C.,  community  by  throwing 
open  its  core  fellowship  program  to  all  interested  individ- 
uals. Fellows  are  selected  for  the  promise,  importance,  and 
appropriateness  of  their  projects  on  the  recommendation 
of  broadly  based  academic  panels  outside  the  center.  The 
fellows  come  for  limited  periods  of  study  in  the  broadly 
inclusive  program  on  History,  Culture,  and  Society,  as  well 
as  in  special  programs  for  research  on  Russia  and  the 
Soviet  Union  (the  Kennan  Institute  for  Advanced  Russian 
Studies),  Latin  America,  international  security,  Asia, 
American  society  and  politics,  Eastern  Europe,  and  West- 
ern Europe.  Each  program  is  directed  by  a  scholar  on  the 
staff. 

In  keeping  with  its  mandate  to  symbolize  and  strengthen 
the  fruitful  relations  between  the  worlds  of  learning  and 
public  affairs,  the  center  sponsors  conferences  and  semi- 
nars on  topics  of  special  current  interest  to  both  worlds.  In 
1985  it  brought  together  scholars  from  diverse  disciplines, 
members  of  Congress,  representatives  of  the  executive 
branch,  businessmen,  journalists,  military  experts,  writ- 
ers, politicians,  educators,  and  diplomats  to  consider  a 
variety  of  issues,  examine  current  questions,  celebrate 
major  events,  and  participate  in  evaluative  discussions. 

Increasingly,  people  from  different  regions  of  the  United 
States  meet  and  interact  with  foreign  scholars  and  mem- 
bers of  Washington's  growing  intellectual  community. 
From  late  September  1984  to  May  1985,  the  center  spon- 

178 


sored  five  major  conferences  in  cooperation  with  the 
Ditchley  Foundations  of  the  United  Kingdom  on  "The 
United  States,  Britain,  and  Europe:  Changed  Relation- 
ships in  a  Changing  World."  Alternating  venue  between 
The  Wilson  Center  and  Ditchley  Park,  outside  Oxford, 
conferees  examined  such  issues  as  the  Anglo-American 
alliance  since  1945,  decolonization  and  independence  in  the 
Third  World,  the  future  of  East-West  relations,  strategic 
interests  and  arms  control,  and  transatlantic  approaches  to 
world  economic  problems. 

Participants  in  the  Ditchley /Wilson  Center  series 
included  Lord  Beloff,  professor  of  government  and  public 
administration  emeritus  at  Oxford  University;  Roger 
Louis,  professor  of  English  history  and  culture  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Texas  at  Austin;  Lord  Saint  Brides,  former  Brit- 
ish High  Commissioner  in  Pakistan  and  India;  Sir  Harold 
Beeley,  former  assistant  undersecretary  in  the  British  For- 
eign and  Commonwealth  Office;  Roderick  MacFarquhar, 
professer  of  Chinese  studies  at  Harvard  and  a  former  fel- 
low of  The  Wilson  Center;  A. P.  Thornton,  professor  of 
history  at  the  University  of  Toronto;  Robert  Rotberg,  pro- 
fessor of  political  science  and  history  at  MIT;  Prosser  Gif- 
ford,  deputy  director  of  The  Wilson  Center;  George  C. 
McGhee,  former  ambassador  of  the  United  States  to  the 
Federal  Republic  of  Germany;  Robert  F.  Goheen,  former 
ambassador  of  the  United  States  to  India;  Sir  Michael  Pal- 
liser,  former  permanent  undersecretary  of  state  in  the  Brit- 
ish Foreign  and  Commonwealth  Office;  Elliot  Richardson, 
senior  resident  partner  at  Milbank,  Tweed,  Hadley  and 
McCloy;  Sir  James  Eberle,  director  of  the  Royal  Institute 
of  International  Affairs;  Richard  Gardner,  professor  of  law 
and  international  organizations  at  Columbia  University 
Law  School;  Sidney  Jones,  undersecretary  of  commerce  for 
economic  policy;  and  David  Reynolds,  director  of  studies 
in  history  at  Christ's  College,  Cambridge  University. 

The  center's  Kennan  Institute  sponsored  a  dinner  March 
6  for  a  delegation  from  the  Supreme  Soviet  of  the  USSR, 
which  was  on  a  visit  to  the  United  States  after  a  similar 
delegation  from  the  U.S.  Congress  had  traveled  to  the 
Soviet  Union.  Joining  members  of  the  delegation,  headed 
by  Politburo  member  Vladimir  V.  Scherbitsky,  was  a  con- 
gressional contingent  that  included  Representatives 
Thomas  Downey,  Thomas  S.  Foley,  Richard  Gephardt, 
David  Obey,  Timothy  Wirth,  Henry  Waxman,  and  Sidney 
Yates.  Among  other  participants  at  the  dinner  were  George 
F.  Kennan,  former  ambassador  of  the  United  States  to  the 
USSR;  Anatoly  Dobrynin,  ambassador  of  the  USSR  to  the 
United  States;  David  Hamburg,  president  of  the  Carnegie 
Corporation;  Donald  M.  Kendall,  president  of  PepsiCo 
Inc.;  and  Ted  Turner,  president  of  Turner  Broadcasting. 


Elliot  Richardson,  former  ambassador  and  Wilson  Center  fel- 
low, presides  at  the  concluding  session  of  a  conference  at  the 
Wilson  Center  on  "The  United  States,  Britain,  and  Europe: 
Changed  Relationships  in  a  Changing  World."  To  his  left  is  Pros- 
ser  Gifford,  Wilson  Center  deputy  director;  to  his  right,  Richard 
Portes,  professor  of  economics  at  the  University  of  London. 


In  cooperation  with  the  National  Organization  on  Dis- 
ability, The  Wilson  Center  sponsored  a  mid-September 
meeting  with  U.N.  Secretary-General  Javier  Perez  de  Cuel- 
lar,  who  expressed  the  hope  that  the  world  in  the  year 
2000  would  show  "universal  respect"  for  the  disabled, 
would  put  their  skills  and  talents  to  good  use,  and  would 
"substantially  reduce"  the  causes  of  disability  that  are 
"subject  to  human  control."  Others  who  spoke  that  after- 
noon were  Margaret  Heckler,  secretary  of  health  and 
human  services  and  a  member  of  the  Wilson  Center  board; 
Frederick  Robbins,  president  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Medicine;  Karl  Deutsch,  professor  of  international  peace 
at  Harvard;  pollster  George  Gallup;  Alan  Reich,  president 
of  the  National  Organization  on  Disability;  James 
Roosevelt,  Jr. ,  of  the  Warm  Springs  Foundation;  and  Mar- 
cela  Perez  de  Cuellar,  honorary  chairperson  of  the  World 
Committee  for  the  U.N.  Decade  of  Disabled  Persons. 

Culminating  the  fiscal  year  was  a  three-day  conference 
on  "Spain  in  the  1980s:  The  Domestic  Transition  and  a 
Changing  International  Role."  Cosponsored  by  the  Insti- 
tute de  Cooperacion  Iberoamericano  of  Madrid  and  the 
Wilson  Center's  West  European  Program,  the  event  exam- 
ined the  significance  of  Spain's  decade-long  transition  to 
parliamentary  democracy.  Not  only  is  Spain  seeking  a  big- 
ger role  in  the  European  and  North  Atlantic  communities 


of  nations,  but  states  in  Latin  America  and  elsewhere  are 
beginning  to  take  a  hard  look  at  the  Spanish  record  for 
clues  to  effecting  such  a  transition.  Among  the  participants 
and  discussants  were  William  J.  Bennett,  U.S.  secretary  of 
education;  John  Brademas,  president  of  New  York  Univer- 
sity; Raymond  Carr,  warden  of  St.  Antony's  College, 
Oxford  University;  Filipe  Gonzalez,  prime  minister  of 
Spain;  Richard  Lugar,  chairman  of  the  U.S.  Senate  Com- 
mittee on  Foreign  Relations;  Jose  Maria  Maravall,  Spain's 
minister  of  education  and  science;  Carlos  Andres  Perez, 
former  president  of  Venezuela;  Arturo  Rivera  y  Damas, 
archbishop  of  San  Salvador;  Jose  Pedro  Perez  Llorca, 
former  foreign  minister  of  Spain;  and  Xavier  Rubert  de 
Ventos,  a  member  of  the  Spanish  Congress  of  Deputies. 

In  addition  to  these  large  conferences  and  major  events 
in  1985,  the  center  sponsored  a  number  of  more  informal 
discussions  that  brought  together  statesmen  and  scholars. 
At  one  such  meeting  in  early  May,  Saburo  Okita,  a  former 
Wilson  Center  fellow  and  former  foreign  minister  of 
Japan,  discussed  U.S. -Japanese  relations  in  light  of  new 
measures  by  the  Japanese  government  to  ease  access  to  for- 
eign goods. 

The  center's  fellows  continued  to  come  from  all  over  the 
world,  from  many  disciplines,  and  from  many  areas  of  the 
United  States.  Among  its  1985  fellows  were  Lawrence 
Lipking,  professor  of  humanities  at  Northwestern;  Claude 
Ake,  dean  of  social  sciences  at  the  University  of  Port  Har- 
court  in  Nigeria;  Jacquelyn  Hall,  director  of  the  Southern 
Oral  History  Program  at  the  University  of  North  Carolina 
at  Chapel  Hill;  Indian  columnist  and  author  Rajmohan 
Gandhi;  Istvan  Deak,  professor  of  history  at  Columbia; 
Rashid  Khalidi,  associate  professor  of  political  science  at 
the  American  University  of  Beirut;  Bohdan  Bociurkiw, 
professor  of  political  science  at  Carleton  University  in 
Ottawa;  and  Gerhard  Wettig,  deputy  head  of  foreign  pol- 
icy research  at  the  Federal  Institute  for  Eastern  and  Inter- 
national Affairs  in  Cologne. 

The  result  of  this  broad  and  heterogeneous  mix  of  fel- 
lows is  an  intellectual  life  greater  than  the  sum  of  its  parts: 
the  collegial  atmosphere  provides  an  opportunity  for 
learning  and  communication  that  transcends  national  and 
academic  boundaries  for  the  benefit  of  all. 


179 


The  John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts 


Roger  L.  Stevens,  Chairman 


The  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts, 
organized  by  an  Act  of  Congress  in  1958  as  a  self- 
sustaining  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  both  a 
presidential  memorial  under  the  aegis  of  the  Department 
of  the  Interior  and  a  performing  arts  center  directed  by  a 
board  of  trustees  whose  citizen  members  are  appointed  by 
the  President  of  the  United  States.  Six  congressional  repre- 
sentatives and  nine  designated  ex-officio  representatives  of 
the  executive  branch  complete  the  membership  of  forty- 
five.  This  annual  report  of  the  Kennedy  Center's  activities 
encompasses  all  the  programming  presented  in  its  five  the- 
aters. 

Unlike  many  regional  performing  arts  centers,  the  Ken- 
nedy Center,  as  the  national  cultural  center,  is  specifically 
directed  by  its  authorizing  legislation  to  develop  and 
present  a  broad  array  of  performing  arts  programming, 
including  theater,  music,  opera,  ballet,  and  dance.  The 
Kennedy  Center  must  also  sponsor  educational  and  public 
service  activities  in  Washington  and  across  the  country  in 
order  to  provide  the  broadest  possible  public  access.  The 
Kennedy  Center  annually  seeks  millions  of  dollars  in  pri- 
vate contributions  in  order  to  meet  its  performing  arts  pro- 
gramming goals  since  no  direct  federal  appropriations  are 
provided  to  fulfill  this  congressional  mandate.  This  year, 
however,  an  endowment  campaign  has  been  launched  in 
order  to  financially  secure  the  center's  future.  The  endow- 
ment will  make  possible  longer-range  artistic  program- 
ming to  help  ensure  the  high  quality  of  that  programming. 

The  Kennedy  Center's  commitment  to  creating  and  pre- 
senting outstanding  productions  and  the  world's  finest  art- 
ists resulted  in  many  programs  of  great  distinction  this 
year.  The  Royal  Shakespeare  Company  performed  Much 
Ado  About  Nothing  and  Cyrano  de  Bergerac  in  the  Opera 
House.  Major  ballet  premieres  were  given  by  the  American 
Ballet  Theatre,  the  Joffrey  Ballet,  San  Francisco  Ballet, 
Ballet  West,  and  Dance  Theatre  of  Harlem.  The  American 
National  Theater — jointly  established  last  year  in  its  logi- 
cal home,  the  national  cultural  center,  by  the  Kennedy 
Center  and  the  American  National  Theater  and 
Academy — presented  its  charter  season  in  1985.  It  included 
a  landmark  revival  of  Eugene  O'Neill's  The  Iceman  Com- 
eth and  a  monumental  production  of  the  rarely  staged  epic 
The  Count  of  Monte  Cristo.  And,  with  the  AT&T  Per- 
forming Arts  Festival  at  the  Kennedy  Center,  AT&T  broke 
new  ground  in  the  field  of  corporate  support  of  the  arts 
when  it  sponsored  American  National  Theater's  "Chicago 
Season" — four  plays  from  the  Wisdom  Bridge  and  Step- 
penwolf  theaters,  two  of  which  were  free  to  the  public. 


180 


Performing  Arts  Programming 

The  1984-85  season  at  Kennedy  Center  was  attended  by 
1,189,185  people  in  the  Opera  House,  Concert  Hall, 
Eisenhower,  and  Terrace  theaters.  Programming  highlights 
are  described  in  the  sections  that  follow. 


Drama  and  Musical  Theater 

The  theatrical  season  at  the  Kennedy  Center  illustrated  the 
vitality  and  excellence  of  theater  all  across  America  and 
around  the  world. 

On  the  international  level,  Great  Britain's  Royal  Shake- 
speare Company  presented  two  glorious  productions  in 
repertory  in  the  Opera  House — Shakespeare's  Much  Ado 
About  Nothing  and  Rostand's  Cyrano  de  Bergerac,  both 
starring  Derek  Jacobi  and  Sinead  Cusack.  From  Japan,  the 
monumental  Grand  Kabuki  brought  the  largest  troupe 
ever  to  perform  in  America — ninety-one  actors,  including 
two  Living  National  Treasures — to  perform  several  classics 
of  the  Japanese  stage.  As  part  of  the  National  Festival  of 
India,  a  week  of  "The  India  Festival  of  Music  and  Dance" 
presented  that  country's  foremost  dances  and  musicians  on 
the  Eisenhower  Theater  stage.  And  under  the  direction  of 
Peter  Sellars,  the  American  National  Theater  (ANT)  began 
to  fulfill  its  goal  of  presenting  the  outstanding  work  of 
leading  foreign  companies  by  importing  the  Suzuki  Com- 
pany of  Toga,  Japan,  and  its  version  of  Euripides'  The  Tro- 
jan Women. 

During  its  charter  season,  ANT  also  produced  three 
original,  full-scale  productions  in  the  Eisenhower 
Theater — Shakespeare's  Henry  IV,  Part  I,  James  O'Neill's 
The  Count  of  Monte  Cristo,  and  Eugene  O'Neill's  The  Ice- 
man Cometh. 

Two  of  the  nation's  busiest  regional  theater  centers  were 
well  represented  at  the  Kennedy  Center.  The  American 
National  Theater,  with  the  support  of  AT&T,  brought  two 
outstanding  Chicago-based  theater  companies:  the  Step- 
penwolf  Company  presented  Lynn  Seifert's  Coyote  Ugly 
and  gave  free  performances  of  David  Rabe's  Streamers, 
while  the  Wisdom  Bridge  Theater  performed  Shozo  Sato's 
Kabuki  Medea  and  free  performances  of  Robert  Falls'  In 
the  Belly  of  the  Beast.  New  England's  Goodspeed  Opera 
House  presented  the  heartwarming  musical  Take  Me 
Along  in  the  Eisenhower  Theater. 

Broadway  and  Off-Broadway  also  contributed  to  the 
Center's  theatrical  life  with  performances  of  the  hit  musi- 
cal My  One  and  Only,  a  presentation  that  broke  box-office 
records  for  a  musical  at  the  Kennedy  Center;  Hal 


Holbrook's  enduring  one-man  show,  Mark  Twain, 
Tonight!;  a  revival  of  the  classic  musical,  West  Side  Story; 
and  the  New  York  Shakespeare  Festival  production  of  Vic- 
tor Rozov's  contemporary  Soviet  comedy,  The  Nest  of  the 
Wood  Grouse. 

The  list  of  outstanding  performers  who  participated  in 
this  diverse  season  included  Jason  Robards,  Barnard 
Hughes,  Donald  Moffat,  Richard  Thomas,  Roscoe  Lee 
Browne,  Zakes  Mokae,  Pattie  LuPone,  John  McMartin, 
Sandy  Duncan,  Tommy  Tune,  Rex  Smith,  Eli  Wallach,  and 
Anne  Jackson. 


Dance 

The  1984-85  ballet  season  at  the  Kennedy  Center  saw  sev- 
eral important  premieres  and  debuts  take  place. 

The  San  Francisco  Ballet,  the  oldest  professional  ballet 
company  in  the  United  States,  made  its  Kennedy  Center 
debut  with  two  repertory  programs  which  included  the 
East  Coast  premieres  of  the  epic  A  Song  for  Dead  Warriors 
and  the  joyous  To  the  Beatles. 

This  season  was  unusually  fruitful  in  the  number  of  new 
productions  of  full-length  ballets.  Both  the  Joffrey  Ballet 
and  American  Ballet  Theatre  premiered  their  major  full- 
length  productions  of  Romeo  and  Juliet  during  their  Opera 
House  engagements.  The  Dance  Theatre  of  Harlem,  spon- 
sored by  the  Washington  Performing  Arts  Society,  gave  the 
Washington  premiere  of  its  new  Giselle,  set  in  the  Louisi- 
ana Bayou,  while  Ballet  West  performed  for  the  first  time 
on  the  East  Coast  its  historic  reconstruction  of  August 
Bournonville's  exotic  Abdallah — a  work  thought  to  be  lost 
for  more  than  300  years. 

Dance  America,  sponsored  jointly  by  the  Washington 
Performing  Art  Society  and  the  Kennedy  Center,  brought 
back  three  of  the  nation's  most  important  modern  dance 
ensembles — Crowsnest,  the  Paul  Taylor  Dance  Company, 
and  Elisa  Monte  Dance  Company.  Meanwhile,  the  fiery 
Maria  Benitez  Dance  Company  and  Poland's  internation- 
ally acclaimed  Mazowze  provided  extraordinary  evenings 
of  folk  and  ethnic  dancing. 

And,  once  again,  the  Opera  House  stage  was  covered  in 
ice  as  the  astonishing  John  Curry  Skaters  presented  their 
unique  blend  of  poetic  ballet  choreography  and  champion- 
ship ice  skating  for  three  weeks  in  August. 


musical  events  filled  the  Kennedy  Center  with  exemplary 
performances  the  year  round. 

This  year  marked  the  tricentennials  of  both  George  Fred- 
eric Handel  and  Johann  Sebastian  Bach,  and  many  events 
celebrated  these  historic  occasions.  The  ninth  Kennedy 
Center  Handel  Festival,  for  example,  opened  with  a  gala 
performance  of  Giulio  Cesare.  Subsequent  performances 
included  the  American  premieres  of  the  Occasional  Orato- 
rio and  Alessandro. 

The  popularity  of  the  Terrace  Concerts  continued  to 
grow  with  several  performances  in  the  1984-85  season 
breaking  box-office  records.  Among  the  season's  high- 
lights were  recitals  and  concerts  by  pianist  Peter  Serkin, 
the  Guarneri  String  Quartet,  violinist  Uto  Ughi,  the  Art 
Ensemble  of  Chicago,  soprano  Edith  Mathis,  and  the 
Brandenburg  Ensemble. 

The  annual  summer  visits  of  the  Saint  Paul  Chamber 
Orchestra  and  Lincoln  Center's  Mostly  Mozart  Festival 
were  made  even  more  appealing  this  year  with  dancing 
and  light  refreshments  on  the  River  Terrace  after  each  per- 
formance. 

The  Friedheim  Awards,  which  recognize  American  com- 
position in  symphonic  and  chamber  music  in  alternating 
years,  awarded  first  prize  for  1984  in  the  category  of 
orchestral  music  to  Edward  Applebaum  for  his  Symphony 
No.  2. 

Other  musical  organizations  returning  for  their  annual 
series  included  the  Chamber  Music  Society  of  Lincoln  Cen- 
ter, Theater  Chamber  Players  of  Kennedy  Center,  and  the 
Young  Concert  Artists. 

The  annual  Holiday  Festival,  noted  for  its  free  events, 
filled  the  theaters  and  the  Grand  Foyer  with  music  and 
dance  throughout  the  season.  "Millennium,"  authentic 
chamber  music  of  the  season  played  on  ancient  and  mod- 
ern instruments,  and  the  "Singing  Christmas  Tree"  of 
young  people  from  Greenville,  South  Carolina,  made  their 
first  appearances. 

The  roster  of  pop  and  country  music  artists  presented  by 
the  Kennedy  Center  in  the  Concert  Hall  this  season 
included  Loretta  Lynn,  Tom  Jones,  the  Pointer  Sisters, 
Johnny  Mathis,  Emmylou  Harris,  and  Victor  Borge. 

Finally,  the  Metropolitan  Opera  presented  seven  grand 
performances  of  six  different  operas  in  as  many  days: 
Lohengrin,  Rigoletto,  Cosifan  tutte,  Simon  Boccanegra, 
La  Boheme,  and  Eugene  Onegin. 


Music 


Kennedy  Center  Affiliates 


A  wealth  of  subscription  series  concerts  and  individual 


Many  performances  given  at  the  Kennedy  Center  are  pro- 

181 


duced  by  one  of  the  Center's  three  resident  affiliates:  the 
American  Film  Institute  (AFI),  which  presents  classic 
films,  independent  features,  foreign  films,  and  contempo- 
rary video  works  in  its  224-seat  theater;  the  National  Sym- 
phony Orchestra  under  the  artistic  direction  of  Mstislav 
Rostropovich;  the  Washington  Opera,  which  this  season 
presented  Puccini's  La  Boheme,  Lehar's  The  Merry 
Widow,  Mozart's  Le  nozze  di  Figaro,  Bellini's  La  sonnam- 
hula,  Rossini's  L'ltaliana  in  Algeri,  Stravinsky's  The  Rake's 
Progress,  and  Menotti's  The  Medium  and  The  Telephone. 
In  addition,  the  Washington  Performing  Arts  Society  pre- 
sented 52  greatly  varied  and  exceptional  performances  dur- 
ing its  nine-month  season. 


Public  Service  Programming 

The  Kennedy  Center  is  specifically  directed  by  Congress  to 
carry  out  a  broad  range  of  educational  and  public  service 
programs.  With  the  exception  of  partial  U.S.  Department 
of  Education  funding  of  three  national  education  pro- 
grams, these  programs  are  supported  by  funds  privately 
raised  by  the  Kennedy  Center  from  individuals,  founda- 
tions, and  corporations.  In  fiscal  year  1985,  S3. 37  million 
was  allocated  from  the  center's  private  contributions  for 
the  support  of  the  national  education  programs,  cultural 
diversity  activities,  and  the  privately  subsidized  presenta- 
tion of  theater,  music,  and  dance,  including  many  free  and 
low-admission  performances  and  events  enjoyed  by  one 
million  people  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  around  the  coun- 
try. 

In  addition,  16,000  people  visited  and  used  the  Perform- 
ing Arts  Library. 


Specially  Priced  Ticket  Program 

Since  it  opened  in  September  1971,  the  Kennedy  Center  has 
maintained  a  Specially  Priced  Ticket  Program  through 
which  tickets  to  Center-produced  and  -presented  attrac- 
tions are  made  available  at  half  price  to  students,  handi- 
capped persons,  senior  citizens  age  sixty-five  and  over, 
low-income  groups,  and  military  personnel  in  grades  E-i 


Derek  Jacobi  in  the  Royal  Shakespeare  Company's  production  of 
Edmond  Rostand's  Cyrano  de  Bergerac  in  the  Kennedy  Center 
Opera  House. 


through  E-4.  The  attendant  costs,  in  terms  of  reduced  rev- 
enue potential  and  administrative  overhead,  are  borne  by 
the  Center  itself  and  are  viewed  as  a  part  of  its  educational 
and  public  service  responsibilities. 

During  the  twelve-month  period  ending  September  30, 
1985,  45,768  tickets  for  attractions  produced  and  presented 
by  the  Center  were  sold  at  half  price.  The  sale  of  these 
tickets  at  full  price  would  have  resulted  in  additional  gross 
income  to  the  Center  of  $419,487.  Independent  producers 
are  also  requested  to  participate  in  the  program  by  making 
a  percentage  of  their  tickets  available  for  sale  at  half  price. 
During  the  same  twelve-month  period,  combined  half- 
price  ticket  sales  totalled  $66,797.  The  sale  of  these  tickets 
at  full  price  would  have  resulted  in  a  total  additional  gross 
income  of  $850,640  to  the  Center  and  the  independent  pro- 
ducers. 

Education  Programming 

As  the  national  cultural  center,  the  Kennedy  Center  has  a 
unique  responsibility  to  advance  all  the  arts  in  the  educa- 
tion of  the  nation's  youth.  To  meet  this  challenge  in  1985, 
the  Kennedy  Center  Education  Program  sponsored  perfor- 
mances and  other  events  that  reached  nearly  4  million  peo- 
ple nationwide  through  three  components:  the  Alliance  for 
Arts  Education,  the  American  College  Theatre  Festival, 
and  Programs  for  Children  and  Youth.  These  programs 
were  supported  in  part  by  a  generous  grant  from  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Education  and  major  private  support  from 
the  Kennedy  Center  Corporate  Fund  as  well  as  individuals, 
foundations,  and  other  corporations.  Each  component 
works  closely  with  Very  Special  Arts  (formerly  the 
National  Committee,  Arts  with  the  Handicapped),  an  edu- 
cational affiliate  of  the  Kennedy  Center. 

Programs  for  Children  and  Youth  (PCY)  is  the  produc- 
tion arm  of  the  Education  Program,  providing  more  than 
150  free  performances  and  events  to  audiences  of  more 
than  60,000  at  Kennedy  Center  in  1985.  Among  these  were 
a  fall  performance  series,  a  Cultural  Diversity  Festival,  and 
IMAGINATION  CELEBRATION,  the  national  children's 
arts  festival  held  at  Kennedy  Center  for  two  weeks  each 
spring. 

Reflecting  the  Center's  commitment  to  development  of 
new  works  for  young  people,  Programs  for  Children  and 
Youth  commissioned  three  new  works  in  1985:  The  Electric 
Dance  Transformer,  a  high-tech  dance  piece  by  the  Ririe/ 
Woodbury  Dance  Company;  Kids  Writes  in  the  Nation's 
Capital,  based  on  the  writing  of  some  2,000  Washington, 
D.C.,  children;  and  Lady  Liberty,  a  musical  play  by 
Theatreworks/USA,  celebrating  the  centennial  of  the 

183 


Statue  of  Liberty.  PCY  also  provided  drama  classes  for 
young  people  and  workshops  in  technical  and  musical  the- 
ater. 

The  Alliance  for  Arts  Education  (AAE)  is  a  national  net- 
work of  fifty-three  committees  in  the  states  and  special 
jurisdictions  that  develops  and  promotes  the  arts  in  the 
nation's  educational  systems.  It  also  recognizes  exemplary 
programs,  students,  and  educators  for  their  efforts  in  the 
arts  and  education.  For  instance,  eight  arts  educators  were 
awarded  Summer  Fellowships  for  Teachers  of  the  Arts, 
which  brought  them  to  Kennedy  Center  for  three  weeks  to 
work  on  an  artistic  project  of  their  own  design.  A  total  of 
thirty-two  school  principals  and  superintendents  were 
cited  for  fostering  the  arts  in  their  schools  and  school  dis- 
tricts. AAE  also  coproduced,  along  with  the  Presidential 
Scholars  Commission  and  the  National  Foundation  for 
Advancement  in  the  Arts,  the  presentation  of  twenty  Presi- 
dential Scholars  in  the  Arts  in  a  performance  in  the  Con- 
cert Hall.  The  Kennedy  Center  Award  for  Excellence, 
which  recognizes  an  acclaimed  artist  for  contributions  to 
the  arts  and  to  young  people,  was  given  by  AAE  in  1985  to 
Burl  Ives,  who  now  serves  as  its  National  Spokesperson 
for  the  Arts  in  Education.  The  award  has  been  renamed 
the  Frances  Holleman  Breathitt  Award  for  Excellence  in 
recognition  of  the  many  contributions  to  arts  education  of 
the  late  Kennedy  Center  trustee  and  Education  Committee 
chairperson.  AAE  also  sponsored  national  Town  Meet- 
ings, regional  and  state  conferences,  and  published  Inter- 
change, a  newsletter  that  reaches  nearly  6,000  people 
across  the  nation. 

Outreach  IMAGINATION  CELEBRATION  festivals, 
now  presented  through  AAE,  in  1985  welcomed  the  partic- 
ipation of  nearly  320,000  young  people,  families,  and 
teachers  in  festivals  at  twenty-one  sites  in  eleven  states  and 
the  District  of  Columbia.  Festivals  were  held  for  the  first 
time  in  Kansas  City,  Missouri,  in  Winston-Salem,  North 
Carolina,  and  in  Louisville,  Kentucky. 

For  the  seventeenth  year,  the  American  College  Theatre 
Festival  ( ACTF)  combined  the  efforts  of  theater  educators 
and  theater  professionals  to  provide  a  national  showcase 
for  college  theater.  More  than  12,000  students  and  2,000 
faculty  members  from  nearly  400  schools  participated  in 
1985.  A  record  572  college  theater  productions  were 
entered  and  evaluated  at  local  levels;  nearly  sixty  were 
selected  for  twelve  regional  festivals.  Six  finalists  were 
brought  to  Washington  for  the  national  festival  at  Kennedy 
Center.  They  were  Sweeney  Todd,  California  State  Univer- 
sity, Los  Angeles;  Bruinbaha,  University  of  California,  Los 
Angeles;  Excursion  Fare,  University  of  Oregon,  Eugene; 
How  I  Got  That  Story,  Virginia  Tech,  Blacksburg;  What  1 


Did  Last  Summer,  University  of  Tulsa;  and  Hiawatha, 
University  of  Richmond.  Audiences  for  all  productions 
entered  in  ACTF  XVII  totaled  more  than  1  million. 

ACTF  also  cosponsored  numerous  awards  programs  in 
playwriting,  design,  criticism,  acting,  and  theater  adminis- 
tration. It  cosponsored  for  the  eighth  year  the  Shenandoah 
Valley  Playwrights  Retreat  in  Verona,  Virginia,  and 
selected  nine  college  seniors  for  a  career  development  sym- 
posium that  culminated  in  showcases  for  producers  and 
casting  agents  in  Washington  and  New  York. 

ACTF  is  produced  by  the  Kennedy  Center  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  University  and  College  Theatre  Association, 
a  division  of  the  American  Theatre  Association. 

All  components  of  the  Kennedy  Center  Education  Pro- 
gram are  supported  individually  by  an  Educational  Serv- 
ices division,  which  uses  the  performing  arts  resources  at 
Kennedy  Center  as  the  basis  for  workshops  and  other  edu- 
cational formats  and  events  for  teachers,  parents,  and  the 
general  public.  In  1985  approximately  2,000  teachers  and 
more  than  4,000  high  school  students  were  direct  partici- 
pants in  these  programs. 


Funding 

Completed  in  1971  at  a  cost  of  $85  million,  approximately 
half  of  which  was  contributed  by  the  government  and  the 
rest  by  the  private  sector,  the  Kennedy  Center  is  unique  in 
its  operation  as  both  a  performing  arts  center  and  a  presi- 
dential memorial.  The  National  Park  Service  provides  for 
the  operating  costs  of  the  presidential  memorial  aspects  of 
the  building;  the  performing  arts  center  is  charged  a  pro- 
rata share  totaling  more  than  $1  million  annually.  Mean- 
while, the  Kennedy  Center  is  wholly  responsible  for  the 
cost  of  maintaining  and  improving  its  theater,  backstage, 
and  office  facilities. 

Artistic  programming  at  the  Kennedy  Center  and  its 
day-to-day  performing  arts  operations  have  been  almost 
entirely  privately  supported.  In  addition  to  supporting  the 
performing  arts  which  fill  its  five  houses,  the  Center  also 
makes  possible  a  wide  range  of  education  and  public  serv- 
ice activities  for  which  it  raises  private  funds.  Since  the 
Center's  opening  in  1971,  foundations,  corporations,  and 
individuals  have  contributed  more  than  $38  million  for 
these  purposes.  The  nation's  business  community  has 
played  an  important  part  in  this  effort  through  the  Corpo- 
rate Fund  established  in  1977  by  a  group  of  dedicated  busi- 
ness leaders.  Under  the  leadership  of  Corporate  Fund 
Chairman  John  F.  Welch,  Jr.,  chairman  of  the  General 
Electric  Company,  the  1985  Corporate  Fund  contributed 


184 


more  than  $2.24  million  from  nearly  300  corporations. 

In  recent  years,  less  than  3  percent  of  the  annual  operat- 
ing budget  of  the  Kennedy  Center  has  been  from  federal 
sources  and  most  of  these  funds  have  been  received  from 
the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  for  the  Center's  educa- 
tion programs. 

In  1985  the  Kennedy  Center  received  a  $1  million  chal- 
lenge grant  from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts 
(NEA)  to  help  establish  an  endowment  for  the  Kennedy 
Center.  This  is  the  first  major  grant  the  Center  has  received 
from  the  NEA,  and  it  must  be  matched  three  to  one  with 
private  funds.  This  grant  will  be  used  for  an  endowment  to 
help  support  the  Center's  programs. 


Kennedy  Center  Honors 

The  Kennedy  Center  Honors  were  first  awarded  by  the 
board  of  trustees  in  1978  to  recognize  the  contributions  to 
the  cultural  life  of  our  nation  by  its  finest  performing  art- 
ists. An  annual  event,  the  Honors  Gala  is  the  center's  most 
important  fundraising  benefit;  the  1984  gala  raised  just 
under  $1  million  in  net  proceeds  to  support  Kennedy  Cen- 
ter programming.  The  1984  honorees  were  Lena  Home, 
Danny  Kaye,  Gian  Carlo  Menotti,  Arthur  Miller,  and 
Isaac  Stern.  Preceding  the  1984  Honors  Gala  in  the  Opera 
House  was  a  reception  at  the  White  House,  hosted  by 
President  and  Mrs.  Ronald  Reagan.  Among  the  per- 
formers who  participated  in  the  evening's  tributes,  later 
broadcast  to  more  than  25  million  viewers  by  CBS  as  a  hol- 
iday season  special  sponsored  solely  by  General  Motors, 
were  Debbie  Allen,  Lillian  Gish,  Karl  Maiden,  Itzhak 
Perlman,  Roberta  Peters,  Carl  Reiner,  Julius  Rudel, 
George  Segal,  Eli  Wallach,  and  Dionne  Warwick. 


by  Friends  revenues  included  the  Specially  Priced  Ticket 
Program,  the  American  College  Theatre  Festival,  the 
IMAGINATION  CELEBRATION  festivals  for  children, 
and  free  organ  concerts  for  the  public.  The  volunteer  force 
staffed  the  Friends'  gift  shops,  provided  special  assistance 
to  handicapped  visitors,  administered  the  Specially  Priced 
Ticket  Program,  and  conducted  free  tours  of  the  Center. 
In  May  1985,  the  first  official  Friends  chapter  outside 
Washington,  D.C.,  was  established  in  Dallas,  Texas. 


Board  of  Trustees 

The  Kennedy  Center  is  independently  administered  as  a 
bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  a  board  of  trust- 
ees, thirty  of  whose  members  are  citizens  appointed  by  the 
President  of  the  United  States  for  ten-year  overlapping 
terms.  The  remaining  fifteen  members  are  legislatively  des- 
ignated ex  officio  representatives  of  the  legislative  and 
executive  branches  of  the  federal  government. 


The  President's  Advisory  Committee  on  the  Arts 

Established  by  the  1958  Act  of  Congress  that  created  the 
National  Cultural  Center,  the  fifty-one-member  President's 
Advisory  Committee  on  the  Arts  is  appointed  by  the  Presi- 
dent of  the  United  States  to  serve  during  his  term  of  office. 
Its  objectives  are  to  support  and  promote  the  Kennedy 
Center.  Representing  membership  from  forty-nine  states, 
the  committee  during  the  past  year  attended  four  meetings 
at  the  Center;  its  members  concentrated  their  efforts  on 
private  fundraising  and  national  outreach  programs. 


Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center 

The  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center  is  a  nationwide  organi- 
zation of  volunteers  and  donor  members  founded  in  1966 
to  raise  grassroots  support  for  the  building  of  a  national 
cultural  center.  Today,  the  organization  consists  of  27,000 
donor  members  and  450  volunteers. 

Revenues  from  the  Friends  membership  program,  gift 
shops,  and  fundraising  events  help  to  support  a  number  of 
national  and  community  outreach  projects.  In  June  1985, 
for  instance,  the  Friends  organization  sponsored  the  first 
Kennedy  Center  open  house,  a  day-long  festival  of  free 
performances  and  activities  that  drew  crowds  of  more  than 
50,000.  Other  public  service  programs  supported  in  part 


185 


National  Gallery  of  Art 

J.  Carter  Brown,  Director 


The  National  Gallery  of  Art,  although  formally  estab- 
lished as  a  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  an 
autonomous  and  separately  administered  organization.  It 
is  governed  by  its  own  board  of  trustees,  the  ex  officio 
members  of  which  are  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  United 
States,  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury, 
and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  In  May, 
the  general  trustees  accepted  with  regret  Paul  Mellon's 
decision  to  retire  from  the  board.  Franklin  D.  Murphy  was 
elected  chairman  of  the  board,  with  John  R.  Stevenson 
and  Carlisle  H.  Humelsine  continuing  to  serve  as  president 
and  vice-president,  respectively.  Ruth  Carter  Stevenson 
continues  to  serve  as  a  general  trustee.  Robert  H.  Smith, 
president  of  the  Charles  E.  Smith  Construction  Company, 
was  elected  to  fill  the  vacancy  caused  by  Mr.  Mellon's 
retirement. 

During  the  year,  visitors  entering  both  of  the  National 
Gallery's  buildings  numbered  5,079,858.  Distingushed  visi- 
tors included  the  Vice  President  and  Mrs.  Bush,  India's 
Prime  Minister  and  Mrs.  Rajiv  Gandhi,  Queen  Noor  of 
Jordan,  and  the  Prime  Minister  of  Turkey. 

Eight  new  galleries  were  opened  on  the  main  floor  of  the 
Gallery  to  display  seventy-five  large  fourteenth- 
seventeenth-century  Italian  sculptures,  some  of  which  have 
been  off  exhibition  for  several  years.  For  the  first  time 
since  1971,  the  finest  and  richest  collection  of  Italian 
Renaissance  sculpture  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  is  now 
fully  on  display,  with  almost  a  thousand  objects  on  perma- 
nent exhibition. 

A  number  of  changes  in  the  programs  offered  by  the 
education  division  underlined  the  Gallery's  policy  of  offer- 
ing quality  service  to  the  largest  audience  possible.  The 
information  unit  of  the  new  department  of  public  pro- 
grams has  increased  its  staff  many  times  by  the  recruitment 
of  approximately  eighty  volunteers  from  the  metropolitan 
area  to  staff  the  three  information  desks.  The  interpreta- 
tion unit,  consisting  of  fifteen  staff  lecturers,  has  revised 
and  augmented  the  range  of  programs  available  to  the  visi- 
tor. In  addition  to  the  traditional  general  tours  and  special 
subject  tours  and  talks,  the  department  now  offers  lecture 
courses  which  are  given  over  several  weeks  on  particular 
subjects  covered  by  the  Gallery  collections  and  by  the  tem- 
porary exhibitions. 

Two  guides  to  temporary  exhibitions  were  written  for 
children  and  a  new  program  was  developed  for  parents 
and  their  children  on  Saturday  mornings. 

A  week-long  experimental  summer  program  for  area 
children  ages  eleven  to  thirteen  was  developed  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  District  of  Columbia  recreation  department. 
Three  groups  of  fifteen  young  people  met  for  one  hour 


every  morning  with  Gallery  staff  at  their  recreation  cen- 
ters, then  came  to  the  Gallery  for  two  hours  of  various 
activities. 

In  connection  with  the  exhibition  of  contemporary 
printmakers,  Gemini  G.E.L.:  Art  and  Collaboration,  three 
artists,  Robert  Rauschenberg,  Roy  Lichtenstein,  and 
David  Hockney,  were  interviewed  by  prominent  critics  or 
curators  before  standing-room-only  audiences. 

Among  the  thirty-two  guest  speakers  who  gave  lectures 
on  Sunday  afternoons  were  Richard  A.  Wollheim,  1984 
A.W.  Mellon  Lecturer  in  the  Fine  Arts,  who  gave  six  talks 
on  Painting  as  an  Art,  and  James  S.  Ackerman,  1985  A.W. 
Mellon  Lecturer  in  the  Fine  Arts,  who  gave  six  talks  on 
The  Villa  in  History.  Other  speakers  included  Pramod 
Chandra,  Bickford  Professor  of  Indian  and  South  Asian 
Art  at  the  Fogg  Museum  at  Harvard  University;  Wolf- 
Dieter  Dube,  director  of  the  Staatliche  Museen,  Preussis- 
cher  Kulturbisitz,  Berlin;  Agnes  Mongan,  former  director 
of  the  Fogg  Museum;  Konrad  Oberhuber  of  the  Fogg 
Museum;  the  Honorable  Mrs.  Roberts,  curator  of  the 
print  room,  Royal  Library,  Windsor  Castle;  Duncan 
Robinson,  director  of  the  Yale  Center  for  British  Art;  and 
Giles  A.  Waterfield,  director  of  the  Dulwich  Picture  Gal- 
lery in  London. 

The  Gallery's  well-attended  film  program  continued  to 
highlight  not  only  the  temporary  exhibitions,  but  also,  for 
the  fourth  consecutive  year,  the  works  of  a  noted  contem- 
porary filmmaker.  An  eight-part  retrospective  of  the  films 
of  Kenji  Mizoguchi  was  selected  and  introduced  by  Peter 
Brunette,  professor  of  English  and  cinema  at  George 
Mason  University. 

The  availability  of  fifteen  extension  program  films  on 
VHS  and  Beta  format  videocassettes  as  well  as  the  3/4" 
U-Matic  format,  has  contributed  to  a  45  percent  rise  in  the 
use  of  those  programs.  A  further  reason  for  a  35  percent 
increase  over  1984  in  the  total  number  of  extension  pro- 
gram presentations,  to  a  total  of  66,500,  is  a  rise  to  over 
three  hundred  participating  agencies  serving  as  satellite 
distributors  of  the  programs  via  the  Affiliate  Loan  System. 
Reports  from  these  agencies  show  levels  of  program  use 
that  are  almost  double  those  of  fiscal  year  1984. 

Four  outstanding  groups  of  drawings  were  received  as 
gifts — Professor  Julius  Held  added  sixty-nine  old  master 
and  modern  drawings  to  the  fine  collection  he  donated  last 
year;  a  collection  of  five  Winslow  Homer  watercolors  and 
four  major  pastels  and  gouaches  by  Everett  Shinn  was 
bequeathed;  an  extraordinary  selection  of  works  by  Max 
Beckmann,  including  forty-four  sketchbooks  spanning  the 
artist's  entire  working  life,  was  donated  by  his  widow;  and 
a  further  group  of  forty-nine  Beckmann  drawings  from  the 


186 


1920s  through  the  1940s  was  given.  A  generous  gift  of 
funds  made  possible  the  purchase  of  a  large  Constable 
drawing  of  an  elm  tree.  Other  important  purchases  of 
drawings  included  a  number  of  fine  Netherlandish  works 
among  which  are  two  chalk  drawings  by  Henrik  Goltzius 
and  a  landscape  by  Bartholomeus  Breenbergh. 

Print  acquisitions  included  a  fine  impression  of  Jacopo 
de  Barbari's  Mars  and  Venus,  a  rare  artist's  proof  of  a 
Gainsborough  landscape,  and  several  nineteenth-century 
French  prints  by  Corot,  Daubigny,  and  Gauguin. 

Three  major  old  master  paintings  were  acquired,  as  well 
as  two  works  by  major  twentieth-century  artists:  the 
Madonna  and  Child  with  Saint  Elizabeth  and  Saint  John 
the  Baptist,  a  Mannerist  altarpiece  by  sixteenth-century 
Florentine  artist,  Jacopino  del  Conte;  a  major  seventeenth- 
century  Dutch  painting,  Dutch  Ships  in  a  Stormy  Sea  by 
Ludolf  Bakhuysen,  the  first  Dutch  marine  in  the  collec- 
tions; a  sixteenth-century  German  portrait  by  Bavarian 
court  painter  Hans  Muelich;  a  surreal  landscape  by  French 
artist,  Yves  Tanguy;  and  Doric  Circus  by  Robert  Raus- 
chenberg.  Other  twentieth-century  artists  whose  works 
were  acquired  were  painters  Ellsworth  Kelly  and  Jack  Beal 
and  sculptors  Harry  Bertoia  and  Robert  Graham.  A  gift  of 
a  rare  small  plaster  maquette  by  Henry  Moore,  in  superb 
condition  and  one  of  only  two  such  works  by  Moore 
known  to  be  in  American  collections,  was  also  received. 

Of  the  sixteen  temporary  exhibitions  of  works  bor- 
rowed from  outside  lenders,  several  drew  from  outstand- 
ing collections  in  the  United  States  and  abroad.  The 
Albertina  in  Vienna  lent  seventy-five  old  master  drawings 
among  which  were  ten  by  Durer,  including  his  Praying 
Hands.  The  exhibition  was  scheduled  to  coincide  with  the 
bicentennial  of  economic  and  political  relations  between 
Austria  and  the  United  States. 

The  Terra  Museum  of  American  Art  lent  an  exhibition 
of  fifty-three  monotypes  by  Maurice  Prendergast;  fifty 
studies  of  horses  and  other  animals  by  Leonardo  da  Vinci 
were  borrowed  from  the  Royal  Library  at  Windsor  Castle; 
the  Dulwich  Picture  Gallery  in  London  sent  thirty-six  old 
master  paintings  to  be  seen  in  the  United  States  for  the  first 
time;  one  hundred  of  the  finest  European  drawings,  from 
Leonardo  to  van  Gogh,  were  lent  by  the  Budapest 
Museum  of  Fine  Arts;  fifteen  American  paintings  were 
borrowed  from  Dr.  Armand  Hammer  to  honor  the  presi- 
dential inauguration;  one  hundred  drawings  from  the  fif- 
teenth to  the  twentieth  centuries  were  lent  from  one  of  the 
most  exceptional  private  drawing  collections  in  America, 
the  Curtis  O.  Baer  Family  Collection;  and  Ruth  and  Jacob 
Kainen  lent  approximately  one  hundred  German  Expres- 
sionist prints  from  their  collection. 


Mrs.  George  Bush,  Paul  Mellon,  Mrs.  Mellon,  and  Vice  Presi- 
dent Bush  {left  to  right)  arrive  for  a  dinner  at  the  National  Gal- 
lery of  Art  in  honor  of  Mr.  Mellon  on  the  occasion  of  his 
retirement  from  the  Gallery's  board  of  trustees. 


An  exhibition  of  the  sculpture  of  India  from  3000  B.C. 
to  A.D.  1300  opened  the  nationwide  Festival  of  India,  a 
series  of  artistic  events  in  1985-86  illuminating  the  history 
and  culture  of  India.  Included  were  more  than  100  pieces 
in  stone,  ivory,  and  bronze,  many  of  them  never  before 
seen  outside  India.  From  approximately  the  same  period  of 
time  in  the  woodland  areas  of  southeast  and  midwest 
North  America,  one  hundred  fifty  masterworks  of  prehis- 
toric native  American  art  were  shown  for  their  artistic 
merit  as  well  as  their  cultural  and  archaeological  signifi- 
cance. 

An  exhibition  of  Edgar  Degas'  most  important  paintings 
and  sculpure  of  ballet  subjects,  with  the  pastels  and  draw- 
ings related  to  them,  celebrated  the  150th  anniversary  of 
the  artist's  birth. 

A  symposium  on  Renaissance  plaquettes,  sponsored  by 
the  Center  for  Advanced  Study  in  the  Visual  Arts,  brought 
together  experts  from  the  United  States  and  Europe  to  dis- 
cuss various  problems  concerning  the  art  form.  This  was 
the  third  gathering  in  a  series  that  began  in  1983  with  lec- 
tures on  Renaissance  bronzes  and  continued  in  1984  with  a 
symposium  on  Renaissance  medals. 


187 


Temporary  Exhibitions 

Renaissance  Drawings  from  The  Ambrosiana,  13JO-1600 
continued  from  the  previous  fiscal  year  to  7  October  1984 
coordinated  by  The  Medieval  Institute,  University  of 
Notre  Dame,  and  Diane  de  Grazia  and  supported  by  The 
Samuel  H.  Kress  Foundation  and  the  Federal  Council  on 
the  Arts  and  Humanities 

The  Orientalists:  Delacroix  to  Matisse,  The  Allure  of 
North  Africa  and  the  Near  East 

continued  from  the  previous  fiscal  year  to  28  October  1984 
coordinated  by  MaryAnne  Stevens,  Royal  Academy  of 
Arts,  D.  Dodge  Thompson,  and  Florence  E.  Coman 

John  James  Audubon:  Birds  of  America 

14  October  1984  to  10  March  1985  coordinated  by  Carlotta 

J.  Owens 

American  Naive  Watercolors  and  Drawings 

14  October  1984  to  13  January  1985  coordinated  by 

Deborah  Chotner 

Index  of  American  Design 

14  October  1984  to  27  January  1985  coordinated  by  Laurie 

Weitzenkorn 

Thomas  Moran's  Watercolors  of  Yellowstone 
14  October  1984  to  27  January  1985  coordinated  by  the 
Thomas  Gilcrease  Institute,  Nicolai  Cikovsky,  Jr.,  and 
Linda  Ayres 

Old  Master  Drawings  from  the  Albertina 
25  October  1984  to  13  January  1985  coordinated  by  the 
International  Exhibitions  Foundation  and  Andrew  Robi- 
son  and  supported  by  the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and 
the  Humanities  and  United  Technologies  Corporation. 

Gemini  G.E.L.:  Art  and  Collaboration 

18  November  1984  to  24  February  1985  coordinated  by 

Ruth  Fine 

Degas:  The  Dancers 

22  November  1984  to  10  March  1985  coordinated  by 
George  T.M.  Shackelford  and  supported  by  the  Federal 
Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities 

Master  Prints  from  Washington  Collections 

24  November  1984  to  10  March  1985  coordinated  by 

Andrew  Robison 

The  Washington  Family  by  Edward  Savage:  An  Inaugural 

Celebration 

13  January  to  18  February  1985 


American  Paintings  from  the  Armand  Hammer  Collection: 
An  Inaugural  Celebration 

13  January  to  18  February  1985  coordinated  by  Nicolai 
Cikovsky,  Jr.,  and  supported  by  The  Armand  Hammer 
Foundation  and  the  Occidental  Petroleum  Corporation 

Monotypes  by  Maurice  Prendergast  from  the  Terra 
Museum  of  American  Art 

27  January  to  14  April  1985  coordinated  by  Cecily 
Langdale,  Terra  Museum  of  American  Art,  Evanston,  and 
Nicolai  Cikovsky,  Jr. 

Landscape  Drawings  from  the  Collection 
3  February  to  2  June  1985 

Landscape  Prints  from  the  Collection 
3  February  to  4  August  1985 

Leonardo  da  Vinci  Drawings  of  Horses  from  the  Royal 
Library  at  Windsor  Castle 

24  February  to  9  June  1985  coordinated  by  The  Royal 
Library,  Windsor  Castle,  by  the  Honorable  Jane  Roberts, 
Curator,  Prints  and  Drawings,  Windsor  Castle,  and  H. 
Diane  Russell  and  supported  by  the  Federal  Council  on  the 
Arts  and  the  Humanities 

Robert  Nanteuil:  Portrait  Engraver  to  the  Sun  King 
10  March  to  28  April  1985  coordinated  by  H.  Diane 
Russell 

Ancient  Art  of  the  American  Woodland  Indians 
17  March  to  4  August  1985  coordinated  by  David  W.  Pen- 
ney, Detroit  Institute  of  Arts  and  supported  by  The 
National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  The  Stroh  Foundation, 
and  the  Founders  Society  Detroit  Institute  of  Arts 

Collection  for  a  King:  Old  Master  Paintings  from  the 
Dulwich  Picture  Gallery 

14  April  to  2  September  1985  coordinated  by  Giles  Water- 
field,  Director,  Dulwich  Picture  Gallery,  and  Arthur 
Wheelock  and  supported  by  the  Federal  Council  on  the 
Arts  and  the  Humanities  and  Gerald  D.  Hines  Interests 

The  Sculpture  of  India:  3000  B.C. -1300  A.D. 
3  May  to  2  September  1985  coordinated  by  Pramod  Chan- 
dra, The  George  P.  Bickford  Professor  of  Indian  Art,  Har- 
vard University,  and  D.  Dodge  Thompson  and  supported 
by  the  Hinduja  Foundation  (S.P.  and  E.P),  Boeing  Com- 
pany, The  Coca-Cola  Foundation,  The  General  Foods 
Fund,  ITT  Corporation,  Lockheed  Corporation,  Roland 
International  Corporation,  Varian  Associates,  and  Wyeth 
Laboratories 


Stubbs:  An  Exhibition  in  Honor  of  Paul  Mellon 
4  May  to  2  June  1985  coordinated  by  D.  Dodge  Thompson 
supported  by  the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and  the 
Humanities  and  United  Technologies  Corporation 

Leonardo  to  Van  Gogh:  Master  Drawings  from  Budapest 
12  May  to  14  July  1985  coordinated  by  Klara  Garas, 
Museum  Fine  Arts,  Budapest,  and  Diane  DeGrazia  and 
supported  by  Occidental  Petroleum  Corporation,  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts,  and  the  Federal  Council  on  the 
Arts  and  the  Humanities 

NGA  Twentieth  Century  Collection 
May  1985  to  April  1986 

Figure  Drawings  from  the  Collection 
9  June  to  19  October  1985 

Selections  from  the  Index  of  American  Design 
25  June  to  29  September  1985 

Master  Drawings  from  Titian  to  Picasso:  The  Curtis  O. 
Baer  Collection 

28  July  to  6  October  1985  coordinated  by  The  High 
Museum,  Atlanta,  and  Andrew  Robison 

Figure  Prints  from  the  Collection 
18  August  1985  to  16  February  1986 

German  Expressionist  Prints  from  the  Collection  of  Ruth 
and  Jacob  Kainen 

22  September  1985  to  9  February  1986  coordinated  by 
Andrew  Robison 


189 


SMITHSONIAN 


I 

Under  Separate  Boards  of  Trustees 
I 


I 


L. 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER 
FOR  THE  PERFORMING  ARTS 

NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

WOODROW  WILSON 
INTERNATIONAL  CENTER 
FOR  SCHOLARS 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

secretariat*  — THE  SECRETARY* 
AUDITOR  UNDERSECRETARY* 


TREASURER* 

Business  Management  Office 

Concessions 

Mail  Order  Division 

Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 
Office  of  Accounting  and 

Financial  Services 
Office  of  Grants  and  Risk  Management 


GENERAL  COUNSEL" 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
SCIENCE* 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History/ 

National  Museum  of  Man 
National  Zoological  Park 
Office  of  Educational  Research 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
HISTORY  AND  ART* 

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 
Archives  of  American  Art 
Center  for  Asian  Art 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

Sackler  Gallery  of  Art 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture 

Garden 
Joseph  Henry  Papers 
National  Museum  of  African  Art 
National  Museum  of  American  Art 

Renwick  Gallery 
National  Museum  of  American  History 
National  Portrait  Gallery 
Office  of  American  Studies 


"■Secretary's  Management  Committee 


190 


INSTITUTION 


BOARDS  AND  COMMISSIONS 

Archives  of  American  Art 

National  Armed  Forces 

Board  of  Trustees 

Museum  Advisory  Board 

Board  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 

National  Board  of  the 

Smithsonian  Associates 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

Advisory  Council 

National  Museum  Act 

Advisory  Council 

Folklife  Advisory  Council 

National  Museum  of  African  Art 

Freer  Visiting  Committee 

Commission 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and 

National  Museum  of  American  Art 

Sculpture  Garden 

Commission 

Board  of  Trustees 

National  Portrait  Gallery 

Horticultural  Advisory  Committee 

Commission 

Joint  Sponsoring  Committee  for 

Smithsonian  Council 

the  Papers  of  Joseph  Henry 

Women's  Committee  of  the 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

Smithsonian  Associates 

Advisory  Board 

Directorate  of 
INTERNATIONAL  ACTIVITIES* 

International  Center 

Office  of  Publications  Exchange 

Office  of  Service  and  Protocol 


Director  of 

MEMBERSHIP  AND  DEVELOPMENT* 

Development  Office 

Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program 

Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
PUBLIC  SERVICE* 

Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary 

Education 
Office  of  Folklife  Programs 
Office  of  Public  Affairs 
Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and 

Seminars 
Office  of  Telecommunications 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
Smithsonian  Magazine 
Visitor  Information  and  Associates' 

Reception  Center 


December  1985 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
MUSEUM  PROGRAMS* 

Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory 
National  Museum  Act 
Office  of  Exhibits  Central 
Office  of  Horticulture 
Office  of  Museum  Programs 
Office  of  the  Registrar 
Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 
Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
ADMINISTRATION* 

Congressional  Liaison* 
Contracts  Office 
Management  Analysis  Office 
Office  of  Equal  Opportunity 
Office  of  Facilities  Services 

Office  of  Design  and  Construction 

Office  of  Plant  Services 

Office  of  Protection  Services 
Office  of  Information  Resource 

Management 
Office  of  Personnel  Administration 
Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic 

Services 
Office  of  Programming  and  Budget 
Office  of  Special  Events 
Office  of  Supply  Services 
Travel  Services  Office 

191 


Cover:  Facing  the  Mall  in  front  of  the  Smithsonian  "Castle"  is  a 
statue  of  Joseph  Henry,  the  first  Secretary  of  the  Institution. 
(Photograph  by  Chip  Clark) 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402 

(paper  cover). 

Stock  number:  047-000-00402-1 


Smithsonian  Year  1985  Supplement,  containing  the 
Chronology  and  Appendixes  i-io,  is  published  in  a 
microfiche  edition.  Please  address  requests  for  copies  to 
Mr.  Alan  Burchell,  Production  Assistant,  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  955  L'Enfant  Plaza,  Washington, 
D.C.  20560  /  202-287-3746. 


192 


>mithsonian  ^ar  1986 


.  .      ■■■><■  - 


;  i 


«^ 


i 


> 


*  Mfly  2 1 1987  I 


■-»  *w  - 


- 


J 


t  Cl*Jl    A 


Smithsonian  ^ar  1986 

Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for  the  Year  Ended  September  30,  1986 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington,  D.C.,  1987 


/ 

i 

/ 

,.            hfvktSs?  '•■r-- •'.'•'■.' .-". '\-- ■■''-'  '"-■  -*    -  .-^^--. <£jfeg 

i 

/ 

i 

M                     1                                         1 

/ 

/ 

/ 

/ 

1 
1 

v-  ^E-A 

/ 

i 

1 

/  / 

/ 

/ 

/( 

'  i 

/ 

i 

t                      i 

i 

/ 

1 

1 1 1           ii 

/ 

1 

w--       wn 

/ 

■i 

''        , 

1 

1 

1 

/ 

t 

i  i        i 

I, 

i  -        su  •>:;■  .v         Bm  '  nran 

r 

1 

i 

/    i 

/                    ' 

i      i 

> 

/ 

i  > 

/' 

1 

1 

. 

i 
I 

1 

i 

i  M 

\ 

t 

1 

1 

^&  ■'•'■•-  -  v.  "..:;v  -j.- '■■•.-.; ,  5 1 

1 

l 

$MM  '     J  CTrMEMHSB 

1 1 

I      '-'.••  bEKmWBm— 

1 

1 

i 

/                           '                    / 
/  ,    /                   '       '      / 

Comet  Halley  was  photographed  in  mid-March  1986  by  a  Baker-  Nunn  camera  at  the  Fred  L.  Whipple  Observatory  in  southern 
Arizona.  The  camera,  twenty-five  years  ago  the  bulwark  of  the  Smithsonian's  satellite-tracking  program,  was  reactivated  especially 
to  record  the  historic  return  of  the  comet.  (Photograph  by  Don  Hogan,  Ed  Horine,  and  Daniel  Brocious) 


Contents 


Smithsonian  Institution     7 
Statement  by  the  Secretary     9 
Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents 
Financial  Report    32 


28 


Smithsonian  World     146 

Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception 
Center     147 


Research     61 
Joseph  Henry  Papers    62 
National  Zoological  Park    63 
Office  of  American  Studies    69 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants    69 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory     72 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center     76 
Smithsonian  Institution  Archives     80 
Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries     83 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute     85 


Museums     93 

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum     94 

Archives  of  American  Art     95 

Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  and  Freer  Gallery 

of  Art     97 
Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory     99 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum     100 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden     103 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum     105 
National  Museum  Act     109 
National  Museum  of  African  Art     no 
National  Museum  of  American  Art     112 
National  Museum  of  American  History     115 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History     121 
National  Portrait  Gallery     127 
Office  of  Exhibits  Central     130 
Office  of  Horticulture     131 
Office  of  Museum  Programs     132 
Office  of  the  Registrar     133 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service     133 


Administration     149 

Administrative  and  Support  Activities     150 
Smithsonian  Institution  Women's  Council     153 
Smithsonian  Internship  Council     153 


Directorate  of  International  Activities     155 


Membership  and  Development     161 

Office  of  Membership  and  Development     162 
James  Smithson  Society     163 

National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates     164 
Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program     164 
Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program     j68 
Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian 
Associates     172 


Under  Separate  Boards  of  Trustees     175 
John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts     176 
National  Gallery  of  Art     181 
Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc.      185 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars    187 


Organization  Chart     190 


Public  Service     137 

Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience 
Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
Office  of  Folklife  Programs     139 
Office  of  Public  Affairs     141 
Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Seminars 
Office  of  Telecommunications     143 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press     144 
Smithsonian  Magazine     146 


138 
138 


142 


Smithsonian  Year  1986  Supplement,  containing  the 
Chronology  and  Appendixes  1-10,  is  published  in  a 
microfiche  edition.  Please  address  requests  for  copies  to 
Alan  Burchell,  Production  Coordinator, 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
955  L'  Enfant  Plaza,  Suite  2100, 
Washington,  D.C.  20560/202-287-3746. 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  was  created  by  act  of  Con- 
gress in  1846  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  will  of 
James  Smithson  of  England,  who  in  1826  bequeathed  his 
property  to  the  United  States  of  America  "to  found  at 
Washington,  under  the  name  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, an  establishment  for  the  increase  and  diffusion  of 
knowledge  among  men."  After  receiving  the  property  and 
accepting  the  trust,  Congress  incorporated  the  Institution 
in  an  "establishment,"  whose  statutory  members  are  the 
President,  the  Vice  President,  the  Chief  Justice,  and  the 
heads  of  the  executive  departments,  and  vested  responsi- 
bility for  administering  the  trust  in  the  Smithsonian 
Board  of  Regents. 


The  Establishment 


Ronald  W.  Reagan,  President  of  the  United  States 
George  H.  W.  Bush,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States 
Warren  E.  Burger,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

(until  September  26,  1986) 
William  H.  Rehnquist,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

(from  September  26,  1986) 
George  P.  Shultz,  Secretary  of  State 
James  A.  Baker  III,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 
Caspar  W.  Weinberger,  Secretary  of  Defense 
Edwin  Meese  III,  Attorney  General 
Donald  P.  Hodel,  Secretary  of  the  Interior 
Richard  E.  Lyng,  Secretary  of  Agriculture 
Malcolm  Baldrige,  Secretary  of  Commerce 
William  E.  Brock,  Secretary  of  Labor 
Otis  R.  Bowen,  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services 
Samuel  R.  Pierce,  Jr.,  Secretary  of  Housing  and  Urban 

Development 
Elizabeth  H.  Dole,  Secretary  of  Transportation 
William  J.  Bennett,  Secretary  of  Education 
John  S.  Herrington,  Secretary  of  Energy 


Board  of  Regents 


The  Secretary 

Robert  McCormick  Adams 

Dean  W.  Anderson,  Under  Secretary  and 

Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for  History  and  Art 
David  Challinor,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Research 
Joseph  Coudon,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 
Tom  L.  Freudenheim,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Museums 

(from  February  3,  1986) 
Margaret  C.  Gaynor,  Congressional  Liaison 
James  M.  Hobbins,  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 
John  F.  Jameson,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration 
Ann  R.  Leven,  Treasurer 
Peter  G.  Powers,  General  Counsel 
John  E.  Reinhardt,  Director,  Directorate  of  International 

Activities 
William  N.  Richards,  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for 

Museum  Programs  (until  February  3,  1986) 
Ralph  C.  Rinzler,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service 
James  McK.  Symington,  Director,  Office  of  Membership 

and  Development 


Warren  E.  Burger,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States, 

ex  officio  (until  September  26,  1986) 
William  H.  Rehnquist,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States, 

ex  officio  (from  September  26,  1986) 
George  H.  W.  Bush,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States, 

ex  officio 
Edwin  J.  (Jake)  Garn,  Senator  from  Utah 
Barry  Goldwater,  Senator  from  Arizona 
James  R.  Sasser,  Senator  from  Tennessee 
Edward  P.  Boland,  Representative  from  Massachusetts 
Silvio  O.  Conte,  Representative  from  Massachusetts 
Norman  Y.  Mineta,  Representative  from  California 
David  C.  Acheson,  citizen  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
Anne  L.  Armstrong,  citizen  of  Texas 
William  G.  Bowen,  citizen  of  New  Jersey 
Jeannine  Smith  Clark,  citizen  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
Murray  Gell-Mann,  citizen  of  California 
A.  Leon  Higginbotham,  Jr.,  citizen  of  Pennsylvania 
Carlisle  H.  Humelsine,  citizen  of  Virginia 
Samuel  C.  Johnson,  citizen  of  Wisconsin 
Barnabas  McHenry,  citizen  of  New  York 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 


Robert  McC.  Adams 


For  the  Smithsonian,  as  for  many  institutions  dependent 
on  public  funding,  1986  was  a  year  of  increasing  uncer- 
tainty. Budgetary  constraints  have  begun  to  bite  deeply 
into  our  capacity  to  make  and  execute  any  new,  ambi- 
tious, long-range  plans.  Federal  funding  for  new  starts 
involving  construction  is  more  and  more  problematic. 
Facilities  actually  under  way  and  nearing  completion 
fortunately  have  been  spared  sweeping  reductions.  Yet 
we  face  difficulties  in  meeting  minimal  staff  and  equip- 
ment requirements  to  open  these  facilities  without  seri- 
ously eroding  programmatic  strength  in  other  parts  of 
the  Institution. 

At  the  same  time,  unrelieved  pessimism  about  the  pos- 
sibilities for  further  strengthening  and  even  growth  of  the 
Institution  in  the  years  immediately  ahead  is  unjustified. 
Uniquely  embodied  in  our  program  is  the  provision  for 
private  as  well  as  federal  support.  Our  own  experience 
reinforces  the  general  impression  that  private  funding  is 
inherently  a  more  likely  source  of  support  for  new  begin- 
nings of  all  kinds. 

While  federal  and  private  funding  complement  one 
another,  they  are  not  freely  interchangeable.  Require- 
ments of  accountability  to  the  Smithsonian's  Board  of 
Regents  and  to  the  Congress  mean  that,  for  the  most 
part,  federal  and  private  funding  must  be  devoted  to  dif- 
ferent functions  or  objectives.  It  would  obviously  dis- 
courage private  donors  if  we  were  merely  to  substitute 
nonappropriated  funds  for  obligations  abandoned  by  the 
federal  government.  And  the  net  contribution  of  all  our 
nonfederal  sources  of  income,  in  any  case,  is  only  about 
one-fifth  of  our  total  operating  budget.  Even  under  opti- 
mistic projections  of  further  growth,  private  funds  could 
not  offset  any  major  loss  of  federal  support. 

To  cite  an  important  current  example  of  private  sup- 
port, we  have  turned  to  the  computer  and  communica- 
tions industry  for  the  underwriting  of  a  major,  multiyear 
effort  to  portray  the  extraordinary  impacts  that  the  in- 
formation revolution  is  having  on  our  lives.  In  The 
Information  Revolution  exhibition  being  developed  at 
the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  our  intent  is 
to  focus  not  on  a  particular  set  of  technical  achievements 
and  possibilities,  but  rather  on  the  effects  these  have  had 
and  will  have  on  careers,  hopes,  the  quality  of  lives,  and 
horizons  of  understanding.  Thus  the  familiar  kind  of 
exhibition  narrative,  largely  dependent  as  it  would  be  in 
this  case  on  communications  or  information  hardware, 
falls  far  short  of  our  objective.  Finding  a  fundamentally 
different,  truly  superior  alternative  then  takes  us  on  a 
long  journey  into  uncharted  waters. 

What  is  information  and  how  do  we  manipulate  it — 


not  merely  with  machines  but  in  our  minds?  When  do 
quantitative  changes  in  the  rates  of  movement,  or  mem- 
ory storage,  or  processing  of  information  become  quali- 
tative changes  in  our  capacities  for  management  and  un- 
derstanding? Is  there  really  such  a  thing  as  artificial 
intelligence?  Do  computers  introduce  new  ambiguities 
into  the  boundaries  we  draw  around  consciousness  and 
motivation?  How  will  computers  affect  not  only  our 
health,  our  schooling,  and  our  workplaces,  but  our 
modes  and  frames  of  thought?  Broad  and  challenging 
questions  like  these  do  not  surface  ordinarily  in  special- 
ized discussions  among  museum  curators.  In  this  exhibi- 
tion such  questions  are  suddenly  central.  Probably  they 
will  remain  so  even  after  the  exhibition  opens,  for  we 
expect  to  supplement  the  usual,  static  labels  with  interac- 
tive displays.  These  displays  should  not  only  inform  a 
diverse  stream  of  visitors  on  issues  of  their  own  choice, 
but  should  also  record  a  dialogue  from  which  we  too 
can  learn.  All  this  is  precisely  the  type  of  call  upon  our 
vision  and  imagination  that  usually  requires  support 
from  private  sources  before  it  can  win  public  acceptance. 

I  do  not  want  to  give  the  impression  that  the  most 
important  or  even  the  most  pleasurable  task  at  the 
Smithsonian  is  setting  new  directions.  Perhaps  an  even 
deeper  or  more  consistent  purpose  is  to  advance  knowl- 
edge cumulatively  by  building  on  the  huge  resource  of 
our  collections.  With  these  collections,  it  is  a  long-held 
objective  to  draw  the  public's  interests  and  critical  sensi- 
bilities into  new  and  unfamiliar  realms.  We  stake  much 
on  our  ability  to  choose  research  objectives  that  can  jus- 
tify and  sustain  unremitting,  long-term  efforts. 

In  short,  the  dual  goals  of  assuring  continuity  and 
identifying  new  challenges  or  opportunities  are  at  the 
heart  of  the  enterprise.  Rather  than  being  separate  un- 
dertakings, these  goals  involve  many  of  the  same  individ- 
uals and  flow  into  and  out  of  one  another.  This  could  be 
illustrated  in  virtually  any  part  of  the  wide  spectrum  of 
the  Smithsonian's  research,  exhibition,  or  educational 
activities,  from  the  arts  to  the  sciences.  Lacking  space  to 
illustrate  exhaustively,  I  confine  myself  in  this  year's  re- 
port to  the  life  sciences.  Even  here,  for  reasons  of  space, 
I  cannot  refer  to  the  scores  of  projects  in  which  individ- 
uals or  small  groups  of  curators  are  engaged,  but  must 
limit  myself  to  a  few  larger-scale,  organized  activities. 
Yet  in  each  case  the  restricted  example  vigorously  dem- 
onstrates the  convergence  of  new  and  highly  differenti- 
ated interest  with  other  concerns  that  have  long  been 
addressed  in  the  Smithsonian's  programs. 

The  presence  here  of  deeply  rooted  biological  concerns 
is  surely  no  surprise.  There  is  an  enduring  national 


need — prominently  recognized  during  the  early  era  of 
exploration  but  no  less  urgent  today — for  great,  system- 
atically studied  collections  of  biological  resources  drawn 
from  all  over  the  world.  The  task  of  assembling,  analyz- 
ing, and  publishing  these  collections  is  enormous,  and 
open-ended  in  the  sense  that  it  will  demand  continuing 
reinterpretation  and  refinement.  It  cannot  easily  be  dis- 
persed among  many  institutions  or  privatized.  Moreover, 
much  of  the  direct  use  of  the  collections  is  of  a  federal- 
ized character.  Many  scientists  from  such  federal  agen- 
cies as  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  National 
Institutes  of  Health  regularly  work  side  by  side  with  our 
own  curators,  investigating  questions  of  practical  impor- 
tance for  which  the  collections  are  an  indispensable  tool. 
Hence  the  primacy  of  biological  research  at  the  Smith- 
sonian is  understandable.  It  is  only  appropriate  that 
there  has  long  been  a  major  commitment  of  funds  from 
our  federal  budget  to  the  development  and  care  of  our 
collections. 

The  traditional  concern  for  improving  these  collections 
is  concentrated  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, where  the  number  of  registered  objects  and  speci- 
mens exceeds  eighty  million.  In  support  of  the  same  con- 
cern, we  direct  a  major  portion  of  our  research  efforts 
toward  natural  field  settings  worldwide.  Given  the  con- 
centration of  most  university-based  scientific  research  in 
laboratories,  it  is  in  the  combination  of  collections-based 
research  and  fieldwork  that  the  Smithsonian's  opportuni- 
ties to  make  a  unique  contribution  are  the  greatest. 

Exemplifying  the  multifaceted  importance  of  our  natu- 
ral history  collections  is  the  Smithsonian's  grass  herbar- 
ium; its  more  than  Z50,ooo  specimens  constitute  the  larg- 
est and  most  significant  collection  in  existence.  Plant 
communities  dominated  by  grasses  account  for  almost  a 
fourth  of  the  earth's  land  surface,  and  a  mere  twenty 
species  of  grasses  supply  some  90  percent  of  the  world's 
food.  Apart  from  providing  food,  grasses  like  bamboo 
supply  vital  construction  timber  in  Southeast  Asia,  for 
example,  as  well  as  fiber  for  paper,  mats,  and  utensils  of 
many  kinds.  Other  grasses  feed  livestock,  control  ero- 
sion, make  turf,  and  provide  a  sugar  source  for  alcohol. 
In  recognition  of  these  critical  and  diverse  contributions, 
the  first  International  Symposium  on  Grass  Systematics 
and  Evolution  was  held  at  the  Smithsonian  in  July  1986. 
The  proceedings,  jointly  sponsored  with  the  National 
Science  Foundation  and  the  American  Institute  of  Biolog- 
ical Sciences,  are  being  published  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press. 

Having  emphasized  the  importance  of  our  systematic 
collections,  I  also  note  with  great  pleasure  the  appoint- 


ment in  October  1985  of  Dr.  Robert  S.  Hoffmann  to  the 
directorship  of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 
Dr.  Hoffmann,  a  leading  United  States  expert  on  mam- 
malian systematics  and  ecology  and  formerly  Summer- 
field  Distinguished  Professor  at  the  University  of  Kansas, 
took  up  his  new  duties  in  May  1986.  The  Soviet  Union 
is  among  the  world  regions  in  which  he  has  conducted 
extensive  field  research,  and  he  has  served  on  the 
U.S.-U.S.S.R.  Joint  Commission  on  Science  Policy  of 
the  National  Academy  of  Sciences.  He  succeeds  Dr.  Rich- 
ard S.  Fiske,  who  has  returned  to  the  Department  of 
Mineral  Sciences  to  resume  his  research  on  volcanoes. 

Providing  a  kind  of  capstone  for  all  our  recent  biologi- 
cal efforts  was  a  National  Forum  on  BioDiversity.  Held 
in  September  1986,  it  was  jointly  undertaken  by  the 
Smithsonian  and  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences.  This 
newest  reflection  of  an  old  and  continuing  partnership 
involved  an  outstanding  group  of  active  participants, 
whose  interests  ranged  from  agricultural  development  to 
conservation,  ecosystem  management,  and  systematic 
biology.  Besides  drawing  more  than  a  thousand  formal 
registrants,  the  proceedings  attracted  exceptionally  wide 
interest  from  the  media.  A  national  teleconference  at  the 
conclusion  of  the  forum  was  broadcast  by  satellite  to  102 
downlink  sites  in  universities  and  laboratories  around  the 
country,  and  other  sessions  were  carried  by  Voice  of 
America  broadcasts  in  Spanish  and  Portuguese  to  much 
of  Latin  America. 

The  forum  dealt  with  tropical  forests  and  coral  reefs, 
grasslands  and  islands,  current  problems  and  the  geologi- 
cal record,  zoos  and  botanical  gardens,  and  new  technol- 
ogies such  as  in  vitro  fertilization.  But  the  core  issues 
concerned  the  huge,  still  largely  unmeasured  prolifera- 
tion of  natural  life  that  is  now  in  jeopardy  in  many  parts 
of  the  world.  Estimates  of  current  and  projected  rates  of 
species  extinction  vary  widely,  but  even  the  lowest  esti- 
mate put  forward  at  the  forum — 9  percent  over  the  next 
few  decades — would  be  a  matter  of  great  concern.  And 
in  any  case,  the  current  rate  of  destruction  is  greatest 
where  the  dangers  of  possible  extinction  of  truly  cata- 
strophic numbers  of  species  also  are  greatest:  in  tropical 
forests. 

Timber  harvesting,  land  clearance  for  commercial  cat- 
tle grazing,  and  encroachments  for  subsistence  farming 
on  thin,  easily  depleted  tropical  soils  by  burgeoning  rural 
populations  in  many  underdeveloped  countries  all  play  a 
part  in  the  destructive  processes  that  are  widely  at  work 
in  the  tropics.  These  processes  go  forward  not  only  in 
many  small  encroachments  on  forest  margins,  but  some- 
times in  massive  clearings  in  the  very  heart  of  the  largest, 


10 


Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  greets  Vice  President  George  Bush  in  front  of  the  restored  Grumman  F6F-3  at  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum.  Also  pictured  are  (left  to  right):  Secretary  of  Defense  Caspar  W.  Weinberger;  Frank  A.  Bennack,  Jr.,  president  of  the 
Hearst  Corporation;  Secretary  of  the  Navy  John  Lehman;  Vice  Admiral  Edward  H.  Martin;  and  Daniel  J.  Coleman,  publisher  of 
Popular  Mechanics. 


still  mainly  undisturbed  areas  like  the  Amazon  basin. 
Accounting  for  only  some  7  percent  of  the  earth's  land 
surface,  these  immense  reservoirs  of  differentiated  life 
almost  certainly  harbor  well  over  half  of  all  living  spe- 
cies. By  one  estimate,  as  many  as  thirty  million  insect 
species  alone — the  overwhelming  proportion  of  them 
never  studied  or  represented  in  collections — are  mostly 
confined  to  rain  forest  canopies. 

There  are  cogent,  practical  arguments  for  taking  ur- 
gent steps  to  preserve  tropical  ecosystems  where  we  can 
and  for  getting  on  much  more  rapidly  with  the  daunting 
task  of  inventorying  the  resources  that  could  be  irretriev- 
ably lost  before  their  existence  has  even  been  recognized. 


The  presence  among  them  of  potentially  important  food 
plants  and  pharmaceuticals  can  be  predicted  with  near 
certainty.  Included  in  the  gene  pools  that  will  otherwise 
vanish  are  vital  future  contributions  to  the  over-all  range 
of  genetic  variability.  But  no  less  important  is  the  poten- 
tial loss  to  science  of  a  substantial  part  of  its  data  base 
in  fundamental  biology. 

Biodiversity,  thus,  is  a  shorthand  symbol  for  deep  and 
growing  concerns;  it  may  even  have  become  a  rallying 
cry.  But  this  is  not  to  say  that  the  forum  offered  prescrip- 
tions for  assured  success  in  treatment  of  a  highly  com- 
plex series  of  problems,  or  even  offered  certainties  of 
measurement  of  precisely  how  serious  those  problems 


11 


are.  The  scientific  needs  alone  dwarf  the  numbers  of 
trained,  available  personnel.  Questions  in  almost  all 
tropical  areas  vastly  outnumber  answers.  To  what  extent 
will  it  be  possible,  for  example,  for  genetic  engineering 
and  other  modern  technologies  to  provide  us  with  re- 
placements for  species  losses  that  may  occur?  How  can 
we  constructively  modulate  concerns  for  conservation 
that  now  tend  to  be  voiced  most  strongly  in  the  devel- 
oped countries  of  temperate  latitudes,  with  the  natural 
and  overwhelming  desire  of  less  developed  countries  in 
more  tropical  latitudes  to  close  the  development  gap  and 
also  meet  the  needs  of  their  still  rapidly  growing  popula- 
tions? What  is  the  role  of  so-called  "market  forces" — not 
as  they  may  be  conceived  in  theory  but  as  they  actually 
exist  in  a  world  of  growing  deficit  constraints  and  world 
trade  barriers  and  imbalances — in  either  exacerbating  or 
ameliorating  the  problems  of  ecosystem  deterioration 
and  species  extinction? 

If  I  have  any  sense  of  personal  dissatisfaction  with  the 
very  full  agenda  that  was  laid  out  for  the  National  Fo- 
rum on  BioDiversity,  it  arises  from  the  domain  touched 
upon  by  these  particular  questions.  The  challenges  we 
face  are  largely  a  product  of  organized  human  actions. 
Similarly  the  only  measures  by  which  these  challenges 
can  be  met  need  to  be  designed  and  implemented  by  hu- 
man societies  and  organizations.  Harmonizing  the  preser- 
vation of  biodiversity  with  the  almost  crushing  economic 
forces  and  social  problems  that  threaten  it  is  a  responsi- 
bility that  needs  to  be  more  widely  shared,  with  social 
scientists,  in  particular,  coming  forward  to  bear  a  greater 
part  of  the  burden. 

Not  surprisingly,  the  primary  impetus  for  organizing 
the  forum  came  from  those  in  the  scientific  community 
most  familiar  with  and  most  immediately  affected  by  the 
ongoing  destruction  around  them.  Also  involved  were 
economic  and  other  specialists  concerned  with  interna- 
tional finance  and  development.  Most  heartening  was 
the  widespread  public  interest,  which,  while  recent,  is 
evidently  now  awakened  and  growing  rapidly. 

One  long-established  and  substantial  biological 
research  activity  of  the  Smithsonian,  the  Rockville, 
Maryland,  headquarters  of  the  Smithsonian  Environmen- 
tal Research  Center  (SERC),  was  gradually  dismantled 
during  the  latter  part  of  fiscal  year  1986,  finally  to  be 
closed  in  November.  Research  at  this  leased  facility  had 
focused  on  mechanisms  regulating  the  growth  and  devel- 
opment of  plants  down  to  their  cellular  and  subcellular 
levels.  The  decision  to  terminate  the  Rockville  facility 
activities — transferring  some  of  its  ongoing  experiments, 
monitoring  activities,  personnel,  and  equipment  to  other 


parts  of  the  Institution — followed  a  series  of  external  and 
internal  reviews. 

While  generally  upholding  the  quality  of  much  of  the 
work  being  done,  these  reviews  noted  that  the  labora- 
tory's work  was  relatively  narrow  in  focus  and  somewhat 
isolated  from  the  broader  context  of  the  Institution's 
over-all  biological  programs.  Lacking  the  additional  re- 
sources that  would  have  been  necessary  to  rehouse  and 
revitalize  the  laboratory's  experimental  work  upon  termi- 
nation of  its  lease,  the  difficult  decision  was  made  to 
concentrate  available  funds  on  the  pursuit  of  more  cen- 
tral themes  of  systematics  and  evolutionary  biology  else- 
where in  the  Smithsonian.  Some  of  the  laboratory's  re- 
search, including  solar,  carbon  dioxide,  and  other 
environmental  monitoring,  has  been  transferred  to  the 
other  SERC  facility  at  Edgewater  on  the  Chesapeake 
Bay.  The  bulk  of  the  funding  allotted  for  the  Rockville 
facility  will,  it  is  hoped,  be  made  available  for  intensified 
research  programs  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 
Institute,  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and 
the  National  Zoological  Park. 

Tropical  forests  exemplify  resources  that  need  to  be 
viewed  as  world  responsibilities  and  concerns.  Their  po- 
tential for  meeting  human  needs  as  well  as  for  advancing 
scientific  understanding  can  be  achieved  only  in  a  genu- 
inely international  spirit  and  setting.  That  is  precisely  in 
accordance  with  the  tradition  of  Smithsonian  programs, 
for  here  international  activities  have  always  played  an 
important,  perhaps  even  preponderant,  part.  Our  rela- 
tions with  well  over  a  hundred  countries  have  been 
briefly  summarized  in  a  recent  directory.  Evident  as  a 
two-part  underlying  principle  is  the  special  emphasis  on 
long-term  contributions  for  which  the  Institution  is  espe- 
cially well  fitted  and  the  maintenance  of  a  corresponding 
degree  of  independence  from  current  and  thus  transitory 
policy  objectives. 

The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  (STRI)  is 
an  outstanding  example  of  this  principle  of  operation. 
Devoted  to  tropical  rain  forest  and  marine  biology,  STRI 
studies  in  Panama  have  continued  for  over  sixty  years 
and  today  provide  the  most  advanced  and  diversified 
body  of  information  on  tropical  ecosystems  in  the  world. 
Hundreds  of  Latin  American  scientists  and  their  students 
collaborate  annually  in  this  work.  STRI  constitutes  a 
standard  of  what  international  cooperation  in  science 
should  be:  low-key  but  highly  productive  and  broadly 
interdisciplinary  collaboration  based  on  an  unconstrained 
two-way  flow  of  information,  carried  on  in  an  atmo- 
sphere thoroughly  insulated  from  national  rivalries. 

The  prevailing  state  of  affairs  in  international  schol- 


12 


/,  \ 


'  ^  -' 


* 


">k 


*H* 


Si  i 


\ 


& 


,, 


t 


^g&s 


Orchids  bloom  at  the  Office  of  Horticulture  greenhouses,  located  at  the  U.S.  Soldiers'  and  Airmen's  Home,  Washington,  D.C. 


arly  and  scientific  research  falls  regrettably  short  of  this 
standard.  In  November  1985,  the  Smithsonian  and  the 
Social  Science  Research  Council  jointly  sponsored  a  con- 
ference to  survey  what  are  widely  perceived  to  be  the 
growing  problems  of  international  research  access,  espe- 
cially in  Third  World  countries.  This  is  a  somewhat 
ironic  development  in  view  of  the  vast  increase  in  the 
quality  and  size  of  the  international  research  community 
since  World  War  II,  the  greatest  part  of  it  as  a  result  of 
Western  training.  Participants  at  the  conference  from  a 
fairly  wide  range  of  institutions  and  disciplines  found 
themselves  in  general  agreement  on  the  seriousness  of  the 
problem  as  well  as  its  disturbingly  increasing  frequency. 

There  is  little  doubt  that  obstacles  to  U.S. -initiated 
field  research  programs  in  the  Third  World  have  become 
irregularly  but  cumulatively  more  common.  Any  general 
tendency  is  qualified  by  occasional  partial  reversals  and 
numerous  individual  exceptions.  The  net  effect,  however, 
is  a  spreading  imposition  of  a  great  variety  of  restrictions 
on  access.  Yet  I  should  stress  the  judgment  of  knowledge- 
able observers  that  strongly  nationalistic,  anti-Western 
officials  or  ideologies  are  not  the  principal  forces  respon- 
sible for  these  difficulties.  Such  individuals  and  views 


obviously  are  present  and  have  some  influence,  but  in 
most  countries  there  is  little  to  suggest  that  they  have 
become  significantly  more  influential  in  the  last  genera- 
tion or  so.  Not  overt  acts  but  inaction  and  delay  are  the 
most  usual  barriers  to  access,  and  they  may  often  be 
consequences  of  the  unchecked  bureaucratic  growth  that 
has  accompanied  heartening  developments  like  widened 
literacy  and  political  participation.  If  this  is  so,  we  can- 
not expect  difficulties  to  disappear  with  increasing  levels 
of  development.  Indigenous  scholarly  and  scientific  com- 
munities, as  they  grow  in  strength,  may  be  in  a  firmer 
position  to  argue  for  autarkic  policies  that  an  economist 
might  characterize  as  import  substitution. 

Tightened  conditions  on  the  conduct  of  research  or 
restrictions  on  the  range  of  acceptable  subjects  form  an- 
other class  of  growing  difficulties.  Again,  this  sometimes 
must  be  reckoned  as  highly  positive  and  in  the  interest  of 
all  parties.  That  is  the  case,  for  example,  when  project 
approval  is  made  contingent  on  the  involvement  of  host- 
country  collaborators  or  trainees.  But  other  attached 
conditions  are  more  controversial,  such  as  the  exclusion 
of  research  with  a  potentially  negative  bearing  on  mat- 
ters of  national  "image."  Perhaps  the  one  common  ele- 


13 


merit — a  natural  concomitant  of  increasing  sophistication 
on  the  part  of  host  countries — is  the  introduction  of  a 
greater  element  of  selectivity,  to  be  used  consciously  as  a 
lever  for  national  advantage. 

We  should  not  be  surprised  that  there  may  be  feelings 
of  rivalry  on  the  part  of  national  scientific  elites  that 
have  grown  rapidly  in  the  postwar  period.  In  any  long- 
term  view  this  is  a  merely  transitional  difficulty.  Much 
more  significant  is  the  gratifying  development  of  new 
management  capabilities  and  of  a  potential  for  genuine 
international  collaboration  among  colleagues  of  equal 
scientific  stature.  Not  a  few  of  the  restrictive  require- 
ments— such  as  insistence  on  host-country  participants  or 
on  the  bilingual  publication  of  reports — are  also  in  the 
long-term  best  interests  of  a  balanced  international  devel- 
opment of  science.  And  it  is  at  least  understandable  that 
many  countries,  in  these  fiscally  perilous  times,  should 
insist  that  foreign  efforts  be  focused  on  research  prob- 
lems having  some  national  development  priority. 

As  this  suggests,  the  impact  of  restrictions  on  different 
fields  of  scholarship  also  is  highly  irregular  and  difficult 
to  generalize  about.  Humanists,  especially  when  pursu- 
ing themes  that  are  neither  contemporary  nor  controver- 
sial, have  on  the  whole  been  least  affected.  In  the  sci- 
ences, field  access  for  biologists  has  become  significantly 
more  difficult  than  laboratory  access  for  physical  scien- 
tists. Perhaps  most  heavily  affected  are  the  social  sci- 
ences. Certain  whole  areas  of  investigation  are  widely 
excluded,  seemingly  posing  the  threat  of  contributing  to 
internal  unrest  or  casting  doubt  upon  an  idealized  na- 
tional image.  Other  areas  of  investigation  are  selectively 
tolerated  or  encouraged,  evidently  being  viewed  as  rele- 
vant to  the  implementation  of  development  plans,  or 
even — this  has  been  the  justification  for  some  of  my  own 
archaeological  work — relevant  to  the  formation  of  new 
national  identities.  Beyond  a  palpably  growing  restric- 
tiveness,  many  of  these  tendencies  defy  smooth  generali- 
zation. No  doubt  the  qualities  and  qualifications  of  the 
individual  researcher  are  still  the  single,  most  significant 
variable. 

The  larger  point  is  that  we  must  not  allow  ourselves 
to  view  only  in  terms  of  our  own  grievances  and  objec- 
tives what  is  admittedly  a  growing  problem.  There  is  a 
beam  in  our  own  scientific  eye  also.  Sustained,  sensi- 
tively pursued,  multilateral  research  has  not  been  ade- 
quately recognized  in  our  country  as  a  priority  in  either 
government  or  university  circles.  Mechanisms  to  encour- 
age such  research  or  to  impose  a  degree  of  discipline  on 
a  small  handful  of  egregious  "bad  actors"  are  distin- 
guished largely  by  their  absence.  As  competition  has 


sharpened  for  funding  research  or  graduate-level  train- 
ing, support  has  eroded  for  the  inclusion  of  foreign  col- 
laborators, for  the  support  of  foreign  research  assistants, 
or  for  the  bilingual  publications  that  are  often  necessary 
to  make  truly  collaborative  research  a  reality.  To  cite  a 
particularly  distressing  example,  little  or  no  national 
concern  is  evident  for  the  catastrophic  decline  in  Mexi- 
co's economic  abilities  to  provide  access  for  its  best  stu- 
dents to  American  graduate-level  training  or  even  to 
maintain  its  subscriptions  to  foreign  research  journals. 

Having  some  bearing  on  the  general  climate  of  the  ac- 
cess question  is  the  withdrawal  of  the  United  States  from 
UNESCO  at  the  beginning  of  1985.  This  was  certainly 
justifiable  in  many  respects.  The  United  Nations  organi- 
zation's politicization  and  unresponsiveness  to  widely 
voiced  criticisms  may  have  left  our  government  with  no 
other  realistic  alternative.  But  our  severance  of  that  rela- 
tionship intensifies  many  of  the  other  problems  to  which 
I  have  referred. 

Whatever  UNESCO's  gross  managerial  and  intellectual 
deficiencies,  in  many  areas  it  is  the  only  intergovernmen- 
tal agency  with  responsibility  for  maintaining  the  basic 
infrastructure  of  international  agreements  under  which 
cultural  and  educational  programs  as  well  as  scientific 
research  can  go  forward.  That  applies  to  global  observa- 
tional programs  such  as  the  Man  and  Biosphere  Pro- 
gram, the  International  Geological  Correlation  Program, 
and  the  International  Hydrological  Program;  it  also  ap- 
plies to  key  elements  of  support  for  the  International 
Council  of  Scientific  Unions  and  the  International  Coun- 
cil of  Museums.  Whether  or  not  we  choose  to  reconsider 
the  withdrawal  decision  itself  in  the  near  term  on  the 
basis  of  subsequent  changes  within  UNESCO,  we  should 
not  be  under  any  illusions  as  to  the  continuing  adverse 
effects  of  withdrawal  on  the  United  States  scientific  com- 
munity. 

Among  the  programs  I  have  mentioned,  the  Smith- 
sonian has  a  particularly  direct  stake  in  the  one 
concerned  with  Man  and  Biosphere.  We  have  recently 
launched  an  integrated  set  of  biotic  inventory,  research, 
and  training  activities  under  its  general  auspices.  Dr. 
Terry  L.  Erwin,  one  of  the  Institution's  senior  entomolo- 
gists, has  been  named  to  head  an  effort  that  brings  to- 
gether our  interests  in  biological  diversity  in  the  tropics. 
The  plan  includes  designing  methods  (based  on  micro- 
computer technology)  for  the  long-term  monitoring  and 
collecting  of  data  from  areas  designated  as  Biosphere 
Reserves,  and  for  the  training  of  Third  World  biologists 
and  conservationists  in  part  through  their  participation 
in  this  effort. 


14 


o 


On  July  i,  1986,  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  celebrated  its  tenth  anniversary  with  a  host  of  activities,  including  photo  opportu- 
nities in  the  cockpit  of  an  F-100  Super  Sabre  jet. 


There  is  the  further  consideration  of  general  climate  or 
background  that  should  not  be  overlooked  in  dealing 
with  all  international  relationships  in  scientific  and  schol- 
arly research.  The  progress  of  research  may  never  have 
been  so  rapid  as  it  is  currently — in  the  developed,  indus- 
trialized part  of  the  world.  Much  of  this  progress,  how- 
ever, rests  on  enormous  but  very  costly  advances  in  in- 
strumentation. This  raises  formidable  barriers  to 
effective  participation  by  less  favored  countries,  inciden- 
tally making  it  more  difficult  for  them  to  retain  their 
Western-trained  scientific  cadres.  Another  striking  trend, 
applying  particularly  to  areas  of  most  active  ferment, 
involves  the  increasingly  multidisciplinary  character  of 
research.  The  exciting  if  also  controversial  recent  discov- 
eries concerning  iridium  anomalies  and  the  significance 
of  Cretaceous-Tertiary  and  other  extinctions,  for  exam- 
ple, have  involved  geologists,  geophysicists,  crystallogra- 
phers,  astronomers,  astrophysicists,  meteorologists,  pale- 
ontologists, evolutionary  biologists,  and  statisticians. 

What  this  means  is  that  having  a  national  scientific 
community  of  considerable  breadth  and  balance  as  well 
as  size  is  tending  to  become  a  condition  for  national  par- 
ticipation in  some  of  the  most  promising  scientific  areas. 
As  a  result,  less-developed  countries  are  faced  with  the 


challenge  of  having  to  run  faster  merely  to  retain  their 
present  places  in  the  world  pecking  order — at  a  time 
when  worldwide  terms  of  trade  and  patterns  of  indebted- 
ness often  prevent  them  from  doing  so. 

Individual  United  States  researchers  with  Third  World 
interests  prove  to  have  little  bargaining  leverage  in  over- 
coming the  access  problems  I  have  cited,  no  doubt  in 
large  part  because  their  interests  and  institutional  bases 
are  so  diverse.  Carefully  monitored  and  balanced  recip- 
rocal arrangements,  carried  on  under  national  or  quasi- 
national  auspices,  are  one  obvious  solution  to  the  prob- 
lem. This  solution  has  been  usefully  applied  to  United 
States  scholarly  exchanges  with  the  Soviet  Union.  Schol- 
arly relations  with  the  People's  Republic  of  China,  on  the 
other  hand,  are  generally  acknowledged  to  be  at  a  stage 
where  reciprocity  must  be  virtually  set  aside  until  the 
relationship  develops  further.  So  it  is  with  many  less- 
developed  countries  as  well. 

The  emergent  pattern  of  tying  foreign  research  more 
and  more  closely  to  the  individual  country's  development 
priorities  will  probably  prevail  for  an  extended  period. 
Insofar  as  this  pattern  leads  to  an  emphasis  on  research 
in  highly  applied,  practical  areas,  the  Smithsonian  may 
encounter  increasing  difficulties.  But  it  may  also  lead  to 


15 


Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  and  Vice  President  George  Bush  congratulated  outgoing  Chancellor  Warren  E.  Burger  on  his  receipt  on 
September  14,  1986,  of  the  Smithson  Medal  and  citation.  (Photograph  by  Eric  Long) 


a  new  stress  on  research  with  a  training  component;  in 
this  we  have  important  advantages.  With  substantial  pre- 
and  postdoctorial  fellowship  programs  already  flourish- 
ing without  restriction  as  to  national  origin,  with  capa- 
bilities for  organizing  museum  exhibitions  that  will  travel 
widely  in  this  country,  and  with  practical  training  pro- 
grams in  fields  like  museum  management,  the  Smith- 
sonian is  in  a  strong  position  to  bargain  for  research  ac- 
cess with  trade-offs  not  necessarily  limited  to  a  particular 
project  or  discipline. 

Our  Directorate  of  International  Activities  will  have  a 
vital  part  to  play  in  overseeing  these  new  arrangements. 
To  the  extent  that  adequate  funding  can  be  found,  the 
Directorate  will  facilitate  international  network  building 
by  structuring  conferences  and  workshops  within  the 
fields  of  Smithsonian  interests.  I  do  not  think  I  am  un- 
reasonably optimistic  in  expecting  that  in  this  way  we 
may  make  a  material  contribution  to  solving  the  larger 
problems  of  research  access  also. 


I  touched  earlier  on  the  National  Forum  on  BioDiver- 
sity  as  a  reaffirmation  of  an  old  and  valued  linkage  be- 
tween the  Smithsonian  and  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences.  Still  another  linkage  of  great  promise  is  our 
jointly  sponsored  National  Science  Resources  Center, 
now  housed  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  under 
the  directorship  of  Dr.  Douglas  Lapp.  In  addition  to  sup- 
port from  the  Academy  and  the  Smithsonian,  funding  for 
the  center  has  been  obtained  from  government  agencies, 
private  foundations,  and  industrial  corporations.  Dr. 
Lapp,  whose  academic  background  is  in  physics  and  bio- 
physics, has  been  extensively  involved  in  large-scale  sci- 
ence curriculum  development  projects. 

The  National  Science  Resources  Center  is  designed  to 
identify,  develop,  and  disseminate  scientific  and  mathe- 
matics resource  materials  that  are  imaginative,  classroom 
tested,  and  scientifically  up  to  date.  It  will  also  sponsor 
programs  to  help  teachers  learn  to  teach  science  and 
mathematics  more  effectively  at  the  primary  and  second- 


16 


ary  school  levels.  Many  local  and  regional  activities  are 
already  under  way,  of  course,  to  halt  the  deterioration  of 
instruction  in  these  fields  of  critical  national  importance. 
Our  intent  is  to  augment  these  activities  and  stimulate 
the  flow  of  information  among  them  rather  than  to  re- 
place them.  Access  to  much  of  the  finest  scientific  and 
engineering  talent  in  the  country  is  possible  through  the 
National  Academy  of  Sciences'  networks,  while  the 
Smithsonian  staff  adds  important  experience  of  its  own 
and  insights  into  alternative,  museum-based  improve- 
ments in  learning.  The  National  Science  Resources  Cen- 
ter's objective  is,  in  short,  to  provide  a  format  for  on- 
going collaboration  between  teachers  and  scientists. 
Academy  and  Smithsonian  groups  together  need  to  be 
involved  if  there  is  to  be  a  successful  national  effort  not 
only  to  test  and  introduce  new  models  of  instruction  but 
to  assure  their  wide  dissemination. 

I  am  completing  these  lines  at  the  very  time  that  mas- 
ter masons  are  painstakingly  finishing  the  exterior  facing 
of  polished  granite  on  the  majestic  entrance  pavilions  to 
the  quadrangle,  just  to  the  south  of  the  Smithsonian 
Castle.  Below  ground,  most  staff  members  of  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  African  Art  and  the  new  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Gallery  containing  collections  of  Near  Eastern 
and  Asian  art  have  already  taken  up  occupancy  in  the 
upper  two  floors  of  echoing,  still-empty  galleries  in  this 
splendid  museum  complex.  On  a  floor  lower,  the  newly 
furnished  offices  of  the  Resident  Associate  and  National 
Associate  programs,  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Trav- 
eling Exhibition  Service,  and  of  the  Directorate  of  Inter- 
national Activities  are  also  humming  with  activity. 

Depending  on  whether  or  not  you  care  to  count  in 
composites,  one  or  several  major  new  additions  to  the 
Smithsonian  family  are  coming  alive.  Their  public  open- 
ing during  the  coming  year  will  shift  the  central  focus 
within  the  Smithsonian  as  a  whole,  and  almost  certainly 
in  the  following  annual  reports,  from  the  sciences  to  the 
arts.  If  this  has  been  the  year  of  the  forest,  next  will  be 
the  year  of  the  dragon,  or  perhaps  the  mask.  We  change 
directions,  taking  up  new  challenges.  But  the  underlying 
aim  of  the  Smithsonian  always  has  been  to  balance 
growth  with  continuity. 


Staff  Changes 

As  in  the  past,  the  comings  and  goings  among  the  execu- 
tive staff  have  continued  to  have  a  profound  impact  on 
the  Institution,  but  no  change  at  that  level  was  more  sig- 
nificant than  the  retirement  of  the  Smithsonian's  fifteenth 


Chancellor,  Chief  Justice  Warren  E.  Burger.  Chancellor 
Burger  had  overseen  what  will  undoubtedly  be  regarded 
as  the  Institution's  greatest  period  of  growth,  and  to  him 
the  staff  owes  a  particular  debt  of  gratitude  for  his  un- 
excelled dedication  to  the  integrity  of  the  Smithsonian 
and  its  Board  of  Regents.  While  his  absence  from  the 
official  business  of  the  Board  will  be  sorely  felt,  we  can 
more  happily  anticipate  continued  collaboration  with 
Chief  Justice  Burger  as  the  chairman  of  the  Commission 
for  the  Bicentennial  of  the  Constitution  and  occasional 
further  service  to  the  Institution  as  Chancellor  Emeritus. 

We  have  been  pleased  this  year  to  have  attracted  and 
begun  working  with  a  number  of  bright  and  accom- 
plished new  members  of  the  senior  staff.  In  midwinter 
Tom  L.  Freudenheim  came  from  the  Worcester  (Massa- 
chusetts) Art  Museum  to  the  position  of  Assistant  Secre- 
tary for  Museums.  Shortly  thereafter,  Richard  Siegle 
came  from  the  state  of  Washington  to  head  the  Smithso- 
nian's Office  of  Facilities  Services;  Robert  Hoffmann  left 
the  University  of  Kansas  to  become  director  of  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  Natural  History;  Mary  Case  came 
from  the  IBM  Corporation  to  serve  as  the  Smithsonian's 
Registrar;  and  Nancy  Suttenfield  left  the  state  of  Virginia 
to  become  director  of  the  Office  of  Programming  and 
Budget.  It  has  been  a  pleasure  to  begin  working  with 
these  enthusiastic  new  staff  members  who  bring  a  wealth 
of  talent  and  fresh  perspectives  which  will  benefit  the 
Institution  for  years  to  come.  In  a  similar  vein,  we  were 
pleased  to  appoint  to  higher  positions  two  well-known 
and  widely  regarded  staff  members,  Roberta  Rubinoff  as 
the  director  of  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants,  and 
Shireen  Dodson  as  Comptroller  of  the  Office  of  Account- 
ing and  Financial  Services. 

Of  course,  some  of  these  changes  and  others  were  ac- 
companied by  the  departure  of  a  number  of  loyal  staff 
whose  contributions  will  have  lasting  effects.  Retirements 
have  taken  from  our  midst  Bill  Richards,  most  recently 
our  acting  Assistant  Secretary  for  Museum  Programs; 
Jim  Mahoney,  the  director  of  the  Office  of  Exhibits  Cen- 
tral; Al  Goff,  the  director  of  our  Office  of  Accounting 
and  Financial  Services;  and  Bill  Klein,  the  longtime  direc- 
tor of  the  Rockville  facility  of  the  Smithsonian  Environ- 
mental Research  Center.  Off  to  other  pursuits  are  Walter 
Boyne,  director  of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum; 
Robert  Maloy,  director  of  the  Smithsonian  Libraries;  Al 
Rosenfeld,  director  of  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs;  and 
Tom  Peyton,  director  of  the  Office  of  Facilities  Services. 
To  all  of  them,  and  to  many  other  staff  members  who 
have  recently  departed,  we  owe  hearty  thanks  for  jobs 
well  done  and  extend  our  best  wishes. 


17 


This  winter,  on  three  separate  occasions,  we  took  a 
moment  to  honor  the  notably  outstanding  services  of 
three  of  our  most  dedicated  colleagues.  Receiving  the 
Secretary's  Gold  Medal  for  Exceptional  Service  were 
Tom  Peyton,  Betty  Meggers,  and  Adelyn  Breeskin.  Dur- 
ing the  summer,  however,  we  were  saddened  to  learn 
that  Mrs.  Breeskin,  who  had  just  turned  90,  died  while 
traveling  abroad. 

It  continues  to  be  undeniably  true  that  the  greatest 
strength  of  the  Institution  is  in  its  staff.  I  am  even  more 
aware  of  that  fact  as  I  complete  my  second  year  as  Secre- 
tary, for  at  every  turn,  day  in  and  day  out,  I  am  continu- 
ally struck  by  the  enthusiasm  and  devotion  of  Smith- 
sonian employees  too  numerous  to  name. 


The  Year  in  Review 

The  Smithsonian's  tallies  for  fiscal  year  1986  show  that 
members  of  the  public  paid  an  estimated  22.7  million 
visits  to  Smithsonian  facilities  during  the  year.  But  the 
visitor  statistics  for  the  Smithsonian's  thirteen  museums 
and  the  National  Zoo  represent  only  a  portion  of  the 
many  contacts  and  exchanges  between  the  Smithsonian 
and  its  audience. 

For  example:  1.2  million  people  came  to  the  Festival 
of  American  Folklife  this  summer,  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Traveling  Exhibition  Service  exhibitions  were  viewed 
by  five  million  people  in  the  United  States  and  abroad, 
seven  million  people  read  Smithsonian  magazine,  eight 
million  viewers  watched  "Smithsonian  World"  on  their 
local  Public  Broadcasting  stations,  and  a  potential  four 
million  listeners  tuned  in  to  "Radio  Smithsonian."  The 
1,550  daily  and  weekly  newspapers  that  subscribe  to  the 
Smithsonian  News  Service  have  a  combined  circulation 
of  forty  million,  and  it  has  been  estimated  that  50  per- 
cent of  the  prime-time  television  viewing  audience  is 
reached  by  the  "Here  at  the  Smithsonian"  short  features. 

The  Resident  Associate  Program  now  has  57,000  mem- 
bers, and  the  records  show  that  270,000  adults  and 
young  people  attended  RAP's  2,000  activities  in  fiscal 
year  1986. 

The  Smithsonian  National  Associates  Lecture  and 
Seminar  Program  invited  445,000  families  in  cities  across 
the  United  States  to  participate  in  regional  programs. 

Study  tours  took  6,600  Smithsonian  Associates  on  ad- 
ventures that  ranged  from  retracing  the  sailing  routes  of 
Magellan,  Drake,  and  Darwin  to  hiking  the  sacred  peaks 
of  China  to  studying  history  and  art  in  Florence,  Italy. 


The  Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception 
Center  reported  a  35  percent  increase  in  phone  traffic  as 
telephone  information  services  logged  more  than 
400,000  calls,  and  reported  a  33  percent  increase  in  in- 
quiries to  the  public  inquiry  mail  service,  yielding  50,000 
pieces  of  mail. 

Hundreds  of  visiting  scholars  were  welcomed  to  the 
Institution  for  brief  visits  and  lengthy  residencies,  enrich- 
ing both  their  own  experience  and  that  of  the  Institution 
with  their  presence. 

Last,  not  least,  among  the  vital  statistics  for  fiscal  year 
1986  are  the  5,546  volunteers  who  supported  the  Institu- 
tion with  their  energy  and  time  in  performing  a  wide 
range  of  essential  services — working  in  the  Visitor  Infor- 
mation and  Associates'  Reception  Center,  serving  as  do- 
cents  and  tour  guides,  engaging  in  research,  feeding  the 
tarantulas  at  the  Insect  Zoo,  making  Christmas  orna- 
ments, and  producing  the  Washington  Craft  Show,  to 
name  but  a  few  services  performed  by  Smithsonian  vol- 
unteers. 


The  more  than  125  exhibitions  that  opened  in  1986  in- 
cluded blockbusters  and  small  gems.  A  sample  reveals 
the  variety  of  Smithsonian  offerings. 

The  Smithsonian  looked  back  at  its  own  beginnings  in 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History's  yearlong  ex- 
hibition, Magnificent  Voyagers:  The  U.S. Exploring  Ex- 
pedition, 18)8-1841.  Critically  acclaimed  as  both  exhibi- 
tion and  book,  Magnificent  Voyagers  commemorated  an 
expedition  that  made  enduring  contributions  to  scientific 
knowledge.  Thousands  of  specimens  and  artifacts — 
mostly  from  the  Pacific  Islands  and  the  west  coast  of 
North  America — were  turned  over  to  the  Smithsonian  in 
1857,  becoming  the  foundation  for  the  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History's  study  collections. 

More  than  forty  institutions  and  individuals  loaned 
materials  for  this  massive  undertaking.  Production  of 
this  exhibition  and  the  programs  accompanying  it  in- 
volved close  cooperation  among  many  Smithsonian  orga- 
nizations, including  various  curatorial  departments 
within  the  Natural  History  Museum  and  the  museum's 
Office  of  Education,  as  well  as  the  Joseph  Henry  Papers, 
the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Libraries,  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  the  Smithsonian  Archives,  and  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service.  The  show  will 
travel  throughout  the  United  States  for  two  years. 

At  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  From  Concept  to  Context: 
Approaches  to  Asian  and  Islamic  Calligraphy — the  muse- 


18 


%*J 


Frank  Stella's  relief  painting  Quaqua!  Attaccati  Id!,  1985,  was  acquired  by  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  this  year  as  a 
museum  purchase. 


19 


urn's  first  comprehensive  look  at  an  art  which,  in  Asia 
and  the  Near  East,  is  considered  to  represent  the  pinna- 
cle of  creative  achievement — was  held  in  conjunction 
with  the  26th  International  Congress  of  the  History  of 
Art,  held  in  Washington,  D.C.  The  Freer  recorded  a  50 
percent  increase  in  attendance  this  year. 

Important  exhibitions  at  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden  included  A  New  Romanticism:  Sixteen 
Artists  from  Italy,  the  first  exhibition  in  America  to  ex- 
plore the  romantic  spiritual  impulse  of  recent  Italian  art, 
and  Directions  1986,  the  latest  in  a  series  focusing  on 
developments  in  contemporary  art. 

The  National  Zoo  brought  out  the  first  in  a  series  of 
interactive  exhibits,  called  ZOOArk,  designed  to  provide 
visitors  with  in-depth  information.  The  Zoo  also  experi- 
mented successfully  with  mixed-species  groupings,  plac- 
ing hummingbirds  and  predatory  fishes  in  crocodile  ex- 
hibits, and  birds  with  a  variety  of  mammals  in  the  Small 
Mammal  House. 

The  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum's  last  exhibi- 
tion in  its  old  building  was  a  tremendous  success.  Mu- 
seum attendance  increased  50  percent  during  the  showing 
of  The  Renaissance:  Black  Arts  of  the  Twenties,  which 
was  accompanied  by  a  wide  range  of  educational  pro- 
grams. 

Exhibitions  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art's 
Renwick  Gallery  included  Frank  Lloyd  Wright  and  the 
Johnson  Wax  Buildings:  Creating  a  Corporate  Cathedral. 
For  the  first  time  in  almost  ten  years,  visitors  to  the  gal- 
lery could  see  the  Renwick  unobstructed  by  barriers  and 
scaffolding,  as  repairs  of  the  facade  were  finally  com- 
pleted. 

Noteworthy  National  Portrait  Gallery  exhibitions  in- 
cluded Gaston  Lachaise:  Portrait  Sculpture  and  John 
Frazee,  Sculptor,  the  latter  coorganized  with  the  Boston 
Athenaeum. 

The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  in  New  York  City  offered 
a  varied  menu  to  museum-goers,  including  Bon  Voyage: 
Designs  for  Travel;  Advertising  America;  Treasures  from 
Hungary:  Gold  and  Silver  from  the  Ninth  to  the  Nine- 
teenth Century;  and  Toys  from  the  Nuremberg  Spielzeug 
Museum. 

Among  the  exhibitions  produced  by  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  African  Art,  before  it  closed  in  order  to  move  to 
the  new  underground  museum  complex  on  the  Mall,  was 
Go  Well,  My  Child,  which  consisted  of  photographs  of 
South  Africa  donated  to  the  museum  by  photographer 
Constance  Stuart  Larrabee,  who  forty  years  ago  collabo- 
rated with  Alan  Paton  to  create  a  photographic  portfolio 


based  on  his  novel  Cry,  the  Beloved  Country.  Another 
important  Museum  of  African  Art  show,  A  Human  Ideal 
in  African  Art,  Bamana  Figurative  Sculpture,  was  based 
on  recent  field  research  in  Mali.  The  exhibition  is  the 
first  organized  by  the  museum  to  travel  to  New  York's 
Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art. 


Each  year,  traveling  exhibitions  make  it  possible  for  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  people  outside  of  Washington, 
D.C,  to  view  Smithsonian  productions. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  History  was  the 
first  stop  on  the  tour  of  the  tremendously  popular  SITES 
show  Hollywood:  Legend  and  Reality,  the  first  major 
exhibition  to  explore  the  development  of  the  film  indus- 
try and  its  aesthetic  and  cultural  impact  on  American 
society.  In  fiscal  year  1986,  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service  added  twenty-five  exhibi- 
tions to  its  roster  of  more  than  one  hundred  traveling 
shows. 

Three  of  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art's  1986 
exhibitions  will  tour  to  other  American  cities:  Treasures 
from  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art,  which  in- 
cludes eighty-one  of  the  museum's  most  important 
works;  Art  in  New  Mexico,  1900-194$:  Paths  to  Taos 
and  Santa  Fe,  the  first  major  East  Coast  exhibition  de- 
voted to  the  subject;  and  Art,  Design  and  the  Modern 
Corporation:  The  Collection  of  the  Container  Corpora- 
tion of  America. 


Several  museums  have  added  to  their  permanent  exhibi- 
tions. 

Visitors  to  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History 
can  now  see  Earth's  oldest  fossils  in  the  new  permanent 
exhibition  The  Earliest  Traces  of  Life. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  History  opened 
the  first  in  a  series  of  new  permanent  installations,  After 
the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in  America,  1780-1800. 
The  exhibition  draws  on  recent  scholarship  and  research 
to  present  a  cross  section  of  American  life  of  the  period. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  also  opened  the 
new  Looking  at  Earth  gallery  that  draws  on  the  expertise 
of  the  museum's  Center  for  Earth  and  Planetary  Studies 
in  the  field  of  remote  sensing.  Illustrating  the  many  ways 
that  man  has  viewed  the  Earth,  the  gallery  highlights 
pigeon-carried  cameras  as  well  as  satellite-carried  de- 
vices. 

At  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art,  the  Doris 


zo 


M.  Magowan  Gallery  of  Portrait  Miniatures  reopened 
after  being  closed  several  years  for  extensive  renovation. 


The  Smithsonian  continued  to  take  an  active  role  in  the 
nationwide  Festival  of  India  1985-1986,  a  celebration  of 
Indian  culture  bringing  art,  music,  drama,  dance,  film, 
and  crafts  to  major  cultural  institutions  across  the 
United  States.  Smithsonian  Secretary  Emeritus  S.  Dillon 
Ripley  is  American  Chairman  for  the  festival. 

Golden  Eye:  An  International  Tribute  to  the  Artisans 
of  India,  at  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  in  New  York 
City,  displayed  furnishings,  jewelry,  objets  d'art,  toys, 
clothing,  and  architectural  elements  designed  by  eleven 
noted  Western  designers  inspired  by  the  traditional  crafts 
of  India.  All  the  items  in  the  show  were  crafted  by  arti- 
sans in  India. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  History  offered 
two  exhibitions  in  conjunction  with  the  festival.  Aditi: 
The  Monies  of  India  examined  the  history  of  money  in 
India  from  the  sixth  century  B.C.  to  the  present,  and  All 
Sorts  of  Painted  Stuffs  .  .  .  Indian  Chintzes  and  Their 
Western  Counterparts  explored  the  production  of  India's 
exotic,  floral-patterned  cottons  and  their  arrival  and  imi- 
tation in  the  West. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Ser- 
vice produced  The  Master  Weavers,  an  exhibition  of  the 
varied  traditional  textiles  of  India. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  History's  Office  of 
Education  created  an  educational  kit,  The  Living  Arts  of 
India,  which  is  circulating  among  South  Asian  centers, 
universities,  centers  for  international  education,  and 
school  systems  across  the  United  States.  Accompanied  by 
six  volumes  of  written  material,  the  package  includes 
audiotapes  and  a  videotape  of  the  museum's  1985  Aditi: 
A  Celebration  of  Life  exhibition,  as  well  as  puppets, 
posters,  musical  instruments,  and  more. 

The  spirit  of  international  cooperation  and  exchange 
embodied  in  an  event  like  the  Festival  of  India  1985-1986 
has  long  been  a  part  of  the  Smithsonian's  mission.  This 
spirit  continues  to  grow  and  find  expression  in  ongoing 
Smithsonian  activities  and  in  our  plans  for  the  future. 


As  construction  of  the  Smithsonian's  new  museum  com- 
plex on  the  National  Mall  neared  completion,  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  the  Resi- 
dent and  National  Associate  programs,  and  the 
Directorate  of  International  Activities  moved  into  the 


underground  facility  during  1986  and  attention  focused 
on  preparations  for  the  opening  of  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Gallery  and  the  International  Center,  and  the 
reopening  of  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art,  in 
September  1987. 

In  addition  to  coordinating  a  wide  range  of  ongoing 
projects  involving  international  cooperation  between  the 
Smithsonian  and  other  institutions,  staff  members  of  the 
Directorate  of  International  Activities  have  been  planning 
for  the  International  Center's  inaugural  exhibition  and 
associated  programs — and  also  for  the  Columbus  Quin- 
centenary in  1992.  In  1986  the  Directorate  began  a  three- 
year  pilot  program,  in  cooperation  with  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  tied  to  the  international 
Man  and  the  Biosphere  Program. 

Also  in  1986  the  Directorate  of  International  Activities 
joined  with  the  Joint  Committee  on  Africa  of  the  Social 
Science  Research  Council  and  the  American  Council  of 
Learned  Societies  to  survey  scholars  and  museum  profes- 
sionals worldwide  on  issues  to  be  discussed  at  a  future 
international  conference  on  African  material  culture.  As 
planned,  the  conference  will  integrate  the  perspectives  of 
multiple  disciplines. 

The  National  Museum  of  African  Art  began  a  new 
chapter  in  its  history  on  June  15,  1986,  when  the  doors 
of  its  Capitol  Hill  townhouses  closed  and  preparations 
for  the  move  to  the  new  site  on  the  Mall  began.  The 
Smithsonian  Archives  completed  its  survey  of  the  Eliot 
Elisofon  Photographic  Archives,  one  of  the  largest  pho- 
tographic archives  of  African  art,  culture,  and  environ- 
ment, and  a  major  research  component  of  the  National 
Museum  of  African  Art. 

Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries'  National  Museum  of 
African  Art  branch  continued  purchasing  to  enhance  the 
Africana  collection,  which  has  doubled  in  size  to  more 
than  10,000  volumes  since  1985.  And  the  museum's  De- 
partment of  Education  and  Research  has  doubled  the 
size  of  the  museum's  docent  corps,  assembling  eighty  vol- 
unteers for  a  training  program  that  will  prepare  them 
and  the  department  for  the  inaugural  programs  at  the 
new  location. 

The  center  for  Asian  art,  which  includes  the  Arthur 
M.  Sackler  Gallery  and  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  experi- 
enced a  50  percent  growth  in  staff  this  year.  Center  con- 
servators and  staff  at  the  Smithsonian  Conservation 
Analytical  Laboratory  worked  to  prepare  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  collections  for  exhibition. 

Scholarship  at  both  the  center  for  Asian  art  and  the 
Museum  of  African  Art  has  been  enhanced  with  the  con- 


21 


Somewhere  there  is  a  book  that  will  challenge  a  child  to  read  and 
through  reading  to  expand  horizons  and  break  down  limits  on 
learning.  These  children  were  looking  for  "their"  books  at  the 
Smithsonian,  following  a  drawing  to  select  a  National  RIF 
Reader.  (Photograph  by  Dolores  Neuman) 


tinuation  of  the  Rockefeller  Residency  Program  in  the 
Humanities  grants  for  postdoctoral  fellowships.  The 
1986  fellows  are  studying,  respectively,  historical  photo- 
graphs as  sources  for  research  on  African  art  history  and 
history,  and  Persian  sources  relating  to  the  calligraphers, 
artists,  and  artisans  of  the  Timurid  period. 

Meanwhile,  above  ground,  the  Smithsonian's  Office  of 
Horticulture  began  installing  trees  and  plants  in  the  Enid 
A.  Haupt  Garden,  which  is  to  open  in  spring  1987. 


The  Smithsonian  celebrated  several  milestones  during 
fiscal  year  1986. 

Smithsonian  Archives  honored  the  100th  anniversary 
of  the  birth  of  Alexander  Wetmore,  sixth  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  with  the  exhibition  Alexander 
Wetmore:  The  Early  Years,  1900-1915.  The  exhibition 
included  a  narrated  videotape  of  film  footage  of  Wet- 
more's  1950s  Panama  expeditions. 

The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  celebrated  the  10th  anni- 
versary of  its  rebirth  as  the  Smithsonian's  National  Mu- 
seum of  Design  on  October  6,  1985. 

The  10th  anniversary  of  the  opening  of  the  National 
Air  and  Space  Museum  was  celebrated  on  July  1,  1986. 


This  has  been  a  decade  of  record-breaking  attendance,  a 
full  schedule  of  public  programs,  and  an  expanded  com- 
mitment to  historical  and  scientific  research. The  muse- 
um's collection  has  come  a  long  way  since  a  group  of 
Chinese  kites  was  given  to  the  Institution  in  1876;  this 
year,  NASM  acquired  the  Space  Shuttle  Enterprise, 
which  will  serve  as  centerpiece  for  the  proposed  museum 
annex  at  Washington  Dulles  International  Airport.  Other 
landmarks  in  this  anniversary  year  were  the  launching  of 
the  Air  &  Space  /  Smithsonian  magazine  and  accom- 
panying membership  program,  and  the  premiere  of  the 
new  IMAX  film  On  the  Wing. 

Two  divisions  in  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  marked  their  100th  anniversaries  this  year.  The 
National  Philatelic  Collection  was  honored  by  the  U.S. 
Postal  Service,  which  issued  a  special  booklet  of  stamps 
to  commemorate  the  collection's  centenary.  And  the  mu- 
seum's Division  of  Graphic  Arts  celebrated  with  the  exhi- 
bition GA  100:  The  Centenary  of  the  Division  of 
Graphic  Arts. 


In  addition  to  marking  its  own  anniversaries,  the  Smith- 
sonian joined  in  the  celebrations  of  other  national  and 
international  milestones. 

In  conjunction  with  the  centennial  celebration  for  the 
Statue  of  Liberty,  the  Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia 
and  Seminars  held  a  colloquium,  "Liberty:  As  Idea,  Icon, 
and  Engineering  Feat,"  in  New  York  City. 

The  National  Portrait  Gallery  joined  with  the  Tennes- 
see State  Museum  to  produce  the  exhibition  Davy 
Crockett:  Gentleman  from  the  Cane,  commemorating 
the  bicentenary  of  the  folk  hero's  birth. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  History  commem- 
orated the  150th  anniversary  of  the  Patent  Act  with  the 
exhibitions  Patent  Fending:  Models  of  Invention  and  In- 
vention and  Enterprise. 

The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  presented  the  exhibition 
Milestones:  Fifty  Years  of  Consumer  Goods  and  Services 
on  the  occasion  of  the  50th  anniversary  of  Consumers 
Union,  publishers  of  Consumer  Reports  magazine. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Ser- 
vice produced  Carnegie  Libraries:  A  Sesquicentennial 
Celebration. 

The  winter  of  1985  saw  the  return  of  Halley's  comet,  a 
cause  for  excitement  worldwide.  Smithsonian  Astrophys- 
ical  Observatory  scientists  were  involved  in  research  con- 
cerning the  1985-86  appearance  of  the  comet,  including 
measurements  of  the  nucleus,  the  first  glimpse  ever  of 
the  heart  of  a  comet.  These  measurements  confirmed 


22 


and  extended  the  famous  "dirty  snowball"  model  of  a 
comet's  nucleus  developed  by  the  Observatory's  Fred 
Whipple. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  produced  a  vari- 
ety of  programs  for  comet  watchers:  Comet  Quest,  the 
most  successful  planetarium  show  to  date;  a  curriculum 
guide;  a  permanent  installation,  Exploring  Comets;  an 
exhibition,  Fire  and  Ice:  A  History  of  Comets  in  Art, 
which  drew  on  collections  from  around  the  world;  and  a 
one-day  free  public  celebration  including  an  international 
symposium,  a  lecture  by  astronomer  Carl  Sagan,  and  a 
"Once-in-a-Lifetime"  party. 

At  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  the  exhibition  Wonders  of 
Creation,  Oddities  of  Existence:  An  Exhibition  in  Cele- 
bration oj  Halley's  Comet  offered  visitors  a  view  of  Near 
Eastern  attitudes  toward  the  cosmos  from  the  thirteenth 
to  the  eighteenth  centuries.  The  Smithsonian  Associates 
set  forth  on  a  variety  of  study  tours.  And  the  Visitor  In- 
formation and  Associates'  Reception  Center  reported 
that  interest  in  Halley's  comet  in  November  and  December 
generated  nearly  19,000  calls  to  the  Dial-a-Phenomenon 
recording. 


The  Smithsonian  continues  to  add  to  the  national  col- 
lections it  holds  in  trust  for  the  American  people.  In 
1986,  ten  of  the  Smithsonian's  thirteen  museums  and  the 
National  Zoo  took  in  an  estimated  942,000  artifacts, 
works  of  art,  and  specimens. The  bulk  of  the  new  acqui- 
sitions— approximately  896,000  male,  female,  old,  and 
young  specimens  from  different  parts  of  the  world — went 
to  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  where  spec- 
imens are  collected  by  the  thousands  so  that  scientists 
may  have  statistically  valid  sample  populations  to  study. 

All  together,  the  Smithsonian  museums  now  have  more 
than  102  million  objects  in  their  collections.  Some,  espe- 
cially works  of  art,  are  purchased;  other  objects  and 
specimens  are  brought  back  from  scientific  expeditions 
and  fieldwork  conducted  by  researchers. 

Among  the  more  than  40,000  items  that  found  their 
way  into  the  collections  of  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History  this  year  were  more  than  300  hand- 
held calculators;  the  "Indomitable,"  the  first  magnetic 
resonance  imaging  device,  which  allowed  doctors  for  the 
first  time  to  examine  the  entire  human  body  internally 
using  ultrasound  technology  rather  than  surgical  inter- 
vention; vaudeville  costumes  worn  in  the  1890s;  and  a 
Kodak  Brownie  camera  used  to  photograph  the  rescue  of 
Titanic  survivors. 

The  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  added  the  finest  exist- 


ing private  collection  of  Islamic  and  Indian  paintings  and 
manuscripts  to  its  already  precious  holdings.  This  long- 
lost  collection,  assembled  between  1900  and  1943  by 
Paris  jeweler  Henri  Vever,  is  a  comprehensive  survey  of 
the  art  of  the  Persian  book. 

The  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  acquired  a  nineteenth-century 
Chinese  wooden  birdcage  with  lacquer  and  ceramic  ac- 
cessories as  well  as  three  works  of  Japanese  calligraphy 
and  an  ancient  Chinese  pottery  ewer  or  vessel  from  the 
Warring  States  period  (481-221  B.C.).  A  gift  of  Chinese 
blue-and-white  porcelains  (1662-1722),  now  on  exhibit  in 
the  Peacock  Room,  were  also  added  to  the  collection. 

The  National  Portrait  Gallery  acquired  a  formal  full- 
length  oil  portrait  of  President  Jimmy  Carter,  an  oil 
painting  of  poet  T.  S.  Eliot,  and  a  group  of  caricatures 
of  famous  Americans  by  Herman  Perlman.  The  gallery 
also  added  to  its  collection  another  eighty-two  pieces  of 
original  art  used  for  Time  magazine  covers. 

Marine  biologists  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  welcomed  the  addition  of  a  4,000-specimen  al- 
gae collection  from  the  Florida  Keys  and  the  Bahamas. 
Entomologists  received  10,000  moths  and  butterflies 
from  Scandinavia,  including  specimens  previously  unrep- 
resented in  the  museum's  extensive  collections.  One  of 
the  largest  complete  trilobites  ever  found  in  North  Amer- 
ica was  added  to  the  museum's  fossil  collection — and 
beautiful  crinoid,  or  "sea  lily,"  fossils  were  purchased  by 
the  Paleobiology  Department.  A  collection  of  rare, 
nineteenth-century  native  wood-carvings  was  donated  to 
the  museum's  Anthropology  Department.  The  Vertebrate 
Zoology  Department  received  an  extensive  collection  of 
birds,  mammals,  and  insects  from  the  Amazonian  jungles 
of  Brazil.  This  collection  may  include  species  that  are 
new  to  scientists. 

The  National  Museum  of  African  Art  acquired  a 
sculpture,  made  of  wood,  metal,  shell,  and  other  materi- 
als, by  the  Songye  people  of  Zaire,  and  purchased  a  rare 
Vili  (Congo)  ivory  staff  top,  a  chiefs  emblem  of  office, 
dating  from  the  nineteenth  century  or  earlier. 

Among  the  twenty-two  works  added  to  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  collections  were  Dictio- 
nary for  Building:  Closet  under  Stairs,  a  1985  work  by 
Siah  Armajani,  and  a  bronze  sculpture  by  Max  Ernst, 
Young  Flower-Shaped  Woman  (1944,  cast  in  1959).  The 
Hirshhorn  also  officially  acquisitioned  5,879  works  of  art 
that  had  been  bequeathed  to  the  museum  by  its  founder, 
the  late  Joseph  Hirshhorn  (1899-1981). 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  acquired  numer- 
ous distinguished  medals  belonging  to  General  Chuck 
Yeager,  along  with  two  of  his  flight  jackets.  One  of  the 


2-3 


jackets  was  worn  by  Yeager  on  his  historic  1947  sound- 
barrier-breaking  flight  in  the  Bell  XS-i.  A  Russian  fighter 
plane,  a  MiG-15,  and  a  home-built  American  helicopter 
also  were  added  to  the  museum's  aeronautics  collection. 
NASM's  Space  Science  and  Exploration  Department  re- 
ceived the  only  full-scale  test  vehicle  used  in  1976  for 
NASA's  Hubble  Space  Telescope.  The  real  telescope  has 
since  been  built  and  is  scheduled  to  be  the  payload  of  a 
future  space  shuttle  mission. 

Among  the  highlights  of  the  1986  acquisitions  made  by 
the  Smithsonian's  National  Museum  of  Design,  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  in  New  York,  were  a  linen  nap- 
kin (1905),  a  1929  mahogany-and-glass  bookcase,  and  a 
work  by  Dutch  artist  Isaac  de  Moucheron  (1667-1744). 

The  National  Museum  of  American  Art  acquired  a 
portfolio  of  prints  by  the  well-known  photographer  Di- 
ane Arbus;  a  group  of  contemporary  works  by  Peter  So- 
low,  Jacob  Kainen,  James  Surls,  and  Philip  Guston,  and 
a  neoclassical  sculpture  by  Harriet  Hosmer  titled  Will  0' 
the  Wisp. 

The  Smithsonian's  Archives  of  American  Art  has  an 
extensive  collection  of  materials  from  artists,  museums, 
and  art  collectors  around  the  country.  In  1986,  the  Ar- 
chives added  145  color  slides  of  Chicano  murals  in  Los 
Angeles,  about  twenty  boxes  of  files,  correspondence, 
and  other  materials  from  the  Los  Angeles  Museum  of 
Contemporary  Art,  and  the  personal  papers  of  the  well- 
known  Playboy  artist  and  illustrator,  Alberto  Vargas. 

Notable  among  the  National  Zoo's  new  acquisitions 
were  ten  golden-headed  lion  tamarins  from  Brazil.  The 
monkeys  became  part  of  the  Zoo's  ongoing  captive- 
breeding  programs,  which  hope  to  save  these  and  other 
endangered  species  from  extinction.  New  breeding  pro- 
grams were  founded  in  1986  with  the  addition  of  species 
to  the  collections.  The  Zoo's  collections  also  expanded 
naturally,  with  1,265  births — including  the  first  birth  of  a 
golden-headed  lion  tamarin  in  the  United  States.  Other 
triumphs  in  the  propagation  of  rare  and  endangered  spe- 
cies included  the  first  hatching  of  red-crowned  cranes  at 
the  Zoo  and  continued  success  in  the  Guam  birds  rescue 
project. 


Nearly  all  of  the  objects  acquired  by  the  Institution  in 
1986  became  part  of  the  Smithsonian's  study  collections. 
These  collections  and  the  curators  who  study  them  are 
unparalleled  resources,  essential  to  scholarly  research. 
Making  these  historical  and  anthropological  objects, 
original  works  of  art,  natural  history  specimens,  living 
plants,  animals,  and  entire  ecosystems  available  for  study 


and  providing  opportunities  for  research  and  study  to 
colleagues  and  students  outside  the  Smithsonian  is  a  vital 
Smithsonian  activity. 

In  1986,  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 
welcomed  142  fellows,  256  visiting  scientists  and  schol- 
ars, and  101  interns,  including  representatives  of  more 
than  thirty  foreign  countries.  The  diverse  topics  for  their 
researches  included  migration  and  employment  transition 
of  African-American  women,  1890-1930;  mechanics, 
mathematics,  and  machines  in  the  culture  of  the  Renais- 
sance; man  and  nature  in  Winslow  Homer's  Adirondack 
pictures;  kinetics  and  ecology  of  flight  in  butterflies; 
technology,  gender,  and  economics  in  computer  program- 
ming; and  the  introduction  of  modern  German  art  into 
New  York  City,  1905-39. 

Fellows  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 
totaled  73  men  and  women  from  the  United  States,  Asia, 
and  Latin  America,  many  of  them  from  developing  na- 
tions. 

The  Office  of  Museum  Programs  continued  to  provide 
services  to  museums,  as  well  as  internships  and  opportu- 
nities for  visiting  professionals,  museum  leaders,  and 
specialists  from  across  the  United  States  and  overseas.  Its 
many  activities  in  1986  included  an  International  Con- 
gress on  Learning  in  Museums;  a  joint  on-site  workshop 
with  the  African  American  Museums  Association  for 
teams  of  museum  directors  and  trustees;  a  national  con- 
ference on  Women's  Changing  Roles  in  Museums,  co- 
sponsored  by  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs  and  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Women's  Council;  and  the  Na- 
tive American  Museums  Program  which  included  the 
Native  American  Archives  Advisory  Conference. 

The  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
this  year  expanded  its  programs  for  young  people  and 
educators,  including  the  Career  Awareness  Program;  the 
Summer  Intern  Program;  "Exploring  the  Smithsonian," 
which  welcomed  5,400  Washington,  D.C.,  junior  high 
school  students;  and  the  Summer  Internship  Program  for 
High  School  Teachers  from  across  the  nation. 


The  year  1986  saw  several  additions  to  the  Smithsonian's 
ongoing  efforts  to  encourage  a  wider  audience  participa- 
tion and  to  reflect  in  its  programs  the  contributions  of 
all  cultural  communities  to  history  and  culture. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  Art  produced  two 
new  special-interest  self-guided  exhibition  tours,  "Afro- 
American  Art"  and  "Women  Artists."  The  Office  of  Pub- 
lic Affairs  has  expanded  the  scope  of  its  readership  by 
launching  a  Hispanic  edition  of  the  Smithsonian  News 


24 


The  National  Portrait  Gallery's  purchase  of  this  painting  by  Thomas  Eakins  of  Ttlcott  Williams,  an  oil  on  canvas,  was  made  possible  by 
the  James  Smithson  Society  and  the  Kate  and  Laurens  Seelye  Family.  (Photograph  by  Eugene  Mantie) 


2-5 


Service.  A  variety  of  public  programs,  such  as  the  Festi- 
val of  American  Folklife  and  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History  Program  on  Black  American  Culture 
colloquia  and  concerts  on  Classic  Gospel  Song  and  Black 
American  Popular  Music,  provided  opportunities  for  vis- 
itors to  learn  about  the  different  cultural  traditions  that 
compose  our  heritage. 

The  American  Indian  Program  at  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  American  History  and  the  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History  was  established  in  fiscal  year  1986  to 
bring  American  Indian  perspectives  to  all  of  the  muse- 
ums' publications,  outreach,  and  exhibition  projects. 

The  Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience 
was  established  in  June  1986,  formalizing  the  work  of 
the  ad  hoc  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience.  The  office 
will  evaluate  Smithsonian  programs  and  recommend 
ways  to  improve  the  Institution's  capacity  to  serve  a 
more  varied  and  diversified  American  and  international 
public. 


Since  successful  wider  audience  participation  is  ultimately 
related  to  excellent  scholarship  and  interpretation,  these 
concerns  are  also  being  addressed  behind  the  scenes  at 
the  Smithsonian. 

This  year  marked  the  fifth  year  that  the  Office  of  Fel- 
lowships and  Grants  offered  a  wide  range  of  academic 
opportunities  aimed  at  increasing  minority  participation 
in  Smithsonian  programs.  These  opportunities  include 
internships  for  minority  undergraduate  and  graduate  stu- 
dents; a  student  employment  program  that  encourages 
minority  graduate  students  to  work  in  professional  and 
administrative  positions;  an  Education  Fellowship  Pro- 
gram that  offers  support  for  graduate  education  and  re- 
search training  at  the  Smithsonian;  and  fellowships  for 
minority  faculty  members  and  faculty  from  minority  col- 
leges. Faculty  research  topics  this  year  included  the  de- 
velopment of  the  synthetic  dye  industry  in  the  United 
States,  1860-1920;  the  role  of  sports  in  Afro- American 
community  life  during  the  Jim  Crow  era,  1896-1954;  and 
salinity  tolerance  assessments  of  mangrove  ferns. 

The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  American  Indian 
Program  provides  opportunities  through  directed  and 
independent  appointments  for  North  American  Indians 
to  pursue  research  utilizing  Smithsonian  collections  relat- 
ing to  their  cultures.  In  1986,  research  topics  included 
the  National  Congress  of  American  Indians  and  its  in- 
volvement in  American  Indian  Higher  Education;  and 
Chippewa  Musical  Heritage  and  Reservation  History. 

The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  initiated  the 


Visiting  Associates  Program  in  1986.  A  dozen  university 
and  college  faculty  and  administrators  who  have  a  com- 
mitment to  expanding  minority  participation  in  higher 
education  visited  the  Institution  to  learn  about  ongoing 
research  and  research  opportunities.  Associates  were 
asked  to  serve  as  resource  contacts  and  will  disseminate 
Smithsonian  research  opportunities  to  their  respective 
academic  communities. 

In  conjunction  with  the  Association  of  American  Uni- 
versity Presses,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  in  1986 
helped  establish  a  nationwide  program  to  increase  the 
number  of  minority  members  in  university  press  publish- 
ing. 

Paving  the  way  for  future  specialized  research  are  such 
programs  as  the  Afro-American  Index  Project,  which 
began  in  December  1985  to  record  the  tens  of  thousands 
of  Afro-American  related  objects,  photographs,  and  doc- 
uments in  Smithsonian  collections,  and  the  Smithsonian 
Ethnographic  Judaica  Project,  which  similarly  began  cat- 
aloging ethnographic  objects,  documents,  and  ceremonial 
art  in  Judaica  collections. 

The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  joined  with 
the  American  Institute  of  Biological  Sciences  and  the  Na- 
tional Science  Foundation  to  produce  the  International 
Grass  Symposium.  Proceedings  of  this  major  symposium 
are  in  preparation  for  publication  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press. 

"Man  and  Beast  Revisited,"  an  international  sympo- 
sium cosponsored  by  the  National  Zoo  and  the  Office  of 
Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Seminars,  was  designed  as  a 
sequel  to  the  1969  "Man  and  Beast:  Comparative  Social 
Behavior." 


A  survey  of  significant  scientific  research  at  the  Smith- 
sonian this  year  encompasses  the  development  of  new 
visions  of  the  universe  and  efforts  to  understand  the  con- 
sequences of  man-made  disasters. 

Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  scientists  chal- 
lenged and  confirmed  several  long-standing  notions 
about  the  cosmos  in  the  past  year.  SAO  scientists  pro- 
duced a  new  map  of  large-scale  structure  in  the  universe. 
They  revised  the  distance  measurement  to  the  center  of 
the  Milky  Way  from  33,000  light  years,  the  standard  for 
two  decades,  to  23,000  light  years.  This  fundamental 
measurement  affecting  many  calculations  in  astronomy 
will  have  a  major  impact  on  our  understanding  of  the 
distance  between  objects  in  our  galaxy.  SAO  scientists 
and  Harvard  collaborators  have  made  the  first  precise 
measurements  of  the  distance  from  Earth  to  an  astro- 


26 


nomical  object  outside  our  galaxy — a  supernova  approxi- 
mately 60  million  light  years  away.  This  ability  to  mea- 
sure extragalactic  distances  is  central  to  many 
cosmological  issues,  including  size,  age,  structure,  and 
ultimate  fate  of  the  universe. 

In  addition  to  these  breakthroughs  in  measuring  dis- 
tance, SAO  has  taken  steps  to  improve  the  measurement 
of  time  as  well.  An  SAO-  and  Harvard-designed  clock 
that  successfully  operated  at  a  temperature  within  one- 
half  degree  of  absolute  zero  is  expected  to  be  one  thou- 
sand times  more  accurate  than  previous  atomic  clocks. 

The  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center  facil- 
ity in  Rockville,  Maryland,  completed  its  fifty-seventh 
and  last  year  as  a  site  for  study  of  the  influence  of  sun- 
light on  growth  and  development  of  biological  organ- 
isms. When  the  Rockville  center  closed  in  November 
1986,  research  continued  at  the  Edgewater,  Maryland, 
facility.  Researchers  in  Edgewater  have  been  studying 
Chesapeake  Bay  overenrichment,  a  major  regional  prob- 
lem, from  an  over-all  landscape  perspective.  Their  find- 
ings indicate  the  significant  role  played  by  farm  manage- 
ment and  the  need  for  improved  watershed  management 
in  the  Bay  area. 

At  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  in  Pan- 
ama, scientists  are  exploring  diving  and  buoyancy  in  sea 
snakes;  variation  in  animal  genitalia;  spider  webs;  the 
interrelationships  of  certain  birds  and  wasps;  dynamics 
of  forest  growth;  and  the  effects  of  weather  and  sea- 
sonal rhythms  on  flora  and  fauna  of  the  region. 

While  STRI  researchers  were  analyzing  years  of  data 
gained  from  monitoring  the  environment  on  the  reef  flat 
at  Galeta  Point,  the  worst  oil  spill  in  Panama's  history 
caused  extensive  mortality  on  the  flat.  Since  this  is  the 
first  oil  spill  in  so  well-studied  a  place,  the  Department 
of  the  Interior  expressed  interest  in  following  up  the  ef- 
fects of  the  disaster  in  a  study  that  will  span  a  consider- 
able stretch  of  the  Caribbean  coast.  Other  research  at 
the  Institute  focuses  on  the  effects  of  natural  disaster, 
studying  how  the  massive  mortality  of  reef  corals  in  the 
wake  of  El  Nino  is  affecting  the  development  of  reefs 
and  observing  the  recovery  of  the  long-spined  sea  urchins 
Diadema  from  the  mass  mortality  that  reduced  their 
numbers  by  over  99  percent  three  years  ago. 

New  projects  at  the  Conservation  Analytical  Labora- 
tory this  year  include  studies  of  heat  and  moisture  trans- 
port in  walls  of  museum  buildings,  studies  of  humidity- 
induced  dimensional  changes  in  woodwind  instruments 
during  playing,  and  studies  of  the  effects  of  weighting 
silk.  Progress  in  CAL's  studies  of  yellow-firing  Hopi  ce- 
ramics has  attracted  a  sizable  number  of  requests  for  col- 


laborative projects  in  American  Southwest  archaeology. 
Similarly,  the  work  on  ceramics  from  the  Helmand  and 
Indus  Valley  civilizations  was  so  successful  that  Italian 
and  French  archaeologists  working  on  this  subject  in  the 
Middle  East  have  expressed  the  wish  for  further  formal- 
ized cooperative  arrangements. 

CAL's  collaborative  program  with  the  National  Bureau 
of  Standards  on  lead  isotope  analysis  concentrated  in 
1986  on  Chinese  bronze  vessels  from  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  collections  and  the  results  were  reported  at  a 
conference  in  China.  The  laboratory  also  joined  with  the 
Getty  Conservation  Institute  and  the  Canadian  Conser- 
vation Institute  in  a  study  of  the  effects  on  museum  ob- 
jects materials  of  fumigants  commonly  used  for  insect 
control. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  conducted  re- 
search on  the  history  of  cosmic  ray  physics;  the  origins 
of  the  Hubble  Space  Telescope;  Turkish  aviation;  the  ev- 
olution of  space  suit  technology;  and  the  history  of  air- 
lines in  Asia.  Data  from  remote  sensing  of  terrestrial  and 
planetary  surface  features  was  used  to  study  desert  re- 
gions of  Earth  and  structural  landforms  on  Mars.  In  ad- 
dition, the  museum  established  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Archives  as  a  national  center  for  research  into 
aerospace  history,  a  clearinghouse  for  information  on  the 
museum's  own  collections  as  well  as  collections  available 
at  non-Smithsonian  facilities. 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History  scientists  investi- 
gated the  hydrothermal  vents  of  the  eastern  Pacific  and 
the  giant  vestimentiferan  tube  worms  that  live  there.  In- 
ternational expeditions  went  to  Colombia  to  study  the 
aftermath  of  the  catastrophic  eruption  of  Nevada  del 
Ruiz,  which  killed  z.4,000  people;  to  a  remote,  biologi- 
cally unexplored  offshore  area  of  the  Philippines;  to  the 
mountains  of  Nepal  to  survey  a  proposed  conservation 
area;  and  to  Morocco,  with  the  National  Geographic 
Society,  in  search  of  the  ancient  Strait  of  Gibraltar.  The 
museum  initiated  the  first  long-term  study  of  a  mangrove 
ecosystem,  in  Belize,  and  a  major  study  of  a  meteorite 
that  may  give  clues  to  the  earliest  history  of  the  solar 
system.  The  year  1986  also  saw  the  beginning  of  the  Co- 
operative Program  on  the  Mexican  Apifauna,  involving  bee 
specialists  from  the  United  States,  Mexico,  and  Panama. 


The  Smithsonian  continued  to  publish  books  and  records 
for  scholarly  and  general  audiences,  and  to  produce  film 
and  television  projects  that  reach  an  audience  far  beyond 
the  bounds  of  Washington,  D.C.  Among  the  many 
achievements  in  1986  were  these: 


2-7 


Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents 


The  Stone  Carvers,  a  film  that  grew  out  of  the  1978 
and  1979  Festival  of  American  Folklife  programs,  won 
an  Emmy  Award. 

"Smithsonian  World"  received  an  Emmy  Award  for  the 
Anne  Morrow  Lindbergh  segment  in  Crossing  the  Dis- 
tance, and  was  honored  with  the  gold  medal  for  best 
magazine  series  at  the  International  Television  and  Film 
Festival  in  New  York. 

The  Office  of  Telecommunications  completed  the  pilot 
program  for  a  possible  children's  television  series,  "Smith- 
sonian Quest,"  and  participated  in  the  production  of 
"Smithsonian  Treasures,"  a  90-minute  television  special 
hosted  by  Gene  Kelly  and  broadcast  in  April  1986. 

Smithsonian  bureaus  produced  a  variety  of  important 
exhibition  catalogs  and  volumes  on  current  research, 
among  them  works  honored  by  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Museums  and  other  professional  organizations. 
The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  published  the 
sixth  in  the  Institution's  projected  twenty-volume  ency- 
clopedic Handbook  of  North  American  Indians. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  continued  its  growth 
in  the  publication  of  scholarly  and  general  books.  Three 
new  scholarly  series  developed  rapidly  in  1986:  New  Di- 
rections in  American  Art,  the  Smithsonian  Series  in  Ar- 
chaeological Inquiry,  and  the  Smithsonian  Series  in  Eth- 
nographic Inquiry.  In  all  the  Press  published  over 
thirty-five  books  in  the  past  year.  Several  books  won  de- 
sign awards  and  commendations,  and  Fred  Whipple's 
Mystery  of  Comets  was  honored  with  the  prestigious  Phi 
Beta  Kappa  Award.  American  Popular  Song,  a  seven- 
record  anthology  produced  by  the  Smithsonian  Collec- 
tion of  Recordings,  was  nominated  for  Grammy  awards 
in  two  categories:  Best  Historical  Album  and  Best  Album 
Notes. 


The  first  meeting  of  the  Board,  held  on  January  27, 
1986,  began  with  tributes  to  the  late  Regents  Emeriti 
George  H.  Mahon  and  J.  Paul  Austin.  At  the  suggestion 
of  the  Executive  Committee,  the  Regents  voted  to  seek 
the  reappointment  of  Dr.  Gell-Mann  and  Mr.  Acheson  as 
Regents  of  the  Institution.  The  Board  received  a  report 
of  the  Audit  and  Review  Committee's  November  5,  1985, 
meeting  at  the  Museum  Support  Center,  in  which  the 
committee  reviewed  programs  for  the  handling  of  haz- 
ardous materials,  toured  the  center,  and  discussed  the 
activities  of  the  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory.  The 
Personnel  Committee  reported  that  it  had  reviewed  the 
financial  interests  statements  of  the  executive  staff,  had 
received  a  report  on  the  submission  and  review  of  other 
employees'  financial  interests  statements,  and  had  found 
no  conflict  of  interest  whatsoever.  After  the  Regents'  ad 
hoc  committee  on  food  services  reported  its  findings,  the 
Regents  voted  to  authorize  the  Secretary  to  solicit  new 
bids  and  contract  for  Smithsonian  restaurant  services  on 
and  near  the  Mall,  to  plan  and  contract  for  the  construc- 
tion of  a  new  restaurant  facility  on  the  east  terrace  of  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum  and  such  other  capital 
improvements  to  existing  facilities  as  may  be  prudent, 
and  to  finance  these  undertakings  with  available  unre- 
stricted trust  funds  or  funds  to  be  borrowed  from  bank- 
ing institutions.  The  Investment  Policy  Committee  re- 
ported on  its  meeting  in  November  1985;  subsequent  to 
the  meeting  of  the  Board,  Mr.  Humelsine,  acting  chair- 
man of  the  committee,  conferred  with  members  of  the 
committee  and  requested  the  Treasurer  to  order  the  sale 
of  the  Institution's  holdings  in  the  Trustees'  Commingled 
Fund. 

In  his  Secretary's  Report,  Mr.  Adams  reported  on  the 
impact  of  the  Gramm-Rudman-Hollings  sequestration  of 
fiscal  year  1986  appropriations  and  strategies  being  de- 
veloped to  cope  with  these  and  future  cuts.  The  Secre- 
tary also  announced  measures  being  taken  to  partially 
decentralize  the  Institution's  fund-raising  activities;  re- 
ported that  IBM  had  made  a  major  challenge  grant  to- 
ward The  Information  Revolution  exhibition  being 
developed  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History; 
discussed  efforts  which  had  been  made  to  assist  the 
launching  of  American  Visions  magazine;  promulgated  a 
general  policy  on  the  loan  of  particularly  important 
Smithsonian  collections;  and  gave  a  report  on  the  Na- 
tional Science  Resources  Center. 

In  other  actions,  the  Regents  received  reports  on 
financial  matters;  approved  the  Five-Year  Prospectus, 
FY  1987-FY  1991;  established  a  policy  of  minimizing  the 
inconvenience  to  the  general  public  on  occasions  of  offi- 


28 


cial  visitors;  and  received  reports  on  the  prospective  Air 
and  Space  Museum  facilities  at  Washington  Dulles  Inter- 
national Airport,  on  the  Smithsonian  Council's  meeting, 
and  on  museum  deaccessioning  during  the  last  fiscal 
year.  The  Regents  also  appointed  or  reappointed 
Thomas  M.  Evans,  Robert  Morgan,  Barry  Bingham,  Sr. , 
and  Katie  Loucheim  Klopfer  to  the  Portrait  Gallery 
Commission;  Frank  Moss,  Helen  Neufeld,  Robert 
Nooter,  Frances  Humphrey  Howard,  and  David  Driskell 
to  the  African  Art  Commission;  and  Elizabeth  Brooke 
Blake,  Thomas  C.  Howe,  Caroline  Hume,  Nan  Tucker 
McElvoy,  Caroline  Simmons,  and  Wilbur  L.  Ross,  Jr.,  to 
the  American  Art  Commission. 

The  January  Regents'  dinner  was  held  in  honor  of 
former  Under  Secretary  Phillip  S.  Hughes  in  the  Palm 
Court  of  the  National  Museum  of  American  History. 

The  second  meeting  of  the  year  was  held  on  May  5, 
1986.  The  Regents  formally  adopted  an  amendment  to 
their  bylaws  providing  that  a  member  of  the  Board  shall 
disclose  in  writing  to  the  Executive  Committee  any  fi- 
nancial transaction  or  business  dealing  with  the  Institu- 
tion in  which  such  member  has  a  direct  involvement. 
The  Executive  Committee  reported  that  on  April  9,  act- 
ing on  behalf  of  the  Board,  it  expressed  approval  for  the 
appointment  of  Mr.  Barnabas  McHenry  as  a  member 
and  chairman  of  the  Investment  Policy  Committee. 
Meeting  on  March  6,  the  Audit  and  Review  Committee 
discussed  Coopers  &  Lybrand's  audit  of  the  Smith- 
sonian's fiscal  year  1985  appropriated  and  trust  funds; 
recent  progress  toward  identifying  a  significantly  im- 
proved personnel/payroll  system;  a  summary  of  the  in- 
ternal auditors'  most  significant  recommendations  in  fis- 
cal year  1985;  and  the  administration  of  the  Restoration 
and  Renovation  of  Buildings  program.  The  Investment 
Policy  Committee  recommended,  and  the  Regents  ap- 
proved, an  endowment  payout  rate  for  fiscal  year  1987. 

In  his  Secretary's  Report,  Mr.  Adams  gave  a  brief  ac- 
count of  the  hearings  with  the  House  appropriations 
subcommittee  on  the  Interior  Department  and  Related 
Agencies.  Discussing  possible  measures  to  cope  with 
sharply  reduced  budgets,  including  paid  admissions  and 
voluntary  donations,  the  Regents  agreed  that  an  ad  hoc 
committee  of  the  Regents  should  be  formed  to  work 
with  the  staff  to  identify  and  recommend  appropriate 
actions.  The  Secretary  reported  on  considerable  promise 
since  the  April  1986  inaugural  issue  of  Air  &  Space/Smith- 
sonian magazine,  and  he  announced  that  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  has  under  development  a  new 
scholarly  journal  to  be  titled  Smithsonian  Studies  in 
American  Art. 


After  Mr.  John  Jameson  and  Miss  Ann  Leven  reported 
on  the  status  of  appropriated  and  trust  funds  for  fiscal 
years  1986  and  1987,  the  Regents  agreed  that  the  Secre- 
tary should  continue  to  adhere  to  the  principles 
suggested  in  the  existing  policy  on  the  appropriate  uses 
of  unrestricted  trust  funds.  In  other  actions,  the  Secre- 
tary reported  on  the  status  of  soliciting  proposals  for 
food  service  operations  and  designing  the  new  restaurant 
facility  for  the  east  terrace  of  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum;  the  Regents  reaffirmed  their  commitment  to 
the  improvement  and  expansion  of  facilities  of  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  and  urged  continued  support 
for  legislation  authorizing  an  appropriation  for  one-half 
of  the  construction  costs  as  soon  as  practicable;  the 
Board  requested  that  its  congressional  members  intro- 
duce and  support  legislation  to  repeal  Public  Law  87-186 
which  established  the  National  Armed  Forces  Museum 
Advisory  Board;  the  Secretary  reported  on  major  devel- 
opment initiatives  and  his  decision  to  close  the  Smith- 
sonian Environmental  Research  Center  at  Rockville, 
Maryland,  effective  November  14,  1986;  the  Regents 
voted  to  accept  the  Annual  Report  of  the  Secretary  for 
Fiscal  Year  1985;  and  the  Secretary  presented  status  re- 
ports on  the  quadrangle,  other  major  construction,  the 
Museum  Support  Center  storage  equipment,  litigation, 
and  television  and  other  electronic  media. 

The  Regents'  dinner  was  held  in  the  Renwick  Gallery 
on  the  preceding  evening,  May  4,  1986.  After  dinner 
Mr.  Adams  offered  some  observations  on  the  concept  of 
"crafts"  throughout  history  and  gave  a  brief  chronology 
of  the  various  roles  played  by  the  Renwick  building  and 
its  development  as  a  Smithsonian  gallery  devoted  to  the 
display  of  crafts  as  art.  Concluding  his  remarks,  the  Sec- 
retary presented  to  Renwick  Gallery  Director  Lloyd  Her- 
man a  piece  of  sandstone  from  the  original  facade  of  the 
building. 

The  Board  of  Regents  held  its  third  meeting  of  the 
year  on  September  15.  The  Executive  Committee 
reported  on  its  September  3  meeting  in  which  it  reiter- 
ated the  Regents'  mandate  to  replenish  the  Institution's 
working  capital  fund,  expressed  its  appreciation  for  the 
care  which  has  been  consistently  exercised  in  drawing 
appropriate  distinctions  between  trust  and  federal  re- 
sources in  the  budget  process,  and  authorized  the  Secre- 
tary to  negotiate  an  agreement  for  the  acquisition  of  the 
Folkways  Records  Collection  and  Archives.  The  Audit 
and  Review  Committee,  having  met  on  June  3,  reported 
that  Mr.  Adams  had  announced  that,  for  reasons  of  se- 
curity, public  parking  will  soon  be  accommodated  only 
above  ground,  and  the  parking  garage  of  the  National 


29 


Air  and  Space  Museum  will  be  reserved  for  the  parking 
of  staff  and  credentialed  volunteers  and  docents,  that  the 
committee  discussed  Coopers  &  Lybrand's  plan  of  audit 
for  fiscal  year  1986  funds,  that  the  committee  had  re- 
viewed further  actions  which  had  been  taken  in  response 
to  the  Federal  Managers'  Financial  Integrity  Act,  and 
received  a  presentation  on  Smithsonian  Business  Man- 
agement Activities.  The  Regents'  ad  hoc  committee  on 
museum  admissions,  meeting  for  the  first  time  on  June 
4,  discussed  an  outline  of  a  comprehensive  approach  to 
the  study  and  suggested  that  the  committee  and  the  Re- 
gents need  to  have  a  clearer  demographic  profile  of  visi- 
tors from  a  professional  survey  and  that  consideration  be 
given  to  conducting  a  short-term  experiment  of  soliciting 
at  the  door.  The  Regents  accepted  the  Investment  Policy 
Committee's  recommendations  to  retain  Miller,  Anderson 
and  Sherrerd  as  one  of  the  Institution's  investment  man- 
agers and  to  appoint  Jane  Mack  Gould  to  membership 
on  the  committee. 

In  his  Secretary's  Report,  Mr.  Adams  announced  that 
he  will  be  taking  a  new,  comprehensive  approach  to  the 
Institution's  external  relations  to  achieve  a  broader  view 
of  the  Smithsonian's  projection  of  its  case  for  fund-raising 
and  for  membership  programs,  image  building,  and  gen- 
eral publicity.  He  also  discussed  the  Smithsonian's  in- 
tention to  consummate  the  sale  of  the  A  Street  facilities  of 
the  Museum  of  African  Art;  his  concern  to  assist  the  Mu- 
seum of  the  American  Indian  in  New  York;  the  potential 
donations  of  extraordinarily  significant  collections  of 
modern  art  and  of  the  art  of  New  Guinea;  and  Senator 
Edwin  J.  Garn's  interest  in  the  establishment  of  a  center 
for  the  enhancement  of  space  sciences  education  as  a  me- 
morial to  the  Challenger  astronauts. 

Mr.  Jameson,  after  first  discussing  the  Institution's  re- 
sources for  the  completion  of  quadrangle  construction 
and  the  beginning  of  quadrangle  operations,  joined  with 
Miss  Leven  in  a  presentation  of  the  financial  report.  The 
Regents  then  approved  revisions  to  current  year  funding, 
authorized  the  Secretary  to  expend  trust  and  appropri- 
ated funds  for  fiscal  year  1987,  and  approved  for  submis- 
sion to  the  Office  of  Management  and  Budget  the  Insti- 
tution's budget  request  for  fiscal  year  1988.  In  a  related 
action,  the  Board  authorized  the  Secretary  to  negotiate 
the  purchase  of  a  small  parcel  of  land  at  the  Front  Royal 
facility  of  the  National  Zoological  Park  and  the  sale  of 
other  property  at  the  Edgewater  facility  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Environmental  Research  Center. 

The  Secretary  introduced  the  draft  of  the  five-Year 
Prospectus,  FY  1988-FY  1992.  and  invited  the  Regents  to 
provide  him  and  the  staff  with  their  reactions  so  that  the 


document  can  be  reviewed  to  the  Board's  satisfaction  by 
its  next  meeting. 

The  Regents  received  a  detailed  account  of  the  pro- 
cesses followed  in  soliciting  and  reviewing  competitive 
bids  for  all  areas  of  Smithsonian  food  service  operations, 
and  it  was  noted  that  the  Secretary  will  soon  be  selecting 
the  successful  bidders.  In  view  of  the  current  low  rates  of 
interest,  the  Board  authorized  the  Secretary  to  secure  a 
commercial  loan  for  the  purpose  of  financing  the  costs  of 
constructing  and  furnishing  the  terrace  restaurant  facili- 
ties at  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum. 

Mr.  Adams  noted  that,  following  a  lengthy  period  of 
negotiation,  the  staffs  of  the  Institution  and  the  Federal 
Aviation  Administration  have  agreed  on  the  language  of 
an  option  of  the  lease  of  land  at  Washington  Dulles  In- 
ternational Airport  on  which  to  expand  facilities  of  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum. 

After  discussing  informative  reports  on  major  develop- 
ment initiatives,  the  status  of  the  closure  of  the  Rockville 
facility  of  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research 
Center,  and  the  future  of  the  Renwick  Gallery  and  Smith- 
sonian crafts  programs,  the  Regents  formally  approved 
a  revision  to  the  bylaws  of  the  Commission  of  the  Na- 
tional Portrait  Gallery.  In  addition,  having  considered  the 
prevailing  conditions  of  visitor  parking,  the  Board  con- 
cluded that,  in  view  of  the  Institution's  fundamental  re- 
sponsibilities for  ensuring  the  safety  of  the  Smithsonian's 
visitors  and  the  protection  of  its  staff  and  national  col- 
lections, and  in  view  of  related  financial  and  administra- 
tive burdens  of  maintaining  current  levels  of  public  park- 
ing, the  Secretary  should  end  all  public  parking  on 
Smithsonian  museum  lots  by  October  1. 

The  Secretary  introduced  reports  on  a  variety  of  addi- 
tional subjects,  including  the  potential  effects  on  the 
Smithsonian  of  changes  to  the  Inspectors  General  Act  of 
1978,  the  status  of  the  payroll/personnel  system,  the 
quadrangle  and  other  major  construction  projects,  Mu- 
seum Support  Center  storage  equipment,  legislation,  liti- 
gation, Smithsonian  magazines,  plans  for  the  bicenten- 
nial of  the  Constitution,  the  National  Science  Resources 
Center,  and  television. 

In  recognition  of  his  leadership  and  great  service  as 
Chancellor  of  the  Smithsonian  from  1969  until  the 
present,  the  Regents  gave  a  sustained  standing  ovation 
and  elected  the  Honorable  Warren  E.  Burger  as  Chancel- 
lor Emeritus  with  all  the  rights,  privileges,  and  responsi- 
bilities thereto,  upon  his  retirement. 

The  traditional  Regents'  dinner  was  held  in  the  Re- 
gents' honor  at  the  home  of  Vice  President  and  Mrs.  Bush 
on  Sunday,  September  14.  After  Mr.  Adams  spoke  about 


30 


the  significance  of  the  Board  of  Regents  in  the  gover- 
nance of  the  Smithsonian  and  expressed  his  gratitude  for 
the  opportunity  to  work  with  them,  the  Vice  President 
announced  that  the  Regents  had  voted  unanimously  to 
award  to  the  Chancellor  the  Institution's  highest  honor, 
the  James  Smithson  Medal,  which  the  Vice  President 
presented  with  the  following  citation: 

With  warm  affection,  gratitude  and  deep  respect 

The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 

presents  the  James  Smithson  Medal  to 

WARREN  E.    BURGER 

Your  wise  and  principled  leadership, 

coupled  with  sensitivity 

to  the  Smithsonian's  responsibilities 

as  well  as  opportunities, 

and  deep  understanding  of  its  mandate  for  the 

Increase  and  Diffusion  of  Knowledge, 

have  left  a  shining  record  of  your  contributions 

as  Chancellor  of  the  Institution,  1969-1986. 

The  Chancellor  thanked  the  Vice  President  and  the  Re- 
gents for  this  special  honor,  adding  that  his  duties  as 
Chancellor  had  been  the  source  of  great  pleasure  over 
the  years,  and  he  felt  it  had  been  a  privilege  to  be  a  part 
of  the  remarkable  growth  of  the  Smithsonian  during  his 
tenure. 


A  unique  ivory  sculpture  attributed  to  the  Vili  (Congo),  this  cele- 
brated work  purchased  by  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art 
appears  to  have  been  a  staff  top  used  by  chiefs  as  an  emblem  of 
power.  (Photograph  by  Bruce  Fleischer) 


31 


Financial  Report 

Ann  R.  Leven,  Treasurer 


The  Institution's  financial  report  for  fiscal  year  1986 
portrays  a  year  of  contrasts.  On  the  one  hand,  in  the 
wake  of  Gramm-Rudman-Hollings,  the  Institution  began 
a  thorough  reassessment  of  its  goals  and  priorities,  as 
well  as  the  costs  of  achieving  them.  On  the  other,  given 
the  availability  of  previously  appropriated  funds  matched 
by  private  dollars,  construction  proceeded  at  a  rapid 
pace  on  the  quadrangle.  Trust  funds  provided  the  where- 
withal for  the  Institution  to  consummate  the  purchases 
of  the  Deletaille  Collection  for  the  National  Museum  of 
African  Art  and  the  Vever  Collection  for  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Gallery.  Both  col  lections  will  be  housed  in  the 
quadrangle. 


Operations 

Federal  monies  provided  the  core  support  for  the  Institu- 
tion's continuing  programs  of  research,  exhibitions,  edu- 
cation, and  collections  management  as  well  as  related 
administrative  and  support  services.  For  the  fiscal  year 
ending  September  30,  1986,  the  federal  government  ini- 
tially provided  $176,995,000  to  fund  ongoing  operations, 
an  increase  of  $12.7  million  over  fiscal  year  1985.  How- 
ever, as  a  result  of  the  Gramm-Rudman-Hollings  Act, 
this  amount  was  subsequently  reduced  by  4.3  percent  (or 
$7,611,000)  to  $169,384,000.  This  reduction  necessitated 
hiring  freezes,  curtailment  of  equipment  purchases  for 
research  and  collections  management,  postponement  of 
selected  activities,  limits  on  travel  and  publications,  and, 
sadly  for  the  visiting  public,  elimination  of  summer 
evening  hours  at  Institution  museums. 

Careful  readers  of  the  annual  financial  statements  will 
see  a  $2,316,000  balance  in  federal  funds.  The  monies  in 
question  come  from  diverse  sources  and  were  given  this 
year  to  the  Institution  for  expenditure  over  several  years: 
$1,354,000  equivalent  in  excess  foreign  currencies  for 
scientific  work  primarily  in  India  but  also  in  Pakistan, 
Burma,  and  Guinea;  $917,000  from  the  Department  of 
State  for  research  projects  in  India;  and  $45,000  in  reim- 
bursements at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Insti- 
tute. One  hundred  eighty-five  thousand  dollars  in  un- 
committed federal  operating  monies  for  salaries  and 
expenses  were  returned  to  the  Treasury  at  year  end. 

The  Institution  benefited  from  specific  project  grants 
and  contracts,  totaling  $15,534,000  from  government 
agencies  and  bureaus.  These  monies  contitute  an  impor- 
tant source  of  research  funding  for  the  Institution  while 
providing  the  grantors  access  to  Smithsonian  expertise 


and  resources,  particularly  in  biological  studies  and 
astrophysics. 

Income  from  nonappropriated  trust  funds — including 
gifts,  grants,  endowments,  current  investments,  and 
revenue-producing  activities — made  the  critical  difference 
in  fiscal  year  1986.  The  Institution  was  able  to  undertake 
new  ventures  and  strengthen  existing  outreach  programs 
in  a  way  that  might  not  have  been  possible  otherwise. 
Recognizing  the  potential  for  a  financially  difficult  year, 
the  Regents  authorized  the  Institution's  use  of  additional 
endowment  income  for  one  year  only  as  an  exception  to 
established  policy,  as  indicated  in  the  Notes  to  Financial 
Statements,  below. 

The  Institution  was  further  blessed  with  an  $825,000 
increase  over  fiscal  year  1985  in  restricted  gifts  and  grants 
from  individuals,  foundations,  and  corporations. 
Increased  revenues  from  the  Institution's  retail  activities 
and  membership  programs  provided  venture  capital  for 
the  Air  &  Space/Smithsonian  magazine  while  offsetting 
lost  revenue  from  public  parking.  In  the  wake  of 
national  concern  over  terrorism,  the  Institution  closed  its 
major  public  parking  facility  under  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum. 

It  is  useful  to  compare  the  Institution's  sources  of  op- 
erating funds  on  a  gross  and  net  basis,  keeping  in  mind 
that  expenditures  necessary  to  generate  trust  revenues, 
such  as  those  for  publishing  Smithsonian  magazine,  also 
contribute  to  fulfilling  James  Smithson's  mandate  to  in- 
crease and  diffuse  knowledge. 


Source 

Gross 

Net 

Net 

of  Funds 

Revenues 

Income 

Income  % 

($l,000s) 

($  1,000s) 

Federal 

Appropriation 

$169,384 

$169,384 

74% 

Gov't  Gr.  and 

Contracts 

15,534 

15,534 

7 

All  Trust 

Sources 

174,462 

42,891 

19 

Total  Available 

for  Operations 

$359,380 

$227,809 

100% 

Acquisitions  of  works  of  art  played  an  important  part 
in  the  Institution's  fiscal  year  1986  financial  picture.  The 
Smithsonian  funds  its  collecting  activities  out  of  operat- 
ing funds.  As  previously  noted,  the  Institution  recorded 
the  purchase  of  the  Deletaille  Collection  and  the  Vever 


32 


Collection.  In  doing  so,  the  Regents  authorized  the  draw 
down  of  approximately  $3,000,000  in  the  Institution's 
unrestricted  trust  fund  balance.  The  fund  balance  is  to 
be  restored  to  its  previous  level  of  $5,000,000  at  the  ear- 
liest feasible  date. 

Moreover,  in  a  unique  arrangement  conceived  by  the 
directors  of  the  concerned  museums,  an  important 
grouping  of  African  objects  collected  by  Joseph 
Hirshhorn  was  transferred  to  the  National  Museum  of 
African  Art.  In  return,  the  Institution  established  an  ac- 
quisition fund,  held  in  endowment,  for  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  in  honor  of  its  benefac- 
tor. Coincidentally,  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  undertook  a 
program  of  deaccessioning  that  lead  to  the  auction  of 
works  considered  beyond  the  scope  of  the  museum.  Two 
million  dollars  in  proceeds  were  added  to  the  newly  es- 
tablished Joseph  Hirshhorn  Acquisition  Fund. 


Construction  and  Plant  Services 

Quadrangle  construction  was  approximately  97  percent 
complete  at  the  end  of  fiscal  year  1986.  Final  prepara- 
tions are  under  way  for  the  scheduled  opening  in  Sep- 
tember 1987.  Federal  appropriations  have  funded  50  per- 
cent of  the  project  with  matching  funds  provided  by 
private  donors. 

The  principle  of  joint  private  and  federal  partnerships 
will  assure  construction  of  the  Earl  S.  Tupper  Research 
and  Conference  Center  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Re- 
search Institute.  The  Smithsonian  is  deeply  grateful  to  all 
parties  who  have  made  these  projects  possible. 

Additional  federal  appropriations  totaling  $5,281,000 
were  provided  to  the  National  Zoological  Park  for  a 
health  and  research  facility,  the  design  of  the  aquatic 
habitat  exhibit,  as  well  as  for  general  repairs  and  im- 
provements. 


Endowment 

The  Smithsonian's  endowment  fund  was  valued  at 
$181,160,780  on  September  30,  1986,  topping  its  previ- 
ous year-end  high  on  September  5,  1985.  The  Institution 
has  been  equity  oriented;  this  posture  served  it  well  as 
the  stock  market  enjoyed  an  ebullient  period  during  sum- 
mer 1986.  The  endowment  has  been  further  enhanced  by 
a  transfer  of  $3,000,000  from  revenues  generated  by  the 
Institution's  auxiliary  activities,  in  keeping  with  past 


practices  aimed  at  strengthening  this  important  Institu- 
tional asset. 

The  role  of  the  Institution's  Investment  Policy  Com- 
mittee continues  to  be  critical  to  the  success  of  the  en- 
dowment. In  spring  1986,  Regent  Barnabas  McHenry 
was  designated  by  the  Chancellor  as  the  new  chairman 
of  this  committee.  Regent  Carlisle  H.  Humelsine  stepped 
down  as  acting  chairman.  Mrs.  Jane  Mack  Gould,  senior 
vice  president  of  Alliance  Capital  Management  Corpora- 
tion, joined  the  committee.  Mr.  T  Ames  Wheeler,  former 
Treasurer  of  the  Institution,  resigned  from  the  committee 
after  more  than  fifteen  years  of  devoted  service. 

After  a  thorough  analysis  of  the  effectiveness  of  the 
investment  managers  and  a  review  of  eighteen  prospec- 
tive managers,  a  decision  was  made  to  replace  one  of  the 
Institution's  managers.  The  firm  of  Miller,  Anderson  and 
Sherrerd  now  joins  Fiduciary  Trust  Company  of  New 
York,  Batterymarch  Financial  Management,  and  The 
Nova  Fund  as  an  investment  advisor.  Advisors  are  given 
full  discretion  as  to  asset  allocation  and  stock  selection 
within  guidelines  set  by  the  Investment  Policy  Commit- 
tee. The  change  in  managers  gave  the  Smithsonian  the 
opportunity  to  rebalance  the  portfolio.  Thus,  as  the  fi- 
nancial statements  show,  at  year  end  18  percent  of  the 
endowment  was  held  in  money  market  accounts  as  man- 
agers redeployed  assets. 

On  the  question  of  South  African  investments,  the  In- 
stitution maintained  its  policy  of  investing  only  in  United 
States  corporations  operating  in  South  Africa  that  have 
signed  the  Sullivan  Principles,  a  code  of  conduct  for  such 
corporations.  The  Smithsonian  does  not  have  and  never 
has  had  any  direct  investments  in  South  Africa.  Holdings 
in  corporations  that  had  not  signed  the  Sullivan  Princi- 
ples were  disposed  of  based  on  action  taken  by  the  Re- 
gents in  June  1985.  In  January  1986,  the  Institution  liqui- 
dated its  position  in  the  Trustees'  Commingled  Fund- 
International  Equity  Portfolio  in  recognition  of  the  diffi- 
culty of  monitoring  non-United  States  holdings. 

Mindful  both  of  their  fiduciary  obligations  and  of  the 
Institution's  position  in  American  society,  the  Regents 
continue  to  monitor  events  in  South  Africa  and  develop- 
ments in  United  States  policy  with  respect  to  that  nation. 
The  Smithsonian  is  a  member  of  the  South  Africa  Re- 
search Consortium — a  loose  federation  of  over  forty  col- 
leges and  universities — which  sponsors  research  of  cur- 
rently available  information  on  South  Africa.  The 
Institution  is  particularly  aware  of  the  Reverend  Leon 
Sullivan's  proposed  May  31,  1987,  deadline  for  South 
Africa  to  abolish  apartheid. 


33 


Financial  Management  Activities 

After  a  year  of  reassessment  and  evaluation,  fiscal  year 
1986  was  one  of  new  beginnings  in  the  many  areas  re- 
porting to  the  Treasurer.  A  tireless  staff  made  the  year 
one  of  significant  accomplishments  and  promise  for  the 
future. 

Falling  under  the  aegis  of  the  Treasurer  is  a  diverse 
group  of  activities:  Office  of  Accounting  and  Financial 
Services;  Office  of  Financial  Management  and  Planning; 
Museum  Shops;  Mail  Order  Division;  Parking;  Conces- 
sions; Product  Licensing;  and  Office  of  Risk  Manage- 
ment. With  the  exception  of  the  Office  of  Accounting 
and  Financial  Services,  the  orientation  is  primarily  on 
generating  trust  funds.  The  Treasurer  maintains  a  close 
working  relationship  with  the  Assistant  Secretary  for  Ad- 
ministration, the  Office  of  Membership  and  Develop- 
ment, and  the  Budget  Office. 

After  more  than  seventeen  years  of  service  to  the  Insti- 
tution and  nearly  twenty-three  years  of  public  service, 
Allen  S.  Goff  retired  as  assistant  treasurer  and  director 
of  the  Office  of  Accounting  and  Financial  Services.  Mr. 
Goffs  leadership  during  his  long  tenure  is  noteworthy. 
More  important,  however,  was  his  ability  to  visualize  the 
Office  of  Accounting  and  Financial  Services  in  an  era  of 
computerization  and  updated  business  practices;  this 
vision  began  to  take  shape  under  his  leadership  and  is 
his  legacy  to  the  Institution. 

Shireen  L.  Dodson,  formerly  assistant  director  of  the 
Office  of  Accounting  and  Financial  Services,  was 
appointed  to  the  new  position  of  Comptroller  in  August 
1986.  The  office  was  reorganized  and  renovated  for  a 
more  productive  utilization  of  space  as  well  as  for  ac- 
commodation of  adequate  equipment  and  furniture  nec- 
essary for  effective  operation.  New  policies  and  proce- 
dures were  established  for  cash  disbursement.  In 
addition,  implementation  of  short-term  system  improve- 
ments were  initiated.  An  analysis  of  the  Institution's  re- 
quirements for  a  payroll/  personnel  system  led  to  the 
decision  to  utilize  the  U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture's 
service  bureau,  the  National  Finance  Center. 

During  the  year,  the  Office  of  Financial  Management 
and  Planning  became  deeply  involved  in  soliciting  a  new 
financial  system  for  the  Institution.  With  the  help  of  out- 
side consultants,  progress  was  made  in  defining  system 
requirements  and  assessing  the  marketplace.  A  functional 
task  force — including  representatives  of  the  Office  of  Ac- 
counting and  Financial  Services,  the  Budget  Office,  the 
museums,  and  other  bureaus — is  assisting  in  this  ongoing 


effort.  The  Office  of  Risk  Management  began  work  on  a 
major  Institutional  initiative  to  develop  a  comprehensive 
disaster  planning  program. 


Business  Activities 

It  was  a  banner  year  for  both  Mail  Order  and  Museum 
Shops.  In  the  quest  for  Smithsonian-related  educational 
products  of  value  and  interest  to  our  diverse  audiences, 
success  in  the  marketplace  was  matched  behind  the 
scenes  with  a  flurry  of  activity  to  upgrade  overloaded 
computer  facilities  and  outdated  warehouse  facilities. 
Product  Licensing  activities  were  revitalized,  enabling  the 
Institution  to  benefit  from  unique  Smithsonian-related 
merchandise  created  by  major  American  manufacturers. 
Noteworthy  are:  Reeves'  "First  Ladies  Dolls"  from  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History  collections  and 
Revell  model  kits  replicating  airplanes  on  view  at  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum. 

Perhaps  the  most  monumental  task  undertaken  by  the 
Business  Management  Office  during  1986  was  a  reassess- 
ment of  food  service  activities  at  the  Institution.  A  long 
and  arduous  evaluation  was  made  of  potential  conces- 
sionaires who  responded  to  publicly  announced  requests 
for  proposals.  Over  twenty  staff  members  were  involved 
in  the  process  shepherded  by  the  Office  of  Procurement 
and  Property  Management  (formerly  the  Office  of  Sup- 
ply Services).  Contracts  were  awarded  as  the  year  closed 
to  daka,  Inc.,  to  provide  public  and  employee  food  serv- 
ices at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  and  National  Portrait  Gallery; 
to  Guest  Services,  Inc.,  for  similar  services  for  the  Na- 
tional Air  and  Space  Museum,  the  Hirshhorn  Museum 
and  Sculpture  Garden,  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Building;  and  to  ARA  for  vending  machine  service 
throughout  the  Institution.  The  Smithsonian  appreciates 
the  cooperation  of  the  Marriott  Corporation  throughout 
the  transition  period. 

Coincidental  to  but  separate  from  the  decisions  made 
with  respect  to  concessionaires,  the  Institution  completed 
plans  for  a  1,000-seat  cafeteria  and  a  200-seat  restaurant 
in  a  single  ground-level  public  facility  to  replace  the  pres- 
ently inadequate  public  cafeteria  on  the  third  floor  of  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  With  the  Regents'  ap- 
proval, the  Institution  sought  $11,000,000  in  conven- 
tional financing  for  the  project,  signing  for  a  bank  loan 
with  Riggs  National  Bank  in  December  1986. 


34 


Accounting  and  Auditing 

The  Treasurer  wishes  to  express  publicly  her  thanks  to 
the  Smithsonian's  internal  audit  staff  under  Chris  S. 
Peratino  [retired  in  March  1987].  The  staff  regularly  re- 
views the  Institution's  financial  activities  and  fiscal  sys- 
tems, assists  the  outside  auditors,  and  does  special 
projects  as  required.  The  audit  staffs  advice  and  counsel 
have  been  exceptionally  helpful  during  the  last  two  years 
as  the  new  Treasurer  has  reviewed  almost  all  aspects  of 
the  Institution's  fiscal  operations. 

The  Institution's  funds,  federal  and  nonappropriated, 
are  audited  annually  by  the  independent  public  account- 
ing firm  of  Coopers  &  Lybrand.  Coopers  &  Lybrand's 
consulting  staff  also  provided  assistance  to  the  Institution 
with  respect  to  food  service  activities  and  financial  sys- 
tems and  controls  at  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum. 

Additionally,  the  Defense  Contract  Audit  Agency  con- 
ducted audits  of  grants  and  contracts  received  from  fed- 
eral agencies,  and  monitored  allocated  administrative 
costs. 

The  Audit  and  Review  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Re- 
gents, chaired  by  Regent  David  Acheson,  met  three  times 
during  the  fiscal  year  pursuant  to  responsibilities  under 
the  bylaws  of  the  Institution.  In  addition  to  the  review  of 
the  1985  audit  performed  by  Coopers  &  Lybrand,  the 


committee  gave  special  attention  to  the  Institution's  busi- 
ness activities,  safeguards  for  handling  hazardous  materi- 
als, internal  controls,  the  loss  of  public  parking,  and  the 
Institution's  building-renovation  program. 

Coopers  &:  Lybrand's  unqualified  report  for  fiscal  year 
1986  is  reprinted  on  the  following  pages. 


Related  Organizations 

The  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars, 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  and  the  John  F.  Kennedy 
Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  were  established  by  Con- 
gress within  the  Institution.  Each  organization  is  admin- 
istered by  its  own  board  of  trustees  and  reports  indepen- 
dently on  its  financial  status.  Fiscal,  administrative,  and 
other  support  services  are  provided  to  the  Woodrow 
Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars  on  a  reimburse- 
ment basis  by  the  Smithsonian;  office  space  is  made 
available  for  Wilson  Center  operations.  Administrative 
services  were  also  provided  by  the  Institution  on  a  con- 
tract basis  to  Reading  Is  Fundamental  and  the  Visions 
Foundation.  An  independent  nonprofit  operation,  the 
Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  operates  under  contract  a 
number  of  concessions  that  benefit  the  National  Zoologi- 
cal Park. 


35 


Smithsonian  Institution  Operating  Funds 

FISCAL  YEARS  1965,  1975,  1980,  1985,  1986 


(ln$l,000,000's) 


1986 


FUNDS  APPLIED* 


-vy:'":.::':::' 


To  Plant  and  Endowment 


Auxiliary  and  Bureau  Activities  Expenses 


Administration  and  Facilities  Services 


Special  Programs  ~. 

__1 Directorate  or 

International 
Activities 


Public  Service 
Research 


36 


'Historical  data  for  certain  categories  are 
summarized  for  1965,  1975  and  1980. 


Table  1  Financial  Summary  (In  $  1,000s) 


FY  1985  FY  1986 


INSTITUTIONAL  OPERATING  FUNDS 

FUNDS  PROVIDED: 

Federal  Appropriations — Salaries  &  Expenses   $164,321  $169,384 

Government  Grants  &  Contracts 15,653  15,534 

Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds: 

For  Restricted  Purposes 9,937  13,314 

For  Unrestricted  &  Special  Purposes: 

Auxiliary  &  Bureau  Activities  Revenues — Gross 

Less  Related  Expenses 

Auxiliary  &  Bureau  Activities  Net  Revenue 

Investment,  Gift  &  Other  Income   

Total  Net  Unrestricted  &  Special  Purpose  Revenue 

Total  Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds — Gross 

—Net 

Total  Operating  Funds  Provided — Gross 

—Net   

FUNDS  APPLIED: 

Research 

Less  SAO  Overhead  Recovery 

Museums    

Public  Service 

Directorate  of  International  Activities 

Special  Programs    

Associates  &  Business  Management 

Administration — Federal*    

— Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds 

Less  Smithsonian  Overhead  Recovery 

Facilities  Services    

Total  Operating  Funds  Applied 

Transfers  (Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds) 

Unrestricted  Funds — To  Plant 

— To  Endowment    

Restricted  Funds — To  Endowment    

Total  Operating  Funds  Applied  &  Transferred  Out 

CHANGES  IN  NONAPPROPRIATED  TRUST  FUND  BALANCES: 

Restricted  Purpose  (Including  Government  Grants  &  Contracts) 

Unrestricted — General  Purpose 

— Special  Purpose    

Total 

YEAR-END  BALANCES— NONAPPROPRIATED  TRUST  FUNDS: 

Restricted  Purpose    

Unrestricted — General  Purpose 

— Special  Purpose    

Total  


OTHER  FEDERAL  APPROPRIATIONS*  * 

Special  Foreign  Currency  Program    

Construction    

Total  Federal  Appropriation  (Including  S  &  E  above) 


141,160 
(119,361) 

153,166 

(131,571) 

21,799 
6,744 

21,595 
7,982 

28,543 

157,841 

38,480 

29,577 

174,462 

42,891 

337,815 
$218,454 

359,380 

$227,809 

$  51,607 

(2,282) 

76,346 

4,480 

642 

14,654 

930 

11,549 

7,814 

(7,391) 

48,576 

$  52,463 
(2,654) 
89,765 

4,229 

1,387 
11,740 

1,043 
12,726 

8,474 
(8,491) 
51,302 

206,925 

221,984 

20 

3,014 

129 

87 
5,733 
2,314 

$210,088 

$230,118 

S    587 
52 

7,727 

$    (28) 
(3,094) 
813 

$  8,366 

$  (2,309) 

$  9,684 

5,138 

23,832 

$  9,656 

2,044 

24,645 

$  38,654 

$  36,345 

$  8,820 
18,326 

$  2,378 
19,621 

$191,467 

$191,383 

'Includes  unobligated  funds  returned  to  Treasury:  FY  1985— $173,000;  FY  1986— $185,000. 
"Excludes  $1,477,000  received  in  FY  1986  from  the  Department  of  State  for  research  projects  in  India. 


37 


Table  2  Source  and  Application  of  Operating  Funds  for  the  Year  Ended  September  30,  1986 
(Excludes  Special  Foreign  Currency  Funds,  Plant  Funds  and  Endowments)  (In  SI, 000s) 

Nonfederal  Funds 


Total 
Non- 
federal 
Funds 

Unrestricted 

Restricted 

Federal 
Funds 

G 

eneral 

Auxiliary 

Activities 

Special 
Purpose 

General 

Government 

Grants 

and 

Contracts 

$  38,654 

$ 

5 

138 

$            - 

$23,832 

$   9,312 

$       372 

FUND  BALANCES— 10/1/85 

FUNDS  PROVIDED 

Federal  Appropriations $169,384 

Investment  Income 

Government  Grants  and  Contracts 

Gifts 

Sales  and  Membership  Revenue    

Other 

Total  Provided 

Total  Available 

FUNDS  APPLIED 

Research: 

Assistant  Secretary    

Astrophysical  Observatory 

Less  Overhead  Recovery 

Tropical  Research  Institute 

Environmental  Research  Center 

National  Zoological  Park 

Smithsonian  Archives 

Smithsonian  Libraries 

Total  Research 

Museums: 

Assistant  Secretary    

Museum  Programs    

National  Museum  of  Natural  History/Museum 

of  Man    

National  Air  &  Space  Museum 

National  Museum  of  American  History    

National  Museum  of  American  Art 

National  Portrait  Gallery    

Hirshhorn  Museum    

Center  for  Asian  Art 

Archives  of  American  Art 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

National  Museum  of  African  Art    

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 

National  Museum  Act 

Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory 

Office  of  Exhibits  Central 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service 

Total  Museums    


— 

9,519 

15,534 

10,507 

149,313 

5,123 

189,996 

$228,650 

4,617 

42 

162 

4,821 

$  9,959 

3,853 
142,511 

856 

294 
6,802 
2,011 

9,963 

$33,795 

4,046 
6,318 

2,950 
13,314 

$22,626 

15,534 

169,384 
$169,384 

146,364 
$146,364 

15,534 
$15,906 

$         653 

$      1,520 

S          9 1      $ 

— 

$         36 

$       382 

$    1,011 

8,642 

17,164 

2,665 

— 

1,853 

161 

12,485 

— 

(2,654) 

(2,654) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,613 

932 

101 

— 

364 

388 

79 

3,175 

698 

75 

— 

97 

43 

483 

11,105 

573 

113 

— 

296 

157 

7 

518 

175 

173 

— 

1 

1 

— 

4,406 

465 
18,873 

152 

331 

— 

49 
2,696 

3 

85 
1,217 

— 

32,112 

895 

— 

14,065 

496 

149 

366 

504 

7 

— 

113 

379 

5 

20,212 

4,178 

110 

— 

1,343 

1 ,606 

1,119 

8,143 

2,934 

8 

— 

2,210 

369 

347 

11,650 

1,918 

295 

— 

831 

742 

50 

4,692 

1,295 

46 

— 

273 

976 

— 

3,517 

314 

23 

— 

127 

150 

14 

2,961 

1,761 

13 

— 

1,253 

495 

— 

2,934 

8,578 

5,598 

— 

1,492 

1,488 

— 

854 

863 

22 

— 

2 

839 

— 

932 

2,681 

773 

— 

1,434 

434 

40 

2,349 

955 

54 

— 

804 

97 

— 

772 

50 

27 

— 

n 

— 

— 

733 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

1,993 

35 

— 

— 

i3 

2 

— 

1,528 

(16) 

— 

— 

(16) 

— 

— 

380 

3,232 

(4) 

2,061 

340 

804 

31 

64,512 

29,434 

7,121 

2,061 

10,265 

8,3  SI 

1,606 

38 


Table  2  Source  and  Application  of  Operating  Funds  for  the  Year  Ended  September  30,  1986 
(Excludes  Special  Foreign  Currency  Funds,  Plant  Funds  and  Endowments)  (In  SI, 000s) 

Nonfederal  Funds 


Total 

Unrestricted 

Restricted 

Government 

Non- 

Grants 

Federal 

federal 

Auxiliary 

Special 

and 

Funds 

Funds 

General 

Activities 

Purpose 

General        Contracts 

Public  Service: 

Assistant  Secretary    223 

Telecommunications 195 

Reception  Center    187 

Office  of  Public  Affairs 558 

Smithsonian  Press 1,066 

Total  Public  Service    2,229 

Directorate  of  International  Activities 508 

Special  Programs: 

American  Studies  &  Folklife  Program 680 

International  Environmental  Science  Program    .  .  .  687 

Academic  &  Educational  Program 625 

Collections  Management/ Inventory 1,030 

Museum  Support  Center 4,653 

JFK  Center  Grant   333 

Total  Special  Programs 8,008 

Associate  Programs — 

Business  Management 

Administration 12,541 

Less  Overhead  Recovery 

Facilities  Services    49,289 

Transfers  Out/(\n): 

Treasury"    185 

Programs'1'  *    

Net  Auxiliary  Activities 

Other  Designated  Purposes 

Plant 

Endowment    — 

Total  Transfers 185 

Total  Funds  Applied $169,384 

FUND  BALANCES  9/30/86 $ 


218 

190 

— 

(3) 

31 

— 

694 

555 

— 

139 

— 

— 

700 

700 

— 

— 

— 

— 

381 

373 

— 

8 

— 

— 

13,167 

— 

13,155 
13,155 

— 

— 

12 

15,160 

1,818 

144 

31 

12 

879 

558 
598 



33 
98 

288 

401 

— 

1,318 



221 

2,381 

399 

— 

1,856 

126 

— 

110 

— 

— 

110 

— 

— 

3,809 

997 

922 

— 

2,064 
81 

527 
40 

221 

77,933 

76,890 

_ 

34,625 

— 

34,625 

— 

— 

— 

9,738 

7,039 

— 

2,563 

134 

? 

(8,491) 

(8,491) 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,211 

2,060 

— 

147 

4 

— 

5,450  —        (5,450) 

—  (18,650)  18,650 

—  5,159  983        (6,176)              34 
87               37  50 

8,047         3,000  2,733         2,314 


5,134        (5,004)        19,633        (8,843)        2,348 


$192,305     $  7,915     $146,364     $  9,150     $12,970        $15,906 


$  36,345     $  2,044     $ 


$24,645      $   9,656 


""Unobligated  funds  returned  to  Treasury. 

*  "Includes  Collection  Acquisition,  Scholarly  Studies,  Educational  Outreach,  and  Special  Exhibitions  Programs. 


39 


Table  3  Government  Grants  and  Contracts — Expenditures  (In  SI, 000s) 
Fiscal  Years  1985  and  1986 


Government  Agencies 


FY  1985 

FY  1986 

$   828 

$   763 

87 

37 

1,245 

1,676 

260 

509 

438 

461 

196 

319 

11,425 

10,992 

895 

675 

194 

474 

$15,568 

$15,906 

Agency  for  International  Development 

Department  of  Commerce 

Department  of  Defense 

Department  of  Energy    

Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services    .  .  . 

Department  of  Interior 

National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration5 

National  Science  Foundation**    

Other 

Total    


'Includes  $495,000  (FY  1985)  and  $420,000  (FY  1986)  in  subcontracts  from  other  organizations  receiving  prime  contract  funding 
from  NASA. 
"Includes  $321,000  (FY  1985)  and  $261,000  (FY  1986)  in  NSF  subcontracts  from  the  Chesapeake  Research  Consortium. 


Table  4  Restricted  Operating  Trust  Funds* 
Fiscal  Years  1985  and  1986  (In  $  1,000s) 


Investment 


Net 
Total  Transfers       increase 

Gifts       Miscellaneous      revenue      Deductions       in  (out)       (decrease) 


Fund 

balance 

end  of 

year 


FY  1985   $3,639 

FY  1986: 

Astrophysical  Observatory    $       42 

Tropical  Research  Institute   69 

National  Zoological  Park 25 

Other  Research 288 

Museum  Programs    21 

National  Museum  of  Natural 

History    1,354 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum  ...  115 
National  Museum  of  American 

History   148 

National  Museum  of  American  Art  .  91 

National  Portrait  Gallery    14 

Hirshhorn  Museum 83 

Center  for  Asian  Art 1,389 

Archives  of  American  Art    37 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 93 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service 56 

Other  Museums    10 

American  Studies  and  Folklife 

Program    17 

All  Other 194 

Total  FY  1986    $4,046 


$5,493 


$6,318 


$    805 


$  141 

$   - 

296 

— 

239 

3 

331 

— 

505 

10 

282 

13 

672 

2 

1,473 

5 

463 

5 

187 

— 

4 

1,952 

38 

509 

553 

200 

276 

33 

102 

— 

138 

(1) 

285 

198 

333 

21 

$2,950 


$  9,937        $  9,306        $    (129)         $502 


$13,314 


,10,62: 


$9,312 


183 

$   161 

$   27 

$  49 

$   11 

365 

388 

12 

(11) 

496 

267 

157 

— 

110 

228 

619 

511 

(176) 

(68) 

553 

536 

379 

— 

157 

255 

1,649 

1,606 

(303) 

(260) 

1,269 

789 

369 

— 

420 

597 

1,626 

742 



884 

1,717 

559 

976 

— 

(417) 

246 

201 

150 

— 

51 

196 

2,039 

495 

(1,876) 

(332) 

256 

1,936 

1,488 

— 

448 

1,689 

790 

839 

— 

(49) 

305 

402 

434 

(33) 

(65) 

971 

158 

804 

— 

(646) 

242 

147 

99 

— 

48 

145 

500 

401 



99 

127 

548 

623 

1 

(74) 

353 

$(2,348)  $344         $9,656 


*Does  not  include  Government  Grants  and  Contracts. 


40 


Table  5  Unrestricted  Trust  Funds — General  and  Auxiliary  Activities 
Fiscal  Years  1985  and  1986  (In  $  1,000s) 


FY  1985  FY  1986 


FUNDS  PROVIDED 

General  Income: 

Investments 

Gifts 

Miscellaneous  .  .  .  . 


4,137 

$  4,617 

37 

42 

233 

162 

5,292 

6,076 

1,077 

1,720 

(228) 

(238) 

2,176 

1,357 

(311) 

(566) 

11 

— 

21,535 

19,633 

Total  General  Income 4,407  4,821 

Auxiliary  Activities  Income  (Net): 

Associates 13,518  11,284 

Business  Management: 

— Museum  Shops  and  Mail  Order 

— Concessions  and  Parking 

—Other    

Smithsonian  Press 

Traveling  Exhibitions    

Photo  Service*     

Total  Auxiliary  Activities 

Total  Funds  Provided  (Net)    25,942  24,454 

EXPENDITURES  AND  TRANSFERS 

Administrative  and  Program  Expense 17,373  24,064 

Less  Administrative  Recovery 9,673  1 1 ,145 

Net  Expense    

Less  Net  Transfers  Out: 

To  Special  Purpose  for  Program  Purposes    

To  Plant  Funds    

To  Endowment  Funds 

Net  Transfers  Out    

NET  ADDITION  TO  FUND  BALANCE 

ENDING  FUND  BALANCE   


'Effective  with  FY  1986  Photo  Services  is  classified  in  the  LInrestricted  Special  Purpose  Funds. 


7,700 

12,919 

15,170 

11,592 

20 

37 

3,000 

3,000 

18,190 

14,629 

52 

(3,094; 

$  5,138 

$  2,044 

4i 


Table  6  Auxiliary  Activities  Fiscal  Years  1 985  and  1 986  (In  $  1 ,000s) 


Activity 


and 

Less 

Net 

embership 

cost  of 

Gross 

revenue 

revenue 

Gifts 

sales 

revenue 

Expenses 

(loss) 

FY  1985 $132,218    $3,150   $76,593   $58,775   $37,240   $21,535 

FY  1986: 

Associates 84,320          3,853 

Business  Management: 

—Museum  Shops/Mail  Order    39,029 

— Concessions/Parking    2,660                 — 

—Other    495 

Smithsonian  Press 14,513 

Traveling  Exhibitions 1 ,494                 — 

Photo  Services  (Administration)**'    —                 — 


58,686 

29,487 

18,204 

11,283 

20,998 

18,031 

11,956 

6,075 

— 

2,660 

939 

1,721 

— 

495 

732 

(237) 

4,328 

10,185 

8,827 

1,358 

657 

837 

1,404 

(567) 

TotalFY1986 $142,511       $3,853      $84,669      $61,695       $42,062      $19,633 


'Before  revenue-sharing  transfers  to  participating  Smithsonian  bureaus  of  $815,000  (FY  1985)  and  $983,000  (FY  1986). 
"Effective  with  FY  1986  Photo  Services  is  classified  in  the  Unrestricted  Special  Purpose  Funds. 


4Z 


Table  7  Unrestricted  Special  Purpose  Funds 
Fiscal  Years  1985  and  1986  (In  $  1,000s) 


Revenue 


Investment 


Bureau 
activities 


Gifts 

and 

other 

revenue 


Total 
revenue 


Transfers 
in  (out) 


Deductions 

Bureau  Net 

Program      activity  increase 

expense      expense  (decrease) 


Fund 

balance 

end  of 

year 


FY  1985   $645 

FY  1986: 

Astrophysical  Observatory    $    13 

Sao  Computer  Center 

Tropical  Research  Institute    

Environmental  Research  Center.  .  8 

National  Zoological  Park    292 

National  Museum  of  Natural 

History    26 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum  .  105 

National  Museum  of  American 

History    18 

National  Museum  of  American 

Art    37 

National  Portrait  Gallery    4 

Hirshhorn  Museum 145 

Center  for  Asian  Art 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 26 

National  Museum  of  African  Art  3 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service    ....  3 

Telecommunications 

SI  Computer  Center    

Fellowships  &  Grants 32 

Museum  Support  Center 

Liability  Reserves    

Unallocated  Programs8' 

All  Other J44 

TOTAL  FY  1986  $856 


$5,792   $1,692 


358 

520 

199 

16 


2,820 
45 


14 


1,068 
1 

67 
1,169 


516 

$6,802 


,129   $15,156   $10,030  $5,528   $7,727   $23,832 


62   $ 


1 
506 

77 
287 

134 

362 
51 
11 

206 
22 


433 

520 

199 

25 

798 

104 
3,212 

197 

407 

69 

156 

1 ,300 
26 
11 
67 

1,169 
M 


578    1,238 


982 
130 
720 
119 

173 

1,148 
(148) 

994 

493 

255 

(1,840) 

1,496 

45 

704 

1,685 

42 

6 

1,797 

(133) 
(1,165) 
1,340 


$   830  $ 

210 

97 

296 


1,343 
948 

814 

264 
116 
1,253 
1,492 
667 
802 
340 
137 

1,760 
110 

(671) 

2,345 


496 
527 
154 


1,262 

17 

9 
11 


767 

2 

2 
1,175 


418 


89 

$  1,179 

123 

123 

555 

657 

47 

238 

675 

3,746 

(91) 

1,185 

854 

2,160 

360 

627 
197 
(2,937) 
4 
(89) 
(74) 
1,356 
(30) 

69 
(110) 
538 
(1,165) 

(185) 


$2,305   $9,963   $  8,843   $13,153   $4,840   $  813 


1,394 

963 
319 
559 
4 
662 
464 
1,802 
134 

1,289 
208 

3,908 
520 

3,131 

524,645 


'Includes  Collection  Acquisition,  Scholarly  Studies,  Educational  Outreach,  and  Special  Exhibitions  Programs. 


43 


Table  8  Special  Foreign  Currency  Program 
Fiscal  Year  1986— Obligations  (In  $  1,000s) 


Country 

India 

Pakistan 

Burma    

Guinea 

Total  FY  1986 


Systematic 

and  Astrophysics 

environmental  and  earth          Museum               Grant 

Archaeology            biology  sciences           programs      Administration        Total 


$    - 

$  — 

$- 

$— 

$13 

$   13 

1,134s" 

108 

7 

4 

60 

1,313 

— 

25 

— 

— 

— 

25 

30 

— 

— 

— 

— 

30 

$1,164 

S133 

$  7 

$  4 

$73 

$1,381 

^Includes  $1,020  for  the  preservation  of  Moenjodaro  Project. 


Table  9  Construction  and  Plant  Funds 
Fiscal  Years  1985  and  1986  (In  $  1,000s) 


FY  1985 


FY  1986 


FUNDS  PROVIDED 

Federal  Appropriations: 

National  Zoological  Park   $   4,85 1 

Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings    13,475 

Quadrangle — 

Total  Federal  Appropriations 18,326 

Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds: 
Income — Gift  and  Other 

Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center — Gain  on  Sale 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute — Research  Facilities    

Erection  of  Jacksonville  Bandstand   

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum   

American  Art  and  Portrait  Gallery  Building 

Quadrangle  and  Related    

Smithsonian  Institution  Building  South  Entrance 

Total  Income   

Transfers  from  Current  Funds: 

National  Museum  of  African  Art    

East  Garden    

Secretaries'  Residence   

Total  Transfers 

Total  Funds  Provided    


S  5,280 

10,536 

3,805 

19,621 


— 

161 

373 

767 

3 

2 

2,544 

537 

20 

13 

1,908* 

1,125 

1 

35 

4,849 

2,640 

20 

19 

— 

50 

— 

18 

20 

87 

$23,195 

$22,348 

*In  the  application  of  Plant  Funds  for  this  project,  a  $4,000,000  pledge  receivable  was  written  off  as  uncollectible  in  FY  1985,  and 
$1,000,000  was  refunded  in  FY  1986  on  a  previously  collected  pledge. 


44 


Table  10  Endowment  and  Similar  Funds  September  30,  1986  (In  $l,000s) 


Book  Market 

Value  Value 


ASSETS 

Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds: 

Cash  and  Equivalents    

Bonds    

Convertible  Bonds 

Stocks   

Total  Pooled  Funds 

Nonpooled  Endowment  Funds: 

Loan  to  U.S.  Treasury  in  Perpetuity 

Notes  Receivable 

Bonds    

Land,  Net    

Total  Nonpooled  Funds 

Total  Endowment  and  Similar  Fund  Balances 

FUND  BALANCES 

Unrestricted  Purpose:  True  Endowment 

Quasi  Endowment   .  .  . 

Total  Unrestricted  Purpose 

Restricted  Purpose:  True  Endowment 

Quasi  Endowment 

Total  Restricted  Purpose 

Total  Endowment  and  Similar  Fund  Balances 


S  33,495 

13,404 

1,000 

112,727 

$  33,495 

13,955 

980 

131,360 

160,626 

179,790 

1,080 

44 

10 

237 

1,080 

44 

10 

237 

1,371 

1,371 

$161,997 

$181,161 

$   5,116 
"1,455 

$  6,313 
76,896 

76,571 

83,209 

62,267 
23,159 

72,150 

25,802 

85,426 

97,952 

$161,997 

$181,161 

45 


Table  11  Market  Values  of  Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds  (In  SI, 000s) 


Fund  9/30/82  9/30/83  9/30/84  9/30/85  9/30/86 

Unrestricted    $35,974  $   54,677  $   56,592  $   65,404  $   81,992 

Freer 22,596  32,096  31,125  34,066  39,570 

Other  Restricted    30,288  43,911  43,396  47,830  58,228 

Total $88,858  $130,684  $131,113  $147,300  $179,790 


Table  12  Changes  in  Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds  for  Fiscal  Year  1986  (In  $  1,000s) 

Market  Gifts  Interest  Income  Market  Market 

value  and  and  paid  value  value 

Fund                                                         9/30/85  transfers  dividends*             out  Subtotal  appreciation  9/30/86 

Unrestricted $65,404  $5,770  $2,833  $2,530  $71,477  $10,515  $81,992 

Freer    34,066  1 ,420  1 ,262  34,224  5,346  39,570 

Other  Restricted 47,830  2,736  2,017  1,797  50,786  7,442  58,228 

Total   $147,300  $8,506  $6,270  $5,589  $156,487  $23,303  $179,790 


'"Income  earned,  less  managers'  fees  of  $71 1 ,722. 


46 


Table  13    Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1986 


Principal 


Income 


Book 

Market 

Net 

Unexpended 

value 

value 

income 

balance 

$    171,870 

$    216,478 

$    8,730 

$      -0- 

50,322 

63,528 

2,027 

-0- 

276,651 

298,546 

24,647 

-0- 

303,166 

390,791 

12,467 

-0- 

94,255 

114,284 

3,646 

-0- 

3,163 

3,989 

127 

-0- 

675,476 

865,676 

31,092 

-0- 

1,120,822 

1,443,048 

46,034 

-0- 

4,829 

5,827 

329 

-0- 

662,436 

662,074 

91,702 

-0- 

UNRESTRICTED  PURPOSE— TRUE: 

Avery  Fund*    

Higbee,  Harry,  Memorial 

Hodgkins  Fund*    

Morrow,  Dwight  W 

Mussinan,  Alfred 

Olmsted,  Helen  A 

Poore,  Lucy  T.  and  George  W.  * 

Porter,  Henry  Kirke,  Memorial    

Sanford,  George  H.*   

Smithson,  James*    

Walcott,  Charles  D.  and  Mary  Vaux, 

Research  (Designated)    

Subtotal    

UNRESTRICTED  PURPOSE— QUASI: 

Forrest,  Robert  Lee    

General  Endowment*    

Goddard,  Robert  H 

Habel,Dr.  S.*   

Hart,  Gustavus  E 

Henry,  Caroline 

Henry,  Joseph  and  Harriet  A 

Heys,  Maude  C 

Hinton,  Carrie  Susan 

Lambert,  Paula  C 

Medinus,  Grace  L 

Rhees,  William  Jones* 

Safford,  Clara  Louise 

Smithsonian  Bequest  Fund* 

Tiggart,  Ganson    

Abbott,  William  L.  (Designated)    

Barstow,  Frederic  D.  (Designated) 

Hirshhorn  Museum  Acquisition  Fund  (Designated)  . 
Lindbergh  Chair  of  Aerospace  History  (Designated) 

Lindbergh,  Charles  A.  (Designated) 

Lyon,  Marcus  Ward,  Jr.  (Designated) 

Webb,  James  E.,  Fellowship  (Designated)    

Subtotal    

Total  Unrestricted  Purpose   


1,752,790 


5,115,780 


71,454,637 


2,249,029 
6,313,270 


71,745 


292,546 


76,895,417   2,386,549 


63,624 


63,624 


4,241,189 

4,348,756 

138,728 

-0- 

58,791,104 

63,683,642 

1,972,771 

-0- 

33,567 

34,439 

1,099 

-0- 

612 

611 

85 

-0- 

2,196 

2,578 

82 

-0- 

5,433 

6,356 

203 

-0- 

218,369 

254,236 

8,110 

-0- 

407,690 

423,157 

13,499 

-0- 

110,694 

123,787 

3,949 

-0- 

.  199,870 

227,104 

7,245 

-0- 

4,039 

4,212 

134 

-0- 

2,835 

3,186 

178 

-0- 

186,787 

197,653 

6,305 

-0- 

1,064,824 

1,095,595 

26,175 

-0- 

1,892 

2,408 

77 

-0- 

511,653 

597,591 

19,063 

54,536 

4,283 

4,995 

159 

6,250 

2,764,147 

2,904,378 

92,651 

97,303 

1,942,809 

2,069,720 

66,025 

80,346 

17,836 

20,157 

1,592 

10,882 

16,803 

17,807 

568 

3,516 

926,005 

873,049 

27,851 

49,558 

302,391 


$  76,570,417   $  83,208,687   $2,679,095   $  366,015 


47 


Table  13  Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1986  (Continued) 


Principal 


Income 


Book 


Market 


value 

150 

708 

136 

216 

108 

034 

132 

805 

167 

973 

14 

327 

113 

504 

156 

512 

53 

811 

106 

074 

114 

179 

7 

758 

698 

669 

229 

937 

208 

250 

40 

935 

431 

896 

33,951 

121 

120 

701 

123 

599 

473 

747 

4 

639 

1 

415 

28 

678 

169 

519 

28 

217 

5 

998 

122 

273 

205 

599 

72 

147 

14,060 

254 

96 

864 

I  1 

245 

12 

840 

73 

926 

845 

384 

923 

52 

478 

86 

321 

27 

997 

89 

780 

108 

225 

453 

535 

891 

426 

89 

709 

5,754 

715 

67 

805 

680 

365 

20 

599 

313 

123 

575 

569 

216 

852 

15 

189 

3 

562 

Net 

Unexpended 

income 

balance 

$    6,244 

$    6,034 

5,582 

4,356 

4,475 

25,005 

4,628 

82,743 

6,253 

63,869 

462 

1,179 

4,291 

17,895 

6,880 

124 

2,005 

6,154 

4,393 

22,642 

3,700 

-0- 

279 

5,095 

24,678 

118,964 

7,461 

21,627 

7,522 

12,075 

1,695 

17,454 

10,041 

10,411 

1,262,308 

1,285,590 

3,955 

21,891 

3,981 

8,966 

16,151 

42,397 

491 

2,018 

56 

593 

1,016 

1,999 

5,994 

12,503 

1,051 

12,417 

250 

251 

16,936 

6,668 

7,774 

8,152 

2,990 

19,083 

525,013 

133,119 

3,238 

10,157 

409 

4,247 

1,181 

11,413 

3,063 

34,545 

30 

81 

13,757 

(15) 

1,882 

2,513 

3,469 

104 

1,162 

29,030 

4,706 

10,226 

3,612 

-0- 

18,739 

360 

33,780 

8,770 

2,863 

6,377 

201,990 

38,070 

2,796 

23,630 

23,997 

95,382 

764 

2,229 

7,280 

7,514 

21,385 

8,700 

9,458 

5,315 

492 

2,299 

147 

5,781 

RESTRICTED  PURPOSE— TRUE: 

Arthur,  James 

Baird,  Spencer  Fullerton 

Barney,  Alice  Pike,  Memorial 

Batchelor,  Emma  E 

Beauregard,  Catherine,  Memorial    

Bergen,  Charlotte  V.    

Brown,  Roland  W 

Canfield,  Frederick  A 

Casey,  Thomas  Lincoln    

Chamberlain,  Frances  Lea 

Cooper  Fund  for  Paleobiology 

Division  of  Mammals  Curators  Fund 

Drake  Foundation 

Drouet,  Francis  and  Louderback,  Harold  B.  Fund 

Dykes,  Charles,  Bequest 

Eickemeyer,  Florence  Brevoort 

Forbes,  Edward  Waldo    

Freer,  Charles  L 

Grimm,  Sergei  N 

Groom,  Barrick  W.    

Guggenheim,  Daniel  and  Florence 

Hamilton,  James::'    

Henderson,  Edward  P.,  Meteorite  Fund 

Hewitt,  Eleanor  G.,  Repair  Fund 

Hewitt,  Sarah  Cooper    

Hillyer,  Virgil 

Hitchcock,  Albert  S 

Hodgkins  Fund5'    

Hrdlicka,  Ales  and  Marie 

Hughes,  Bruce 

Johnson,  Seward,  Trust  Fund  for  Oceanography   . 

Kellogg,  Remington,  Memorial 

Kramar,  Nada    

Lindsey,  Jessie  H.':' 

Maxwell,  Mary  E 

Milliken,  H.  Oothout,  Memorial 

Mineral  Endowment    

Mitchell,  William  A 

Nelson,  Edward  William 

Petrocelli,  Joseph,  Memorial    

Reid,  Addison  T.*    

Ripley,  S.  Dillon  and  Mary  Livingston 

Roebling  Fund 

Rollins,  Miriam  and  William 

Sims,  George  W 

Sprague  Fund 

Springer,  Frank    

Stern,  Harold  P.,  Memorial    

Stevenson,  John  A.,  Mycological  Library 

Stuart,  Mary  Horner,  Mineral  Fund 

Walcott,  Charles  D.  and  Mary  Vaux,  Research    .  . 
Walcott  Research  Fund,  Botanical  Publications    .  . 
Williston,  Samuel  Wendell  Diptera  Research 
Zerbee,  Frances  Brinckle 

Subtotal    


62,267,388 


$    195 

735 

174 

966 

140 

265 

145 

088 

196 

007 

14 

486 

134 

522 

215 

655 

62 

840 

137 

722 

118 

221 

8 

765 

776 

927 

233 

890 

238 

139 

53 

139 

419 

689 

39,570 

119 

123 

976 

124 

798 

506 

305 

5 

174 

1 

741 

31 

832 

187 

893 

32 

954 

7 

841 

122 

212 

243 

682 

93 

722 

16,457 

798 

101 

504 

12 

811 

13 

575 

96 

026 

936 

431 

256 

58 

995 

108 

742 

36 

424 

102 

560 

116 

586 

587 

416 

1,068 

010 

89 

805 

6,386 

341 

87 

656 

752 

244 

23 

948 

304 

273 

677 

470 

296 

483 

16 

058 

4 

609 

72,149,831         2,308,755        2,278,002 


48 


Table  13  Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1986  (Continued) 


Principal 


Income 


Book 
value 


Market 
value 


Net 
income 


Unexpended 
balance 


RESTRICTED  PURPOSE— QUASI: 

Armstrong,  Edwin  James 

Au  Panier  Fleuri 

Bacon,  Virginia  Purdy 

Becker,  George  F. 

Desautels,  Paul  E 

Gaver,  Gordon 

Hachenberg,  George  P.  and  Caroline  .  .  . 
Hanson,  Martin  Gustav  and  Caroline  R. 
Hirshhorn  Collections  Endowment  Fund 

Hunterdon  Endowment 

ICBP  Endowment    

ICBP  Conservation  Endowment 

Johnson,  E.  R.  Fenimore 

Loeb,  Morris 

Long,  Annette  E.  and  Edith  C 

Myer,  Catherine  Walden    

Noyes,  Frank  B 

Noyes,  Pauline  Riggs 

Pell,  Cornelia  Livingston    

Ramsey,  Adm.  and  Mrs.  Dewitt  Clinton'1 

Rathbun,  Richard,  Memorial 

Roebling  Solar  Research    

Ruef,  Bertha  M 

Schultz,  Leonard  P.    

Seidell,  Atherton    

Smithsonian  Agency  Account 

Strong,  Julia  D 

Witherspoon,  Thomas  A.,  Memorial  .  .  . 

Subtotal    

Total  Restricted  Purpose 

TOTAL  ENDOWMENT  FUNDS 


13,630 

14,885 

467 

-0- 

78,885 

81,109 

2,587 

4,903 

368,323 

407,089 

12,986 

37,964 

635,168 

704,596 

22,477 

76 

50,048 

57,394 

1,800 

-0- 

5,022 

5,730 

183 

3,393 

17,856 

21,417 

683 

2,884 

38,153 

44,544 

1,421 

8,938 

1,899,784 

1,776,223 

4,722 

4,755 

2, 700, 618 

14,636,762 

466,921 

202,444 

760,166 

796,881 

25,143 

136 

169,736 

175,425 

5,580 

13,049 

31,225 

32,981 

1,052 

5,434 

376,728 

441,780 

14,093 

47,683 

2,078 

2,729 

87 

465 

86,717 

101,250 

3,230 

20,700 

4,276 

5,103 

163 

3,094 

37,153 

38,220 

1,219 

2,536 

31,937 

37,378 

1,192 

4,265 

1,194,686 

1,273,649 

41,201 

12,686 

45,786 

53,557 

1,708 

18,104 

102,060 

115,148 

3,673 

13,304 

121,731 

128,527 

4,100 

4,543 

38,780 

44,142 

1,348 

33,177 

2,517,522 

2,783,729 

88,803 

322,591 

1,234,738 

1,325,941 

43,010 

913 

43,030 

50,326 

1,605 

4,123 

553,371 

645,746 

20,600 

52,998 

23,159,207 


25,802,261 


772,054 


825,158 


$   85,426,595      $   97,952,092      $3,080,809      $3,103,160 


$161,997,012      $181,160,780      $5,759, 904**  $3,469,175 


"Invested  all  or  in  part  in  U.S.  Treasury  or  other  nonpooled  investments. 
*  "Total  Return  Income  Payout;  does  not  include  $265,089  of  interest  income  for  investment  of  unexpended  income  balances. 


49 


Coopers  &  Lybrand 
Certified  Public  Accountants 


To  the  Board  of  Regents 
Smithsonian  Institution 

We  have  examined  the  statement  of  financial  condition  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  as  of  September  30,  1986,  and 
the  related  statement  of  financial  activity  for  the  year  then 
ended.  Our  examination  was  made  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  auditing  standards  and  with  generally 
accepted  governmental  auditing  standards  and,  accord- 
ingly, included  such  tests  of  the  accounting  records  and 
such  other  auditing  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary 
in  the  circumstances.  We  previously  examined  and 
reported  upon  the  financial  statements  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1985,  totals  of 
which  are  included  in  the  accompanying  financial  state- 
ments for  comparative  purposes  only. 

In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred  to  above, 
present  fairly  the  financial  position  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  as  of  September  30,  1986,  and  the  results  of  its 
operations  and  changes  in  its  fund  balances  for  the  year 
then  ended,  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted 
accounting  principles  applied  on  a  basis  consistent  with 
that  of  the  preceding  year. 


Coopers  &  Lybrand 

1800  M  Street,  N.W. 
Washington,  D.C.  20036 
December  23,  1986 


50 


Smithsonian  Institution  Statement  of  Financial  Condition 

September  30,  1986  (with  comparative  totals  for  September  30,  1985) 

(thousands  of  dollars) 


Trust 
funds 


Federal 
funds 


Total 
all 

funds 


Totals 
1985 


— 

220,190 

192,602 

8,016 

43,969 

48,301 

15,174 

15,605 

16,567 

— 

11,140 

1 1 ,340 

1,421 

1,421 

1,340 

— 

13,952 

13,400 

212,679 

258,097 

235,689 

$315,979 

$643,807 

$594,604 

ASSETS: 

Fund  balances  with  U.S.  Treasury  and  cash  on  hand $         744      $78,689      $79,433       $75,365 

Investments  (Notes  1  and  3)    220,190 

Receivables  (Note  5) 35,953 

Advance  payments  (Note  6)    431 

Merchandise  inventory  (Note  1)   1 1,140 

Materials  and  supplies  inventory  (Note  1 ) — 

Prepaid,  deferred  expense  and  other  (Note  1)    13,952 

Property  and  equipment  (Notes  1  and  7) 45,418 

Total  assets $327,828 

LIABILITIES: 

Accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses,  including  interfund  payable  of 

$17,609,000 39,443 

Deposits  held  in  custody  for  other  organizations  (Note  2) 4,071 

Accrued  annual  leave  (Note  1 )    1 ,966 

Deferred  revenue  (Note  1 ) 30,999 

Total  liabilities    76,479 

LIndelivered  orders  (Note  1 ) — 

FUND  BALANCES  (Note  1): 

Trust  Funds: 
Current: 

Unrestricted  general  purpose 

Special  purpose    

Restricted    

Endowment  and  similar  funds  (Note  4) 

Plant  funds  (Note  7)    

Total  trust  fund  balances 

Federal  Funds: 

Operating  funds — restricted  (Note  8)    

Construction  funds    

Capital  funds 

Total  federal  fund  balances 

Total  fund  balances 

Total  liabilities,  undelivered  orders  and  fund  balances 


16,444 
28 

7,770 

55,887 
4,099 
9,736 

30,999 

100,721 
59,368 

50,307 
3,937 
9,322 

28,133 

24,242 
59,368 

91,699 

57,425 

2,044 
24,645 

9,656 

161,997 

53,007 

— 

2,044 
24,645 

9,656 

161,997 

53,007 

251,349 

2,316 

15,952 

214,101 

232,369 

483,718 

$643,807 

5,138 
23,832 

9,684 

137,444 

51,160 

251,349 

— 

227,258 

— 

2,316 

15,952 

214,101 

232,369 

232,369 

$315,979 

177 

15,349 

202,696 

— 

218,222 

251,349 
$327,828 

445,480 
$594,604 

The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  the  financial  statements. 


51 


Smithsonian  Institution  Statement  of  Financial  Activity  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1986 
(with  comparative  totals  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1985)  (thousands  of  dollars) 

Trust  funds 


Totals, 
trust 
funds 


Current 
funds 


Endowment 

and  similar 

funds 


Plant 
funds 


Totals, 
federal 
funds 


REVENUE  AND  OTHER 
ADDITIONS: 

Appropriations 

Auxiliary  activities  revenue 

Government  grants  and  contracts  .... 

Investment  income 

Net  gain  on  sale  of  securities  and 

property 

Gifts,  bequests,  and  foundation 

grants 

Additions  to  plant    

Rentals,  fees,  commissions, 

and  other    

Total  revenue  and  other  additions  .... 

EXPENDITURES  AND  OTHER 
DEDUCTIONS: 

Research,  educational,  and  collection 
acquisition  expenditures  (Note  9)  .  . 

Administrative  expenditures 

Facilities  services  expenditures 

Auxiliary  activities  expenditures 

Acquisition  of  plant  and  other    

Property  use  and  retirements 

(Note  7)   

Retirement  of  and  interest  on 

indebtedness 

Total  expenditures  and 
other  deductions 

Excess  of  revenue  and 
other  additions  over 
expenditures  and  other 
deductions    

TRANSFERS  AMONG  FUNDS- 
ADDITIONS  (DEDUCTIONS)  (Note  10) 


Net  increase  for  the  year 

Returned  to  U.S.  Treasury    

Fund  balances  at  beginning  of  year  . 


149,313 
15,534 
11,988 

15,478 


11,707 
11,562 

5,854 

221,436 

829 


167 


197,345 


24,091 


Fund  balances  at  end  of  year  (Note  8) 


24,091 

227,258 

$251,349 


149,313 
15,534 
10,307 


10,507 

5,854 
191,515 


45,305 

45,305 

12,005 

12,005 

2,211 

2,211 

25,381 

125,381 

11,447 

— 

184,902 


6,613 


(8,922) 
(2,309) 
38,654 
$  36,345 


15,282 
436 

15,718 


15,718 


8,835 

24,553 

137,444 

$161,997 


14,203 


1,760 


87 

1,847 

51,160 

$53,007 


$191,383 


1,681 

— 

196 

— 

764 



11,562 

28,976 

— 

1,627 

221,986 


— 

109,162 

— 

12,614 

— 

49,289 

11,447 

19,018 

829 

17,571 

167 

— 

12,443 

207,654 

14,332 


14,332 

(185) 
218,222 

$232,369 


The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  the  financial  statements. 


52- 


Federal  funds 


Operating  Construction 

funds  funds 


Totals, 

Capital 

all 

Totals, 

funds 

funds 

1985 

$171,762 


$19,621 


141,383 

$191,467 

149,313 

138,010 

15,534 

15,652 

11,988 

12,658 

15,478 


15,745 


28,976 


11,707 
40,538 


9,742 
43,064 


1,627 


173,389 


19,621 


'8,976 


7,481 


443,422 


3,419 


429,757 


109,162 
12,614 
49,289 


19,018 


154,467 

149,677 

24,619 

23,104 

51,500 

48,615 

125,381 

114,270 

30,465 

25,971 

17,571 


18,400 


17,155 


167 


20 


171,065 


19,011 


17,571 


404,999 


378,812 


2,324 


603 


1 1 ,405 


38,423 


50,945 


2,324 
(185) 

177 

$     2,316 

603 

15,349 

$15,952 

1 1 ,405 

202,696 

$214,101 

38,423 
(185) 
445,480 

$483,718 

50,945 

(173) 
394,708 

$445,480 

53 


Smithsonian  Institution  Notes  to  Financial  Statements 

i.   Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies 

Basis  of  Presentation 

These  financial  statements  do  not  include  the  accounts  of 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts  or  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Interna- 
tional Center  for  Scholars,  which  were  established  by  Con- 
gress within  the  Smithsonian  Institution  (the  Institution) 
but  are  administered  under  separate  boards  of  trustees. 

The  financial  statements  of  the  Institution  have  been 
combined  for  this  presentation  to  show  both  federal 
appropriations  and  trust  funds.  So-called  federal  funds 
reflect  the  receipt  and  expenditures  of  monies  obtained 
from  congressional  appropriations.  The  accounts  of  the 
federal  funds  have  been  prepared  on  the  obligation  basis  of 
accounting,  which  is  in  accordance  with  accounting  princi- 
ples prescribed  by  the  Comptroller  General  of  the  United 
States  as  set  forth  in  the  Policy  and  Procedures  Manual  for 
Guidance  of  Federal  Agencies.  The  obligation  basis  of 
accounting  differs  in  some  respects  from  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles.  Under  this  method  of 
accounting,  approximately  $44,198,000  of  commitments 
of  the  operating  fund,  such  as  purchase  orders  and  con- 
tracts, have  been  recognized  as  expenditures,  and  the 
related  obligations  have  been  reported  on  the  balance  sheet 
at  September  30,  1986  even  though  the  goods  and  services 
have  not  been  received  as  of  the  balance  sheet  date. 
Approximately  $15,454,000  of  these  commitments  are  for 
internal  storage  facilities  and  equipment  at  the  Museum 
Support  Center.  In  addition,  construction  fund  commit- 
ments for  other  projects,  principally  the  Quadrangle, 
amounted  to  approximately  $15,171,000  at  September  30, 
1986. 

The  trust  funds  reflect  the  receipt  and  expenditure  of 
funds  obtained  from  private  sources,  federal  grants  and 
contracts,  investment  income  and  certain  business  activi- 
ties related  to  the  operations  of  the  Institution.  The  finan- 
cial statements  with  respect  to  trust  funds  have  been  pre- 
pared on  the  accrual  basis. 

Fund  Accounting 

To  ensure  observance  of  the  limitations  and  restrictions 
placed  on  the  use  of  resources  available  to  the  Institution, 
accounts  are  maintained  in  accordance  with  the  principles 
of  fund  accounting.  This  procedure  classifies  resources  for 
control,  accounting  and  reporting  purposes  into  distinct 
funds  established  according  to  their  appropriation,  nature 


and  purposes.  Separate  accounts  are  maintained  for  each 
fund;  however,  in  the  accompanying  financial  statements, 
funds  that  have  similar  characteristics  have  been  combined 
into  fund  groups.  Accordingly,  all  financial  transactions 
have  been  recorded  and  reported  by  fund  group. 

The  assets,  liabilities  and  fund  balances  of  the  Institu- 
tion are  self-balancing  as  follows: 

Federal  operating  funds  represent  the  portion  of  expend- 
able funds  available  for  support  of  Institution  operations. 

Federal  construction  funds  represent  that  portion  of 
expendable  funds  available  for  building  and  facility  con- 
struction, restoration,  renovation  and  repair.  Separate 
subfund  groups  are  maintained  for  each  appropriation — 
Construction  and  Improvements,  National  Zoological 
Park,  Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings,  Museum 
Support  Center  and  the  Center  for  African,  Near  Eastern, 
and  Asian  Cultures  (Quadrangle). 

Federal  capital  funds  represent  the  value  of  those  assets 
of  the  Institution  acquired  with  federal  funds  plus  nonex- 
pendable property  transfers  from  government  agencies. 

Trust  current  funds,  which  include  unrestricted  and 
restricted  resources,  represent  the  portion  of  expendable 
funds  that  is  available  for  support  of  Institution  opera- 
tions. Amounts  restricted  by  the  donor  for  specific  pur- 
poses are  segregated  from  other  current  funds. 

Trust  endowment  and  similar  funds  include  funds  that 
are  subject  to  restrictions  of  gift  instruments  requiring  in 
perpetuity  that  the  principal  be  invested  and  the  income 
only  be  used.  Also  classified  as  endowment  and  similar 
funds  are  gifts  which  allow  the  expenditure  of  principal 
but  only  under  certain  specified  conditions.  Quasi- 
endowment  funds  are  funds  established  by  the  governing 
board  for  the  same  purposes  as  endowment  funds;  how- 
ever, any  portion  of  such  funds  may  be  expended. 
Restricted  quasi-endowment  funds  represent  gifts  for 
restricted  purposes  where  there  is  no  stipulation  that  the 
principal  be  maintained  in  perpetuity  or  for  a  period  of 
time,  but  the  governing  board  has  elected  to  invest  the 
principal  and  expend  only  the  income  for  the  purpose  stip- 
ulated by  the  donor. 

Trust  plant  funds  represent  resources  restricted  for 
future  plant  acquisitions  and  funds  expended  for  plant. 

Investments 

All  gains  and  losses  arising  from  the  sale,  collection  or 
other  disposition  of  investments  and  property  are 


54 


accounted  for  in  the  fund  in  which  the  related  assets  are 
recorded.  Income  from  investments  is  accounted  for  in  a 
similar  manner,  except  for  income  derived  from  invest- 
ments of  endowment  and  similar  funds,  which  is 
accounted  for  in  the  fund  to  which  it  is  restricted  or,  if 
unrestricted,  as  revenue  in  unrestricted  current  funds. 
Gains  and  losses  on  the  sale  of  investments  are  recognized 
on  the  settlement  date  basis  using  the  specific  identification 
method,  whereby  the  cost  of  the  specific  security  adjusted 
by  any  related  discount  or  premium  amortization  is  the 
basis  for  recognition  of  the  gain  or  loss. 

Inventory 

Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market.  Cost 
is  determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO)  method, 
retail  cost  method  (for  those  inventories  held  for  resale)  or 
net  realizable  value. 


Deferred  Revenue  and  Expense 

Revenue  from  subscriptions  to  Smithsonian  magazine  is 
recorded  as  income  over  the  period  of  the  related  subscrip- 
tion, which  is  one  year.  Costs  related  to  obtaining  sub- 
scriptions to  Smithsonian  magazine  are  charged  against 
income  over  the  period  of  the  subscription. 

The  Institution  recognizes  revenue  and  charges  expenses 
of  other  auxiliary  activities  during  the  period  in  which  the 
activity  is  conducted. 

Works  of  Art,  Living  or  Other  Specimens 

The  Institution  acquires  its  collections,  which  include 
works  of  art,  library  books,  photographic  archives, 
objects  and  specimens,  through  purchase  with  federal  or 
private  funds  or  by  donation.  In  accordance  with  policies 
generally  followed  by  museums,  no  value  is  assigned  to  the 
collections  on  the  statement  of  financial  condition.  Pur- 
chases for  the  collections  are  expensed  currently. 

Property  and  Equipment 

Nonexpendable  equipment  purchased  with  federal  funds  is 
recorded  at  cost  and  is  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis 
over  a  period  of  10  years.  Equipment  purchased  with  trust 
funds  for  use  by  nonincome-producing  activities  is  treated 
as  a  deduction  of  the  current  fund  and  a  capitalized  cost  of 
the  plant  fund.  Depreciation  on  equipment  capitalized  in 
the  plant  fund  is  recorded  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 


estimated  useful  life  of  3  to  10  years  (see  Note  7).  Capital 
improvements  and  equipment  purchased  with  trust  funds 
and  utilized  in  income-producing  activities  are  capitalized 
in  the  current  unrestricted  fund  at  cost  and  are  depreciated 
on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  3 
to  10  years. 

Buildings  and  other  structures,  additions  to  buildings 
and  fixed  equipment  purchased  with  federal  funds  are 
recorded  in  the  capital  funds  at  cost  and  depreciated  on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  a  period  of  30  years.  Costs  associ- 
ated with  renovating,  restoring  and  improving  structures 
are  depreciated  over  their  useful  lives  of  15  years. 

Certain  lands  occupied  by  the  Institution's  buildings 
were  appropriated  and  reserved  by  Congress  for  the 
Smithsonian  and  are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying 
financial  statements.  Property  and  nonexpendable  equip- 
ment acquired  through  transfer  from  government  agencies 
are  capitalized  at  the  transfer  price  or  at  estimated 
amounts,  taking  into  consideration  usefulness,  condition 
and  market  value. 

Real  estate  (land  and  buildings)  purchased  with  trust 
funds  is  recorded  at  cost,  to  the  extent  that  restricted  or 
unrestricted  funds  were  expended  therefor,  or  appraised 
value  at  date  of  gift,  except  for  gifts  of  certain  islands  in 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  the  Carnegie  Mansion,  which 
have  been  recorded  at  nominal  values.  Costs  of  original 
building  structures  and  major  additions  are  depreciated  on 
a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of  30 
years.  Costs  of  renovating,  restoring  and  improving  struc- 
tures are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  esti- 
mated useful  lives  of  15  years.  Depreciation  is  recorded  in 
the  plant  funds  as  a  deduction  to  the  investment  in  plant 
(see  Note  7). 

Government  Grants  and  Contracts 

The  Institution  has  a  number  of  grants  and  contracts  with 
the  U.S.  Government,  which  primarily  provide  for  cost 
reimbursement  to  the  Institution.  Grant  and  contract  reve- 
nue is  recognized  as  expenditures  are  incurred  within  trust 
funds. 

Pledges 

The  Institution  records  significant  pledges  that  are  sup- 
ported by  letters  signed  by  donors.  Pledges  are  recorded  at 
net  realizable  value  as  a  receivable  and  as  deferred  revenue 
on  the  Statement  of  Financial  Condition.  Revenue  from 
pledges  is  recognized  in  the  year  the  pledge  funds  are  col- 
lected. 


55 


Contributed  Services 

A  substantial  number  of  unpaid  volunteers  have  made  sig- 
nificant contributions  of  their  time  in  the  furtherance  of 
the  Institution's  programs.  The  value  of  this  contributed 
time  is  not  reflected  in  these  statements  in  accordance  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles. 

Annual  Leave 

The  Institution's  civil  service  employees  earn  annual  leave 
in  accordance  with  federal  law  and  regulations.  However, 
only  the  cost  of  leave  taken  as  salaries  is  funded  and 
recorded  as  an  expense.  The  cost  of  unused  annual  leave  at 
year-end  is  reflected  in  the  accompanying  financial  state- 
ments as  an  asset  and  accrued  liability  of  the  federal  funds 
capital  account. 

Annual  leave  is  recorded  for  trust  employees  in  the  trust 
fund  as  earned. 


2.   Related  Activities 

The  Institution  provides  fiscal  and  administrative  services 
to  several  separately  incorporated  organizations  in  which 
certain  officials  of  the  Institution  serve  on  the  governing 
boards.  The  amounts  paid  to  the  Institution  by  these  orga- 
nizations for  the  aforementioned  services,  together  with 
rent  for  Institution  facilities  occupied,  totaled  approxi- 
mately $367,000  ($295,000  for  the  trust  funds  and 
$72,000  for  the  federal  funds)  for  the  year  ended  Septem- 
ber 30, 1986.  Deposits  held  in  custody  for  these  organiza- 
tions were  approximately  $4,071,000  as  of  September  30, 
1986. 

The  following  summarizes  the  approximate  expendi- 
tures of  these  organizations  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  Sep- 
tember 30, 1986  as  reflected  in  their  individual  financial 
statements,  which  are  not  included  in  the  accompanying 
financial  statements  of  the  Institution: 


3.   Investments 

Investments  are  recorded  at  cost  on  a  settlement  date 
basis,  if  purchased,  or  estimated  fair  market  value  at  date 
of  acquisition,  if  acquired  by  gift.  At  September  30,  1986, 
investments  were  composed  of  the  following: 


Carrying 

Market 

value 

value 

($000s) 

($000s) 

Current  funds: 

Certificates  of  deposit  and 

repurchase  agreement 

$   16,816 

$    16,816 

Commercial  paper 

1,980 

2,000 

U.S.  Government  and  quasi- 

government  obligations 

39,844 

41,449 

Corporate  bonds 

75 

75 

Common  stock 

13 

6 

Preferred  stock 

97 

93 

58,825 

60,439 

Endowment  and  similar  funds: 

Money  market  account 

32,992 

32,992 

Deposit  with  U.S.  Treasury 

1,080 

1,080 

U.S.  Government  and  quasi- 

government  obligations 

13,335 

13,886 

Corporate  bonds 

1,079 

1,059 

Common  stock 

110,967 

129,845 

Preferred  stock 

1,760 

1,515 

161,213 

180,377 

Plant  funds: 

U.S.  Government  and  quasi- 

government  obligations 

27 

29 

Common  stock 

125 

125 

152 


154 


$220,190      $240,970 


Visions  Foundation,  Inc. 
Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc. 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center 

for  Scholars: 

Trust  funds 

Federal  appropriations 


$1,452,000 
$6,780,000 


$5,121,000 
$3,197,000 


Since  October  1,  1982,  the  deposit  with  the  U.S.  Trea- 
sury has  been  invested  in  U.S.  Government  securities  at  a 
variable  yield  based  on  market  rates. 

Substantially  all  the  investments  of  the  endowment  and 
similar  funds  are  pooled  on  a  market  value  basis  (consoli- 
dated fund)  with  each  individual  fund  subscribing  to  or 
disposing  of  units  on  the  basis  of  the  per  unit  market  value 
at  the  beginning  of  the  month  within  which  the  transaction 
takes  place.  The  unit  value  as  of  September  30,  1986  was 


56 


$259-24;  z99'239  units  were  owned  by  endowment,  and 
394,280  units  were  owned  by  quasi-endowment  at  Septem- 
ber 30, 1986. 

The  following  tabulation  summarizes  changes  in  rela- 
tionships between  cost  and  market  values  of  the  pooled 
investments  (excludes  nonpooled  investments  such  as  the 
deposit  with  the  U.S.  Treasury,  land  held  for  investment 
and  receivables  of  the  endowment  fund): 


Market 

($000s) 

value 

Market 
$179,790 

Cost 

Difference 
$19,164 

per  unit 

End  of  year 

$160,626 

$259.24 

Beginning  of 

year 

$147,300 

$136,156 

11,144 

223.18 

Increase  in 

unrealized 

net  gain 

for  the 

year 

8,020 

— 

Realized  net 

gain  for 

the  year 

15,282 
$23,302 

— 

Net  change 

$  36.06 

4.    Endowment  and  Similar  Funds 

The  fund  balances  for  the  endowment  and  similar  funds  at 
September  30,  1986  are  summarized  as  follows: 


Endowment  funds,  income  available  for: 
Restricted  purposes 
Unrestricted  purposes 

Quasi-endowment  funds,  principal  and 
income  available  for: 
Restricted  purposes 
Unrestricted  purposes 


($000s) 

62,267 
5,116 

67,383 


23,159 

71,455 

94,614 
Total  endowment  and  similar  funds        $161,997 


The  Institution  utilizes  the  "total  return"  approach  to 
investment  management  of  endowment  funds  and  quasi- 
endowment  funds.  Under  this  approach,  the  total  invest- 


ment return  is  considered  to  include  realized  and  unreal- 
ized gains  and  losses  in  addition  to  interest  and  dividends. 
An  amount  of  principal  equal  to  the  difference  between 
interest  and  dividends  earned  during  the  year  and  the 
amount  computed  under  the  total  return  formula  is  trans- 
ferred to  or  from  the  current  funds. 

In  applying  this  approach,  it  is  the  Institution's  policy  to 
provide,  as  being  available  for  current  expenditures,  an 
amount  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as,  but  not 
limited  to:  (i)4I/z%  of  the  five-year  average  of  the  market 
value  of  each  fund  (adjusted  for  gifts  and  transfers  during 
this  period),  unless  a  higher  percentage  is  approved  by  the 
Regents,  (2)  current  dividend  and  interest  yield,  (3)  sup- 
port needs  for  bureaus  and  scientists,  and  (4)  inflationary 
factors  as  measured  by  the  Consumer  Price  Index;  how- 
ever, where  the  market  value  of  the  assets  of  any  endow- 
ment fund  is  less  than  110%  of  the  historic  dollar  value 
(value  of  gifts  at  date  of  donation),  the  amount  provided  is 
limited  to  only  interest  and  dividends  received. 

The  total  return  factor  for  1986  was  5%  or  $8.27  per 
unit  to  all  participating  funds.  The  total  return  applied  for 
1986  was  $3,060,000  to  Restricted  Funds  and  $2,529,000 
to  Unrestricted  Funds. 


5.   Receivables 

Receivables  at  September  30,  1986  included  the  following: 


Federal  funds 

Amount  to  be  provided  for  accrued  annual 

leave 
Service  fees  and  charges 

Trust  funds 

Accounts  receivable,  auxiliary  activities,  net 

Interfund  receivables  due  from  current  funds: 

Endowment  and  similar  funds 

Plant  funds 
Interest  and  dividends  receivable 
Unbilled  costs  and  fees  from  grants  and 

contracts 
Pledges 
Other 

Total,  all  funds 


($000s) 


$  7,770 
246 

8,016 


12,480 

500 

17,109 

1,926 

2,527 

1,365 

46 

35,953 

$43,969 


57 


6.   Advance  Payments 

Advance  payments  represent  prepayments  made  to  gov- 
ernment agencies,  educational  institutions,  firms  and  indi- 
viduals for  services  to  be  rendered  or  property  or  materials 
to  be  furnished. 

As  of  September  30,  1986,  the  Institution  had  advances 
outstanding  to  the  U.S.  Government  of  approximately 
$12,528,000,  principally  for  construction  services  to  be 
completed  in  future  fiscal  years.  The  Institution  at  that 
date  also  had  advances  outstanding  to  educational  institu- 
tions amounting  to  approximately  $1,959,000,  principally 
under  the  Special  Foreign  Currency  Program. 


Included  in  the  accumulated  depreciation  of  the  federal 
capital  funds  is  approximately  $13,988,000  of  the  depreci- 
ation expense  for  1986. 

Trust  funds'  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  for 
fiscal  year  1986  for  income-producing  assets  amounted  to 
approximately  $1,925,000,  which  is  included  in  auxiliary 
activities  expenditures  in  the  current  funds.  Depreciation 
of  non-income-producing  equipment  and  buildings  for 
1986  amounted  to  approximately  $829,000. 

The  balance  of  the  plant  fund  at  September  30,  1986, 
included  approximately  $14,754,000  of  trust  unexpended 
plant  funds. 


7.   Property  and  Equipment 

At  September  30,  1986,  property  and  equipment  were  com- 
prised of  the  following: 


Federal 

Capital  funds 
Property 
Equipment 
Less  accumulated 
depreciation 

Total,  federal  funds 


(SOOOs) 


$308,960 
34,260 

(130,541) 


(SOOOs) 


$212,679 


Trust 

Current  funds 

Capital  improvements 

$     5,202 

Equipment 

8,096 

Leasehold  improvements 

893 

Less  accumulated 

depreciation  and 

amortization 

(7,265) 
6,926 

Endowment  and  similar  funds 

Land 

239 

Plant  funds 

Land  and  buildings 

$  41,962 

Equipment 

3,983 

Less  accumulated  depreciation 

(7,692) 
38,253 

Total,  trust  funds 

45,418 

Total,  all  funds 

$258,097 

8.   Federal  Operating  Funds 

The  federal  operating  funds  include  appropriations  for 
salaries  and  expenses  which  are  expended  in  the  year 
received.  Also  included  are  amounts  received  with  the  pro- 
vision that  such  amounts  can  be  expended  over  a  period 
greater  than  one  year. 

The  federal  operating  funds  for  the  year  ended  Septem- 
ber 30,  1986,  include  the  following: 


Additions  (SOOOs) 

Appro- 
priations       Other 


Salaries  and  Expenses 

$169,384 

Special  Foreign  Cur- 

rency Program 

2,378 

U.S.  India  Fund  (trans- 

fers from  Department 

of  State) 

— 

Smithsonian  Tropical 

Research  Institute 

— 

$171,762 

Fund 
Balance 

at 

Sept.  30, 

1986 


1,354 


—  1,477 


150 


917 


45 


SI, 627        $2,316 


9.   Collection  Acquisitions 

In  keeping  with  accounting  principles,  the  Institution 
records  the  acquisition  of  collections  as  an  expense  in  the 
year  of  purchase.  For  fiscal  year  1986,  $7,000,000  was 
charged  to  current  funds  for  the  acquisition  of  the  Vever 
Collection  although  payments  are  to  be  made  over  several 
fiscal  years. 


58 


io.   Transfers  among  Funds 

The  following  transfers  among  trust  funds  were  made  for 
the  year  ended  Septemer  30,  1986  in  thousands  of  dollars: 


Endow- 

ment 

and 

Current 

funds 

similar 
funds 

Plant 

Unrestricted 

Restricted 

funds 

Portion  of 

investment 

yield  appro- 

priated 

(Note  4) 

$    (398) 

$    (389) 

$    787 

$— 

Income  added 

to  endow- 

ment 

principal 

— 

(159) 

159 

— 

For  plant 

acquisition 

(50) 

— 

— 

50 

For  special 

purposes 

33 

{33) 

— 

— 

Endowment 

released 

— 

33 

(33) 

— 

Reclassified  as 

true  endow- 

ment 

— 

(292) 

292 

— 

Appropriated 

as  quasi- 

endowment 

(5,733) 

(1,897) 

7,630 

— 

Total  non- 

mandatory 

transfers 

(6,148) 

(2,737) 

8,835 

50 

Mandatory 

transfers  for 

principal  and 

interest 

(37) 

— 

— 

37 

Total  transfers 

among  funds 

$(6,185) 

$(2,737) 

$8,835 

$87 

such  program.  The  Institution  contributes  7%  of  basic 
annual  salary  to  the  Fund.  The  cost  of  the  plan  for  the  year 
ended  September  30,  1986  was  approximately  $6,462,000. 

The  Institution  has  a  separate  retirement  plan  for  trust 
employees.  Under  the  plan,  both  the  Institution  and  the 
employee  contribute  stipulated  percentages  of  salary, 
which  are  used  to  purchase  individual  annuities,  the  rights 
to  which  are  immediately  vested  with  the  employee.  The 
cost  of  the  plan  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1986  was 
$3,531,000.  It  is  the  policy  of  the  Institution  to  fund  plan 
costs  accrued  currently.  There  are  no  unfunded  prior- 
service  costs  under  the  plan. 


12.   Income  Taxes 

The  Institution  is  exempt  from  income  taxation  under  the 
provisions  of  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue 
Code.  Organizations  described  in  that  section  are  taxable 
only  on  their  unrelated  business  income,  which  for  the 
Institution  was  immaterial  in  1986. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  Institution  that  it  is  also  exempt 
from  taxation  as  an  instrumentality  of  the  United  States  as 
defined  in  Section  501(c)(1)  of  the  Code.  Organizations 
described  in  that  section  are  exempt  from  all  income  taxa- 
tion. The  Institution  has  not  as  yet  formally  sought  such 
dual  status. 


13.   Subsequent  Event 

On  December  17,  1986,  the  Institution  entered  into  a  note 
agreement  with  the  Riggs  National  Bank  of  Washington, 
D.C.,  for  $11,000,000.  Proceeds  from  the  note  will  be 
used  to  fund  construction  of  a  restaurant  addition  at  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  The  note  bears  interest 
at  a  rate  of  9%  per  annum  and  is  payable  in  quarterly 
installments  of  interest  only  commencing  on  December  31 , 
1986,  and  principal  and  interest  commencing  on  Septem- 
ber 30, 1991,  and  ending  on  June  30,  1998. 


11.    Retirement  Plans 

The  federal  employees  of  the  Institution  are  covered  by  the 
Civil  Service  Retirement  Program.  Under  this  program, 
the  Institution  withholds  from  the  gross  pay  of  each  fed- 
eral employee  and  remits  to  the  Civil  Service  Retirement 
and  Disability  Fund  (the  Fund)  the  amounts  specified  by 


59 


RESEARCH 

David  Challinor,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Research 


61 


Joseph  Henry  Papers 


The  Joseph  Henry  Papers  project  has  published  five  of 
its  contemplated  fifteen  volumes,  dealing  with  Joseph 
Henry's  early  years  and  life  at  Albany  and  Princeton. 
Work  progressed  during  the  past  year  on  the  sixth  vol- 
ume, 1844-46,  covering  Henry's  career  at  Princeton  and 
his  selection  as  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Dr.  Nathan  Reingold,  editor  of  the  Joseph  Henry  Pa- 
pers since  the  inception  of  the  project,  left  to  become 
senior  historian  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History.  Dr.  Marc  Rothenberg,  who  had  served  as  asso- 
ciate editor,  was  promoted  to  editor. 

An  important  development  for  the  project  was  the  in- 
stallation of  office  automation  equipment.  These  com- 
puters and  word  processors  greatly  facilitate  the  review 


This  detail  of  an  entry  from  Joseph  Henry's  "Record  of  Experi- 
ments" is  dated  May  10,  1835.  (Courtesy  Smithsonian  Archives) 


'f36' 


1    L-^Lc^C^Jt^   *^^0 


V 


<^r-i-^Li—  <.'~r^7itr~~£-C 


<U^2(   cpft    &#-   ^™^*~4 


if'  pT\    'iA>  ^  Tl~ 

Lj     U     U.  flsitow--' 


^H  r  • 


^  3    A^^x  7L  c^^jrtt^t.  PL, 


■*-—*-..    er>- 


tf(-*~'?^-*Kf**^y*, 


and  revision  of  typescripts  of  documents,  reduce  errors, 
and  decrease  the  time  needed  for  editing  documents. 

The  project  again  sponsored  its  Nineteenth  Century 
Seminar  Program,  hosting  presentations  reflecting  a 
broad  range  of  historical  interests,  including  the  history 
of  science  and  technology,  anthropology,  art,  and  Ameri- 
can social  and  cultural  history. 

Henry  Papers  staff  cooperated  with  other  museums  in 
the  preparation  of  exhibitions,  including  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History's  major  exhibition,  Magnifi- 
cent Voyagers:  The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition, 
1838-1842,  which  opened  in  November.  Dr.  Rothenberg, 
together  with  Dr.  Reingold,  organized  a  symposium, 
"Men  of  Daring,  Triumphs  of  Exploration,"  in  connec- 
tion with  the  opening  of  the  exhibition.  Dr.  Paul  Theer- 
man  worked  with  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  staff  on  an  exhibition  about  Isaac  Newton, 
scheduled  to  open  in  1987. 

In  addition,  Henry  Papers  staff  participated  in  several 
professional  conferences  during  the  past  year:  the  annual 
meeting  of  the  History  of  Science  Society,  the  joint  meet- 
ing of  the  British  Society  for  the  History  of  Science  and 
the  British  Society  for  the  Philosophy  of  Science,  the 
Sixth  International  Conference  of  Historical  Geogra- 
phers, and  the  Joseph  Henry  Science  Symposium  held  at 
Albany,  New  York. 


62 


National  Zoological  Park 


Two  of  the  four  dama  gazelles  [Gazella  dama)  born  at  the  National  Zoo  last  spring  and  summer  are  shown  with  their  parent. 


The  National  Zoological  Park  (NZP)  maintains  a  public 
collection  as  well  as  research,  maintenance,  education, 
and  animal  health  facilities  on  163  acres  at  Rock  Creek 
in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  a  Conservation  and  Research 
Center  (CRC)  on  a  ?,ooo-acre  site  at  Front  Royal,  Vir- 
ginia. The  National  Zoo  is  dedicated  to  diverse  goals: 
public  education  about  the  welfare  of  animals,  recreation 
of  visitors,  advancement  of  biological  and  veterinary  sci- 
ences, and  conservation.  In  cooperation  with  zoos 
throughout  the  world,  the  National  Zoo  works  to  save 


endangered  species  by  using  the  most  modern  techniques 
of  reproductive  biology  and  animal  husbandry  and  by 
promoting  habitat  preservation.  Habitat  preservation  is 
aided  by  NZP  ecological  studies  throughout  the  world, 
programs  of  basic  research,  and  training  programs  for 
Third  World  wildlife  biologists. 

In  1986,  the  National  Zoo  took  the  first  steps  towards 
breaking  down  the  unnatural  separation  of  the  world  of 
animals  from  the  world  of  plants,  inextricably  interde- 
pendent in  the  real  world. 

63 


The  first  flamingo  [Phoenicopterus  ruber)  egg  was  laid  at  the 
National  Zoo  in  May  1986. 


Animal  Exhibits 

The  public  exhibits  at  Rock  Creek  are  divided  into  the 
mammalogy,  ornithology,  herpetology,  and  invertebrate 
departments.  Invertebrates  constitute  more  than  99  per- 
cent of  the  animal  kingdom  in  the  number  of  species  but 
were  not  represented  at  the  National  Zoo  before  Dr.  Mi- 
chael H.  Robinson  became  director  in  1984.  He  insti- 
tuted an  invertebrate  exhibit  under  the  leadership  of 
Jaren  Horsley.  This  exhibit  will  open  in  1987. 

A  total  of  3,300  animals  are  in  the  Rock  Creek  exhib- 
its. In  1986  Dr.  Benjamin  Beck,  research  primatologist, 
was  promoted  to  general  curator,  with  over-all  responsi- 
bility for  the  entire  animal  collection.  This  appointment 
represents  a  re-emphasis  on  the  central  importance  of 
exhibits  to  the  role  of  a  zoo.  Each  year  a  spate  of  births 
testifies  to  the  good  health  and  excellent  welfare  of  the 
animals  in  the  Zoo's  care.  In  1986  there  were  i,z65  births 
(Rock  Creek  and  Front  Royal  combined).  These  included 
a  Masai  giraffe — born  in  front  of  an  audience  of  over 


500  people  in  July — and  young  of  such  critically  endan- 
gered species  as  spectacled  bears  (twins),  golden-headed 
lion  tamarins  (the  first  such  birth  in  the  United  States), 
and  golden  lion  tamarins.  Springtime  saw  births  of  dama 
and  dorcas  gazelles,  blesbok,  bongo,  gnu,  bobcat  twins, 
Geoffroy's  cats,  white-cheeked  gibbons,  and  many  other 
mammals.  Birds,  snakes,  lizards,  and  frogs  also  bred 
well,  and  there  were  hatchings  of  several  species  never 
before  bred  at  the  National  Zoo. 

Species  were  added  to  the  collection  as  founders  in 
new  breeding  programs.  These  included  a  pair  of  Malay- 
sian tapirs,  a  male  Indian  rhino,  a  male  Sumatran  tiger, 
and  the  New  Zealand  green  gecko.  Among  other  popu- 
lar arrivals  were  two  young  gorillas  on  loan  from  the 
Milwaukee  and  Brookfield  (Chicago)  zoos.  Extensive 
renovations  to  the  filtration  systems  in  the  seal  and  sea 
lion  enclosures  has  produced  crystal-clear  water  to  the 
delight  of  visitors.  Further  mixed  species  groupings  have 
been  incorporated  into  existing  exhibits  to  produce  the 
natural  ecosystem  flavor  envisaged  in  the  NZP  biological 
park  concept.  Crowned  cranes  are  now  exhibited  with 
the  dama  gazelles;  humming  birds  and  predatory  fishes 
were  added  to  the  crocodile  exhibits;  and  birds  are  suc- 
cessfully coexisting  with  a  variety  of  mammals  in  the 
Small  Mammal  House.  New  construction  completed  in 
September  transformed  the  beaver  exhibit.  The  beavers 
are  now  expected  to  fascinate  visitors  with  their  full  rep- 
ertory of  tree-cutting  and  dam-building  behaviors. 

Exchanges  with  other  zoos  foster  good  international 
relations.  The  National  Zoo  sent  gifts  of  a  pygmy  hippo- 
potamus to  Sri  Lanka,  two  red  pandas  to  Japan,  and 
bushdogs  to  Panama.  The  NZP  breeding  group  of  fennec 
foxes  was  strengthened  by  the  gift  of  new  stock  from  the 
people  of  Israel.  Senior  and  experienced  National  Zoo 
staff  actively  helped  develop  new  zoos  overseas.  Charles 
Pickett,  assistant  curator  of  ornithology,  and  William 
Xanten,  collection  manager,  worked  with  the  U.S.  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service  to  aid  the  Pakistan  government  in 
developing  a  national  zoo  and  a  master  plan  for  the  zoos 
of  that  country. 

Animal  departments  staff  continue  to  carry  out 
research,  contribute  to  education,  and  aid  other  zoos. 
Dr.  Edwin  Gould  commenced  a  study  of  the  star-nosed 
mole.  Dr.  Gould  also  developed  a  volunteer  gardener 
program  in  conjunction  with  the  Friends  of  the  National 
Zoo  and  the  NZP  Office  of  Facilities  Management.  Vol- 
unteer gardeners  will  beautify  the  Zoo  and  also  add  to 
the  flowering  plants  that  are  already  attracting  butterflies 
back  to  the  park.  Dr.  John  Seidensticker,  associate  cura- 
tor of  mammals,  studied  the  ecology  of  exhibit  environ- 


64 


merits  with  the  aim  of  enriching  them.  As  a  result  of  his 
innovations,  many  animals  are  more  active  and  interest- 
ing to  watch.  Dr.  Dale  Marcellini,  curator  of  reptiles, 
visited  New  Zealand  with  keeper  Trooper  Walsh  to  col- 
lect green  geckos  for  a  breeding  colony.  Keeper  of  rep- 
tiles Cecilia  Chang  collected  frogs  in  Panama  and  helped 
establish  breeding  groups  of  Panamanian  species. 


Conservation 

The  Conservation  and  Research  Center  (CRC)  is  the 
home  of  the  Department  of  Conservation,  which  is  dedi- 
cated to  saving  rare  and  endangered  species  by  propaga- 
tion and  research.  Great  successes  in  rare  animal  propa- 
gation in  1986  included  births  of  clouded  leopards,  Eld's 
deer,  scimitar-horned  oryx,  sable  antelope,  marsupial 
tiger  quolls,  and  Przewalski's  horse.  Among  the  birds, 
further  hatchings  of  endangered  Guam  rails  and  Micro- 
nesian  kingfishers  testify  to  a  successful  breeding  pro- 
gram, and  red-crowned  cranes  were  hatched  for  the  first 
time  ever  at  the  National  Zoo.  The  Center  has  continued 
to  be  a  leader  in  the  Guam  birds  rescue  project — thirteen 
more  rails  were  added  to  the  breeding  stock.  In  this  con- 
nection Dr.  Scott  Derrickson  presented  a  paper  at  the 
American  Association  of  Zoological  Parks  and  Aquari- 
ums annual  conference  on  "A  Co-operative  Breeding  Pro- 
gram for  the  Guam  Rail  (Ralhts  owstoni)!' 

The  National  Zoo  makes  a  major  contribution  to 
tropical  conservation  by  organizing  a  Wildlife  Conserva- 
tion Training  course,  directed  by  Dr.  Rasanayagam 
Rudran  and  supported  by  a  range  of  conservation 
groups.  This  year  one  course  was  held  at  Front  Royal 
and  was  attended  by  students  from  eleven  countries. 
Other  courses  were  held  in  Venezuela  and  Malaysia.  On- 
site  courses  and  those  held  at  Front  Royal  are  rapidly 
making  the  CRC  known  worldwide  as  a  training  center 
for  Third  World  biologists  and  wildlife  specialists.  Dr. 
Christen  Wemmer,  assistant  director  for  conservation  and 
captive  breeding,  presented  a  number  of  major  papers  at 
scientific  meetings.  His  subjects  included  tiger  conserva- 
tion, behavioral  research  at  zoos,  and  the  biology  of 
Reeves'  muntjac.  "Man  and  Beast  Revisited,"  a  major 
international  symposium  jointly  organized  by  the  Na- 
tional Zoo  and  the  Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and 
Seminars,  attracted  scholars  from  a  variety  of  disciplines 
to  discuss  the  relationship  between  animals  and  man,  the 
evolution  of  language,  and  advances  in  the  study  of 
man's  ancestry. 


National  Zoo  keeper  Carolyn  Bocian  plays  with  new  juvenile 
gorillas  (Gorilla g.  gorilla)  Kuja  and  Mandara  in  the  Great  Ape 
House.  The  rambunctious  youngsters  are  on  loan  to  the  National 
Zoo  from  the  Milwaukee  Zoo  and  the  Brookfield  Zoo  in 
Chicago. 


Education  and  Public  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Education  brings  to  a  wide  audience  such 
issues  as  the  role  of  zoos  in  biological  education  and  the 
need  for  worldwide  efforts  in  environmental  and  wildlife 
conservation.  It  also  emphasizes  the  urgent  need  for  the 
humane  treatment  of  animals.  In  1986,  for  the  first  time, 
the  Office  of  Education  produced  an  interactive  series  of 
exhibits,  funded  by  the  recently  established  Smithsonian 
Institution  Special  Exhibits  fund,  called  ZooArk.  Six  ex- 
hibit modules  located  at  six  sites  within  the  Zoo  used 
quizzes,  computer  games,  vivid  graphics,  and  a  range  of 
artifacts  to  involve  visitors  in  learning  about  the  prob- 
lems facing  wildlife  worldwide.  The  exhibits'  theme  em- 
phasizes that  many  species  are  "threatened  in  the  wild; 
protected  in  the  zoo." 

During  the  year  the  Office  of  Education  successfully 
introduced  The  National  Zoo  News,  a  newspaper  for 
Washington,  D.C.,  area  teachers.  The  office  also  pro- 
duced hands  on  outreach  kits  for  lower  elementary 


65 


school  students.  These  kits  cover  reptiles,  birds,  and 
mammals  and  parallel  the  work  of  the  National  Zoo's 
ZOOlab,  HERPlab,  and  BIRDlab.  In  i986  these  learning 
laboratories  attracted  many  visitors  including  Mrs. 
Hosni  Mubarak,  first  lady  of  Egypt,  and  educators  from 
Japan,  Australia,  and  India.  Indian  environmental  educa- 
tors have  established  a  learning  laboratory  based  on  the 
NZP  model.  The  successful  two-day  symposium,  "Re- 
search and  Conservation  at  the  National  Zoo,"  was  at- 
tended by  high  school  teachers  and  students. 

The  Zoo's  Office  of  Public  Affairs  organized  a  public 
symposium,  "Wildlife  Survivors  in  the  Human  Niche," 
which  filled  the  Zoo's  300-seat  auditorium.  A  major 
symposium  on  successful  alternatives  to  the  destruction 
of  tropical  forests  attracted  national  attention  and  will 
lead  to  a  major  book.  This  symposium  was  organized 
jointly  by  the  Office  of  the  Director  and  the  Office  of 
Public  Affairs,  with  Judith  Gradwohl  and  Russell  Green- 
berg  being  principal  organizers. 

Sunset  Serenades,  a  series  of  eight  weekly  concerts 
proved  to  be  a  popular  summer  event  for  the  third  year. 
These  concerts  were  produced  and  managed  by  the  Of- 
fice of  Public  Affairs,  and  introduced  as  many  as  600 
people  per  concert  to  the  benefits  of  summer  evenings  at 
the  Zoo.  The  office  continued  to  provide  information 
through  the  press,  radio,  and  television  about  the  activi- 
ties and  programs  of  the  National  Zoo,  resulting  in  in- 
creased coverage  of  achievements  in  research,  conserva- 
tion, captive  breeding,  and  education. 


Animal  Health  and  Pathology 

The  Department  of  Animal  Health  (DAH)  provides  out- 
standing health  care  for  the  animals  at  Rock  Creek  and 
at  Front  Royal  and  conducts  clinical  research  to  advance 
the  care  of  wildlife  and  examine  problems  of  reproduc- 
tive physiology.  The  department  also  plays  a  major  role 
in  the  predoctoral  and  postdoctoral  training  of  zoo  veter- 
inarians. 

In  1986  unusual  cases  of  health  care  included  the  treat- 
ment of  a  gastric  ulcer  in  a  gorilla,  root  canal  dentistry 
on  the  canine  tooth  of  a  female  lion,  and  support  den- 
tistry on  the  fractured  tusk  of  an  African  elephant.  Clini- 
cal research  involved  study  of  antibiotic  treatment  of  zoo 
animals,  further  development  of  anesthetic  and  dental 
techniques  for  nondomestic  animals,  and  testing  of  ca- 
nine distemper  vaccination  for  red  pandas. 

The  National  Zoo  through  DAH,  and  DAH  research 
associate  Dr.  Stephen  O'Brien  of  the  National  Cancer 


Institute,  established  the  Center  for  New  Opportunities 
in  Animal  Health  Sciences.  The  Center  was  founded  to 
attract  private  money  to  support  programs  in  reproduc- 
tive physiology,  applied  medical  research,  and  related 
subjects  for  the  successful  propagation  of  nondomestic 
animals.  Dr.  Lynn  Dolnick  heads  the  Center's  fund- 
raising  activity. 

Staff  from  DAH  collaborated  with  the  NZP  Office  of 
Facilities  Management  and  architects  in  developing  the 
final  plans  for  a  new  and  adequate  hospital  at  Rock 
Creek  to  replace  the  outmoded  1969  building.  This  new 
building  will  also  house  NZP's  Department  of  Pathology 
(DOP)  which  provides  diagnostic  services  as  well  as  car- 
rying out  extensive  teaching  and  applied  research. 

Research  at  the  Department  of  Pathology  concentrates 
on  improving  the  health  of  zoo  animals  and  developing 
prophylactic  measures  against  infections.  Dr.  Richard 
Montali,  head  of  Pathology,  in  conjunction  with  Dr. 
Lyndsay  Phillips  of  Animal  Health  has  been  investigating 
techniques  for  identifying  birds  infected  by  avian  tuber- 
culosis. Dr.  Don  Nichols  has  been  studying  meningeal 
worm  infections  in  exotic  wild  animals.  The  studies  are 
of  great  importance  since  native  deer  are  carriers  of  this 
disease.  In  an  attempt  to  provide  control  mechanisms 
and  prevent  transmission  from  native  to  exotic  animals 
Mark  Rowley,  a  graduate  student  working  at  Front 
Royal,  has  studied  snails  and  slugs  that  are  intermediate 
hosts  of  the  meningeal  worm.  He  found  that  in  some 
pastures  2.2  percent  of  all  slugs  and  snails  harbor  the 
infective  stage  of  the  worm.  Dr.  Montali,  with  the  North 
Carolina  Zoo  and  a  University  of  California  facility  in 
La  Jolla,  California,  studied  a  digestive  tract  disease  of 
colobus  monkeys  caused  by  gluten,  a  component  of 
wheat.  The  disease  in  monkeys  has  similarities  to  celiac 
disease  in  humans. 


Nonmedical  Research 

NZP's  Department  of  Zoological  Research  provides  sci- 
entific support  for  conservation,  research,  and  education. 
The  department  collaborates  with  a  range  of  outside  sci- 
entific bodies  including  those  of  other  Smithsonian  bu- 
reaus— currently  in  more  than  seventy-five  projects.  Re- 
search ranges  geographically  from  Sri  Lanka  to 
Venezuela  and  Brazil.  In  1986  research  subjects  included 
continuing  studies  of  golden  lion  tamarins,  new  studies 
of  golden-headed  lion  tamarins,  research  on  giant  panda 
vocalizations,  studies  of  the  social  behavior  and  move- 
ment patterns  of  the  endangered  California  sea  otter,  re- 


66 


search  into  genetic  variation  in  mammals,  studies  of  the 
behavior  of  migratory  birds,  and  nutritional  studies  on 
the  milk  composition  of  a  wide  range  of  mammals. 

Dr.  Devra  Kleiman,  assistant  director  for  research,  was 
elected  a  Fellow  of  the  Animal  Behavior  Society  and  was 
appointed  field  editor  of  the  new  journal  Conservation 
Biology.  Dr.  Kleiman  continued  to  head  the  International 
Golden  Lion  Tamarin  Management  Committee.  Dr. 
Eugene  Morton  was  elected  to  the  governing  council  of 
the  American  Ornithologists  Union.  Dr.  Katherine  Ralls 
visited  China  at  the  invitation  of  the  Chinese  government 
to  participate  in  a  workshop  on  the  management  of  en- 
dangered marine  mammals. 

Dr.  Morton,  with  his  students  and  associates,  contin- 
ues to  study  complex  communication  and  social  behavior 
in  birds.  His  studies  centered  on  purple  martin  social 
systems,  and  sex  differences  in  habitat  preferences  and 
feeding  activities  in  hooded  warblers.  Dr.  Russell  Green- 
berg  and  Dr.  Morton  studied  the  development  of  forag- 
ing and  food-finding  behavior  in  migratory  birds.  Dr. 
Morton,  in  collaboration  with  Lisa  Forman,  started 
studies  on  the  genetics  of  mate  choice;  with  Cathy 
Blohowiak,  at  CRC,  he  studied  mate  choice  in  captive- 
raised  black  ducks. 

Dr.  Olav  Oftedal,  NZP  nutritionist,  carried  on  collab- 
orative studies  of  hooded  and  harp  seal  milk  and  growth 
patterns,  similar  studies  of  black  bears  in  Pennsylvania, 
and  red  pandas  at  the  National  Zoo.  Dr.  Daryl  Boness 
continued  collaborative  studies  on  seals  with  Dr.  Oftedal 
and  conducted  a  reconnaissance  trip  to  Hawaiian  monk 
seal  breeding  grounds  to  determine  the  feasibility  of  a 
comparative  study  on  the  mating  system  and  parental 
care  of  these  seals.  Dr.  Rasanayagam  Rudran  continued 
studies  of  a  red  howler  monkey  population  in  Venezuela. 
In  addition  to  the  Front  Royal  Wildlife  Training  Course, 
Dr.  Rudran  gave  courses  in  Venezuela  and  Malaysia. 

Mary  Allen,  Dr.  Oftedal,  and  Dr.  Dale  Marcellini  col- 
laborated with  scientists  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Re- 
search Institute  on  a  program  to  raise  green  iguanas  as 
an  alternative  food  source  for  tropical  peoples.  Jonathan 
Ballou  continued  research  on  the  effects  of  inbreeding  in 
nondomestic  animals.  This  work  has  important  implica- 
tions for  the  husbandry  of  small  populations  of  endan- 
gered species.  Miles  Roberts  completed  studies  of  tarsier 
reproduction.  Dr.  Steven  Thompson  and  Dr.  Theodore 
Grand  collaborated  on  studies  of  the  relationship  be- 
tween skeletal  mass  and  metabolic  rate.  Dr.  James  Deitz 
and  Lou  Ann  Deitz  continue  to  play  a  major  role  in  the 
golden  lion  tamarin  reintroduction  program  in  Brazil, 
along  with  Dr.  Devra  Kleiman  and  Dr.  Benjamin  Beck. 


Mandara,  a  juvenile  female  gorilla  (Gorilla  g.  gorilla),  settles  into 
her  new  home  in  the  Great  Ape  House  at  the  National  Zoo. 


Construction  and  Support  Services 

George  Calise,  assistant  director  for  support  services,  is 
responsible  for  the  Office  of  Facilities  Management,  the 
Office  of  Construction  Management,  and  the  Office  of 
Police  and  Safety,  as  well  as  other  smaller  units.  These 
units  provide  the  often  unseen  backbone  of  the  entire 
Zoo  operation.  In  1986  two  major  construction  projects 
were  completed.  The  first  section  of  Olmsted  Walk  was 
completed  on  schedule.  Two  other  sections  of  the  walk 
will  complete  the  entire  project.  The  new  veterinary  hos- 
pital was  completed  at  Front  Royal.  Also  completed  in 
1986  was  the  extensive  remodeling  of  the  Reptile  House 
basement  for  the  world's  first  Invertebrate  House.  In  late 
1986  construction  of  a  new  gibbon  exhibit  started. 

67 


Friends  of  the  National  Zoo 


Financial  Report  for  the  Period  January  1-December  31,  1985 
(in  $l,000s) 


Net 
revenue 


Expense 


Net  increase/ 
(decrease)  to 
fund  balance 


Fund  Balance  @ 

1/1/85 

$1,675 

Services 

Membership 

$    639 

$    524 

115 

Publications 

148 

160 

(12) 

Education'1 

103 

766 

(663) 

Zoo  Servicesb 

5,291 

4,467c 

824 

Totals 

$6,181 

$5,917 

$    264 

Fund  Balance  @ 

12/31/85 

$1,939J 

'Excludes  services  worth  an  estimated  $598,500  contributed  by  FONZ  volunteers. 

'includes  gift  shops,  parking  services,  and  food  services. 

includes  $431,586  paid  during  this  period  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  under  contractual  agreement. 

dNet  worth,  including  fixed  assets,  to  be  used  for  the  benefit  of  educational  and  scientific  work  at  the  National  Zoological  Park. 


The  Office  of  Graphics  and  Exhibits  collaborated  in 
the  design  of  the  renovated  beaver  exhibit,  produced  an 
acclaimed  labeling  system  that  provides  information 
about  more  than  ioo  trees  in  the  park,  and  gave  support 
for  a  series  of  symposia  and  special  events.  The  Facilities 
Management  team  provided  the  skilled  direction  and 
work  force  for  most  projects  that  transformed  existing 
exhibits  in  the  NZP  modernization  program. 

Park  security  and  law  enforcement  remain  at  high  lev- 
els. The  creation  of  a  new  position  of  deputy  chief  for 
security  has  been  an  important  step  in  insuring  the  main- 
tenance of  a  pleasant  ambience  at  large  public  events. 
Captain  George  P.  Day  was  appointed  deputy  chief  for 
security  and  Lieutenant  James  D.  Jackson  became  com- 
manding captain  of  police.  The  Office  of  Police  and 
Safety  continues  to  improve  safety  consciousness  among 
Zoo  employees. 


research.  Volunteer  contributions  expanded  substantially. 
The  third  National  ZooFari,  an  outdoor  evening  enter- 
tainment and  silent  auction  planned  by  FONZ  directors, 
produced  a  $45,000  addition  to  the  Theodore  H.  Reed 
Animal  Acquisition  Fund.  Grant  support  of  NZP- 
directed  wildlife  studies  reached  $499,000  in  1986. 
FONZ  staff  managed  volunteer  operations  of  a  dozen 
education  and  information  services.  Membership  has 
grown  to  60,000,  and  the  annual  members'  ZooNight 
was  one  of  the  most  successful. 

Services  for  visitors  grew  in  1986,  with  improvements 
in  food  display,  addition  of  snack  and  gift  carts,  training 
and  uniforming  of  traffic  aides,  and  changes  in  manage- 
ment procedures. 

Financial  information  for  calendar  year  1985  is  given 
below.  A  percentage  of  revenues  from  Zoo  Services  is 
paid  to  the  Smithsonian  for  the  benefit  of  the  National 
Zoo  and  is  reported  as  income  by  the  Institution. 


Friends  of  the  National  Zoo 

The  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  (FONZ)  in  1985  and 
1986  enjoyed  the  most  successful  years  ever  providing 
support  of  Zoo  efforts  in  education,  conservation,  and 


68 


Office  of  American  Studies 


Office  of  Fellowships  and 
Grants 


The  Office  of  American  Studies  continued  its  program  in 
graduate  education  throughout  the  year.  The  1985  fall 
semester  seminar  in  Material  Aspects  of  American  Civili- 
zation had  as  its  theme  "Material  Aspects  of  Exploration 
and  Travel,"  and  was  taught  by  the  director  of  the  pro- 
gram, Dr.  Wilcomb  E.  Washburn,  and  Professor  Bernard 
Mergen  of  George  Washington  University. 

Other  seminars  during  academic  year  1985-86  included 
"The  Decorative  Arts  in  America,"  taught  by  Barbara  G. 
Carson,  and  "Studies  in  American  Art  and  History," 
taught  by  Lillian  B.  Miller.  Individual  graduate  students 
continued  to  pursue  specialized  research  under  the  super- 
vision of  the  director  of  the  Office  of  American  Studies. 

The  director  of  the  Office  of  American  Studies  contin- 
ued his  research  and  publication  activities.  Among  the 
tasks  brought  to  near  completion  was  editorial  work  on 
volume  iv,  the  Indian-White  Relations  volume  of  the 
Handbook  of  North  American  Indians. 


The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  continues  to  serve 
as  a  link  between  the  Institution  and  scholars  throughout 
the  world.  The  office  encourages  research  by  persons 
from  universities,  museums  and  research  organizations  in 
the  fields  of  art,  history,  and  science.  It  brings  scientists 
and  scholars  to  all  parts  of  the  Smithsonian  to  utilize  the 
unique  resources  available,  as  well  as  to  interact  with 
professional  staff.  At  present,  a  number  of  research  sup- 
port programs  are  developed  and  managed  by  the  office 
to  assist  visiting  students  and  scholars.  These  programs 
provide  opportunities  for  research  to  be  conducted  at 
Smithsonian  facilities  in  conjunction  with  staff  members. 
Residential  appointments  are  offered  at  the  undergradu- 
ate, graduate,  and  professional  levels. 

Academic  programs  at  the  Smithsonian  are  an  impor- 
tant complement  to  those  offered  at  universities.  The 
national  collections  and  the  curators  who  study  them  are 
unparalleled  resources  that  are  not  available  anywhere 
else  and  are  essential  to  scholarly  research.  At  the 
Smithsonian,  historical  and  anthropological  objects,  orig- 
inal works  of  art,  natural  history  specimens,  living 
plants,  animals,  and  entire  ecosystems  are  available  for 
study. 

The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  administered  a 
variety  of  academic  appointments  in  1986.  The  program 
of  Smithsonian  Research  Fellowships,  begun  in  1965,  of- 
fered eighty  predoctoral,  postdoctoral,  and  senior  post- 
doctoral fellowships  this  year.  Sixteen  of  these  fellow- 
ships were  awarded  to  international  applicants  from  ten 
countries.  These  appointees  pursue  independent  research 
projects  under  the  guidance  of  staff  advisors,  usually  for 
periods  of  six  months  to  one  year  in  residence  at  one  of 
the  Institution's  bureaus  or  field  sites. 

Topics  of  study  for  Smithsonian  fellows  included:  the 
migration  and  employment  transition  of  African- 
American  women,  1890-1930;  the  patterns  of  evolution 
in  herbivorous  mammal-like  reptiles  from  the  Beaufort 
Group  (Permo-Triassic)  of  southern  Africa;  mechanics, 
mathematics,  and  machines  in  the  culture  of  the  Renais- 
sance; man  and  nature  in  Winslow  Homer's  Adirondack 
pictures;  Tirahumara  Indian  ethnoarchaeology,  cooking 
pots,  and  grinding  stones;  and  kinetics  and  ecology  of 
flight  in  butterflies. 

Twenty-one  graduate  students,  eight  of  whom  are  for- 
eign and  represent  seven  countries,  were  offered  fellow- 
ships for  ten-week  periods  during  1986.  The  participants 
are  usually  junior  graduate  students  beginning  to  explore 
avenues  that  develop  into  dissertation  research.  This  year 
some  of  these  fellows  studied  the  introduction  of  modern 
German  art  into  New  York  City,  1905-39,  and  its  recep- 


69 


tion  and  influence;  the  minerology  and  petrology  of  me- 
teorites; the  incidence  of  blood  and  intestinal  parasitism 
in  an  insular  avifauna;  technology,  gender,  and  econom- 
ics in  computer  programming;  and  differences  in 
salamander  species  diversity  between  disturbed  and  un- 
disturbed habitats. 

In  addition  to  the  general  program  funded  through  the 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants,  competitions  for  fel- 
lowships are  also  held  for  specific  awards.  At  the  Na- 
tional Air  and  Space  Museum,  the  recipients  of  the 
A.  Verville  Fellowship,  the  International  Fellowship,  the 
Martin  Marietta  Chair  in  Space  History,  and  the  Charles 
A.  Lindbergh  Professor  of  Aerospace  History  will  be  in 
residence. 

In  1986  three  fellowships  were  awarded  through  the 
Jessie  Smith  Noyes  Foundation  to  Latin  American  stu- 
dents to  conduct  research  using  the  facilities  at  the 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute.  Sonia  Ortega 
was  awarded  a  postdoctoral  fellowship  to  conduct  re- 
search on  the  distribution  and  abundance  of  rocky  inter- 
tidal  organisms  on  the  Caribbean  coast  of  Panama. 
Guadalupe  Williams-Linera,  a  predoctoral  student  at  the 
University  of  Florida,  will  be  in  residence  studying  the 
development  of  tropical-edge  vegetation  and  forest  struc- 
ture; and  Gonzalo  Castro,  a  predoctoral  student  at  the 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  will  conduct  research  on  the 
latitudinal  gradient  in  the  daily  energy  expenditure  of  the 
sanderling  {Calibris  alba). 

The  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  awarded 
four  postdoctoral  and  three  predoctoral  fellowships. 
Some  of  the  topics  of  study  included:  planet  forming 
processes  in  the  solar  nebula,  the  large  scale  distribution 
of  galaxies,  and  theoretical  models  for  physical  condi- 
tions in  the  atmospheres  of  early  time  type  II 
supernovae. 

A  number  of  senior  fellowships  continued  to  be  of- 
fered at  the  Institution.  Smithsonian  Institution  Regents 
Fellows  in  residence  this  year  include  Richard  Bushman, 
professor  of  history  at  the  University  of  Delaware,  who 
spent  eight  months  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  studying  early  American  material  culture.  In  resi- 
dence at  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  was 
Frank  Wilczek,  professor  of  astrophysics  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  California,  Santa  Barbara  and  member  of  the  In- 
stitute for  Theoretical  Physics.  Sidney  Mintz,  professor 
in  the  Department  of  Anthropology  at  Johns  Hopkins 
University,  will  be  in  residence  at  the  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History  conducting  research  on  sugar  con- 
sumption in  the  Americas. 


To  honor  Regent  Emeritus  James  E.  Webb,  the  Institu- 
tion established  a  fellowship  program  in  his  name  de- 
signed to  promote  excellence  in  the  management  of  cul- 
tural and  scientific  nonprofit  organizations.  Six  awards 
were  offered  in  1986.  Webb  Fellows  are  appointed  for 
two  years  and  become  members  of  the  Webb  Fellows 
Society.  In  1986  two  luncheon  meetings  of  the  society 
were  held  at  which  several  senior  staff  were  included  to 
discuss  the  shape  and  administration  of  the  Webb  Fel- 
lowship Program  and  the  Institution. 

In  1984,  the  Smithsonian  received  a  three-year  grant 
from  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  Residency  Program  in 
the  Humanities  for  postdoctoral  fellowships  at  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  African  Art  and  the  Center  for  Asian 
Art.  The  grant  supports  research  in  residence  at  the  mu- 
seums in  the  areas  of  African  art  history  and  anthropol- 
ogy, especially  material  culture,  and  in  Asian  art  history 
for  research  in  the  collections  on  topics  that  may  initiate 
scholarly  symposia,  exhibitions,  and  other  major  mu- 
seum activities.  The  recipient  at  the  National  Museum  of 
African  Art,  Christraud  Geary,  from  Boston  University, 
will  study  historical  photographs  as  sources  for  research 
on  African  art  history  and  history.  Wheeler  Thackston, 
from  Harvard  University,  is  the  recipient  at  the  Center 
for  Asian  Art  and  will  study  Persian  sources  relating  to 
the  calligraphers,  artists,  and  artisans  of  the  Timurid 
period. 

During  1986  bureaus  continued  to  offer  support  for 
visiting  scientists  and  scholars  in  cooperation  with  the 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants.  These  awards  made 
possible  visits  to  the  Smithsonian  by  thirty-six  persons. 
The  office  also  expanded  the  Short  Term  Visitor  Pro- 
gram. In  1986,  124  persons  came  to  the  Institution  to 
conduct  research,  study  collections,  and  collaborate  and 
confer  with  professional  staff.  Of  these  124  people 
funded  through  the  Short  Term  Visitor  Program,  fifty- 
nine  were  international,  representing  thirty-one  foreign 
countries.  In  1986  the  office  provided  funding  for  twelve 
workshops  designed  to  bring  scholars  together  from  a 
variety  of  fields  to  discuss  subjects  of  common  or  com- 
plementary interest.  Topics  for  these  workshops 
included:  American  labor  history,  tropical  forest  conser- 
vation, and  human  skeletal  paleopathology. 

The  expanded  role  of  internships  in  the  academic  com- 
munity continues  to  be  reflected  by  support  for  interns 
within  the  Institution.  The  National  Air  and  Space  Mu- 
seum funded  six  interns  through  the  office  this  year.  The 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  again  appointed  four  students 
under  the  Sidney  and  Celia  Siegel  Fellowship  fund.  In- 


70 


ternships  in  environmental  studies  at  the  Smithsonian 
Environmental  Research  Center  also  continued.  The 
Smith  College-Smithsonian  Program  in  American  Studies 
is  now  in  its  seventh  year,  and  six  students  will  partici- 
pate in  a  seminar  course  and  conduct  research  projects 
under  the  direction  of  staff  members  through  this  pro- 
gram. The  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 
continued  its  internship  program  with  two  interns  in  res- 
idence. In  1986  the  National  Museum  of  American  art 
provided  support  for  four  interns.  The  Office  of  Elemen- 
tary and  Secondary  Education's  high  school  internship 
program  continued  in  1986.  Forty  interns  were  in  resi- 
dence for  two  five-week  sessions  to  participate  in  a  pro- 
gram designed  to  broaden  an  existing  academic  interest 
or  to  expand  a  vocational  skill.  Also,  the  Office  of  Fel- 
lowships and  Grants  administered  five  appointments  for 
the  Teacher  Intern  Program  coordinated  by  the  Office  of 
Elementary  and  Secondary  Education.  This  program  al- 
lows high  school  teachers  to  learn  more  about  their  aca- 
demic disciplines  and  assist  museum  programs  for  ado- 
lescents in  their  home  communities. 

For  the  fifth  year  the  office  has  offered  academic  op- 
portunities aimed  at  increasing  minority  participation  in 
Smithsonian  programs.  The  opportunities  include  fellow- 
ships for  minority  faculty  members  and  faculty  from  mi- 
nority colleges  and  internships  for  minority  undergradu- 
ates and  graduate  students.  Awards  were  made  to 
twenty-one  interns  who  were  placed  at  a  variety  of  bu- 
reaus and  offices  on  the  Mall;  the  Smithsonian  Environ- 
mental Research  Center;  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum; 
and  the  Archives  of  American  Art,  Los  Angeles  Area 
Center. 

The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  also  awarded 
seven  fellowships  to  faculty  persons  to  conduct  research 
on  subjects  such  as  development  of  the  synthetic  dye  in- 
dustry in  the  United  States,  1860-1920;  the  role  of  sports 
in  Afro-American  community  life  during  the  Jim  Crow 
era,  1896  to  1954;  and  salinity  tolerance  assessments  of 
the  mangrove  ferns  Acrostichum  aureum  and  A.  danae- 
folium  of  Panama. 

In  1986  the  office  continued  the  administration  of  the 
Smithsonian's  cooperative  education  program.  This  stu- 
dent employment  program  encourages  minority  graduate 
students  to  work  in  professional  and  administrative  posi- 
tions at  the  Institution — separated  by  periods  of  study  at 
their  university — and  offers  the  potential  for  permanent 
employment  at  the  Smithsonian. 

The  Education  Fellowship  Program  has  also  been  initi- 
ated to  encourage  minority  participation  in  Smithsonian 


fields  of  research.  The  fellowship  offers  support  for 
graduate  education  and  research  training  to  minority  stu- 
dents. This  year  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observa- 
tory and  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  each 
jointly  supported  with  the  office  a  student  under  this 
program. 

The  American  Indian  Program  provides  opportunities 
for  North  American  Indians — including  Native  Ameri- 
cans from  the  United  States,  Mexico,  Canada,  Hawaii, 
and  U.S.  Trust  Territories — to  pursue  research  utilizing 
Smithsonian  collections  relating  to  their  cultures.  In 
many  cases  these  opportunities  better  enable  them  to  in- 
terpret and  maintain  collections  in  their  native  museums 
and  archives.  The  American  Indian  Program  is  designed 
to  support  directed  and  independent  research  appoint- 
ments. In  1986  six  appointments  were  made.  Some  of  the 
topics  studied  included:  the  National  Congress  of  Ameri- 
can Indians  and  its  involvement  in  American  Indian 
higher  education;  James  Mooney — historic  American  In- 
dian populations  and  epidemiology;  and  Chippewa  musi- 
cal heritage  and  reservation  history. 

The  Visiting  Associates  Program  was  begun  in  1986  to 
increase  minority  participation  in  Smithsonian  research 
and  study  programs.  University  and  college  faculty  and 
administrators  who  have  a  commitment  to  expanding 
minority  participation  in  higher  education  visit  the 
Smithsonian  to  learn  about  ongoing  research  and 
research  opportunities.  The  associates  will  be  asked  to 
serve  as  resource  contacts  and  will  disseminate  Smithson- 
ian research  opportunities  information  to  their  respective 
academic  communities.  In  1986  twelve  appointments  were 
made  for  two  one-week  sessions  in  the  spring  and  fall. 


7i 


Smithsonian  Astrophysical 
Observatory 


Several  long-standing  notions  about  the  cosmos  were 
both  challenged  and  confirmed  in  the  past  year  by 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  (SAO)  scientists, 
who  produced  a  new  map  of  large-scale  structure  in  the 
universe,  revised  the  distance  measurement  to  the  center 
of  the  Milky  Way,  identified  the  best  candidate  for  a 
black  hole,  and  found  new  clues  to  the  birth  of  stars. 

Other  SAO  astronomers,  using  a  radio  interferometry 
technique,  found  some  ten  newborn  stars,  each  about 
thirty  times  more  massive  than  the  Sun,  in  the  core  of  a 
dense  cloud  of  molecular  dust  and  gas  near  Sagittarius. 
The  results  provide  the  best  evidence  to  date  that  stars 
form  out  of  rapidly  spinning  dust  clouds. 

SAO  scientists  continued  research  in  the  space 
sciences,  analyzing  data  provided  by  satellite-,  balloon-, 
and  rocket-borne  telescopes.  The  observatory  also  main- 
tained leadership  in  the  development  of  new  detectors 
and  instrumentation  for  astronomy. 

The  SAO  research  programs  are  carried  out  in  close 
cooperation  with  the  Harvard  College  Observatory 
through  a  joint  venture  known  as  the  Center  for  Astro- 
physics. The  results  of  these  studies  are  published  as  sci- 
entific papers,  typically  numbering  more  than  200  per 
year. 

SAO  also  conducts  regular  programs  of  public  infor- 
mation and  education,  including  popular  lectures.  Obser- 
vatory Nights  for  the  Public,  in  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts, and  guided  bus  tours  of  the  Whipple  Observatory 
in  Arizona.  Understandably,  many  of  the  public  activities 
of  the  past  year  concerned  the  return  of  Halley's  comet. 


Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics 

Interpreting  observations  of  astronomical  objects  requires 
detailed  information  about  the  atomic  and  molecular 
processes  underlying  their  physical  conditions.  The  ma- 
jor objective  of  research  in  this  division  is  to  obtain 
atomic  and  molecular  data  through  laboratory  and  theo- 
retical studies. 

For  example,  oxygen  molecules  in  the  atmosphere  are 
broken  down  by  ultraviolet  sunlight  absorption  to  create 
the  atoms  needed  for  the  formation  of  ozone  in  the 
stratosphere — the  atmospheric  layer  that  screens  out 
much  of  the  Sun's  harmful  ultraviolet  rays.  For  the  first 
time,  accurate  laboratory  measurements  were  made  of 
this  molecular  absorption.  Future  measurements  will 
concentrate  on  those  regions  of  the  solar  spectrum  where 
ultraviolet  absorption  by  oxygen  is  small.  Because  this 
type  of  solar  radiation  can  penetrate  deep  into  the  strato- 


sphere, it  may  alter  the  altitude  profile  of  ozone  and 
other  trace  constituents  thought  responsible  for  the 
"greenhouse  effect"  warming  the  Earth. 

In  addition  to  oxygen,  many  other  molecules,  both 
simple  and  complex,  survive  in  large  concentrations  in 
the  seemingly  hostile  interstellar  space.  However,  some 
of  these  molecules  are  thought  to  be  destroyed  in  space 
by  ultraviolet  light,  which  breaks  them  into  fragments. 
Understanding  of  this  destructive  process  is  especially 
limited  for  radicals — molecules  whose  chemical  reactions 
are  so  rapid  that  it  is  extremely  difficult  to  obtain  suffi- 
cient laboratory  concentrations  for  study.  Using  theoreti- 
cal approaches,  SAO  scientists  showed  that  even  the  sim- 
plest and  most  abundant  radicals  produce  light  in  a  large 
variety  of  colors.  These  studies  provide  a  framework  for 
understanding  how  complex  interstellar  molecules  are 
formed,  undergo  chemical  changes,  and  are  destroyed. 


High  Energy  Astrophysics 

Research  concerns  astronomical  objects  emitting  a  sub- 
stantial fraction  of  their  energy  in  X-rays.  Since  X-rays 
are  absorbed  by  the  Earth's  atmosphere,  observations 
must  be  made  from  balloons,  rockets,  or  satellites.  SAO 
scientists  and  engineers  are  involved  in  the  analysis  of 
existing  X-ray  data  as  well  as  the  design  and  develop- 
ment of  new  instrumentation  for  future  space  missions. 

This  year,  SAO  scientists  discovered  a  new  black  hole 
candidate  in  the  Milky  Way,  the  third  and  most  convinc- 
ing such  system  identified  to  date.  The  technique  devel- 
oped to  find  this  rare  object — through  observations  of  its 
visible  light  counterpart — can  now  be  applied  to  search 
for  additional  members  of  this  class. 

Analysis  of  data  from  the  Einstein  Satellite  Observa- 
tory revealed  a  high-density,  relatively  cool,  X-ray- 
emitting  gas  in  the  central  regions  of  some  galaxies.  As 
this  gas  cools,  it  condenses  to  form  new  stars;  in  other 
words,  these  otherwise  "old"  galaxies  still  show  activity 
characteristic  of  younger  galaxies. 

SAO  scientists  used  observations  of  quasars — 
extremely  luminous  objects  at  the  core  of  some  galax- 
ies— to  demonstrate  that  their  X-ray  emission  exhibits 
essentially  a  universal  signature,  and  therefore  provides  a 
very  efficient  way  to  find  quasars.  This  result  is  impor- 
tant for  understanding  the  development  of  certain  prop- 
erties of  the  universe  over  the  past  fifteen  billion  years. 

SAO  scientists  and  engineers  are  working  with  the  Na- 
tional Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration  and  indus- 
try on  detailed  definition  and  design  studies  of  the  Ad- 


72- 


The  Multiple  Mirror  Telescope  operated  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  the  University  of  Arizona  atop  Mt.  Hopkins  in  southern 
Arizona  is  seen  here  from  its  observing  chamber.  (Photograph  by  Dane  Penland) 


vanced  X-ray  Astrophysics  Facility.  With  its  large 
increase  in  angular  resolution  and  sensitivity  over  previ- 
ous X-ray  satellites,  this  facility  has  great  potential  for 
answering  fundamental  questions  and  revealing  previ- 
ously unknown  phenomena. 


Optical  and  Infrared  Astronomy 

This  division  studies  the  large-scale  structure  of  the  uni- 
verse and  the  formation  and  evolution  of  stars  and  stel- 
lar systems.  In  support  of  this  and  other  research,  SAO 
operates  the  Fred  Lawrence  Whipple  Observatory  on 
Mt.  Hopkins  in  Arizona,  the  site  of  the  Multiple  Mirror 
Telescope  (MMT),  operated  jointly  with  the  University 
of  Arizona.  The  MMT  is  the  third  largest  optical  tele- 
scope in  the  world,  and  the  first  of  a  new  generation  of 
advanced-technology  telescopes.  Also  at  Mt.  Hopkins 
are  two  smaller  telescopes  especially  effective  for  large- 


scale  surveys.  In  addition,  a  io-meter-diameter  light  col- 
lector at  the  Whipple  Observatory  represents  the  world's 
most  sensitive  device  for  ground-based  searches  for  high- 
energy  gamma  rays  from  celestial  sources. 

Astronomers  discovered  a  remarkable  and  fundamen- 
tal property  of  the  universe — galaxies  seem  to  congregate 
on  the  surfaces  of  giant  bubblelike  voids  that  can  be  ioo 
to  150  million  light  years  in  diameter.  The  Whipple  Ob- 
servatory is  being  used  to  explore  the  bubble  structures. 

Cosmic  rays  have  been  a  great  puzzle  to  scientists  be- 
cause no  satisfactory  explanation  has  been  found  for 
how  the  rays  are  created.  Observations  with  the 
10-meter  instrument  at  Whipple  Observatory  led  to  the 
suggestion  that  cosmic  rays  may  be  produced  by  a  hand- 
ful of  very  rare  star  systems  in  our  galaxy.  Each  such 
system  contains  two  stars  orbiting  about  one  another — 
one  star,  collapsed  under  its  own  gravity,  creates  the  en- 
vironment needed  to  produce  the  very-high-energy  parti- 
cles that  constitute  the  cosmic  rays. 


73 


Planetary  Sciences 

Planetary  sciences  research  strives  to  understand  the 
planets,  satellites,  and  small  bodies  of  the  solar  system, 
as  well  as  the  processes  that  created  them.  Optical  obser- 
vations of  newly  discovered,  faint,  or  unusual  minor 
planets  and  comets  are  made  at  the  Oak  Ridge  Observa- 
tory in  Massachusetts  and  are  closely  coordinated  with 
the  International  Astronomical  Union's  Minor  Planet 
Center  and  Central  Bureau  for  Astronomical  Telegrams, 
both  operated  by  SAO. 

Division  scientists  were  involved  in  research  concern- 
ing the  1985-86  appearance  of  Halley's  comet,  including 
measurements  of  the  nucleus — the  first  glimpse  ever  of 
the  heart  of  a  comet.  These  measurements  confirmed 
and  extended  the  famous  "dirty  snowball"  model  of  a 
comet's  nucleus  developed  by  a  member  of  this  group. 

The  Voyager  missions  discovered  Saturn's  outermost 
ring  to  be  curiously  uneven  in  brightness:  two  bright  re- 
gions 180  degrees  apart  are  separated  by  two  darker  re- 
gions. The  SAO  scientist  who  mapped  these  variations 
explained  this  irregularity  as  a  tendency  of  the  particles 
to  cluster  gravitationally  in  aligned  arrays,  reflecting 
light  better  in  one  direction  than  in  the  direction  perpen- 
dicular to  it. 

Studies  of  lunar  samples  collected  by  the  Apollo  astro- 
nauts continued.  The  Apollo  16  site,  located  in  the  cen- 
tral highlands  of  the  Moon,  consists  of  layers  of  debris 
splashed  to  the  site  from  giant  impacts  that  created  the 
large  basins  approximately  3.9  billion  years  ago.  SAO 
studies  show  that  the  impact  that  formed  the  Imbrium 
Mare  basin  appears  to  have  occurred  some  50  million 
years  earlier  than  was  previously  thought,  providing  a 
more  accurate  chronology  of  the  Earth-Moon  system. 

Radio  and  Geoastronomy 

Radio  astronomy  programs  concentrate  on  the  structure, 
evolution,  sources  of  energy,  and  ultimate  fate  of  radio 
wave-emitting  astronomical  objects  distributed  through- 
out the  universe.  Division  scientists  are  also  using  radio 
astronomy  techniques  to  measure  continental  drift  and  to 
probe  the  interior  structure  of  the  Earth,  while  others 
are  developing  atomic  clocks  and  testing  the  theory  of 
general  relativity. 

By  measuring  with  extraordinary  precision  the  motions 
of  masers — formed  from  water  vapor  that  surrounds  a 
newly  formed  massive  star  near  the  center  of  the  Milky 
Way — SAO  scientists  directly  measured  the  distance  to 


the  center  of  the  Milky  Way  to  be  23,000  light  years. 
This  value  is  considerably  smaller  than  the  standard 
value  of  33,000  light  years  used  for  the  last  two  decades, 
and  will  have  a  major  impact  on  understanding  of  the 
distance  between  objects  in  our  galaxy. 

Other  SAO  scientists  and  their  Harvard  collaborators 
used  the  Very  Long  Baseline  Interferometry  technique  to 
make  one  of  the  first  precise  measurements  of  the  dis- 
tance from  Earth  to  an  astronomical  object  outside  our 
galaxy — Supernova  1979C  in  the  spiral  galaxy  Mioo  in 
the  Virgo  cluster.  They  determined  the  distance  from 
Earth  to  the  supernova  to  be  about  20  megaparsecs 
(with  an  uncertainty  of  about  7  megaparsecs),  or 
approximately  60  million  light  years.  The  ability  to  mea- 
sure extragalactic  distances  is  central  to  many  cosmologi- 
cal  issues,  including  the  size,  age,  structure,  and  ultimate 
fate  of  the  universe. 

SAO  researchers  and  their  Harvard  colleagues 
obtained  the  first  detailed  evidence  that  infrared  sources 
associated  with  dense  cores  contain,  and  are  powered  by, 
extremely  young,  low-mass  stars.  Moreover,  the  circum- 
stellar  matter  near  these  stars  typically  has  a  "cavity" 
containing  a  flattened  structure,  or  "disk,"  which  may 
eventually  form  planets. 

Optical  interferometry  seeks  extremely  high  angular 
resolution  by  extending  interferometric  techniques  devel- 
oped for  radio  astronomy  to  optical  wavelengths.  For 
example,  a  20-meter-long  stellar  interferometer  being 
installed  at  the  Mt.  Wilson  Observatory — as  part  of  a 
joint  SAO,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  Naval 
Research  Laboratory,  and  U.S.  Naval  Observatory 
project — is  expected  to  be  10  to  100  times  more  accurate 
than  conventional  optical  telescopes  for  determining  po- 
sitions of  stars. 

An  orbiting,  dual,  optical  interferometer  has  been  de- 
signed to  make  measurements  of  positions  of  astronomi- 
cal objects  with  errors  at  the  microarcsecond  level.  (A 
microarcsecond  is  the  angular  size  of  the  thickness  of  a 
dime  on  the  Moon  as  seen  from  Earth.)  This  space- 
borne  instrument  will  be  used  to  search  for  other  plane- 
tary systems,  conduct  a  new  test  of  general  relativity,  and 
improve  the  cosmic  distance  scale  through  extension  of 
triangulation  to  much  greater  distances. 

The  previous  highest  stability  for  atomic  clocks,  all 
operating  at  room  temperature,  had  been  equivalent  to 
the  loss  of  less  than  1  second  in  100  million  years.  An 
SAO-  and  Harvard-designed  clock  was  successfully  oper- 
ated at  a  temperature  within  one-half  degree  of  absolute 
zero  and  is  expected  to  be  1,000  times  more  accurate. 


74 


Solar  and  Stellar  Physics 

Investigations  are  directed  toward  understanding  the 
physical  processes  operating  in  the  Sun  and  stars.  Stars 
like  the  Sun  are  studied  to  understand  the  dependence  of 
their  properties  on  age,  on  composition,  and  on  their 
physical  associations  in  pairs  and  in  groups.  Other  re- 
search includes  examination  of  the  behavior  of  hot  gas  in 
extended  stellar  atmospheres,  in  the  interstellar  medium, 
and  in  material  ejected  from  young  stars  and 
supernovae. 

Noteworthy  this  year  was  the  discovery  of  a  flattened, 
rotating  gas  cloud  surrounding  a  very  young  star.  Study 
of  spectra  obtained  at  Mt.  Hopkins  and  at  Kitt  Peak  Na- 
tional Observatory  revealed  evidence  of  a  thin  gaseous 
disk  orbiting  the  star,  perhaps  indicating  a  planetary  sys- 
tem in  the  process  of  formation. 

Supernova  remnants  contain  material  violently  ejected 
by  a  dying  star,  as  well  as  interstellar  gas  heated  to  hun- 
dreds of  thousands  of  degrees  by  the  expanding  shock 
wave.  The  hot  material  is  observed  as  long,  narrow  fila- 
ments. Physicists  at  SAO,  the  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  and  the  University  of  Wisconsin  hypothe- 
sized that  these  filaments  are  ripples  in  a  very  large,  thin 
sheet  of  glowing  gas;  observations  of  predicted  gas  mo- 
tion confirmed  the  hypothesis.  Previously,  theorists  had 
assumed  interstellar  space  was  filled  with  small,  discrete 
clouds  of  dense  gas  immersed  in  a  much  lower  density 
background  gas.  The  recent  observations  suggest  there 
may  be  other  ways  by  which  stars  and  planets  are 
formed  out  of  the  materials  in  space. 

A  new  technique  of  astronomical  imaging  that  over- 
comes the  normal  blurring  caused  by  motions  in  Earth's 
atmosphere,  combined  with  sophisticated  data  analysis 
techniques,  was  used  to  reveal  a  faint  companion  to  one 
of  the  brightest  stars  in  the  sky — Betelgeuse.  The  new 
technique  may  make  it  possible  to  search  for  other  low- 
mass  stellar  companions  as  well  as  planetary  systems. 


10  <  m  *  155 
26  5  £  <S  <  32  5 
1060    galaxies. 


velocity  [km,  s) 


This  two-dimensional  representation  of  galaxy  distribution  in  a 
narrow,  deep  slice  of  the  sky  shows  that  the  galaxies  lie  on  the 
surfaces  of  large,  bubblelike  voids  up  to  150  million  light  years 
across.   (Map  by  Valerie  de  Lapparent,  Margaret  Geller,  and 
John  Huchra) 


One  exciting  recent  theory  in  cosmology  is  the  "new 
inflationary  universe,"  which  suggests  the  universe  under- 
went a  phase  of  rapid  expansion  early  in  its  history — 
almost  immediately  after  the  "big  bang" — when  particle 
energies  were  enormous.  The  existence  of  this  expan- 
sion, or  "inflationary"  phase  explains  several  previously 
puzzling  features  of  our  universe,  such  as  its  impressive 
uniformity.  In  principle,  the  properties  of  an  "inflation- 
ary universe"  might  be  used  to  calculate  any  deviations 
from  uniformity  of  the  distribution  of  matter  and  energy 
in  the  early  universe,  and  predict  the  fluctuations  in  den- 
sity out  of  which  galaxies  and  other  large-scale  structures 
formed.  These  calculations  would  provide  a  critical  test 
of  such  inflationary  theories,  as  well  as  of  the  underlying 
theories  of  elementary  particles. 


Theoretical  Astrophysics 

Theoreticians  at  SAO  study  astronomical  systems  by 
physical  analysis  and  mathematical  modeling.  Topics  in- 
vestigated include  interiors  of  neutron  stars,  properties  of 
atoms  and  molecules  in  interstellar  space,  formation  of 
spiral  structure  in  galaxies,  behavior  of  high-temperature 
plasmas,  and  formation  of  planets  in  the  early  solar  sys- 
tem. 


75 


Smithsonian  Environmental 
Research  Center 


Basic  scientific  research  aimed  at  understanding  the  pro- 
cesses occurring  in  the  environment  and  their  influence 
on  biological  systems  and  organisms  is  the  principal  ac- 
tivity of  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Cen- 
ter. 

SERC  has  two  principal  facilities:  a  50,000-square-foot 
laboratory  at  Rockville,  Maryland,  and  2,600  acres  of 
land  with  a  small  laboratory  and  support  buildings  at 
Edgewater,  Maryland. 

SERC  also  maintains  an  educational  program  that  in- 
cludes graduate  students,  postdoctoral  fellows,  under- 
graduate work/learn  students,  and  public  educational 
activities.  The  public  education  aspects  emphasize 
teacher-  and  docent-led  tours  and  activities.  Docents 
guide  adult  and  family  groups  on  a  two-mile  Discovery 
Trail  through  outdoor  research  areas.  A  pamphlet  keyed 
to  signs  on  the  Discovery  Trail  makes  the  walk  self- 
guiding  for  visitors  who  are  not  on  a  scheduled  tour.  A 
recently  developed  soundtrack  slide  show  describes  the 
research  at  both  Rockville  and  Edgewater. 

Regular  scientific  seminars  were  held  at  both  Edgewa- 
ter and  Rockville  in  fiscal  year  1986.  This  ongoing  edu- 
cational activity  informs  the  interested  public  about  re- 
search activities  and  informs  SERC  staff  about  the  work 
of  colleagues  in  universities  and  other  governmental  lab- 
oratories. In  addition,  a  scientific  workshop  was  held  at 
Edgewater  on  landscape  ecology.  Research  is  done  by 
staff  scientists  who  represent  diverse  disciplines,  includ- 
ing biology,  chemistry,  physics,  mathematics,  and  engi- 
neering, within  the  framework  of  regulatory  biology  and 
environmental  biology. 

The  Environmental  Research  Center  in  Rockville 
closed  on  November  22,  1986.  This  laboratory  began 
fifty-seven  years  ago  with  the  mandate  by  Secretary 
Charles  G.  Abbot  to  study  the  influence  of  sunlight  on 
growth  and  development  of  biological  organisms.  Re- 
search at  the  Edgewater  location  will  continue. 

The  laboratory  activities  at  Rockville  began  as  a  part 
of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  and  was 
an  extension  of  Dr.  Abbot's  interests  in  measuring  solar 
radiation.  The  laboratory  staff  produced  some  of  the 
first  measurements  of  seed  germination,  phototropism, 
and  a  series  of  other  plant  responses  to  light,  establishing 
the  laboratory  as  one  of  the  leading  photobiological  and 
biophysical  laboratories  in  the  world. 

Instruments  were  developed  and  measurements  made 
of  solar  radiation  that  strikes  the  Earth.  The  laboratory 
obtained  the  longest  continuous  data  base  of  solar  con- 
stant measurements,  daily  measurements  of  the  quality 
and  quantity  of  sunlight  at  three-minute  intervals  for 


many  consecutive  years,  and  measurements  of  ultraviolet 
radiation  under  widely  varying  geographical  locations 
and  weather  conditions. 

The  objective  has  been  to  learn  how  sunlight  regulates 
growth  and  development  under  natural  conditions.  From 
action  spectra  of  photomorphogenesis  for  a  wide  range 
of  biological  responses — such  as  stem  elongation,  leaf 
expansion,  hook  opening  of  bean  hypocotyls,  flower  in- 
duction and  pigment  synthesis  of  chlorophylls,  antho- 
cyanins,  and  carotenoids — it  was  demonstrated  that  the 
red  far-red  reversible  pigment,  phytochrome,  is  involved 
as  well  as  an  uncharacterized  blue  light  absorbing  pig- 
ment. 

As  physiological  responses  were  measured,  biochemi- 
cal, genetic,  and  structural  experiments  were  carried  out. 
Biochemical  purification  and  characterization  of  phyto- 
chrome were  achieved;  the  interplay  between  the  genetics 
of  nuclei,  chloroplasts,  and  mitrochondria  have  been  de- 
scribed extensively;  and  the  role  of  accessory  pigments  in 
algae  determined.  The  identity  and  structural  arrange- 
ment of  these  accessory  pigments  within  the  phycobil- 
isomes  have  been  achieved.  And  the  basic  processes  of 
flowering,  gas  exchange,  and  water  relations  have  been 
studied  extensively.  Finally,  the  sensory  pathways  of 
stimulus  response  systems  in  fungi  have  been  character- 
ized biophysically,  and  biochemical  genetics  for  the  initial 
processes  of  biosynthesis  of  carotenoids  have  been  pub- 
lished. 

The  carbon  dating  laboratory  has  provided  carbon-14 
dates  of  age  for  thousands  of  specimens.  Among  the  la- 
boratory's principal  accomplishments  has  been  the  publi- 
cation of  more  than  500  basic  research  papers  and  sev- 
eral books  and  the  training  of  more  than  sixty  pre-  and 
post-doctoral  students.  The  laboratory  was  an  interna- 
tionally renowned  center  for  photobiology. 


Activities  at  Rockville 

Regulatory  Biology 

The  light  environment  in  which  plants  exist  greatly  af- 
fects their  growth  and  development.  It  has  been  difficult 
to  separate  the  effects  of  changing  light  quantity  from 
the  changes  in  the  light  quality.  Efforts  have  been 
directed  toward  understanding  the  effect  of  light  inten- 
sity on  the  growth  and  development  of  "shade  loving" 
single-celled  organisms  under  laboratory  conditions.  A 
better  understanding  was  sought  of  how  related  multicel- 
lular organisms  (red  algae)  can  acclimate  to  changing 


76 


light  conditions  in  their  natural  environment.  Red  algae 
generally  grow  under  low  light  conditions  in  nature, 
which  led  to  the  assumption  that  they  are  thriving  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions  and  that  special 
light-harvesting  pigments  (phycobiliproteins)  are  mainly 
involved  in  the  acclimation  to  these  conditions.  The  re- 
sults obtained  indicate  that  when  cells  grow  best  these 
special  pigments  are  reduced  and  the  photosynthetic  rate 
of  the  organism  is  higher.  These  findings  suggest  that  the 
size  of  the  light  gathering  apparatus  is  not  an  accurate 
indicator  of  the  photosynthetic  capacity  but  rather  that 
other  factors  are  more  important  in  light  energy  utiliza- 
tion. One  of  these  is  probably  the  turnover  rate  of  the 
photosynthetic  reaction  centers. 

Chloroplasts  are  the  subcellular  structures  within  cells 
of  green  plants  in  which  photosynthesis  takes  place. 
Chloroplasts  are  composed  of  membrane  and  nonmem- 
brane  phases.  An  important  constituent  of  these  mem- 
branes, necessary  for  green  plant  photosynthesis,  is  CC  I 
(core  complex  I).  It  consists  of  protein,  chlorophyll, 
carotenoids,  possible  galactolipids,  iron,  and  copper.  The 
biosynthesis  of  the  protein  components  of  CC  I  and  its 
structure  are  being  studied  in  developing  leaves  of  spin- 
ach to  understand  membrane  growth  by  studying  how 
proteins  (polypeptides)  of  CC  I  are  synthesized  and 
added  to  the  photosynthetic  membranes. 

It  was  found  that  the  principal  polypeptides  of  CC  I 
(64,000  and  56,000  daltons — apparent  molecular  mass) 
are  synthesized  by  the  portions  of  the  protein  synthesis 
machinery  of  the  chloroplasts — the  ribosomes — attached 
to  the  chloroplast  photosynthetic  membranes.  More  than 
95  percent  of  the  messenger  ribonucleic  acid  which  codes 
for  these  polypeptides  is  associated  with  ribosomes  at- 
tached to  the  chloroplast  membranes.  Also,  isolated 
chloroplast  membranes  synthesize  these  polypeptides. 
Thus,  the  portion  of  the  chloroplast  protein  synthesis 
apparatus  bound  to  membranes  is  important  in  synthesis 
of  constituent  polypeptides  of  CC  I  and  may  be  impor- 
tant in  synthesis  of  other  polypeptide  constituents  of  the 
membrane. 

Spinach  and  corn  chloroplast  deoxyribonucleic  acids 
contain  two  closely  spaced  homologous  genes  for  CC  I 
polypeptides.  Both  genes  have  been  shown  to  be 
expressed  in  corn.  The  results  are  that  corn  CC  I  gene  1 
product  corresponds  to  the  spinach  polypeptide  of 
56,000  dalton,  and  that  it  is  likely  that  corn  CC  I  gene  2 
corresponds  to  the  64,000  dalton  polypeptide  of  spinach. 
Spinach  CC  I  was  isolated  from  spinach  chloroplast 
membranes.  It  contained  64,000  and  56,000  dalton  poly- 
peptides. An  antibody  to  CC  I  reacted  to  both  poly- 


peptides. In  contrast  an  antibody  to  a  synthetic  peptide 
from  corn  gene  1  reacted  only  with  the  spinach  56,000 
dalton  polypeptide.  The  amino  acid  sequence  of  corn 
gene  1  polypeptide  was  also  present  in  spinach  gene  1 
and  in  the  same  position  of  the  molecule  as  in  corn. 
Thus,  the  56,000  dalton  polypeptide  of  spinach  CC  I 
corresponds  to  the  polypeptide  coded  for  by  corn  CC  I 
gene  1.  It  is  likely  that  spinach  64,000  dalton  polypep- 
tide corresponds  to  the  product  of  corn  CC  I  gene  2. 

Light  also  regulates  the  formation  of  pigments  in 
fungi.  Phytoene,  a  40-carbon  colorless  compound, 
is  a  precursor  of  the  carotenoid  pigments,  and  is 
synthesized  from  a  5-carbon  compound,  isopentenyl 
pyrophosphate  (IPP),  by  a  series  of  reactions.  This  bi- 
osynthetic  pathway  has  been  examined  in  the  fungus 
Neurospora  crassa  using  cell-free  enzyme  extracts.  The 
conversion  of  IPP  to  phytoene  requires  both  soluble  and 
membrane-bound  enzymes.  The  enzyme  which  converts 
geranylgeranyl  pyrophosphate  (GGPP)  to  phytoene  was 
found  to  be  membrane-bound  and  regulated  by  blue 
light.  This  enzyme  is  absent  in  an  albino-z  mutant.  The 
conversion  of  IPP  to  GGPP  requires  two  soluble 
enzymes,  an  isomerase  and  a  prenyltransferase.  The  lat- 
ter enzyme  is  regulated  by  blue  light  and  is  present  at  a 
reduced  level  in  an  albino-}  mutant.  Procedures  are  be- 
ing developed  to  purify  this  prenyltransferase,  as  well 
as  a  similar  enzyme  which  catalyzes  the  formation  of 
farnesyl  pyrophosphate,  a  precursor  of  steroids. 

A  serological  examination  of  the  distributions  of 
organelles  of  single-celled  sporangiophores  of  the  fungus 
Phycomyces  was  completed  using  transmission  electron 
microscopy  of  the  tips  of  young  stage  one  sporangio- 
phores grown  in  vertical  or  horizontal  photogeotropic 
equilibria.  No  observable  differences  could  be  found  that 
correlate  with  demonstrable  geotropic  sensitivities  of 
these  cells.  The  data  support  the  hypothesis  that 
displacement  of  the  large  central  vacuole  serves  as  the 
gravireceptor  sensitivity  in  this  organism.  This  work  was 
carried  out  collaboratively  at  the  University  of  Zurich, 
Switzerland. 

Finally,  a  collaborative  project  with  Leonid  Fukshan- 
sky  and  Alfred  Steinhardt  of  the  University  of  Freiburg 
in  Germany  was  completed  in  which  the  optical  parame- 
ters of  mature  stage  four  sporangiophores  of  Phycomyces 
were  measured,  and  detailed  light  profiles  within  the  cell 
generated  mathematically  by  means  of  the  large  Freiburg 
computer.  For  these  biophysical  calculations  the  index  of 
refraction  of  individual  cellular  components,  as  well  as 
transmission  and  absorption  properties,  were  measured. 
Correlations  were  made  between  these  calculated  profiles 


77 


and  experimentally  determined  phototropic  sensitivities. 
Good  agreement  was  obtained  between  predicted  values 
and  observed  responses. 


Environmental  Biology 

A  two-year  study  of  the  flowering  behavior  in  three  spe- 
cies of  bamboo  in  Puerto  Rico  has  been  completed.  The 
results  show  that  buds  are  released  from  dormancy  twice 
during  the  year  at  the  onset  of  each  rain  season.  Flower- 
ing occurs  once  during  the  year  in  the  dry  season  (De- 
cember to  January).  Plant  growth  regulators  (hormones)— 
applied  as  foliar  sprays,  as  a  lanolin  paste  directly  on 
dormant  buds,  or  as  an  injection  into  the  internode  of 
the  stem— had  no  effect  on  the  timing  of  this  flowering. 
These  species  flower  once  every  forty  to  seventy-five 
years  and  then  die;  further  experiments  will  be  con- 
ducted with  other  species. 

Last  year  it  was  reported  that  photosynthesis  of  the 
coastal  halophyte  Spartina  alterniflora  acclimated  to  salt 
concentrations  of  one  and  one-half  times  the  salinity  of 
sea  water.  Rates  in  acclimated  plants  were  nearly  equal 
to  those  of  plants  exposed  to  salinity  less  than  one-third 
that  of  sea  water.  Plants  grown  at  low  salinity  but  ex- 
posed transiently  over  a  few  days  to  high  salinity  were 
severely  impaired  in  all  aspects  of  photosynthesis  that 
could  be  determined  by  gas  exchange  measurements  on 
whole  leaves.  This  acclimation  has  been  characterized 
this  year  by  examining  metabolic  processes  invoked  m 
its  expression.  It  appears  that  a  lesion  in  the  photo- 
synthetic  apparatus  results  from  impaired  enzymes  in  the 
C4  carboxylation  pathway  responsible  for  the  assimila- 
tion of  CO2.  Enzyme  extracts  of  phosphoenolpyruvate 
carboxylase  in  different  conditions  of  salinity  and  nitro- 
gen exhibited  changes  in  enzyme  activity  that  correlated 
well  with  whole  plant  carboxylation  efficiency.  If  these 
results  are  translated  to  the  field  situation  they  explain 
how  plants  in  salt  marsh  environments  are  affected  by 
increasing  concentrations  of  salt  and  explain  why  some 
species,  namely  those  having  the  C4  pathway,  do  better 
than  those  with  only  the  C3  pathway.  C4  plants  seem  to 
have  a  higher  efficiency  to  utilize  incorporated  nitrogen. 
Nitrogen  is  believed  to  be  a  limiting  factor  for  growth 
and  production  of  salt  marsh  vegetation.  Increasing  sa- 
linity appears  to  interfere  with  nitrogen  metabolism,  so 
plants  having  the  ability  to  acclimate  to  this  condition 
use  nitrogen  more  efficiently  and  are  more  successful  in 
surviving  salt  stress. 


The  solar  monitoring  program  at  Rockville,  Mary- 
land, and  Mauna  Loa,  Hawaii,  has  collected  data  on  the 
changes  in  atmospheric  ozone  and  biologically  active  ul- 
traviolet light.  Although  the  visible  region  of  daylight 
continues  to  show  trends  due  to  local  environmental  ef- 
fects, the  invisible  ultraviolet  light  shows  distinctly  differ- 
ent trends.  There  have  been  significant  changes  in  the 
amount  of  ultraviolet  light  that  has  reached  the  surface 
of  the  earth. 

The  Rockville  data  clearly  show  a  long-term  trend  of 
decreasing  ozone  since  1976  and  a  definite  increase  in 
biologically  active  ultraviolet  light.  The  invisible  ultravi- 
olet region  of  daylight  is  a  major  cause  of  cataracts  and 
skin  cancer.  In  the  upper  atmosphere,  the  ultraviolet 
light  creates  and  destroys  the  ozone  and  heats  the  atmo- 
sphere. The  long-term  trend  shows  that  a  decrease  in  the 
amount  of  biologically  active  ultraviolet  light  now  is  be- 
ginning. The  time  of  beginning  was  not  known  exactly, 
because  terrestrial  effects  follow  sunspot  activity  by  two 
to  two  and  one-half  years. 

Short-term  activity  of  the  sun  has  also  been  detected. 
In  February  1986  a  large  drop  in  the  biologically  active 
region  of  ultraviolet  light  was  observed.  The  amount  of 
decrease  became  larger  as  the  wavelength  became  smaller 
indicating  a  concomitant  rise  in  the  ozone  should  have 
taken  place.  A  calculation  from  the  data  showed  an 
ozone  increase  of  significant  proportions,  but  it  was  not 
large  enough  to  account  for  the  total  drop  in  energy.  A 
comparison  between  the  computed  values  and  those 
from  the  standard  ozone  measuring  device  at  Mauna  Loa 
showed  the  computed  variations  to  be  correct.  A  later 
comparison  with  the  Earth  Radiation  Budget  data  from 
Nimbus  7  showed  the  same  loss  of  energy  being  mea- 
sured in  space.  It  appears  to  be  a  broad  band  loss  in  the 
ultraviolet  light  output  from  the  Sun.  It  is  significant  that 
the  solar  monitoring  program  detected  the  loss  at  the 
same  time  the  satellite  did,  rather  than  years  later. 


Radiocarbon  Dating 

The  laboratory  completed  300  service  dates  for  the  year, 
and  the  measuring  equipment  was  shut  down  in  mid- 
July.  The  counters,  shielding,  and  gas  preparative  trains 
were  loaned  to  the  University  of  Pittsburgh,  where  Dr. 
Stuckenrath  has  been  appointed  research  professor  of 
anthropology. 


78 


Activities  at  Edgewater 

Systems  Analysis  of  Nutrient  Flux 

Overenrichment  of  Chesapeake  Bay  with  nitrogen  and 
phosphorus  has  been  recognized  as  a  major  regional 
problem.  SERC  staff  have  examined  this  problem  from 
an  over-all  landscape  perspective  by  constructing  a  sys- 
tems analysis  based  on  the  results  of  a  series  of  more 
restricted  studies.  The  annual  movements  of  nitrogen 
and  phosphorus  were  measured  at  automated  sampling 
stations  and  arrays  of  surface  and  groundwater  sampling 
collectors.  Croplands  discharged  far  more  nutrient  per 
acre  than  did  pastures  or  forests.  Most  of  the  phos- 
phorus was  discharged  as  suspended  sediment  in  over- 
land flows  during  major  storms  while  most  of  the  nitro- 
gen was  discharged  as  nitrate  in  groundwater  year-round 
between  storms.  Most  of  the  nitrogen  and  much  of  the 
phosphorus  released  by  croplands  were  absorbed  by 
riparian  forests  along  primary  streams  before  the  nutri- 
ents reached  these  channels.  However,  nutrient  dis- 
charges from  these  primary  streams  still  exceeded  dis- 
charges from  primary  streams  which  drained  pastures  or 
forests.  A  freshwater  forested  swamp,  through  which 
most  of  the  watershed  drained,  also  trapped  significant 
amounts  of  nutrients,  especially  phosphorus  during  ma- 
jor storms.  The  ratio  of  nitrogen  to  phosphorus  in  all 
watershed  drainage  was  so  low  that  nitrogen  rather  than 
phosphorus  might  limit  algal  growth  in  the  estuary.  Tidal 
estuarine  headwater  shallows  were  also  a  major  trap  for 
phosphorus  due  to  settling  of  suspended  sediments.  Of 
the  total  nitrogen  inputs  to  the  landscape,  31  percent  was 
from  precipitation  and  69  percent  was  from  farm  man- 
agement. Forty-six  percent  of  the  total  nitrogen  input 
was  removed  as  farm  products,  53  percent  either  accu- 
mulated in  the  system  or  was  lost  in  gaseous  forms,  and 
1  percent  entered  the  Rhode  River.  Of  the  total  phospho- 
rus inputs  to  the  landscape,  7  percent  was  from  precipi- 
tation and  93  percent  was  from  farming.  Forty-five  per- 
cent of  the  total  phosphorus  input  was  removed  as  farm 
products,  48  percent  accumulated  in  the  system,  and  7 
percent  entered  the  Rhode  River.  The  tidal  Rhode  River, 
which  has  no  point  sources  of  nutrients,  is  seriously 
overenriched.  Therefore,  from  this  landscape  perspective, 
improved  Chesapeake  Bay  watershed  management  must 
strive  to  further  reduce  these  seemingly  low  nutrient 
releases. 


Sediment  Flux 

Sediment  dynamics  of  the  Rhode  River  watershed  and 
estuary  were  summarized  for  a  period  of  seven  years. 
Sediment  inputs  to  the  estuary  occurred  primarily  during 
a  few  major  storms.  These  storms  delivered  soil  particles 
eroded  during  these  major  storms  and  much  of  the  sedi- 
ments eroded  by  smaller  storms.  Most  of  the  sediments 
delivered  by  major  storms  are  deposited  in  open  water 
areas  in  the  headwaters  within  two  or  three  days.  Some 
of  these  sediments  were  then  slowly  moved  further  down 
the  estuarine  basin  by  tidal  mixing  processes  which  occur 
continuously.  Sediment  dynamic  data  and  historical 
records  indicate  tidal  marshes  account  for  only  13  per- 
cent of  sediment  trapping,  although  they  occupy  60  per- 
cent of  the  estuarine  study  area. 


White  Cedar  Wetlands 

Atlantic  White  Cedar  wetlands  are  widely  distributed 
along  the  Atlantic  coast  yet  there  is  very  little  informa- 
tion on  their  structure  and  function.  A  study  of  one  of 
the  last  remaining  White  Cedar  stands  on  the  inner 
coastal  plain  of  Maryland  compared  its  vegetation  pat- 
terns, soils,  and  vegetational  nutrient  status  with  other 
nearby  wetlands  and  a  White  Cedar  site  in  Virginia.  The 
White  Cedar  wetland  had  high  soil  calcium  and  magne- 
sium and  low  soil  phosphorus  content.  Tree  tissue  com- 
position indicated  phosphorus  and  possibly  potassium 
and  nitrogen  deficiencies,  as  well  as  high  tissue  content 
of  aluminum.  The  abundance  and  distribution  patterns 
of  thirty-two  species  of  higher  plants  were  recorded  at 
this  White  Cedar  site. 


Spawning  Cycles  in  Mummichog 

In  the  tidal  Rhode  River,  large  populations  of  mummi- 
chog {Fnndidns  heteroclitns)  live  along  tidal  creek  shore- 
lines and  move  up  onto  the  marsh  surfaces  to  feed  dur- 
ing high  tides.  Along  the  east  coast  of  North  America, 
mummichogs  move  up  onto  the  surface  of  salt  marshes 
during  high  spring  tides  to  spawn  and  have  been  shown 
to  have  semilunar  spawning  cycles.  In  the  Chesapeake 
Bay,  where  tidal  changes  frequently  and  unpredictably 
override  lunar  tidal  levels,  it  was  found  that  mummi- 
chogs still  had  semilunar  reproductive  cycles  which 
lagged  the  new  and  full  moons  by  three  to  four  days. 


79 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Archives 


These  results  indicate  that  the  fish  act  on  something 
other  than  tidally  mediated  factors,  such  as  turbulence, 
salinity,  or  temperature. 


Invertebrate  Populations  in  the  Estuary 

Animal  population  results  were  integrated  and  evaluated 
from  the  first  six  years  of  a  long-term  study  in  the  tidal 
Rhode  River.  Population  abundances  for  invertebrates 
living  in  sandy  or  muddy  bottom  sediments  were  moni- 
tored; near-shore  fish  were  sampled  for  young-of-the- 
year  populations,  and  bottom-dwelling  fish  and  crabs 
were  trawled  for  by  a  standardized  procedure  each  year. 
Population  data  were  compared  to  physical /chemical 
water  quality  and  weather  variables  monitored  continu- 
ously at  the  site  for  sixteen  years,  to  test  for  patterns  and 
relationships.  The  study  period  spanned  a  multiyear  pe- 
riod of  regional  drought  which  resulted  in  markedly  in- 
creased salinities.  All  but  two  of  forty-two  species  under- 
went significant  changes  in  population  densities  among 
years.  However,  only  12  to  82  percent  of  the  population 
changes  could  be  explained  on  the  basis  of  salinity 
changes  with  a  statistical  model. 

Still  under  exploration  are  relationships  to  such  other 
factors  as  phytoplankton  densities,  suspended  sediment 
concentrations,  and  dissolved  oxygen  dynamics  which 
have  also  been  measured  continuously.  Vertical  distribu- 
tions of  invertebrates  in  sandy  and  muddy  bottom  sedi- 
ments were  also  measured  in  detail  at  a  series  of  locales. 
Polychaete  worms,  amphipods,  and  young  clams  did  not 
move  more  than  two  inches  into  the  sediments,  whereas 
large  clams  moved  as  deep  as  one  foot  and  were 
restricted  to  sandy  sediments.  Studies  of  the  feeding  of 
adult  blue  crabs  on  adult  soft-shelled  clams  indicated 
that  these  clams  can  only  persist  by  burrowing  deep  in 
sandy  sediments.  In  controlled  experiments  it  was  shown 
that  crab  predation  was  significantly  higher  in  mud  than 
sand.  Blue  crabs  displayed  prey  density-dependent  feed- 
ing in  sand,  but  not  in  mud.  Thus,  clams  hiding  in  mud 
are  essentially  quantitatively  harvested  by  blue  crabs,  but 
after  the  crabs  have  removed  part  of  the  population  in 
sand  they  cannot  find  enough  clams  to  be  worthwhile. 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Archives  (SIA)  is  the  central 
archives  of  the  Institution,  keeper  of  its  official  records, 
and  collector  of  supplementary  documentation  on  the 
history  of  its  activities.  The  Archives  was  organized  in  its 
present  form  in  1967,  and  its  holdings  are  of  great  value 
to  scholars  working  on  the  history  of  American  science 
and  culture. 

This  past  year  was  highlighted  by  an  SIA  reception 
and  exhibition  celebrating  the  100th  anniversary  of  the 
birth  of  Alexander  Wetmore,  sixth  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution.  The  exhibition,  Alexander  Wet- 
more:  The  Early  Years,  1900-192J,  drew  on  documents 
and  photographs  from  Wetmore  papers  in  the  Archives 
to  depict  his  early  fieldwork  in  ornithology.  Silent  film 
footage  of  Wetmore's  Panama  expeditions  in  the  1950s 
was  copied  onto  videotape,  coupled  with  narration  pre- 
pared by  the  Archives  historian  and  the  late  Watson  M. 
Perrygo,  Wetmore's  colleague  on  the  expeditions.  The 
tape  was  shown  to  those  attending  the  centennial  cele- 
bration and  has  been  made  available  to  other  audiences. 

A  similar  project,  film  footage  of  the  1941 
Smithsonian-Firestone  Expedition  to  Liberia,  with  narra- 
tive by  Lucile  Mann  on  videotape,  was  shown  to  a  num- 
ber of  audiences  during  the  year,  and  copies  were  made 
available  to  the  U.S.  Information  Center  in  Monrovia. 

The  Archives  will  be  home  to  a  major  new  source  of 
historical  documentation  on  videotape.  A  grant  awarded 
to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  the  Alfred  P.  Sloan 
Foundation  will  support  videotaping  of  interviews  about 
"Science  in  National  Life."  The  Archivist  serves  on  the 
project  advisory  committee,  which  is  headed  by  David 
DeVorkin  of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum 
(NASM).  Two  projects  relating  to  species  conservation 
and  to  challenges  to  evolutionary  theory  will  be 
conducted  by  the  SIA  oral  history  staff.  Other  projects 
will  be  undertaken  by  curators  in  NASM  and  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  History. 

The  Archives  participated,  through  research  and  loans 
of  materials,  in  the  development  and  execution  of  the 
major  Smithsonian  Institution  exhibition  Magnificent 
Voyagers:  The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition,  1838-1841. 
Loans  were  also  made  to  the  Cosmos  Club  for  an  exhibi- 
tion on  Alexander  Wetmore,  to  the  Folger  Shakespeare 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Archives  recently  received  a  large 
collection  of  photographs  of  entomologists.  In  this  photograph, 
circa  1888,  entomologists — at  what  was  then  called  the  U.S. 
National  Museum — Eugene  A.  Schwarz  (left)  and  John  Bernard 
Smith  are  shown  at  rest  on  a  field  trip. 


80 


A- 


Library  for  an  exhibition  on  Emily  Dickinson,  and  to 
NASM  for  the  Looking  at  Earth  exhibition. 

During  1985  the  Archives  staff  played  an  important 
role  in  activities  concerning  both  archives  and  museum 
archives.  The  deputy  archivist  led  a  consortium  of  muse- 
ums— the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  Chicago, 
the  American  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  New  York, 
the  Natural  History  Museum  of  Los  Angeles  County,  the 
California  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  the  Academy  of 
Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia — in  its  efforts  to  estab- 
lish common  archival  practices.  He  was  also  named 
North  American  Representative  of  the  Society  for  the 
History  of  Natural  History.  The  associate  archivist  organ- 
ized the  Museum  Archives  Roundtable  of  the  Society  of 
American  Archivists  for  the  sharing  of  information  and 
experiences  of  museum  archivists.  Other  members  of  the 
staff  provided  advice  to  a  number  of  museums  and  ar- 
chives on  the  management  of  photographic  collections 
and  on  oral  history  techniques.  The  Archivist  conducted 
a  tour  of  archives  in  the  People's  Republic  of  China  for 
three  dozen  representatives  of  the  Society  of  American 
Archivists.  The  SIA  regular  lecture  series  on  Research  in 
Progress  included  talks  on  the  first  Smithsonian  photo- 
grapher, Thomas  W.  Smillie,  by  David  Haberstich  of  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History,  and  on  Black 
artist  W.  H.  Johnson  by  Smithsonian  Fellow  Richard  J. 
Powell.  The  opening  of  Magnificent  Voyagers  was  the 
occasion  for  a  lecture  by  Colorado  College  professor 
Richard  Beidleman,  who  retraced  the  Wilkes  party 
movements  in  Australia.  Ellen  B.  Wells  of  the  Smithson- 
ian Institution  Libraries  spoke  on  the  popular  natural 
history  books  of  Reverend  J.  G.  Powell. 

Also  this  year,  the  Archives  published  Guide  to  the 
Field  Reports  of  the  United  States  Fish  and  Wildlife  Serv- 
ice, circa  1860-1961,  the  fourth  volume  in  its  guides  to 
collections  series. 

Nearly  1,500  reference  inquiries  were  answered  this 
year  by  SIA  staff.  Publications  during  the  year  that  relied 
in  part  upon  research  at  SIA  included  "Disloyalty,  Dis- 
missal, and  a  Deal:  The  Development  of  the  National 
Museum  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  1846-1855,"  by 
Joel  J.  Orosz,  in  Museum  Studies  Journal  2  (1986),  and 
Captured  Heritage:  The  Scramble  for  Northwest  Coast 
Artifacts  (Seattle  and  London:  University  of  Washington 
Press,  1985)  by  Douglas  Cole.  Elizabeth  Barnaby  Keeney 
completed  a  Ph.D.  dissertation  entitled  The  Botanizers: 
Amateur  Scientists  in  Nineteenth-Century  America  (Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin-Madison,  1985);  and  Paul  Russell 
Cutright  was  the  author  of  Theodore  Roosevelt:  The 
Making  of  a  Conservationist  (Urbana  and  Chicago: 


University  of  Illinois  Press,  1985).  Research  still  in 
progress  includes  a  biographical  study  of  ornithologist 
Charles  E.  Bendire,  a  history  of  paleontology  at  the 
Smithsonian,  and  a  biography  of  Charles  D.  Walcott, 
fourth  Secretary  of  the  Institution. 

Records  survey  work  in  the  past  year  was  highlighted 
by  a  major  survey  of  the  records  of  the  Freer  Gallery  of 
Art,  and  continuation  of  surveys  and  follow-up  surveys 
at  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  the  Na- 
tional Zoological  Park,  the  Smithsonian  Environmental 
Research  Center,  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum, 
the  Archives  of  American  Art,  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art,  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
and  the  National  Museum  of  American  History. 

Manuscript  collections  accessioned  this  year  included 
the  papers  of  entomologist  Curtis  N.  Sabrosky  and  inver- 
tebrate zoologist  Raymond  B.  Manning.  The  American 
Association  for  Zoological  Nomenclature  and  The  Crus- 
tacean Society  entered  into  agreements  with  the  Smith- 
sonian Archives  for  SIA  to  be  the  official  repository  of 
their  records,  joining  more  than  a  score  of  professional 
societies  which  have  now  so  designated  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Archives.  A  set  of  guidelines  on  records  reten- 
tion and  disposal  has  been  developed  for  such  societies. 

Oral  history  interviewing  continued  and  new  acquisi- 
tions during  the  year  brought  the  collection  total  to  270 
hours  of  recorded  audiotape  and  nearly  5,000  pages  of 
transcript. 

The  SIA  survey  of  photographic  collections  in  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  made  great  strides  in  the  past 
year,  completing  survey  work  in  the  National  Zoological 
Park,  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  the 
Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  the  National  Museum  of  African 
Art,  the  Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic  Services, 
the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  and  the 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute.  Work  was  be- 
gun in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  the 
Archives  of  American  Art;  and  drafting  of  the  first  of  a 
series  of  finders'  guides  (for  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History)  was  substantially  completed.  Publica- 
tion of  the  latter  is  scheduled  for  the  fall  of  1987,  and  it 
will  include  an  extensive  glossary  of  photographic  termi- 
nology. The  photographic  collections  survey  project  is 
becoming  a  national  model. 


82 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Libraries 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  (SIL)  continued  to  serve 
the  Institution  and  the  public  through  support  of 
Smithsonian  curatorial,  research,  and  other  program  ac- 
tivities; through  direct  participation  in  the  creation  of 
and  providing  ready  access  to  a  national  bibliographic 
data  base;  and  through  programs  for  loan  and  informa- 
tion services,  publications,  and  exhibitions.  The  SIL,  a 
member  of  the  Association  of  Research  Libraries,  is  di- 
vided into  three  operational  divisions  (Automated  Sys- 
tems, Research  Services,  and  Collections  Management) 
and  a  Planning  and  Administration  Office. 

The  collections  of  approximately  980,000  volumes, 
including  over  20,000  journal  titles,  are  available  to 
Smithsonian  staff  and  other  scholars  through  a  system  of 
fourteen  branch  libraries  spread  over  thirty-five  locations 
throughout  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area;  New  York  City; 
Cambridge,  Massachusetts;  Mount  Hopkins,  Arizona; 
and  the  Republic  of  Panama. 

The  Libraries'  budget  represents  2.5  percent  of 
Smithsonian  federal  expenditures,  exclusive  of  trust  and 
auxiliary  enterprises.  During  fiscal  year  1986  the  Librar- 
ies received  three  grants  totaling  $25,000  from  the  Ather- 
ton  Seidell  Endowment  Fund  and  a  fourth  for  $3,000 
from  the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associ- 
ates. Personnel  resources  were  reinforced  through  an  in- 
creased number  of  stay-in-school  employees  working  in 
central  services  and  branch  libraries,  interns  serving  in 
four  units,  and  through  the  dedicated  service  of  sixty- 
seven  volunteers  who  assisted  in  all  units  of  the  Libraries. 

Vija  Karklins  was  named  the  first  SIL  deputy  director, 
and  in  June  it  was  announced  that  David  Challinor,  As- 
sistant Secretary  for  Research,  is  the  SIL  liaison  for  ad- 
ministrative and  programmatic  matters,  with  Tom  Freud- 
enheim,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Museums,  providing 
counsel  on  museum-related  matters.  The  opening  of  a 
renovated  Central  Reference  and  Loan  Services  branch 
and  the  physical  consolidation  of  all  central  services, 
with  new  quarters  for  the  Acquisitions  Unit  and  Supply 
Services,  were  accomplished  in  October  and  January,  re- 
spectively. Planning  progressed  for  the  opening  of  the 
Museum  of  African  Art  branch  in  the  Quadrangle;  the 
design  for  the  renovation  of  the  main  location  of  the 
Natural  History  branch  was  completed;  and  installation 
of  uniform  signs  in  all  SIL  units  was  started  this  year. 


Automated  Systems  Division 

The  division  continued  to  extend  and  upgrade  the  inte- 
grated on-line  library  system  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  Director  Robert  Maloy  pre- 
sented a  copy  of  the  Manuscripts  of  the  Dibner  Collection  (SIL 
Research  Guide  No.  5)  to  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Bern  Dibner  at  a  recep- 
tion held  in  the  Dibner  Library  at  the  National  Museum  of  Amer- 
ican History  in  October  1985. 


tion  Bibliographic  Information  System  (SIBIS)  by  imple- 
menting new  modules  for  additional  functions  and 
services.  An  important  development  in  this  process  was 
the  installation  of  the  Geac  9000  computer  which  sup- 
ports a  greatly  improved  bibliographic  processing  system 
with  capabilities  for  Boolean  searching,  authority  con- 
trol, and  automated  management  of  bibliographic  head- 
ings— such  as  personal  and  corporate  authors  and  sub- 
ject index  terms.  The  system  also  has  a  capability  to 
produce  management  information  reports.  More  people 
are  using  the  system,  with  access  by  both  dedicated  ter- 
minals and  personal  computers.  These  devices  are  linked 
to  the  computer  by  hard  wire  or  dedicated  data  lines,  or 
through  dial-up  lines  from  as  far  away  as  Panama. 
Through  a  concentrated  program  of  retrospective  conver- 
sion of  old  manual  records,  the  SIL  data  base  has  grown 
to  over  325,000  records.  Work  has  started  on  the  last 
phase  of  the  conversion  program  which  will  convert  and 
add  the  old,  incomplete,  manual  records  to  the  data 
base.  Upon  completion,  the  index  to  the  older  SIL  col- 
lections will  be  improved  and  the  assignment  of  call 
numbers  will  permit  the  physical  integration  of  previ- 
ously unclassed  books  into  the  collections. 

As  the  Acquisitions  Services  unit  completed  its  second 
successful  year  using  the  SIBIS  acquisitions  system  for 
orders  and  payments,  planning  began  for  implementation 
of  the  serials  check-in  module.  SIL  books  are  now  being 
barcoded  in  preparation  for  implementation  of  the  on- 
line circulation  system.  Inroads  have  been  made  into 
cataloguing/inventory  backlogs  by  use  of  the  on-line  sys- 


83 


tem,  contract  work,  and  the  hiring  of  a  second  rare- 
book  cataloguer.  Special  attention  has  been  given  to  the 
production  of  specialized  bibliographies.  The  African  Art 
and  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  bibliogra- 
phies were  the  first  to  be  added  to  the  SIL  data  base. 
Indexing  of  trade  literature  continued,  and  35,000  trade 
catalogue  records  are  now  a  part  of  the  data  base. 


Research  Services  Division 

The  division  continued  to  stress  more  effective  delivery 
of  information  to  users  as  its  primary  goal.  Within  a  few 
weeks  of  the  implementation  of  a  contract  for  commer- 
cial document  delivery  service,  interlibrary  loan  backlogs 
were  cleared  in  all  branches.  Subsequently,  it  has  been 
possible  to  dispatch  requests  within  twenty-four  hours. 
The  larger  branches  were  assigned  responsibility  for 
most  interlibrary  borrowing  in  order  to  integrate  that 
function  more  fully  into  over-all  reference  services.  Ef- 
forts were  also  made  to  regularize  relations  with  the  Li- 
brary of  Congress  and  to  conform  to  its  restrictions  on 
loan  periods.  As  a  result,  hundreds  of  overdue  Library  of 
Congress  books  were  returned  by  borrowers,  and  by  the 
end  of  the  fiscal  year  all  outstanding  loans  had  been 
cleared.  Another  focus  of  activity  was  the  further  system- 
atization  of  procedures,  forms,  and  standards.  Managers 
of  the  four  organizational  units  met  monthly  throughout 
the  year  in  consultation  with  the  division  assistant  direc- 
tor to  address  operational  issues.  As  a  result,  the  division 
functions  more  smoothly  and  with  greater  consistency 
across  branches  than  ever  before.  This  improvement  has 
also  been  aided  by  full  staffing  in  the  division  for  the 
first  time  in  four  years. 


Collections  Management  Division 


toire,  la  Geographie  et  le  Commerce  de  I'Afrique  Orient- 
ale  (1856),  with  accompanying  folio  atlas  containing  orig- 
inal engravings. 

Other  notable  additions  to  the  Libraries'  research  col- 
lections were  a  gift  to  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 
branch  of  400  pop-up  books  dating  over  the  past  cen- 
tury; a  collection  of  nineteenth-century  farmers'  and 
country  almanacs;  books  on  physical  anthropology  from 
the  estate  of  Professor  Carleton  S.  Coon;  and  an  exceed- 
ingly rare  1611  pamphlet  by  Johannes  Kepler,  a  purchase 
made  possible  by  the  Dibner  Fund.  Staff  of  the  Book 
Conservation  Laboratory  made  two  important  discover- 
ies. In  preparing  a  Charles  Darwin  manuscript  for  use  in 
filming  an  episode  of  the  television  series,  Smithsonian 
World,  laboratory  staff  removed  the  cardboard  backing 
to  discover  handwriting  on  the  back  of  the  page.  Identi- 
fication of  the  author  is  still  under  investigation.  Then, 
during  the  restoration  of  a  rare  eighteenth-century  vol- 
ume printed  in  Spain,  laboratory  staff  discovered  two 
complete  copies  of  a  1763  pamphlet  containing  a  lauda- 
tory poem  used  to  stiffen  the  book's  two  vellum  covers. 

The  final  report  of  the  SIL  Preservation  Planning  Pro- 
gram, in  which  twenty-five  staff  members  participated, 
contained  thirty-seven  recommendations  for  enhance- 
ments to  current  preservation  efforts.  One  of  the  task 
force  reports  revealed  that  the  most  pervasive  preserva- 
tion problem  is  severe  brittleness,  affecting  30  percent  of 
the  books  in  the  survey.  In  late  1985,  a  selection  of  brittle 
volumes  from  the  botany  collection  were  microfilmed  by 
a  contractor.  A  second  significant  report,  compiled  by  an 
SIL  working  group  that  included  participants  from  three 
other  Smithsonian  units,  reviewed  the  current  status  of 
optical  digital  disk  technology  and  its  applications  to 
preservation.  The  report  included  specifications  for  an 
SIL  pilot  project,  but  recommended  postponing  action 
until  more  information  on  the  success  of  other  projects  is 
available. 


The  division  is  responsible  for  selecting  and  ordering  re- 
search materials  for  the  branches,  maintaining  and  pre- 
serving the  SIL  collections,  and  ordering  books  for  of- 
fices throughout  the  Institution.  Collection  development 
policies  for  each  of  the  branches  are  nearing  completion. 
The  African  Art  branch  continued  retrospective  purchas- 
ing to  enhance  SIL's  Africana  collections.  Since  1985,  the 
branch  collection  has  doubled  in  size  to  more  than 
10,000  volumes,  with  special  emphasis  on  travel  and  ex- 
ploration, early  ethnographies,  African  imprints,  and 
specialized  serials.  Of  special  note  was  the  purchase  of 
Charles  Guillain's  three-volume  Documents  sur  I'His- 


Public  Programs 

On  November  14,  SIL  and  the  Society  for  the  History  of 
Natural  History  (headquartered  at  the  British  Museum, 
Natural  History,  London)  cosponsored  the  annual 
Ramsbottom  Lecture  featuring  Joseph  Ewan,  Professor 
Emeritus  of  Botany  at  Tulane  University,  who  spoke  on 
American  naturalists  of  the  Andes  and  the  Amazon.  The 
lecture  was  presented  in  conjunction  with  the  opening  of 
Magnificent  Voyagers:  The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition 
1838-1841,  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History 


84 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 
Institute 


exhibition.  Other  outreach  activities  included  two  events 
in  the  SIL  Lectures  and  Seminars  Series — a  seminar  dis- 
cussing a  fourteenth-century  manuscript  containing  text 
of  the  Pentateuch,  conducted  by  Allen  Crown  of  the 
University  of  Sydney,  Australia,  on  May  16;  and  a  lec- 
ture featuring  James  M.  Robinson,  director  of  the  Clare- 
mont  Institute  for  Antiquity  and  Christianity,  who  spoke 
on  "Reconstructing  the  First  Christian  Monastic  Library" 
on  September  15.  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Bern  Dibner  were  among 
the  distinguished  guests  who  attended  an  October  1985 
reception  to  mark  the  publication  of  Manuscripts  of  the 
Dibner  Collection  (SIL  Research  Guide  No.  5)  where  Dr. 
Dibner  was  presented  with  the  first  copy  of  the  publica- 
tion. The  event  also  celebrated  the  opening  of  an  SIL 
exhibition  of  the  same  name.  Another  SIL  exhibition, 
The  Old  Farmer's  Almanac,  displayed  materials  donated 
by  Yankee  Publishing  Company.  This  gift  of  a  complete 
194-year  run  of  the  almanac  from  its  first  issue  in  1792 
was  also  marked  by  a  press  conference  in  the  Dibner  Li- 
brary. Other  exhibitions  were  Science  and  Technology  in 
Latin  American  History,  Classics  of  Mathematics,  and 
The  Excellent  Mr.  (John)  Ray. 

SIL  was  awarded  $100,000  equivalent  in  Pakistani  ru- 
pees by  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program' to 
fund  part  of  its  continuing  Translation  Publishing  Pro- 
gram, and  an  Institution  contract  with  a  Pakistani  pub- 
lishing house  was  signed  in  November.  Six  orders  for 
new  translated  publications  were  placed  with  an  Indian 
publishing  house,  and  the  production  schedules  for 
twenty-eight  orders  placed  under  the  old  contract  were 
established  at  meetings  with  the  contractors  and  other 
U.S.  government  agencies  with  similar  translation  pro- 
grams. Nematodes  and  Their  Role  in  the  Meiobenthos 
was  published  by  the  program  this  year,  and  the  texts  of 
ten  translations  were  received  for  scientific  editing  by 
scholars  in  the  United  States.  The  SIL  Publications  Pro- 
gram filled  requests  for  546  copies  of  Book  Collecting 
and  the  Care  of  Books,  an  SIL  publication. 

SIL  staff  participated  in  a  number  of  professional 
meetings  and  collectively  published  five  books,  twenty- 
one  articles,  and  two  reports.  SIL  welcomed  the  follow- 
ing visitors  this  year:  the  director  of  the  National  Library 
of  Jamaica;  professional  librarians  from  the  American 
Association  of  Law  Librarians;  the  Costa  Rica  Library 
Association;  the  University  of  Tennessee,  Knoxville;  the 
Biological  Sciences  Group  of  the  Special  Libraries  Associ- 
ation; a  group  of  thirty  professionals  from  other  coun- 
tries organized  by  the  Academy  for  Educational  Develop- 
ment; graduate  library  students  from  four  universities; 
and  the  Washington  Book  Conservators  Group. 


The  sheer  diversity  of  the  tropics  widens  the  perspective 
on  possible  outcomes  of  evolution  and  vastly  multiplies 
the  scope  for  comparison  which  plays  a  fundamental  role 
in  achieving  biological  understanding.  Because  tropical 
conditions  have  been  normal  for  most  of  evolutionary 
time,  understanding  the  tropics  enables  scientists  to  see 
the  temperate  zone  in  a  truer  light. 

The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  (STRI) 
promotes  basic  research  in  the  tropics  by  its  staff,  stu- 
dents studying  in  association  with  the  staff,  and  visiting 
international  scientists.  As  tropical  nature  is  severely 
threatened  from  many  quarters,  STRI  promotes  conser- 
vation and  education. 

STRI  offers  the  student  of  tropical  forests  the  Barro 
Colorado  Nature  Monument,  centered  on  Barro  Colo- 
rado Island,  which  has  been  protected  since  1923.  This 
island  is  within  two  hours  of  Panama  City  and  has  well- 
equipped  laboratories,  offices,  and  living  quarters.  The 
advantage  of  this  island  is  the  sixty  years  of  previous 
research,  of  unparalleled  detail  and  extent,  on  which  the 
newcomer  can  build.  STRI  also  offers  the  terrestrial  biol- 
ogist access  to  a  variety  of  habitats.  Through  marine  lab- 
oratories on  both  coasts,  STRI  allows  marine  biologists 
an  opportunity  to  compare  oceans  only  fifty  miles  apart, 
which  differ  greatly  in  tidal  regime,  productivity,  and 
exposure  to  upwelling.  The  populations  in  these  oceans 
were  separated  less  than  four  million  years  ago,  offering 
a  natural  experiment  in  evolution. 

STRI  maintains  the  largest  library  of  tropical  ecology 
between  Mexico  City  and  Caracas,  a  variety  of  laborato- 
ries, offices,  apartments,  personnel  who  can  help  one 
cope  with  working  in  a  different  country,  and  programs 
of  assistantships  for  beginning  students  and  fellowships 
lasting  from  one  to  twelve  months  for  more  advanced 
students.  In  addition,  many  STRI  staff  work  in  Asian 
and  African  tropics  to  obtain  comparative  data. 


Diversity  of  Adaptations 

Predoctoral  fellow  Jess  Zimmermann  has  been  studying 
an  orchid  which  changes  sex.  He  seeks  to  infer  the  cir- 
cumstances which  cause  an  orchid  to  change  sex  from 
the  influence  of  the  environment  on  the  sex  of  an  orchid. 
He  is  also  investigating  how  orchids  in  well-lit  habitats 
divide  their  effort  between  reproduction  and  growth,  and 
the  limits  to  the  orchids'  power  to  produce  fruit. 

STRI  senior  scientist  Martin  Moynihan  spent  the  first 
five  months  of  this  fiscal  year  in  Senegal  studying  varia- 
tions in  sexual  behavior  in  coraciiform  birds,  especially 


85 


kingfishers  and  rollers.  The  sexual  behavior  of  most  ani- 
mals include  components  that  were  originally  hostile.  In 
at  least  three  species  of  coraciiforms,  the  process  is  re- 
versed: their  threats  include  components  that  were  origi- 
nally sexual.  Blue-bellied  rollers  use  heterosexual  pseudo- 
copulation  as  threat  displays;  other  species  employ 
homosexual  behavior  in  their  threats.  Yet  other  species 
reverse  sex  roles  as  a  form  of  appeasement — males  play- 
ing females  before  other  males  to  appear  as  mates  rather 
than  threats. 

STRI  Director  Ira  Rubinoff  is  continuing  studies  of 
diving  in  sea  snakes,  Pelamis  platurns.  It  appears  these 
snakes  "know"  how  deep  they  will  dive  and  take  on 
enough  gas  to  be  neutrally  buoyant  at  the  intended 
depth.  Working  with  Jack  Gee,  Jeffrey  Graham,  and 
Jorge  Motta,  Rubinoff  found  snakes  new  to  a  deep  tank 
take  on  so  much  gas  that  they  are  positively  buoyant  at 
the  bottom,  while  snakes  familiar  with  the  tank  take  on 
just  enough  to  be  neutrally  buoyant  at  the  bottom.  Fur- 
ther studies  of  buoyancy  mechanisms  in  snakes  are  in 
progress. 

Such  studies  of  adaptation  often  bring  out  intricacies 
of  relationships  between  species  in  tropical  forests.  Don- 
ald Windsor,  of  STRI,  has  been  studying  leaf  miners  of 
the  tree  Byrsonima  crassifolia  (Malphigiaceae).  These 
leaf  miners  go  to  great  lengths  to  hide  their  mines,  min- 
ing the  oldest  leaves  of  the  tree — the  hardest  to  see  from 
a  distance.  Yet,  mined  tissues  turn  black  against  the  light 
green  background  of  the  remaining  leaf.  Windsor  is  try- 
ing to  learn  whether  this  color  change  attracts 
parasitoids  which  kill  the  leaf  miners. 

Neal  Smith,  of  STRI,  returned  to  his  studies  of  oro- 
pendolas,  caciques,  and  their  associated  wasps,  botflies, 
and  parasitic  cowbirds.  Oropendolas  lay  eggs  in  each 
other's  nests.  R.  Fleischer  of  the  University  of  Hawaii  is 
helping  Smith  with  analyses  of  eggshell  proteins  that  al- 
low Smith  to  identify  who  laid  the  eggs  that  a  given  bird 
is  incubating.  Nearby  wasp  colonies  protect  oropendola 
nestlings  from  botfly  attacks,  and  in  oropendola  colonies 
surrounding  such  wasps  nests,  female  oropendolas  often 
toss  each  other's  eggs  out  of  the  nests  nearest  to  the 
wasps.  Experiments  with  introduced  wasp  nests  inhab- 
ited only  by  dead,  pinned  specimens  suggest  that  oro- 
pendolas must  be  stung  before  deciding  that  a  wasp  nest 
is  a  desirable  neighborhood  for  nests  of  their  own. 

In  cooperation  with  Jonathan  Horn  of  Kew  Gardens, 
Smith  began  chemical  analyses  of  Omphalea  — the 
Euphorbiaceous  vine  fed  upon  by  larvae  of  the  Urania 
moth — and  found  several  nonprotein  amino  acids.  Smith 
confirmed  that  Omphalea  vines  which  Urania  caterpillars 


have  defoliated  four  successive  times  become  unaccept- 
able to  Urania  for  the  following  three  years.  During  this 
period  the  vines  have  healthy  foliage  but  produce  no 
flowers. 


Biotic  Diversity 

The  fifty-hectare  plot  of  Stephen  Hubbell  and  Robin 
Foster,  both  of  STRI,  on  Barro  Colorado  Island  was  re- 
censused  after  five  years.  Changes  in  the  plot  over  this 
period  confirm  the  inferences  Hubbell  and  Foster  drew 
about  the  dynamics  of  the  forest  by  comparing  the  distri- 
butions of  adult  trees  with  saplings  of  the  same  species. 
Saplings  of  the  two  most  common  overstory  species, 
Trichilia  and  Alseis,  grow  more  slowly  and  die  more  rap- 
idly where  adults  of  their  species  are  most  common.  For 
most  other  species,  survival  and  growth  of  saplings  di- 
minish almost  imperceptibly  by  the  presence  of  a  conspe- 
cific.  Rare  species  regenerate  no  more  effectively  than 
common  ones,  a  fact  which  appears  to  belie  several  pop- 
ular explanations  of  tropical  species  diversity.  The  plot  is 
still  in  a  stage  of  succession,  with  common  species  in- 
creasing at  the  expense  of  those  of  intermediate  abun- 
dance. The  abundance  of  some  species  changed  mark- 
edly over  the  past  five  years;  40  percent  of  the  Poulsenia 
on  the  plot  died,  probably  from  the  harsh  El  Nino  dry 
season  of  1982-83. 

The  remapping  revealed  a  striking  contrast  in  patterns 
of  mortality  between  pioneer  and  mature  forest  trees.  In 
species  of  mature  forest,  annual  mortality  is  independent 
of  size  for  stems  greater  than  one  centimeter  in  diameter. 
Pioneer  trees,  on  the  other  hand,  survive  better  when 
they  get  larger. 

Alan  Smith,  of  STRI,  continued  long-term  studies  of 
growth,  distribution,  and  reproduction  in  understory 
forest  herbs  of  Barro  Colorado  Island.  Forest  plots  rang- 
ing from  100  square  meters  to  10  square  kilometers  ap-    ■ 
pear  to  contain  no  more  species  of  understory  herbs  in 
the  tropics  than  in  temperate  zones.  Perhaps  study  of  a 
group  that  does  not  share  the  explosive  diversification  of 
the  tropics  will  help  STRI  scientists  to  understand  the 
causes  of  this  diversification. 

Peter  Becker  and  Alan  Smith  have  been  working  to- 
gether on  a  method  to  analyze  canopy  photographs  to 


Dr.  Juan  Laboa  of  the  Diplomatic  Corps  of  Panama  visited  Barro 
Colorado  Island  on  August  6,  1986. 


86 


"£!> 


W 


>  -  <• « 


>.« 


!?\#' 


Ik 


v- 


itv 


J 


ttl 


estimate  direct  and  diffuse  radiation  reaching  the  under- 
story  and  to  assess  whether  direct  light  is  divided  into  a 
few  big  sunflecks  or  many  small  ones.  Canopy  photogra- 
phy permits  a  quick  analysis  of  many  sites  from  this 
standpoint.  On  Barro  Colorado  Island,  herbs  are  most 
diverse  where  there  is  most  light.  Because  of  the  light 
received  before  trees  overhead  produce  new  leaves,  un- 
derstory  herbs  probably  get  more  light  in  the  temperate 
zone  than  in  the  tropics. 


Seasonal  Rhythms 

T.  Mitchell  Aide,  a  STRI  predoctoral  fellow  from  the 
University  of  Utah,  is  studying  how  damage  inflicted  by 
herbivores  on  leaves  of  different  species  of  saplings  re- 
flects the  seasonal  rhythms  of  leaf  flush  in  saplings.  Hir- 
tella  triandra  produces  new  leaves  continuously,  in  small 
amounts,  from  October  through  June.  Damage  by  herbi- 
vores drops  by  one-half  during  the  dry  season.  Herbi- 
vores build  up  as  the  rainy  season  starts,  and  Hirtella 
stops  producing  new  leaves  in  June,  starting  again  late  in 
the  rainy  season  when  herbivore  levels  have  subsided. 

Gustavia  produces  new  leaves  at  the  end,  and  at  the 
beginning,  of  the  rainy  season.  Each  leaf  expands  to  full 
size  in  a  week;  most  herbivore  damage  occurs  before  the 
leaf  has  expanded.  Leaf  production  is  more  synchronous 
at  the  beginning  of  the  rains.  Presumably  as  a  result,  her- 
bivores damage  new  leaves  less  at  the  beginning  than  at 
the  end  of  the  rains.  Leaves  produced  "out  of  turn"  dur- 
ing the  rainy  season  are  often  destroyed  before  they  can 
expand.  Young  Gustavia  leaves  are  covered  with  food 
bodies  that  attract  ants;  these  food  bodies  disappear  af- 
ter the  leaf  expands.  Experiments  are  now  in  progress  to 
learn  how  effectively  the  ants  protect  the  expanding 
leaves. 

Donald  Windsor,  of  STRI,  has  been  preparing  a  sum- 
mary of  results  from  eight  years  of  monitoring  seasonal 
changes  in  climate  and  other  aspects  of  the  physical  envi- 
ronment on  Barro  Colorado  Island. 

Joseph  Wright,  of  STRI,  experimentally  abolished  one 
aspect  of  the  seasonal  rhythm  in  experimental  plots  on 
Barro  Colorado  Island.  By  irrigating  them,  he  kept  their 
soil  moisture  content  at  rainy  season  levels  all  through 
the  dry  season.  Most  deciduous  trees  on  the  irrigated 
plots  dropped  their  leaves  in  synchrony  with  conspecifics 
outside,  although  Tabebuia  guayacan  and  Dipteryx 
within  the  plot  kept  their  leaves  through  the  dry  season, 
in  contrast  to  their  unirrigated  conspecifics.  Irrigation 
did  not  affect  the  timing  or  amount  of  litter  fall,  but  it 


accelerated  the  decay  of  litter.  During  the  dry  season, 
litter  insects  were  more  abundant  on  irrigated  plots,  as 
were  tiny  insects  on  understory  leaves. 

On  the  San  Bias  Islands,  off  the  Caribbean  coast  of 
Panama,  Ross  Robertson,  of  STRI,  has  been  studying 
the  causes  of  seasonal  rhythms  of  reproduction  in  coral 
reef  fish.  It  is  usually  assumed  that  seasonal  cessation  of 
reproduction  in  these  fish  reflects  the  inability  of  their 
larvae  to  survive  in  the  plankton  at  that  season.  He  has 
been  simultaneously  measuring  egg  production,  rates  at 
which  larval  fish  settle  on  the  reef,  and  the  ages  of  these 
settlers  to  determine  the  extent  variation  in  rates  of  set- 
tlement reflects  variation  in  previous  reproductive  rates. 
It  appears  that  ability  of  larvae  to  survive  in  the  plank- 
ton may  not  depend  on  the  time  of  year  and  that  these 
fish  reproduce  seasonally  because  they  are  unable  to  pro- 
duce eggs  at  certain  times  of  year. 

John  Cubit,  Hugh  Caffey,  Don  Windsor,  and  Ricardo 
Thompson  have  finished  the  analysis  of  eleven  years  of 
monitoring  the  physical  environment  on  the  reef  flat  at 
STRI's  Caribbean  marine  station  on  Galeta  Point.  They 
found  that  when  water  on  the  reef  flat  is  subject  to  ex- 
tremes of  temperature  or  salinity,  the  water  can  kill  cor- 
als elsewhere  when  it  moves  off  the  flat. 


A  Major  Oil  Spill 

In  April  1986,  a  major  oil  spill  occurred  near  Galeta. 
Enough  oil  reached  Galeta  to  cause  extensive  mortality 
on  the  reef  flat,  and  perhaps  long-lasting  damage  to  the 
mangroves  behind  the  station.  This  is  the  first  time  an 
oil  spill  has  occurred  in  so  well  studied  a  place,  and  the 
Department  of  the  Interior  expressed  interest  in  follow- 
ing up  the  effects  of  this  disaster. 

Jeremy  Jackson,  of  STRI,  assumed  responsibility  for 
studying  the  consequences  of  the  oil  spill.  This  study  will 
span  a  considerable  stretch  of  the  Caribbean  coast  and 
will  build  on  previous  work  by  many  people  at  a  variety 
of  sites.  The  studies  will  trace  where  the  oil  has  gone 
and  where  it  is  accumulating — and  will  assess  subsequent 
changes  in  mangrove  trees,  the  communities  of  organ- 
isms growing  on  mangrove  roots,  sea  grasses,  reef  flats, 
and  subtidal  reefs.  Judith  Connor,  of  Hopkins  Marine 
Station,  has  returned  twice  to  study  the  effects  of  the  oil 
spill  on  algae;  and  Stephen  Garrity,  of  the  University  of 
Massachusetts,  has  returned  once  to  study  its  effects  on 
intertidal  snails. 

Although  there  have  been  no  previous  studies  of  sub- 
tidal  reefs,  a  reef  coral  contains  a  record  of  its  growth. 


By  drilling  sections  of  reef  corals,  the  effect  of  the  oil 
spill  on  reef  growth  can  be  traced. 

Long-term  Community  Dynamics 

Much  research  has  been  concerned  with  long-term  as- 
pects of  community  dynamics.  Jeremy  Jackson,  with 
Karl  Kaufmann,  is  continuing  his  analysis  of  data  from 
Jamaica  on  the  dynamics  of  encrusting  organisms  living 
on  the  undersides  of  coral  shelves.  Jackson  is  working 
with  T.  P.  Hughes  on  the  dynamics  of  coral  reef  popula- 
tions at  Jamaica.  Peter  Glynn,  a  former  STRI  staff  mem- 
ber now  with  the  University  of  Miami,  continues  his 
study  of  how  the  massive  mortality  of  reef  corals  in  the 
eastern  Pacific,  inflicted  by  El  Nino  of  1982-83,  affected 
development  of  the  reefs.  Haris  Lessios,  of  STRI,  is  fol- 
lowing the  recovery  of  the  long-spined  sea  urchin  Dia- 
dema  from  the  mass  mortality  that  reduced  their  num- 
bers by  over  99  percent  three  years  ago.  Their  numbers 
are  still  very  low,  but  their  genetic  variability  is  as  high 
as  ever. 


A  devastating  oil  spill  near  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 
Institute's  Galeta  laboratory  in  April  1986  coated  reef,  seagrass, 
and  mangrove  communities  with  a  heavy  layer  of  oil. 


Genetics  and  Evolution 

Haris  Lessios,  with  James  Weinberg,  has  found  that  what 
was  once  thought  to  be  a  single  species  of  isopod, 
Excirolana  brasiliensis,  living  on  both  coasts  of  Panama, 
embraces  one  wide-ranging  Atlantic  species  and  a  series 
of  Pacific  species.  Each  beach  on  the  Pacific  has  its  own 
species  and  genotype — one  closely  resembles  the  Atlantic 
species. 

Lyn  Loveless  and  Jim  Hamrick,  of  the  University  of 
Georgia,  have  been  studying  isozyme  variation  in  fifteen 
species  of  tropical  trees.  They  have  been  comparing  vari- 
ation within  populations  on  Barro  Colorado  Island — 
with  variation  among  populations  a  few  hundred  meters 
apart  and  two  kilometers  apart — and  variation  between 
populations  on  that  island  and  populations  varying  dis- 
tances away  on  the  mainland.  Populations  of  Swartzia  in 
Panama  are  quite  similar,  and,  for  the  seven  other  spe- 
cies analyzed,  genetic  variation  among  populations  on 
Barro  Colorado  Island  is  about  5  percent  of  variation 
within  these  populations. 

Other  STRI  studies  concern  the  origin  and  develop- 
ment of  phenotypic  novelty.  In  Costa  Rica,  William 
Eberhard,  of  STRI,  has  been  studying  the  weaving  of 
webs  by  spiders.  The  web  is  a  physical  record  of  what 
happened;  moreover,  many  of  the  cues  guiding  the  spider 


in  its  completion  of  the  web  come  from  the  web  itself. 
Spiders  show  variability  in  web  building  behavior  from 
one  web  to  another. 

In  his  new  book,  Sexual  Selection  and  Animal  Genita- 
lia, Eberhard  explores  why  animal  genitalia  are  so  vari- 
able among  species  and  why  they  evolve  so  rapidly.  With 
Eberhard  and  W.  Wcislo,  Mary  Jane  West  Eberhard,  of 
STRI,  has  been  studying  the  adjustment  to  group  living 
by  spider  wasps  belonging  to  a  family  of  otherwise  soli- 
tary animals.  Their  adaptation  to  new  social 
circumstances  is  manifestly  incomplete.  They  spend  an 
inordinate  amount  of  time  stealing  and  eating  each  oth- 
er's eggs.  They  sometimes  steal  their  own  provisions  and 
allow  other  wasps  to  steal  nest  cells.  The  incompleteness 
of  their  adaptation  may  reveal  how  animal  behavior 
might  evolve  in  response  to  group  living. 

John  Christy  has  been  studying  constraints  on  the  evo- 
lution of  mating  and  breeding  behavior  in  fiddler  crabs. 
Most  Indo-Pacific  species  of  fiddler  crabs  are  large  rela- 
tives to  their  American  counterparts;  and  most 
Indo-Pacific  fiddler  crabs  mate  above  ground  near  the 
burrows  of  the  females,  while  most  American  species 
mate  in  the  burrows  of  the  males.  Christy  is  analyzing 
the  relation  of  mating  system  to  crab  size  and  clutch 
size.  He  is  also  studying  Uca  beebei;  in  this  American 


89 


fiddler  crab  species,  some  females  accept  mates  near 
their  own  burrows  while  others  search  for  mates  near 
the  burrows  of  the  males,  sampling  several  before  mating 
with  one  in  his  burrow.  Perhaps  understanding  why  dif- 
ferent female  Uca  beebei  mate  in  different  ways  will  shed 
light  on  the  sources  of  the  different  mating  habits  of 
American  versus  Indo-Pacific  fiddler  crabs. 

Jeremy  Jackson  has  finished  a  book  with  Frank 
McKinney  on  bryozoan  evolution.  He  has  started  re- 
search with  Anthony  Coates,  of  George  Washington  Uni- 
versity, on  how  the  uplift  of  the  Panama  Isthmus  affected 
the  speciation  and  extinction  of  marine  organisms — espe- 
cially bryozoans,  crabs,  and  molluscs — on  its  two  sides. 
They  are  accordingly  focusing  on  the  geology  and  pale- 
ontology of  Panama  from  the  Pliocene  age  onward.  The 
first  task  is  stratigraphic  dating  of  the  faunas  and  estab- 
lishing correlations  between  them.  The  U.S.  Geological 
Survey  will  assist  in  dating  these  faunas,  using  microfos- 
sils,  such  as  foraminifera  and  dinoflagellates,  collected 
from  them. 


Evolutionary  Convergence 

STRI  has  long  been  interested  in  evolutionary  conver- 
gence because  it  tells  STRI  scientists  something  about  the 
predictability  of  evolution — allowing  assessments  of  how 
representative  findings  in  Panama  are  of  the  tropics  in 
general. 

Alan  Smith  returned  to  Mt.  Kenya  to  continue  his 
study  of  growth  forms  and  long-term  rhythms  of 
growth,  reproduction,  and  mortality  of  the  alpine  giant 
senecios  there.  He  has  comparable  work  in  progress  on 
the  Espeletia  (Compositae)  of  the  high  Andes  in  Venezu- 
ela. These  senecios  only  flower  about  every  five  years, 
and  plants  of  an  entire  mountaintop  flower  in  tight  syn- 
chrony. The  senecios  reproduced  in  1985,  so  Smith 
started  experiments  on  the  factors  influencing  the  germi- 
nation and  growth  of  seedlings — especially  the  effect  of 
habitat  type,  of  nearness  to  adult,  and  the  difference  in 
that  adult's  influence  according  to  whether  it  is  a  parent, 
another  adult  of  the  same  species,  or  an  adult  of  differ- 
ent species.  Being  away  from  adults  dramatically 
increases  a  seedling's  growth. 

Egbert  Leigh  went  to  Madagascar  with  Alison  Jolly  of 
Rockefeller  University  to  continue  his  studies  on  the  con- 
trast in  tree  architecture,  leaf  size,  form  and  arrange- 
ment, and  forest  physiognomy  between  lowland  rainfor- 
est and  forest  of  windy,  foggy  mountaintops.  He 
documented  the  striking  similarities  between  the  mon- 


tane forest  on  the  volcanic  soil  of  the  Montagne  d'Am- 
bres  in  Madagascar  and  the  montane  forest  on  the  volca- 
nic soil  of  the  Cordillera  de  Tilaran  in  Costa  Rica.  He 
also  found  that  lowland  rainforest  in  far  southeast 
Madagascar  had  far  less  diversity  of  trees  than  mid- 
montane  rainforest  further  north. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Malaysian  Forest  Research 
Institute  and  Peter  Ashton  of  Harvard  University, 
Stephen  Hubbell  has  begun  mapping  a  fifty-hectare  plot 
of  tropical  rainforest  in  a  Malaysian  forest  reserve.  In 
contrast  to  the  235,000  stems  over  1  centimeter  in  diame- 
ter on  the  plot  of  Barro  Colorado,  the  Malaysian  plot 
will  have  over  350,000.  When  all  the  identifications  are 
complete,  the  Malaysian  plot  may  have  over  700  species 
of  freestanding  woody  plants,  compared  to  300  on  the 
plot  at  Barro  Colorado. 


Man  in  the  Tropics 

Olga  Linares,  of  STRI,  spent  five  months  among  the  Jola 
of  Casamance  in  Senegal  studying  how  the  spread  of  Is- 
lam affected  gender  roles  in  agriculture.  Before  Islam, 
men  and  women  participated  equally  in  religious  ritual 
and  worked  together  in  the  same  rice  fields.  After  Islam, 
women  grow  only  rice,  the  subsistence  crop,  and  men 
grow  groundnuts,  the  cash  crop.  Linares  is  working  on 
drafts  of  two  books  on  the  Jola — one  on  the  effects  of 
the  drought  and  the  other  on  the  social  division  of  labor 
in  agriculture. 

A  series  of  studies  financed  by  the  W.  Alton  Jones 
Foundation  are  devoted  to  altering  the  relation  between 
man  and  nature  in  Panama.  Nicholas  Smythe  and 
Dagmar  Werner  are  trying  to  find  ways  for  people  to 
profit  from  the  forest  without  destroying  it.  Smythe  has 
raised  pacas,  the  most  desirable  game  animal  in  Panama, 
in  a  manner  that  prevents,  apparently  permanently,  de- 
pression of  population  levels — a  major  step  towards  their 
domestication. 

Gilberto  Ocana  has  been  studying  ways  to  reclaim 
wasteland  for  agriculture  and  to  farm  using  land  more 
efficiently.  He  finds  that  a  fast-growing  hardwood  from 
Southeast  Asia,  Acacia  mangh\m,  grows  very  well  on 
poor  soil.  He  has  been  testing  annual  and  biennial  le- 
gumes for  their  ability  to  improve  poor  soil  and  finds 
tropical  kudzu,  Dcsmodium  gyroides,  promising  for  the 
purpose.  He  has  also  experimented  with  crops  which 
will  grow  with  fast-growing  leguminous  trees.  The  crops 
provide  food  while  the  trees  provide  firewood  and  main- 
tain soil  fertility. 


90 


Education 

STRI's  newly  consolidated  Office  of  Educational  Pro- 
grams developed  an  audiovisual  program  on  STRI's  his- 
tory and  activities  for  presentation  to  groups  of  govern- 
ment officials  and  representatives  of  Panamanian 
conservation  groups.  In  addition,  a  series  of  bimonthly 
newspaper  articles  have  been  prepared  on  conservation 
topics. 

Bringing  tropical  nature  alive  in  people's  minds  to 
stimulate  interest  in  its  fate  is  a  growing  activity.  Marina 
Wong,  a  STRI  postdoctoral  fellow,  and  Jorge  Ventocilla, 
of  STRI's  Office  of  Educational  Programs,  have  com- 
pleted the  text  and  illustrations  for  a  self-guiding  nature 
trail  for  visitors  on  Barro  Colorado  Island.  Egbert  Leigh, 
of  STRI,  has  arranged  for  artist  George  Angehr  and 
Malagasy  botanist  M.  Abraham,  of  the  Service  deu  Eaux 
et  Forets,  to  prepare  an  illustrated  guide  to  the  fifty  most 
common  species  of  trees  in  a  forest  reserve  near  Perinet 
between  Tananarive  and  the  east  coast  of  Madagascar. 

The  Spanish  translation  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press  book,  The  Ecology  of  a  Tropical  Forest,  is  nearing 
completion.  Publication  of  the  Spanish  edition  of  this 
important  book  will  make  knowledge  developed  as  a 
result  of  STRI  research  programs  more  generally  avail- 
able in  Panama  and  other  Spanish-speaking  nations.  The 
Office  of  Educational  Programs  continues  to  work  with 
the  Kuna  Wildland  Management  project  on  environmen- 
tal education  and  conservation. 

STRI  and  the  University  of  Panama  again  jointly  spon- 
sored a  graduate-level  tropical  ecology  course  focusing 
on  relationships  between  plants,  animals,  and  the  physi- 
cal environment  in  habitats  throughout  the  Republic  of 
Panama.  Donald  Windsor,  of  STRI,  and  Rosemary  Segis- 
tran  de  Chavez,  of  the  University  of  Panama,  were 
course  coordinators. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Ser- 
vice exhibition  Galapagos:  Born  from  the  Sea  is  touring 
Panama  under  cosponsorship  of  STRI  and  the  National 
Institute  of  Culture.  The  exhibit  is  presented  in  both  En- 
glish and  Spanish. 

A  total  of  seventy-three  men  and  women  from  the 
United  States,  Asia,  and  Latin  America  received  fellow- 
ship support  to  conduct  individual  research  or  partici- 
pate in  ongoing  research  projects  at  various  STRI  facili- 
ties during  the  past  year.  Fellowships  and  assistantships 
were  funded  by  the  Smithsonian,  the  EXXON  Corpora- 
tion, the  Jessie  Smith  Noyes  Foundation,  and  other  pri- 
vate donors.  In  addition,  two  senior  scientists,  Heinz 
Brucher  from  Argentina  and  Kizhakkedathu  Mathai 


Kochummen  from  Malaysia,  were  awarded  fellowships 
for  advanced  studies  in  tropical  biology.  Due  to  increased 
efforts  in  informing  the  scientific  community  in  other 
countries  of  the  availability  of  these  programs,  STRI  has 
had  more  participants  from  developing  nations. 


Facilities  Development 

STRI's  ambitious  plans  to  improve  the  quality  of  facili- 
ties have  moved  forward.  On  Barro  Colorado  Island, 
design  of  a  new  dormitory,  as  well  as  kitchen,  dining, 
and  conference  rooms,  are  near  completion.  All  will  be 
sited  on  the  slopes  above  the  existing  dock  facilities. 
Plans  for  a  major  new  research  center  at  the  Tivoli  Site, 
the  Earl  S.  Tupper  Research  and  Conference  Center,  are 
almost  complete  with  construction  to  begin  in  1987.  Fi- 
nally, designs  for  new  dormitories  at  Naos  and  Gamboa 
are  nearing  completion. 


Staff  Changes  and  Appointments 

Mrs.  Leonor  Motta  became  STRI  executive  officer  after 
several  years  in  a  legal  executive  position  with  the  Pan- 
ama Canal  Commission.  Photographer  Carl  Hansen  now 
leads  the  Photo  Department  at  STRI.  A  new  computer 
specialist,  Francisco  Rivera,  came  to  STRI  from  IBM 
Panama.  Carmen  Sucre,  formerly  STRI's  budget  officer, 
replaced  Hernando  Leyton,  STRI's  personnel  specialist. 
Argelis  Roman,  former  biological  assistant  at  STRI's 
Galeta  Marine  Lab,  replaced  Georgina  de  Alba  in  the 
Office  of  Educational  Programs  for  one  year,  while  Mrs. 
de  Alba  is  in  England  on  a  Webb  fellowship.  Finally, 
Joseph  Bryan,  Captain  "Jack,"  retired  in  June.  Jack  came 
to  STRI  in  1969  and  as  captain  of  the  research  vessel  has 
contributed  to  the  success  of  the  research  of  many  scien- 
tists. David  West,  from  the  electronics  division  of  the 
Panama  Canal  Commission,  was  hired  to  take  his  place. 


9i 


MUSEUMS 

Tom  L.  Freudenheim,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Museums 


93 


Anacostia  Neighborhood 
Museum 


During  1986,  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  fea- 
tured the  exhibition  The  Renaissance:  Black  Arts  of  the 
Twenties.  Public  programming  in  support  of  this  exhibi- 
tion included  special  performances  by  the  D.C.  Youth 
Ensemble,  actor  William  Marshal,  and  puppeteer 
Schroeder  Cherry.  Lectures  by  historian  David  Levering 
Lewis,  Washington  Post  columnist  Dorothy  Gilliam,  and 
Renaissance  artist/illustrator  Prentiss  Taylor  were  also 
presented.  A  workshop  designed  to  help  teachers  and 
members  of  the  community  plan  Black  history  programs 
was  presented,  and  a  five-day  seminar  on  Black  arts  of 
the  192.0s  for  area  elementary  and  secondary  teachers 
was  offered  for  credit.  In  addition,  the  Smithsonian's  Of- 
fice of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  supported 
programs  on  "Langston  Hughes,"  "From  These  Roots," 
"The  Cotton  Club,"  and  "The  Creation."  With  the 
Smithsonian's  Office  of  Museum  Programs,  the  museum 
produced  Race  Movies:  Popular  Art  of  the  Renaissance, 
which  received  a  National  Association  of  Government 
Communicators'  Golden  Screen  Award. 

Research,  begun  in  1985,  continued  for  the  upcoming 
exhibitions:  Climbing  Jacob's  Ladder:  The  Development 
of  the  Black  Church,  1740-1877,  and  Hidden  Contribu- 
tors: Black  Innovators  and  Inventors,  which  entailed 
travel  to  major  respositories  and  historical  societies  to 
locate  artifacts,  working  models,  memorabilia,  and  vi- 
sual images  of  the  inventors. 

The  exterior  of  the  Anacostia  Museum  Annex  was 
completed  during  1986.  Interior  finishing  will  take  place 
during  early  1987,  and  staff  housed  at  the  old  Carver 
Theater  will  move  into  the  new  Fort  Stanton  facility 
later  in  1987.  The  facility  will  provide  much  needed 
space  for  the  education  staff,  an  exhibition  hall,  and 
other  public  spaces. 


r 


THE  R 


AMCE 


BLACK  ARTS   OF    THE   TWEMT 


Filming  a  public  service  announcement  for  an  Anacostia  Neigh- 
borhood Museum  exhibition,  Mercer  Ellington,  son  of  the  late 
Edward  "Duke"  Ellington,  is  seen  with  the  sculpture  Ethiopia 
Awakening  by  Meta  Warick  Fuller. 


94 


Archives  of  American  Art 


The  Archives  of  American  Art  made  substantial  progress 
in  strengthening  its  collections  and  improving  its  service 
to  scholarship  in  fiscal  year  1986.  New  collections  of  cor- 
respondence, photographs,  and  other  records  reflect 
most  of  the  twentieth  century  and  portions  of  the  nine- 
teenth century. 

The  largest  acquisition  in  1986 — fifty  cartons  of  the 
business  and  exhibition  files  of  the  Midtown  Gallery  in 
New  York — includes  hundreds  of  letters  to  and  from 
such  prominent  artists  as  Isabel  Bishop,  Paul  Cadmus, 
Philip  Guston,  and  Waldo  Peirce.  A  single,  slim  exceed- 
ingly rare  volume  of  satiric  and  slightly  off-color  verse 
about  Rockwell  Kent  is  also  a  Peirce  item;  bound  in  the 
volume  are  a  Kent  lithograph  and  a  Peirce  watercolor. 
Among  other  important  collections  added  to  the 
Archives'  holdings  are  the  records  of  the  Robert  Carlen 
Gallery  in  Philadelphia;  a  vivid  diary  kept  chiefly  in  the 
1920s  by  the  New  York  artist  James  Britton,  together 
with  sketchbooks  and  his  lengthy  reminiscences;  manu- 
script writings  of  the  influential  painter  John  Graham; 
and  large  groups  of  the  papers  of  Arthur  Carles,  Joseph 
Cornell,  Hugo  Gellert,  Morris  Louis,  Perry  Rathbone, 
and  Aline  Meyer  Liebman,  who  conducted  prolific  corre- 
spondence with  Alfred  Stieglitz  and,  to  a  lesser  extent, 
with  Ansel  Adams,  Thomas  Hart  Benton,  John  Marin, 
and  Georgia  O'Keeffe.  A  more  unusual  collection,  do- 
nated by  the  Whitney  Museum,  consists  of  950  sketches 
by  Reginald  Marsh,  to  be  added  to  the  Marsh  papers 
already  at  hand. 

The  Archives'  collecting  projects  in  Philadelphia  and 
Chicago  also  moved  forward  with  productive  results. 
Surveys  of  art-related  records  in  the  libraries,  museums, 
and  historical  societies  of  both  cities  are  now  completed, 
and  the  search  for  privately  held  collections  of  papers  is 
well  under  way.  In  fiscal  year  1986  the  Archives  received 
thirty-five  rolls  of  film  representing  selected  materials 
identified  in  the  Philadelphia  project  and  several  addi- 
tional groups. 

Thirty-two  hundred  research  visits  to  the  Archives  by 
curators,  Smithsonian  fellows,  graduate  students,  and 
other  researchers  show  that  the  field  of  art  history  is 
thriving.  The  rate  of  publication,  based  on  Archives 
sources,  remained  high  in  1986.  New  work  on  American 
regionalism,  abstract  expressionism,  Boston  painters,  art 
in  the  Southwest,  New  Deal  art,  early  American  modern- 
ism, and  documentary  photography  leaned  heavily  on 
the  collections,  as  did  biographies  of  Benjamin  West, 
John  Singer  Sargent,  Jacob  Lawrence,  Ernest  Flagg,  and 
John  Steuart  Curry  and  large-scale  exhibitions  of  works 


of  David  Smith,  Diego  Rivera,  John  Frazee,  and  Hiram 
Powers. 

New  cataloguing  procedures  were  implemented  in  1986 
to  take  advantage  of  computer  technology.  Detailed  in- 
formation on  all  incoming  collections  is  now  entered  in 
the  Smithsonian  mainframe  computer  and  can  be  called 
up  by  researchers  at  each  of  the  six  regional  centers.  The 
inventory,  one-third  completed,  of  the  Archives'  75,000 
works  of  art  on  paper  is  also  available  through  the  same 
means. 


John  Graham  (left)  and  Arshile  Gorky  are  shown  in  this  photo- 
graph, circa  1934,  from  the  John  Graham  Papers  in  the  Archives 
of  American  Art. 


95 


i-f)   \t      ..:--^^-* 


96 


Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  and 
Freer  Gallery  of  Art 


A  yearlong  effort  culminated  in  the  Smithsonian's  pur- 
chase of  the  finest  existing  collection  of  Persian  and  In- 
dian paintings  and  manuscripts  for  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Gallery.  This  collection,  its  whereabouts 
unknown  since  World  War  II,  was  assembled  between 
1900  and  1943  by  Henri  Vever,  a  Parisian  jeweler.  It  in- 
cludes approximately  five  hundred  manuscripts,  paint- 
ings, calligraphies,  and  book  bindings,  and  represents  a 
comprehensive  survey  of  the  art  of  the  Persian  book. 

Preparations  for  the  opening  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler 
Gallery  called  forth  a  major  effort  from  the  staff  that 
serves  both  the  Sackler  and  the  Freer.  Among  the  thirty 
new  staff  members  is  Kyoichi  Ito,  from  Japan,  who 
works  in  the  traditional  Oriental  Art  Restoration  Studio. 

Conservation  staffs,  under  W.  T.  Chase  III  and  Ryo 
Nishiumi,  spent  1986  preparing  the  Sackler  collections 
for  public  viewing.  A  major  installation  plan  for  the 
1,000  objects  was  produced  by  the  design  and  installa- 
tion staff  under  head  exhibition  designer  Patrick  Sears. 

Professor  James  L.  Wescoat,  from  the  University  of 
Chicago  Department  of  Geography,  completed  his  first 
summer  at  the  center  under  a  Smithsonian-Rockefeller 
Foundation  Residency  in  the  Humanities.  Dr.  Wescoat's 
research  will  lead  to  an  exhibition  on  Mughal  gardens. 

In  1986,  Wheeler  Thackston,  an  instructor  at  Harvard 
University,  was  awarded  a  Rockefeller  residency  to  begin 
in  spring  1987.  Dr.  Thackston  will  be  studying  Timurid 
inscriptions  on  paintings  in  the  Freer  and  Sackler. 

The  Edward  Waldo  Forbes  Fund — an  endowment  to 
further  scientific  study  of  the  care,  conservation,  and 
protection  of  works  of  art — was  established  by  the  be- 
quest of  the  late  John  S.  Thacher,  former  director  of 
Dumbarton  Oaks  and  founding  member  of  the  Freer 
Visiting  Committee.  The  fund  was  named  in  memory  of 
the  late  conservation  pioneer  and  director  of  the  Fogg 
Art  Museum.  The  bequest  will  allow  for  the  training  of 
conservators  from  museums  in  Asia. 


Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery 

His  Highness  Prince  Sadruddin  Aga  Khan,  former  com- 
missioner of  refugees  at  the  United  Nations  and  a  noted 


collector  of  Islamic  art,  was  among  those  who  gathered 
May  19  for  the  first  meeting  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler 
Gallery  Visiting  Committee,  an  advisory  group  to  the 
Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian.  Other  members  of  the 
committee  are  Charles  Blitzer,  director  of  the  National 
Humanities  Center;  Professor  Kwang-chih  Chang  of 
Harvard  University;  Cynthia  Helms,  a  Washington 
writer;  Porter  McCray,  former  head  of  the  JDR  III  Fund; 
George  McGhee,  former  American  ambassador  to  Tur- 
key; Henry  Millon,  dean  of  the  Center  for  Advanced 
Studies  in  the  Visual  Arts  of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art; 
Congressman  Norman  Y.  Mineta  (D-California);  Cyn- 
thia Polsky,  distinguished  collector  of  South  Asian  art; 
Professor  Edith  Porada  of  Columbia  University;  Gillian 
Sackler,  president  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Foundation 
for  the  Arts,  Sciences,  and  Humanities;  Professor 
Yoshiaki  Shimizu  of  Princeton  University;  Professor 
Seymour  Slive  of  Harvard;  and  Michael  Sonnenreich,  a 
director  and  the  legal  counsel  for  the  Sackler  Founda- 
tion. 

The  final  major  shipment  of  Sackler  objects  for  the 
permanent  collection  arrived  in  late  July,  and  a  group  of 
twenty-three  ancient  Near  Eastern  objects  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  Sackler  from  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden.  The  gallery  also  received  its  first  gift 
from  a  living  Japanese  artist,  a  series  of  six  woodblock 
prints  by  Fumio  Kitaoka.  Six  other  contemporary  Japa- 
nese woodblock  prints,  gifts  of  Donna  Saunders  of  Ports- 
mouth, New  Hampshire,  and  a  contemporary  ceramic 
jar  from  the  MYC  of  Tokyo  (a  cultural  exchange  insti- 
tute) were  also  added  to  the  Japanese  collection.  An  im- 
portant Kalpasutra  manuscript  from  western  India  dated 
1411  was  given  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Page  of  San 
Francisco. 

Staff  members  explored  possibilities  for  future  exhibi- 
tions exchanges  with  Nobuyoshi  Yamamoto  and  Yuichi 
Hiroi,  director  and  assistant  director,  respectively,  of  the 
Fine  Arts  Division  of  the  Japanese  Agency  for  Cultural 
Affairs;  Hayato  Ogo,  assistant  director  of  the  Exhibi- 
tions Division  of  the  Japan  Foundation;  Masao  Ito,  dep- 
uty director  of  the  New  York  office  of  the  Japan  Founda- 
tion; and  Makato  Hinei,  a  cultural  officer  of  the 
Embassy  of  Japan. 


This  sixteenth-century  page  comes  from  an  album  thought  to 
have  been  assembled  for  the  Mughal  emperor,  Shah  Jahan 
(reigned  162.8-57).  It  was  included  in  the  Islamic  section  of  the 
first  major  cross-cultural  exhibition  of  calligraphy  at  the  Freer 
Gallery  of  Art,  From  Concept  to  Context:  Approaches  to  Asian 
and  Islamic  Calligraphy. 


Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

The  curatorial  staff  introduced  the  public  to  the  growing 
collection  of  the  art  of  writing  in  a  major  cross-cultural 
exhibition  and  publication,  From  Concept  to  Context: 


97 


Approaches  to  Asian  and  Islamic  Calligraphy,  which 
opened  on  July  29. 

The  exhibition  was  the  museum's  first  comprehensive 
look  at  an  art  which,  in  Asia  and  the  Near  East,  is  con- 
sidered to  represent  the  pinnacle  of  creative  achievement. 
The  165-page  catalogue  was  written  by  the  three  exhibi- 
tion organizers:  Dr.  Shen  Fu,  curator  of  Chinese  art,  Dr. 
Glenn  Lowry,  curator  of  Near  Eastern  art,  and  Ann  Yon- 
emura,  assistant  curator  of  Japanese  art.  The  exhibition 
was  planned  to  coincide  with  the  Twenty-Sixth  Interna- 
tional Congress  of  the  History  of  Art  held  in  Washing- 
ton. 

Japanese  exhibitions  in  the  past  year  included  the  fol- 
lowing. Meisho-e  and  Screens  of  Landscapes  and  Fa- 
mous Places  both  featured  representations  of  well-known 
Japanese  landmarks.  Scholar-Painters  of  the  Nanga 
School  featured  a  group  of  eighteenth-  and  nineteenth- 
century  artists  who  admired  and  emulated  the  qualities 
of  Chinese  painting.  Garden  Potteries  and  Official  Kilns: 
Clan-sponsored  Ceramics  in  the  Edo  Period  included 
thirty-eight  ceramic  objects  made  under  the  direct  spon- 
sorship of  feudal  lords.  And  Literary  Themes  in  Japanese 
Art  illustrated  interpretations  of  themes  from  Japanese 
literature. 

Chinese  Bird  and  Flower  Paintings  featured  subject 
matter  favored  by  Chinese  artists  through  many  centu- 
ries. 

Wonders  of  Creation,  Oddities  of  Existence:  An  Exhi- 
bition in  Celebration  of  Halley's  Comet  offered  opportu- 
nities to  examine  Near  Eastern  attitudes  toward  the  cos- 
mos from  the  thirteenth  through  the  eighteenth  centuries. 

The  Gods  of  Indian  Asia  included  sculptural  and 
painted  images  of  Buddhist  and  Hindu  deities  from  the 
Indian  subcontinent  and  Indonesia. 

Exhibitions  from  the  American  collection  included  Ar- 
rangement in  Yellow  and  Gold,  a  selection  of  works  by 
James  McNeill  Whistler,  and  nineteen  paintings  by 
Thomas  Wilmer  Dewing. 

Among  the  lectures  in  the  thirty-third  annual  series 
was  the  John  A.  Pope  Memorial  Lecture,  "Sixteenth- 
Century  Ogama  Ceramics  from  Seto  and  Mino,"  by 
Rupert  Faulkner  of  the  Victoria  and  Albert  Museum, 
London.  Other  lectures  included  "Life  in  Ancient  Japan: 
Treasures  from  Recent  Excavations,"  cosponsored  with 
the  Embassy  of  Japan  and  delivered  by  Richard  Pearson 
of  the  University  of  British  Columbia,  and  the  Ruther- 
ford J.  Gettens  Memorial  Lecture,  "East  and  West:  Cli- 
mates for  Oriental  Art,"  by  Robert  M.  Organ,  former 
director  of  the  Smithsonian  Conservation  Analytical  Lab- 
oratory. 


Notable  additions  to  the  permanent  collection  included 
three  works  of  Japanese  calligraphy;  a  Chinese  pottery 
ewer  from  the  Warring  States  period  (481-221  B.C.)  given 
by  Dr.  James  D.  and  Mrs.  Ann  S.  Ling  of  Potomac, 
Maryland;  a  nineteenth-century  Chinese  wooden  bird- 
cage with  twenty-nine  accessories  in  lacquer  and 
ceramic,  a  gift  in  memory  of  Isabelle  Ingram  Mayer  from 
Robert  H.  Ellsworth  of  New  York  City;  Chinese  and 
Japanese  ceramics  and  Chinese  lacquer  from  Elizabeth 
Gordon  Norcross  of  Adamstown,  Maryland;  and  a  gift 
of  Chinese  K'ang  Hsi  period  (1662-1722)  blue-and-white 
porcelains  for  the  Peacock  Room  from  the  Mary  Living- 
ston Griggs  and  Mary  Griggs  Burke  Foundation. 

Among  the  purchases  made  in  1986  were  a  Shang  dy- 
nasty Chinese  bronze  vessel  of  the  chiieh  type  from  the 
first-half  of  the  second  millennium  B.C.;  two  eighteenth- 
century  Rajput  paintings  from  India;  four  examples  of 
Chinese  calligraphy;  and  a  sixteenth-century  Chinese  in- 
laid lacquer  tray. 

The  Boston  architectural  firm  of  Shepley,  Bulfinch, 
Richardson  and  Abbott  continued  to  work  toward  a  de- 
sign that  will  eventually  link  the  Freer  with  the  Arthur 
M.  Sackler  Gallery  and  expand  and  renovate  the  techni- 
cal laboratory,  exhibitions  space,  and  collections  storage 
at  the  Freer. 


98 


Conservation  Analytical 
Laboratory 


Concerned  with  all  aspects  of  the  conservation,  technical 
study,  and  analysis  of  museum  objects  and  related  mate- 
rials, the  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory  (CAL)  op- 
erates interrelated  programs  in  archaeometry,  conserva- 
tion science,  conservation  treatment,  and  conservation 
training  and  information.  While  research  and  develop- 
ment activities  are  emphasized,  CAL  also  provides  advice 
and  assistance  to  museum  professionals  in  the  Institution 
and  outside  museums,  as  well  as  information  to  the  gen- 
eral public. 

In  the  archaeometry  program,  the  highly  successful 
results  obtained  in  the  two  major  projects  for  long-term 
concentration  of  archaeological  research  were  gratifying. 
The  study  of  yellow  firing  Hopi  ceramics  made  great 
progress,  and  the  results  have  attracted  a  sizable  number 
of  requests  for  collaborative  projects  in  American  South- 
west archaeology.  Similarly,  the  work  on  ceramics  from 
the  Helmand  and  Indus  Valley  civilizations  was  so  suc- 
cessful that  Italian  and  French  archaeologists  working  on 
this  subject  in  this  Middle  Eastern  area  have  expressed 
the  wish  for  further  formalized  cooperative 
arrangements. 

For  these  projects  and  a  number  of  other  ceramics 
provenance  studies,  including  the  ongoing  work  on 
Spanish  and  American  majolica,  a  total  of  1,400  trace 
element  characterizations,  using  neutron  activation  ana- 
lysis, were  performed  at  the  CAL  facility  at  the  National 
Bureau  of  Standards  (NBS)  research  reactor.  The  collab- 
orative program  with  NBS  on  lead  isotope  analysis  con- 
centrated on  Chinese  bronze  vessels  from  the  Sackler  col- 
lection. Analyses  performed  on  185  vessels  from  the 
Shang  and  Zhou  periods  yielded  highly  interesting  results 
which  were  reported  at  a  conference  in  China  in  fall 
1986.  Another  collaborative  project  with  NBS,  the  auto- 
radiography of  paintings,  continued  studying  works  by 
Thomas  W.  Dewing,  while  a  new  study  of  the  oeuvre  of 
Albert  P.  Ryder  was  started.  Another  new  project  got 
under  way  in  which  CAL's  excellent  facilities  for  organic 
chemical  analysis  are  utilized  for  the  characterization  and 
identification  of  natural  resins  used  in  Southeast  Asia  on 
ethnographic  artifacts.  Studies  on  ancient  and  historic 
technologies  concentrated  on  a  variety  of  subjects,  in- 
cluding Korean  celadons  and  Chinese  red  glazes,  Islamic 
frit  wares,  Neolithic  plasters  from  the  Middle  East,  In- 
dian bronze  mirrors,  and  seventeenth-  and  eighteenth- 
century  music  wire. 

Postdoctoral  fellows  in  materials  analysis  studied  the 
developments  in  ironworking  technology  in  Britain  dur- 
ing the  Roman  period,  and  the  composition  and  technol- 
ogy of  western  Mediterranean  Islamic  ceramics.  The 


The  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory's  special  facility  at  the 
National  Bureau  of  Standards  research  reactor  is  used  for 
neutron-activated  autoradiography  of  paintings. 


Smithsonian  Archaeometry  Research  Collections  and 
Records  data  base  continued  to  be  developed  but  already 
proved  its  great  utility  for  archaeological  research 
through  the  number  of  short-  and  long-term  visitors  who 
come  to  work  with  it.  A  week-long  workshop  at  CAL  of 
Costa  Rican  and  American  anthropologists — centered 
around  investigations  of  ceramic  production  and  distri- 
bution in  the  Greater  Nicoya  area  of  Costa  Rica — 
proved  highly  successful  because  of  the  immediate  avail- 
ability of  the  research  data  base. 

In  conservation  science,  an  important  initiative  was 
the  joint  project — with  the  Getty  Conservation  Institute 
and  the  Canadian  Conservation  Institute — on  the  effects 
of  fumigants,  commonly  used  for  insect  control,  on  the 
materials  of  museum  objects.  Another  new  study  investi- 
gates the  validity  of  accelerated  aging  of  paper,  often 
used  in  studies  of  relative  stabilities  of  different  papers  or 
the  long-term  effects  of  certain  conservation  treatments. 
Studies  of  heat  and  moisture  transport  in  the  walls  of 
various  museum  buildings  continued  to  yield  increased 
understanding  of  the  interaction  between  climate  control 
installations  and  the  stability  of  building  fabrics.  The 
first  phase  of  a  project  exploring  the  humidity-induced 
dimensional  changes  in  woodwind  instruments  during 
playing  was  completed;  it  is  expected  that  possible  pre- 
ventive measures  will  be  investigated  next.  Research  con- 


99 


Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 


tinued  on  the  effects  of  washing  treatments  of  aged  pa- 
pers and  on  the  effects  of  light  bleaching  of  discolored 
paper  under  various  conditions.  Other  research  included 
the  effects  of  weighting  of  silk  and  the  removal  of  latex 
backings  from  carpets.  In  support  of  conservation  in 
Smithsonian  museums  and  bureaus,  a  number  of  small 
projects  were  undertaken  to  identify  materials  or  deterio- 
ration products  and  to  advise  on  the  suitability  of  mod- 
ern materials  for  use  in  storage  or  exhibition.  In  the  con- 
servation treatment  program,  work  on  a  number  of 
diverse  objects  from  Smithsonian  collections  not  only 
served  to  support  conservation  efforts  around  the  Institu- 
tion, but  often  involved  the  development  and  experimen- 
tal application  of  new  treatment  techniques.  Of  special 
interest  is  the  work  on  the  consolidation,  excavation, 
and  restoration  of  a  group  of  Neolithic  plaster  statues 
from  Jordan,  and  the  on-site  support  extended  to  the 
archaeological  team  working  at  the  important  site  of 
Harappa. 

CAL's  conservation  training  program  saw  the  success- 
ful implementation  of  a  new  initiative  to  train  furniture 
conservators  in  a  program  combining  intensive  course 
work  and  home  study.  Of  the  seventy-five  craftspeople 
who  applied  for  the  first  class,  seven  were  selected  and 
are  expected  to  be  graduated  after  four  years  of  study. 
The  series  of  advanced  specialist  courses  was  continued, 
with  courses  on  such  subjects  as  analysis  of  historic  tex- 
tile dyes,  conservation  of  carved  wooden  surfaces,  and 
insect  control  in  textile  collections.  CAL  also  continued 
to  host  conservation  interns  at  various  levels  of  training 
and  experience.  A  number  of  these  interns  came  from 
other  countries,  including  Canada,  Belgium,  West  Ger- 
many, and  Venezuela.  The  public  conservation  informa- 
tion program  answered  about  thirty  inquiries  per  week 
from  conservation  professionals  from  other  institutions 
and  from  the  general  public.  The  present  effort  of  trans- 
ferring CAL's  information  files  into  the  international 
Conservation  Information  Network,  which  will  allow  the 
laboratory  on-line  access  to  this  new  specialized  data 
base,  is  part  of  a  collaborative  project  with  the  Getty 
Conservation  Institute  and  the  Canadian  Heritage  Infor- 
mation Network. 


October  6,  1986,  marked  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the 
Cooper-Hewitt's  rebirth  as  the  Smithsonian's  National 
Museum  of  Design.  Acquired  by  the  Smithsonian  in 
1967,  the  world-renowned  collection  of  decorative  art 
objects,  textiles,  wall  coverings,  drawings,  and  prints 
was  made  part  of  the  Cooper  Union  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science  and  Art  in  1897. 

A  proposed  expansion  project  will  provide  critically 
needed  space  for  program  offerings.  Hardy  Holzman 
Pfeiffer  Associates,  the  architectural  firm  that  restored 
the  Carnegie  Mansion,  which  houses  the  Cooper-Hewitt, 
was  selected  for  the  expansion  project.  The  National 
Campaign  Committee,  started  last  year  as  part  of  the 
expansion  project,  has  increased  in  size.  And  the  Profes- 
sional Committee — which  includes  such  leading  designers 
and  architects  as  Mario  Buatta,  Mary  McFadden,  Rich- 
ard Meier,  and  Leila  Vignelli — has  also  pledged  its  ef- 
forts to  the  expansion  project. 

Golden  Eye:  An  International  Tribute  to  the  Artisans 
of  India,  a  major  component  of  the  yearlong  Festival  of 
India,  brought  to  this  museum  objects  designed  by  eleven 
Western  designers  and  crafted  by  artisans  in  India.  Other 
exhibitions  with  an  international  dimension  were  The 
Modern  Spirit:  Glass  from  Finland;  Toys  from  the  Nu- 
remberg Spielzeug  Museum;  Treasures  from  Hungary: 
Gold  and  Silver  from  the  Ninth  to  the  Nineteenth  Cen- 
tury; and  Memphis/ Milano,  featuring  the  design  style 
developed  by  a  consortium  of  international  designers 
who  call  themselves  "Memphis." 

Several  exhibitions  provided  a  setting  for  objects  in  the 
museum's  collections.  Items  for  travel  were  included  in 
Bon  Voyage:  Designs  for  Travel.  Playing  Cards,  which 
presented  a  historical  overview  of  the  subject,  and  Ad- 
vertising America  both  drew  heavily  upon  the  collection. 
The  Cooper-Hewitt  premiered  the  first  exhibition  ever 
devoted  to  the  life  and  work  of  one  of  modern  ballet's 
most  creative  women,  the  Russian-born  Bronislava 
Nijinska.  And  Embroidered  Ship  Portraits,  the  first  ma- 
jor American  exhibition  to  feature  this  nineteenth- 
century  folk  art,  was  planned  as  a  tribute  to  the  tall 
ships  participating  in  the  Statue  of  Liberty  centennial 
celebration. 

The  J.  M.  Kaplan  Foundation  gave  $100,000  to  help 
underwrite  museum  publications  on  architecture.  Two 
new  titles  were  added  to  the  Cooper-Hewitt's  bibliogra- 


The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum's  Great  Hall  was  transformed  into 
an  Indian  "street"  by  Sir  Hugh  Casson  with  Rajeev  Sethi  for  the 
exhibition  Golden  Eve:  An  International  Tribute  to  the  Artisans 
of  India. 


100 


phy:  the  exhibition  catalogue  Bon  Voyage:  Designs  for 
Travel  and  Theater  Designs  in  the  Collection  of  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum,  bringing  to  twenty-one  the 
number  of  titles  in  this  series  on  the  museum's  major  col- 
lections. The  Amsterdam  School:  Dutch  Expressionist 
Architecture,  1915-1930,  published  by  MIT  Press,  was 
also  issued  in  German  by  Deutsche  Verlags-Anstalt.  In 
addition,  the  museum  collaborated  with  the  Hungarian 
National  Museum  and  the  Nuremberg  Spielzeug  Mu- 
seum in  the  preparation  of  publications  for  Treasures  of 
Hungary:  Gold  and  Silver  from  the  Ninth  to  Nineteenth 
Century  and  Toys  from  the  Nuremberg  Spielzeug  Mu- 
seum. The  museum's  fifteen-volume  Illustrated  Library  of 
Antiques  continued  to  sell  well  through  the  Book-of-the- 
Month  Club,  and  two  books  from  the  Immovable  Ob- 
jects series,  Cities  and  Urban  Open  Spaces,  have  become 
standard  reading  in  architecture  and  urban  studies  pro- 
grams in  American  and  foreign  universities.  The  New 


102 


York  State  Conservation  Consultancy,  which  was  estab- 
lished at  the  Cooper-Hewitt  with  a  grant  from  the  New 
York  State  Council  on  the  Arts,  continues  to  publish  bul- 
letins on  the  care  of  collections  of  fine  and  decorative 
arts. 

The  museum's  Masters  Degree  Program,  which  gradu- 
ated its  third  class  this  spring,  is  the  only  museum  pro- 
gram in  the  world  to  train  young  professionals  in  the 
study  of  European  decorative  arts.  One  former  student, 
an  assistant  curator  of  American  art  at  the  Philadelphia 
Museum  of  Art,  had  an  expanded  version  of  her  master's 
thesis  published  by  the  University  Press  of  Virginia  in 
fall  1986.  The  Helena  Rubinstein  Foundation  again  pro- 
vided $10,000  for  scholarships. 

The  museum  continued  to  offer  courses  for  college 
credit  through  Parsons  School  of  Design /The  New 
School  and  classes  and  workshops  for  the  general  public. 
More  than  ninety  lectures,  weekend  seminars,  walking 
tours,  and  workshops  were  offered  on  topics  such  as  En- 
glish decorative  arts,  great  American  cities,  and  design  in 
the  1950s.  More  than  thirty  interns  were  trained  in  al- 
most every  department  of  the  museum.  The  Sidney  and 
Celia  Siegel  Fellowship  program  sponsored  five  paid  in- 
terns, and  a  grant  from  the  New  York  State  Council  on 
the  Arts  paid  for  a  ten-month  intern  in  the  textile  conser- 
vation department.  Smithsonian  funds  made  a  minority 
intern  position  possible. 

Major  acquisitions  this  past  year  included  the  Robert 
L.  Metzenberg  collection  of  283  pieces  of  antique  cutlery 
dating  from  the  sixteenth  through  the  nineteenth  centu- 
ries, and  a  framed  classical  garden  watercolor  by  the 
Dutch  landscape  artist  Isaac  de  Moucheron,  a  gift  of 
Mrs.  Christian  Aall  through  the  Port  Royal  Foundation. 
The  museum  also  purchased  a  "Carlton"  sideboard  de- 
signed by  the  Memphis  artist  Ettore  Sottsass,  Jr.  Pro- 
ceeds from  the  Decorative  Arts  Committee's  benefit  din- 
ner for  Mrs.  Henry  Parish  II  allowed  the  purchase  of 
two  wallpaper  sample  books  used  originally  by  French 
firms  in  the  1820s. 

During  the  past  year,  a  series  of  think-tank  conferences 
was  held  with  prominent  design  professionals  to  discuss 
issues  of  both  theoretical  and  practical  significance  to  the 
museum.  Plans  for  further  conferences  are  under  way  as 
the  Cooper-Hewitt  looks  ahead  to  an  exciting  future. 


The  Scottish  thistle  was  used  as  the  inspiration  for  this  commem- 
orative gilt-bronze  goblet  made  for  Andrew  Carnegie  by  Tiffany 
and  Company,  circa  1907.  The  goblet  was  added  to  the  Cooper- 
Hewitt  Collection,  now  housed  in  a  building  that  was  once 
Andrew  Carnegie's  home. 


Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden 


The  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  a  major 
museum  of  modern  and  contemporary  art,  maintained 
an  active  exhibition  schedule  and  acquisitions  program 
this  fiscal  year.  Related  films,  lectures,  concerts,  sympo- 
sia, tours,  and  other  educational  activities  supported 
these  programs.  The  museum's  departments  of  conserva- 
tion, registration,  photography,  and  the  reference  library 
continued  to  offer  technical  support  to  staff  and  schol- 
ars. 

The  first  major  exhibition  of  this  fiscal  year,  A  New 
Romanticism:  Sixteen  Artists  from  Italy,  October  3, 
1985-January  5,  1986,  was  organized  by  former  curator 
Howard  N.  Fox.  The  exhibition  was  the  first  in  America 
to  focus  on  the  romantic,  spiritual  impulse  of  recent  Ital- 
ian art  and  featured  works  by  sixteen  artists.  (Tour: 
Akron  Art  Museum,  Ohio,  January  28-April  6,  1986.) 
Selections  from  the  Collection  of  Marion  and  Gustave 
Ring,  October  17,  1985-January  12,  1986,  consisted  of 
fifty  works  from  the  collection  of  these  longtime  friends 
of  the  museum,  both  of  whom  died  in  1983.  Among  Eu- 
ropean modernists  represented  in  the  exhibition  were 
Ernst  Barlach,  Edgar  Degas,  Henri  Matisse,  Giorgio 
Morandi,  Max  Pechstein,  Odilon  Redon,  and  Edouard 
Vuillard.  Such  American  masters  as  Milton  Avery,  Stuart 
Davis,  Richard  Diebenkorn,  and  Adolph  Gottlieb  were 
also  represented. 

Directions  1986,  February  6-March  30,  1986,  was  the 
fourth  in  a  series  of  group  shows  initiated  by  the  mu- 
seum in  1979  to  focus  on  common  concerns,  attitudes,  or 
stylistic  developments  in  contemporary  art.  Curator 
Phyllis  Rosenzweig  chose  thirty-six  works  organized  into 
two  sections:  "Painting  into  Nature,"  with  works  by 
Alice  Fellows,  Peter  Fleps,  Melissa  Miller,  and  Yolanda 
Shashaty;  and  "Toward  the  Baroque,"  in  which  Robert 
Morris,  Hope  Sandrow,  Frank  Stella,  and  James  Turrell 
were  represented.  Robert  Arneson:  A  Retrospective, 
April  30-July  6,  1986,  organized  by  the  Des  Moines  Art 
Center,  was  the  California  sculptor's  first  major  museum 
show  on  the  East  Coast.  The  seventy  works  in  the  exhi- 
bition documented  the  artist's  career — from  early  humor- 
ous pieces  to  current  works  in  which  the  theme  is  nu- 
clear war.  The  original  exhibition  and  national  tour  were 
supported  by  grants  from  the  Anna  K.  Meredith  Endow- 
ment Fund,  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Arts,  and 
John  and  Mary  Pappajohn.  Selections  from  the  Joseph 
H.  Hirshhorn  Bequest,  August  7-November  16,  1986, 
was  chosen  from  the  more  than  5,300  objects  bequeathed 
to  the  museum  by  Mr.  Hirshhorn  in  1981.  The  eighty- 
five  paintings  and  sculptures  and  fifty-three  works  on 
paper  included  pieces  by  such  European  and  American 


Among  the  notable  acquisitions  of  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  this 
year  was  Jean  Dubuffet's  Hunt  for  the  Two-Homed  Creature, 
1963,  acquired  through  the  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Purchase  Fund. 


masters  as  George  Bellows,  Fernando  Botero,  Mary  Cas- 
satt,  Willem  de  Kooning,  Arshile  Gorky,  Joan  Miro, 
Henry  Moore,  Malcolm  Morley,  Georgia  O'Keeffe,  Pa- 
blo Picasso,  and  Gino  Severini. 

Smaller  exhibitions  included  Relief  Sculpture:  Selec- 
tions from  the  Museum's  Collection,  January  28-April 
13,  1986,  organized  by  Judith  Zilczer,  associate  curator. 
Frank  Gettings,  curator  of  prints  and  drawings,  orga- 
nized two  shows:  Fantasies  and  Allegories:  Prints  and 
Drawings  from  the  Museum's  Collection,  December  11, 
1985-March  26,  1986;  and  Interiors:  Prints  and  Drawings 
from  the  Museum's  Collection,  March  26-July  28,  1986. 
Mr.  Gettings  also  organized  two  small  shows  of  works 
on  paper  from  the  museum's  collection  for  the  Smithson- 
ian Castle.  Surrealist  Art:  Selections  from  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  an  exhibition  of  fifty- 
seven  works  chosen  by  Valerie  Fletcher,  associate  curator, 
was  organized  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service  for  a  national  tour  through  March 
1987.  A  catalogue  with  an  essay  by  Ms.  Fletcher  accom- 
panied the  show. 

In  addition  to  creating  its  own  exhibitions,  the  mu- 
seum also  lent  192  objects  to  fifty-seven  institutions  this 
fiscal  year.  Among  the  works  lent  were  four  paintings  by 
Franz  Kline  to  the  Cincinnati  Art  Musem  for  The  Vital 
Gesture:  Franz  Kline  in  Retrospect;  four  works  by  Jacob 


103 


Early  in  1986,  after  the  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Bequest  brought 
eleven  duplicate  sculptures  to  the  Hirshhorn  Museum's  perma- 
nent collection,  these  two  casts  of  Henry  Moore's  Seated  Figure, 
1956-57,  were  photographed  side  by  side  in  the  museum's  sculp- 
ture garden.  The  work  in  the  background  was  later  offered  for 
sale. 


Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  partially 
funded  a  two-day  symposium  for  docents,  "Pulse:  A  Prac- 
ticum  on  Current  Ideas  and  Approaches  in  Museum  Ed- 
ucation." "Currents,"  a  seminar  for  high  school  juniors 
from  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area,  was  initiated.  Its  first 
focus  was  A  New  Romanticism,  the  Italian  painting  ex- 
hibition; the  second  session  was  devoted  to  the  Robert 
Arneson  retrospective.  The  summer  intern  program  con- 
tinued with  three  undergraduate  students.  Regularly 
scheduled  free  films  about  artists,  films  by  artist- 
filmmakers,  and  a  special  program  of  films  for  young 
people  were  vital  aspects  of  the  museum's  outreach  to 
the  public. 

As  part  of  an  ongoing  program  to  realign  the  late 
Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn's  private  collection  to  make  it  more 
suitable  for  a  public  institution,  the  board  of  trustees 
directed  that  thirty-five  works  of  art,  including  a  number 
of  duplicate  casts  of  sculptures,  be  sold  at  auction.  In 
accordance  with  the  original  understanding  with  Mr. 
Hirshhorn,  the  proceeds  from  these  sales  will  be  used 
solely  for  future  acquisitions. 

In  addition  to  the  works  from  Mr.  Hirshhorn's 
bequest,  which  were  accessioned  in  1986,  the  museum's 
permanent  collection  was  enriched  by  eighteen  gifts  and 
twelve  purchases.  Included  were  a  larger-than-life  ce- 
ramic bust,  Elvis,  1978,  by  Robert  Arneson;  Richard 
Diebenkorn's  painting  Berkeley  Number  11,  1954;  Jean 
Dubuffet's  The  Hunt  for  the  Two-Horned  Creature, 
1963;  Anselm  Keifer's  The  Book,  1985;  Soft  Engine  for 
Airflow,  with  Fan  and  Transmission,  1966,  the  museum's 
first  soft  sculpture  by  Claes  Oldenburg;  and  Quaqua! 
Attaccati  la!,  1985,  a  relief  painting  by  Frank  Stella. 


Lawrence  to  the  Seattle  Art  Museum  for  Jacob  Law- 
rence, American  Painter;  and  five  paintings  to  the  High 
Museum  of  Art  in  Atlanta  for  The  Advent  of  Modern- 
ism: Post-Impressionism  in  North  American  Art, 
1900-1918,  co-curated  by  Judith  Zilczer.  The  museum 
also  made  significant  loans  to  a  number  of  foreign 
shows,  including  Futurismo  e  Futurismi  at  the  Palazzo 
Grassi,  Venice;  Naivety  in  Art  at  the  Setagaya  Art  Mu- 
seum, Tokyo;  Oskar  Kokoschka  at  the  Tate  Gallery,  Lon- 
don; and  Europe-America:  The  History  of  an  Artistic 
Fascination  since  1940  at  the  Museum  Ludwig,  Cologne. 
The  education  department  continued  to  bring  the  mu- 
seum's exhibitions  and  permanent  collection  alive  for 
audiences  ranging  from  elementary  school  children  to 
senior  citizens.  With  ninety  docents,  the  department  con- 
ducted tours  for  more  than  15,000  visitors.  The  Women's 


104 


National  Air  and  Space 
Museum 


July  i,  1986,  marked  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  open- 
ing of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  (NASM). 
During  this  remarkable  decade  more  than  105  million 
people  have  visited  NASM,  making  it  the  most  popular 
museum  in  the  world.  New  research  efforts  encompass- 
ing publications,  exhibitions,  collections,  and  education 
highlight  the  contributions  of  the  museum  toward  the 
Smithsonian's  goal  to  increase  public  awareness  of  avia- 
tion and  space  exploration.  It  is  fitting  that  after  ten 
years,  the  museum  continues  to  be  a  leader  in  aviation 
and  space  historical  research. 

This  year  a  new  Program  for  the  History  of  Space  Sci- 
ence was  developed  in  cooperation  with  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  Research  staff  from  the  Office  of  the  Associ- 
ate Director  of  Research  and  the  Space  Science  and  Ex- 
ploration Department  worked  jointly  with  faculty  mem- 
bers of  Johns  Hopkins  to  document  the  history  of 
ultraviolet  astronomy.  This  included  a  major  study  of  the 
origins  of  the  Hubble  Space  Telescope,  as  well  as  devel- 
oping undergraduate  and  graduate  degree  programs  in 
the  history  of  space-related  science  and  technology.  Addi- 
tional support  was  received  from  the  National  Aeronau- 
tics and  Space  Administration  (NASA)  and  the  National 
Science  Foundation. 

Two  other  notable  programs  involving  the  history  of 
science  and  technology  were  begun.  The  Glennan-Webb- 
Seamans  Fund  for  Research  in  Space  History  was  estab- 
lished to  support  the  study  of  historical  aspects  of  the 
management,  scientific,  and  engineering  issues  associated 
with  the  development  of  the  nation's  space  program.  The 
Space  Science  and  Exploration  Department  received  sup- 
port from  the  Sloan  Foundation  for  an  exploratory  video- 
history  program  to  aid  research  and  historical  documen- 
tation programs  now  under  way  in  the  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

Dr.  Leo  Goldberg  occupied  the  Martin  Marietta  Chair 
in  Space  History.  Dr.  Goldberg  performed  detailed  his- 
torical research  into  aspects  of  his  career  with  the  inter- 
national astronomical  community,  the  Orbiting  Solar 
Observatory,  as  well  as  his  contributions  to  understand- 
ing the  physics  of  the  solar  atmosphere.  In  addition, 
Guggenheim  Postdoctoral  Fellow  Charles  Zeigler  studied 
the  history  of  cosmic  ray  physics. 

The  museum  continued  to  expand  its  role  as  an  inter- 
national center  for  study  of  the  history  of  flight  with  the 
selection  of  three  scholars  from  other  nations  to  conduct 
historical  research.  General  Pierre  Lissarrague — pilot, 
educator,  historian,  and  former  director  of  the  Musee  de 
l'Air  et  de  l'Espace  near  Paris — occupied  the  Charles  A. 
Lindbergh  Chair  of  Aerospace  History.  General  Lissar- 


rague studied  early  experimental  flight  to  learn  how 
technology  and  science  interacted  to  achieve  mechanical 
flight.  Peter  W.  Brooks  of  Great  Britain,  a  respected  au- 
thor of  several  aviation  publications  and  a  specialist  in 
analyzing  aircraft  structures  and  performance,  became 
the  first  International  Fellow.  He  researched  the  history 
of  the  autogiro  and  its  contribution  to  the  later  develop- 
ment of  the  helicopter.  Verville  Fellow  N.  Kivanc  Hur- 
turk,  who  has  worked  in  the  field  of  commercial  avia- 
tion as  a  writer  and  editor,  performed  considerable 
research  on  Turkish  aviation  from  1911  to  the  present. 


A  popular  attraction  for  visitors  to  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum  is  the  model  replica  of  the  pterodactyl  Quetzalcoatlus 
northropi,  the  largest  creature  ever  to  fly.  The  pterodactyl,  which 
lived  65  million  years  ago,  was  reconstructed  to  star  in  the  muse- 
um's new  film  On  the  Wing,  which  explores  the  history  of  flight. 


105 


Research  that  will  produce  a  history  of  the  airlines  of 
Asia  progressed  throughout  the  year.  Liaison  with  Chi- 
nese authorities  continued  in  the  development  of  a  coop- 
erative program  to  produce  a  book  on  the  history  of  air 
transport  in  China. 

At  NASM's  Center  for  Earth  and  Planetary  Studies 
(CEPS),  basic  research  on  the  use  of  remote  sensing  of 
terrestrial  and  planetary  surface  features  continued  with 
emphasis  on  desert  regions  of  Earth  and  structural  land- 
forms  on  Mars.  Analysis  of  satellite  images  of  the  west- 
ern African  country  of  Mali  concentrated  on  determining 
changes  that  took  place  in  the  region  over  a  nine-year 
period.  Analysis  of  digital  Landsat  data  for  the  Inland 
Niger  delta  region  revealed  a  significant  reduction  in  the 
area  of  surface  water.  This  research  was  documented  by 
fieldwork  and  samples  taken  in  1985. 

Investigations  using  satellite  data  of  the  hyperarid 
desert  core  in  the  western  desert  of  Egypt  and  northern 
Sudan  continued  in  1986  with  the  mapping  of  sand  sheet 
deposits  in  the  area  where  the  Space  Shuttle  Radar  Ex- 
periment revealed  buried  drainage  patterns.  The  investi- 
gations revealed  that  these  channels  were  the  last  areas 
of  human  habitation  in  the  region  and  dated  back  to  the 
Neolithic  age. 

Planetary  research  concentrated  on  several  new  ways 
for  analysis  of  Viking  orbital  data  of  Mars.  Using  indi- 
vidual images  of  the  surface  of  the  planet  taken  through 
different  wavelength  filters,  multispectral  data  were  used 
to  map  compositional  variations  on  the  planet.  Mapping 
of  structural  features  also  continued,  using  newly  devel- 
oped computer  methods  together  with  the  initiation  of  a 
new  study  of  terrestrial  analogs  of  planetary  surface  fea- 
tures in  the  Columbia  Plateau  of  Washington. 

The  research  program  progressed  with  the  publication 
of  several  new  works  by  museum  authors.  The  Aeronau- 
tics Department  continued  widely  diversified  programs  of 
research  and  writing,  producing  a  number  of  new  publi- 
cations. Gatchina  Days:  Reminiscences  of  a  Russian  Pi- 
lot, the  diary  of  Alexander  Riaboff  edited  by  Dr.  Von 
Hardesty,  provided  a  rare  look  at  the  aeronautical  scene 
in  Russia  during  the  turbulent  years  of  the  revolution 
and  civil  war.  Images  of  Flight:  The  Aviation  Photogra- 
phy of  Rudy  Arnold,  by  E.  T  Wooldridge,  offers  a  first- 
time  look  at  the  world  of  Rudy  Arnold,  one  of  the  pre- 
mier aviation  photographers  of  the  1920s  and  1940s. 
Frances  Kianka's  translation  of  A  History  of  French  Mili- 
tary Aviation,  written  by  Lindbergh  Professor  Pierre  Lis- 
sarrague  and  Charles  Christienne,  was  also  published. 

Historical  research  and  writing  continued  in  the  Space 
Science  and  Exploration  Department  in  many  areas,  in- 


cluding the  origins  of  space  science  in  the  V-2  era,  early 
scientific  satellite  proposals,  the  Apollo-Soyuz  program, 
early  meteorological  satellites,  the  evolution  of  space  suit 
technology,  and  the  planetary  science  community's  asso- 
ciation with  the  Hubble  Space  Telescope  Project.  The 
Space  Astronomy  Oral  History  Project  Catalog  was  re- 
printed. In  addition,  the  curatorial  departments  collabo- 
rated in  producing  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum 
Research  Report  1985. 

Museum  books  received  several  awards  this  year.  The 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum  Research  Report  1985 
and  United  States  Women  in  Aviation  1910-1939  received 
Awards  of  Excellence  from  the  Washington  Chapter  of 
the  Society  for  Technical  Communication  (STC);  the 
NASM  Publications  Catalog  and  Focus  on  Flight:  The 
Aviation  Photography  of  Hans  Groenhoff  received 
Awards  of  Merit  from  the  STC.  The  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum  Research  Report  198$  also  received  a 
second-place  award  from  the  National  Association  of 
Government  Communicators  in  the  1986  Blue  Pencil 
Competition. 

Another  highlight  of  a  productive  publishing  year  was 
the  launching  of  Air  &  Space /Smithsonian  magazine  in 
April.  Patterned  after  the  successful  Smithsonian  maga- 
zine and  designed  with  a  perceptible  kinship  to  the  latter, 
Air  &  Space/Smithsonian  was  designed  for  the  lay 
reader  with  a  curiosity  about  the  varied  enterprises  and 
sciences  that  relate  to  flight  in  all  its  forms. 

With  a  view  toward  exploiting  the  vast  potential  of 
the  National  Aeronautical  Collection  as  a  teaching  aid,  a 
series  of  lectures  based  on  objects  in  the  collection  were 
developed  in  cooperation  with  the  museum's  Office  of 
University  Programs.  Formal  classroom  lectures  on  avia- 
tion history  and  basic  aerodynamics,  given  by  museum 
staff  and  visiting  fellows,  will  provide  the  necessary 
background  for  students  to  understand  the  history  and 
technological  development  of  the  objects.  An  abbreviated 
course  was  conducted  in  July  1986  with  selected  mem- 
bers of  the  Wellesley  College  faculty.  A  two-week  course 
for  Wellesley  students  will  be  conducted  in  January  1987. 

The  museum  continued  its  commitment  to  cooperative 
programs  by  joining  the  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology in  a  venture  to  recreate  the  mythical  flight  of 
Daedalus  from  the  island  of  Crete  to  the  mainland  of 
Greece  with  a  man-powered  aircraft.  A  feasibility  study 
was  completed  in  April,  and  rollout  of  the  prototype  air- 
craft occurred  in  September.  The  recreation  of  the  flight 
is  anticipated  in  1987. 

Underscoring  the  importance  of  public  education 
through  exhibitions,  the  museum  opened  a  major  gallery 


106 


$  $  f 


On  November  iS,  1985,  the  Space  Shuttle  Orbiter  Enterprise  made  its  last  flight  aboard  a  747  carrier  aircraft  before  landing  at  Washing- 
ton Dulles  International  Airport.  At  a  ceremony  on  December  6,  the  Enterprise  was  officially  transferred  to  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum  collections  from  the  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration. 


and  produced  a  series  of  other  significant  displays.  Look- 
ing at  Earth  draws  on  the  expertise  of  CEPS  in  the  field 
of  remote  sensing.  This  new  gallery  illustrates  the  many 
ways  man  has  viewed  Earth,  from  cameras  carried  by 
pigeons,  to  remote  sensing  devices  carried  by  satellites. 
Major  artifacts  include  the  World  War  I  vintage  de  Havil- 
land  DH-4,  the  Lockheed  U-2,  as  well  as  TIROS  I,  the 
world's  first  weather  satellite,  and  the  GOES  meteoro- 
logical satellite.  A  smaller  complementary  exhibition. 
Earth  Views,  opened  in  the  Flight  and  the  Arts  gallery. 

An  important  aeronautical  exhibition  was  dedicated  to 
the  distinguished  career  of  Leroy  R.  Grumman,  gifted 
aeronautical  engineer  and  founder  of  the  Grumman  Cor- 
poration. The  highlight  of  the  exhibition  was  a  restored 
F6F-3  Hellcat  carrier  fighter  of  World  War  II  fame.  The 
Grumman  exhibition  served  as  the  centerpiece  for  the 
museum's  activities  commemorating  the  seventy-fifth  an- 
niversary of  U.S.  naval  aviation  in  1986.  An  exhibit  in 
the  Hall  of  Air  Transportation  commemorated  the  fifti- 
eth anniversary  of  air  traffic  control  in  the  United  States. 

Voyager:  Around  the  World  Without  a  Pit  Stop  traced 
the  planning,  design,  and  construction  of  Voyager.  This 
unique  aircraft,  constructed  of  lightweight  composite 
materials,  will  carry  Dick  Rutan  and  Jeana  Yeager 
around  the  world  nonstop,  without  refueling. 


Additions  to  major  galleries  included  a  new  space  food 
exhibit  in  Apollo  to  the  Moon.  Also,  the  coveralls  and 
helmet  worn  by  Senator  E.  J.  "Jake"  Garn,  the  first  U.S. 
congressman  in  space,  were  added  in  the  Space  Hall 
along  with  a  Shuttle  Portable  On-Board  Computer.  Ex- 
ploring Comets,  an  addition  to  the  Exploring  the  Planets 
gallery,  took  the  visitor  through  the  steps  taken  by  scien- 
tists in  observing  and  exploring  comets. 

Exhibitions  were  produced  with  the  cooperation  of 
outside  sponsors.  Ariane  and  Arianespace:  International 
Launch  Resources,  sponsored  by  Arianespace,  Inc., 
showed  the  capabilities  of  Ariane  4  LP,  the  latest  in  the 
series  of  launch  vehicles.  An  Acrobatic  Satellite:  The 
Three  Lives  of  ICE,  celebrating  the  first  visit  of  a  space- 
craft to  a  comet,  was  sponsored  by  NASA's  Goddard 
Space  Flight  Center.  The  Space  Science  Series,  1986, 
funded  by  NASA,  consisted  of  television  monitors  dis- 
playing press  coverage  obtained  by  satellite  of  current 
space-related  events.  Bell  Helicopter  Textron  provided  a 
model  of  the  Bell  XV-22  Osprey  Tiltrotor  which  com- 
bines helicopter  vertical  takeoff  and  hovering  capabilities 
with  fixed  wing  speed. 

A  significant  expansion  of  the  NASM  artifact  collec- 
tion was  made  possible  by  the  acquisition  of  the  Space 
Shuttle  Enterprise.  This  atmospheric  test  vehicle  will 


107 


Israeli  Prime  Minister  Shimon  Peres  visited  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum  on  September  15, 1986,  with  Vice  President 
George  Bush.  The  two  leaders  were  particularly  interested  in 
viewing  the  Grumman  F6F  Hellcat  in  the  museum's  Pioneers  of 
Flight  gallery. 


serve  as  a  centerpiece  for  the  proposed  museum  annex  at 
Washington  Dulles  International  airport.  Other  new 
space  artifacts  received  included  the  Homing  Overlay 
Experiment,  the  Hubble  Space  Telescope  Structural  Dy- 
namic Test  Vehicle,  and  a  full-scale  model  of  the  Track- 
ing and  Data  Relay  Satellite. 

During  the  course  of  the  year,  several  important  air- 
craft were  added  to  the  holdings  of  the  museum.  A 
Soviet-designed  MiG-15  was  obtained  from  the  People's 
Republic  of  China;  and  a  flyable  World  War  II  North 
American  B-25  medium  bomber  was  acquired.  A 
Nieuport  28,  America's  first  combat  aircraft  in  World 
War  I,  and  the  oldest  Curtiss  flying  boat  extant,  a  Model 
F,  rounded  out  an  extremely  successful  year.  In  addition, 
restoration  work  was  completed  on  Smith  IV,  the  mu- 
seum "s  rare  French-built  World  War  I  SPAD  XIII  fighter. 

The  space  suit  collection  was  evaluated,  with  both 
preservation  and  collection  items  identified,  and  physical 
reorganization  of  the  collection  began,  assisted  in  part  by 
a  new  storage  and  workroom.  Basic  preservation  tasks 
were  performed  on  the  Space  Shuttle  Enterprise  to  en- 
sure the  craft's  condition  in  outside  storage. 


A  project  to  catalog  all  U.S.  artifacts  currently  on  the 
surface  of  the  moon  is  also  under  way.  The  goal  is  to 
provide  the  information  required  by  NASA  and  other 
agencies  to  adopt  a  policy  for  preserving  and  respecting 
the  historical  significance  of  those  items  before  the 
United  States  returns  to  the  moon. 

During  1986,  NASM's  Information  Management  Divi- 
sion established  the  National  Air  and  Space  Archives,  a 
national  center  for  research  into  aerospace  history.  The 
archives  is  expected  to  become  a  clearinghouse  for  infor- 
mation on  the  museum's  own  collections,  as  well  as  col- 
lections available  at  non-Smithsonian  facilities.  The  mu- 
seum staff  accessioned  118  new  collections  during  1986 
and  hired  its  first  archivist  to  improve  intellectual  control 
of  collections  already  in  custody. 

The  museum  has  been  a  leader  in  the  uses  of  analog 
videodisc  technology  for  the  storage  and  retrieval  of  pho- 
tographic collections.  During  1986,  NASM  Videodisc  3 
was  released  containing  100,000  photos  belonging  to  the 
U.S.  Air  Force.  With  the  completion  of  NASM  Video- 
disc 4,  scheduled  for  early  1987,  the  USAF's  entire  collec- 
tion of  pre-1954  historical  still  photos  will  be  available 
on  videodisc.  In  addition,  the  first  phase  of  a  pilot 
project  to  copy  the  Wernher  von  Braun  papers  at  NASA's 
Alabama  Space  and  Rocket  Center,  using  NASM's  Sys- 
tem for  Digital  Display  was  completed. 

During  the  year,  the  museum  offered,  free  to  the  pub- 
lic, ten  General  Electric  aviation  lectures,  twelve 
Monthly  Sky  lectures,  six  Exploring  Space  lectures,  the 
annual  Wernher  von  Braun  lecture  by  remote  sensing  ex- 
pert John  McElroy,  the  annual  Lindbergh  lecture  deliv- 
ered by  Senator  Barry  Goldwater,  seven  aviation  films, 
seven  space  fiction  films,  and  three  symposia.  In  addi- 
tion, special  lectures  were  held  to  commemorate  the 
twenty-fifth  anniversary  of  manned  space  flight,  Black 
History  Month,  and  Hispanic  Heritage  Week. 

The  museum  launched  a  major  campaign  to  save  the 
aviation  portion  of  Movietone  newsreel  footage.  The 
sponsors — NASM  and  the  University  of  South  Carolina — 
need  to  raise  $550,000  to  transfer  the  irreplaceable 
footage,  currently  stored  on  hazardous  nitrate- based 
film,  to  safety  film. 

The  Samuel  P.  Langley  Theater  continues  to  be  a  pop- 
ular attraction.  Since  opening  day,  the  theater  has  at- 
tracted 16,500,000  visitors.  On  June  21,  1986,  the  mu- 
seum opened  the  new  IMAX  film,  On  The  Wing,  which 
dramatizes  the  similarities  between  mechanical  and  natu- 
ral flight  and  includes  flying  scenes  of  the  model  ptero- 
dactyl, Quetzalcoatlus  northropi.  Vice  President  and 


108 


National  Museum  Act 


Mrs.  Bush  were  among  the  distinguished  guests  attend- 
ing the  June  19  premiere. 

Comet  Quest  has  been  the  museum's  most  popular 
planetarium  show  to  date.  The  staff  of  the  Albert  Ein- 
stein Planetarium  created  a  special  Halley's  comet  curric- 
ulum guide  in  conjunction  with  the  American  Associa- 
tion for  the  Advancement  of  Science.  The  Planetarium 
also  hosted  "Comet  Quest:  An  International  Sympo- 
sium," on  December  5  and  6.  An  interim  Planetarium 
program  entitled  Summertime  opened  in  May. 

This  year  saw  an  expanded  program  of  training  for 
168  docents,  including  thirty-five  new  volunteers.  The 
museum  made  greater  use  of  behind-the-scene  volunteers 
to  assist  in  research,  collections  management,  and  exhi- 
bition activities.  A  program  of  training  young  people 
interested  in  museum  careers  included  twenty  high 
school  and  college  interns  during  the  year. 

Walter  J.  Boyne  resigned  his  position  as  director  on 
August  19,  1986.  Dr.  James  C.  Taylor,  associate  director 
of  the  Smithsonian's  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, was  appointed  as  acting  director  of  the  National 
Air  and  Space  Museum.  An  advisory  committee  has  been 
formed  to  assist  Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  select  a 
new  director  for  the  museum. 


The  National  Museum  Act  was  established  by  Congress 
in  1966  to  enable  the  Smithsonian,  through  an  annual 
appropriation,  to  provide  assistance  to  the  museum  com- 
munity specifically  in  the  areas  of  professional  training 
and  research  or  special  studies  on  museum-related  issues. 
The  emphasis  has  been  on  projects  that  are  technical  in 
nature  and  that  have  broad  applicability  (support  for 
interpretive  exhibitions  or  for  the  operating  expenses  of 
individual  institutions  is  available  from  other  sources  of 
federal  funds).  Over  the  years,  priority  has  been  given  to 
projects  involving  the  care  and  preservation  of  collec- 
tions in  museums  of  all  types.  The  Advisory  Council, 
which  meets  after  each  deadline,  reviewed  182  proposals 
for  fiscal  year  1986  funds  and  recommended  fifty-one 
awards  totaling  $629,199.  Of  that  number,  60  percent 
concerned  training  and  research  in  conservation. 

This  year,  awards  for  professional  training — which  are 
intended  to  raise  the  level  of  available  expertise  in  the 
museum  field — were  made  to  academic  institutions,  to 
museums  capable  of  providing  exceptional  opportunities 
through  a  yearlong  internship,  and  to  beginning  or  prac- 
ticing conservators  for  short-  or  long-term  courses. 
Awards  for  seminars  on  controlling  the  environment  of 
storage  and  exhibition  areas  in  museums  were  made  to 
two  regional  organizations  with  experience  in  effectively 
disseminating  information  to  their  constituents.  Awards 
in  the  research  category  primarily  involved  technical  is- 
sues in  conservation  and  covered  a  broad  range  of  mate- 
rials, including  archaeological  artifacts,  paintings,  silk 
fabrics,  and  works  of  art  on  paper.  Grants  were  made  to 
two  national  associations  for  programs  that  provide  con- 
sultant services  either  to  historical  agencies  or  to  muse- 
ums with  collections  related  to  African  American  culture; 
another  award  will  support  the  revision  of  a  standard 
reference  work  on  cataloguing  collections. 


109 


National  Museum  of 
African  Art 


One  chapter  in  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art's 
history  ended  and  another  began  on  June  15,  1986.  The 
museum  was  closed  to  the  public  so  that  the  staff  could 
begin  moving  from  the  museum  on  Capitol  Hill  to  the 
new  quadrangle  complex  on  the  National  Mall.  During 
1986,  the  museum  added  significant  objects  to  its  collec- 
tion, opened  twelve  staff  positions,  commenced  research 
for  future  publications,  and  designed  innovative  educa- 
tional programs  for  people  of  all  ages. 

Dr.  Christraud  Geary,  a  research  associate  at  the  Bos- 
ton University  African  Studies  Center,  was  selected  for 
this  year's  Rockefeller  Foundation  Residency  Program  in 
the  Humanities.  Dr.  Geary's  appointment  was  made  pos- 
sible through  a  residence  fellowship  program  adminis- 
tered by  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Fellowships  and 
Grants. 

In  the  past  year,  the  museum  added  sixty-three  works 
of  art  to  its  collection,  including  fourteen  objects 
acquired  through  gift,  twenty-six  objects  acquired 
through  purchase,  and  twenty-three  objects — twenty-two 
Benin  bronzes  (Nigeria)  and  a  Bamana  (Mali)  iron 
staff — transferred  from  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden.  The  museum  acquired,  with  trust 
funds,  a  second  group  of  twenty-two  works  from  a  pri- 
vate European  collection.  In  addition,  135  non-African 
materials  were  transferred  from  the  museum  to  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  History  and  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Particularly  noteworthy  gifts  include  a  collection  of 
east  African  beadwork  and  a  rare  Koro  (Nigeria)  head- 
dress. In  fiscal  year  1986,  the  museum  acquired  several 
extraordinary  objects.  Among  them  is  a  rare  bronze  ves- 
sel, dated  between  1668  and  1733  by  thermoluminescent 
testing,  attributed  to  a  small  corpus  material  known  as 
Lower  Niger  bronzes  (Nigeria).  Another  major  acquisi- 
tion was  a  unique  ivory  sculpture  attributed  to  the  Vili 
people  (Zaire);  it  is  one  of  the  most  celebrated  ivory 
carvings  from  the  Lower  Congo  region. 

The  museum  presented  four  exhibitions  in  fiscal  year 
1986,  the  first  of  which  was  History,  Context  and  Mate- 
rials: Objects  from  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art 
(November  12.,  1985-January  5,  1986),  curated  by  assis- 
tant curators  Andrea  Nicolls  and  Bryna  Freyer.  Go  Well, 


This  rare  bronze  vessel  (from  Nigeria)  collected  in  the  late  nine- 
teenth century  is  attributed  to  a  small  corpus  of  material  known 
to  art  historians  as  Lower  Niger  bronzes.  Through  thermolumi- 
nescent testing,  the  vessel  has  been  dated  between  1668  and  1773. 
(Photograph  by  Bruce  Fleischer) 


My  Child  (November  26,  1985-January  5,  1986)  exhib- 
ited magnificent  photographs  of  South  Africa.  The  pho- 
tographs were  donated  to  the  museum  by  Constance 
Stuart  Larrabee;  in  collaboration  with  Alan  Paton,  she 
created  a  photographic  portfolio  based  on  his  novel  Cry, 
the  Beloved  Country.  The  exhibition  was  curated  by 
Sylvia  Williams  and  Judith  Luskey,  the  museum's  director 
and  photo  archivist,  respectively.  The  Rising  of  a  New 
Moon:  A  Century  of  Tabwa  Art  (November  2,6, 
1985-March  17,  1986)  was  the  first  comprehensive  study 
of  the  art  of  the  Tabwa  people  of  central  Africa.  Orga- 
nized by  the  University  of  Michigan  Museum  of  Art,  this 
international  loan  exhibition  of  eighty  works  had  an  ac- 
companying catalogue  coedited  by  Evan  M.  Maurer,  di- 


110 


rector  of  the  University  of  Michigan  Museum  of  Art, 
and  Allen  F.  Roberts,  researcher  at  the  University  of  Mi- 
chigan's Center  for  Afro-American  and  African  Studies. 
The  final  exhibition  organized  by  the  museum  was  A 
Human  Ideal  in  African  Art,  Bamana  Figurative  Sculp- 
ture (April  30-June  15,  1986).  Featuring  forty  sculptures 
from  private  and  public  collections  in  the  United  States, 
the  exhibition  subsequently  traveled  to  The  Metropolitan 
Museum  of  Art  in  New  York.  Dr.  Kate  Ezra,  assistant 
curator  at  the  Metropolitan  Museum,  wrote  the  accom- 
panying catalogue. 

Five  inaugural  exhibitions  have  been  planned  and  or- 
ganized by  the  museum  for  the  grand  opening  in  1987. 
They  are  African  Art  in  the  Cycle  of  Life;  Patterns  of 
Life:  West  African  Strip-Weaving  Traditions;  Royal  Benin 
Art  in  the  Collection  of  the  National  Museum  of  African 
Art;  Objects  of  Use;  and  The  Permanent  Collection  of 
the  National  Museum  of  African  Art.  Publications  were 
begun  in  1986  for  the  first  three  exhibitions  cited  above. 

The  conservation  department  at  the  museum  instituted 
preventive  maintenance  procedures  for  the  permanent 
collection,  including  environmental  monitoring  and  con- 
trol, integrated  pest  management  for  infestation  control, 
and  care  and  handling  guidelines.  Major  conservation 
for  forty-two  textiles  was  begun  with  a  textile  conserva- 
tor. 

Funding  provided  in  the  fiscal  year  enabled  the  mu- 
seum to  add  a  senior  curator  to  the  permanent  staff,  as 
well  as  a  writer/editor,  a  graphic  designer,  a  photogra- 
pher, and  a  development  office. 

The  Eliot  Elisofon  Photographic  Archives — one  of  the 
largest  photographic  archives  of  African  art,  culture,  and 
environment — is  a  major  research  component  of  the  mu- 
seum. The  Smithsonian  Archives  completed  a  survey  this 
year  of  the  collection  showing  holdings  of  150,000  color 
slides  and  over  70,000  black-and-white  photographs,  as 
well  as  120,000  feet  of  unedited  film  and  fifty  feature 
films.  Donations  included  more  than  1,200  color  slides 
and  1,500  black-and-white  photographs. 

The  department  of  education  and  research  nearly  dou- 
bled its  docent  corps  this  year,  assembling  eighty  volun- 
teers for  a  yearlong  training  program  that  will  prepare 
them  and  the  department  for  the  inaugural  programs. 
Barbara  Frank,  a  predoctoral  candidate  at  the  University 
of  Indiana,  Bloomington,  was  selected  as  a  fellow 
through  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants.  Special 
exhibitions,  research  programs,  and  the  museum's  collec- 
tion were  the  focus  throughout  the  year  for  lectures, 
films,  gallery  talks,  and  demonstrations  administered  by 
the  education  department.  Staff  members  presented  lec- 


A  young  boy  learns  a  basket-weaving  technique  at  one  of  the  last 
public  workshops  at  the  Capitol  Hill  location  of  the  National 
Museum  of  African  Art  on  March  8,  1986.  (Photograph  by 
Ricardo  Vargas) 


tures  outside  the  museum  on  African  game  boards  and 
sculpture  from  Zaire. 

The  museum  was  host  to  distinguished  scholars,  edu- 
cators, collectors,  and  representatives  from  over  twenty 
nations.  More  than  300  tours  were  scheduled;  owing  to 
space  and  staff  limitations,  an  equal  number  of  tour  re- 
quests could  not  be  met.  About  100  workshops  were 
presented  during  the  year  in  the  museum,  and  outreach 
programs  reached  more  than  2,000  persons  at  over  100 
sites  in  the  Washington,  D.C.  area. 

On  November  26,  1985,  District  of  Columbia  Mayor 
Marion  Barry  cohosted  a  reception  at  the  museum  in 
recognition  of  the  establishment  of  the  sister  cities  agree- 
ment between  Washington,  D.C,  and  Dakar,  Senegal. 
The  event  was  sponsored  by  the  Washington,  D.C.- 
Dakar Cities  Friendship  Council,  a  private  voluntary 
organization. 


in 


National  Museum  of 
American  Art 


The  National  Museum  of  American  Art  (NMAA) 
launched  new  initiatives  and  continued  programs  of  col- 
lecting, exhibiting,  studying,  and  interpreting  American 
fine  art.  NMAAs  Renwick  Gallery  complemented  these 
endeavors  with  exhibitions  and  programs  in  American 
crafts,  decorative  arts,  and  design;  and  Barney  Studio 
House,  with  its  exhibits  devoted  to  the  arts  from  the 
turn  of  the  century,  was  open  for  tours  and  special  pro- 
grams. 

Planning  and  development  have  been  completed  for  a 
new  NMAA  scholarly  journal,  Smithsonian  Studies  in 
American  Art;  the  first  issue  will  appear  in  April  1987. 
Oxford  University  Press  will  publish  the  journal  semian- 
nually. The  selecting  and  editing  of  articles  are  the  exclu- 
sive prerogative  of  NMAA,  with  the  assistance  of  an  ad- 
visory board  composed  of  distinguished  scholars  in 
American  art.  The  journal  will  focus  on  all  aspects  of 
the  nation's  visual  heritage,  including  decorative  arts  and 
crafts,  architecture  and  landscape  design,  film  and  video, 
commercial  and  graphic  design,  as  well  as  painting  and 
sculpture. 

The  American  Art  Forum,  a  nationwide  group  of  pa- 
trons and  collectors,  held  its  inaugural  meeting  in  Wash- 
ington on  May  9-10,  1986.  The  forum  was  established 
to  support  museum  collections  and  programs  and  to  fos- 
ter increased  appreciation  of  American  art.  The  annual 
membership  fee  is  $2,500.  To  date,  thirty-one  members 
have  enrolled,  exceeding  initial  goals  for  the  charter  year. 

With  a  grant  from  the  Henry  Luce  Foundation,  the 
museum  has  completed  a  pilot  project  to  test,  format, 
and  develop  standards  for  a  computerized  inventory  of 
American  sculpture,  which  will  complement  the  muse- 
um's acclaimed  Inventory  of  American  Paintings  Exe- 
cuted before  1914.  Using  the  extensive  card  file  on  Amer- 
ican sculpture  developed  at  the  University  of  Delaware, 
the  pilot  project  extracted  critical  information  and  en- 
tered records  of  more  than  14,000  sculptures  on  a  com- 
puter data  base.  Contingent  upon  the  availability  of  fu- 
ture funding,  the  museum  may  proceed  with  a  national 
survey  of  sculpture  in  public  and  private  collections,  as 
well  as  outdoor  monuments  and  significant  architectural 
sculpture.  In  undertaking  the  national  survey,  the  mu- 
seum has  enlisted  the  cooperation  of  the  American  Sculp- 
ture Society  and  the  National  Park  Service. 

During  fiscal  year  1986,  the  museum  organized  a  num- 
ber of  exhibitions.  Most  significant,  in  terms  of  making 
its  collection  better  known  nationally  and  of  document- 
ing it  with  an  attractive  publication,  was  the  Treasures 
from  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art  exhibition. 
With  generous  support  from  United  Technologies  Corpo- 


ration, eighty-one  of  NMAAs  most  important  works  are 
touring  to  museums  in  five  major  American  cities,  culmi- 
nating with  a  final  showing  at  NMAA  in  1987.  The  ac- 
companying book,  distributed  by  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution Press,  is  in  its  second  printing  and  has  won  an 
award  for  design  from  the  American  Association  of  Mu- 
seums (AAM). 

Art  in  New  Mexico,  1900-1945:  Paths  to  Taos  and 
Santa  Fe — the  first  major  East  Coast  exhibition  devoted 
to  the  subject — was  organized  by  and  shown  at  the  mu- 
seum this  year  and  will  travel  to  three  other  institutions. 
A  book,  written  by  NMAA  director  Charles  Eldredge 
and  curators  William  Truettner  and  Julie  Schimmel  and 
published  by  Abbeville  Press,  accompanies  the  exhibi- 
tion. This  book  has  gone  into  a  second  printing  and  won 
special  AAM  recognition.  The  exhibition  and  publication 
were  underwritten  by  a  grant  from  the  Nelda  C.  and 
H.  J.  Lutcher  Stark  Foundation. 

To  display  selections  of  the  objects  given  to  the  mu- 
seum last  year  by  the  Container  Corporation,  the  mu- 
seum presented  Art,  Design  and  the  Modern  Corpora- 
tion: The  Collection  of  the  Container  Corporation  of 
America,  which  will  tour  and  be  accompanied  by  an  il- 
lustrated catalogue.  Other  exhibitions  that  continue  to 
tour  nationally  are  Sharing  Traditions:  Five  Black  Artists 
in  Nineteenth-Century  America;  The  Woven  and  Graphic 
Art  of  Anni  Albers;  and  Exposed  and  Developed:  Pho- 
tography Sponsored  by  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts. 

Temporary  exhibitions  organized  or  shown  at  the  mu- 
seum during  fiscal  year  1986  included  The  Graphic  Art 
of  George  Elbert  Burr  (1859-1939);  Symbols  and  Ceremo- 
nies: Pueblo  Indian  Watercolors;  Patrick  Ireland:  Draw- 
ings, 1965-1985;  Still  Lifes  by  Henry  Lee  McFee; 
Unknown  Territory:  Photographs  by  Ray  K.  Metzker; 
Focusing  on  Art:  Peter  A.  Julev  &  Son;  and  Figure 
Prints:  The  Washington  Print  Club  nth  Members'  Bien- 
nial Exhibition.  The  Renwick  Gallery's  exhibitions  in- 
cluded Treasures  from  the  Land:  Twelve  New  Zealand 
Craftsmen  and  their  Native  Materials;  Masterpieces  of 
Time:  Clocks  by  Wendell  Castle;  The  Art  of  Turned 
Wood  Bowls:  The  Edward  Jacobson  Collection;  and 
Frank  Lloyd  Wright  and  the  Johnson  Wax  Buildings: 


George  Catlin's  Pigeon's  Egg  Head  Going  to  and  Returning  from 
Washington,  circa  1837,  was  among  the  445  paintings  transferred 
to  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art  from  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History  this  year. 


112 


ii3 


Adelyn  Breeskin's  90th  birthday  party  attendants  at  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  on  July  15,  1986,  included  (left  to 
right):  Tom  L.  Freudenheim,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Museums; 
S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Secretary  Emeritus  of  the  Smithsonian;  Mrs. 
Breeskin;  and  Mrs.  Jeannine  Clark,  Smithsonian  Regent. 


Creating  a  Corporate  Cathedral.  At  the  Barney  Studio 
House,  Pastel  Portraits  from  Studio  House  was  shown. 

The  redesigned  Doris  M.  Magowan  Gallery  of  Portrait 
Miniatures — which  displays  examples  from  the  museum's 
collection  and  surveys  this  art  form  from  its  genesis  in 
the  eighteenth  century  through  the  mid-nineteenth  cen- 
tury— was  reopened  this  year.  The  stonework  replace- 
ment and  other  repairs  on  the  facade  of  the  Renwick 
Gallery  were  completed  in  1986.  After  almost  a  century 
of  patchwork  on  the  soft  brownstone  trim,  a  $4  million 
replacement  was  deemed  the  only  suitable  solution.  For 
the  first  time  in  almost  ten  years,  the  Renwick  is  unob- 
structed by  barriers  and  scaffolding. 

The  museum  loaned  more  than  200  works  of  art  from 
its  collection  to  museums  and  institutions  in  the  United 
States  and  abroad.  The  museum  published  two 
illustrated  brochures  that  enable  visitors  to  conduct 
themselves  through  the  collections  on  tours  of  special 
interest:  "Afro-American  Art"  and  "Women  Artists." 

With  the  assistance  of  a  visiting  committee,  the  mu- 
seum undertook  a  study  of  the  Smithsonian's  craft  pro- 
grams, resulting  in  a  reaffirmation  of  the  museum's  com- 
mitment to  strong  collecting,  exhibiting,  and  study 
programs  in  American  crafts  and  related  decorative  arts 
at  the  Renwick  Gallery. 

The  museum  received  a  record  total  of  1,618  gifts  and 
transfers  of  works  of  art  during  fiscal  year  1986.  The 
most  important  group  was  a  collection  of  paintings  and 
graphic  works  of  Native  American  subjects,  which  had 


been  on  loan  from  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory for  almost  twenty  years  and  was  finally  made  a  per- 
manent transfer  to  NMAA's  collection.  Once  considered 
the  subject  of  anthropological  study,  these  art  works  in- 
clude more  than  400  paintings  by  the  nineteenth-century 
artist  George  Catlin.  Another  significant  transfer 
included  forty-eight  maquettes,  drawings,  and  other  pre- 
paratory works  created  for  the  Art  in  Architecture  pro- 
gram of  the  General  Services  Administration.  Also,  the 
museum's  Joseph  Cornell  Study  Center,  founded  in  1978, 
was  enriched  by  the  addition  of  119  collages  and  box 
constructions — a  gift  from  the  Joseph  and  Robert  Cor- 
nell Memorial  Foundation. 

A  landmark  acquisition  by  the  museum  was  the  paint- 
ing William  Rush's  Model,  by  the  American  artist 
Thomas  Eakins,  a  gift  of  NMAA  Commissioner 
R.  Crosby  Kemper  and  Mrs.  Kemper.  The  painting  is  the 
final  version  that  Eakins  painted  to  memorialize  Rush, 
the  Philadelphia  carver  who  was  the  first  American  artist 
to  work  directly  from  the  nude  model.  Other  significant 
acquisitions,  by  purchase,  included  Still  Life  §  12  by  Tom 
Wesselmann;  Landscape,  Cornish,  New  Hampshire  by 
John  White  Alexander;  Alabama  Wall  I  by  William  Chr- 
istenberry;  Children  Burying  a  Bird  by  J.  Alden  Weir;  A 
Greater  Morning  by  Arthur  B.  Davies;  and  the  glass 
Opalescent  Red  Crown  by  Harvey  Littleton  for  the  Ren- 
wick Gallery  collections. 

The  museum  continued  to  refine  the  collections  by 
deaccessioning  works  non-American  in  origin  or  that 
duplicate  other  items  in  the  collections.  Eighteen  decora- 
tive arts  objects,  fifty-six  sculptures,  and  two  period 
rooms  were  approved  for  deaccessioning  by  the  NMAA 
Commission  and  other  Smithsonian  authorities. 

The  year  had  moments  of  joy  and  sadness  with  Adelyn 
Dohme  Breeskin,  the  museum's  senior  curatorial  advisor 
who  had  been  a  member  of  the  staff  for  twenty-two 
years.  In  July  the  museum  organized  a  surprise  ninetieth 
birthday  party  for  its  beloved  "Mrs.  B."  Mrs.  Breeskin's 
career  included  a  curatorship  at  the  Metropolitan  Mu- 
seum of  Art  and  the  directorship  of  the  Baltimore  Mu- 
seum of  Art.  She  had  received  innumerable  honors,  in- 
cluding the  Secretary's  Gold  Medal  for  Exceptional 
Service  and  honorary  degrees  from  several  universities. 
Works  of  art  by  Jacob  Kainen  and  James  Surls,  among 
others,  were  presented  to  the  museum's  collection  as 
"birthday  gifts"  in  her  honor.  A  little  more  than  a  week 
after  the  celebration,  while  traveling  in  northern  Italy, 
Mrs.  Breeskin  fell  ill  and  died  suddenly.  She  is  sorely 
missed  by  her  friends  and  associates  throughout  the 
world  of  art. 


114 


National  Museum  of 
American  History 


In  fiscal  year  1986  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  (NMAH)  continued  its  dedication  to  the  collec- 
tion, care,  study,  and  exhibition  of  objects  that  reflect 
the  experience  of  the  American  people.  The  museum  also 
offered  lectures,  concerts,  publications,  and  other  pro- 
grams which  interpret  that  experience.  Although  the  mu- 
seum was  forced  to  curtail  elements  of  all  of  its  opera- 
tions in  the  face  of  severe  budget  restrictions  imposed  by 
the  Gramm-Rudman-Hollings  Act,  it  carried  forward  an 
ambitious  program  of  exhibitions,  scholarship,  collect- 
ing, public  programs,  and  renovation. 

After  the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in  America, 
1780-1800,  the  first  of  the  museum's  reinstallations  of  its 
permanent  exhibition  galleries,  opened  to  the  public  in 
November.  The  exhibition  explores  daily  life  in  America 
just  after  the  Revolutionary  War  through  case  studies 
of  three  families  and  three  larger  communities.  The  ex- 
hibition also  includes  a  Hands-On  History  Room,  a  per- 
formance area,  and  two  galleries  for  temporary  special 
exhibitions,  currently  presenting  displays  on  eighteenth- 
century  ceramics  and  costume.  Organized  and  written  by 
a  team  of  historians  and  curators  in  the  Department  of 
Social  and  Cultural  History,  this  exhibition  is  among  the 
first  to  present  new  historical  perspectives  on  the  daily 
lives  of  ordinary  people  in  the  new  nation.  Barbara 
Clark  Smith  of  the  Division  of  Domestic  Life  wrote  a 
companion  volume  to  the  exhibition,  After  the  Revolu- 
tion: The  Smithsonian  History  of  Everyday  Life  in  the 
Eighteenth  Century,  which  explores  in  greater  depth  the 
lives  and  times  of  the  people  and  families  in  the  exhibi- 
tion. 

Engines  of  Change:  The  American  Industrial  Revolu- 
tion, 1790-1860  was  scheduled  to  open  in  November 
1986.  The  exhibition  depicts  the  evolving  industrial  soci- 
ety, work  culture,  and  some  of  the  innovations  on  which 
the  Industrial  Revolution  was  based — new  machinery, 
interchangeable  parts,  and  the  factory  system.  The  exhi- 
bition features  some  of  the  most  important  artifacts  in 
the  museum's  collections,  such  as  the  Slater  spinning 
frame  and  the  John  Bull,  the  world's  oldest  operable  lo- 
comotive. The  curators  of  the  exhibition,  Steven  Lubar 
and  Brooke  Hindle  of  the  Department  of  the  History  of 
Science  and  Technology,  have  written  a  major  book  as  a 
result  of  their  five  years  of  exhibition  research.  Engines 
of  Change,  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  is  a  comprehensive  study  of  the  Industrial  Revolu- 
tion. 

The  museum  celebrated  the  Festival  of  India  in  Octo- 
ber 1985  with  two  exhibitions.  Aditi:  The  Monies  of  In- 
dia examined  the  history  of  money  in  India  from  the 


sixth  century  B.C.  to  the  present,  and  All  Sorts  of 
Painted  Stuffs  .  .  .  Indian  Chintzes  and  Their  Western 
Counterparts  treated  the  production  of  exotic  Indian 
floral-patterned  cottons  and  their  arrival  and  imitation  in 
the  West.  Beyond  the  City  Lights:  American  Domestic 
Gas  Lighting  Systems,  which  also  opened  in  October, 
told  the  story  of  the  widespread  use  of  gas  for  illumina- 
tion in  rural  nineteenth-century  America  and  its  decline 
as  a  fuel  with  the  coming  of  the  age  of  electricity. 

At  Home  on  the  Road:  Autocamping,  Motels  and  the 
Rediscovery  of  America,  which  opened  in  November, 
explored  the  enduring  American  urge  to  take  to  the  high- 
way without  sacrificing  the  comforts  of  home  and 
showed  how  over  the  years  highway  travel  has  become  a 
form  of  entertainment.  Hollywood:  Legend  and  Reality 
came  to  the  museum  in  April  on  the  first  stop  of  a  tour 
of  six  American  cities.  Organized  and  circulated  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  it  is 
the  first  major  exhibition  to  explore  the  development  of 
the  film  industry  and  its  esthetic  and  cultural  impact  on 
American  society.  GA  100:  The  Centenary  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Graphic  Arts  opened  in  May.  The  exhibition  fo- 
cused on  the  history  of  the  division,  its  principal  cura- 
tors, their  interpretations  of  the  division's  mission,  and 
the  effects  of  their  interests  and  decisions  on  the  nature 
and  growth  of  the  collections. 

Opening  in  June,  Patent  Pending:  Models  of  Invention 
paid  tribute  to  American  ingenuity  in  a  display  of  more 
than  100  patent  models,  including  the  Otis  brothers'  ele- 
vator, George  Corliss's  compound  steam  engine,  and 
Abraham  Lincoln's  device  for  buoying  vessels  over 
shoals.  The  models  illustrate  the  eagerness  of  nineteenth- 
century  Americans  to  capitalize  on  new  ideas,  build  new 
machines,  and  mechanize  American  life.  Invention  and 
Enterprise,  a  companion  exhibition,  displayed  objects 
ranging  from  a  cotton  gin  to  a  walking  robot  that  repre- 
sented critical  points  in  the  development  of  an  idea  into 
a  successful  commercial  product.  Both  shows  commemo- 
rated the  150th  anniversary  of  the  1836  Patent  Act  and 
helped  launch  the  joint  Smithsonian  Institution-U.S. 
Patent  Model  Foundation  campaign  to  raise  $20  million 
for  acquiring  some  100,000  patent  models  scattered 
across  the  country  and  to  build  a  facility  to  house  them. 
Body  Imaging,  a  permanent  exhibition  that  also  opened 
in  June,  features  early  versions  of  the  machines  used  to- 
day in  three  of  the  most  important  new  techniques  of 
medical  diagnostics — ultrasound,  CAT  (Computerized 
Axial  Tomography)  scanning,  and  nuclear  magnetic  reso- 
nance scanning. 

The  last  exhibition  of  fiscal  year  1986,  New  &  Differ- 


"5 


The  Midnighters — a  harmonizing  group  featuring  Hank 
Ballard — were  among  the  rhythm  and  blues  artists  of  the  1950s 
pictured  in  Rhythm  and  Blues:  Black  American  Popular  Music, 
I94S-I95S-  This  exhibition  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  examined  rhythm  and  blues  as  an  expression  of  the 
urban  Black  community,  as  a  commercial  commodity,  and  as  a 
genre  that  transformed  American  popular  music.  (Photograph 
courtesy  Jack  Gibson) 


ent:  Home  Interiors  in  i8th-Century  America,  comple- 
mented the  first,  After  the  Revolution.  Opening  in  Au- 
gust, New  &  Different  explored  changes  in  the  way 
Americans  furnished  their  houses  and  considered  impor- 
tant new  ideas  about  luxury  and  necessity,  comfort  and 
leisure,  and  gentility  and  social  ritual  reflected  in  these 
changes.  The  museum  continued  its  popular  Case  of  the 
Month  series,  which  included  displays  on  the  consumer 
movement  in  America,  American  motorcycles  and  motor- 
cyclists, the  history  of  women's  gym  suits,  and  the  his- 
tory of  plastic  surgery. 

In  addition  to  researching,  writing,  and  organizing 
exhibitions,  the  two  major  curatorial  departments  of  the 
museum  moved  ahead  with  the  work  of  investigating 
American  history,  publishing  articles,  augmenting  the 
collections,  and  sponsoring  and  attending  scholarly  sym- 
posia, conferences,  and  lectures. 

The  Department  of  the  History  of  Science  and  Tech- 
nology continued  to  publish  Technology  and  Culture,  the 
scholarly  journal  of  the  Society  for  the  History  of  Tech- 
nology. Departmental  staff  members  also  helped  support 
the  scholarly  journals  Railroad  History  and  Industrial 
Archaeology.  Deborah  Warner  of  the  Division  of  Physical 
Sciences  led  the  inauguration  of  Rittenhouse,  a  journal 
treating  American  scientific  instruments  and  their  mak- 


ers. Pete  Daniel  of  the  Division  of  Agriculture  and  Natu- 
ral Resources  received  the  Herbert  Feis  Award  of  the 
American  Historical  Association  for  his  book  Standing  at 
the  Crossroads:  Southern  Life  in  the  zoth  Century,  and 
John  H.  White  of  the  Division  of  Transportation  pub- 
lished The  Great  Yellow  Fleet:  A  History  of  American 
Refrigerator  Cars. 

Scholarly  Studies  Grants  were  awarded  to  Carlene 
Stephens  and  David  Todd  of  the  Division  of  Engineering 
and  Industry  for  study  of  the  relationship  of  scientific 
instrument  makers  to  academic  astronomers;  to  Paul 
Forman  of  the  Division  of  Electricity  and  Modern  Phys- 
ics for  his  research  in  the  military  background  of  atomic 
clock  development;  and  to  Barbara  Melosh  of  the  Divi- 
sion of  Medical  Sciences  to  support  her  investigation  of 
gender  issues  in  public  art  of  the  New  Deal. 

A  permanent  American  Indian  Program  located  in  the 
department  was  established  in  fiscal  year  1986  to  bring 
American  Indian  perspectives  to  all  of  the  museum's  out- 
reach and  exhibition  projects,  an  important  development 
for  both  the  museum  and  the  Institution.  Discussions 
with  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  subse- 
quently resulted  in  the  initiation  of  a  joint  program  on 
American  Indian  issues  at  the  two  museums. 

The  Information  Revolution,  a  planned  major  reinstal- 
lation on  the  history  of  computers  and  communications, 
achieved  half  of  its  fund-raising  goal  of  $4  million  from 
a  consortium  of  computer  manufacturers  and  communi- 
cations firms.  A  Material  Culture,  a  reinstallation 
planned  for  1988,  received  a  large  additional  grant  for 
its  related  public  programs  from  the  Du  Pont  Company. 
Engines  of  Change  received  a  grant  for  public  outreach 
from  the  Norfolk  Southern  Company,  supplementing  the 
company's  grant  last  year  to  help  fund  construction  of 
the  exhibition.  The  Kellogg  Foundation  also  granted 
funds  for  an  exhibition  on  the  human  and  agricultural 
impact  of  genetic  engineering. 

Significant  acquisitions  include  cadet  uniforms  worn 
by  Jane  P.  McKeon,  in  1980  the  first  woman  to  graduate 
from  the  U.S.  Military  Academy  at  West  Point;  a  laser 
eraser,  donated  by  Arthur  L.  Schawlow,  who  shared  the 
Nobel  prize  in  physics  in  1951  for  his  work  in  laser  spec- 
troscopy; a  1923  "Indian"  touring  motorcycle  with  a  side- 
car; a  brass  surveying  instrument  dating  from  about 
1735;  an  International  Harvester  i486  farm  tractor,  made 
in  1979;  and  two  eighteenth-century  tall  case  clocks 
made  by  Peter  Stretch  and  David  Rittenhouse,  now  the 
oldest  American  clockwork  pieces  in  the  museum  collec- 
tion. 

After  five  years  of  work  culminating  in  the  museum's 


116 


The  graphic  arts  exhibition  in  the  1920s — when  it  u  .is  located  in 
the  Commons  of  the  Smithsonian  Building — is  one  of  the  images 
exhibited  in  GA  100:  The  Centenary  of  the  Division  of  Graphic 
Arts  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History. 


first  major  reinstallation,  After  the  Revolution,  the  De- 
partment of  Social  and  Cultural  History  turned  its  atten- 
tion to  its  second  major  reinstallation  project.  Scheduled 
to  open  in  1989,  the  exhibition  will  address  the  rise  of 
middle-class  culture  in  nineteenth-century  America;  ex- 
plore the  daily  lives  of  Americans,  both  in  and  outside 
the  middle  class;  and  examine  the  effects  of  middle-class 
ideology  on  people  and  institutions. 

The  new  Afro-American  Index  Project,  begun  in 
December  1985,  has  recorded  more  than  20,000  Afro- 
American  related  objects,  photographs,  and  documents 
in  the  collections  of  NMAH  and  the  Anacostia  Neigh- 
borhood Museum.  The  project  raised  sufficient  funds  to 
allow  it  to  survey  the  collections  of  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History,  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum,  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  and  the 
Smithsonian  Archives.  The  Smithsonian  Ethnographic 
Judaica  Project,  established  in  fiscal  year  1986,  began 
cataloguing  the  roughly  1,000  ethnographic  objects,  his- 
torical documents,  and  examples  of  ceremonial  art  in  the 
Judaica  collections  of  the  Smithsonian  to  make  these  re- 
sources available  for  study  and  interpretation,  to  the  en- 
richment of  both  scholars  and  the  general  public.  Publi- 
cations and  exhibitions  will  follow  the  cataloguing  phase 
of  the  project. 

The  Division  of  Political  History  conducted  a  survey 
of  the  labor  history  materials  at  the  museum  as  part  of 


planning  for  a  1987  exhibition,  Symbols  of  Labor.  In 
conjunction  with  the  opening  of  the  special  exhibition 
gallery  on  eighteenth-century  costume  in  After  the  Revo- 
lution, the  Division  of  Costume  hosted  a  meeting  of  the 
Costume  Society  of  America.  The  Division  of  Photo- 
graphic History  completed  work  on  a  finding  aid  to  the 
3,300  images  in  their  collection  of  photographs  by 
Rudolf  Eickemeyer,  an  outstanding  pictorialist  photogra- 
pher of  the  early  twentieth-century. 

Many  curators  and  specialists  in  the  department  gave 
lectures  this  year,  including  John  Edward  Hasse,  "The 
Impact  of  Ragtime  in  American  Culture,"  at  the  Scott 
Joplin  Festival;  Rita  J.  Adrosko,  "Designing  Machine: 
The  Jacquard  Loom,"  at  the  Wadsworth  Atheneum;  Carl 
Scheele,  "The  Museum  and  Popular  Culture,"  at  the  Pop- 
ular Culture  Association's  annual  meeting;  and  Gary  B. 
Kulik,  "The  Invention  of  New  England,"  at  the  Center 
for  the  Study  of  New  England  Culture,  University  of 
Massachusetts,  Amherst. 

New  accessions  include  a  fine  collection  of  about  100 
pieces  of  eighteenth-  and  nineteenth-century  American 
pewter  representing  the  work  of  major  American  crafts- 
men; a  trumpet  owned  and  played  by  John  Birks  "Dizzy" 
Gillespie;  a  Xerox  914  copier,  the  first  fully  automated 
electrostatic  office  copier;  and  a  large  collection  of  pot- 
tery, tools,  photographs,  and  factory  records  from  the 
Bennett  family  of  Baltimore  potters,  1846-1965,  among 
the  oldest  and  most  influential  American  potteries. 

The  Department  of  Public  Programs  continued  to  pro- 
vide expanded  educational  services  and  to  produce  sev- 
eral series  of  programs  and  concerts  designed  to  bring 
the  public  closer  to  the  museum's  collections  and  exhibi- 
tions. In  the  Hands-On  History  Room,  a  learning  facility 
for  family  groups  in  After  the  Revolution,  the  education 
division  staff  evaluated  and  fine-tuned  its  activities  while 
serving  visitors.  The  division  has  been  developing  a  simi- 
lar activity  center  for  the  Engines  of  Change  and  contin- 
ues to  operate  three  other  demonstration  centers  in  the 
museum.  The  division  also  oversees  the  activities  of  200 
volunteer  docents,  who  conducted  tours  for  117,000  visi- 
tors this  year.  Striking  out  in  new  directions,  the  division 
drew  on  materials  used  in  new  exhibitions  to  develop 
three  curriculum  kits  for  elementary  and  secondary 
American  history  courses.  The  division  also  launched  an 
audience  research  program  designed  to  elicit 
demographic  information  about  museum  visitors. 

The  department's  Program  in  Black  American  Culture 
presented  combined  colloquia  and  concerts  on  Classic 
Gospel  Song,  which  explored  the  music  of  Thomas  A. 
Dorsey,  and  Black  American  Popular  Music,  which  ex- 


"7 


amined  the  evolution  and  dissemination  of  the  rhythm 
and  blues  style.  The  program  also  produced  a  ten-part 
Jazz  in  the  Palm  Court  series  and  commemorative  pro- 
grams for  the  Juneteenth  Festival  and  International 
Women's  Day. 

The  Chamber  Music  Program,  which  comprises  the 
Smithsonian  Chamber  Players,  the  Smithson  String  Quar- 
tet, and  the  Smithsonian  Chamber  Orchestra,  presented 
thirty-two  concerts  at  the  museum.  Reaching  for  a  wider 
audience,  the  Chamber  Orchestra  also  released  its  six- 
record  and  five-cassette  Mozart  series  through  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 

The  department  continued  to  present  the  Saturday  Af- 
ter Noon  series;  its  annual  Holiday  Celebration;  the  Mu- 
sic: An  American  Sampler  series;  the  Palm  Court  Cameo 
series;  and  the  America  on  Film  series,  a  free  film  theater 
co-sponsored  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Women's 
Committee  and  the  Resident  Associate  Program;  it  also 
began  a  new  program  of  performances  and  craft  demon- 
strations related  to  After  the  Revolution.  Unfortunately, 
an  unexpected  reduction  in  federal  funding  in  mid-fiscal 
year  resulted  in  the  cancellation  of  a  number  of  late 
spring  and  early  summer  programs. 

The  museum  continued  the  implementation  of  its  Mas- 
ter Coordination  Plan  to  completely  retrofit  its  mechani- 
cal system — including  heating,  ventilating,  air-condition- 
ing, and  fire  suppression — and  to  integrate  all  these 
changes  with  the  demands  of  current  and  future  exhibi- 
tion programs.  In  concert  with  this  planning  and  in  re- 
sponse to  a  severe  shortage  of  storage  space  and  persis- 
tent asbestos  contamination  problems,  the  museum  is 
continuing  work  on  its  Master  Space  Plan,  which  seeks 
to  anticipate  and  prepare  for  the  museum's  space  needs 
over  the  next  twenty  years. 

In  addition  to  organizing  writing,  designing,  and  pro- 
ducing the  exhibition  Aditi:  The  Monies  of  India  and 
creating  a  booklet  and  poster  to  accompany  the  exhibi- 
tion, staff  members  of  the  National  Numismatics  Collec- 
tion created  two  traveling  exhibitions  last  year.  The  first 
displayed  rare  proofs  of  Mexican  bank  notes  and  ancient 
Greek  coins;  the  second  featured  photographs  of 
extremely  rare  coins,  paper  currencies,  and  medals.  Staff 
members  and  volunteers  at  the  collection  published  six- 
teen articles  during  the  year.  Through  grants  awarded  by 
the  Research  Opportunity  Fund  three  curators — includ- 
ing Dr.  Richard  G.  Doty,  a  new  staff  member  formerly 
of  the  American  Numismatic  Society — participated  in  the 
International  Numismatic  Congress  in  London  in  Sep- 
tember. The  reorganization  of  the  collections  proceeded 
apace  in  the  U.S.  coin  collection,  which  is  virtually  com- 


pleted, and  in  the  ancient  Greek  coin  collection  and  the 
section  of  certified  proofs  of  national  bank  notes. 
Eighty-nine  accessions  during  the  year  added  2,230  new 
objects  to  collections,  including  more  than  50  rare  an- 
cient Greek  silver  coins  and  147  eleventh-century  Islamic 
gold  coins  struck  in  Sicily. 

The  National  Philatelic  Collection  celebrated  its  cen- 
tennial in  1986,  and  the  U.S.  Postal  Service  issued  a  spe- 
cial booklet  of  stamps  to  commemorate  the  event.  An 
exhibition  in  the  Hall  of  Postal  History  and  Philately 
traced  the  history  of  the  collection,  and  Executive  Direc- 
tor Herbert  R.  Collins  published  an  article  on  the  col- 
lection in  The  American  Philatelist.  Reaching  Rural 
America  opened  in  April.  The  exhibition  traced  the  in- 
troduction and  growth  of  rural  free  delivery  service  in 
the  United  States  and  showed  how  RFD  helped  diminish 
some  of  the  isolation  and  loneliness  of  rural  life.  Staff 
members  organized  nine  smaller  exhibitions,  including 
The  Perils  of  the  Posts,  which  treated  robberies,  ship- 
wrecks, and  airmail  crashes;  Gotcha,  on  the  Postal  In- 
spection Service,  the  country's  oldest  consumer  protec- 
tion agency;  and  American  Postal  Marking  Devices. 
James  H.  Bruns,  curator  of  U.S.  Postal  History  and  Phi- 
lately, developed  a  learning  center  in  the  Dillsburg  Post 


A  clockwork  mechanism  propels  this  1871  patent  model  of  an 
"Improved  Creeping  Baby  Doll."  The  doll  was  one  of  more  than  a 
hundred  patent  models  on  display  in  Patent  Pending:  Models  of 
Invention,  an  exhibition  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  that  commemorated  the  150th  anniversary  of  the  1836 
Patent  Act. 


"■■■  -'-f*  A*. 


118 


Office  display  to  demonstrate  the  processing  of  mail. 
This  year's  accessions  totaled  90,000  objects,  among 
them  a  1775  letter  with  the  earliest  known  "Constitu- 
tional Postmark"  and  a  collection  of  mint  and  used  Swiss 
postage  stamps,  1843  to  1979. 

At  the  Office  of  the  Registrar,  a  major  portion  of  the 
year  was  spent  analyzing  space  needs  for  new  collec- 
tions, exhibition  reinstallations,  and  relocation  due  to 
renovations  planned  for  the  next  five  years.  The  museum 
also  began  work  on  plans  for  moving  over  100,000  ob- 
jects to  the  Museum  Support  Center  in  Silver  Hill,  Mary- 
land, and  appointed  a  move  coordinator  under  the  Of- 
fice of  the  Registrar. 

The  Smithsonian's  largest  asbestos  abatement  project 
affects  more  than  1,000,000  NMAH  objects  stored  in 
several  buildings  at  Silver  Hill.  Registrarial  staff  cleaned 
several  thousand  objects  during  the  year  and  improved 
the  accessibility  of  objects  for  study  and  exhibition.  Staff 
members  supported  the  receipt  and  processing  of  more 
than  45,000  new  acquisitions  and  3,000  loans  for  special 
exhibitions.  The  museum  lent  more  than  2,600  objects 
to  institutions  in  thirty-two  states  and  three  foreign 
countries.  Assistant  Registrar  Katherine  Spiess  taught  a 
collections  course  at  George  Washington  University;  Reg- 
istrar Martha  Morris  led  a  workshop  on  Legal  Problems 
of  Collections  Management  for  the  Virginia  Association 
of  Museums  and  ended  her  eighteen-month  tenure  as 
chair  of  the  Smithsonian  Registrar's  Council  with  a  spe- 
cial commendation  from  the  Secretary. 

Several  major  developments  marked  the  fourth  year  of 
the  Archives  Center.  Most  dramatically,  the  center  more 
than  doubled  the  size  of  its  third  floor  facility,  creating 
new  public  service,  processing,  and  collection  storage 
areas,  and  consolidating  all  Archives  Center  staff  offices 
and  researcher  services  in  a  single  location.  The  center's 
Modern  Advertising  History  Program  received  grants  of 
$90,000  from  Philip  Morris  and  $75,000  from  Miles 
Laboratories  to  conduct  oral  history  interviews  and  col- 
lect print  and  electronic  advertisements  documenting  the 
Marlboro  cigarette  and  Alka-Seltzer  advertising  cam- 
paigns. Archives  Center  historian  Spencer  Crew  is  cura- 
tor of  a  major  exhibition,  Field  to  Factory:  Afro- 
American  Migration  1915-1940,  scheduled  to  open  in 
February  1987.  A  grant  from  Pepsi-Cola  Company  of 
$80,000  will  enable  Crew  to  produce  an  extensive  edu- 
cational program,  including  slide-tape  presentations,  an 
educational  booklet,  and  a  self-guided  tour. 

The  Archives  Center  has  established  an  audiovisual 
archives  capacity  and  can  now  create  master  and  user 
copies  of  recordings  to  allow  viewing  of  films  without 


OS       » 


,..'■, 


•  1  "■ 
u 


j 


This  Bible  Quilt  was  made  by  Harriet  Powers  (1837-1911),  a 
Black  farm  woman  from  the  outskirts  of  Athens,  Georgia.  The 
quilt,  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Division  of  Textiles  at  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History,  records  the  maker's 
impressions  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments. 


risking  damage  through  ordinary  film  projection. 
Chadwyck-Healey,  Ltd.  produced  the  center's  first  micro- 
fiche publication,  The  Scrapbooks  of  Joe  Louis:  1935-44, 
on  304  microfiche  cards.  A  295-page  guide  to  the  Donald 
Sultner- Welles  photographic  collection  has  also  been 
completed.  The  center  also  has  added  some  forty-five 
collections  to  its  holdings. 

The  Division  of  Conservation  emphasized  projects  to 
reduce  the  immense  backlog  of  objects  that  need 
improved  storage  or  basic  stabilization  treatment  to  en- 
sure their  value  for  future  research  or  exhibition.  More 
than  3,500  high-priority  objects  were  treated  or  rehoused 
during  the  year,  but  the  total  fell  short  of  expectations 
owing  to  Gramm-Rudman-Hollings  budget  restrictions 
on  expenditures  for  supplies,  conservation  technician 
contracts,  and  staff  vacancies.  Major  collections  given 
such  attention  included  over  1,100  glass  photographic 
plates  and  cyanotype  prints  in  the  Eadweard  Muybridge 
collection;  300  regimental  flags  of  the  Civil  War  and  the 
Spanish  American  War;  and  more  than  1,000  photo- 
graphs documenting  life  in  a  Kentucky  coal  mining  com- 
pany town  between  1911  and  1940. 


119 


Major  exhibitions,  Cases  of  the  Month,  loans,  and 
assistance  to  exhibits  staff  required  more  than  4,700 
work  hours.  The  division's  rapidly  growing  Wang  data 
base  program  helped  mesh  the  complex  schedules  of  con- 
servators, contractors,  interns,  and  volunteers  with  the 
flow  of  hundreds  of  objects  having  different  treatment 
needs,  priorities,  and  deadlines.  Division  of  Conservation 
staff  answered  more  than  600  requests  for  information 
from  the  public  and  other  institutions,  and  conducted 
laboratory  tours  for  more  than  500  individuals. 

At  the  Computer  Services  Center,  the  Museum  Auto- 
mation Program  continued  to  grow  through  the  exten- 
sion of  the  local  area  network,  the  acquisition  of  addi- 
tional workstations  and  microcomputers,  and  the 
addition  of  memory  and  on-line  storage  devices  for  the 
central  museum  computer  system.  Communications  links 
were  established  with  the  Institution's  IBM  and  Wang 
systems  to  provide  future  access  to  the  Collections  Infor- 
mation System  and  electronic  mail  and  document  inter- 
change services.  Major  software  acquisitions  included  the 
Registration  Transaction  Tracking  System;  a  minicomputer- 
based  electronic  spread  sheet  and  modeling  system;  the 
software  to  support  museum  and  Institutional  electronic 
mail,  calendar,  and  document  transfers;  and  various 
computer  systems  management  and  control  applications. 
The  center  established  a  basic  and  advanced  word- 
processing  training  program,  and  welcomed  George 
Seminara,  a  senior  computer  specialist,  to  its  staff  to 
plan  its  software  development  program  and  to  guide  the 
conversion  of  the  inventory  data  base. 

The  Office  of  the  Building  Manager  has  been  busy 
maintaining  the  building,  supporting  approximately 
1,200  events,  and  helping  to  prepare  for  exhibitions  such 
as  Engines  of  Change  and  Field  to  Factory.  The  office 
took  the  first  step  toward  automation  through  the  addi- 
tion of  a  Wang  personal  computer  and  printer.  The  staff 
continues  to  support  the  ongoing  asbestos  removal  at  the 
museum,  the  long-term  Master  Space  Plan,  and  in  the 
near  future  will  help  in  the  replacement  of  the  fourth- 
floor  roof,  many  windows  around  the  building,  and  the 
north  and  south  main  entrance  doors.  General  Foreman 
Richard  Day  was  promoted  to  assistant  building  man- 
ager. 

In  fiscal  year  1986  the  Afro-American  Communities 
Project  added  demographic  information  derived  from 
records  of  antebellum  Richmond,  Virginia,  to  be  ana- 
lyzed and  compared  to  comparable  holdings  for  northern 
cities.  The  project  is  also  attempting  to  acquire  census 
information  for  other  southern  cities  from  the 
late-nineteenth  century  to  enlarge  its  data  base  and 


broaden  its  holdings  beyond  the  Civil  War.  Director 
James  Horton  presented  twelve  lectures  at  universities 
and  to  professional  organizations,  as  well  as  public  lec- 
tures in  Phoenix,  Salt  Lake  City,  Albuquerque,  and 
Denver. 

The  Project  on  the  Vietnam  Generation,  a  private 
nonprofit  organization  housed  in  the  museum,  celebrated 
its  first  anniversary  on  March  5,  1986.  During  fiscal  year 
1986,  the  project  raised  $75,000  to  continue  its  network- 
ing and  role  as  a  clearinghouse  and  published  a  report 
on  its  fall  1985  Survey  of  Courses  on  Vietnam  Era  Events 
as  well  as  four  issues  of  Report,  the  organization's  quar- 
terly newsletter.  The  project's  survey  of  state  and  local 
Vietnam  veterans'  memorials  uncovered  ninety-six  such 
projects  throughout  the  nation.  A  report  on  the  survey 
results  was  produced  by  November  1986. 


120 


National  Museum  of 
Natural  History 


This  mural  of  the  volcanically  active  Archean  World,  3.5  billion  years  ago,  is  on  view  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  exhi- 
bition Earliest  Traces  of  Life.  (Photograph  by  Chip  Clark) 


The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  /National  Mu- 
seum of  Man,  the  nation's  largest  research  museum, 
houses  more  than  eighty  million  specimens  and  artifacts. 
The  one  hundred  and  twenty  doctoral-level  scientists  on 
the  museum  staff  conduct  research  on  the  collections 
with  visiting  scholars,  students,  research  associates,  and 
eighty  resident  scientists  from  affiliated  U.S.  government 
agencies.  The  results  of  this  research  are  shared  with  the 
public  through  publications,  lectures,  and  exhibitions. 


Dr.  Robert  S.  Hoffmann  Named  Director 

Dr.  Robert  S.  Hoffmann  of  the  University  of  Kansas,  a 
leading  U.S.  authority  on  the  systematics  and  evolution 
of  mammals,  was  appointed  director  of  the  museum  in 
October  1985.  Hoffmann  is  the  first  non-Smithsonian 
scientist  appointed  to  the  position.  At  the  University  of 
Kansas,  Hoffmann  served  as  curator  of  mammals  at  the 


Museum  of  Natural  History  (1968-85),  as  Summerfield 
Distinguished  Professor  of  Systematics  and  Ecology 
(1982-85),  and  as  dean  of  the  College  of  Liberal  Arts  and 
Sciences  (1978-82). 

Hoffmann's  continuing  research  focuses  on  mamma- 
lian evolution  in  the  last  several  million  years,  in  what  is 
now  the  Bering  Strait  and  its  surrounding  land  forma- 
tions. He  has  made  many  research  trips  to  the  Soviet 
Union  and  has  served  on  the  U.S.-U.S.S.R.  Joint  Com- 
mission on  Science  Policy  of  the  National  Academy  of 
Sciences  and  the  NAS  Advisory  Committee  on  the 
U.S.S.R.  and  Eastern  Europe. 


International  Grass  Symposium 

The  Smithsonian  grass  herbarium,  containing  more  than 
250,000  specimens,  is  the  largest  and  most  significant  in 
existence.  To  summarize  recent  research  developments, 


121 


identify  new  problems,  and  suggest  new  avenues  of  ap- 
proach, the  museum  in  1986  organized  the  first  interna- 
tional symposium  on  grass  systematics  and  evolution, 
held  July  27-31  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Smith- 
sonian, the  American  Institute  of  Biological  Sciences,  and 
the  National  Science  Foundation.  Museum  botanist  Dr. 
Thomas  Soderstrom  played  a  major  role  in  planning  the 
symposium.  Attended  by  150  scientists  from  the  United 
States  and  abroad,  major  symposium  addresses  were  de- 
livered by  Richard  W.  Pohl,  Distinguished  Professor  of 
botany,  Iowa  State  University;  G.  Ledyard  Stebbins, 
Emeritus  Professor  of  genetics,  University  of  California, 
Davis;  and  Melvin  Calvin,  Nobel  Laureate  Professor  of 
chemistry,  University  of  California,  Berkeley.  The  papers 
presented  at  the  symposium  will  be  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 


Cooperative  U.S. -Mexican  Bee  Program 

Museum  entomologist  Ronald  J.  McGinley  and  colleague 
Charles  Michener,  of  the  University  of  Kansas,  in  1986 
initiated  the  Cooperative  Program  on  the  Mexican  Api- 
fauna  (Programa  Cooperativo  sobre  la  Apifauna  Mexi- 
cana)  involving  twenty-five  bee  specialists  and  botanists 
from  the  United  States,  Mexico,  and  Panama.  An  imme- 
diate goal  is  the  production  of  an  illustrated,  bilingual 
key  to  the  genera  of  Mexican  bees.  The  proposed  pro- 
gram would  promote  the  study  of  Mexican  bees  by  en- 
couraging cooperation  between  researchers  in  Mexico 
and  other  countries  and  by  aiding  in  establishing  a  com- 
munication network  among  interested  bee  workers  and 
pollination  ecologists. 


Research  on  Hydrothermal  Vents  of  the  Eastern  Pacific 

Museum  zoologist  Dr.  Meredith  L.  Jones  is  an  authority 
on  Riftia,  the  giant  vestimentiferan  tube  worm  that  is  a 
major  faunal  constituent  of  the  extraordinary  communi- 
ties living  in  and  around  seafloor  hydrothermal  vents. 
Since  the  discovery  of  these  communities  a  decade  ago, 
Jones  has  played  a  major  role  in  classifying  vestimentifer- 
ans.  A  symposium  volume  edited  by  Jones,  providing  an 
overview  of  research  on  the  hydrothermal  vents  of  the 
eastern  Pacific,  was  published  in  December  1985  as  Bulle- 
tin No.  6  of  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington.  Jones 
also  reported  a  new  discovery  bearing  on  the  question  of 
how  a  mouthless  and  gutless  adult  vestimentiferan  ob- 


tains the  internal  symbiotic  bacteria  from  which  the 
worm  derives  its  nourishment.  Jones's  studies  of  juvenile 
vestimentiferan  worms  revealed  at  the  base  of  the  worm's 
plume  a  short-lived,  ciliated  passageway  through  which 
bacteria  can  pass.  This  passageway  later  atrophies,  leav- 
ing the  bacterial  symbionts  inside  the  worm. 


Plains  Indian  Publications 

Much  of  our  knowledge  about  the  Plains  of  the  United 
States  can  be  linked  with  the  research  of  Dr.  Waldo  R. 
Wedel,  museum  archeologist  emeritus,  and  Dr.  John  C. 
Ewers,  museum  ethnologist  emeritus.  Both  published 
major  works  in  1986.  Wedel's  Central  Plains  Prehistory: 
Holocene  Environments  and  Culture  Change  in  the  Re- 
publican River  Basin,  published  by  the  University  of  Ne- 
braska Press,  is  the  first  full-scale  review  and  synthesis  of 
central  Plains  prehistory,  using  the  Republican  River  Val- 
ley, which  cuts  through  Kansas,  Nebraska,  and  Colo- 
rado, as  an  ideal  microcosm  of  Plains  environments. 
Wedel  approaches  his  subject  through  the  environmental 
setting,  demonstrating  how  drastic  variations  in  climate 
and  natural  setting  provoked  differing  cultural  responses 
in  the  survival  strategies  of  the  human  inhabitants. 
Ewers's  Plains  Indian  Sculpture:  A  Traditional  Art  from 
America's  Heartland,  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution Press,  is  the  first  comprehensive  look  at  Plains 
Indian  sculpture.  Unlike  other  Indian  cultures,  the  Plains 
Indians  rendered  nearly  all  works  in  miniature,  often 
consisting  of  carvings  on  effigy  tobacco  pipes.  Ewers's 
book  demonstrates  that  the  Indians  of  the  North  Ameri- 
can heartland  created  an  art  form  comparable  to  the 
other  great  traditions  of  Native  American  art. 


Handbook  of  North  American  Indians 

Great  Basin,  sixth  in  the  Smithsonian's  projected  twenty- 
volume  encyclopedic  Handbook  of  North  American  Indi- 
ans, was  published  in  August  1986.  The  forty-five  chap- 
ters, written  by  leading  experts,  summarize  modern 
knowledge  of  the  environment,  prehistory,  history,  devel- 
opment, cultures,  and  forms  of  social  organization  of  the 
Shoshone,  Bannock,  Ute,  Paiute,  Kawaiisu,  and  Washoe 
tribes.  The  volume  was  edited  by  Wirren  L.  d'Azevedo. 
The  complete  Handbook  is  being  published  under  the 
general  editorship  of  Dr.  William  C.  Sturtevant. 


122 


Contributions  to  Latin  American  Archaeological 
Research 

Museum  archaeologist  Dr.  Betty  J.  Meggers  was 
awarded  the  Secretary's  Gold  Medal  for  Exceptional  Serv- 
ice in  January  1986  for  her  "innovative  research  in  pre- 
Columbian  archaeology"  and  her  achievements  in  ce- 
menting the  professional  bonds  between  the  Northern 
and  Southern  hemispheres.  During  her  thirty-five  years 
at  the  Smithsonian,  Dr.  Meggers  conducted  archaeologi- 
cal training  workshops  in  Latin  America;  translated  into 
English  many  books  and  articles  by  Latin  American  ar- 
chaeologists; and  brought  many  Latin  American  archae- 
ologists to  study  at  the  Smithsonian  under  fellowships 
and  grants.  She  currently  directs  the  archaeological  work 
of  the  Smithsonian  Neotropical  Lowland  Ecosystems 
project. 


1985-86  International  Expeditions 

An  eruption  on  the  glaciated  summit  of  Nevada  del  Ruiz 
in  the  Colombian  Andes  in  November  1985  destroyed 
villages  and  caused  the  deaths  of  about  24,000  people. 
As  soon  as  seismic  activity  at  Ruiz  began  to  subside  in 
late  January,  a  multidisciplinary  museum  team — headed 
by  Dr.  William  Melson,  a  volcanologist,  Dr.  Vicki  Funk, 
a  botanist,  and  Dr.  Gary  Graves,  an  ornithologist — flew 
to  Colombia  to  study  the  eruption  and  its  long-term  im- 
pact on  the  environment.  On  the  trip  Melson  amassed 
samples  of  the  diverse  volcanic  rocks  produced  by  the 
eruption.  Laboratory  studies  of  the  rocks  reveal  that  the 
eruption  tapped  largely  degassed,  highly  viscous  dacitic 
to  andesitic  magma  expected  to  be  at  the  top  of  a  much 
larger,  possibly  water-rich  magma  body,  which  has  yet  to 
erupt. 

Dr.  Ernani  Menez  of  the  museum's  Oceanographic 
Sorting  Center  in  May  1986  led  a  field  party  of  American 
and  Philippino  scientists  to  Siayan  Island,  a  remote,  bio- 
logically unexplored  offshore  area  of  the  northern  Philip- 
pines, to  make  collections  of  marine  plants  and  animals. 
Eight  scientists  from  the  University  of  California,  Berk- 
eley, Scripps  Institute  of  Oceanography,  Seattle  Pacific 
University,  Mindanao  State  University,  and  Silliman  Uni- 
versity, took  part  in  the  expedition  jointly  funded  by  the 
Smithsonian  and  the  National  Cancer  Institute.  Seaweeds 
and  seagrasses  possibly  containing  active  natural  sub- 
stances of  value  as  anticancer  drugs  were  collected  for 
research. 


Workmen  move  Hydrolab,  the  National  Oceanic  and  Atmo- 
spheric Administration's  underwater  research  laboratory,  into  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  (Photograph  by  Chip 
Clark) 


Hiking  into  Nepal's  mountainous  Anapurna  region, 
museum  scientists  in  October  1985  conducted  a  biotic 
survey  of  a  proposed  Anapurna  Conservation  area  and 
searched  for  habitats  appropriate  for  more  detailed  sur- 
veys. Museum  arachnologist  Jon  Coddington,  entomolo- 
gists Jerry  Louton  and  Wayne  Mathis,  botanist  Vicki 
Funk,  ichthyologist  Richard  Vari,  and  herpetologist 
George  Zug,  accompanied  by  Nepalese  Sherpas  and  por- 
ters, made  the  trek  with  the  encouragement  of  World 
Wildlife  Fund  and  Nepalese  government  officials  inter- 
ested in  the  formation  of  multiuse  national  parks.  The 
team  made  recommendations  bearing  on  the  conserva- 
tion of  the  natural  communities  in  the  proposed  area. 

Moroccan  field  expeditions  were  carried  out  in  Octo- 
ber 1985  and  April  1986  by  a  Smithsonian-National  Geo- 
graphic Society  international  team  of  paleontologists 
searching  for  the  ancient  Strait  of  Gibraltar — a  passage 
believed  destroyed  more  than  five  million  years  ago  by 


123 


the  collision  of  the  European  and  African  continental 
plates.  This  project,  headed  by  museum  paleobiologist 
Dr.  Richard  H.  Benson,  is  providing  historical  evidence 
of  the  formation  of  the  mountain  systems  of  southern 
Spain  and  northwest  Africa. 


Pioneering  Bat  Study 

Tropical  bats,  nocturnal  and  elusive,  have  frustrated  ef- 
forts of  scientists  to  capture,  mark,  and  monitor  them  on 
a  long-term  basis.  It  has  not  been  possible  to  learn  much 
about  bat  populations,  longevity,  or  behavior.  But  over 
the  past  decade,  museum  mammalogist  Dr.  Charles  O. 
Handley  developed  field  techniques  that  made  it  possible 
for  him  to  illuminate  the  demography  and  natural  his- 
tory of  a  population  of  tropical  bats  and  their  important 
role  in  tropical  forest  ecology.  For  a  study  site  Handley 
selected  Barro  Colorado  Island,  near  the  Panama  Isth- 
mus, where  a  large  pool  of  bats  feed  year-round  on  the 
fruit  of  the  canopy  trees.  Through  the  first  half  of  the 
project,  1975-80,  Handley  worked  with  U.S.  Fish  and 
Wildlife  scientists  Don  Wilson  and  Alfred  Gardner. 
Douglas  and  Susan  Morrison  of  Rutgers  University  con- 
ducted radio-tracking  and  related  roosting  and  foraging 
studies,  supported  by  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 
Institute  and  the  National  Geographic  Society.  The 
Smithsonian's  National  Zoological  Park  maintained  a 
colony  of  Panamanian  bats  in  the  early  stages  of  the 
project  that  were  used  to  determine  age  structure  and 
reproductive  cycles — data  of  invaluable  aid  in  the  field. 
The  field  crews  caught  a  total  of  48,375  bats,  including 
fifty-six  species.  Every  new  bat  caught  was  marked,  but 
the  project  focused  on  the  common  fruit  bat,  Artibeus 
jamaicensis.  As  the  project  progressed,  Handley  calcu- 
lated the  annual  survival  rate  of  the  adult  female  bat  to 
be  about  60  percent,  the  average  longevity  to  be  1.8 
years,  and  the  potential  longevity  to  be  about  10  years. 


Smithsonian  Marine  Station  at  Link  Port 

The  Smithsonian  Marine  Station  at  Link  Port — at  the 
Harbor  Branch  Oceanographic  Institution,  Fort  Pierce, 
Florida — presents  a  unique  opportunity  to  study  marine 
organisms  because  it  is  situated  in  a  transition  zone  be- 
tween tropical  and  temperate  provinces.  Local  marine 
habitats  include  mangroves,  seagrass  beds,  mud  and 
sand  flats,  intertidal  coquina  outcrops,  sabellarid  worm 
reefs,  oculinid  coral  reefs,  shallow  to  deep  water  sandy 


On  the  back  of  an  elephant.  National  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory entomologists  Wayne  Mathis  and  Jerry  Louton  ride  through 
a  field  of  tall  grass  in  Nepal.  They  are  carrying  collecting  nets. 


plains,  and  the  Florida  current  with  its  myriad  of  tropi- 
cal plankton  and  larvae.  These  environments  enable 
Smithsonian  scientists  to  conduct  systematic,  ecological, 
reproductive,  and  behavioral  studies.  For  example,  Dr. 
M.  G.  Harasewych  is  investigating  the  family  Melonge- 
nidae  with  the  subfamilies  Busyconinae,  restricted  solely 
to  the  east  coast  of  North  America,  and  Melongeninae, 
found  worldwide.  For  this  research  he  is  using  DNA- 
DNA  hybridization  and  isoenzyme  electrophoresis  tech- 
niques to  confirm  the  evolutionary  relationships  inferred 
on  the  basis  of  shell  morphometric  and  anatomical  data. 
This  represents  one  of  the  first  efforts  to  use  DNA  tech- 
niques to  study  molluscan  evolution. 


Dating  the  Origin  of  the  Solar  System 

Meteorite  curator  Glenn  J.  MacPherson  initiated  a  major 
study  of  the  meteorite  Vigarano,  from  Vigarano,  Italy. 


124 


Vigarano  is  similar  to  the  Allende  meteorite,  whose  iso- 
topic  properties  gave  the  first  direct  clues  to  the  earliest 
history  of  the  solar  system.  Because  subsequent  modifica- 
tion of  the  Allende  meteorite  during  later  solar  system 
evolution  has  obscured  some  of  its  primary  features,  sci- 
entists have  tried  to  find  a  similar  meteorite  that  has  es- 
caped such  modifications.  Vigarano  is  such  a  meteorite. 
Using  samples  from  the  Vigarano  meteorite  in  the  mu- 
seum meteorite  research  collection,  MacPherson  made 
studies  using  ion  microprobe  and  scanning  electron  mi- 
croscope equipment  in  the  laboratories  of  collaborating 
scientists  from  the  University  of  Chicago  and  Washington 
University,  St.  Louis.  Preliminary  results  have  begun  to 
establish  the  prealteration  isotopic  and  chemical  signa- 
tures of  the  earliest  solar  system  solid  material. 


Mangrove  Ecosystem  Study 

As  a  result  of  human  activities,  such  as  dredging,  sewage 
dumping,  and  oil  spills,  the  intertidal  environment  of 
many  mangrove  swamps  on  tropical  and  subtropical 
coasts  are  under  environmental  stress.  To  gather  much 
needed  data  on  mangrove  communities,  the  museum  ini- 
tiated the  first  long-term  multidisciplinary  study  of  an 
undisturbed  mangrove  ecosystem  at  Twin  Cays,  Belize, 
coordinated  by  Dr.  Klaus  Ruetzler.  The  study  was  begun 
with  grants  from  the  EXXON  Corporation  and  now  is 
supplemented  with  grants  and  fellowships  from  the 
Smithsonian  Caribbean  Coral  Reef  Ecosystems  Program. 
Seventy-five  scientists  from  the  Smithsonian  and  other 
institutions  worked  at  Twin  Cays  in  1985-86.  Among  the 
projects  by  museum  staff  are  sediment  coring  and  map- 
ping studies  by  Ian  Macintyre;  a  study  of  the  functional 
differences  between  different  morphological  forms  of 
brown  alga  by  Mark  and  Diane  Littler;  an  investigation 
of  the  physiological  adaptations  of  selected  mangrove 
organisms  to  salinity  and  temperature  stress  by  Kristian 
Fauchald  and  Brian  F.  Kensley;  surveys  of  shore  fly  and 
beetle  fauna  by  Wayne  Mathis  and  Paul  Spangler;  a 
study  of  copepod  parasites  of  fishes  by  Roger  Cressey;  a 
lichen  survey  by  Mason  Hale;  and  ichthyological  studies 
by  James  Tyler  and  David  Johnson. 


Museum  Support  Center 

The  Museum  Support  Center — located  at  Silver  Hill, 
Maryland  and  administered  by  the  museum — is  devoted 
exclusively  to  collections  management.  During  1986  a 


new  storage  facility  for  Antarctic  meteorites  was  com- 
pleted. Hundreds  of  meteorite  specimens  gathered  in  the 
Antarctic  over  the  last  decade  by  National  Science  Foun- 
dation expeditions,  and  temporarily  stored  at  the  Na- 
tional Air  and  Space  Administration's  Johnson  Space 
Flight  Center,  are  being  turned  over  to  the  Smithsonian. 
These  and  other  precious  samples  from  the  museum  me- 
teorite collection  will  be  permanently  stored  at  the  Mu- 
seum Support  Center. 


Earth's  Oldest  Fossils  Featured  in  New  Permanent 
Exhibition 

The  Earliest  Traces  of  Life  opened  on  June  27.  The 
highlight  of  the  exhibition  is  a  3.5  billion-year-old 
stromatolite,  fossilized  blue-green  algae  and  bacteria,  the 
oldest  direct  evidence  of  life  on  earth.  A  large  mural  de- 
picts algal  life-forms  growing  along  the  shoreline  3.5  bil- 
lion years  ago.  Among  the  other  displays  are  fossil  mi- 
crobes preserved  in  surprising  detail  and  fossils  of  the 
Ediacara  fauna,  the  earliest  known  multicellular  animals, 
distributed  worldwide  in  rocks  between  570  and  670  mil- 
lion years  old.  Geologist  Kenneth  W.  Towe  provided  the 
scientific  background  for  the  exhibition  displays.  An  ani- 
mated film  by  Faith  Hubley,  Enter  Life,  shows  the  criti- 
cal stages  thought  to  be  involved  in  the  establishment  of 
living  things  on  our  planet  based  on  Dr.  Towe's  assess- 
ment of  possible  scenarios  and  probable  hazards  early 
life  on  earth  may  have  encountered.  For  his  outstanding 
contributions  to  the  development  of  The  Earliest  Traces 
of  Life  and  other  paleontology  halls,  he  was  presented  a 
Director's  Award  for  exceptional  service. 

Other  permanent  exhibitions  include  Shark!,  display- 
ing the  jaws  of  Carcharodon  megalodon,  the  colossal 
ancestor  of  the  modern  great  white  shark,  opened  in  the 
paleontology  hall.  For  this  display  a  set  of  fiberglass 
jaws  was  fitted  with  a  set  of  forty-eight  C.  megalodon 
teeth,  ranging  from  1  to  6  inches  in  length,  donated  by 
Peter  J.  Harmatuk,  a  fossil  hunter  from  Bridgeton, 
North  Carolina.  Hydrolab,  a  stationary  underwater  lab- 
oratory that  revolutionized  oceanographic  research  by 
permitting  scientists  to  live  and  work  in  the  depths  of  the 
sea  for  lengthy  periods,  was  placed  on  exhibition  in  the 
Sea  Life  Hall  on  May  15.  Underwater  photographs  and 
video  footage  of  scientists  using  Hydrolab  are  on  view. 
Hydrolab  was  retired  from  service  in  1985  after  serving 
for  nine  years  as  a  National  Oceanic  and  Atmospheric 
Administration  undersea  base  off  Saint  Croix,  Virgin 
Islands. 


125 


Voyage  into  History 

The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition,  a  landmark  in  the  an- 
nals of  science  and  naval  history,  triumphed  again  in 
1985-86  as  a  critically  acclaimed  Smithsonian  exhibition 
and  book.  The  yearlong  exhibition  (November  14, 
1985-November  9,  1986)  commemorated  an  expedition 
that  made  enduring  contributions  to  scientific  knowl- 
edge. The  expedition's  most  important  legacy  was  the 
thousands  of  bird,  mammal,  fish,  coral,  and  plant  speci- 
mens and  ethnographic  artifacts  collected  by  the  "Scientif- 
ics" — the  remarkable  young  scientists  on  the  voyage.  The 
collections  the  Scientifics  assembled,  mostly  from  the 
Pacific  Islands  and  the  west  coast  of  North  America, 
were  without  precedent  in  the  country.  Turned  over  to 
the  Smithsonian  in  1857,  the  artifacts  became  the  founda- 
tion for  the  museum's  study  collections. 

Financed  by  generous  grants  from  the  Atlantic  Rich- 
field Foundation  and  the  Smithsonian  Special  Exhibition 
Trust  Fund,  Magnificent  Voyagers  became  a  massive  un- 
dertaking comprising  1,750  objects,  the  largest  special 
exhibition  ever  organized  by  the  museum's  Exhibits  Of- 
fice. More  than  forty  institutions  and  individuals  lent 
materials  for  the  show. 

Museum  historian  Herman  Viola  played  the  major 
role  in  initiating  and  coordinating  the  planning  of  the 
event — undertaken  for  the  celebration  of  the  museum's 
twenty-fifth  anniversary.  Viola,  George  Watson, 
Frederick  Bayer,  Adrienne  Kaeppler,  Jane  Walsh,  Daniel 
Appleman,  Richard  Eyde,  Philip  Lundeberg,  Harold 
Langley,  Nathan  Reingold,  Jeffrey  Stann,  Douglas 
Evelyn,  Joye  Leonhart,  Ralph  Ehrenberg,  John  Wolter, 
and  Charles  Burroughs  contributed  to  the  book  accom- 
panying the  exhibition.  The  book,  edited  by  Viola  and 
Carolyn  Margolis,  the  exhibition  project  manager,  was 
published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 

The  museum's  Office  of  Education  publicized  the  exhi- 
bition through  its  new  quarterly  calendar.  Teacher  kits 
offering  multimedia  materials  were  developed  for  the 
exhibition  and  made  available  nationally.  Sailing  Ships 
and  Old  Salts,  a  special  weekend  festival  of  family  activi- 
ties was  organized  in  conjunction  with  the  exhibition, 
presenting  performances  of  sea  chanteys,  Samoan  danc- 
ers, and  demonstrations  of  the  traditional  crafts  of  sea- 
men— scrimshaw,  knot  tying,  flag  signaling,  and  the  use 
of  navigation  instruments. 

Magnificent  Voyagers  will  be  circulated  nationally  for 
two  years  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhi- 
bition Service  following  the  engagement  at  the  Smith- 
sonian. 


Other  special  exhibitions  include:  Music  and  Dance  of 
Papua,  New  Guinea,  (January  10-March  9,  1986),  color 
photographs  and  artifacts  of  the  brilliantly  colorful  cere- 
monial costumes,  personal  adornment,  and  dances  of  the 
people  of  Papua  New  Guinea  by  photographer  Jordan 
Wright.  Seven  Views  of  Hopi  (March  14-June  1,  1986), 
photos  of  the  Hopi  People  by  seven  Hopi  artists.  Fields 
of  Grass  (June  6-August  31)  an  exhibition  of  drawings, 
watercolors,  and  prints  of  grasses  by  artists  from  the  six- 
teenth century  to  the  present.  The  People  of  China  (Sep- 
tember 19-November  9),  fifty  oil  portraits  and  sketches 
of  China's  ethnic  minorities  by  Lunda  Hoyle  Gill.  Bird 
Carving  in  Wood  by  Ma  Hai  Feng  (November  i-Decem- 
ber  31,  1985).  Antarctic  Summer:  Watercolors  by  Lucia 
de  Leiris  (August  8-October  31,  1986).  Thomas  T 
Thompson  Tnlobite  Collection  (through  1986),  the  larg- 
est and  finest  personal  collection  of  North  American 
trilobites. 


Teacher  Workshops 

Programs  for  teachers  were  a  main  focus  of  the  muse- 
um's Office  of  Education.  Programs  and  workshops  de- 
signed to  assist  teachers  in  using  the  museum  as  a  re- 
source for  teaching  the  natural  sciences  were  funded 
through  the  Educational  Outreach  Fund  and  held  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  six  other  cities. 


126 


National  Portrait  Gallery 


Two  major  sculpture  exhibitions  were  highlights  of  fiscal 
year  1986  at  the  National  Portrait  Gallery.  Gaston 
Lachaise:  Portrait  Sculpture  was  the  first  exhibition  to 
concentrate  on  the  major  role  of  portraiture  in  Lachaise's 
oeuvre,  usually  celebrated  for  the  large  female  portraits 
for  which  his  wife  served  as  the  model. 

John  F 'razee,  Sculptor  brought  together  the  work  of 
the  first  American  to  fashion  a  portrait  in  marble  and 
the  first  to  receive  a  commission  from  Congress  to  create 
a  sculpture  for  the  U.S.  Capitol.  This  exhibition  was 
co-organized  with  the  Boston  Athenaeum  where  it  was 
shown  after  it  closed  at  the  gallery. 

Davy  Crockett:  Gentleman  from  the  Cane  commemo- 
rated the  bicentennial  of  the  folk  hero's  birth.  The  exhi- 
bition included  Crockett  memorabilia  relating  to  both 
the  man  and  the  myth,  first  editions  of  his  writings,  and 
the  portraits  of  him  by  Chester  Harding  and  James 
Shegogue.  Jointly  organized  by  the  National  Portrait 
Gallery  and  the  Tennessee  State  Museum,  the  exhibition 
moved  to  Nashville  after  its  Washington  showing. 

Portraits  by  Brady:  Imperial  Prints  from  the  Harvard 
College  Library  was  the  first  museum  exhibition  devoted 
to  the  large  format  salt  and  albumen  portrait  prints  that 
represented  the  premier  product  of  Mathew  Brady's  gal- 
leries during  the  Civil  War  era.  The  sixty  prints  exhibited 
were  selected  from  a  collection  of  almost  500  donated  by 
a  Harvard  alumnus  to  the  college  libraries  several  de- 
cades ago. 

Through  Light  and  Shadow:  Photographs  by  Clara 
Sipprell  was  an  exhibition  of  twenty-nine  portraits  se- 
lected from  some  600  Sipprell  photographs  donated  to 
the  National  Portrait  Gallery  by  the  estate  of  Phyllis 
Fenner,  the  photographer's  longtime  companion.  The 
exhibition  surveyed  the  forty  years  of  Sipprell's  career. 

Artists  on  Paper  displayed  portraits  of  American  artists 
selected  from  the  gallery's  collections  of  prints,  drawings, 
and  photographs;  A  Decade  of  Print  Collecting:  The 
Highlights  celebrated  the  ten  years  of  the  print  depart- 
ment's existence,  while  portraits  acquired  by  the  gallery 
during  1985  and  1986  were  displayed  in  Recent  Acquisi- 
tions. 

The  American  Art/Portrait  Gallery  Library  partici- 
pated in  the  Albert  Bierstadt  Cholooke,  The  Yosemite 
Fall  exhibition,  organized  by  the  Timken  Art  Gallery,  San 
Diego,  by  lending  the  1872  edition  of  The  Picturesque 
America  or  the  Land  We  Live  In,  edited  by  William 
Cullen  Bryant.  In  April  1986,  the  "Edgehill"  portrait  of 
Thomas  Jefferson  by  Gilbert  Stuart  left  the  gallery  for  a 
three-year  stay  with  its  co-owners,  the  Thomas  Jefferson 
Foundation  at  Monticello.  In  May  the  Athenaeum  por- 


Pictured  at  the  National  Portrait  Gallery's  "Evening  with 
Katherine  Dunham,"  April  10,  1986,  are  [left  to  right):  Marc 
Pachter,  Assistant  Director  for  History  and  Public  Programs, 
Katherine  Dunham,  and  Director  Alan  Fern.  (Photograph  by  Jeff 
Tinsley) 


traits  of  George  and  Martha  Washington  returned  to  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery  from  Boston  and  began  their 
three-year  residence  in  Washington. 

In  fiscal  year  1986  the  gallery  purchased  more  than 
zoo  works  and  received  approximately  sixty  gifts. 
Among  the  notable  painted  portraits  are  those  of  Talcott 
Williams  by  Thomas  Eakins,  Willard  Huntington  Wright 
(S.  S.  Van  Dine)  by  his  brother  Stanton  MacDonald- 
Wright,  and  Thomas  Sterns  Eliot  by  Sir  Gerald  Kelly. 
Two  busts  by  Jo  Davidson,  of  artist  John  Marin  and  la- 
bor leader  Andrew  Furuseth,  add  to  the  gallery's  sub- 
stantial holdings  of  work  by  this  sculptor.  Major  prints 
include  Peter  Pelham's  portrait  of  Cotton  Mather,  the 
first  engraving  made  in  America;  posters  of  dancers 
Katherine  Dunham  and  Josephine  Baker;  Anders  Zorn's 
etching  of  collector  Charles  Deering;  Mabel  Dwight's 
lithograph  of  print  curator  Carl  Zigrosser;  and  Robert 
Rauschenberg's  lithograph  of  printer  and  dealer  Tatyana 
Grosman.  The  gallery  also  acquired  a  substantial  num- 
ber of  drawings  by  the  twentieth-century  caricaturists 
Henry  Major  and  Herman  Perlman.  Major  photographs 
include  the  daguerreotype  of  Mathew  Brady  that  is  the 


127 


128 


only  authenticated  portrait  of  Brady,  and  Man  Ray's  por- 
trait of  Gertrude  Stein. 

The  portrait  of  T.  S.  Eliot  was  purchased  with  the 
support  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  Commission 
and  senior  gallery  staff  in  honor  of  Donald  Klopfer,  hus- 
band of  commission  member  Katie  Louchheim  Klopfer. 
A  grant  from  the  James  Smithson  Society  assisted  with 
the  purchase  of  the  portrait  of  Willard  Huntington 
Wright.  The  acquisition  of  the  Tilcott  Williams  portrait 
was  also  assisted  by  the  James  Smithson  Society  and  the 
Kate  and  Laurens  Seelye  family. 

The  Catalog  of  American  Portraits — a  research  center 
within  the  National  Portrait  Gallery — completed  a  field 
survey  of  Texas,  New  Mexico,  and  Oklahoma  in  1986. 
Major  collections  in  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and 
the  U.S.  Naval  Academy  were  added  to  the  files.  The 
Peale  Papers  staff  continued  transcribing,  researching, 
and  annotating  selected  letters  and  documents  of  Charles 
Willson  Peale  and  his  artist  sons  Raphaelle  and 
Rembrandt. 

Publications  produced  in  connection  with  exhibitions 
were:  Gaston  Lacbaise:  Portrait  Sculpture,  published 
with  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  and  supported  in 
part  by  a  grant  from  the  Lachaise  Foundation;  John 
Frazee,  Sculptor,  published  jointly  by  the  gallery  and  the 
Boston  Athenaeum;  Davy  Crockett:  Gentleman  from  the 
Cane,  a  joint  publication  of  the  gallery  and  the  Tennessee 
State  Museum;  and  a  brochure  for  Through  Light  and 
Shadow:  Photographs  by  Clara  Sipprell.  The  gallery's 
general  information  brochure  was  redesigned  and 
reprinted  this  year  with  funds  provided  by  the  T.  M. 
Evans  Foundation,  Inc. 

Exhibitions  and  permanent  installations  were  accom- 
panied by  programs  organized  by  the  Education  Depart- 
ment as  diverse  as  a  film  series  highlighting  The  Friends 
of  Gaston  Lachaise;  Lunchtime  Lectures  offered  by  the 
curators;  and  a  Cafe  Concert  highlighting  the  gallery's 
prized  portrait  of  Mary  Cassatt  by  Edgar  Degas.  Note- 
worthy this  year  was  a  lecture  by  the  eminent  British 
author  Nigel  Nicolson  on  the  special  bonds  between 
American  and  English  cultures  at  the  turn  of  the  century, 
saluting  the  National  Gallery's  Treasure  Houses  of  Brit- 
ain exhibition,  and  a  presentation  by  American  author 


Garry  Wills  on  the  imagery  of  George  and  Martha  Wash- 
ington, in  honor  of  the  return  of  the  portraits  to  the  gal- 
lery— both  cosponsored  by  the  Smithsonian  Resident  As- 
sociate Program.  Also  complementing  the  Treasure 
Houses  exhibition  were  Lunchtime  Lectures,  "The 
English  Connection:  America's  Lingering  Ties  of  Affec- 
tion with  Great  Britain"  and  "The  English  Accent  in 
American  Portraiture."  The  Education  Department  con- 
tinued its  Portraits  in  Motion  series,  providing  theatrical 
portraits  of  such  figures  as  Thomas  Jefferson  and  Paul 
Robeson,  and  inaugurated  such  new  programs  as  an 
American  storytelling  series  and  the  presentation  of 
Hugbie,  a  short  play  by  Eugene  O'Neill,  performed  in 
American  Sign  Language  by  a  member  of  the  National 
Theatre  of  the  Deaf. 

After  a  one-year  hiatus,  the  gallery  reinstituted  the 
Living  Self-Portrait  series  of  interviews  with  notable 
Americans,  beginning  with  an  evening  with  philosopher 
Mortimer  Adler,  cosponsored  by  the  National  Museum 
of  American  Art,  followed  in  the  spring  by  an  evening 
with  distinguished  ethnographer  and  dancer  Katherine 
Dunham. 


The  purchase  of  this  oil-on-canvas  portrait  of  T.  S.  Eliot  by  Sir 
Gerald  Kelly  for  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  was  made  possible 
by  the  generosity  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  Commissioners 
and  senior  staff  in  memory  of  Donald  Klopfer.  (Photograph  by 
Eugene  Mantie) 


129 


Office  of  Exhibits  Central 


The  Office  of  Exhibits  Central  (OEC)  continues  to  re- 
flect the  diversity  of  the  Smithsonian  by  providing  spe- 
cialized exhibit  and  exhibit-related  services  for  nearly  all 
of  the  Smithsonian  museums  and  bureaus.  The  over  200 
projects  completed  each  year  support  research,  public 
information,  as  well  as  exhibit  and  exhibition  efforts 
throughout  the  Smithsonian. 

For  the  National  Museum  of  American  History's  exhi- 
bition Engines  of  Change,  the  OEC  Model  Shop  pre- 
pared six  all-white  mannequins,  which  demanded  ex- 
traordinary attention  to  surface  texture  and  detail.  Life 
masks,  hands,  and  most  of  the  clothing  were  made  at 
the  office. 

For  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  the 
Model  Shop  made  casts  of  several  specimens  for  scien- 
tific study;  among  them  were  three  very  detailed  epoxy 
resin  casts  of  a  jade  Tuxtla  statuette.  The  Model  Shop 
also  produced  replicas  of  Eskimo  snow  goggles  and  a 
doll  for  the  Discovery  Room,  and  the  office's  editorial 
staff  provided  assistance  for  the  Antarctic  Summer  ex- 
hibit. 

For  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition 
Service  alone,  the  office  produced  twenty  new  exhibits. 
One  of  the  most  comprehensive  was  Community  Indus- 
tries of  the  Shakers:  A  New  Look,  for  which  the  office 
designed  the  exhibition,  edited  the  script,  fabricated 
eleven  freestanding  custom-built  exhibit  cases  and  fifteen 
platforms  with  back  walls,  silk-screened  over  thirty-five 
didactic  panels  and  individual  labels  for  each  of  the  250 
artifacts,  and  packed  the  entire  exhibition  in  thirty-eight 
custom-made  shipping  containers.  Art  Nouveau  Bing: 
The  Paris  Style  1900  was  another  large  exhibition  for 
SITES,  composed. about  200  artifacts  (furniture,  tex- 
tiles, ceramics,  and  works  on  paper)  from  collections  in 
France,  Germany,  Scandinavia,  and  the  United  States. 
This  exhibition,  like  the  Shaker  exhibition,  required  the 
efforts  of  all  OEC  units. 

A  brief  list  of  other  projects  completed  in  fiscal  year 
1986  will  illustrate  the  variety  of  tasks  handled  by  the 
office  each  year:  the  Discover  Graphics  exhibit  for  the 
Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program;  the  Poster 
Contest  exhibit  for  Reading  Is  Fundamental;  twenty  to 
thirty  Plexiglas  book  stands  for  the  Dibner  Library;  ex- 
hibit vitrines  for  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  and  the 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden;  fiberglass 
casts  of  three  tombstones  for  the  John  Frazee  exhibition 
at  the  National  Portrait  Gallery;  an  exhibit  about  the 
orchid  collection  for  the  Office  of  Horticulture;  graphics 
for  the  Folklife  Festival;  a  variety  of  support  for  the 
Christmas  Dance  and  Craft  Show  organized  by  the 


Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates;  and 
a  planning  model  of  the  Castle  for  the  Visitor  Informa- 
tion and  Associates'  Reception  Center. 

Of  special  note  in  fiscal  year  1986  was  the  retirement 
of  three  longtime  Smithsonian  employees  at  OEC.  Wil- 
liam Clark,  OEC  administrative  officer,  retired  after 
twenty-two  years  at  the  Smithsonian.  John  Widener,  who 
came  to  the  Institution  in  1957  as  a  plastics  consultant, 
retired  as  chief  of  production.  And  James  A.  Mahoney, 
director  of  OEC  since  1974,  retired  after  twenty-eight 
years  at  the  Smithsonian. 


130 


Office  of  Horticulture 


During  1985,  the  Office  of  Horticulture  completed  a  reor- 
ganization, and  strengthened  the  ability  to  provide  a  full 
range  of  horticultural  services  to  the  bureaus,  to  manage 
the  grounds  of  all  museum  facilities,  and  to  develop  edu- 
cational outreach  programs. 

To  prepare  for  the  opening  of  the  quadrangle,  the  ex- 
isting greenhouses  were  reorganized,  and  two  additional 
houses  were  purchased.  Throughout  the  year,  the  office 
supervised  the  selection  and  delivery  of  trees,  and  the 
restoration  of  the  important  collection  of  garden  furnish- 
ings to  be  installed  in  the  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden.  Dur- 
ing the  course  of  the  year,  director  James  R.  Buckler  and 
museum  specialist  Mrs.  Kathryn  Meehan,  on  behalf  of 
the  Secretary,  kept  Mrs.  Enid  A.  Haupt  informed  on  the 
progress  of  the  installation  of  plants  and  furnishings  for 
the  new  garden,  named  in  her  honor,  scheduled  to  open 
in  spring  1987.  Coordination  was  begun  with  the  Office 
of  Exhibits  Central  on  the  design  of  an  exhibition  pre- 
viewing the  garden. 

Mr.  Kenneth  Hawkins,  Grounds  Management  Division 
foreman,  continued  to  oversee  the  grounds  and  their 
plant  collections.  Special  projects  included  the  design  and 
installation  of  landscaping  at  the  Anacostia  Neighbor- 
hood Museum  Annex,  replanting  the  Ninth  Street  peren- 
nial border,  continued  refinement  of  the  plantings  and 
their  labeling  in  the  Fragrant  Garden,  and  the  installa- 
tion of  over  16,000  pansies,  45,000  spring  bulbs,  and 
35,000  annuals. 

Mr.  August  Dietz,  Greenhouse  Nursery  Division  man- 
ager, supervised  the  production  of  over  70,000  annuals; 
the  management  of  permanent  collections  of  over  30,000 
orchids,  250  bromeliads,  and  no  ivies;  rotation  of  over 
4,500  tropical  plants,  assembly  and  delivery  of  384  floral 
arrangements  and  3,000  potted  plants  for  special  events, 
and  computer  input  of  over  11,000  data  entries.  The  ad- 
dition of  over  2,850  volunteer  hours  and  the  assistance  of 
interns  permitted  the  Greenhouse  Nursery  Division  to 
complete  its  work  with  limited  manpower  resources. 

A  grant  of  $15,000  from  the  James  Smithson  Society 
will  be  used  to  document  images  of  gardens  for  preserva- 
tion on  a  laser  disc.  The  first  collection  to  be  treated  will 
be  the  Slide  Library  of  Notable  American  Parks  and  Gar- 
dens, assembled  by  the  Garden  Club  of  America.  A 
$3,000  gift  from  the  Women's  Committee  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates  funded  a  gardener's  internship  to 
maintain  the  Fragrant  Garden. 

Five  interns  participated  in  the  office's  1986  summer 
internship  program.  Educational  outreach  programs  in- 
cluded the  ninth  annual  Trees  of  Christmas  exhibition, 
which  displayed  thirteen  new  collections  of  ornaments. 


"Nature's  Bounty"  was  one  of  the  trees  in  the  Trees  of  Christmas 
exhibition  held  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History, 
December  zo,  1985,  through  January  6, 1986. 


Dixie  Rettig,  an  office  volunteer,  assisted  Lauranne  C. 
Nash  with  its  coordination.  Over  1,200  volunteers  cre- 
ated the  4,600  ornaments.  Barbara  Restum,  Jane  Cronin, 
and  Bonnie  Hooker  also  helped  with  the  installation. 

Grasses  of  the  World  was  developed  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Botany,  and  Tropical  Plants  for  Indoor  Use  with 
the  Department  of  Exhibits,  National  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History.  Two  exhibitions  of  orchids  at  the  Maryland 
Orchid  Society  Show  took  first  place  for  the  best  Phalae- 
nopsis  and  second  place  for  best  display;  and  at  the  Na- 
tional Capital  Orchid  Society  Show,  the  office  installed 
an  exhibition  of  specimen  orchids  and  an  educational 
display,  mounted  by  the  Office  of  Exhibits  Central. 

The  film  Horticulture  in  a  Museum  Setting  was  pro- 
duced with  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs,  narrated  by 
Mr.  Buckler. 


131 


Office  of  Museum  Programs 


Laura  Schneider  of  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs  is  seen  in  the 
center  of  activity  during  a  filming  production  of  an  Office  of 
Horticulture  project. 


The  Office  of  Museum  Programs  (OMP),  directed  by 
Jane  R.  Glaser,  continued  to  offer  programs  of  training, 
services,  information,  and  assistance  through  workshops, 
the  Native  American  Museums  Program,  the  Audiovisual 
Program,  internships,  the  Visiting  Professionals  Program, 
the  Kellogg  Project,  the  Museum  Reference  Center,  and 
the  Awards  for  Minority  Museum  Professionals. 

The  workshop  series  included  thirty  courses  on  topics 
of  museum  operations  and  were  offered  at  the  Smith- 
sonian, utilizing  Institution  staff  as  well  as  outside  ex- 
perts. Fifteen  on-site  workshops  were  given  in  collabora- 
tion with  regional,  state,  and  national  organizations. 
Highlights  for  1986  included  a  joint  OMP/African  Amer- 
ican Museums  Association  on-site  workshop  for  teams  of 
museum  directors  and  trustees,  supported  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Education  Outreach  Funds,  and  the  conference 
on  "Women's  Changing  Roles  in  Museums,"  cosponsored 
by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Women's  Council. 

The  Native  American  Museums  Program  continued  to 
support  this  special  constituency  through  on-site  activi- 
ties and  through  a  publications  exchange  program.  High- 
lights included  the  Native  American  Archives  Advisory 


Conference  to  assess  needs  and  recommend  actions  to 
preserve  documentary  heritage,  and  the  Design  and  Pro- 
duction of  Exhibitions  Project,  made  up  of  three  compo- 
nents: workshop,  practicum,  and  evaluation. 

The  Audiovisual  Program  continued  to  provide  video- 
tape and  slide  programs,  for  loan  and  sale,  on  topics 
such  as  preventive  care  of  collections,  education,  secu- 
rity, museum  careers,  and  folk  life.  A  new  film  on  his- 
toric house  museums,  A  Living  Legacy:  The  Woodrow 
Wilson  House  Museum,  was  completed.  Several  projects 
initiated  in  1986  explored  topics  such  as  museum  light- 
ing; conservation  in  art  museums;  film/videotape  pro- 
ductions on  "Horticulture  in  a  Museum  Setting,"  pro- 
duced in  collaboration  with  the  Office  of  Horticulture 
using  Education  Outreach  Funds;  and  learning  in  muse- 
ums with  the  Kellogg  Project. 

The  internship  program  placed  more  than  125  people 
throughout  the  Institution,  including  fifty-eight  students 
from  the  District  of  Columbia  Multicultural  Bilingual 
High  School  into  Junior  Externships. 

The  Visiting  Professionals  Program  continued  to  meet 
the  needs  of  more  than  169  museum  professionals 
through  short-term  appointments.  Itineraries  for  visits  to 
museums  throughout  the  United  States  were  arranged 
upon  request.  In  collaboration  with  the  U.S.  Information 
Agency,  the  office  held  three  thirty-day  group  visits  to 
bring  twenty-eight  outstanding  museum  leaders  and  spe- 
cialists from  abroad  to  share  and  consult  with  American 
colleagues  on  issues  such  as  museum  management  and 
education. 

The  Museum  Reference  Center,  a  branch  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries,  answered  more  than 
2,500  inquiries  for  research  information  on  museum  is- 
sues. Thirteen  new  bibliographies  were  prepared — bring- 
ing the  total  available  to  seventy — providing  up-to-date 
information  on  museum  ethics,  technology  and  comput- 
ers in  the  museum  environment,  and  museum  manage- 
ment. 

The  Kellogg  Project  received  a  second  three-year  grant 
to  expand  the  educational  influence  of  museums  nation- 
ally. Highlights  for  fiscal  year  1986  included  the  Interna- 
tional Congress  on  Learning  in  Museums,  sponsored 
with  the  Indianapolis  Children's  Museum,  and  two 
groups  of  residencies  for  Museum  Professionals  at  the 
Smithsonian. 

The  Awards  for  Minority  Museum  Professionals  sup- 
ported $500  grants  to  twenty-six  individuals  so  that  they 
could  attend  a  workshop  of  their  choice.  In  addition, 
each  recipient  was  able  to  spend  a  week  in  residence  at 
the  Institution  as  a  visiting  professional. 


132 


Office  of  the  Registrar 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service 


During  fiscal  year  1986,  Mary  E.  Case  became  the  new 
director  of  the  office  following  Philip  Leslie's  retirement. 
Ms.  Case  came  to  the  Institution  with  experience  in  his- 
tory, art,  and  scientific  collections;  permanent  and  travel- 
ing collections;  and  automation  and  project  manage- 
ment. Ms.  Case  hired  Joseph  L.  Wiley  from  the  National 
Museum  of  American  History  to  assist  her. 

The  office  began  to  assume  expanded  responsibility 
for  oversight  of  Institution-wide  collections  management 
issues.  The  oversight  and  governance  of  the  automated 
Collection  Information  System  (CIS)  has  taken  priority. 
Every  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  is  involved  in  the 
project  through  representation  on  the  governing  CIS 
committee  and  through  constant  interaction  with  the 
Office  of  Information  Resource  Management  which 
maintains  the  central  computing  facility. 

Working  with  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs  (OMP), 
the  office  established  a  program  to  restructure  several 
annual  workshops  produced  by  OMP.  Workshop  topics 
include  registration  methods;  storage  and  handling;  de- 
veloping, managing,  and  maintaining  collections;  and 
computers  in  collections  management  and  research. 

The  office  continues  its  involvement  in  collections 
management  policy  development  and  oversight,  as  well 
as  in  Institution  procedures  for  accessions,  cataloguing, 
and  deaccessions. 

A  new  vitality  instilled  into  the  Registrar's  Council  in- 
creased its  visibility,  voice,  and  enthusiasm.  Monthly 
programs  included  informational  sessions  on  repatriation 
of  cultural  property,  training  programs,  legislative  devel- 
opments, risk  management,  and  museum  ethics. 


Peggy  A.  Loar,  director  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 
Exhibition  Service,  and  {to  her  right)  Zachary  Morfogen,  direc- 
tor of  Corporate  Cultural  Affairs  for  Time  Inc. ,  greet  guests  at 
the  opening  of  the  exhibition  Hollywood:  Legend  and  Reality  in 
April  1986. 


For  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Serv- 
ice (SITES),  1986  was  dominated  by  the  final  production 
phases  and  opening  installations  of  Hollywood:  Legend 
and  Reality  at  two  Smithsonian  museums.  The  exhibi- 
tion was  made  possible  by  the  generous  support  of 
Time,  Inc.  For  the  April  1986  opening  at  the  National 
Museum  of  American  History,  SITES  staff  collected 
more  than  400  objects;  arranged  for  exhibition  design 
and,  with  the  Office  of  Exhibits  Central,  for  exhibition 
production;  assisted  the  Smithsonian  Resident  Associate 
Program  and  the  American  Film  Institute  Theater  with 
planning  of  public  programs;  published  an  accompany- 
ing book  with  New  York  Graphic  Society;  prepared  and 
published  the  gallery  brochure;  and  worked  with  Acous- 
tiguide  to  prepare  the  audio  tour.  The  exhibition  was 
viewed  by  212,000  people  in  Washington.  Following  the 
New  York  showing  at  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum,  the 
exhibition  will  travel  to  four  U.S.  cities. 

Renaissance  Master  Bronzes,  consisting  of  seventy-five 
works  from  the  Kunsthistorisches  Museum,  Vienna, 
opened  its  limited  tour  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art. 
The  exhibition  catalogue  was  published  with  Scala 
Books.  And  Art  Noiweau  Bing:  The  Paris  Style  1900  be- 
gan its  tour  to  Richmond.  Gathered  from  public  and  pri- 
vate collections  in  Europe  and  America,  the  exhibition 


r33 


documents  new  research  of  Siegfried  Bing's  role  in  the 
development  of  twentieth-century  decorative  arts.  Guest 
curator  Gabriel  Weisberg's  extensive  findings  are  further 
presented  in  the  book  SITES  copublished  with  Harry  N. 
Abrams. 

Swiss  connoisseur  Samuel  Josefowitz  made  his  exten- 
sive collection  available  for  a  U.S.  and  an  international 
tour  of  Gauguin  and  His  Circle  in  Brittany:  Prints  of  the 
Pont-Aven  School,  which  opened  at  the  Rijksmuseum 
Vincent  Van  Gogh  in  Amsterdam.  The  Master  Weavers 
was  prepared  as  part  of  the  Festival  of  India  celebra- 
tions. Haiti:  The  First  Black  Republic  and  Its  Monu- 
ments to  Freedom  was  conceived  as  part  of  the  Quincen- 
tennial  observances.  Spectacular  and  unusual  materials 
for  the  study  and  appreciation  of  diverse  cultures  marked 
the  content  of  Treasures  from  the  Land:  New  Zealand 
Craftsmen  and  Their  Native  Materials  and  Treasures  of 
Hungary:  Gold  and  Silver  from  the  Ninth  to  the  Nine- 
teenth Century. 

SITES  collaborated  with  other  museums  to  present 
American  Master  Drawings:  Selections  from  the  Corco- 
ran Gallery  of  Art,  Anasazi  World  (Maxwell  Museum  of 
Anthropology,  University  of  New  Mexico),  Mark  Twain 
and  Huck  Finn:  Joy-Flags  and  Milestones  (Mark  Twain 
Memorial  with  National  Geographic),  and  Contempo- 
rary Print  Images:  Works  by  Afro-American  Artists  from 
the  Brandywine  Workshop.  Additional  offerings  in  Black 
studies  included  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum's  re- 
vised version  of  Black  Women  and  a  new  panel  exhibi- 
tion based  on  The  Art  of  Cameroon,  a  SITES  interna- 
tional loan  exhibition. 

With  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden, 
SITES  organized  Surrealist  Art;  with  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  American  History,  After  the  Revolution  and  El- 
eanor Roosevelt;  and  with  the  National  Museum  of  Nat- 
ural History,  Drawn  from  the  Sea. 

SITES  exhibitions  were  hosted  by  a  range  of  foreign 
cities.  Ban  Chiang:  Discovery  of  a  Lost  Bronze  Age  was 
shown  at  the  National  Museum  of  Singapore  before  its 
permanent  installation  in  Ban  Chiang,  Thailand.  Recent 
American  Works  on  Paper  was  shown  in  New  Delhi,  In- 
dia, under  the  auspices  of  the  U.S.  Information  Agency. 
Mouton  Rothschild:  Paintings  for  the  Labels  traveled  to 
the  Victoria  and  Albert  Museum  in  London;  An  Age  of 


This  exquisite  bronze  statuette,  Venus  Urania,  1573,  by  Giambo- 
logna  (1529-1608),  is  part  of  the  SITES  exhibition  Renaissance 
Master  Bronzes  from  the  Collections  of  the  Kunsthistorisches 
Museum,  Vienna. 


134 


Gold:  Three  Centuries  of  Paintings  from  Old  Ecuador  to 
San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico;  Jamaican  Art  traveled  to  Port-au- 
Prince,  Haiti;  and  The  Artist  and  the  Space  Shuttle  was 
shown  in  Tokyo. 

Russia:  The  Land,  the  People  1850-1910  opened  in 
October  1986  at  the  Renwick  Gallery,  marking  the  first 
exhibition  exchange  with  the  Soviet  Union  since  the  sign- 
ing of  a  cultural  agreement  in  November  1985.  As  part  of 
the  exchange,  SITES  organized  New  Horizons:  American 
Painting  1840-1910  for  tour  in  the  Soviet  Union. 


Exhibitions  Beginning  Tours  October  1,  198s,  through 
September  30,  1985 


Treasures  of  Hungary:  Gold  and  Silver  from  the  Ninth  to 
the  Nineteenth  Century 

Tours  for  Period  October  1,  198s,  through  September  30, 

1986 

Number  of  bookings  357 

Number  of  states  served 

(including  Washington,  D.C.)  46 

Estimated  audience  5  million 
Exhibitions  listed  in  last  Update 

(catalogue  of  SITES  exhibitions)  113 

Exhibitions  produced  for  tour  during  this  year  26 


After  the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in  America, 

1780-1800 
American  Master  Drawings  from  the  Corcoran  Gallery 

of  Art 
Anasazi  World 

Art  Nouveau  Bing:  The  Paris  Style  1900 
The  Art  of  Cameroon  Grassfields 
Black  Women:  Achievements  Against  the  Odds 
Carnegie  Libraries:  A  Sesquicentenmal  Celebration 
Community  Industries  of  the  Shakers 
Contemporary  Print  Images:  Works  by  Afro-American 

Artists  from  the  Brandywine  Workshop 
Drawn  from  the  Sea:  Art  in  the  Service  of  Ichthyology 
Eleanor  Roosevelt:  First  Person  Singular 
European  Illustration:  1974-1984 
Five  Centuries  of  Italian  Textiles 
French  Cinema  Posters,  1914-1939:  The  Art  of  Jean  A. 

Mercier 
Gauguin  and  His  Circle  in  Brittany:  Prints  of  the  Pont- 

Aven  School 
Haiti:  The  First  Black  Republic  and  Its  Monuments  to 

Freedom 
Hollywood:  Legend  and  Reality 
John  Held's  America:  Flappers,  the  Jazz  Age,  and 

Beyond 
Mark  Twain  and  H><ck  Finn:  Joy-Flags  and  Milestones 
The  Master  Weavers 
Out  of  Africa 
Renaissance  Master  Bronzes  from  the  Collections  of  the 

Kunsthistorisches  Museum,  Vienna 
The  Santa  Fe  Trail  Series:  Photographs  by  Joan  Myers 
Surrealist  Art:  Selections  from  the  Hirshhorn  Museum 

and  Sculpture  Garden 
Treasures  from  the  Land:  New  Zealand  Craftsmen  and 

Their  Native  Materials 


135 


PUBLIC  SERVICE 

Ralph  C.  Rinzler,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service 


!37 


Office  of  the  Committee  for  a      Office  of  Elementary  and 
Wider  Audience  Secondary  Education 


The  Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience 
(OCWA)  was  established  in  June  1986  to  formalize  the 
work  of  the  ad  hoc  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience, 
which  was  established  in  1983  to  evaluate  Smithsonian 
programs  and  exhibitions  and  to  make  recommendations 
for  improving  the  Institution's  capacity  to  serve  a  more 
varied  and  diversified  American  and  international  public. 

In  pursuit  of  these  objectives,  the  office  and  its  advi- 
sory committee  members  have  visited  most  of  the  Institu- 
tion's museums  and  offices.  Following  these  visits,  the 
office  communicated  to  museum  and  office  directors  and 
staffs  the  committee's  impressions  of  exhibitions  and  pro- 
grams, as  seen  from  the  point  of  view  of  audiences 
whose  outlook  and  cultural  backgrounds  have  not  con- 
formed to  those  of  traditional  Smithsonian  audiences. 

The  office's  advisory  committee  is  composed  of  seven 
Smithsonian  staff  members  and  seven  people  from  out- 
side the  Institution  representing  Native  Americans,  Black 
Americans,  Hispanic  Americans,  and  Asian  Americans. 

The  year  began  with  the  establishment  of  an 
Institution-wide  network  of  OCWA  liaison  officers.  In 
addition,  the  office  initiated  a  major  project,  "Towards  a 
Comprehensive  Smithsonian  Wider  Audience  Develop- 
ment Plan,"  which  includes  the  following  activities:  1) 
Museums  and  New  Audiences:  A  Planning  Conference. 
The  office  will  convene  selected  scholars,  museum  educa- 
tors, public  relations  and  media  specialists,  and  special- 
ists in  audience  development  to  discuss  and  formulate 
techniques  for  developing  new  audiences.  2)  Publication 
of  a  "How  To"  manual  for  attracting  wider  audiences. 
3)  Inauguration  of  the  Smithsonian  Cultural  Education 
Committee.  This  multicultural,  multiracial  committee  of 
citizens  in  the  Washington  metropolitan  area  will  assist 
the  Institution  in  developing  community  networks,  pro- 
gram development,  and  fund-raising. 

The  office  continues  to  execute  these  plans  and  to  or- 
ganize its  worth  on  the  perspective  that  successful  wider 
audience  participation  in  the  Institution's  programs  is 
ultimately  related  to  excellent  scholarship,  interpretation, 
and  conscientious  diffusion  of  knowledge  and  informa- 
tion that  reflects  the  contributions  of  all  cultural  commu- 
nities to  history  and  culture. 


A  firm  belief  in  the  power  of  museum  objects  as  educa- 
tional resources  is  the  guiding  principle  behind  the  activi- 
ties of  the  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Educa- 
tion (OESE).  Through  its  programs  and  publications, 
the  OESE  works  with  other  Smithsonian  education  of- 
fices to  foster  the  educational  uses  of  museums  locally 
and  throughout  the  nation. 

OESE  seminars  and  courses  for  teachers  demonstrate 
how  to  teach  by  using  a  museum-oriented  approach.  In 
1986,  a  series  of  ten  summer  seminars  in  history,  art,  and 
science  provided  professional  training  for  more  than  300 
Washington,  D.C.,  area  educators.  In  addition,  two 
graduate-level  courses,  "Using  Museums  to  Teach  Writ- 
ing" and  "Using  Museums  to  Teach  Social  Studies,"  were 
offered  to  teachers  from  across  the  nation.  And  the  of- 
fice developed  a  pilot  Teacher  Intern  Program  to  build  on 
the  work  of  its  Regional  Workshop  Program.  Coming 
from  across  the  country,  the  teacher  interns  spent  four 
weeks  at  the  Smithsonian,  earning  graduate  credits  while 
working  behind  the  scenes;  upon  returning  home,  they 
began  to  serve  in  a  continuing  way  as  resource  people  to 
strengthen  relations  between  museums  and  schools  in 
their  communities. 

Publications  designed  to  help  teachers  use  museums 
and  other  community  resources  with  their  students  are  a 
key  aspect  of  OESE  programming.  In  addition  to  its  reg- 
ular periodicals,  Let's  Go  to  the  Smithsonian  and  Art  to 
Zoo,  the  office  produced  Smithsonian  Spectrum,  a  bro- 
chure advertising  programs  of  the  Smithsonian  education 
departments  in  the  Washington  area.  For  junior  high 
school  readers,  Journeys,  a  pilot  magazine  published  in 
cooperation  with  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs,  discussed 
the  history  of  the  1950s.  For  senior  high  school  science 
teachers,  a  teacher's  guide  explained  how  to  use  a 
Smithsonian  World  television  show  to  assist  classroom 
work. 

In  addition  to  continuing  its  work  in  making  programs 
and  exhibitions  accessible  to  disabled  visitors  here  at  the 
Smithsonian,  the  office  is  producing  a  docent  training 
manual,  to  be  accompanied  by  a  videotape,  to  encourage 
accessibility  in  museums  across  the  United  States.  For 
learning  disabled  students,  a  curriculum  kit  designed  to 
teach  concepts  of  historical  time  is  being  developed. 

During  the  1985-86  school  year,  OESE  expanded  its 
programs  for  young  people.  The  Career  Awareness  Pro- 
gram— part  of  the  Institution's  affirmative  action  effort — 
offered  summer  placements  for  program  graduates,  giv- 
ing them  an  opportunity  to  deepen  their  career  aware- 
ness while  serving  as  volunteers  or  as  paid  interns.  The 
"Exploring  the  Smithsonian"  program  brought  more 


138 


Office  of  Folklife  Programs 


than  5,400  District  of  Columbia  public  junior  high 
school  students  to  the  museums  for  curriculum-related 
lessons.  And  the  Summer  Intern  Program — which  places 
outstanding  high  school  graduates  in  curatorial  or  tech- 
nical offices — brought  forty  young  people  to  the  Institu- 
tion from  across  the  United  States. 

Through  teacher  training  programs,  publications,  spe- 
cial education  programs,  and  precollege  training  for 
young  people,  OESE  continues  to  help  teachers  and  stu- 
dents effectively  use  museums  as  educational  resources. 


An  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  high  school 
summer  intern  tests  the  salinity  of  water  from  an  exhibit  at  the 
Marine  Systems  Laboratory  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  (Photograph  by  Laura  Scott) 


Most  Americans  would  agree  that  the  richness  of  the 
nation's  culture  lies  in  the  impressive  diversity  of  its  peo- 
ple and  in  their  creative  responses  to  historical  condi- 
tions. Research,  presentation,  and  preservation  of  this 
cultural  wealth  is  the  goal  of  the  Office  of  Folklife  Pro- 
grams— an  effort  that  entails,  among  other  activities,  the 
presentation  of  living  folk  traditions  in  the  context  of  the 
national  museum.  Since  its  inception,  the  office  has  di- 
rected its  attention  to  the  identification  and  study  of  folk 
traditions  and  to  the  development  of  methods  for  pre- 
senting them  in  a  national  setting  to  general  audiences. 
The  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  also  cooperates  with 
other  Smithsonian  bureaus  in  research  and  exhibit  pro- 
duction; it  publishes  documentary  and  analytic  studies, 
and  its  staff  undertakes  both  exhibition-oriented  and 
publication-oriented  research. 


Festival  of  American  Folklife 

The  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  planned  and  produced 
the  twentieth  annual  Festival  of  American  Folklife  which 
took  place  June  25-29  and  July  2-6,  1986.  Cosponsored 
by  the  National  Park  Service,  this  year's  festival  featured 
folklife  from  Japan,  Tennessee  folklife,  American  trial 
lawyers,  cultural  conservation,  and  evening  dance  par- 
ties. More  than  one  million  people  attended  the  festival. 

"Rice  in  Japanese  Folk  Culture"  presented  sixty-five 
Japanese  and  Japanese-American  folk  artists  who  dem- 
onstrated the  importance  of  rice  in  their  crafts,  perfor- 
mances, and  food  preparations  in  a  Japanese  village 
environment.  Featured  were  a  rice  paddy  where  a  tradi- 
tional planting  ceremony  took  place  daily,  a  children's 
area,  and  a  shrine. 

The  diversity  of  Tennessee's  cultural  ecology  was  ex- 
amined with  ninety  representatives  who  presented  their 
occupational  crafts  and  food  traditions  indigenous  to 
mountain,  plateau,  and  riverine  areas.  The  state's  rich 
musical  heritage  was  highlighted  with  traditional  music 
styles  as  expressed  in  old-time  country  music,  gospel, 
Memphis  blues,  and  rockabilly. 

The  artistry  and  lore  of  trial  lawyers  was  presented  by 
thirty-five  participants  from  around  the  country.  This 
popular  and  critically  acclaimed  program — developed  in 
terms  of  the  office's  innovative  model  for  the  presenta- 
tion of  occupational  folklife — featured  advocates  who 
argued  hypothetical  civil  and  criminal  cases,  demonstrat- 
ing their  narrational,  dramatic,  and  logical  skills. 

"Cultural  Conservation:  Traditional  Crafts  in  a  Post- 
Industrial  Age"  presented  forty  craftspeople,  from  a  vari- 


139 


Tabayashi,  the  ritual  rice-planting  ceremony,  is  performed  by  several  Japanese  participants  in  the  rice  paddy  built  for  the  Japan  program 
of  the  twentieth  annual  Festival  of  American  Folklife  that  took  place  June  25-29  and  July  2-6  on  the  National  Mall. 


ety  of  indigenous  and  ethnic  communities  in  the  United 
States,  who  shared  with  audiences  their  efforts  to  main- 
tain their  craft-making  legacy  in  contemporary  American 
society.  Featured  traditions  included  Cherokee  basketry, 
Hispanic  weaving  and  wood  carving,  Hmong  embroi- 
dery, Afro-American  quilting,  and  Italian-American  stone 
carving. 

In  celebration  of  the  festival's  twentieth  anniversary, 
thirty-five  artists  who  have  had  a  significant  impact  on 
the  festival  and  in  their  own  communities  presented  all- 
day  concerts.  Traditional  musicians  drew  the  significant 
participation  of  local  ethnic  communities  in  dance  parties 
held  during  festival  evenings. 


Arab  Gulf  States  folklife,  and  Pakistani  ethnography. 
Staff  research  on  African  epics,  South  Asian  folk  arts 
and  folk  agriculture,  U.S.  Gulf  Coast  culture,  Native 
American  wild  rice  use,  the  culture  of  Hispanic  bread 
making,  Black  expressive  culture,  and  folklore  of  the 
aging  resulted  in  numerous  publications  and  presenta- 
tions to  diverse  audiences. 

The  Stone  Carvers,  a  film  by  Majorie  Hunt  and  Paul 
Wagner,  was  awarded  an  Emmy  Award  for  best  direction 
in  the  short  documentary  category  by  the  Academy  for 
Television  Arts  and  Sciences.  The  film,  highlighting  car- 
vers at  the  Washington  Cathedral,  grew  out  of  1978  and 
1979  festival  programs. 


Research 

Research,  writing,  and  production  continued  on  mono- 
graphs and  accompanying  films  included  in  the 
Smithsonian  Folklife  Studies  series.  Established  in  1978, 
this  innovative  series  combines  book-length  monographs 
with  accompanying  ethnographic  films  to  document  and 
analyze  particular  traditions  more  fully  than  would  be 
possible  with  either  medium  used  alone.  A  session  de- 
voted to  the  series  was  held  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
American  Anthropological  Association. 

Development  continued  on  collaborative  research 
projects  regarding  music  and  agriculture  in  the  Americas, 


140 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 


The  Office  of  Public  Affairs  acquaints  the  public,  via  the 
communications  media  and  other  means,  with  the 
Smithsonian's  research,  exhibitions,  and  permanent  col- 
lections. The  office  also  oversees  Institution-wide  infor- 
mation programs. 

As  part  of  its  ongoing  commitment  to  reach  an  ever- 
wider  audience,  the  office  launched  the  Hispanic  edition 
of  the  Smithsonian  News  Service.  The  Hispanic  edition, 
a  two-year  project  funded  by  the  Educational  Outreach 
Fund,  is  distributed  free  to  eighty  Spanish-language 
newspapers  in  nineteen  states,  Washington,  D.C.,  Puerto 
Rico,  Canada,  and  Colombia.  Thirty-two  additional 
Hispanic  newspapers  currently  receive  the  News  Service 
in  English. 

The  News  Service,  inaugurated  in  October  1979,  con- 
sists of  four  bylined  feature  articles  each  month.  Stories 
cover  topics  in  art,  history,  contemporary  life,  science, 
technology,  and  the  environment.  Among  the  forty-eight 
timely  articles  of  fiscal  year  1986  were  features  on  earth- 
quakes, the  American  tourist,  the  Harlem  Renaissance, 
and  the  art  of  advertising.  The  News  Service  is  distrib- 
uted free  to  more  than  1,550  daily  and  weekly  newspa- 
pers. Among  other  new  subscribers  this  year  was  Navajo 
Times  Today,  the  daily  newspaper  of  the  Navajo  Nation. 

The  News  Service  also  joined  the  Electronic  Age  this 
year  when  it  began  offering  the  English-language  edition 
to  newspapers  via  Associated  Press  DataFeature,  a  com- 
puterized wire  service  distributing  syndicated  columns 
worldwide.  For  a  modest  charge,  subscribing  newspapers 
conveniently  receive  the  monthly  edition  of  articles  by 
computer  from  Associated  Press,  thus  eliminating  re- 
keyboarding. 

During  the  year,  the  office  issued  more  than  500  news 
releases  on  Smithsonian  activities  and  also  provided  pub- 
licity assistance  to  other  Smithsonian  bureaus  and  of- 
fices. The  office  planned  and  implemented  major  public- 
ity campaigns  for  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History's  Information  Revolution  exhibition,  the  Arthur 
M.  Sackler  Gallery's  acquisition  of  the  Vever  Collection 
of  Islamic  and  Persian  paintings  and  manuscripts,  the 
Office  of  Folklife  Programs'  Festival  of  American  Folk- 
life,  and  the  Directorate  of  International  Activities'  Na- 
tional Forum  on  BioDiversity,  cosponsored  with  the  Na- 
tional Academy  of  Sciences. 

The  office  organized  a  behind-the-scenes  day  for  fea- 
ture writers  at  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research 
Center  in  Edgewater,  Maryland,  and  prepared  a  public- 
ity campaign  for  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  Dibner  Li- 
brary of  rare  books  related  to  science  and  technology. 
Publicity  materials  prepared  in  the  office  stimulated  me- 


dia interest  in  the  quadrangle  complex  and  in  the  Chi- 
cago and  Philadelphia  Documentation  Projects, 
conducted  by  the  Archives  of  American  Art  to  identify 
art-related  materials  in  city  cultural  institutions. 

To  encourage  visits  to  the  Smithsonian  from  nearby 
regions,  the  office  produced  a  thirty-second  public  serv- 
ice announcement  for  television.  The  announcement  in- 
vited visitors  to  discover  "what's  new"  at  the  Smithson- 
ian during  the  less-crowded  fall  and  winter  seasons. 

The  office's  publications  program  produced  a  rede- 
signed calendar  of  Smithsonian  events  which  appears 
monthly  in  the  Washington  Post  and  is  distributed  locally 
to  nearly  1,100  civic  organizations.  The  Torch,  the 
Smithsonian's  monthly  staff  newspaper,  and  the 
Smithsonian  News  Service  received  top  honors  in  the 
Society  for  Technical  Communications  International  Pub- 
lications Competition  and  in  the  National  Association  of 
Government  Communicators'  Blue  Pencil  competition. 
The  circulation  of  Research  Reports — an  award-winning 
periodical  describing  Institution-related  research  in  the 
sciences,  art,  and  history — rose  by  more  than  10,000  to 
reach  45,500.  The  office  redesigned  and  updated  Yester- 
day and  Today,  a  guide  to  the  Smithsonian  for  journal- 
ists, and  produced  brochures  for  the  Department  of  Bot- 
any and  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute. 


141 


Office  of  Smithsonian 
Symposia  and  Seminars 


■J  Education  Building  •  National  Zoological  Park  Si 


wtrtution 


■ 


This  "class  portrait"  was  taken  of  participants  in  the  "Man  and  Beast  Revisited"  symposium  held  May  6-9,  1986. 


The  office  undertook  a  series  of  related  initiatives  to 
more  effectively  pursue  its  specialized  functions  on  behalf 
of  the  Institution.  The  guiding  principle  behind  such  pro- 
grams was  stated  by  Joseph  Henry  more  than  a  century 
ago:  "knowledge  should  not  be  viewed  as  existing  in  iso- 
lated parts,  but  as  a  whole,  each  portion  of  which 
throws  light  on  all  others.  ..."  A  new  emphasis  on  the 
integration  of  knowledge,  coming  from  the  sciences  and 
the  humanities,  reaffirms  this  wholeness  of  scholarly  out- 
look. The  office  launched  an  endowment  campaign  and 
has  plans  for  an  intramural,  interdisciplinary  faculty  en- 
richment seminar  series  for  Smithsonian  staff  and  fellows 
and  will  reflect  its  ongoing  purposes  in  its  new  name,  the 
Office  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies,  effective  in  December 
1986. 

The  office's  two  major  programs  this  year  commemo- 
rated important  events  in  history  by  exploring  current 
developments  in  research.  "Liberty:  As  Idea,  Icon,  and 
Engineering  Feat,"  a  colloquium  held  October  19  at  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  in  New  York,  examined  the  im- 
plications of  the  Statue  of  Liberty's  centennial  for  intel- 
lectual and  immigration  history,  technology,  and  cultural 
diplomacy.  Wilton  S.  Dillon,  director  of  the  office,  and 
Neil  G.  Kotler  will  edit  an  anthology  on  the  colloquium 
for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  "Man  and  Beast 
Revisited,"  held  May  5-6,  was  organized  as  a  sequel  to 


the  Smithsonian's  acclaimed  1969  symposium  "Man  and 
Beast:  Comparative  Social  Behavior."  Symposium  Chair- 
man and  National  Zoological  Park  Director  Michael  H. 
Robinson  said,  "Significant  changes  in  our  state  of 
knowledge,  the  intellectual  climate,  and  the  state  of  the 
world  in  which  man  and  beast  coexist  more  than  justify 
a  new  look  at  the  subject."  In  working  sessions  at  the 
Conservation  and  Research  Center  in  Front  Royal,  Vir- 
ginia, and  a  public  forum  at  the  National  Zoo,  alumni 
and  other  scholars  examined  aspects  of  sociobiology; 
genetics;  evolution;  the  role  of  language,  myths,  and 
symbols  in  distinguishing  humans  from  other  animals; 
the  mental  health  implications  of  human-pet  bonding; 
and  the  urgent  need  for  more  research  in  these  funda- 
mental areas.  Theories  and  data  advanced  at  the  sympo- 
sium will  appear  in  a  book  edited  by  Dr.  Robinson  and 
Lionel  Tiger. 

High  Technology  and  Human  Freedom,  edited  by 
Lewis  H.  Lapham,  from  the  1983  international  sympo- 
sium "The  Road  After  1984:  High  Technology  and  Hu- 
man Freedom" — which  was  a  tribute  to  George  Orwell — 
was  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  An- 
other group  of  essays  is  being  assembled  for  publication 
by  Robert  S.  Peck,  director  of  the  American  Bar  Associa- 
tion's Commission  on  Public  Understanding  About  the 
Law.  The  working  title  for  the  collection  is  Governing  A 


142 


Office  of  Telecommunications 


Changing  Society:  Constitutionalism  and  the  Challenges 
of  New  Technology. 

The  ninth  international  Smithsonian  symposium  "Con- 
stitutional Roots,  Rights,  and  Responsibilities"  is  sched- 
uled for  May  18-23,  x987,  in  Charlottesville,  Virginia, 
and  Washington,  D.C.  The  University  of  Virginia  and 
the  American  Bar  Association  are  the  principal  collabo- 
rators of  this  symposium  commemorating  the  U.S.  Con- 
stitution's bicentennial.  Continuing  meetings  engaging 
scholars  and  arranging  financial  support  have  included 
liason  with  universities  in  the  United  States,  Scotland, 
and  elsewhere  in  Europe.  A  distinctive  feature  of  the 
symposium  will  be  its  international  context,  as  the  U.S. 
Constitution  is  the  culmination  of  the  ideas  and  influ- 
ences of  many  peoples,  and  it  in  turn  has  helped  shape 
the  political  life  of  diverse  nations. 

Work  on  the  Festival  of  India  symposium  volume  is 
nearing  completion  under  the  editorship  of  Carla  M. 
Borden.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  is  expected  to 
publish  the  volume  in  fall  1987,  and  discussions  are  un- 
der way  for  an  Indian  edition.  British  architectural  histo- 
rian Caroline  Stanley-Millson  gave  a  lecture  on  Novem- 
ber 6  on  shrines  and  dwellings  of  south  Indian  tribal 
groups  she  has  studied. 

New  projects  include  a  symposium  to  deal  with  the 
implications  of  new  technologies  for  leisure  and  creativ- 
ity in  the  arts,  as  part  of  the  opening  of  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Gallery  of  Asian  art,  and  a  symposium  to  accom- 
pany the  presentation  of  the  first  General  Foods  World 
Food  Prize  in  October  1987,  in  conjunction  with  the 
Winrock  International  Institute  for  Agricultural  Develop- 
ment. 


Continuing  its  primary  mission,  the  Office  of  Telecom- 
munications (OTC)  extended  the  benefits  of  the  Institu- 
tion's research  and  knowledge  to  the  American  people 
through  distinctive  films,  radio,  and  television  programs. 

"Here  at  the  Smithsonian,"  the  series  of  short  features 
for  television  based  on  Smithsonian  scholarship,  launched 
its  fifth  season  with  a  record-breaking  number  of  sub- 
scribing television  stations — up  from  75  to  180.  The  se- 
ries was  offered  on  the  PBS  satellite  for  the  first  time, 
enabling  the  office  to  use  more  timely  material  and  reach 
a  larger  market  more  economically.  "Here  at  the 
Smithsonian"  reaches  50  percent  of  the  prime-time  view- 
ing audience  across  the  United  States,  according  to  the 
National  Academy  of  Television  Arts  and  Sciences. 

The  office  intensified  its  distribution  efforts  for 
Smithsonian  films  and  video  programs  with  gratifying 
results.  Direct  sales  to  television  and  the  educational 
market  provided  modest  trust  fund  revenues.  With  this 
arrangement  future  productions  can  rely  more  heavily  on 
these  funds  rather  than  other  sources.  The  new  methods 
of  distribution  also  mean  increased  audiences  in  school 
systems  and  in  specialized  settings  such  as  scientific  soci- 
eties and  professional  organizations. 

Based  on  intensive  research  and  consultation  with 


Office  of  Telecommunications'  cameraman  John  Hiller  and  pro- 
ducer Lee  Cioffi  videotape  the  activities  at  the  1986  Festival  of 
American  Folklife  for  the  office's  national  series  of  television 
shorts  "Here  at  the  Smithsonian."  Working  with  them  is  sound 
recordist  Alan  Perry. 


143 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press 


Smithsonian  educators,  professionals  at  the  National  Ed- 
ucation Association,  and  members  of  Harvard's  graduate 
education  faculty,  a  pilot  program  for  a  children's  televi- 
sion series  titled  "Smithsonian  Quest"  was  completed. 
The  pilot  drew  upon  the  expertise  of  Smithsonian  cura- 
tors and  scientists,  providing  information  in  a  lively  and 
entertaining  manner.  Aimed  at  nine-to-twelve-year-olds, 
the  pilot  is  being  evaluated  by  broadcast  programmers 
and  education  experts  to  determine  the  next  steps  for  an 
ongoing  series  that  would  share  the  Institution's  scholar- 
ship with  a  young  constituency. 

The  office's  commitment  to  assist  other  bureaus  with 
their  audiovisual  needs  was  given  added  scope  when  all 
of  the  unit's  staff  were  relocated  to  a  newly  constructed 
complex  in  the  National  Museum  of  American  History. 
With  more  efficient  studios,  editing  rooms,  and  offices, 
OTC  can  better  serve  in-house  clients.  Services  ranging 
from  creating  short  exhibit  films  to  preparing  archival 
recordings  are  performed  on  a  frequent  basis. 

"Radio  Smithsonian,"  a  weekly  thirty-minute  series, 
continues  as  the  most  long-standing  OTC  broadcast  ef- 
fort. Now  in  its  seventeenth  year,  the  series  has  become 
a  staple  for  many  member  stations  of  National  Public 
Radio — with  a  potential  weekly  listenership  of  four  mil- 
lion people.  Subscription  fees  now  bring  in  more  than 
half  the  production  costs.  "Smithsonian  Galaxy,"  a  series 
of  short  radio  features,  continues  with  230  subscribing 
stations  in  the  United  States  and  around  the  world. 

Eight  film  festivals  recognized  OTC  productions  with 
awards  this  year.  Significantly,  many  of  these  honors 
came  in  the  categories  of  environmental  conservation, 
maritime  sciences,  and  ecology — demonstrating  the  con- 
tribution these  films  make  to  the  layman's  understanding 
of  issues  that  affect  mankind  on  a  global  scale. 

The  office  produced  the  Smithsonian's  first  live  tele- 
conference for  the  Directorate  of  International  Activities. 
The  final  event  of  the  four-day  National  Forum  on  Bio- 
Diversity  cosponsored  by  the  National  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences and  the  Institution,  this  two-hour  program  was 
telecast  via  satellite  to  more  than  a  hundred  downlink 
sites  on  university  campuses  nationwide.  Distinguished 
panelists  spoke  on  the  critical  issues  of  rapid  destruction 
of  the  Earth's  natural  habitats  and  the  subsequent  loss  of 
plants  and  animals.  The  teleconference  offered  an  un- 
precedented opportunity  for  students,  educators,  policy- 
makers, and  the  general  public  to  phone  in  questions  on 
this  timely  issue.  As  well  as  producing  the  teleconfer- 
ence, the  office  coordinated  the  many  sites  and  designed 
and  distributed  supporting  promotional  and  publicity 
materials. 


Fiscal  year  1986  was  productive,  with  several  landmarks, 
for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  This  very  publica- 
tion, Smithsonian  Year — edited,  designed,  and  produced 
by  the  Press — was  published  in  a  format  unique  in  the 
annual  report's  near  150-year  existence.  Smithsonian  Year 
1985  proved  so  attractive  that  many  people  admitted  to 
actually  reading  it,  and  requests  for  additional  copies  far 
exceeded  previous  years.  The  archival  Supplement  to  the 
annual  report  was,  for  the  first  time,  published  from 
camera-ready  copy  and  disseminated  in  microfiche  form. 
These  major  departures  from  past  practices  in  producing 
the  Smithsonian  Year  reduced  publishing  costs. 

In  another  development,  Press  managers  decided  that 
an  evaluation  of  publishing  procedures  was  needed  since 
the  University  Press  list  has  grown  over  the  past  twelve 
years  from  some  four  books  a  year  to  more  than  forty 
new  titles  each  year.  Press  management  formed  internal 
working  groups.  Participation  from  all  levels  of  staff  re- 
sulted in  a  document,  SIP  Systems  Management  for  Uni- 
versity Press  Books,  that  sets  forth  procedures  required 
to  publish  a  university  press  book.  This  analysis  is  en- 
abling the  University  Press  division  to  function  more  effi- 
ciently. An  integral  element  in  this  systems  approach  is 
the  Press's  new  Guide  for  Authors  that  explains  step-by- 
step  how  to  prepare  material  properly  for  submission  to 
the  Press. 

The  Series  program  continued  advancing  toward  its 
goal  of  processing  most  of  its  manuscripts  electronically, 
which  will  provide  savings  in  federal  publication  budgets 
around  the  Institution.  For  example,  two-thirds  of  all 
Contributions  and  Studies  publications  prepared  this 
year  used  an  electronic  manuscript  furnished  by  the  au- 
thor. Editing  and  design  were  done  on  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution Press  personal  computers,  and  the  resulting  coded 
disks  were  sent  to  a  commercial  vendor  for  typesetting 
and  page  makeup.  This  represented  a  100  percent  in- 
crease over  last  year  in  the  proportion  of  electronic 
manuscripts  handled  by  the  Series  program  and  resulted 
in  substantial  savings  for  bureau  sponsors  of  Series  pub- 
lications. 

Some  of  the  titles  published  under  the  Series  program 
in  fiscal  year  1986  were  "Giant  Camels  from  the 
Cenozoic  of  North  America"  by  Jessica  A.  Harrison 
(Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Paleobiology,  No.  57); 
"Rails  of  the  World:  A  Compilation  of  New  Information, 
1975-1983  (Aves:  Rallidae)"  by  S.  Dillon  Ripley  and 
Bruce  M.  Beehler  (Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zool- 
ogy, No.  17);  and  "United  States  Women  in  Aviation 
1930-1939"  by  Claudia  M.  Oakes  (Smithsonian  Studies 
in  Air  and  Space,  No.  6). 


144 


Near  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year,  a  laser  printer  and 
page-makeup  software  were  added  to  the  editorial  com- 
puters, enabling  all  Series  publications  in  fiscal  year  1987 
to  be  processed  at  the  Press  all  the  way  to  camera-ready 
copy. 

A  crucial  element  in  the  Press's  Five- Year  Plan  has  been 
the  addition  of  full-time  acquisitions  editors.  Their  effect 
can  be  seen  in  the  development  of  a  strong  anthropology 
list;  a  new  series  in  ethnographic  inquiry;  a  series  on  mu- 
sicology;  and  the  growth  of  the  series  in  nature  studies 
and  in  the  solar  system. 

The  Press,  with  the  assistance  of  William  Merrill  and 
Ivan  Karp — Department  of  Anthropology  curators  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History — established  the 
Smithsonian  Series  in  Ethnographic  Inquiry.  The  first 
book  in  the  series,  Tsewa's  Gift:  Magic  and  Meaning  in 
an  Amazonian  Society  by  Michael  F.  Brown  (Williams 
College),  was  published  in  January;  and  by  the  end  of 
the  fiscal  year  a  fourth  volume  in  the  series,  Pintupi 
Country,  Pintupi  Self:  Sentiment,  Place,  and  Politics 
among  Western  Desert  Aborigines  by  Fred  Myers  (NYU), 
was  published. 

A  companion  series  in  archaeology  has  followed,  un- 
der the  editorship  of  Secretary  Adams  and  NMNH  De- 
partment of  Anthropology  curator  Bruce  Smith.  The  first 
three  volumes  in  the  Smithsonian  Series  in  Archaeologi- 
cal Inquiry  will  be  published  in  1987.  The  first  volume  is 
The  Archaeology  of  Western  Iran:  Settlement  and  Society 
from  Prehistory  to  the  Islamic  Conquest,  edited  by  Frank 
Hole  (Yale). 

The  following  are  some  of  the  general  publications 
published  in  fiscal  year  1986  by  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press:  The  Mystery  of  Comets  by  Fred  L.  Whipple;  Ani- 
mal Extinctions:  What  Everyone  Should  Know  edited  by 
R.  J.  Hoage;  Treasures  from  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art  by  William  Kloss;  Rethinking  Regional- 
ism: John  Steuart  Curry  and  the  Kansas  Mural  Contro- 
versy by  M.  Sue  Kendall,  second  in  the  Press's  New  Di- 
rections in  American  Art  series;  Red  Fox:  The  Catlike 
Canine  by  J.  David  Henry,  and  Harrier,  Hawk  of  the 
Marshes  by  Frances  Hamerstrom,  Smithsonian  Nature 
Books;  and  The  Smithsonian  Book  of  North  American 
Indians  by  Philip  Kopper,  this  year's  primary  publication 
from  the  Smithsonian  Books  division. 

The  talent  of  a  dedicated  staff  brought  a  shower  of 
awards.  The  Pleasures  of  Entomology  by  Howard  Evans 
has  won  three  awards  to  date:  Science  Books  and  Film 
Editor's  Choice;  Young  Adult  Books,  American  Library 
Association's  Booklist;  and  a  Library  Journal  Outstand- 
ing Sci-Tech  Book  of  1985.  David  B.  Lellinger's  Field 


Manual  of  the  Ferns  and  Fern-Allies  of  the  United  States 
and  Canada  was  named  a  Choice  Outstanding  Academic 
Book.  Ann  Uhry  Abrams's  Valiant  Hero  was  selected 
Editor's  Choice,  Adult  Books,  by  the  American  Library 
Association's  Booklist.  The  National  Association  of  Gov- 
ernment Communicators  recognized  Sculpture  in  the 
Federal  Triangle  by  George  Gurney,  which  won  first 
place  in  Books  for  General  Audience;  Islamic  Metalwork 
in  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  by  Esin  Atil,  W.  T.  Chase, 
and  Paul  Jett,  which  took  second  place  in  Books  for  Pro- 
fessional Audience;  and  the  National  Air  and  Space  Mu- 
seum's Research  Report  1985,  which  received  second 
place  in  Publications  for  a  Technical  Audience. 

The  Recordings  division  of  the  Press  produced,  and  in 
January  1985  released,  Virtuosi,  a  six-record  or  five- 
cassette  set  featuring  great  artists  in  performances  re- 
corded from  1926  to  1954.  Notes  on  this  classical  offering 
were  written  by  music  critics  Richard  Freed  (who  also 
programmed  the  album)  and  Peter  Eliot  Stone.  The  digi- 
tally mastered  six-record  or  five-cassette  set  W.  A. 
Mozart  was  released  in  August.  This  recording  by  the 
Smithsonian  Chamber  Orchestra,  the  Smithson  String 
Quartet,  and  guest  artists  represents  the  first  time  certain 
of  these  works  have  been  recorded  on  authentic  period 
instruments.  The  accompanying  booklet  was  written  by 
Kenneth  Slowik  of  Public  Programs.  American  Popular 
Song,  produced  by  J.  R.  Taylor,  was  nominated  for  a 
Grammy  for  Best  Historical  Album.  The  program  and 
album  notes,  prepared  by  J.  R.  Taylor,  James  Morris, 
and  Dwight  Blocker  Bowers,  were  also  nominated  for  a 
Grammy. 

In  addition,  the  Press  in  conjunction  with  the  Ameri- 
can Association  of  University  Presses  helped  establish  a 
nationwide  program  to  increase  the  number  of  minority 
members  in  university  press  publishing.  The  program, 
funded  by  the  Metropolitan  Life  Foundation,  entails  the 
hiring  by  an  AAUP  member  press  of  a  qualified  candi- 
date in  a  salaried  position.  The  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press  and  the  MIT  Press  both  hired  candidates  in  August 
1986. 


145 


Smithsonian  Magazine 


Smithsonian  World 


The  Smithsonian  magazine  is  the  official  magazine  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution.  And  to  many  of  its  primary  au- 
dience of  4,000,000  and  pass-along  audience  of  an  addi- 
tional 3,000,000,  the  magazine  represents  the  only  expe- 
rience they  have  of  the  Institution. 

The  magazine  has  the  largest  circulation  of  any  museum- 
affiliated  magazine  in  the  world.  The  Institution's  educa- 
tional message  is  evident  in  the  magazine's  regular  cover- 
age of  every  subject  area  of  the  Smithsonian  museums: 
art,  history,  natural  history,  science,  and  technology. 

While  it  deals  directly  with  the  Institution  every  month 
through  columns  such  as  the  Secretary's  "Horizon,"  Ted 
Park's  "Around  the  Mall,"  and  Constance  Bond's 
"Smithsonian  Highlights,"  the  magazine  is  not  a  house 
organ  in  the  usual  sense — nor  was  it  ever  intended  to  be. 
Rather,  its  mandate  is  to  represent  the  Smithsonian  ex- 
plicitly and  also  to  deal  with  what  the  Institution  might 
be  interested  in. 

Subscribers  receive  discounts  on  books  and  records 
from  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  and  on  the  education- 
ally related  gifts  available  in  the  Museum  Shops  and 
through  the  catalog.  Subscribers  are  also  eligible  to  par- 
ticipate in  tours,  regional  events,  and  other  activities  of 
the  Resident  and  National  Associate  programs. 

The  magazine  provides  a  constant  flow  of  new  mem- 
bers to  the  Contributing  Membership,  the  Resident  Asso- 
ciate Program,  and  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  Associ- 
ate Program.  For  these  programs,  the  magazine  is  the 
principal  benefit  of  membership. 

The  museums  are  places  of  enchantment  and  magic, 
but  their  spirit  is  extraordinarily  difficult  to  translate.  Yet 
the  magazine,  which  combines  sound  writing  and  excel- 
lent photography,  consistently  captures  that  magic  and 
has  attracted  and  held  an  appreciative  audience.  In  fiscal 
year  1986,  membership  reached  a  new  high,  and  the  re- 
newal rate  improved.  More  than  28,350,000  copies  were 
mailed  to  subscribers  nation-wide. 

Smithsonian  produced  1,185  editorial  pages  last  year. 
Article  topics  ranged  from  Francois  Boucher  to  Diego 
Rivera,  from  polar  bears  to  the  reconstruction  of  the 
pterosaur,  from  Nicolai  Telsa  to  the  350th  birthday  of 
Harvard.  Smithsonian  again  examined  the  scientific  re- 
search in  the  Antarctic — this  time  in  midwinter — making 
the  magazine's  coverage  the  most  thorough  to  appear  in 
any  general  publication.  The  article  that  prompted  the 
most  readership  response  was  Oxford  biologist  David 
MacDonald's  piece  on  the  remarkable  meerkats  of  the 
Kalahari  desert — a  response  that  could  be  measured  by 
the  more  than  30,000  Associates  who  bought  meerkat 
posters. 


"Smithsonian  World,"  the  prime-time  television  series 
coproduced  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  WETA, 
enjoyed  a  successful  second  season  with  host  David 
McCullough  during  fiscal  year  1986.  Twelve  one-hour  spe- 
cials have  been  produced  since  the  series  began  in  Janu- 
ary 1984.  An  average  of  eight  million  people  views  each 
program. 

During  fiscal  year  1986,  three  programs  were  aired: 
Where  None  Has  Gone  Before  in  October;  On  the 
Shoulders  of  Giants  in  January;  and  American  Pie  in 
March. 

"Smithsonian  World"  added  several  major  awards  to 
its  list  of  honors,  including  an  Emmy  for  the  Anne  Mor- 
row Lindbergh  segment  in  Crossing  the  Distance,  first 
televised  in  February  1984.  In  April  1986,  the  series  re- 
ceived top  honors  in  the  Ohio  State  Awards  50th  Year 
Program  competition;  Filling  in  the  Blanks  and  Heroes 
and  the  Test  of  Time  were  cited.  "Smithsonian  World" 
also  won  a  gold  medal  for  Best  Magazine  Series  at  the 
International  Television  and  Film  Festival  of  New  York  in 
November  1985. 

In  January  1986,  Adrian  Malone  became  the  executive 
producer  of  the  series.  His  previous  credits  include  The 
Ascent  of  Man,  Cosmos,  and  The  Age  of  Uncertainty. 


146 


Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center 


Centralized  information  and  assistance  are  hallmarks  of 
the  diverse  services  provided  by  the  Visitor  Information 
and  Associates'  Reception  Center  (VIARC)  to  the  public, 
Associates,  Smithsonian  staff,  volunteers,  and  interns. 
Many  services  are  offered  seven  days  a  week  and  are  im- 
plemented by  large  numbers  of  volunteers  coordinated 
by  VIARC  staff. 

Significant  progress  was  made  in  obtaining  funding  for 
the  proposed  Smithsonian  Information  Center,  with  the 
Pew  Memorial  Trust  pledging  $1,000,000  and  the 
Kresge  Foundation  offering  a  challenge  grant  of 
$500,000.  In  preparation  for  construction  associated 
with  the  center,  VIARC  moved  from  the  South  Tower 
Room,  its  headquarters  for  fifteen  years,  to  temporary 
offices  in  the  Commons  lounge. 

Another  major  VIARC  project,  the  proposed 
Institution-wide  exterior  graphic  information  system, 
moved  forward  with  installation  of  prototype  signs  for 
review  by  appropriate  regulatory  agencies  and  commis- 
sions. 

The  new  Air  and  Space  Associate  Program  affected 
several  VIARC  operations:  a  new  Associates'  reception 
desk  was  established  at  the  National  Air  and  Space  Mu- 
seum where  some  2,000  memberships  were  sold;  the 
Public  Inquiry  Mail  unit  responded  to  approximately 
6,000  requests  for  further  information  from  readers  of 
the  first  issues  of  Air  &  Space/Smithsonian  magazine; 
and  reduced-rate  Air  and  Space  Associate  memberships 
for  staff  and  volunteers  were  added  to  the  fulfillment 
responsibilities  of  the  Staff,  Volunteer,  and  Intern  Ser- 
vices unit. 

Record  breakers  included  the  Group  Orientation  Pro- 
gram's increase  of  20  percent  in  attendance  at  early  bird 
slide /lectures  offered  before  museum  hours  during  sum- 
mer months,  and  the  35  percent  increase  in  phone  traffic 
experienced  by  the  Telephone  Information  Services, 
which  logged  more  than  400,000  calls.  On  the  Dial-a- 
Phenomenon  line,  interest  in  Halley's  comet  in  Novem- 
ber and  December  1985  generated  nearly  19,000  calls. 
The  Public  Inquiry  Mail  Service  responded  to  more  than 
50,000  pieces  of  mail,  an  increase  of  more  than  ^  per- 
cent. 

Activities  initiated  during  the  year  were  varied:  the 
Museum  Information  Desk  Program  began  seven-day-a- 
week  operations  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
Art  in  February  1986,  bringing  the  number  of  museum 
desks  staffed  to  fourteen;  the  Group  Orientation  Pro- 
gram, after  promoting  its  service  to  convention  groups, 
sent  information  specialists  to  make  slide  /lecture  presen- 
tations to  such  organizations  as  the  American  Society  of 


Newspaper  Editors,  the  American  Psychotherapy  Associ- 
ation, and  the  Elderhostel  at  American  University;  the 
Castle  docents'  knowledge  of  the  historic  Smithsonian 
Institution  Building  was  shared  for  the  first  time  with 
participants  of  tours  sponsored  by  the  Resident  Associate 
Program.  New  activities  of  the  Information  Outreach 
Program  included  promotion  of  National  Associate 
membership  through  Metrorail's  new  Family  Tourist  Pass 
plan  and  coordination  of  the  selection  of  a  Smithsonian 
volunteer  entry  for  the  Washington  Convention  and  Visi- 
tors Association  (WCVA)  annual  competition  to  recog- 
nize exceptional  service  to  the  visiting  public.  Louise 
Steele,  a  fifteen-year  VIARC  volunteer,  received  the  first 
WCVA  Hospitality  Award  for  "Outstanding  Volunteer." 

Extension  of  services  were  affected  by  other  units.  The 
Public  Inquiry  Mail  unit  agreed  to  respond  to  general 
queries  for  the  National  Zoological  Park  and  to  handle 
public-request  distribution  of  the  Institution's  annual  re- 
port for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  Staff,  Volun- 
teer, and  Intern  Services  unit  added  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Gallery,  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Center's  Kennan 
Institute,  the  Directorate  of  International  Activities,  and 
Smithsonian  magazine  in  New  York  to  its  volunteer  and 
internship  rolls.  The  annual  Institution-wide  survey  of 
volunteer  participation  conducted  by  this  unit  showed 
that  during  fiscal  year  1986  5,546  individuals  contributed 
450,659  hours  of  service  to  the  Institution. 


147 


ADMINISTRATION 

John  F.  Jameson,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration 


149 


Administrative  and  Support 
Activities 


The  Institution  operates  effectively  as  a  highly  decentral- 
ized organization  with  programs  extending  across  the 
country  and  with  projects  in  many  foreign  countries.  A 
variety  of  central  support  offices  work  to  assure  the  suc- 
cess of  scholarly  and  public  activity  and  at  the  same  time 
provide  central  oversight  and  accountability  for  the  man- 
agement and  use  of  financial,  personnel,  and  physical 
resources.  These  organization  units  include  programming 
and  budget,  personnel  administration,  equal  opportunity, 
printing  and  photographic  services,  contracts,  special 
events,  travel  services,  supply  services,  audits  and  investi- 
gations, congressional  liaison,  facilities  (including  design 
and  construction  management,  plant  services,  protection, 
safety,  and  architectural  history),  information  resource 
management,  and  management  analysis.  Funding  for 
central  services  amounts  to  about  7  percent  of  the  Insti- 
tution's total  operating  expenses  exclusive  of  the  costs  of 
maintenance,  operation,  and  protection  of  facilities.  The 
major  over-all  emphasis  by  the  administrative  and  sup- 
port units  was  twofold:  provide  effective  and  timely  serv- 
ices to  users;  and  assure  that  the  Institution  maintained  a 
high  level  of  control  and  accountability  as  a  public  orga- 
nization. 

In  a  coordinated  effort  involving  the  Office  of  the  As- 
sistant Secretary,  the  Office  of  Programming  and  Budget 
(OPB),  and  the  Treasurer's  Office  with  the  involvement 
of  bureaus  and  offices  throughout  the  Institution,  the 
Five-Year  Prospectus,  FY  1987-FY  1991,  covering  the 
Smithsonian's  program  and  facility  development  plans, 
was  prepared  for  approval  by  the  Board  of  Regents  at 
the  January  27,  1986,  meeting.  Work  started  soon  there- 
after on  the  draft  prospectus  for  fiscal  years  1988-92  for 
the  Regents'  review  at  their  September  16,  1986,  meeting. 
During  1986,  the  Office  of  Programming  and  Budget 
continued  to  encourage  program  managers  and  adminis- 
trators throughout  the  Institution  to  participate  in  the 
formulation  of  the  fiscal  year  1987  unrestricted  trust  fund 
and  the  fiscal  year  1988  federal  budgets.  In  cooperation 
with  the  Under  Secretary,  the  planning  officer,  the  Man- 
agement Analysis  Office,  and  the  Office  of  Audits  and 
Investigations,  OPB  provided  critical  support  to  program 
managers  and  administrators  in  the  development  of 
guidelines  to  absorb  the  across-the-board  reductions  en- 
acted as  the  result  of  the  Balanced  Budget  and  Emer- 
gency Deficit  Control  Act  of  1985  (Public  Law  99-177) 
and  with  plans  for  how  to  deal  with  possible  major  bud- 
get reductions  in  the  future.  The  office  also  continued  to 
increase  its  use  of  automated  systems  for  budget  analy- 
sis, monitoring,  and  presentation.  In  July  1986,  a  new 


director  of  the  Office  of  Programming  and  Budget  joined 
the  Institution. 

In  its  fourth  year,  the  Office  of  Information  Resource 
Management  (OIRM)  continued  its  transition  from  a 
central  data-processing  service  center  to  a  leader  of  dis- 
tributed information  management.  The  distributed  pat- 
tern is  one  in  which  bureaus  and  offices  own  and  employ 
mini-  and  microcomputers  linked  to  each  other  and  to 
the  OIRM  mainframe  by  data  communications  systems. 
OIRM  began  to  develop  the  new  Collections  Information 
System  (CIS)  for  specimens  by  building  a  prototype  sys- 
tem for  the  Division  of  Fishes  collections.  As  collections 
information  is  moved  to  the  new  system,  it  is  standard- 
ized to  ensure  long-term  value.  A  CIS  Steering  Commit- 
tee of  collections  managers  and  registrars  was  organized 
to  guide  OIRM's  efforts.  The  Smithsonian  Institution 
Bibliographic  Information  System  (SIBIS)  focused  on  re- 
search files,  such  as  the  new  Inventory  of  American 
Sculpture,  which  will  become  a  national  data  base.  A 
letter  of  agreement  was  signed  with  the  Department  of 
Agriculture  for  them  to  run  the  Smithsonian's  person- 
nel/payroll system,  beginning  in  fiscal  year  1987;  the 
new  system  will  provide  the  Smithsonian  with  on-line 
update  and  enquiry  to  these  vital  records.  Construction 
began  on  the  Mall  Master  Raceway,  which  will  house 
cables  for  data  communications.  The  Information  Re- 
source Center  expanded  its  curriculum  of  computer  and 
software  courses.  Two  important  planning  activities  were 
launched:  an  Institution-wide,  long-range  information 
resource  management  planning  exercise  resulted  in  a  set 
of  long-  and  short-range  automation  goals,  along  with  a 
recommendation  for  an  annual  planning  cycle;  and 
OIRM  and  Office  of  Plant  Services'  Division  of  Commu- 
nication and  Transportation  collaborated  on  the  first 
Smithsonian  Electronic  Communications  Plan,  which  set 
broad  direction  for  voice  and  data  communications  for 
the  next  several  years. 

The  Office  of  Personnel  Administration  planned  for  its 
first  major  Reduction  In  Force  (RIF)  in  connection  with 
the  closing  of  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research 
Center's  Rockville  facility.  Related  to  this  activity  was 
the  revision  and  implementation  of  new  RIF  regulations. 
Union  contracts  with  American  Federation  of  Govern- 
ment Employees  and  National  Maritime  Union  were  re- 
newed. Employees  with  the  Parking  Office  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  federal  rolls  or  were  placed  elsewhere  on 
the  trust  fund  rolls  as  a  result  of  cessation  of  public 
parking.  Personnel  authority  up  through  grade  15  was 
delegated  to  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory. 


150 


The  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity  (OEO)  continued  to 
emphasize  special  recruitment  efforts  for  minorities, 
women,  and  disabled  persons  in  all  categories  of  employ- 
ment. Goals  for  minorities  and  women  were  established 
Institution-wide  at  each  organizational  level  for  profes- 
sional, administrative,  and  technical  positions.  The  rep- 
resentation of  minorities  and  women  in  professional  and 
administrative  positions  and  in  grades  above  grade  12 
improved  to  18  percent  of  the  total  work  force.  Goals 
for  disabled  persons  were  established,  and  representation 
of  disabled  persons  within  the  Institution  continues  to 
increase.  The  outreach  program  continued  to  inform  mi- 
norities, women,  and  disabled  persons  and  their  advo- 
cate organizations  of  Smithsonian  programs,  exhibitions, 
activities,  and  career  opportunities.  Outreach  efforts  in- 
cluded equal  opportunity  exhibition  displays  and  hand- 
outs at  ten  national  conferences  held  by  various  organi- 
zations. In  addition,  equal  employment  messages  were 
placed  in  five  minority  and  women's  publications  that 
reached  an  audience  of  approximately  three  million  peo- 
ple, one  million  more  than  last  year.  Special  outreach 
efforts  continue  in  the  development  of  relationships  with 
the  Hispanic-American  and  Asian-American  communi- 
ties, including  participation  in  ethnic  group  conferences, 
programs  and  cultural  observances,  and  the  establish- 
ment of  a  networking  system  for  continuous  liaison.  Pro- 
grams to  highlight  ethnic  observances  and  to  expand  cul- 
tural understanding  received  increased  attention  and 
support  throughout  the  Institution.  OEO  published  a 
revised  office  memorandum  on  program  accessibility 
which  includes  guidelines  for  making  exhibitions,  pro- 
grams, and  activities  more  accessible  to  disabled  persons. 

The  Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic  Services 
(OPPS)  serves  as  the  Institution's  focal  point  for  the  tak- 
ing, processing,  and  archival  preservation  of  photo- 
graphs for  both  museum  collections  and  events  of  his- 
toric interest  to  the  staff.  The  office  is  also  the  central 
provider  of  in-house  printing.  A  Halon  fire  protection 
system  was  added  to  the  OPPS  cold  storage  room  this 
year,  and  a  flood  barrier  was  installed  at  the  entrance  to 
protect  the  collection  in  the  event  of  flooding.  The  ni- 
trate film  conversion  program,  begun  in  fiscal  year  1981, 
is  near  the  end  of  the  first  phase — the  conversion  of  haz- 
ardous nitrate  negatives  to  safety  film.  All  converted  neg- 
atives will  be  toned  to  further  insure  archival  life.  Equip- 
ment for  a  research  program  into  applied  photographic 
preservation  was  installed.  Two  initial  projects  include 
the  testing  of  new  toning  solutions  to  eliminate  the  use 
of  a  suspected  carcinogen  and  the  testing  of  new  color 
duplicating  films  against  older  color  originals  to  deter- 


mine the  best  matches  of  duplicating  stock  versus  origi- 
nals. The  office  completed  filming  all  of  its  35mm  slides 
for  the  modification  of  its  original  video  disc  and  added 
a  second  side,  which  will  make  a  total  of  more  than 
70,000  images  available.  OPPS  staff  covered  the  events 
in  New  York  related  to  the  centennial  of  the  Statue  of 
Liberty  as  part  of  the  office's  historic  documentation  pro- 
gram. In  addition  to  its  third  annual  exhibition,  The 
Year  in  Pictures  As  Seen  from  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History,  OPPS  is  organizing  an  exhibition  for 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  enti- 
tled The  Vietnam  Veterans  Memorial:  A  National  Expe- 
rience. There  also  will  be  a  book  on  the  memorial. 

The  Office  of  Supply  Services,  in  collaboration  with 
the  Office  of  Accounting  and  Financial  Services,  imple- 
mented a  new  small  purchasing  system.  The  new  pro- 
gram formally  delegates  to  individuals  in  various  units 
the  authority  to  satisfy  a  greater  number  and  variety  of 
their  everyday  needs  for  lower  cost  products  and  ser- 
vices. Concurrently,  the  development  of  new  procedures 
and  forms  will  streamline  the  entire  payment  process. 
The  Office  of  Congressional  Liaison  managed  through 
the  congressional  process  a  number  of  important  legisla- 
tive matters.  It  also  is  responsible  for  assessing  the  im- 
pact of  congressional  initiatives  on  Smithsonian 
programs.  The  Management  Analysis  Office  monitored 
the  progress  of  actions  needed  to  strengthen  internal  con- 
trols and  continued  its  program  of  bringing  carefully  se- 
lected students  in  graduate  schools  of  business  adminis- 
tration to  work  on  important  management  projects 
during  summers  at  the  Institution.  This  past  year,  five 
postgraduate  students  worked  in  the  Financial  Manage- 
ment and  Planning,  Museum  Shop,  Fellowship  and 
Grants,  and  Mail  Order  Catalogue  offices,  and  at  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery.  The  Management  Analysis  Of- 
fice also  initiated  a  biweekly  employee  bulletin  covering 
important  and  timely  administrative  matters.  As  the 
principal  coordinating  and  organizing  unit  for  Smithson- 
ian events  emphasizing  Institutional  programs  and  activi- 
ties, the  Office  of  Special  Events  managed  several  hun- 
dred events  this  year.  The  Office  of  Special  Events 
received  nearly  1,000  requests  from  outside  organizations 
seeking  to  use  Smithsonian  space  and  determined  which 
organizations  met  the  policy  requiring  that  events  be 
closely  related  to  the  Institution's  museum  and  education 
programs. 

The  Travel  Services  Office  continued  to  assist  and  ad- 
vise Smithsonian  employees  and  consultants  about  the 
most  efficient  and  economical  travel  possible.  Travel  ar- 
rangements for  the  Festival  of  American  Folklife,  featur- 


I51 


ing  participants  from  Japan  and  Tennessee,  were  success- 
fully completed.  Assistance  was  provided  for  research 
projects  throughout  the  world  including  those  near 
Puerto  Maldonado,  Peru,  and  at  Grand  Turk  island  in 
the  Bahamas,  as  well  as  for  the  Smithsonian  Foreign 
Currency  Program  grantees  traveling  to  Pakistan  and 
India.  The  Contracts  Office  handled  negotiations  for 
specialized  contracts  related  to  trust-funded  operations 
and  helped  obtain  federal  grants  and  contracts  for  spe- 
cial programs  and  projects.  The  Office  of  Audits  and 
Investigations,  which  reports  to  the  Under  Secretary,  is 
responsible  for  performing  all  internal  and  external  au- 
diting and  the  investigation  of  any  fraud,  waste,  abuse, 
or  white-collar  criminal  activity  by  employees  or  contrac- 
tors. The  internal  audit  function  includes  both  federal 
and  trust-funded  activities  on  a  recurring  basis.  The  ex- 
ternal audit  function  involves  the  audit  of  documentation 
in  support  of  claims,  cost  proposals,  and  cost  and  pric- 
ing data  arising  from  contracts,  grants,  and  other  finan- 
cial agreements. 

Highlights  for  the  Office  of  Facilities  Services  included 
98  percent  completion  of  the  quadrangle  complex.  Ma- 
jor activities  during  the  year  directed  by  the  Office  of 
Design  and  Construction  included  the  completion  of  the 
multiyear  facade  restoration  at  the  Renwick  Gallery; 
construction  of  an  annex  building  for  the  Anacostia 
Neighborhood  Museum;  completion  of  a  master  plan  for 
the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  as  well  as 
completion  of  the  design  for  its  Tupper  facility;  and  com- 
pletion of  a  master  plan  to  replace  heating,  ventilation, 
and  air  conditioning  systems  for  the  National  Museum 
of  American  History. 

Significant  progress  in  the  Office  of  Plant  Services  this 
year  included  implementation  of  automated  financial, 
personnel,  and  program  management  systems  to  increase 
staff  efficiency  and  accuracy  of  information.  A  physical 
plant  building  inspection  program  was  implemented  to 
address  essential  short-  and  long-term  maintenance  and 
repair  needs  in  Smithsonian  facilities.  Energy  conserva- 
tion efforts  continued  with  emphasis  on  renewing  pro- 
gram visibility  throughout  the  Institution.  Progress  con- 
tinued to  improve  and  refine  the  work  hour  quota 
system  in  order  to  reduce  backlogs  in  trade  and  crafts 
projects.  Work  on  real  property  records  continued  for  all 
Smithsonian-owned  and  -leased  buildings  and  structures; 
only  ten  buildings  at  the  Whipple  Observatory  in  Ari- 
zona remain  to  be  researched  and  documented. 

The  Office  of  Protection  Services  adjusted  security  op- 
erations in  all  museums  to  account  for  international  ten- 


sions. Individual  efforts  of  the  staff  resulted  in  the  first 
promotion  of  women  in  the  guard  force  to  the  rank  of 
lieutenant  and  the  first  certification  as  occupational 
health  nurses  of  several  of  the  Health  Services  staff.  The 
Employee  Assistance  Program  continued  to  expand  its 
counseling  services,  and  the  first  presentation  of  seminars 
on  the  program  for  executives  and  first-line  supervisors 
is  expected  to  result  in  more  effective  use  of  the  counsel- 
ing service  by  managers.  The  efforts  to  upgrade  security 
systems  and  to  provide  a  proprietary  alarm  system  are 
almost  complete. 

The  Protection  Services  staff  continued  to  play  a  lead- 
ing role  in  national  and  international  efforts  to  improve 
the  practice  of  museum  protection.  Through  its  class- 
room training  programs,  an  annual  security  conference, 
and  the  annual  museum  protection  workshop,  the  office 
provided  training  support  to  approximately  half  of  the 
country's  museums.  Protection  staff  remains  active  in  the 
programs  of  the  American  Association  of  Museums,  the 
American  Society  for  Industrial  Security,  and  the  Interna- 
tional Council  of  Museums  and  its  International  Com- 
mittee on  Museum  Security,  having  participated  this  year 
in  two  programs  conducted  for  museums  in  Mexico  by 
the  U.S.  Information  Agency.  Other  outreach  activities 
included  participation  in  a  program  to  improve  protec- 
tion afforded  to  U.S.  embassies  and  in  programs  related 
to  the  health  and  safety  of  scientific  divers. 

The  Institution's  safety  program  was  emphasized  by 
establishing  the  Safety  Division  of  the  Office  of  Protec- 
tion Services  as  a  separate  unit  reporting  to  the  director 
of  Facilities  Services,  the  Smithsonian's  designated  health 
and  safety  official.  This  change  reflects  the  growth  of  the 
safety  program  and  the  importance  of  its  work  within 
the  Institution  as  well  as  to  the  public's  perception  of  the 
Smithsonian.  The  most  notable  activities  undertaken  by 
the  Office  of  Safety  Programs  were  the  development  of  a 
hazardous  materials  management  and  disposal  program 
and  the  establishment  of  a  regulatory  review  and  analysis 
process  for  ensuring  compliance  with  safety  and  health 
laws.  The  office  continued  its  work  on  asbestos  abate- 
ment and  control;  installation  of  fire  protection,  detec- 
tion, and  suppression  systems;  and  improvements  to  the 
physical  plant. 

An  Office  of  Architectural  History  and  Historic  Preser- 
vation was  created  in  June  1986  to  strengthen  the 
Smithsonian's  interests  and  obligations  in  these  areas. 
Chief  among  its  accomplishments  was  the  development 
of  a  comprehensive  collections  management  policy  for 
the  Smithsonian  Furnishings  Collection. 


152 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Women's  Council 


Smithsonian  Internship 
Council 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Women's  Council  was  estab- 
lished by  Secretarial  memorandum  in  1972  to  identify 
and  study  the  concerns  of  employees,  to  serve  as  an  ac- 
tive advisory  group  to  management  on  women's  issues, 
and  to  strive  for  the  improvement  of  working  conditions 
with  particular  concern  for  encouraging  the  hiring,  pro- 
motion, and  equal  treatment  of  women  at  the  Smith- 
sonian. The  council's  twenty  members  are  elected  by 
Smithsonian  staff.  Open  meetings  are  held  the  second 
Wednesday  of  each  month  in  the  Regents  Room  of  the 
Castle.  Carolyn  Jones  is  council  chairperson. 

The  work  of  the  council  is  done  mainly  by  four  stand- 
ing committees:  Benefits  and  Child  Care,  Newsletter, 
Outreach,  and  Programs.  Ad  hoc  committees  are  created 
when  necessary  to  further  council  goals.  Recent  projects 
included  a  national  conference  in  March  on  "Women's 
Changing  Roles  in  Museums,"  developed  with  the  Office 
of  Museum  Programs;  continued  efforts  toward  the  es- 
tablishment of  day-care  centers  in  two  museums  on  the 
Mall;  publication  of  a  brochure  for  new  employees  on 
the  council's  activities;  sponsorship  of  a  seminar  and 
workshop  on  street  harassment;  and  the  founding  of  a 
Washington,  D.C.,  area  network  for  women  in  museums. 


The  Smithsonian  Internship  Council  was  established  in 
1981  as  a  result  of  provisions  set  forth  in  Office  Memo- 
randum (OM)  820  for  intern  programs  at  the  Smith- 
sonian. The  council,  made  up  of  at  least  one  representa- 
tive from  each  bureau  or  office,  provides  a  forum  for 
staff  working  with  interns.  The  council  works  to  set 
common  standards  for  interns  and  to  improve  coordina- 
tion of  internships  throughout  the  Institution. 

The  Internship  Council  began  fiscal  year  1986  by  con- 
tinuing work  on  several  projects  inspired  by  the  revision 
of  OM  820,  "Smithsonian  Institution  Internships,"  issued 
in  March  1984.  The  memorandum  established  criteria  for 
the  selection  of  interns,  guidelines  for  management  to 
follow  in  the  placement  of  interns,  and  clarification  of 
several  Smithsonian  internship  programs. 

The  following  publications  have  been  produced  by  the 
Internship  Council  and  are  updated  periodically.  Intern- 
ships and  Fellowships  describes  the  majority  of  intern- 
ship and  fellowship  opportunities  at  the  Smithsonian. 
The  Handbook  for  Smithsonian  Interns  provides  perti- 
nent information  about  procedures  to  be  followed  by 
interns  while  at  the  Institution.  It  also  includes  informa- 
tion about  Smithsonian  facilities,  services,  and  activities 
available  to  interns.  Housing  Information  for  Interns  and 
Fellows  lists  short-term  housing  available  in  the  Washing- 
ton metropolitan  area. 

The  Internship  Council's  staff  assistant  registers  all 
interns,  provides  identification  credentials  and  orienta- 
tion for  interns,  and  produces  reports  about  interns  and 
internship  programs  throughout  the  Institution.  The  staff 
assistant  also  provides  services  for  internships  at  the 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars.  In 
fiscal  year  1986,  approximately  500  interns  were  regis- 
tered at  the  Smithsonian  by  the  staff  assistant. 

The  Internship  Council's  Committee  for  Staff  Orienta- 
tion has  initiated  seminars  to  provide  staff  and  supervi- 
sors with  information  about  management  of  internships. 
During  fiscal  year  1986,  the  Internship  Council  received 
approval  and  funding  to  provide  health  insurance  to  in- 
terns who  were  not  otherwise  insured. 

The  Internship  Council  is  continuing  efforts  to  estab- 
lish a  central  stipend  fund.  The  council  believes  that 
many  talented  potential  interns  are  lost  to  the  Institution 
each  year  because  they  cannot  afford  to  intern  at  the 
Smithsonian  without  minimal  financial  support. 


153 


DIRECTORATE  OF 

INTERNATIONAL 

ACTIVITIES 

John  E.  Reinhardt,  Director 


J55 


Directorate  of  International 
Activities 


The  Directorate  of  International  Activities  was  estab- 
lished in  October  1984  to  monitor,  coordinate,  and  en- 
hance the  Smithsonian-wide  array  of  work  in  the  inter- 
national field;  to  be  responsible  for  liaison  with  federal 
agencies  and  national  and  international  organizations 
whose  international  activities  relate  to  those  of  the  Insti- 
tution; to  ensure  balanced  international  program  empha- 
ses, reflecting  all  world  regions  and  all  fields  of  existing 
Smithsonian  interests  from  basic  research  in  the  natural 
sciences  to  popular  culture  and  the  performing  arts;  to 
help  develop  the  effectiveness  of  all  the  Institution's  inter- 
national activities;  and  to  plan,  design,  and  conduct  the 
programs  of  the  International  Center  located  in  the 
quadrangle  complex.  The  work  of  the  Directorate  is 
conducted  through  several  divisions:  a  program  staff  pri- 
marily responsible  for  planning  the  programs  of  the  In- 
ternational Center  and  filling  the  coordinating  roles  of 
the  Directorate;  the  Office  of  Service  and  Protocol;  and 
the  Office  of  Publications  Exchange.  The  Directorate 
also  has  responsibility  for  planning  the  1992  Quincente- 
nary of  Columbus's  landing  in  the  Americas,  and  for 
management  of  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Pro- 
gram. 


International  Center  Programs 

Through  the  International  Center,  the  Institution  pursues 
certain  objectives  not  readily  achieved  through  existing 
programs.  For  example,  the  Center  will  offer  themati- 
cally  integrated  programs  of  exhibition,  scholarly  ex- 
change, and  public  education,  bringing  to  bear  Smithson- 
ian research  and  expertise  on  the  explication  of  diverse 
cultures  and  regions  of  the  world.  Further,  the  center 
will  fill  a  significant  Institution  gap  in  programs  focused 
on  Latin  America  and  hemispheric  interrelationships,  for 
while  substantial  Smithsonian  research  actually  goes  on 
in  middle  and  South  America,  it  is  scattered  within  the 
Institution  and  for  the  most  part  has  low  visibility.  The 
center  also  will  develop  programs  to  encourage  regular 
exchanges  with  scholars  and  museum  professionals  in 
other  nations  through  the  development  of  institutional 
relationships.  In  keeping  with  the  special  purposes  of  the 
quadrangle  itself,  all  activities  initially  will  concentrate 
on  increasing  contacts  with  and  offering  programs  about 
Latin  America,  Africa,  and  Asia. 

Even  before  the  opening  of  the  International  Center, 
the  Directorate  has  undertaken  programs  on  broad 
themes  of  international  importance.  One  theme  is  the 
urgent  need  to  conserve  the  diversity  of  life  forms  in  the 


world  now  under  siege.  Special  emphasis  will  be  given  to 
the  tropics  where  diversity  is  greatest,  while  issues  for 
the  New  World  tropics  coincide  closely  with  the  Center's 
Latin  American  focus. 

The  Smithsonian  with  the  National  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences organized  in  September  a  highly  successful  Na- 
tional Forum  on  BioDiversity.  The  four-day  event  pro- 
vided the  public  with  the  views  of  distinguished  scientists 
and  scholars  about  the  rapid  destruction  of  Earth's  natu- 
ral habitats  and  the  subsequent  loss  of  plants  and  ani- 
mals. Concurrent  events  included  a  poster-panel  exhibi- 
tion, film  showings,  and  a  national  teleconference  via 
satellite  and  cable. 

The  Directorate  also  began  a  three-year  pilot  program 
in  cooperation  with  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  and  the  international  Man  and  the  Biosphere 
Program.  Initially  the  goal  is  to  design  standardized 
methodology  for  collecting  and  managing  biotic  inven- 
tory and  other  biological  data  in  all  Biosphere  Reserves, 
potential  reserves,  and  other  endangered  habitats.  (A 
Biosphere  Reserve  is  an  area  selected  for  protection  and 
study  because  it  is  a  representative  example  of  one  of  the 
world's  major  ecosystems.) 

During  fiscal  year  1986  planning  commenced  for  the 
International  Center's  inaugural  exhibition  and  associ- 
ated programs.  The  exhibition  Generations  is  an  ambi- 
tious and  unprecedented  multidisciplinary,  multicultural 
investigation  of  the  art  and  rituals  associated  with  birth 
from  ancient  times  to  the  present.  Of  particular  impor- 
tance will  be  the  interpretation  of  non-Western  materials 
in  context,  through  concentration  on  the  ways  certain 
cultures  view  this  subject,  how  they  incorporate  it  into 
their  world  view,  how  they  deal  with  its  reality  and  sym- 
bolism, and  how  they  express  these  ideas  and  concepts 
in  material  form. 

Also  in  fiscal  year  1986  the  Directorate  initiated  pro- 
grams aimed  at  increasing  and  strengthening  regular  ex- 
changes between  scholars  in  developing  countries  and 
Smithsonian  researchers.  This  International  Exchange 
Program  supports  workshops,  training  courses,  and  simi- 
lar short-term  group  projects.  In  fiscal  year  1986  ten 
projects  conducted  by  five  bureaus  were  chosen:  for  ex- 
ample, a  collaboration  between  the  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory  and  the  Centro  de  Investigaciones 
de  Astronomia  in  Venezuela,  and  museum  training  in  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History  for  curators  of 
vertebrate  zoology  in  key  Latin  American  museums. 

A  generous  gift  from  the  estate  of  Suzanne  Liebers 
Erickson  established  a  memorial  fund  to  support 
exchange  visits  between  Smithsonian  staff  and  Danish 


156 


scholars,  museum  professionals,  and  students.  Exchanges 
under  the  program  will  begin  in  fiscal  year  1987. 

Since  1965  the  Institution  has  conducted  the  Smithson- 
ian Foreign  Currency  Program  (SFCP)  to  enhance  the 
quality  of  its  research  and  extend  the  impact  of  its  schol- 
arly efforts.  In  fiscal  year  1986,  management  of  the  SFCP 
was  transferred  to  the  Directorate  of  International  Activ- 
ities from  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants.  The  For- 
eign Currency  Program  awards  grants  to  support  the  re- 
search of  American  institutions,  including  the 
Smithsonian,  in  those  countries  in  which  the  United 
States  holds  blocked  currencies  derived  largely  from  past 
sales  of  surplus  agricultural  commodities  under  Public 
Law  480.  In  1986  blocked  currencies  were  held  by  the 
United  States  in  Burma,  Guinea,  Pakistan,  and  Poland, 
and  Indian  rupees  were  available  from  the  United  Stat- 
es-India Fund  for  Cultural,  Educational,  and  Scientific 
Cooperation,  newly  established  to  continue  programs  in 
India  such  as  those  earlier  supported  under  the  SFCP. 

Covering  many  disciplines,  this  year's  projects  included 
studies  of  Indian  music;  archaeological  exploration  of 
the  Roman  period  in  Serbia  and  of  Harappa  in  Pakistan; 
systematic  studies  of  Indian  bamboos  and  of  the  avian 
genus  Phylloscopits;  and  assessment  of  desertifications  as 
it  affects  grazing  systems. 

Also  in  this  year  the  Smithsonian  conveyed  $1,020,000 
equivalent  in  Pakistan  rupees,  the  final  installment  of  the 
United  States  contribution,  to  the  government  of  Paki- 
stan for  its  campaign  to  salvage  and  preserve 
Moenjodaro,  the  4,500-year-old  Indus  civilization  city  in 
Pakistan.  The  site  is  being  eroded  by  highly  saline 
groundwater  and  floods  of  the  Indus  River.  A 
groundwater-control  scheme  to  lower  the  water  table  is 
in  place  and  other  operations  are  under  way. 

In  addition  to  programs  of  scholarly  support,  the  Di- 
rectorate sponsors  conferences  and  meetings.  During 
1986  the  Directorate  conducted  planning  meetings  on  a 
wide  range  of  subjects: 

1)  The  history  of  science  and  technology  in  Latin 
America.  Participants  from  six  Latin  American  countries, 
Canada,  and  the  United  States  focused  on  ways  for  the 
Smithsonian  to  further  development  of  the  history  of  sci- 
ence and  technology  in  Latin  America.  A  pilot  program 
is  being  planned  for  1988  to  bring  a  small  number  of 
Latin  American  specialists  to  the  Smithsonian  for 
research  on  aspects  of  the  history  of  United  States-Latin 
American  relations  in  science  and  technology. 

2)  Scientific  research  in  Madagascar.  Scientists  around 
the  world,  including  many  at  the  Smithsonian,  are  fasci- 
nated with  the  unique  life  forms  and  geography  of 


Madagascar,  and  many  consider  it  the  world's  highest 
conservation  priority.  Responding  to  encouragement  by 
representatives  of  the  government  of  Madagascar  of 
Smithsonian  research  activities,  a  workshop  on  priorities 
and  methods  for  doing  research  in  Madagascar  was  con- 
ducted for  participants  from  outside  and  within  the  Insti- 
tution. 

?)  African  material  culture  studies.  The  community  of 
Africa  scholars  see  the  need  for  an  international  confer- 
ence on  African  material  culture  research  to  bring  to- 
gether the  technological,  cultural,  social,  and  economic 
aspects  of  the  production,  use,  and  value  of  objects  in 
African  societies.  The  Directorate,  with  the  Joint  Com- 
mittee on  Africa  of  the  Social  Science  Research  Council 
and  the  American  Council  of  Learned  Societies,  con- 
ducted an  extensive  survey  of  scholars  and  museum  pro- 
fessionals worldwide  on  issues  to  be  discussed.  Topics 
included  technology  and  the  production  of  form,  ethno- 
histoncal  studies  of  material  culture,  and  symbolic  stud- 
ies of  material  culture.  This  meeting  resulted  in  a  plan 
for  an  international  conference  to  integrate  the  perspec- 
tive of  a  variety  of  disciplines  and  focus  on  how  the 
study  of  African  material  objects  can  elucidate  social  re- 
lations, cultural  change,  and  symbolic  behavior.  Founda- 
tion funding  has  been  obtained  for  this  conference. 

4)  Issues  facing  scholars  seeking  research  access  in  for- 
eign nations.  In  November  1985  the  Directorate  cospon- 
sored  with  the  Social  Science  Research  Council  (SSRC)  a 
major  conference  to  explore  issues  concerning  access  to 
research  sites  by  foreign  scholars,  with  specific  reference 
to  U.S.  scholars'  experiences  working  abroad.  Partici- 
pants included  experienced  field  scholars  in  disciplines 
ranging  from  the  biological  and  geological  sciences  to 
archaeology,  history,  and  political  sciences.  The  conferees 
concluded  that  access  to  research  must  be  closely  tied  to 
collaboration  and  mutuality  of  benefit  to  the  visiting  re- 
searchers and  their  host-country  counterparts.  These  and 
other  matters  developed  in  the  conference  are  discussed 
in  the  SSRC's  quarterly  Items  (March  1986)  and  the 
Smithsonian's  quarterly  Research  Reports  (Spring  1986). 


Office  of  Service  and  Protocol 

Within  the  Directorate  of  International  Activities,  the 
Office  of  Service  and  Protocol  (OSP)  prepares  and  imple- 
ments agreements  related  to  international  cooperative 
programs;  assists  foreign  dignitaries  and  scholars  who 
participate  in  Smithsonian  programs;  facilitates  commu- 
nications and  logistical  arrangements  for  research  and 


157 


participation  in  meetings  abroad;  and  obtains  passports 
and  visas  for  Smithsonian  travelers. 

New  links  were  established  with  the  National 
Research  Council  of  Iraq,  with  the  negotiation  of  a  co- 
operation agreement  that  will  provide  for  a  broad  range 
of  activities,  including  field  research  and  museum  train- 
ing. A  cooperation  agreement  was  also  concluded  May  5, 
1986,  with  the  Jordanian  Department  of  Antiquities  pro- 
viding for  research,  conservation,  and  preservation  by 
the  Smithsonian's  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory  of 
Neolithic  statuary  found  in  Jordan.  OSP  continued  to 
coordinate  the  activities  arising  out  of  the  cooperative 
agreement  signed  two  years  ago  with  the  Moroccan  Min- 
istry of  Culture,  and  continued  its  oversight  of  exchanges 
with  the  People's  Republic  of  China,  including  the  first 
exchange  under  the  Smithsonian's  January  1985  Memo- 
randum of  Understanding  with  the  China  Association  for 
Science  and  Technology  (CAST).  OSP,  working  jointly 
with  the  National  Science  Foundation,  played  a  key  role 
in  arrangements  for  United  States  participation  in  the 
April  1986  Association  of  South  East  Asian  Nations  Sci- 
ence and  Technology  Week  held  in  Kuala  Lumpur,  Ma- 
laysia. 

In  fiscal  year  1986,  OSP  arranged  Smithsonian  visits 
for  approximately  100  foreign  officials  and  scholars.  In 
October  1985,  Indonesian  Director  General  of  Culture 
Haryati  Soebadeo  and  Director  of  Museum  Affairs  Bam- 
bang  Soemadeo  met  Secretary  Adams  and  staff  members 
to  discuss  Smithsonian  cooperation  in  research  and  train- 
ing. In  February  1986,  Bahraini  Minister  of  Education 
and  Culture  Tariq  Adbul  Rahman  Al  Moayyed  visited 
the  Smithsonian  for  talks  with  Secretary  Adams  and 
other  members  of  the  staff  on  Smithsonian-Bahrain  mu- 
seum cooperation.  In  June,  Uruguayan  First  Lady  Marta 
Canessa  de  Sanguinetti  met  with  Smithsonian  officials 
and  Washington,  D.C.,  architect  Avery  Faulkner  for  dis- 
cussions on  the  extended  use  of  historic  buildings  for 
museum  purposes.  In  August,  a  high-level  delegation 
from  the  U.S.S.R.  ministries  of  Culture  and  Foreign  Af- 
fairs met  with  the  Under  Secretary  and  other  Smithson- 
ian representatives  for  discussions  on  several  major  exhi- 
bitions, including  an  exchange  of  art  exhibitions  and  one 
on  the  peoples  of  the  Arctic.  In  September,  Cook  Islands 
Prime  Minister  Sir  Thomas  Davis  came  to  the  Smithson- 
ian to  meet  with  Secretary  Adams  and  Smithsonian  staff. 

The  core  of  OSP's  activity  continued  to  be  services  to 
Smithsonian  bureaus  and  during  1986  OSP  obtained  101 
passports  and  784  foreign  visas  for  Smithsonian  staff  and 
grantees;  provided  documentation  and  guidance  services 
for  eighty-six  foreign  students  and  exchange  visitors;  ar- 


ranged for  the  United  States  entry  of  two  large  perform- 
ing arts  groups;  and  provided  the  Smithsonian  staff  with 
a  variety  of  other  immigration-related  services.  Through- 
out the  year,  OSP  provided  a  broad  range  of  liaison  and 
support  services  for  Smithsonian  staff  undertaking  re- 
search and  exchanges  abroad  including  the  establishment 
of  a  foreign  currency  research  fund  to  support  ethnologi- 
cal studies  in  Nigeria.  OSP  also  provided  assistance  for 
research  access  for  the  National  Zoological  Park  in  Ma- 
laysia and  for  an  exchange  of  Buddha  figures  with  Ko- 
rea. Work  continues  on  the  second  edition  of  the  Direc- 
torate publication  Profile  of  the  International  Activities 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  and  a  new  publication, 
Guide  to  International  Research  and  Exchanges. 


Office  of  Publications  Exchange 

The  Office  of  Publications  Exchange  (OPE)  also  reports 
to  the  Directorate.  Its  function  is  to  foster  international 
scholarly  interchange  by  enabling  U.S.  universities  and 
learned  societies  to  exchange  their  publications  with  cor- 
responding institutions  and  governments  of  other  coun- 
tries. Founded  by  the  Smithsonian's  first  Secretary,  Jos- 
eph Henry,  OPE  functions  today  as  one  of  the  oldest 
entities  with  ongoing  activities  at  the  Smithsonian.  Dur- 
ing 1986  OPE  handled  86,740  packages  from  approxi- 
mately 140  domestic  institutions  for  transmission  abroad 
and  }7*68o  packages  from  approximately  220  foreign 
institutions  for  distribution  in  this  country. 


Columbus  Quincentenary  Planning 

The  Smithsonian  Institution's  Quincentenary  observance 
will  be  a  mix  of  historical  and  cultural  issues  and  ideas. 
Plans  are  to  commemorate  the  encounter  of  civilizations, 
draw  attention  to  subsequent  exchanges  of  ideas  and  ma- 
terial cultures,  and  illuminate  the  creation  of  many  new 
worlds.  Through  the  organization  of  exhibitions  and 
public  and  scholarly  programs  that  explicate  and  cele- 
brate five  centuries  of  common  experience  in  this  hemi- 
sphere, the  Smithsonian  will  help  to  shape  the  North 
American  involvement  in  what  assuredly  will  be  an  in- 
terhemispheric  as  well  as  transatlantic  enterprise. 

In  fiscal  year  1986,  under  the  coordination  of  the  Di- 
rectorate, the  Smithsonian  began  defining  the  objectives 
of  its  observance,  and  planning  specific  activities.  The 
Directorate's  efforts  reflect  a  two-pronged  approach  to 
the  Quincentenary:  to  have  each  Smithsonian  museum 


158 


As  part  of  the  National  Forum  on  BioDiversity,  Noel  Vietmeyer, 
of  the  National  Research  Council,  discussed  underexploited 
tropical  animals  as  a  future  protein  source.  The  forum,  which 
took  place  in  September  1986,  was  cosponsored  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  and  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 


and  research  bureau  develop  and  implement  its  own  pro- 
grams within  broad  outlines  established  by  the  Institu- 
tion and  coordinated  by  the  DIA;  and  to  develop  Direc- 
torate programs  which  will  take  place  in  the  Smith- 
sonian's International  Center  beginning  in  fiscal  year 
1987  and  continuing  through  fiscal  year  1993.  Because 
the  Directorate  is  charged  with  advancing  better  under- 
standing of  peoples  and  cultures,  Quincentenary  pro- 
grams will  explore  the  multilayered  values,  beliefs,  and 
dynamics  that  define  the  cultures  of  the  past  and  present 
peoples  of  Latin  America. 

Two  planning  conferences  in  the  fall  of  1985  gave 
Smithsonian  staff  an  opportunity  to  exchange  ideas  with 
United  States  and  foreign  scholars  in  the  arts,  humani- 


ties, and  natural  and  social  sciences  about  the  critical 
themes  and  issues  which  the  Institution  might  address  in 
its  Quincentenary  programs.  Following  these  meetings, 
there  was  established  a  Quincentenary  Planning  Commit- 
tee to  provide  further  oversight  and  review  of  Smith- 
sonian programs.  It  includes  historian  David  Warren  (In- 
stitute of  American  Indian  Arts),  ethnomusicologist 
Carol  Robertson  (University  of  Maryland),  and  ethno- 
historian  Miguel  Leon  Portilla  (Universidad  Nacional 
Autonoma  de  Mexico),  as  well  as  Smithsonian  staff 
members. 

Within  guidelines  established  by  the  Planning  Commit- 
tee, each  Smithsonian  bureau  will  develop  and  imple- 
ment its  own  programs.  The  Museum  of  American  His- 
tory plans  an  extensive  exhibition  on  early  hispanic 
settlement  in  North  America;  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum  has  undertaken  the  creation  of  a  world  atlas 
composed  of  satellite  photographs;  the  National  Portrait 
Gallery  is  assembling  an  exhibition  on  portraiture  of 
Spain.  The  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden, 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service, 
and  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  also  are 
developing  Quincentenary  exhibitions.  Other  projects 
include  plans  by  the  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  to  focus 
on  Caribbean  and  Latin  American  cultures  in  their 
1989-92  Festivals  of  American  Folklife. 

The  International  Center  will  explore  in  both  scholarly 
and  popular  arenas  specific  aspects  of  the  cultures  of 
past  and  present  peoples  of  Latin  America.  Beginning  in 
1987  and  continuing  through  1993,  the  International  Cen- 
ter will  organize  scholarly  seminars  and  conferences, 
public  symposia,  lectures,  exhibitions,  and  performances 
to  explore  this  theme.  The  Center's  scholarly  program- 
ming will  commence  in  spring  1987  with  a  series  of  Quin- 
centenary conferences  designed  both  to  develop  a  more 
comprehensive  understanding  of  the  cultures  of  Latin 
America  and  to  form  the  basis  for  public  programs.  The 
selection  of  "World  Views  in  Contact:  Performance"  as 
the  topic  of  the  first  conference  is  based  on  the  universal- 
ity of  performance  and  its  centrality  in  ritual  life. 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  is  developing  a  joint  ven- 
ture with  a  British  public  broadcasting  company  and  a 
noted  independent  producer  to  film  a  ten-part  television 
series  entitled  The  Buried  Mirror:  Images  of  Latin  Amer- 
ica. The  production,  to  appear  in  1989-90,  will  promote 
a  broad  understanding  of  the  history  of  the  confluence  of 
indigenous  and  Hispanic  traditions  of  the  Americas.  At 
the  same  time,  it  will  introduce  a  multinational  audience 
to  the  broad  themes  and  topics  of  the  international  Co- 
lumbus Quincentennial. 


159 


MEMBERSHIP  AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

James  McK.  Symington,  Director 


161 


Office  of  Membership  and 
Development 


The  Institution's  organization  for  fund-raising  was  stud- 
ied last  year  by  a  management  consulting  firm,  and  its 
recommendations  resulted  in  a  modified  decentralization 
in  structure  and  function. 

The  new  development  format  permits  museum  direc- 
tors, if  they  wish,  to  create  their  own  development 
staffs,  collectively  expanding  and  extending  the 
Institution's  reach  into  the  philanthropic  marketplace.  To 
assure  a  sense  of  Institutional  priorities  and  to  coordi- 
nate the  new  museum  fund-raising  efforts,  Secretary 
Adams  created  the  Development  Committee.  In  addition 
to  himself,  members  are  the  Under  Secretary;  the  assis- 
tant secretaries  for  Research,  for  Museums,  and  for  Pub- 
lic Service;  the  chairmen  of  the  Council  of  Bureau  Direc- 
tors and  of  the  Information  and  Education  Council;  and 
the  director  of  Development,  who  is  responsible  for  or- 
ganizing and  preparing  committee  meetings. 

The  Development  Office  has  worked  closely  with  the 
museum  directors  who  have  opted  for  their  own  devel- 
opment staffing.  The  director  is  responsible  for  inter- 
viewing all  candidates  for  museum  development  officer 
and  for  providing  counsel  to  the  museum  staffs.  More- 
over, the  office  continues  to  support  museum  develop- 
ment personnel  with  the  research  assistance  which  is  so 
important  in  their  work;  to  this  end,  the  Development 
Office  Research  Unit  is  being  enlarged.  Finally,  the  office 
maintains  complete  files  on  all  Institution  fund-raising 
activities  and  is  responsible  for  keeping  up-to-date 
records  of  all  donors  and  for  the  prompt  acknowledge- 
ment of  all  gifts  to  the  Institution. 

Apart  from  museum  project  fund-raising  described 
above,  the  Development  Office  is  solely  responsible  for 
generating  private  financial  support  for  pan-Institution 
projects,  as  well  as  for  raising  funds  for  those  museums 
or  offices  which  are  not  participating  in  the  new  arrange- 
ment. 

The  campaign  for  expansion  of  the  facilities  of  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  continued.  Much  effort  was  ex- 
pended upon  the  organization  and  assignments  of  the 
volunteer  Campaign  Committee  and  of  a  group  of  pro- 
fessional committees  drawn  from  the  design  field;  Gor- 
don Dixon  of  the  Brakeley,  John  Price  Jones  Company 
was  selected  as  campaign  director. 

Based  upon  a  very  favorable  feasibility  study  con- 
ducted by  the  Brakeley  firm,  a  capital  campaign  was  ap- 
proved for  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art.  During 
1986,  staff  from  the  Office  of  Membership  and  Develop- 
ment were  detailed  to  the  campaign,  and,  working 
closely  with  Sylvia  Williams,  they  organized  the  cam- 
paign office,  set  up  the  campaign  schedule,  wrote  a  bro- 


chure, and  began  recruiting  the  volunteer  committee. 
The  campaign  is  focused  on  increased  acquisition  funds 
for  the  museum. 

A  grant  of  $1  million  was  received  from  the  Pew  Me- 
morial Trust  toward  the  creation  of  a  new  Smithsonian 
Information  Center  in  the  Castle.  The  Kresge  Founda- 
tion subsequently  made  a  challenge  grant  for  $500,000, 
to  be  matched  by  gifts  from  Contributing  Members  and 
other  sources,  in  order  that  visitors  can  better  plan  their 
time  at  the  Institution. 

The  computer  industry  pledged  about  half  of  the  $4.2 
million  support  necessary  for  a  permanent  exhibition, 
The  Information  Revolution.  Similarly,  Digital  Equip- 
ment Corporation  made  a  generous  grant  of  $770,000  of 
in-kind  and  cash  support  toward  the  Computers  and 
Flight  exhibition  planned  at  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum. 

Six  Japanese  corporations  cosponsored  the  Japan  pro- 
gram of  the  1986  Festival  of  American  Folklife.  Also  in 
the  cultural  arena,  Pepsico  agreed  to  sponsor  one-half  of 
a  U.S.-U.S.S.R.  exhibition  exchange  being  coordinated 
by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Ser- 
vice, and  the  Washington  Post  Company  is  sponsoring  a 
Gene  Davis  retrospective  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art.  The  W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation  has  re- 
newed a  major  grant  for  the  Fellowship  and  Intern  Pro- 
gram being  carried  out  by  the  Office  of  Museum  Pro- 
grams for  museum  professionals  across  the  country. 

The  Jesse  Smith  Noyes  Foundation  underwrote  a  new 
fellowship  program  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 
Institute,  and  several  years  of  work  by  the  office  culmi- 
nated successfully  in  foundation  support  for  an  impor- 
tant manual  on  handling  wild  mammals  in  captivity  at 
the  National  Zoological  Park.  The  office  began  an  effort 
to  secure  $1.5  million  to  endow  research  on  ticks  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

As  the  new  decentralized  development  organization 
takes  shape,  with  more  bureaus  and  offices  establishing 
their  own  staffs,  the  research  and  record-keeping  func- 
tions of  the  Development  Office  will  be  expanded  ac- 
cordingly. The  Secretary's  Development  Committee  will 
meet  regularly  to  decide  on  project  priorities  and  to  co- 
ordinate all  Institution  fund-raising  efforts. 


162 


James  Smithson  Society 


The  James  Smithson  Society  was  founded  in  1977  as  the 
highest  level  of  the  Contributing  Membership  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates.  Since  then,  the  Smithson  Society 
has  granted  more  than  $1,800,000  in  support  of 
Smithsonian  projects  and  acquisitions.  This  year, 
through  the  contributions  of  Annual  Members,  the  Soci- 
ety made  awards  totaling  $288,900  to  the  following:  par- 
tial funding  for  two  exhibitions  at  the  National  Museum 
of  American  Art,  The  Art  of  John  La  Farge  and 
Unknown  Territory:  Photographs  by  Ray  Metzker;  sup- 
port to  the  National  Museum  of  American  History  for 
the  expansion  of  a  data  base  of  Afro-American-related 
items  in  Smithsonian  collections;  a  three-to-one  challenge 
grant  towards  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum's  capital  cam- 
paign for  renovation  and  construction;  the  Office  of 
Horticulture  for  the  duplication  of  the  Garden  Club  of 
America's  "Notable  American  Parks  and  Gardens"  slide 
collection  onto  optical  discs;  acquisition  monies  to  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery  to  acquire  a  portrait  by  Stan- 
ton MacDonald-Wright  of  the  artist's  brother,  Willard 
Huntington  Wright;  support  to  the  Office  of  Symposia 
and  Seminars  to  publish  The  Canvas  of  Culture,  a  sym- 
posium volume  based  on  contemporary  issues  in  India; 
to  the  Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception 
Center,  funds  towards  the  Kresge  Foundation  challenge 
grant  to  build  a  new  Smithsonian  Information  Center; 
and  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  Telecommunica- 
tions, support  for  the  production  of  a  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution orientation  video;  to  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum,  monies  to  conserve  rare  aviation  posters  and 
historic  aviation  newsreel  footage,  and  support  to  carry 
out  research  on  the  evolution  of  the  inland  Niger  Delta; 
partial  funding  to  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Obser- 
vatory to  mount  an  exhibition  of  computer-generated 
images;  to  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
support  towards  the  exhibition  Through  the  Paleontolog- 
ical  Looking  Glass  (a  working  vertebrate  paleontology 
laboratory)  and  restoration  funds  for  the  newly  acquired 
Chinese  Hell  Scrolls,  an  important  set  of  Chinese  folk 
paintings;  and  finally,  support  to  the  Smithsonian  Tropi- 
cal Research  Institute  to  conduct  further  research  on 
iguana  management. 

The  annual  weekend  for  members  of  the  Smithson  So- 
ciety, held  every  year  in  conjunction  with  the  autumn 
meeting  of  the  National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Asso- 
ciates, took  place  September  26  and  27.  At  a  formal  din- 
ner held  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
National  Board  Chairman  Seymour  H.  Knox  III 
announced  the  1986  Smithson  Society  grants.  On  the 
morning  of  September  27,  spouses  of  the  National  Board 


The  exhibition  Art  in  New  Mexico  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art  was  previewed  in  March  1986  by  upper-level 
donors  of  the  Smithsonian's  Contributing  Membership  Program. 


and  Smithson  Society  members  participated  in  a  behind- 
the-scenes  tour  of  the  U.S  Supreme  Court.  Following  the 
tour,  Smithson  Society  and  National  Board  members  at- 
tended a  luncheon  in  their  honor  at  the  John  F.  Kennedy 
Center  for  the  Performing  Arts. 


163 


National  Board  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 


Smithsonian  National 
Associate  Program 


Chairman  Seymour  H.  Knox  III  organized  the  April 
meetings  of  the  board  in  Buffalo.  At  the  first  meeting, 
members  and  their  spouses  heard  from  Ann  Leven,  trea- 
surer of  the  Institution,  and  from  Peggy  Loar,  director  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service. 
The  second  meeting  afforded  Secretary  Adams  an  oppor- 
tunity to  express  his  views  on  important  issues  facing  the 
Institution. 

New  members  elected  to  the  board  at  the  April  meet- 
ing were  Philip  F.  Anschutz  (Denver,  Colorado),  George 
B.  Bingham,  Jr.  (Louisville,  Kentucky),  Jeffrey  Cole 
(Lyndhurst,  Ohio),  Gerald  D.  Hines  (Houston,  Texas), 
Sidney  R.  Peterson  (Toluca  Lake,  California),  and  Mrs. 
James  M.  Walton  (Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania). 

The  autumn  meetings  were  held  in  Washington,  D.C., 
on  September  26  and  27.  Sylvia  Williams,  director  of  the 
National  Museum  of  African  Art,  updated  members  on 
plans  for  major  acquisitions  and  for  the  new  space  in  the 
quadrangle;  this  was  followed  by  an  overview  of  the 
Institution's  museums  presented  by  Tom  Freudenheim, 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Museums.  On  September  27,  Sec- 
retary Adams  gave  the  board  his  semiannual  report  and 
answered  questions,  providing  the  members  with  an  op- 
portunity to  discuss  areas  of  interest.  Mr.  Charles  D. 
Dickey,  Jr.,  was  elected  by  the  board  to  serve  as  chair- 
man, beginning  January  1,  1987.  The  weekend  also  in- 
cluded the  joint  National  Board-James  Smithson  Society 
dinner  on  September  26  at  the  National  Museum  of  Nat- 
ural History.  Members  of  the  James  Smithson  Society 
and  spouses  of  the  National  Board  members  were  treated 
to  a  behind-the-scenes  tour  of  the  U.S.  Supreme  Court 
on  the  morning  of  the  twenty-seventh  prior  to  the  clos- 
ing luncheon  at  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Per- 
forming Arts. 


Since  its  inception  in  1970,  the  Smithsonian  National 
Associate  Program,  in  cooperation  with  other  Smith- 
sonian bureaus,  has  provided  innovative  educational  op- 
portunities for  Smithsonian  Associates  throughout  the 
nation.  Through  Smithsonian  magazine,  members  join 
activities  which  increase  their  awareness  of  the  Institu- 
tion and  encourage  support  for  its  work.  The  three  units 
which  compose  the  National  Associate  Program,  now 
serving  more  than  2,000,000  members,  offer  benefits 
which  are  directed  toward  increasing  members'  personal 
involvement  with  the  life  of  the  Smithsonian. 


Contributing  Membership  Program 

The  Contributing  Membership  of  the  National  Associate 
Program  provides  unrestricted  funds  for  Smithsonian  re- 
search, education,  and  outreach  programs  through  six 
levels  of  annual  membership:  Supporting  ($50),  available 
only  to  members  who  live  outside  the  greater  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  metropolitan  area;  Donor  ($100);  Sponsoring 
($250);  Sustaining  (S500);  Patron  (Si, 000);  and  the 
James  Smithson  Society  ($1,500). 

The  program  was  established  in  1976,  and  membership 
has  grown  steadily  over  the  past  decade.  At  the  end  of 
fiscal  year  1986,  there  were  41,000  members,  a  27  per- 
cent increase  over  fiscal  year  1985.  Membership  is  na- 
tional; 88  percent  of  the  constituency  resides  beyond  the 
Washington,  D.C.,  metropolitan  area.  Income  from 
membership  dues,  special  fund-raising  contributions,  and 
corporate  matching  funds  also  continued  to  grow,  reach- 
ing $3,800,000  in  fiscal  year  1986,  23  percent  more  than 
in  the  previous  year. 

The  Institution  expresses  appreciation  by  presenting  to 
Contributing  Members  a  variety  of  benefits,  including 
invitations  to  special  exhibition  previews  and  receptions. 
Nine  such  special  events  were  held  in  fiscal  year  1986, 
including  viewings  of  the  exhibitions  Magnificent  Voyag- 
ers: The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition  1838-1842;  Holly- 
wood: Legend  and  Reality;  and  After  the  Revolution: 
Everyday  Life  in  America,  ij8o-i8oo;  special  screenings 
of  the  new  IMAX  film  On  the  Wing  at  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum;  and  an  exclusive  evening  of  Japa- 
nese performances  and  food  at  the  Japan  program  of  the 
1986  Festival  of  American  Folklife.  Members  were  in- 
vited to  the  Navy  Memorial  Museum  of  the  Wash- 
ington Navy  Yard  and  to  the  1986  National  Heritage  Fel- 
lowships Program,  the  National  Endowment  for  the 
Arts'  annual  presentation  of  America's  foremost  folk  art- 
ists and  artisans.  Upper-level  donors  enjoyed  receptions 


164 


Bob  O'Donnell,  lecturer,  Smithsonian  National  Associates  Lec- 
ture and  Seminar  Program,  is  seen  here  with  a  young  student  dur- 
ing the  Fossil  Identification  workshop  in  Laramie,  Wyoming, 
October  1985.  (Photograph  by  Karol  Griffin) 


and  viewing  of  the  exhibitions  Selections  from  the 
Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Bequest  at  the  Hirshhorn  Museum 
and  Sculpture  Garden  and  Art  in  New  Mexico  at  the 
National  Museum  of  American  Art,  and  received  tickets 
to  the  National  Gallery  of  Art's  Treasure  Houses  of  Bri- 
tain exhibition. 

In  1986,  complimentary  publications  issued  to  mem- 
bers included  Magnificent  Voyagers,  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press  to  accompany  the  National 
Museum  of  Natural  History's  major  exhibition,  and 
Flight  of  the  Pterosaurs  and  Treasures  from  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art,  also  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press  publications.  Additionally,  the  Smithsonian  Engage- 
ment Calendar,  produced  by  Smithsonian  Product  Devel- 
opment and  Licensing,  is  mailed  each  year  to  all  Con- 
tributing Members.  Because  the  Contributing 
Membership  Program  can  guarantee  large  press  runs. 


bureaus  can  issue  quality  publications  at  significantly 
lower  prices. 

In  a  similar  cooperative  manner,  Contributing  Mem- 
bers within  the  Washington  metropolitan  area  are  en- 
rolled automatically  in  the  Resident  Associate  Program, 
thus  supporting  its  monthly  newsletter  and  classes. 
Members  outside  this  area  receive  Research  Reports, 
published  three  times  a  year  by  the  Office  of  Public  Af- 
fairs to  highlight  special  research  and  educational 
projects  under  way  throughout  the  Institution. 

Through  the  Smithsonian  Treasures  annual  tour  de- 
signed by  the  Associates  Travel  Program,  Contributing 
Members  enjoy  an  exclusive  behind-the-scenes  five-day 
visit  to  the  Institution.  And,  during  the  course  of  Lecture 
and  Seminar  Programs  in  communities  nationwide,  Con- 
tributing Members  are  offered  priority  registration,  com- 
plimentary tickets  to  one  lecture,  and  often  an  invitation 
to  an  accompanying  informal  reception.  Such  special 
treatment  reinforces  the  message  that  Contributing  Mem- 
bers are  important  to  the  Smithsonian  and  forwards  the 
development  of  a  loyal  national  constituency  responsive 
to  future  fund-raising  appeals. 


Lecture  and  Seminar  Program 

The  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program,  established  in  1975, 
takes  Smithsonian-originated  educational  programs  to 
approximately  twenty  cities  in  the  United  States  each 
year.  Under  the  sponsorship  of  the  Lecture  and  Seminar 
Program,  Smithsonian  scientists,  curators,  and  scholars 
travel  to  selected  cities  to  present  series  of  lectures,  semi- 
nars, and  hands-on  workshops  designed  to  better  ac- 
quaint National  Associate  members,  members  of  cospon- 
soring  organizations,  and  the  general  public  with  the 
research  and  activities  of  the  national  museum.  Each  se- 
ries is  specifically  designed  to  meet  the  interests  of  indi- 
vidual communities.  Events  have  been  held  in  every  re- 
gion of  the  country,  from  major  metropolitain  areas  to 
small  communities.  Included  in  each  series  are  programs 
designed  to  meet  the  interests  of  adults,  children,  and 
family  groups.  In  addition  to  bringing  Smithsonian  pro- 
grams to  members  throughout  the  country,  the  Lecture 
and  Seminar  Program  invites  National  Members  to  study 
with  Smithsonian  curators  during  week-long  seminars  in 
Washington,  D.C.  The  Washington  seminars,  highlight- 
ing Smithsonian  collections,  combine  lectures  with 
behind-the-scenes  tours  of  Smithsonian  museums. 

During  1986,  more  than  445,000  families  were  invited 
to  attend  more  than  200  Smithsonian  events  across  the 


165 


Smithsonian  Associates  visit  Iguacii  Falls,  Brazil,  during  an  epic 
study-voyage  around  Cape  Horn. 


country.  This  year,  for  the  first  time,  the  Lecture  and 
Seminar  Program  visited  Laramie  and  Cheyenne,  Wyo- 
ming; Syracuse  and  Buffalo,  New  York;  Sarasota,  Flor- 
ida; Pasadena,  California;  Reno,  Fallon,  and  Carson 
City,  Nevada;  Charleston,  West  Virginia;  Berkshire 
County,  Massachusetts;  Aiken,  South  Carolina;  and 
Boone,  North  Carolina.  The  program  returned  to  Albu- 
querque, New  Mexico;  Anchorage  and  Juneau,  Alaska; 
Portland,  Oregon;  Tucson,  Arizona;  and  San  Diego,  Cal- 
ifornia. Proclamations  honoring  the  Smithsonian  visits 
were  issued  by  the  mayors  of  Pasadena,  Tucson,  Chey- 
enne, and  Boone. 

The  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program  cooperated  with 
more  than  120  local  organizations  throughout  the  coun- 
try this  year,  including  museums,  colleges,  universities, 
and  cultural  centers.  Several  organizations  continued  to 
lend  support  on  a  national  level,  including  United  Air- 
lines, EAA  Aviation  Foundation,  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Retired  Persons,  the  National  Trust  for  Historic 
Preservation,  World  Wildlife  Fund-U.S.,  and  Sigma  Xi, 
the  Scientific  Research  Society. 

Thirty-two  new  programs  made  their  debut  in  the  Lec- 
ture and  Seminar  Program  during  1986.  Among  these 
were:  "The  Old  Ship  of  Zion:  An  Evening  of  Afro- 
American  Gospel  Music"  by  Horace  Boyer,  National 
Museum  of  American  History;  "Animal  Communication: 
Classic  Studies  and  New  Discoveries"  by  Michael 
Robinson,  director,  and  other  staff  members  of  the 


National  Zoological  Park;  and  "Man's  Quest  for  Wings: 
Highlights  of  Aviation  History"  by  E.  T  Wooldridge, 
Claudia  Oakes,  and  R.  E.  G.  Davies,  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum,  with  Paul  MacCready,  designer  of  the 
Quetzalcoatlus  northropi. 

Five  Washington  seminars  were  held  during  the  past 
year:  "New  Perspectives  on  American  Art,"  "Anthropol- 
ogy at  the  Smithsonian,"  "Creative  Writing,"  "Highlights 
of  Aviation  History,"  and  "i8th-Century  Baroque  Music." 
In  January,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Lecture  and  Semi- 
nar Program,  eleven  British  scholars  traveled  to  the 
United  States  to  conduct  two  weeks  of  specialized  semi- 
nars to  complement  the  exhibition,  Treasure  Houses  of 
Great  Britain  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art.  Associates 
from  around  the  country  came  to  Washington  to  attend 
seminars  on  painting,  textiles,  heraldry,  pottery,  and  jew- 
elry and  to  be  guided  through  the  exhibition  by  British 
experts. 

In  1986,  for  the  first  time,  the  Lecture  and  Seminar 
Program  initiated  week-long  residential  seminars  outside 
of  Washington,  D.C.  This  concept  proved  highly  success- 
ful during  its  premiere  in  Boone,  North  Carolina. 
Smithsonian  seminars,  hosted  by  Appalachian  State  Uni- 
versity, drew  130  members  from  thirty  states  to  Boone  to 
study  fossils,  creative  writing,  and  American  art  in  the 
serene  setting  of  the  Blue  Ridge  mountains. 

After  a  successful  debut  of  the  Lecture  and  Seminar 
Program  in  Tokyo  during  1985,  plans  are  in  progress  for 
future  international  ventures. 


Associates  Travel  Program 

The  Associates  Travel  Program  presents  educational 
study  tours  that  mirror  the  interests  and  concerns  of  the 
Institution.  Tours  are  designed  for  members  who  are  par- 
ticularly interested  in  the  work  of  the  national  museum 
and  the  subjects  in  Smithsonian  magazine.  The  educa- 
tional content  of  both  foreign  and  domestic  tours  is  en- 
hanced by  study  leaders,  and  each  trip  is  attended  by 
one  or  more  Smithsonian  staff  members.  Since  1975, 
more  than  66,000  members  have  participated  in  study 
tours  throughout  the  world;  in  1986,  6,600  members 
traveled  on  105  programs. 

This  year,  National  Associates  chose  from  forty-one 
Domestic  Study  Tours  to  all  parts  of  the  United  States. 
Domestic  cruises  continued  to  grow  in  popularity.  In 
September  the  Delta  Queen  steamed  down  the  Ohio 
River  from  Cincinnati  to  St.  Louis,  docking  at  cities  and 
historic  sites  along  the  way.  While  cruising  Alaska's  In- 


[66 


side  Passage,  Associates  were  thrilled  to  see  humpback 
whales  and  glaciers  at  close  range.  Perhaps  the  most 
spectacular  cruise  of  the  year  was  in  New  England  and 
on  the  Hudson  River,  with  two  days  in  New  York  Har- 
bor for  the  festivities  celebrating  the  unveiling  of  the 
Statue  of  Liberty. 

Land  trips  were  offered  to  a  variety  of  destinations 
across  the  country,  covering  subjects  such  as  architecture, 
history,  and  current  cultural  trends.  A  program  to  south 
Louisiana  introduced  members  to  Cajun  food  and  music. 
While  tracing  Colorado's  mining  and  railroad  history, 
members  explored  the  San  Juan  mountains  by  jeep  and 
narrow-gauge  railroad.  Antiques  and  historic  homes 
highlighted  a  tour  to  Wilmington,  Delaware,  and  to  the 
Brandywine  Valley  in  Pennsylvania. 

Associates  continue  to  seek  the  adventure  and  wonder 
of  the  outdoors.  The  most  popular  natural  history  pro- 
grams took  participants  to  national  parks  such  as 
Arches,  Canyonlands,  Bryce,  and  Zion.  Some  members 
studied  the  ecosystems  of  tidal  pools  along  the  coast  of 
Maine  while  others  explored  the  deserts  of  Arizona.  As- 
sociates also  joined  archaeologists  in  Cortez,  Colorado, 
to  dig  for  artifacts  at  an  Anasazi  Indian  site. 

More  than  3,000  members  participated  in  "Washington 
Anytime  Weekend,"  designed  to  give  members  an  oppor- 
tunity to  visit  the  nation's  capital  and  the  Smithsonian 
any  weekend  during  the  year.  The  program  is  executed 
in  cooperation  with  the  Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center,  which  provides  a  behind- 
the-scenes  tour  of  the  Castle  and  is  available  for  infor- 
mation and  guidance  during  weekends.  A  new  feature 
added  this  year  was  a  viewing  of  a  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum  IMAX  film. 

Foreign  Study  Tours  continued  to  serve  the  diverse  in- 
terests of  National  Associates  by  offering  a  variety  of 
activities  and  destinations.  New  tours  included  "Back- 
stage London"  with  backstage  visits  and  discussions  re- 
lating to  performances.  In  the  Dordogne  region  of 
France,  members  visited  outstanding  prehistoric  caves,  as 
well  as  fortified  towns,  monasteries,  and  castles  dating 
to  the  Middle  Ages.  A  decorative  arts  and  design  pro- 
gram included  special  lectures  and  demonstrations  at 
museums  and  ateliers  in  Copenhagen,  Stockholm,  and 
Helsinki. 

Associates  retraced  the  routes  of  Magellan,  Drake,  and 
Darwin  on  a  history-making  expedition,  sailing  from 
Rio,  around  Cape  Horn,  through  the  Beagle  Channel 
and  the  Strait  of  Magellan,  and  north  through  Chile's 
inland  waterway  to  Puerto  Montt.  On  board  ship,  they 
learned  about  the  geology,  flora,  and  fauna  of  the  area 


Smithsonian  Associates,  aboard  the  Nantucket  Clipper  (large 
craft  at  top),  had  a  prime  spot  for  viewing  the  Statue  of  Liberty 
festivities  in  July  1986.  (Photograph  by  Lucian  Perkins,  The 
Washington  Post) 


and  discussed  history  and  current  politics  of  Latin  Amer- 
ica. On  shore,  they  traveled  by  chartered  train  and  plane 
to  Iguacii  Falls,  observed  a  penguin  colony  at  Punta 
Tombo,  and  visited  local  museums  in  Punta  Arenas  and 
Ushuaia.  On  other  study  voyages,  Associates  studied  his- 
tory and  literature  while  circumnavigating  the  British 
Isles,  focused  on  art  and  architecture  on  a  journey 
around  Italy  from  Venice  to  Genoa,  discussed  marine 
biology  and  maritime  history  on  the  fifth  annual  Atlantic 
crossing,  and  learned  about  cultural  and  artistic  tradi- 
tions of  Borneo,  the  Moluccas,  and  Papua  New  Guinea. 

China  continued  to  be  popular  with  430  members 
traveling  on  fifteen  tours.  The  Yangtze  River  tours  were 
in  great  demand,  as  were  "Decorative  Arts  and 
Antiques,"  "China  by  Train,"  and  "Hiking  the  Sacred 


167 


Smithsonian  Resident 
Associate  Program 


Peaks  of  China."  In  addition  to  China,  outdoor  enthusi- 
asts hiked  in  the  Black  Forest  of  Germany,  along  New 
Zealand's  famed  Milford  Track,  and  through  the  north 
central  Highlands  of  Scotland. 

On  an  epic  journey  of  7,436  miles,  seven  countries, 
and  two  continents,  National  Associates  traveled  from 
Paris  to  Shanghai  by  train  with  visits  to  Berlin,  Moscow, 
Irkutsk,  Ulan  Bator,  and  Beijing.  Other  Smithsonian 
travelers  entered  Tibet  via  China,  and,  after  a  week's 
stay  in  Lhasa  and  Xigaze,  traveled  by  jeep  on  the  rugged 
overland  route  from  Tibet  to  Kathmandu,  Nepal. 

Countryside  programs  allowed  members  to  live  in 
small  towns  in  Italy,  England,  Austria,  and  Switzerland. 
Residential  seminars  included  history  and  art  in 
Florence,  and  the  eighth  annual  Oxford /Smithsonian 
Seminar,  which  offered  specially  designed  courses  in  the 
arts  and  sciences.  In  late  summer,  ninety-five  members 
participated  in  the  Smithsonian's  first  Volga  Seminar.  Af- 
ter traveling  in  three  separate  groups  focusing  on  art  and 
architecture,  history,  or  present-day  concerns  in  the  So- 
viet Union,  members  joined  together  for  a  ten-day  Volga 
cruise  with  lectures  and  language  classes  on  board  and 
activities  and  visits  each  day  on  shore. 

The  Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program  contin- 
ues to  increase  services  to  its  members  as  it  encourages 
private  support  for  the  Institution.  Inherent  in  the  ap- 
proach of  the  program  is  an  emphasis  on  educational 
pursuits,  member  participation,  public  awareness,  and 
cooperation  with  Smithsonian  bureaus  and  like-minded 
organizations  nationwide. 


The  Resident  Associate  Program  (RAP)  is  a  model  for 
museum  and  university  programs  nationally  and  interna- 
tionally. RAP's  mission  is  to  support  the  work  of  the  In- 
stitution and  to  engage  residents  of  the  greater  Washing- 
ton area  in  the  life  of  the  Smithsonian  by  complementing 
the  Institution's  collections,  exhibitions,  and  research; 
presenting  educational  and  cultural  programs  consistent 
with  the  Institution's  interests;  collaborating  with  inter- 
national, national,  and  local  institutions  to  reach 
broader  audiences;  and  serving  and  retaining  members  as 
well  as  attracting  new  members.  To  meet  these  objec- 
tives, RAP  offered  nearly  2,000  innovative,  high-quality, 
timely  activities  attended  by  more  than  270,000  adults 
and  young  people. 

Fiscal  year  1986  was  a  success.  With  an  increased 
membership,  higher  retention  rate,  and  larger  registra- 
tion income  than  in  the  previous  year,  RAP  continued  to 
be  self-supporting,  except  for  Discovery  Theater  and  per- 
forming arts  activities,  which  are  mandated  to  receive 
subsidy  from  the  Institution.  Total  membership  exceeded 
57,000  with  a  retention  rate  of  over  80  percent.  Small 
grants  from  local  and  national  foundations  and  corpora- 
tions enabled  RAP  to  carry  out  special  outreach  projects 
and  other  activities  otherwise  not  possible;  through  the 
commission  and  sale  of  a  serigraph  by  the  late  Gene 
Davis,  RAP  realized  income  to  support  the  renovation  of 
the  Discover  Graphics  studio. 


Cooperation  with  Smithsonian  Bureaus 
and  Major  Offices 

During  fiscal  year  1986,  RAP  cosponsored  two  lectures 
with  the  National  Portrait  Gallery:  "American  Heiresses 
Become  British  Brides"  by  British  biographer  Nigel  Nicol- 
son  and  "The  Washingtonians:  Intimate  Portraits"  by 
American  historian  Gary  Wills.  RAP  and  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery  also  cosponsored  two  "Portraits  in  Mo- 
tion" performances.  A  two-day  seminar  with  Stephen  Jay 
Gould  as  one  of  the  speakers,  "Men  of  Daring,  Triumphs 
of  Exploration"  was  cosponsored  with  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History  in  conjunction  with  the  exhibi- 
tion Magnificent  Voyagers:  The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedi- 
tion, 18)8-1841.  Some  Discovery  Theater  programs,  such 
as  "Exploring  the  Smithsonian,"  were  cosponsored  with 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  as  were  Black 
History  Month  performances  such  as  "Memory  of  Afri- 
can Culture,"  organized  by  Discovery  Theater.  The  Hir- 
shhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  and  RAP  have 
continued  to  cosponsor  the  20th  Century  Consort  series, 


168 


and  in  addition  three  lectures:  "Sandro  Chia  and 
Howard  Fox:  A  Dialogue,"  "The  Ceramic  Sculpture  of 
Robert  Arneson ,"  and  "My  Life  with  Joe"  by  Olga  Hirsh- 
horn.  The  various  Smithsonian  chamber  music  series 
continued  under  National  Museum  of  American  History 
and  RAP  cosponsorship.  The  Chesapeake  Bay  Environ- 
mental Research  Center  of  the  Smithsonian  collaborated 
on  naturalist  tours  by  providing  staff  scientists  for  tour 
leaders.  Programmatic  cooperation  with  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  and  staff  partici- 
pation as  lecturers  in  Office  of  Museum  Programs  work- 
shops were  ongoing.  The  director  continues  to  serve  as 
senior  advisor  to  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs  Kel- 
logg Project.  Courses  and  lectures  are  regularly  planned 
in  collaboration  with  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars,  such  as  "The  Soviet  Union  Under 
Gorbachev,"  a  lecture  by  Peter  Reddaway,  program  sec- 
retary of  the  Kennan  Institute  for  Advanced  Russian 
Studies;  and  the  courses  "Marxism  and  Ideology  of  So- 
cialism," taught  by  Woodrow  Wilson  Fellow  Svetozar 
Stojanovich,  and  "The  Phillipines:  Turmoil  in  the  Pa- 
cific," cosponsored  with  the  Asia  Program  of  the 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars. 


Outreach 

The  Discover  Graphics  program  affords  talented  area 
public  high  school  students  and  their  art  teachers  the  free 
opportunity  to  learn  etching  and  lithography,  using  fine 
Smithsonian  presses.  Now  in  its  third  year.  Discover 
Graphics  has  enabled  over  zoo  participants  annually  to 
receive  studio  training,  combined  with  Smithsonian  mu- 
seum visits  and  the  loan  of  portable  presses  to  the 
schools.  A  student  exhibition  of  selected  prints,  juried  by 
Smithsonian  curators  and  held  during  summer  1986  at 
the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  was  partially 
underwritten  by  a  grant  from  the  Women's  Committee  of 
the  Smithsonian  Associates.  Owing  to  the  spring  1986 
closing  of  the  Lansburgh  Center,  Discover  Graphics  left 
the  studio  space  where  it  had  been  housed  for  the  past 
two  and  one-half  years.  While  it  is  temporarily  housed  at 
the  19th  and  K  Streets  space  of  the  Union  Printmakers, 
plans  are  under  way  for  the  renovation  of  existing  studio 
space  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  to  provide  a 
new  permanent  home  on  the  Mall  for  this  valuable  out- 
reach program. 

Scholarships  were  awarded,  through  the  public  school 
system,  to  fifty-eight  inner  city  young  people  and 
seventy-four  adults  to  attend  Young  Associate  and  adult 


courses  this  fiscal  year.  In  addition,  five  inner-city  young 
people  served  as  youth  teacher  assistants  for  Young  Asso- 
ciate Summer  Camp,  under  the  auspices  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Career  Awareness  Program. 

The  twentieth  annual  Kite  Festival  took  place  on  the 
Mall  in  March,  with  1,200  persons  in  attendance. 

Especially  designed  to  appeal  to  retired  people,  "Tues- 
day Mornings  at  the  Smithsonian"  is  a  daytime  weekly 
lecture  series.  The  thirty-two  lectures  by  Smithsonian 
scholars  attracted  8, zoo  participants  this  year. 

Singles  Evenings  at  the  Castle  was  initiated  in  fall  1985 
for  working  singles.  This  series  of  lectures  by  Smith- 
sonian scholars  was  very  well  received.  In  fiscal  year 
1986,  a  total  of  twenty-four  lectures  were  attended  by 
3,800  participants;  registration  was  restricted  to  100  men 
and  100  women  so  that  the  evenings  could  combine  dis- 
cussion about  the  lecture  and  the  opportunity  to  social- 
ize. 


Collaboration  with  Community,  Regional,  National,  and 
International  Organizations 

For  the  thirteenth  consecutive  year,  RAP  cosponsored  ten 
monthly  lectures  with  the  Audubon  Naturalist  Society 
and  the  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo.  This  year's  series 
attracted  more  than  10,500  persons.  RAP  collaborated 
with  organizations  such  as  the  American  Institute  of  Ar- 
chitects and  the  AIA  Foundation;  Washington-Alexandria 
Center  for  Architecture;  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute 
and  State  University;  Pennsylvania  Avenue  Development 
Corporation;  D.C.  Preservation  League;  Art  Directors 
Club  of  Metropolitan  Washington;  Federal  Design  Coun- 
cil; American  Institute  of  Graphic  Arts;  American  Society 
of  Interior  Design;  Metropolitan  Chapter,  Council  for 
the  Advancement  and  Support  of  Education;  Meridian 
House  International;  National  Park  Service;  Pro  Musicis 
Foundation;  District  Curators;  World  Folk  Music  Associ- 
ation; National  Institutes  of  Health;  Internationa]  Poetry 
Forum;  and  D.C.  Library  Association.  The  Baltimore- 
D.C.  Institute  for  Psychoanalysis  cosponsored  the  film 
series  "Creativity  and  Fantasy:  A  Psychoanalytic  Inter- 
pretation of  Film";  the  National  Geographic  Society  co- 
sponsored  the  six-part  lecture  series  "Explorers  in  the 
Modern  Era";  the  James  Renwick  Collectors'  Alliance 
cosponsored  the  all-day  seminar  "Living  with  Wood"; 
and  St.  John's  College,  Maryland,  cosponsored  "St. 
John's  Seminar:  Classical  and  Modern  Concepts  of  Man 
and  Society." 

Many  lectures,  courses,  films,  and  performances  were 


169 


planned  in  collaboration  with  foreign  embassies  and  in- 
ternational societies:  "The  Discerning  Traveler  in  China"; 
"Study  and  Tour  of  Norway";  "New  Zealand:  New  Per- 
spectives"; "The  Discerning  Traveler  in  Ireland";  "Indo- 
nesia: The  Golden  Isles";  the  seminar  "Budapest  and 
Vienna:  Jewels  on  the  Danube";  the  film  Rembrandt  the 
Drawer  and  the  performance  "Jazz  Goes  Dutch"  by  Wil- 
lem  Breuker  Kollectief.  The  "Classic  Japanese  Theater: 
The  Great  Traditions  of  Nob  and  Kyogen"  was  cospon- 
sored  with  the  Japan-America  Society  of  Washington  and 
the  studio  arts  course,  "A  Master  Demonstrates  the  Art 
of  Japanese  Embroidery:  Shuji  Tamura"  with  the 
Kurenai-Kai  School  of  Embroidery,  Chiba,  Japan. 


D.C.,"  planned  for  the  international  and  diplomatic  com- 
munities, attracted  nationwide  attention. 

The  studio  arts  program  enhances  appreciation  of  age- 
old  crafts  and  introduces  contemporary  crafts.  In  all, 
over  300  courses  and  workshops  were  presented,  with  an 
attendance  of  nearly  15,000.  Guest  instructors  included 
Unichi  Hiratsuka,  Japanese  woodcut  master;  Jef  Van 
Grieken,  Belgian  painter;  and  Shou-chen  Zhang,  master 
painter  from  the  People's  Republic  of  China.  Courses 
ranged  from  "Celestial  Photography"  (with  an  eye  to 
Halley's  comet)  and  "How  to  Design  and  Build  a  Light 
Aircraft"  to  more  traditional  art  forms  such  as  "Painted 
Trompe  L'Oeil  Finishes,"  "The  Shaker  Oval  Box,"  and 
"Furniture  Design  and  Construction  Techniques." 


Telecommunications 

During  fiscal  year  1986,  the  course  "Ascendancy  of  Asia: 
The  Pacific  Community  in  the  21st  Century,"  organized 
in  conjunction  with  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Center's  Asia 
Program  and  the  Asia  Foundation,  was  videotaped  for 
distribution  to  national  and  international  audiences  in 
the  coming  year.  Worldnet,  the  U.S.  Information 
Agency's  telecommunications  system  carrying  programs 
abroad  by  satellite  and  seen  through  U.S.  embassy  posts, 
and  RAP  collaborated  on  twelve  programs  in  fiscal  year 
1986.  Seven  RAP  programs  were  on  Almanac,  ranging 
from  the  performance  of  Billy  Taylor  to  the  Kite  Festival 
on  the  Mall  to  an  interview  with  Julia  Child.  The  Arts 
America  program  featured  three  RAP  performances. 


Programs 


Cour 


Four  terms  per  year,  RAP  presents  higher  education 
courses  providing  educated  adults  an  opportunity  to 
study  with  Smithsonian  and  visiting  scholars.  In  fiscal 
year  1986,  over  200  lecture  courses  were  scheduled,  and 
attendance  at  single  lectures  reached  56,000.  Among  the 
most  popular  were:  "Masters  of  Portrait  Photography," 
featuring  presentations  by  Yousuf  Karsh,  Annie  Leibov- 
itz,  and  Helmet  Newton;  "Literary  Evenings:  Writers  on 
Writing"  with  Pulitzer  prize  winner  Larry  McMurtry, 
Peter  Benchley,  Martin  Cruz  Smith,  and  Jean  Auel;  and 
"Origin  of  the  Universe,"  including  physicist  Alan  Guth. 
The  RAP  course  "American  English  in  Washington, 


Lectures,  Seminars,  and  Films 

Single  lectures,  intensive  one-  and  two-day  seminars,  and 
scholarly  symposia  addressed  a  wide  range  of  cultural 
topics.  Individual  films  and  film  series  featured  U.S.  or 
Washington  premieres,  foreign  cultures,  or  salutes  to 
well-known  artists. 

Notable  speakers  appearing  at  the  Smithsonian  under 
RAP  auspices  in  fiscal  year  1986  included  economist  John 
Kenneth  Galbraith,  scientist  Jonas  Salk,  astrophysicist 
Charles  Townes,  the  Honorable  A.  Leon  Higginbotham, 
sociologist  and  writer  Nathan  Glazer,  pilot  Chuck 
Yeager,  author  Sheilah  Graham,  biographer  of  Isak  Dine- 
sen,  Judith  Thurman,  Titanic  discoverer  Robert  Ballard, 
and  engineer  Paul  MacCready.  A  total  of  33,600  partici- 
pants attended  the  130  lectures  offered. 

More  than  1,600  Resident  Associates  participated  in 
eighteen  all-day  seminars.  Some  of  the  more  notable 
seminars  included  "The  High  Drama  of  the  Ottoman 
Sultans,"  "Biotechnology:  Risks  and  Rewards,"  "The 
Splendor  of  Versailles,"  and  "Human  Origins  and  the  En- 
vironment." 

Among  the  over  sixty  films  shown  during  the  year,  to 
audiences  totaling  13,000,  were  the  American  premieres 
of  the  documentaries  A  Thousand  Cranes  and  Rembr- 
andt the  Drawer.  Washington  film  premieres  included  the 
award-winning  Canadian  movie,  My  American  Cousin, 
Bronte,  and  a  film  series  celebrating  the  Festival  of  India. 

Performing  Arts 

In  its  third  year  of  sponsoring  ticketed  Smithsonian  per- 
forming arts  events,  RAP  presented  over  140  events  at- 


170 


tended  by  ^2,400  persons.  Highlights  of  the  season  were 
visits  by  international  ensembles  such  as  the  Hanover 
Band  of  London,  the  Willem  Brueker  Kollectief  from 
Amsterdam,  the  Nagauta  To-On-Kai  from  Japan,  and 
the  Ganelin  Jazz  Trio  from  the  Soviet  Union,  in  its  first 
North  American  tour,  as  well  as  individual  artists  such 
as  Canadian  harpsichordist  and  scholar  Kenneth  Gilbert. 
The  jazz  series  explored  the  musical  legacies  of  Jelly  Roll 
Morton,  Fats  Waller,  Horace  Silver  and  Tidd  Dameron, 
and  the  legendary  Thelonious  Monk  in  four  performances 
assembled  and  narrated  by  Martin  Williams,  jazz  expert 
and  editor  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  Jazz 
legend  Billy  Taylor  saluted  Black  History  Month  in  his 
February  concert. 

The  wide  range  of  performances  included  magician 
Harry  Blackstone,  Jr.;  Spanish  dance  scholar  and  teacher 
Marina  Keet  and  the  Spanish  Dance  Society  USA;  and 
the  avant-garde  theatrical  magic  of  The  Impossible  The- 
ater. During  this  year  RAP  inaugurated  with  the  Pro 
Musicis  Foundation  a  series  of  concerts  by  emerging 
young  performers,  and  continued  the  series  of  poetry 
readings  combined  with  musical  presentations  in  collabo- 
ration with  the  International  Poetry  Forum.  Resident 
Associates  were  offered  a  variety  of  classical  and  contem- 
porary chamber  music  programs  by  the  Emerson  String 
Quartet,  20th  Century  Consort,  Smithson  String  Quar- 
tet, Smithsonian  Chamber  Players,  and  Smithsonian 
Chamber  Orchestra. 


Young  Associate  and  Family  Activities 

Through  Young  Associate  and  Family  Activities,  young 
people  ages  four  to  fifteen  can  participate  in  the  life  of 
the  Smithsonian.  Workshops,  classes,  monthly  free  films, 
tours,  performances,  and  family  lecture  programs  cover 
the  disciplines  of  art,  humanities,  and  sciences.  Adult/ 
child  workshops  and  classes  provide  dynamic  learning 
opportunities.  Summer  Camp  sessions  are  team-taught 
by  teachers  of  different  disciplines.  A  Family  Halloween 
Party  is  held  in  a  different  museum  each  year;  a  winter 
film  and  reception  are  planned  in  conjunction  with  the 
Trees  of  Christmas  exhibition  in  the  National  Museum 
of  American  History;  and  an  Evening  at  the  Zoo  is 
scheduled  each  summer,  accompanied  by  live  musical 
entertainment  and  private  viewings  of  animal  feedings. 
Over  160  Young  Associate  and  Family  Activities  pro- 
grams attracted  an  attendance  of  more  than  15,000  indi- 
viduals this  year. 

Discovery  Theater  presents  entertainment  and  educa- 
tional experiences  for  young  people  and  their  families, 
October  through  June.  Live  theatrical  performances  are 
presented  twice  a  day,  Tuesday  through  Saturday,  with 
extra  performances  during  Black  History  Month.  Over 
65,400  individuals  attended  370  performances  during  the 
season.  A  new  series  of  performances,  designed  solely  for 
preschool  children  in  the  early  afternoon  in  the  months 
of  November  and  March,  was  instituted. 


Study  Tours 

On-site  learning  experiences,  lasting  from  one  hour  to 
three  days,  are  organized  for  small  groups  in  the  fields  of 
art,  architecture,  archaeology,  history,  industry,  and  sci- 
ence. Unique  tours  include  visits  to  private  sites  orga- 
nized in  cooperation  with  local  historical  societies  and 
private  collectors  such  as  the  "Barnes  and  Arensberg  Col- 
lections" and  "Autumn  at  Winterthur  and  Eleutherian 
Mills,"  and  the  popular  Frank  Lloyd  Wright's  Falling- 
water.  Cooperative  efforts  with  other  agencies  have  re- 
sulted in  programs  such  as  the  Mall  wetland  ecology 
walks  led  by  National  Park  Service  scientists.  Initiated  in 
1984-85,  the  tours  for  working  singles,  such  as  the  "In- 
somniacs Tour  of  Baltimore,"  have  increased  in  popular- 
ity. Throughout  the  year,  557  tours — all  kept  small  for 
maximum  learning  experience — attracted  a  total  of 
18,000  participants. 


Volunteers 

More  than  400  volunteers  provided  invaluable 
assistance.  The  ninety-seven  volunteer  office  workers  and 
activity  monitors  represented  the  equivalent  of  19. 1  full- 
time  staff  members;  office  volunteers  represented  9.1  full- 
time  staff.  All  volunteers  were  honored  for  their  contri- 
butions at  a  reception  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building 
Rotunda  on  September  4. 


171 


Women's  Committee  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 


The  sixty-four  active  and  fifty-nine  resource  members  of 
the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates 
continued  to  advance  the  interests  of  the  Smithsonian 
through  fund-raising,  special  projects,  and  hospitality  on 
a  volunteer  basis.  The  members  of  the  committee  gave 
more  than  7,100  hours  of  their  time  to  the  Smithsonian 
in  fiscal  year  1986.  The  committee  awarded  $93,162  to 
thirty-nine  projects  in  seventeen  museums  and  bureaus. 
These  monies  were  the  net  proceeds  made  available  by 
the  1985  Christmas  Dance  and  the  1985  Washington  Craft 
Show.  Projects  were  supported  in  amounts  from  S500  to 
$5,000. 

The  National  Zoological  Park  received  funding  for  a 
digitizer  to  analyze  weaning  of  sea  lion  pups;  a  micro- 
computer for  the  Captive  Breeding  Program;  the  compi- 
lation of  a  bibliography  of  childrens  books  about  zoos;  a 
small  mammal  management  and  husbandry  audiovisual 
archives;  video  recording  equipment  for  BIRDlab;  the 
initiation  of  a  program  to  monitor  reproductive  cycles  of 
endangered  hoof  stock  at  Front  Royal,  Virginia;  a  real- 
time analyzer  for  research  in  vocal  communication  of 
animals;  the  publication  of  a  study  of  disease  processes 
in  zoo  animals;  video  recording  equipment  to  study 
Guam  rails  and  kingfishers;  and  continued  support  of 
graduate  student  stipends  for  the  reproductive  physiology 
program. 

Additionally,  the  National  Museum  of  American  His- 
tory received  funds  for  the  publication  of  the  out-of-print 
educational  brochure  Go;  a  film  series  of  programs  inter- 
preting the  history  of  science  and  technology;  a  Black 
American  composers  concert;  the  conservation  of  paint- 
ings from  the  Division  of  Domestic  Life;  a  photographic 
record  of  600  pieces  of  ethnic  women's  costumes  from 
eastern  Europe;  a  videodisc  of  the  Donald  Sultner- Welles 
Photography  Collection;  a  data-base  system  to  organize 
documents  relating  to  the  work  of  Robert  Mills;  and  a 
pamphlet  for  the  Hall  of  Postal  History. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  was  given  funds 
to  catalogue  its  collection  of  archival  videotapes  and 
films;  for  a  series  of  seminars  on  the  history  of  technol- 
ogy for  universities  nationwide;  for  the  purchase  of  pre- 
sentation slide  generator  and  software  for  instant  genera- 
tion of  color  slides;  and  for  personnel  to  copy  selected 
portions  of  James  Webb's  papers  at  the  Truman  Library. 
Funding  was  granted  to  the  National  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History  for  diving  equipment  for  research  in  Belize 
and  Chinese  botanical  and  horticultural  literature  trans- 
lations. The  National  Portrait  Gallery  was  granted  mon- 
ies to  copy  the  Gilbert  Stuart  portrait  of  Thomas  Jeffer- 


The  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  held  its 
fourth  annual  Washington  Craft  Show  on  April  18-2.0,  1986,  in 
the  Departmental  Auditorium. 


son  and  also  to  experiment  with  a  system  developed  by 
NASM  for  collections  documentation. 

In  other  areas,  funding  was  made  available  to  the  Hir- 
shhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  for  a  docent  en- 
richment seminar;  to  the  Freer  Gallery  to  purchase  Chi- 
nese K'ang-hse-period  porcelain;  to  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  to  plan  an  exhi- 
bition on  the  Space  Shuttle  and  to  help  in  the  production 
of  a  new  version  of  exhibition  entitled  Know  What  You 
See:  The  Examination  and  Treatment  of  Paintings;  to  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  to  subsidize  school  group  tours; 
to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  for  the  preserva- 
tion of  historical  photographs;  to  the  Office  of  Horticul- 
ture for  an  intern  for  the  Fragrant  Garden;  and  to  the 
Office  of  Folklife  Programs  for  the  production  of  the 
booklet  Aditi  and  the  Mela:  Festival  of  India  Exhibitions 
at  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  In  addition,  funding  was 
awarded  to  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  for  a 
slide  presentation,  Research  Opportunities  at  the 
Smithsonian;  to  the  Resident  Associate  Program  for  con- 
tinued support  of  its  Discover  Graphics  project;  to  the 
Office  of  Exhibits  Central  for  graphics  software  and 
training;  and  to  the  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory. 

One  hundred  artists  from  twenty-seven  states  partici- 


172 


pated  in  the  fourth  annual  Washington  Craft  Show  held 
April  18-20,  19S6,  in  the  Departmental  Auditorium.  The 
artists  were  selected  by  three  jurors:  Cynthia  Bringle,  a 
distinguished  potter  from  Penland,  North  Carolina;  Ar- 
line  Fisch,  jeweler  and  professor  of  art  at  San  Diego 
State  University,  California;  and  Lloyd  Herman,  director 
of  the  Renwick  Gallery.  Over  15,000  people  attended  the 
show;  sales  were  up  substantially  from  the  previous  year. 
As  in  the  past,  a  preview  fund-raising  party  was  held  on 
April  17.  A  silent  auction,  organized  by  the  resource 
members  of  the  committee,  was  held  at  the  Departmen- 
tal Auditorium  concurrently  with  the  Craft  Show.  A 
High  School  Craft  Competition  for  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia and  six  surrounding  school  districts  was  held  to 
recognize  quality  student  work  and  offer  young  artists 
contact  with  some  of  the  country's  finest  craftsmen. 

In  November,  three  members  of  the  Women's  Commit- 
tee opened  their  homes  to  ninety  Contributing  Members 
visiting  Washington  for  a  special  behind-the-scenes 
Smithsonian  tour. 


173 


UNDER  SEPARATE 
BOARDS   OF 
TRUSTEES 


*75 


John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts 

Roger  L.  Stevens,  Chairman 


The  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts, 
organized  by  an  act  of  Congress  in  1958  as  a  self- 
sustaining  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  both 
a  presidential  memorial  under  the  aegis  of  the  Depart- 
ment of  the  Interior  and  a  privately  supported  perform- 
ing arts  center  directed  by  a  board  of  trustees  whose 
thirty  citizen  members  are  appointed  by  the  President  of 
the  United  States.  Six  congressional  representatives  and 
nine  designated  ex  officio  representatives  of  the  executive 
branch  complete  the  membership  of  forty-five.  This  an- 
nual report  of  the  Kennedy  Center's  activities  encom- 
passes all  the  programming  presented  not  only  in  its  five 
theaters  but  also  around  the  nation  through  its  touring 
and  education  programs. 

Unlike  many  regional  performing  arts  centers,  the 
Kennedy  Center,  as  the  national  cultural  center,  is  specif- 
ically directed  by  its  authorizing  legislation  to  develop 
and  present  a  broad  array  of  performing  arts  program- 
ming— including  theater,  music,  opera,  ballet,  dance,  and 
educational  and  public  service  activities — in  Washington, 
D.C.,  and  across  the  country  to  provide  the  greatest  pos- 
sible public  access.  Since  no  direct  federal  appropriations 
are  provided,  the  fulfillment  of  this  congressional  man- 
date is  made  possible  by  earned  income,  primarily  from 
ticket  sales,  and  by  the  contributions  of  millions  of  dol- 
lars from  the  private  sector.  The  Kennedy  Center's  future 
and  long-range  artistic  programming,  though,  are  par- 
tially secured  financially  through  an  ongoing  endowment 
campaign  begun  in  1985. 

This  year  marked  the  fifteenth  anniversary  of  the 
Kennedy  Center's  opening  to  the  public — a  landmark 
witnessed  by  a  remarkable  increase  in  the  number  of  free 
performances  given  here  by  the  Education  Program  and 
the  American  National  Theater,  as  well  as  a  higher  total 
of  young  people  attending  them.  The  music  season  was 
highlighted  by  an  expanded  calendar  of  events  capped  by 
the  affiliation  of  the  Kennedy  Center  and  the  National 
Symphony  Orchestra  at  the  end  of  the  year.  The  affilia- 
tion is  designed  to  help  secure  the  NSO's  long-range  fi- 
nancial future  and  continued  artistic  excellence  while 
enhancing  the  Kennedy  Center's  broad  national  mandate 
to  present  and  foster  the  finest  in  all  the  performing  arts. 


Performing  Arts  Programming 

The  1985-86  season  at  the  Kennedy  Center  was  attended 
by  1,189,185  people  in  the  Opera  House,  Concert  Hall, 
and  the  Eisenhower  and  Terrace  theaters.  And  an  un- 
precedented 99,253  people  attended  the  free  performances 


in  the  Free  Theater  /Theater  Lab,  Holiday  Festival, 
Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center  Open  House,  and  other 
events  throughout  the  year. 


Drama  and  Musical  Theater 

The  1985-86  theater  season  began  with  the  critically  ac- 
claimed one-woman  drama,  Lillian,  which  brought  to 
life  the  works,  the  times,  and  the  person  of  Lillian  Hell- 
man  through  Zoe  Caldwell's  powerful  performance.  The 
season  closed  with  a  revival  of  Rodgers  and  Hammer- 
stein's  Carousel  and  William  Gibson  and  Joe  Raposo's 
new  musical  Raggedy  Ann.  During  the  season  there  were 
faithful  revivals  of  several  favorites — Noel  Coward's  Hay 
Fever,  Herman  Wouk's  Pulitzer  prize-winning  The  Caine 
Mutiny  Court-Martial,  and  Frederick  Lonsdale's  stylish 
Aren't  We  All?  Also  of  note  was  Martha  Clarke's  expres- 
sionistic  theater  piece  from  the  New  York  Shakespeare 
Festival,  Vienna:  Lusthaus. 

The  American  National  Theater  (ANT),  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Kennedy  Center,  began  its  ambitious  sea- 
son with  adventurous  interpretations  of  two  twentieth- 
century  classics — Anton  Chekhov's  A  Seagull  and  Robert 
E.  Sherwood's  Idiot's  Delight — both  directed  by  ANT 
director  Peter  Sellars.  As  part  of  its  international  and 
regional  companies  series,  ANT  hosted  several  distinctive 
theater  groups,  which  provided  a  unique  opportunity  to 
sample  the  astonishing  range  of  theater  from  around  the 
world.  New  York's  Wooster  Group  presented  three 
group-created,  fully  staged  works-in-progress  (two  of 
them  free  to  the  public).  The  Squat  Theater,  also  from 
New  York  and  free  of  charge,  presented  the  multimedia 
Dreamland  Burns.  Dario  Fo  and  Franca  Rame,  stars  of 
the  Italian  stage,  each  presented  a  one-person  spectacle 
in  the  Free  Theater.  The  Haifa  Municipal  Theater  pre- 
sented two  works  in  Hebrew  and  an  Arabic  language 
production  of  Athol  Fugard's  The  Island.  And  the  Wilma 
Theater  of  Philadelphia  offered  its  multimedia  staging  of 
George  Orwell's  1984. 

Also,  the  American  National  Theater  and  California's 
La  Jolla  Playhouse  each  created  a  production — Ajax  and 
Shout  Up  A  Morning,  respectively — which  premiered  in 
its  own  city  and  then  was  traded  in  a  unique  transconti- 
nental theatrical  exchange  as  part  of  the  ongoing  AT&T 
Performing  Arts  Festival  at  the  Kennedy  Center.  To  close 
the  American  National  Theater  season,  Richard 
Thomas,  who  had  performed  the  leading  role  in  ANT's 
production  of  The  Count  of  Monte  Crista  the  previous 
season,  returned  with  David  Warrilow  to  play  in  Two 


176 


Figures  in  Dense,  Violet  Light,  Peter  Sellars's  final  pro- 
duction before  a  sabbatical. 

The  list  of  outstanding  performers  who  participated  in 
this  diverse  season  included  Zoe  Caldwell,  Claudette 
Colbert,  Ben  Cross,  Colleen  Dewhurst,  Roy  Dotrice, 
Rosemary  Harris,  Rex  Harrison,  Charlton  Heston,  Stacy 
Keach,  Werner  Klemperer,  Kelly  McGillis,  Milo  O'Shea, 
JoBeth  Williams,  and  Tom  Wopat. 

Dance 

The  1985-86  ballet  season  saw  the  Washington  debut  of 
the  historic  Paris  Opera  Ballet  and  the  return  of  several 
favorite  companies. 

After  a  season's  absence,  the  New  York  City  Ballet 
launched  the  Ballet  in  America  season  that  included 
Washington  premieres  by  Jerome  Robbins  {In  Memory 
Of ...  )  and  Peter  Martins  (Poulenc  Sonata).  Stuttgart 
Ballet  resumed  the  tradition  of  presenting  international 
companies  at  the  Opera  House,  returning  to  Washington 
for  the  first  time  since  1980  with  a  controversial,  full- 
length  A  Streetcar  Named  Desire.  The  season  ended  with 
the  Paris  Opera  Ballet's  Washington  debut  in  dance  direc- 
tor Rudolf  Nureyev's  staging  of  Swan  Lake.  American 
Ballet  Theatre,  Houston  Ballet,  the  Joffrey  Ballet,  and 
the  Dance  Theatre  of  Harlem  rounded  out  the  season. 

Ballet  programs  were  complemented  by  contemporary 
and  ethnic  dancing.  Dance  America,  sponsored  jointly 
by  the  Wtshington  Performing  Arts  Society  and  the 
Kennedy  Center,  brought  some  of  the  country's  most  im- 
portant modern  dance  ensembles  to  the  nation's  capital. 
Also  the  Antologia  de  la  Zarzuela  presented  genuine 
Spanish  folk  and  classical  dancing  at  the  Opera  House; 
and  the  American  Ballroom  Theater  simultaneously 
turned  the  Terrace  Theater  into  a  nostalgic  dance  hall 
and  vibrant  showcase  for  the  latest  styles. 

Music 

Stars  from  around  the  world,  as  well  as  a  host  of  tal- 
ented emerging  artists,  were  presented  in  several  sub- 
scription series  concerts  and  individual  musical  events 
throughout  the  year. 

The  annual  Kennedy  Center  Friedheim  Awards,  de- 
signed to  recognize  and  encourage  the  creation  of  new 
American  music,  resulted  in  the  first  tie  for  first  place  in 
the  eight-year  history  of  the  awards.  The  winners  this 
year  were  Robert  Erickson's  Solstice  and  Donald  Marti- 
no's  String  Quartet. 


Elisabeth  Platel  of  the  Paris  Opera  Ballet  is  shown  performing  in 
Swan  Lake  in  July  1986  at  the  Kennedy  Center  Opera  House. 


The  Kennedy  Center  Handel  Festival  celebrated  its 
tenth  anniversary  concert  performances  with  a  reprise  of 
the  composer's  popular  Saul  and  the  national  premier  of 
L'Allegro,  il  penseroso  ed  il  moderato.  The  Terrace  Con- 
certs— composed  of  piano  and  vocal  recitals,  chamber 
ensembles  and  orchestras,  the  International  Series,  and 
the  Young  Concert  Artists  series — presented  twenty-nine 
performances  highlighted  by  the  Dresden  Chamber  Or- 
chestra, duo  pianists  Misha  and  Cipa  Dichter,  tenor 
Siegfried  Jerusalem,  the  Romero  Guitar  Quartet,  pianist 
David  Lively,  and  an  evening  of  music  devoted  to  George 
Crumb,  the  country's  foremost  avant-garde  composer, 
who  appeared  in  person. 


177 


The  number  of  pop  acts  appearing  at  the  Kennedy 
Center  increased,  largely  through  the  Summer  Fun  Festi- 
val. This  year's  line-up  included  a  concert  by  recording 
artist  Dionne  Warwick  and  the  Chinese  Dragon  Acrobats 
and  Magicians  of  Taipei. 

Theater  Chamber  Players,  Mostly  Mozart  Festival, 
Choral  Arts  Society,  Chamber  Music  Society  of  Lincoln 
Center,  the  Oratorio  Society,  and  the  Paul  Hill  Chorale 
returned  for  their  annual  subscription  concerts. 

And  a  multitude  of  free  events,  many  featuring  musi- 
cians from  the  Washington  metropolitan  area,  took  place 
thanks  to  the  Holiday  Festival  in  December  and  the 
Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center's  second  annual  open 
house,  Inside/Out,  in  June. 


Kennedy  Center  Associate  Organizations 

Many  events  that  take  place  at  the  Kennedy  Center  are 
produced  by  one  of  the  Center's  artistic  associates:  the 
American  Film  Institute  (AFI),  which  presents  classic 
films,  independent  features,  foreign  films,  and  contempo- 
rary video  works  in  its  224-seat  theater;  and  the  Wash- 
ington Opera,  which  this  season  presented  Mozart's  Don 
Giovanni,  Tchaikovsky's  Eugene  Onegin,  and  Verdi's  Un 
ballo  in  maschera  in  the  Opera  House,  and  Donizetti's 
Daughter  of  the  Regiment  and  Offenbach's  Christopher 
Columbus  in  the  Terrace  Theater. 

The  National  Symphony  Orchestra  (which  completed 
its  administrative  affiliation  with  the  Kennedy  Center  at 
the  end  of  the  year)  presented  twenty-nine  different  pro- 
grams in  twenty-eight  weeks  under  the  direction  of 
Mstislav  Rostropovich,  including  two  world  premieres 
and  the  American  premiere  of  Krzysztof  Penderecki's  Pol- 
ish Requiem. 

In  addition,  the  Washington  Performing  Arts  Society 
presented  an  impressive  array  of  music  and  dance  perfor- 
mances throughout  its  nine-month  season,  including  a 
one-week  engagement  of  the  Ballet  of  China  on  its  pre- 
miere U.S.  tour. 


Public  Service  Programming 

The  Kennedy  Center  is  specifically  directed  by  Congress 
to  carry  out  a  broad  range  of  educational  and  public  ser- 
vice programs,  including  the  activities  of  the  National 
Program  for  Cultural  Diversity,  which  is  committed  to 
encouraging  programs  that  reflect  our  nation's  cultural 
and  ethnic  diversity  by  sponsoring  performances,  corn- 


Rex  Harrison  and  Claudette  Colbert  starred  in  Frederick  Lons- 
dale's Aren't  We  All?  at  the  Kennedy  Center  Opera  House 
December  10,  1985,  to  January  6,  1986.  (Photograph  by  Zoe 
Dominic) 


missions,  workshops,  conferences,  internships,  and  advi- 
sory and  technical  services  in  arts  administration.  With 
the  exception  of  partial  U.S.  Department  of  Education 
funding  for  its  national  education  efforts,  these  programs 
are  supported  by  funds  privately  raised  by  the  Kennedy 
Center.  In  fiscal  year  1986,  $2.58  million  was  allocated 
from  the  Kennedy  Center's  private  contributions  for  the 
support  of  the  national  education  programs,  cultural  di- 
versity activities  and  the  privately  subsidized  presentation 
of  theater,  music  and  dance,  including  many  free  and 
low-admission  performances  and  events  enjoyed  by  more 
than  a  million  people  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  around 
the  country.  In  addition,  16,178  people  visited  and  used 
the  Performing  Arts  Library. 


Education  Programming 

As  the  national  cultural  center,  the  Kennedy  Center  has  a 
responsibility  to  advance  all  the  arts  in  the  education  of 


178 


the  nation's  youth.  To  meet  this  challenge  in  1986,  the 
Kennedy  Center  Education  Program  sponsored  perfor- 
mances and  other  events  that  reached  more  than  three 
million  people  nationwide  through  three  components: 
the  Alliance  for  Arts  Education,  the  American  College 
Theater  Festival,  and  Programs  for  Children  and  Youth. 
These  programs  were  supported  in  part  by  a  generous 
grant  from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  and  major 
private  support  from  the  Kennedy  Center  Corporate 
Fund,  as  well  as  individuals,  foundations,  and  other  cor- 
porations. Each  component  works  closely  with  Very  Spe- 
cial Arts,  an  educational  affiliate  of  the  Kennedy  Center. 

Programs  for  Children  and  Youth  is  the  production 
arm  of  the  Education  Program,  providing  more  than  zoo 
free  performances  and  events  to  audiences  of  more  than 
60,000  at  the  Kennedy  Center  in  1986.  Among  these 
were  the  Cultural  Diversity  Festival  and  Imagination  Cel- 
ebration, the  national  children's  arts  festival. 

Reflecting  the  Kennedy  Center's  commitment  to  de- 
velop new  works  for  young  people,  Programs  for  Chil- 
dren and  Youth  commissioned  three  new  works  in  1986: 
A  Good  Life,  The  Sorcerer's  Apprentice,  and  Dick  Whit- 
tington  and  His  Cat.  Programs  for  Children  and  Youth 
also  created  a  new  Teen  Acting  Ensemble  for  advanced 
students  and  its  first  Summer  Drama  Workshop,  which 
gave  forty  students  between  the  ages  of  nine  and  nine- 
teen three  weeks  of  intensive  professional  theater  train- 
ing. 

The  Alliance  for  Arts  Education  is  a  national  network 
of  fifty-three  committees  in  the  states  and  special  juris- 
dictions that  develops  and  promotes  the  arts  in  the  na- 
tion's educational  systems.  In  1986,  seven  arts  educators 
were  awarded  Kennedy  Center  Fellowships  for  Teachers 
of  the  Arts,  and  a  total  of  forty-five  school  principals 
and  superintendents  were  cited  for  fostering  the  arts  in 
their  schools  and  school  districts.  Alliance  for  Arts  Edu- 
cation also  coproduced,  along  with  the  White  House 
Commission  on  Presidential  Scholars  and  the  National 
Foundation  for  Advancement  in  the  Arts,  the  presenta- 
tion and  performance  of  twenty  Presidential  Scholars  in 
the  Arts  in  the  Concert  Hall. 

Nationwide,  Alliance  for  Arts  Education  welcomed  the 
participation  of  approximately  300,000  young  people, 
families,  and  teachers  at  Imagination  Celebration  festi- 
val's twenty-five  sites  in  thirteen  states  and  the  District  of 
Columbia.  The  number  of  new  festivals  doubled.  Festi- 
vals were  held  for  the  first  time  in  Orange  County,  Cali- 
fornia; Colorado  Springs,  Colorado;  Syracuse,  Bingham- 
ton,  and  Buffalo,  New  York;  and  Portland,  Maine. 

For  the  eighteenth  year,  the  American  College  Theater 


Festival  combined  the  efforts  of  theater  educators  and 
theater  professionals  to  provide  a  national  showcase  for 
college  theater.  More  than  13,000  students  and  2,100 
faculty  members  from  nearly  500  schools  participated  in 
1986.  A  record  587  college  theater  productions  were  en- 
tered and  adjudicated  at  local  levels;  more  than  sixty 
were  selected  for  twelve  regional  festivals.  Six  finalists — 
four  of  them  original  scripts,  the  highest  number  to 
date — were  brought  to  Washington  for  the  national  festi- 
val at  the  Kennedy  Center.  Audiences  across  the  country 
for  all  productions  entered  in  the  festival  totaled  more 
than  one  million. 

The  American  College  Theater  Festival  also  cospon- 
sored  numerous  awards  programs  in  playwriting,  design, 
criticism,  acting,  and  theater  administration.  It  cospon- 
sored  for  the  ninth  year  the  Shenandoah  Valley 
Playwrights  Retreat  in  Staunton,  Virginia,  and  selected 
nine  college  seniors  for  a  career  development  symposium 
that  culminated  in  showcases  for  producers  and  casting 
agents  at  the  Kennedy  Center  in  Washington  and  off- 
Broadway. 

All  components  of  the  Kennedy  Center  Education  Pro- 
gram are  supported  by  an  Educational  Services  division, 
which  uses  the  performing  arts  resources  at  the  Kennedy 
Center  as  the  basis  for  workshops  and  other  educational 
formats  and  events  for  teachers,  parents,  and  the  general 
public.  In  fiscal  year  1986  more  than  2,200  teachers  and 
more  than  4,500  high  school  students  were  direct  partici- 
pants in  these  programs. 

In  fiscal  year  1986  the  Kennedy  Center  Education  Pro- 
gram gave  the  Frances  Holleman  Breathitt  Award  for 
Excellence  to  Jim  Henson  in  recognition  of  his  contribu- 
tions to  the  arts  and  to  young  people.  The  Education 
Program  also  created  the  Jack  Morrison  Playwriting  Fel- 
lowship, which  provided  support  for  an  additional  writer 
to  attend  the  Shenandoah  Valley  Playwrights  Retreat. 


Specially  Priced  Ticket  Program 

Since  it  opened  in  September  1971,  the  Kennedy  Center 
has  maintained  a  Specially  Priced  Ticket  Program — the 
largest  such  program  in  the  nation — through  which  tick- 
ets to  Kennedy  Center-produced  and  presented  attrac- 
tions are  made  available  at  half  price  to  students,  handi- 
capped persons,  senior  citizens,  low-income  groups,  and 
military  personnel  in  grades  E-l  through  E-4.  The  atten- 
dant costs,  in  terms  of  reduced  revenue  potential  and 
administrative  overhead,  are  borne  by  the  Kennedy 
Center. 


179 


During  the  twelve-month  period  ending  September  30, 
1986,  combined  half-price  ticket  sales,  from  Kennedy 
Center  and  independent  productions,  totaled  70,858.  The 
sale  of  these  tickets  at  full  price  would  have  resulted  in  a 
total  additional  gross  income  of  $1,010,751  to  the  Ken- 
nedy Center  and  the  independent  producers. 


Funding 

Built  at  a  cost  of  $77.8  million — $34  million  contributed 
by  the  private  sector,  $23.4  million  appropriated  by  the 
federal  government  as  a  matching  grant,  and  $20. 4  mil- 
lion loaned  by  the  federal  government  and  now  being 
repaid — the  Kennedy  Center  is  unique  in  its  operation  as 
both  a  performing  arts  center  and  a  presidential  memo- 
rial. The  National  Park  Service  provides  funding  through 
annual  appropriations  to  maintain  and  secure  the  build- 
ing as  a  presidential  memorial;  the  performing  arts  oper- 
ation is  charged  its  prorata  share  of  such  costs  totaling 
more  than  $1  million  annually.  Meanwhile,  the  Kennedy 
Center's  Board  of  Trustees  is  wholly  responsible  for  the 
cost  of  maintaining  and  improving  the  theaters,  back- 
stage, and  office  facilities. 

Artistic  programming  at  the  Kennedy  Center  and  its 
day-to-day  performing  arts  operations  have  been  almost 
entirely  privately  supported.  The  Kennedy  Center  also 
raises  private  funds  for  its  wide  range  of  free  or  modestly 
priced  education  and  public  service  activities.  Since  the 
Kennedy  Center's  opening  in  1971,  foundations,  corpora- 
tions, and  individuals  have  contributed  more  than 
$43  million  for  these  purposes.  The  nation's  business 
community  has  played  an  important  part  in  this  effort 
through  the  Corporate  Fund  established  in  1977  by  a 
group  of  national  corporate  leaders.  Under  the  leader- 
ship of  Corporate  Fund  Chairman  James  E.  Burke, 
chairman  of  Johnson  &  Johnson,  the  1986  Corporate 
Fund  contributed  more  than  $2. 3  million  from  nearly 
300  corporations. 

In  recent  years,  less  than  3  percent  of  the  annual  oper- 
ating budget  of  the  Kennedy  Center  has  come  from  fed- 
eral sources,  and  most  of  these  funds  have  been  received 
from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education  for  the  center's 
education  programs. 

In  1985  the  Kennedy  Center  launched  a  campaign  to 
build  a  permanent  endowment  for  the  center  to  help 
achieve  the  financial  stability  needed  to  sustain  and  in- 
crease the  quality  and  variety  of  programming.  By  Sep- 
tember 1986  the  center  had  raised  more  than  $7  million 
toward  its  $27  million  goal.  Included  in  this  total  is  a 

180 


$1  million  challenge  grant  for  endowment  from  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Arts;  the  center  achieved  the 
three-to-one  match  with  private  contributions  before  the 
year's  end. 


Kennedy  Center  Honors 

The  Kennedy  Center  Honors  were  first  awarded  by  the 
board  of  trustees  in  1978  to  recognize  the  lifetime  contri- 
butions to  the  cultural  life  of  our  nation  by  its  finest  per- 
forming artists.  An  annual  event,  the  Honors  Gala  is  the 
Kennedy  Center's  most  important  fund-raising  benefit; 
the  1985  Honors  Gala  evening  raised  more  than  Si  mil- 
lion in  net  proceeds  to  support  programming.  The  1985 
honorees  were  Merce  Cunningham,  Irene  Dunne,  Bob 
Hope,  Alan  Jay  Lerner,  Frederick  Loewe,  and  Beverly 
Sills.  Preceding  the  Honors  Gala  was  a  reception  at  the 
White  House,  hosted  by  President  and  Mrs.  Ronald 
Reagan. 


Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center 

The  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center  is  a  nationwide  orga- 
nization that  provides  financial,  administrative,  volun- 
teer, and  community  relations  assistance.  Founded  in 
1966  to  raise  grass-roots  support  among  private  citizens 
for  the  building  of  a  national  cultural  center,  the  Friends 
organization,  with  more  than  30,000  donor  members 
and  700  volunteers,  continues  to  increase  its  programs 
and  activities. 

Revenues  from  the  Friends  membership  program,  gift 
shops,  and  fund-raising  events  help  to  support  a  number 
of  national  and  community  projects.  For  the  last  two 
years,  the  Friends  sponsored  Inside /Out,  an  all-day  festi- 
val of  free  performances  and  activities  which  drew  more 
than  50,000  people.  Other  public  service  programs  finan- 
cially supported  by  the  Friends  included  the  Specially 
Priced  Ticket  Program,  the  American  College  Theater 
Festival,  the  national  Imagination  Celebration  perform- 
ing arts  festival  for  children,  and  free  organ  concerts. 

The  Friends  volunteer  force  staffed  the  gift  shops  and 
information  center,  provided  special  assistance  to  handi- 
capped visitors,  administered  the  SPT  program,  and  con- 
ducted free  tours  of  the  Kennedy  Center  for  more  than 
200,000  people.  Although  the  majority  of  Friends  mem- 
bers are  drawn  from  the  Washington  area,  there  are 
members  in  all  fifty  states. 


National  Gallery  of  Art 

J.  Carter  Brown,  Director 


The  National  Gallery  of  Art,  although  formally  estab- 
lished as  a  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  an 
autonomous  and  separately  administered  organization.  It 
is  governed  by  its  own  board  of  trustees,  the  ex  officio 
members  of  which  are  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  United 
States,  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  Secretary  of  the  Trea- 
sury, and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Of 
the  five  general  trustees,  Franklin  D.  Murphy  continued 
to  serve  as  chairman  of  the  board,  with  John  R.  Steven- 
son and  Carlisle  H.  Humelsine  as  the  gallery's  president 
and  vice-president,  respectively.  Also  continuing  on  the 
board  were  Ruth  Carter  Stevenson  and  Robert  H.  Smith. 

During  the  year,  the  number  of  visitors  increased  by 
80  percent  over  the  previous  year,  for  a  total  of 
9,162,072.  This  extraordinary  jump  in  attendance  can  be 
attributed  largely  to  four  very  popular  exhibitions: 
1)  The  Treasure  Houses  of  Britain:  Five  Hundred  Years 
of  Private  Patronage  and  Art  Collecting;  z)  The  New 
Painting:  Impressionism  1874-1886;  3)  Winslow  Homer 
Watercolors;  and  4)  Impressionist  to  Early  Modern 
Paintings  from  the  U.S.S.R.:  Works  from  the  Hermitage 
Museum,  Leningrad,  and  the  Pushkin  Museum  of  Fine 
Arts,  Moscow. 

The  Treasure  Houses  exhibition,  the  largest  single  tem- 
porary exhibition  ever  held  at  the  gallery,  occupied  most 
of  the  East  Building  public  space.  Seventeen  rooms  were 
constructed  and  decorated  to  evoke  the  ambiance  of  the 
British  country  house  over  five  centuries,  from  the 
fifteenth-century  Tudor  Renaissance  onwards.  Most  of 
the  717  objects  had  never  been  on  view  outside  the  more 
than  200  houses  from  which  they  were  borrowed.  In- 
cluded in  the  exhibition  were  old  master  paintings, 
sculpture  and  drawings,  furniture,  porcelain,  tapestry, 
jewelry,  armor,  silver,  and  other  decorative  arts.  The 
Prince  and  Princess  of  Wales  were  patrons  of  the  exhibi- 
tion and  visited  it  soon  after  it  opened  to  the  public,  as 
did  the  President  and  Mrs.  Reagan. 

The  New  Painting:  Impressionism  1874-1886,  which 
commemorated  the  centennial  of  the  last  of  the  eight 
group  exhibitions  which  were  organized  by  the  impres- 
sionist painters,  presented  a  scholarly  reconstruction  of  a 
cross  section  of  the  eight  shows  and  included  approxi- 
mately 150  paintings  by  key  figures  of  the  group,  as  well 
as  outstanding  examples  by  their  less  well-known  con- 
temporaries. 

The  exhibition  of  ninety-nine  watercolors  by  Winslow 
Homer  celebrated  the  150th  anniversary  of  the  artist's 
birth.  Selected  from  sixty  public  and  private  American 
collections,  the  works  demonstrate  Homer's  skill  and 
versatility  in  the  use  of  the  watercolor  technique. 


The  exhibition  of  forty-one  Impressionist  to  Early 
Modern  Paintings  from  the  U.S.S.R.,  the  first  major  art 
exchange  to  result  from  the  cultural  agreement  signed  at 
the  summit  meeting  in  Geneva  in  November  1985,  in- 
cluded spectacular  works  which  had  been  acquired  by 
two  innovative  Russian  collectors,  Ivan  Morozov  and 
Sergei  Shchukin,  before  World  War  I  and  had  never  been 
exhibited  in  the  United  States.  In  exchange,  the  gallery 
sent  forty  nineteenth-century  French  paintings  to  Russia 
to  be  shown  at  the  Hermitage  in  Leningrad  and  at  the 
Pushkin  Museum  in  Moscow. 

Other  exhibitions  during  the  year  included  the  "mu- 
seum set"  of  photographs  by  American  photographer 
Ansel  Adams  who  died  in  1984.  The  artist's  widow,  Vir- 
ginia Adams,  generously  presented  the  gallery  with  her 
personal  museum  set. 

The  first  national  retrospective  exhibition  of  the  highly 
influential  nineteenth-century  American  landscape 
painter  George  Inness  highlighted  the  artist's  develop- 
ment over  forty  years.  A  selection  of  thirty-three  baroque 
paintings  from  the  John  and  Mable  Ringling  Museum  of 
Art  celebrated  the  museum's  fortieth  anniversary  of  own- 
ership by  the  state  of  Florida. 

In  honor  of  the  generosity  of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul 
Mellon,  an  exhibition  of  almost  100  of  the  many  works 
by  American,  British,  and  French  artists  given  over  the 
years  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mellon  included  a  number  which 
were  part  of  their  most  recent  gift  in  December  and  had 
rarely,  if  ever,  been  seen  at  the  gallery. 

An  exhibition  of  master  drawings  from  the  fifteenth  to 
the  nineteenth  centuries  was  lent  by  the  Nationalmuseum 
in  Stockholm.  One  of  the  most  important  works  in  the 
collection,  a  very  rare  fifteenth-century  drawing  by 
Ghirlandaio,  was  included  in  the  exhibition.  An  exhibi- 
tion organized  by  the  gallery  and  the  Museum  Boymans- 
van  Beuningen  in  Rotterdam  brought  to  the  gallery  100 
drawings  by  the  seventeenth-century  Dutch  artist, 
Jacques  de  Gheyn.  A  selection  of  seventy-five  small 
bronze  sculptures  from  one  of  the  world's  greatest  collec- 
tions of  Italian  and  northern  European  bronzes  of  the 
fifteenth  to  the  mid-seventeenth  centuries  was  lent  by  the 
Kunsthistorisches  Museum,  Vienna. 

Finally,  the  gallery  was  privileged  to  borrow  a  late 
masterpiece  by  Titian,  The  Flaying  of  Marsyas,  from  the 
State  Museum  of  Kromeriz  in  Czechoslovakia.  Its  exhibi- 
tion marked  its  first  in  America  and  only  the  second  time 
in  three  centuries  that  the  painting  had  ever  left  Czecho- 
slovakia. 

The  permanent  collections  were  enriched  by  a  number 
of  significant  purchases,  most  important  of  which  was 

181 


i8z 


Rembrandt  Peak's  Rubens  Peale  with  a  Geranium,  one 
of  the  great  icons  of  American  painting.  It  was  especially 
appropriate  that  it  be  the  first  purchase  using  income 
from  the  gallery's  new  art  purchase  endowment  fund,  the 
Patrons'  Permanent  Fund.  The  acquisition  of  a  pair  of 
late  works  by  the  Bolognese  painter,  Guercino,  Joseph 
and  Potiphar's  Wife  and  Amnon  and  Tamar,  provided 
needed  reinforcement  of  the  gallery's  collection  of  Ba- 
roque painting.  Other  purchases  included  a  1946  painting 
by  Jean  Dubuffet  entitled  La  Dame  au  Pompon;  an  early 
seventeenth-century  Dutch  landscape  by  Pieter  Molijn, 
the  gallery's  first  early  realist  landscape  in  the  Dutch  col- 
lection; a  fine  reduced  version  in  bronze  of  seventeenth- 
century  French  sculptor  Pierre  Puget's  Milo  of  Crotona; 
and  two  nineteenth-century  sculptures,  a  marble  relief. 
La  Pensee,  by  the  French  sculptor  Henri-Michel-Antoine 
Chapu,  and  a  bronze  figure  group  by  Marius-Jean-Antonin 
Mercie. 

Purchases  of  drawings  included  a  number  of  fine 
eighteenth-century  works.  A  large  presentation  drawing 
by  Piranesi  is  perhaps  the  most  important  drawing  from 
the  height  of  his  career  in  the  1760s  and  is  the  only 
drawing  known  which  the  artist  fully  signed  and  dated. 
Also  among  this  group  is  a  sheet  of  elegantly  dressed 
figures  by  Guardi. 

Purchases  of  prints  were  highlighted  by  two  unique 
and  rare  works.  Mantegna's  Entombment  is  the  first 
great  print  of  Italian  art.  Also  acquired  was  a  unique 
complete  first-edition  set  of  Piranesi's  Grotteschi. 

Outstanding  among  the  gifts  received  by  the  gallery 
during  the  year  was  a  group  of  paintings,  sculptures,  and 
graphics  given  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon.  Included 
were  twenty-seven  nineteenth-century  French  paintings 
among  which  were  the  gallery's  first  Caillebotte,  a 
Morisot,  a  Bazille  portrait,  a  Cezanne  figure  of  a  harle- 
quin, a  Degas,  and  a  delicate  Sisley  seascape.  Twentieth- 
century  paintings  included  a  Derain  View  of  the  Thames, 
two  works  by  Matisse,  a  Feininger,  a  Vallotton,  the  gal- 
lery's first  Magritte,  and  a  1912  cubist  collage,  The  Cup 
of  Coffee,  by  Picasso.  Five  American  paintings  were  in- 
cluded: two  by  Homer,  two  by  Eakins,  and  one  by  Pren- 
dergast.  A  remarkable  group  of  small  sculpture  studies 
by  Degas — seventeen  wax  studies  of  dancers  and  other 
figures,  five  bronze  statuettes,  and  a  plaster  figure  of  a 


James  Heard  as  Edgar  Degas  is  shown  during  his  performance 
"Meet  the  Artist"  held  twice  weekly  during  March  and  April  19 
at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art. 


young  dressed  ballet  dancer — was  also  given  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Mellon.  Among  the  graphics  in  the  gift  are  water- 
colors,  drawings,  and  pastels  by  Cezanne,  Degas,  van 
Gogh,  Manet,  Matisse,  Picasso,  Pissarro,  and  Vuillard, 
and  prints  by  Degas,  Toulouse-Lautrec,  and  Vuillon. 

Among  the  other  gifts  this  year  were  a  drawing  by 
Sebastiano  del  Piombo,  Prophet  Addressed  by  an  Angel, 
and  a  sculptured  portrait  of  the  Baron  Cromot  Dubourg 
by  J.  B.  Lemoyne  II.  The  gallery  also  received  the  last 
triptych  by  Max  Beckmann  in  private  hands,  The  Argo- 
nauts (1950),  and  two  other  works,  Falling  Man  and 
Christ  in  Limbo.  Other  twentieth-century  works 
acquired  were  a  large  acrylic  by  Sam  Francis  entitled 
White  Line  and  a  colorful  bronze  sculpture  by  Nancy 
Graves  entitled  Spinner. 

A  gift  of  221  prints  by  contemporary  artists  published 
at  Gemini  G.E.L.  in  Los  Angeles  from  the  mid-1960s 
through  the  late  1970s  doubled  the  size  of  the  gallery's 
growing  Gemini  Archive  and  included  strong  groups  of 
works  by  Rauschenberg,  Stella,  and  Kelly.  A  second  ma- 
jor archive  of  contemporary  prints  was  established  with 
a  gift  of  all  the  works  published  to  date  by  Graphic- 
studio  in  Tampa,  by  such  contemporary  artists  as  Raus- 
chenberg, Rosenquist,  Dine,  Pearlstein,  Richard  Smith, 
and  Close.  One  of  the  icons  of  twentieth-century  print- 
making,  Ernst  Kirchner's  Five  Tarts,  was  also  given. 

Extension  Program  audience  reports  indicate  that  in 
fiscal  year  1986,  170,513,085  persons  viewed  Extension 
programs — exceeding  by  more  than  35  percent  the  previ- 
ous year's  record-breaking  audience  level.  This  figure 
reflects  the  department's  promotion  of  program  material 
to  a  large  number  of  educational  and  cultural  organiza- 
tions and  to  public  television  facilities — either  directly  or 
through  the  Affiliate  Loan  System.  During  the  year,  this 
system  added  almost  100  agencies  which  serve  as  subsid- 
iary distributors  of  the  programs.  Another  reason  for  the 
increase  was  the  doubled  use  of  videocassette  titles  the 
department  began  to  offer  last  year. 

The  film  John  James  Audubon:  The  Birds  of  America, 
produced  by  the  department  in  1985,  won  a  CINE 
Golden  Eagle  Award  and  was  selected  for  worldwide 
satellite  transmission  via  the  U.S.  Intelligence  Agency's 
worldnet  telecommunications  system. 

As  part  of  the  Education  Department's  program  to 
enrich  the  young  visitor's  enjoyment  and  understanding 
of  the  temporary  exhibitions,  British  educator  and  artist 
James  Heard  appeared  during  the  Impressionism  exhibi- 
tion as  the  artist  Edgar  Degas,  inviting  both  school 
classes  and  families  to  his  "studio"  in  the  West  Building 
auditorium  to  help  him  paint  a  picture  of  Miss  Lala,  the 


183 


famous  star  of  the  Cirque  Fernando,  the  subject  of  the 
original  picture  hanging  in  the  exhibition. 

Among  the  guest  scholars  who  lectured  during  the 
year,  John  Szarkowski,  director  of  the  department  of 
photography  at  the  Museum  of  Modern  Art,  gave  the 
keynote  lecture  for  the  Ansel  Adams  exhibition;  Per  Bjur- 
strom,  director  of  the  Nationalmuseum,  Stockholm, 
spoke  during  the  exhibition  of  drawings  from  that  mu- 
seum; and  Helen  Cooper,  curator  of  American  art  at  the 
Yale  University  Art  Gallery,  lectured  on  Winslow  Ho- 
mer's watercolors.  Some  of  the  lecturers  during  the  Trea- 
sure Houses  exhibition  were  the  guest  curator  of  the  ex- 
hibition, Gervase  Jackson-Stops;  Sir  Francis  Watson, 
decorative  arts  historian;  Martin  Drury,  Historic  Build- 
ings secretary  for  The  National  Trust,  London,  who 
spoke  on  "The  Survival  of  the  British  Country  House;" 
John  Harris,  director  of  the  Royal  Institute  of  British 
Architects  who  gave  a  lecture  entitled  "And  They  All 
Came  Tumbling  Down:  The  Demolition  of  the  Great 
Country  Houses  in  Britain,  1870-1970;"  and  Lord  John 
Julius  Norwich  who  spoke  on  "The  Palladian  Country 
House  in  England."  The  A.  W.  Mellon  Lectures  in  the 
Fine  Arts  were  given  by  composer  Lukas  Foss  who  gave 
six  talks  with  piano  accompaniment  entitled  "Confes- 
sions of  a  Twentieth-Century  Composer."  Among  the 
other  speakers  during  the  year  were  architectural  histo- 
rian Mark  Girouard;  George  Heard  Hamilton,  director 
emeritus,  Sterling  and  Francine  Clark  Art  Institute,  Wil- 
liamstown,  Massachusetts;  and  Terisio  Pignatti,  professor 
of  art  history  at  the  University  of  Venice. 

The  Archives  Department,  which  was  established  in 
1984  in  anticipation  of  the  gallery's  fiftieth  anniversary  in 
1991,  received  from  I.  M.  Pei  and  Partners,  the  architects 
of  the  East  Building,  the  records  of  the  building's  design 
and  construction,  including  drawings,  photographs, 
slides,  and  studies,  providing  rich  documentation  of  the 
development  of  the  building.  The  stone  construction 
consultant  on  the  project  also  donated  two  cubic  feet  of 
records  relating  to  the  stonework  at  the  East  Building 
job  site. 


Temporary  Exhibitions 

Master  Drawings  from  Titian  to  Picasso:  The  Curtis  O. 
Baer  Collection 

continued  from  the  previous  fiscal  year  to  6  October 
1985  coordinated  by  The  High  Museum  of  Art,  Atlanta, 
and  Andrew  Robison 


Figure  Drawings  from  the  Collection 

continued  from  the  previous  fiscal  year  to  19  October 

1986 

German  Expressionist  Prints  from  the  Ruth  and  Jacob 
Kainen  Collection 

continued  from  the  previous  fiscal  year  to  9  February 
1986  coordinated  by  Andrew  Robison 

Figure  Prints  from  the  Collection 

continued  from  the  previous  fiscal  year  to  19  February 

1986 

Ansel  Adams:  Classic  Images 

6  October  1985  to  26  January  1986 

coordinated  by  James  Alinder  and  Nicolai  Cikovsky,  Jr., 

and  supported  by  the  Pacific  Telesis  Group 

Diirer  to  Delacroix:  Great  Master  Drawings  From 
Stockholm 

27  October  1985  to  5  January  1986  coordinated  by  Per 
Bjurstrom,  Nationalmuseum,  Stockholm,  and  Andrew 
Robison  and  supported  by  Volvo  North  America  Corpo- 
ration and  the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humani- 
ties 

The  Treasure  Houses  of  Britain:  500  Years  of  Private 
Patronage  and  Art  Collecting 
3  November  1985  to  13  April  1986  coordinated  by 
Gervase  Jackson-Stops,  the  British  Council,  and  D. 
Dodge  Thompson  and  supported  by  the  Ford  Motor 
Company,  indemnities  from  Her  Majesty's  Treasury  and 
the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities,  and 
British  Airways 

The  New  Painting:  Impressionism  1874-1886 
17  January  to  6  April  1986  coordinated  by  Charles  S. 
Moffett,  The  Fine  Arts  Museums  of  San  Francisco,  and 
Charles  F.  Stuckey  and  supported  by  AT&T  and  the  Fed- 
eral Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities 

Titian:  The  Flaying  of  Marsyas 

17  January  to  20  April  1986  coordinated  by  Sydney  J. 
Freedberg  and  supported  by  the  Federal  Council  on  the 
Arts  and  Humanities 

Winslow  Homer  Watercolors 

2  March  to  11  May  1986  coordinated  by  Helen  A.  Coo- 
per, Yale  University  Art  Gallery,  and  Nicolai  Cikovsky, 
Jr.,  and  supported  by  the  IBM  Corporation 

Drawings  by  Jacques  de  Gheyn 

9  March  to  n  May  1986  coordinated  by  A.W.F.M.  Meij 


184 


Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc. 

Mrs.  Elliot  Richardson,  Chairman 
Ruth  Graves,  President 


and  J. A.  Poot,  Museum  Boymans-van  Beuningen,  and 
Andrew  Robison,  and  supported  by  the  Federal  Council 
on  the  Arts  and  Humanities 

Baroque  Masterpieces  from  the  John  and  Mable  Ringlmg 
Museum  of  Art 

6  April  to  29  September  1986  coordinated  by  Anthony 
Janson,  The  John  and  Mable  Ringling  Museum  of  Art, 
and  Beverly  Louise  Brown 

Impressionist  to  Early  Modern  Paintings  from  the 
U.S.S.R.:  Works  from  the  Hermitage  Museum,  Lenin- 
grad and  the  Pushkin  Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  Moscow 
1  May  to  15  June  1986  coordinated  by  D.  Dodge  Thom- 
pson and  supported  by  Occidental  Petroleum  Corpora- 
tion, the  Armand  Hammer  Foundation,  and  the  Federal 
Council  on  the  Arts  and  Humanities 

George  Inness 

22  June  to  7  September  1986  coordinated  by  Michael 
Quick,  Los  Angeles  County  Museum  of  Art,  and  Nicolai 
Cikovsky,  Jr. 

Gifts  to  the  Nation:  Selected  Acquisitions  from  the  Col- 
lections of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon 
■  20  July  to  7  September  1986  coordinated  by  Charles  F. 
Stuckey 

Renaissance  Master  Bronzes  from  the  Kunsthistorisches 
Museum,  Vienna 

17  August  to  30  November  1986  coordinated  by  Manfred 
Leithe-Jasper,  Kunsthistorisches  Museum;  Donald 
McClelland,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhi- 
bition Service;  and  Douglas  Lewis;  and  supported  by 
Republic  National  Bank  of  New  York  and  Banco  Safra, 
S.A.,  Brazil 


Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc.  (RIF)  was  formed  in  1966 
to  ensure  that  America's  children  grow  up  reading.  To- 
day, thanks  to  the  efforts  of  some  100,000  volunteers, 
the  program  reaches  more  than  2.1  million  children  in  all 
fifty  states,  the  District  of  Columbia,  Puerto  Rico,  the 
Virgin  Islands,  and  Guam.  RIF  goes  wherever  children 
are — schools,  libraries,  housing  projects,  Indian  reserva- 
tions, migrant  worker  camps,  hospitals,  centers  for  the 
handicapped,  and  juvenile  detention  centers.  Operating 
through  a  grass-roots  network  of  some  3,150  projects 
and  more  than  10,000  sites,  the  program  has  brought 
more  than  75,000,000  books  into  America's  homes  over 
the  last  twenty  years. 

Educators  say  that  it  is  the  child's  attitude  that  turns 
the  child  into  a  lifelong  reader.  The  late  Mrs.  Robert 
McNamara,  RIF's  founder,  intuitively  recognized  this;  to 
get  youngsters  interested  in  reading,  she  made  books 
available  to  them  free  of  charge  and  then  gave  them  the 
chance  to  choose  and  keep  the  books  they  liked  best. 

This  approach,  combined  with  creative  activities  de- 
signed to  arouse  children's  interest  in  reading,  has  proved 
remarkably  successful.  From  around  the  country  RIF 
volunteers  report  the  following  results  with  striking  con- 
sistency: positive  changes  in  children's  reading  habits; 
children  checking  out  more  books  from  school  and  pub- 
lic libraries;  widespread  parent  involvement  in  children's 
education  and  increased  community  support  for  reading; 
and  increased  reading  achievement. 

Recent  studies  affirm  the  soundness  of  RIF's  approach. 
Becoming  a  Nation  of  Readers,  a  National  Institute  of 
Education  report  on  reading,  and  What  Works,  a  U.S. 
Department  of  Education  report  on  effective  approaches 
to  teaching  and  learning,  both  verify  methods  that  are 
central  to  RIF's  approach.  Further  support  comes  from 
Investing  in  Our  Children  (produced  by  the  Committee 
for  Economic  Development),  The  Reading  Report  Card 
(produced  by  the  National  Assessment  of  Educational 
Progress),  and  Books  in  Our  Future  (from  the  Librarian 
of  Congress). 

Support  from  both  the  public  and  private  sectors  has 
made  it  possible  for  RIF  to  grow  from  a  small  pilot  pro- 
gram into  the  nation's  largest  reading  motivation  pro- 
gram. Since  the  Ford  Foundation  gave  RIF  its  start 
twenty  years  ago,  America's  private  sector  has  been  gen- 
erous to  RIF.  Today  more  than  6,000  businesses  and  or- 
ganizations support  RIF  locally,  and  some  350  book- 
sellers and  publishers  offer  RIF  projects  substantial 
discounts  on  books  and  special  services.  Over  the  last 
fifteen  years,  the  broadcast  and  print  media  have  given 


185 


more  than  $45  million  in  free  air  time  and  space  to  RIF's 
campaign  to  promote  reading. 

In  1976  Congress  created  the  Inexpensive  Book  Distri- 
bution Program,  modeling  it  on  RIF.  Reading  Is  Funda- 
mental continues  to  operate  this  program  under  a  grant 
from  the  Department  of  Education.  The  program  allows 
RIF  to  match  local  funds  for  the  purchase  of  books. 


Highlights  of  1986 

Nineteen  eighty-six  was  a  yearlong  celebration  of  RIF's 
twenty  years  as  a  literacy  program.  To  mark  the  begin- 
ning of  this  anniversary,  the  Manhattan  Reading  Council 
of  the  International  Reading  Association  presented  RIF 
President  Ruth  Graves  with  the  council's  Literacy  Award 
in  recognition  of  RIF's  success  in  motivating  children  to 
read. 

Warner  Brothers  invited  RIF  to  be  the  beneficiary  of 
the  world  premiere  on  December  16,  1985,  of  The  Color 
Purple,  the  film  based  on  the  Pulitzer  prize-winning 
novel  by  Alice  Walker.  During  the  reception  at  Cinema  I, 
RIF  board  chairman  Mrs.  Elliot  Richardson  greeted 
more  than  700  guests,  including  producer-director  Steven 
Spielberg  and  the  film's  stars.  Arthur  Ashe,  a  member  of 
RIF's  Advisory  Council,  was  chairman  of  the  benefit; 
and  Mrs.  George  Bush,  a  member  of  the  RIF  board  of 
directors,  served  as  honorary  chairman.  Cochairmen 
were  Mrs.  Bryant  Gumbel  and  Mrs.  Ruth  Sulzberger 
Holmberg,  a  RIF  board  member. 

A  grant  from  Hallmark  Cards,  Inc.,  enabled  RIF  to 
conduct  a  twentieth  anniversary  poster  contest  in  which 
350,000  young  people  participated.  Seven-year-old  Cindy 
Bergman  of  Stamford,  Connecticut,  won  the  contest  with 
a  picture  of  her  mother  reading  in  the  bathtub.  "She's 
comfortable  there,"  said  Cindy.  Winning  posters  from 
each  state  were  exhibited  alongside  Cindy's  at  the  Ameri- 
can Booksellers  Association  convention  in  New  Orleans, 
at  the  Miami  Youth  Museum,  and  in  Washington,  D.C. 

Once  again,  young  people  from  across  the  country 
took  part  in  the  popular  RIF  program  In  Celebration  of 
Reading,  a  campaign  to  promote  reading  in  the  home 
sponsored  for  the  second  consecutive  year  by  the  Na- 
tional Home  Library  Foundation.  The  names  of  local 
RIF  readers  were  entered  in  a  national  drawing  on  April 
2  at  the  Smithsonian;  Mrs.  Bush  drew  the  name  of 
Christopher  Andrews,  6,  of  Council  Bluffs,  Iowa,  as  the 
1986  RIF  Reader  of  the  Year. 


Both  Chris  and  Cindy,  their  families,  and  the  coordi- 
nators of  their  RIF  projects  were  brought  to  Washington, 
D.C,  to  participate  in  Reading  Is  Fun  Week  activities. 
The  two  youngsters  also  appeared  on  NBC's  Today  show 
with  Mrs.  Bush. 

To  mark  RIF's  twentieth  anniversary,  the  Young  Read- 
ers Division  of  the  Putnam  Publishing  Group  published 
the  book  Once  Upon  a  Time:  Celebrating  the  Magic  of 
Children's  Books  in  Honor  of  the  Twentieth  Anniversary 
of  Reading  Is  Fundamental.  All  profits  from  its  sale  have 
been  donated  to  RIF  by  Putnam,  and  thirty-two  of  the 
nation's  most  distinguished  writers  and  artists  in  the  field 
of  children's  literature  donated  stories,  poems,  and  art- 
work. 

Clowns,  circus  dancers,  unicyclists,  an  elephant  named 
Targa,  and  a  bear  called  Peggy  were  all  on  hand  to  wel- 
come some  300  young  people  from  RIF  projects  in  the 
New  York  area  on  April  18  at  the  Lincoln  Center  Library 
for  the  Performing  Arts  in  New  York  City.  The  occasion 
was  the  launching  of  a  unique  program  called  "Ringling 
Readers,"  a  collaboration  between  RIF  and  Ringling 
Bros,  and  Barnum  &  Bailey  Circus  to  promote  reading. 
This  program  was  also  presented  to  RIF  youngsters  at- 
tending RIF's  twentieth  anniversary  celebration  on  the 
Mall  and  to  RIF  projects  in  more  than  eighty  cities  along 
the  circus  route. 

To  commemorate  Reading  Is  Fun  Week  (April  20-26), 
Congress  passed  a  joint  resolution,  introduced  by  Sena- 
tor Mark  Hatfield  (R-Oregon)  and  Representative  Silvio 
Conte  (R-Massachusetts),  affirming  that  "National 
Reading  Is  Fun  Week  has  been  and  will  continue  to  be  a 
nationwide  literacy  effort  encouraging  millions  of  young 
people  to  read."  Thirty-three  senators  and  226  represen- 
tatives cosponsored  the  resolution. 

Across  the  nation,  RIF  projects  celebrated  Reading  Is 
Fun  Week  with  read-ins,  young  authors'  days,  story- 
telling jamborees,  book  fairs,  and  hundreds  of  other 
reading-related  events.  To  honor  RIF's  founder,  local 
projects  presented  individuals  or  groups  who  had  made 
outstanding  contributions  to  the  literacy  cause  with 
Margaret  McNamara  Certificates  of  Merit. 

A  celebration  of  Reading  Is  Fun  Week  on  the  Mall 
rounded  off  these  nationwide  activities.  Under  a  yellow 
tent,  a  joyous  mix  of  clowns,  mimes,  bluegrass  musi- 
cians, and  Washington,  D.C,  area  young  people  gath- 
ered for  a  ceremony  honoring  the  winner  of  RIF's  poster 
competition  and  the  National  RIF  Reader.  Education 
Secretary  William  J.  Bennett  and  Mrs.  George  Bush  were 


186 


Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars 

James  H.  Billington,  Director 


among  the  speakers  at  the  ceremony.  Afterwards,  young- 
sters were  treated  to  a  "Reading  Is  Three  Rings  of  Fun" 
program  by  Ringling  Bros,  and  Barnum  cV  Bailey  clowns 
and  to  dramatizations  of  storybooks  by  the  Library  The- 
atre Group.  Then  children  lined  up  to  choose  RIF  books 
and,  despite  a  heavy  downpour,  ran  out  into  the  Na- 
tional Mall  to  launch  balloons  with  messages  attached. 

During  the  American  Booksellers  Association  (ABA) 
annual  May  convention,  held  last  year  in  New  Orleans, 
Reading  Is  Fundamental  was  honored  with  the  presti- 
gious Irita  van  Doren  Award,  which  recognized  "RIF's 
contributions  to  the  cause  of  the  book  as  an  instrument 
of  culture  in  American  life."  The  trade  show  was  also  the 
occasion  for  an  announcement  of  the  Give  the  Gift  of 
Literacy  campaign.  RIF  was  designated  by  campaign 
sponsors  (the  ABA  and  the  National  Association  of  Col- 
lege Stores,  among  others)  as  one  of  two  beneficiaries  of 
money  raised  during  the  first  year  of  this  three-year 
fund-raising  drive  for  literacy  programs. 

A  highlight  of  the  convention  was  a  parade  staged  by 
RIF  and  underwritten  by  B.  Dalton  Bookseller.  A  Creole 
band  led  a  parade  of  floats  designed  to  resemble  giant 
storybooks  that  transported  hundreds  of  books,  all  do- 
nated by  ABA  booksellers,  to  the  children  of  Kingsley 
Community  Center,  site  of  a  RIF  project. 

Mrs.  Graves  also  conducted  a  training  workshop  for 
conventioneers,  called  "Literacy  Promotion  at  the  Local 
Level,"  in  which  she  detailed  ways  local  bookstores  and 
institutions  can  encourage  children  to  read. 

Sports  and  reading  went  hand  in  hand  when  Wald- 
enbooks,  for  the  second  year  in  a  row,  sponsored  the 
Charity  Golf  and  Tennis  Tournament  for  the  benefit  of 
RIF.  More  than  a  hundred  members  of  the  book  commu- 
nity participated  in  the  tournament,  which  was  held  in 
September  at  the  Sleepy  Hollow  Country  Club  in 
Scarborough-on-Hudson,  New  York. 

Thousands  of  parents  are  learning  how  to  motivate 
their  children  to  read  through  the  RIF  program.  This 
year,  through  generous  grants  from  the  private  sector, 
RIF  was  able  to  present  twelve  "Growing  Up  Reading" 
parent  workshops  (sponsored  by  the  General  Electric 
Foundation  and  Beatrice  Companies,  Inc.)  and  to  pub- 
lish four  brochures  with  practical  tips  on  how  to  encour- 
age reading  in  the  home  produced  through  grants  from 
Snuggle  Fabric  Softener  (a  Lever  Brothers  product)  and 
Beatrice  Companies. 


The  Wilson  Center  is  one  of  three  institutions — with  the 
Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  and  the  Na- 
tional Gallery  of  Art — that  operates  with  mixed  trust/ 
public  funding  created  by  the  Congress  within  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  fulfilling  a  national  mission  un- 
der a  board  appointed  by  the  President  of  the  United 
States.  The  Wilson  Center  is  an  active  workshop  and 
switchboard  for  scholarship  at  the  highest  levels.  Since 
its  opening  sixteen  years  ago,  it  has  gained  widespread 
recognition  for  the  work  of  its  fellows  in  mining  the 
scholarly  riches  of  Washington,  for  its  many  meetings 
that  bring  together  the  world  of  affairs  and  the  world  of 
ideas,  and  for  its  democratic  openness  to  all  comers 
through  its  annual  fellowship  competition. 

Each  year,  some  fifty  fellows  are  brought  in  through 
open  international  competition  involving  ever-increasing 
numbers  of  applicants  from  a  wide  range  of  back- 
grounds, disciplines,  cultures,  and  nations.  A  broad 
spectrum  of  ideas  is,  in  turn,  shared  with  a  nonspecial- 
ized  national  audience  through  The  Wilson  Quarterly, 
which  has  more  subscribers  than  any  other  scholarly 
quarterly  journal  in  the  English-speaking  world. 

The  Wilson  Center  seeks  to  render  a  service  to  the 
world  and  to  the  Washington,  D.C.,  community  by 
throwing  open  its  core  fellowship  program  to  all  inter- 
ested individuals.  Fellows  are  selected  for  the  promise, 
importance,  and  appropriateness  of  their  projects  on  the 
recommendation  of  broadly  based  academic  panels  out- 
side the  center.  The  fellows  come  for  limited  periods  of 
study  in  the  broadly  inclusive  program  on  History,  Cul- 
ture, and  Society,  as  well  as  in  special  programs  for  re- 
search on  the  Soviet  Union  (the  Kennan  Institute  for  Ad- 
vanced Russian  Studies),  Latin  America,  international 
security,  Asia,  American  society  and  politics,  Eastern  Eu- 
rope, and  Western  Europe.  Each  program  is  directed  by 
a  scholar  on  the  staff. 

In  keeping  with  its  mandate  to  symbolize  and 
strengthen  the  fruitful  relations  between  the  worlds  of 
learning  and  public  affairs,  the  center  sponsors  confer- 
ences and  seminars  on  topics  of  special  current  interest 
to  both  worlds.  In  1986  it  brought  together  scholars 
from  diverse  disciplines,  members  of  Congress,  represen- 
tatives of  the  executive  branch,  businessmen,  journalists, 
military  experts,  writers,  politicians,  educators,  and  dip- 
lomats to  consider  a  variety  of  issues,  examine  current 
questions,  celebrate  major  events,  and  participate  in 
evaluative  discussions. 

Increasingly,  people  from  different  regions  of  the 


187 


United  States  meet  and  interact  with  foreign  scholars  and 
members  of  Washington's  growing  intellectual  commu- 
nity. 

Throughout  the  year,  the  Wilson  Center  held  more 
than  200  meetings,  including  major  conferences  on  vital 
topics  of  both  national  and  international  interest.  In  Sep- 
tember, a  two-day  conference  was  held  on  "The  History 
of  Soviet-American  Relations"  with  such  distinguished 
participants  as  Arthur  M.  Schlesinger,  Jr.,  Center  for 
Strategic  and  International  Studies  at  Georgetown  Uni- 
versity; Robert  C.  Tucker,  political  science  professor  at 
Princeton;  Robert  R.  Bowie,  Harvard  professor  of  inter- 
national relations;  Walter  Stoessel,  former  ambassador  of 
the  United  States  to  the  U.S.S.R.;  William  Hyland,  edi- 
tor, Foreign  Affairs;  Seweryn  Bialer,  director,  Research 
Institute  on  International  Change,  Columbia  University; 
and  leading  scholars  from  the  Soviet  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences. 

Another  conference /workshop  in  May  on  "Environ- 
mental Problems  and  Policies  in  Eastern  Europe" 
brought  such  experts  as  Gardner  Brown,  chairman,  De- 
partment of  Economics,  University  of  Washington;  Lyn- 
ton  Caldwell,  Department  of  Political  Science,  Indiana 
University;  Gyorgy  Enyedi,  Hungarian  Academy  of  Sci- 
ences; Eugenio  Lari,  director  of  Country  Programs  De- 
partment, the  World  Bank;  David  McNelis,  director,  En- 
vironmental Research  Center,  University  of  Nevada; 
Helmut  Schreiber,  International  Institute  for  Environ- 
mental and  Society  Studies,  Berlin;  Glen  Schweitzer,  Na- 
tional Research  Council;  Boris  Frlec,  vice  president  of 
Slovenia,  professor  of  chemistry,  University  of  Ljubljana; 
and  former  Wilson  Center  fellows  John  W.  Futrell,  presi- 
dent, Environmental  Law  Institute;  and  Philip  Lowe, 
Bartlett  School  of  Architecture  and  Planning,  London. 

Contemporary  Burma  studies  were  examined  in  their 
"International  Perspective"  at  a  unique  conference  on  the 
subject  held  by  the  Wilson  Center's  Asia  Program  at  the 
Wye  Plantation  in  Maryland.  Representatives  of  the  field 
who  joined  in  the  conference  were  Anna  J.  Allot,  Univer- 
sity of  London's  School  of  Oriental  and  African  Studies; 
Michael  Aung-Thwin,  Center  for  Southeast  Asian  Stud- 
ies, Kyoto  University;  Denise  Bernot,  Antony,  France; 
Annemarie  Esche,  German  Democratic  Republic; 
Thomas  Gibson,  senior  economist  at  the  World  Bank; 
Pico  Tyer,  Time  magazine;  Ryuji  Okudaira,  Tokyo  Uni- 
versity of  Foreign  Studies;  Joseph  Silverstein,  professor 
of  political  science,  Rutgers  University;  and  Than  Tun, 
Tokyo  University  of  Foreign  Studies. 

A  major  conference  held  in  September  1986  on  "The 
Overall  History  of  Soviet-American  Relations"  covered 


A  few  days  before  the  July  1986  celebration  of  the  Statue  of  Lib- 
erty, the  Wilson  Center  brought  together  both  French  and  Ameri- 
can scholars  in  a  discussion  of  the  200-year  evolution  of  the  con- 
cept of  liberty.  Among  those  participating  in  the  conference  were 
(left  to  right):  Wilson  Center  Director  James  H.  Billington;  Fran- 
cois Bourricaud,  professor  of  sociology,  Universite  de  Paris  IV; 
and  Donald  R.  Kelly,  professor  of  history,  University  of 
Rochester. 


the  period  since  1933  in  sessions  entitled:  "The  Back- 
ground to  Wartime  Cooperation  1933-41,"  "The  Extent 
and  Limits  of  Wtrtime  Cooperation  1941-45,"  "Postwar 
Difficulties  1945-55,"  "New  Approaches  1955-65,"  "The 
Rise  of  Detente  1965-75,"  "New  Problems  and  Possibili- 
ties 1957-86,"  and  "Overall  Lessons  for  the  Future." 
These  sessions  included  such  speakers  as  Raymond 
Garthoff,  Brookings  Institution  senior  fellow;  Adam 
Ulam,  director  of  the  Harvard  Russian  Research  Center; 
Viktor  L.  Malkov,  Institute  of  World  History,  U.S.S.R. 
Academy  of  Sciences;  Vladimir  O.  Pechatnov,  U.S.S.R. 
Academy  of  Sciences;  Vladimir  A.  Stepanov,  Department 
of  Foreign  Relations,  presidium;  Richard  Clark,  Aspen 
Institute  director;  Edward  Rowny,  special  representative 
for  negotiations,  Arms  Control  and  Disarmament 
Agency;  Sony  a  Sluzar,  Problems  of  Communism;  Tom 
Foley,  U.S.  representative  from  Washington;  Thomas 
Downey,  George  Miller,  Sid  Morrison,  and  former 
Wilson  Center  fellow  Thomas  Petri,  U.S.  representatives 
from  New  York,  California,  Washington,  and  Wisconsin, 
respectively. 

Of  special  interest  were  two  evening  discussions  on 
broad  contemporary  religious  topics.  In  December  1985, 
George  S.  Wiegel,  former  Center  fellow  and  president  of 
the  James  Madison  Foundation,  and  John  Cardinal 
O'Connor,  Catholic  Archbishop  of  New  York,  presented 


188 


"War,  Peace  and  the  Catholic  Moral  Imagination:  The 
American  Moment."  Among  the  participants  in  the  dis- 
cussion, which  was  moderated  by  Wilson  Center  Direc- 
tor James  H.  Billington,  were  John  Agresto,  acting  chair- 
man of  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities; 
Robert  H.  Bork,  U.S.  circuit  judge,  U.S.  Court  of  Ap- 
peals, D.C.  Circuit;  William  Byron,  S.J.,  president, 
Catholic  University  of  America;  Edward  Doherty,  U.S. 
Catholic  Conference;  Alan  Geyer,  the  Churches  Center 
for  Theology  and  Public  Policy;  J.  Bryan  Hehir,  U.S. 
Catholic  Conference;  Menahem  Milson,  Wilson  Center 
fellow  and  professor  of  Arabic  literature,  Hebrew  Uni- 
versity of  Jerusalem;  Daniel  P.  Moynihan,  U.S.  Senator 
from  New  York;  John  Noonan,  former  Wilson  Center 
fellow  and  professor  of  law,  University  of  California, 
Berkeley;  Michael  Novak,  American  Enterprise  Institute; 
Robert  Pickus,  president.  World  Without  War  Council; 
Eugene  Rostow,  National  Defense  University;  Paul 
Sigmund,  Wilson  Center  fellow  and  professor  of  politics 
at  Princeton  University;  and  Ashley  Tellis,  Woodstock 
Theological  Center. 

On  another  occasion  in  March  1986,  a  discussion  took 
place  on  "Religion  and  Modern  American  Intellectual 
History."  Speakers  were  Henry  May;  Margaret  Byrne 
professor  of  history,  University  of  California,  Berkeley; 
and  David  Tracy,  professor  of  theology  at  the  University 
of  Chicago  Divinity  School.  Participants  included  Bill 
Bradley,  U.S.  Senator  from  New  Jersey;  James  Childress, 
former  fellow  and  Kyle  Professor  of  Religious  Studies  at 
the  University  of  Virginia;  James  L.  Connor,  rector  of 
Holy  Trinity  Church,  Washington  D.C;  Ronald  P.  Dore, 
Technical  Change  Center,  London  and  Center  fellow; 
Thomas  M.  Gannon,  S.J.,  director  of  the  Woodstock 
Theological  Center,  Georgetown  University;  John 
Higham,  professor  of  history  at  Johns  Hopkins  Univer- 
sity and  former  fellow;  William  R.  Hutchinson;  Charles 
Warren,  professor  of  the  history  of  religion  in  America  at 
Harvard  University;  Mark  Juergensmeyer,  associate  pro- 
fessor of  ethics  and  the  phenomenology  of  religions,  Uni- 
versity of  California,  Berkeley;  Nancy  Kassebaum,  U.S. 
Senator  from  Kansas;  Nicholas  Lash,  fellow  at  the 
Wilson  Center  and  Norris-Hulse  professor  of  divinity, 
University  of  Cambridge,  U.K.;  Thomas  Petri,  U.S. 
Congressman  from  Wisconsin;  Stephen  Rosenfeld,  The 
Washington  Post;  Ehud  Sprinzak,  Wilson  Center  fellow 
and  senior  lecturer  in  political  science,  Hebrew  Univer- 
sity of  Jerusalem;  and  Ken  Woodward,  religion  editor  of 
Newsweek. 

Many  other  meetings  on  a  wide  variety  of  subjects  in- 
cluded "The  Psychological  Dimension  of  Political  Leader- 


ship," a  discussion  by  Nigel  Forman,  member  of  Parlia- 
ment, U.K.    An  evening  dialogue  was  held  in  June  on 
"American  Indians:  Ancient  Values  in  a  Modern  Con- 
text" in  which  Scott  Momaday,  University  of  Arizona; 
Clara  Sue  Kidwell,  University  of  California,  Berkeley; 
Ben  Whitehorse  Campbell,  member  of  the  Colorado 
State  Senate;  and  A.  David  Lester,  executive  director  of 
the  Council  of  Energy  Resource  Tribes  participated.  A 
dinner-discussion  on  "Government  and  Social  Science" 
had  two  keynote  speakers:  Daniel  P.  Moynihan,  U.S. 
Senator  from  New  York,  and  Edward  Shils,  professor  of 
sociology  and  social  thought  at  the  University  of  Chi- 
cago. An  afternoon  colloquium  on  "The  Quest  for  His- 
torical Identity  in  Turkey"  featured  Bozkurt  Giivenc,  pro- 
fessor of  anthropology  at  Haceteppe  University,  Ankara. 
"The  Civil  Rights  Revolution"  was  discussed  by  Kenneth 
B.  Clark,  president  of  Clark,  Phipps,  Clark  &  Harris, 
Inc.  and  Wilson  Center  Board  of  Trustees  member. 
Waldo  Huntley  Heinrichs,  professor  of  history  at  Temple 
University  and  Center  fellow,  spoke  on  "Roosevelt  and 
the  American  Entry  into  World  War  II,"  with  Arthur  M. 
Schlesinger,  Jr.,  professor  of  humanities  at  City  Univer- 
sity of  New  York  commenting.  A  seminar  on  "Gor- 
bachev's Revolutionary  Changes"  was  led  by  Ernst  Kux, 
foreign  editor  of  Neue  Ziircher  Zeitung  and  guest 
scholar  at  the  Wilson  Center.  Bertrand  Goldshmidt, 
former  head  of  the  Chemistry  and  International  Rela- 
tions Division  of  the  French  Atomic  Energy  Commission, 
spoke  on  "The  Origins  of  the  French  Nuclear  Weapons 
Programs." 

The  Wilson  Center's  fellows  continued  to  come  from 
countries  all  over  the  world,  from  many  disciplines,  and 
from  many  areas  of  the  United  States.  Among  its  1986 
fellows  were  Nicholas  Lash,  Norris-Hulse  professor  of 
divinity,  University  of  Cambridge,  U.K.;  Kwasi  Wiredu, 
former  professor  of  philosophy  at  the  University  of 
Ghana;  Judith  A.  Thornton,  professor  of  economics, 
University  of  Washington,  Seattle;  Clyde  Prestowitz, 
counselor  to  the  U.S.  Secretary  of  Commerce;  Koentja- 
raningrat,  professor  of  anthropology,  University  of  Indo- 
nesia, Jakarta;  and  Svetozar  Stojanovic,  professor  of  so- 
cial science,  University  of  Belgrade,  Yugoslavia. 

The  collegial  atmosphere  at  the  Wilson  Center  pro- 
vides an  opportunity  for  learning  and  the  exchanging  of 
ideas — permitting  this  broad  and  heterogeneous  mix  of 
fellows  to  engage  in  an  intellectual  life  much  greater  than 
the  sum  of  its  parts.  The  Wilson  Center  transcends  all 
national  and  academic  boundaries  in  serving  its  char- 
tered purpose  to  bring  together  ideas  and  experience  on 
a  global  scale. 


189 


SMITHSONIAN 


Under  Separate  Boards  of  Trustees 

John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts 

National  Gallery  of  Art 

Woodrow  Wilson 
International  Center 
for  Scholars 


~> 


SECRETARIAT*- 


Office  of 

AUDITS  AND 
INVESTIGATIONS 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

THE  SECRETARY* 
UNDERSECRETARY* 


J 


TREASURER* 

Business  Management  Office 
Concessions 
Mail  Order  Division 
Office  of  Product  Licensing 
Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 

Office  of  Accounting  and 
Financial  Services 

Office  of  Financial  Management 
and  Planning 

Office  of  Risk  Management 


GENERAL  COUNSEL* 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
RESEARCH* 

Joseph  Henry  Papers 
National  Zoological  Park 
Office  of  American  Studies 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center 
Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 
Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
MUSEUMS* 

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum 

Archives  of  American  Art 

Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  and 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

National  Museum  Act 

National  Museum  of  African  Art 

National  Museum  of  American  Art 

Renwick  Gallery 
National  Museum  of  American  History 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History 
National  Portrait  Gallery 
Office  of  Exhibits  Central 
Office  of  Horticulture 
Office  of  Museum  Programs 
Office  of  the  Registrar 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 

Exhibition  Service 


*Secretary's  Management  Committee 
190 


INSTITUTION 


BOARDS  AND  COMMISSIONS 

Archives  of  American  Art 

Joint  Sponsoring  Committee 

for 

National  Portrait  Gallery 

Board  of  Trustees 

the  Papers  of  Joseph  Henry 

Commission 

Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

Office  of  Museum  Programs 

Visiting  Committee 

Advisory  Board 

National  Advisory  Committee 

Board  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 

National  Armed  Forces 
Museum  Advisory  Board 

Smithsonian  Council 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

Smithsonian  Institution 

Advisory  Council 

National  Board  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 

Women's  Council 

Folklife  Advisory  Council 

Smithsonian  Institution 

National  Museum  Act 

Internship  Council 

Freer  Visiting  Committee 

Advisory  Council 

Women's  Committee  of  the 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and 

National  Museum  of  Africar 

Art 

Smithsonian  Associates 

Sculpture  Garden 

Commission 

Board  of  Trustees 

National  Museum  of  American  Art 

Horticultural  Advisory  Committee 

Commission 

Directorate  of 
INTERNATIONAL  ACTIVITIES8 

International  Center 

Office  of  Publications  Exchange 

Office  of  Service  and  Protocol 


Director  of 

MEMBERSHIP  AND  DEVELOPMENT" 

Office  of  Membership  and  Development 
Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program 
Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
PUBLIC  SERVICE4 

National  Science  Resources  Center 
Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience 
Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
Office  of  Folklife  Programs 
Office  of  Public  Affairs 

Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Seminars 
Office  of  Telecommunications 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
Smithsonian  Magazine 
Visitor  Information  and  Associates' 
Reception  Center 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
ADMINISTRATION'1 

Office  of  Congressional  Liaison 
Contracts  Office 
Management  Analysis  Office 
Office  of  Equal  Opportunity 
Office  of  Facilities  Services 
Office  of  Architectural  History 

and  Historic  Preservation 

Office  of  Design  and  Construction 

Office  of  Plant  Services 

Office  of  Protection  Services 

Office  of  Safety  Programs 
Office  of  Information  Resource  Management 
Office  of  Personnel  Administration 
Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic  Services 
Office  of  Programming  and  Budget 
Office  of  Special  Events 
Office  of  Supply  Services 
Travel  Services  Office 


December  1986 


191 


Cover:  Morning  sun  highlights  the  rich  colors  and  the  pictur- 
esque towers,  turrets,  and  spires  of  the  Arts  and  Industries 
Building,  and  the  Castle  beyond.  This  lofty  view  facing  the 
west  was  photographed  by  Charles  H.  Phillips. 

Frontispiece:  This  statue  of  Joseph  Henry,  first  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian,  faces  the  National  Mall. 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402 

(paper  cover) 

Stock  number:  047-000-00404-7 


192 


Smithsonian  Year  1987 


2f-  &  V;  $  '• 


ouPtrt&raDSJf  Or  DOCUivAENTB 
DciJCSiT03Y 


*  MAY  13  1988 


SQ3TOW  FU3U0  LI3FIAHY 
WSKMiir  DQCU&fflS  DOTWHT 


Smithsonian  ^fear  1987 

Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  for  the  Year  Ended  September  30,  1987 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  Washington  D.C.,  1988 


Ganesha,  a  temple  sculpture  from  Halebid  (Mysore)  in  South  India,  thirteenth  century. 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Collection.  (Photograph  by  Kim  Nielson) 


Contents 


Smithsonian  Institution     7 
Statement  by  the  Secretary     9 
Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents     z£ 
Benefactors     29 
Financial  Report     36 


Office  of  Telecommunications     158 

Smithsonian  Institution  Press     159 

Smithsonian  Magazine     161 

"Smithsonian  World"     162 

Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception  Center     162 


Research     65 
Joseph  Henry  Papers     66 
National  Zoological  Park     66 
Office  of  American  Studies     75 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants     75 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory     78 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center     83 
Smithsonian  Institution  Archives     87 
Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries     90 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute     93 


Museums     101 

Anacostia  Museum     102 

Archives  of  American  Art     103 

Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  and  Freer  Gallery  of  Art     105 

Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory     108 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum     no 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden     112 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum     115 

National  Museum  of  African  Art     122 

National  Museum  of  American  Art     124 

National  Museum  of  American  History     127 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History /National  Museum 

of  Man     133 
National  Portrait  Gallery     140 
Office  of  Exhibits  Central     143 
Office  of  Horticulture     144 
Office  of  Museum  Programs     145 
Office  of  the  Registrar     146 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service     146 


Administration     165 

Administrative  and  Support  Activities     166 
Smithsonian  Institution  Women's  Council     169 
Smithsonian  Internship  Council     170 


Directorate  of  International  Activities     171 


Membership  and  Development     175 

Office  of  Membership  and  Development     176 
James  Smithson  Society     177 

National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates     178 
Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program     179 
Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program     182 
Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates 


Under  Separate  Boards  of  Trustees     187 
John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts     iS 
National  Gallery  of  Art     194 
Reading  is  Fundamental,  Inc.     199 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 


185 


201 


Organization  Chart     204 


Public  Service     149 

National  Demonstration  Laboratory  for  Interactive 

Educational  Technologies     150 
National  Science  Resources  Center     151 
Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience     152 
Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education     153 
Office  of  Folklife  Programs     154 
Office  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies     156 
Office  of  Public  Affairs     157 


Smithsonian  Year  1987  Supplement,  containing  the 
Chronology  and  Appendixes  1-10,  is  published  in  a 
microfiche  edition.  Please  address  requests  for  copies  to 
Alan  Burchell,  Production  Coordinator, 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
955  L'Enfant  Plaza,  Suite  2100, 
Washington,  D.C.  20560/202-287-3738. 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  was  created  by  act  of  Con- 
gress in  1846  in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  will  of 
James  Smithson  of  England,  who  in  1826  bequeathed  his 
property  to  the  United  States  of  America  "to  found  at 
Washington,  under  the  name  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, an  establishment  for  the  increase  and  diffusion  of 
knowledge  among  men."  After  receiving  the  property  and 
accepting  the  trust,  Congress  incorporated  the  Institution 
in  an  "establishment,"  whose  statutory  members  are  the 
President,  the  Vice  President,  the  Chief  Justice,  and  the 
heads  of  the  executive  departments,  and  vested  responsi- 
bility for  administering  the  trust  in  the  Smithsonian 
Board  of  Regents. 


The  Establishment 
September  30,  1987 


Ronald  W.  Reagan,  President  of  the  United  States 

George  H.  W.  Bush,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States 

William  H.  Rehnquist,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

George  P.  Shultz,  Secretary  of  State 

James  A.  Baker  III,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 

Caspar  W.  Weinberger,  Secretary  of  Defense 

Edwin  Meese  III,  Attorney  General 

Donald  P.  Hodel,  Secretary  of  the  Interior 

Richard  E.  Lyng,  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

S.  Bruce  Smart,  Jr.,  Acting  Secretary  of  Commerce 

William  E.  Brock,  Secretary  of  Labor 

Otis  R.  Bowen,  Secretary  of  Health  and  Human  Services 

Samuel  R.  Pierce,  Jr.,  Secretary  of  Housing  and  Urban 

Development 
Elizabeth  H.  Dole,  Secretary  of  Transportation 
William  J.  Bennett,  Secretary  of  Education 
John  S.  Herrington,  Secretary  of  Energy 


Board  of  Regents  and 
Secretary 
September  30,  1987 


Board  of  Regents 

William  H.  Rehnquist,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States, 

ex  officio 
George  H.  W.  Bush,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States, 

ex  officio 
Edwin  J.  (Jake)  Garn,  Senator  from  Utah 
Daniel  P.  Moynihan,  Senator  from  New  York 
James  R.  Sasser,  Senator  from  Tennessee 
Edward  P.  Boland,  Representative  from  Massachusetts 
Silvio  O.  Conte,  Representative  from  Massachusetts 
Norman  Y.  Mineta,  Representative  from  California 
David  C.  Acheson,  citizen  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
Anne  L.  Armstrong,  citizen  of  Texas 
William  G.  Bowen,  citizen  of  New  Jersey 
Jeannine  Smith  Clark,  citizen  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
Murray  Gell-Mann,  citizen  of  California 
A.  Leon  Higginbotham,  Jr.,  citizen  of  Pennsylvania 
Carlisle  H.  Humelsine,  citizen  of  Virginia 
Samuel  C.  Johnson,  citizen  of  Wisconsin 
Barnabas  McHenry,  citizen  of  New  York 

The  Secretary 

Robert  McCormick  Adams 

Dean  W.  Anderson,  Under  Secretary 

David  Challinor,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Research 

Joseph  Coudon,  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 

Tom  L.  Freudenheim,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Museums 

Margaret  C.  Gaynor,  Congressional  Liaison 

James  M.  Hobbins,  Executive  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 

John  F.  Jameson,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Adminstration 

Ann  R.  Leven,  Treasurer 

Peter  G.  Powers,  General  Counsel 

John  E.  Reinhardt,  Director,  Directorate  of  International 

Activities  (until  August  30,  1987) 
Ralph  C.  Rinzler,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service 
James  McK.  Symington,  Director,  Office  of  Membership 

and  Development 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 

Robert  McC.  Adams 


On  September  28,  virtually  at  the  end  of  the  fiscal  year 
on  which  this  Annual  Report  is  focused,  the  doors  of  the 
great  Quadrangle  complex  immediately  to  the  south  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution's  "Castle"  headquarters  were 
finally  opened  to  the  public.  This  long-awaited  event,  an- 
ticipated by  several  weeks  of  scholarly  symposia  and  sim- 
ilar celebratory  occasions,  culminated  an  intricate  process 
of  planning,  financing,  and  construction  that  had  its  ori- 
gin more  than  a  decade  earlier.  The  Smithsonian,  and 
indeed  the  nation,  has  gained  two  splendid  new  mu- 
seums, together  with  several  related  facilities,  a  beautiful 
garden,  and  other  public  attractions  that  will  perma- 
nently grace  the  Mall  in  Washington.  And  the  Institu- 
tion's unrivaled  capacity  to  inform  and  represent  the 
world  has  taken  another  giant  step  forward. 

Success  in  this  unique  and  visionary  enterprise  came 
only  as  a  result  of  a  host  of  contributions  taking  many 


different  forms.  To  begin  with,  its  construction  repre- 
sented an  unprecedented  partnership  of  public  and  pri- 
vate funding  efforts.  We  accordingly  have  many  friends 
in  the  Congress  to  thank  on  the  one  hand,  and  on  the 
other  some  38,000  individual,  corporate,  and  national 
contributors  who  together  made  it  possible  to  match  the 
federal  appropriation  toward  the  cost  of  construction. 
Acknowledgment  of  their  vital  role  is  inscribed  at  the 
three  entrances  to  the  complex,  and  fully  recorded  within 
it  for  public  reference. 

With  so  many  to  thank,  I  must  concentrate  in  these 
pages  on  only  the  handful  whose  contributions  most  cen- 
trally defined  and  gave  life  to  the  enterprise.  First  among 
them,  although  to  our  deep  regret  he  did  not  live  to  see 
its  completion,  was  Dr.  Arthur  M.  Sackler.  The  founding 
core  of  the  marvelous  collection  housed  in  the  new  gal- 
lery carrying  his  name  was  drawn  at  his  invitation  from 


The  ribbon  cutting  at  the  dedication  ceremony  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  and  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art.  Cutting 
the  ribbon  are  (from  left  to  right)  Jean  Paul  Carlhian,  architect;  the  Reverend  John  Kinard,  director  of  the  Anacostia  Museum; 
Secretary  Emeritus  S.  Dillon  Ripley;  Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams;  and  Anne  Armstrong,  former  ambassador  to  Great  Britain  and 
a  Smithsonian  regent.  (Photograph  by  Dane  Penland) 


his  own  unsurpassed  collection  of  Far  and  Near  Eastern 
antiquities.  There  can  have  been  few  patrons  of  the  arts, 
in  our  time  or  any  other,  with  either  his  sensitivity  to  the 
interplay  of  ancient  art  and  technique  or  his  concern  for 
the  larger  significance  of  national  collections.  Both  are 
reflected  in  what  he  has  given  us.  Dr.  Sackler's  own  sci- 
entific career  and  wide-ranging  interests  in  the  arts  and 
public  communication  intersected  with  those  of  the 
Smithsonian  at  many  points,  and  his  vision  of  the  world 
unity  of  human  intellectual  and  cultural  efforts  is  one 
from  which  we  will  continue  to  draw  inspiration. 

Mrs.  Enid  Haupt  is  a  second  dominating  spirit.  A  great 
authority  on  gardens  in  her  own  right,  she  generously 
provided  the  means  to  surmount  the  Quadrangle  at 
ground  level  with  a  rare  jewel  of  a  garden  that  frames  the 
complex  beneath  in  living  warmth  and  color.  The  specific 
designs  that  were  adopted,  as  well  as  the  selection  of  the 
trees  and  shrubs,  all  reflect  the  rigorous  application  of 
her  own  impeccable  standards.  Opening  four  months 
prior  to  the  Quadrangle  itself,  the  garden's  shaded  walks 
and  cool  fountains  have  already  provided  a  welcome  res- 
pite for  visitors  during  the  first  of  many  simmering  Wash- 
ington summers. 

The  original  vision  of  the  project,  as  well  as  the  cha- 
risma and  determination  that  carried  it  forward  to  ulti- 
mate success,  were  of  course  those  of  my  predecessor  as 
Secretary,  S.  Dillon  Ripley.  The  testimony  of  many  col- 
leagues makes  clear  that  he  harbored  the  idea  of  it  for 
many  years  before  any  practical  steps  toward  its  imple- 
mentation became  possible.  The  possibility  of  adding  a 
newly  expanded  National  Museum  of  African  Art  to  such 
a  complex  probably  came  to  him  almost  as  soon  as  the 
museum  and  its  former  Capitol  Hill  headquarters  in  an 
ill-adapted  series  of  row  houses  became  a  part  of  the 
Smithsonian  in  1979.  To  him  also  belongs  the  credit  for 
inspiring  first  Arthur  Sackler  and  then  key  committees  in 
the  Congress  with  that  vision,  for  shepherding  it  through 
the  maze  of  supervisory  bodies  that  have  a  claim  on  ap- 
proving Mall  construction  of  any  kind,  and  finally  for 
mobilizing  the  interest  and  support  of  the  public  through 
the  National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates.  By  the 
time  I  came  aboard  in  September  1984,  plans  were  essen- 
tially complete  and  excavations  already  under  way.  It  fell 
to  me  only  to  maintain  a  happy  combination  of  ingredi- 
ents in  place,  and  to  add,  massage,  or  otherwise  process 
them  according  to  well-established  recipes. 

By  action  of  the  Smithsonian  Board  of  Regents,  facili- 
ties for  the  important  set  of  outreach  activities  that  are 
grouped  together  on  the  third  and  deepest  level  of  the 
complex  along  a  grand  concourse  have  been  named  the 


S.  Dillon  Ripley  Center.  Included  are  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution Traveling  Exhibition  Service  (SITES),  the  Na- 
tional Associates,  the  Resident  Associates,  and  the 
Directorate  of  International  Activities.  All  took  shape  or 
were  greatly  expanded  under  Ripley's  direction,  all  will 
benefit  from  the  seminar  and  lecture  facilities  that  have 
been  provided  there,  and  together  they  go  a  very  long 
way  toward  enhancing  the  Smithsonian's  international  as 
well  as  national  field  of  action  in  a  direction  that  one 
must  believe  James  Smithson  always  intended  that  the 
Institution  should  take. 

Special  thanks  must  also  go  to  architect  Jean  Paul  Carl- 
hian,  who  imaginatively  and  ably  met  two  substantial 
challenges.  The  first  was  to  construct  on  a  large  scale, 
and  deep  underground,  a  building  that  could  supplement 
its  complex,  utilitarian  functions  with  its  own  powers  of 
attraction  for  visitors.  Secondly,  and  only  slightly  less 
daunting,  he  needed  to  draw  out  of  an  array  of  conflict- 
ing— sometimes  changing — demands  a  single  design  that 
would  most  nearly  harmonize  the  interests  of  different 
groups  of  occupants.  The  extraordinary  outcome  that  he 
fashioned  interweaves  themes  drawn  from  the  contrastive 
cultural  contexts  of  the  Asian  and  African  collections, 
creating  a  composite  whose  parts  are  distinguishable  and 
yet  complementary.  Visitors  pass  through  successive,  en- 
grossing, meticulously  imagined  settings  that  augment  the 
objects  on  view  while  drawing  them  toward  new  and  un- 
expected angles  of  vision  that  still  lie  ahead.  Carlhian  had 
a  guiding  hand,  too,  in  the  Haupt  Garden  that  caps  the 
whole  assemblage,  a  place  of  beauty  and  tranquility  that 
conclusively  drives  home  the  arguments  for  having  built 
downward  rather  than  upward  in  the  first  place. 

Hoping  to  sketch  a  vision  not  so  much  of  what  was 
planned  as  of  what  is  in  prospect,  let  me  turn  to  the 
many  contributions  that  the  new  complex  is  beginning  to 
make  to  the  Smithsonian's  programs.  It  provides,  most 
importantly,  a  new  window  on  the  Mall  for  fuller  repre- 
sentation of  the  cultural  and  artistic  heritage  of  some 
two-thirds  of  the  world's  people.  To  take  the  case  of  the 
National  Museum  of  African  Art,  its  greatly  enlarged  ex- 
hibition areas,  drawing  extensively  upon  loaned  materials 
as  well  as  upon  permanent  collections,  make  possible  the 
simultaneous  display  of  diverse  themes.  The  richness  and 
variety  of  the  collections  thus  assembled  have  had  a 
widely  acknowledged  impact  upon  viewers;  together  with 
the  greater  accessibility  of  the  Mall  location,  this  surely 
accounts  for  the  fact  that  in  its  first  three  full  months  of 
operation  five  times  as  many  visits  were  recorded  as  in  its 
last  full  year  on  Capitol  Hill  (1985). 

The  Sackler  Gallery  greatly  enlarges  our  coverage  of 


10 


m 

■i 

m 

i 

...» 

jam   i 

_ 

Brandon  Carr  and  Amecia  Stephens  discover  one  of  the  Smithsonian's  backlit  dioramas  that  were  placed  in  five  metro  subway 
stations  and  the  Washington,  D.C.,  Amtrak  terminal  for  two  months  during  the  summer.  Produced  by  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs, 
the  posters  described  the  multiheritage  scope  of  the  Smithsonian  collections.  (Photograph  by  Dane  Penland) 


the  arts  of  Asia.  While  its  collections  splendidly  supple- 
ment and  amplify  those  already  in  the  Freer  Gallery,  its 
still  greater  promise  is  that  it  engages  us  more  directly  in 
processes  of  intercourse  and  representation  extending  far 
beyond  inanimate  displays.  The  Sackler  collections  are 
not  tied  by  the  many  restrictive  provisions  governing 
those  of  the  Freer,  which  preclude  borrowing  or  loaning 
objects  for  special  exhibits.  Thus  the  possibilities  for  cre- 
ative programming  are  greatly  enlarged,  only  beginning 
with  the  opportunity  to  borrow  objects  from  many 
sources  as  well  as  loan  them.  Entirely  new  kinds  of  col- 
laboration become  possible  with  specialists  from  many 


countries — in  designing  exhibits  that  can  travel,  in  sensi- 
tively exploring  differences  in  the  interpretation  of  cul- 
tural materials,  in  combining  object-oriented  displays 
with  lectures,  scholarly  seminars,  and  cultural  perform- 
ances of  all  kinds,  and  in  frank  experimentation  with 
new  ways  of  showing  and  seeing. 

In  addition  to  the  major  new  museums  that  I  have 
mentioned,  there  is  a  special  international  exhibition  gal- 
lery that  is  directly  associated  with  the  offices  of  the  Di- 
rectorate of  International  Activities.  Again,  its  presence 
enhances  our  flexibility  in  taking  thematic  approaches 
that  erase  the  usual  boundaries  of  museum  coverage  and 


ii 


draw  simultaneously  upon  the  talents  and  resources  of  a 
number  of  our  own  constituent  museums  as  well  as  oth- 
ers. This  is  exemplified  by  the  opening  exhibition.  Enti- 
tled "Generations,"  it  takes  a  wide-ranging,  cross-cultural 
look  at  how,  as  families  and  societies,  we  welcome  in- 
fants at  birth  and  nurture  and  protect  them  as  children. 

The  challenge  of  improved  representation  of  other  cul- 
tural and  artistic  traditions,  in  short,  is  one  that  looms 
before  us  with  new  force  and  clarity  as  a  result  of  the 
completion  of  the  Quadrangle  complex.  The  challenge 
itself  is  not  new.  It  has  always  been  too  easy  to  take  for 
granted  that  things  in  our  collections  can  speak  for  them- 
selves. At  least  in  part,  that  complacent  assumption  is 
what  the  passion  for  authenticity  commonly  attributed  to 
museums  and  their  curators  is  all  about.  But  truth,  or  at 
least  the  whole  truth,  is  not  to  be  so  easily  found  or 
exhibited.  Museums,  as  David  Lowenthal  has  written, 
are  distorting  mirrors.  We  may  want  to  think  of  them  as 
faithful  transmitters  of  the  messages  of  other  cultures,  or 
of  our  own  past,  but  even  the  most  mundane  of  material 
artifacts  have  as  many  layers  of  meaning  as  the  events 
and  memorabilia  of  our  own  lives.  One  may  try  to  repre- 
sent another  culture  or  past  way  of  life  in  a  spirit  of 
objectivity,  but  the  outcome  is  always,  in  good  measure, 
a  creative  act. 


Thomas  Lawton,  Director  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery, 
and  Jill  Sackler,  widow  of  the  museum's  benefactor,  at  the  press 
preview  on  September  10.  (Photograph  by  Kim  Nielsen) 


"Our"  conception  of  culture  traditionally  has  tended  to 
be  a  largely  materialistic  one  valuing  not  an  inward  jour- 
ney toward  harmony  or  understanding  but  an  accumula- 
tion of  inventions  and  achievements.  "Progress"  was, 
until  recently,  an  article  of  faith.  But  aside  from  its  un- 
doubted capacity  for  technological  supremacy,  doubts  are 
now  accumulating  that  there  is  any  innate  superiority  in 
this  viewpoint.  Should  we  not  concede  the  possibility  that 
the  ideal  of  disembodied  machinery  as  an  effortless  cor- 
nucopia of  endlessly  increasing  material  wealth  provides 
an  inadequate  basis  on  which  to  probe  for  patterns  of 
significance — at  least  in  the  cultures  of  "others,"  and  per- 
haps even  in  our  own?  Inevitably,  given  the  cultural 
standpoint  from  which  curators  begin  and  in  spite  of  ded- 
icated efforts  to  the  contrary,  museums  to  some  degree 
will  always  misunderstand,  distort,  and  fragment  the 
"other"  cultures  they  seek  to  portray.  And  inadvertent 
though  they  may  be,  those  departures  from  the  unrealiza- 
ble ideal  of  objectivity  are  often  regarded  as — and  in  fact 
are — trivializing  and  demeaning  to  the  cultures  it  is  our 
aim  to  represent. 

Here,  then,  is  the  contemporary  challenge  of  represen- 
tation. As  the  Smithsonian  further  enlarges  the  scope  of 
its  collections  and  increases — now  by  two,  in  a  single, 
auspicious  opening — the  number  of  monumental  reposi- 
tories in  which  it  places  them,  it  becomes  more  incum- 
bent on  us  to  acknowledge  that  these  steps  in  the 
direction  of  universality  should  be  matched  by  increasing 
efforts  to  improve  our  standards  of  representation.  A 
number  of  curators  at  the  Smithsonian  currently  are  en- 
gaged in  just  such  efforts.  They  have  held  and  are  plan- 
ning several  projects  or  colloquia,  partly  in  recognition  of 
an  obligation  to  our  own  immense,  multi-ethnic  public 
but  also  in  hopes  of  providing  leadership  in  addressing 
similar  concerns  not  only  at  other  museums  in  this  coun- 
try but  around  the  world. 

This  brings  me  to  a  closely  related  responsibility  to 
increase  the  representation  of  women  and  minorities 
within  the  Smithsonian's  own  ranks,  and  especially  on  its 
professional,  technical,  and  administrative  staffs.  Obliga- 
tions exist,  in  any  case,  to  take  affirmative  action  toward 
this  end.  Those  obligations  assume  even  greater  moral 
force  in  a  city  like  Washington,  where  a  substantial  ma- 
jority of  the  population  is  constituted  of  blacks  and  other 
minorities.  But  the  connecting  link  with  the  issue  of  mu- 
seum representation  is  that  efforts  to  do  both  strongly 
reinforce — may  even  be  necessary  accompaniments  of — 
one  another. 

Sensitivity  to  the  nuances  of  portraying  cultural  differ- 
ences without  trivializing  them  or  erecting  false,  demean- 


12 


ing  stereotypes  is  more  likely  to  grow  out  of  daily, 
working  contact  with  such  differences  than  out  of  mere 
abstractions  in  an  absence  of  opportunity  for  broadening 
experience.  Interaction,  iterative  encounters  with  alterna- 
tive sets  of  cultural  perspectives  and  priorities,  the  give 
and  take  of  a  continuing  dialogue  in  which  the  diversity 
characteristic  of  a  museum's  public  finds  some  significant 
expression  in  the  preparation  of  exhibits  on  their  be- 
half— these  conditions,  while  surely  not  enough  in  them- 
selves, can  make  an  important  contribution.  The 
prospect  of  that  contribution  supplies  a  strong  additional 
incentive  to  do  better  and  sooner  what  we  should  be 
doing  anyway. 

Where  do  we  stand  at  present  with  regard  to  the  com- 
position of  our  senior  staff?  The  simple  answer  is:  in 
need  of  substantial  further  improvement  in  the  represen- 
tation of  both  women  and  minorities.  Categories  are  slip- 
pery, so  that  statistical  compilations  relevant  to  this 
involve  an  element  of  subjectivity  and  judgment.  Esti- 
mates of  the  available  pool  of  suitably  trained  and  experi- 
enced personnel  on  whom  the  Smithsonian  might  hope  to 
draw  tend  to  be  even  more  subjective.  Somewhat  oppor- 
tunistically selecting  an  area  for  which  data  are  available, 
however,  we  might  consider  the  biological  sciences  as  an 
example  of  a  field  in  which  the  Smithsonian  is  heavily 
involved.  About  10  percent  of  our  permanent  profes- 
sional staff  in  this  group  of  scientific  disciplines  currently 
are  women;  the  total  proportion  of  minorities  is  some- 
what lower,  blacks  and  Hispanics  each  accounting  for 
only  2  percent. 

Figures  assembled  by  the  National  Science  Foundation 
offer  some  means  of  assessing  the  size  of  the  national 
pool.  Considering  individuals  engaged  in  basic  research 
in  academic  institutions,  the  proportion  of  women  ap- 
proximately doubled  (to  about  15  percent)  between  1975 
and  1985.  If  we  take  a  more  prospective  look  by  asking 
about  those  still  in  the  training  pipeline,  it  appears  very 
likely  that  this  trend  will  continue.  Women  who  were 
graduate  students  in  the  biological  sciences  in  1986 
amounted  to  about  44  percent  of  the  total,  having  risen 
from  38  percent  seven  years  earlier,  while  the  number  of 
men  engaged  in  advanced  study  actually  dropped.  Within 
the  life  sciences  (a  more  inclusive  category,  primarily 
adding  health-related  fields)  women  already  outnumbered 
men  by  1980  and  by  1985  constituted  56  percent  of  those 
enrolled  as  graduate  students. 

For  minorities,  the  near-term  prospects  are  much  less 
auspicious.  Blacks  who  were  doctoral-level  researchers  in 
science  or  engineering  also  nearly  doubled  in  numbers 
between  1975  and  1985,  but  even  in  the  latter  year  consti- 


Re-creation  of  a  segregated  railroad  station  with  sleeping-car 
porter  materials.  From  the  exhibition  "Field  to  Factory:  Afro- 
American  Migration,  1915-1940,"  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History.  (Photograph  by  Eric  Long) 


tuted  only  about  1.2  percent  of  the  total.  And  while  the 
numbers  enrolled  as  graduate  students  in  the  life  sciences 
climbed  about  32  percent  between  1980  and  1985,  they 
still  constituted  little  more  than  3.3  percent  of  the  total. 

What  lessons  are  there  for  us  in  these  figures?  For 
women,  the  evidence  is  unambiguous  that  a  decisive  shift 
is  occurring  fairly  rapidly.  The  proportion  of  women  in 
the  biological  sciences  who  enter  our  applicant  pool — and 
this  observation  can  be  generalized  to  most  other  fields — 
can  be  expected  to  increase  steadily.  There  will  be  an 


13 


unavoidable  lag  dependent  on  the  rate  of  personnel  re- 
placement, and  with  age  differentials  full  attainment  of 
equality  of  status  and  opportunity  may  lag  even  longer. 
But  the  Smithsonian  may  well  move  toward  something 
approaching  parity  in  at  least  the  numbers  of  men  and 
women  scientists  in  the  years  ahead.  For  blacks  and  His- 
panics,  on  the  other  hand,  any  prognosis  based  strictly 
on  the  size  of  the  national  pool  of  potential  applicants 
with  the  requisite  training  must  be  guardedly  long  range 
at  best.  If  we  wish  to  assume  a  position  offering  any 
leadership  with  regard  to  the  issues  of  representation  that 
were  mentioned  earlier,  we  will  need  to  find  ways  sub- 
stantially to  exceed  the  national  averages. 

Complicating  the  problem  are  specialized  requirements 
that  tend  to  be  obscured  by  national  aggregates  like  the 
ones  cited.  Our  primary  thrust  in  the  biological  sciences, 
for  example,  is  in  fields  tied  descriptively  to  classes  of 
organisms.  This  is  the  historical  focus  of  natural  history 
museums.  Since  our  collections  remain  a  fundamental  na- 
tional resource  for  the  solution  of  many  practical  prob- 
lems such  as  those  involving  human  health  and  disease, 
agricultural  pest  control,  and  wildlife  management  as 
well  as  for  the  advancement  of  basic  scientific  under- 
standing, their  conservation  and  systematic  study  remain 
an  important  priority  today. 

However,  while  this  responsibility  must  continue  to  be 
met,  it  cannot  suffice  as  our  exclusive  focus  of  interest. 
Were  it  to  do  so,  we  would  be  virtually  unable  to  take 
cognizance  of  major  biological  breakthroughs  at  the  cel- 
lular, molecular,  and  genetic  rather  than  whole-organis- 
mic  level.  It  would  also  mean  that  we  could  create  few 
openings  in  the  more  health-related  sciences,  or  in  con- 
nection with  agriculture  and  resource-related  fields. 

Yet  let  us  suppose,  as  the  evidence  tends  to  indicate, 
that  minorities  have  been  somewhat  more  likely  to  pur- 
sue advanced  training  in  the  latter  than  in  the  former 
direction.  Clearly,  our  opportunities  to  enlarge  minority 
representation  will  increase  in  proportion  to  the  total 
number  who  are  present  in  our  applicant  pool.  A  wid- 
ened, more  flexible  approach  to  staff  recruitment — taking 
our  programs  in  the  direction  of  agriculture  and  other 
forms  of  human  interaction  with  the  environment,  as 
well  as  into  new  subfields  of  biology — is  a  form  of  pro- 
grammatic evolution  that  certainly  appears  to  be  more 
responsive  to  the  Institution's  long-term  interests  and 
responsibilities. 

I  should  stress  that  this  is  only  one  illustration  of  an 
approach  that  must  be  adapted  to  individual  occurrences 
throughout  the  Smithsonian  that  are  characteristically 
differentiated.  The  challenges  of  representation  are,  in  all 


likelihood,  less  immediate  and  compelling  in  biology  than 
in  history,  anthropology,  and  the  arts.  Since  they  deal 
directly  with  human  cultures  and  societies,  moreover, 
these  latter  subject  areas  can  be  addressed  in  a  greater 
variety  of  ways. 

While  well  aware  that  there  is  a  great  deal  more  to  be 
done,  I  believe  that  in  recent  years  the  Smithsonian  has 
made  progress  on  several  fronts.  Much  takes  the  form  of 
concerts,  lectures,  symposia,  performances,  and  educa- 
tional activities.  In  addition,  the  role  of  minorities  has 
been  highlighted  in  a  number  of  permanent  and  special 
exhibitions  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  His- 
tory, the  National  Museum  of  American  Art,  and  the 
Anacostia  Museum.  Several  years  ago  a  Committee  for  a 
Wider  Audience  was  established  to  review  all  our  pro- 
grams involving  issues  of  representation  and  audience  in- 
volvement. With  regularly  budgeted  funds  and  external 
as  well  as  internal  members,  it  is  actively  pursuing  its 
work.  More  recently  it  has  been  supplemented  by  a  Cul- 
tural Education  Committee,  under  the  chair  of  Regent 
Jeannine  Smith  Clark,  and  with  a  prominent  membership 
drawn  largely  from  the  Washington  community.  Ques- 
tions of  representation  of  minorities  on  the  Smithsonian 
staff  and  sensitivity  to  cultural  pluralism  in  our  exhibit 
programs  are  among  the  principal  themes  of  discussion  in 
these  bodies.  Needless  to  say,  they  are  also  themes  that 
are  of  great  importance  to  Smithsonian  management. 

We  at  the  Smithsonian  must  recognize  that  our  very 
uniqueness  and  centrality  as  a  national  institution  require 
that  we  assume  a  special  role.  It  is  understandable  that 
many  ethnic  and  cultural  communities  are  particularly 
concerned  with  how  well  they  are  understood  and  repre- 
sented in  this  setting.  Demands  for  the  correction  of  prac- 
tices or  exhibits  directly  concerning  these  communities 
are  only  to  be  expected  and  need  to  be  met  with  a  contin- 
uing sensitivity  to  the  fact  that,  for  the  communities  in- 
volved, the  forms  of  recognition  they  achieve  or  fail  to 
achieve  at  the  Smithsonian  may  appear  to  be  a  significant 
indicator  of  their  public  standing. 

A  pertinent  illustration  may  be  provided  by  our  ongo- 
ing discussions  with  members  of  a  number  of  Native 
American  communities  and  with  representatives  of  na- 
tional Indian  leadership.  Most  are  actively  protesting  the 
portrayal  of  traditional  American  Indian  life  in  our  eth- 
nographic exhibits.  They  have  also  raised  strong  objec- 
tions to  the  Smithsonian's  retention  of  large  American 
Indian  skeletal  collections  for  study,  and  to  the  utilization 
of  materials  from  these  collections  in  some  of  our  exhib- 
its on  human  biology.  I  do  not  want  to  minimize  the 
seriousness  of  the  differences  that  remain.  It  is  a  sufficient 


14 


measure  of  their  complexity  that  scientific  and  legal  as 
well  as  cultural  considerations  need  to  be  taken  into  ac- 
count and  that  legislation  on  some  of  them  is  pending  in 
the  Congress.  But  we  are  at  least  fortunate  in  being  able 
to  interact  over  the  disputed  details  of  our  policies  with 
the  able  intercession  of  two  well-qualified  American  In- 
dian scholars  who  are  on  our  own  staff  as  curators  and 
colleagues. 

In  short,  the  importance  of  viewing  actions  from  multi- 
ple perspectives  cannot  be  overstressed  if  museums  are  to 
meet  the  growing  challenges  of,  and  sensitivities  to,  issues 
of  representation.  Beyond  the  legal  and  moral  pressures 
to  do  so  anyway,  the  enhancement  of  this  capacity  by 
encouraging  greater  staff  diversity  needs  to  be  recognized 
as  an  imperative  of  Smithsonian  policy. 


The  Year  in  Review 

The  Smithsonian  capped  the  year  with  a  grand  celebra- 
tion, the  public  unveiling  of  the  Institution's  new  mu- 
seum, research,  and  education  complex.  Crowned  by  the 
4.2-acre  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden,  two  jewel-like  pavilions, 
and  a  kiosk  that  inspires  whimsy,  the  splendid  under- 
ground complex  is  the  home  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler 
Gallery — the  fourteenth  Smithsonian  museum — the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  African  Art,  the  International  Center, 
several  offices,  and  state-of-the-art  educational  facilities. 

The  culmination  of  two  decades  of  planning,  four 
years  of  construction,  and  nearly  a  year  of  gallery  prepa- 
ration, the  opening  fulfilled  a  dream  that  originated  with 
Secretary  Emeritus  S.  Dillon  Ripley  in  the  late  1960s.  En- 
tered through  separate  pavilions,  the  Sackler  Gallery  and 
the  Museum  of  African  Art  provide,  as  Ripley  envi- 
sioned, a  "window  on  the  National  Mall"  for  the  civiliza- 
tions of  Africa,  the  Near  East,  and  Asia.  On  the  third 
and  lowest  level  of  the  complex  is  the  S.  Dillon  Ripley 
Center,  which  features  the  International  Gallery,  a  fitting 
complement  to  the  museums  above.  Here,  the  Smithson- 
ian will  present  exhibitions  that  highlight  the  Institution's 
global  endeavors,  nurture  understanding  of  other  cul- 
tures, and  focus  attention  on  issues  that  span  national 
boundaries.  The  Ripley  Center  also  houses  the  National 
and  Resident  Associate  Programs,  the  headquarters  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  and 
the  Education  Center,  which  includes  classrooms,  work- 
shops, and  a  lecture  hall. 

During  the  Institution's  141-year  history,  the  site  of  the 
new  complex — the  quadrangle  of  land  now  defined  by 
the  Castle,  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  the  Arts  and  Indus- 


A  young  Baule  weaver,  photographed  in  Cote  d'lvoire.  The 
photograph  was  made  in  preparation  for  "Patterns  of  Life:  West 
African  Strip  Weaving  Traditions,"  one  of  the  inaugural  exhibi- 
tions at  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art,  which  included 
examples  of  traditional  textiles  made  by  the  Baule  people. 


tries  Building,  and  Independence  Avenue — had  been 
home  to  an  observatory,  grazing  buffaloes  and  other  ani- 
mals, various  temporary  structures,  and  a  parking  lot. 
With  its  elegant  transformation,  the  Castle's  South  Yard 
now  features  truly  world-class  centers  for  exhibition,  re- 
search, and  education  programs  on  the  cultures  of  Africa 
and  Asia. 

In  addition  to  marking  a  major  step  forward  in  the 
Smithsonian's  mission  to  increase  and  diffuse  knowledge, 
the  opening  was  an  occasion  to  pay  tribute  to  those  who 
made  the  complex  possible.  The  $73.2  million  complex  is 
the  product  of  federal  and  private  cooperation.  A  federal 
appropriation  covered  half  the  cost,  with  the  remainder 
coming  from  the  governments  of  Japan,  South  Korea, 


15 


and  other  nations;  corporations;  foundations;  thirty-eight 
thousand  Smithsonian  Associates;  other  individuals;  and 
Institution  trust  funds.  New  York  philanthropist  Enid  A. 
Haupt  donated  $3  million  for  the  garden  that  bears  her 
name.  Arthur  M.  Sackler,  whose  death  a  few  months 
before  the  opening  greatly  saddened  all  his  Smithsonian 
friends,  contributed  one  thousand  masterworks  of  Asian 
art  and  $4  million  toward  the  construction  of  the  mu- 
seum named  in  his  honor. 

Hundreds  of  Smithsonian  staff  members,  representing 
offices  and  bureaus  across  the  Institution,  contributed  to 
this  successful  undertaking.  The  staffs  of  the  Museum  of 
African  Art,  the  Sackler  Gallery,  the  International  Cen- 
ter, and  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition 
Service  spent  long  hours  readying  the  thirteen  inaugural 
exhibitions  for  visitors  to  the  new  facility.  The  Office  of 
Horticulture  succeeded  in  fulfilling  the  wishes  of  donor 
Enid  A.  Haupt  by  creating  an  exquisite  garden  with  a 
"mature  look." 

Important  supporting  roles  were  played  by  the  Smith- 
sonian National  Associate  Program,  the  Resident  Associ- 
ate Program,  the  Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider 
Audience,  and  the  other  units  that  arranged  special  activ- 
ities to  showcase  the  new  museums  to  the  public.  The 
Office  of  Public  Affairs  organized  an  all-day  press  confer- 
ence for  the  media,  attracting  nearly  three  hundred  repre- 
sentatives of  ninety-eight  publications  and  nineteen 
broadcast  outlets.  The  attendance — the  largest  press 
draw  in  the  Institution's  history — and  the  resulting  world- 
wide media  coverage  testified  to  the  national  and  interna- 
tional significance  of  the  museums.  Smithsonian 
magazine  devoted  twenty-six  pages  to  the  garden  and 
museums,  and  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  provided 
able  and  timely  assistance  in  ensuring  that  catalogues  and 
other  informational  materials  were  ready  for  the  opening. 
The  Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception  Cen- 
ter prepared  floor  plans  and  trained  docents  to  handle 
queries  at  its  new  information  desks  in  the  Sackler  Gal- 
lery, the  Museum  of  African  Art,  and  the  kiosk  of  the 
Ripley  Center. 

Several  months  before  the  opening,  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution Libraries  opened  a  new  National  Museum  of 
African  Art  Branch,  the  Warren  Robbins  Library,  and 
completed  a  major  book-acquisition  program  that  will 
enable  the  facility  and  its  staff  to  provide  valuable  sup- 
port to  scholars  of  African  art  and  culture.  In  addition, 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Archives  initiated  steps  to- 
ward developing  an  archival  program  for  the  art  mu- 
seums. Behind-the-scenes  efforts  also  included  the  work 
of  the  Institution's  administrative  offices,  which  attended 


to  the  many  important  details  involved  in  the  planning, 
construction,  and  opening  of  a  major  new  facility. 

The  opening  was  a  fitting  finale  to  a  year  that  was  nota- 
ble in  many  other  respects.  The  past  twelve  months  were 
accented  by  the  twentieth  anniversary  and  relocation  of 
the  Anacostia  Museum,  the  twenty-fifth  anniversary  of 
the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  major  new  initiatives  in 
research  and  education,  programs  commemorating  the 
Bicentennial  of  the  U.S.  Constitution,  and  the  acquisition 
of  Folkways  Records,  as  well  as  many  other  significant 
additions  to  the  Smithsonian  collections. 

The  intended  beneficiary  of  these  activities  is,  of 
course,  the  American  public,  and  statistics  for  1987  indi- 
cate that  the  Institution  is  reaching  an  ever-larger  portion 
of  this  broad  audience.  Despite  three  major  snowfalls 
that  virtually  closed  the  entire  city  of  Washington,  D.C., 
attendance  at  the  Institution's  museums  was  up  13  per- 
cent in  1987.  The  thirteen  museums  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  and  the  one  museum  in  New  York  City  counted 
25.7  million  visits  in  1987,  an  increase  of  three  million 
from  the  previous  year.  Part  of  the  increase  can  be  attrib- 
uted to  extended  hours  at  several  museums  on  the  National 
Mall  during  Easter  week  in  April  and  the  summer  months. 
An  additional  one  million  people  flocked  to  the  Mall  in 
June  and  July  to  partake  in  the  diverse  offerings  of  the 
21st  Festival  of  American  Folklife,  which  commemorated 
Michigan's  150th  anniversary  as  a  state  and  celebrated — 
through  music,  crafts,  oratory,  and  traditional  ceremo- 
nies— the  nation's  rich  ethnic  composition. 

For  the  majority  of  citizens  who  do  not  live  in  the 
Washington,  D.C.,  area  or  who  did  not  journey  to  the 
nation's  capital  in  1987,  the  Institution  brought  programs 
and  services  to  them.  Tours  of  exhibitions,  organized  by 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service, 
included  stops  at  396  sites,  which  were  visited  by  an  esti- 
mated ten  million  people.  Smithsonian  magazine  was 
read  by  a  monthly  audience  of  about  seven  million,  and 
Smithsonian/Air  &  Space  magazine,  which  celebrated  its 
first  anniversary  in  April,  served  a  circulation  of  three 
hundred  thousand  people,  making  it  the  largest  publica- 
tion of  its  kind. 

In  its  third  season,  the  cultural  documentary  series 
"Smithsonian  World"  was  broadcast  on  Public  Broadcast- 
ing Service  stations  across  the  nation.  The  short-feature 
series  "Here  at  the  Smithsonian"  was  aired  on  stations 
serving  more  than  half  the  nation's  households,  and  a 
potential  three  million  listeners  tuned  in  to  "Radio 
Smithsonian." 

The  more  than  fifteen  hundred  daily  and  weekly  news- 


16 


papers  that  subscribed  to  the  Smithsonian  News  Service 
were  supplied  with  a  steady  flow  of  information  about 
the  myriad  activities  and  interests  of  the  Institution.  In 
addition,  the  office's  Spanish  edition  of  the  Smithsonian 
News  Service,  launched  in  1986,  continued  to  serve  more 
than  one  hundred  Hispanic  publications. 

The  Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program  orga- 
nized a  broad  array  of  activities  for  its  two  million  mem- 
bers and  other  interested  members  of  the  public.  Some 
670,000  families  were  invited  to  attend  the  National  As- 
sociates Lecture  and  Seminar  Program,  with  offerings  at 
sites  throughout  the  country.  International  and  domestic 
travel  and  study  tours  organized  by  the  National  Associ- 
ate Program  drew  seven  thousand  participants.  Also  in 
1987,  the  number  of  Contributing  Members,  90  percent 
of  whom  live  outside  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area,  grew 
to  44,800,  a  one-year  increase  of  8  percent. 

Functioning  much  like  a  university,  the  Smithsonian 
Resident  Associate  Program,  which  counted  fifty-eight 
thousand  members  in  1987,  organized  eighteen  hundred 
activities  attended  by  some  260,000  people. 

At  the  Smithsonian's  hub — the  Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center — staff  members  and  volun- 
teers fielded  questions  from  more  than  four  hundred 
thousand  telephone  callers  and  responded  to  forty-seven 
thousand  inquiries  that  arrived  through  the  mail.  Coming 
from  scholars  and  members  of  the  general  public,  thou- 
sands of  other  requests  for  information  and  assistance 
were  handled  directly  by  many  of  the  Institution's  offices 
and  bureaus.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  Archives,  for 
example,  responded  to  sixteen  hundred  reference  inquir- 
ies, aiding  the  efforts  of  researchers.  The  six  regional  cen- 
ters of  the  Archives  of  American  Art  were  visited  by 
thirty-three  hundred  researchers,  and  the  centers  distrib- 
uted nineteen  hundred  rolls  of  microfilm,  containing  cop- 
ies of  items  in  the  art  Archives'  vast  collections  of 
records,  to  libraries  throughout  the  country. 

Scholars  in  the  United  States  and  abroad  make  up  an 
important  segment  of  the  Smithsonian's  audience.  Hun- 
dreds visited  the  Institution  in  1987  to  further  their  stud- 
ies and  to  consult  with  Smithsonian  curators,  scientists, 
and  other  members  of  the  professional  staff.  These  con- 
tacts, which  are  encouraged  by  a  variety  of  grants  and 
fellowship  programs,  have  nourishing  effects,  promoting 
progress  in  specific  lines  of  research  and  bringing  valu- 
able expertise  to  the  Institution. 

The  scope  of  the  Institution's  diverse  activities — in 
terms  of  geographic  reach  and  range  of  topics  in  the  arts 
and  sciences — is  broad  indeed.  But  if  it  were  not  for  the 
thousands  of  volunteers  who  contribute  their  time  and 


energy  to  the  Institution,  the  breadth  of  the  Smithsonian's 
efforts  would  be  considerably  narrower.  In  1987,  5,244 
volunteers  played  essential  roles  in  nearly  all  units  of  the 
Institution.  They  staffed  information  desks,  led  tours,  or- 
ganized the  annual  Washington  Craft  Show  and  other 
fund-raising  events,  assisted  curators  and  researchers, 
and  performed  numerous  other  tasks  that  benefited  the 
Institution  and  its  visitors. 

Depending  on  their  preferences,  Smithsonian  visitors 
can  take  vicarious  trips  to  virtually  any  region  of  the 
world,  explore  the  Solar  System  and  beyond,  immerse 
themselves  in  important  periods  of  cultural  and  geologi- 
cal history,  survey  progress  in  fields  of  science  and  tech- 
nology, or  trace  trends  in  schools  and  styles  of  art.  These 
and  the  many  other  options  confronting  visitors  were  en- 
hanced by  the  mounting  of  some  one  hundred  new  per- 
manent and  temporary  exhibitions  in  1987.  A  few  of 
these  exhibitions  are  described  below. 

To  inaugurate  its  new  home  in  Southeast  Washington's 
historic  Fort  Stanton  Park  and  to  mark  its  twentieth  anni- 
versary, the  Anacostia  Museum  (formerly  the  Anacostia 
Neighborhood  Museum)  featured  "Contemporary  Visual 
Expressions,"  an  exhibition  highlighting  the  work  of  four 
contemporary  black  American  artists.  Visitors  to  the  new 
facility  viewed  the  works  of  Sam  Gilliam,  Martha  Jack- 
son-Jarvis,  Keith  Morrison,  and  William  T.  Williams. 
While  closed,  preparing  to  move  from  the  converted 
movie  theater  that  had  been  its  home,  the  museum  shed 
its  designation  as  a  "neighborhood"  museum.  The  change 
reflects  the  growing  national  and  international  recogni- 
tion the  museum  has  received  for  its  role  in  explaining 
the  social,  political,  and  cultural  contributions  of  black 
Americans.  Programs  undertaken  at  the  new  facility  are 
likely  to  benefit  from  the  fact  that,  for  first  time  in  the 
museum's  existence,  the  entire  staff  is  housed  in  the  same 
building. 

At  the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  the  ex- 
hibition "Field  to  Factory:  Afro-American  Migration, 
1915-1940"  retraced  the  large-scale  movement  of  blacks 
from  the  rural  South  to  the  urban  North.  Known  as  the 
"Great  Migration,"  the  population  shift  not  only  pro- 
foundly affected  the  lives  of  the  participants  but  also  re- 
structured American  society.  The  exhibition  featured  two 
hundred  objects  that  helped  detail  the  personal  experi- 
ences of  the  migrants  and  contrasted  their  living  environ- 
ment in  the  South  with  the  surroundings  they  occupied  in 
the  North. 

The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History/National 
Museum  of  Man  broke  its  annual  attendance  record,  at- 
tracting eight  million  visitors  in  1987.  An  important  con- 


17 


tributing  factor  was  "Portraits  of  Nature:  Paintings  by 
Robert  Bateman."  The  major  retrospective  exhibition  fea- 
tured more  than  one  hundred  works  by  the  Canadian 
painter,  who  is,  perhaps,  the  foremost  wildlife  artist  in 
the  world  today.  More  than  2.75,000  people  toured  the 
exhibition  during  its  four-month  run.  Another  exhibition, 
which  will  continue  for  several  years,  allowed  visitors  to 
observe  the  museum's  technicians  and  specialists  as  they 
prepare  a  dinosaur  skeleton  for  public  display. 

Celebrating  its  twenty-fifth  anniversary  in  1987,  the 
National  Portrait  Gallery  reinstalled  its  entire  permanent 
collection.  The  reinstallation  was  completed  with  the 
opening  of  "Stage  Portraits:  Photographs  by  Mathew 
Brady  from  the  Frederick  Hill  Meserve  Collection."  To 
commemorate  its  silver  anniversary,  the  museum  pre- 
sented an  exhibition  of  the  works  of  Henry  Inman,  one 
of  the  preeminent  figures  in  the  field  of  portraiture  during 
the  first  half  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

At  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  exhi- 
bitions mounted  in  1987  included  "Nancy  Graves:  A 
Sculpture  Retrospective,"  which  surveyed  the  American 
artist's  work  from  the  late  1960s  to  the  present,  and 
"Lucian  Freud,"  which  featured  seventy  paintings  and 
fourteen  drawings  by  the  British  realist  painter. 

The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  in  New  York  City  pre- 
sented twelve  new  exhibitions.  Among  the  varied  offer- 
ings of  the  Smithsonian's  National  Museum  of  Design 
were  "Milestones:  Fifty  Years  of  Goods  and  Services," 
which  marked  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  Consumers 
Union,  and  several  exhibitions  devoted  to  architecture, 
including  one  focusing  on  the  work  of  Frank  Lloyd 
Wright  and  another  featuring  the  work  of  Louis  Sullivan. 

Noteworthy  exhibitions  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art  included  "Gene  Davis,  A  Memorial  Exhibi- 
tion" and  "John  La  Farge,"  the  first  retrospective  of  this 
innovative  nineteenth-century  artist  in  more  than  fifty 
years.  The  Renwick  Gallery,  a  curatorial  department  of 
the  National  Museum  of  American  Art,  continued  its  tra- 
dition as  a  national  showcase  for  American  crafts.  The 
Renwick's  exhibition  "American  Art  Deco,"  which  also 
will  be  shown  at  four  other  museums,  drew  much  critical 
acclaim. 

Even  the  most  avid  visitors  to  the  Smithsonian's  new 
museum  complex  probably  were  overwhelmed  by  the  ex- 
hibition choices.  The  National  Museum  of  African  Art 
presented  five  inaugural  exhibitions  "African  Art  in  the 
Cycle  of  Life,"  "The  Permanent  Collection  of  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  African  Art,"  "Objects  of  Use,"  "Pat- 
terns of  Life:  West  African  Strip-Weaving  Traditions," 


and  "Royal  Benin  Art  in  the  Collection  of  the  National 
Museum  of  African  Art." 

A  stroll  across  the  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden  delivered 
visitors  to  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  and  its  seven  inaugural 
exhibitions  of  Asian  art.  The  new  museum's  offerings 
were:  "In  Praise  of  Ancestors:  Ritual  Objects  of  China," 
"Monsters,  Myths,  and  Minerals,"  "Pavilions  and  Im- 
mortal Mountains:  Chinese  Decorative  Art  and  Paint- 
ing," "Nomads  and  Nobility:  Art  of  the  Ancient  Near 
East,"  "Persian  and  Indian  Painting:  Selections  from  a 
Recent  Acquisition,"  "Temple  Sculptures  of  South  and 
Southeast  Asia,"  and  "Chinese  Buddhist  and  Daoist 
Imagery." 

In  the  complex's  International  Gallery,  the  subject  was 
"Generations."  The  gallery's  inaugural  exhibition,  orga- 
nized by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition 
Service,  was  a  multicultural  exploration  of  the  arts  and 
rituals  associated  with  birth  and  infancy  from  ancient 
times  to  the  present. 

To  mark  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  Dibner  Library,  a 
collection  of  rare  books  on  the  history  of  science  and 
technology,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 
mounted  the  exhibition  "Nota  Bene."  The  display  of 
twenty-nine  books  spanning  443  years  featured  volumes 
notable  for  their  historical  significance  and  for  the  curi- 
ous annotations  readers  had  inscribed  in  margins  and 
flyleaves. 

Preparing  for  a  major  construction  project  that  will 
add  much  needed  space  and  connect  it  to  the  Sackler 
Gallery,  the  Freer  Gallery  closed  nine  of  its  nineteen  exhi- 
bition halls  in  1987.  A  representative  selection  of  works 
from  the  Freer's  Chinese,  Japanese,  Indian,  Near  Eastern, 
and  American  collections  remained  on  display. 

The  National  Zoological  Park  and  several  museums 
added  to  their  permanent  exhibitions  in  1987. 

Continuing  its  transformation  into  a  biological  park, 
where  the  diversity  and  interdependence  of  plant  and  ani- 
mal life  are  highlighted,  the  National  Zoo  opened  its  new 
"Invertebrate  Exhibit."  This  exhibit  features  intriguing 
specimens  of  the  more  than  95  percent  of  animal  species 
that  do  not  have  backbones.  Visitors  in  1987  were  intro- 
duced to  giant  octopuses,  sponges,  amoebas,  cuttlefish, 
leaf-cutter  ants,  and  other  invertebrates  found  on  land 
and  in  water.  Accompanying  graphics,  displays,  and 
hands-on  experiments  foster  understanding  of  biological 
processes. 

With  issues  of  competitiveness  in  manufacturing  very 
much  on  the  national  agenda  these  days,  a  new  exhibi- 


18 


tion  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History  offers 
a  comprehensive  look  at  the  nation's  evolution  from  an 
agricultural  economy  to  a  world  industrial  power.  "En- 
gines of  Change:  The  American  Industrial  Revolution, 
1790-1860"  features  case  studies  that  depict  the  develop- 
ment of  American  industry,  focusing  on  the  workers, 
inventors,  entrepreneurs,  and  industrialists  who  contrib- 
uted to  the  rise  of  U.S.  manufacturing.  The  studies  also 
tell  the  intertwined  stories  of  the  introduction  of  new  ma- 
chines and  ways  of  organizing  work. 

At  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  "America's 
Space  Truck,"  on  display  in  the  Space  Hall,  traces  the 
evolution  of  the  nation's  Space  Shuttle  program,  from  the 
first  launch  in  1981,  through  the  disaster  of  the  Chal- 
lenger, to  the  future.  The  museum  also  expanded  its  Stars 
Gallery  with  the  addition  of  sections  on  the  Hubble  Space 
Telescope  and  on  infrared  astronomy.  On  display  are  a 
full-scale  replica  of  the  Infrared  Astronomy  Satellite  and 
an  array  of  other  telescopes  and  detectors. 

The  Air  and  Space  Museum  also  introduced  "State  of 
the  Universe,"  an  engrossing  planetarium  show  that 
dramatizes  how  perceptions  of  the  cosmos  have  changed 
with  ever  more  sophisticated  observing  techniques. 

Remodeling  and  reinstallation  work  at  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  has  allowed  it  to  display 
more  selections  from  its  permanent  collection,  while  cre- 
ating special  exhibition  galleries  and  a  small  theater  for 
visitor  orientation  programs. 

Through  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibi- 
tion Service  (SITES),  the  Institution  brings  its  produc- 
tions to  people  who  live  outside  the  Washington,  D.C., 
area.  In  1987,  SITES  exhibitions,  many  of  them  created 
in  cooperation  with  other  Smithsonian  bureaus,  were  dis- 
played at  locations  in  forty-five  states. 

Among  the  eighteen  new  SITES  offerings  in  1987  was 
"Russia,  The  Land,  The  People:  Russian  Painting,  1850- 
1910,"  an  exhibition  featuring  artworks  from  two  of  the 
Soviet  Union's  state-owned  collections.  Following  its 
opening  at  the  Renwick  Gallery,  the  exhibition  went  on  a 
ten-month  tour,  attracting  a  total  of  250,000  visitors  at 
its  three  stops.  With  its  new  additions,  SITES  now  offers 
a  total  of  122  traveling  exhibitions. 

The  Smithsonian  added  its  contributions  to  the  nation- 
wide celebration  of  the  Bicentennial  of  the  U.S.  Constitu- 
tion, a  five-year-long  series  of  programs  to  commemorate 
the  signing  and  ratification  of  the  Constitution  and  the 
signing  and  ratification  of  the  Bill  of  Rights.  The  Institu- 


tion's Office  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies  focused  its  Ninth 
International  Symposium  on  the  theme  "Constitutional 
Roots,  Rights,  and  Responsibilities."  At  the  week-long 
symposium,  more  than  seventy  internationally  recognized 
scholars,  educators,  and  jurists  from  the  United  States 
and  abroad  probed  the  Constitution's  origins  and  devel- 
opment and  discussed  the  two-hundred-year-old  docu- 
ment's applicability  to  the  present-day  United  States.  The 
audience  included  students  from  around  the  country,  and 
parts  of  the  proceedings  were  broadcast  by  the  Voice  of 
America,  C-Span,  and  Worldnet. 

The  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  or- 
ganized a  day-long  seminar,  "Teaching  the  Constitution," 
attended  by  150  teachers  and  school  administrators  from 
the  Washington  area.  The  office  also  devoted  an  edition 
of  its  national  publication  for  teachers,  Art  to  Zoo,  to 
teaching  the  concept  of  individual  rights  and  responsi- 
bilities of  citizenship.  The  Resident  Associate  Program 
organized  four  activities — one-day  study  tours  to  Phila- 
delphia and  to  the  Virginia  home  of  James  Madison,  an 
all-day  seminar,  and  a  lecture  by  educator  and  lawyer 
Archibald  Cox — that  focused  on  issues  and  historical 
events  related  to  the  Constitution. 

"Roads  to  Liberty:  From  the  Magna  Carta  to  the  Con- 
stitution," a  traveling  exhibition  designed  and  produced 
by  the  Office  of  Exhibits  Central,  was  seen  in  134  cities, 
ending  its  tour  in  Philadelphia  on  the  anniversary  of  the 
signing  of  the  Constitution.  The  exhibition  was  produced 
to  support  the  efforts  of  the  Commission  on  the  Bicenten- 
nial of  the  U.S.  Constitution  and  of  the  U.S.  Constitution 
Council. 

Exhibitions  scheduled  to  open  at  the  National  Museum 
of  American  History  and  the  National  Portrait  Gallery 
during  the  early  part  of  the  1988  fiscal  year  will  have 
constitutional  themes.  A  variety  of  other  exhibitions  and 
programs  are  planned  for  the  commemorative  period. 
The  Smithsonian's  baseline  inventory  of  its  collections 
showed  that  the  Institution  is  the  nation's  steward  of  134 
million  objects,  works  of  art,  and  scientific  specimens. 
The  vast  majority  (88  percent)  of  these  items  are  in  the 
collections  of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History, 
which  in  the  past  year  alone  added  about  eight  hundred 
thousand  specimens. 

The  Institution's  collections  are  national  treasures.  Col- 
lectively, they  serve  to  preserve  the  past,  enhance  our  un- 
derstanding of  nature  and  society — in  the  United  States 
and  throughout  the  world — safeguard  irreplaceable 
works  of  art  and  material  culture  for  future  generations, 
and  support  research  that  expands  knowledge  in  the  arts 


19 


and  sciences.  Items  added  to  the  collections  are  given 
as  gifts,  gathered  during  scientific  expeditions,  or 
purchased. 

In  1987,  the  Smithsonian  acquired  Folkways  Records, 
the  best-known  publisher  of  commercial  recordings  of 
folk  and  tribal  music  in  the  United  States  and  publisher 
of  a  historically  significant  collection  of  spoken-word  re- 
cordings. Acquired  from  the  estate  of  company  founder 
Moses  Asch,  the  Folkways  Records  catalogue  contains 
more  than  twenty-two  hundred  albums. 

The  diverse  collection  includes  music  from  early  classi- 
cal to  electronic,  documented  recordings  of  more  than 
seven  hundred  native  peoples  of  the  world,  songs  and 
games  for  children  in  several  languages,  and  a  science 
series  with  offerings  ranging  from  the  calls  of  North 
American  frogs  to  an  introduction  to  human  biology.  In 
addition  to  the  current  inventory  of  recordings,  which  is 
distributed  by  the  Birch  Tree  Group,  the  Institution  ac- 
quired the  Folkways  Archives,  a  gift  from  Michael  and 
Frances  Asch,  the  son  and  widow  of  the  founder.  The 
archives  consists  of  Moses  Asch's  personal  collections  of 
books  and  records,  field  notes  and  recordings,  business 
and  personal  correspondence,  and  cover  art.  This  exten- 
sive collection  of  material  is  expected  to  be  of  great  inter- 
est to  researchers.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  and 
the  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  will  share  reponsibility 
for  Folkways  Records. 

The  National  Museum  of  American  Art  was  the  recipi- 
ent of  gifts  of  two  important  collections.  New  York  col- 
lector Herbert  Waide  Hemphill,  Jr.,  donated  378  folk  art 
objects,  spanning  the  eighteenth  to  twentieth  centuries. 
An  important  collection  of  paintings  by  American  ab- 
stract artists  of  the  1930s  and  1940s  was  given  to  the 
museum  by  Patricia  and  Phillip  Frost  of  Miami  Beach, 
Florida. 

A  1785  portrait  of  Benjamin  Franklin  by  J.  S.  Duplessis 
was  one  of  several  significant  acquisitions  of  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery.  The  collection  of  the  National  Museum 
of  African  Art  grew  by  forty-eight  works  of  art,  including 
a  particularly  noteworthy  wooden  figure  carved  by  the 
Songye  people  of  Zaire.  The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  en- 
riched its  holdings  of  extremely  rare  Oriental  textiles 
with  the  purchase  of  a  thirteenth-century  needlework  ren- 
dering of  a  bodhisattva,  which  is  believed  to  have  origi- 
nated in  China.  Twenty-four  gifts  and  ten  purchases  of 
paintings  and  sculptures  were  reported  by  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  Among  the  notable  addi- 
tions to  the  Hirshhorn's  collections  were  Segwdilla,  a 
1919  painting  by  Man  Ray,  and  two  bronze  casts- — Angst 


and  Cubist  Bust — by  Czechoslovakian  sculptor  Oto 
Gutfreund. 

Acquisitions  by  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  reveal  the  eclecticism  of  the  museum's  interests. 
They  included  a  Jarvik  7  artificial  heart,  a  gown  owned 
by  Martha  Washington,  the  original  movie  script  for  The 
Wizard  of  Oz,  and  the  Gold  Rush — a  human-powered 
land  vehicle  that,  in  May  1986,  achieved  the  record-set- 
ting speed  of  65.48  miles  per  hour. 

The  collections  of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum 
contain  twenty-eight  thousand  artifacts  related  to  the  his- 
tory of  flight  and  space  exploration.  The  museum  added 
several  historically  significant  aircraft  in  1987,  including 
Voyager,  the  first  airplane  to  make  a  nonstop  trip  around 
the  world  without  refueling. 

Breeding  programs  at  the  National  Zoological  Park, 
designed  to  replenish  zoo  stocks  and  to  serve  as  a  hedge 
against  the  extinction  of  animals  in  the  wild,  resulted  in 
1,326  births  during  the  1986  calendar  year.  Among  the 
newborns  were  a  giraffe,  a  saurus  crane,  golden-lion 
tamarins,  clouded  leopards,  Guam  rails,  Bali  mynahs, 
and  red-crowned  cranes. 

The  zoo  and  millions  of  interested  onlookers  suffered  a 
major  disappointment  in  June  1987  with  the  death  of 
twin  cubs  born  to  the  zoo's  giant  panda  Ling-Ling.  One 
cub  died  almost  immediately,  apparently  because  it  was 
undersized.  The  second,  however,  appeared  strong 
enough  to  survive,  but  succumbed  to  a  systemic  infection 
three  days  after  it  was  born. 

An  agreement  concluded  with  the  National  Cancer  In- 
stitute (NCI)  in  1987  calls  for  the  Smithsonian  Oceano- 
graphic  Sorting  Center,  which  is  administered  by  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History,  to  house  and  cu- 
rate a  voucher  collection  of  nearly  ten  thousand  marine 
plant,  invertebrate,  and  fish  specimens.  The  specimens 
are  duplicates  of  those  undergoing  biochemical  testing  at 
NCI  for  potential  anticancer  substances.  The  specimens 
will  be  available  for  study  by  scientists  from  the  Smith- 
sonian and  other  institutions. 


The  Smithsonian's  collections  serve  not  only  to  preserve 
knowledge  but  also  to  extend  it.  The  Institution  encour- 
ages scholars  and  students  worldwide  to  use  its  collec- 
tions and  to  join  its  scientists  and  curators  in  their 
ongoing  research  programs.  To  foster  these  mutually 
beneficial  collaborations,  the  Institution  made  awards  to 
more  than  seven  hundred  students  and  scholars  in  1987. 
The  awards,  administered  by  the  Office  of  Fellowships 


20 


Evening  Light-White  Gvrfalcon  by  Robert  Bateman.  From  the  exhibition  "Portraits  of  Nature:  Paintings  by  Robert  Bateman,' 
January  17  thru  May  17,  1987,  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History/National  Museum  of  Man. 


and  Grants  (OFG),  are  for  lengthy  residencies,  which 
permit  in-depth  study;  short  visits,  which  may  entail  re- 
search, an  examination  of  collections,  or  consultations 
with  the  Institution's  professional  staff;  and  for  intern- 
ships. Of  the  172  visiting  researchers  who  received  assis- 
tance from  OFG's  Short  Term  Visitor  Program  in  1987, 
seventy-three  were  foreign  scholars  from  thirty-one 
countries. 

The  activities  of  these  important  Smithsonian  visitors 
comprised  an  extremely  diverse  research  agenda.  They 
pursued  such  topics  as  cultural  nationalism  in  post- 
World  War  I  American  art,  morphological  and  genetic 
variability  in  animal  populations,  the  biology  of  larvae 
inhabiting  coral  reefs,  the  history  of  aerodynamics,  the 
geology  of  Mars,  and  Timurid  inscriptions  on  paintings 
in  the  collections  of  the  Sackler  and  Freer  galleries. 

Scholarship  and  the  exchange  of  ideas  are  also  encour- 
aged through  conferences,  workshops,  and  other  activi- 
ties. OFG,  for  example,  provided  support  for  sixteen 


workshops  designed  to  bring  scholars  together  from  a  va- 
riety of  fields  to  discuss  subjects  of  common  or  comple- 
mentary interest.  The  Office  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 
helped  organize  a  variety  of  seminars  and  symposiums, 
including  a  novel  one-day  gathering  on  creativity  in  the 
arts  and  sciences. 

Often,  the  Smithsonian  convenes  conferences  to  serve 
as  catalysts  to  open  new  areas  of  investigation.  In  May, 
for  example,  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History 
summoned  paleoecologists  from  the  United  States,  Can- 
ada, England,  and  West  Germany  to  assess  current 
understanding  of  terrestrial  environments  from  four  hun- 
dred million  years  ago  to  the  present.  The  aim  of  the 
conference,  the  first  one  ever  devoted  to  this  subject,  was 
to  establish  a  framework  for  addressing  the  biological  im- 
pacts of  the  global  demise  of  tropical  forests. 

The  Office  of  Publications  Exchange,  founded  by 
Joseph  Henry,  the  Smithsonian's  first  secretary,  contin- 
ued its  service  to  the  international  exchange  of  knowl- 


21 


edge.  In  1987,  the  office  handled  104,720  packages  of 
scholarly  materials  from  149  domestic  institutions  for 
transmission  abroad  and  25,200  packages  from  foreign 
institutions  for  distribution  in  the  United  States. 

Among  the  many  benefits  that  flow  from  the  Smithsoni- 
an's international  scientific  and  cultural  collaborations  is 
the  opportunity  to  enhance  the  American  public's  under- 
standing of  the  histories,  cultures,  and  natural  environ- 
ments of  the  many  regions  of  the  world.  A  1985  cultural 
agreement  between  the  Smithsonian  and  representatives 
of  the  Soviet  Union,  for  example,  resulted  in  the  exhibi- 
tion "Russia,  The  Land,  The  People:  Russian  Painting, 
1850-1910."  "New  Horizons:  American  Painting,  1840- 
1910,"  the  exchange  exhibition  organized  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  was 
scheduled  to  open  in  Moscow  in  November  1987. 

Also  during  the  past  year,  the  Smithsonian,  the  Soviet 
Union  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  the  International  Re- 
search Exchange  Board  signed  an  agreement  specifying 
their  cooperation  in  a  major  international  exhibition  on 
the  cultures  of  the  North  Pacific  region.  Opening  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  1988,  the  exhibi- 
tion, "Crossroads  of  Continents,"  will  highlight  the  cul- 
tures of  Alaska  and  Siberia  from  the  end  of  the  Ice  Age  to 
modern  times.  The  exhibition  will  tour  the  United  States 
and  Canada  until  1992,  when  it  will  be  taken  to  Moscow, 
the  first  of  several  stops  in  the  Soviet  Union. 

Other  international  endeavors  in  1987  included  the 
signing  of  a  protocol  of  cooperation  between  the  Institu- 
tion and  Iraq  and  the  National  Zoological  Park's  Interna- 
tional Wildlife  Conservation  Training  Program,  which 
attracted  twenty-four  students  from  twelve  countries.  In 
addition,  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs  organized 
workshops  for  museum  professionals  that  were  held  in 
Trinidad/Tobago  and  Costa  Rica,  and  it  organized  spe- 
cial seminars  for  visitors  from  Spain,  France,  and  the 
People's  Republic  of  China.  As  well,  the  Office  of  Protec- 
tion Services  hosted  and  coordinated  the  1987  Interna- 
tional Conference  on  Museum  Security. 

Subscribing  to  the  view  that  learning  is  a  lifelong  pursuit, 
the  Smithsonian  places  major  emphasis  on  education  and 
outreach  activities  for  the  public.  The  museums,  the  Na- 
tional Zoological  Park,  and  many  other  units  within  the 
Institution  offer  specialized  programs  that  bring  the 
Smithsonian's  educational  resources  to  youngsters  and 
adults.  Moreover,  these  units  are  continually  evaluating 
new  techniques  and  strategies  to  enhance  the  learning 
value  of  exhibitions  and  other  programs. 


With  the  opening  of  the  National  Demonstration  Labo- 
ratory for  Interactive  Educational  Technologies  in  1987, 
the  Smithsonian  features  the  first  U.S.  facility  devoted 
entirely  to  achieving  the  full  potential  of  one  of  the  most 
powerful  technologies  of  the  Information  Age.  Interactive 
video  technology  offers  exciting  new  ways  for  graphically 
presenting  relationships  between  concepts  and  objects, 
prose  and  image,  and  sight  and  sound — all  at  the  beckon- 
ing of  the  person  in  control  of  a  computer  keyboard. 
Beyond  its  educational  applications,  the  tool  is  likely  to 
spawn  innovative  methods  for  organizing,  storing,  ar- 
chiving, and  retrieving  information,  capabilities  that  have 
captured  the  interest  of  museums,  television  stations, 
schools,  and  government  agencies.  During  its  first  three 
months  of  operation,  the  laboratory,  which  is  jointly 
sponsored  by  the  Smithsonian  and  a  group  of  public  tele- 
vision stations,  hosted  more  than  five  hundred  visitors 
who  came  to  explore  the  technology  and  its  applications. 

The  Smithsonian  is  also  the  new  home  of  the  National 
Science  Resources  Center,  a  program  begun  in  1985  by 
the  Institution  and  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences. 
Offering  a  variety  of  resources  and  activities  to  improve 
the  quality  of  science  and  mathematics  instruction  in  the 
nation's  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  the  center  ini- 
tiated its  first  major  project  in  1987.  The  four-year  under- 
taking, called  "Science  and  Technology  for  Children," 
focuses  on  children  in  the  first  through  sixth  grades.  In- 
volving center  staff  and  a  national  network  of  school  sys- 
tems, state  departments  of  education,  science  museums, 
researchers,  and  education  experts,  the  project  will  pro- 
duce a  series  of  scientific  investigations  designed  to  culti- 
vate problem-solving  and  critical-thinking  skills. 

Programs  for  teachers  were  included  among  the  activi- 
ties of  the  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Educa- 
tion, which  works  with  other  Smithsonian  offices  to 
encourage  schools  to  use  museums  as  extensions  of  the 
classroom.  In  1987,  the  office  organized  three  regional 
workshops  for  teachers,  which  were  held  in  Jackson, 
Michigan;  Waterloo,  Iowa;  and  Philadelphia,  Pennsyl- 
vania. The  workshops  were  complemented  by  a  variety 
of  programs  held  in  Washington,  D.C.,  special  activities 
for  children,  and  the  office's  publications. 

Collectively,  the  Smithsonian's  exhibitions  and  educa- 
tional activities — lectures,  films,  live  performances,  tours, 
field  trips,  in-depth  courses,  books,  teachers'  manuals, 
and  others — seek  to  serve  the  varied  interests  of  the  Insti- 
tution's diverse  audience.  To  help  ensure  that  these  pro- 
grams are  accomplishing  their  objectives,  Secretary 
Robert  McC.  Adams  established  an  Advisory  Council  on 
Education.  Composed  of  five  outside  experts  with  back- 


22 


Benjamin  Franklin  by  Joseph  S.  Duplessis,  oil  on  canvas.  Purchase  by  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  made  possible  by  the  Morrisa 
Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation.  (Photograph  by  Eugene  Mantie) 


grounds  in  art  history,  science,  the  media,  education,  and 
museums,  the  council  will  help  the  Institution's  educa- 
tional offices  develop  priorities  and  will  advise  the  offices 
on  designing  specific  programs  to  accomplish  these  goals. 

Another  advisory  body  formed  in  1987,  the  Cultural  Edu- 
cation Committee,  will  help  the  Smithsonian  forge 
stronger  links  with  cultural  and  ethnic  groups  that  are 
underrepresented  in  the  Institution's  visitor  and  Associate 
membership  programs.  The  committee,  whose  members 
represent  many  ethnic  segments  of  the  U.S.  population, 
will  advise  the  Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Au- 
dience and  the  senior  management  of  the  Smithsonian. 

The  creation  of  the  ten-member  body  is  a  continuation 
of  long-standing  outreach  efforts  that  have  received  re- 
newed emphasis  since  the  early  1980s.  The  results  have 
been  an  expanding  array  of  exhibitions  and  programs 
that  convey  the  histories  of  the  nation's  cultural  commu- 
nities and  reflect  their  roles  in  the  country's  development. 

Last  year's  outreach  efforts  included  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  American  History  exhibition  "Field  to  Factory;" 
programs  commemorating  Black  History  Month,  His- 
panic Heritage  Week,  and  Asian-Pacific  Heritage  Week; 
the  Office  of  Public  Affairs'  new  calendar  of  Smithsonian 
events  for  Hispanic  organizations  and  media;  an  advertis- 
ing campaign  aimed  at  black  audiences  and  carried  out 
by  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs  and  the  Office  of  the  Com- 
mittee for  a  Wider  Audience;  and  the  many  ethnic  offer- 
ings of  the  Festival  of  American  Folklife,  such  as  the  first 
in  a  continuing  series  of  annual  programs  that  highlight 
the  musical  traditions  of  the  cultural  communities  in 
Washington,  D.C. 

In  addition,  the  Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider 
Audience  and  the  Museum  of  American  History's  Pro- 
gram in  Black  American  Culture  sponsored  a  national 
conference  to  evaluate  museum  programs  that  have  suc- 
cessfully integrated  the  histories  and  cultures  of  ethnic 
groups.  The  Museum  of  American  History  also  initiated 
the  Program  in  Hispanic  American  History.  The  program 
will  explore  critical  themes  in  Hispanic  American  history, 
from  colonial  times  to  the  present. 

Efforts  to  reach  more  segments  of  the  population  are 
buttressed  by  programs  designed  to  encourage  greater  in- 
volvement of  minority  scholars  in  Smithsonian  research, 
which  serves  as  the  foundation  for  many  of  the  Institu- 
tion's other  activities.  A  new  program  for  Native  Ameri- 
cans was  added  to  existing  awards  and  internships  aimed 
at  increasing  the  participation  of  minority  students  and 
scholars.  Begun  by  the  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 
in  cooperation  with  other  bureaus,  the  program  offers 


short-term  appointments  to  scholars  from  Native  Ameri- 
can communities.  In  1987,  seven  appointments  were 
made.  The  awards  allowed  the  researchers  to  use  Smith- 
sonian resources  in  their  studies  of  such  topics  as  the 
breakup  of  the  Sioux  Nation  and  the  role  of  women  in 
contemporary  trends  in  American  Indian  art. 

An  important  component  of  the  Smithsonian's  mission 
is  to  extend  the  limits  of  understanding  in  history,  the 
arts,  and  the  sciences.  In  1987,  bureaus  and  offices  under- 
took an  array  of  investigations.  Projects  delved  into  the 
geological  and  cultural  past,  contemplated  the  future, 
spanned  international  boundaries,  reached  into  the  heav- 
ens, and  furthered  efforts  to  preserve  the  Earth's  biologi- 
cal diversity. 

Researchers  at  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observa- 
tory, which  is  part  of  the  Harvard-Smithsonian  Center 
for  Astrophysics  (CfA),  were  at  the  forefront  of  studies  of 
the  brightest  exploding  star  seen  in  more  than  four  cen- 
turies. Discovered  early  enough  after  its  explosion  to  al- 
low detailed  examination,  the  supernova — named  SN 
1987A — put  scientists  on  the  trail  of  new  clues  to  stellar 
evolution. 

CfA  researchers  used  the  full  range  of  Earth-  and 
space-based  modern  astronomical  instruments  to  gather 
information  about  the  rarely  glimpsed  phenomenon. 
From  data  collected  by  the  International  Ultraviolet  Ex- 
plorer, a  CfA  astronomer  was  the  first  to  determine  that 
SN  i987A's  progenitor  was  the  blue  supergiant  star  San- 
duleak  -69  202.  Working  at  the  Cerro  Tololo  Inter- 
American  Observatory  in  Chile,  a  team  of  center 
scientists  made  the  surprising  discovery  of  an  enigmatic 
and  inexplicably  bright  object  near  the  supernova.  Unob- 
served before  the  supernova,  the  companion  object  is  sus- 
pected of  being  linked  to  the  explosion,  perhaps  created 
by  the  violent  stellar  event.  Months  after  the  observation, 
the  origin  and  nature  of  the  object  remained  scientific 
quandaries. 

Other  CfA  research  in  1987  improved  the  accuracy  of 
the  measurement  of  the  Earth's  distance  from  the  center 
of  the  Milky  Way  and  led  to  a  theory  that  could  resolve  a 
long-standing  mystery  of  the  Solar  System — the  origin  of 
the  Moon.  On  the  basis  of  their  study,  two  CfA  scientists 
presented  a  convincing  argument  that  the  Moon  was  cre- 
ated by  a  collision  between  the  Earth  and  another  body 
perhaps  1.2  times  the  mass  of  Mars. 

At  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  where  inter- 
ests extend  from  the  history  of  aviation  to  the  future  of 
space  exploration,  research  by  members  of  the  Center  for 
Earth  and  Planetary  Studies  and  their  collaborators  led  to 


2-4 


new  insights  into  the  unusual  topography  of  Mars.  In  the 
museum's  Department  of  Space  Science  and  Exploration, 
staff  members  and  visiting  scholars  completed  the  second 
year  of  a  project  to  evaluate  the  societal  impact  of  large, 
publicly  funded  air  and  space  programs. 

Seeking  to  resolve  questions  about  the  effects  of  acid 
rain,  scientists  at  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Re- 
search Center  constructed  a  detailed  "acid  budget"  for  a 
mature  forest  lining  the  shore  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  In 
addition  to  their  many  other  findings,  the  group  deter- 
mined that  forest  vegetation  and  soil  neutralized  98  per- 
cent of  the  acid  in  rain  and  snow;  yet,  the  remaining 
2  percent  was  sufficient  to  acidify  waters  draining  into 
watershed  streams. 

Also  at  the  Smithsonian  facility  in  Edgewater,  Mary- 
land, researchers  began  a  novel  field  experiment  to  assess 
the  impact  of  increasing  atmospheric  concentrations  of 
carbon  dioxide  on  Chesapeake  Bay  plant  communities. 
Contained  in  large  open-top  chambers,  plants  are  being 
exposed  to  twice  the  current  ambient  levels  of  the  "green- 
house gas."  Measurements  of  the  plants'  rates  of  photo- 
synthesis and  other  variables  are  being  compared  with 
measurements  of  the  same  variables  for  plants  growing 
under  normal  conditions. 

In  September,  a  multidisciplinary  team  of  scientists 
from  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  began  the 
first  phase  of  an  ambitious  international  project  to  inven- 
tory the  unknown  flora  and  fauna  of  Amazonia.  Begin- 
ning in  the  Beni  Reserve,  a  large  expanse  of  virgin 
subtropical  forest  in  Bolivia,  the  biodiversity  inventory 
will  not  only  add  greatly  to  knowledge  of  the  tropical- 
forest  ecosystem,  but  is  also  expected  to  yield  new 
sources  of  food,  biological  control  agents,  and  germ- 
plasm  resources.  An  important  facet  of  the  research  effort 
is  training.  As  the  program  expands,  hundreds  of  young 
professionals  and  collaborators  will  receive  scientific 
training  in  conjunction  with  inventories  in  their  own 
countries. 

Concern  over  decreasing  biological  diversity  as  a  result 
of  the  Earth's  shrinking  expanses  of  tropical  forest  also 
prompted  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  to  establish  a 
program  on  the  Evolution  of  Terrestrial  Ecosystems. 
From  the  geological  record,  program  scientists  hope  to 
determine  how  ecosystems  have  responded  to  cata- 
strophic changes  in  the  past.  This  information  will  help 
researchers  gauge  and  predict  the  impact  of  deforesta- 
tion and  other  major  environmental  changes  under  way 
today. 

Two  research  successes  at  the  National  Zoological 
Park  could  eventually  lead  to  breeding  programs  to  help 


check  the  threatened  extinction  of  species  of  wild  cats 
and  of  the  black-footed  ferret.  An  in-vitro  fertilization 
system  developed  by  zoo  scientists  resulted  in  "test-tube" 
kittens,  the  first  carnivorous  animals  ever  produced  by 
such  methods.  Now  that  the  system  has  been  successfully 
demonstrated  with  domestic  cats,  researchers  are  work- 
ing to  extend  the  procedure  to  nondomestic  cat  species. 

Another  team  of  zoo  researchers  used  artificial-insemi- 
nation methods  to  produce  common  ferrets,  nonendan- 
gered  relatives  of  the  nearly  extinct  black-footed  ferret. 
The  accomplishment  introduces  artificial  insemination  as 
an  option  for  breeding  programs  to  stem  the  decline  of 
the  black-footed  ferret. 

The  broad-ranging  programs  of  the  Smithsonian  Trop- 
ical Research  Institute,  located  in  Panama,  continued  to 
add  to  scientific  understanding  of  the  complexity  and  di- 
versity of  tropical  biology  and  ecosystems.  With  financial 
support  from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Interior,  institute 
scientists  are  evaluating  the  biological  impacts  of  a  1986 
oil  spill  near  Galeta,  site  of  the  institute's  mainland  ma- 
rine station  on  the  Carribean.  An  extensive  monitoring 
program  has  been  established,  which  will  yield  data  that 
can  be  compared  with  information  from  the  institute's 
past  studies  of  the  area.  Using  core  samples  of  corals, 
which  live  for  centuries  and  lay  down  annual  rings,  the 
team  will  also  compare  the  oil  spill's  impact  on  coral 
growth  rates  with  other  growth-rate  fluctuations  during 
the  past  several  hundred  years. 

Other  projects  at  the  institute  included  studies  of  natu- 
ral selection,  competition,  and  predation,  as  well  as  a 
promising  demonstration  project  on  returning  degraded 
pastureland  to  useful  agricultural  production.  The  tech- 
niques developed  in  the  project  could  eliminate  the  need 
to  burn  and  clear  new  land  for  farming  and  thus  relieve 
some  of  the  development  pressure  on  Panama's  forests. 

At  the  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory,  a  multidis- 
ciplinary group  of  conservators,  scientists,  and  engineers 
conduct  studies  on  the  conservation,  examination,  and 
characterization  of  museum  objects.  Among  the  projects 
begun  in  1987  was  an  investigation  of  potential  sources  of 
ore  for  early  Middle  Eastern  silver  and  bronze  manufac- 
ture. Another  new  project  is  focusing  on  the  earliest 
known  ceramics,  which  date  back  to  about  26,000  B.C. 
Discovered  in  Czechoslovakia,  the  artifacts  include  figu- 
rines of  Venus  and  of  mammoths,  wolverines,  and  other 
animals.  Conservation  research  included  studies  of  the 
physical  and  chemical  effects  of  various  techniques  for 
treating  paper.  As  part  of  the  laboratory's  continuing 
studies  of  building  climates,  researchers  initiated  an  in- 
vestigation of  the  Renwick  Gallery's  reconstructed  fa- 


2-5 


Teachers  writing  chemistry  activities  at  the  National  Science  Resources  Center's  Science  and  Technology  for  Children  workshop  held 
during  the  summer  of  1987. 


cade,  installing  sensors  for  continuous  monitoring  of 
humidity  conditions  and  heat-transport  phenomena. 

An  integral  component  of  the  Smithsonian's  programs  for 
scholars  and  the  general  public  is  its  book  and  record- 
publishing  activities  and  its  film,  television,  and  radio 
projects.  In  1987,  several  new  initiatives  were  begun,  and 
past  efforts  were  recognized  for  their  excellence. 

After  only  three  seasons,  "Smithsonian  World,"  the 
public  television  series  coproduced  by  the  Institution  and 
WETA,  received  a  Primetime  Emmy  for  Outstanding  In- 
formational Series.  Moreover,  "The  Wyeths:  A  Father 
and  His  Family,"  one  of  the  five  "Smithsonian  World" 
offerings  during  the  year,  was  nominated  for  a  News  and 
Documentary  Emmy. 

Smithsonian  magazine  was  selected  as  the  winner  of 
the  Outstanding  Magazine  Award  of  the  American  Soci- 
ety of  Journalists  and  Authors,  Inc. 

Records  and  books  published  by  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution Press  received  many  honors.  The  booklet  accom- 
panying Virtuosi,  released  in  1986  by  the  Press's 
Recording  Division,  won  the  ASCAP  Deems-Taylor 


Award  for  distinguished  writing  on  the  subject  of  music, 
and  it  was  nominated  for  a  Grammy  Award.  Among  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press  books  receiving  awards 
were  Gene  Davis:  A  Memorial  Exhibition,  The  Mystery 
of  Comets,  and  Bachman's  Warbler. 

In  1987.  the  Press  published  numerous  books  on  art,  his- 
tory, and  science.  To  commemorate  the  opening  of  the  new 
museum  complex,  the  Press  conceived,  developed,  and  pub- 
lished A  New  View  from  the  Castle,  an  illustrated  account 
of  the  complex's  architecture  and  personae. 

Smithsonian  bureaus  produced  a  variety  of  important 
exhibition  catalogues,  volumes  on  current  research,  bibli- 
ographies, and  guides  to  collections  and  archives.  The 
National  Museum  of  American  Art  produced  the  six-vol- 
ume National  Museum  of  American  Art's  Index  to  Amer- 
ican Art  Exhibition  Catalogues,  from  the  Beginning 
through  the  i8j6  Centennial  Year.  This  comprehensive 
work,  ten  years  in  the  making,  contains  a  vast  body  of 
information — where,  what,  and  how  often  an  artist  ex- 
hibited; artistic  fashions  and  influences  in  particular  geo- 
graphic locations;  and  the  provenance  of  specific  works, 
as  well  as  many  other  interesting  items. 


26 


Three  new  scholarly  journals  were  also  introduced  in 
1987.  The  Oxford  University  Press  published  the  first  vol- 
ume of  Smithsonian  Studies  in  American  Art,  a  semian- 
nual journal  from  the  National  Museum  of  American 
Art,  and  the  National  Museum  of  American  History  in- 
troduced Rittenhouse:  The  Quarterly  Journal  of  the 
American  Scientific  Instrument  Enterprise.  For  scholars 
and  Asian  art  enthusiasts  in  the  general  public,  the  Ar- 
thur M.  Sackler  Gallery  offered  Asian  Art,  a  quarterly 
journal  published  in  cooperation  with  the  Oxford  Univer- 
sity Press. 

Several  developments  during  the  past  year  promise  con- 
tinuing improvement  in  the  Institution's  efforts  to  fulfill 
its  broad  mission. 

The  $2.7  million  fund-raising  campaign  for  the  new 
Smithsonian  Information  Center  reached  a  successful 
conclusion,  allowing  construction  to  commence  in  the  fall 
of  1987.  Housed  in  the  Castle  and  expected  to  be  ready  in 
1989,  the  new  center  will  feature  two  orientation  thea- 
ters, each  seating  about  seventy  people,  and  a  variety  of 
information  and  orientation  aids,  including  video  presen- 
tations— captioned  in  English  and  five  foreign  lan- 
guages— and  interactive  video  displays. 

Construction  began  on  the  Earl  S.  Tupper  Research 
and  Conference  Center  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Re- 
search Institute.  The  facility  will  house  laboratories  for 
staff  members  and  visiting  scientists,  areas  for  growing 
plants  and  caring  for  research  animals,  and  a  176-seat 
auditorium  for  conferences. 

Preparations  began  for  a  major  expansion  of  the  Freer 
Gallery.  The  project  will  create  an  underground  passage 
between  the  Freer  and  Sackler  galleries,  the  Smithsonian's 
two  Asian  art  museums.  It  also  will  triple  space  for  con- 
servation and  technical  study  of  artworks,  and  facilities 
for  storing  collections  will  increase  70  percent.  Construc- 
tion is  scheduled  to  be  completed  by  October  1989. 

To  improve  service  to  the  some  nine  million  people 
who  visit  it  each  year,  the  National  Air  and  Space  Mu- 
seum is  adding  a  self-service  cafeteria  that  can  seat  800 
people  on  the  third  level  and  a  restaurant  that  will  ac- 
commodate 180  on  the  mezzanine  level.  Scheduled  to 
open  in  the  fall  of  1988,  the  eating  facilities  will  be 
housed  in  an  all-glass  enclosure,  offering  views  of  the 
Capitol  and  the  National  Mall. 

Staff  Changes 

The  Smithsonian  community  endured  quite  a  number  of 
changes  in  personnel  during  fiscal  year  1987  and  once 


again  sustained  too  many  irreparable  losses.  Of  particular 
note  was  the  untimely  death  of  Dr.  Arthur  M.  Sackler 
whose  affinity  to  the  Institution  throughout  much  of  the 
1980s  was  of  such  an  order  that  I  and  many  of  my  associ- 
ates considered  him  an  intimate  member  of  the  Smithson- 
ian family.  We  will  remember  him  not  only  as  an 
accomplished  scientist,  passionate  collector,  and  connois- 
seur but  also  as  an  exemplar  and  supporter  of  all  of  the 
unities  of  creative  life  whose  advancement  lies  at  the 
heart  of  our  mission. 

During  the  year  we  winced  repeatedly  at  the  almost 
inevitable  succession  of  top  staff  departures.  For  exam- 
ple, retirements  this  year  included  head  of  the  Directorate 
of  International  Activities  John  E.  Reinhardt,  Director  of 
the  Office  of  Audits  and  Investigations  Chris  S.  Peratino, 
Director  of  the  Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program 
Jacqueline  F.  Austin,  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  Founding 
Director  Lisa  M.  Taylor,  and  Director  of  the  Office  of 
Telecommunications  Nazaret  Cherkezian.  We  have  also 
lost  by  resignation  both  Director  of  SITES  Peggy  A.  Loar 
to  the  Wolfsonian  Foundation  and  Director  of  the  Office 
of  Information  Resources  Management  Richard  H.  Lytle 
to  Drexel  University.  And  while  we  will  miss  him  in  the 
Smithsonian  context,  we  were  proud  to  see  our  colleague 
James  H.  Billington,  who  served  since  1973  as  the  Direc- 
tor of  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Center  for  International 
Scholars,  installed  as  the  new  Librarian  of  Congress. 

While  many  searches  have  been  launched  to  find  suit- 
able replacements  for  these  esteemed  comrades,  none  had 
reached  a  conclusion  by  year's  end.  We  were  nonetheless 
delighted  to  welcome  Professor  Martin  O.  Harwit  of 
Cornell  University  as  our  new  Director  of  the  National 
Air  and  Space  Museum.  Similarly,  as  the  year  drew  to  a 
close  we  were  pleased  to  confirm  the  appointments  of 
Thomas  E.  Lovejoy  as  our  new  Assistant  Secretary  for 
External  Affairs,  Robert  S.  Hoffmann  as  successor  to  As- 
sistant Secretary  for  Research  David  Challinor,  Zahava 
D.  Doering  as  a  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  for 
Survey  Research,  and  Madeleine  S.  Jacobs  as  the  Director 
of  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs,  although  we  learned  with 
great  regret  that  Thomas  Lawton  would  soon  be  resign- 
ing from  the  directorship  of  the  Center  for  Asian  Art. 

In  all  of  these  changes  we  are  reminded  that  the 
strength  of  the  Smithsonian  continues  to  be  in  its  dedi- 
cated personnel,  and  those  of  us  who  remain  feel  a  spe- 
cial debt  of  gratitude  to  those  who  have  entrusted  the 
Institution  to  our  collective  talents. 


2-7 


Report  of  the  Board  of  Regents 


With  his  installation  as  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States, 
William  H.  Rehnquist  became  a  Regent  of  the  Smithson- 
ian Institution  on  September  26,  1987.  Acting  with  dis- 
patch to  select  a  new  Chancellor  of  the  Institution,  the 
chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  named  a  nominat- 
ing committee  composed  of  Messrs.  Bowen  (chair), 
Humelsine,  Higginbotham,  Gell-Mann,  and  Mrs.  Arms- 
trong. Conferring  on  October  1,  the  committee  outlined 
the  duties  of  the  Chancellor  and  recommended  that  Chief 
Justice  Rehnquist  be  nominated  for  election  as  Chancellor 
by  the  Board  of  Regents.  After  visiting  with  him  in  late 
October,  Mr.  Bowen  indicated  to  the  Regents  the  Chief 
Justice's  willingness  to  serve,  and  accordingly  a  ballot  for 
his  election  as  the  sixteenth  Chancellor  was  distributed 
and  affirmatively  voted  by  the  Regents  in  November. 

Senator  Daniel  Patrick  Moynihan  also  became  a  new 
Regent  this  year,  filling  the  seat  vacated  with  the  retire- 
ment of  Senator  Barry  Goldwater. 

During  1987  there  were  two,  rather  than  the  customary 
three,  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Regents.  Unusually  heavy 
snowfalls  in  quick  succession  virtually  paralyzed  the  city 
of  Washington  in  late  January  and  for  the  first  time  in 
memory  forced  the  cancellation  of  the  Board  meeting 
scheduled  for  Monday,  January  26.  Nonetheless,  much  of 
the  business  of  the  meeting  was  transacted  through 
mailed  ballots.  The  Board's  actions  included  the  designa- 
tion of  Senator  Goldwater  as  Regent  Emeritus,  approval 
of  the  five-Year  Prospectus,  Fiscal  Years  1988-1992, 
naming  the  "Patricia  and  Phillip  Frost  Gallery"  in  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  Art,  revision  of  the  bylaws 
of  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art  Commission, 
reappointments  to  that  commission,  and  authorization  of 
the  Secretary's  negotiation  of  most  favorable  terms  for  a 
Smithsonian  credit  card. 

The  spring  meeting  of  the  Board  was  held  on  Monday 
morning,  May  11,  in  an  International  Center  meeting 
room  on  the  third  subterranean  level  of  the  nearly  com- 
pleted Quadrangle  building.  The  Audit  and  Review  Com- 
mittee of  the  Board  reported  on  its  most  recent  meeting, 
which  focused  particularly  on  the  Smithsonian's  affirma- 
tive action  and  equal  opportunity  programs.  Noting  the 
apparent  lack  of  progress  in  increasing  the  representation 
of  minorities  and  women  in  the  professional  ranks,  the 
Board  urged  the  Secretary  to  build  pools  of  excellent  mi- 
nority scholars  by  means  of  more  aggressive  pre-  and 
postdoctoral  fellowship  programs.  After  hearing  a  report 
of  the  Investment  Policy  Committee  on  the  status  of  the 
endowment  funds,  the  Board  held  an  extensive  discussion 
and  voted  to  order  the  sale  of  the  Institution's  remaining 
investments  in  firms  doing  business  in  South  Africa  as 


soon  as  practicable,  consistent  with  the  preservation  of 
principal. 

In  other  actions,  the  Board  voted  to  name  the  third 
level  of  the  Quadrangle  building  the  S.  Dillon  Ripley 
Center  in  honor  of  the  eighth  Secretary's  vision  and  ac- 
complishments, to  abandon  the  idea  of  a  Smithsonian 
credit  card  but  to  encourage  the  study  of  launching  a 
major  capital  campaign,  to  accept  the  annual  report  of 
the  Secretary  for  fiscal  year  1986,  to  name  the  Discover 
Graphics  Workshop  in  honor  of  Gene  Davis  for  his  many 
contributions  to  the  Smithsonian,  to  award  the  Henry 
Medal  to  retiring  Cooper-Hewitt  director  Lisa  Taylor, 
and  to  appoint  and  reappoint  members  of  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery  Commission,  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Advi- 
sory Council,  and  the  Commission  of  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  African  Art. 

In  addition  to  giving  consideration  to  a  variety  of  other 
matters,  the  Regents  engaged  in  an  extensive  discussion 
of  the  Institution's  interactions  with  the  concerns  of  na- 
tional Indian  organizations  about  Native  American  repre- 
sentation in  Smithsonian  exhibits  and  collections  of 
Native  American  skeletal  remains,  legislation  with  respect 
to  the  repatriation  of  those  remains  and  sacred  objects, 
and  the  future  of  the  Museum  of  the  American  Indian, 
Heye  Foundation.  While  a  number  of  divergent  views 
were  expressed,  the  Secretary  was  encouraged  to  work 
toward  an  agreement  with  the  museum  that  would  ensure 
the  preservation  and  exhibition  of  the  museum's  collec- 
tions, recognizing  that  the  issue  of  the  museum's  reloca- 
tion to  Washington  must  first  be  settled  in  the  New  York 
courts. 

A  Regents'  dinner  was  held  in  the  Hall  of  Presidents  of 
the  National  Portrait  Gallery  on  Sunday  evening,  May 
10,  1987.  After  dinner,  the  Secretary  welcomed  Chief 
Justice  Rehnquist  and  Senator  Moynihan  as  new  Regents 
and  presented  to  Dr.  John  Reinhardt  the  Secretary's  Gold 
Medal  for  Exceptional  Service  along  with  a  citation  pre- 
pared in  handsome  calligraphy. 

The  final  meeting  of  the  Board  for  the  year  was  held 
on  September  28,  1987,  in  the  largely  refurbished  Re- 
gents' Room.  It  was  reported  that  the  Executive  Commit- 
tee, acting  on  behalf  of  the  Board,  had  designated  the 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  in  perpetuity  and  approved 
the  naming  of  the  Hirshhorn  auditorium  in  honor  of  Mr. 
and  Mrs.  Gustave  Ring  and  the  library  of  the  National 
Museum  of  African  Art  in  honor  of  founding  director 
Warren  Robbins.  After  discussing  reports  from  their  vari- 
ous committees,  the  Regents  approved  the  appointment 
of  former  Senator  Charles  McC.  Mathias  to  the  Audit 
and  Review  and  Personnel  Committees,  the  Institution's 


28 


Benefactors 


budget  for  fiscal  year  1988  and  requests  and  projections 
for  fiscal  year  1989,  further  revisions  to  the  Bylaws  of  the 
Commission  of  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art, 
and  the  naming  of  the  garden  between  the  Arts  and  In- 
dustries Building  and  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  in  honor  of 
Mary  Livingston  Ripley.  The  Regents  also  held  extensive 
discussions  of  a  proposed  policy  of  rotating  independent 
auditors  every  ten  years,  suggested  amendments  to  the 
Inspector  General  Act  of  1978,  the  status  of  the  endow- 
ment funds  and  their  divestment  of  stocks  in  companies 
doing  business  in  South  Africa,  the  draft  of  the  Five  Year 
Prospectus  for  fiscal  years  1989-93,  the  backlog  of  essen- 
tial building  maintenance  and  repairs,  the  Museum  Sup- 
port Center  storage  equipment,  and  the  Museum  of  the 
American  Indian. 

In  lieu  of  the  traditional  Regents'  Dinner,  on  Sunday 
evening,  September  27,  the  Board  of  Regents  hosted  a 
formal  reception  in  the  Concourse  of  the  S.  Dillon  Ripley 
Center  in  honor  of  the  opening  of  the  National  Museum 
of  African  Art,  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  and  the 
International  Gallery.  Speakers  for  the  evening  included 
Secretary  Adams,  Secretary  Emeritus  Ripley,  and  Chan- 
cellor Rehnquist. 

On  Monday,  September  28,  at  noon,  the  Regents,  in- 
vited staff  and  guests,  and  a  good  number  of  the  visiting 
public  gathered  for  a  ribbon-cutting  ceremony  marking 
the  opening  of  the  Quadrangle  facilities  to  the  public. 
Following  a  musical  prelude  from  the  U.S.  Navy  Cere- 
monial Band,  the  ceremony  began  with  an  invocation 
from  Rev.  John  R.  Kinard,  welcoming  remarks  from  Sec- 
retary Adams,  additional  remarks  from  Secretary  Emeri- 
tus Ripley  and  architect  Jean  Paul  Carlhian,  and  a 
keynote  address  from  Regent  Anne  L.  Armstrong.  The 
ceremony  concluded  with  the  speakers  cutting  a  symbolic 
ribbon  as  Smithsonian  guards  cut  ribbons  at  the  doors 
and  hundreds  of  balloons  were  released  simultaneously 
from  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art,  the  Arthur 
M.  Sackler  Gallery,  and  the  S.  Dillon  Ripley  Center, 
which  were  then  open  to  the  public. 


The  Smithsonian  gratefully  acknowledges  the  support  of 
the  individuals,  foundations,  and  corporations  listed  be- 
low, whose  gifts,  bequests,  and  contributing  member- 
ships aided  the  work  of  the  Institution  during  the  past 
fiscal  year. 

The  Smithsonian  owes  its  founding  to  the  generosity  of 
one  individual.  During  most  of  its  history  since  1846,  the 
Institution  has  relied  upon  a  combination  of  both  federal 
and  trust  funding  to  carry  out  the  terms  of  James  Smith- 
son's  will.  As  a  trust  instrumentality  of  the  United  States, 
the  Smithsonian  has  received  federal  appropriations  for 
research,  exhibition  of  the  national  collections,  and  main- 
tenance of  the  valuable  objects  of  science,  history,  and 
culture  entrusted  to  it. 

The  trust  funds  have  been  equally  important,  providing 
the  Smithsonian  with  the  flexibility  and  independence  es- 
sential to  its  innovative  growth.  Such  nonfederal  funds 
traditionally  have  made  possible  many  of  the  research, 
acquisition,  and  educational  programs  central  to  the  In- 
stitution's achievements. 

This  list  includes  donors  of  $1,000  or  more.  Certain 
donors  have  requested  anonymity.  If  the  name  of  any 
other  donor  has  been  omitted,  it  is  unintentional  and  in 
no  way  lessens  the  Smithsonian's  appreciation. 


$$00,000  or  more 

Space  Biospheres  Venture 

E.I.  duPont  de  Nemours  &  Company 

The  John  D.  and  Catherine  T. 

MacAnhur  Foundation 
Earl  Silas  Tupper,  S.A. 
Tupper  Foundation 


$100,000  or  more 

Annie  L.  Aitken  Charitable  Trust 

The  Bass  Trust 

The  Morris  and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz 

Foundation 
The  Commemorative  Association  for 

the  Japan  World  Exhibition  (1970) 
DC  Comics,  Inc. 
Digital  Equipment  Corporation 
Eastman  Kodak  Company 
The  Armand  Hammer  Foundation 
IBM  Corporation 

Japan  Shipbuilding  Industry  Foundation 
W.  K.  Kellogg  Foundation 
Enid  and  Crosby  Kemper  Foundation 
The  Henry  Luce  Foundation,  Inc. 
Commonwealth  of  Massachusetts 

Council  on  the  Arts  &  Humanities 
Andrew  W.  Mellon  Foundation 
State  of  Michigan 

Michigan  Sesquicentenmal  Commission 
Mill  Pond  Press,  Inc. 
PepsiCo,  Inc. 
The  Philecology  Trust 


Pioneer  Foundation,  Inc. 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Foundation 
Der  Senator  fur  Kulturelle 

Angelegenheiten,  Berlin 

(Goethe  House) 
Unisys 

Estate  of  Dorothy  Varian 
Xerox  Foundation 


$50,000  or  more 

American  Australian  Bicentennial 

Foundation 
The  Brown  Foundation,  Inc. 
Estate  of  Frederick  Bugher 
CIGNA  Foundation 
Dorothy  C.  Danforth 
Fine  Art  Acquisitions  Ltd. 
Dr.  Edward  P.  Henderson 
International  Telecommunications 

Satellite  Organization 
The  J.M.  Kaplan  Fund,  Inc. 
Franklin  H.  Kissner 
Martin  Marietta  Corporation 
Mobil  Oil  Corporation 
New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts 
Herman  and  Phenie  Pott  Foundation 
Sears,  Roebuck  &  Company 
Shearson  Lehman  Brothers 
Alfred  P.  Sloan  Foundation 
Mrs.  Arthur  Hays  Sulzberger 
Times  Mirror  Co. 
United  Technologies  Corporation 
Wallace  Funds 


29 


Sio,ooo  or  more 

AT&T  Foundation 

All  Nippon  Airways 

American  Can  Company  Foundation 

American  Postal  Workers  Union, 

AFL-CIO 
American  Security  Bank 
American  Stock  Exchange 
John  P.  Axelrod 
The  Barra  Foundation,  Inc. 
The  Bay  Foundation 
Bear  Stearns  &c  Company,  Inc. 
The  Beazley  Foundation,  Inc. 
Patricia  Davis  (Mrs.  Henry)  Beck 
Joseph  A.  Beirne  Memorial  Foundation 
O.  Benjelloun-Mezzian  Foundation 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  H.  Benson 
The  Boeing  Company 
Cadillac  Fairview  Corp.,  Ltd. 
Edward  Lee  Cave,  Inc. 
Dorothy  Jordan  Chadwick  Fund 
Chevy  Chase  Savings  &  Loan,  Inc. 
Dr.  Timothy  W.  Childs 
Clark-Wmchcole  Foundation 
Comite  Conjunto  Hispanico-Norte- 

americano  para  la  Cooperacibn 

Cultural  y  Educativa 
Compar,  Inc. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Corroon 
The  Cousteau  Society,  Inc. 
Credit  Suisse 
D.C.  Commission  on  the  Arts  and 

Humanities 
Dart  &  Kraft  Foundation 
Walt  Disney  Pictures 
Drexel  Burnham  Lambert,  Inc. 
Earthwatch 

Ahmet  Ertegun  and  Ioana  Ertegun 
Exxon  Corporation 
Jamee  and  Marshall  Field  Foundation 
The  Ford  Foundation 
Ford  Motor  Company 
Freixenet,  S.A. 
Gannett  Foundation 
Mrs.  Johnson  Garrett 
General  Foods  Fund,  Inc. 
Ann  and  Gordon  Getty  Foundation 
J.  Paul  Getty  Trust 

Goodwill  Games  Organizing  Committee 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  E.  Gray 
The  Greenwich  Workshop,  Inc. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  L.  Hadley  Griffin 
Mary  Livingston  Griggs  and  Mary 

Griggs  Burke  Foundation 
Harry  Frank  Guggenheim  Foundation 
The  George  Gund  Foundation 
Estate  of  John  K.  Havemeyer 
William  Randolph  Hearst  Foundation 
Henry  J.  Heinz 
Gerald  D.  Hines 
Eric  Hotung 

Indiana  Historical  Society 
The  International  Foundation 
International  Union  for  Conservation  of 

Nature  and  Natural  Resources 
Kettering  Foundation 
Knight  Foundation 
Kraft  Foundation 
The  Lawyers  Co-operative  Publishing 

Co.  /Bancroft-Whitney 
Dr.  Jesse  T.  Littleton 
Lockheed  Missiles  &  Space  Co.,  Inc. 
Richard  Lounsbery  Foundation 
Richard  Manoogian 
Marriott  Corporation 
Mars  Foundation 

McDonnell  Douglas  Astronautics  Co. 
Merrill  Lynch  Capital  Markets 


Merrill  Lynch,  Pierce,  Fenner  &  Smith, 

Inc. 
Eugene  and  Agnes  E.  Meyer 

Foundation 
Miles  Laboratories,  Inc. 
Mitchell  Energy  &  Development  Corp. 
Molex,  Inc. 

Motorcycle  Industry  Council,  Inc. 
Music  Performance  Trust  Funds 
New  York  Landmarks  Conservancy, 

Inc. 
Edward  John  Noble  Foundation,  Inc. 
Owens-Corning  Fiberglas  Corp. 
David  and  Lucille  Packard  Foundation 
PaineWebber  Development  Corp. 
Pan  American  World  Airways,  Inc. 
The  Perkin-Elmer  Corporation 
Philip  Morris  Companies,  inc. 
T.  Rowe  Price  Associates,  Inc. 
Procter  &  Gamble  Distributing  Co. 
ProServ, Inc. 

Estate  of  Arthur  Sawyer  Redfearn 
Resources  for  the  Future,  Inc. 
Ralph  C.  and  Kate  H.  Rinzler 
Wilbur  L.  Ross,  Jr. 
Royal  Air  Maroc 

Helena  Rubinstein  Foundation,  Inc. 
Sacred  Circles  Fund 
Sandoz  Pharmaceuticals  Corp. 
Securities  Industry  Association,  Inc. 
Shell  Companies  Foundation,  Inc. 
Siemens  Capital  Corporation 
John  Sloan  Memorial  Foundation,  Inc. 
The  Society  for  the  Advancement  of 

Material  and  Process  Engineering 
Dr.  Israel  Gregory  Sohn 
Eloise  A.  Spaeth 
Spanish  Cultural  Committee 
Sidney  Stein,  Jr. 
Dr.  Judith  P.  Sulzberger 
Taubman  Endowment  for  the  Arts 
Ruth  and  Vernon  Taylor  Foundation 
Texas  Instruments  Foundation 
The  Times  Mirror  Foundation 
United  Auto  Workers 
UNESCO 
US/ICOMOS 
Mrs.  Honore  T.  Wamsler 
The  Washington  Post  Company 
Westinghouse  Electric  Corp. 
World  Wildlife  Fund/The  Conservation 

Foundation 


$5000  or  more 

AFL-CIO 

AKC  Fund,  Inc. 

ALCOA  Foundation 

Caroline  R.  Alexander 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joe  L.  Allbritton 

American  Cyanamid  Corporation 

American  Numismatic  Association 

Arcade,  Inc. 

Arcadia  Foundation 

Barker  Welfare  Foundation 

Curtis  T.  and  Douglas  E.  Bell 

Laura  Boulton  Foundation,  Inc. 

Viola  E.  Bray  Charitable  Trust 

Bristol-Myers  Company 

Eli  Broad 

Mrs.  Evangeline  B.  Bruce 

Brunschwig  &  Fils,  Inc. 

William  W.  Carson,  Sr.,  Revocable 

Trust 
Chicago  Community  Trust 
CIBA-GEIGY 
Clark  Endowment  Fund 


Charles  Cowles  Charitable  Trust 

The  Dillon  Fund 

Domino  Farms 

Mr.  Gaylord  Donnelley 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Donner,  Jr. 

Peter  F.  Drucker 

Joel  and  Anne  Ehrenkranz 

Philanthropic  Fund 
Estate  of  Janey  Y.  Evans 
Walter  and  Josephine  Ford  Fund 
Gallery  Place  Associates/Oliver  Carr 

Co. 
Girl  Scouts  of  the  U.S.A. 
Goethe-Stiftung  Fur  Kunst  Und 

Wissenschaft 
Graham  Foundation  for  Advanced 

Studies 
Albert  M.  Greenfield  Foundation 
Mark  G.  Griffin 
Hardesty  &  Hanover 
Mrs.  Henry  J.  Heinz  II 
Richard  D.'  Hill 

Dorothy  M.  and  Henry  C.  Johnson 
The  Katzenberger  Foundation,  Inc. 
Nannder  K.  Keith  and  Rapnder  K. 

Keith 
King  Ranch  Family  Trust 
Robert  J.  and  Helen  C.  Kleberg 

Foundation 
Robert  Krups,  North  America 
William  R.  and  Nora  Lichtenberg 

Foundation,  Inc. 
Donald  M.  Marron 
Maryland  Department  of  Natural 

Resources 
McDonnell  Douglas  Foundation 
Mr.  Alexander  McLanahan 
Alexander  R.  Mehran 
Merck  &  Company,  Inc. 
Meridian  House  International 
Barbara  and  Clifford  Michel 

Foundation,  Inc. 
Julienne  M.  Michel 
Mobil  Foundation 
Dr.  Eric  Muth 
Nancy  Brown  Negley 
Pacific  Telesis  Foundation 
Milton  Petrie 
Pfizer  Inc. 
Phillips  Ltd. 
Potlatch  Foundation 
Princess  Grace  Foundation 
Riggs  National  Bank 
Mary  L.  Ripley 
Rockefeller  Foundation 
Arthur  A.  Seeligson 
Robert  F.  and  Anna  Maria  Shapiro 
Smith  Barney  Harris  Upham  &c  Co. 
Steelcase  Inc. 

Mrs.  Joan  Rozier  Stephens 
A.  Alfred  Taubman 
U.S.  Patent  Model  Foundation 
Utah  International  Inc. 
Hildegarde  G.  van  Roijen 
Ralph  J.  Weiler  Foundation 
Nina  A.  Werblow  Charitable  Trust 
Annie  Beatrice  Wetmore 
Wildlife  Preservation  Trust 
Dave  H.  and  Reba  W.  Williams 
Leonard  C.  Yaseen  Foundation,  Inc. 


$1000  or  more 

A  La  Vieille  Russie,  Inc. 
Mrs.  Christian  H.  Aall 
Ronald  and  Anne  Abramson 


Mark  and  Jeanne  Ellen  Akins 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  Robert  Allen  III 

Allied  Corporation 

American  Ecological  Union,  Inc. 

American  Society  of  Tropical  Medicine 

and  Hygiene 
American  Telephone  &  Telegraph 

Company 
Amos  Press 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald  B.  Anderson 
Arabian  American  Oil  Company 
Association  of  Philippine  American 

Women 
Atlantic  Richfield  Company 
Avon  Products,  Inc. 
Harry  Bass  Foundation 
Bedding  Plants,  Incorporated 
Bell  Communications  Research,  Inc. 
Bergman  Family  Charitable  Trust 
Berkshire  Hathaway,  Inc. 
Ruth  M.  Berlin 

Phillip  1.  and  M.  Mallin  Berman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Norman  Bernstein 
Max  N.  Berry 
Lee  Howard  Beshar 
Charles  L.  and  Lynda  Biggs 
Barry  Bingham,  Sr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs,  Barry  Bingham,  Jr. 
Bill  Blass  Ltd. 
Blum-Kovler  Foundation 
Bowers  &  Marena  Galleries,  Inc. 
A.  Smith  Bowman  Distillery,  Inc. 
Mrs.  Karen  Johnson  Boyd 
Jacquelyn  H.  Bradley 
Oliver  H.  Bnggs,  Jr. 
The  British  Embassy 
Dorothy  Collins  Brown  Fund 
Irene  M.  Brown 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Lee  Bunce 
Mrs.  Jackson  Burke 
Preston  Butcher 
California  First  Bank 
Carlson  Gallery 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  John  M.  Carroll 
Chemical  Bank 
Chevron  Corporation 
Circle  Theatres  (Jim  and  Ted  Pedas) 
Citicorp  Venture  Capital,  Ltd. 
The  Coach  Dairy  Goat  Farm 
Coats  &  Clark  Inc. 
Ralph  T.  Coe 
Saul  Z.  and  Amy  Scheuer  Cohen  Family 

Foundation,  Inc 
Conde  Nast  Publications,  Inc. 
Cone  Mills  Corporation 
Consolidated  Edison  Co.  of  New  York, 

Inc. 
Consolidated  Natural  Gas  Co. 

Foundation 
Consumer's  Union 
Dr.  G.  Arthur  Cooper 
Sylvia  Farin  Cornish 
Susan  L.  Cullman  Philanthropic  Fund 
The  Dayton  Foundation 
The  Elsie  De  Wolfe  Foundation,  Inc. 
Ms.  Lydia  dePolo 
David  Dibner 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  Douglas  Dillon 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  C.  Dillon 
Double  X 

Mrs.  Joanne  F.  duPont 
The  Durfee  Foundation 
Dr.  Richard  Dybas 
ETL  Testing  Laboratories,  Inc. 
Equitable  Real  Estate  Group,  Inc. 
Federal  Express  Corp. 
Harvey  S.  Firestone,  Jr.,  Foundation 
Fomebords  Company 
Formica  Corporation 


3° 


Diane  and  Charles  L.  Frankel 

George  S.  Franklin 

Dr.  Kurt  Frednksson 

Fried,  Frank,  Harris,  Shnver  & 

Jacobsen 
David  Geffen  Foundation 
General  Electric  Corporation 
Sumner  Gerard  Foundation 
George  J.  Gillespie  III 
The  Howard  Gilman  Foundation 
Mrs.  Viola  Seff  Goldberg 
Harmon  H.  Goldstone 
Arvin  Gottlieb 
Bernard  S.  Green 
Estate  of  Mortimer  Grunauer 
Mrs.  F.  V.  Grunbaum 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alfred  H.D.  Haiblen 
Hugh  Halff,  Jr. 
Emma  Swan  Hall 
Phillip  and  Charlotte  Hanes 
Pauline  L.  Harrison 
Mr.  C.W.Hart,  Jr. 
Miriam  and  Peter  Hass  Fund 
Mrs.  Enid  A.  Haupt 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  S.  I.  Hayakawa 
The  Joseph  H.  Hazen  Foundation 
Hechinger  Foundation 
Hew  left  Packard  Company 
Clarence  and  Jack  Himmel  Foundation 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  C.  Hinman 
F.  Harvey  Howalt 
Gertrude  S.  Howalt 
F.  Harvey  Howalt,  Jr. 
Jay  S.  Howalt,  M.D. 
Mrs.  Jacquelm  Hume 
Illinois  Arts  Council 
International  Brotherhood  of  Painters 

and  Allied  Trades 
International  Centre  for  Diffraction 

Data 
International  Cultural  Society  of  Korea 
Iroquois  Brands  Ltd. 
Mr.  Arata  Isozaki 
JAI  Engineers 
Richard  J.  Janes 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Deane  F.  Johnson 
Johnson  &  Higgins 
Johnson  &  Johnson 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Johnson 
Mrs.  Charles  F.  Kahn 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jacob  Kainen 
Dwight  M.  and  Donna  S.  Kendall 
Dorothy  R.  Kidder 
Mr.  Gilbert  H.  Kinney 
Shiegeo  Kitaoka 
Marion  R.  Koehler 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Samuel  W.  Koffler 
Robert  P.  Kogod 
Krause  Publishing  Company 
Samuel  H.  Kress  Foundation 
Bill  G.  Lambert 

Landsman  &  Katz  Foundation,  Inc. 
Chester  H.  Lasell 
Sharon  and  Kara  Lawrence 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  Lenkin 
Irving  H.  and  Eunice  R.  Leopold 
Mrs.  Scott  Libby,  Jr. 
Lister  Butler,  Inc. 
Lt.  Gen.  Samuel  and  Mrs.  Elizabeth 

Maddux 
Manatee  Fruit  Company 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  Manella 
Maria  Mercedes  D.  Manna 
Marking  Device  Association 
May  Department  Stores  Foundation 
George  S.  May  International  Co. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  Thomas  May,  Jr. 
Susan  McClatchy 
Nan  Tucker  McEvov 


Dextra  Baldwin  McGonagle  Foundation 

Inc. 
McMillen,  Inc. 
Robert  L.  McNeil,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon 
Menil  Foundation,  Inc. 
Joyce  Mertz-Gilmore  Foundation,  Inc. 
Metropolitan  Life  Foundation 
Ruben  F.  Mettler 
Mexican  Border  Veterans,  Inc. 
Herman  Miller,  Inc. 
Ms.  Barbara  B.  Millhouse 
Monsanto  Fund 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  Morrill 
Enid  and  Lester  S.  Morse,  Jr., 

Foundation,  Inc. 
George  E.  Mueller 
Ms.  Jane  S.  Murray 
NCR  Foundation 
National  Geographic  Sodet) 
National  Research  Council 
National  Space  Club 
Ms.  Lacey  T.  Neuhaus 
New  York  Community  Trust 
The  New  York  Times 
Mrs.  Albert  H.  Newman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stanton  P.  Nolan 
Robert  H.  and  Nancy  Nooter 
Ohrstom  Foundation  Inc. 
The  Pace  Gallery  of  New  York,  Inc. 
Lillian  Nassau  Palitz 

O.  Charles  Palmer 

Pepsi-Cola  Company 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  Pillsbury 

Saul  Poliak 

Louis  F.  Polk,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  M.  P.  Potamkm 

Prudential-Bache  Securities 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  S.  Purvis 

Quaker  Oats  Foundation 

Lloyd  E.  Raport 

Mrs.  Louise  Bell  Reinhardt 

Rexnord  Foundation 

R.J.  Reynolds  Industries,  Inc. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  S.  Dillon  Ripley  II 

David  Rockefeller 

John  D.  and  Sharon  P.  Rockefeller 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Theodore  C.  Rogers 

Samuel  Rose 

Mrs.  John  N.  Rosekrans,  Jr. 

John  N.  Rosekrans,  Jr. 

J.  William  Rosenthal,  M.D. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Milton  F.  Rosenthal 

Arthur  Ross 

SUNY  Research  Foundation 

Sanders  &  Associates 

Sandoz,  Inc. 

Santa  Fe  Southern  Pacific  Foundation 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  W.  Schmidt 

H.  James  Schonblom 

Marthew  Schutz 

Joseph  E.  Seagram  &  Sons,  Inc. 

Mrs.  Mary  P.  Sears 

Alan  Sellars 

Seoul  Art  Academy 

Maryanna  G.  Shaw 

Shernll  Foundation 

Mrs.  Caroline  T.  Simmons 

L.J.  Skaggs  and  Mary  C.  Skaggs 
Foundation 

Sylvia  Gershenson  Sloman 

Sotheby's,  Inc. 

Southern  Financial  Users  Group 

The  Southways  Foundation 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  R.  Sowell 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edson  Spencer 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jerry  I.  Speyer 

Squibb  Corporation 

The  Standard  Oil  Company 


Elizabeth  M.  Stanley 

Ruth  and  Frank  Stanton  Fund 

George  Stavropoulos 

Sidney  Stern  Memorial  Trust 

Stevens  &  Company,  Inc. 

Philip  and  Lynn  Straus  Foundation,  Inc. 

Stroheim  &  Romann,  Inc. 

TRW   Foundation 

The  Taubman  Company,  Inc. 

Bertrand  L.  Taylor 

Dr.  F.  Christian  Thompson 

Tisch  Foundation,  Inc. 

Paul  and  Ruth  W.  Tishman 

Mrs.  Mary  Endicott  Tree 

U.S.  Asia  Institute 

United  Brotherhood  of  Carpenters  and 

Joiners 
United  States  Fidelity  &  Guaranty  Co. 
Veterans  of  Foreign  Wars — U.S. 


The  Castle  Fund 


V1PA  Foundation 
Waletzky  Charitable  Lead  Trust 
Jack  Warner 
Mrs.  Paul  L.  Warns 
The  Raymond  John  Wean  Foundation 
James  E.  Webb 

Adam  A.  Weschler  &C  Son,  Inc. 
Bobbie  K.  and  Joseph  Weinstein 
Jerome  Wesrheimer 
Westinghouse  Electric  Fund 
Whirly-Girls  Scholarship  Fund,  Inc. 
John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc. 
Alfred  S.  \\  ilsey 
Mrs.  Charlotte  Berry  Winters 
Warren  R.  Woodward 
Virginia  Bloedel  Wright 
Yoder  Brothers,  Inc. 
Kyung  Sook  Yoon  and  Kyung  Sug 
Yoon 


The  Smithsonian  wishes  to  acknowledge  those  members 
of  the  Contributing  Membership  Program  and  of  the 
National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  who 
supported  the  renovation  of  the  Great  Hall  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Building  for  the  new  Information 
Center.  Donors  of  Si,ooo  or  more  are  listed  below.  In 
addition,  we  also  want  to  recognize  the  important  sup- 
port of  the  Morris  and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation. 


National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian 

Associates 

The  Allbntion  Foundation 

Mr.  Arthur  G.  Altschul 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  S.  Anderson 

Nancy  and  Philip  Anschutz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Barry  Bingham,  Jr. 

Mary  Griggs  Burke 

James  H.  Clement 

Jeffrey  A.  Cole 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  D.  Dickey,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gaylord  Donnelley 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Donner,  Jr. 

Mr.  Marshall  Field 

Roger  S.  Firestone  Foundation 

Elizabeth  and  Keith  Funston 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alfred  C.  Glassell,  Jr. 

Mr.  W.  L.  Hadley  and  Phoebe  P. 

Griffin 
Gordon  Hanes 

The  Honorable  William  A.  Hewitt 
Mr.  Gerald  D.  Hines 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  N.  Irwin,  II 
The  Johnson  Foundation  Trust 
S.  Charles  Kemp 

In  Memory  of  Mildred  Lane  Kemper 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Seymour  H.  Knox,  III 
Mrs.  Robert  A.  Magowan 
Brooks  and  Hope  B.  McCormick 

Foundation 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arjay  Miller 
Johnie  W.  and  Charles  H.  Murphy 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  S.  Parker 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  R.  Petersen 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  S.  Pillsbury 


Charles  W.  Schmidt 
Harriet  and  Edson  Spencer 
The  Ruth  and  Vernon  Taylor 

Foundation 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  M.  Walton 
John  C.  Whitehead 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Evans  Wyckoff 


Contributing  Members 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Abernethy,  Jr. 

Dorothy  and  Henry  Abplanalp 

W.  Mike  and  Joanne  Adams 

Barbara,  Michelle,  and  Michael  Ageno 

James  and  Marjone  Akins 

Alexander  and  Alexander  Services  Inc. 

William  Homer  Alexander 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  T.  Allan.  Jr. 

LaVerne  O.  Allen 

Marcia  Yamada  Almassy 

Mr.  J.  Donald  Anderson 

Mrs.  Paul  S.  Anderson  (Virginia) 

Sarah  J.  Anderson  and  Chris  A.  Hayner 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  G.  Anderson 

Mr.  Alfred  C.  Antoniewicz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  Jerry  Archbold,  Jr. 

Joe  and  Melinda  Armstrong 

Ms.  Mary  M.  Ashmore 

Mr.  Grover  W.  Asmus 

A.  Kearney  and  Bilhe  F.  Atkinson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Douglas  F.  Attaway 

Ernest  and  Francoise  Attinger 

Major  and  Mrs.  Arne  O,  Aukland 

Mrs.  Theodore  Babbitt 

Mr.  Jack  R.  Barensfeld 


31 


The  Barra  Foundation,  Inc. 

George  and  Carol  Barquist 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Bartlett 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Leach  Baum 

Marilynn  J.  and  Robert  W.  Bauman 

Anthony  and  Anna  Bazza 

In  Memory  of  Christen  Michelson 

Beattie 
Mr.  John  R.  Beaver 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  L.  Becker,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  R.  Bemis 
Ayleene  N.  Bennett 
Mrs.  Harriet  Benson 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  E.  Bickman,  Jr. 
Miss  Eliza  H.  Bishop 
Ms.  Eugenia  B.  Bishop 
Mrs.  Alvin  P.  Bixler 
Mr.  John  L.  Black 
Viola  H.  Blame 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Douglas  L.  Blair 
Mr.  Leigh  B.  Block 
Ronald  H.  and  Sandra  D.  Bloom 
Eugene  and  Germaine  Blossey 
Dr.  George  P.  and  Bonnie  Bogumill 
Kirby  and  Lucyann  Bohannan 
Mrs.  John  Bowles 

Colonel  Donald  S.  Bowman,  USA  Ret. 
Ms.  Rebecca  A.  Bowman 
Dr.  Daniel  William  Box,  II 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald  B.  Boylan 
Ada  A.  Brown 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gerard  E.  Brundige 
|udith  and  Frederick  Buechner 
Mrs.  Cora  S.  Buell 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Buhler 
Mrs.  R.  M.  Burgess 
J.  A.  Burwell,  M.D. 
Mrs.  Charles  M.  Butler 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lawrence  Butner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  M.  Cahn,  Jr. 
Joan  and  Curtis  Calder 
General  and  Mrs.  Daniels  Campbell 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  D.  Campbell 
Lillian  and  John  Cannaday 
Mrs.  Catherine  B.  Cantrell 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert  C.  Carson 
Alfred  J.  Carsten 

and  Arlene  D.  Carsten 
Winifred  T.  Carter 
Barbara  A.  Chandler 
Anne  L.  Cheney- 
Mr.  Jerry  L.  Childers 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  C.  C.  Chiu 
In  Memory  of  John  S.  Churnetski 
Chris  Ross  and  Gladys  Cofrin 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  David  Cofrin 
Edith  Dee  Cofrin 
Ms.  Mary  Ann  P.  Cofrin 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paige  W.  Cofrin 
Frank  and  Agnes  Coleman 
Ambassador  Elinor  G.  Constable 
In  Memory  of  Mr.  Thomas  A.  Corder 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  C.  Cornwall 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  Albert  A.  Cory 
Colonel  Bentley  Courtenay 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Earle  M.  Craig,  Jr. 
Mr.  Eugene  E.  Crockett 
Mr.  Frederick  S.  Crysler 
Dr.  Robert  D.  Cunningham 
Dorothea  Lane  Cutts 
Mr.  Arthur  J.  Curry 
Mr.  Kent  Cushenberry 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  E.  Dabbert 
Ms.  Mae  E.  Dahl 
T.  Giffin  Daughtridge 
Barry  and  Nora  Davis 
Charles  and  Gwen  Davis 
Mrs.  Evelyn  Y.  Davis 
John  F,  and  Emily  J.  Davis 


Mr.  Robert  Davis 

Mr.  Ronald  K.  Davis 

Anna  Outwater  Day 

Louis  and  Mildred  DeLateur 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Eugene  J.  Detmer,  Jr. 

Mr.  James  P.  Devere 

Lynda  and  Marvin  Diamond 

Robert  Dickstein 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  S.  Donaghy 

Monica  A.  Driscoll 

Pierre  S.  duPont 

Dr.  John  R.  Durland 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  E.  Eberly 

John  and  Mary  Edwards 

Harriet  and  Charles  Eiwen 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  H.  Elder,  Jr. 

F.  Herman  Ellenberger 

Master  Gunnery  Sergeant  and  Mrs. 

Paul  G.  Ellis,  USMC  Ret. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Russell  C.  Ellis 
Ward  H  Ellis 

George  T.  and  Wilma  A.  Elmore 
Colonel  Charles  D.  Eshelman 
Mr.  Robert  Evans 

Commander  and  Mrs.  Thomas  E.  Fahy 
Mr.  Ed  Fasko 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Mason  Favor 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  J.  J.  Felmley 
Mr.  Nathan  L.  Ferris 
Nicholas  M.  Ferriter 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  B.  Fiduccia 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  B.  D.  Fischer 
Gordon  J.  Flesch 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Roger  C.  Floren,  II 
Raymond  and  Elizabeth  Fochtman 
Mrs.  Clifford  Folger 
Mr.  Philip  E.  Forest 
Morri  Frankel 

Mrs.  Edwin  Gaines  Fullinwider 
Eugene  R.  Gabriel 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  K.  Georg  Gabriel 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  J.  Gardiner 
Malcolm  and  Ellen  Garfink 
Ms.  Louise  Grant  Garland 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Carl  S.  Gewirz 
Mr.  Joseph  P.  Ghilardi  -  Family 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Kirkland  H.  Gibson 
Mary  Gibson  and  John  T.  Gibson 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wallace  E.  Giles 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Sanford  A.  Glazer 

and  Scott 
Herman  and  Ruby  Glebe 
Peter  and  Mary  Gloger 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  B.  Goering 
R.  C.  Goff 

Aaron  and  Cecile  Goldman 
Mrs.  Ted  R.  Goldsmith 
Edward  N.  and  Helen  E.  Gomberg 
Mr.  Albert  H.  Gordon 
Ryan  James  Gorman 

and  Curtis  Gorman  Freeman 
Mr.  Milton  M.  Gottesman 
Mr.  James  Gove 
Mrs.  Katherine  Graham 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bernard  M.  Granam 
Susan  Heaney  Gray 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  B.  Greene 
Mrs.  Judith  Greene 
Lindsey  G.  Griffith 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alton  B.  Grimes 
Mrs.  Helen  Grossman 
Mr.  George  T.  Guernsey,  IV 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Victor  W.  Gumper 

and  Family 
Florence  L.  Gussman 
Mary  and  Robert  P.  Hackstaff 
Theodore  J.  W.  Hadraba 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Najeeb  E.  Halaby 
In  Memory  -  Mary  Benson  Hall 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  Melville  Hall 

Mrs.  Reda  E.  Hall 

Olga  Haller,  M.D. 

Allen  Raphael  Halper 

Patrick  L.  Hames 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  William  T. 

Hamilton,  Jr. 
Mrs.  Freda  C.  Hansen 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Angus  A.  Hanson 
Hugh  and  Sharon  Hargrave 
Ms.  Helen  Leale  Harper,  Jr. 
Leslie  S.  Harrold,  M.D. 
Mrs.  Enid  A.  Haupt 
John  and  Teri  Hayes 

Brian,  John  Michael,  Catherine 
Mrs.  Lita  Annenberg  Hazen 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Patrick  Healy,  III 
R.  D.  and  Nancy  Poe  Heckel 
Lieutenant  Colonel,  USAF  Ret.  and 

Mrs.  Felder  F.  Heflm 
Robert  M.  and  Gladys  M.  Henry 
Mrs.  Charles  E.  Hiatt 
Mrs.  Gloria  Hidalgo 
Hannah  Mae  Schaefer  Hinton 

and  Neal  Jay  Hinton 
Henry  Clay  Hofheimer,  II 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  H.  Hogan 
Mr.  William  P.  Holcombe 
Florence  Hartman  Holhster 
Ms.  Elma  G.  Holmes 
Richard  W.  and  Alice  H.  Hook 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  F.  Housek 
Charles  C.  and  Doris  C.  Houston 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  D.  Humleker,  Jr. 
H.  Jeanetta  Hunse 
Mrs.  Woerner  Hunsicker 
Mr.  R.  Bruce  Hunter 
Richard  and  Elizabeth  Hunter 
Sandra  and  Albert  Newland 

Hutchinson 
George  and  Joy  Irving 
The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  John  N. 

Irwin,  II 
Mr.  William  P.  Jambor,  Jr. 
Donald  E.  and  Irene  J.  Jansen 
Margaret,  Joanne,  Suzanne 

and  William  Jeffrey 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  F.  Jewett,  Jr. 
Elsie  Moog  Johnson 
Mr.  Woodrow  C.  Johnson 
Mr.  Brian  L.  Jones 
Mrs.  Sydney  R.  Jones 
Ruth  and  Jacob  Kainen 
James  A.  Shannon  L.  Keene 
John  E.  Kemper 
The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  W.  John 

Kenney 
Mr.  A.  Atwater  Kent,  Jr. 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  J.  Kettel 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Lloyd  Kettler 
Zohrab  and  Lois  Khatchadounan 
The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  Randolph  A. 

Kidder 
Gary  and  Deborah  Killen 
Mrs.  F.  G.  Kingsley 
Mr.  Austin  Kiplinger 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  F.  M.  Kirby 
Mr.  E.  C.  Kirkpatrick 
Joanne  and  Ira  Kirshbaum  Family 

Foundation 
Arnold  I.  Kisch 

and  Victoria  L.  J.  Daubert 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Eugene  I.  Knez 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  J.  Kollar,  Sr. 
Mr.  Stephen  P.  Koster 
Rose  C.  and  Harold  H.  Kramer 
In  Memory  of  Virgil  Ross  Krombar 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Otto  Kruse 
Max  J.  and  Ivah  A.  Kukler 


Wing  Kwongtse 

Captain  and  Mrs.  James  Spencer 

Lacock 
Lewis  K.  and  Elizabeth  Land 
Mr.  Richard  F.  Langston 
Mr.  Sartian  Lanier 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Anthony  A.  Lapham 
Ms.  Agatha  Larson 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alan  S.  Lavine 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  M.  Layton 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  W.  Ledebur 
In  Memory  of  Richard  Theodore  Legler 
Dr.  Maury  Leibovitz 
Mrs.  Harry  Lepman 

and  Mr.  Joshua  M.  Lepman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  H.  Leslie 
Sydney  and  Frances  Lewis 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alfred  Boyd  Lichtenstein 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  Lill,  II 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  M.  B.  Listerud 
Robert  J.  Lockridge 
Rebecca  Pollard  Logan 
Mr.  Nicholas  Lorusso 
Ms.  Dons  J.  Lothrop 
Mr.  Andrew  Leo  Love 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  LaRue  R.  Lutkins 
Commander  Herbert  E.  Lutz 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  E.  Lutz,  II 
Mr.  Edmund  C.  Lynch,  Jr. 
Maurice  B.  and  Alice  J.  Lynch 
Rear  Admiral  and  Mrs.  Harvey  E.  Lyon 
Mr.  Jim  R.  Lyons 
Lieutenant  General  and  Mrs.  Sam 

Maddux,  Jr. 
Ralph  K.  and  Bette  D.  Madway 

Foundation 
Mrs.  Robert  A.  Magowan 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Leo  J.  Malone 
Barbara  K.  and  Patrick  J.  Mango 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Daniel  Marks 
In  Memory  of  Frank  M.  and  Margaret 

Wilson  Masters 
Billie  G.  Matheson,  Colonel  USAF  (Ret.) 
Wendy  and  Larry  Matre 
Dorothy  Nobuko  Matsui 
Lloyd  Z.  and  Laurlee  Rose  Maudlin 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gordon  W.  McBride 
Mr.  Donald  E.  McCallister 
Barbara  Mott  McCarthy 
Jeane,  Ann  Marie,  and  Wendy 

McCarthy 
Hugh  and  Pollyanna  McCoy 
Mr.  Jack  H.  McCreery 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Matthew  B.  McCullough 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  S.  McDaniel,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  McEwen 
Robert  L.  and  Peggy  Lynn  McGowen 
Mr.  J.  S.  Mcllhenny 
Mr.  Robert  M.  McKmney 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  John  L.  McLucas 
Richard  A.  McReynolds,  M.S.,  M.D. 
Ms.  Mary  McVay 
Gilbert  and  Jaylee  Mead 
Mr.  David  L.  Melvin 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  S.  Mika 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  James  E.  Miller 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Kenneth  K.  Millholland 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  H.  Milton 
Dr.  W.  Raymond  Mize,  Jr. 
Mr.  Dexter  N.  Mohr  and 

Ms.  MaryLoretta  Bradford-Mohr 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  A.  Montague 
Esther  Sinnott  Moore 
Mr.  Thomas  H.  Moore 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  L.  Morelh 
Mrs.  Betty  J.  Morgan 
Harold  F.  Morgan 
McLendon  G.  Morris 
Dr.  P.  Steven  Mote 


32. 


Mr.  .md  Mrs.  John  C.  Mott 

Garv  Louis  Mueller  M.D.  and  Carolyn 

Regena  Mueller  R.N.,  M.S.N. 
Clifford  W.  and  Armane  B.  Murphy 
Daniel  W.  Murray  and  John  M.  Murray 
Miss  Janet  H.  Murray 
Gary  A.  Murrell 
Peter  G.  and  Mary  M.  Much 
Paul  F.  Naughton 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Reynold  Nebel 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marshall  G.  Newman 
Richard  and  Dorothy  Niles 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  A.  Nino 
Mr.  Allen  Nixon 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Doyle  Norns 
In  Memory  of  Edith  Weber  Norton 

1906-1987 
Laura  Cunningham  O'Brien 
Mr.  Robert  O'Brien 
Patricia  and  Robert  Ochsner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  T.  Olom 
Mrs.  John  O'Master 
Jim  O'Neil 
Mr.  Oscar  Ornnger 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  |ames  M.  Osbourn 
Dr.  J.  D.  Patterson 
Mr.  William  R.  Patterson 
Ms.  Helen  Ann  Patton 
The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  G.  Burton 

Pearson 
Mr.  J.  Roy  Pennell,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ferman  W.  Perry 
Mr.  George  J.  Petersen 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  Petersen 
Mrs.  Charles  Emory  Phillips 
Laurence  and  Norma  Pike 
Monee  Paulson  Pike 
Guy  and  Barbara  Pitts 
Ms.  Diane  J.  Plotts 
Mr.  Zigmund  J.  Podell 
William  and  Sylvia  Poesch 
Janice  Popp 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  C.  Price,  Jr. 
Christine  A.  Radway 
Marion  Brown  Rafferty 
Sylvia  and  Coleman  Raphael 
Ian  and  Elizabeth  Ravenscroft 
Mr.  G.  W.  Recktenwald 
Thomas  Michael  Reed 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  B.  Reese 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jan  C.  Reynierse 
Charles  W.  and  Blanche  S.  Richards 
Ms.  Nancy  J.  Robertson 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  A.  Robeson,  Jr. 
William  Henry  Roennau,  Lieutenant 

Colonel  USAF,  Ret. 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  G.  Rogers,  Jr. 
Raymond  and  Lois  Rose 
Dr.  Patricia  L.  Rosenbaum 
Mr.  John  R.  Royall 
John  W.  Runyon,  Jr. 
Dr.  Edward  C.  Ruth 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  R.  Salomon 
Albert  and  Thelma  Sbar 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Vincent  Schlegel 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Lloyd  B.  Schnuck,  Jr. 
Marie  and  Charles  Schreyer 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Royal  M.  Scott 
Mrs.  Norns  Shealy 

and  Ms.  Pamela  Best 
In  Memory  of  Howard  Hoyt 

Shiras,  M.D. 
Mr.  Theodore  J.  Shively 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  D.  Shucart 
Daniel  J.  and  Elizabeth  B.  Siglin 
Mrs.  John  Farr  Simmons 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Philip  B.  Simonds 
Alice  Hester  Simpson 


Mrs.  Joseph  B.  Simpson 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Raymond  A.  Skeehan 

Richard  and  Peggy  Sloan 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert  A.  Smith,  Jr. 

Mr.  Richard  O.  Smith 

Robert  and  Mary  Snook 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Harry  R.  Snyder 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  R.  Sonnenreich 

Everett  and  Margaret  Southwick 

Catherine  and  Ralph  Stayer 

Miss  Marilyn  L.  Steinbnght 

and  Mrs.  Edith  C.  Steinbnght 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ellis  M.  Stephens 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  B.  Stephens 
Robert  L.  and  Helen  B.  Stern 
Elizabeth  W.  Stout 
David  G.  Stuart  and  Dale  G.  Stuart 
Mrs.  Dorothy  Stubnitz 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  William  A.  Sullivan 
Mr.  Peter  B.  Swaner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Albert  A.  Symonds 
Bruce  and  Mavis  Talbot 
Peter  and  Janice  Talluto 
Mr.  Milton  R.  Tanner 
James  and  Alexandra  Tateyama 
Aubrey  and  Jane  Taylor 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  A.  Therrell 
Cathleen  M.  Thomas,  1959-1986 

in  memonam 
Frank  and  Sheila  Thompson 
Libbie  Moody  Thompson 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  L.  Tinker 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Tishman 
Ms.  Marana  W.  Tost 
Mrs.  William  C.  Treuhaft 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  F.  Earl  Turner 
Mrs.  Milton  Turner- 

Dr.  Stephen  R.  Turner 
Miranda  Holmes  Turner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Alfred  Turner 
Mr.  W.  T.  Turso 
Kathryn  and  Blair  Tyson 
Emily  A.  Ulmer,  M.D. 
William  G.  Vansant,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lastie  P.  Vincent,  jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  Tutherly  Walker 
Joseph  E.  Walker 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  E.  Warner 
Mollye-Gwynne  Gregor  Watkins 
Edwin  R.  Watts, 

in  Memory  of  Velma  L.  Watts 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  V.  Phillips  Weaver 
Mr.  Peter  M.  Wege 
Mrs.  Maxine  D.  Weiss-Krause 

and  Mr.  Paul  S.  Krause 
James  and  Ruth  West 
Mr.  David  C.  Wharner 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  Grover  C.  White,  Jr. 
Peter  and  Donna  White 
George  M.  Whitfield 
Mr.  E.  F.  Wildfong 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  Wilner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Morton  H.  Wilner 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Ralph  Wilson,  |r. 
Harry  Wmifield 

and  Florine  Frames  Brown 
Mr.  John  W.  Winn 
Dr.  Margaret  C.  Winston 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  Wintermann 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  William  F.  Winzurk 
Sheila  Z.  Wood,  O.D. 
Dwight  E.  and  Margaret  Y. 

Woodbndge 
Mrs.  David  O.  Woodbury 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  Woods 
Harriet  and  Norman  Wymbs 
Virginia  Filson  Wynn 
Roland  and  Violet  Yap 


Smithsonian  Contributing  Members 

The  Contributing  Members  of  the  Smithsonian  National 
Associates  support  the  Institution's  work  through  annual 
contributions. 

The  James  Smithson  Society  was  created  in  1977  to 
encourage  and  recognize  major  gifts  to  the  Institution. 
The  Society,  which  is  the  highest  order  of  Contributing 
Membership,  is  comprised  of  Annual  ($2,000)  and  Life 
membership  categories.  Extraordinary  contributions  to 
the  Smithsonian  are  recognized  through  the  Society's 
Founder  Medal  award  and  Life  membership. 

The  Smithsonian  gratefully  acknowledges  here  the  gen- 
erous support  of  the  James  Smithson  Society  and  the  Pa- 
tron members  ($1,200)  of  the  Contributing  Membership 
Program. 


James  Smithson  Society  Life  Members 

Mrs.  Anm  Albers 

Mr.  Joseph  V.  Alhadeff 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joe  L.  Allbnrton 

Mr.  David  K.  Anderson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  S.  Anderson 

Mr.  Ronald  P.  Anselmo 

Mr.  Scott  R.  Anselmo 

Dr.  Herbert  R.  Axelrod 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  R.  Bains 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  F.  John  Barlow 

Mrs.  Frederic  C.  Bartlett 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Preston  R.  Bassett 

Mrs.  Donald  C.  Beatty 

Mrs.  Henry  C.  Beck,  Jr. 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  Ralph  E.  Becker 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Clay  P.  Bedford 

Mrs.  Edward  B.  Benjamin 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  A.  Benton 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  William  B.  Berry 

Mrs.  Gerald  M.  Best 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  B.  N.  Bhat 

Mr.  Richard  A.  Bideaux 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Blauner 

Mr.  Leigh  B.  Block 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  B.  Boyd 

Mr.  Lee  Bronson 

Mrs.  David  K.  E.  Bruce 

Dr.  Ruth  D.  Bruun 

Mrs.  George  E.  Burch 

Mrs.  Arthur  J.  Burstein 

Mrs.  Barnet  Burstein 

Mrs.  Hyman  Burstein 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Maxwell  Burstein 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Benjamin  H. 

Caldwell,  Jr. 
Major  General  and  Mrs.  Daniel  Stone 

Campbell 
Mrs.  Catherine  B.  Cantrell 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lawson  J.  Cantrell,  Jr. 
Mr.  Allan  Caplan 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  H.  Capps 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  C.  C.  Chiu 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  G.  Cleveland 
Mr.  Robert  L.  Coleman 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  George  L.  Compton 
Mrs.  Howard  F.  Cook 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Roger  D.  Cornell 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  E.  J.  Cunningham 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Bruce  E.  Dahrling,  II 


Mr.  John  R.  Doss 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Willard  D.  Dover 

Mr.  Edward  R.  Downe,  Jr. 

Dr.  Dale  B.  Dubin 

Mr.  And  Mrs.  Willis  H.  Dupont 

Mr.  Joseph  M.  Erdelac 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  M.  Evans 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Dan  Feriozi 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walter  B.  Ford,  II 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Phillip  Frost 

Mrs.  Edwin  Fullinwider 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Lawrence  Andrew  Funt 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  Garfield 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Lamont  W.  Gaston 

Mr.  Kirkland  H.  Gibson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  Paul  Gilson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stephen  P.  Gott 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Wilbur  j.  Gould 

Mr.  Jerome  L.  Greene 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Chaim  Gross 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Melville  Hall 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Armand  Hammer 

Mrs.  Richard  Harkness 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Don  C.  Harrold 

Mrs.  Enid  A.  Haupt 

Mrs.  Lita  Annenberg  Hazen 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wayne  C.  Hazen 

Mr.  Herbert  Waide  Hemphill,  ]r. 

Mrs.  Francis  Tracy  Henderson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  L.  Henning 

Mrs.  Joseph  Hirshhorn 

Mrs.  James  Stewart  Hooker 

Mr.  Paul  Horgan 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Howard  Ihng 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  H.  Jacobus 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jacob  Kainen 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald  E.  Kastner 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Louis  Kaufman 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  A.  Kirk 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  M.  Klein 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Samuel  W.  Koffler 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  David  Landau 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lewis  Kurt  Land 

Dr.  Maury  Leibovitz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  L.  E.  Leininger 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harry  E.  Lennon 

Mrs.  Sara  L.  Lepman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Levey 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Levey 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sydney  Lewis 

Ms.  Betty  H.  Llewellyn 


33 


Mrs.  John  A.  Logan 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  Lord 

Mrs.  Louis  Lozowick 

Mrs.  Robert  A.  Magowan 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Leo  J.  Malone 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  A.  Manoogian 

Mr.  John  A.  Masek 

Mr.  Vincent  Melzac 

Mr.  Jack  L.  Messman 

Mrs.  Sandy  Levey  Miller 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  A.  Moldermaker 

Mrs.  Edmund  C.  Monell 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Walter  A.  H.  Mosmann 

Mr.  Fredric  Mueller 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joe  H,  Mullms 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Marvin  Murray 

Mr.  Mortimer  L.  Neinken 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  James  Brooks  Newbill 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  K.  Ostrow 

Mrs.  Rudolf  Pabst 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  G.  Burton  Pearson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wallace  R.  Persons 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  M.  Pflueger 

Mrs.  John  A.  Pope 

Mrs.  Abraham  Rattner 

Mr.  fohn  P.  Remensnyder 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ralph  C.  Rmzler 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  M.  Roberts 

Honorable  Martin  J.  Roess 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  G.  Rogers,  Jr. 

Mrs.  Helen  Goodwin  Rose 

Mr.  Arthur  Ross 

Mrs.  Edgar  L.  Rossin 

Mrs.  Howard  J.  Sachs 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  G.  Sachs 

Mrs.  Arthur  M.  Sackler 

Mr.  Harry  I.  Saul 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Janos  Scholz 

Honorable  Hugh  Scott 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Morton  Silverman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  J.  Slattery 

Mrs.  Helen  Farr  Sloan 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  H.  Smith 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sherwood  Smith 

Mrs.  Raphael  Soyer 

Mrs.  Otto  Spaeth 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Earl  J.  Spangler 

Mr.  Stuart  M.  Speiser 

Mrs.  Beniamin  Stack 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harvey  G.  Stack 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Norman  Stack 

Dr.  Richard  F.  S.  Starr 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Norman  H.  Stavisky 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Leo  F.  Stornelh 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  Hadley  Stuart,  Jr. 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Hans  Syz 

Mrs.  Katherine  S.  Sznycer 

Doctors  Yen  Tan 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Vernon  L.  Taylor,  Jr. 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  David  J.  Tepper 

Mr.  Richard  W.  Thomssen 

Mr.  Bardyl  L.  Tirana 

Mrs.  Milton  Turner 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Adolfo  Villalon 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  Vojvoda 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Francis  S.  Walker 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  C.  Wang 

Mr.  Richard  W.  Wearherhead 

Mr.  Thomas  E.  Whiteley 

Mr.  Leonard  J.  Wilkinson 

Mrs.  Victoria  Wilkinson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  J.  Williams 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  A.  M.  Withers 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Laurence  C.  Witten,  II 

Mrs.  David  O.  Woodbury 

Mr.  Stanley  Woodward 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Wu 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Barry  Yampol 


James  Smithson  Society  Annual 
Members 

Mr.  W.  Mike  Adams 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arthur  G.  Altschul 

Colonel  John  S.  Anderson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  G.  Anderson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Philip  F.  Anschutz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  R.  Aron 

Ms.  Mary  M.  Ashmore 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Bartlett 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Perry  R.  Bass 

Mr.  Henry  C.  Beck 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  H.  Berkey 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Barry  Bingham,  Jr. 

Mr.  John  L.  Black 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  Robert  O.  Blake 

Ms.  Mantha  Blalock 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Allen  A.  H.  Blessman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  W. 

Boeschenstein 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  F.  Bookout 
Dr.  Harold  M.  Boslow 
Mrs.  John  Bowles 
Colonel  Donald  S.  Bowman 
Mrs.  John  W.  Bowman 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bob  Bnnkerhoff 
Mr.  Alfred  Pope  Brooks 
Mr.  Keith  S.  Brown 
Mrs.  Jackson  Burke 
Mrs.  Poe  Burling 
Dr.  J.  A.  Burwell 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lawrence  Butner 
Dr.  Cesar  A.  Caceres 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  Cafritz 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  VC'illiam  D.  Campbell 
Mrs.  Winifred  Carter 
Mr.  Frank  T.  Cary 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Cummins 

Catherwood,  Jr. 
Honorable  and  Mrs.  Henry  E. 

Catto,  Jr. 
Honorable  and  Mrs.  Robert  Home 

Charles 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  H.  Clement 
Mr.  David  L.  Coffin 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  S.  Cohen 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jeffrey  A.  Cole 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  T.  Coleman 
Mr.  Joseph  E.  Connor 
Mr.  Richard  P.  Cooley 
Mrs.  Raymond  E.  Cox 
Mr.  [ohn  D.  Crow 
Dr.  James  H.  Curl 
Mr.  Arthur  J.  Curry 
Mr.  Kent  T.  Cushenberry 
Mrs.  Keith  Davis 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Stanley  R.  Day 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Morse  G.  Dial,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  J.  Dibona 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  D.  Dickey,  Jr. 
Mr.  Norman  L.  Dobyns 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gaylord  Donnelley 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  J.  Donner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leslie  Douglas 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  W.  Duemling 
Ms.  Sara  Dwyer 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Leroy  Eakin 
Mr.  Robert  E.  Eberly 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Dean  S.  Edmonds 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  A.  Elkins,  Jr. 
Mrs.  Eric  Eweson 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sheldon  W.  Fantle 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Marshall  Field 
Honorable  and  Mrs.  William  H.  G. 

Fitzgerald 
Mrs.  Julius  Fleischmann 
Mrs.  Clifford  Folger 


Mr.  John  Dulin  Folger 

Ms.  Louise  Dodd  Gerken 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Bert  A.  Getz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  T.  Gibson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alfred  C.  Glassell,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  H.  Goldberg 

Mrs.  Ted  R.  Goldsmith 

Mr.  Thomas  J.  Grady 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  B.  Greene 

Dr.  H.  D.  Green 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gilbert  C.  Greenwav 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  L.  Hadley  Griffin 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alton  B.  Grimes 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gilbert  Hahn,  Jr. 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  Naieeb  Halabv 

Mr.  William  A.  Hall,  III 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Kingsley  W,  Hamilton 

Mrs.  W.  Averell  Harnman 

Mr.  J.  Warren  Harris 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  Parker  T.  Hart 

Dr.  John  T.  Hayes 

Mr.  Joseph  H.  Hazen 

Honorable  William  A.  Hewitt 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gerald  D.  Hines 

Mr.  Edwm  K.  Hoffman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Wallace  R.  Holladay 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  F.  Hoover 

Mrs.  Lee  Hunter 

Mr.  R.  Bruce  Hunter 

Mr.  R.  L.  Ireland,  HI 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  John  N.  Irwin,  II 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  D.  Jagels 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  F.  Jewett,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  E.  Johnson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Samuel  C.  Johnson 

Mr.  Stanley  B.  Jones 

Mr.  J.  E.  Jonsson 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  B.  Franklin  Kahn 

Mrs.  Garfield  Kass 

Mrs.  George  C.  Keiser 

Mr.  James  M.  Kemper,  Jr. 

Mr.  S.  Charles  Kemp 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  Keresey 

Mrs.  Virginia  K.  Kettering 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  Randolph  A. 

Kidder 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  F.  M.  Kirby 
Mr.  E.  C.  Kirkpatnck 
Mr.  James  M.  Kline 
Honorable  and  Mrs.  Philip  M. 

Klutznick 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Seymour  H.  Knox,  III 
Mr.  Seymour  H.  Knox 
Ms.  Elizabeth  G.  Kossow 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  C.  Kubik 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  S.  Lacock 
Mr.  Melvin  F.  Lee 
Mrs.  S.  K.  Legare 
Mr.  Robert  Lehrman 
Honorable  William  Leonhart 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lester  B.  Loo 
Mr.  Edmund  C.  Lynch,  Jr. 
Mr.  F.  E.  Mars,  Jr. 
Mrs.  John  F.  Mars 
Honorable  and  Mrs.  William  McC. 

Martin,  Jr. 
Mr.  Frederick  P.  Mascioli 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  J.  Mathias 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Brooks  McCormick 
Honorable  and  Mrs.  Robert  M. 

McKinney 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Alexander  K. 

McLanahan 
Mrs.  Henry  S.  McNeil 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  L.  McNeil,  Jr. 
Dr.  Richard  A.  McReynolds 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gilbert  D.  Mead 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  W.  Meers 


Mr.  Paul  Mellon 

Dr.  Ruben  F.  Mettler 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Arjay  Miller 

Dr.  W.  Raymond  Mize,  Jr. 

Mr.  Michael  A.  Moran 

Mr.  John  W.  Morrison 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  H.  Murphy,  Jr. 

Dr.  Josephine  L.  Murray 

Clifford  M.  Nelson 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Stanton  P.  Nolan 

Commander  Lester  E.  Ogilvy 

Mr.  Ricard  R.  Ohrstrom 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Lawrence  B.  Olds 

Honorable  Daniel  Parker 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  S.  Parker 

Mrs.  Jefferson  Patterson 

Ms.  Helen  Ann  Patton 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  Petersen 

Mrs.  Charles  Emory  Phillips 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  M.  Pigott 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  George  S.  Pillsbury 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Malcolm  Price 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Joseph  A.  Rice 

Mr.  H.  Smith  Richardson,  Jr. 

Mrs.  Dorothy  H.  Roberts 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  John  D. 

Rockefeller,  IV 
Mr.  Laurance  S.  Rockefeller 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Milton  L.  Rock 
Mr.  Francis  C.  Rooney,  Jr. 
Mr.  John  R.  Royall 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Larry  Saiers 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  R.  Salomon 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  B.  Francis  Saul 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  W.  Schmidt 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edwin  Schreiber 
Mrs.  George  M.  Seignious,  II 
Mr.  W.  W.  Sidney 
Mr.  A.  R.  Jarvis  Sinclair 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  E.  Skinner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Gerald  Slawecki 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Michael  Sonnenreich 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edson  W.  Spencer 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Malcolm  T.  Stamper 
Mr.  Arthur  J.  Stegall,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sydney  Stein,  Jr. 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  William  A.  Sullivan 
Mr.  Bruce  G.  Sundlun 
Mr.  Craig  D.  Sutherland 
Mr.  D.  Reginald  Tibbetts 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Walter  R.  Truland 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  C.  Woods  Vest,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  L.  von  Hoffmann 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  M.  Walton 
Honorable  and  Mrs.  Thomas  J. 

Watson,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Raymond  J.  Wean,  Jr. 
Mr.  Leigh  R.  Werner 
Mrs.  Keith  S.  Wellin 
Honorable  John  C.  Whitehead 
Mr.  John  W.  Winn 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  P.  Wolf 
Mrs.  Gay  F.  Wray 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  Evans  Wyckoff 
Mr.  Norman  E.  Wymbs 
Mr.  Bernard  |.  Young 


Patron  Members 

Honorable  and  Mrs.  James  E.  Akins 

Mrs.  Paul  S.  Anderson 

Mr.  John  Baum 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Steve  Bay 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Townsend  Burden,  III 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  A.  Burka 

Mr.  E.  T.  Byram 


34 


Mr.  Milton  Cades 

Mr.  Donald  E.  Callahan 

Mr.  S.  Harold  Cohen 

Colonel  J.  M.  Compton 

Mr.  Charles  Alfred  Davis 

Mr.  Lowell  Deyoung 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Thomas  1.  Dolan 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Russell  Ellis 

Mrs.  J.  Gardiner 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Daniel  D.  Gilbert 

Mr.  Theodore  J.  Hadraba,  Jr. 

Ms.  Helen  Leale  Harper 

Mr.  John  Ippohto 

Dr.  Charles  Joseph 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  J.  Kennedy 

Ms.  G.  E.  Lemos 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  W.  Levan 

Mr.  Gayle  W.  Lichtenstein 

Mrs.  Jean  Chisholm  Lindsey 

Mrs.  Eunice  K.  Lipkowitz 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Terence  McAuliffe 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  Monrose 

Mr.  Peter  R.  Monrose 

Mr.  David  R.  Montz 

Mr.  Harold  F.  Morgan 

Mr.  Anthony  John  Mourek 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  Mulshine 

Mr.  Donald  O.  Noehre 

Mr.  Robert  C.  Ochsner 

Mrs.  Mary  J.  Papworth 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Laurence  B.  Pike 

Mrs.  Helen  G.  Price 

Mr.  Thomas  D.  Rogers 

Mr.  Arthur  N.  Ryan 

Ms.  Mickey  Sanborn 

Mr.  C.  W.  Scott 

Ms.  M.  L.  Sibley 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  M.  Silverman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sanford  Slavin 

Mr.  William  C.  Sterling,  Jr. 

Mr.  Samuel  D.  Turner 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  L.  Wright 


35 


Financial  Report 

Ann  R.  Leven,  Treasurer 


The  year  was  highlighted  by  the  opening  of  the  Enid  A. 
Haupt  Garden  and  the  new  museum  complex  in  the 
Smithsonian's  Quadrangle.  This  new  museum  complex, 
to  be  completed  at  a  total  project  cost  of  $73.2  million, 
houses  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art  and  the 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  a  museum  of  Asian  and  Near 
Eastern  Art.  Also  included  in  the  complex  is  the  S.  Dillon 
Ripley  Center,  occupied  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  International  Activities,  and 
the  Resident  and  National  Associate  Programs. 

The  complex,  begun  in  June  1983,  is  funded  with  a 
combination  of  public  and  private  monies.  The  federal 
government's  $36.6  million  has  been  matched  with  $36.6 
million  in  private  funds  pledged  and  paid  over  a  five-year 
period.  The  Institution  can  proudly  boast  that  its  newest 
capital  additions  to  the  Mall  are  fully  paid  for  with  no 
remaining  debt,  a  rare  occurrence  among  museums  today 
and  a  tribute  to  Secretary  Ripley's  administration,  which 
initiated  this  undertaking. 


Operations 

The  Institution  operated  on  solid  ground  for  the  fiscal 
year.  Federal  appropriations  were  sufficient  to  allow  for 
the  continuation  and  enhancement  of  major  programs. 
Federal  dollars  are  the  principal  source  of  core  support 
for  the  Institution's  continuing  programs  of  research,  ex- 
hibitions, education,  and  collections  management  as  well 
as  related  administrative  and  support  services. 

New  initiatives  funded  by  federal  monies  included 
making  the  facilities'  programs  in  the  Quadrangle  fully 
operational.  Important  scientific  programs  in  biological 
diversity  and  tropical  forest  biology  received  support. 
The  purchase  of  the  Duke  Ellington  Collection  for  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History  stands  out  among 
the  many  notable  acquisitions  funded  with  federal  funds. 

For  the  fiscal  year  ending  September  30,  1987,  federal 
appropriations  initially  provided  $183,920,000  to  fund 
ongoing  operations.  Subsequently,  a  supplemental  appro- 
priation, primarily  for  pay  increases  and  the  cost  of  the 
new  Federal  Employees  Retirement  System,  increased  the 
total  to  $188,974,000,  which  was  $19.6  million  higher 
than  in  fiscal  year  1986.  A  total  of  $343,000,  less  than 
two-tenths  of  1  percent  of  the  year's  appropriations,  was 
returned  to  the  Treasury  at  year  end  as  uncommitted  sal- 
aries and  expenses  for  fiscal  year  1987. 

The  Institution  also  benefited  from  specific  project 
grants  and  contracts  totaling  $15,873,000  from  govern- 
ment agencies  and  bureaus.  These  monies  continue  to 


constitute  an  important  source  of  research  funding,  most 
notably  for  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
and  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  National 
Museum  of  Man.  The  grantors  gain  access  to  Smithson- 
ian expertise  and  resources,  particularly  in  astrophysics 
and  biological  studies. 

Trust  funds,  that  is  nonappropriated  income  from 
gifts,  grants,  endowments,  current  investments,  and  reve- 
nue-producing activities,  provided  supplemental  base  sup- 
port as  well  as  that  extra  margin  for  experimentation  and 
bold  initiatives.  In  this  context,  $1,205,000  of  net  trust 
income  was  specifically  allocated  for  acquisitions, 
$2,700,000  for  special  exhibitions,  $2,839,000  for  fel- 
lowships, $2,300,000  for  scholarly  research,  and 
$550,000  for  educational  outreach.  These  funds  are  in 
addition  to  regularly  budgeted  trust  funds  for  similar  pur- 
poses at  the  bureau  level. 

Examples  of  new  ventures  funded  by  nonappropriated 
funds  during  fiscal  1987  include  the  establishment  of  the 
Regents  Publication  Fund,  symposia  on  the  Bicentennial 
of  the  Constitution,  opening  events  for  the  Quadrangle, 
development  of  needed  financial  systems,  and  an  exhibi- 
tion celebrating  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  Superman.  Ex- 
penditures necessary  to  generate  trust  revenues,  such  as 
those  for  publishing  Smithsonian  Magazine,  contribute  in 
and  of  themselves  to  fulfilling  James  Smithson's  mandate 
to  increase  and  diffuse  knowledge. 


Gross 

Net 

Net 

Source 

Revenues 

Income 

Income 

of  Funds 

($l,000s) 

($l,000s) 

(%) 

Federal 

Appropriation 

188,974 

188,974 

72 

Government 

Grants  and 

Contracts 

15,873 

15,873 

6 

All  Trust  Sources 

195,080 

57,239 

22 

Total  Available  for 

Operations 

399,927 

262,086 

100 

Trust  fund  income  was  sufficient  to  restore  the  unres- 
tricted trust  fund  balance  to  its  previous  level  of  approxi- 
mately $5,000,000.  The  fund  balance  had  dropped  to 
$2,044,000  in  fiscal  year  1986  with  the  Regents'  permis- 
sion as  the  Institution  funded  the  purchase  of  two  major 
collections  in  connection  with  the  anticipated  opening  of 


36 


the  Quadrangle  museums.  The  unrestricted  trust  fund 
balance  provides  the  working  capital  base  for  the 
Institution. 

An  amount  of  $3,000,000  from  revenues  generated  by 
the  Institution's  business  activities  was  transferred  to  en- 
dowment, in  keeping  with  past  practices  aimed  at 
strengthening  this  important  asset.  In  addition,  signifi- 
cant reserves  were  set  aside  to  assure  timely  completion 
of  two  major  construction  projects  now  under  way:  the 
underground  passageway  between  the  Freer  Gallery  and 
the  Quadrangle  and  the  new  restaurant  addition  to  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  Construction  at  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum  is  being  funded  solely 
with  trust  funds  utilizing  an  $11,000,000  loan  from  the 
Riggs  Bank,  supplemented  by  monies  made  available 
from  auxiliary  activity  revenues. 


Fund-raising  Results 

Restricted  gifts  and  grants  from  individuals,  foundations, 
and  corporations  for  operations  increased  by  57  percent 
over  the  previous  year,  reflecting  an  increased  emphasis 
on  fund-raising  activities  within  the  Institution.  These 
monies,  as  designated  by  the  donors,  were  used  variously 
to  supplement  unrestricted  trust  funds  or  to  fund  projects 
for  which  institutional  support  was  unavailable.  The 
Smithsonian  is  especially  grateful  to  all  who  contributed. 
A  fuller  detailing  of  contributions  may  be  found  in  the 
section  "Benefactors  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  in 
1987."  Particular  mention  is  made  here  of  two  volunteer 
groups  associated  with  the  Institution,  The  Women's 
Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates  and  the  Smith- 
son  Society,  for  their  continuing  sponsorship  of  impor- 
tant initiatives. 

The  most  wide-reaching  fund-raising  campaign  since 
that  undertaken  for  the  Quadrangle  was  launched  within 
the  Smithsonian  family  in  fiscal  year  1987  for  monies  to 
renovate  the  Great  Hall  of  the  Castle  and  to  construct  a 
Visitors'  Information  Center  in  that  space.  This  center 
will  include  a  reception  area  featuring  a  pan-institutional 
exhibition,  maps  and  models  detailing  the  location  of 
Smithsonian  museums  and  other  popular  attractions  in 
the  nation's  capital,  and  two  orientation  theaters.  In  all, 
approximately  $3,200,000  has  been  raised  or  pledged. 
More  than  $1,000,000  in  gifts  from  the  Smithsonian  Na- 
tional Associates  will  be  used  to  match  a  $1,000,000 
grant  from  the  Pew  Foundation  and  $500,000  from  the 
Kresge  Foundation  designated  for  this  project. 


Acquisitions  and  Deaccessioning 

The  Institution  uses  multiple  sources  for  the  purchase  of 
new  collection  items — limited  federal  funds,  the  above- 
mentioned  monies  made  available  from  unrestricted  trust 
funds,  restricted  gifts,  and  monies  generated  by  the  sale 
of  deaccessioned  items.  During  fiscal  year  1987,  this  last 
source  played  an  important  role  in  securing  for  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  Art  and  the  Hirshhorn  Mu- 
seum and  Sculpture  Garden  important  additions  to  their 
collections. 

At  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art,  the  sale  of 
a  seventeenth-century  Italian  painting  by  Guercino 
brought  proceeds  of  $1.45  million.  This  was  the  primary 
source  of  funds  for  the  purchase  of  the  Hemphill  Collec- 
tion, an  important  collection  of  folk  art.  Similarly,  the 
Hirshhorn  sales  made  possible  the  purchase  of  a  sculp- 
ture by  Jasper  Johns,  a  1919  Man  Ray  spray  painting, 
and  a  more  recent  work  by  Lucian  Freud. 

Construction  and  Plant  Funds 

For  the  most  part,  Smithsonian  buildings  are  properties 
of  the  federal  government  under  the  control  of  the  Board 
of  Regents.  Each  year,  in  addition  to  its  appropriation 
for  salaries  and  other  operating  expenses,  the  Institution 
receives  appropriations  for  the  restoration  and  renovation 
of  these  facilities  and  for  specific  new  construction.  In 
fiscal  year  1987,  $19,070,000  was  appropriated  for  these 
purposes.  A  separate  federal  appropriation  of  $2,500,000 
was  provided  specifically  for  the  National  Zoological 
Park,  primarily  for  the  completion  of  the  Olmsted 
Walkway. 

During  the  course  of  the  year,  work  commenced  on 
fire  detection  and  suppression  systems  at  several  mu- 
seums, the  courtyard  renovation  project  at  the  Freer  Gal- 
lery of  Art,  laboratory  and  shop  additions  at  the 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center,  and  the 
major  renovation  of  utility  systems.  Progress  was  made 
on  the  Earl  S.  Tupper  Research  and  Conference  Center  at 
the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  with  funds 
provided  jointly  from  federal  appropriations  and  a  gift 
from  the  Tupper  family.  This  project  is  slated  for  com- 
pletion in  September  1988. 

Endowment 

The  Smithsonian's  endowment  fund  reached  an  all-time 
high  of  $234,120,769  on  September  30,  1987.  Institutional 


37 


euphoria  was  tempered  on  "Black  Monday."  As  of  De- 
cember 31,  as  indicated  in  the  footnotes  of  the  accompa- 
nying audit  report  from  Coopers  and  Lybrand,  the 
endowment  was  valued  at  $188,400,000.  This  represents 
a  19  percent  loss  from  September  30  versus  a  25  percent 
drop  in  the  Dow  Jones  Industrial  Average  for  the  same 
three-month  period. 

Historically,  the  Smithsonian's  endowment  fund  has 
been  equity  oriented.  With  the  appointment  at  the  end  of 
fiscal  year  1986  of  Miller,  Anderson  and  Sherrerd  to 
manage  a  balanced  portfolio,  the  Investment  Policy 
Committee  signaled  a  move  toward  more  portfolio 
diversification.  By  December  31,  1987,  the  portfolio  had 
the  following  asset  mix:  62  percent  equities,  21  percent 
fixed  income,  and  18  percent  cash  or  cash  equivalent. 

The  Institution's  Investment  Policy  Committee  takes  an 
active  role  in  endowment  management,  continually  reas- 
sessing the  performance  and  effectiveness  of  the  invest- 
ment managers.  We  are  grateful  to  our  committee 
members  who  have  given  generously  of  their  time  and 
expertise:  Regent  Barnabas  McHenry,  who  serves  as 
chair;  Regent  Carlisle  Humelsine;  Donald  Moriarity; 
Charles  H.  Mott;  William  R.  Saloman;  Thomas  J.  Wat- 
son; and  Jane  Mach  Gould.  The  Institution's  managers 
are  Miller,  Anderson  and  Sherrerd;  Fiduciary  Trust  Com- 
pany of  New  York;  Batterymarch  Financial  Manage- 
ment; and  Nova  Advisors.  Managers  operate  with  full 
discretion  within  guidelines  set  by  the  committee  and  in 
consultation  with  the  Board  of  Regents. 

The  Regents  at  their  May  1987  meeting  ordered  the 
sale  of  the  Institution's  remaining  investments  in  Sullivan 
signatory  companies  doing  business  in  South  Africa.  Di- 
vestment began  soon  thereafter  and  was  substantially 
completed  by  September  30  without  loss  to  the  portfolio. 
The  last  disposition  was  made  on  November  5,  1987. 


As  the  fiscal  year  closed,  the  Institution  was  poised  to 
implement  a  new  payroll /personnel  system  utilizing  the 
services  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture's  National  Fi- 
nance Center.  The  first  payroll  on  this  system  was  suc- 
cessfully processed  on  November  5.  The  Institution's  old 
patchwork  system  relied  heavily  for  nearly  two  decades 
on  extensive  manual  effort.  The  new  system  is  continu- 
ously current  and  consistent  with  federal  standards,  doc- 
umented, and  almost  entirely  automatic,  thereby 
expediting  payroll  processing  and  reporting. 

The  Treasurer  wishes  to  express  the  Institution's  in- 
debtedness to  Clyde  G.  McShan  II,  Director  of  the  Na- 
tional Finance  Center,  and  his  staff  for  their  willingness 
to  adapt  an  essentially  federal  system  to  the  Smithson- 
ian's special  needs.  Readers  may  be  unaware  that  the 
Smithsonian  has  two  well-integrated  but  technically  dis- 
tinct staffs.  There  are  approximately  4,300  federal  em- 
ployees and  1,300  nonfederal  or  trust-funded  employees. 

Equal  gratitude  goes  to  the  more  than  fifty  people 
within  the  Institution  who  by  their  tireless  efforts  made 
the  conversion  possible.  Under  the  guidance  of  the  Treas- 
urer, a  special  task  force  headed  by  Joseph  Vasquez, 
Howard  Toy,  and  Shireen  Dodson  spearheaded  the  effort 
of  staff  in  the  Office  of  Personnel  Administration,  the 
Office  of  Accounting  and  Financial  Services,  and  the  Of- 
fice of  Information  Resource  Management.  They  were  as- 
sisted by  Price  Waterhouse  consultants. 

During  the  course  of  the  year,  Financial  Management 
staff  reviewed  custodial  services  available  from  various 
financial  institutions.  An  agreement  was  entered  into 
with  Manufacturers  Hanover  Bank  and  implemented  in 
July  1987.  The  Institution  now  has  direct  computer- 
linked  access  to  its  investment  portfolio  and  obtains  a 
wealth  of  comparative  statistical  data  from  this  source. 


Financial  Management  Activities 


Business  Management  Activities 


After  several  years  of  evaluation  and  planning,  fiscal  year 
1987  saw  significant  progress  and  accomplishment  within 
the  Treasurer's  Office.  As  noted  in  past  annual  reports, 
the  Treasurer's  Office  encompasses  diverse  fiscal  respon- 
sibilities as  well  as  business  management  activities.  The 
Office  of  Accounting  and  Financial  Services,  the  Office  of 
Financial  Management  and  Planning,  and  the  Office  of 
Risk  Management  report  directly  to  the  Treasurer.  These 
offices  are  jointly  responsible  for  the  systems  and  for  the 
control,  security,  and  disposition  of  the  funds  detailed  in 
the  accompanying  reports. 


Under  the  watchful  eye  of  the  Treasurer  and  the  Business 
Manager,  James  J.  Chmelik,  it  was  a  hectic  but  reward- 
ing year  for  the  Museum  Shops,  the  Mail  Order  Division, 
Product  Development  and  Licensing,  and  Concessions. 
Museum  Shops  opened  the  highly  acclaimed  shop  in  the 
new  Museum  of  African  Art,  an  imaginatively  refur- 
bished shop  at  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  and 
the  dynamic  first  floor  shop  at  the  Hirshhorn.  The  suc- 
cess of  these  enterprises  is  a  tribute  to  the  unstinting  ef- 
forts of  Museum  Shops  Director,  Samuel  J.  Greenberg, 
and  his  retail  specialists. 


38 


Changing  market  conditions  and  customer  preferences 
affected  Mail  Order  Division  sales.  While  still  a  very 
healthy  contributor  to  unrestricted  trust  funds,  Mail  Or- 
der did  not  experience  the  growth  of  past  years,  and  the 
Institution  was  led  to  reevaluate  its  marketing  and  mer- 
chandising efforts.  The  fledgling  Product  Licensing  and 
Development  Division,  however,  scored  notable  triumphs 
timed  to  coincide  with  the  opening  of  the  Quadrangle. 
Kravet  Fabrics  was  licensed  to  reproduce  textiles  based 
upon  patterns  from  the  Museum  of  African  Art  Collec- 
tion; Century  Furniture  brought  to  market  reproductions 
of  the  garden  furniture  integral  to  the  Enid  A.  Haupt 
Garden. 

New  food  service  vendors,  Guest  Services  Incorpo- 
rated, and  daka  Corporation,  began  operations  at  the 
Smithsonian  in  November  1986.  The  transition  was  ac- 
complished with  minimal  disruption  in  service.  Net  in- 
come from  Concessions,  primarily  as  a  result  of  the  new 
food  service  agreements,  was  up  85  percent  over  the  pre- 
ceding year.  In  March  1987,  the  Institution  broke  ground 
for  a  restaurant  addition  at  the  National  Air  and  Space 
Museum.  This  facility  will  greatly  expand  food  services 
on  the  Mall  beginning  in  the  fall  of  1988. 


Audit  Activities 

The  Institution's  funds,  federal  and  nonappropriated,  are 
audited  annually  by  the  independent  public  accounting 
firm  of  Coopers  and  Lybrand.  Coopers  and  Lybrand's 
consulting  staff  provided  assistance  to  the  Institution  with 
respect  to  allocations  for  computer  cost  centers,  manage- 
ment of  business  activity  inventories,  financial  reporting 
for  food  services  activities,  and  Quadrangle  construction 
costs.  Coopers  and  Lybrand's  unqualified  report  for  fiscal 
year  1987  is  reprinted  on  the  following  pages. 


The  Smithsonian's  internal  audit  staff  regularly  reviews 
the  Institution's  financial  activities  and  fiscal  systems,  as- 
sists the  outside  auditors,  and  does  special  projects  as 
required.  In  addition,  the  Defense  Contract  Audit  Agency 
conducted  audits  of  grants  and  contracts  received  from 
federal  agencies  and  monitored  allocated  administrative 
costs. 

The  Audit  and  Review  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Re- 
gents, chaired  by  Regent  David  C.  Acheson,  met  three 
times  during  the  fiscal  year  pursuant  to  responsibilities 
under  legislation,  the  legal  nature  of  the  Institution,  and 
the  bylaws  of  the  Board  of  Regents.  In  addition  to  re- 
viewing the  1986  audit  performed  by  Coopers  and  Ly- 
brand and  their  1987  audit  plan,  the  committee  reviewed 
reports  from  the  Office  of  Audits  and  Investigation  and  a 
wide  variety  of  the  Institutional  programs  and  activities. 


Related  Organizations 

The  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars, 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  and  the  John  F.  Kennedy 
Center  for  Performing  Arts  were  established  by  Congress 
within  the  Institution.  Each  organization  is  administered 
by  its  own  board  of  trustees  and  reports  independently 
on  its  financial  status.  The  Smithsonian  provides  the 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars  fis- 
cal, administrative,  and  other  support  services  in  addition 
to  office  space  on  a  reimbursement  basis.  Administrative 
services  are  provided  by  the  Institution  on  a  contract  ba- 
sis for  Reading  Is  Fundamental.  Office  space  continues  to 
be  provided  for  Visions  Foundation,  Inc.,  a  nonprofit  or- 
ganization that  publishes  American  Visions  magazine.  An 
independent  nonprofit  operation,  the  Friends  of  the  Na- 
tional Zoo,  operates  under  contract  for  the  benefit  of  the 
National  Zoological  Park. 


39 


Smithsonian  Institution  Operating  Funds 

FISCAL  YEARS  1975,  1980,  1985,  1986,  1987 
(ln$l,000,000's) 


1986 


40 


*Historical  daca  for  certain  categories  are 
summarized  for  1 975  and  1 980. 


Table  1  Financial  Summary  (In  $  1,000s) 


FY  1986 


FY  1987 


INSTITUTIONAL  OPERATING  FUNDS 

FUNDS  PROVIDED: 

Federal  Appropriations — Salaries  &C  Expenses  

Government  Grants  &  Contracts   

Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds: 

For  Restricted  Purposes  

For  Unrestricted  &  Special  Purposes: 

Auxiliary  &  Bureau  Activities  Revenues — Gross  

Less  Related  Expenses    

Auxiliary  &  Bureau  Activities  Net  Revenue  

Investment,  Gift  &  Other  Income    

Total  Net  Unrestricted  &  Special  Purpose  Revenue  

Total  Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds — Gross  

—Net  

Total  Operating  Funds  Provided — Gross  

—Net    

FUNDS  APPLIED: 

Research  

Less  SAO  Overhead  Recovery  

Museums  

Puhlic  Service  

Directorate  of  International  Activities  

Special  Programs   

Associates  &  Business  Management  

Administration — Federal  *  

Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds  

Less  Smithsonian  Overhead  Recovery  

Facilities  Services   

Total  Operating  Funds  Applied  

Transfers  (Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds)  

Unrestricted  Funds — To  Plant    

— To  Endowment   

Restricted  Funds — To  Endowment   

Total  Operating  Funds  Applied  &  Transferred  Out   

CHANGES  IN  NONAPPROPRIATED  TRUST  FUND  BALANCES: 

Restricted  Purpose  (Including  Government  Grants  &  Contracts) 

Unrestricted — General  Purpose   

— Special  Purpose   

Total    

YEAR-END  BALANCES— NONAPPROPRIATED  TRUST  FUNDS: 

Restricted  Purpose   

Unrestricted — General  Purpose   

— Special  Purpose   

Total   

OTHER  FEDERAL  APPROPRIATIONS  ** 

Special  Foreign  Currency  Program  

Construction  

Total  Federal  Appropriation  (Including  S  &  E  above)  


$169,384 
15,534 

13,314 


$188,974 
15,873 

16,518 


153,166 

(131,571) 

166,737 
(137,841) 

21,595 
7,982 

28,896 
11,825 

29,577 

174,462 

42,891 

40,721 

195,080 

57,239 

359,380 

$227,809 

399,927 
$262,086 

$  52,463 
(2,654) 
89,765 

4,229 

1,387 
1 1 ,740 

1,043 
12,726 

8,474 
(8,491) 

$  56,452 
(2,545) 
95,632 

5,301 

1,427 
11,642 

1,258 
15,112 

9,889 
(9,305) 

51,302 

57,271 

221,984 

242,134 

87 
5,733 
2,314 

(255) 

3,278 

570 

$230,118 

$245,727 

$    (28) 
(3,094) 
813 

$  4,113 
3,132 
9,114 

$  (2,309) 

$  16,359 

$  9,656 

2,044 

24,645 

$   13,769 

5,176 

33,759 

$  36,345 

$  52,704 

$  2,378 
19,621 

$ 

21,570 

$191,383 

$210,544 

*  Includes  unobligated  funds  returned  to  Treasury:  FY  1986— $185,000;  FY  1987— $343,000. 

**  Excludes  $1,477,000  received  in  FY  1986  and  $1,585,000  received  in  FY1987  from  the  Department  of  State  for  research  projects 

in  India. 


4i 


Table  2  Source  and  Application  of  Operating  Funds  for  the  Year  Ended  September  30,  1987 
(Excludes  Special  Foreign  Currency  Funds,  Plant  Funds,  and  Endowments)  (In  $  1,000s) 

Nonfederal  Funds 


Total 
Non- 
federal 
Funds 

Unrestricted 

Restricted 

Federal 
Funds 

General 

Auxiliary 
Activities 

Special 
Purpose 

Government 
Grants 
and 
General       Contracts 

$ 

-     $  36,345 

$     2,044 

$            — 

$  24,645 

$     9,656     $           — 

FUND  BALANCES— 10/01/86   

FUNDS  PROVIDED: 

Federal  Appropriations   $188,974 

Investment  Income  — 

Government  Grants  and  Contracts   — 

Gifts   — 

Sales  and  Membership  Revenue — 

Other  — 

Total  Provided  188,974 

Total  Available   $188,974 

FUNDS  APPLIED: 

Research: 

Assistant  Secretary  $      1 ,374 

Astrophysical  Observatory  9,920 

Less  Overhead  Recovery  — 

Tropical  Research  Institute   4,198 

Environmental  Research  Center  1,960 

National  Zoological  Park   12,372 

Smithsonian  Archives  591 

Smithsonian  Libraries   5,116 

Total  Research  35,531 

Museums: 

Assistant  Secretary  593 

Museum  Programs  428 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History/Museum 

ofMan  22,300 

National  Air  &  Space  Museum  8940 

National  Museum  of  American  History  13,009 

National  Museum  of  American  Art  4618 

National  Portrait  Gallery  4,365 

Hirshhorn  Museum  3,282 

Center  for  Asian  Art  3,941 

Archives  of  American  Art   1,008 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  1 ,000 

National  Museum  of  African  Art    3,026 

Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  868 

National  Museum  Act    21 

Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory  2,402 

Office  of  Exhibits  Central  1,701 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service    635 

Total  Museums  72,137 


11,248 

5,311 

520 

900 

4,517 

— 

15,873 

— 

— 

— 

— 

15,873 

14,840 

74 

4,477 

316 

9,973 

— 

161,740 

— 

152,537 

9,203 

— 

— 

7,252 

51 
5,436 

— 

5,173 
15,592 

2,028 
16,518 

— 

210,953 

157,534 

15,873 

$247,298     $ 

7,480 

$157,534 

$  40,237 

$  26,174 

$  15,873 

$     1,311     $ 

78 

$           - 

$          28 

$        596 

$        609 

16,547 

2,580 

— 

1,826 

42 

12,099 

(2,545) 

— 

(2,545) 

— 

— 

— 

1,852 

155 

— 

756 

473 

468 

603 

77 

— 

91 

17 

418 

775 

138 

— 

408 

179 

50 

172 

171 

— 

1 

— 

. — 

453 

390 
1,044 

140 

— 

39 
3,149 

17 

24 
1,331 

6 

— 

19,168 

— 

13,644 

163 

389 

7 

— 

55 

326 

1 

4,245 

280 



1,381 

1,781 

803 

4,292 

155 

— 

3,021 

534 

582 

2,563 

184 

— 

1,048 

1,263 

68 

3,413 

39 

— 

2742 

631 

1 

367 

18 

— 

120 

208 

21 

1,320 

11 

— 

329 

980 

— 

2,339 

154 

— 

27 

2,158 

— 

868 

87 

— 

6 

775 

— 

3,119 

825 

— 

1,494 

724 

76 

1,548 

134 

— 

1,348 

66 

— 

39 

37 

— 

2 

— 

— 

78 





21 

55 

2 

(60) 

— 

— 

(60) 

— 

— 

3,425 

250 
2,321 

— 

2,653 
14,204 

399 
9,906 

123 

28,108 

0 

1,677 

42 


Table  2  Source  and  Application  of  Operating  Funds  Year  Ended  September  30,  1987 
(Excludes  Special  Foreign  Currency  Funds,  Plant  Funds,  and  Endowments)  (In  $  1,000s) 

Nonfederal  Funds 


Federal 
Funds 


Total 
Non- 
federal 
Funds 


General 


Unrestricted 

Restricted 

Auxiliary 
Activities 

Special 
Purpose 

Government 
Grants 
and 
General        Contracts 

530 


Public  Service: 

Assistant  Secretary  259  605  495  82  28 

Telecommunications  268  730  513  154  63 

Reception  Center  192  782  780  2 

Office  of  Public  Affairs   607  527  504  23 

Smithsonian  Press  1,110  12,183  58  11,880               241      — 

Total  Public  Service 2,436  14,827  2,350  11,880               500     93 

Directorate  of  International  Activities  622  805  651      —     85     51 

Special  Programs: 

American  Studies  &  Folklife  Program   764  1,257  572  86  69 

International  Environmental  Science  Program   ...  714  —  —  —  — 

Academic  &  Educational  Program   854  2,618  451  1,966  201 

Collections  Management/Inventory  901  —  —  — 

Museum  Support  Center    4,475  127  —  127  — 

JFK  Center  Grant    0  —  —      —      —      — 

Total  Special  Programs   1,708  4,002  1,023      —            2,179  270 

Associate  Programs  81,386  927  80,116  298  45 

Business  Management  —  38,752  —  38,752                  —  — 

Administration  14,769  11,187  8,650  2,413  124 

Less  Overhead  Recovery  (9,305)  (9,305) 

Facilities  Services  55,428  2,071  1,704  364  3 

Transfers  Out/(In): 

Treasury  *  343  —  —  —                  —  — 

Programs"' 6,355  (6,355) 

Net  Auxiliary  Activities  —  —  (25,373)  25,373                 — 

Other  Designated  Purposes   (255)  8,923  1,413         (10,603)  12 

Plant  — 

Endowment  —  3,848  3,034     —               244  570 

Total  Transfers  343 *  3,593  (7,061)  26,786        (16,714)  582 

Total  Funds  Applied  $188,974  $194,594  $     2,304  $157,534     $     6,478  $   12,405 

FUND  BALANCES  9/30/87  $           —  $52,704  $     5,176  $           —     $33,759  $13,769 


530 


$    15,873 


*  Unobligated  funds  returned  to  Treasury 

* "Includes  Collection  Acquisition,  Scholarly  Studies,  Educational  Outreach,  and  Special  Exhibitions  Programs. 


43 


Table  3  Government  Grants  and  Contracts — Expenditures  (In  $  1,000s) 
Fiscal  Years  1986  and  1987 

Government  Agencies  FY  1986 

Agency  for  International  Development  $       763 

Department  of  Commerce  37 

Department  of  Defense   1,676 

Department  of  Energy    509 

Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services   461 

Department  of  Interior  319 

National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration*    10,992 

National  Science  Foundation  *  *  675 

Other  474 

Total    $15,906 


FY  1987 


$       426 

15 

1,437 

731 

274 

616 

10,951 

666 

757 

$15,873 


"Includes  $420,000  (FY  1986)  and  $273,700  (FY  1987)  in  subcontracts  from  other  organizations  receiving  prime  contract  funding 

from  NASA. 

"-Includes  $261,000  (FY  1986)  and  $158,900  (FY  1987)  in  NSF  subcontracts  from  the  Chesapeake  Research  Consortium. 


Table  4  Restricted  Operating  Trust  Funds* 
Fiscal  Years  1986  and  1987  (In  $l,000s) 


Investment       Gifts       Miscellaneous 


Total 
revenue 


Fund 
Net  balance 

Transfers       increase        end  of 
Deductions      in  (out)       (decrease)         year 


FY  1986  $4,046 

FY  1987: 

Astrophysical  Observatory  $       32 

Tropical  Research  Institute  78 

National  Zoological  Park   26 

Other  Research   299 

Museum  Programs  11 

National  Museum  of  Natural 

History 1,556 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 139 

National  Museum  of  American 

History 209 

National  Museum  of  American  Art..  78 

National  Potrait  Gallery 14 

Hirshhorn  Museum  135 

Center  for  Asian  Art  1,578 

Archives  of  American  Art   49 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  100 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service    37 

Other  Museums  31 

American  Studies  and  Folklife 

Program ' '  * 8 

AllOther  137 

TOTAL  FY  1987   $4,517 


$6,318  $2,950 


$9,973  $2,028 


:  Does  not  include  Government  Grants  and  Contracts 

::> Miscellaneous  and  Gifts  revenue  reflect  a  prior  year  adjustment. 


$13,314       $10,622       $(2,348)       $    344        $  9,656 


13 

$   - 

$    45 

$    42 

5    1 

$    2 

$    13 

97 

— 

175 

473 

— 

(298) 

198 

195 

9 

230 

179 

— 

51 

279 

756 

2 

1,057 

637 

156 

264 

817 

155 

— 

166 

326 

— 

(160) 

95 

527 

15 

2,098 

1,782 

14 

302 

1,571 

888 

1 

1,028 

534 

— 

494 

1,091 

2,012 

5 

2,226 

1,263 

(1) 

964 

2,681 

681 

7 

766 

631 

— 

135 

381 

178 

— 

192 

208 

— 

(16) 

180 

135 

1,398 

1,668 

980 

400 

288 

544 

418 

514 

2,510 

2,158 

(2) 

354 

2,043 

906 

181 

1,136 

775 

— 

361 

666 

704 

9 

813 

724 

— 

89 

1,060 

1,078 

— 

1,115 

417 

— 

698 

940 

433 

2 

466 

126 

— 

340 

485 

184 

(167) 

25 

69 



(44) 

83 

613 

52 

802 

499 

14 

289 

642 

$16,518       $11,823       $      582        $4,113        $13,769 


44 


Table  5  Unrestricted  Trust  Funds — General  and  Auxiliary  Activities 
Fiscal  Years  1986  and  1987  (In  $  1,000s) 


FY  1986  FY  1987 


FUNDS  PROVIDED 

General  Income: 

Investments   

Gifts   

Miscellaneous   


4,617 

$  5,311 

42 

74 

162 

51 

Total  General  Income  4,821  5,436 

Auxiliary  Activities  Income  (Net): 

Associates  1 1,284  16,365 

Business  Management: 

— Museum  Shops  and  Mail  Order  

— Concessions  and  Parking  

—Other  

Smithsonian  Press   

Traveling  Exhibitions8'  

Photo  Services  

Total  Auxiliary  Activities    

Total  Funds  Provided  (Net) 

EXPENDITURES  AND  TRANSFERS 

Administrative  and  Program  Expense  

Less  Administrative  Recovery   

Net  Expense  

Less  Net  Transfers  Out: 

To  Special  Purpose  for  Program  Purposes   

To  Plant  Funds    

To  Endowment  Funds   

Net  Tranfers  Out  

NET  ADDITION  TO  FUND  BALANCE  

ENDING  FUND  BALANCE  


'Effective  with  FY  1987  Traveling  Exhibitions  is  classified  in  the  Unrestricted  Special  Purpose  Funds. 


6,076 
1,720 

(238) 

1,357 

(566) 

6,639 
2,212 

(164) 
1,734 

19,633 

26,786 

24,454 

32,222 

24,064 
11,145 

21,214 
11,849 

12,919 

9,365 

11,592 

37 

3,000 

16,691 
3,034 

14,629 

19,725 

(3,094) 

3,132 

$  2,044 

$  5,176 

45 


Table  6  Auxiliary  Activities  Fiscal  Years  1986  and  1987  (In  $  1,000s) 


Activity 


Sales 

and 

Less 

Net 

membership 

cost  of 

Gross 

revenue 

revenue 

Gifts 

sales 

revenue 

Expenses 

(loss) 

FY  1986   $142,511  S3, 853       $84,669  $61,695  $42,062  $19,633 

FY  1987: 

Associates  $  92,004  $4,477      $61,031  $35,450  $19,085  $16,365 

Business  Management:8" 

—Museum  Shops/Mail  Order  43,527                            23,254  20,273  13,634           6,639 

—Concessions  /Parking** 3,336  3,336  1,124           2,212 

-Other            576  576  740             (164) 

Smithsonian  Press  13,614                              3,535  10,079  8,345           1,734 

Traveling  Exhibitions***   —  —       —       —       ~  ~ 

Total  FY  1987  $153,057  $4,477      $87,820  $69,714  $42,928  $26,786 


"Before  revenue-sharing  transfers  to  participating  Smithsonian  bureaus  of  $983,000  (FY  1986)  and  $1,413,000  (FY  1987). 
*  "Effective  FY  1987  Parking  was  discontinued. 
** "Effective  with  FY  1987  Traveling  Exhibitions  is  classified  in  the  Unrestricted  Special  Purpose  Funds. 


46 


Table  7  Unrestricted  Special  Purpose  Funds 
Fiscal  Years  1986  and  1987  (In  $  1,000s) 


Revenue 

Deductions 

Gifts 

Fund 

and 

Bureau 

Net 

balance 

Bureau        other 

Total 

Transfers 

Program      activity 

increase 

end  of 

Investment 

activities  revenue 

revenue 

in  (out) 

expense      expense 

(decrease) 

year 

FY  1986  

FY  1987: 

Astrophysical  Observatory 

SAO  Computer  Center 

Tropical  Research  Institute 

Environmental  Research  Center.. 

National  Zoological  Park   

National  Museum  of  Natural 

H  i  story 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 
National  Museum  of  American 

History 

National  Museum  of  American 

Art 

National  Portrait  Gallery  

Hirshhorn  Museum  

Center  for  Asian  Art  

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  

National  Museum  of  African  Art 

Traveling  Exhibition  Service 

Telecommunications  

SI  Computer  Center    

Fellowships  &  Grants  

Museum  Support  Center    

Reserve  for  Contingencies  

Unallocated  Programs '' 

AllOther  

TOTAL  FY  1987   


$856 


$6,802      $2,305     $   9,963     $  8,843      $13,153       $4,840       $    813        $24,645 


53 

$    318 

$       66 

$       437 

$   1,714 

$    1,207 

$     173 

$    771 

$   1,950 

— 

482 

— 

482 

(170) 

— 

446 

(134) 

(11) 

— 

156 

— 

156 

275 

595 

161 

(325) 

332 

1 

22 

— 

23 

125 

79 

12 

57 

295 

290 

— 

448 

738 

161 

408 

— 

491 

4,237 

84 



354 

438 

1,490 

1,380 

1 

547 

1,732 

122 

3,047 

394 

3,563 

(89) 

1,182 

1,839 

453 

2,613 

31 

90 

188 

309 

806 

1,025 

23 

67 

1,461 

30 

62 

3,122 

3,214 

544 

2,737 

5 

1,016 

1,979 

6 

22 

8 

36 

85 

100 

20 

1 

320 

130 

— 

11 

141 

487 

329 

— 

299 

858 

— 

— 

— 

— 

524 

27 

— 

497 

501 

27 

1,114 

149 

1,290 

380 

731 

763 

176 

838 

3 

— 

2 

5 

505 

1,348 

— 

(838) 

(374) 

1 

2,122 

5 

2,128 

272 

722 

1,931 

(253) 

1,549 

— 

40 

2 

42 

— 

74 

80 

(112) 

22 

— 

1,243 

— 

1,243 

11 

— 

1,255 

(1) 

(1) 

36 

— 

— 

36 

2,027 

1 ,930 

— 

133 

1,422 

— 

— 

— 

— 

— 

127 

— 

(127) 

81 

— 

— 

— 

— 

3,700 

(72) 

— 

3,772 

7,680 

— 

— 

— 

— 

2,629 

— 

— 

2,629 

3,149 

86 

485 

740 

1,311 

1,238 

2,170 

384 

(5) 

3,126 

$900 


$9,203      $5,489     $15,592     $16,714      $16,099      $7,093       $9,114       $33,759 


'Includes  Collection  Acquisition,  Scholarly  Studies,  Educational  Outreach,  and  Special  Exhibitions  Programs. 


47 


Table  8  Special  Foreign  Currency  Program 
Fiscal  Year  1987— Obligations  (In  $  1,000s) 


Country 

India  

Pakistan  

Burma  

Guinea   

Total  FY  1987 


Systematic 

& 

Astrophysics 

Environmental 

&  earth 

Museum 

Grant 

Archaeolc 

>gy 

biology 

sciences 

programs 

Ad 

ministration 

Total 

$   - 

$— 

$- 

$— 

$       12 

$       12 

163 

6 

22 

1,000 

1,191 
0 
2 

2 

— 

— 

— 

— 

$165 

$  6 

$_0 

$22 

$1,012 

$1,205 

Table  9  Construction  and  Plant  Funds 
Fiscal  Years  1986  and  1987  (In  $l,000s) 


FY  1986 


FY  1987 


FUNDS  PROVIDED 

Federal  Appropriations: 

National  Zoological  Park   $   5,280 

Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings   10,536 

Quadrangle  3,805 

Tupper  Research  Center  — 

Total  Federal  Appropriations   19,621 

Nonappropriated  Trust  Funds: 
Income — Gift  and  Other 

Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center — Gain  on  Sale  161 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute — Research  Facilities  767 

Erection  of  Jacksonville  Bandstand   2 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  537 

American  Art  and  Portrait  Gallery  Building  13 

Quadrangle  and  Related  1,125 

Smithsonian  Institution  Building  South  Entrance    35 

Visitor  Information  and  Reception  Center  

National  Zoological  Park  Japanese  Crab  Exhibit  

Dulles  Shelter  — 

Total  Income  2,640 

Transfers  from  Other  Funds: 

National  Museum  of  African  Art    19 

East  Garden   50 

Secretaries'  Residence  18 

Visitor  Information  and  Reception  Center  

Dulles  Shelter  , 

Total  Transfers  

Total  Funds  Provided   


I  2,500 

12,975 

3,315 

2,780 

21,570 


4 

2,725 

(25) 

410 

7 

643 

1,557 
30 
16 

5,367 


— 

(255  y 
415 

87 
$22,348 

160 

$27,097 

:  In  the  application  of  Plant  Funds  for  this  project,  $1,000,000  was  refunded  on  a  previously  collected  pledge. 
:' Funds  transferred  to  Current  Funds  to  cover  fund  raising  expenses. 


48 


Table  10  Endowment  and  Similar  Funds  September  30,  1987  (In  $l,000s) 


Book  Market 

Value  Value 


ASSETS 

Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds: 

Cash  and  Equivalents   

US  Govt  and  Govt  Obligations 

Bonds  

Convertible  Bonds  

Stocks   

Total  Pooled  Funds  

Nonpooled  Endowment  Funds: 

Loan  to  U.S.  Treasury  in  Perpetuity  

Notes  Receivable  

Land,  Net   

Total  Nonpooled  Funds  

Total  Endowment  and  Similar  Fund  Balances 

FUND  BALANCES 

Unrestricted  Purpose:  True  Endowment    

Quasi  Endowment  

Total  Unrestricted  Purpose   

Restricted  Purpose:  True  Endowment   

Quasi  Endowment  

Total  Restricted  Purpose   

Total  Endowment  and  Similar  Fund  Balances 


$  30,997 

$31,064 

24,888 

23,801 

4,332 

3,987 

6,788 

7,638 

132,773 

166,261 

199,778 

232,751 

1 ,056 

1,093 

40 

40 

237 

237 

1,333 

1,370 

$201,111 

$234,121 

$   6,244 

$  7,898 

89,761 

101,027 

96,005 

108,925 

76,920 

92,361 

28,186 

32,835 

105,106 

125,196 

$201,111 

$234,121 

49 


Table  11  Market  Values  of  Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds  (In  $l,000s) 
Fund  9/30/83  9/30/84 

Unrestricted  S  54,677  $   56,592 

FreerOther   32,096  31,125 

Restricted  43,911  43,396 

Total  $130,684  $131,113 


9/30/85 


9/30/86 


9/30/87 


$  65,404 
34,066 
47,830 

$147,300 


$  81,992 
39,570 
58,228 

$179,790 


$107,697 
50,380 
74,674 

$232,751 


Table  12  Changes  in  Pooled  Consolidated  Endowment  Funds  for  Fiscal  Year  1987  (In  $l,000s) 

Market  Gifts  Interest  Income  Market 

value  and  and  paid  value 

Fund                                                          9/30/86  transfers  dividends*'             out  Subtotal  appreciation 

Unrestricted $81,992  $3,340  $2,948  $2,949  $85,331  $22,366 

Freer  39,570  1,417  1,418  39,569  10,811 

Other  Restricted  58,228  500  2,092  2,093  58,727  15,947 

Total   $179,790  $3,840  $6,457  $6,460  $183,627  $49,124 


Market 

value 

9/30/87 


$107,697 
50,380 
74,674 

$232,751 


'Income  earned,  less  managers'  fees  of  $931,116. 


50 


Table  13  Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1987 


Principal 


Book 

Value 


Market 
Value 


Net 
Income 


Unexpended 
Balance 


UNRESTRICTED  PURPOSE— TRUE: 

Avery  Fund  *    

Higbee,  Harry,  Memorial  

Hodgkins  Fund  *    

Morrow ,  D wight  W 

Mussinan,  Alfred  

Olmsted,  Helen  A 

Poore,  Lucy  T.  and  George  W.*  

Porter,  Henry  Kirke,  Memorial    

Sanford,  George  H.!   

Smithson,  James  *   

Walcott,  Charles  D.  and  Mary  Vaux,  Research  (Designated) 

Subtotal    

UNRESTRICTED  PURPOSE— QUASI: 

Forrest,  Robert  Lee  

General  Endowment  *  

Goddard,  Robert  H 

Habel,  Dr.  S.*  

Hart,  Gustavus  E 

Henry,  Caroline  

Henry,  Joseph  and  Harriet  A 

Heys,  Maude  C 

Hinton,  Carrie  Susan    

Lambert,  Paula  C 

Medinus,  Grace  L 

Rhees,  William  Jones1'  

Safford,  Clara  Louise   

Smithsonian  Bequest  Fund*   

Taggart,  Ganson  

Abbott,  William  L.  (Designated)  

Barstow,  Frederic  D.  (Designated)  

Hirshhorn  Museum  Acquisition  Fund  (Designated)  

Lindbergh  Chair  of  Aerospace  History  (Designated)  

Lindbergh,  Charles  A.  (Designated)  

Lyon,  Marcus  Ward,  Jr.  (Designated)   

Smithsonian  Agency  Account  (Designated)  

Webb,  James  E.,  Fellowship  (Designated)  

Subtotal    

Total  Unrestricted  Purpose  


$211,834 

76,573 

314,860 

379,730 

116,646 

3,945 

840,415 

1,403,543 

5,778 

697,488 

2,193,419 

6,244,230 


$272,528 

95,358 

354,531 

497,544 

145,503 

5,079 

1,096,277 

1,837,250 

7,176 

723,601 

2,863,403 

7,898,251 


$8,063 

3,027 

13,238 

14,004 

4,095 

143 

31,605 

51,712 

233 

35,576 

80,594 


242,290 


$0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
0 
32,721 


32,721 


5,093,194 

5,536,719 

155,838 

0 

74,259,569 

83,978,329 

2,293,131 

0 

40,315 

43,847 

1,234 

0 

644 

668 

33 

0 

2,701 

3,281 

91 

0 

6,679 

8,093 

228 

0 

268,179 

323,686 

9,110 

0 

490,595 

538,752 

15,164 

0 

134,946 

157,603 

4,436 

0 

244,364 

289,142 

8,138 

0 

4,864 

5,363 

151 

0 

3,356 

3,927 

127 

0 

225,511 

251,646 

7,083 

0 

1,482,426 

1,574,506 

34,899 

0 

2,364 

3,066 

86 

0 

628,732 

760,837 

21,415 

65,798 

5,261 

6,359 

179 

6,445 

3,333,171 

3,697,776 

104,079 

157,759 

2,348,307 

2,635,112 

74,169 

102,808 

38,501 

42,425 

840 

12,621 

20,292 

22,672 

638 

4,459 

29,943 

31,579 

659 

0 

1,097,052 

1,111,543 

31,286 

69,478 

89,760,966    101,026,931    2,763,014 


419,367 


$  96,005,196   $108,925,182   $3,005,304   $  452,088 


51 


Table  13  Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1987  (Continued) 


Principal 


Book 
Value 


Market 
Value 


Income 


Net 
Income 


Unexpended 
Balance 


RESTRICTED  PURPOSE— TRUE: 

Arthur ,  James  

Baird,  Spence  Fullerton  

Barney,  Alice  Pike,  Memorial  

Batchelor,  Emma  E 

Beauregard,  Catherine,  memorial  

Bergen,  Charlotte  V 

Brown,  Roland  W 

Canfield,  Frederick  A 

Casey,  Thomas  Lincoln   

Chamberlain,  Frances  Lea   

Cooper  Fund  for  Paleobiology  

Division  of  Mammals  Curators  Fund  

Drake  Foundation    

Drouet,  Francis  and  Louderback,  Harold  B.  Fund 

Dykes,  Charles,  Bequest  

Eickemeyer,  Florence  Brevoort  

Forbes,  Edward  Waldo  

Freer,  Charles  L 

Grimm,  Sergei,  N 

Groom,  Barrick  W 

Guggenheim,  Daniel  and  Florence  

Hamilton,  James*  

Henderson,  Edward  P.,  Meteroite  Fund   

Hewitt,  Eleanor  G.,  Repair  Fund  

Hewitt,  Sarah  Cooper    

Hillyer,  Virgil  

Hitchcock,  Albert  S 

Hodgkins  Fund5    

Hrdlicka,  Ales  and  Marie  

Hughes,  Bruce   

Johnson,  Seward,  Trust  Fund  for  Oceanography  .. 

Kellogg,  Remington,  Memorial    

Kramar,  Nada   

Maxwell,  Mary  E 

Milliken,  H.  Oothout,  Memorial   

Mineral  Endowment   

Mitchell,  William  A 

Nelms,  Henning  Endowment  Fund  

Nelson,  Edward  William  

Petrocelli,  Joseph,  Memorial  

Reid,  Addison  T.*  

Ripley,  S.  Dillon  and  Mary  Livingston  

Roebling  Fund  

Rollins,  Miriam  and  William    

Sims,  George  W 

Sprague  Fund    

Springer,  Frank  

Stern,  Harold  P.,  Memorial   

Stevenson,  John  A.,  Mycological  Library 

Stuart,  Mary  Horner  

Walcott,  Charles  D.  and  Mary  Vaux,  Research    .. 
Walcott  Research  Fund,  Botanical  Publications  ... 

Williston,  Samuel  Wendell  Diptera  Research   

Zerbee,  Frances  Brinckle  

Subtotal  


189,056 
170,495 
135,514 
161,230 
206,375 

17,165 
139,859 
198,763 

66,123 
133,056 
143,527 
9,530 
858,502 
275,760 
254,906 

51,346 
514,122 
41,703,675 
144,991 
148,050 
572,942 
5,216 
114,775 

34,915 
206,331 

34,674 

7,534 

128,732 

253,341 

90,509 

17,284,656 

116,751 

13,755 

92,739 

1,028 

469,414 

64,036 
199,869 
107,626 

35,133 
107,951 
139,329 
568,621 
1,121,689 
107,303 
7,131,608 

84,978 
881,175 

25,291 
372,736 
724,935 
274,939 

18,460 
4,465 

76,919,500 


249,204 
222,763 
178,581 
184,723 
249,551 

18,443 
171,269 
274,566 

80,006 
175,344 
156,653 

11,213 
996,751 
297,783 
303,192 

67,655 
534,337 
50,379,611 
157,843 
158,890 
644,615 
6,037 
111,371 

40,528 
239,220 

41,956 
9,983 
133,554 
310,249 
119,324 
20,953,626 
129,233 

16,310 

122,258 

1,191 

549,064 

75,111 
194,150 
138,447 

46,374 

128,152 

156,537 

747,882 

1,380,698 

114,337 

8,256,114 

111,601 

1,013,147 

30,490 
387,392 
879,109 
377,474 

20,568 
5,868 


7,014 

6,270 

5,026 

5,199 

7,024 

519 

4,821 

7,728 

2,252 

4,935 

4,299 

315 

27,944 

8,382 

8,534 

1,904 

15,040 

1,417,999 

4,443 

4,472 

18,144 

240 

2,111 

1,141 

6,733 

1,181 

281 

6,568 

8,732 

3,359 

589,767 

3,637 

459 

3,441 

33 

15,454 

2,114 

455 

3,897 

1,305 

3,976 

4,296 

21,050 

38,554 

3,218 

230,543 

3,141 

28,386 

858 

10,904 

24,500 

10,624 

576 

165 


9,469 

3,619 

32,080 

94,759 

61,174 

1,812 

18,739 

308 

3,268 

26,068 

0 

5,406 

139,145 

32,903 

21,929 

16,281 

26,912 

1,348,336 

28,264 

14,240 

61,649 

2,427 

336 

1,029 

8,185 

14,636 

132 

12,865 

12,582 

14,087 

149,285 

12,426 

4,659 

40,883 

114 

76 

4,914 

455 

0 

19,244 

9,074 

0 

322 

4,681 

4,414 

40,006 

27,281 

132,564 

2,770 

6,004 

19,026 

9,053 

3,083 

6,298 


92,360,346    2,593,966    2,509,375 


52 


Table  13  Endowment  Funds  September  30,  1987  (Continued) 


Principal 


Book 
Value 


Market 
Value 


Income 


Net 
Income 


Unexpended 
Balance 


RESTRICTED  PURPOSE— QUASI: 

Armstrong,  Edwin  James   17,137 

Au  Panier  Fleuri  94,775 

Bacon,  Virginia  Purdy   448,080 

Becker,  George  F 773,212 

Desautels,  Paul  E 54,273 

Gaver,  Gordon    6,144 

Hachenberg,  George  P.  and  Caroline  22,052 

Hanson,  Martin  Gustav  and  Caroline  R 46,880 

Hirshhorn  Collections  Endowment  Fund   2,680,538 

Hunterdon  Endowment   15,568,243 

ICBP  Endowment  951,079 

ICBP  Conservation  Endowment  207,030 

Johnson,  E.  R.  Fenimore  37,686 

Loeb,  Morris  463,281 

Long,  Annette  E.  and  Edith  C 2,612 

Mver,  Catherine  Walden  106,554 

Noyes,  Frank  B 5,276 

Noyes,  Pauline  Riggs  44,641 

Pell,  Cornelia  Livingston  39,261 

Ramsey,  Adm.  and  Mrs.  Dewitt  Clinton"   983,418 

Rathbun,  Richard,  Memorial  56,278 

Roebling  Solar  Research    124,620 

Ruef,  Bertha  M 146,912 

Schultz,  Leonard  P 59,215 

Seidell,  Atherton    3,062,908 

Smithsonian  Agency  Account  1,451,189 

Strong,  Julia  D 52,890 

Witherspoon,  Thomas  A.,  Memorial  679,885 

Subtotal   28,186,069 

Total  Restricted  Purpose  $105,105,569 

TOTAL  ENDOWMENT  FUNDS  $201,110,765 


19,539 

103,265 

518,295 

897,072 

65,711 

7,295 

27,268 

56,713 

2,686,530 

18,635,132 

1,049,857 

226,436 

41,990 

562,463 

3,474 

128,908 

6,497 

48,661 

47,589 

1,179,736 

68,187 

146,603 

163,637 

68,653 

3,544,169 

1,645,341 

64,074 

822,146 

32,835,241 


541 

2,907 

14,588 

25,249 

1,842 

205 

767 

1,596 

68,636 

524,510 

29,336 

6,352 

1,182 

15,831 

98 

3,628 

183 

1,370 

1,339 

39,900 

1,919 

4,126 

4,606 

1,845 

99,755 

47,478 

1,803 

23,140 


-0- 

1,732 

56,191 

16,335 

-0- 

3,790 

3,910 

10,101 

76,532 

278,747 

27,139 

8,469 

5,241 

67,981 

593 

22,452 

3,529 

2,353 

5,999 

18,988 

19,614 

18,665 

6,201 

28,730 

333,945 

64 

4,752 

81,337 


924,736         1,103,390 


$125,195,587      $3,518,702       $3,612,765 
$234,120,769      $6,524,006"  $4,064,853 


^'Invested  all  or  in  part  in  U.S.  Treasury  or  other  nonpooled  investments. 
"Total  Return  Income  Payout;  does  not  include  $278,384  of  interest  income. 


53 


Coopers  &  Lybrand 

Certified  Public  Accountants 


To  the  Board  of  Regents 
Smithsonian  Institution 

We  have  examined  the  statement  of  financial  condition  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution — Trust  Funds  as  of  Septem- 
ber 30,  1987,  and  the  related  statement  of  financial  activ- 
ity for  the  year  then  ended.  Our  examination  was  made 
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing  standards 
and,  accordingly,  included  such  tests  of  the  accounting 
records  and  such  other  auditing  procedures  as  we  consid- 
ered necessary  in  the  circumstances.  We  previously 
examined  and  reported  upon  the  statements  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution — Trust  Funds  for  the  year  ended  Sep- 
tember 30,  1986,  totals  of  which  are  included  in  the 
accompanying  financial  statements  for  comparative  pur- 
poses only. 

In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  referred  to 
above,  present  fairly  the  financial  position  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution — Trust  Funds  as  of  September  30, 
1987,  and  the  results  of  its  operations  and  changes  in  its 
fund  balances  for  the  year  then  ended,  in  conformity  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied  on  a  ba- 
sis consistent  with  that  of  the  preceding  year. 

1800  M  Street,  N.  W. 
Washington,  D.  C.  20036 
December  31,  1987 


54 


Smithsonian  Institution  Statement  of  Financial  Condition 

September  30,  1987  (with  comparative  totals  for  September  30,  1986) 

(thousands  of  dollars) 


Trust 
funds 


Federal 
funds 


Totals, 

all  funds 


Totals, 
1986 


$   86,572       $  79,433 


— 

278,201 

220,190 

8,393 

43,599 

43,969 

18,341 

18,701 

15,605 

— 

12,001 

11,140 

1,412 

1,412 

1,421 

— 

13,911 

13,952 

221,629 

277,823 

258,097 

$333,103 

$732,220 

$643,807 

ASSETS: 

Fund  balances  with  U.  S. 

Treasury  and  cash  on  hand  $     3,244       $   83,32 

Investments  (Notes  1,  3 

and  16) 278,201 

Receivables  (Note  5)  35,206 

Advance  payments  (Note  6)   360 

Merchandise  inventory  (Note  1)  12,001 

Materials  and  supplies  inventory  (Note  1)  — 

Prepaid,  deferred  expense  and  other  (Note  1)  13,91 1 

Property  and  equipment  (Notes  1  and  7)  56,194 

Total  assets   $399,117 

LIABILITIES: 

Accounts  payable  and  accrued  expenses,  including  interfund  payable  of 

$15,340,000  $  32,396  $   17,609       $  50,005       $  52,139 

Deposits  held  in  custody  for  other  organizations  (Note  2)  4,395                   41 

Accrued  annual  leave  (Note  1)  2,182              8,199 

Deferred  revenue  (Note  1)    33,625                    — 

Long-term  debt  (Note  8)   13,812  — 

Total  liabilities  86,410  25,849 

Undelivered  orders  (Note  1)  —  67,277 

FUND  BALANCES  (Note  1): 

Trust  funds: 
Current: 

Unrestricted  general  purpose  

Special  purpose   

Restricted  

Endowment  and  similar  funds  (Note  4)   

Plant  funds  ( Note  7 )  

Total  trust  fund  balances  

Federal  funds: 

Operating  funds  —  restricted  (Note  9)  

Construction  funds  

Capital  funds  

Total  federal  fund  balances  

Total  fund  balances  

Total  liabilities,  undelivered  orders  and  fund  balances   


4,436 
10,381 
33,625 
13,812 

112,259 

67,277 


4,099 
9,736 

30,999 
3,748 

100,721 

59,368 


5,176 

33,759 

13,769 

201,111 

58,892 

— 

5,176 

33,759 

13,769 

201,111 

58,892 

312,707 

388 

16,547 
223,042 

239,977 

552,684 

$732,220 

2,044 
24,645 

9,656 

161,997 

53,007 

312,707 

— 

251,349 

— 

388 

16,547 

223,042 

239,977 

239,977 

$333,103 

2,316 

15,952 

214,101 



232,369 

312,707 
$399,117 

483,718 
$643,807 

The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these  financial  statements. 


55 


Smithsonian  Institution  Statement  of  Financial  Activity  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1987 
(with  comparative  totals  for  the  year  ended  September  30,  1986)  (thousands  of  dollars) 


Trust  funds 

Endowment 

Totals, 

and 

Totals, 

trust 

Current              similar 

Plant 

federal 

funds 

funds                  funds 

funds 

funds 

REVENUE  AND  OTHER  ADDITIONS: 

Appropriations  

Auxiliary  activities  revenue   

Government  grants  and  contracts  

Investment  income   

Net  gain  on  sale  of  securities 

and  property  

Gifts,  bequests  and  foundation 

grants 

Additions  to  plant  

Rentals,  fees,  commissions 

and  other  

Total  revenue  and  other  additions  

EXPENDITURES  AND  OTHER 
DEDUCTIONS: 

Research,  educational,  and  collection 
acquisition  expenditures  (Note  10) 

Administrative  expenditures  

Facilities  services  expenditures  

Auxiliary  activities  expenditures  

Acquisition  of  plant  and  other  

Property  use  and  retirements 

(Note  7) 

Retirement  of  and  interest  on 

indebtedness  

Total  expenditures  and 
other  deductions  

Excess  of  revenue  and 
other  additions  over 
expenditures  and  other 
deductions  

TRANSFERS  AMONG  FUNDS- 
ADDITIONS  (DEDUCTIONS)  (Note  11) 

Net  increase 

(decrease)  for  the  year  

Returned  to  U.  S.  Treasury  

Fund  balances  at  beginning  of  year  ... 

Fund  balances  at  end  of  year  (Note  9) 


61,358 


61,358 

251,349 
$312,707 


19,982 


(3,623) 

16,359 

36,345 


35,651 


3,463 

39,114 

161,997 


5,725 


160 


$  52,704    $201,111 


5,885 

53,007 
$  58,892 


$210,544 


161,740 
15,873 
12,491 

161,740 
15,873 
11,278 



1,213 

— 

35,315 

— 

35,315 

— 

— 

19,330 
8,088 

14,841 

336 

4,153 
8,088 

27,837 

8,000 

8,000 
211,732 

— 

— 

1,728 

260,837 

35,651 

13,454 

240,109 

45,707 

45,707 

— 

— 

121,070 

12,878 

12,878 

— 

— 

15,789 

2,072 

2,072 

— 

— 

55,428 

131,093 

131,093 

— 

— 

— 

6,556 

— 

— 

6,556 

20,975 

1,173 

— 

— 

1,173 

18,896 

199,479 

191,750 

7,729 

232,158 

7,951 


7,951 
(343) 
232,369 

$239,977 


The  accompanying  notes  are  an  integral  part  of  these  financial  statements. 


56 


Federal  Funds 

Capital 

funds 

Totals, 

all 
funds 

Operating 
funds 

Construction 
funds 

Totals, 
1986 

$188,974 

$21,570 

$ 

$210,544 

161,740 

15,873 

12,491 

$191,383 

149,313 

15,534 

11,988 

121,070 
15,789 
55,428 


35,315      15,478 


— 

— 

— 

19,330 

11,707 

— 

— 

27,837 

35,925 

40,538 

1,728 

— 

— 

9,728 
500,946 

7,481 

190,702 

21,570 

27,837 

443,422 

10,975 


18,896 


66,777 

154,467 

28,667 

24,619 

57,500 

51,500 

31,093 

125,381 

27,531 

30,465 

20,069 

18,400 



167 

192,287      20,975      18,896     431,637     404,999 


(1,585)        595       8,941      69,309      38,423 


(1,585) 
(343) 
2,316 

$         388 

595 

15,952 
$   16,547 

8,941 

214,101 
$223,042 

69,309 
(343) 
483,718 

$552,684 

38,423 
(185) 
445,480 

$483,718 

57 


Smithsonian  Institution  Notes  to  Financial  Statements 

i.   Summary  of  significant  accounting  policies 

Basis  of  Presentation 

The  financial  statements  do  not  include  the  accounts  of 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts  or  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Interna- 
tional Center  for  Scholars,  which  were  established  by 
Congress  within  the  Smithsonian  Institution  (the  Institu- 
tion) but  are  administered  under  separate  boards  of 
trustees. 

The  financial  statements  of  the  Institution  with  respect 
to  Federal  Appropriations  have  been  prepared  on  the  ob- 
ligation basis  of  accounting,  which  is  in  accordance  with 
accounting  principles  prescribed  by  the  Comptroller  Gen- 
eral of  the  United  States  as  set  forth  in  the  Policy  and 
Procedures  Manual  for  Guidance  of  Federal  Agencies. 
The  obligation  basis  of  accounting  differs  in  some  re- 
spects from  generally  accepted  accounting  principles. 
Under  this  method  of  accounting,  approximately 
$51,427,000  of  commitments  of  the  operating  fund,  such 
as  purchase  orders  and  contracts,  have  been  recognized 
as  expenditures,  and  the  related  obligations  have  been 
reported  on  the  Statement  of  Financial  Condition  at  Sep- 
tember 30,  1987  even  though  the  goods  and  services  have 
not  been  received.  Approximately  $13,000,000  of  these 
commitments  are  for  grants  under  the  foreign  currency 
program.  Approximately  $15,500,000  of  these  commit- 
ments are  for  internal  storage  facilities  and  equipment  at 
the  Museum  Support  Center.  In  addition,  construction 
fund  commitments  for  other  projects  amounted  to  ap- 
proximately $15,850,000  at  September  30,  1987. 

The  trust  funds  reflect  the  receipt  and  expenditure  of 
funds  obtained  from  private  sources,  federal  grants  and 
contracts,  investment  income  and  certain  business  activi- 
ties related  to  the  operations  of  the  Institution. 


Fund  Accounting 

To  ensure  observance  of  the  limitations  and  restrictions 
placed  on  the  use  of  resources  available  to  the  Institution, 
accounts  are  maintained  in  accordance  with  the  principles 
of  fund  accounting.  This  procedure  classifies  resources 
for  control,  accounting  and  reporting  purposes  into  dis- 
tinct funds  established  according  to  their  appropriation, 
nature  and  purposes.  Funds  that  have  similar  characteris- 
tics have  been  combined  into  fund  groups  in  the  accom- 
panying financial  statements.  Accordingly,  all  financial 


transactions  have  been  recorded  and  reported  by  fund 
group. 

The  assets,  liabilities  and  fund  balances  of  the  Institu- 
tion are  self-balancing  as  follows: 

Federal  operating  funds  represent  the  portion  of  ex- 
pendable funds  available  for  support  of  Institution 
operations. 

Federal  construction  funds  represent  that  portion  of  ex- 
pendable funds  available  for  building  and  facility  con- 
struction, restoration,  renovation  and  repair.  Separate 
subfund  groups  are  maintained  for  each  appropriation — 
Construction  and  Improvements,  National  Zoological 
Park,  Restoration  and  Renovation  of  Buildings,  Museum 
Support  Center  and  the  Center  for  African,  Near  East- 
ern, and  Asian  Cultures  (Quadrangle). 

Federal  capital  funds  represent  the  value  of  those  assets 
of  the  Institution  acquired  with  federal  funds  and  nonex- 
pendable property  transfers  from  government  agencies. 

Trust  current  funds,  which  include  unrestricted  and  re- 
stricted resources,  represent  the  portion  of  expendable 
funds  that  is  available  for  support  of  Institution  opera- 
tions. Amounts  restricted  by  the  donor  for  specific  pur- 
poses are  segregated  from  other  current  funds. 

Trust  endowment  and  similar  funds  include  funds  that 
are  subject  to  restrictions  of  gift  instruments  requiring  in 
perpetuity  that  the  principal  be  invested  and  the  income 
only  be  used.  Also  classified  as  endowment  and  similar 
funds  are  gifts  which  allow  the  expenditure  of  principal 
but  only  under  certain  specified  conditions.  Quasi-en- 
dowment  funds  are  funds  established  by  the  governing 
board  for  the  same  purposes  as  endowment  funds;  how- 
ever, any  portion  of  such  funds  may  be  expended.  Re- 
stricted quasi-endowment  funds  represent  gifts  for 
restricted  purposes  where  there  is  no  stipulation  that  the 
principal  be  maintained  in  perpetuity  or  for  a  period  of 
time,  but  the  governing  board  has  elected  to  invest  the 
principal  and  expend  only  the  income  for  the  purpose 
stipulated  by  the  donor. 

Trust  plant  funds  represent  resources  restricted  for  fu- 
ture plant  acquisitions  and  funds  expended  for  plant. 


Investments 

All  gains  and  losses  arising  from  the  sale,  collection  or 
other  disposition  of  investments  and  property  are  ac- 
counted for  in  the  fund  in  which  the  related  assets  are 


58 


recorded.  Income  from  investments  is  accounted  for  in  a 
similar  manner,  except  for  income  derived  from  invest- 
ments of  endowment  and  similar  funds,  which  is  ac- 
counted for  in  the  fund  to  which  it  is  restricted  or,  if 
unrestricted,  as  revenue  in  unrestricted  current  funds. 
Gains  and  losses  on  the  sale  of  investments  are  recog- 
nized on  the  trade  date  basis  using  the  average  cost 
method. 


Inventory 

Inventories  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market. 
Cost  is  determined  using  the  first-in,  first-out  (FIFO) 
method  or  retail  cost  method  (for  those  inventories  held 
for  resale). 


Deferred  Revenue  and  Expense 

Revenue  from  subscriptions  to  Smithsonian  Magazine  is 
recorded  as  income  over  the  period  of  the  related  sub- 
scription, which  is  generally  one  year.  Costs  related  to 
obtaining  subscriptions  to  Smithsonian  Magazine  are 
charged  against  income  over  the  period  of  the 
subscription. 

The  Institution  recognizes  revenue  and  charges  ex- 
penses of  other  auxiliary  activities  during  the  period  in 
which  the  activity  is  conducted. 


Works  of  Art,  Living  or  Other  Specimens 

The  Institution  acquires  its  collections,  which  include 
works  of  art,  library  books,  photographic  archives,  ob- 
jects and  specimens,  through  purchase  by  federal  or  pri- 
vate funds  or  by  donation.  In  accordance  with  policies 
generally  followed  by  museums,  no  value  is  assigned  to 
the  collections  on  the  statement  of  financial  condition. 
Purchases  for  the  collections  are  expensed  currently. 


Property  and  Equipment 


ment  capitalized  in  the  plant  fund  is  recorded  on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  estimated  useful  life  of  10 
years  (see  Note  7).  Capital  improvements  and  equipment 
purchased  with  trust  funds  and  utilized  in  income-pro- 
ducing activities  are  capitalized  at  cost  and  are  depreci- 
ated on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful 
lives  of  3  to  10  years. 

Buildings  and  other  structures,  additions  to  buildings 
and  fixed  equipment  purchased  with  federal  funds  are 
recorded  in  the  capital  funds  at  cost  and  depreciated  on  a 
straight-line  basis  over  a  period  of  30  years.  Costs  associ- 
ated with  renovating,  restoring  and  improving  structures 
are  depreciated  over  their  useful  lives  of  15  years. 

Certain  lands  occupied  by  the  Institution's  buildings 
were  appropriated  and  reserved  by  Congress  for  the 
Smithsonian  and  are  not  reflected  in  the  accompanying 
financial  statements.  Property  and  nonexpendable  equip- 
ment acquired  through  transfer  from  government  agen- 
cies are  capitalized  at  the  transfer  price  or  at  estimated 
amounts,  taking  into  consideration  usefulness,  condition 
and  market  value. 

Real  estate  (land  and  buildings)  purchased  with  trust 
funds  is  recorded  at  cost,  to  the  extent  that  restricted  or 
unrestricted  funds  were  expended  therefor,  or  appraised 
value  at  date  of  gift,  except  for  gifts  of  certain  islands  in 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  the  Carnegie  Mansion,  which 
have  been  recorded  at  nominal  values.  Costs  of  original 
building  structures  and  major  additions  are  depreciated 
on  a  straight-line  basis  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  of 
30  years.  Costs  of  renovating,  restoring  and  improving 
structures  are  depreciated  on  a  straight-line  basis  over 
their  estimated  useful  lives  of  15  years.  Depreciation  is 
recorded  in  the  plant  funds  as  a  deduction  to  the  invest- 
ment in  plant  (see  Note  7). 


Government  Grants  and  Contracts 

The  Institution  has  a  number  of  grants  and  contracts 
with  the  U.S.  Government,  which  primarily  provide  for 
cost  reimbursement  to  the  Institution.  Grant  and  contract 
revenue  is  recognized  as  expenditures  are  incurred  within 
trust  funds. 


Nonexpendable  equipment  purchased  with  federal  funds 
is  recorded  at  cost  and  is  depreciated  on  a  straight-line 
basis  over  a  period  of  10  years.  Equipment  purchased 
with  trust  funds  for  use  by  nonincome-producing  activi- 
ties is  treated  as  a  deduction  of  the  current  fund  and  as  a 
capitalized  cost  of  the  plant  fund.  Depreciation  on  equip- 


Pledges  and  Donations 

The  Institution  records  significant  pledges  that  are  sup- 
ported by  letters  signed  by  donors.  Pledges  are  recorded 
at  net  realizable  value  as  a  receivable  and  as  deferred 


59 


revenue  on  the  statement  of  financial  condition.  Revenue 
from  pledges  is  recognized  in  the  year  the  pledge  funds 
are  collected. 

Donations  are  recognized  as  revenue  in  the  year  the 
cash  is  received. 


Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc. 
Woodrow  Wilson  International 

Center  for  Scholars: 

Trust  funds 

Federal  appropriations 


S6,635,000 


$5,186,000 
$3,362,000 


Contributed  Services 

A  substantial  number  of  unpaid  volunteers  have  made 
significant  contributions  of  their  time  in  the  furtherance 
of  the  Institution's  programs.  The  value  of  this  contrib- 
uted time  is  not  reflected  in  these  statements  in  accor- 
dance with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles. 


Annual  Leave 

The  Institution's  civil  service  employees  earn  annual  leave 
in  accordance  with  federal  law  and  regulations.  How- 
ever, only  the  cost  of  leave  taken  as  salaries  is  funded  and 
recorded  as  an  expense.  The  cost  of  unused  annual  leave 
at  year-end  is  reflected  in  the  accompanying  financial 
statements  as  an  asset  and  accrued  liability  in  the  federal 
funds. 

Annual  leave  is  recorded  for  trust  employees  in  the 
trust  fund  as  earned. 


2.   Related  Activities 

The  Institution  provides  fiscal  and  administrative  services 
to  several,  separately  incorporated  organizations  in  which 
certain  officials  of  the  Institution  serve  on  the  governing 
boards.  The  amounts  paid  to  the  Institution  by  these  or- 
ganizations for  the  aforementioned  services,  together 
with  rent  for  Institution  facilities  occupied,  etc.,  totaled 
approximately  $351,000  ($276,000  for  the  trust  funds 
and  $75,000  for  the  federal  funds)  for  the  year  ended 
September  30,  1987.  Deposits  held  in  custody  for  these 
organizations  are  approximately  $4,395,000  as  of  Sep- 
tember 30, 1987. 

The  following  summarizes  the  approximate  expendi- 
tures of  these  organizations  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  Sep- 
tember 30,  1987  as  reflected  in  their  individual  financial 
statements,  which  are  not  included  in  the  accompanying 
financial  statements  of  the  Institution: 


3.  Investments 

Investments  are  recorded  at  cost  on  a  trade  date  basis,  if 
purchased,  or  estimated  fair  market  value  at  date  of  ac- 
quisition, if  acquired  by  gift.  At  September  30,  1987,  in- 
vestments were  composed  of  the  following: 

Carrying      Market 

value  value 

($000s)       ($000s) 


$  52,008    $  52,008 


26,151 
108 


26,325 
106 


78,267       78,439 


23,125 
1,055 


23,125 
1,093 


31,708        30,672 

11,120        11,625 

132,774      166,261 


199,782      232,776 


Current  funds: 

Short-term  cash  equivalents 

U.  S.  Government  and  quasi- 

government  obligations 
Common  and  preferred  stock 


Endowment  and  similar  funds: 
Short-term  cash  equivalents 

Deposit  with  U.  S.  Treasury 

U.  S.  Government  and  quasi- 
government  obligations 

Corporate  bonds 

Common  and  preferred  stock 


Plant  funds: 

U.  S.  Government  and  quasi- 
government  obligations 
Common  stock 

Total  investments 


Since  October  1,  1982,  the  deposit  with  the  U.  S. 
Treasury  has  been  invested  in  U.S.  Government  securities 
at  a  variable  yield  based  on  market  rates. 

Substantially  all  the  investments  of  the  endowment  and 
similar  funds  are  pooled  on  a  market  value  basis  (consoli- 
dated fund)  with  each  individual  fund  subscribing  to  or 
disposing  of  units  on  the  basis  of  the  per  unit  market 
value  at  the  beginning  of  the  month  within  which  the 


27 

27 

125 

125 

152 

152 

$278,201 

$311,367 

60 


transaction  takes  place.  The  unit  value  as  of  September 
30,  1987  was  $330.06;  301,067  units  were  owned  by  en- 
dowment, and  404,107  units  were  owned  by  quasi-en- 
dowment  at  September  30,  1987. 

The  following  tabulation  summarizes  changes  in  rela- 
tionships between  cost  and  market  values  of  the  pooled 
investments  (including  adjustments  for  nonpooled  invest 
ments  such  as  the  deposit  with  the  U.S.  Treasury,  land 
held  for  investment  and  notes  receivable  of  the  endow- 
ment fund  and  pooled  assets  such  as  interfund 
receivables): 

($000s) 


Market 


Cost 


End  of  year     $232,751    $199,778 
Beginning  of 

year  $179,790    $160,626 

Increase  in 

unrealized 

net  gain 

for  the 

year 
Realized  net 

gain  for 

the  year 

Net  Change 


Net 
change 


Market 

value 

per  unit 


$  32,973    $330.06 
19,164     259.24 

13,809 

35,315 


$  49,124   $  70.82 


endowment  funds.  Under  this  approach,  the  total  invest- 
ment return  is  considered  to  include  realized  and  unreal- 
ized gains  and  losses  in  addition  to  interest  and 
dividends.  An  amount  equal  to  the  difference  between 
interest  and  dividends  earned  during  the  year  and  the 
amount  computed  under  the  total  return  formula  is  trans- 
ferred to  or  from  the  current  funds. 

In  applying  this  approach,  it  is  the  Institution's  policy 
to  provide,  as  being  available  for  current  expenditures, 
an  amount  taking  into  consideration  such  factors  as,  but 
not  limited  to:  (1)  4'/2%  of  the  five-year  average  of  the 
market  value  of  each  fund  (adjusted  for  gifts  and  trans- 
fers during  this  period),  (2)  current  dividend  and  interest 
yield,  (3)  support  needs  for  bureaus  and  scientists,  and  (4) 
inflationary  factors  as  measured  by  the  Consumer  Price 
Index;  however,  where  the  market  value  of  the  assets  of 
any  endowment  fund  is  less  than  110%  of  the  historic 
dollar  value  (value  of  gifts  at  date  of  donation),  the 
amount  provided  is  limited  to  only  interest  and  dividends 
received. 

The  total  return  factor  for  1987  was  5%  or  $9.29  per 
unit  to  all  participating  funds.  The  total  return  applied 
for  1987  was  $3,511,000  to  Restricted  Funds  and 
$2,949,000  to  Unrestricted  Funds. 


5.   Receivables 


4.   Endowment  and  Similar  Funds 

The  fund  balances  for  the  endowment  and  similar  funds 
at  September  30,  1987  are  summarized  as  follows: 


Endowment  funds,  income  available  for: 
Restricted  purposes 
Unrestricted  purposes 

Quasi-endowment  funds,  principal  and 
income  available  for: 
Restricted  purposes 
Unrestricted  purposes 


($000s) 

$  76,920 
6,244 

83,164 


28,186 
89,761 

117,947 

Total  endowment  and  similar  funds      $201,111 


The  Institution  utilizes  the  "total  return"  approach  to 
investment  management  of  endowment  funds  and  quasi- 


Receivables  at  September  30,  1987  included  the  following: 

($000s) 
Federal  funds 
Amount  to  be  provided  for  accrued  annual 

leave  $     8,199 

Service  fees  and  charges  194 

8,393 


Trust  funds 

Accounts  receivable,  auxiliary  activities,  net  1 1 ,470 

Interfund  receivables  due  from  current  funds: 

Endowment  and  similar  funds  1,050 

Plant  funds  14,290 

Interest  and  dividends  receivable  2,772 

Billed  and  unbilled  costs  and  fees  from 

grants  and  contracts  4,739 

Pledges  845 

Other  40 

35,206 

Total,  all  funds  $43,599 


61 


6.  Advance  Payments 

Advance  payments  represent  prepayments  made  to  gov- 
ernment agencies,  educational  institutions,  firms  and  in- 
dividuals for  services  to  be  rendered,  or  property  or 
materials  to  be  furnished. 

As  of  September  30,  1987,  the  Institution  had  advances 
outstanding  to  the  General  Services  Administration  of  ap- 
proximately $15,181,000,  principally  for  construction 
services  including  the  Museum  Support  Center  and  other 
projects  to  be  completed  in  future  fiscal  years.  The  Insti- 
tution at  that  date  also  had  advances  outstanding  to  edu- 
cational institutions  amounting  to  approximately 
$2,565,000,  principally  under  the  Special  Foreign  Cur- 
rency Program. 

7.  Property  and  Equipment 

At  September  30,  1987,  property  and  equipment  were 
comprised  of  the  following: 

(SOOOs)        ($000s) 


Federal 

Capital  funds 

Property 

$329,272 

Equipment 

37,487 

Less  accumulated 

depreciation 

(145,130) 

Total,  federal  funds 

$221,629 

Trust 

Current  funds 

Capital  improvements 

9,343 

Equipment 

7,258 

Leasehold  improvements 

1,558 

Less  accumulated 

depreciation  and 

amortization 

(7,372) 
10,787 

Endowment  and  similar  funds 

Land 

240 

Plant  funds 

Land  and  buildings 

48,517 

Equipment 

5,515 

Less  accumulated  depreciation 

(8,865) 
45,167 

Total,  trust  funds 

$  56,194 

Total,  all  funds 

$277,823 

Included  in  the  accumulated  depreciation  of  the  federal 
capital  funds  is  approximately  $15,568,000  of  deprecia- 
tion expense  for  1987. 

Trust  funds'  depreciation  and  amortization  expense  for 
fiscal  year  1987  for  income-producing  assets  amounted  to 
approximately  $1,873,000  which  is  included  in  auxiliary 
activities  expenditures  in  the  current  funds.  Depreciation 
of  nonincome-producing  equipment  and  buildings  for 
1987  amounted  to  approximately  $1,173,000. 

The  balance  of  the  plant  fund  at  September  30,  1987 
included  approximately  $13,725,000  of  unexpended  trust 
plant  funds. 


8.   Long-term  Debt 

Long-term  debt  as  of  September  30,  1987  consists  of  the 
following: 


(SOOOs) 


9%  note  payable  to  Riggs  National  Bank, 
interest  only  payable  quarterly  com- 
mencing December  31,  1986,  interest 
and  principal  payable  quarterly  com- 
mencing September  30,  1991  and  ending 
on  June  30,  1998 

Noninterest-bearing  note  payable  for  the 
purchase  of  art,  due  in  four  annual  in- 
stallments commencing  January  9,  1986 
and  ending  January  10,  1989,  security 
interest  in  the  art  purchased  retained  by 
the  lender 

Noninterest-bearing  note  payable  for  pur- 
chase of  food  service  equipment,  due 
monthly  commencing  September  18, 
1987  through  July  21,  1990 

9%  note  payable  for  purchase  of  Folk- 
ways Records  and  Service  Corporation, 
due  in  four  annual  installments  com- 
mencing December  31,  1987 


$11,000 


$   2,000 


412 


400 


$13,812 


The  aggregate  amount  of  maturities  for  all  borrowings 
for  the  years  ending  September  30,  are  as  follows: 
$1,750,000  in  1988;  $750,000  in  1989;  $212,000  in  1990; 
$386,000  in  1991;  $1,211,000  in  1992;  and  $9,503,000  in 
years  thereafter. 

The  proceeds  of  the  note  with  Riggs  National  Bank  are 
being  used  to  fund  construction  of  a  restaurant  addition 


62 


to  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  Interest  on  the 
note  was  approximately  $806,000  for  fiscal  year  1987  of 
which  $654,000  was  recorded  as  interest  expense  of  the 
Auxiliary  Activities  funds  and  $152,000  was  capitalized 
as  a  cost  of  the  restaurant. 


9.   Federal  Operating  Funds 

The  federal  operating  funds  include  appropriations  for 
salaries  and  expenses  which  are  expended  in  the  year  re- 
ceived. Also  included  are  amounts  received  with  the  pro- 
vision that  such  amounts  can  be  expended  over  a  period 
greater  than  one  year. 

The  federal  operating  funds  for  the  year  ended 
September  30,  1987  included  the  following: 


Additions  ($000s) 

Appro- 
priations       Other 


Salaries  and  expenses 

$188,974 

Special  Foreign  Cur- 

rency Program 

— 

U.S.  India  Fund  (trans- 

fers from  Department 

of  State) 

— 

Smithsonian  Tropical 

Research  Institute 

— 

$188,974 

Fund 
Balance 

at 
Sept.  ^o, 

1987 


173 


1,585 


143 


141 


74 


$1,728        $388 


10.   Collection  Acquisitions 

In  keeping  with  accounting  principles,  the  Institution  re- 
cords the  acquisition  of  collections  as  an  expense  in  the 
year  of  purchase.  For  fiscal  year  1987,  $5,218,000  was 
expensed  to  Trust  funds  and  $1,528,000  to  federal  funds 
for  the  acquisition  of  collections. 


11.   Transfers  Among  Funds 

The  following  transfers  among  trust  funds  were  made  for 
the  year  ended  September  30,  1987  in  thousands  of 
dollars: 


Current  funds 


Unrestricted    Restricted 


Endow- 
ment 
and 

similar 
funds 


Plant 

funds 


Portion  of 
investment 
yield  appro- 
priated 

Income  added 
to  endow- 
ment 
principal 

For  special 
purposes 

Endowment 
released 

Appropriated 
as  quasi- 
endowment 

Total  transfers 
among  funds 


$      (28) 

(1) 
267 


30    $    — 


181) 

182 

— 

(12) 

(255 

65 

(480) 

415 

(3,278) 


(453)     3,731 


$(3,040)         $(583)  $3,463     $160 


12.   Retirement  Plans 

The  federal  employees  of  the  Institution  are  covered  by 
either  the  Civil  Service  Retirement  System  (CSRS)  or  the 
Federal  Employee  Retirement  System  (FERS).  The  fea- 
tures of  both  of  these  systems  are  defined  in  published 
government  documents.  Under  both  systems,  the  Institu- 
tion withholds  from  the  salary  of  each  federal  employee 
the  percentage  of  salary  specified  by  each  program,  and 
the  Institution  contributes  specified  percentages.  The  cost 
of  the  programs  for  the  year  ended  September  }o,  1987 
was  approximately  $7,774,000. 

The  Institution  has  a  separate  retirement  plan  for  trust 
employees.  Under  the  plan,  both  the  Institution  and  the 
employees  contribute  stipulated  percentages  of  salary 
which  are  used  to  purchase  individual  annuities,  the 
rights  to  which  are  immediately  vested  with  the  employ- 
ees. The  cost  of  the  plan  for  the  year  ended  September 
30,  1987  was  $4,092,000. 

It  is  the  policy  of  the  Institution  to  fund  the  accrued 
costs  of  the  plans  currently.  There  are  no  unfunded  prior 
service  costs  under  the  plans. 


63 


13.   Income  Taxes 


15.   Commitments 


The  Institution  is  exempt  from  income  taxation  under  the 
provisions  of  Section  501(c)(3)  of  the  Internal  Revenue 
Code.  Organizations  described  in  that  section  are  taxable 
only  on  their  unrelated  business  income.  No  provision 
for  income  taxes  is  required  for  the  year  ended  September 
30,  1987  since  the  Institution  had  a  net  loss  from  unre- 
lated business  activity. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  Institution  that  it  is  also  exempt 
from  taxation  as  an  instrumentality  of  the  United  States 
as  defined  in  Section  501(c)(1)  of  the  Code.  Organizations 
described  in  that  section  are  exempt  from  all  income  tax- 
ation. The  Institution  has  not  as  yet  formally  sought  such 
dual  status. 


Contractual  commitments  of  Trust  funds  as  of  September 
30,  1987  were  approximately  $14,000,000  in  excess  of 
costs  incurred.  The  commitments  pertain  to  construction 
and  major  maintenance  projects. 


16.   Subsequent  Event 

The  stock  market  declined  significantly  in  October  1987. 
The  market  value  of  the  Institution's  investments  in  en- 
dowment and  similar  funds  declined  approximately 
$44,000,000  or  19%  from  September  30,  1987  to  Decem- 
ber 31,  1987.  The  Dow  Jones  Industrial  Average  declined 
25%  for  the  same  period. 


14.   Reclassifications 

Certain  reclassifications  were  made  to  previously  re- 
ported 1986  amounts  to  conform  with  the  1987 
presentation. 


64 


RESEARCH 

David  Challinor,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Research 


65 


Joseph  Henry  Papers 


National  Zoological  Park 


The  correspondence  and  private  papers  of  Joseph  Henry 
(1797-1878)  thoroughly  document  his  roles  as  a  leader  of 
the  nineteenth-century  American  scientific  community 
and  as  the  first  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
(1846-1878).  Under  the  joint  sponsorship  of  the  Smith- 
sonian, the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  the  Amer- 
ican Philosophical  Society,  the  Joseph  Henry  Papers 
project  is  preparing  a  selective  edition  of  these  important 
records.  When  completed,  the  series  will  comprise  fifteen 
volumes.  The  first  five  volumes,  tracing  Henry's  early 
years  in  Albany  and  his  career  as  professor  of  natural 
philosophy  at  the  College  of  New  Jersey  (now  Princeton 
University),  have  received  favorable  reviews  and  praise 
from  scholars  studying  the  growth  of  American  science 
and  society. 

During  1987,  the  project  staff  neared  completion  of  the 
sixth  volume,  which  will  cover  1844-1846  and  will  trace 
the  events  leading  to  Henry's  selection  as  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution.  New  office  automation  equip- 
ment installed  in  the  past  year  provides  flexibility  and 
reduces  the  time  the  staff  needs  to  review,  edit,  and  revise 
documents  for  publication.  An  able  corps  of  volunteers 
began  a  long-term  project  to  transcribe  Henry's  daily 
desk  diaries.  Spanning  1849  to  1876,  these  diaries  contain 
intimate  and  revealing  insights  into  Henry's  work  as  Sec- 
retary as  he  guided  the  Smithsonian  through  its  first  three 
decades. 

The  project  continued  its  education  outreach  and  coop- 
erative activities.  Three  summer  interns  received  instruc- 
tion in  documentary  editing  techniques  while  they 
conducted  research  on  various  topics  relating  to  Henry 
and  the  Smithsonian.  Scholars  from  the  United  States, 
Australia,  and  the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  partici- 
pated in  the  Nineteenth-Century  Seminar,  sponsored  by 
the  project,  discussing  topics  in  scientific,  intellectual, 
cultural,  social,  and  technological  history. 

Dr.  Paul  Theerman,  an  assistant  editor  with  the  proj- 
ect, served  as  guest  curator  for  the  exhibition  "Isaac 
Newton  and  the  Principia:  Three  Hundred  Years,"  which 
opened  in  March  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History.  In  connection  with  the  exhibition,  Theerman 
also  organized  a  symposium  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land to  examine  Newton's  impact  on  the  development  of 
science,  society,  and  culture. 


The  National  Zoological  Park  (NZP)  is  evolving  rapidly 
into  a  biological  park,  stressing  the  diversity  and  interde- 
pendence of  plants  and  animals.  New  exhibits  do  away 
with  the  unnatural  separation  of  plants  and  animals  that 
characterizes  most  zoos,  broaden  appreciation  for  the  an- 
imal kingdom's  lesser-known  members,  and  underscore  the 
ecological  and  evolutionary  relationships  among  organisms. 

These  aims  are  embodied  in  the  zoo's  Invertebrate  Ex- 
hibit, which  opened  in  1987  at  NZP's  163-acre  Rock 
Creek  facility  in  Washington,  D.C.  For  many  visitors,  the 
novel  exhibit  is  their  introduction  to  cuttlefish,  amoebas, 
sponges,  and  other  interesting  representatives  of  the  more 
than  95  percent  of  animal  species  that  do  not  have 
backbones. 

Also  in  1987,  studies  at  Rock  Creek  and  the  3,000-acre 
Conservation  and  Research  Center  in  Front  Royal,  Vir- 
ginia, furthered  NZP's  efforts  to  advance  understanding 
in  the  biological  and  veterinary  sciences  and  to  preserve 
the  Earth's  natural  diversity.  These  on-site  activities  were 
complemented  by  work  done  cooperatively  with  other 
zoos  and  research  organizations  in  the  United  States  and 
other  nations. 


Animal  Exhibits 

Animal  exhibits  are  the  NZP's  primary  means  of  educat- 
ing the  general  public  about  animal  welfare  and  behav- 
ior, about  biological  principles  and  relationships,  and 
about  the  role  of  humans  within  the  natural  world.  The 
exhibits  at  Rock  Creek  appeal  to  both  serious-minded 
zoogoers  and  to  visitors  on  recreational  outings. 

The  opening  of  the  Invertebrate  Exhibit  in  1987 
marked  a  major  step  toward  transforming  the  National 
Zoo  into  a  biological  park.  Complementing  quality  ex- 
hibits of  vertebrate  animals — birds,  mammals,  reptiles, 
and  amphibians — the  new  three-hall  display  gives  long- 
overdue  attention  to  the  members  of  the  animal  kingdom 
that  play  key  roles  in  maintaining  the  balance  of  life  on 
Earth.  The  broad  assortment  includes  specimens  of  ma- 
rine invertebrates  such  as  corals,  octopuses,  sea  worms, 
and  nautiluses.  Among  the  terrestrial  representatives  are 
leaf-cutter  ants,  orb-web  spiders,  and  stick  insects.  Ac- 
companying graphics  and  displays  foster  understanding 


In  July,  a  female  calf  was  born  to  the  National  Zoo's  Massai 
giraffes.  The  birth  occurred  in  midmorning,  in  full  view  of 
many  early  visitors. 


66 


-,-rf 


6? 


of  biological  processes,  explaining  adaptation,  communi- 
cation, ecology,  speciation,  and  relationships  between 
predator  and  prey.  A  series  of  65-gallon  aquariums  allow 
interested  visitors  to  study  invertebrate  adaptation.  Flash- 
lights, hand  lenses,  and  microscopes  are  provided  to  en- 
hance observation. 

Video  displays  of  microscopic  plants  and  animals, 
computerized  systems  for  identifying  insects,  and  hands- 
on  experiments  are  a  few  of  the  techniques  used  to  nur- 
ture visitor  interest  and  learning.  These  and  other  inno- 
vative educational  tools  will  be  incorporated  into  NZP 
exhibits  now  under  development. 

The  projects  furthest  along  are  the  new  Gibbon  Island 
Exhibit  and  renovation  of  the  waterfowl  wetlands.  The 
gibbon  exhibit  will  be  located  on  a  wooded  ridge,  a  natu- 
ralistic stage  for  the  endangered  forest  apes,  which  will 
capture  visitor  interest  with  their  spectacular  movements 
and  territorial  calls.  Situated  in  front  of  the  Bird  House, 
the  Wetlands  Exhibit  is  undergoing  changes  to  improve 
the  environment  of  its  avian  residents.  Each  spring,  visi- 
tors will  be  able  to  observe  the  elaborate  courtship  rituals 
of  ducks,  geese,  and  swans. 

Conceptual  work  on  the  Amazonian  Aquatic  Exhibit, 
the  first  phase  of  a  planned  aquatics  complex,  progressed 
in  1987.  The  Amazon  River  is  the  world's  most  diverse 
freshwater  habitat — in  terms  of  numbers  of  species,  hy- 
drology, and  ecology.  The  river  is  inextricably  tied  to  its 
surrounding  environment,  the  largest  continuous  expanse 
of  tropical  forest,  with  an  unparalleled  diversity  of  life. 


The  Smithsonian's  unrivaled  expertise  in  tropical  biology 
will  be  celebrated  in  the  exhibit,  and  it  will  inform  and 
guide  the  design  of  the  exhibit. 

In  1987,  Zoo  visitors  could  view  more  than  thirty-three 
hundred  mammals,  birds,  reptiles,  and  amphibians  and 
more  than  fifteen  hundred  invertebrates.  The  number  of 
births  is  an  indication  of  the  quality  of  care  given  these 
animals  and  those  at  the  Conservation  and  Research  Cen- 
ter. The  1,326  births  in  1987 — a  5  percent  increase  over 
the  previous  year — delighted  Rock  Creek  visitors  and  bol- 
stered NZP's  stocks  of  threatened  and  endangered  spe- 
cies. Among  the  newborns  were  a  giraffe,  saurus  crane, 
and  dwarf  caiman,  as  well  as  cuttlefish  and  several 
golden-headed  tamanns  and  small-clawed  otters.  More 
than  850  of  the  young  animals  were  traded  or  sold  to 
other  zoos  for  their  exhibits  and  breeding  programs. 

While  very  successful  overall,  the  NZP's  breeding  pro- 
gram suffered  a  major  setback  in  June,  with  the  death  of 
twin  cubs  born  to  the  Zoo's  giant  panda  Ling-Ling.  One 
cub  died  almost  immediately  after  birth,  apparently  from 
being  undersized,  but  the  second  appeared  strong  enough 
to  survive.  For  seventy-two  hours,  the  newborn's  condi- 
tion and  Ling-Ling's  maternal  vigilance  raised  the  hopes 
of  the  NZP  staff  and  of  the  millions  of  interested  onlook- 
ers who  monitored  the  cub's  progress  through  news  re- 
ports. On  the  third  day,  however,  the  cub  died  suddenly, 
succumbing  to  a  systemic  infection  contracted  after  birth. 
Results  of  postmortem  studies  carried  out  by  NZP  staff 
are  being  used  to  guide  efforts  to  improve  survival  pros- 
pects in  the  event  of  another  giant  panda  birth. 

With  a  gift  from  the  people  of  Nepal,  the  NZP  added 
two  greater  one-horned  rhinoceroses  to  its  collection. 
The  young  females,  symbols  of  appreciation  for  the 
Smithsonian's  contributions  to  Nepal's  efforts  to  preserve 
its  Royal  Chitawan  National  Park,  are  expected  to  be- 
come part  of  a  breeding  program  that  will  rebuild  the 
Zoo's  herd  of  Asian  rhinos. 


Registrar 

The  NZP  is  an  important  part  of  international  efforts  to 
track  the  genetic  backgrounds  of  animals  in  captivity.  For 
many  years,  the  NZP's  Registrar  has  contributed  to  the 


68 


.-«   %T- 


jf*z 


These  three  kittens  born  at  the  National  Zoo  are  from  the  first 
group  of  felids  ever  produced  by  in  vitro  fertilization — a  vital 
first  step  in  the  long-term  effort  to  save  their  endangered  wild 
cousins. 


development  of  the  International  Species  Inventory  Sys- 
tem, a  computerized  recordkeeping  system  for  managing 
and  exchanging  this  essential  information.  In-house  man- 
agement of  information  is  done  with  the  Animal  Records 
Keeping  System  (ARKS),  which  the  NZP  helped  pioneer 
with  the  aid  of  a  grant  from  the  Smithsonian's  Office  of 
Information  Resource  Management.  More  than  one  hun- 
dred zoos  have  adopted  ARKS.  In  1987,  seven  of  the 
NZP's  eight  animal-records  desks  used  the  microcom- 
puter-based system  for  entering  daily  inventories;  and  for 
the  first  time,  ARKS  was  used  to  produce  the  zoo's  an- 
nual inventory. 

In  addition  to  keeping  track  of  the  number  of  annual 
births  at  the  Zoo,  the  annual  inventory  (completed  De- 
cember 31,  1986)  showed  that  the  NZP  acquired  2,025 
animals.  Of  these,  1,524  were  specimens  for  the  new  in- 
vertebrate collection.  Other  new  additions  included  cam- 
els, golden-headed  tamarins,  beavers,  Patagonian  cavies, 
and  pheasant  pigeons. 


Conservation 

The  Conservation  and  Research  Center  (CRC)  leads  the 
NZP's  long-standing  efforts  to  save  threatened  and  en- 
dangered animal  species.  The  center's  activities  encom- 
pass propagation  of  rare  animals,  studies  of  strategies 
and  techniques  for  enhancing  breeding  success,  studies  of 
the  underlying  causes  of  a  species'  demise  in  the  wild, 
and  training  programs  to  strengthen  species-preservation 
efforts. 

The  Department  of  Conservation,  housed  at  the  CRC, 
had  379  mammals  and  405  birds  in  its  collection  in  1987. 
Golden-lion  tamarins,  clouded  leopards,  Persian  onagers, 
Przewalski  horses,  Eld's  deer,  and  a  Goeldi's  monkey 
were  among  the  rare  mammals  born  in  calendar  year 
1986.  Hatchings  included  Guam  rails,  Bali  mynahs,  and 
red-crowned  cranes.  The  births  are  important  gains  in 
efforts  to  prevent  the  extinction  of  several  species. 

For  example,  Guam  rails,  9-inch-tall  flightless  birds, 
have  all  but  disappeared  from  their  Pacific  island  home, 
victims  of  a  brown  tree  snake  introduced  to  Guam  in  the 
late  1940s.  The  snake  is  believed  to  have  wiped  out  three 
of  the  five  bird  species  endemic  to  Guam.  To  bolster 
numbers  of  the  remaining  species — the  rail  and  a  king- 
fisher— the  CRC  has  devoted  an  entire  wing  of  its  small- 
animal  facility  to  the  birds'  care  and  breeding.  The  effort, 
directed  by  Dr.  Scott  Derrickson,  NZP  curator  of  birds, 
is  part  of  an  international  collaboration. 

In  1987,  the  American  Association  of  Zoological  Parks 


and  Aquariums  (AAZPA)  named  Dr.  Derrickson  stud- 
book  keeper  for  the  Guam  rail  rescue  project.  In  addi- 
tion, Dr.  Derrickson  received  the  Whooping  Crane 
Conservation  Association's  Honor  Award  for  his  research 
on  whooping  cranes.  Also  in  1987,  the  AAZPA  appointed 
NZP  mammalogist  Larry  Collins  studbook  keeper  for 
Matschie's  tree  kangaroo. 

Among  the  new  conservation  projects  begun  last  year 
was  a  cooperative  program  to  develop  techniques  for 
propagating  Hawaii's  native  forest  birds.  The  U.S.  Fish 
and  Wildlife  Service  and  the  Bronx  and  Philadelphia  zoos 
are  the  NZP's  partners  in  this  project.  In  addition,  Dr. 
Christen  Wemmer,  who  was  appointed  in  August  to  the 
AAZPA's  Wildlife  Conservation  Management  Commit- 
tee, and  Dr.  Rasanayagam  Rudran  began  developing 
a  management  training  course  for  zoo  personnel  in 
developing  countries.  The  new  course  will  be  a  natural 
extension  of  the  Department  of  Conservation's  other  edu- 
cational activities,  which  are  drawing  increasing  numbers 
of  students  from  around  the  world.  In  1987,  Dr.  Rudran's 
Wildlife  Conservation  Training  Course,  for  example,  at- 
tracted twenty-four  students  from  twelve  countries.  In 
addition,  Dr.  Rudran  conducted  field  courses  in  Vene- 
zuela and  Malaysia. 


Animal  Health  and  Pathology 

Afflicted  with  a  gastric  ulcer,  a  male  bongo  calf  housed 
at  Rock  Creek  required  surgery.  After  the  ulcer  was  re- 
moved, the  young  African  antelope  was  fed  with  a  surgi- 
cally implanted  stomach  tube.  Seventy-five  days  after  the 
operation,  the  calfs  health  was  fully  restored,  and  the 
animal  was  returned  to  the  collection. 

This  episode  attests  to  the  high-quality  care  provided 
by  NZP's  Department  of  Animal  Health  (DAH).  Some- 
times the  department's  responsibilities  require  extensive 
measures,  as  in  the  case  of  the  bongo  calf,  but  more  often 
they  entail  routine  actions  to  safeguard  the  health  of  the 
NZP's  inhabitants,  at  Rock  Creek  and  Front  Royal.  The 
Zoo's  health-care  efforts  are  enhanced  by  a  strong  clinical 
research  program,  which  places  major  emphasis  on  re- 
productive physiology.  Moreover,  the  DAH  trains  veteri- 
narians and  veterinary  students. 

In  1987,  the  department  created  an  Endocrine  Research 
Laboratory  at  the  CRC,  and  the  new  research  arm  imme- 
diately proved  its  value.  Laboratory  personnel  developed 
radioimmunoassays  for  monitoring  metabolites  in  urine. 
The  results  of  preliminary  studies  indicate  that  the  nonin- 
vasive techniques  can  be  used  to  determine  ovulation. 


69 


pregnancy,  and  onset  of  labor.  Building  on  continuing 
NZP  research,  the  laboratory  intends  to  use  similar  tests 
for  monitoring  stress  levels  in  animals.  At  the  same  time, 
other  DAH  teams  are  continuing  studies  on  administering 
antibiotics  and  anesthesia  to  a  variety  of  exotic  species. 

The  DAH  also  achieved  a  research  first  in  1987.  An  in- 
vitro  fertilization  system  developed  by  Zoo  researchers 
resulted  in  the  birth  of  kittens  from  domestic  cats  that 
had  undergone  embryo  transfer.  The  kittens  were  the 
first  carnivores  ever  produced  through  m-vitro  fertiliza- 
tion. The  accomplishment  bodes  well  for  efforts  to  re- 
plenish decreasing  zoo  stocks  of  endangered  species  of 
wild  cats.  The  developers  of  the  technique  are  already 
studying  how  to  extend  the  procedure  to  nondomestic 
species  of  cats. 

DAH  researchers  who  are  using  the  domestic  ferret  as 
a  model  for  the  endangered  black-footed  ferret  achieved  a 
similar  milestone  in  1987.  Their  technique  for  surgically 
implanting  sperm  cells  into  the  uteruses  of  female  Euro- 
pean ferrets  resulted  in  the  births  of  more  than  one  hun- 
dred kits.  The  successful  effort  established  artificial 
insemination  as  an  option  for  breeding  programs  to  re- 
verse the  decline  of  black-footed  ferrets,  estimated  to 
number  eighteen. 

Field  studies  also  yield  information  that  can  improve 
the  care  and  breeding  of  animals  in  captivity,  while  lead- 
ing to  insights  on  how  to  improve  the  odds  for  the  spe- 
cies' survival  in  the  wild.  Teams  of  DAH  researchers, 
including  veterinarian  Dr.  R.  Mitchell  Bush,  veterinarian 
Dr.  Lindsay  Phillips,  Jr.,  and  reproductive  physiologist 
Dr.  David  E.  Wildt,  gathered  medical  and  genetic  data 
on  elephants  and  lions  in  Sri  Lanka,  lions  in  India,  and 
elephants  and  one-horned  rhinoceroses  in  Nepal.  The 
payoffs  from  such  efforts  are  exemplified  by  the  results  of 
two  major  field  studies  completed  by  DAH  researchers 
and  their  collaborators  in  1987.  Both  studies  reported  a 
significant  correlation  between  decreasing  genetic  diver- 
sity among  wild  populations  of  large  carnivores  and  in- 
creasing reproductive  defects,  including  high  numbers  of 
abnormal  sperm  cells. 

The  NZP's  Department  of  Pathology  is  also  concerned 
with  animal  health,  but  from  the  perspective  of  diagnos- 
ing diseases  and  devising  measures  to  prevent  infection. 
Research  and  training  programs  complement  its  activi- 
ties. Examples  of  the  department's  research  efforts  during 
the  past  year  include  a  study  by  summer  preceptor  Chris- 
tine Plowman  that  resulted  in  the  description  of  a  new 
bacterial  disease  in  iguanas  and  an  investigation  of  med- 
ullary amyloidosis  in  dorcas  gazelles  by  Dr.  Bruce  Ride- 
out,  pathology  resident.  In  a  collaborative  study  with 


U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service's  Patuxent  Wildlife  Re- 
search Center  in  Maryland,  Dr.  Richard  Montali,  head 
of  the  Department  of  Pathology,  aided  in  identifying  the 
cause  of  a  disease  outbreak  in  a  flock  of  endangered 
whooping  cranes.  Dr.  Montali  also  identified  a  parasitic 
encephalitis  in  a  flock  of  macaws,  completed  a  compara- 
tive study  of  diseases  in  captive  and  wild  waterfowl,  and 
participated  in  collaborative  studies  with  researchers 
from  other  NZP  departments. 

Continuing  research  projects  also  reported  substantial 
progress.  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  (FONZ)  research 
associate  Dr.  Ed  Ramsay,  Dr.  Montali,  and  colleagues 
from  the  San  Diego  Zoo,  Uniformed  Services  University 
of  Health  Sciences,  and  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of 
Research  have  succeeded  in  transmitting  callitrichid  hepa- 
titis to  laboratory  primates.  This  essential  step  brings  the 
researchers  closer  to  their  goal  of  isolating  and  defining 
the  virus  that  causes  a  newly  discovered  disease  in  mar- 
mosets and  tamarins.  Dr.  Don  Nichols,  Smithsonian 
postdoctoral  fellow,  cultured  third-stage  larvae  of  a 
worm  that  attacks  the  membranes  surrounding  the  brain 
and  spinal  cord  in  exotic  wild  animals.  Nichols  grew  the 
larvae  in  snails  and  slugs,  the  meningeal  worm's  interme- 
diate hosts.  Working  at  the  Johns  Hopkins  University  in 
Baltimore,  he  isolated  antigens  from  adult  worms  and 
first-  and  third-stage  larvae. 

Research  projects  begun  in  1987  included  studies  of  a 
newly  described  lungworm  in  meerkats  and  of  chromo- 
blastomycosis  in  ornate  horned  frogs  by  Erica  Miller, 
FONZ  summer  trainee;  an  investigation  of  mast-cell  tu- 
mors in  exotic  carnivores  by  summer  preceptor  Marcie 
Engel;  and  a  study  of  neurogenic  pulmonary  edema  in 
exotic  ungulates  by  Julia  Carter,  Smithsonian  summer 
intern. 


Nonmedical  Research 

More  than  seventy-five  studies  are  under  way  in  the  De- 
partment of  Zoological  Research  (DZR),  most  carried 
out  in  cooperation  with  other  NZP  departments  or  col- 
laborators from  other  institutions.  This  broad  research 
effort  directly  supports  the  NZP's  overall  aims  of  improv- 
ing animal  care,  furthering  conservation  efforts,  and  fos- 
tering better  understanding  of  animal  behavior  and 
biology.  Benefits  of  DZR  studies  extend  well  beyond  the 
NZP,  however.  The  research  supports  worldwide  efforts 
to  preserve  species  diversity  by  providing  the  knowledge 
needed  to  guide  these  efforts  and  by  training  students 
who  will  carry  them  out  in  the  future. 


70 


L*r 


The  rarely  exhibited  cuttlefish  fascinates  visitors  to  the  new  Invertebrate  Exhibit  at  the  National  Zoo  with  its  lightning-fast  color 
changes. 


Several  DZR  members  continued  to  contribute  to  the 
Golden-Lion  Tamarin  Conservation  Program  in  Brazil's 
Poco  das  Antas  Reserve,  where  forty-six  captive-bred  ani- 
mals (including  twenty-two  in  September  1987)  have  been 
released  to  replenish  the  rapidly  declining  native  popula- 
tion. Dr.  Devra  Kleiman,  NZP's  assistant  director  for  re- 
search, chairs  the  International  Golden-Lion  Tamarin 
Management  Committee.  Kleiman,  who  in  1987  received 
the  National  Science  Foundation's  Women  in  Science  and 
Engineering  Award,  studied  the  population  dynamics  of 
wild  tamarin  populations.  With  NZP  research  associate 
Dr.  James  Dietz,  she  monitored  the  status  of  the  captive- 
bred  animals.  Research  associate  Dr.  Lisa  Forman,  work- 
ing with  Dr.  Dietz  and  research  zoologist  Dr.  Katherine 
Ralls,  began  DNA-analysis  studies  to  uncover  informa- 
tion about  kinship  patterns  and  genetic  variability  in  the 
wild  and  introduced  tamarin  populations. 

Marine  mammals  were  also  studied  in  1987.  With  asso- 
ciates from  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  and  the 
University  of  Minnesota,  Dr.  Ralls  maintained  her  watch 
over  endangered  California  sea  otters.  Using  radiotele- 
metric  techniques,  the  team  is  tracking  the  locations  of 
otters  along  the  California  coast,  yielding  information 
about  the  population  dynamics  and  social  behavior  of  the 
animals.  Dr.  Olav  Oftedal,  NZP  nutritionist,  continued 
his  comparative  studies  of  milk  production  and  its  chemi- 
cal content  in  pinnipeds,  which  include  walruses,  seals, 
and  sea  lions.  Dr.  Oftedal  and  Dr.  Daryl  Boness,  who 


also  is  participating  in  the  pinniped  study,  began  an  in- 
vestigation of  lactation  and  postnatal  growth  of  harbor 
seals.  Also  in  1987,  Dr.  Boness,  NZP  research  zoologist, 
initiated  a  study  of  the  behavior  of  endangered  Hawaiian 
monk  seals,  while  continuing  his  research  on  California 
sea  lions  and  on  hooded  and  harp  seals. 

Among  the  new  bird-related  studies  begun  in  1987  was 
an  analysis  of  bird  census  data  to  uncover  possible  trends 
related  to  deforestation  in  tropical  areas.  The  study  is  a 
collaborative  project  involving  Smithsonian  Research  As- 
sociate Dr.  Russell  Greenberg,  Dr.  James  Lynch  of  the 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center,  and  a  col- 
league from  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service.  In  an- 
other cooperative  project,  Dr.  Greenberg,  DZR  staff 
member  Dr.  Eugene  Morton,  and  Dr.  Kim  Derrickson 
began  preparations  for  a  study  that  will  use  tiny  telemet- 
ric  devices  to  monitor  the  heart  rates  of  birds.  The  aim  of 
the  study  is  to  correlate  the  birds'  physiological  condi- 
tions with  their  overt  behavior.  Dr.  Morton  and  Dr. 
Greenberg  also  continued  their  analysis  of  the  feeding 
and  foraging  behavior  of  migratory  birds.  In  addition. 
Dr.  Morton  collaborated  with  Dr.  Derrickson  in  a  study 
of  the  relationship  between  the  size  of  the  song  repertoire 
of  mockingbirds  and  the  birds'  reproductive  success. 
With  colleagues  from  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  Dr.  Morton  also  conducted  research  on  the  be- 
havior and  ecology  of  birds  in  Panama. 

The  subjects  of  studies  of  terrestrial  mammals  ranged 


from  elephants  in  Sri  Lanka  to  chipmunks  at  the  NZP.  In 
addition  to  his  teaching  activities,  Dr.  Rudran  advised  Sri 
Lankan  officials  on  their  nation's  wildlife  research  pro- 
jects and  assisted  in  developing  a  plan  for  elephant  man- 
agement and  conservation.  Also  in  Sri  Lanka,  research 
associate  Dr.  Wolfgang  Dittus  continued,  for  the  eight- 
eenth year,  his  sociodemographic  studies  of  the  toque 
macaque,  and  research  associate  Steve  Thompson  pro- 
gressed in  his  fundamental  study  of  the  comparative  ener- 
getics of  sugar  gliders,  porcupines,  tree  kangaroos,  and 
other  marsupials  and  eutherian  mammals.  DZR  popula- 
tion manager  Jonathan  Ballou  continued  his  studies  of 
the  potential  genetic  perils  of  breeding  programs  and  is 
developing  techniques  for  estimating  minimum  viable 


population  sizes  for  species  in  the  wild  and  those  in  cap- 
tivity. With  members  of  the  Department  of  Pathology, 
Senior  Smithsonian  Postdoctoral  Fellow  Ted  Grand  be- 
gan a  comparative  study  of  mammalian  anatomy.  Miles 
Roberts,  coordinator  for  the  Red  Panda  Species  Survival 
Plan,  completed  a  master  plan  for  managing  the  popula- 
tion of  red  pandas  in  North  American  zoos  and  initiated 
a  study  of  the  behavioral  ecology  of  the  eastern  chip- 
munk at  the  NZP. 

Exhibits  at  the  Rock  Creek  facility  have  proven  fertile 
research  sites.  For  example,  Dr.  Benjamin  Beck,  NZP's 
general  curator,  has  used  the  zoo's  free-roaming  family  of 
golden-lion  tamarins,  an  exhibit  he  devised,  to  gain  in- 
sights into  efforts  to  introduce  captive-born  animals  in 


National  Zoo  keeper  Morna  Holden  feeds  the  young  greater  one-horned  rhinos  donated  to  the  people  of  the  United  States  by  the 
Prince  of  Nepal. 


72- 


the  wild.  Dr.  Edwin  Gould,  senior  curator  of  mammals, 
is  studying  the  zoo's  collection  of  star-nosed  moles  to  de- 
termine whether  the  strange  "noses"  of  the  elusive  ani- 
mals detect  electrical  impulses  that  guide  their  hunting 
efforts.  The  results  of  other  ongoing  studies  are  likely  to 
influence  the  design  of  animal  exhibits.  Dr.  John  Seiden- 
sticker,  associate  curator  of  mammals,  and  Kathy  Carl- 
stead,  a  Smithsonian  postdoctoral  fellow,  are  evaluating 
the  stereotypic  behavior  of  animals.  Through  sampling 
techniques,  they  also  are  gauging  the  likelihood  that  visi- 
tors will  see  active  animals,  depending  on  the  season  and 
the  time  of  day  of  their  visits. 

Dr.  Dale  Marcellini,  newly  appointed  assistant  to  the 
director  for  applied  research  into  the  exhibitry  and  hus- 
bandry of  zoo  animals,  used  techniques  for  observing  an- 
imals to  study  the  behavior  of  visitors.  The  innovative 
approach  may  prove  superior  to  questionnaires,  the  tradi- 
tional but  often  disappointing  tool  for  evaluating  visitor 
interests  and  satisfaction. 


Education  and  Public  Affairs 

The  Office  of  Education  informs  and  educates  the  NZP's 
large,  diverse  audience  through  a  variety  of  creative  ma- 
terials and  projects.  Only  a  year  old,  the  office's  National 
Zoo  News  is  already  an  unqualified  success,  keeping 
teachers  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  surrounding  areas 
abreast  of  zoo  programs.  More  than  thirty-six  hundred 
grade  school  students  have  graduated  from  the  office's 
seven-week  course  "Zoo  Animals:  A  Closer  Look,"  which 
celebrated  its  tenth  anniversary  in  1987. 

Conservation  themes  have  been  incorporated  into  all  of 
the  NZP's  public  education  programs  and  materials,  and 
new  conservation  programs  are  being  developed  for  grade 
school  and  junior  high  students.  The  innovative 
"ZooArk,"  a  temporary  exhibition  on  zoos  and  world- 
wide conservation  issues,  captured  visitor  interest  during 
its  one-year  debut  at  the  Zoo.  The  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Traveling  Exhibition  Service  intends  to  circulate  the 
interactive  exhibits  to  other  zoos  and  to  museums  of  nat- 
ural history. 

Complementary  activities  are  carried  out  by  the  Office 
of  Public  Affairs,  the  NZP's  direct  contact  with  the  public 
and  media.  The  office  responds  to  questions,  notifies  the 
public  of  NZP  happenings,  and  provides  informational 
and  organizational  support  for  major  events.  During  the 
three  days  in  June  when  much  of  the  nation  was  tracking 
the  status  of  the  newly  born  giant  panda  cubs,  the  public 
affairs  staff  responded  by  organizing  news  conferences 


and  producing  a  series  of  fact  sheets  and  news  releases. 
Along  with  its  many  other  duties  during  the  past  year, 
the  staff  coordinated  activities  related  to  the  awarding  of 
NZP  Silver  Medals  to  Dr.  E.  O.  Wilson  and  Sir  David 
Attenborough  for  their  contributions  to  zoological  sci- 
ence and  conservation. 

The  popularity  of  Sunset  Serenades,  the  office's  four- 
year-old  summer  concert  series,  continued  to  grow  in 
1987.  More  than  six  hundred  people  attended  each  of  the 
six  concerts  held  on  the  Zoo  grounds.  The  office  also 
organized  the  1987  annual  public  symposium  "Behind  the 
Scenes:  Animal  Studies  at  the  Zoo,"  which  introduced  the 
public  to  the  NZP's  research  programs  and  achievements. 


Construction  and  Support  Services 

The  Office  of  Facilities  Management  (OFM)  is  the  be- 
hind-the-scenes unit  that  provides  construction,  police 
and  safety,  and  other  services  that  support  the  full  range 
of  NZP  activities.  Its  craftspeople  built  the  majority  of 
the  new  Invertebrate  Exhibit,  and  they  are  engaged  in  a 
variety  of  other  construction  and  renovation  projects. 
Major  construction  projects  in  1987  included  completion 
of  the  veterinary  hospital  at  Front  Royal.  Projects  begun 
in  1987  included  construction  of  the  Rock  Creek  veteri- 
nary hospital  and  the  Gibbon  Island  Exhibit,  renovation 
of  the  Wetlands  Exhibit,  and  initial  designs  for  the  Ama- 
zonia Exhibit,  reconstruction  of  the  third  section  of  the 
Olmsted  Walk,  and  renovation  of  the  Rock  Creek  hospi- 
tal/research building.  In  addition,  the  office  is  increasing 
the  number  and  quality  of  plantings  on  the  Rock  Creek 
grounds,  contributing  to  the  Zoo's  transformation  into  a 
biological  park. 

The  Office  of  Facilities  Management  (OFM)  grew  with 
the  addition  of  the  Exhibits  Production  Unit  created  from 
the  Office  of  Graphics  and  Exhibits,  which  was  renamed 
the  Office  of  Design  and  Exhibit  Planning.  OFM  pro- 
vided major  support  to  the  new  Invertebrate  Exhibit, 
constructing  a  majority  of  the  exhibit.  Enhancing  the 
Zoo's  BioPark  theme,  strong  emphasis  has  been  placed 
on  improving  the  quality  and  quantity  of  exhibit  plant- 
ings throughout  the  park. 


Staff  Changes  and  Appointments 

Administrative  changes  enacted  in  1987  will  enhance  the 
NZP's  efforts  to  transform  itself  into  a  biological  park. 
George  Calise  was  appointed  associate  director,  and  Elsa 


73 


Jablonski  was  named  the  NZP's  first  director  of  develop- 
ment. Dr.  Edwin  Gould  was  appointed  assistant  to  the 
director  for  biopark  programs,  and  Dr.  Dale  Marcellini 
was  appointed  assistant  to  the  director  for  applied  re- 
search in  the  exhibitry  and  husbandry  of  zoo  animals. 

Friends  of  the  National  Zoo 

A  voluntary  organization  with  more  than  fifty  thousand 
members,  the  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  (FONZ)  con- 
tributed in  many  ways  to  the  NZP's  accomplishments  in 
1987.  The  organization  responded  to  the  opening  of  the 
Invertebrate  Exhibit,  for  example,  by  recruiting  greatly 
needed  volunteers  to  lead  tours,  manage  the  information 
desk,  and  assist  keepers.  These  able  volunteers  were  key 
to  the  exhibit's  successful  opening. 


Fund-raising  efforts  in  1987  added  to  the  organization's 
string  of  annual  successes.  Attendance  at  the  members' 
annual  ZooNight  was  outstanding,  and  the  fourth  Na- 
tional ZooFari  resulted  in  a  sizable  contribution  to  the 
Theodore  H.  Reed  Animal  Acquisition  Fund.  FONZ 
grants  to  the  NZP  for  wildlife  research  and  other  pro- 
grams totaled  more  than  $510,000  in  1987. 

Visitor  Services  was  expanded  and  enhanced.  New 
items  were  added  to  the  menu  and  new  food  and  gift 
carts  were  introduced  to  improve  service  to  the  public. 
Plans  to  quadruple  the  size  of  the  Book  Store  Gallery 
were  begun  in  1987. 

Financial  information  for  calendar  year  1986  is  given 
below.  A  percentage  of  revenues  from  Zoo  Services  is 
paid  to  the  Smithsonian  for  the  benefit  of  the  National 
Zoo  and  is  reported  as  income  by  the  Institution. 


Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  Financial  Report  for  January  i-December  31,  1986 
(thousands  of  dollars) 


Net 
revenue 


Expense 


Net  change  in 
fund  balance 


Fund  balance,  1/1/86 
Services 

Membership 

Publications 

Educationb 

Zoo  Servicesc 

Total 
Fund  balance,  12/31/86 


Si, 707'' 


$  677 

$    595 

82 

12.5 

157 

-3* 

108 

859 

-751 

5,856 

4,8i5d 

1,041 

$6,766 

$6,426 

$340 

$2,047'' 


'Excludes  $232,000  of  deferred  revenue — unrestricted  for  membership  dues;  this  was  an  accounting  change  for  the  1985  calendar  year. 

Txcludes  services  worth  an  estimated  $501,814  contributed  by  FONZ  vounteers. 

includes  gift  shops,  parking  services,  and  food  services. 

''Includes  $459,712  paid  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  under  contractual  agreement. 

'Net  worth,  including  fixed  assets,  to  be  used  for  the  benefit  of  educational  and  scientific  work  at  the  National  Zoological  Park. 


74 


Office  of  American  Studies 


Office  of  Fellowships  and 
Grants 


The  Office  of  American  Studies  continued  its  program  in 
graduate  education.  This  program,  now  in  its  twentieth 
year,  was  designed  to  encourage  research  in  the  field  of 
material  culture,  utilizing  the  collections  and  personnel  of 
the  Smithsonian's  many  museums.  An  additional  purpose 
was  to  overcome  the  separation  then  existing  between 
university  and  museum  scholars.  Through  formal  courses 
conducted  at  the  Smithsonian,  graduate  students  from  co- 
operating universities  were  encouraged  to  take  advantage 
of  the  opportunities  offered  by  the  national  museums. 
Courses  have  dealt  with  art,  technology,  and  social,  cul- 
tural, and  political  history.  The  research  interests  of  par- 
ticipating students  have  ranged  from  art  to  anthropology. 

The  1986  fall  semester  seminar  in  "Material  Aspects  of 
American  Civilization"  again  focused  on  topics  related  to 
exploration  and  travel.  The  seminar  was  taught  by  Wil- 
comb  E.  Washburn,  director  of  the  program,  and  Ber- 
nard Mergen,  of  George  Washington  University.  Nine 
students  participated — eight  from  George  Washington 
University  and  one  from  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Other  seminars  during  the  past  year  included  "The 
Decorative  Arts  in  America,"  taught  by  Barbara  G. 
Carson,  of  George  Washington  University,  and  "Art  in 
History,"  taught  by  Ann  Palumbo,  also  of  George  Wash- 
ington University.  Forty-five  students  participated  in 
these  seminars. 

Two  graduate  students  are  pursuing  specialized  re- 
search under  the  supervision  of  the  office's  director.  Dr. 
Washburn  continued  his  work  in  early  exploration  and 
discovery,  museum  history,  and  anthropology. 


The  Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants  (OFG)  administers 
and  helps  coordinate  the  numerous  Smithsonian  pro- 
grams designed  to  assist  scholars  and  students  from  the 
United  States  and  throughout  the  world  in  utilizing  the 
Institution's  unique  resources.  These  programs  support 
participants'  research  in  art,  history,  and  science,  con- 
ducted at  Smithsonian  facilities  in  conjunction  with  the 
Institution's  professional  staff.  More  than  seven  hundred 
scholars  and  students  received  awards  administered  by 
OFG  in  1987. 

The  awards  include  long-  and  short-term  residential 
appointments  for  undergraduate,  graduate,  and  postdoc- 
toral students  and  for  scholars  in  the  humanities  and  sci- 
ences. The  Institution's  academic  programs  are  an 
important  complement  to  those  offered  by  universities. 
The  Smithsonian  collections  and  the  curators  who  study 
them  are  unparalleled  resources,  unavailable  anywhere 
else  and  essential  to  many  research  pursuits.  At  the 
Smithsonian,  historical  and  anthropological  objects,  orig- 
inal works  of  art,  natural  history  specimens,  living  plants 
and  animals,  entire  ecosystems,  and  even  the  extraterres- 
trial are  available  for  study. 


Programs  for  Visiting  Students  and  Scholars 

The  office  awarded  seventy-nine  predoctoral,  postdoc- 
toral, and  senior  postdoctoral  Smithsonian  Research  Fel- 
lowships in  1987,  including  seventeen  to  foreign  students 
from  nine  countries.  Participants  in  the  twenty-two-year- 
old  fellowship  program  conduct  independent  studies  un- 
der the  guidance  of  staff.  Research  is  carried  out  at  one 
of  the  Institution's  bureaus  or  field  sites,  usually  over  a 
period  of  six  months  to  a  year.  Study  topics  in  1987 
spanned  a  diverse  range  of  scholarly  interests,  from  the 
role  of  gift  exchange  in  America  to  the  archaeometallurgy 
of  ancient  Anatolia.  Other  topics  included  the  volcano  as 
image  and  symbol  in  nineteenth-century  American  art; 
animal  foraging,  competition,  and  discounted  future  re- 
wards; genetic  and  environmental  correlates  of  polymor- 
phism in  marine  cheilostome  bryozoa;  and  predation, 
mass  extinction,  and  the  fate  of  crinoids  (a  class  of  ma- 
rine invertebrates)  during  the  Mesozoic  era. 

Fifteen  U.S.  and  four  foreign  graduate  students  in  the 
early  stages  of  their  research  programs  received  ten-week 
fellowships  in  1987.  The  awards  allowed  the  students  to 
explore  areas  that  they  are  considering  as  the  subjects  of 
their  dissertation  research.  The  1987  fellows  studied  such 
topics  as  the  comparative  morphology  of  the  external 
silk-spinning  structure  of  spiders.  Creek  Indians  and  the 


75 


eighteenth-century  deerskin  trade,  the  San  Francisco 
school  of  abstract  expressionism,  and  the  role  of  the  fed- 
eral government  in  the  development  of  the  U.S.  computer 
industry. 

Smithsonian  Institution  Regents  Fellows  in  residence  in 
1987  included  Stanford  University's  Wanda  Corn,  whose 
topic  of  study  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art 
was  cultural  nationalism  in  the  art  of  post-World  War  I 
America.  At  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute, 
Daniel  Morse,  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara, 
began  a  study  of  the  molecular  biology  of  invertebrate 
larvae  that  inhabit  coral  reefs.  At  the  National  Zoologi- 
cal Park,  Regents  Fellow  Michael  Soule  examined  the  so- 
cial and  philosophical  implications  of  conservation 
biology  and  investigated  new  methods  for  studying  mor- 
phological and  genetic  variations  in  animal  populations. 

The  Institution  also  awarded  two  two-year  Webb  Fel- 
lowships, named  in  honor  of  Regent  Emeritus  James  E. 
Webb  and  designed  to  promote  excellence  in  the  manage- 
ment of  cultural  and  scientific  nonprofit  organizations. 

Herbert  M.  Cole,  University  of  California  at  Santa 
Barbara,  was  the  recipient  of  a  fellowship  in  1987  to 
study  archetypes  in  African  art  at  the  National  Museum 
of  African  Art.  The  fellowship  is  funded  through  a  grant 
from  the  Rockefeller  Foundation  Program  in  the  Human- 
ities to  support  postdoctoral  fellowships  at  the  National 
Museum  of  African  Art  and  the  Freer  and  Sackler 
galleries. 

Through  long-  and  short-term  fellowships  and  through 
other  activities,  the  Smithsonian  aims  to  cultivate  greater 
participation  by  minority  scholars  in  the  Institution's  pro- 
grams. In  1987,  a  Faculty  Fellowship  was  awarded  to 
Carolivia  Herron,  Harvard  University,  to  examine  ap- 
proaches to  the  study  of  Afro-American  visual  art. 

In  addition  to  the  Institution-wide  programs  funded 
through  OFG,  the  office  administers  fellowships  and 
other  awards  funded  through  Smithsonian  bureaus.  At 
the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  1987  awards  in- 
cluded appointments  to  the  International  Fellowship, 
Martin  Marietta  Chair  in  Space  History,  and  the  Charles 
A.  Lindbergh  Professorship  in  Aerospace  History. 

At  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  re- 
search fellowships  funded  by  the  Jessie  Noyes  Foundation 
were  awarded  to  three  predoctoral  students,  from  Colom- 
bia, Panama,  and  Costa  Rica.  The  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory  awarded  three  postdoctoral  and 
five  predoctoral  fellowships  in  1987. 

In  addition,  OFG  assisted  in  the  awarding  of  two  new 
graduate  fellowships  in  conservation  science,  the  product 
of  a  joint  program  between  the  Institution's  Conservation 


Analytical  Laboratory  and  the  Department  of  Materials 
Science  and  Engineering  at  the  Johns  Hopkins  University. 

During  1987,  bureaus,  in  cooperation  with  OFG,  con- 
tinued to  offer  short-term  support  for  visiting  scientists 
and  scholars.  This  aid  enabled  forty-four  researchers  to 
visit  Smithsonian  facilities  and  confer  with  staff  members. 
These  programs  are  supplemented  by  OFG's  growing 
Short  Term  Visitor  Program,  which  is  attracting  an  in- 
creasing number  of  scholars  from  developing  countries. 
The  program  assisted  172  scholars — including  73  interna- 
tional visitors  representing  ?i  nations — who  came  to  the 
Institution  to  conduct  research,  examine  collections,  or 
meet  with  professional  staff  members. 

OFG's  three-year-old  workshop  program  again  was 
successful  in  supporting  gatherings  of  scholars  and  ex- 
perts to  discuss  issues  of  mutual  or  complementary  inter- 
est. Last  year,  the  program  supported  sixteen  workshops 
organized  by  Smithsonian  research  and  museum  staff 
members.  Lasting  from  one  to  several  days,  the  work- 
shops focused  on  such  topics  as  psychoanalysis  and  soci- 
ety in  Africa,  blue  crab  ecology,  the  evolution  of 
terrestrial  ecosystems,  and  inversion  techniques  in 
helioseismology. 


Internships  and  Other  Programs 

The  number  of  internships  offered  by  the  Smithsonian 
continues  to  grow,  reflecting  both  the  popularity  and  the 
effectiveness  of  these  programs.  Through  OFG,  the  Na- 
tional Air  and  Space  Museum  supported  ten  undergradu- 
ate interns  in  1987.  The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 
supported  six  students,  and  twelve  students  participated 
in  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center's 
work-and-learn  program  in  environmental  studies.  The 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  and  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  Art  each  supported  four  stu- 
dent interns.  In  addition,  twelve  students  participated  in 
the  Smith  College-Smithsonian  Program  in  American 
Studies.  The  eight-year-old  program  features  a  seminar 
course  and  research  projects  conducted  under  the  direc- 
tion of  staff  members. 

High  school  students  also  took  advantage  of  the  Insti- 
tution's internship  opportunities.  In  1987,  forty-three 
were  supported  through  the  Office  of  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education.  During  five-week  sessions,  the  in- 
terns participated  in  programs  designed  to  broaden  an 
existing  academic  interest  or  vocational  skill.  For  the  Of- 
fice of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education,  OFG  ad- 
ministered the  five  appointments  to  the  Teacher  Intern 


76 


Program.  This  program  gives  high  school  teachers  the 
opportunity  to  delve  into  their  academic  interests,  and  it 
addresses  ways  in  which  the  participants  can  assist  local 
museums  in  developing  programs  for  adolescents. 

The  office  supplemented  these  programs  with  efforts 
aimed  at  increasing  the  participation  of  minority  students 
in  Smithsonian  research  activities  and  other  programs. 
Thirty-one  undergraduate  and  graduate  minority  students 
were  awarded  internships  in  a  variety  of  bureaus  and  of- 
fices on  the  Mall,  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Re- 
search Center,  and  the  National  Zoological  Park. 

In  1987,  the  office,  in  collaboration  with  the  bureaus, 
created  a  special  program  for  Native  American  students 
and  community  scholars.  Under  the  new  program,  seven 
short-term  appointments  were  made.  Topics  studied  by 
the  Native  American  scholars  while  at  the  Smithsonian 
included  the  breakup  of  the  Great  Sioux  Nation  and  the 
role  of  women  in  contemporary  trends  in  American 
Indian  art. 

With  the  support  of  a  grant  from  the  Educational  Out- 
reach Program,  OFG  and  Howard  University  developed  a 
study  program  to  promote  minority  interest  in  natural 
history.  Two  faculty  members  from  the  university's  De- 
partment of  Zoology  and  Botany  designed  a  ten-day  field 
course  for  eight  undergraduates.  The  course  was  held  at 
the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  and  included 
talks  by  members  of  the  institute  staff. 

The  office  continued  to  administer  cooperative  educa- 
tion appointments  aimed  at  minority  graduate  students 
whose  research  interests  coincide  with  those  of  the  Insti- 
tution. In  1987,  two  appointments  were  made.  The 
students  will  work  in  professional  positions  at  the  Smith- 
sonian while  continuing  their  university  education.  The 
appointments  hold  the  potential  for  permanent  employ- 
ment at  the  Smithsonian. 

The  Education  Fellowship  Program,  which  offers  sup- 
port for  graduate  study  and  research  training,  also  con- 
tinued to  encourage  the  participation  of  minorities  in 
the  Institution's  fields  of  interest.  In  1987,  a  fellowship 
recipient  at  Harvard  University  received  his  doctorate  in 
astrophysics  and  was  appointed  to  a  position  at  the 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory.  Another  recipi- 
ent completed  his  first  year  of  graduate  study  in  the 
Department  of  Anthropology  at  the  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts and  spent  part  of  the  summer  working  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

In  1987,  twelve  persons  were  selected  to  participate  in 
two  sessions  of  the  Visiting  Associates  Program.  Partici- 
pants in  the  two-year-old  program  were  university  and 
college  faculty  members  and  administrators  committed  to 


expanding  minority  participation  in  higher  education. 
The  week-long  sessions  were  designed  to  acquaint  the 
visiting  associates  with  Smithsonian  research  programs 
and  opportunities  for  independent  and  collaborative  stud- 
ies. The  associates  were  asked  to  serve  as  contacts  and  to 
disseminate  this  information  among  their  respective  aca- 
demic communities. 

Also  during  the  past  year,  OFG  assumed  administra- 
tion of  the  Scholarly  Studies  Program.  This  competitive 
grant  program  provides  funding  for  Smithsonian  staff 
and  their  collaborators  to  conduct  research  that  falls  out- 
side the  purview  of  traditional  sources  of  support.  As  a 
result  of  two  meetings  of  a  review  committee  composed 
of  scholars  from  the  Smithsonian  and  elsewhere,  twenty- 
nine  grants  were  awarded  in  1987. 


77 


Smithsonian  Astrophysical 
Observatory 


On  February  24,  1987,  a  Canadian  astronomer  working 
at  the  Las  Campanas  Observatory  in  Chile  discovered  a 
supernova  in  the  Large  Magellanic  Cloud,  a  companion 
galaxy  to  the  Milky  Way  visible  from  the  Southern  Hemi- 
sphere. The  exploding  star  was  the  brightest  seen  in  more 
than  four  hundred  years  and  the  first  discovered  early 
enough  after  its  explosion  to  allow  detailed  studies  with 
the  full  range  of  modern  astronomical  instruments. 

Supernova  1987A  (SN  1987A),  as  the  object  is  officially 
known,  dominated  astronomical  research  throughout  the 
remaining  months  of  1987,  as  astronomers  sought  new 
clues  to  stellar  evolution.  Scientists  from  the  Harvard- 
Smithsonian  Center  for  Astrophysics  (CfA)  were  at  the 
forefront  of  this  research. 

For  example,  one  night  after  the  exploding  star  was 
discovered,  a  CfA  X-ray  specialist  working  at  the  Cerro 
Tololo  Inter  American  Observatory,  also  in  Chile,  pro- 
duced optical  photos  of  the  supernova  that  were 
distributed  worldwide.  Similarly,  the  first  official  an- 
nouncement of  the  discovery  was  issued  by  the  Interna- 
tional Astronomical  Union's  (IAU's)  Central  Bureau  for 
Astronomical  Telegrams,  headquartered  at  CfA.  A  tor- 
rent of  information,  based  on  subsequent  studies  and  ob- 
servations, flowed  from  the  bureau,  with  some  30  IAU 
Circulars  issued  during  the  first  twenty  days  after  the  dis- 
covery and  a  record-breaking  190  over  the  course  of  the 
year. 

The  initial  announcement  was  greeted  with  an  intense 
wave  of  research  activity.  Within  hours,  a  CfA  astrono- 
mer used  the  International  Ultraviolet  Explorer  to  investi- 
gate the  supernova,  pinning  down,  among  other  things, 
the  original  identity  of  the  spectacular  object.  Comparing 
ultraviolet  spectral  data  from  the  satellite  with  preexplo- 
sion  astrometric  measurements  of  candidate  stars,  he  and 
a  colleague  determined  that  SN  i987A's  progenitor  was 
Sanduleak  -69  202,  a  blue  supergiant  star. 

Almost  simultaneously  with  this  study,  the  CfA  initi- 
ated and  coordinated  an  international  experiment  using 
very  long  baseline  interferometry  (VLBI)  to  probe  the  su- 
pernova's radiosphere.  Observations  suggested  that,  five 
days  after  the  explosion,  the  supernova's  radio  shell  was 
larger  than  its  visible  disk,  with  a  diameter  at  least  twelve 
thousand  times  that  of  the  Sun. 

The  most  exciting — and  most  surprising — result  was 
the  discovery  of  an  enigmatic  and  inexplicably  bright  ob- 
ject close  to  SN  1987A.  A  CfA  research  team  found  the 
"companion"  through  optical  speckle  interferometry  ob- 
servations, made  in  late  April  with  the  4-meter  telescope 
at  Cerro  Tololo.  (The  electronic  camera  used  to  make 
these  observations  is  a  new  astronomical-imaging  instru- 


ment. By  means  of  rapid  multiple  exposures,  the  camera 
compensates  for  blurring  motions  in  the  Earth's  atmo- 
sphere.) The  apparent  brightness  of  the  object  (only  three 
magnitudes  fainter  than  the  supernova)  and  its  apparent 
closeness  to  the  supernova  (separated,  perhaps,  by  as  lit- 
tle as  seventeen  light-days)  suggested  that  the  companion 
was  linked  to  the  stellar  explosion.  Because  the  object 
was  not  seen  before  the  supernova,  it  must  have  been  at 
least  one  hundred  times  fainter — if,  indeed,  it  even  ex- 
isted before  the  explosion!  Months  after  the  observation, 
the  origin  and  nature  of  the  object  continued  to  evade 
explanation. 

The  interdisciplinary  approach  to  studying  Supernova 
1987A  underscores  the  multifaceted  program  of  the  CfA 
and  its  ability  to  respond  quickly  to  major  research  op- 
portunities. Formed  in  1973  to  coordinate  the  related  in- 
terests of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  and 
the  Harvard  College  Observatory  under  a  single  director, 
the  CfA  studies  the  basic  physical  processes  that  deter- 
mine the  nature  and  evolution  of  the  universe.  These  in- 
vestigations, touching  on  almost  all  major  topics  in 
modern  astronomy,  are  organized  by  divisions.  Some 
highlights  of  research  in  each  of  these  divisions  during  the 
past  year  follow. 


Atomic  and  Molecular  Physics 

To  interpret  observations  of  astronomical  objects,  it  is 
necessary  to  understand  how  atoms  and  molecules  inter- 
act with  each  other  and  with  light.  The  division's  labora- 
tory and  theoretical  studies  seek  to  explain  these 
interactions. 

CfA  scientists  are  measuring,  for  example,  the  ways  in 
which  sunlight  can  break  apart  oxygen  molecules  in  the 
Earth's  atmosphere.  This  year,  they  made  the  first  theo- 
retical calculations  of  the  rate  of  atomic  oxygen  produc- 
tion from  oxygen  molecules  that  break  apart  almost 
immediately  after  absorbing  an  electron.  This  is  a  key 
process  in  the  ozone  chemistry  of  the  stratosphere,  the 
protective  layer  that  filters  out  the  Sun's  harmful  ultravio- 


Supernova  1987A  (arrow)  in  the  Large  Magellanic  Cloud  was 
photographed  at  the  Cerro  Tololo  InterAmerican  Observatory 
in  Chile  by  Wendy  Roberts  of  the  Harvard-Smithsonian  Center 
for  Astrophysics  on  February  25,  1987,  one  night  after  its  dis- 
covery. (NOAO  photograph) 


78 


79 


let  rays.  In  addition,  knowledge  of  the  process  contrib- 
utes to  understanding  the  "greenhouse  effect"  now 
thought  to  be  warming  the  Earth. 

Astronomers  in  the  division  are  also  studying  the  distri- 
bution of  interstellar  carbon  monoxide  to  map  the  distri- 
bution of  molecules  in  giant  clouds  in  the  Milky  Way. 
Interpreting  these  maps,  however,  requires  knowledge  of 
how  starlight  breaks  down  carbon  monoxide  molecules. 
Thus,  CfA  scientists  devised  a  mathematical  model  to 
identify  potential  mechanisms  involved  in  this  poorly  un- 
derstood process.  They  have  compared  their  calculations 
with  corresponding  measurements  made  in  collaboration 
with  researchers  from  the  Japanese  National  Laboratory, 
using  radiation  from  that  facility's  "photon  factory." 


High-Energy  Astrophysics 

Research  in  high-energy  astrophysics  is  concerned  with 
some  of  the  most  energetic  objects  and  processes  in  na- 
ture— specifically,  the  mechanisms  that  generate  X-ray 
radiation  from  cosmic  objects.  Because  X-rays  are  ab- 
sorbed by  the  Earth's  atmosphere,  observations  in  this 
field  are  made  from  balloons,  rockets,  and  satellites.  Di- 
vision scientists  and  engineers  are  currently  analyzing 
X-ray  data  from  past  spaceflights,  and  they  are  designing 
and  developing  new  instrumentation  for  future  missions. 

The  extremely  violent  events  taking  place  in  the  cores 
of  galaxies  and  in  quasars  intrigue  and  puzzle  scientists. 
Although  these  latter  objects  radiate  immense  amounts  of 
energy  across  the  entire  spectrum,  from  low-energy  radio 
waves  to  the  extremely  high-energy  X-rays  and  gamma 
rays,  their  behavior  can  change  over  periods  as  short  as  a 
few  days.  CfA  scientists  have  been  piecing  together  a  pic- 
ture of  the  way  emissions  vary  in  time  and  energy.  Pre- 
liminary results  suggest  that  one  process  may  generate 
infrared  and  X-ray  emissions,  while  another,  involving  a 
disklike  structure  of  material  spiraling  inward  toward  a 
central  black  hole,  may  be  responsible  for  the  optical, 
ultraviolet,  and  lowest-energy  X-ray  radiation. 

The  X-ray  satellite  Einstein,  created  largely  through 
the  efforts  of  CfA  scientists  and  engineers,  produced  a 
priceless  archive  of  observations  of  10  percent  of  the  sky 
Using  the  Einstein  Data  Bank,  CfA  scientists  and  more 
than  130  visiting  researchers  have  been  able  to  catalogue 
X-ray  sources  and  make  maps  of  the  distribution  of  cos- 
mic X-rays.  These  tools  will  guide  future  systematic 
X-ray  studies  of  stars,  galaxies,  clusters  of  galaxies, 
and  quasars. 


Optical  and  Infrared  Astronomy 

CfA  research  in  optical  and  infrared  astronomy  concen- 
trates on  the  large-scale  structure  of  the  universe  and  on 
the  formation  and  evolution  of  stars  and  galaxies.  In  sup- 
port of  this  research,  the  center  operates  the  Fred  Law- 
rence Whipple  Observatory  on  Mount  Hopkins  in 
Arizona.  The  observatory  contains  the  Multiple  Mirror 
Telescope  (MMT),  operated  jointly  with  the  University 
of  Arizona.  It  also  houses  two  smaller  telescopes,  which 
are  used  for  large-scale  surveys  and  to  supplement  MMT- 
based  research,  and  a  light  collector  measuring  10  meters 
in  diameter.  Used  for  ground-based  searches  for  high- 
energy  gamma  rays  from  celestial  sources,  this  collector  is 
the  most  sensitive  instrument  of  its  type  in  the  world. 

In  one  long-term  program,  CfA  scientists  are  creating  a 
three-dimensional  map  of  the  distribution  of  more  than 
ten  thousand  galaxies  within  about  three  hundred  million 
light-years  of  our  own  Milky  Way.  The  survey's  first 
"slice  of  the  universe"  indicated  that  the  galaxies  are  dis- 
tributed on  the  surfaces  of  enormous  bubblelike  voids, 
some  more  than  one  hundred  million  light-years  in  diam- 
eter. Three  such  slices,  including  more  than  twenty-five 
hundred  galaxies,  are  now  complete.  The  new  data  con- 
firm the  early  evidence  of  the  bubblelike  distribution  of 
galaxies  on  very  large  scales,  posing  a  serious  challenge 
to  traditional  models  of  the  evolution  of  the  universe. 

A  CfA  scientist  was  on  the  international  team  that  dis- 
covered what  may  be  the  first  true  "binary  quasar  sys- 
tem." The  two  quasars,  located  twelve  billion  light-years 
from  Earth  in  the  direction  of  the  constellation  Crater, 
were  first  identified  in  optical  observations  made  at  the 
European  Southern  Observatory  in  La  Silla,  Chile.  Spec- 
tral data  gathered  with  the  MMT  confirmed  that  the  two 
objects  were  located  at  approximately  the  same  distance 
from  the  Earth;  and  radio  observations  made  with  the 
Very  Large  Array  in  New  Mexico  established  the  binary 
nature  of  the  quasars,  ruling  out  the  effect  of  a  gravita- 
tional lens.  The  proximity  of  the  objects  suggests  that 
they  may  be  interacting,  either  in  orbit  about  each  other 
or  in  near  collision. 

The  MMT  is  also  being  used  to  survey  potentially  as 
many  as  one  thousand  non-radio-emitting  quasars, 
known  as  QSOs.  The  effort  is  an  ambitious  attempt  to 
establish  statistical  standards  of  distribution  and  lumi- 
nosity. Candidates  for  MMT  observation  and  spectral 
analysis  are  selected  from  photographic  plates  by  an  au- 
tomated measuring  device  at  Cambridge  University.  Al- 
ready, the  survey  has  discovered  some  250  new  QSOs. 


80 


Planetary  Sciences 

The  planetary  sciences  division  concentrates  on  the  plan- 
ets, satellites,  and  small  bodies  of  the  Solar  System,  as 
well  as  on  the  processes  that  created  them  billions  of 
years  ago. 

CfA  scientists  continue  to  examine  information  ob- 
tained during  Voyager  spacecraft  encounters  with  the 
outer  planets.  Much  of  last  year's  effort  was  devoted  to 
examining  and  interpreting  data  describing  the  satellites 
of  Jupiter.  Mapping  of  the  geological  formations  on  Gan- 
ymede was  completed,  and  analysis  of  images  of  Europa 
suggested  that  material  from  that  satellite's  interior  may 
be  venting  through  its  ice-covered  surface.  In  a  related 
ground-based  effort,  observations  of  the  eclipses  and  oc- 
cultations  of  Jupiter's  bright  satellites  were  used  to  study 
the  dissipation  of  energy  in  the  interior  of  the  planet. 

Major  concerns  of  the  division's  theorists  include  the 
evolution  of  the  early  solar  nebula — the  stuff  from  which 
planets  were  made — and  the  high-energy  events  and  pro- 
cesses responsible  for  certain  properties  of  meteorites  and 
planets.  An  example  of  work  in  this  area  is  a  study  that 
could  resolve  a  long-standing  mystery  of  the  Solar  Sys- 
tem— the  origin  of  the  Moon.  Two  CfA  scientists  pre- 
sented a  convincing  argument  that  the  Moon  was  created 
by  a  collision  between  Earth  and  another  body  perhaps 
1.2  times  the  mass  of  Mars. 

Although  the  Apollo  missions  ended  more  than  a  dec- 
ade ago,  the  lunar  rocks  collected  during  these  missions 
continue  to  reveal  their  secrets.  Laboratory  studies  of 
samples  from  the  Apollo  15  mission  found  a  previously 
unrecognized  variety  of  igneous  rock  in  the  lunar  high- 
lands. This  discovery  provides  new  information  about  the 
way  the  lunar  surface  separated  into  layers  of  differing 
chemical  composition. 

Where  and  how  comets  form  are  persisting  questions. 
The  comets  that  periodically  approach  the  Sun  are  be- 
lieved to  come  from  a  halo  around  the  Solar  System,  far 
beyond  the  orbit  of  Pluto.  Computations  by  a  CfA  scien- 
tist suggest  that  as  many  as  two-thirds  of  these  comets 
may  have  formed  in  a  shell-like  region  centered  about  the 
Sun,  but  extending  from  one  thousand  to  ten  thousand 
times  the  Earth's  distance  from  the  Sun. 


Radio  and  Geoastronomy 

Research  in  radio  astronomy  contributes  to  greater  un- 
derstanding of  the  universe  and  of  Earth  itself.  Some  CfA 


scientists  are  studying  the  structure,  evolution,  sources  of 
energy,  and  ultimate  fate  of  astronomical  objects  that 
emit  radio  waves  throughout  the  universe.  Other  CfA 
scientists  use  the  radio  astronomy  technique  of  very  long 
baseline  interferometry  to  measure  the  drifting  of  conti- 
nents and  to  probe  the  Earth's  interior  structure.  Still 
other  scientists  in  this  division  are  developing  atomic 
clocks,  testing  the  theory  of  general  relativity,  designing 
and  building  advanced  optical  interferometers,  and  de- 
signing space  tethers  to  probe  the  outer  reaches  of  the 
Earth's  atmosphere. 

One  group  is  attempting  to  measure  the  size  of  the 
Milky  Way  and  the  distance  to  nearby  galaxies.  They 
have  mapped  with  extraordinary  precision  the  relative 
motions  of  water-vapor  masers  (amplified  emissions  of 
microwaves)  around  a  newly  formed  massive  star.  From 
this  information,  they  determined  the  distance  that  sepa- 
rates us  from  the  center  of  the  Milky  Way,  thus  improv- 
ing the  accuracy  of  previous  measurements  of  this 
distance.  CfA  scientists  also  made  the  first  epoch  mea- 
surements of  the  motions  of  two  maser  complexes  in  the 
neighboring  galaxy  M33.  Data  gathered  over  the  next 
several  years  should  allow  the  first-ever  measurement  of 
this  galaxy's  rotation. 

In  1987,  division  scientists  and  engineers  also  com- 
pleted the  installation  of  a  two-element,  20-meter-base- 
line  optical  interferometer  at  the  Mount  Wilson 
Observatory.  In  initial  tests,  the  "Mark  II,"  which  was 
built  in  collaboration  with  other  institutions,  successfully 
measured  the  positions  of  five  stars,  tracking  these  stars 
over  wide  angles  as  the  Earth  rotated.  Interferometry,  a 
common  observing  technique  in  radio  astronomy,  is  be- 
ing used  increasingly  in  optical  astronomy.  This  proto- 
type instrument  shows  great  promise  as  a  tool  for  the 
precise  measurement  of  stellar  positions. 


Solar  and  Stellar  Physics 

In  addition  to  seizing  the  research  opportunities  presented 
by  Supernova  1987A,  scientists  in  this  division  made  sig- 
nificant progress  in  studies  of  physical  processes  operat- 
ing in  the  Sun  and  other  stars.  A  major  emphasis  was  the 
study  of  the  behavior  of  hot  gas  under  varied  condi- 
tions— in  extended  stellar  atmospheres,  in  the  interstellar 
medium,  and  in  material  ejected  from  young  stars  and 
supernovae. 

Continuing  observations  of  a  young  variable  star  by 
two  CfA  scientists  provide  evidence  that  material  from  a 


81 


surrounding  disk  is  falling  onto  the  star's  surface.  The 
cause  of  the  process  is  unknown,  but  the  observations 
indicate  that  the  star  is  growing  as  a  result  of  mass  trans- 
fer. Observations  of  similiar  stars  will  be  needed  to  deter- 
mine whether  disk  systems,  the  precursors  of  planets,  are 
common  to  all  young  stars. 

Periodic  variations — probably  pulsations — were  found 
in  the  bright  red  supergiant  star  Betelgeuse  in  Orion  by  a 
team  of  division  scientists.  Although  variations  in  this 
star's  brightness  have  long  been  suspected,  it  took  a  dedi- 
cated monitoring  program,  using  both  satellite  and 
ground-based  instruments,  to  pin  down  the  420-day  cycle 
of  changes  in  luminosity.  This  feature  may  hold  the  key 
to  understanding  how  Betelgeuse's  great  extended  atmo- 
sphere— some  three  thousand  times  that  of  the  Sun — was 
created. 

Measurements  of  brightness  variations  in  stars  sus- 
pected of  having  "spotted  surfaces"  were  made  with  pho- 
toelectric telescopes  operated  by  a  private  group  at  the 
Whipple  Observatory.  These  completely  automated  in- 
struments made  long-term  measurements  that  comple- 
mented data  obtained  by  CfA  researchers  at  the  Mount 
Wilson  Observatory. 


Science  Education 

In  addition  to  advances  in  astrophysics  research,  the  CfA 
also  made  progress  in  Project  STAR  (Science  Teaching 
through  Astronomical  Roots).  Sponsored  by  the  National 
Science  Foundation,  this  program  is  designed  to  improve 
the  teaching  of  secondary  school  science  through  the  use 
of  examples  from  astronomy  and  supporting  materials. 
Eighteen  high  school  science  teachers  from  around  the 
country  attended  the  second  Summer  Workshop  for  Edu- 
cators, held  in  Cambridge.  During  the  two-week  pro- 
gram, the  teachers  participated  in  seminars,  discussions, 
and  laboratory  exercises  that  drew  upon  CfA  resources 
and  the  expertise  of  its  staff. 

Results  of  a  survey  mailed  to  some  six  thousand  ran- 
domly selected  science  teachers  revealed  that  at  least  10 
percent  would  teach  an  astronomy  course  in  their  high 
schools  if  suitable  materials  were  available.  This  interest 
suggests  a  demand  for  the  type  of  texts,  activities,  and 
teacher  training  programs  now  being  developed  in  Project 
STAR. 


Theoretical  Astrophysics 

CfA  theorists  seek  to  explain  the  underlying  principles 
and  processes  that  govern  the  behavior  of  the  universe. 
They  derive  their  insights  from  analyses  of  experimental 
data  and  mathematical  models. 

Last  year,  studies  carried  out  in  the  division  addressed 
a  wide  range  of  topics,  from  interpretations  of  the  first 
observation  of  neutrinos  from  the  collapse  of  a  supernova 
core,  to  the  evolution  of  localized  "inflationary  universes" 
that,  from  the  outside,  might  appear  to  be  black  holes. 
Research  also  addressed  "cosmic  strings,"  the  hypothe- 
sized artifacts  of  the  very  early  universe.  A  CfA  scientist 
and  colleague  from  another  institution  developed  a  model 
to  explain  how  these  strings,  if  they  exist,  might  serve  as 
sources  of  the  enormous  amounts  of  energy  generated  in 
quasars.  Another  CfA  scientist  analyzed  processes  that 
might  limit  the  size  of  the  massive  black  hole  hypothe- 
sized to  lie  at  the  center  of  the  Milky  Way. 

Other  work  included  studies  of  gas  flow  into  black 
holes,  the  interiors  of  neutron  stars,  the  properties  of 
atoms  and  molecules  in  interstellar  space,  the  formation 
of  spiral  structure  in  galaxies,  and  the  formation  of 
planets  in  the  early  Solar  System. 


82 


Smithsonian  Environmental 
Research  Center 


Studies  at  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Cen- 
ter (SERC),  located  in  Edgewater,  Maryland,  help  un- 
ravel the  complex  web  of  factors  that  influence  the  health 
of  the  environment.  Occupying  2,600  acres  bordering  the 
Rhode  River,  a  tributary  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay,  the  cen- 
ter carries  out  long-term  interdisciplinary  studies,  in  the 
field  and  in  the  laboratory. 

The  center  complements  its  research  activities  through 
educational  programs  for  students — from  undergraduates 
to  postdoctoral  fellows — and  for  the  public.  Teacher-  and 
docent-led  tours  acquaint  the  public  with  the  center's 
mission  and  facilities.  Hiking  along  the  two-mile  Discov- 
ery Trail  or  participating  in  center-organized  canoe  out- 
ings on  the  tidal  river  introduce  visitors  to  the  wonders 
and  vulnerabilities  of  the  coastal  environment. 

Through  seminars,  a  regular  SERC  activity,  center  re- 
searchers and  their  counterparts  from  universities  and 
governmental  laboratories  keep  each  other  abreast  of 
work  and  issues  in  areas  of  mutual  interest.  In  addition, 
the  center  organized  and  hosted  in  1987  a  scientific  work- 
shop on  the  biology  of  portunid  (swimming)  crabs. 

The  sampling  of  1987  research  activities  described  be- 
low illustrates  how  SERC  studies  contribute  to  a  better 
understanding  of  complex  environmental  phenomena  and 
problems.  Research  is  conducted  by  staff  scientists,  who 
represent  a  diverse  array  of  disciplines,  and  by  visiting 
scientists  and  students. 


Impact  of  Acid  Deposition 

The  impact  of  acid  precipitation  on  coastal-plain  hard- 
wood forests  has  been  a  matter  of  concern  in  recent 
years,  although  few  studies  have  addressed  the  issue.  To 
help  fill  gaps  in  understanding,  SERC  researchers  con- 
structed a  detailed  "acid  budget"  for  a  mature  forest 
adjacent  to  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  A  type  of  scientific  ac- 
counting system,  the  budget  tracked  acid  inputs  and  the 
amount  of  acid  flowing  from  the  drainage  basin  into  the 
Bay  over  a  four-year  period. 

The  acid  levels  of  precipitation  and  stream  water  were 
strongly  correlated,  and  the  average  annual  pH  of  both 
declined  significantly  between  1975  and  1984.  (The  acro- 
nym for  potential  of  hydrogen,  pH  is  a  measure  of  acid- 
ity, with  a  pH  of  1  being  most  acidic,  a  pH  of  7  neutral, 
and  pH  of  14  most  alkaline.)  Precipitation  was  primarily 
a  dilute  solution  of  sulfuric  and  nitric  acids,  with  small 
amounts  of  ammonium,  chloride,  and  metallic  cations 
(positively  charged  metal  ions).  Stream  water,  in  con- 


trast, was  largely  a  solution  of  metallic  sulfates  and  chlo- 
rides. The  differences  in  acid  composition  reflect  how  soil 
and  vegetation  process  rainwater  and  snow  melt.  Nearly 
all  of  the  ammonium,  hydronium,  and  nitrate  ions  were 
intercepted  and  retained  by  the  forest,  but  a  substantial 
portion  of  the  sulfates  were  not.  Moreover,  precipitation 
leached  aluminum  and  other  metallic  cations  from  water- 
shed vegetation  and  soil. 

The  watershed  ecosystem  neutralized  98  percent  of  the 
acid  inputs.  Yet,  the  remaining  2  percent  were  sufficient 
to  acidify  waters  draining  into  watershed  streams.  Nitric 
acid  in  the  precipitation  did  not  affect  stream  chemistry 
because  of  the  nearly  complete  retention  of  nitrates 
within  the  ecosystem;  nor  did  acids  from  natural  sources, 
such  as  from  the  dissociation  of  carbonic  and  other  or- 
ganic acids.  Sulfuric  acid  was  the  pollutant  primarily  re- 
sponsible for  cation  leaching  and  stream  acidification. 
The  loss  of  metallic  cations  other  than  calcium  did  not 
seem  to  threaten  forest  vegetation  because  of  the  soil's 
high  content  of  metals  and  replenishment  from  weather- 
ing. Calcium,  however,  is  present  in  the  soil  only  in  trace 
amounts.  Assuming  no  replenishment  of  the  element, 
continuation  of  current  leaching  rates  would  deplete  cal- 
cium levels  in  the  soil  by  more  than  a  third  in  seventy 
years. 

Small,  primary  streams  in  the  watershed  underwent  the 
greatest  surges  in  acidity,  falling  to  a  pH  level  as  low  as 
3.2.  Moreover,  concentrations  of  aluminum,  dissolved 
from  minerals  in  clay  soils,  were  high.  Larger  streams 
were  observed  to  have  surges  in  acidity  with  pH  minima 
below  5. 

Surges  in  acidity  occurred  during  accelerated  ground- 
water percolation  following  storms  and  did  not  coincide 
with  surface  runoff  or  snow  melt.  One  reason  why 
groundwater  is  more  acidic  is  that  plants  exchange  their 
hydronium  ions  for  the  soil's  alkaline  cations.  During  a 
storm,  hydronium  ions  in  the  precipitation  displace  some 
of  the  alkaline  cations  that  had  been  translocated  to  the 
plant  canopy,  while  hydronium  ions  that  had  accumu- 
lated in  the  soil  percolate  through  the  soil  and  into  local 
streams.  As  a  result,  surface  runoff  is  enriched  in  alkaline 
cations  and  groundwater  is  enriched  in  hydronium  ions. 

Acidity  levels  of  drainage  in  the  forested  portion  of  the 
watershed  were  most  closely  tied  to  the  pH  of  precipita- 
tion. On  average,  forest  drainage  was  the  most  acidic, 
the  highest  in  aluminum  content,  and  the  lowest  in  cal- 
cium content.  Surges  in  acidity,  however,  were  most  se- 
vere in  pastureland  drainage,  followed  by  cropland 
drainage.  The  study  results  indicate  that  land  manage- 


83 


Dr.  Bert  Drake,  plant  physiologist  at  the  Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center,  adjusts  controls  of  an  open-top  marsh 
chamber  in  which  carbon  dioxide  gas  concentrations  have  been  doubled  to  allow  measurement  of  direct  and  indirect  environmental 
effects. 


ment  strongly  influences  the  acidity  of  water  draining  ag- 
ricultural areas. 

Bioassays  suggest  that  aquatic  wildlife  species  vary  in 
their  vulnerability  to  levels  of  acidity  recorded  in  the 
study.  The  results  of  the  assays,  conducted  at  the  center, 
indicate  negligible  toxicity  to  tree  frogs  (Hyla  crucifer)  at 
a  pH  level  of  5.  The  same  level  of  acidity  caused  signifi- 
cant toxicity  to  yellow  perch  (Perca  flavescens)  and  had 
drastic  effects  on  striped  bass  (Morone  saxatilis). 


Bird/Habitat  Relationships 


white-eyed  vireo,  as  determined  from  mist-net  capture 
rates,  were  most  abundant.  These  species  congregated  in 
early  successional  habitats.  Overall,  the  number  of  birds 
in  a  specific  habitat  increased  from  abandoned  pasture  to 
mature  forest.  Species  diversity,  however,  was  greatest  in 
the  intermediate-aged  forest.  Areas  of  high  capture  rates 
for  particular  species  did  not  correspond  with  the  loca- 
tions of  singing  males  of  those  species.  This  finding  sug- 
gests that  habitat  suitable  for  singing  perches  may  differ 
substantially  from  the  habitat  used  for  feeding  and  other 
activities. 


Center  researchers  measured  abundances  of  nesting  birds 
over  four  breeding  seasons  in  a  successional  series  of  hab- 
itats, from  recently  abandoned  pasture  to  mature  hard- 
wood forest.  Species  such  as  yellow-breasted  chat  and 


Ant  Abundance  and  Diversity 

On  the  forest  floor  reside  teeming  populations  of  ants, 
important  links  in  the  terrestrial  food  web.  A  center 


84 


study  of  ant  populations  in  the  litter  and  soil  of  a  mature 
forest  in  the  Rhode  River  watershed  counted  twenty-two 
species,  although  ten  accounted  for  more  than  95  percent 
of  the  individuals  collected.  The  density  of  ants  per  unit 
of  surface  area  in  the  top  10  centimeters  of  soil  was  more 
than  three  times  greater  than  in  the  overlying  litter.  Sea- 
sonal differences  in  ant  abundance  and  community  com- 
position were  significantly  correlated  with  surface 
temperature  and  largely  independent  of  soil  moisture  con- 
tent and  of  the  amount  and  type  of  overlying  leaf  litter. 
Ant  density  and  biomass  were  high,  rivaling  values  previ- 
ously reported  for  tropical  forests. 


Riparian  Forests 

Streamside,  or  riparian,  forests  are  natural  buffers,  filter- 
ing out  pollutants  in  runoff  from  developed  and  agricul- 
tural uplands.  SERC  scientists  developed  detailed 
hydrologic  budgets  for  forests  lining  streams  that  drain 
into  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  Over  the  two-year  study  pe- 
riod, 62  percent  of  the  rain  or  agricultural  runoff  entering 
the  forests  did  not  reach  watershed  streams.  This  water 
either  evaporated  or  was  transpired  by  forest  vegetation. 
In  fact,  the  amount  of  water  returned  to  the  atmosphere 
by  transpiring  plants  exceeded  total  precipitation  by 
about  8  centimeters  per  year.  The  study  also  found  that 
riparian  forests  neutralized  more  than  90  percent  of  the 
acidity  in  cropland  runoff. 


Effects  of  Increased  Carbon  Dioxide 

Concentrations  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  Earth's  atmos- 
phere have  been  increasing  about  half  a  percent  per  year 
and  are  expected  to  double  over  current  levels  during  the 
next  century.  The  effects  of  the  expected  buildup  are 
likely  to  be  fickle,  affecting,  for  example,  some  plant  spe- 
cies more  than  others.  In  the  Chesapeake  Bay  tidal 
marshes,  such  selective  effects  could  dramatically  alter 
the  character  of  plant  communities  in  unanticipated 
ways.  Field  studies  by  SERC  researchers  indicate  that 
changes  may  already  be  under  way.  Increasing  levels  of 
carbon  dioxide  were  found  to  reduce  the  water  require- 
ments of  plants  and,  therefore,  decrease  their  level  of  salt 
stress.  In  the  longer  term,  plant  species  that  are  better 
equipped  to  assimilate  and  process  increasing  concentra- 
tions of  carbon  dioxide  are  likely  to  flourish  at  the  ex- 
pense of  other  species.  As  a  result,  sedges,  for  example, 
may  displace  marsh  grasses. 


Using  open-top  chambers  that  are  continuously  en- 
riched with  carbon  dioxide  during  the  growing  season, 
SERC  scientists  are  conducting  carefully  controlled  stud- 
ies of  the  direct  and  indirect  effects  of  the  gas  buildup  on 
Chesapeake  Bay  plant  communities.  The  researchers  are 
monitoring  rates  of  photosynthesis  and  respiration,  water 
balance,  and  nutrient  dynamics  in  experimental  plants, 
which  during  the  day  are  exposed  to  twice  the  current 
ambient  levels  of  carbon  dioxide  in  the  atmosphere. 
These  measurements  are  compared  with  those  for  con- 
trols. Results  of  the  study  will  provide  a  baseline  for 
gauging  carbon  dioxide-induced  changes  in  Bay  plant 
communities.  They  also  will  allow  inferences  to  be  made 
about  the  effects  of  the  gas  buildup  on  more  complex 
ecosystems. 


Blue  Crab  Ecology 

The  behavior  and  population  dynamics  of  the  blue  crab, 
perhaps  the  most  celebrated  inhabitant  of  the  Chesapeake 
Bay,  have  been  the  subject  of  intense  study  at  the  center. 
Working  in  the  Rhode  River,  researchers  documented  a 
remarkable  degree  of  habitat  partitioning  among  crabs, 
segregating  themselves  according  to  size,  sex,  and  molt 
stage. 

New,  young  crabs  that  entered  the  river,  or  subestu- 
ary,  in  late  fall  and  spring  grew  rapidly  to  more  than  100 
millimeters  by  the  end  of  their  first  summer.  By  the  end 
of  their  second  year,  the  crabs  matured,  growing  to  120- 
170  millimeters.  Sixty  percent  of  the  crabs  in  the  river 
basin  were  males.  The  sex  imbalance  in  the  population 
resulted  from  the  late  summer  and  early  fall  migration  of 
females  from  the  river,  following  maturation  and  copula- 
tion. Ninety  percent  of  the  medium-sized  males  molted 
while  in  the  tidal  river.  Most  crabs  moving  upstream 
were  in  the  premolt  stage,  while  those  moving  down- 
stream tended  to  be  larger  and  in  postmolt. 

SERC  scientists  also  investigated  how  bottom-dwelling 
soft-shelled  clams  have  been  able  to  persist  in  low  popu- 
lation densities,  despite  intense  predation  by  blue  crabs. 
With  aquariums  set  up  to  mimic  conditions  in  the  Bay, 
the  researchers  evaluated  whether  crab  foraging  was  in- 
fluenced by  the  population  density  of  the  clams  and  by 
the  composition  of  the  sediment  in  the  clams'  habitat. 
They  found  that  predation  rates  were  significantly  higher 
in  muddy  bottoms,  resulting  in  marked  up  and  down 
swings  in  clam  population  density.  In  sandy  environ- 
ments, however,  predation  rates  increased  up  to  a  limit 
and  then  remained  at  that  level.  As  a  result,  clam  popula- 


85 


tions  in  sandy  sediments  persisted  at  low  densities,  re- 
flecting actual  conditions  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  The 
results  suggest  that  the  foraging  behavior  of  blue  crabs 
and,  consequently,  mortality  rates  among  the  crusta- 
ceans' bottom-dwelling  prey  are  strongly  influenced  by 
differences  in  microhabitat. 


Sunlight  Penetration 

As  it  is  in  terrestrial  ecosystems  and  in  other  aquatic  envi- 
ronments, the  availability  of  sunlight  is  a  key  determinant 
of  productivity  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  High  concentra- 
tions of  suspended  soil  particles  and  phytoplankton  in  the 
Bay  act  as  barriers,  attenuating  incoming  sunlight  and 
confining  it  to  shallow  levels. 

A  SERC  study  of  incident  light  and  the  depth  of  its 
penetration  showed  that,  during  times  of  clear  water  in 
the  Rhode  River,  transmittance  of  light  was  similar  to 
that  previously  reported  for  open  ocean  waters.  High 
concentrations  of  suspended  and  dissolved  materials, 
however,  greatly  attenuated  incident  sunlight  and  acted 
as  a  selective  filter.  Depending  on  the  materials  present  in 
the  water,  some  wavelengths  of  light  essentially  were 
blocked,  whereas  others  were  allowed  to  penetrate  deeper 
into  the  water  column.  Attenuation  in  the  upper  part  of 
the  water  column  was  higher  under  clear,  sunny  skies 
than  under  overcast  conditions.  Apparently,  high  concen- 
trations of  pigments  and  suspended  particles  on  sunny 
days — due  to  the  windier  conditions  on  these  days — in- 
crease light  absorption  and  scattering.  In  addition,  the 
diffuse  light  characteristic  of  cloudy  days  strikes  at  a  less 
oblique  angle  than  does  direct  sunlight  over  the  course  of 
a  day.  As  result,  diffuse  light  travels  a  shorter  distance  to 
reach  a  given  water  depth.  Center  researchers  identified 
eight  water  quality  parameters  that  account  for  93  per- 
cent of  sunlight  attenuation  under  various  sky  conditions. 
The  results  will  benefit  efforts  to  model  sunlight  attenua- 
tion in  turbid  estuarine  waters. 


Nutrients  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay 

The  dynamics  of  how  nutrients  are  introduced,  proc- 
essed, and  recycled  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay  are  a  long- 
standing and  continuing  interest  of  the  center.  In  1987, 
the  center  synthesized  the  results  of  studies  it  conducted 
over  the  last  fifteen  years,  incorporating  pertinent  find- 
ings from  other  laboratories.  This  comprehensive  body  of 


research  can  help  guide  efforts  to  improve  the  health  of 
the  nation's  largest  estuary. 

For  phytoplankton,  which  sit  at  the  bottom  of  the 
Chesapeake  Bay  food  chain,  phosphorus,  nitrogen,  and 
silicon  are  the  key  nutrient  elements.  Algae,  diatoms,  and 
all  other  phytoplankton  assimilate  phosphorus  only  as 
dissolved  orthophosphate,  and  silicon  only  as  orthosili- 
cate.  They  can  assimilate  nitrogen,  however,  as  nitrate 
and  several  other  forms.  Thus,  phytoplankton  rely  on 
other  natural  communities  to  break  down  more  complex 
nutrient  fractions  into  the  simpler  forms  they  require. 
During  periods  of  rapid  growth,  when  ample  supplies  of 
light  and  nutrients  are  available,  algae  contain  fifteen  to 
sixteen  times  more  nitrogen  than  phosphorus.  For  dia- 
toms, whose  cell  walls  are  made  of  silicon,  the  ratio  of 
silicon  to  nitrogen  is  about  1  to  1.3.  These  so-called  Red- 
field  ratios  may  vary  by  a  factor  of  up  to  100  if  light 
intensity  or  one  or  more  nutrients  are  limiting. 

Center  studies  also  have  documented  considerable  sea- 
sonal fluctuations  in  concentrations  of  nitrogen  and  phos- 
phorus. During  winter  and  spring,  high  ratios  of  nitrogen 
to  phosphorus  characterize  the  Bay's  headwaters  and 
those  of  its  tributaries.  As  these  waters  move  through  the 
Bay  to  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  their  nitrogen  content  de- 
creases more  rapidly  than  their  phosphorus  content.  Dur- 
ing summer  and  fall,  when  riverine  inputs  are  low, 
recycling  of  these  nutrients  by  bottom-dwelling  plants 
and  animals  helps  replenish  supplies  of  nitrogen  and 
phosphorus.  Concentrations  of  orthosilicate  are  usually 
high  throughout  the  year,  except  in  parts  of  the  estuary 
that  undergo  diatom  blooms  in  spring. 

During  an  average  year,  land  discharges  account  for  65 
percent  of  the  Bay's  nitrogen  inputs,  22  percent  of  its 
phosphorus  inputs,  and  all  of  its  inputs  of  biologically 
available  silicon.  Point  sources,  such  as  sewage  pipes,  ac- 
count for  25  percent  of  total  inputs  of  nitrogen  and  73 
percent  of  the  phosphorus.  Atmospheric  deposition  ac- 
counts for  the  remainder. 

Recycling  of  nutrients  within  the  water  column  and  be- 
tween the  water  column  and  bottom  sediments  and  fring- 
ing marshes  is  a  very  dynamic  process.  The  average 
nitrogen  nutrient  molecule,  for  example,  is  reused  more 
than  one  hundred  times  during  the  course  of  a  year. 
Much  of  the  nitrogen  and  phosphorus  recycling  occurs 
within  the  plankton  community  in  the  water  column,  but 
silicon  recycling  occurs  primarily  in  the  bottom 
sediments. 


86 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Archives 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Archives  (SIA)  cares  for  the 
Institution's  official  records  and  for  the  papers  of  its  cura- 
tors and  other  staff  members,  as  well  as  for  the  historical 
documents  of  various  professional  societies.  Because  the 
Smithsonian  functioned  as  a  central  scientific  agency  in 
the  United  States  until  World  War  I,  the  SIA  is  a  valuable 
primary  source  for  the  study  of  the  history  of  science, 
particularly  nineteenth-century  American  science.  Other 
holdings  document  American  art  and  social  history.  In 
addition  to  its  stewardship  of  this  vast  collection  of  his- 
torical information,  the  SIA  engages  in  research,  trains 
archives  managers,  and  regularly  conducts  surveys  of  re- 
cords still  held  by  the  Smithsonian's  bureaus  and  offices. 


General  Archival  Program 

A  major  records  survey  was  completed  this  year  in  the 
Washington,  D.C.,  office  of  the  Archives  of  American 
Art  (AAA).  Representatives  of  both  archives  discussed 
transfers  of  records  to  the  SIA  and  drafted  an  extensive 
records-disposition  manual  for  the  AAA.  Another  large 
survey  was  nearly  completed  in  the  offices  of  the  U.S. 
Geological  Survey  (USGS)  based  in  the  National  Museum 
of  Natural  History.  SIA  staff  attended  to  details  left  over 
from  last  year's  survey  of  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  and 
they  met  with  representatives  of  the  Freer  and  Sackler 
Galleries  to  discuss  plans  for  an  archival  program.  The 
SIA  also  completed  a  survey  of  records  in  the  Office  of 
Exhibits  Central. 

As  part  of  the  SIA  outreach  program,  staff  members 
surveyed  the  records  of  The  Phillips  Collection  in  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  and  wrote  a  report  to  guide  development 
of  an  archival  and  records-management  program. 

Among  the  important  accessions  in  1987  was  the  Mark 
H.  Dall  Collection,  which  contains  additional  material  on 
William  Healey  Dall,  explorer  of  Alaska  and  Smithsonian 
curator  of  mollusks.  The  SIA  also  acquired  the  papers  of 
tick  expert  Harry  Hoogstraal  and  those  of  Brooke  Hindle 
and  Robert  P.  Multhauf,  emeritus  senior  historians  of  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History. 

The  SIA  made  significant  additions  to  its  historical  re- 
cords of  professional  societies,  receiving  collections  from 
the  American  Association  of  Museums,  American  Society 
of  Mammalogists,  and  Society  of  Vertebrate  Paleontol- 
ogy. The  SIA  also  acquired  the  records  of  the  USGS  Pale- 
ontology and  Stratigraphy  Branch,  as  well  as  a  large 
collection  of  field  maps  from  the  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife 
Service  facility  at  the  Patuxent  Wildlife  Refuge  in 
Maryland. 


Reference  Service 

SIA  staff  members  responded  to  more  than  sixteen  hun- 
dred reference  inquiries  in  1987  and  furnished  more  than 
fifty-five  hundred  items  and  some  twenty-seven  thousand 
copies  to  researchers.  Much  staff  time  was  devoted  to 
aiding  researchers  working  on  a  Smithsonian  Books  vol- 
ume on  expeditions,  which  is  being  written  by  Dr.  Her- 
man Viola,  director  of  the  Quincentenary  Program  of  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Considerable  as- 
sistance was  also  given  to  Dr.  Sally  Gregory  Kohlstedt, 
Syracuse  University,  who  is  studying  natural  history 
museums. 

The  ongoing  tally  of  publications  based  in  part  on  SIA 
research  and  materials  increased  by  a  record  number  in 
1987.  These  publications  included  Theodore  Roosevelt, 
Culture,  Diplomacy,  and  Expansion:  A  New  View  of 
American  Imperialism,  by  Richard  H.  Collin  (Baton 
Rouge:  Louisiana  State  University  Press,  1985);  "William 
Rich  of  the  Great  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition  and  How 
His  Shortcomings  Helped  Botany  Become  a  Calling,"  by 
Richard  H.  Eyde,  in  Huntia  6(2)  (1986);  and  "The  Devel- 
opment of  the  National  Museum  at  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution, 1846-1855:  A  Response  to  Joel  J.  Orosz's 
Article,"  by  S.  Dillon  Ripley  and  Wilcomb  E.  Washburn, 
in  Museum  Studies  Journal  2  (1987). 

The  Archives  continued  its  lecture  series,  "Research  in 
Progress."  Visiting  researcher  Richard  Beidleman  of  Col- 
orado College  discussed  Charles  Darwin  and  his  work  in 
Australia,  and  Alan  R.  Hardy,  insect  biosystematist  at 
the  California  Department  of  Food  and  Agriculture,  gave 
a  lecture  on  John  Lawrence  LeConte.  Mike  Foster,  a  free- 
lance writer  from  Colorado,  discussed  F.  V.  Hayden's 
development  as  a  naturalist,  and  Sally  Gregory  Kohlstedt 
spoke  on  past  Smithsonian  Assistant  Secretary  George 
Brown  Goode's  role  as  a  historian  of  American 
science. 


Projects 

The  Smithsonian  Oral  History  Project  made  considerable 
progress  in  1987.  Completed  and  transcribed  interviews 
of  Institution  administrators  and  scholars  raised  the  col- 
lection total  to  302.5  hours  of  recording,  accompanied  by 
forty-nine  hundred  pages  of  transcripts.  The  project  ben- 
efited from  the  participation,  for  the  first  time,  of  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  graduate  students,  who  recorded 
interviews  of  bureau  staff  members. 


87 


Work  on  "Science  in  National  Life,"  a  video  history 
program  funded  by  a  grant  from  the  Alfred  P.  Sloan 
Foundation,  began  in  earnest  in  1987.  The  program  sup- 
ports the  efforts  of  Smithsonian  historians  and  curators 
to  document  the  history  of  science  and  technology 
through  the  use  of  videotape.  These  scholars  produced 
forty-two  hours  of  original  videotaped  interviews  from 
five  projects — on  topics  ranging  from  the  history  of  mini- 
and  microcomputers  to  a  study  of  early  X-ray  astronomy 
and  aeronomy.  Additional  videotaping  by  the  Archives' 
oral  historian  documents  the  career  of  G.  Arthur  Cooper, 
Smithsonian  curator  emeritus  of  paleobiology. 

The  SIA's  ongoing  survey  of  the  Institution's  photo- 
graphic collections  was  highlighted  by  the  completion  of 
work  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Sur- 
veying continued  at  the  Archives  of  American  Art  and 
was  begun  at  the  National  Portrait  Gallery.  By  the  year's 
end,  the  total  number  of  collections  surveyed  since  the 
inception  of  the  project  stood  at  about  fifteen  hundred; 
these  collections  contain  more  than  6.5  million  photo- 
graphs. Reports  describing  the  collections  exceeded  a  to- 
tal of  seven  thousand  pages. 

In  tandem  with  this  activity,  members  of  the  survey 
project  completed  and  submitted  for  peer  review  a  117- 
page  glossary  of  terminology  describing  photographic 
processes,  forms,  and  genre.  In  addition,  the  Finders' 
Guide  to  Photographic  Collections  at  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution: National  Museum  of  American  History  was 
completed,  and  work  progressed  in  the  preparation  of  the 
second  and  third  Finders'  Guides — for  the  natural  science 
bureaus  and  art  museums.  The  staff  also  assisted  more 
than  one  hundred  photo-collection  managers  and  cura- 
tors from  Smithsonian  bureaus  and  outside  organizations 
in  solving  reference,  management,  and  conservation 
problems  involving  audiovisual  resources.  A  grant  from 
the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates 
enabled  members  of  the  project  and  the  SIA  historian  to 
prepare  and  conduct  a  two-part  seminar  on  preserving 
and  managing  videotape,  audiotape,  film,  and  photo- 
graphic materials.  Featuring  speakers  from  the  Library  of 
Congress,  National  Archives,  and  Smithsonian,  the  semi- 
nar advised  staff  members  from  various  offices  on  the 
care  of  their  resources. 

In  a  related  project,  16-millimeter  films  that  document 
work  of  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  dur- 
ing the  1950s  were  transferred  to  videotape.  Transfer  of 
the  films,  which  were  donated  by  former  Smithsonian 
Secretary  Alexander  Wetmore,  was  supported  by  a  grant 
from  the  Atherton  Seidell  Endowment  Fund. 


Exhibitions 

The  Archives  made  two  major  loans  from  its  collections 
in  1987.  Owen  G.  Warren's  drawings  of  proposed  plans 
for  the  Smithsonian  Castle  were  loaned  for  exhibition  in 
the  Regents  Room.  Architectural  drawings  by  Warren, 
James  Renwick,  and  John  Notman  were  loaned  to  the 
National  Building  Museum  in  New  York  for  display  in 
the  IBM  Gallery  of  Science  and  Art  as  part  of  the  exhibi- 
tion "Building  a  National  Image:  Architectural  Drawings 
for  the  American  Democracy,  1789-1912." 

The  SIA  also  presented  two  new  exhibitions  during  the 
past  year.  "The  J.  Victor  Carus  Photograph  Album"  fea- 
tured photographs  of  Charles  Darwin  and  other  natural- 
ists. In  "The  Harriman-Alaska  Expedition,  1899,"  the 
photographs  of  Edward  S.  Curtis  were  displayed,  along 
with  some  of  the  specimens  collected  by  Robert  Ridgway 
and  William  Healey  Dall. 

Two  new  numbers  in  the  archives'  Guides  to  Collec- 
tions series  were  published  in  1987.  James  A.  Steed  wrote 
the  Guide  to  the  Records  of  the  Office  of  the  Secretary 
(Charles  D.  Walcott),  1890-192.9,  and  William  E.  Cox 
was  the  author  of  the  Guide  to  the  Paul  D.  Hurd,  Jr., 
Papers,  1938-1982. 


J.  R.  Patterson  and  the  skin  of  a  grizzly  bear  killed  by  him  in 
Arizona,  1922.  This  photograph  was  found  when  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Archives  recently  processed  the  papers  of 
Hartley  H.  T.  Jackson  of  the  Bureau  of  Biological  Survey. 


88 


89 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Libraries 


As  keeper  and  manager  of  collections  totaling  nearly  one 
million  volumes,  including  twenty  thousand  journal  titles 
and  twenty-five  thousand  rare  books,  Smithsonian  Insti- 
tution Libraries  (SIL)  supports  the  Institution's  research 
and  curatorial  activities  and  its  public  education  pro- 
grams. Through  continuing  involvement  in  the  creation 
of  a  national  bibliographic  data  base  and  further  refine- 
ment of  its  own  automated  system,  the  SIL  has  greatly 
increased  its  utility  and  accessibility  to  researchers  inside 
and  outside  the  Smithsonian.  The  SIL  serves  the  general 
public  through  reference,  loan,  and  other  information 
programs  and  through  publications,  exhibitions,  and 
lectures. 

SIL  services  are  available  through  a  network  of  four- 
teen branch  libraries  housed  at  thirty-six  locations — in 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  the  surrounding  area;  New  York 
City;  Cambridge,  Massachusetts;  Mount  Hopkins,  Ari- 
zona; and  Panama.  The  performance  of  the  SIL  staff  at 
branches  and  central  service  units  is  enhanced  through 
the  contributions  of  sixty-nine  volunteers,  twelve  stay-in- 
school  employees,  and  four  student  interns. 

A  member  of  the  Association  of  Research  Libraries,  the 
SIL  consists  of  three  operational  divisions  and  a  Planning 
and  Administration  Office.  Notable  developments  during 
the  past  year  include  a  grant  from  the  Atherton  Seidell 
Endowment  Fund  to  support  the  documenting  of  astro- 
nomical data  analysis  systems,  a  project  begun  in  1986  by 
the  branch  at  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observa- 
tory. Planning  began  for  the  final  stages  of  the  renovation 
of  the  libraries'  central  offices.  In  addition,  the  SIL  added 
three  telefacsimile  machines  to  enhance  communication 
and  interlibrary  loans  among  branches.  Highlights  of 
SIL's  three  divisions  and  its  public  education  programs 
are  presented  below. 


Automated  Systems 

The  SIL  continued  to  exploit  the  advantages  of  electronic 
technologies  in  applications  ranging  from  information 
and  resource  sharing  on  an  international  basis  to  routine 
administrative  tasks.  The  Automated  Systems  Division 
furthered  development  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Bib- 
liographic Information  System  (SIBIS),  bringing  the  divi- 
sion closer  to  its  goal  of  creating  a  fully  integrated  data 
base  that  encompasses  all  of  the  libraries'  vast  holdings. 
To  this  end,  the  division  is  gradually  replacing  all  card 
and  microform  catalogues,  circulation  files,  and  other  pa- 
per files  with  a  single  source  of  bibliographic  information 
that  can  be  updated  continuously  and  accessed  from  any- 


where in  the  Institution.  The  on-line  catalogue,  in  combi- 
nation with  sophisticated  search  mechanisms,  spares 
researchers  the  circuitous,  sometimes  fruitless  quests  for 
bibliographic  information.  Though  not  fully  completed, 
SIBIS  is  so  heavily  used  by  Smithsonian  staff  and  outside 
researchers  that  the  SIL  added  more  dedicated  terminals 
to  the  system  in  1987,  and  it  increased  the  number  of 
telecommunication  links. 

Complicated  by  various  changes  in  the  location  of  col- 
lections, conversion  of  bibliographic  records  to  the  com- 
puterized system — carried  out  by  SIL  staff,  volunteers, 
and  outside  contractors — is  nearly  finished.  Moreover, 
the  backlog  of  uninventoried  and  uncatalogued  items  is 
steadily  decreasing.  In  1987,  the  SIL  began  cataloguing 
the  8,650  gift  items  stored  at  the  SIL  Remote  Annex.  This 
rich  trove  of  materials  had  largely  been  inaccessible  to 
researchers  because  of  the  lack  of  a  catalogue  or  index. 
In  addition,  the  SIL  supplemented  in-house  cataloguing 
of  some  nine  thousand  uncatalogued  rare  books  in  the 
SIL  Special  Collections  by  contract  cataloguing.  Among 
other  uncatalogued  materials  is  a  collection  of  about 
230,000  pieces  of  trade  literature.  This  collection  of  retail 
catalogues  for  such  goods  as  seeds,  furs,  and  auto  parts  is 
one  of  the  largest  of  its  kind  and  represents  an  important 
information  source  for  studies  of  the  history  of  American 
commerce.  Because  of  the  vastness  of  this  important 
body  of  materials,  however,  cataloguing  efforts,  as  well 
as  implementing  measures  to  ensure  physical  access,  are 
fraught  with  logistical  problems.  An  indexing  method  de- 
vised by  the  Automated  Systems  Division  should  over- 
come these  obstacles  and  could  serve  as  a  model  for 
handling  trade  literature  at  other  libraries. 

In  tandem  with  these  efforts,  the  division  began  de- 
tailed planning  for  an  on-line  automated  circulation  sys- 
tem. Debuting  in  1988,  the  system  will  provide  detailed 
inventory  and  tracking  information  on  all  items  in  SIL 
collections.  As  part  of  this  effort,  bar-code  identifiers, 
which  can  be  read  and  recorded  on  computer  with  opti- 
cal scanning  equipment,  were  generated  for  more  than 
450,000  volumes.  Further  enhancements  of  SIBIS,  such  as 
an  on-line  authority  control  of  names  and  subjects,  will 
be  implemented  in  1988. 

The  division  also  planned  and  installed  a  local  area 
network  that  links,  by  means  of  computer,  the  units 
within  the  SIL  central  administration  and  integrates  all 
computer-aided  tasks.  Coordination  of  all  SIL  activities 
was  strengthened  by  an  Electronic  Mail  System.  Intro- 
duced in  1986,  the  system  allows  the  branches  and  central 
offices  to  communicate  electronically,  greatly  improving 
efficiency. 


90 


Electronic  technology  has  fostered  greater  cooperation 
between  the  SIL  and  other  libraries,  a  relationship  that 
directly  benefits  Smithsonian  researchers  through  broader 
access  to  bibliographic  materials.  The  SIL  continued  to 
be  an  active  participant  in  the  Online  Computer  Library 
Center  (OCLC),  an  international  bibliographic  data  base 
involving  more  than  six  thousand  libraries.  In  1987,  the 
division  took  a  major  step  toward  standardizing  its  head- 
ings to  match  those  of  the  Library  of  Congress.  Using  a 
tape  of  all  SIL  holdings,  a  company  that  specializes  in 
bibliographic  services  is  categorizing  Smithsonian  head- 
ings according  to  Library  of  Congress  headings  of  names 
and  subjects.  The  resulting  cross-reference  system  will  in- 
crease access  to  SIL  collections.  Finally,  the  division  pre- 
pared a  computerized  listing  of  the  libraries'  museology 
holdings  for  inclusion  in  the  computerized  data  base  of 
the  International  Council  of  Museums  (ICOM)  in  Paris. 


Research  Services 

In  1987,  six  of  the  fourteen  branches  that  make  up  the 
Research  Services  Division  either  moved,  were  consoli- 
dated, or  underwent  other  major  physical  changes  that 
entailed  rearranging  entire  collections,  or  at  least  substan- 
tial portions  of  them.  The  Museum  of  African  Art 
Branch  moved  from  its  Capitol  Hill  location  to  its  new 
location  on  the  National  Mall.  With  the  closing  of  the 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center's  Rockville 
Branch,  new  homes  had  to  be  found  for  the  branch's 
collections  throughout  the  Institution  and  at  the  SIL  Re- 
mote Annex.  Three  branches — the  Museum  Reference 
Center,  Office  of  Horticulture,  and  main  location  at  the 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History  (NMNH) — under- 
went renovation  and  expansion.  Finally,  window  repairs 
at  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  Branch  made  it  necessary 
to  rearrange  the  collection  in  the  rare-book  room. 

Each  project  was  preceded  by  weeks,  sometimes 
months,  of  careful  planning  that  tracked  the  moves  of 
each  and  every  volume  in  a  collection.  Expansion  of  the 
NMNH  Branch,  for  example,  entailed  integrating  more 
than  125,000  volumes  that  had  been  housed  at  three  sites. 
With  the  exception  of  the  natural  history  and  African  art 
collections,  division  staff  not  only  attended  to  organiza- 
tional details  but  also  provided  the  considerable  physical 
labor  required  to  move  the  books. 

Similar  exercises  are  in  store  for  the  division.  Branches 
of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  and  the  National 
Museum  of  American  History  are  planning  changes  that 
will  require  moving  large  portions  of  their  collections. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  reception  for  "Nota  Bene,"  an 
exhibition  celebrating  the  tenth  anniversary  of  the  opening  of 
the  Dibner  Library,  Special  Collections  Branch,  in  October 
1986.  Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  with  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Bern 
Dibner. 


The  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  Branch  is 
about  to  reorganize  holdings  at  its  site  in  Cambridge.  In 
addition,  the  planned  transformation  of  the  SIL  Remote 
Annex  into  a  working  branch  will  necessitate  a  major 
investment  of  brain  and  brawn. 

Installation  of  computers  at  a  number  of  branches  has 
improved  operations,  expediting  searches  for  materials, 
responses  to  reference  inquiries,  collection  and  analysis  of 
statistics,  and  preparation  of  internal  reports.  Branch-to- 
branch  communications  on  the  Electronic  Mail  System 
have  also  contributed  to  smoother  operations. 

In  1987,  the  division  launched  a  final,  concerted  effort 
to  reclaim  the  more  than  one  thousand  items  borrowed 
from  the  Library  of  Congress  before  1984.  By  the  year's 
end,  some  660  of  these  items  had  been  located  and  re- 
trieved from  curatorial  offices,  the  shelves  of  the  SIL,  and 
the  stacks  of  the  Library  of  Congress  itself.  Negotiations 
with  Library  of  Congress  administrators  will  determine 
actions  in  regard  to  unrecovered  volumes. 

With  support  from  the  Research  Opportunities  Fund, 
two  Research  Services  librarians  participated  in  interna- 
tional conferences  and  cooperative  bibliographic  projects. 


9i 


Katharine  Martinez,  chief  of  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Branch, 
presented  a  paper  on  the  Smithsonian  art  libraries  to  the 
annual  conference  of  the  International  Federation  of  Li- 
brary Associations  in  Brighton,  England.  Joyce  Rey-Wat- 
son,  chief  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
Branch,  assisted  in  preparing  a  new  English-version  man- 
ual for  Sets  of  Identifications,  Measurements,  and  Bibli- 
ography for  Astronomical  Data  (SIMBAD),  a  creation  of 
France's  Strasbourg  Observatory.  At  a  conference  on  "As- 
tronomy from  Large  Data  Bases,"  hosted  by  the  Space 
Telescope-European  Coordinating  Facility  at  Garching- 
bei-Munchen,  West  Germany,  Rey-Watson  reported  on 
"Access  to  Astronomical  Literature  through  Commercial 
Databases."  She  also  discussed  an  ongoing  project  to  col- 
lect software  documentation  specific  to  astronomical  data 
at  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory  Branch. 
While  on  part-time  leave  from  the  SIL,  Ellen  Wells, 
chief  of  the  Special  Collections  Branch,  has  been  conduct- 
ing research  for  a  bio-bibliography  of  James  G.  Wood, 
prominent  popular  writer  on  natural  history  in  late  nine- 
teenth-century England. 


Collections  Management 

The  Collections  Management  Division  began  implement- 
ing recommendations  of  the  final  report  of  the  SIL  Preser- 
vation Planning  Program.  The  report,  issued  in  1986, 
highlighted  the  fact  that  nearly  one-third  of  the  libraries' 
general  collections  (items  not  housed  in  rare-book  facili- 
ties), including  more  than  90  percent  of  volumes  pub- 
lished between  1870  and  1930,  are  severely  deteriorated. 
It  emphasized  the  need  to  devote  more  resources  to  pre- 
serving the  general  collections. 

The  division  is  recruiting  a  preservation  specialist  to 
devise  and  administer  procedures  and  policies  to  guard 
against  further  damage.  To  safeguard  collections  at  the 
SIL  Remote  Annex,  drywall  and  air-conditioning  are  be- 
ing installed;  and  to  protect  newly  purchased  volumes, 
the  division  increased  funding  for  binding  paperback  and 
serial  books.  More  than  ten  thousand  volumes  were 
bound  in  1987. 

Many  volumes  in  the  SIL  collections  are  too  brittle  to 
rebind  or  repair.  The  only  preservation  option  is  to  con- 
vert the  contents  of  these  books  to  microform  or  another 
stable  medium.  This  work  will  soon  be  under  way.  The 
SIL  solicited  contract  proposals  for  producing  a  micro- 
form collection  of  volumes  relating  to  international  expo- 
sitions that  were  published  between  1850  and  1917.  The 
contract  also  calls  for  the  production  of  a  bibliographic 


guide  to  the  microform  collection.  The  SIL  began  evalu- 
ating the  proposals  as  the  year  drew  to  a  close. 

In  1987,  the  division's  Book  Conservation  Laboratory 
was  selected  as  host  for  a  Postgraduate  Conservation  In- 
tern. Sponsored  by  the  Smithsonian's  Conservation  Ana- 
lytical Laboratory,  the  intern  will  begin  work  at  the  SIL 
in  fall  1987.  During  the  past  year,  the  Book  Conservation 
Laboratory  hosted  interns  from  Colombia  and  Israel. 


Public  Programs 

The  tenth  anniversary  of  the  Smithsonian's  Dibner  Li- 
brary, a  collection  of  rare  books  on  the  history  of  science 
and  technology,  was  celebrated  with  the  exhibition  "Nota 
Bene."  The  display  of  twenty-nine  books  spanning  443 
years  featured  volumes  notable  for  their  historical  signifi- 
cance and  for  the  curious  annotations  readers  inscribed  in 
margins  and  flyleaves.  The  exhibition  was  a  fitting  com- 
memoration of  the  Burndy  Library's  donation  of  more 
than  ten  thousand  rare  books — including  three  hundred 
incunabula,  or  volumes  printed  before  1501 — and  some 
sixteen  hundred  manuscripts.  The  books  and  manuscripts 
were  collected  by  Dr.  Bern  Dibner,  a  Connecticut  inven- 
tor and  entrepreneur. 

The  Dibner  Library  featured  two  additional  exhibitions 
in  1987.  "Aristotelian  Science  in  the  Dibner  Library"  dis- 
played manuscripts  and  early  printed  books  on  the  natu- 
ral philosophy  of  Aristotle  and  his  followers.  As  part  of 
the  exhibition,  Professor  William  A.  Wallace,  of  the 
Catholic  University  in  Washington,  D.C.,  gave  a  lecture 
entitled  "The  'Wheel  of  Aristotle'  in  Guevara  and  Gali- 
leo." "Classics  of  Physiology,"  the  third  exhibition  in  the 
Dibner  Library,  commemorated  the  hundredth  anniver- 
sary of  the  founding  of  the  American  Physiology  Society, 
which  cosponsored  the  exhibition  with  the  SIL. 

Another  exhibition  celebrated  the  tenth  anniversary  of 
the  SIL  Book  Conservation  Laboratory  by  illustrating  tra- 
ditional methods  of  binding  and  book  repair  and  modern 
ultrasonic  techniques.  In  addition,  the  SIL  sponsored  a 
panel  discussion,  "Books  from  the  Attic:  What  Are  They 
Worth?" 

As  part  of  its  mission  to  support  the  full  range  of 
Smithsonian  activities,  the  SIL  loaned  more  than  seventy 
rare  books  and  manuscripts  to  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History  for  its  exhibition  "Isaac  Newton  and 
the  Principia:  Three  Hundred  Years." 

Publishing,  translating,  and  other  scholarly  activities 
punctuated  SIL  programs  in  1987.  With  the  American 
Cut  Glass  Association,  SIL  copublished  a  facsimile  L. 


92 


Smithsonian  Tropical 
Research  Institute 


Straus  and  Sons  Richest  Cut  Glassware,  which  was  origi- 
nally printed  in  1893.  A  new  library  guide  for  the  Mu- 
seum of  African  Art  Branch  was  published  for  the 
September  opening  of  the  new  museum  complex.  The  SIL 
also  published  the  brochure  "Gift  Information  for  Do- 
nors." The  SIL  Translation  Publishing  Program  received 
eight  translations  for  scientific  editing,  returned  five  ed- 
ited manuscripts  for  printing,  and  placed  orders  for  six 
new  translations.  Copies  of  149  previously  published 
translations  were  distributed  to  scholars. 

SIL  staff  members  participated  in  a  variety  of  profes- 
sional meetings  and  published  numerous  articles  and 
book  reviews.  Visitors  to  the  Libraries  in  1987  included 
librarians  from  the  Consortium  of  Universities  of  the 
Washington  Metropolitan  Area,  the  People's  Republic  of 
China,  Indonesia,  Japan,  and  Chile,  as  well  as  students 
from  the  Institute  of  Federal  Library  Resources,  Catholic 
University,  and  Kent  State  University. 


Staff  Changes  and  Appointments 

Vija  L.  Karklins  was  named  SIL  acting  director  in  Octo- 
ber, when  Robert  Maloy  assumed  the  position  of  senior 
historian.  Maloy  spent  the  year  doing  research  on  medie- 
val manuscripts  in  Lyons,  France.  Frank  Pietropaoli, 
chief  of  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  Branch,  retired 
in  February  and  was  succeeded  by  Martin  Smith.  Mau- 
reen Canick  was  appointed  chief  of  Central  Reference 
and  Loan  Services,  and  Pauline  T.  Lesnik  reported  for 
duty  as  chief  of  Acquisitions  Services  in  September.  Silvio 
A.  Bedini  retired  from  his  position  as  special  assistant  to 
the  director  after  twenty-six  years  of  service  to  the 
Institution. 


Just  as  favorable  economic  conditions  can  support  more 
elaborate  human  civilizations,  favorable  tropical  climates 
allow  organisms  more  ways  of  life,  more  elaborate  rela- 
tionships between  predators  and  prey,  and  more  intense 
and  ingenious  forms  of  competition  for  food  and  mates. 
The  adaptations  of  organisms  are  most  elaborate,  most 
varied,  and  most  obvious  in  tropical  habitats.  Under- 
standing the  roles,  adaptations,  and  interdependencies  of 
tropical  organisms  still  provides,  as  it  did  for  Darwin  and 
Wallace,  a  perspective  essential  to  understanding  the  nat- 
ural world  as  a  whole  and  the  appropriate  role  of  hu- 
mans therein. 

The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  (STRI)  is 
devoted  to  understanding  tropical  nature,  to  sharing  this 
knowledge,  and  to  helping  in  the  preservation  of  tropical 
ecosystems.  To  this  end,  STRI  is  steward  of  the  fifty- 
four-hundred-acre  Barro  Colorado  Nature  Monument, 
comprising  Barro  Colorado  Island,  a  forested  island  in 
Gatun  Lake  in  the  middle  of  the  Panama  Canal,  and  sur- 
rounding peninsulas.  The  institute  and  the  tropical  forest 
reserve  in  its  care  are  unparalleled  in  two  respects.  No 
other  tract  of  tropical  forest  has  been  studied  in  such 
great  detail,  and  STRI  offers  premier  facilities  to  support 
continuing  research. 

In  addition,  the  institute  is  ideally  located  for  compara- 
tive studies  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  oceans,  separated 
only  three  million  years  ago.  The  environments  of  the 
two  oceans  are  very  different,  but  they  contain  remarka- 
bly similar  stocks  of  organisms. 

With  its  experienced  research  staff,  its  financial  sup- 
port for  predoctoral  and  postdoctoral  students — some  re- 
served specifically  for  students  from  developing 
countries — and  its  excellent  library  and  laboratories, 
STRI  is  a  major  world  center  for  tropical  research.  The 
accounts  below  decribe  some  of  the  institute's  research 
and  education  activities  in  1987. 


The  Mechanics  of  Natural  Selection 

Biological  organization  is  the  product  of  natural  selec- 
tion— the  differential  reproductive  success  and  survival  of 
populations  of  organisms.  Knowledge  of  the  complex 
process  of  natural  selection  is  key  to  understanding  the 
dynamics  of  individual  species  and  of  the  relationships 
between  species. 

Consider  the  relationship  between  plasmids — small 
self-replicating  circles  of  genetic  material — and  their  bac- 
terial hosts.  Although  capable  of  autonomous  replication 
inside  their  host,  plasmids  sometimes  insert  themselves 


93 


into  the  chromosomes  of  bacterial  cells  and  are  copied 
along  with  the  bacteria's  normal  complement  of  genes. 
William  Eberhard,  STRI  biologist,  has  been  reviewing 
current  knowledge  of  this  biological  relationship  to  deter- 
mine, among  other  things,  when  plasmids  act  as  destruc- 
tive parasites  and  when  they  are  useful  to  their  host.  He 
has  found  that  plasmids  often  contain  genes  that  yield 
advantages  to  bacteria  in  unusual  circumstances,  such  as 
conferring  resistance  to  certain  man-made  drugs. 

Natural  selection  also  is  manifested  through  competi- 
tion for  mates  or  sexual  selection.  STRI  biologist  A. 
Stanley  Rand  has  resumed  his  study  of  the  mechanics  of 
sexual  selection  among  tungara  frogs.  Males  in  this  spe- 
cies use  a  two-part  call — a  "whine"  followed  by  one  or 
more  "chucks" — to  attract  females.  Rand  has  found  that 
females  prefer  males  with  deep  voices,  regardless  of  the 
callers'  body  size.  Another  aspect  of  female  preference 
poses  a  risk  to  suitors.  Females  are  more  attracted  to 
calls  with  chucks,  but  so  are  predatory  bats.  In  a  related 
study,  Andrew  Green,  a  STRI  short-term  fellow,  is  inves- 
tigating the  relationship  between  the  amount  of  time 
males  spend  feeding  and  the  amount  of  time  they  devote 
to  calling  for  females. 

Mate  choice  and  reproductive  behavior  in  Zygopachy- 
lus,  a  species  of  "daddy  longlegs"  (opilionid),  is  the  re- 
search focus  of  Giselle  Mora,  STRI  predoctoral  fellow. 
The  species  is  unique  within  this  group  of  spiders  because 
males  guard  the  eggs  after  females  lay  them  on  male- 
made  nests.  Some  nests  attract  many  more  females  than 
others,  but  in  nests  with  only  a  few  eggs,  males  will  often 
drive  away  prospective  mates,  sometimes  with  the  aid  of 
the  female  that  had  laid  the  eggs.  Mora  seeks  to  deter- 
mine whether  this  behavior  is  an  example  of  evolving  (or, 
perhaps,  dissolving)  monogamy. 

Institute  biologist  Mary  Jane  West  Eberhard  is  investi- 
gating whether  sexual  selection  can  also  result  in  the  evo- 
lution of  a  new  species  without  geographic  isolation.  She 
is  studying  parasitic  ants  that  live  and  feed  in  the  colonies 
of  a  very  closely  related  species  of  nonparasitic  ants. 
Among  the  differences  between  the  two  species  is  the 
smaller  size  and  less  aggressive  nature  of  queens  in  the 
parasitic  species.  West  Eberhard  is  examining  whether 
this  size  difference  accounts  for  the  emergence  of  the  par- 
asitic species.  Ant  queens  tend  to  mate  with  males  of 
roughly  equal  size.  Thus,  small  males  in  the  host  ant 
species  probably  do  not  join  the  mating  flights  of  large 
females  because  of  their  size  disadvantage.  According  to 
West  Eberhard's  hypothesis,  the  smallest  reproductive 
females  also  may  remain  in  the  nest  and  mate  with  small 
males.  These  mating  preferences  may  have  favored  the 


evolution  of  a  reproductively  isolated  strain  of  small  par- 
asites. If  this  can  be  demonstrated,  it  would  be  one  of  the 
few  documented  instances  in  which  geographic  isolation 
did  not  play  a  role  in  speciation. 


Competition 

The  biology  of  understory  herbs  illustrates  the  intensity 
of  competition  in  tropical  forests.  Alan  Smith,  STRI  biol- 
ogist, found  that  when  a  canopy  tree  falls,  reproduction 
of  understory  herbs  increases  dramatically,  beginning  one 
year  after  the  "window  of  light"  was  created  in  the  can- 
opy. The  prolific  spurt  is  short-lived,  however.  Within 
four  years,  tree  regrowth  reduces  the  amount  of  light 
reaching  the  forest  floor  to  normal  levels.  A  year  later, 
according  to  Smith's  study,  reproduction  of  understory 
herbs  also  returns  to  normal  levels.  The  availability  of 
light  is  the  main  factor  affecting  the  growth  of  the  un- 
derstory plants.  Smith  found  that  irrigating  the  plants 
during  the  dry  season  had  little  effect  when  sunlight  was 
intercepted  by  their  taller  competitors. 


Predation  and  Its  Effects 

By  necessity,  many  aquatic  and  terrestrial  organisms  in 
tropical  ecosystems  have  developed  particularly  elaborate 
"strategies"  to  avoid  the  nearly  constant  threat  of  preda- 
tion. STRI  postdoctoral  fellow  Hugh  Sweatman  has  been 
studying  the  behavior  of  a  lizardfish,  Synodus  synodus, 
and  of  its  prey,  two  species  of  goby.  Sweatman  is  using  a 
lifelike  replica  of  a  lizardfish  to  learn  how  the  goby  avoid 
their  predator.  One  goby  species  gives  an  alarm  signal 
when  a  lizardfish  is  nearby.  The  likelihood  of  this  re- 
sponse increases  as  the  predator  moves  closer — unless  the 
lizardfish  is  so  near  that  the  potential  victim  becomes  mo- 
tionless— and  as  the  goby  gets  closer  to  its  hiding  place. 
On  the  basis  of  his  observations,  Sweatman  infers  that 
the  goby  uses  the  alarm  as  a  signal  to  the  lizardfish  that  it 
is  aware  of  the  predator's  presence  and  can  escape  if  pur- 
sued. Although  the  other  goby  species  also  has  the  same 
signal  in  its  behavioral  repertoire,  Sweatman  found  no 
correlation  between  the  presence  of  the  lizardfish  and  the 
goby's  use  of  the  signal  as  if  the  signal's  function  had 
changed. 

Sometimes  timing  makes  the  difference  between  sur- 
vival and  falling  victim  to  a  predator.  The  larvae  of  inter- 
tidal  crabs,  for  example,  generally  hatch  when  they  are  in 
the  least  danger  of  being  eaten.  In  a  study  of  hatching 


94 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  Director  Ira  Rubinoff  making  a  presentation  on  the  institute's  marine  research  programs  at 
a  field  station  in  the  San  Bias  Archipelago  during  the  Kuna  General  Congress,  May  2,  1987,  Isla  Tigre. 


patterns  in  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  Caribbean  Sea,  staff 
biologist  John  Christy  and  STRI  postdoctoral  fellow 
Steve  Morgan  found  that  two  major  crab  groups  hatch  at 
dusk.  On  the  Pacific  side,  where  tides  are  regular  and  of 
wide  amplitude,  the  larvae  of  these  crabs  tend  to  hatch 
fortnightly  on  strong  spring  tides  that  effectively  flush 
them  to  sea.  On  the  Caribbean  side,  where  tides  are  ir- 
regular and  weak,  this  fortnightly  pattern  is  poorly 
developed. 

On  Barro  Colorado  Island,  Mitchell  Aide,  STRI  post- 
doctoral fellow  from  the  University  of  Utah,  and  Cybele 
Londorio,  STRI  Exxon  fellow,  have  shown  that  rapid 
growth  helps  protect  Gustavia  superba  from  caterpillars 
of  the  skipper  butterfly  Entheus  priassus.  Leaves  of  un- 


derstory  Gustavia  grow  to  full  size  in  a  week,  three  times 
faster  than  most  species.  The  nitrogen  content  of  the  ex- 
panding leaves  is  double  that  of  other  plants,  fostering 
rapid  growth  but  also  making  the  young  foliage  unusu- 
ally nutritious  and  attractive  to  herbivores  of  all  kinds. 
Skippers  lay  eggs  on  young  buds  and  growing  leaves. 
Most  eggs  hatch  on  the  day  the  leaf  is  fully  expanded,  or 
the  day  before.  Fully  expanded  leaves,  however,  are  too 
tough  for  the  new  caterpillars,  and  many  die. 

Plants  of  the  euphorb  genus  Omphalea  have  developed 
a  different  means  of  protection,  a  biochemical  defense  to 
keep  leaf-eating  insects  at  bay.  A  research  team  consisting 
of  STRI's  Neal  Smith  and  collaborators  from  England's 
Kew  Gardens  and  the  University  of  California  at  Irvine 


95 


discovered  that  Omphalea  makes  compounds  that  mimic 
the  sugars  glucose,  fructose,  and  mannose.  The  feet  of 
many  insects  contain  sugar-processing  enzymes,  and  the 
plant's  compounds  block  the  enzymes,  forcing  insects  to 
cease  their  eating  or  egg-laying.  Day-flying  uraniid  moths 
are  an  exception,  however.  Urania  caterpillars  feast  on 
Omphalea  leaves  and  sequester  the  plant's  enzyme-block- 
ing compounds.  STRI  research  suggests  that  the  com- 
pounds protect  the  larvae  from  insect  predators,  although 
the  chemicals  do  not  dissuade  vertebrate  predators.  The 
research  also  exposed  an  interesting  twist  in  the  moth- 
plant  relationship.  After  one  or  more  defoliations,  Om- 
phalea plants  somehow  repel  Urania.  The  mechanisms 
responsible  for  this  defense  response  are  under 
investigation. 

Disrupting  the  balance  between  prey  and  predators  can 
have  community-wide  consequences.  In  1980,  hurricane 
Allen  devastated  coral  reefs  on  the  north  coast  of  Ja- 
maica. Nancy  Knowlton  of  the  STRI  staff  has  been  moni- 
toring subsequent  changes.  Populations  of  snails, 
polychaete  worms,  damselfish,  and  other  coral  predators 
did  not  decline.  Feeding  by  these  organisms  has  further 
depleted  reef-coral  populations,  especially  those  of  Acro- 
pora  cervicornis .  The  nearly  complete  demise  of  long- 
spined  sea  urchins  (Diadema),  the  result  of  an  outbreak 
of  disease  in  1983,  has  aggravated  the  problem.  Because 
there  are  not  enough  urchins  to  keep  them  in  check,  al- 
gae are  overgrowing  and  "smothering"  coral.  According 
to  Knowlton's  measurements,  algae  now  cover  90  percent 
of  some  quadrats  (squares  of  vegetation  randomly  chosen 
for  analysis),  and  live  coral  cover  only  5  percent. 

Herbivores  can  also  exert  community-wide  influences 
in  forests.  STRI  biologist  Stephen  Hubbell  has  completed 
two  successive  censuses  of  stems  more  than  1  centimeter 
in  diameter  on  a  50-hectare  plot  in  Barro  Colorado's  ma- 
ture forest.  He  has  found  that  if  the  nearest  neighbor  of  a 
sapling  with  a  stem  diameter  of  1-4  four  centimeters  is  a 
canopy  tree  of  the  same  species  with  a  trunk  diameter  of 
30  centimeters,  the  sapling  grows  more  slowly  and  is  less 
likely  to  survive  the  year  than  if  it  were  next  to  a  tree  of 
a  different  species.  This  finding  suggests  that  plant-eating 
insects  and  animals  help  maintain  tree  diversity.  By  con- 
suming saplings  near  the  parent  trees,  specialist  herbi- 
vores create  space  for  trees  of  other  species  to  grow 
between  parents  and  their  surviving  offspring. 

Hubbell's  finding,  however,  does  not  apply  to  all  spe- 
cies. Audrey  Liese,  a  short-term  fellow,  and  S.  Joseph 
Wright,  a  STRI  staff  member,  found  that  soil  microbiota 
from  beneath  the  parent  plant  enhances  the  growth  of 
Calophyllum  longifolium  seedlings.  In  contrast,  soil  from 


a  different  Calophyllum,  as  well  as  sterilized  soil  from 
beneath  the  parent  tree,  did  not  promote  growth. 


Seasonal  Rhythms  of  Tropical  Plants 

A  study  by  postdoctoral  fellow  Mitchell  Aide  suggests 
that  herbivores  may  have  helped  shape  the  seasonal 
rhythms  of  the  tropical  forest.  He  found  that,  in  the  un- 
derstory,  many  species  of  shrubs  and  saplings  less  than  3 
meters  tall  produce  new  leaves  during  the  first  third  of 
the  dry  season.  The  plants  leaf  again  in  April  and  May, 
the  first  two  months  of  the  rainy  season,  and  then  shut 
down  production  until  September.  Herbivore  damage  is 
greatest  during  the  rainy  season,  and  leaves  produced  at 
the  end  of  the  rainy-season  peak  are  more  heavily  eaten 
than  those  produced  in  April.  The  opposite  is  true  during 
the  dry  season:  Leaves  produced  near  the  end  of  the  sea- 
son suffer  less  damage  than  earlier  growth,  because,  per- 
haps, many  insects  cannot  tolerate  the  heat  and  drought 
of  the  late  dry  season.  Aide's  observations  suggest  that 
leaf  production  in  the  dry  season  may  be  an  evolutionary 
response  to  the  seasonal  rhythm  herbivory. 

In  a  novel  irrigation  experiment,  S.  Joseph  Wright  has 
been  working  to  identify  the  factors  that  govern  the  tim- 
ing of  leaf  production,  leaf  drop,  and  flowering.  On  two 
2.25-hectare  plots  on  Barro  Colorado  Island,  Wright  kept 
the  soil  saturated  through  two  successive  dry  seasons. 
Despite  the  dramatic  environmental  change,  the  leafing 
and  flowering  patterns  of  most  tree  species  did  not 
change.  Tabebuia  guayacan  was  the  most  notable  excep- 
tion. Under  normal  conditions,  the  species  is  leafless  dur- 
ing the  dry  season  and  flowers  in  response  to  dry-season 
rains.  During  the  irrigation  experiment,  however,  the  tree 
held  on  to  its  leaves  into  the  normal  rainy  season  and 
flowered  branch  by  branch  in  July,  with  different 
branches  out  of  phase. 


Fluctuation,  Variation,  and  Disruption 

To  assess  the  susceptibility  of  natural  populations  to  hu- 
man disturbances,  it  is  important  to  understand  how  and 
why  these  populations  vary  in  the  absence  of  human 
disturbances. 

In  the  San  Bias  Islands,  institute  staff  member  Ross 
Robertson  has  been  monitoring  fluctuations  in  popula- 
tions of  gobies.  The  small  coral-reef  fish  had  been  abun- 
dant, with  population  densities  of  up  to  fifty  animals  per 
square  meter.  Robertson  documented  a  95  percent  drop 


96 


in  goby  populations  over  a  six-month  period.  Failure  of 
larval  goby  to  survive  in  plankton  interrupted  recruitment 
of  young  fish.  No  young  settled  on  the  reef  for  four 
months,  an  unusually  long  break  in  recruitment.  Robert- 
son did  not  find  corresponding  interruptions  in  the  re- 
cruitment of  other  species  of  coral-reef  fish. 

Since  Barro  Colorado  was  formed  in  1913  as  a  result  of 
damming  the  Chagres  River  during  the  construction  of 
the  Panama  Canal,  several  bird  species  have  disappeared 
from  the  island.  James  Karr,  STRI's  deputy  director,  has 
been  evaluating  characteristics  of  the  species  that  might 
account  for  their  absence  from  the  island.  Among  under- 
story  birds  of  the  nearby  Parque  Nacional  Soberania  on 
the  Panama  mainland,  the  annual  survival  rate  (61  per- 
cent) for  species  still  present  on  the  island  was  signifi- 
cantly higher  than  the  rate  for  species  no  longer 
represented  there.  Karr  also  has  determined  that  the  spe- 
cies with  the  lowest  survival  rates  on  the  mainland  are 
those  that  were  the  first  to  disappear  from  the  island. 

STRI  scientists  also  are  evaluating  the  impacts  of  a  ma- 
jor human-caused  disturbance — an  April  1986  oil  spill 
near  Galeta,  site  of  the  institute's  mainland  marine  sta- 
tion on  the  Caribbean.  With  support  from  the  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Interior,  a  research  team  led  by  STRI's 
Jeremy  Jackson  is  analyzing  the  spill's  effect  on  popula- 
tions that  inhabit  the  reef  flat  at  Galeta  and  on  organisms 
in  adjacent  habitats  exposed  to  varying  concentrations  of 
oil.  The  scientists  will  compare  these  documented  respon- 
ses to  population  changes  attributed  to  "natural"  distur- 
bances, as  determined  in  STRI  studies  conducted  over  the 
past  thirteen  years.  From  core  samples  of  corals,  which 
live  for  centuries  and  lay  down  annual  rings,  the  team 
will  also  compare  the  impact  of  the  oil  spill  on  coral 
growth  rates  with  other  fluctuations  in  growth  rates  dur- 
ing the  past  few  hundred  years. 


Jacqueline  Idol,  research  assistant  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical 
Research  Institute,  taking  photographs  of  the  forest  canopy  on 
Barro  Colorado  Island.  Computer  analysis  of  these  photographs 
provides  accurate  data  on  forest  light  environment — an  impor- 
tant aspect  of  ecophysiological  research  on  the  island. 


Archaeology  and  Paleoecology 

The  institute's  research  in  archaeology  and  paleoecology 
(the  study  of  ecological  conditions  during  early  geological 
times)  reveals  long-term  environmental  changes  and  their 
impact  on  ecosystems.  For  example,  core  samples  ob- 
tained by  drilling  into  the  bottom  of  La  Yeguada,  a  lake 
that  sits  600  meters  above  sea  level  in  Veraguas,  reveal 
remarkable  climatic  variations.  Two  of  the  four  cores, 
taken  by  STRI's  Richard  Cooke,  working  with  Dolores 
Piperno,  Temple  University,  and  Mark  Bush,  Ohio  State 
University,  reached  bedrock  after  penetrating  through  18 


meters  of  sediment.  The  oldest  of  these  sediments  formed 
12,800  years  ago. 

Analyses  of  pollen  and  plant  fossils  indicate  that  local 
vegetation  from  about  9000  B.C.  to  7000  B.C.  was  domi- 
nated by  oaks  (Quercus)  and  hollies  {Ilex).  These  rem- 
nants suggest  a  cool,  damp  climate,  because  today  such 
plants  are  found  at  altitudes  above  1,500  meters.  Sedi- 
ment samples  also  indicate  that  after  7000  B.C.  the  cli- 
mate was  much  drier  than  it  is  today.  Evidence  of 
burning  by  humans  appears  at  6000  B.C.  and  evidence  of 
agriculture  by  4000  B.C.  These  dates  accord  with  conclu- 
sions from  other  studies  of  Panama  and  South  America. 


97 


In  another  study,  STRI  biologist  Jeremy  Jackson  and 
Peter  Jung,  University  of  Basel,  Switzerland,  have  been 
surveying  Panama's  marine  fossils  that  date  back  to  the 
Neogene  epoch,  which  began  twenty-six  million  years 
ago.  They  have  found  amazing  local  variation  in  the 
faunas  and  evidence  of  extremely  high  sedimentation 
rates.  There  is  much  to  learn  about  the  impact  of  the  rise 
of  the  Isthmus  of  Panama  on  marine  life. 


Mediating  between  Man  and  Nature 

A  major  concern  of  the  institute  is  the  restoration  of 
damaged  environments.  Gilberto  Ocaria  of  the  STRI  staff 
is  experimenting  with  ways  to  make  degraded  pasture- 
land  useful  on  a  sustainable  basis.  Three  years  ago,  he 
planted  four  hundred  leguminous  trees  [Gliciridia  se- 
ptum) on  a  i-hectare  plot  of  otherwise  useless  land,  and 
interplanted  among  them  kudzu  vines,  manihot,  bananas, 
and  other  plants.  Ocaria  calculated  that  his  experimental 
plot  can  support  twenty-four  goats,  each  one  producing 
an  average  of  156  liters  of  milk  per  year.  In  addition,  the 
nitrogen-fixing  trees  and  vines  supply  enough  of  the  vital 
nutrient  to  sustain  the  growth  of  other  crops.  This  form 
of  agriculture  could  eliminate  the  need  to  burn  and  clear 
new  land  for  farming,  relieving  some  of  the  development 
pressure  on  Panama's  forests. 

Another  ongoing  project,  led  by  STRI  visiting  scientist 
Dagmar  Werner,  has  similar  aims.  Werner  has  been  rais- 
ing iguanas  in  captivity,  adjusting  dietary  and  rearing 
conditions  to  improve  their  growth  rates.  Iguanas  are  a 
favorite  food  in  many  parts  of  Panama,  but  hunting  and 
tree-cutting  are  threatening  the  animals'  survival.  The 
STRI  scientist  has  released  two  thousand  ten-month-old 
iguanas  in  gallery  forest  of  Code  province  and  fifteen 
hundred  hatchlings  into  gallery  forest  at  Chupampa  in 
Herrera  province.  With  the  help  of  local  farmers,  Werner 
has  established  feeding  stations  for  these  iguanas.  The 
effort  appears  to  be  a  success.  Werner's  evaluations  indi- 
cate that  survival  rates  for  the  introduced  animals  are 
higher  than  they  are  for  wild  iguanas  studied  on  Barro 
Colorado  Island. 


women  from  North  America,  Europe,  Asia,  and  Latin 
America  to  pursue  their  own  studies  or  participate  in  on- 
going research  projects  at  the  various  STRI  facilities.  The 
institute's  educational  program  was  strengthened  in  1987 
with  the  creation  of  a  three-year  postdoctoral  position  in 
tropical  forest  biology. 

Characteristic  of  the  ongoing  cooperation  between  the 
institute  and  the  University  of  Panama  is  the  new  joint 
course  on  bryophytes  and  lichens  under  the  direction  of 
Dr.  Noris  Salazar,  a  university  specialist  in  bryophytes. 
The  course  fills  a  gap  in  the  university's  curriculum  and 
will  foster  greater  knowledge  of  Barro  Colorado  Island's 
flora.  One  product  of  the  course  will  be  a  guide  to  the 
island's  mosses  and  liverworts. 

As  part  of  the  institute's  public  education  program,  ini- 
tiated in  1986,  STRI  staff  members  made  presentations  to 
civic  groups,  students,  and  professional  associations.  The 
new  "Barro  Colorado  Nature  Trail  Guide,"  also  designed 
for  the  general  public,  has  received  high  praise  from  edu- 
cators and  conservationists  and  is  used  extensively  by  stu- 
dents and  other  visitors  to  the  island.  To  increase  its 
educational  value,  the  guide  was  translated  into  Spanish. 

For  nine  months,  Jorge  Ventocilla,  STRI  environmen- 
tal specialist,  and  Rosa  Argelis  Ruiz  de  Guevara,  of 
STRI's  Naos  Marine  Laboratory,  carried  out  an  extensive 
environmental  education  program  in  the  Kuna  Yala  (San 
Bias)  Archipelago,  a  string  of  islands  along  Panama's 
Caribbean  coast  inhabited  by  thirty  thousand  Kuna  Indi- 
ans. The  pair  visited  more  than  seventy  communities, 
traveling  from  island  to  island  in  a  10-foot-long  dugout 
canoe.  At  each  site,  Ventocilla  and  Guevara  presented  a 
two-hour  slide  show  and  distributed  posters  and  pam- 
phlets specially  prepared  for  the  program  and  partly 
funded  by  the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian 
Associates.  The  aim  of  this  program  was  to  explain  to 
the  Kuna  Indians  the  presence  of  STRI  on  the  archipel- 
ago, the  value  of  basic  marine  research,  and  how  the 
resulting  information  can  be  used  to  help  preserve  their 
environment,  now  under  intense  human  pressure.  In 
1987,  the  institute  and  the  Kuna  General  Congress  signed 
an  agreement  that  formalizes  STRI  research  in  archipel- 
ago waters. 


Education  and  Conservation 


Other  Activities 


The  Smithsonian,  Exxon  Corporation,  Jessie  Smith 
Noyes  Foundation,  and  other  donors  continued  to  pro- 
vide support  for  STRI's  fellowship  and  assistantship  pro- 
grams. This  funding  allowed  more  than  ninety  men  and 


In  a  private  ceremony,  STRI  Director  Ira  Rubinoff  re- 
ceived the  National  Order  of  Vasco  Nunez  de  Balboa 
from  the  Panamanian  minister  of  health.  The  honor  rec- 
ognizes Rubinoff  for  his  "excellent  research  work  .  .  . 


98 


converting  STRI  into  the  most  well-known  center  of  ma- 
rine research  in  the  tropics  .  .  .  contributing  with  genuine 
interest  in  the  establishment  of  important  fellowship  pro- 
grams, travel  grants,  and  work  for  young  Latin  American 
scientists." 

Also  in  1987,  STRI  and  two  other  Panama-based  or- 
ganizations were  charged  with  organizing  the  1992  World 
Congress  of  National  Parks.  The  International  Union  for 
Conservation  of  Nature  designated  Panama  the  1992  site 
to  commemorate  the  five  hundredth  anniversary  of  Col- 
umbus's first  voyage  to  the  New  World. 

The  institute  continued  to  contribute  to  the  work  of 
local  organizations.  It  presented  a  set  of  "Diversity  En- 
dangered" materials  to  Fundacion  PA.NA.MA.,  a  conser- 
vation consortium,  and  gave  a  poster  exhibit,  "Black 
Women:  Achievements  against  the  Odds,"  to  the  Afro- 
Antillean  Museum  of  Panama's  National  Institute  of  Cul- 
ture. In  addition,  STRI  special  assistant  Elena  Lombardo 
serves  on  the  board  of  directors  of  Panama's  new  Metro- 
politan Nature  Park.  The  institute  awarded  several  small 
grants  to  support  surveying  of  indigenous  plants  and 
birds  and  to  aid  development  of  a  nature  trail. 

Director  Ira  Rubinoff  traveled  to  the  Forest  Research 
Institute  in  Malaysia,  with  the  aim  of  strengthening  ties 
and,  ultimately,  establishing  a  cooperative  scientific 
agreement  between  the  two  institutes.  STRI  continues  to 
assist  scientists  in  several  countries  with  the  development 
of  forest  census  plots  like  the  one  on  Barro  Colorado 
Island. 

The  institute  also  remained  active  in  its  role  as  an  advi- 
ser in  efforts  to  develop  biological-inventory  and  environ- 
mental-assessment programs  that  will  be  initiated  by  the 
Tnnational  Canal  Alternatives  Study  Commission. 


erania.  Finally,  marine  research  facilities  were  substan- 
tially improved  with  the  renovation  of  the  old  Surfside 
Theatre  building  on  Naos  Island.  The  facility  provides 
office  and  laboratory  space  for  scientists  working  on  the 
Galeta  oil  spill  project. 


Staff  Changes  and  Appointments 

STRI  Director  Ira  Rubinoff  began  a  one-year  sabbatical 
on  July  1.  James  Karr  is  serving  as  acting  director,  and 
Alan  Smith  as  acting  deputy  director. 


Facilities  Development 

Groundbreaking  ceremonies  for  the  Tupper  Research  and 
Conference  Center  took  place  on  April  3,  1987,  attended 
by  David  Challinor,  Smithsonian  assistant  secretary  for 
research,  the  president  of  Panama,  and  representatives 
from  many  Panamanian  agencies.  Initiated  with  a  $4  mil- 
lion grant  from  the  Earl  Silas  Tupper  Foundation,  the 
center  will  permit  consolidation  of  the  institute's  terres- 
trial programs  and  provide  modern  facilities  for  planned 
projects  in  molecular  evolution  and  plant  physiology. 
The  facility  will  be  completed  in  late  1988. 

A  new  dormitory  was  completed  in  Gamboa.  The  eight 
apartments  in  the  unit  will  make  it  easier  for  researchers 
to  conduct  studies  in  the  adjacent  Parque  Nacional  Sob- 


99 


MUSEUMS 

Tom  L.  Freudenheim,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Museums 


IOI 


Anacostia  Museum 


The  Anacostia  Museum's  new  facility  opened  in  May  1987.  (Photograph  by  Harold  Dorwin 


Two  decades  ago,  in  a  converted  movie  theater,  a  novel 
museum  was  born.  Originally  intended  to  serve  the  resi- 
dents of  Southeast  Washington,  D.C.,  the  Anacostia 
Neighborhood  Museum  evolved  from  a  strictly  local  in- 
stitution to  a  museum  internationally  recognized  for  its 
programs  on  Afro-American  history,  art,  and  culture. 
Along  the  way,  it  inspired  the  creation  of  more  than  one 
hundred  Afro- American  museums  across  the  United 
States. 

Fittingly,  in  the  year  of  its  twentieth  anniversary,  the 
museum  underwent  important  changes.  It  shed  the 
"neighborhood"  designation  in  its  name,  a  change  that 
reflects  the  museum's  national  and  international  reputa- 
tion, and  in  May,  the  Anacostia  Museum  unveiled  its 
new,  more  spacious  facility,  atop  Fort  Place  in  Southeast 
Washington's  historic  Fort  Stanton  Park.  For  the  first 
time  in  the  museum's  existence,  all  staff  and  activities  are 
housed  at  one  location.  The  consolidation  will  foster 
more  creative  and  productive  collaborations  among  staff 
members,  and  it  will  enhance  the  research,  design,  and 
production  of  exhibitions  and  eductional  programs. 

The  Anacostia  Museum's  new  quarters  feature  an  exhi- 
bition hall,  a  multipurpose  room,  and  offices.  Scattered 
about  the  wooded  grounds  are  picnic  tables  and  benches. 
To  inform  visitors  of  the  historical  significance  of  Fort 
Stanton  Park,  named  for  the  fort  built  to  protect  the 
Navy  Yard  during  the  Civil  War,  the  National  Park  Serv- 
ice will  install  a  panel  exhibit  in  the  museum's  lobby. 

Exhibitions  and  Educational  Programs 

The  museum's  main  thrusts  continue  to  be  enlightening 
visitors  about  Afro-American  culture  and  explaining  the 
social,  political,  and  cultural  contributions  of  black 
Americans.  "Contemporary  Visual  Expressions,"  the  in- 
augural exhibition  at  the  new  facility,  demonstrated  these 


aims.  The  exhibition  featured  the  works  of  four  contem- 
porary black  American  artists:  Sam  Gilliam,  Martha 
Jackson-Jarvis,  and  Keith  Morrison — all  of  Washington, 
D.C.— and  William  T.  Williams  of  New  York.  "Contem- 
porary Visual  Expressions"  was  organized  by  visiting  cu- 
rator Dr.  David  Driskell,  professor  of  art  at  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

Also  in  1987,  staff  members  carried  out  research  and 
planning  for  the  exhibition  "Climbing  Jacob's  Ladder: 
The  Rise  of  Black  Churches  in  Eastern  American  Cities, 
1740-1877,"  which  describes  the  vital  role  these  churches 
played  in  emerging  black  communities.  The  exhibition 
opened  in  October  1987.  Another  exhibition  in  prepara- 
tion, "Afro-American  Inventors  and  the  Quest  for  Recog- 
nition, 1619-1930,"  will  trace  the  contributions  black 
Americans  have  made  to  technological  progress.  A  com- 
panion publication  is  being  written  for  this  exhibition. 

At  its  old  location,  the  museum  featured  the  exhibition 
"The  Renaissance:  Black  Arts  of  the  Twenties."  Many 
visitors  to  the  exhibition  participated  in  tours  led  by 
members  of  the  museum's  Department  of  Education. 
Other  activities  at  the  old  facility  included  a  vintage-film 
series,  talks  on  Afro-American  art,  poetry  readings,  and  a 
program  on  Kwanzaa — the  Afro-American  holiday  based 
on  the  African  harvest  festival. 

At  its  new  quarters,  the  museum  resumed  its  popular 
"Lunch  Bag  Forums,"  which  featured  talks  by  artists  Sam 
Gilliam  and  Keith  Morrison.  In  the  series  "Meet  the  Art- 
ists," five  local  artists  and  craftspeople  demonstrated 
their  skills  and  gave  informal  talks.  In  addition,  the  mu- 
seum offered  a  for-credit  seminar  on  black  visual  artists 
that  attracted  teachers  from  several  local  school  systems. 
With  the  help  of  a  grant  from  the  Women's  Committee  of 
the  Smithsonian  Associates,  the  Education  Department 
organized  a  "Family  Day"  at  the  museum.  Nearly  five 
hundred  people  attended  the  event. 


102 


Archives  of  American  Art 


The  Archives  of  American  Art  is  the  Smithsonian's  re- 
search bureau  in  the  field  of  American  art  history.  Its 
collections  of  correspondence,  photographs,  and  other 
documents  total  more  than  eight  million  items,  providing 
the  historical  evidence  scholars  need  to  further  their  re- 
search. Through  the  efforts  of  its  six  regional  centers,  the 
Archives  continually  adds  to  its  collections.  Besides  mak- 
ing its  holdings  available  to  researchers,  the  Archives  en- 
courages scholarship  by  publishing  a  quarterly  journal 
and  by  sponsoring  seminars,  symposia,  and  lectures. 


In  1987,  graduate  students,  museum  curators,  college 
and  university  faculty  members,  and  free-lance  art  histo- 
rians made  thirty-three  hundred  visits  to  the  six  regional 
centers,  each  one  containing  copies  of  the  Archives'  col- 
lections on  microfilm.  In  addition,  the  Archives  lent  nine- 
teen hundred  rolls  of  microfilm  to  libraries  around  the 
country.  One  gauge  of  the  research  conducted  at  the  Ar- 
chives is  the  number  of  research  publications  based  on 
studies  of  the  collections.  More  than  two  hundred  arti- 
cles, exhibition  catalogues,  and  books  published  during 


Bertha,  Etta,  Claribel,  and  Moses  Cone  in  India,  1907.  The  Baltimore  Museum  of  Art:  Cone  Archives 


103 


the  past  year  cited  Archives  sources.  These  works  in- 
cluded major  studies  of  Alexander  Archipenko,  Gene 
Davis,  John  Graham,  John  La  Farge,  John  Singer  Sar- 
gent, Charles  Sheeler,  John  Storrs,  early  modernism  in 
American  art,  and  New  Deal  photography  projects. 

Exhibitions  and  Programs 

In  addition  to  lending  selected  documents  to  other  mu- 
seums for  their  exhibitions,  the  Archives  organized  an 
exhibition  of  photographs,  letters,  and  other  items  illus- 
trating the  Bauhaus  school  and  its  influence  on  American 
art,  design,  and  architecture.  The  Archives'  center  in 
Southern  California  organized  a  symposium,  attended  by 
hundreds,  that  examined  the  complex  history  of  that  re- 
gion's visual  arts.  The  Washington,  D.C.,  center  contin- 
ued to  sponsor  its  series  of  informal  seminars,  in  which 
art  historians  discuss  the  problems  and  results  of  their 
current  research. 


1987,  as  did  the  inventory  of  collections  and  work  to 
preserve  items  of  special  value.  The  Archives  continued 
to  make  progress  in  its  ambitious  program  to  prepare 
detailed  descriptions  of  its  holdings  of  photographs  and 
works  of  art  on  paper.  During  the  past  year,  it  received 
generous  grants  from  the  Mellon  Foundation  and  the 
Getty  Memorial  Trust  to  support  a  three-year  project  de- 
signed to  enhance  descriptive  information  on  the  collec- 
tions and  to  facilitate  retrieval  of  this  information. 


Acquisitions 

The  Archives  made  many  important  additions  to  its  col- 
lections in  1987.  It  acquired  a  large  group  of  papers  of 
Holger  Cahill,  which  detail  Cahill's  roles  as  head  of  the 
Works  Progress  Administration's  Federal  Art  Project  and 
as  promoter  of  American  folk  art.  Also  acquired  were  a 
substantial  collection  of  the  papers  of  Dorothy-Miller, 
dealing  with  her  postretirement  career  as  author  and  ad- 
viser to  collectors  of  modern  art;  the  voluminous  records 
of  the  Milch  Gallery,  one  of  New  York's  most  prominent 
art  galleries  during  much  of  this  century;  and  the  records 
of  the  National  Arts  Club,  a  thriving  artists'  organization 
founded  in  1897.  Esther  McCoy,  a  leading  West  Coast 
architectural  historian,  donated  her  papers;  Ise  Gropius, 
widow  of  Walter  Gropius,  a  founder  of  the  Bauhaus 
school,  provided  a  copy  of  her  diary  and  memoirs;  and 
Mrs.  Abraham  Rattner  turned  over  important  additions 
to  the  Rattner  papers.  The  Archives  also  received  inform- 
ative groups  of  letters  written  by  Alexander  Calder,  Ceci- 
lia Beaux,  and  William  Glackens,  and  it  microfilmed  the 
papers  of  Claribel  and  Etta  Cone,  Baltimore's  best-known 
collectors  of  modern  art. 

Collections  Management 

The  transfer  of  the  Archives  card  catalogue  to  the  Smith- 
sonian's main-frame  computer  advanced  substantially  in 


104 


Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery 
and  Freer  Gallery  of  Art 


The  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  housing  an  unparalleled 
collection  of  the  art  of  Asia,  opened  on  September  28, 
joining  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  as  a  Smithsonian  museum 
devoted  to  research  and  exhibition  in  the  field  of  Asian 
art.  With  this  combination  of  museums,  the  Institution 
clearly  established  itself  as  a  world  center  for  the  study  of 
Asian  art  and  culture. 

Inaugural  celebrations  were  tinged  with  sadness  over 
the  death  of  Dr.  Sackler  on  May  26.  As  the  museum's 
primary  benefactor,  Dr.  Sackler  had  shown  an  enthusias- 
tic interest  in  its  development  and  had  eagerly  awaited 
the  installation  of  his  inaugural  gift  of  approximately  one 
thousand  masterworks  of  Asian  art.  Jill  Sackler,  who 
shares  her  late  husband's  interest  in  the  art  and  culture  of 
Asia,  attended  the  opening  events,  which  included  a  sym- 
posium, a  program  of  lectures  on  Asian  art,  a  concert  at 
the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts,  and 
a  festschrift  in  honor  of  Dr.  Sackler. 

During  the  months  preceding  the  opening,  the  Sackler 
and  Freer  staff,  who  serve  both  museums,  clocked  count- 
less hours  of  work,  attending  to  the  final  preparation  of 
the  seven  inaugural  exhibitions,  as  well  as  publications 
and  programs.  Behind-the-scenes  work  also  included 
moving  the  entire  Freer  Library  to  larger  quarters  in  the 
115,000-square-foot  Sackler  Gallery.  A  haven  for  scholars 
of  Asian  and  American  art  since  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art 
opened  in  1923,  the  library  contains  forty-five  thousand 
volumes,  half  of  which  are  in  Chinese  or  Japanese,  and 
more  than  two  hundred  periodicals.  The  new  facility  also 
features  a  slide  library  and  provides  much-needed  space 
for  the  library's  archives.  Holdings  include  the  Herzfeld 
Archive  of  Persian  and  Near  Eastern  architecture  and  ar- 
chaeological sites;  the  Myron  Bement  Smith  Archive, 
which  offers  extensive  visual  documentation  on  a  wide 
range  of  subjects  relating  to  the  Islamic  world;  the  Carl 
Whiting  Bishop  Collection  of  early  twentieth-century 
photographs  of  China;  the  correspondence  of  museum 
benefactor  Charles  Lang  Freer;  and  a  collection  of  photo- 
graphs of  the  Dowager  Empress  Cixi  (1835-1908). 

Distinguished  guests  of  the  galleries  included  Berna- 
dette  Chirac,  wife  of  the  French  premier.  The  first  official 
visitor  to  the  Sackler,  Mrs.  Chirac  toured  the  nearly  com- 
pleted galleries  with  Assistant  Director  Milo  Beach  and 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Sackler.  Other  distinguished  guests  who 
came  to  view  the  collections  and  discuss  future  exhibi- 
tions and  programs  were  His  Excellency  Jamsheed  K.  A. 
Marker,  ambassador  of  Pakistan,  and  his  wife;  His  Ex- 
cellency Kyung-Won  Kim,  ambassador  of  Korea;  His  Ex- 
cellency El-Sayed  Abdel  Raouf  El-Reedy,  ambassador  of 
Egypt;  His  Excellency  Soesilo  Soedarman,  Foreign  Minis- 


ter Kusumaatmadja  Mochtar,  and  Director  of  Museums 
Bambang  Soemadio,  all  of  Indonesia;  His  Holiness  Dri- 
kung  Kyabgon  Chetsang  Lama  of  Ladakh,  India;  and  a 
delegation  from  the  People's  Republic  of  China  Ministry 
of  Culture. 


Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery 

Dr.  Sackler's  inaugural  gift  was  organized  into  four  ma- 
jor thematic  exhibitions  and  three  smaller  displays.  "In 
Praise  of  Ancestors:  Ritual  Objects  from  China,"  the 
largest  of  the  exhibitions,  featured  about  five  hundred 
Chinese  ritual  bronzes  and  neolithic  jades,  some  dating  to 
as  early  as  the  fourth  millennium  B.C.  "Monsters,  Myths, 
and  Minerals,"  displaying  123  jades,  bronzes,  and  ceram- 
ics dating  from  the  eleventh  century  B.C.  to  the  eight- 
eenth century,  explored  the  use  of  animal  imagery  in 
Chinese  art,  legend,  and  literature.  "Pavilions  and  Im- 
mortal Mountains:  Chinese  Decorative  Art  and  Painting" 
included  more  than  two  hundred  examples  of  Chinese 
furniture,  paintings,  and  objects  in  jade,  lacquer,  and  ce- 
ramics, spanning  the  third  century  B.C.  into  the  present 
century.  "Nomads  and  Nobility:  Art  from  the  Ancient 
Near  East"  featured  Dr.  Sackler's  small  but  choice  collec- 
tion of  gold,  silver,  bronze,  ivory,  and  ceramics  from  the 
ancient  Near  East,  including  Iran,  Anatolia,  and  the  Cau- 
casus, dating  from  the  third  millennium  B.C.  through  the 
seventh  century. 

During  their  exploration  of  the  gallery's  22,000  square 
feet  of  exhibition  space,  visitors  could  also  view  three 
small  installations:  "Temple  Sculpture  of  South  and 
Southeast  Asia,"  "Chinese  Buddhist  and  Daoist  Imagery," 
and  "Persian  and  Indian  Paintings:  Selections  from  a  Re- 
cent Acquisition."  The  last  of  these  was  a  preview  of  a 
major  exhibition  of  the  Henri  Vever  Collection,  sched- 
uled for  late  1988. 

To  enhance  the  viewing  of  serious  and  casual  visitors 
alike,  a  variety  of  publications  and  guides  was  prepared 
for  the  museum's  opening.  Asian  Art,  a  new  quarterly 
journal  published  by  Oxford  University  Press  in  coopera- 
tion with  the  Sackler  Gallery,  is  aimed  at  scholars  and 
Asian  art  enthusiasts  in  the  general  public.  The  hand- 
book Asian  Art  in  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery:  The 
Inaugural  Gift  features  catalogue  entries  on  211  objects, 
as  well  as  five  essays,  three  maps,  a  glossary,  an  anno- 
tated bibliography,  and  an  index.  Other  publications  in- 
clude a  generously  illustrated  book  about  the  new 
museum,  four  gallery  guides,  a  general  information  bro- 
chure, a  bimonthly  calendar  of  events,  five  exhibition 


105 


^■■^M 


106 


posters,  and  a  floor  plan.  An  expanded  docent  corps, 
now  numbering  forty,  added  the  Sackler  collections  and 
opening  exhibitions  to  their  tour  repertoire. 


Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

In  preparation  for  a  three-year  construction  project  that 
will  connect  the  Freer  and  Sackler  galleries  and  expand 
conservation  and  collection-storage  facilities,  nine  of  the 
ten  exhibition  areas  on  the  east  side  of  the  Freer  Gallery 
were  closed  to  the  public  in  1987.  A  representative  selec- 
tion of  works  from  the  Freer's  Chinese,  Japanese,  Indian, 
Near  Eastern,  and  American  collections  remained  on 
display. 

The  project  will  create  convenient  access  between  the 
two  museums,  and  it  will  add  greatly  needed  space  and 
facilities  for  conservation  work  and  for  exhibition  and 
storage  of  the  Freer's  collections,  which  have  nearly  dou- 
bled over  the  past  fifty-four  years.  Literally  "carved  out" 
from  beneath  the  Freer  courtyard,  the  expanded  facilities 
will  increase  the  collection-storage  area  by  70  percent  and 
will  add  more  than  1,000  square  feet  of  exhibition  space. 
The  area  for  conservation  facilities,  located  on  the 
ground  floor  of  the  Freer  Gallery,  will  more  than  triple, 
from  1,750  to  5,765  square  feet. 

In  addition,  the  north  lobby's  grand  entrance,  con- 
ceived by  the  Freer's  architect,  Charles  A.  Piatt,  will  be 
returned  to  its  intended  use,  as  the  gallery  shop  is  to  be 
moved  to  a  larger,  self-contained  area  on  the  ground 
floor.  Construction  plans  also  call  for  improved  access 
for  people  with  physical  disabilities,  renovation  of  the 
auditorium  with  staging  area  for  public  programs  and  an 
enlarged  projection  booth  to  accommodate  simultaneous 
translation,  and  conference  and  teaching  rooms.  Ex- 
panded locker  facilities  for  staff  and  additional  rest- 
rooms,  drinking  fountains,  and  telephones  are  among 
additional  improvements  planned. 

The  Boston  firm  of  Shepley  Bulfinch  Richardson  and 
Abbott,  architects  of  the  Smithsonian's  new  museum 
complex,  are  the  designers  of  the  Freer  construction  pro- 
ject. Interior  finishes  and  furnishings  in  the  collection- 
storage  areas  are  being  designed  by  E.  Verner  Associates, 
Inc.,  also  a  Boston  architectural  firm. 


Conservator  Jane  Norman  works  on  a  thousand-year-old  Chi- 
nese head  of  Buddha  prior  to  its  installation  in  the  central  stair- 
case of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery.  (Photograph  by  John 
Tsantes) 


Among  the  important  additions  to  the  Freer  collections 
in  1987  was  a  jade  bi  (disk)  made  in  China  during  the 
third  millennium  B.C.  It  was  donated  by  the  Charlottes- 
ville/Albemarle Foundation  for  the  Encouragement  of 
the  Arts  (CHALFA),  a  group  that  has  made  several  gen- 
erous contributions  to  the  Freer  Library.  The  ancient  disk 
was  presented  to  the  Smithsonian  in  honor  of  Dr. 
Thomas  Lawton,  director  of  the  Freer  and  Sackler  galler- 
ies, who  received  the  CHALFA  Award  for  his  "outstand- 
ing contributions  to  the  arts." 

The  Visiting  Committee  of  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art 
added  two  members  in  1987.  Frederick  Mote  of  Princeton 
University  and  Sherman  Lee,  director  emeritus  of  the 
Cleveland  Museum  of  Art,  agreed  to  serve. 


"Nomads  and  Nobility:  Art  from  the  Ancient  Near  East,"  one 
of  four  major  inaugural  exhibitions  at  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler 
Gallery,  featured  ceramics  and  metalwork  from  the  Achae- 
menid,  Parthian,  and  Sassanian  empires.  (Photograph  by  Kim 
Nielsen) 


Research  and  Public  Education 

Programs  of  research  and  education  at  the  Freer  and 
Sackler  galleries  strive  to  make  the  brilliance  and  diver- 


107 


Conservation  Analytical 
Laboratory 


sity  of  Asian  artistic  traditions  better  known  to  the  pub- 
lic— to  people  unfamiliar  with  Asia  and  to  scholars  and 
students  for  whom  Asia  is  already  the  most  exciting  area 
on  Earth.  The  museums'  staff  members  contribute  di- 
rectly to  this  effort  through  their  own  studies.  In  1987, 
the  scholarly  range  of  the  museums  was  expanded  with 
the  addition  of  Dr.  Ann  Gunter,  the  curatorial  staffs  first 
specialist  in  the  art  of  the  ancient  Near  East. 

The  Freer  and  Sackler  galleries  continued  the  Freer's 
long-standing  tradition  of  providing  support  for  visiting 
scholars.  In  1987,  Dr.  Wheeler  Thackston,  senior  precep- 
tor in  Persian  language  at  Harvard  University,  spent  the 
summer  in  residence  at  the  museums.  As  a  Smithsonian- 
Rockefeller  Foundation  Resident  in  the  Humanities,  he 
studied  Timurid  inscriptions  on  paintings  in  the  two  col- 
lections in  preparation  for  a  major  loan  exhibition 
planned  for  1989.  Cao  Yin  and  Song  Xiangguang  of  the 
Department  of  Archaeology  at  Beijing  University  began  a 
year  of  training  in  museum  studies.  Upon  their  return  to 
the  People's  Republic  of  China,  the  pair  will  offer  courses 
in  museum  operations  at  the  university  and  at  the  new 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Museum  of  Art  and  Archaeology  be- 
ing built  on  the  university's  campus. 

Also  during  the  past  year,  the  museums  created  a  De- 
partment of  Education  and  appointed  Lucia  Pierce,  a  spe- 
cialist in  Chinese  studies,  to  direct  the  new  unit.  Working 
with  other  units  of  the  two  museums,  the  new  depart- 
ment aims  to  engage  young  and  old,  scholar  and  non- 
scholar,  with  the  rich  and  varied  field  of  Asian  art.  A 
broad  range  of  programs — from  story-telling  sessions  that 
help  children  explore  Asian  traditions  to  lectures  and  live 
performances  by  international  artists — has  been  devel- 
oped in  conjunction  with  the  four  major  inaugural  exhi- 
bitions of  the  Sackler  Gallery. 


The  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory  (CAL)  is  the 
Smithsonian's  specialized  unit  for  research  into  the  con- 
servation, examination,  and  characterization  of  museum 
objects  and  related  materials.  Members  of  the  laborato- 
ry's staff,  a  multidisciplinary  group  of  forty  conservators, 
scientists,  and  engineers,  often  assist  specialists  in  other 
bureaus.  CAL  also  features  a  growing  training  program 
for  conservators  and  conservation  students,  and  it  pro- 
vides an  array  of  information  services  to  professionals  at 
other  museums  and  to  the  general  public.  Last  year,  for 
example,  a  team  of  CAL  staff  members  provided  on-site 
technical  assistance  and  training  at  an  important  archaeo- 
logical excavation  in  Harappa,  Pakistan. 

A  sampling  of  other  activities  and  accomplishments 
during  1987  is  presented  below. 


Archaeometric  Research 

The  Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory  is  internation- 
ally recognized  for  its  expertise  in  unlocking  the  secrets  of 
past  cultures  from  archaeological  artifacts.  Such  archaeo- 
metric research  uses  a  variety  of  analytical  techniques  to 
determine,  for  example,  the  basic  chemical  composition 
of  ancient  artifacts  and  to  gather  clues  about  how  the 
objects  were  made.  Pieced  together  with  other  archaeo- 
logical and  anthropological  evidence,  this  information 
may  reveal  whether  the  artifacts  were  made  in  the  area  or 
brought  by  trading  expeditions  from  another  region. 

To  get  this  fundamental  information,  CAL  staff  mem- 
bers employ  an  array  of  sophisticated  instruments — 
housed  at  the  laboratory  and  at  the  National  Bureau  of 
Standards'  research  reactor  in  Gaithersburg,  Maryland. 
Working  at  the  reactor,  a  source  of  neutrons  that  is  es- 
sential for  several  analytical  methods,  CAL  researchers 
made  excellent  progress  in  characterizing  Hopi  ceramics. 
These  efforts,  now  proceeding  into  the  second  phase  of  a 
wide-ranging  multidisciplinary  study  involving  Hopi  rep- 
resentatives and  several  institutions,  are  helping  to  define 
the  social  dynamics  of  the  Indian  nation  during  and  after 
the  great  migrations  of  the  last  quarter  of  the  thirteenth 
century,  a  period  of  extreme  drought  in  the  Southwest. 
The  resulting  consolidation  of  once  widely  dispersed 
Hopi  communities  into  seven  major  pueblos  was  accom- 
panied by  major  changes  in  styles  of  pottery  and  in  the 
way  the  ceramics  were  made. 

In  another  project,  laboratory  researchers  are  using 
neutron  activation  analysis  and  other  techniques  to  study 
the  pottery  of  early  Spanish  settlements  in  Central  Amer- 
ica and  Spanish  La  Florida.  They  are  comparing  these 


108 


analyses  with  those  of  similarly  styled  ceramics  found  in 
Spain. 

Other  archaeometric  research  focuses  on  the  ceramics 
of  the  Middle  and  Far  East.  Laboratory  researchers  and 
collaborating  French  archaeologists  completed  their  study 
of  the  ceramics  of  the  Middle  East's  Helmand  and  Indus 
Valley  civilizations,  while  analyses  of  the  faience  wares 
(fine,  glazed  pottery)  from  the  Middle  and  Far  East  con- 
tinued. Studies  of  Korean  celadons  (sea-green  pottery  and 
porcelain)  and  Chinese  stonewares — an  investigation  in- 
volving scientists  from  the  People's  Republic  of  China — 
progressed  in  1987.  CAL  researchers  also  are  investigating 
Islamic  frit-porcelain — similar  in  appearance  to  Chinese 
porcelain,  but  made  from  glass  instead  of  clay — and  the 
trade  of  ceramics  in  West  Asia  between  a.d.  700  and 
a.d.  1000.  In  a  collaborative  effort,  CAL  organic  chem- 
ists and  the  Yale  University  Ethnobotany  Department  are 
analyzing  resins  from  trees  in  Malaysia  for  clues  to  the 
area's  cultural  heritage.  The  indigenous  peoples  of  Ma- 
laysia and  of  other  parts  of  Southeast  Asia  still  use  tree 
resins  for  a  variety  of  purposes,  including  dyes,  glue,  and 
medicine.  By  characterizing  these  tree  resins,  the  re- 
searchers hope  to  learn  more  about  archaeological  objects 
found  in  the  region. 

Among  the  new  projects  begun  in  1987  was  an  investi- 
gation of  potential  sources  of  ore  for  early  Middle  East- 
ern silver  and  bronze  manufacture.  Another  new  project 
is  focusing  on  the  earliest  known  ceramics,  which  were 
unearthed  in  Czechoslovakia.  Estimated  to  date  back  to 
26,000  B.C.,  the  artifacts  include  figurines  of  Venus  and 
of  mammoths,  wolverines,  deer,  and  other  animals. 

In  its  continuing  collaboration  with  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  American  Art,  the  laboratory  used  autoradi- 
ographic techniques  and  other  methods  in  a  study  of  the 
works  of  Albert  P.  Ryder,  who  is  noted  for  his  landscape 
and  marine  paintings.  Lead  isotope  analyses  of  Chinese 
bronzes  from  the  Sackler  Gallery  collection  were  com- 
pleted in  1987. 


Conservation  Research 

The  objective  of  the  laboratory's  conservation  research  is 
to  understand,  at  a  fundamental  level,  the  chemical  and 
physical  processes  that  can  damage  museum  objects.  This 
knowledge  serves  as  the  basis  for  devising  preventative 
measures  or  new  protective  techniques. 

In  a  project  supported  by  the  Getty  Conservation  Insti- 
tute, CAL  launched  a  major  study  of  the  effects  of  a 
widely  used  fumigant  on  proteinaceous  materials,  such  as 


Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory  scientist  Melanie  Feather 
uses  the  newly  installed  scanning  electron  microscope  /electron 
microprobe  to  study  a  sample  of  an  archaeological  plaster  ob- 
ject. The  resulting  information  helps  to  elucidate  questions 
about  condition  and  manufacturing  technology. 


leather,  silk,  and  wool.  In  other  projects,  the  conserva- 
tion of  books,  documents,  and  other  paper-based  objects 
is  being  examined  from  several  perspectives.  One  con- 
tinuing study  is  assessing  the  validity  of  methods  of 
accelerating  the  aging  of  paper  as  analytical  tools  for  un- 
derstanding natural  aging  behavior.  Another  study  is 
comparing  the  effectiveness  and  safety  of  using  different 
wavelengths  of  light  for  bleaching  discolored  paper.  Re- 
searchers are  also  evaluating  how  treatments  using  water 
and  other  solvents  affect  the  bonding  within  and  between 
fibers  in  paper. 

The  laboratory's  ongoing  studies  of  climate  in  build- 
ings include  an  investigation  of  the  Renwick  Gallery's  re- 
constructed facade.  Automated  sensors  were  installed, 
allowing  for  continuous  monitoring  of  humidity  condi- 
tions and  heat-transport  phenomena. 

To  guide  the  laboratory's  research  on  preserving  pho- 
tographs, an  advisory  committee  of  experts  was  formed. 
Meeting  for  the  first  time  in  1987,  the  committee  assisted 


109 


Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 


in  setting  short-  and  long-range  objectives  for  the  photo- 
graph-conservation project  and  helped  select  a  scientist  to 
start  the  recommended  research. 

A  laboratory  study  of  a  large  marble  statuary  yielded 
an  improved  cleaning  technique,  and  a  separate  project 
evaluated  the  effects  of  boiling  on  archaeological  iron  ar- 
tifacts, a  treatment  commonly  used  to  remove  chlorides. 
In  preparation  for  the  treatment  of  seven-thousand-year- 
old  neolithic  plaster  figurines  from  Jordan,  a  series  of 
consolidants  were  tested  for  their  appropriateness  and 
effectiveness. 

To  strengthen  its  conservation  program,  the  laboratory 
recruited  a  materials  research  engineer  in  1987.  Antici- 
pated activities  for  this  new  staff  member  include  imple- 
menting a  program  to  study  the  mechanical  properties  of 
the  material  components  of  museum  objects.  The  effect 
of  changes  in  chemical  composition  on  complex  mechani- 
cal strain  patterns  and  the  resultant  deterioration  of  these 
objects  would  be  part  of  the  research  program. 


The  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum,  the  Smithsonian's  National 
Museum  of  Design  since  1967,  was  founded  ninety  years 
ago  as  a  working  resource,  a  visual  index  to  the  history 
of  the  design  arts.  Located  in  New  York  City,  the  mu- 
seum occupies  Andrew  Carnegie's  Georgian-style  man- 
sion and  a  neighboring  townhouse — gifts  of  the  Carnegie 
Corporation  to  house  the  museum  and  its  vast  collec- 
tions. Wall  coverings,  decorative  art  objects,  textiles,  and 
prints  and  drawings  constitute  the  nucleus  of  this  world- 
famous  center  for  the  study  of  design.  The  museum's  in- 
ventoried permanent  collection  numbers  more  than 
167,000  items,  representing  the  cultures  of  Europe,  Asia, 
and  other  regions  of  the  world  over  a  span  of  three  thou- 
sand years.  The  museum's  library  houses  fifty  thousand 
volumes,  including  five  thousand  rare  books,  that  expand 
on  the  themes  of  the  object  collection  and  serve  as  a 
unique  resource  for  scholars  and  designers  alike. 


Exhibitions 


Training 

The  laboratory's  conservation  training  program  expanded 
significantly  in  1987.  A  cooperative  agreement  with  the 
Materials  Science  and  Engineering  Department  at  the 
Johns  Hopkins  University  established  a  new  university 
graduate  program  in  conservation  science,  in  which  re- 
search will  be  conducted  at  CAL.  Laboratory  staff  mem- 
bers will  teach  several  of  the  courses  offered  in  the 
program.  In  1987,  CAL  awarded  fellowships  to  two  stu- 
dents. In  addition,  six  new  postgraduate  conservation  in- 
ternships were  added  to  the  laboratory's  training  program 
for  professional  conservators  and  students.  These  interns 
were  placed  at  various  conservation  laboratories  in  the 
Institution. 

The  first  class  in  CAL's  four-year  training  program  in 
furniture  conservation  successfully  completed  its  initial 
year  of  coursework.  The  laboratory  also  organized  sev- 
eral in-depth  courses  for  specialists,  and  it  produced  an 
instructional  videotape  on  humidity  control  in  museums. 

In  the  information  program,  staff  members  continued 
to  integrate  the  laboratory's  bibliographic  files  into  the 
new  international  Conservation  Information  Network, 
which  became  operational  in  September  1987.  Staff  mem- 
bers also  consulted  on  conservation-related  problems 
with  their  counterparts  at  other  Smithsonian  bureaus  and 
at  other  museums  in  the  United  States  and  abroad.  In 
addition,  CAL  responded  to  questions  from  the  general 
public. 


The  Cooper-Hewitt's  active  and  diverse  program  of 
changing  exhibitions  continued  to  attract  both  popular 
attention  and  critical  acclaim.  In  1987,  the  museum  pre- 
sented twelve  exhibitions.  "Milestones:  Fifty  Years  of 
Goods  and  Services"  marked  the  golden  anniversary  of 
the  Consumers  Union  and  presented  fifty  innovations 
that,  in  the  view  of  Consumer  Reports  magazine,  "revo- 
lutionized our  lives." 

Two  major  surveys  of  the  museum's  permanent  collec- 
tions celebrated  the  Cooper-Hewitt's  tenth  season  in  its 
present  facilities.  "Perspective:  The  Illusion  of  Space" 
considered  the  ways  artists,  designers,  and  architects  have 
used  the  rules  of  perspective  to  create  an  illusion  of  space 
in  two-dimensional  drawings.  "Recollections:  A  Decade 
of  Collecting"  represented  traditional  and  innovative  col- 
lecting patterns  in  each  of  the  museum's  departments: 
textiles,  decorative  arts,  prints  and  drawings,  and  wallpa- 
per. Smaller  exhibitions  devoted  to  other  aspects  of  the 
permanent  collections  included  "Folding  Fans,"  a  fasci- 
nating look  at  beautifully  designed  and  crafted  objects 
from  Europe  and  the  Orient;  "Safe  and  Secure:  Keys  and 
Locks,"  with  examples  from  ancient  to  high-tech  times; 
and  "Crystal  Palaces,"  a  survey  based  on  a  volume  of 
extremely  fine  and  rare  nineteenth-century  photographs 
of  London's  original  "Crystal  Palace." 

Two  important  international  exhibitions  highlighted 
modern  architecture  and  design.  Both  exhibitions — "Ber- 
lin 1900-1933:  Architecture  and  Design"  and  "The  Cata- 
lan Spirit:  Gaudi  and  His  Contemporaries,"  which 


no 


Made  of  iron,  this  Spanish  lock  and  key  probably  came  from  a 
chest  dating  from  the  late  sixteenth  or  early  seventeenth  century 
and  were  featured  in  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum's  exhibition 
"Safe  and  Secure:  Keys  and  Locks." 


focused  on  Barcelona — were  well  received  by  critics  and 
the  general  public.  Additional  architectural  exhibitions, 
organized  by  outside  groups  and  modified  by  the  Cooper- 
Hewitt  staff  for  presentation  in  New  York,  explored  se- 
lected works  of  Louis  Sullivan  and  Frank  Lloyd  Wright, 
two  of  America's  most  original  architects. 

The  museum  staff  also  coordinated  and  produced  com- 
panion publications  for  several  of  the  exhibitions  in  1987. 


The  German-English  volume  accompanying  the  exhibi- 
tion on  design  and  architecture  in  Berlin  featured  essays 
by  four  German  scholars.  A  similar  volume  on  Gaudi  and 
his  contemporaries  will  consist  of  essays  by  three  Ameri- 
can scholars  and  a  Spanish  colleague.  A  grant  from  the 
J.  M.  Kaplan  Fund,  Inc.,  helped  support  publication  of 
both  volumes.  Collections  handbooks  for  the  "Folding 
Fans"  and  "Locks  and  Keys"  exhibitions  were  published 
with  the  aid  of  the  New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts 
and  the  Andrew  W.  Mellon  Foundation. 

Collections  Management 

Management  of  the  Cooper-Hewitt's  extensive  holdings  is 
a  continuous  activity,  involving  careful  inventorying  and 
recordkeeping  of  new  and  existing  items,  monitoring  and 
processing  of  loans  to  other  museums,  and  storage  and 
conservation  of  objects  not  on  exhibition.  More  than  six 
hundred  acquisitions  and  thirteen  hundred  loan  transac- 
tions were  handled  by  the  registrar  during  the  first  three 
quarters  of  1987.  Over  the  same  period,  the  museum's 
Textile  and  Paper  Conservation  Laboratories  treated 
nearly  six  hundred  items  that  will  be  included  in  a  future 
exhibition.  Computer  workstations  were  installed  in  the 
Registrar's  Office  and  the  Department  of  Decorative  Arts, 
to  be  followed  in  the  future  by  workstations  in  the  re- 
maining three  curatorial  departments. 

The  museum's  most  important  purchase  was  a  thir- 
teenth-century needlework  rendering  of  a  bodhisattva, 
which  is  believed  to  have  originated  in  China.  Presuma- 
bly in  the  seventeenth  or  eighteenth  century,  the  figure 
was  incorporated  into  a  Buddhist  temple  banner.  This 
remarkable  object,  purchased  with  the  aid  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Regents  Special  Acquisition  Fund,  was 
added  to  the  other  extremely  rare  Oriental  textile  speci- 
mens in  the  permanent  collection.  In  addition,  forty-six 
items  donated  by  Barry  Friedman  and  Patricia  Pastor  will 
form  the  nucleus  of  an  industrial  design  collection 
planned  by  the  museum.  Particularly  interesting  items  in 
this  gift  include  the  German  "people's  radio,"  which  was 
the  ubiquitous  household  receiver  for  the  propaganda 
broadcasts  of  the  Third  Reich,  and  Ettore  Sottsass's 
"Valentine"  typewriter  (c.  1969),  which  he  designed  for 
the  Olivetti  Company. 

Education 

The  Cooper-Hewitt/Parsons-New  School  Graduate 
Study  Program  in  the  History  of  the  Decorative  Arts  is 


HI 


Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden 


the  Smithsonian's  only  formal  academic  degree-granting 
program.  Accredited  by  the  New  York  State  Board  of 
Regents,  the  program  awards  a  Master  of  Arts  degree 
upon  acceptance  of  a  satisfactory  thesis  and  is  a  unique 
training  center  for  museum  curation  and  related  fields. 
Ten  students  received  degrees  in  1987,  and  fifteen  were 
accepted  for  enrollment  during  the  upcoming  academic 
year. 

Other  Cooper-Hewitt  educational  programs  include 
classes,  workshops,  symposia,  tours,  and  a  variety  of 
special  events.  In  1987,  more  than  fifty-eight  hundred  stu- 
dents participated  in  these  programs.  The  diverse  study 
offerings  during  the  past  year  included  the  architecture  of 
ancient  Greece  and  of  great  American  cities,  seventeenth- 
and  eighteenth-century  French  decorative  arts,  the  work 
of  pioneering  industrial  designers  of  the  twentieth  cen- 
tury, the  architecture  and  design  traditions  of  modern 
Berlin  and  Barcelona,  a  thousand  years  of  Chinese  art, 
the  history  of  the  garden,  the  marine  architecture  of  the 
12-meter  yacht,  and  the  graphic  design  of  contemporary 
comic  books. 


Staff  Changes 

After  serving  as  director  of  the  museum  for  nearly  eigh- 
teen years,  a  span  that  featured  more  than  150  provoca- 
tive exhibitions,  Lisa  Taylor  retired  in  June  1987  and  was 
subsequently  appointed  director  emeritus.  Assistant  Di- 
rector Harold  Francis  Pfister  was  named  acting  director. 

Planning  for  the  Cooper-Hewitt's  fund-raising  cam- 
paign, which  is  essential  to  the  museum's  intended  expan- 
sion, has  been  delayed  until  a  new  director  is  appointed. 
In  1987,  however,  Representative  Mary  Rose  Oakar  of 
Ohio  introduced  a  bill  (H.R.  2815)  to  authorize  a  future 
appropriation  of  up  to  $15  million  for  capital  improve- 
ments. The  bill,  which  calls  for  matching  funds  from  pri- 
vate sources,  is  cosponsored  by  Representatives  Edward 
Boland,  Silvio  Conte,  Bill  Frenzel,  and  Norman  Mineta, 
and  it  was  referred  to  the  Committee  on  House 
Administration. 


The  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden,  the 
Smithsonian's  museum  of  modern  and  contemporary  art, 
maintained  an  active  exhibition  schedule  and  acquisition 
program  in  1987.  Complementary  films,  concerts,  sympo- 
sia, tours,  and  other  educational  activities  supported 
these  programs.  The  museum's  reference  library  and  its 
departments  of  conservation,  registration,  and  photogra- 
phy continued  to  offer  technical  support  to  staff  and 
scholars. 


Exhibitions 

The  first  major  exhibition  of  the  year,  "Recent  Acquisi- 
tions: 1983-1986,"  presented  a  selection  of  mostly  con- 
temporary works  acquired  by  the  museum  since  its  last 
acquisitions  show  in  1983.  Organized  by  Director  James 
T.  Demetrion,  the  exhibition  included  works  by  Siah  Ar- 
majani,  William  Beckman,  Richard  Diebenkorn,  Leon 
Golub,  Robert  Irwin,  Jess,  Anselm  Kiefer,  Edward  and 
Nancy  Reddin  Kienholz,  Sol  LeWitt,  Isamu  Noguchi, 
Claes  Oldenburg,  Frank  Stella,  Donald  Sultan,  William 
T.  Wiley,  and  others.  "Nancy  Graves:  A  Sculpture  Retro- 
spective," an  exhibition  organized  by  the  Fort  Worth  Art 
Museum,  began  its  four-city  tour  at  the  Hirshhorn  Mu- 
seum. Graves,  who  first  received  critical  attention  in  the 
1960s,  creates  open-form,  multicolored  sculptures  whose 
imagery  derives  from  natural  history,  the  sciences,  and 
objects  of  everyday  life. 

"Morris  Louis,"  organized  by  the  Museum  of  Modern 
Art  in  New  York  City,  constituted  the  largest  group  of 
works  by  the  Washington  Color  School  painter  ever  to  be 
assembled.  Louis's  major  series  of  paintings — Veils,  Un- 
furleds,  and  Stripes — were  the  focus  of  the  exhibition. 
"Roger  Brown,"  organized  by  Hirshhorn  staff  member 
Sidney  Lawrence,  was  the  first  retrospective  in  an  East 
Coast  museum  for  the  Chicago  Imagist  painter.  The  exhi- 
bition's national  tour  included  stops  at  the  La  Jolla  Mu- 
seum of  Contemporary  Art,  California;  Lowe  Art 
Museum,  University  of  Miami,  Coral  Gables,  Florida; 
and  Des  Moines  Art  Center,  Iowa.  The  catalogue  for  the 
retrospective  was  published  for  the  museum  by  George 
Braziller,  Inc. 

The  Hirshhorn  was  the  only  American  venue  for  "Lu- 
cian  Freud  Paintings,"  an  exhibition  of  more  than  eighty 
works  by  the  British  realist.  After  opening  its  tour  in 
Washington,  the  show,  which  was  organized  by  the  Brit- 
ish Council,  was  seen  in  London,  Paris,  and  Berlin. 

Smaller  exhibitions  featuring  works  from  the  perma- 
nent collection  included  "Bridging  the  Century:  Images  of 


112 


Cubist  Bust,  1912-13,  a  bronze  cast  by  Oto  Gutfreund,  is  a 
prime  example  of  the  transformation  of  sculpture  during  the 
early  stages  of  Modernism.  The  work  is  a  partial  gift  to  the 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  from  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Jan  V.  Mladek  and  partial  purchase  through  the  Joseph  H. 
Hirshhorn  Purchase  Fund. 


Bridges  from  the  Museum's  Collection,"  organized  by 
museum  historian  Judith  Zilczer.  Frank  Gettings,  curator 
of  prints  and  drawings,  organized  two  shows:  "Patterned 
Images:  Works  on  Paper  from  the  Museum's  Collection" 
and  "Arnold  Newman  Photographs  Artists,"  a  selection 
of  photographs  of  artists  whose  work  is  in  the  permanent 
collection.  Moreover,  a  complete  reinstallation  of  the 
museum's  second  floor  incorporated  recent  acquisitions 
and  a  number  of  works  from  the  permanent  collection 
that  had  not  been  on  view  previously. 

In  addition  to  creating  its  own  exhibitions,  the  mu- 
seum lent  ninety  objects  to  forty  institutions  in  1987. 
Among  the  many  sculptures  borrowed  were  four  works 
by  Alexander  Archipenko  for  the  National  Gallery  of 
Art's  centennial  tribute  to  the  sculptor  and  two  pieces  by 
John  Storrs  for  an  exhibition  at  the  Whitney  Museum  of 
American  Art  in  New  York  City.  The  Hirshhorn  lent 
nine  paintings  to  Chicago's  Terra  Museum  of  American 
Art  for  "A  Proud  Heritage:  Two  Centuries  of  American 
Art,  with  Selections  from  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and 


Sculpture  Garden."  A  four-panel  work  by  Donald  Sultan 
was  lent  to  Chicago's  Museum  of  Contemporary  Art  for 
its  show  of  the  artist's  work  and  for  the  exhibition's  sub- 
sequent tour.  The  museum  also  lent  a  painting  by  Leland 
Bell  to  the  Phillips  Collection  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and 
three  works  by  Gene  Davis  for  a  memorial  exhibition  at 
the  National  Museum  of  American  Art.  The  Hirshhorn 
also  made  significant  loans  to  foreign  institutions  for 
their  exhibitions,  including  "Giacometti  Dynasty"  at  the 
Museo  Rufino  Tamayo  in  Mexico  City  and  "Cy  Twom- 
bly,"  whose  itinerary  included  stops  in  Switzerland, 
Spain,  England,  and  France.  In  addition,  a  small  group 
of  paintings  was  included  in  "New  Horizons:  American 
Painting  1840-1910,"  an  exhibition  organized  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  for 
a  tour  to  the  Soviet  cities  of  Moscow,  Leningrad,  and 
Minsk. 


Education 

The  Hirshhorn  Museum  has  broadened  its  efforts  to  en- 
hance the  experience  of  visitors  who  come  to  view  its 
special  exhibitions  and  permanent  collection.  Besides 
adding  about  900  square  feet  of  exhibition  space  in 
lower-level  galleries  and  relocating  the  gift  shop  to  the 
first-floor  lobby,  remodeling  work  created  a  small  au- 
diovisual theater  that  is  used  to  acquaint  visitors  with  the 
museum.  The  orientation  room  features,  on  an  alternat- 
ing basis,  a  program  about  the  current  special  exhibition 
and  an  introduction  to  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and 
Sculpture  Garden.  Production  of  the  ten-minute  introduc- 
tory presentation  was  funded  by  a  grant  from  the  J.  Paul 
Getty  Trust. 

Designed  to  help  viewers  understand  specific  aspects  of 
the  collection,  a  series  of  small  brochures  was  launched. 
The  printing  of  the  first  guide.  Cubist  Sculpture,  was  un- 
derwritten by  the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithson- 
ian Associates. 

The  orientation  program  and  new  guides  will  bolster 
the  museum's  already  strong  outreach  programs.  The  De- 
partment of  Education  initiated  a  special  effort  to  recruit 
members  of  minority  groups  for  its  docent  program;  four 
were  among  the  twenty  new  docents  trained  in  1987.  The 
museum's  one  hundred  docents  conducted  tours  for  more 
than  seventeen  thousand  visitors  during  the  year.  In  addi- 
tion, four  undergraduate  students  participated  in  the 
Hirshhorn's  summer  internship  program. 

The  "Currents"  seminars  for  high  school  students  con- 
tinued, and  new  programs  attracted  students  from  the 


113 


Visitors  to  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden's  retrospective  Roger  Brown  enjoy  the  artist's  depiction  of  Washington,  D.C. 


area's  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Regularly 
scheduled  films  about  and  by  artists  continued  to  be  pop- 
ular, as  did  the  museum's  special  program  of  films  for 
young  people. 


Acquisitions 

The  museum's  permanent  collection  was  enriched  by 
twenty-four  gifts  and  ten  purchases.  Among  the  recent 
acquisitions  were  three  important  examples  of  early 
Modernism:  Seguidilla  (1919),  a  painting  by  Man  Ray 
that  evokes  the  rhythms  and  music  of  the  Spanish  dance, 


and  two  bronze  casts,  Angst  (1911)  and  Cubist  Bust 
(1912-1913),  by  the  Czech  sculptor  Oto  Gutfreund,  whose 
fusion  of  elements  of  Cubism  and  Expressionism  marked 
the  transformation  of  sculpture  into  a  new  idiom.  Other 
newly  acquired  paintings  included  Coral  Tree  (1983)  by 
Robert  Helm;  My  Barn  on  a  Summer  Night  (1982)  by 
Wolf  Kahn;  and  Night  Portrait  (1985-1986),  by  Lucian 
Freud.  Among  the  notable  sculpture  acquisitions  were 
Untitled  (1986),  a  large-scale  work  in  stainless  steel  by 
Ellsworth  Kelly,  which  was  installed  on  the  plaza;  z-z-i: 
To  Dickie  and  Tina  (1969,  fabricated  in  1986),  a  deli- 
cately balanced  work  in  steel  by  Richard  Serra;  and 
Untitled  (1986),  a  construction  of  lead,  steel,  and  wool  by 
Jannis  Kounellis. 


114 


National  Air  and  Space 
Museum 


The  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  (NASM)  is  now 
under  the  leadership  of  Dr.  Martin  Harwit,  formerly  a 
professor  of  astronomy  at  Cornell  University  and  codirec- 
tor  of  the  university's  program  in  the  history  and  philoso- 
phy of  science  and  technology.  Dr.  Harwit,  who 
succeeded  Acting  Director  James  C.  Tyler,  has  a  long- 
standing interest  in  linking  research  and  education  and  in 
communicating  the  major  issues  in  aeronautical  and 
space  research. 

The  new  director  assumed  his  duties  in  August,  near 
the  end  of  another  successful  year  of  exhibition,  research, 
and  education  at  one  of  the  world's  most  popular  mu- 
seums. These  activities  are  described  below. 


Research 

International  in  scope,  the  programs  of  the  museum's 
three  research  and  curatorial  units — the  Department  of 
Aeronautics,  Department  of  Space  Science  and  Explora- 
tion, and  the  Center  for  Earth  and  Planetary  Studies — 
span  the  past  and  future  of  flight  and  broaden  public 
understanding  of  the  heavens  and  Earth.  The  activities  of 
resident  staff  members  are  augmented  by  visiting  schol- 
ars, who  use  the  museum's  singular  collections  of  re- 
sources to  pursue  their  research  interests. 

In  1987,  the  Department  of  Aeronautics  hosted  three 
visiting  scholars,  enhancing  the  museum's  role  as  an  in- 
ternational center  for  the  study  of  the  history  of  flight. 
Appointed  to  the  Charles  A.  Lindbergh  Chair  of  Aero- 
space History,  Dr.  John  D.  Anderson,  University  of 
Maryland  professor  of  aerospace  engineering,  conducted 
research  toward  a  definitive  history  on  aerodynamics  and 
furthered  his  work  on  hypersonic  flight.  As  International 
Fellow,  Ing.  Jose  Villela  Gomez,  Mexico's  leading  avia- 
tion historian,  studied  the  growth  and  development  of 
the  Mexican  Air  Force  and  the  early  Mexican  airlines. 
Professor  Louis  R.  Eltscher  of  the  Rochester  Institute  of 
Technology  completed  his  term  as  Verville  Fellow,  dur- 
ing which  he  studied  the  Curtiss-Wright  Aeronautical 
Corporation  and  C-46  transport  plane. 

Members  of  the  Aeronautics  Department  continued  to 
write  articles  and  books  for  scholarly  and  popular  audi- 
ences. Rebels  and  Reformers  of  the  Airways,  by  R.  E.  G. 
Davies,  curator  of  air  transport,  reveals  the  pioneering 
contributions  that  a  select  group  of  individuals  and  com- 
panies made  to  the  now  booming  business  of  air  delivery. 
Department  Chairman  Von  Hardesty,  was  coeditor  and 
translator  for  the  English  language  version  of  Igor  Sikor- 
sky, The  Russian  Years,  a  Russian  classic  written  by  K. 


N.  Finne  in  1930.  Howard  Wolko,  special  adviser  for 
technology,  edited  The  Wright  Flyer:  An  Engineering 
Perspective,  a  technical  examination  of  the  world's  first 
aircraft.  Focke-Wulf  Fw  190:  Workhorse  of  the  Luft- 
waffe, the  ninth  volume  in  the  Famous  Aircraft  of  NASM 
series,  was  completed  by  assistant  curator  Jay  Spenser, 
who  gives  a  detailed  account  of  the  remarkable  German 
fighter  plane.  In  a  joint  project,  the  Aeronautics  and 
Space  Science  and  Exploration  departments  completed 
the  final  manuscript  for  Air  and  Space  History,  an  anno- 
tated bibliography  of  the  history  of  aviation  and  spacef- 
light. The  bibliography,  which  will  be  published  in  spring 
1988,  will  fill  a  gap  in  the  reference  literature  of  aviation 
and  space  history. 

With  the  support  of  the  Sloan  Foundation  and  the  mu- 
seum's Office  of  University  Programs,  the  Aeronautics 
Department  conducted  an  intensive  two-week  seminar  in 
the  history  of  aviation  for  students  of  Wellesley  College's 
Technology  Studies  Program.  The  course,  which  demon- 
strated how  museum  collections  and  exhibits  can  be  used 
as  effective  teaching  tools,  is  the  prelude  to  an  even  more 
ambitious  instructional  program,  now  in  the  planning 
stages.  In  1987,  the  Sloan  Foundation  awarded  a  grant  to 
the  Institution  for  creating  a  college-level  curriculum  in 
the  history  of  aeronautics,  also  based  on  museum  re- 
sources. At  a  June  meeting,  representatives  of  NASM  and 
the  foundation's  New  Liberal  Arts  Program  began  pre- 
paring for  a  workshop  on  the  "History  of  Aviation,  Space- 
flight, and  Related  Technology."  Products  of  the  January 
1988  workshop  will  be  a  videodisc  demonstrating  key 
themes  in  the  history  of  aeronautics  and  spaceflight,  as 
well  as  written  course  materials.  Together,  these  instruc- 
tional tools  will  constitute  an  aviation  module  in  the  New 
Liberal  Arts  Program's  courses  in  the  history  of 
technology. 

In  the  Department  of  Space  Science  and  Exploration, 
a  novel  program,  supported  by  the  Glennan-Webb- 
Seamans  Fund  for  Research  in  Space  History,  completed 
its  second  year.  Using  oral  history  interviews  and  tradi- 
tional historical  research  techniques,  department  mem- 
bers and  visiting  scholars  are  examining  the  impact  of 
large,  publicly  funded  air  and  space  programs  in  a  socie- 
tal context.  The  evolution  of  national  policies,  techniques 
and  systems  of  management,  and  the  nature  of  the  inter- 
actions between  the  public  and  private  sectors  are  among 
the  subjects  under  study  in  this  multifaceted  research 
program. 

The  department  also  made  progress  in  its  efforts  to 
establish  a  corporate  history  program,  which  would  trace 
the  contributions  of  U.S.  firms  to  space  science  and  ex- 


"5 


n6 


ploration.  The  starting  point  is  the  Rand  Corporation,  a 
significant,  if  not  well-known,  force  in  the  development 
of  space  travel.  The  cooperative  project  is  documenting 
the  founding  and  early  history  of  the  company.  With  sup- 
port from  the  Rand  Corporation,  the  Glennan-Webb- 
Seamans  Fund,  and  the  Smithsonian-Sloan  Videohistory 
Project,  the  department  aims  to  broaden  its  research  fo- 
cus to  other  space-oriented  firms. 

The  past  year  was  an  especially  productive  one  for  the 
Program  in  the  History  of  Space  Science,  a  cooperative 
undertaking  involving  NASM  and  the  Johns  Hopkins 
University.  Initially,  participants  in  the  two-year-old  pro- 
gram are  concentrating  on  the  history  of  the  Hubble 
Space  Telescope — the  yet-to-be-launched  instrument  that 
will  peer  many  times  further  into  the  universe  than  the 
most  powerful  ground-based  telescopes.  During  1987, 
members  of  the  program  completed  a  series  of  valuable 
resource  publications:  Guide  to  Space  Telescope  Ar- 
chives, Catalog  of  Space  Telescope  Oral  History  Inter- 
views (which  lists  some  120  interviews),  Space  Telescope 
Bibliography,  and  Selected  Items  in  the  History  of  the 
Space  Telescope.  Another  publication,  Shaping  the  Space 
Telescope:  The  Interpenetration  of  Science,  Technology, 
and  Politics,  is  in  preparation  and  scheduled  for  publica- 
tion by  Cambridge  University  Press  in  1988.  A  newly  es- 
tablished resource  unit  at  the  museum  serves  as  the 
repository  for  documents  and  pictorial  materials  related 
to  the  Space  Telescope. 

During  1987,  Dr.  Herbert  Friedman,  U.S.  Naval  Re- 
search Laboratory  (NRL),  occupied  the  Martin-Marietta 
Chair  in  Space  History,  spending  the  majority  of  his  ten- 
ure researching  and  writing  a  memoir  on  the  origins  of 
X-ray  astronomy.  While  Dr.  Friedman  was  a  resident 
scholar,  he  and  members  of  his  original  X-ray  astronomy 
group  at  NRL  participated  in  videotaped  interviews, 
which  were  conducted  as  part  of  the  Smithsonian-Sloan 
Videohistory  Project.  Also  during  his  tenure  at  NASM, 
Dr.  Friedman  was  awarded  the  Wolf  Prize  for  his  contri- 
butions to  high-energy  physics. 

In  other  scholarly  endeavors,  curator  David  DeVorkin 
of  the  Space  Science  and  Exploration  Department  com- 
pleted a  major  manuscript  titled  The  Origins  of  Strato- 


An  exhibition  of  aviation  art  by  contemporary  artist  William  S. 
Phillips  went  on  display  at  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum 
on  June  19.  This  46-by-36-inch  oil  painting.  Into  the  Sunlit 
Splendor,  was  the  signature  piece  of  the  show,  which  bore  the 
same  title. 


spheric  Science  in  the  United  States.  The  manuscript  was 
submitted  to  a  publisher  for  examination. 

At  NASM's  Center  for  Earth  and  Planetary  Studies, 
basic  research  on  remote  sensing  of  terrestrial  and  plane- 
tary surface  features  continued,  with  emphasis  on  the 
Earth's  desert  regions  and  the  Martian  landscape.  Analy- 
ses of  satellite  images  of  Egypt,  Mali,  and  Botswana 
traced  changes  in  the  landscape  of  these  African  countries 
over  a  nine-year  period.  Studies  of  Landsat  data  indicated 
significant  movement  by  active  dunes.  In  contrast,  images 
of  dunes  stabilized  by  vegetation  revealed  no  migration, 
although  lack  of  rainfall  has  increased  local  erosion. 
These  findings  have  been  corroborated  and  extended  by 
fieldwork  carried  out  in  1986. 

Mapping  of  sand  sheet  deposits  continued  in  the  hyper- 
arid  desert  core  in  western  Egypt  and  northern  Sudan. 
Ancient  drainage  patterns  now  buried  by  the  sand  were 
revealed  by  the  Space  Shuttle  Radar  Experiment.  Current 
mapping  efforts  concentrated  on  adjoining  areas  that 
were  outside  the  experiment's  radar  surveillance.  In  addi- 
tion to  providing  a  more  complete  picture  of  the  ancient 
drainage  network,  the  center's  studies  in  1987  identified 
where  significant  movement  of  the  sand  cover  has  oc- 
curred. Estimates  of  total  sand  transport  in  these  areas 
are  being  prepared  for  comparison  with  the  amount  of 
sand  transported  by  dunes. 

Data  from  SPOT,  the  French  remote  sensing  satellite, 
furthered  center  studies  of  deserts  in  Egypt  and  Saudi 
Arabia.  Satellite  images  are  being  used  to  map  changes  in 
sand-dune  patterns  and  variations  in  reflectivity  in  the 
Bahariya  Oasis  region  of  western  Egypt.  The  high-resolu- 
tion data  allow  more  precise  estimates  of  the  extent  of 
sand  cover  and  even  permit  determination  of  whether  in- 
dividual fields  are  under  active  cultivation. 

The  center's  planetary  research  capitalized  on  several 
new  methods  for  analyzing  data  from  the  Viking  probe 
of  Mars.  With  individual  images  gathered  by  the  satellite, 
investigators  are  using  crater  statistics  to  interpret  the  rel- 
ative ages  of  tectonic  events  on  the  planet.  This  approach 
may  help  explain  the  unusual  topography  in  the  eastern 
equatorial  region  of  Mars,  where  ancient,  highly  cratered 
terrain  abuts  the  smooth  plains  of  the  Northern  Hemi- 
sphere. The  origin  of  this  planetary  dichotomy  is  under 
debate,  with  competing  theories  suggesting  a  giant  colli- 
sion, crustal  overturning,  and  other  factors  as  potential 
causes.  Studies  by  Dr.  George  McGill,  a  visiting  scientist 
from  the  University  of  Massachusetts,  indicated  that 
faulting  along  the  boundary  occurred  over  a  short  period 
and  that  different  areas  within  the  region  were  active  at 
different  times  in  Martian  history. 


"7 


In  other  activities,  Ted  Maxwell,  chairman  of  the  Cen- 
ter for  Earth  and  Planetary  Studies,  continued  to  serve  as 
editor  for  the  Smithsonian  Library  of  the  Solar  System 
series.  The  series'  second  volume,  Mercury:  The  Elusive 
Planet,  by  Robert  Strom,  was  published  during  the  past 
year. 


Collections 

The  museum  acquired  several  historically  significant  air- 
craft in  1987.  These  include:  Voyager,  the  first  aircraft — 
flown  by  Dick  Rutan  and  Jeana  Yeager — to  make  a  non- 
stop, unrefueled  trip  around  the  world;  a  rare  1930s  vin- 
tage Junkers  Ju-52  transport,  donated  by  Lufthansa;  and 
famous  acrobatic  pilot  Art  Scholl's  modified  de  Havilland 
DHC-i  Special  Chipmunk. 

NASM  received  the  full-scale  Hubble  Space  Telescope 
Structural-Dynamic  Test  Vehicle.  Studied  in  great  detail 
by  members  of  the  museum's  Space  Telescope  History 
Project,  the  test  vehicle,  measuring  43  feet  long  and  15 
feet  in  diameter,  is  the  only  full-scale  counterpart  to  the 
spacecraft  that  is  awaiting  launch  from  the  Space  Shuttle. 
Restoration  will  begin  in  1988. 

The  National  Air  and  Space  Archives  accessioned  122 
document  collections  in  1987.  The  more  notable  acquisi- 
tions included  personal  papers  and  photographs  of  James 
E.  Webb,  the  boomerang  documentation  of  Benjamin 
Ruhe,  six  hundred  patents  from  the  Curtiss-Wright  Cor- 
poration, drawing  collections  of  Peter  W.  Westburg  and 
Nicholas  Van  de  Grift  Karstens,  and  the  records  of  the 
Women  Flyers  of  America.  The  Film  Archive  collected 
more  than  1,300  additional  films,  including  250  reels 
from  the  Bell  Aerospace  Corporation  and  more  than 
twenty-five  hours  of  documentation  of  the  first  150  Delta 
missile  launches. 

The  newly  organized  Collections  Management  Depart- 
ment includes  the  Office  of  the  Registrar,  the  Information 
Management  Division,  and  the  Collections  Maintenance 
and  Preservation/Restoration  divisions  at  the  Paul  E. 
Garber  Preservation,  Restoration  and  Storage  Facility  in 
Suitland,  Maryland. 

At  Washington  Dulles  International  Airport,  the  Gar- 
ber staff  is  overseeing  completion  of  a  pre-engineered 
storage  facility  that  will  house  the  Enterprise,  the  proto- 
type Space  Shuttle,  as  well  as  several  other  large  aircraft 
currently  in  outdoor  storage  at  the  airport.  (During  the 
past  year,  several  NASA  and  contractor  teams  used  the 
orbiter  for  testing  and  other  work  related  to  the  overhaul 
of  the  nation's  Space  Shuttle  fleet.)  A  second  concrete  pad 


In  an  effort  to  make  the  space  shuttle  program  safer,  tests  were 
conducted  during  June  1987  by  the  National  Aeronautics  and 
Space  Administration  on  the  Space  Shuttle  Enterprise,  now  in 
the  collection  of  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum.  A  run- 
way arresting  system  was  tested  and  an  astronaut  film  on  emer- 
gency escape  procedures  was  taped. 


was  added  for  storage  of  a  Lockheed  Super  Constella- 
tion, which  will  soon  be  added  to  the  aircraft  collection. 
At  the  Garber  Facility,  several  major  restoration  projects 
are  nearing  completion:  a  Fowler-Gage  wooden  biplane, 
an  OS2U  Kingfisher  seaplane,  an  Arado  234  German 
bomber,  the  ATS-6  satellite  test  model,  and  the  forward 
fuselage  of  the  Boeing  B-29  Enola  Gay. 

The  Office  of  the  Registrar  is  participating  in  the  devel- 
opment of  the  Smithsonian-wide  Collections  Information 
System.  As  part  of  this  effort,  the  office,  working  with 
the  curatorial  departments  and  the  Collections  Mainte- 
nance Division,  will  extend  the  utility  of  the  museum's 
automated  inventory  system,  developed  during  the  past 
year  by  Howard  Wolko.  The  end  product  will  be  an  in 
house  collections  information  system  tailored  to  NASM's 
research  and  collections-management  requirements. 

Two  analog  archival  videodiscs  were  completed  in  1987 
by  the  museum's  Information  Management  Division. 
NASM  Videodisc  4  contains  the  remaining  fifty  thousand 


118 


images  of  the  U.S.  Air  Force's  pre-1954  still-photo  collec- 
tion; Videodisc  3  contains  the  first  one  hundred  thousand 
images.  Videodisc  5,  also  issued  in  1987  and  produced  in 
collaboration  with  NASA  and  the  Center  for  Earth  and 
Planetary  Studies,  holds  images  from  the  space  agency's 
public  affairs  collections  and  70-millimeter  photos  shot 
during  Space  Shuttle  missions.  Also  in  cooperation  with 
NASA,  work  was  begun  on  Videodisc  6,  which  will  fea- 
ture lunar  images  taken  during  Ranger,  Surveyor,  and 
Apollo  missions. 


Exhibitions 

Emphasis  in  1987  was  on  updating  major  galleries.  The 
World  War  I  Gallery,  one  of  the  first  exhibitions  to  open 
in  1976,  was  dismantled  and  is  being  redesigned.  The 
new  exhibition,  "World  War  I  Aviation:  The  Emergence 
of  Air  Power,"  will  focus  more  on  the  harsh  realities  of 
conflict  in  the  skies,  and  it  will  explore  more  fully  the 
development  of  aviation  as  an  integral  element  in  war- 
fare. The  Stars  Gallery  was  greatly  expanded  with  the 
addition  of  a  section  on  the  Hubble  Space  Telescope, 
which  draws  heavily  on  the  museum's  history  project, 
and  a  section  on  infrared  astronomy,  which  includes  a 
full-scale  replica  of  the  Infrared  Astronomical  Satellite 
and  an  array  of  other  telescopes  and  detectors. 

A  special  exhibition  devoted  to  the  realist  aviation  art 
of  contemporary  American  artist  William  S.  Phillips 
opened  in  the  Flight  and  the  Arts  Gallery.  "Into  the  Sunlit 
Splendor"  featured  forty-five  works  based  on  the  artist's 
own  experiences  and  his  interpretation  of  historical 
events.  The  exhibition  catalogue  was  written  by  Mary 
Henderson,  curator  of  art. 

In  the  Space  Hall,  the  new  exhibition  "America's  Space 
Truck"  tells  the  story  of  the  Space  Shuttle  Program,  from 
the  first  launch  of  the  Columbia  in  1981,  through  the 
disaster  of  the  Challenger  in  1986,  to  NASA's  plans  for 
the  future.  For  two  months,  a  children's  art  unit,  pro- 
vided by  McDonnell  Douglas,  was  added  to  the  exhibi- 
tion. The  forty-five  pictures  drawn  by  the  five-  and  six- 
year-olds  who  participated  in  "Lollypops  &C  Launchpads 
II"  clearly  demonstrated  that  children  can  grasp  sophisti- 
cated concepts  of  space  exploration  and  express  them  in 
cr   ;tive  ways. 

To  commemorate  the  hundredth  anniversary  of  the 
birth  of  Italian  aviation  pioneer  Gianni  Caproni,  an  ex- 
hibit featuring  Italy's  first  military  aircraft,  the  1912  Cap- 
roni CA.9  monoplane,  was  opened  in  the  Early  Flight 
Gallery. 


E^£>&    '^9h 

^R                    «■  H 

¥             5 

■'-    w  1 

7  * 

W  ■ 

■ 

't        /■ 

Rlk.    " 

7  ^H 

•1/  *     '  *     '  jp 

'  '  •     M 

- 

9  Jg^J   K93 

f~ 

•-j^' 

K  r                                              V^^H 

On  August  31,  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  was  the 
site  of  a  tour  by  Soviet  cosmonaut  Valentina  Tereshkova  (left), 
the  first  woman  to  travel  in  space;  U.S.  astronaut  Mary  Cleave 
(center);  and  an  unidentified  interpreter.  Among  the  sights  the 
women  viewed  was  the  Apollo-Soyuz  Test  Project,  a  coopera- 
tive mission  carried  out  in  1975  by  the  space  agencies  of  the 
Soviet  Union  and  the  United  States. 


The  museum  produced  six  films  or  videotapes  to  high- 
light new  exhibitions.  Portrait  of  a  Fighter,  which  fea- 
tured the  F6F  Hellcat,  won  a  bronze  Cindy  Award  for 
excellence  in  film  production.  Two  additional  presenta- 
tions were  produced  in  1987 — one  for  a  public  service 
announcement  and  the  other  for  fund-raising  purposes. 

Frank  Florentine,  NASM's  lighting  designer,  was  rec- 
ognized for  his  work  in  the  Looking  at  Earth  Gallery, 
where  he  achieved  a  dynamic  lighted  display  of  full-size 
satellite  models,  high-altitude  aircraft,  and  other  items. 
Florentine  received  the  1987  Edwin  F.  Guth  Memorial 
Award  from  the  International  Illumination  Engineering 
Society  and  the  1986  Edison  Award  for  lighting  design 
excellence  from  the  General  Electric  Company. 

In  an  effort  to  expedite  the  process  of  producing  exhi- 
bitry  at  the  museum,  the  Advanced  Projects  Department 
has  been  experimenting  with  "Autocad,"  a  computer- 
aided  design  program.  The  computer-aided  approach  is 
being  used  during  design  drafting,  the  most  time-consum- 
ing stage  of  the  process.  Results  thus  far  have  been 
encouraging. 


119 


Public  Events  and  Educational  Programs 

The  museum  offers  a  wide  range  of  programs  for  the 
education  and  entertainment  of  the  public  and  for  the 
advancement  of  research  and  scholarship  in  the  fields  of 
aviation  and  space  science.  For  example,  the  monthly 
Contemporary  History  Seminar,  a  regular  NASM  pro- 
gram, fostered  discussion  among  scholars  studying  mu- 
seum-related subjects.  A  two-day  conference  sponsored 
by  the  museum  and  NASA's  History  Office  featured  for- 
mal lectures  and  structured  discussions  on  air  and  space 
history,  which  will  be  published  as  a  conference  volume. 

Events  for  the  public  included  already  well-established 
programs  and  some  novel  additions.  NASM's  Office  of 
Public  Affairs  and  Museum  Services,  in  cooperation  with 
the  museum's  Office  of  Education,  designed  and  pro- 
moted a  ten-week  series  of  family  nights.  Held  on  Fri- 
days, the  "Fly-by-Night"  program  included  lectures, 
films,  and  a  variety  of  other  free  activities.  The  public 
affairs  office  also  handled  promotion  of  the  new  plane- 
tarium show,  "State  of  the  Universe."  To  nurture  interest 
in  the  show's  debut,  the  office  sponsored  a  "Cosmic  Cos- 
tume Contest,"  which  attracted  a  large  number  of  visi- 
tors, many  of  them  disguised  as  aliens,  heavenly  bodies, 
and  sky  watchers. 

"State  of  the  Universe,"  a  fascinating  dramatization  of 
how  perceptions  of  the  cosmos  have  changed  with  ever 
more  sophisticated  observing  techniques,  added  to  the  Al- 
bert Einstein  Planetarium's  string  of  successful  shows. 
The  1987  version  of  the  annual  lecture  series  Exploring 
Space,  cosponsored  by  The  Perkin-Elmer  Corporation, 
complemented  the  new  show.  Five  distinguished  guest 
lecturers  discussed  "New  Perspectives  on  the  Universe." 
Other  programs  held  in  the  planetarium  during  the  past 
year  included  "Messages  from  the  Universe,"  a  broad- 
reaching  symposium  that  commemorated  the  three-hun- 
dredth anniversary  of  Isaac  Newton's  Principia.  In  Febru- 
ary, the  facility's  staff,  actor  Arthur  Peterson,  and  the 
Federal  Theater  Project  of  George  Mason  University  co- 
produced  "Abraham  Lincoln:  A  Celebration  of  Free- 
dom." More  than  330,000  visitors  attended  planetarium 
shows  in  1987,  a  10  percent  increase  over  the  previous 
year. 

The  five  IMAX®  films  previously  commissioned  by  the 
museum — On  the  Wing,  The  Dream  Is  Alive,  To  Fly!, 
Living  Planet,  and  Flyers — again  played  to  full  houses  in 
the  Samuel  P.  Langley  Theater.  In  its  first  eleven  years, 
the  theater  counted  more  than  eighteen  million  paying 
customers  and  boasted  an  enviable  occupancy  rate  of  73 
percent. 


Other  offerings  for  the  public  included  nine  General 
Electric  Aviation  Lectures;  twelve  Monthly  Sky  Lectures; 
the  annual  Wernher  von  Braun  Lecture,  given  by  former 
NASA  administrator  Thomas  Paine;  the  annual  Lind- 
bergh Lecture,  given  by  Lt.  Gen.  Benjamin  O.  Davis,  the 
U.S.  Air  Force's  first  black  general;  nine  aviation  films; 
and  eight  space  fiction  films.  The  museum  staff  also  or- 
ganized special  programs  for  the  Smithsonian  National 
Associates,  including  a  four-day  seminar  on  space  history 
held  in  Madison,  Wisconsin. 

"Wings  and  Things,"  the  annual  open  house  at  the  mu- 
seum's Paul  E.  Garber  Preservation,  Restoration  and 
Storage  Facility,  attracted  more  than  fifteen  thousand  vis- 
itors who  saw  the  more  than  one  hundred  air  and  space 
vehicles  housed  in  the  facility's  five  hangarlike  buildings. 
Also  well  attended  were  the  forty-five  holiday  and  sum- 
mer concerts  organized  and  promoted  by  the  Office  of 
Public  Affairs  and  Museum  Services.  To  commemorate 
the  sixtieth  anniversary  of  Charles  Lindbergh's  transat- 
lantic flight,  the  office  organized  "A  Festival  of  American 
Music,"  which,  appropriately,  was  held  in  the  Milestones 
of  Flight  Gallery,  beneath  the  Spirit  of  St.  Louis. 

Several  museum  publications  were  cited  for  excellence 
during  the  past  year.  "Exploring  Space"  won  first  place  in 
a  competition  sponsored  by  the  National  Association  of 
Government  Communicators.  The  Society  for  Technical 
Communication  also  recognized  the  "Exploring  Space" 
brochure,  as  well  as  the  publication  "Our  Next  50  Years: 
A  Look  at  the  U.S.  Space  Program"  and  the  brochure  for 
the  museum's  1986  symposium  "Viking  on  Mars." 

Publications  and  other  services  help  ensure  that  visitors 
get  the  most  informational  value  out  of  their  stops  at  the 
museum.  To  aid  international  visitors,  the  museum  offers 
recorded  tours  in  English,  French,  German,  Japanese, 
Spanish,  and,  as  of  1987,  Italian  and  Portuguese. 

The  NASM  Office  of  Education  was  increased  to  four 
full-time  staff  members;  their  efforts  are  aided  by  interns 
from  the  George  Washington  University  Museum  Educa- 
tion Program  and  the  Smithsonian's  Stay  in  School  Pro- 
gram and  by  Behind-the-Scenes  volunteers.  The  result  has 
been  the  initiation  of  several  new  projects  and  expansion 
of  the  museum's  specialized  programs  for  teachers. 

The  Office  of  Education  organized  eight  workshops  for 
teachers,  from  kindergarten  through  senior  high  school. 
In  addition  to  discussing  such  topics  as  manned  space- 
flight and  the  planets,  the  workshops  featured  tours  of 
the  museum's  collections  and  a  variety  of  hands-on  activi- 
ties for  use  in  the  classroom. 

These  and  other  activities  should  benefit  greatly  from 
the  NASM  Education  Resource  Center  that  is  now  in  the 


120 


planning  stages.  The  center  will  provide  teachers  with 
access  to  instructional  materials  in  science,  space,  and 
aviation.  NASA  is  participating  in  development  of  the 
center. 

Another  means  of  extending  the  museum's  reach  is  an 
informal  network  of  regional  contacts.  With  a  grant  from 
the  Institution's  Educational  Outreach  Fund,  NASM 
hosted  twenty-nine  participants  in  its  Regional  Resource 
Program.  Staff  members  acquainted  the  visitors,  who 
came  from  all  sections  of  the  United  States,  with  the  mu- 
seum's collections,  exhibitions,  and  research.  Participants 
in  the  orientation  program  were  given  informational  ma- 
terials that  they  will  use  in  presentations  to  groups  in 
their  communities. 


First-time  renewal  rates  have  been  exceptionally  high, 
and  advertising  has  remained  strong.  While  only  a  small 
fraction  of  total  circulation,  newsstand  sales  have  been 
encouraging. 

Advice  and  other  aid  from  the  staff  of  Smithsonian 
magazine  have  been  instrumental  in  the  success  of  Air  & 
Space/ Smithsonian. 


Air  Sc  Space  /Smithsonian 

Only  in  its  second  year,  Air  &  Space/Smithsonian,  the 
bimonthly  magazine  for  NASM  Associates,  has  a  circula- 
tion of  three  hundred  thousand,  tops  among  periodicals 
of  its  kind.  High  editorial  quality  and  thorough  surveil- 
lance of  international  developments  have  established  Air 
&  Space  as  the  authoritative  source  for  interpretive  aero- 
space information. 

The  magazine's  first  anniversary  issue  (April /May 
1987)  included  the  special  insert  "The  Satellite  Sky,"  a 
graphic  compendium  of  all  active  artificial  satellites  for 
which  a  function  is  known  or  surmised.  Owing  to  de- 
mand, the  chart  was  reprinted  on  sturdy  paper  for  use  in 
classrooms  and  professional  settings.  To  keep  the  chart 
current,  the  magazine  regularly  publishes  satellite  up- 
dates, listing  recent  launches  or  spacecraft  no  longer  in 
active  service.  Insofar  as  is  known,  the  service  is  the  only 
one  of  its  kind  in  the  world,  and  many  accounts  suggest 
that  it  is  the  definitive  authority  in  the  field. 

Air  &  Space/Smithsonian  covers  a  wide  range  of  cur- 
rent and  historical  topics,  and  its  scope  extends  far  be- 
yond the  walls  of  the  museum.  During  the  past  year,  the 
magazine  published  feature  articles  on  a  nonprofit  air 
service  for  environmental  groups,  the  contributions  of 
science  to  the  efforts  of  the  National  Transportation 
Safety  Board's  air  accident  investigation  team,  and  a  his- 
torical profile  of  Eugen  Sanger,  Australian  aviation  pio- 
neer, engineer,  and  scientist. 

Editors  and  representatives  of  the  magazine  attended 
numerous  international  conferences  and  meetings  during 
the  year.  Their  reports  on  developments  worldwide 
guided  editorial  planning. 


121 


National  Museum  of 
African  Art 


A  year  of  moving  thousands  of  artworks,  installing  gal- 
leries, publishing  exhibition  catalogues,  and  preparing 
programs  for  the  public  culminated  with  the  opening  of 
the  new  National  Museum  of  African  Art  on  September 
28,  1987.  With  23,000  square  feet  of  exhibition  space — 
five  times  more  than  at  its  old  Capitol  Hill  site — the  mu- 
seum finally  has  the  opportunity  to  display  its  growing 
collection  on  a  rotating  basis  to  local,  national,  and  inter- 
national audiences.  The  elegant  museum,  capped  by  a 
stunning  dome-roofed  pavilion  is  a  fitting  home  not  only 
for  the  museum's  exquisite  objects  of  art  but  also  for  its 
nationally  recognized  research,  educational,  and  archival 
programs. 


Exhibitions 

Visitors  to  the  new  museum  strolled  through  five  distinct, 
yet  interrelated,  galleries  conceived  by  museum  Director 
Sylvia  Williams  and  chief  exhibition  designer  Richard 
Franklin.  In  all,  five  inaugural  exhibitions  showcased 
four  hundred  extraordinary  examples  of  African  art,  each 
one  chosen  in  relation  to  the  others  in  the  galleries.  "Afri- 
can Art  in  the  Cycle  of  Life,"  a  thematic  presentation  of 
African  sculpture,  featured  eighty-eight  masterpieces  of 
African  sculpture  from  public  and  private  collections  in 
Europe  and  the  United  States.  Roy  Sieber,  associate  di- 
rector for  collections  and  research,  and  curator  Roslyn  A. 
Walker  organized  the  exhibition  and  wrote  the  compan- 
ion publication.  The  exhibition  was  supported  by  an  in- 
demnity from  the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and 
Humanities  and  a  generous  grant  from  the  Morris  and 
Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation,  which  also  supported  the 
accompanying  volume. 

"Objects  of  Use"  consisted  of  eighty-seven  utilitarian 
and  primarily  nonfigurative  works  of  art  drawn  from 
public  and  private  collections  in  the  United  States  and 
from  the  museum's  permanent  collection.  "The  Perma- 
nent Collection  of  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art" 
introduced  the  major  cultural  and  geographic  regions  of 
sub-Saharan  Africa  through  114  works  of  art  selected 
from  the  museum  collection  and  twenty-six  objects  on 
loan.  Both  exhibitions  were  organized  by  Sylvia  Williams 
and  assistant  curator  Andrea  Nicolls. 

"Royal  Benin  Art  in  the  Collection  of  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  African  Art"  included  twenty-one  objects,  span- 
ning the  fifteenth  to  the  nineteenth  centuries,  from  the 
celebrated  Kingdom  of  Benin  (Nigeria).  The  majority  of 
objects  were  gifts  of  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  to  the  Smith- 
sonian and  were  transferred  in  1985  from  the  Hirshhorn 


Among  the  notable  acquisitions  of  the  National  Museum  of 
African  Art  this  year  was  a  contemporary  vessel  from  Malawi. 
(Photograph  by  Jeffrey  Ploskonka) 


Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  Assistant  curator  Bryna 
Freyer  organized  the  exhibition  and  wrote  the  catalogue. 

The  fifth  exhibition,  "Patterns  of  Life:  West  African 
Strip-Weaving  Traditions,"  displayed  thirty-six  strip-wo- 
ven cloths  from  a  collection  purchased  by  the  museum 
and  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  The  exhi- 
bition and  catalogue  were  prepared  by  Peggy  Stoltz  Gil- 
foy,  curator  of  textiles  and  ethnographic  art  at  the 
Indianapolis  Museum  of  Art. 

To  celebrate  the  inaugural  exhibitions,  several  special 
tours  and  receptions  and  a  dinner  were  held  at  the  mu- 
seum in  September.  In  addition,  a  reception  honoring  the 
lenders  of  objects  to  the  exhibitions  was  sponsored  by  the 
Friends  of  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art,  a  dedi- 
cated organization  that  during  the  past  year  doubled  its 
membership  to  190. 


122 


Acquisitions 

The  museum's  collection  grew  by  forty-eight  works  of 
art,  including  twenty-four  that  were  given  as  gifts.  Partic- 
ularly noteworthy  works  of  art  included  a  figure  carved 
by  the  Songye  people  of  Zaire,  which  was  acquired  with 
a  combination  of  donated  and  acquisition  funds,  and  an- 
other carved  figure  from  the  Akan  people  of  Ghana,  ac- 
quired with  the  assistance  of  a  grant  from  the  James 
Smithson  Society.  Gifts  included  two  wooden  figures 
from  the  Bembe  people  of  the  Congo  and  the  Kongo  peo- 
ple of  Zaire;  a  kente  wrapper  composed  of  twenty-three 
strips  hand-woven  by  the  Akan  people  of  Ghana;  a  head- 
rest from  the  Karamajong  people  of  Kenya  and  eastern 
Uganda;  a  mask  from  the  Yaka  people  of  Zaire;  and  a 
collection  of  seven  masquettes  from  the  Sisala  people  of 
Ghana. 


Research  and  Education 

A  variety  of  programs — lectures,  workshops,  tours,  and  a 
symposium-were  held  in  conjunction  with  the  museum's 
opening.  Two  weeks  before  the  opening,  scholars  from 
Africa,  Europe,  and  the  United  States  gathered  to  discuss 
the  current  state  of  African  art  studies  at  a  symposium 
supported  by  a  grant  from  the  Shell  Companies 
Foundation. 

While  the  museum's  doors  were  closed  to  the  public, 
the  Education  Department  was  conducting  outreach  pro- 
grams at  schools  and  for  community  organizations.  It 
was  also  training  seventy-five  docents,  who  attended 
sixty  hours  of  workshops  and  lectures  on  African  art, 
history,  and  culture  and  on  interpretive  techniques.  To 
further  its  goal  of  introducing  the  American  public  to 
African  visual  traditions,  the  department  published  The 
Art  of  West  African  Kingdoms.  The  volume,  made  possi- 
ble by  a  grant  from  the  Shell  Companies  Foundation,  is 
geared  toward  teachers  at  the  upper-elementary  and  sec- 
ondary levels. 

The  museum's  Curatorial  Department  published  three 
exhibition  catalogues,  informational  materials  for  each 
exhibition,  a  gallery  guide  for  the  permanent  collection, 
and  an  audiovisual  presentation  for  the  exhibition  on 
West  African  strip-weaving  traditions.  The  Public  Affairs 
Office  prepared  a  general  brochure  about  the  museum 
and  an  events  calendar. 

In  addition  to  its  collection,  the  museum  offers  two 
excellent  resources  for  staff  and  visiting  researchers:  the 
Warren  M.  Robbins  Library  and  the  Eliot  Elisofon  Pho- 


tographic Archives.  Under  the  leadership  of  Janet  Stan- 
ley, the  museum's  branch  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Libraries  carried  out  a  major  three-year  development  pro- 
gram, which  was  completed  during  the  past  year  and  in- 
creased the  collection  to  more  than  fifteen  thousand 
volumes.  The  photographic  archives  has  grown  tremen- 
dously in  recent  years  and  now  consists  of  more  than 
sixty  collections  comprising  a  total  of  approximately  two 
hundred  thousand  images,  dating  as  far  back  as  i860. 

In  1988,  Dr.  Herbert  M.  Cole,  professor  of  art  history 
at  the  University  of  California  at  Santa  Barbara,  will  be 
in  residence  at  the  museum.  Selected  for  a  Rockefeller 
Foundation  Residency  Fellowship  in  the  Humanities,  Dr. 
Cole  will  be  studying  archetypes  in  African  art,  the  sub- 
ject of  a  proposed  international  exhibition  and  publica- 
tion at  the  museum.  In  addition,  a  predoctoral  fellowship 
was  awarded  to  Ebenezer  Nii  Quarcoopome,  a  graduate 
fellow  from  the  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles 
who  studied  West  African  regalia  and  patterns  of 
leadership. 

The  museum's  in-house  research  and  conservation 
work  will  be  strengthened  by  the  new  laboratory  com- 
pleted in  spring  1987.  Besides  scientific  examination  and 
general  care  of  the  collection,  the  facility  and  its  equip- 
ment will  allow  implementation  of  a  long-range  treat- 
ment program  for  copper-alloy  sculptures. 

In  February  1987,  Philip  L.  Ravenhill  was  appointed 
the  museum's  chief  curator.  Ravenhill  supervises  the  Cu- 
ratorial Department,  which  organizes  exhibitions,  recom- 
mends acquisitions,  and  conducts  research  on  the 
collection. 


123 


National  Museum  of 
American  Art 


The  National  Museum  of  American  Art  (NMAA)  contin- 
ued to  strengthen  its  programs  of  collecting,  exhibiting, 
studying,  conserving,  and  interpreting  American  fine  art 
from  its  beginning  to  the  present.  In  1987,  new  emphasis 
was  placed  on  the  role  of  the  museum's  Renwick  Gallery 
in  collecting,  investigating,  and  exhibiting  American 
crafts  and  decorative  arts. 


Renwick  Gallery 

The  future  direction  of  the  Renwick  Gallery  was  clearly 
decided  after  a  visiting  committee  of  curators,  scholars, 
and  artists  reaffirmed  the  gallery's  distinguished  tradition 
as  a  national  showcase  for  American  crafts.  To  enhance 
the  Renwick's  performance  in  this  role,  the  committee, 
appointed  by  the  Smithsonian's  assistant  secretary  for 
museums,  recommended  strengthening  programs  in  re- 
search, interpretation,  and  publication.  These  and  other 
recommendations  were  incorporated  into  a  long-range 
master  plan  for  the  gallery,  which  will  continue  its  rela- 
tionship as  a  curatorial  department  of  NMAA. 

As  a  result  of  the  plan,  the  Renwick  has  been  included 
as  a  beneficiary  of  the  Smithsonian's  Collections  Acquisi- 
tions Program,  allowing  the  gallery  to  strengthen  its 
holdings  of  contemporary  American  crafts.  In  1987,  se- 
lected items  from  this  collection  were  exhibited  for  the 
first  time  in  a  permanent  installation  on  the  second  floor 
of  the  gallery.  Other  objects  from  the  collection  will  be 
introduced  into  the  exhibition  on  a  rotating  basis.  More- 
over, scholarly  endeavors  were  bolstered  by  the  establish- 
ment of  the  James  Renwick  Fellowship  Program  for  the 
study  of  American  crafts  and  craft  history,  with  funding 
generously  provided  by  the  James  Renwick  Alliance  and 
the  American  Craft  Council. 

The  gallery  articulated  its  mission  through  several  suc- 
cessful exhibitions.  Perhaps  the  most  significant  was 
"American  Art  Deco,"  a  comprehensive  exhibition  of 
more  than  two  hundred  works  that  was  complemented 
by  a  major  book  on  the  subject  published  by  Harry  N. 
Abrams,  Inc.,  of  New  York.  After  closing  at  the  Ren- 
wick, the  exhibition  began  a  national  tour  to  four  other 
museums.  Other  exhibitions  at  the  Renwick  in  1987  were 
more  specialized  and  included  "Quilts  from  the  Indiana 
Amish"  and  "Dan  Dailey:  Glass,  1972-1987." 

Scholarly  Activities 

At  the  NMAA,  scholarly  activities  included  publication 
of  several  works  long  in  preparation.  The  product  of  ten 


years  of  research  and  writing,  the  six-volume  National 
Museum  of  American  Art's  Index  to  American  Art  Exhi- 
bition Catalogues,  from  the  Beginning  through  the  1876 
Centennial  Year  was  published  by  G.  K.  Hall  &  Co., 
Boston.  The  volumes  contain  a  vast  body  of  informa- 
tion— where,  what,  and  how  often  an  artist  exhibited; 
artistic  fashions  and  influences  in  particular  geographic 
locations;  the  provenance  of  specific  artworks;  patterns 
of  collecting;  and  prevailing  attitudes  toward  religion, 
history,  mythology,  and  other  subjects. 

Another  long-term  project  reached  fruition  when  Ox- 
ford University  Press  published  the  first  issue  of  Smith- 
sonian Studies  in  American  Art,  NMAA's  semiannual 
scholarly  journal.  Articles  addressed  such  diverse  subjects 
as  the  Vietnam  Memorial,  Thomas  Hart  Benton,  Frederic- 
Church,  and  James  Hampton's  Throne. 

During  the  past  year,  NMAA  welcomed  its  first  Smith- 
sonian Regents  Fellow,  Dr.  Wanda  Corn,  Stanford  Uni- 
versity, who  pursued  work  on  American  painting  during 
the  1920s.  The  museum  also  hosted  its  first  Joshua  C. 
Taylor  Fellow,  Dr.  Richard  J.  Wattenmaker,  director  of 
the  Flint  Art  Institute  in  Michigan,  who  conducted  re- 
search on  William  Glackens. 


Exhibitions 

The  museum  began  the  year  with  the  exhibition  "Modern 
American  Realism:  The  Sara  Roby  Foundation  Collec- 
tion," a  selection  of  paintings,  graphics,  and  sculptures 
from  the  foundation's  earlier  gift  of  174  artworks.  The 
exhibition's  accompanying  catalogue  was  prepared  by  cu- 
rator Virginia  M.  Mecklenburg  and  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  "Gene  Davis,  A  Memorial 
Exhibition,"  organized  by  the  museum  and  funded  by 
The  Washington  Post,  commemorated  the  prominent 
Washington  painter  and  museum  commissioner.  A  series 
of  "Play  by  Eye"  workshops  allowed  children  to  create 
their  own  striped  arrangements  a  la  Gene  Davis,  who 
believed  children  are  capable  of  making  visually  interest- 
ing works.  Curator  Jacquelyn  D.  Serwer  wrote  the  exhi- 
bition catalogue,  which  was  published  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Press. 


Eastman  Johnson's  painting  The  Girl  I  Left  Behind  Me  (ca. 
1870-75)  was  among  the  works  of  art  acquired  by  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art  in  1987.  Except  for  its  exhibition  at 
the  Chicago  Industrial  Exposition  of  1875,  this  work  remained 
in  the  artist's  studio  until  his  death  in  1906. 


124 


■  *s»**wR^J 


-Z*  J 


■ 


1Z5 


"John  La  Farge,"  organized  in  cooperation  with  the 
Carnegie  Museum  of  Art,  was  the  first  retrospective  of 
the  innovative  nineteenth-century  artist  in  more  than  fifty 
years.  The  in  pieces  in  the  exhibition,  including  10 
stained-glass  panels,  represented  La  Farge's  work  in  all 
media.  A  companion  book  featuring  essays  by  six  schol- 
ars was  published  by  the  Abbeville  Press.  After  closing  at 
NMAA,  the  exhibition  will  travel  to  Pittsburgh  and  Bos- 
ton. Following  a  tour  of  five  American  cities,  "Treasures 
from  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art,"  encom- 
passing eighty-one  of  the  most  important  works  in  the 
collection,  returned  to  NMAA  for  final  installation.  The 
exhibition's  tour  was  underwritten  by  United  Technolo- 
gies Corporation. 

Other  temporary  exhibitions  at  NMAA  during  the  past 
year  included  "James  Rosenquist:  Painting  1961-1985," 
for  which  the  artist  designed  an  outdoor  billboard  and 
for  which  a  wall,  measuring  17  by  46  feet,  was  erected 
for  Rosenquist's  monumental  painting  Star  Thief.  "Amer- 
ican Traditions  in  Watercolor:  The  Worcester  Art  Mu- 
seum Collection"  surveyed  selected  nineteenth-  and 
twentieth-century  masterpieces  from  that  museum's  re- 
nowned collection. 

Several  exhibitions  organized  and  previously  shown  by 
NMAA  continued  to  tour  in  1987.  These  include  "Art  in 
New  Mexico,  1900-1945:  Paths  to  Taos  and  Santa  Fe"; 
"Art,  Design,  and  the  Modern  Corporation:  The  Collec- 
tion of  the  Container  Corporation  of  America";  "The 
Woven  and  Graphic  Art  of  Anni  Albers";  and  "Exposed 
and  Developed:  Photography  Sponsored  by  the  National 
Endowment  for  the  Arts."  In  addition,  the  museum  lent 
142  works  from  its  collection  to  museums  or  other  insti- 
tutions in  the  United  States  and  abroad. 


Acquisitions 

NMAA  enhanced  its  permanent  collection  with  several 
major  gifts  and  purchases.  The  Herbert  Waide  Hemphill, 
Jr.,  collection  of  378  American  folk  art  objects,  generally 
acknowledged  as  one  of  the  finest  in  private  hands  in  the 
United  States,  was  acquired  from  Mr.  Hemphill  through 
a  joint  purchase  and  gift.  This  treasury  of  eighteenth-, 
nineteenth-,  and  twentieth-century  works  includes  many 
examples  of  quintessentially  traditional  folk  art:  weather 
vanes,  trade  signs,  whirligigs,  limner  portraits,  decoys, 
painted  furniture,  ceramics,  and  theorem  paintings. 
Sculptures,  paintings,  drawings,  collages,  and  assem- 
blages by  twentieth-century  self-taught  artists  are  among 
the  other  items  in  the  collection.  Acquisition  of  the  Hemp- 


The  Reverend  Howard  Finster's  Portrait  of  Herbert  Waide 
Hemphill,  Jr.  was  among  the  378  folk  art  objects,  dating  from 
the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present  day,  acquired  by  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  Art.  This  collection  was  a  museum 
purchase  and  a  major  gift  from  Herbert  Waide  Hemphill,  Jr. 


hill  material  signals  a  significant  new  direction  in  the  mu- 
seum's collecting  activities. 

Another  significant  addition  was  the  gift  by  Patricia 
and  Phillip  Frost  of  their  collection  of  113  paintings, 
sculptures,  collages,  and  constructions  by  American  ab- 
stract artists  of  the  1930s  and  1940s.  These  carefully  cho- 
sen works  are  a  valued  addition  to  the  museum's  rich 
holdings  of  the  works  of  both  famous  and  lesser-known 


126 


National  Museum  of 
American  History 


artists  of  the  period.  The  Frosts  and  Mr.  Hemphill  were 
awarded  the  Smithson  Society's  Founder's  Medal  for  their 
contributions  to  the  museum  collections. 

Among  the  734  works  received  as  gifts  in  1987  was  a 
painting  purchased  by  the  American  Art  Forum,  which 
was  founded  in  1985  to  support  and  enrich  the  museum's 
collections.  As  its  first  purchase  for  NMAA,  the  Art  Fo- 
rum selected  John  Valentine  Haidt's  Young  Moravian 
Girl  (ca.  1755-1760),  the  only  portrait  by  this  artist 
known  to  exist  outside  the  Moravian  church.  In  May,  the 
Art  Forum  convened  its  second  meeting,  followed  by  a 
special  tour  of  the  White  House  and  tea  with  Mrs.  Nancy 
Reagan,  as  well  as  visits  to  local  private  collections. 

In  the  area  of  nineteenth-century  paintings,  the  mu- 
seum filled  a  major  gap  in  its  collections  with  the  pur- 
chase of  Eastman  Johnson's  The  Girl  1  Left  Behind  Me. 
This  enigmatic  work  of  the  1870s  remained  in  the  artist's 
possession  until  his  death  in  1906.  Other  purchases  in- 
cluded paintings  by  Lee  Krasner  and  Elliott  Daingerfield 
and  important  ceramic  pieces  by  Rudolf  Staffel,  Rudy 
Autio,  and  John  Roloff. 

In  1987,  the  museum  was  given  approval  to  deacces- 
sion  56  European  paintings,  119  miniatures,  a  sculpture, 
and  488  works  on  paper. 

Collections  Management 

The  museum  also  made  significant  progress  in  collections 
management  and  in  conservation  work.  In  collaboration 
with  the  Smithsonian's  Conservation  Analytical  Labora- 
tory, the  museum  began  a  two-year  technical  study  of  the 
works  of  Albert  Pinkham  Ryder  to  determine  pigments, 
techniques,  and  media  used.  The  museum  also  refur- 
bished its  print  study  rooms  and  upgraded  its  storage  fa- 
cilities for  works  on  paper,  installing  a  state-of-the-art 
compact  system  that  allows  95  percent  of  the  collection  to 
be  consolidated  into  one  secure  area.  Statisticians  helped 
develop  a  method  for  random  sampling  of  NMAA's 
twenty-two  thousand  works  on  paper,  resulting  in  the 
museum's  first-ever  overview  of  the  Graphic  Arts  Depart- 
ment's conservation  needs.  Staff  began  to  appraise  the 
condition  of  the  sculpture  collection  in  1987;  during  the 
first  half  of  the  year,  fifty-five  works  were  treated. 

In  other  activities,  NMAA  continued  to  expand  its  se- 
ries of  brochures  for  self-guided  tours.  The  informative 
publications  focus  on  topics  of  specialized  interest  within 
the  permanent  collection.  "Hispanic-American  Art," 
printed  in  English  and  Spanish,  allows  visitors  to  dis- 
cover and  appreciate  this  art  in  the  museum's  galleries  at 
their  own  pace. 


The  National  Museum  of  American  History  (NMAH)  in- 
vestigates, interprets,  collects,  preserves,  exhibits,  and 
honors  the  heritage  of  the  American  people.  The  museum 
preserves  tangible  pieces  of  history — tools,  machines, 
clothing,  ceramics,  photographs,  and  countless  other  ma- 
terial specimens  of  bygone  eras.  The  physical  trappings 
of  yesterday,  however,  are  just  one  part  of  the  rich  tapes- 
try that  is  America's  past.  The  connective  threads  are  the 
nation's  music,  drama,  and  oral  heritage  in  their  myriad 
manifestations.  Reconstructing  these  more  ephemeral  ele- 
ments of  the  past  is  also  an  important  part  of  the  mu- 
seum's mission.  The  sum  of  its  efforts  is  research, 
exhibitions,  publications,  and  public  programs  that  con- 
tribute to  both  scholarly  understanding  of  American  his- 
tory and  broad  dissemination  of  knowledge. 

The  museum's  two  major  curatorial  units — the  Depart- 
ment of  the  History  of  Science  and  Technology  and  the 
Department  of  Social  and  Cultural  History — consist  of 
seventeen  divisions,  ranging  from  community  life  to  elec- 
tricity and  modern  physics.  NMAH  also  encompasses  the 
National  Numismatic  and  Philatelic  Collections,  depart- 
ments of  public  programs  and  exhibits,  the  Archives  Cen- 
ter, and  offices  of  academic  programs,  administration, 
conservation,  external  affairs,  and  the  registrar.  Almost 
every  exhibition  relies  in  one  way  or  another  on  the  ef- 
forts of  staff  in  each  of  these  units. 


Exhibitions 

NMAH  began  the  year  with  its  annual  exhibition  "The 
Year  in  Pictures:  As  Seen  from  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History,"  which  featured  more  than  fifty  pic- 
tures of  celebrations,  demonstrations,  and  other  events 
around  the  nation's  capital  as  captured  by  Smithsonian 
photographers. 

"Engines  of  Change:  The  American  Industrial  Revolu- 
tion, 1790-1860"  opened  in  November  as  the  museum's 
second  reinstallation  of  its  permanent  exhibition  halls. 
The  exhibition  depicts  the  evolving  industrial  society  of 
the  nineteenth  century,  when  new  machines,  new  sources 
of  power,  and  new  ways  of  organizing  work  transformed 
the  United  States  from  an  agricultural  nation  into  a  man- 
ufacturing power.  Two  companion  publications — one 
popularized,  the  other  scholarly — build  on  the  exhibition, 
for  which  they  were  named.  The  in-depth,  scholarly 
treatment  of  the  American  Industrial  Revolution  was 
written  by  curator  Steven  Lubar  and  senior  historian 
Brooke  Hindle. 

In  February  1987,  the  museum  opened  a  second  major 


127 


exhibition,  "Field  to  Factory:  Afro-American  Migration, 
1915-1940."  It  and  an  accompanying  booklet  by  curator 
Spencer  Crew  chronicled,  in  rich  detail,  the  "Great  Mi- 
gration," the  movement  of  more  than  one  million  Afro- 
Americans  from  the  farms  of  the  rural  South  to  the  cities 
of  the  urban  North.  This  mass  movement  profoundly  af- 
fected the  lives  of  its  participants  and  fundamentally  re- 
structured American  society.  A  version  of  the  exhibition 
will  travel  to  museums  across  the  country. 

Two  fascinating  exhibitions  opened  in  March  1987. 
"Beyond  Vision,"  on  loan  from  the  Science  Museum  of 
London,  featured  some  sixty  historical  scientific  photo- 
graphs and  other  images,  including  reproductions  of  Wil- 
helm  Roentgen's  first  X-ray  pictures  and  the  first  color 
view  of  a  fetus  inside  a  mother's  womb.  "Isaac  Newton 
and  the  Pnncipia:  Three  hundred  Years"  commemorated 
the  1687  publication  of  Newton's  Principia  Mathematica 
(Mathematical  Principles  of  Natural  Philosophy),  a  cor- 
nerstone of  modern  physics  and  an  important  influence  in 
the  study  of  chemistry,  electricity,  and  magnetism. 

During  the  summer,  the  museum  again  hosted  "Dis- 
cover Graphics,"  an  exhibition  of  etchings,  lithographs, 
and  other  prints  by  art  students  from  high  schools  in  the 
Washington,  D.C.,  area.  "Superman:  Many  Lives,  Many 
Worlds,"  which  opened  in  June,  traced  the  history  of  the 
fifty-year-old  superhero,  as  portrayed  in  comic  books,  a 
newspaper  comic  strip,  a  television  series,  feature  films,  a 
novel,  and  on  Broadway.  Opening  in  July,  "Official  Im- 
ages: New  Deal  Photography"  presented  some  eighty 
photographs  taken  between  1933  and  1941  by  government 
photographers,  including  Dorothea  Lange  and  Russell 
Lee.  The  photographs  document  the  constituencies  and 
policy  objectives  of  five  government  agencies,  rendering  a 
fresh  look  at  the  Roosevelt  administration's  New  Deal.  A 
book  named  for  the  exhibition  was  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press  and  included  contributions 
from  curator  Peter  Daniel  of  the  museum's  Division  of 
Agriculture  and  Natural  Resources. 

At  the  close  of  the  year,  museum  staff  completed  the 
thought-provoking  exhibition  "A  More  Perfect  Union: 
Japanese  Americans  and  the  United  States  Constitution," 
which  opened  October  1.  Designed  to  focus  attention  on 
the  Bicentennial  of  the  Constitution,  the  exhibition  ex- 
plores a  period  when  racial  prejudice  and  fear  upset  the 
delicate  balance  between  the  rights  of  citizens  and  the 
power  of  the  state  and  led  to  the  internment  of  some 
120,000  Japanese  Americans  for  much  of  World  War  II. 
A  section  also  describes  the  valor  of  the  men  in  the  100th 
Battalion /442nd  Regimental  Combat  Team,  an  all-Japa- 
nese American  unit  of  the  U.S.  Army.  "A  More  Perfect 


Union"  is  a  case  study  of  governmental  decision  making 
and  citizen  action  within  the  constitutional  framework. 


Research,  Scholarship,  and  Collections 

The  research  and  collecting  activities  of  curators  and 
other  staff  members  lay  the  groundwork  for  the  mu- 
seum's exhibitions  and  publications.  Such  activities  are 
broad  ranging  and  often  novel  in  their  approach.  For 
each  of  the  museum's  major  units,  some  of  the  notable 
developments  in  these  areas  during  1987  are  highlighted 
below. 

The  Department  of  Social  and  Cultural  History  contin- 
ued its  planning  and  preparations  for  reinstalling  the  ma- 
jor exhibition  halls  in  its  purview.  Under  the  direction  of 
Keith  Melder  of  the  Division  of  Political  History,  a  team 
of  curators  completed  an  outline  for  an  exhibition  on 
nineteenth-century  America,  scheduled  to  open  in  1990. 
In  September,  the  Division  of  Political  History  began  dis- 
mantling the  First  Ladies  Hall,  which  has  been  on  view 
since  1964.  The  division  is  proceeding  with  plans  for  a 
new  exhibition  on  the  same  theme,  which  will  open  in 
late  1991.  Other  efforts  under  way  included  a  book  and 
1989  exhibition  on  "Men  and  Women:  Dressing  the 
Part,"  both  primarily  the  work  of  the  Division  of  Cos- 
tume. Scheduled  to  open  a  year  later  is  the  exhibition 
"Parlor  to  Politics:  Women  in  the  Progressive  Era." 

In  November  1986,  the  Department  of  Social  and 
Cultural  History,  in  cooperation  with  the  museum's 
Department  of  Public  Programs,  sponsored  a  two-day 
conference  on  American  labor  history.  Proceedings  of  the 
conference,  which  was  attended  by  labor  historians, 
union  representatives,  and  others,  were  synthesized  in  a 
"Radio  Smithsonian"  program  and  in  a  thirty-minute  tele- 
vision documentary,  called  "A  Good  Job"  and  produced 
by  the  Labor  Institute  of  Public  Affairs.  A  volume  of  ed- 
ited conference  papers  is  forthcoming. 

Although  it  is  difficult  to  convey  the  full  range  of 
scholarly  interests  pursued  by  the  department's  divisions, 
a  sampling  of  lectures  given  by  staff  members  during  the 
past  year  provides  some  indication  of  the  diversity.  At  the 
annual  meeting  of  the  Society  for  Historical  Archaeology, 
Regina  Blaszczyk,  Division  of  Ceramics  and  Glass,  gave  a 
talk  entitled  "Coping  with  an  Inferiority  Complex:  The 
Movement  for  'Better  Design'  in  the  American  Tableware 
Industry,  1915-1945."  Tom  Crouch,  chairman  of  the  De- 
partment of  Social  and  Cultural  History,  presented  two 
lectures  on  "The  Custer  Legend"  to  the  Harrison  County 
Historical  Society  in  Ohio  and  spoke  on  the  exhibition 


128 


This  store  in  Oakland,  California,  was  closed  following  the  order  that  forced  Japanese  Americans  out  of  their  homes  and  into 
detention  camps  at  the  beginning  of  World  War  II.  The  owner,  a  Japanese  American  graduate  of  the  University  of  California,  put  up 
the  "I  am  an  American"  sign  the  day  after  the  attack  on  Pearl  Harbor.  The  photograph  is  featured  in  the  exhibition  "A  More  Perfect 
Union:  Japanese  Americans  and  the  United  States  Constitution"  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History.  (Courtesy  of  the 
National  Archives.  Photograph  by  Dorothea  Lange) 


"A  More  Perfect  Union"  at  the  Japanese  American  Citi- 
zens League  Tri-District  Conference  in  Los  Angeles.  John 
Hasse,  Division  of  Musical  Instruments,  spoke  on  "Indi- 
anapolis as  a  Leading  Ragtime  Center"  at  the  Scott  Joplin 
Festival  in  Sedalia,  Missouri.  Also  during  the  past  year, 
an  essay  by  Gary  Kulik,  former  department  head  and 
now  assistant  director  for  academic  programs,  was  pub- 
lished in  The  Countryside  in  the  Age  of  Capitalist  Trans- 


formation, which  won  the  E.  Harold  Hugo-Old 
Sturbridge  Village  Memorial  Book  Award  for  its  contri- 
bution to  New  England  rural  history. 

The  Department  of  Social  and  Cultural  History  made 
several  important  acquisitions  in  1987.  These  included 
fifty-one  examples  of  seventeenth-  and  eighteenth-century 
English  ceramics;  a  gown  owned  by  Martha  Washington; 
many  objects  that  belonged  to  Alice  Paul,  author  of  the 


129 


Equal  Rights  Amendment  and  founder  of  the  National 
Woman's  Party;  three  pioneer  typesetting  machines  de- 
signed by  Ottmar  Mergenthaler;  a  silver-tipped  baton 
used  by  John  Philip  Sousa;  and  an  original  movie  script 
for  The  Wizard  of  Oz. 

In  the  Department  of  the  History  of  Science  and  Tech- 
nology, a  new  curatorial  unit  was  created  to  spearhead 
work  on  a  major  upcoming  exhibition  on  the  information 
revolution.  One  of  the  first  acts  of  the  Division  of  Com- 
puters, Information,  and  Society  was  to  enter  into  a  pre- 
cedent-setting agreement  with  Boston's  Computer 
Museum.  The  two  will  collaborate  on  collections  of  com- 
puter artifacts,  prepare  a  unified  list  of  artifacts,  and 
share  expertise  in  exhibitions.  To  aid  in  exhibition  plan- 
ning and  development,  the  division's  curators  organized 
several  scholarly  conferences  that  gathered  experts  in  eco- 
nomics, philosophy,  engineering,  history,  and  business. 

Research  conducted  in  the  divisions  of  the  Department 
of  the  History  of  Science  and  Technology  led  to  several 
publications  and  many  scholarly  articles  published  during 
the  past  year.  NMAH  issued  the  Catalog  of  Geomagnetic 
Instruments  in  the  Collection  of  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History  by  senior  historian  Robert  Multhaut 
and  Gregory  Good,  an  assistant  professor  in  the  Program 
for  the  History  of  Science  and  Technology  at  West  Vir- 
ginia University.  Also  published  last  year  was  The  Finest 
Instruments  Ever  Made:  A  Bibliography  of  Medical,  Den- 
tal, Optical,  and  Pharmaceutical  Company  Trade  Litera- 
ture, 1700-1939  by  Audrey  B.  Davis  and  Mark  Dreyfuss, 
Division  of  Medical  Sciences.  Barbara  Melosh,  also  of 
the  Division  of  Medical  Sciences,  received  a  Regents  Pub- 
lication Award  to  further  her  study  of  gender  issues  in 
New  Deal  art  and  theater  programs.  In  addition,  the  de- 
partment continues  to  support  the  publication  of  three 
journals  on  the  history  of  technology:  a  new  periodical, 
Rittenhouse:  The  Quarterly  journal  of  the  American  Sci- 
entific Instrument  Enterprise;  Technology  and  Culture; 
and  Railroad  History. 

Acquisitions  by  the  Department  of  the  History  of  Sci- 
ence and  Technology  are  notable  for  their  variety,  histor- 
ical significance,  and  novelty.  They  included  a  Jarvik-7 
artificial  heart,  important  collections  of  early  electronic 
watches,  a  collection  of  Pullman  porter  artifacts,  the 
complete  wardrobe  of  a  female  officer  in  the  U.S.  Air 
Force,  and  a  collection  of  solid-state  electronics  repre- 
senting the  contributions  of  Texas  Instruments  from  the 
transistor  era  to  the  present  day.  "A  Material  World,"  a 
major  exhibition  opening  in  April  1988,  will  focus  on  the 
changing  role  of  materials  in  American  culture.  Two  ac- 


quisitions in  1987  hint  at  the  wide-ranging  nature  of  the 
exhibition — the  top-fuel  dragster  Swamp  Rat  XXX  and  a 
10-ton  "Universal  Testing  Machine,"  which  was  shown  at 
the  1893  World's  Columbian  Exposition  and  was  ac- 
quired from  Purdue  University. 

The  National  Philatelic  Collection  continued  to  expand 
its  holdings  of  three-dimensional  objects  that  portray  the 
movement  of  the  mail  and  the  role  of  postal  service  in  the 
development  of  transportation  and  communication. 
Among  the  acquisitions  of  the  past  year  was  a  1904 
screened,  horse-drawn  mail  wagon.  Moreover,  the  collec- 
tion's staff  raised  funds  to  support  the  continuing  restora- 
tion of  the  bus  that  served  as  the  nation's  first  Highway 
Post  Office.  Donated  to  the  Smithsonian  some  years  ago, 
the  bus  was  the  first  in  a  fleet  used  across  the  country 
from  1941  to  1974. 

The  National  Philatelic  Library,  the  largest  of  its  kind, 
began  to  computerize  its  reference  collection  of  books, 
monographs,  serials,  articles,  and  photographs.  Directed 
by  librarian  Nancy  Pope,  the  project  is  using  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Bibliographic  Information  System  for 
information  and  retrieval.  Curator  James  H.  Bruns  or- 
ganized a  very  successful  series  of  public  programs  called 
"Mail  in  Motion,"  which  detailed  the  history  of  postal 
delivery  in  American  cities,  and  curator  Reider  Norby 
began  assembling  the  library's  master  collection  of  for- 
eign postage  stamps.  Accessions  in  1987  totaled  sixty-five 
thousand  objects,  including  a  one-dollar  postage  stamp 
with  an  inverted  candleholder,  of  which  fewer  than  one 
hundred  examples  are  known. 

Staff  members  of  the  National  Numismatic  Collec- 
tion— a  large  holding  of  coins,  paper  currencies,  and 
medals — again  were  active  in  international  affairs  within 
their  field,  as  well  as  in  research,  publishing,  and  exhibi- 
tion-related work.  Elvira  Clain-Stefanelli,  Richard  Doty, 
and  Cory  Gillilland  presented  papers  at  the  Tenth  Inter- 
national Numismatic  Congress,  which  was  held  in  Lon- 
don and  organized  by  the  International  Numismatic 
Commission  of  London  and  Basel.  The  commission 
named  Mrs.  Clain-Stefanelli  an  honorary  member,  and 
Dr.  Doty  was  elected  member  etranger  (foreign  member) 
of  the  Socie'te  Royal  de  Numismatique  de  Belgique.  Mrs. 
Clain-Stefanelli  also  received  a  silver  medal  for  "excel- 
lence in  numismatic  research  and  writing"  from  the  Soci- 
ety of  International  Numismatics,  and  Mrs.  Gillilland 
was  made  a  fellow  of  the  American  Numismatic  Society. 
The  collection's  staff  members  wrote  eighteen  articles  and 
produced  three  traveling  exhibitions  in  1987. 

Major  accessions  included  a  group  of  exceedingly  rare 


130 


territorial  gold  and  silver  bars  and  coins;  a  plaster  model 
for  the  obverse  and  reverse  of  the  1912  buffalo  nickel  by 
James  E.  Fraser;  a  very  rare  silver  denarius  portraying 
Caius  Caesar,  a  son  of  Agrippa  selected  by  Augustus  to 
be  his  successor  (20  B.C.  to  a.d.  3);  and  a  document  re- 
lated to  George  Washington's  first  medals,  which  was 
written  by  James  Manley  in  1791  and  signed  by  Governor 
George  Clinton  and  the  Marquis  de  Lafayette. 

The  Archives  Center  continued  to  be  a  busy  research 
facility,  serving  nearly  one  thousand  visitors  and  respond- 
ing to  more  than  four  hundred  written  and  telephone  in- 
quiries. With  the  aid  of  grants  from  Philip  Morris  and 
Miles  Laboratories,  the  center  documented  the  history  of 
the  advertising  campaigns  for  Marlboro  cigarettes  and 
Alka-Seltzer.  Images  from  the  center's  extraordinary  his- 
torical collection  of  advertisements  will  be  made  available 
as  commercial  reproductions  as  a  result  of  an  arrange- 
ment with  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Product  Develop- 
ment and  Licensing. 

In  1987,  the  Archives  Center  published  guides  for  the 
William  J.  Hammer  collection  of  documents  and  articles 
related  to  the  history  of  electricity  and  the  Carlos  de 
Wendler-Funaro  collection  of  research  materials  on  Gyp- 
sies. Major  additions  to  the  archival  holdings  included  an 
outstanding  collection  of  photographs  and  ephemera  of 
brass  bands  and  a  fine  set  of  two  hundred  documentary 
photographs  of  Pittsburgh's  Afro-American  community  in 
the  1940s. 

An  office  for  coordinating  the  museum's  existing  rela- 
tionships with  colleges  and  universities  and  for  cultivating 
new  ties  was  established  in  August  1987.  The  staff  of  the 
Office  of  Academic  Programs  consists  of  Gary  Kulik, 
newly  named  assistant  director  for  academic  programs, 
and  Dorothy  Jacobs,  management  services  assistant. 
Even  as  the  office  was  being  formed,  the  museum  and 
three  area  universities  combined  their  efforts  to  lure  the 
American  Studies  Association,  publisher  of  American 
Quarterly,  to  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area.  In  a  separate 
action,  the  museum  and  the  Department  of  History  at 
American  University  agreed  on  the  two-year  appointment 
of  a  historian  to  be  shared  by  both  institutions. 

Grants  from  the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithson- 
ian Associates,  the  Educational  Outreach  Program,  and 
the  Atherton  Seidell  Endowment  Fund  enabled  the  mu- 
seum to  launch  its  new  American  Indian  Program.  In 
1987,  the  program  inaugurated  a  lecture  and  performance 
series.  A  special  outreach  effort  brought  more  than  five 
hundred  local  American  Indians  to  early  programs  in  the 
series,  such  as  "Traditional  Dance  and  Song  of  the  Sen- 


The  Howe  pin-making  machine,  the  model  its  inventor  submit- 
ted to  the  U.S.  Patent  Office,  and  its  product,  a  package  of 
pins.  Displayed  by  the  National  Museum  of  American  History 
in  its  exhibition  "Engines  of  Change:  The  American  Industrial 
Revolution,  1790-1860,"  it  is  one  of  the  oldest  surviving  opera- 
ble pieces  of  production  machinery.  (Photograph  by  Eric  Long) 


eca."  The  program  also  sponsored  several  educational  ac- 
tivities and  published  instructional  materials. 

The  museum's  Afro-American  Communities  Project, 
which  studies  antebellum  life  among  free  black  communi- 
ties in  the  urban  North,  continued  to  expand  its  hold- 
ings, adding  new  data  from  the  Black  Abolitionist  Papers 
microfilm,  a  rich  source  of  information  on  antebellum 
blacks.  During  the  year,  members  of  the  project  pre- 
sented lectures  at  the  Center  of  the  Child  at  Yale  Univer- 
sity, the  University  of  Maryland,  the  University  of  North 
Carolina,  and  New  York  City's  Frances  Tavern. 

Also  during  the  past  year,  eighty-three  history-museum 
leaders  gathered  at  a  NMAH-organized  conference  to  dis- 
cuss common  needs  and  problems.  The  participants  pro- 
posed measures  on  criteria  for  collecting  artifacts, 
exchanging  information  on  collections,  increasing  ties  be- 
tween academic  and  museum  historians,  and  improving 
collaboration  between  history  museums  and  other  organi- 
zations. The  American  Association  for  State  and  Local 
History  will  publish  the  proceedings. 

The  museum  also  continued  to  collect,  transcribe,  and 
organize  the  papers  of  American  architect  Robert  Mills,  de- 
signer of  the  Washington  Monument.  The  papers,  along 
with  a  comprehensive  index,  will  be  published  in  1988. 


131 


Public  Programs 

The  activities  of  the  Department  of  Public  Programs  in- 
crease the  educational  value  of  exhibitions  and  bring  the 
museum's  services  and  expertise  to  the  nation's  schools. 
In  1987,  the  department's  Division  of  Education  com- 
pleted a  five-year  master  plan  that  calls  for  developing 
interpretive  stations,  staffed  by  volunteers,  in  each  major 
exhibition  area.  One  such  station  was  opened  at  the  "En- 
gines of  Change"  exhibition.  Other  elements  of  the  plan 
include  a  program  for  evaluating  exhibitions  and  audi- 
ence reactions  and  perceptions  and  an  outreach  project 
that  will  entail  developing  and  producing  supplementary 
curriculum  materials  for  nationwide  distribution.  The  de- 
partment has  already  started  work  on  three  curriculum 
kits,  based  on  the  exhibitions  "Field  to  Factory,"  "En- 
gines of  Changes,"  and  "After  the  Revolution." 

Programs  developed  by  the  Performance  Division 
added  important  artistic  and  cultural  dimensions  to  the 
major  exhibition  "After  the  Revolution:  Everyday  Life  in 
America,  1780-1800."  The  series  "American  Sampler: 
Musical  Life  in  America,  1780-1800"  featured  prominent 
performers  whose  presentations  realistically  demonstrated 
the  vital  role  of  dance  and  music  in  the  lives  of  European 
settlers,  African  Americans,  and  Native  Americans.  As 
part  of  the  series,  a  program  on  Richard  Allen,  one  of  the 
founders  of  the  African  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
traveled  to  several  black  churches  and  community  cen- 
ters. Also  in  conjunction  with  "After  the  Revolution,"  the 
museum's  Program  in  Black  American  Culture  organized 
a  conference  on  "Race  and  Revolution:  African  Ameri- 
cans 1770-1830."  Twenty-six  specialists  in  Afro-American 
studies  probed  issues  raised  in  the  exhibition. 

The  Department  of  Public  Programs  is  overseeing  the 
museum's  Columbus  Quincentenary  programs,  with 
Lonn  Taylor,  assistant  director  for  public  programs,  serv- 
ing as  coordinator.  A  planning  group  began  work  on  a 
major  permanent  exhibition,  "America's  Beginnings," 
which  will  open  in  1992,  and  on  a  series  of  public  forums 
that  will  lead  up  to  and  then  complement  the  exhibition. 
The  first  forum,  "After  Columbus:  Encounters  in  North 
America,"  was  held  in  September  1986.  An  especially  ap- 
propriate participant  in  the  development  of  Quincenten- 
ary activities  is  the  newly  formed  Program  in  Hispanic 
American  History.  The  program  was  established  to  pro- 
duce a  series  of  educational  activities  to  illuminate  the 
role  of  Hispanic  culture  in  shaping  American  history. 

Rounding  out  the  department's  activities  in  1987  were  a 
variety  of  well-established  programs,  such  as  the  Cham- 
ber Music  Series,  Jazz  in  the  Palm  Court,  Palm  Court 


Cameos,  Bandstand  Concerts,  and  America  on  Film. 
These  programs  continued  to  attract  large,  enthusiastic 
audiences. 


Behind  the  Scenes 

In  any  museum,  offices  seldom  in  the  public  view  per- 
form invaluable,  painstaking  work  that  is  absolutely  es- 
sential to  the  museum's  exhibitions  and  programs. 
NMAH's  Office  of  the  Registrar,  for  example,  supported 
the  processing  and  receipt  of  twenty-four  thousand  new 
accessions  and  more  than  twenty-two  hundred  loans  for 
special  exhibitions  at  the  museum.  In  addition,  the  office 
tracked  the  eleven  hundred  objects  that  NMAH  loaned  to 
other  museums  and  institutions  in  1987.  To  support  col- 
lections management,  general  information  retrieval,  and 
scholarly  research,  the  office  and  the  curatorial  divisions 
developed  the  Museum  Information  Retrieval  and  Docu- 
mentation System  (MIRDS).  Completed  last  year,  the 
MIRDS  handbook  culminated  a  fifteen-year  effort. 

The  Office  of  the  Registrar  continued  its  analysis  of 
space  needs  in  accordance  with  the  museum's  long-term 
plans  for  reinstalling  exhibitions  and  renovating  the 
building.  At  the  museum's  storage  complex  in  Silver  Hill, 
Maryland,  work  progressed  in  the  asbestos-removal  pro- 
ject, as  well  as  in  rehousing  and  conserving  objects  and  in 
renovating  the  16,000-square-foot  facility  to  create  a  safe 
environment  for  sensitive  NMAH  collections.  Integrated 
into  these  varied  activities  are  specialized  training  activi- 
ties— internships,  workshops,  tours,  and  individual  con- 
sultations— for  students  and  museum  professionals.  Six 
high  school  students  from  Washington,  D.C.,  partici- 
pated in  a  special  youth  employment  program  designed 
to  introduce  them  to  museum  work.  Finally,  registrar 
Martha  Morris  led  a  workshop  in  Port  of  Spain,  Trini- 
dad, on  the  care  of  collections,  and  assistant  registrar 
Katherine  Speiss  lectured  and  led  workshops  in  the 
United  States  and  abroad. 

The  Division  of  Conservation  surveyed  more  than  fif- 
teen hundred  objects  in  the  collections  and  treated  about 
four  hundred  in  support  of  exhibitions  and  loans.  Sur- 
veys conducted  over  the  last  several  years  have  classified 
some  four  hundred  thousand  artifacts  in  the  museum's 
collections  as  high  priority  for  treatment.  Textiles  and 
costumes  received  special  attention  in  1987.  Surveys  of 
flags,  uniforms,  and  other  textile  collections  documented 
conservation  needs  that  exceed  present  resources.  This 
disparity  raised  concerns  among  members  of  a  visiting 
team  of  conservators,  who  recommended  conservation- 


132 


National  Museum  of 
Natural  History /National 
Museum  of  Man 


directed  improvements  in  exhibits  and  gave  high  priority 
to  measures  for  preserving  the  gowns  in  the  First  Ladies 
Hall.  To  address  this  important  need,  the  museum  plans 
to  build  a  laboratory  for  treating  and  safeguarding  the 
gowns  and  the  more  than  forty  thousand  costumes,  tex- 
tiles, and  fragile  organic  artifacts  in  other  collections. 

In  1987,  Scott  Odell,  head  conservator,  taught  a  one- 
week  course  on  the  care  and  conservation  of  folk  art 
and  crafts  collections  at  the  Museo  Nacional  de  Artes  e 
Industrias  Populares  in  Mexico  City,  and  he  was  elected 
president  of  the  Washington  Conservation  Guild.  Ann 
Craddock,  paper  conservator,  spoke  on  safe  materials  for 
exhibits  and  storage  cases  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the 
American  Association  of  Museums.  Deputy  head  conser- 
vator Martin  Burke  helped  the  Minnesota  Historical  Soci- 
ety evaluate  its  collections. 

The  NMAH  Computer  Services  Center  concentrated 
on  expanding  the  museum's  central  computer  system  to 
support  collections,  communications  to  other  Institution 
bureaus  and  to  outside  organizations,  word  processing, 
electronic  mail,  and  other  administrative  applications. 
Following  the  addition  of  a  second  minicomputer  to  its 
system,  the  museum  made  its  first  efforts  in  electronic 
publishing.  Software  for  computer-aided  design  was  in- 
troduced to  evaluate  its  usefulness  in  exhibition  design, 
conservation,  building  renovation,  and  design  of  storage 
areas.  Program  staff  developed  software  to  support  the 
Afro-American  Index  Project,  philately  collections,  textile 
collections,  the  Chamber  Music  Program,  and  a  variety 
of  other  programs  and  activities. 


A  fossil  preparator  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History 
chips  away  at  a  rock  filled  with  dinosaur  bones.  (Photograph  by 
Doc  Dougherty) 


Staff  Changes  and  Appointments 

Tom  Crouch  was  named  chairman  of  the  Department  of 
Social  and  Cultural  History,  succeeding  Gary  Kulik,  who 
was  appointed  assistant  director  for  academic  programs. 
The  museum's  new  Program  in  Hispanic  American  His- 
tory is  directed  by  Luz  Maria  Prieto,  who  succeeded  Pau- 
line Nunez-Morales.  Elizabeth  Sharpe  was  appointed 
deputy  assistant  director  for  public  programs. 


The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History /National 
Museum  of  Man  houses  the  largest  and  most  valuable 
natural  history  and  anthropological  collections  in  the 
world — more  than  118  million  specimens  of  plants,  ani- 
mals, fossils,  rocks,  minerals,  and  human  cultural  arti- 
facts. At  the  disposal  of  the  nation's  scientific 
community,  these  vast,  extensively  documented  holdings 
support  research  on  virtually  all  aspects  of  the  natural 
world.  In  1987,  more  than  two  thousand  visiting  scholars 
from  all  over  the  world  used  the  museum's  collections. 

To  acquire  new  information  and  specimens  for  ongo- 
ing research  projects,  the  museum's  113  scientists  and  125 
resident  research  associates  conduct  research  all  over  the 
globe.  In  1987,  approximately  eight  hundred  thousand 
specimens  were  added  to  the  collections  by  these  expedi- 
tions, as  well  as  by  gifts,  purchases,  and  deposits  by 
affiliated  federal  agencies  (the  U.S  Department  of  Agri- 


133 


culture,  the  National  Marine  Fisheries  Service,  the  U.S. 
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service,  the  National  Institutes  of 
Health,  and  the  U.S.  Geological  Survey). 

The  museum  shares  the  results  of  its  research  through 
exhibitions,  educational  programs,  and  the  nearly  five 
hundred  books,  scientific  papers,  and  articles  published 
annually  by  its  staff.  In  addition,  staff-organized  sympo- 
sia and  workshops  foster  the  exchange  of  knowledge 
among  researchers.  The  museum's  exhibitions  and  com- 
plementing public  programs,  designed  to  encourage  un- 
derstanding, appreciation,  and  enjoyment  of  the  natural 
world,  attracted  more  than  eight  million  visitors  in  1987, 
a  record-breaking  year. 

Highlights  of  the  museum's  research,  management,  and 
educational  activities  are  described  below. 


Management  Study 

In  March  1987,  after  an  intensive,  six-month  study  of  the 
museum,  McKinsey  &  Company,  Inc.,  submitted  a  re- 
port analyzing  the  museum's  strengths,  weaknesses  and 
organizational  effectiveness.  The  report,  A  Management 
Agenda,  recommended  changes  in  strategic  planning,  de- 
velopment, communication,  and  organization.  The  man- 
agement firm's  recommendations  are  being  used  to  help 
define  the  museum's  goals  for  the  next  decade  and  to 
establish  a  management  plan  to  accomplish  these  goals. 
Museum  Director  Robert  S.  Hoffmann  appointed  eleven 
task  forces  to  develop  specific  recommendations  for  im- 
plementing the  report's  findings,  including  the  establish- 
ment of  a  development  office  and  a  national  advisory 
board. 


Inventorying  Tropical  Biodiversity 

Amazonia  is  the  most  biologically  diverse  area  on  Earth. 
But  this  ecological  treasure  is  diminishing,  threatened  on 
all  sides  by  human  encroachment.  Scientists  and  conser- 
vationists fear  that  vast  numbers  of  plant  and  animal  spe- 
cies will  be  destroyed  before  researchers  can  even  identify 
them,  let  alone  study  them  for  their  potential  value  to 
humanity. 

In  1987,  the  museum  began  a  systematic  inventory  of 
the  rich  crescent  of  tropical  and  subtropical  plant  and 
animal  life  in  the  western  and  northern  reaches  of  Ama- 
zonia, from  the  flanks  of  the  Andes  to  the  Guianas.  A 
multidisciplinary  team  of  Smithsonian  scientists  and  their 
host-country  colleagues  are  focusing  initial  efforts  in  the 


Biodiversity  Program  on  two  large  expanses  of  virgin 
subtropical  Amazonian  forest — the  Beni  Biosphere  Re- 
serve, Bolivia,  and  the  Manu  Reserved  Zone,  Peru.  The 
biodiversity  project  is  supported  by  funds  from  the  U.S. 
Congress  and  by  grants  from  the  U.S.  Agency  for  Inter- 
national Development,  the  World  Heritage  Program,  and 
the  Man  and  Biosphere  Program  of  the  United  Nations 
Educational,  Scientific,  and  Cultural  Organization. 

Led  by  museum  entomologist  Terry  Erwin  and  project 
manager  Francisco  Gomez-Dallmeir,  the  biotic  inventory 
is  expected  to  identify  thousands  of  yet-to-be-discovered 
insect  species,  hundreds  of  new  plant  species,  and  dozens 
of  still-unknown  animal  species.  This  accounting  of  Ama- 
zonia's flora  and  fauna  is  likely  to  yield  new  sources 
of  food,  biological  control  agents,  and  germplasm 
resources. 

Over  the  next  decade,  the  museum  plans  to  initiate 
similar  inventory  projects  in  several  other  locations  in 
Amazonia,  including  sites  in  Ecuador,  Colombia,  and 
Venezuela.  As  the  program  expands,  hundreds  of  stu- 
dents and  young  professionals  will  receive  scientific 
training  in  conjunction  with  inventories  in  their  own 
countries. 

Two  other  long-standing  museum  projects  in  Latin 
America  complement  the  Biodiversity  Program.  In  one, 
the  museum  and  five  other  sponsoring  organizations  are 
engaged  in  a  multinational  effort  to  analyze  the  plant  life 
of  Surinam,  Guyana,  and  French  Guiana — a  region  of 
tropical  America  that  has  received  little  botanical  atten- 
tion. Under  the  direction  of  botanist  Laurence  Skog, 
more  than  a  dozen  museum  scientists  are  participating 
in  the  project,  which  also  involves  scientists  from  the 
Guianas,  the  Berlin  Botanical  Garden,  the  Muse'e  Na- 
tional d'Histoire  Naturelle  in  Paris,  the  University  of 
Utrecht  in  the  Netherlands,  and  the  French  research 
agencies  in  French  Guiana.  One  of  the  project's  aims  is  to 
determine  which  areas  in  the  Guianas  merit  protection  on 
the  basis  of  their  biotic  diversity. 

In  the  other  Latin  American  research  project,  museum 
scientists  are  studying  biotic  diversity  in  Brazil's  Atlantic 
forests  and  in  its  tropical  lowlands  of  the  Amazon  basin. 
Over  the  past  decade,  the  researchers  have  been  deter- 
mining what  plant  and  animal  species  inhabit  the  regions, 
as  well  as  the  origin,  distribution,  and  relationships  of 
these  species.  The  studies  are  being  coordinated  with  ar- 
chaeological investigations  of  early  human  culture  in 
Amazonia.  In  connection  with  these  efforts,  the  Smith- 
sonian and  the  Brazil  Academy  of  Sciences  organized  a 
workshop  on  "Neotropical  Biotic  Distribution  Patterns," 
which  was  held  in  Rio  de  Janeiro  in  January  1987.  Mu- 


134 


seum  scientists  who  presented  papers  at  the  workshop 
were  Erwin,  anthropologist  Betty  Meggers,  and  zoolo- 
gists Richard  Vari,  W.  Ronald  Heyer,  Stanley  Weitzman, 
and  Marilyn  Weitzman. 


American  Indian  Outreach  Program 

Anthropologist  JoAllyn  Archambault  joined  the  Depart- 
ment of  Anthropology  in  1987  as  director  of  the  mu- 
seum's activities  in  the  new  interbureau  Native  American 
Program.  This  program  is  designed  to  make  Smithsonian 
resources  more  accessible  to  Native  Americans  and  to  in- 
crease their  involvement  in  the  Institution's  programs, 
particularly  those  related  to  Native  American  history  and 
culture.  As  one  of  her  first  outreach  projects,  Archam- 
bault organized  an  exhibition  that  explored  the  relation- 
ships between  nineteenth-  and  twentieth-century  Plains 
Indian  art. 


New  Ethnographic  Series 

Museum  anthropologists  William  L.  Merrill  and  Ivan 
Karp  have  begun  a  new  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  se- 
ries devoted  to  publishing  analyses  of  societies  through- 
out the  world.  By  the  end  of  1987,  seven  works  were 
published  in  the  series.  Upcoming  publications  will  in- 
clude a  treatise  by  Merrill  on  knowledge  and  social  proc- 
esses among  the  Rara'muri  Indians  of  northern  Mexico. 
The  Press  also  will  publish  a  collection  of  essays,  edited 
by  Karp,  on  African  concepts  of  power  and  authority  and 
the  manifestation  of  these  concepts  in  rituals,  cosmology, 
and  cults. 

In  related  endeavors,  museum  ethnologist  Mary  Jo 
Arnoldi  studied  the  role  that  drama  plays  in  shaping  the 
identities  of  youths  in  Mali's  community  of  Bamana  peo- 
ple. As  part  of  her  research,  Arnoldi  is  documenting  the 
changes  that  Mali  youth  drama  has  undergone  in  both 
form  and  content  over  the  last  century.  Her  examination 
of  the  characters  in  the  dramas  of  the  colonial  and  post- 
colonial  eras  has  identified  key  issues  of  past  and  present 
generations. 


Exploring  a  Unique  Atoll 

Remote  and  uninhabited  Henderson  Island,  a  day's  voy- 
age away  from  Pitcairn  Island  of  Mutiny  on  the  Bounty 
fame,  is  the  only  elevated  South  Pacific  atoll  that  remains 


National  Museum  of  Natural  History  Director  Robert  S.  Hoff- 
mann and  Assistant  Director  Stanwyn  Shetler  presenting  car- 
toonist Gary  Larson  with  the  museum  poster  for  the  Larson 
exhibition. 


essentially  undisturbed  by  humans.  Surrounded  by  verti- 
cal and  undercut  cliffs  and  supporting  a  nearly  impene- 
trable forest,  the  small  atoll  has  been  visited  by  only  a 
handful  of  scientists. 

In  April  1987,  a  Smithsonian-sponsored  expedition 
conducted  a  nine-day  reconnaissance  of  Henderson  Is- 
land. The  visit  was  a  particularly  timely  one.  Pressure  to 
develop  the  atoll  is  increasing,  adding  urgency  to  calls  to 
protect  the  tiny  land  mass  as  an  "Island  for  Science."  The 
Smithsonian  team,  which  included  museum  entomologist 
Wayne  Mathis  and  museum  ornithologist  Gary  Graves, 
conducted  the  first  survey  of  the  island's  unique  flora  and 
fauna.  The  researchers  gathered  the  preliminary  data 
needed  to  formulate  a  proposal  for  a  full-scale  ecological 
survey  to  document  the  case  for  the  atoll's  preservation  in 
its  undisturbed  condition. 

Museum  staff  members  were  involved  in  several  other 
international  expeditions  in  1987.  In  March,  the  museum 
mounted  its  fifth  research  mission  to  Aldabra  Island,  an 
atoll  in  the  Western  Indian  Ocean.  Studies  were  con- 
ducted by  zoologists  Brian  Kensley  and  Kristian  Fauchald 
and  museum  specialists  Marilyn  Schotte  and  Janice 
Clark.  Before  the  expedition,  an  international  workshop 
was  held  at  the  museum  to  update  scientists  and  conser- 
vationists on  the  museum's  work  on  the  island,  which  is 


135 


a  sanctuary  for  unique  plant  and  animal  species,  includ- 
ing the  only  surviving  colony  of  the  Indian  Ocean  giant 
tortoise. 

On  the  coast  of  central  Labrador  in  eastern  Canada,  a 
museum  archaeological  survey  led  last  June  by  anthropol- 
ogist William  Fitzhugh  discovered  Eskimo  and  Indian 
sites  occupied  at  various  times  between  eight  thousand 
and  two  hundred  years  ago.  Studies  of  these  sites  are 
expected  to  shed  new  light  on  the  complex  cultural  his- 
tory of  this  northern  maritime  region. 

In  February  and  March,  botanist  Robert  W.  Read  con- 
ducted field  studies  in  the  Hawaiian  Islands  to  determine 
the  status  of  several  endangered  species  of  the  palm  genus 
Pritchardia.  Of  the  eighteen  species  believed  endemic  to 
the  islands,  Read  found  two  in  immediate  danger  of  ex- 
tinction in  the  wild.  He  determined  that  the  greatest 
threat  to  the  survival  of  most  of  the  endemic  palm  species 
is  the  destruction  of  seeds  and  seedlings  by  rats  and  pigs. 

Museum  Director  Robert  S.  Hoffmann,  who  in  August 
was  appointed  assistant  secretary  for  research,  effective 
January  3,  1988,  and  research  associate  Dr.  Richard  M. 
Mitchell  participated  in  a  United  States-Chinese  survey 
of  mammals  and  birds  of  the  Tibetan  Plateau.  The  expe- 
dition, a  cooperative  venture  involving  the  museum,  the 
Chinese  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  the  American  Ecology 
Institute,  was  focused  on  a  remote  region  that  has  been 
explored  scientifically  only  once — at  the  turn  of  this  cen- 
tury. Among  the  highlights  of  the  survey  was  Dr.  Hoff- 
mann's rediscovery  of  a  rare  species  of  shrew,  known 
previously  from  a  single  documented  specimen. 

In  Kenya,  physical  anthropologist  Richard  Potts  con- 
tinued excavations  at  the  700,000-year-old  Olorgesailie 
Lake  basin.  The  area  has  yielded  numerous  stone  tools 
and  animal  bones,  which  some  anthropologists  believe 
are  markers  of  hominid  "home  bases."  Potts  excavated 
the  skeleton  of  a  now-extinct  form  of  elephant.  Nearby 
stone  axes  suggested  that  the  skeleton  was  found  at  the 
site  where  the  elephant  was  butchered. 


Catastrophic  Extinctions  Investigated 


Scott  L.  Wing — is  addressing  this  question  by  gathering 
data  on  the  disruption  and  continuity  of  ecosystems  from 
four  hundred  million  years  ago  to  the  present.  As  a  first 
step  toward  assessing  current  understanding  of  ancient 
terrestrial  ecosystems,  the  museum  convened  an  interna- 
tional conference  in  May  1987.  Thirty-five  paleoecolo- 
gists  from  the  United  States,  Canada,  England,  and  West 
Germany  participated  in  the  meeting,  the  first  ever  de- 
voted to  this  subject.  The  data  assembled  by  this  long- 
term  program  will  add  a  much-needed  historical  perspec- 
tive to  the  museum's  ongoing  biodiversity  studies. 


Punctuated-Equilibrium  Model  of  Evolution 

Past  studies  of  rates  of  evolution  focused  on  changes  in 
single  morphologic  characters,  such  as  body  size,  or  on 
tracing  the  persistence  of  species  through  geologic  time. 
Today,  thanks  to  the  combination  of  computers  and  mul- 
tivariate statistical  techniques,  numerous  characters  can 
be  evaluated  simultaneously  to  assess  evolutionary 
changes  in  overall  structure  and  form  of  organisms. 

Museum  paleobiologist  Alan  H.  Cheetham  is  using  this 
powerful  combination  of  tools  to  study  evolutionary  pat- 
terns in  bryozoans  that  lived  in  the  Caribbean  region  dur- 
ing the  Miocene  and  Pliocene  epochs,  seven  million  to 
thirty-eight  million  years  ago.  He  examined  fossils  of  the 
small  aquatic  animals  in  closely  spaced  strata,  averaging 
about  150,000  years  apart  over  an  interval  of  about  4.5 
million  years.  Cheetham  found  that  within  each  of  the 
nine  species  of  the  bryozoan  genus  Metrarabdotos, 
changes  in  overall  morphology  were  too  slow  and  too 
discontinuous  to  account  for  the  emergence  of  distinct 
species.  The  results  of  Cheetham's  study  provide  addi- 
tional evidence  in  support  of  the  punctuated-equilibrium 
model  of  evolution,  which  holds  that  periods  of  geologi- 
cal history  are  marked  by  events  that  induced  rapid  evo- 
lutionary change  and  the  emergence  of  new  species, 
followed  by  other  long  periods  of  little  or  no  change. 


Concern  over  the  potential  for  a  massive  decline  in  biotic 
diversity  wrought  by  tropical  deforestation  has  prompted 
scientists  to  study  how  terrestrial  ecosystems  have  re- 
sponded to  catastrophic  changes  in  the  past.  The  mu- 
seum's newly  organized  Evolution  of  Terrestrial 
Ecosystems  Program — coordinated  by  paleoanthropolo- 
gist  Richard  Potts  and  paleobiologists  Anna  K.  Behrens- 
meyer,  John  D.  Damuth,  William  A.  Dimichele,  and 


Volcano  Studies 

To  commemorate  the  seventy-fifth  anniversary  of  the  Ha- 
waiian Volcano  Observatory,  the  museum  republished 
the  complete  series  of  The  Volcano  Letter,  a  historic, 
hard-to-find  reference  published  by  the  observatory  from 
1925  to  1955.  The  fifteen-hundred-page  volume  contains 
definitive  reports  on  many  Hawaiian  eruptions  and  vol- 


136 


W>-i;,;$ 


Bull  Moose,  a  painting  by  Robert  Bateman,  was  exhibited  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  along  with  numerous  other 
works  by  the  artist. 


canic  activity  around  the  world  over  the  the  thirty-year 
life  of  the  letter. 

In  1987,  museum  studies  of  volcanic  phenomena  in- 
cluded an  ongoing  investigation  of  how  debris  ejected  by 
a  submarine  volcano  sinks  to  the  sea  floor.  Museum  vol- 
canologist  Dr.  Richard  Fiske  and  his  colleagues  from  the 
University  of  Tokyo  and  Princeton  University  are  con- 
ducting the  study. 

To  test  his  theory  of  how  particles  erupting  from  sub- 
marine volcanoes  settle,  Fiske  designed  a  30-foot-long, 
scuba-operated  settling  tube  with  trays  at  the  bottom. 
Preliminary  experiments  conducted  with  this  apparatus  at 
the  Smithsonian  Marine  Station  at  Link  Port,  in  Fort 
Pierce,  Florida,  confirmed  Fiske's  theory — particles  falling 


to  the  sea  floor  tend  to  be  partitioned  into  deposits  of 
telltale  texture  containing  dense  rock  fragments  that  are 
only  about  one-tenth  the  size  of  the  associated  low-den- 
sity pumice.  Ongoing  field  research  in  Japan  is  also  prov- 
ing that  submarine  rocks  with  such  characteristic  textures 
are  common  in  the  geologic  record. 


Quincentenary  Activities 

Distinguished  scientists  from  the  United  States  and  Can- 
ada debated  the  issues  and  controversies  arising  from 
questions  concerning  the  first  human  occupation  of  the 
Americas.  The  occasion  for  the  debate  was  the  public 


137 


symposium  "Americans  before  Columbus:  Ice  Age  Ori- 
gins," organized  by  the  museum  and  the  Smithsonian  In- 
ternational Center.  The  September  symposium  was  the 
first  of  six  Quincentenary  symposia  to  be  held  through 
1992  to  promote  scholarly  and  public  understanding  of 
significant  issues  related  to  Columbus's  first  voyage  to  the 
Americas.  In  conjunction  with  the  program,  the  museum 
featured  a  special  exhibit  on  the  work  of  museum  anthro- 
pologist Dennis  Stanford,  who  is  investigating  the  ori- 
gins, spread,  and  development  of  early  humans  in  the 
New  World. 

In  addition  to  the  symposia,  the  museum's  Quincenten- 
ary activities,  coordinated  by  museum  historian  Herman 
Viola,  director  of  Quincentenary  Programs,  will  include 
"Seeds  of  Change,"  a  major  exhibition  scheduled  to  open 
in  1991. 


Collections  Management 

The  museum  continued  to  give  high  priority  to  develop- 
ing a  fully  automated  Collections  Information  System.  In 
1987,  a  prototype  system  was  set  up  in  the  museum's  Fish 
Division.  The  result  is  more  efficient  use  of  the  division's 
collections,  aiding  scholarly  research  and  increasing  the 
ability  of  managers  to  maintain  accountability  over 
collections. 


National  Cancer  Institute  Agreement 

As  a  result  of  a  1987  agreement  with  the  National  Cancer 
Institute  (NCI),  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting 
Center,  which  is  administered  by  the  museum,  will  house 
and  curate  a  voucher  collection  of  nearly  ten  thousand 
marine  plant,  invertebrate,  and  fish  specimens.  Dupli- 
cates of  those  being  tested  by  NCI  for  anticancer  sub- 
stances, the  specimens  will  be  housed  in  the  sorting 
center's  collection  at  the  Smithsonian's  Museum  Support 
Center.  They  will  be  available  for  study  by  scientists 
from  the  museum  and  other  institutions. 


Plans  for  Marine  Station  Laboratory 

A  long-term  lease  agreement  was  signed  in  June  1987  by 
Seward  Johnson,  Jr.,  chairman  of  the  board  and  presi- 
dent of  the  Harbor  Branch  Oceanographic  Institution, 
Inc.,  and  Smithsonian  Secretary  Robert  Adams.  Leasing 
of  the  1.2-acre  plot  clears  the  way  for  museum  plans  to 


seek  private  funds  to  support  construction  of  a  new  labo- 
ratory at  the  Smithsonian  Marine  Station  at  Link  Port  in 
Fort  Pierce,  Florida.  The  new  building,  which  will  in- 
clude living  quarters  for  scientists  and  will  be  built  en- 
tirely with  contributions  from  private  donors,  is  badly 
needed  and  will  increase  the  range  of  studies  undertaken 
at  the  facility. 


Exhibitions 

"Portraits  of  Nature:  Paintings  by  Robert  Bateman"  (Jan- 
uary 17-May  17)  led  off  the  museum's  1987  special  exhi- 
bition schedule.  This  major  retrospective  of  works  by  the 
Canadian  painter,  regarded  as  one  of  the  world's  fore- 
most wildlife  artists,  featured  more  than  one  hundred 
paintings  that  celebrate  nature's  diversity.  Many  had 
never  been  exhibited  in  the  United  States.  Organized  by 
the  museum,  the  exhibition  drew  more  than  275,000  visi- 
tors to  the  Thomas  M.  Evans  Gallery  during  its  four- 
month  run  and  was  a  major  factor  in  the  museum's  rec- 
ord-breaking attendance  in  1987. 

In  conjunction  with  the  Bateman  exhibition,  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Press  published  Portraits  of  Nature: 
Paintings  by  Robert  Bateman,  by  museum  botanist  and 
assistant  director  Stanwyn  Shetler.  Illustrated  with  many 
of  the  works  that  appeared  in  the  exhibition,  the  book 
interprets  Bateman's  paintings  from  the  perspective  of  a 
naturalist  and  explains  why  his  work  has  become  a  pow- 
erful influence  on  the  worldwide  conservation  movement. 

"Ebla  to  Damascus:  Art  and  Archaeology  of  Ancient 
Syria,"  a  major  exhibition  organized  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  in  cooperation 
with  the  Syrian  Directorate  of  Antiquities,  opened  on 
July  10  in  the  Thomas  M.  Evans  Gallery  for  a  five-month 
run.  On  display  were  281  statues,  inscriptions,  mosaics, 
jewelry,  and  other  artifacts  uncovered  by  recent  archaeo- 
logical research.  The  objects  demonstrate  the  cultural  sig- 
nificance of  the  region  that  comprises  present-day  Syria 
and  shed  light  on  the  region's  influence  on  the  develop- 
ment of  Western  civilization. 

"American  Bird  Sculpture:  Decoys  to  Decoratives" 
(January  29-April  30)  traced  the  development  of  a  dis- 
tinctive North  American  art  form,  featuring  one  hundred 
bird  carvings  from  the  North  American  Wildfowl  Art 
Museum  of  the  Ward  Foundation  in  Salisbury,  Mary- 
land. During  the  exhibition,  award-winning  decoy  carv- 
ers from  Maryland  and  Virginia  gave  demonstrations  of 
their  craft. 

"The  Far  Side  of  Science"  (April  9-May  31)  displayed 


138 


five  hundred  of  Gary  Larson's  best  "Far  Side"  newspaper 
cartoons.  Poking  fun  at  a  wide  range  of  natural  history 
topics — from  evolution  to  prehistoric  man — these  works 
offered  hilarious  and  insightful  twists  on  both  human  be- 
havior and  the  human  view  of  the  natural  world. 

Preparing  dinosaurs  for  museum  display  has  been  a 
Smithsonian  specialty  for  nearly  a  century.  In  1987,  the 
museum  opened  an  exhibition  that,  for  the  first  time, 
shows  the  public  how  the  ancient  animals  are  assembled 
from  fossilized  remains.  Through  a  window,  technicians 
in  a  laboratory  can  be  seen  chipping  away  a  10-ton  slab 
of  rock  that  contains  the  bones  of  Coelopbysis,  a  small 
220-million-year-old  dinosaur.  Over  the  next  two  years, 
a  complete  skeleton  of  the  two-legged  reptile  with  a  bird- 
like skull  will  be  removed  from  the  block  of  New  Mexi- 
can sandstone  and  mounted  in  a  lifelike  pose.  A  closed- 
circuit  camera  equipped  with  a  zoom  lens  allows  visitors 
to  view  details  of  the  work  on  TV  monitors. 

Artistic  renderings  of  dinosaurs  were  presented  in  two 
of  the  museum's  exhibitions  in  1987:  "Dinosaurs  Past  and 
Present"  and  "Dinosaurs,  Mammoths  and  Cavemen,  The 
Art  of  Charles  R.  Knight."  Other  exhibitions  included 
"From  Love  of  Nature,"  which  featured  paintings  of 
plants  and  animals  in  Brazilian  forests  by  Etienne,  Rosa- 
lia, and  Yvonne  Demonte;  "Mountain  Light,"  a  display 
of  Galen  Rowell's  color  photographs  of  some  of  the 
world's  highest  peaks  and  of  the  human  and  wildlife  in- 
habitants of  these  rugged  areas;  and  "On  China:  Photo- 
graphs by  Hiroji  Kubota." 

"The  Magnificent  Voyagers,"  the  museum's  acclaimed 
1985-1986  exhibition,  began  a  three-year  tour  of  major 
museums  and  historical  societies  across  the  United  States. 
An  educational  packet  containing  information  about  the 
exploring  expedition — a  landmark  in  the  annals  of  sci- 
ence and  U.S.  naval  history — is  being  distributed  to 
schools  nationwide.  In  addition,  the  Office  of  Education 
prepared  a  fifty-two  page,  slide-illustrated  instructional 
guide  to  the  exhibition. 

Also  in  conjunction  with  "The  Magnificent  Voyagers," 
the  museum  commissioned  and  premiered  two  one-act 
plays  about  famous  American  explorers.  Stormy  Petrel 
was  a  portrait  of  Captain  Charles  Wilkes,  and  A  Brave 
Man's  Part  focused  on  John  C.  Fremont  and  his  wife, 
Jessie. 

During  1987,  the  Office  of  Education  presented  a  vari- 
ety of  other  programs  for  students,  families,  and  teach- 
ers, as  well  as  for  museum  visitors  in  general.  Under  the 
office's  direction,  an  instructional  kit,  The  Living  Arts  of 
India,  was  completed  and  distributed  to  secondary 
schools,  universities,  and  museums  in  the  United  States 


and,  through  the  United  Nations  Children's  Emergency 
Fund,  in  India.  The  kit  consists  of  a  three-hundred-page 
teachers'  manual,  four  supplemental  manuals,  a  video- 
tape, and  three  audiotapes. 

Special  museum  programs  commemorated  Black  His- 
tory Month  and  Hispanic  Heritage  Week.  A  special  exhi- 
bition, "Micronesia:  New  Islands  in  a  Vast  Sea,"  was 
developed  as  part  of  the  museum's  observance  of  Asian- 
Pacific  American  Heritage  Week. 

Members  of  the  Office  of  Education  organized  more 
than  three  dozen  workshops  for  teachers  and  museum 
educators  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  in  communities 
across  the  nation.  Moreover,  the  staff  made  presentations 
to  more  than  five  thousand  students  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  area  schools. 

The  Discovery  Room,  a  special  exhibit  area  where  visi- 
tors can  touch  and  examine  natural  history  objects, 
hosted  more  than  one  hundred  thousand  visitors  in  1987. 
The  Naturalist  Center,  which  celebrated  its  tenth  anni- 
versary, was  visited  by  seventeen  thousand  amateur  scien- 
tists, students,  teachers,  artists,  and  collectors.  Thirty- 
nine  film  programs  and  seventeen  lectures  were  featured 
in  the  Office  of  Education's  Friday  film  and  lecture  series. 

"Butterflies  and  Their  Flowers,"  the  fifth  in  a  series  of 
charts  on  plant  and  animal  identification,  was  published 
in  collaboration  with  the  National  Zoological  Park.  The 
educational  charts  are  used  in  classrooms,  clubs,  nature 
centers,  libraries,  and  homes. 


139 


National  Portrait  Gallery 


The  National  Portrait  Gallery  chronicles  America's  past 
through  artists'  portrayals  of  the  nation's  leaders  in  poli- 
tics, the  arts  and  letters,  and  business;  noted  scientists; 
folk  heroes;  sports  greats;  and  the  many  others — the  cele- 
brated and  the  unjustly  forgotten — who  have  left  their 
imprints  on  U.S.  history.  Through  its  permanent  collec- 
tion and  its  special  exhibitions,  the  museum  offers  the 
American  public  a  fascinating  look  at  the  people  who 
have  shaped  their  country. 


Exhibitions 

A  major  reinstallation  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery's 
permanent  collection  was  completed  in  1987.  As  a  result, 
the  museum's  galleries  are  arranged  more  logically  and 
many  recently  acquired  portraits  have  been  placed  on 
permanent  view  for  the  first  time.  The  first  floor  is  now- 
home  to  portraits  of  notable  actors,  singers,  musicians, 
and  writers  of  the  twentieth  century.  The  mezzanine  level 
is  devoted  to  the  Civil  War  era,  and  the  second  floor 
features  the  Galleries  of  Notable  Americans  from  1600  to 
present.  These  period  galleries  surround  a  central  area 
where  portraits  of  contemporary  artists  and  writers  are 
placed. 

Upon  completion  of  the  reinstallation  in  May,  the  mu- 
seum opened  the  special  exhibition  "Stage  Portraits:  Pho- 
tographs of  Mathew  Brady  from  the  Frederick  Hill 
Meserve  Collection."  "TIME:  Man  of  the  Year,"  which 
also  opened  during  the  past  year,  was  the  latest  in  a  se- 
ries of  shows  based  on  original  artwork  donated  to  the 
gallery  by  the  magazine.  "The  Art  of  Henry  Inman,"  or- 
ganized by  guest  curator  Dr.  William  Gerdts,  featured 
more  than  one  hundred  works,  the  first  such  exhibition 
of  Inman's  paintings  since  his  death  in  1846.  Included 
among  the  works  was  the  artist's  portrait  of  Angelica  Sin- 
gleton Van  Buren,  never  before  exhibited  outside  the 
White  House. 

"Portraits  from  the  American  Academy  and  Institute  of 
Arts  and  Letters"  displayed  images  of  key  figures  in  the 
worlds  of  art,  music,  and  literature  from  the  collections 
of  the  academy,  which  will  show  the  exhibition  in  fall 
1987  at  its  New  York  City  headquarters.  As  an  expres- 
sion of  its  ongoing  interest  in  caricature  art,  the  gallery 
also  featured  "Like  and  Unlike:  Caricature  Portraits  by 
Henry  Major  and  Herman  Perlman."  The  exhibition 
showcased  amusing  likenesses  of  many  celebrities  and 
leaders  from  the  period  between  the  two  world  wars. 
Two  exhibitions  of  recent  acquisitions  were  also  mounted 
in  1987. 


The  American  Art /Portrait  Gallery  Library  continued 
its  modest,  but  active,  exhibition  program  in  1987.  Nota- 
ble among  last  year's  efforts  was  "Highlights  from  the 
Downtown  Gallery."  The  exhibition  commemorated  the 
sixtieth  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  New  York  City's 
Downtown  Gallery,  well  known  for  its  emphasis  on 
bringing  the  work  of  living  American  artists  to  the 
people. 

The  museum's  staff  devoted  much  time  and  effort  to 
creating  an  exhibition  of  about  fifty  paintings  represent- 
ing the  last  one  hundred  years  of  American  portraiture. 
The  exhibition  was  commissioned  by  the  U.S.  Informa- 
tion Agency  as  part  of  a  cultural  accord  between  the  Peo- 
ple's Republic  of  China  and  the  United  States.  The 
showing  in  China,  however,  was  canceled  as  the  result  of 
a  disagreement  between  the  two  governments.  The  exhi- 
bition is  now  scheduled  for  a  showing  in  Hong  Kong 
and,  possibly,  Japan. 

In  1987,  nearly  two  hundred  items  from  the  museum's 
collection  were  on  temporary  or  long-term  loan  to  insti- 
tutions across  the  country  and  to  other  Smithsonian 
bureaus.  Major  loans  were  made  to  the  Library  of  Con- 
gress and  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revolution  Mu- 
seum in  Washington,  D.C.;  the  New  York  Public 
Library;  and  the  Huntington  Galleries  in  West  Virginia. 


Acquisitions 

The  most  important  painting  added  to  the  collection  in 
1987 — and,  indeed,  one  of  the  most  significant  acquisi- 
tions in  the  museum's  twenty-five-year  history — is  the 
splendid  portrait  of  Benjamin  Franklin  painted  by  J.  S. 
Duplessis  in  1785.  The  portrait  was  a  gift  from  the  Mor- 
ris and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation.  Other  significant 
gifts  to  the  gallery  included  portraits  of  Admiral  and 
Mrs.  George  Dewey  by  Theobald  Chartran;  nine  original 
plaster  busts  by  Jo  Davidson;  paintings  of  David  Sarnoff, 
William  B.  Astor,  George  F.  Bristow,  and  John  Howard 
Raymond;  and  a  sculptured  head  of  Gardner  Cox. 
Through  purchase  and  gift,  the  gallery  procured  a  por- 
trait of  James  Jones  by  Bernard  Childs  and  a  portrait  of 
Rubens  Peale  by  his  brother  Rembrandt  Peale.  The  mu- 
seum's portrait  collection  was  also  enhanced  by  purchases 
of  several  significant  paintings,  including  portraits  of  Wil- 


George  Dewey  by  Theobold  Chartran,  oil  on  canvas.  Bequest 
of  Frederick  McLean  Bugher  to  the  National  Portrait  Gallery. 
(Photograph  by  Eugene  Mantie) 


140 


i4i 


liam  Pitt  Fessenden,  by  Constantino  Brumidi;  of  Dr.  He- 
len Lynd,  by  Alice  Neel;  and  of  Patience  Wright,  the  first 
American  woman  sculptor.  The  presidential  portrait  se- 
ries benefited  from  the  purchase  of  a  life  portrait  of  An- 
drew Johnson  by  Washington  Bogart  Cooper. 

The  gallery  received  a  major  gift  of  107  drawings  by 
Samuel  J.  Woolf,  which  was  enhanced  with  purchases  of 
the  renowned  portrait  illustrator's  drawings  of  Justice 
Louis  Brandeis,  Charles  Lindbergh,  and  Dr.  Alexis  Car- 
rel. Watercolors  purchased  include  Thomas  Nast's  ren- 
dering of  President  Ulysses  S.  Grant  and  one  of  Edwin 
Austin  Abbey  by  "Spy"  (Sir  Leslie  Ward).  In  the  area  of 
caricature,  the  museum  acquired  four  early  works  by  Al 
Hirschfeld,  a  drawing  of  John  Dos  Passos  by  Adolf 
Dehn,  three  drawings  by  William  Sharp,  and  three  paint- 
ings by  Thomas  Nast,  which  included  a  representation  of 
poet  William  Cullen  Bryant.  Posters  representing  Buster 
Keaton,  Rita  Hayworth,  and  Rudolph  Valentino — made 
in  France,  Italy,  and  Belgium,  respectively — were  pur- 
chased, as  were  an  American  six-sheet  poster  of  James 
Cagney  and  an  exceptional  image  of  Buffalo  Bill  Cody. 

Major  purchases  of  photographs  included  vintage  por- 
traits of  Gertrude  Stein  by  Man  Ray,  Dwight  David  Ei- 
senhower by  Richard  Avedon,  Jack  Kerouac  by  Robert 
Frank,  and  Walter  Philip  Reuther  by  Josef  Breitenbach, 
as  well  as  a  unique  calotype  negative  of  Matthew  Cal- 
braith  Perry  by  an  anonymous  photographer  and  a  da- 
guerreotype of  Franklin  Pierce  by  Albert  Sands 
Southworth  and  Josiah  Johnson  Hawes.  Among  gifts  to 
the  museum  were  a  hitherto  unknown  daguerreotype  of 
Jefferson  Davis  and  a  collection  of  original  manuscript 
materials  relating  to  the  final  years  and  death  of  Mathew 
Brady.  The  museum  also  initiated  the  transfer,  from  the 
Dibner  Library,  of  a  major  album  of  salt-print  portraits 
of  President  James  Buchanan,  his  vice-president  and  cabi- 
net, and  the  leading  members  of  the  U.S.  Congress  dur- 
ing Buchanan's  administration.  The  album  is  an 
extremely  important  pictorial  document  of  American 
politics  on  the  eve  of  the  Civil  War. 


Rubens.  The  series'  second  volume,  Selected  Papers  of 
Charles  Willson  Peale  and  His  Family:  The  Artist  as  Mu- 
seum Keeper,  ijji-1810,  will  be  published  by  Yale  Uni- 
versity Press  in  December  1987.  The  manuscript  for  the 
third  volume,  The  Artist  in  Retirement,  1810-1820,  is 
scheduled  to  be  delivered  to  Yale  in  spring  1988. 

In  conjunction  with  its  exhibition  schedule,  the  mu- 
seum published  catalogues  for  "The  Art  of  Henry  Inman" 
and  "Portraits  from  the  American  Academy  and  Institute 
of  Arts  and  Letters."  Brochures  were  produced  for  "Like 
and  Unlike:  Caricature  Portraits  by  Henry  Major  and 
Herman  Perlman"  and  "TIME:  Man  of  the  Year." 

The  museum's  public  education  program  continued  to 
combine  a  daily  schedule  of  tours  with  an  array  of  out- 
reach programs  for  elementary  and  secondary  schools 
and  for  senior  citizens.  Continuing  programs  produced 
by  the  Education  Department  include  "Portraits  in  Mo- 
tion" and  its  spinoffs,  "Portraits  in  American  Jazz,"  "Por- 
traits in  American  Song,"  and  "American  Voices."  In 
collaboration  with  the  Resident  Associate  Program,  the 
department  organized  "Six  Evenings  with  America's  Pre- 
mier Authors  and  Artists."  Now  well  established,  the 
Lunchtime  Lecture  series  and  Speakers  Bureau  services 
attract  large  audiences. 

The  curator  of  education  and  the  curator  of  prints 
combined  their  efforts  to  produce  a  valuable  teachers' 
guide.  Published  in  1987,  Private  Lives  of  Public  Figures 
introduces  a  new  audience  to  a  popular  nineteenth-cen- 
tury portrait  tradition. 


Research  and  Education 

Work  on  the  museum's  Catalog  of  American  Portraits,  an 
expansive  computerized  collection  of  portrait  data,  pro- 
gressed in  1987.  Staff  members  added  major  collections  in 
Richmond,  Virginia,  and  New  York  City.  Progress  also 
was  reported  in  the  transcribing,  researching,  and  anno- 
tating of  selected  letters  and  documents  of  Charles  Will- 
son  Peale  and  his  sons,  Raphaelle,  Rembrandt,  and 


142 


Office  of  Exhibits  Central 


The  Office  of  Exhibits  Central  supports  the  Smithson- 
ian's exhibition  programs  by  providing  exhibit-related 
services  throughout  the  Institution.  In  1987,  the  office 
completed  more  than  three  hundred  projects,  serving 
nearly  every  unit  in  the  Institution.  Services  ranged  from 
exhibition  design  and  script  writing  and  editing  to  pro- 
duction of  entire  exhibitions,  involving  such  tasks  as 
woodworking,  model  making,  bracketing,  taxidermy, 
packing,  and  silk  screening.  The  projects  highlighted  be- 
low illustrate  the  diversity  of  the  office's  activities. 

Among  the  nearly  twenty  exhibitions  the  office  pro- 
duced for  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibi- 
tion Service  (SITES)  was  "Russia,  The  Land,  The  People: 
Russian  Painting,  1850-1910."  Under  the  supervision  of 
Russian  conservators,  office  staff  removed  each  of  the 
sixty-five  paintings  from  their  frames,  added  a  spacer  to 
the  stretcher,  and  then  reframed  the  artworks  under 
Lexan.  Staff  members  also  developed  accompanying 
graphics  and  installed  the  exhibition  at  the  Renwick  Gal- 
lery. Other  projects  accomplished  for  SITES  in  1987  in- 
cluded design,  editorial,  and  production  work  for 
"Gauguin  and  His  Circle  in  Brittany:  The  Prints  of  the 
Pont-Aven  School,"  "The  Golden  Age  of  Dutch  Painting 
from  the  Collection  of  the  National  Gallery  of  Ireland," 
and  "Child  to  Child:  American-Soviet  Children's  Art 
Exchange." 

The  Model  Shop  was  especially  busy  during  the  past 
year.  For  the  National  Museum  of  American  History's 
exhibition  "Field  to  Factory,"  six  life-size,  fully  detailed 
mannequins  were  created  from  shop-made  lifelike  casts  of 
faces,  hands,  and  feet.  The  shop  also  built  a  6-foot  scale 
model  of  the  fernery  at  Philadelphia's  Morris  Arboretum. 
Created  for  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Horticulture,  the 
model — replete  with  miniature  ferns — was  exhibited  at 
the  Philadelphia  Flower  Show  and  at  the  Chelsea  Flower 
Show  in  London,  England. 

Applying  its  expertise  in  conservation,  the  office's 
Graphics  Unit  mounted,  matted,  and  framed  original 
works  on  paper  for  the  SITES  exhibitions  "Child  to 
Child:  American-Soviet  Children's  Art  Exchange"  and 
"John  Held's  America:  Flappers,  the  Jazz  Age,  and  Be- 
yond." The  unit  also  silk-screened  text  panels  and  labels 
for  these  and  other  exhibitions. 

The  Fabrication  Unit  was  involved  in  nearly  every  of- 
fice project,  constructing  panels,  vitrines,  and  customized 
shipping  containers.  In  addition,  the  unit  built  thirty-five 
pedestals  for  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  and  replaced 
damaged  vitrines  for  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculp- 
ture Garden. 

One  of  the  office's  more  novel  projects  in  1987  was  the 


exhibition  "Roads  to  Liberty:  From  the  Magna  Carta  to 
the  Constitution."  Working  through  the  Office  of  the 
Secretary  and  in  support  of  the  Commission  on  the  Bicen- 
tennial of  the  U.S.  Constitution  and  the  U.S.  Constitu- 
tion Council,  the  office  designed,  produced,  and  installed 
the  exhibition  in  a  customized  tractor-trailer  truck.  The 
exhibition  was  seen  in  134  cities,  ending  its  tour  in  Phila- 
delphia on  the  anniversary  of  the  signing  of  the 
Constitution. 


143 


Office  of  Horticulture 


The  Office  of  Horticulture  is  responsible  for  a  full  range 
of  horticultural  services,  including  maintenance  of  the 
grounds  around  the  museums,  interior  plantings,  and  ed- 
ucational activities  such  as  tours,  lectures,  and  seminars 
to  local,  national,  and  international  groups. 

Notable  among  the  office's  accomplishments  during  the 
past  year  was  the  completion  and  opening,  on  May  21, 
1987,  of  the  4.2-acre  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden,  the  verdant 
crown  atop  the  Institution's  new  underground  museum 
complex.  True  to  the  wishes  of  the  garden's  donor  and 
namesake,  Enid  Annenberg  Haupt,  the  office's  staff 
achieved  a  "mature"  look,  planting  tree  specimens  as  tall 
as  25  feet.  Interspersed  among  beech  and  weeping  cherry 
trees,  saucer  magnolias,  boxwoods,  thornless  hawthorns, 
yews,  American  hollies,  and  other  trees  and  shrubs  are 
about  one  hundred  cast-iron  garden  benches,  settees, 
urns,  and  chairs  from  the  office's  collections.  The  garden 
was  featured  in  the  July  1987  issue  of  Smithsonian  maga- 
zine and  has  attracted  considerable  attention  from  other 
publications. 

Also  in  1987,  the  Office  of  Horticulture  participated  in 
flower  shows  in  New  York  City,  Philadelphia,  and 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  received  awards  for  exhibits  of 
exceptional  value.  At  the  Philadelphia  Flower  Show,  for 
example,  the  office's  scale  model  of  the  nineteenth-cen- 
tury fernery  on  the  grounds  of  Philadelphia's  Morris  Ar- 
boretum won  a  special  award  for  exceptional  merit.  The 
fernery,  made  in  collaboration  with  the  Office  of  Exhib- 
its Central,  was  loaned  to  the  Morris  Arboretum  for  its 
exhibition  at  the  Chelsea  Flower  Show  in  London,  Eng- 
land. The  office  again  organized  the  annual  "Trees  of 
Christmas"  exhibition,  now  in  its  tenth  year.  The  suc- 
cessful exhibition  benefited  greatly  from  the  efforts  of 
hundreds  of  volunteers — families,  crafts  groups,  and  indi- 
viduals from  around  the  nation — who  contributed  their 
handmade  ornaments. 

Supplementing  its  educational  programs  for  the  public, 
the  office  began  developing  a  program  of  docent-led 
tours  of  the  Smithsonian's  gardens  and  grounds,  the 
greenhouse-nursery,  and  the  office's  exhibits.  In  1987,  the 
office  provided  training  for  seven  student  interns,  and  it 
cosponsored  two  lectures  and  demonstrations.  One  fea- 
tured Joseph  Smith,  who  demonstrated  Western-style 
flower  arranging.  In  the  other,  Akihiro  Kasuya  gave  a 
presentation  on  Ikebana,  or  Japanese-style  flower 
arranging. 

For  the  Office  of  Product  Development  and  Licensing 
(OPDL),  James  R.  Buckler,  director  of  the  Office  of  Hor- 
ticulture, served  as  editor  of  Gardener's  Journal,  a  publi- 
cation highlighting  monthly  activities  in  indoor  and 


Opening  ceremonies  for  the  Smithsonian's  new  museum  and 
garden  complex  on  the  Mall,  September  28,  1987.  Visitors 
flank  the  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden,  which  boasts  a  Victorian  par- 
terre, shown  here  planted  with  thousands  of  pansies.  (Photo- 
graph by  Jim  Wallace) 


outdoor  gardening.  In  addition  to  his  other  duties,  Mr. 
Buckler  gave  lectures  to  groups  around  the  nation. 

The  office's  holdings  benefited  from  the  donation  of  a 
unique  collection  of  250  bouquet  holders  and  related  hor- 
ticultural memorabilia,  a  gift  from  Mrs.  Frances  Jones 
Poetker  of  Cincinnati,  Ohio. 

In  other  activities,  the  director  and  Mrs.  Kathryn  Mee- 
han,  museum  specialist  working  with  OPDL,  engaged  in 
negotiations  with  Brown-Jordan,  a  firm  interested  in 
manufacturing  reproductions  of  furniture  in  the  Smith- 
sonian's indoor  and  outdoor  gardens.  In  May,  the  office 
hosted  a  reception  for  the  Garden  Club  of  Bavaria, 
Germany. 


144 


Office  of  Museum  Programs 


The  Office  of  Museum  Programs  is  an  outreach  arm  of 
the  Smithsonian,  offering  a  growing  array  of  professional 
development  services  to  museums  in  the  United  States 
and  throughout  the  world.  The  director  of  the  office  is 
Jane  R.  Glaser. 

More  than  five  hundred  museum  professionals  partici- 
pated in  office-organized  workshops  that  were  held  at  the 
Institution  in  1987.  Coordinated  by  James  Quinn,  the  se- 
ries of  in-depth  workshops  addressed  a  total  of  twenty- 
seven  topics  essential  to  museum  operations,  as  presented 
by  office  staff  members  and  by  experts  from  other  Smith- 
sonian bureaus  and  from  other  organizations.  New  in 
1987  was  a  five-day  pilot  program  that  focused  on  im- 
proving teaching  skills.  Participants  were  Smithsonian 
staff  members. 

The  office  also  presents  workshops  at  other  institu- 
tions, which  are  organized  by  Patricia  Barrows  in  collab- 
oration with  state,  regional,  national,  and  international 
groups.  Among  the  fifteen  on-site  workshops  held  during 
the  past  year  were  model  training  programs  offered  in 
Trinidad/Tobago  and  Costa  Rica,  which  were  cospon- 
sored  by  the  Organization  of  American  States. 

Through  its  Internships  in  Museum  Practices  Program, 
directed  by  Bruce  Craig,  the  office  placed  more  than  fifty 
U.S.  and  foreign  students  and  museum  professionals  in 
Smithsonian  bureaus,  where  the  participants  were  trained 
in  collections  management,  curatorial  tasks,  and  other 
museum  duties.  An  additional  one  hundred  museum 
professionals  participated  in  the  program's  short-term 
training  sessions.  Special  seminars  on  museum  practices 
were  organized  for  visiting  groups  from  Spain,  France, 
and  the  People's  Republic  of  China.  In  addition,  staff 
members  continued  their  involvement  in  two  successful 
annual  programs.  With  the  U.S.  Information  Agency, 
program  staff  coordinated  the  fourth  annual  project  on 
Museum  Management,  which  attracted  twelve  museum 
directors,  representing  nine  European  nations.  Thirty- 
four  museum  interns  attended  the  seventh  annual  "Mu- 
seum Careers  Seminar,"  an  eight-week  program  in  which 
professionals  from  the  Smithsonian  and  other  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  area  museums  serve  as  instructors  and  discus- 
sion leaders. 

The  Audiovisual  Program,  which  produces  and  distrib- 
utes instructional  videotapes  and  slide-cassette  programs, 
neared  completion  of  several  important  teaching  materi- 
als. Productions  soon  to  be  released  are  Connoisseurship 
in  the  Visual  and  Decorative  Arts:  The  Educated  Eye, 
Horticulture  in  a  Museum  Setting,  Museum  and  Commu- 
nity, and  More  than  Meets  the  Eye.  The  program,  which 
is  coordinated  by  Laura  Schneider,  also  began  distribut- 


ing a  videotape  and  handbook  on  services  for  disabled 
museum  visitors,  which  was  prepared  by  the  Smithsoni- 
an's Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education. 

Now  a  decade  old,  the  Native  American  Museums  Pro- 
gram, headed  by  Nancy  Fuller,  the  office's  assistant  di- 
rector, continued  to  support  the  efforts  of  American 
Indians,  Inuits,  and  Aleuts  to  preserve  their  heritage 
through  the  creation  of  tribal  museums  and  cultural  cen- 
ters. The  program  offers  internships,  provides  technical 
assistance,  and  publishes  instructional  materials.  In  con- 
junction with  the  International  Research  and  Exchanges 
Board,  the  office  coordinated  a  three-week  trip  by  four 
museum  specialists,  two  of  whom  are  American  Indians, 
to  East  Germany,  where  they  studied  and  documented 
Native  American  artifacts  in  the  collections  of  eight 
museums. 

The  office  also  coordinated  the  awarding  of  $500 
grants  to  twenty-six  minority  museum  professionals.  The 
awards  supported  the  recipients'  attendance  at  office- 
organized  workshops  and  allowed  the  professionals  to 
spend  an  additional  week  in  residence  at  the  Institution. 

With  the  Toledo  Museum  of  Art,  the  Kellogg  Project — 
the  office's  special  program  to  expand  the  educational 
role  of  museums — cosponsored  a  workshop  on  interpre- 
tive labeling  for  art  museums.  Two-member  teams  from 
ten  museums  attended.  In  1987,  the  project  broadened  its 
Museum  Professionals  Program,  making  all  senior-level 
employees  eligible  for  ten-day  residencies  at  the  Smith- 
sonian. Nearing  completion  at  the  end  of  1987  was  the 
book  Museums  and  Adult  Education,  which  will  be  pub- 
lished jointly  by  the  Kellogg  Project  and  the  National 
University  Continuing  Education  Association.  Under  the 
direction  of  coordinator  Philip  Spiess,  the  project's  staff 
also  produced  Museum  and  Community,  a  soon-to-be- 
released  film  that  focuses  on  four  museums  that  have  de- 
veloped outstanding  public  education  programs. 

The  Museum  Reference  Center,  a  branch  of  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Libraries,  responded  to  more  than  five 
thousand  inquiries  in  1987.  The  center  also  published  sev- 
eral new  bibliographies:  Children  in  Museums,  Gifted 
Children  in  Museum  Programs,  Marketing  of  Museums, 
and  Disaster  Planning.  In  addition,  chief  librarian  Cath- 
erine Scott  and  her  staff  revised  twelve  bibliographies  and 
resource  guides  in  the  center's  series,  which  by  the  end  of 
the  year  contained  seventy-six  publications. 


145 


Office  of  the  Registrar 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service 


The  Office  of  the  Registrar  is  responsible  for  overseeing 
management  of  the  Institution's  vast  collections.  It  plays 
a  central  role  in  developing  the  Smithsonian  Collections 
Information  System  (CIS),  and  it  works  closely  with  indi- 
vidual bureaus  to  improve  the  care  of  their  holdings. 
Through  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs  and  the  Regis- 
trar's Council,  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  provides  train- 
ing opportunities. 

Through  the  Registrar's  Council,  Smithsonian  person- 
nel interested  in  collections  management  stay  abreast  of 
new  developments  and  address  issues  of  mutual  concern. 
At  the  council's  monthly  informational  meetings,  which 
are  held  at  various  sites  within  the  Institution,  presenta- 
tions are  given  by  Smithsonian  staff  members  and  outside 
experts,  such  as  insurance  and  customs  brokers  and  auto- 
mation and  planning  specialists. 

At  the  initiative  of  the  Registrar's  Committee,  a  sepa- 
rate body  was  formed  in  1987  to  assess  the  need  for  creat- 
ing security  copies  of  records  for  all  of  the  Institution's 
collections.  The  Records  Preservation  Committee  will  be- 
gin its  task  in  1988  with  a  thorough  analysis  of  the  acces- 
sion records  of  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History.  The  analysis  will  evalute  various  duplicating  al- 
ternatives-such as  microfiche  and  magnetic  media.  Fac- 
tors to  be  considered  in  the  evaluation,  which  will  be 
conducted  with  the  aid  of  an  outside  analyst,  are  storage 
methods,  accessiblity,  and  volume  of  use. 

In  June,  the  office's  formal  review  of  its  operations  and 
programs  was  presented  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Management  Committee.  As  stated  to  the  Management 
Committee,  the  goals  of  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  are  to 
ensure  efficient,  timely  access  to  accurate,  complete  infor- 
mation on  the  national  collections;  to  ensure  appropriate 
physical  care  of  the  national  collections,  which  include 
objects,  specimens,  documents,  and  data;  to  lead,  train, 
and  motivate  Smithsonian  registration  and  collection- 
management  personnel;  and  to  strengthen  management 
philosophy  and  quality  of  collection  care  at  the  Smithson- 
ian and  throughout  the  wider  museum  community.  These 
goals  address  the  four  major  aspects  of  collection  work: 
intellectual  collections,  physical  collections,  personnel  de- 
velopment, and  service  to  the  profession,  respectively. 

Also  in  1987,  the  office  initiated  a  program  to  survey 
museums  worldwide  for  information  on  automation  pro- 
jects related  to  collections  management.  This  program  is 
being  undertaken  in  cooperation  with  the  Documentation 
Committee  of  the  International  Council  of  Museums. 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service 
(SITES)  began  1987  by  relocating  its  offices  from  the  Arts 
and  Industries  Building  to  the  new  museum  complex,  and 
it  ended  the  year  with  the  inaugural  exhibition  in  the 
adjacent  International  Gallery. 

"Generations,"  the  inaugural  exhibition,  presented  the 
ties  that  bind  not  only  parent  and  child,  but  also  all  the 
peoples  of  our  planet,  who,  despite  cultural  differences, 
share  similar  hopes  for  coming  generations.  Tapping  the 
Institution's  vast  collections  and  scholarly  resources,  the 
exhibition  was  supported  with  funding  provided  by  the 
Smithsonian  Special  Exhibition  Fund,  the  Smithsonian's 
International  Center,  and  SITES.  An  extensive  program 
of  films,  symposia,  and  family  events  is  planned  through 
the  exhibition's  six-month  showing,  and  a  companion 
book,  Generations:  A  Universal  Family  Album,  was  pub- 
lished by  SITES  and  Pantheon  Books. 

"Russia,  The  Land,  The  People:  Russian  Painting, 
1850-1910,"  an  exhibition  featuring  paintings  from  the 
collections  of  the  State  Tretyakov  Gallery  in  Moscow  and 
the  State  Russian  Museum  in  Leningrad,  opened  at  the 
Renwick  Gallery  in  October  1986.  The  show  marked  the 
first  exhibition  exchange  with  the  Soviet  Union  since  the 
signing  of  a  cultural  agreement  in  November  1985.  Shown 
also  at  the  Smart  Gallery  of  the  University  of  Chicago, 
Harvard  University's  Fogg  Art  Museum,  and  the  Los  An- 
geles County  Museum  of  Art,  the  exhibition  drew 
250,000  visitors  during  its  ten-month  tour.  The  SITES 
exchange  exhibition,  "New  Horizons:  American  Painting, 
1840-1910,"  will  open  in  Moscow  in  November  1987. 

About  a  third  of  the  eighteen  new  exhibitions  produced 
by  SITES  in  1987  were  cooperative  efforts  involving  other 
Smithsonian  bureaus.  These  included  "Fields  of  Grass" 
and  "Magnificent  Voyagers:  The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedi- 
tion," with  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History; 
"Rhythm  and  Blues,"  with  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History;  and  "Vietnam  Veterans  Memorial:  A 
National  Experience,"  with  the  Office  of  Printing  and 
Photographic  Services.  "Generations"  was  the  product  of 
collaboration  with  many  Institution  offices.  In  addition, 
the  development  of  "Diversity  Endangered,"  a  new  poster 
exhibition  published  with  support  from  the  National  Sci- 
ence Foundation,  benefited  from  the  expertise  of  a  com- 
mittee of  curators  from  several  bureaus. 

SITES  continued  to  collaborate  with  other  museums  in 
developing  new  exhibitions.  Among  these  exhibitions 
were  "Savory  Suppers  and  Fashionable  Feasts:  Victorian 
Dining  in  America"  (Strong  Museum,  Rochester,  New 
York);  "Impressions  of  a  New  Civilization:  The  Lincoln 
Kirstein  Collection"  (Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art,  New 


146 


The  Monument  to  Peter  I  on  Senate  Square  in  Petersburg,  1870,  by  V.  I.  Surikov,  was  one  of  sixty-four  paintings  lent  by  the  State 
Russian  Museum  and  the  State  Tretyakov  Gallery  for  SITES'  exhibition  "Russia,  the  Land,  the  People:  Russian  Painting,  1850- 
1910." 


York  City);  "Diamonds  Are  Forever:  Artists  and  Writers 
on  Baseball"  (New  York  State  Museum,  Albany);  "Hoo- 
ray for  Yiddish  Theater  in  America!"  (B'nai  B'rith  Klutz- 
nick  Museum,  Washington,  D.C.);  "Daughters  of  the 
Desert:  Women  Anthropologists  and  the  Native  Ameri- 
can Southwest,  1880-1980"  (New  Mexico  State  Univer- 
sity Museum,  Las  Cruces);  and  "Dutch  Paintings  of  the 
Golden  Age"  (National  Gallery  of  Ireland). 

Two  SITES  exhibitions  had  international  bookings 
during  the  past  year.  "Kings,  Heroes,  and  Lovers"  toured 
six  Canadian  museums,  as  well  as  one  in  Puerto  Rico. 
"People  of  the  Forest"  was  presented  at  a  museum  in  Rot- 
terdam, The  Netherlands. 


SITES  received  a  significant  grant  from  the  MacArthur 
Foundation — the  largest  ever  awarded  to  the  Smithsonian 
for  an  exhibition.  The  grant  is  supporting  development 
of  "Tropical  Rain  Forests:  A  Disappearing  Treasure"  and 
of  educational  programs  for  the  major  exhibition,  which 
will  open  in  the  International  Gallery  in  May  1988.  Also 
scheduled  to  open  next  spring  is  "King  Herod's  Dream: 
Caesarea  on  the  Sea."  SITES  is  organizing  this  exhibition 
in  cooperation  with  the  University  of  Maryland  Center 
for  Mediterranean  Archaeology,  the  Caesarea  Ancient 
Harbor  Excavation  Project,  the  Joint  Expedition  to  Cae- 
sarea Maritima,  and  Israel's  Department  of  Antiquities 
and  Museums. 


147 


Eileen  Rose,  associate  director  for  programs,  was 
named  acting  director  of  SITES,  replacing  Director  Peggy 
A.  Loar,  who  resigned  in  July  1987  to  head  the  Wolfson- 
ian  Foundation  in  Miami. 


Exhibition  Summary 

SITES  exhibitions  during  fiscal  year  1987  are  listed 

below. 

"Child  to  Child:  American-Soviet  Children's  Art" 

"Daughters  of  the  Desert:  Women  Anthropologists  and 
the  Native  American  Southwest,  1880-1980" 

"Diamonds  are  Forever:  Artists  and  Writers  on  Baseball" 

"Diversity  Endangered" 

"Dutch  Paintings  of  the  Golden  Age" 

"Fields  of  Grass" 

"Generations" 

"Haiti:  The  First  Black  Republic  and  Its  Monuments  to 
Freedom" 

"Hooray  for  Yiddish  Art  in  America!" 

"Impressions  of  a  New  Civilization:  The  Lincoln  Kirstein 
Collection" 

"Italy:  One  Hundred  Years  of  Photography" 

"Magnificent  Voyagers:  The  U.S.  Exploring  Expedition" 

"Polished  Perfection:  The  Art  of  Turned  Wood  Bowls" 

"Remaking  America:  New  Uses,  Old  Places" 

"Rhythm  and  Blues" 

"Russia,  The  Land,  The  People:  Russian  Painting,  1850- 
1910" 

"Savory  Suppers  and  Fashionable  Feasts:  Victorian  Din- 
ing in  America" 

"Vietnam  Veterans  Memorial:  A  National  Experience" 

Summary  of  SITES  Exhibition  Tours  in  Fiscal  Year  1987 

Number  of  bookings  396 

Number  of  states  served3  46 

Estimated  audience  10,000,000 

Exhibitions  listed  in  last  Update"  122 

New  exhibitions  produced  18 

'Includes  Washington,  D.C. 
bCatalogue  of  SITES  exhibitions. 


148 


PUBLIC  SERVICE 

Ralph  C.  Rinzler,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service 


149 


National  Demonstration 
Laboratory  for 
Interactive  Educational 
Technologies 


The  National  Demonstration  Laboratory  for  Interactive 
Educational  Technologies  (NDL)  was  established  in  Feb- 
ruary 1987  to  help  realize  the  full  potential  of  one  of  the 
most  powerful  teaching  tools  of  the  Information  Age. 
The  first  U.S.  facility  to  focus  entirely  on  research  and 
demonstration  of  interactive  video  technology,  NDL  is  a 
joint  project  of  the  Smithsonian  and  the  Interactive  Video 
Consortium,  a  group  of  public  television  stations. 

Through  computer  control  of  a  recordlike  disc  "read" 
by  a  laser  beam,  large  amounts  of  audio,  video,  and  tex- 
tual information  can  be  manipulated  in  ways  limited,  es- 
sentially, only  by  the  imagination  of  the  user.  Beyond 
educational  applications,  the  technology  presents  new  op- 
portunities for  organizing,  storing,  retrieving,  and  archiv- 
ing information.  In  addition  to  the  Smithsonian,  other 
museums,  and  public  broadcasting  stations,  the  technolo- 
gy's potential  beneficiaries  include  schools — elementary 
through  college — government  agencies,  and  the  home 
user. 

The  NDL  features  an  extensive  array  of  hardware — 
nearly  all  of  it  on  extended  loan  from  manufacturers — 
and  software,  donated  by  the  industry.  Contributions 
from  industry  also  provide  prinicipal  support  for  the  la- 
boratory's activities.  NDL  visitors,  who  numbered  more 
than  five  hundred  during  the  first  three  months  after  the 
laboratory's  opening,  can  evaluate  this  large  collection  of 
interactive  equipment  and  software  in  a  noncommercial 
atmosphere. 


Projects 

The  NDL  quickly  established  itself  as  a  resource  for 
Smithsonian  offices  and  bureaus.  It  advised  staff  of  the 
Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception  Center  on 
planning  a  videodisc-based  orientation  system  for  the 
Smithsonian  Information  Center,  scheduled  to  open  in 
1989.  The  NDL  made  contacts  with  IBM,  which  also  has 
provided  considerable  assistance  in  designing  and  devel- 
oping the  videosystem. 

Again  acting  as  a  technical  adviser  and  intermediary, 
the  laboratory  consulted  with  staff  members  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  the  Air  project,  which  is  developing  a  twenty- 
six-hour  public  television  series,  as  well  as  videotapes  and 
videodiscs,  on  the  intellectual  and  cultural  history  of  the 
twentieth  century.  The  NDL  also  arranged  a  meeting  of 
prospective  underwriters  for  the  project  and  solicited 
technical  assistance  from  outside  experts  affiliated  with 
the  laboratory. 

In  1987,  American  Interactive  Media,  one  of  several 


Nancy  Barbour  of  APCO  Associates  enthusiastically  describes 
interactive  technologies  to  a  guest  at  the  opening  reception  for 
the  National  Demonstration  Laboratory. 


firms  associated  with  the  laboratory,  agreed  to  fund  the 
planning  and  design  of  an  interactive  compact  disc  ver- 
sion of  Treasures  of  the  Smithsonian,  a  book  published 
by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  The  company  and 
Smithsonian  representatives  are  exploring  other  applica- 
tions of  the  technology. 

As  part  of  its  efforts  to  introduce  the  many  and  varied 
units  of  the  Institution  to  the  new  educational  technol- 
ogy, the  NDL  arranged  for  several  Smithsonian  staff 
members  to  attend  a  ten-day  IBM  training  course  on  in- 
teractive videodisc  planning,  design,  and  production.  The 
computer  firm  provided  free  registration.  Also  through 
NDL,  Apple  is  donating  ten  advanced  workstations  to 
the  Smithsonian.  The  workstations  will  allow  selected  re- 
searchers and  curators  to  experiment  with  multimedia 
computer  programming.  With  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  the  NDL  organized  a  group  of  Smithsonian  staff 
members  involved  in  publishing  and  production  to  exam- 
ine the  requirements  and  opportunities  for  tandem  pro- 
duction of  printed  works  and  interactive  videodisc 
programs. 


150 


National  Science 
Resources  Center 


Concern  over  the  state  of  science  and  mathematics  educa- 
tion in  the  nation's  elementary  and  secondary  schools  led 
to  the  establishment  in  1985  of  the  National  Science  Re- 
sources Center  (NSRC).  A  joint  undertaking  of  the 
Smithsonian  and  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  the 
NSRC's  mission  is  to  improve  the  teaching  of  precollege 
science  and  mathematics  by  establishing  a  science  and 
mathematics  curriculum  resource  center  and  information 
data  base,  developing  resource  materials  for  teachers,  and 
offering  a  program  of  leadership-development  activities. 


Initial  Projects 

A  primary  aim  of  the  NSRC  is  to  identify,  develop,  test, 
and  disseminate  scientifically  up-to-date  teaching  materi- 
als that  stimulate  student  interest.  Building  on  the  lessons 
learned  from  past  efforts  to  improve  science  curricula  and 
on  the  experiences  of  school  systems  with  exemplary  sci- 
ence programs,  the  center  is  concentrating  initially  on  the 
improvement  of  science  teaching  in  elementary  schools. 
The  goal  of  the  NSRC's  first  major  project,  "Science  and 
Technology  for  Children,"  is  to  make  young  children 
aware  of  the  power  of  science  in  helping  them  solve 
problems  and  understand  their  surroundings.  During  the 
next  four  years,  project  staff,  collaborating  with  research 
scientists,  teachers,  and  science-curriculum  experts  will 
design  a  set  of  hands-on  units  for  grades  one  through 
six — simple  scientific  investigations  intended  to  develop 
children's  problem-solving  and  critical-thinking  skills  and 
to  broaden  their  understanding  of  important  concepts. 
Design,  field  testing,  and  dissemination  of  the  units  will 
be  accomplished  in  cooperation  with  a  growing  network 
of  school  systems,  state  departments  of  education,  science 
museums,  and  research  scientists.  The  development  of 
this  network  began  with  the  NSRC's  National  Confer- 
ence on  the  Teaching  of  Science  in  Elementary  Schools, 
which  was  held  in  1986. 

In  July  1987,  the  center  sponsored  a  four-week  materi- 
als-development workshop,  held  in  the  Learning  Center 
of  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Represent- 
ing a  broad  range  of  school  districts,  including  two  Na- 
tive American  communities,  more  than  seventy  scientists, 
teachers,  science-curriculum  specialists,  and  science-mu- 
seum educators  participated.  The  combined  efforts  of  the 
participants  resulted  in  promising  teaching  activities  in 
such  areas  as  microbiology,  electrical  circuits,  the  chemis- 
try of  liquids,  plant  growth,  and  insects.  During  the 
1987-88  school  year,  the  staff  of  the  Science  and  Tech- 
nology for  Children  Project  will  develop  these  activities 


further  and  organize  them  into  the  first  set  of  teaching 
units.  Elementary  school  teachers  in  urban,  rural,  and 
suburban  school  systems  will  field-test  the  units,  which 
will  then  be  revised,  published,  and  distributed  to  school 
systems  throughout  the  country. 


Fifth-grade  students  investigate  the  microscopic  world  of  one- 
celled  organisms  as  part  of  the  National  Science  Resources  Cen- 
ter's Science  and  Technology  for  Children  Project.  (Photograph 
by  M.  D.  Bird) 


151 


Office  of  the  Committee  for 
A  Wider  Audience 


Established  in  1986,  the  Office  of  the  Committee  for  a 
Wider  Audience  (OCWA)  seeks  to  extend  the  reach  of 
the  Smithsonian's  programs  to  segments  of  the  public 
that  traditionally  have  been  underrepresented  at  these  ac- 
tivities. The  office  evolved  from  the  recommendations  of 
an  ongoing  committee  of  fourteen  Smithsonian  managers 
and  community  representatives,  formed  in  1983  to  help 
the  Institution's  bureaus  and  offices  devise  measures  that 
ensure  participation  of  more  diversified  audiences. 

In  1987,  the  office  continued  to  support  the  work  of 
the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience,  and  it  added  new 
functions  aimed  at  expanding  the  Smithsonian's  outreach 
programs.  These  duties  are  carried  out  in  conjunction 
with  other  units  of  the  Institution.  With  the  Office  of  the 
Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service,  for  example,  the 
OCWA  coordinates  the  meetings  and  programs  of  the 
Smithsonian  Cultural  Education  Committee,  a  public  ad- 
visory group  to  the  Institution's  senior-level  management. 
Across  the  Smithsonian,  the  OCWA  advises  bureaus  and 
offices  on  their  programs  to  recruit  minority  profession- 
als. It  also  assists  in  efforts  to  attract  members  of  under- 
represented  ethnic  groups  to  serve  as  volunteers  and  to 
join  the  Institution's  local  and  national  membership  or- 
ganizations. The  OCWA  provides  additional  support  by 
building  and  sustaining  relationships  with  minority 
communities. 

Exposure  to  the  Smithsonian  is  an  essential  ingredient 
of  measures  to  attract  new  audiences.  The  OCWA  at- 
tempts to  ensure  participation  of  minority  groups  at  re- 
ceptions and  other  special  events,  such  as  the  opening  of 
the  new  museum  complex  in  1987.  In  addition,  it  organ- 
ized a  reception  to  mark  the  creation  of  the  Cultural  Ed- 
ucation Committee  and  to  commemorate  the  birthday  of 
Dr.  Martin  Luther  King,  Jr.  On  a  broader  scale,  the 
OCWA,  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs,  and  Smithsonian 
magazine  developed  and  launched  a  nationwide  public 
awareness  campaign.  Television  and  radio  public  service 
announcements  and  advertisements  on  local  buses  and 
subways  are  designed  to  acquaint  minorities  with  the  In- 
stitution's ethnic  programs  and  services.  Ads  and  articles 
written  for  publications  that  serve  black  audiences  also 
are  planned.  Also,  the  committee,  working  with  the  Resi- 
dent Associate  Program,  organized  the  "Brazilian  Show- 
case," which  was  part  of  the  Washington,  D.C., 
International  Filmfest. 

In  collaboration  with  the  education  staffs  of  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  African  Art,  Sackler  Gallery,  and  In- 
ternational Center,  the  OCWA  organized  a  series  of 
"open  houses"  to  introduce  students  from  Washington, 
D.C.,  public  schools  to  the  new  museums.  The  visits 


James  Brown,  a  docent  at  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art, 
discusses  with  sixth-grade  students  a  Dandai  mask  in  the  "Afri- 
can Art  in  the  Cycle  of  Life"  exhibition.  (Harrison  Eiteljorg 
Collection.  Photograph  by  Jeffrey  Ploskonka) 


were  designed  to  complement  classroom  instruction  on 
world  cultures  and  on  the  Eastern  Hemisphere. 

Finally,  the  office  and  the  Program  in  Black  American 
Culture  at  the  National  Museum  of  American  History 
sponsored  a  conference  of  scholars  and  museum  profes- 
sionals, who  examined  museum  programs  that  have  suc- 
cessfully integrated  the  cultures  and  histories  of  ethnic 
groups  generally  neglected  by  traditional  museums. 


I52- 


Office  of  Elementary  and 
Secondary  Education 


The  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
(OESE)  works  with  other  Smithsonian  education  offices 
to  help  schools  reap  the  full  instructional  value  of  mu- 
seums. To  achieve  the  potential  of  museum  objects  as 
educational  resources,  the  OESE  offers  a  variety  of  publi- 
cations and  local  and  national  programs. 

An  important  aim  of  the  office's  symposia  and  courses 
for  teachers  is  to  demonstrate  how  to  teach  by  using  a 
museum-oriented  approach.  During  1987,  the  office  col- 
laborated with  education  departments  around  the  Mall  to 
organize  eleven  courses  for  teachers  from  the  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  area  and  one  graduate-level  course  for  instruc- 
tors from  around  the  country.  In  addition,  the  OESE's 
Regional  Worskhop  Program  conducted  three  day-long 
sessions  in  Jackson,  Michigan;  Waterloo,  Iowa;  and  Phil- 
adelphia, Pennsylvania.  Concomitantly,  the  OESE 
Teacher  Internship  Program  built  on  the  work  of  the  Re- 
gional Workshop  Program  by  training  high  school  teach- 
ers to  serve  as  liaisons  between  their  local  museums  and 
schools. 

The  office  also  organizes  special  programs  that  focus 
on  important  events  and  issues.  In  1987,  the  OESE  spon- 
sored the  symposium  "Teaching  the  Constitution,"  which 
attracted  150  elementary  and  secondary  school  teachers 
and  administrators  from  throughout  the  mid-Atlantic  re- 
gion. Presentations  focused  on  social  issues  in  the  context 
of  the  Constitution,  while  workshops  addressed  matters 
related  to  classroom  instruction  on  the  nation's  founding 
document.  Also  in  conjunction  with  the  Bicentennial  of 
the  Constitution,  the  September  issue  of  Art  to  Zoo,  the 
office's  quarterly  publication  with  a  national  circulation 
of  seventy  thousand,  was  devoted  to  teaching  the  concept 
of  individual  rights  and  responsibilities  of  citizenship. 

The  OESE  also  continued  to  publish  Let's  Go  to  the 
Smithsonian,  a  newsletter  distributed  to  about  twelve 
thousand  teachers  in  and  around  Washington,  D.C.  The 
periodical  alerts  teachers  to  events  at  the  Smithsonian. 

In  collaboration  with  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
and  the  Office  of  Telecommunications,  the  OESE's  Spe- 
cial Education  Program  published  a  manual  and  video- 
tape designed  to  help  museum  docents  work  more 
effectively  with  disabled  visitors.  The  materials  will  be 
used  at  the  Institution  and  at  museums  throughout  the 
country. 

On  July  10,  the  office  convened  the  first  meeting  of  the 
Smithsonian  Advisory  Council  on  Education.  Appointed 
by  Secretary  Adams,  the  council  is  charged  with  helping 
the  Institution  establish  its  priorities  in  museum-based  ed- 
ucational activities  and  in  outreach  programs. 

Through  teacher  training  programs,  publications,  spe- 


cial education  programs,  and  precollege  training  for 
young  people,  OESE  continues  to  help  teachers  and  stu- 
dents effectively  use  museums  as  educational  resources. 


One  of  forty  interns  in  the  Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary 
Education's  High  School  Intern  Program,  Susan  Van  Gundy 
works  in  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History's  Coral  Reef 
exhibition.  (Photograph  by  Christopher  Haze) 


153 


Office  of  Folklife  Programs 


Folklife  refers  to  the  traditional  social  processes,  cultural 
patterns,  and  material  products  of  tribal,  familial,  ethnic, 
regional,  and  occupational  groups.  Folklife  embodies  the 
creative  strength  of  a  diverse  humanity.  It  is  the  accumu- 
lated traditional  wisdom  and  aesthetics  of  uncounted  cul- 
tural groups  throughout  the  world,  and  it  is  the  way  in 
which  people  establish  continuity  with  the  past.  Today, 
the  integrity  and  continuity  of  the  folklife  traditions  of 
many  communities  are  endangered.  The  Office  of  Folklife 
Programs  engages  in  cultural  conservation  activities- 
scholarly  research,  professional  advocacy,  and  public  pro- 
grams— that  encourage  continuity,  integrity,  and  equity 
for  traditional  cultures  in  the  United  States  and  abroad. 


Festival  of  American  Folklife 

For  two  weeks  each  summer  since  1967,  the  Mall  be- 
comes a  "museum  without  walls,"  a  venue  for  presenting 
living  cultural  exhibitions  on  American  and  international 
folk  traditions.  The  festival  provides  needed  national  visi- 
bility for  traditional  cultures  and  exposes  the  general 
public  to  the  skills,  knowledge,  and  aesthetic  expressions 
of  diverse  peoples.  Cosponsored  by  the  National  Park 
Service,  the  twenty-first  annual  festival  (June  24-28,  and 
July  1-5)  featured  Michigan  folklife,  a  program  on  the 
nation's  multilingual  heritage,  music  of  the  cultural  com- 
munities of  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area,  and  evening 
dance  parties. 

In  celebration  of  Michigan's  150th  anniversary  as  a 
state,  craftspeople,  musicians,  fishermen,  cooks,  and 
auto  workers  demonstrated  the  state's  regional,  ethnic, 
and  occupational  traditions.  The  program  highlighted  the 
role  of  natural  resources — especially  waterways — and  the 
importance  of  migration  in  shaping  the  cultural  expres- 
sions of  Michigan's  population. 

"Cultural  Conservation  and  Languages:  America's 
Many  Voices"  featured  songs,  music,  crafts,  oratory,  and 
ceremonies,  as  presented  by  participants  from  Chinese-, 
Lao-,  Mexican-,  and  Anglo-American  communities  from 
around  the  nation.  The  presentations  illustrated  the  im- 
portant roles  languages  play  in  preserving  cultural 
heritage. 

In  the  first  in  a  continuing  series  of  annual  programs, 
musicians  from  the  varied  communities  of  metropolitan 
Washington,  D.C.,  introduced  thousands  of  festival  visi- 
tors to  the  musical  traditions  of  their  native  cultures.  The 
musicians  represented  the  area's  African,  Afro-American, 
Anglo-American,  Asian,  Carribean,  and  Latin  American 
communities. 


Folkways  Archives 

When  the  Institution  acquired  Folkways  Records,  the 
best-known  commercial  publisher  of  folk  and  tribal  mu- 
sic in  the  United  States,  it  also  became  custodian  of  an 
extensive  collection  of  unreleased  material — field  tapes 
and  ethnographic  documentation — that  is  likely  to  be  of 
great  value  to  researchers.  The  Folkways  Archives  in- 
cludes books,  audiotapes,  original  glass  disks,  field  re- 
ports, historical  correspondence,  and  art  works.  In  1987, 
staff  members  began  developing  systems  for  storing,  ac- 
cessioning, and  cataloguing  the  archives.  In  concert  with 
other  bureaus  and  outside  organizations,  the  office  also 
began  defining  policies  for  managing  the  collection  and 
for  continuing  production  of  Folkways  Records. 

With  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  the  office  will 
have  ultimate  responsibility  for  Folkways  Records.  Poli- 
cies governing  continued  record  production  also  are  being 
developed  in  concert  with  other  bureaus  and  outside 
experts. 


Research 

Work  on  monographs  and  accompanying  films  in  the 
Smithsonian  Folklife  Studies  series  continued  in  1987.  Es- 
tablished in  1978,  this  innovative  series  uses  book-length 
monographs  and  complementary  ethnographic  films  to 
document  and  analyze  particular  traditions  to  a  level  of 
detail  unachievable  when  either  medium  is  used  alone. 
The  monograph  The  Korean  Onggi  Potter  by  Robert 
Sayers,  Department  of  Anthropology,  California  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences,  with  Ralph  Rinzler,  assistant  secretary 
for  public  service,  was  published  during  the  past  year. 

Also  in  1987,  the  office  initiated  studies  of  Massachu- 
setts folklife,  and  it  began  formulating  plans  for  research 
on  the  family  farm,  Native  American  and  Afro-American 
traditions,  and  the  cultural  traditions  of  Southeast  Asian 
immigrants.  International  undertakings  included  planning 
for  collaborative  studies  in  Latin  America,  China,  Pakis- 
tan, Indonesia,  the  Soviet  Union,  and  the  Arab  Gulf  States. 


Special  Projects 

The  Office  of  Folklife  Programs  began  planning  for  sym- 
posia, exhibitions,  and  other  programs  that  will  com- 
memorate the  Columbus  Quincentenary  in  1992.  With 
Radio  Smithsonian,  the  office  produced  a  pilot  program 


154 


Los  Matachines  de  Ladrillero,  sacred  processional  dancers  from  Laredo,  Texas,  perform  the  ritual  dance  that  venerates  the  legend  of 
Santa  Cruz,  the  Holy  Cross,  at  the  Festival  of  American  Folklife. 


on  international  music,  which  could  develop  into  a 
weekly  broadcast.  During  the  past  year,  Radio  Smithson- 
ian featured  music  recorded  at  the  1986  Festival  of  Ameri- 
can Folklife  and,  in  collaboration  with  the  office,  devel- 
oped programs  on  the  cultural  consequences  of  migration 
and  on  the  role  of  language  in  preserving  traditional 
cultures. 

In  cooperation  with  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Travel- 
ing Exhibition  Service,  the  office  curated  the  exhibition 
"The  Grand  Generation:  Memory,  Mastery,  Legacy," 
which  documents  the  role  that  older  people  play  in  pre- 
serving and  passing  down  traditional  culture  from  gener- 
ation to  generation.  The  exhibition  opened  in  November 
1987  in  Fort  Lauderdale,  Florida,  and  will  tour  for  two 
years. 


155 


Office  of  Interdisciplinary 
Studies 


The  Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Seminars 
changed  its  name  in  December  1986  to  communicate 
more  clearly  its  mission:  exploring  gaps  in  knowledge 
and  delivering  new  results  of  scholarship  in  the  humani- 
ties and  the  physical,  natural,  and  human  sciences.  The 
office  seeks  to  strengthen  integrative  learning  inside  and 
outside  the  Institution.  Its  programs  gather  practitioners, 
patrons,  and  users  of  research,  as  well  as  interested  mem- 
bers of  the  general  public.  These  activities  demonstrate 
that  increasing  and  diffusing  knowledge — the  terms  of  the 
Smithsonian's  mandate — are  interdependent  parts  of  the 
same  process. 

Appropriately,  the  Smithsonian's  ninth  International 
Symposium  focused  on  the  Constitution.  Held  May  18- 
23,  in  Charlottesville,  Virginia,  and  Washington,  D.C., 
"Constitutional  Roots,  Rights,  and  Responsibilities"  was 
the  scholarly  centerpiece  of  the  nation's  observance  of  the 
Bicentennial  of  the  Constitution.  Representing  twelve 
countries,  the  sixty-eight  symposium  participants  in- 
cluded Lord  Hailsham,  Lord  High  Chancellor  of  Great 
Britain,  and  Robert  Badinter,  president  of  the  Conseil 
Constitutionnel  de  France.  Among  the  participants  from 
the  United  States  were  Warren  E.  Burger,  former  Chief 
Justice  of  the  United  States;  Supreme  Court  Justice  Wil- 
liam J.  Brennan,  Jr.;  Judith  Shklar,  Harvard  University 
professor  of  government;  Cornell  University  historian 
Michael  Kammen;  Derrick  A.  Bell,  Jr.,  Harvard  Univer- 
sity professor  of  law;  psychiatrist  and  educator  Robert 
Coles;  consumer  advocate  Ralph  Nader;  Joyce  Oldham 
Appleby,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles  histo- 
rian; and  Ernest  L.  Boyer,  president  of  the  Carnegie 
Foundation  for  the  Advancement  of  Teaching. 

Thought-provoking  discussions  punctuated  the  pro- 
ceedings, which  attracted  students  and  others  from 
around  the  country.  Parts  of  the  symposium  were  broad- 
cast by  C-Span,  Voice  of  America,  and  Worldnet.  Essays 
based  on  the  event  will  be  published  in  a  forthcoming 
volume,  edited  by  the  symposium  chairman,  A.  E.  Dick 
Howard,  University  of  Virginia.  In  addition,  the  office  is 
producing  "Rights  at  Risk:  The  Responsibilities  of  Citi- 
zenship," a  half-hour  video  documentary  for  high  school 
students. 

Also  as  part  of  the  bicentennial  commemoration,  the 
office  is  organizing  "Afro-Americans  and  the  Evolution  of 
a  Living  Constitution,"  scheduled  for  March  1988.  Or- 
ganized with  the  Joint  Center  for  Political  Studies,  the 
symposium  will  examine  how  the  struggles  of  black 
Americans  for  full  citizenship  have  influenced  constitu- 
tional law  and  how  they  have  affected  other  domestic 
groups. 


An  academic  procession  from  the  National  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can History  to  the  Departmental  Auditorium  opened  the  ninth 
international  Smithsonian  symposium  in  Washington.  Led  by 
pipers,  General  Counsel  Peter  Powers  served  as  marshal,  and 
Regent  Jeannine  Smith  Clark  carried  the  Smithsonian  mace. 


To  mark  the  opening  of  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery, 
the  office  organized  "Recreations  with  the  Muses,"  a 
symposium  on  creativity  in  the  arts  and  sciences.  At  the 
all-day  event,  held  September  11  at  the  National  Acad- 
emy of  Sciences,  accomplished  individuals  in  a  variety  of 
fields  described  the  underlying  elements  and  processes  to 
which  they  attributed  their  moments  of  inspiration. 

At  the  close  of  the  year,  the  office  completed  prepara- 
tions for  "Science,  Ethics,  and  Food,"  an  international 
colloquium  devoted  to  global  food  issues.  M.  S.  Swami- 
nathan,  architect  of  India's  "green  revolution,"  was 
scheduled  to  receive  the  first  General  Foods  World  Food 
Prize  at  the  meeting,  slated  for  October  6-7,  1987. 

The  office  continued  to  develop  a  series  of  intramural 
seminars  intended  to  foster  a  greater  sense  of  intellectual 
community  among  Smithsonian  staff  members  and  fel- 
lows and  to  bridge  institutional  boundaries  that  may 
hamper  fruitful  collaborations  in  related  areas  of  interest. 
The  first  of  the  "Ways  of  Knowing"  seminars  was  sched- 
uled for  fall  1987. 


156 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 


The  public  learns  about  much  of  the  Smithsonian's  re- 
search, exhibitions,  permanent  collections,  and  programs 
through  accounts  appearing  in  newspapers  and  maga- 
zines and  airing  on  television  and  radio.  In  their  efforts 
to  portray  the  Smithsonian,  the  news  media  request  the 
assistance  of  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs,  which  provides 
news  releases,  backgrounders,  publications,  photographs, 
videotapes,  and  logistical  support.  The  office  also  over- 
sees Institution-wide  information  and  advertising  programs. 

The  office  coordinated  the  massive  publicity  program 
for  the  opening  of  the  Smithsonian's  new  museum,  re- 
search, and  education  complex  on  September  28.  This 
program  involved  working  with  hundreds  of  media  out- 
lets in  the  United  States  and  abroad.  The  office  produced 
press  kits  and  photographs,  radio  and  television  public 
service  announcements,  a  special  supplement  of  the  em- 
ployee newspaper,  advertisements  in  national  newspapers 
and  magazines,  and  an  exhibition  for  the  Martin  Luther 
King,  Jr.,  Library  in  Washington,  D.C. 

A  press  preview  in  September  attracted  the  largest  sin- 
gle-day press  draw  in  the  Institution's  history.  Nearly 
three  hundred  people  attended  the  all-day  event,  repre- 
senting ninety-eight  different  print-media  organizations 
and  nineteen  broadcast  outlets.  In-depth  coverage  of  the 
Sackler  Gallery,  National  Museum  of  African  Art,  and 
International  Gallery  appeared  in  major  national  news 
media,  including  the  Washington  Post,  New  York  Times, 
Associated  Press,  UPI,  Reuters,  Wall  Street  Journal, 
Christian  Science  Monitor,  Chicago  Tribune,  Miami 
Herald,  and  Philadelphia  Inquirer,  as  well  as  overseas 
publications.  The  museums  were  covered  by  national  and 
international  television  and  radio. 

During  the  year,  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs  updated 
and  revised  its  visitor  brochures,  including  the  popular 
"Welcome"  brochure  distributed  at  all  visitor  information 
desks.  The  brochure  was  prepared  in  French,  Spanish, 
German,  Japanese,  and,  for  the  first  time,  Chinese  and 
Arabic.  The  office  also  published  a  revised  edition  of  "A 
Guide  for  Disabled  Visitors,"  as  well  as  a  flyer  and  com- 
memorative brochure  about  the  new  museum  complex. 

As  part  of  its  ongoing  commitment  to  reach  an  ever- 
wider  audience,  the  office  expanded  its  Hispanic  Out- 
reach Program.  During  the  year,  the  office  increased  its 
contact  with  the  Hispanic  media  and  began  distributing  a 
monthly  calendar  of  events  in  Spanish.  The  Hispanic  edi- 
tion of  the  Smithsonian  News  Service,  supported  by  a 
grant  from  the  Educational  Outreach  Program,  continued 
to  be  popular  with  more  than  one  hundred  Hispanic  pub- 
lications. A  briefing  for  Hispanic  media  on  the  Columbus 
Quincentenary  attracted  twenty-nine  journalists. 


A  press  preview  of  the  Smithsonian's  new  museum  complex  at- 
tracted the  largest  single-day  press  draw  in  the  Institution's  his- 
tory as  300  journalists  came  to  hear  Secretary  Robert  McC. 
Adams  and  other  officials  and  to  view  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler 
Gallery,  the  National  Museum  of  African  Art,  and  the  Interna- 
tional Gallery.  (Photograph  by  Dane  Penland) 


Accomplishments  in  the  office's  Black  Outreach  Media 
Program  included  preparation  of  backlit  posters  for  dis- 
play in  Metro  subway  stations,  advertisements  for  Black 
History  Month,  and  radio  public  service  announcements. 
The  office  also  updated  "Explore  Your  Heritage,"  a  bro- 
chure highlighting  Smithsonian  programs  of  interest. 

The  office  issued  more  than  five  hundred  news  releases 
on  Smithsonian  activities  and  also  provided  publicity  as- 
sistance to  other  bureaus  and  offices  in  the  Institution.  It 
planned  and  implemented  major  publicity  campaigns  for 
the  acquisition  of  Folkways  Records,  the  reopening  of  the 
Anacostia  Museum,  the  formation  of  the  National  Dem- 
onstration Laboratory  for  Interactive  Educational  Tech- 
nologies and  the  National  Science  Resources  Center,  the 
groundbreaking  of  the  Tupper  Research  and  Conference 
Center  in  Panama,  the  opening  of  the  Enid  A.  Haupt 
Garden,  and  the  Ninth  International  Symposium  on  Con- 
stitutional Roots,  Rights,  and  Responsibilities.  The  office 
organized  a  media  luncheon  to  introduce  the  Smithsoni- 
an's Cultural  Education  Committee,  which  is  aimed  at 
helping  to  increase  wider  audience  visitation. 

The  office's  publications,  including  its  three-times-a- 
year  periodical  Research  Reports,  were  recognized  for  ex- 
cellence by  the  Society  for  Technical  Communications. 
The  Torch,  a  monthly  newspaper  for  the  Smithsonian 
staff,  received  honors  from  the  National  Association  of 
Government  Communicators,  and  Smithsonian  News 
Service  stories  received  awards  from  both  organizations. 


157 


Office  of 
Telecommunications 


In  collaboration  with  the  Institution's  scientists  and  histo- 
rians, the  Office  of  Telecommunications  produces  films, 
radio  shows,  and  television  programs  that  present  the 
fruits  of  the  Smithsonian's  wide-ranging  activities  to  the 
American  public.  Winners  of  numerous  awards,  the  of- 
fice's productions  have  introduced  many  Americans  to 
their  national  museums. 

In  December  1986,  Nazaret  Cherkezian  retired  after 
serving  twelve  years  as  director  of  the  Office  of  Telecom- 
munications. Associate  director  Paul  Johnson  was  named 
acting  director,  and  a  smooth  transition  enabled  staff 
members  to  move  forward  on  a  wide  range  of  projects. 

During  the  past  year,  the  Smithsonian  Television,  Film, 
and  Radio  Communications  Council  was  established  to 
develop  strategies  and  priorities  for  future  initiatives  in 
electronic  media.  The  office  is  working  closely  with  the 
council  to  lay  specific  plans  for  its  operation  and  for  me- 
dia projects  that  convey  the  full  range  of  research  and 
scholarship  in  the  Institution's  bureaus. 

The  office  continued  to  produce  two  major  program 
series  that  highlight  research,  exhibitions,  and  perform- 
ances at  the  Institution.  "Here  at  the  Smithsonian,"  a  se- 
ries of  short  television  features,  launched  its  sixth  season, 
airing  on  180  subscribing  stations  that  serve  more  than 
half  of  the  prime-time  viewing  audience  in  the  United 
States.  "Radio  Smithsonian,"  a  weekly,  thirty-minute  se- 
ries, reaches  a  potential  audience  of  three  million  people. 
In  1987,  the  office  began  exploring  the  possibility  of  pro- 
ducing a  weekly,  one-hour  radio  show  for  nationwide 
distribution.  Featuring  a  much  wider  sampling  of  the  In- 
stitution's music  and  performance  programs,  the  show 
would  succeed  "Radio  Smithsonian."  Production  of  a  pi- 
lot show,  in  cooperation  with  public  radio  station 
WETA-FM,  could  begin  in  early  1988. 

Thirteen  film  and  video  projects  were  completed  by  the 
office  in  1987.  From  Reliable  Sources,  a  film  produced  at 
the  request  of  the  Archives  of  American  Art,  chronicles 
the  unique  role  of  the  archives  in  documenting  the  history 
of  American  art.  Disabled  Museum  Visitors:  Part  of 
Your  General  Public,  a  training  tape  for  docents,  was 
produced  in  cooperation  with  the  Office  of  Elementary 
and  Secondary  Education.  The  video  Diversity  Endan- 
gered complements  a  poster-panel  exhibition,  produced 
by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Serv- 
ice. The  video  and  exhibition  examine  how  human  activi- 
ties are  jeopardizing  biological  diversity  in  tropical 
forests.  Field  to  Factory,  produced  in  conjunction  with 
the  National  Museum  of  American  History  (NMAH)  ex- 
hibition of  the  same  name,  details  the  migration  of  blacks 
from  the  rural  South  to  urban  North  between  1915  and 


1940.  Also  for  NMAH,  the  office  produced  a  video  epi- 
logue to  the  exhibition  "Engines  of  Change,"  which  ex- 
plores the  nation's  transformation  into  an  industrial 
power. 

Projects  nearing  completion  at  the  end  of  1987  included 
Magnificent  Voyagers,  a  half-hour  film  on  the  U.S.  Ex- 
ploring Expedition  of  1838-1842.  The  film  is  being  pro- 
duced for  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History's 
Office  of  Education.  Another  nearly  completed  film, 
Building  a  Biosphere,  focuses  on  the  effort  of  the  Smith- 
sonian's Marine  Systems  Laboratory  to  create  models  of 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  and  Florida  Everglades  ecosystems. 

For  the  Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception 
Center,  the  office  began  work  on  a  comprehensive  video- 
tape that  will  be  used  at  the  new  information  center  be- 
ing built  in  the  Castle.  The  office  also  will  help  produce 
interactive  video  programs  that  will  allow  visitors  to 
summon  specific  information  about  the  museums. 

The  office  continued  to  develop  quality  video  and  au- 
dio programming  for  children  and  to  explore  new  educa- 
tional opportunities  for  young  audiences.  The  pilot  for 
"Smithsonian  Quest,"  a  planned  television  series  for  chil- 
dren between  the  ages  of  nine  and  twelve,  was  well  re- 
ceived by  education  specialists,  and  the  office  began 
seeking  an  appropriate  coproducer.  The  office  also  began 
initial  research  to  develop  a  potential  series  of  audio  cas- 
settes for  classroom  use  in  the  fifth  and  sixth  grades. 


I58 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press 


The  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  each  year  produces 
more  than  one  hundred  books,  monographs,  and  record- 
ings relating  to  the  Institution's  collections  and  research 
interests.  In  1987,  the  Press  continued  on  a  path  of  steady 
growth  and  increased  productivity,  and  initiated  impor- 
tant changes  that  promise  additional  enhancements  in 
performance  and  service.  For  example,  the  Press  devel- 
oped several  new  series — from  reprints  of  "Old  West" 
classics  to  new  titles  on  American  cultural  history — and 
quadrupled  its  sales  force.  The  Press  also  reorganized  its 
fulfillment  service  for  University  Press  books,  and  contin- 
ued to  build  the  staff  of  acquisitions  editors.  At  the  same 
time,  the  Press  expanded  activities  on  the  international 
publishing  scene,  in  both  marketing  and  editorial  mat- 
ters, and  furthered  efforts  to  develop  a  continuity  series 
in  the  Direct  Mail  Division.  Publishing  projects  tailored 
to  juvenile  and  general  markets  continued  to  progress. 
Several  of  these  developments  are  discussed  in  more  de- 
tail below. 


University  Press  Division 

In  the  University  Press  Division,  the  federally  funded 
Contributions  and  Studies  Series  program  neared  its  goal 
of  complete  electronic  processing  of  all  manuscripts. 
With  all  the  components  of  the  desktop  publishing  sys- 
tem in  place,  program  staff  members  edited  and  typeset 
all  manuscripts  on  computer.  This  development  elimi- 
nated all  charges  to  bureau  sponsors  for  typesetting  and 
page  makeup.  Estimated  savings  to  the  Institution  during 
the  past  year  covered  the  cost  of  the  equipment  for  the 
electronic  system.  Moreover,  Series  editors  now  have 
greater  control  over  production  details  and  offer  authors 
greater  typographic  flexibility  than  was  previously 
possible. 

Some  of  the  new  Contributions  and  Studies  titles  pub- 
lished in  1987  were  "The  Allende  Meteorite  Reference 
Sample,"  by  Eugene  Jarosewich,  et  al.  (Smithsonian  Con- 
tributions to  the  Earth  Sciences,  no.  26);  "A  History  and 
Annotated  Account  of  the  Benthic  Marine  Algae  of  Tai- 
wan," by  Jane  E.  Lewis  and  James  N.  Norris  (Smithson- 
ian Contributions  to  the  Marine  Sciences,  no.  29); 
"Biology  of  Freshwater  Fishes  of  the  Bermuda  Ocean 
Acre,"  by  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr.,  and  William  H.  Krueger 
(Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Zoology,  no.  452);  "The 
Korean  Onggi  Potter,"  by  Robert  Sayers  with  Ralph  Rinz- 
ler  (Smithsonian  Folklife  Studies,  no.  5);  and  "A  Brief 
History  of  Geomagnetism  and  a  Catalog  of  the  Collec- 
tions of  the  National  Museum  of  American  History,"  by 


Robert  F.  Multhauf  and  Gregory  Good  (Smithsonian 
Studies  in  History  and  Technology,  no.  48). 

New  titles  published  by  the  University  Press  Division 
spanned  a  broad  range  of  subjects.  The  lead  title  on  the 
1987  spring  list  was  The  Music  Men:  An  Illustrated  His- 
tory of  Brass  Bands  in  America,  1800-1910,  by  Margaret 
Hindle  Hazen  and  Robert  M.  Hazen.  Announced  at  the 
American  Booksellers  Association  Convention  in  May, 
the  book  has  received  laudatory  reviews.  Fred  Starr,  pres- 
ident of  Oberlin  College,  said:  "This  glorious  volume 
evokes  the  last  era  before  what  Sousa  dubbed  'canned 
music';  and  it  does  so  with  scholarly  diligence,  sympathy, 
thoroughness,  and  imagination.  A  charming  book." 

The  division  also  inaugurated  the  new  Smithsonian  Se- 
ries in  Archaeological  Inquiry  with  the  publication  of  The 
Archaeology  of  Western  Iran,  edited  by  Frank  Hole.  The 
Smithsonian  Series  in  Ethnography,  which  debuted  in 
1986,  issued  The  Passion  of  Ansel  Bourne:  Multiple  Per- 
sonality in  American  Culture,  by  Michael  Kenny,  and  Pil- 
grims of  the  Andes,  by  Michael  Sallnow.  Two  new 
volumes  on  twentieth-century  art  were  produced  in  coop- 
eration with  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art: 
Modern  American  Realism:  The  Sara  Roby  Foundation 
Collection,  by  Virginia  M.  Mecklenburg,  and  Gene 
Davis:  A  Memorial  Exhibition,  by  Jacquelyn  D.  Serwer. 
New  books  on  aviation  history  included  Rebels  and  Re- 
formers, by  R.  E.  G.  Davies,  and  Another  Icarus:  Percy 
Pilcher  and  the  Quest  for  Flight,  by  Philip  Jarrett.  Among 
the  Press's  new  titles  in  the  sciences  were  Mercury:  The 
Elusive  Planet,  by  Robert  G.  Strom,  and  The  Tanagers: 
Natural  History,  Distribution,  and  Identification,  by 
Morton  and  Phyllis  Isler.  Animal  Intelligence:  Insights 
into  the  Animal  Mind,  edited  by  R.  J.  Hoage  and  Larry 
Goldman,  was  issued  in  the  National  Zoological  Park 
Symposia  for  the  Public  Series. 


Service  to  Other  Bureaus 

The  September  28  opening  of  the  new  museum  complex 
was  preceded  by  a  crush  of  publishing  activity.  For  the 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  and  National  Museum  of  Afri- 
can Art,  the  Press  handled  production  and  distribution  of 
four  catalogues:  Asian  Art  in  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gal- 
lery: The  Inaugural  Gift;  African  Art  in  the  Cycle  of  Life; 
Royal  Benin  Art:  Selections  from  the  National  Museum 
of  African  Art;  and  Patterns  of  Life:  West  African  Strip- 
Weaving  Traditions.  The  Press  also  handled  production 
of  invitations  and  announcements  for  the  opening.  In  ad- 
dition, the  Press  conceived,  developed,  and  published  A 


159 


New  View  from  the  Castle,  written  by  Edwards  Park, 
with  Jean  Paul  Carlhian,  chief  design  architect  of  the 
complex.  The  volume  is  an  illustrated  account  of  the 
complex's  architecture  and  personae. 

Recordings  Division 

The  Recordings  Division  produced  and  released  three 
new  albums  under  its  Smithsonian  Collection  label,  each 
with  extensive  liner  notes  in  an  accompanying  book.  The 
largest  of  these  was  the  updated,  redesigned  edition  of 
the  division's  first  release,  The  Smithsonian  Collection  of 
Classic  Jazz,  originally  issued  in  1973.  Programmed  and 
annotated  by  Martin  Williams,  the  new  edition  features 
seven  records  or  five  cassettes.  Singers  and  Soloists  of  the 
Swing  Bands,  programmed  by  Martin  Williams  and  an- 
notated by  Mark  Tucker,  was  released  in  August  in  six- 
record  and  four-cassette  formats.  The  third  release, 
Jimmie  Rodgers  on  Record:  America's  Blue  Yodeler — 
available  as  a  set  of  two  records  or  cassettes — featured  a 
booklet  by  Nolan  Porterfield,  Rodgers's  biographer.  The 
Folklife  Center  of  the  Library  of  Congress  included  the 
release  in  its  1987  Selected  List  of  new  recordings.  Hon- 
ors also  were  accorded  to  the  booklet  accompanying  last 
year's  release  Virtuosi.  Written  by  music  critics  Richard 
Freed  and  Peter  Eliot  Stone,  the  booklet  was  nominated 
for  a  1987  Grammy  Award  for  Best  Album  Notes  and 
received  the  ASCAP-Deems  Taylor  Award  for  distin- 
guished writing  on  the  subject  of  music. 


fold  increase  over  the  previous  year.  Sales  representation 
in  the  United  States  is  now  on  a  par  with  the  largest  of 
the  university  presses.  Overseas,  sales  representation  re- 
mains the  same:  Eurospan  in  the  United  Kingdom  and 
continental  Europe;  Scholarly  Book  Services  in  Canada; 
UBS  in  India;  Feffer  and  Simons  and  also  Maruzen  Com- 
pany, Ltd.,  in  Japan;  Cambridge  University  Press  in  Aus- 
tralia; and  Feffer  and  Simons  in  the  rest  of  the  world. 
The  Press  has  become  increasingly  active  in  foreign  mar- 
kets. In  1987,  representatives  journeyed  to  publishing  or- 
ganizations in  the  Far  East  and  Western  and  Eastern 
Europe.  The  Press  hosted  a  delegation  representing 
China's  university  presses,  a  Chinese  scientific  publica- 
tions group,  and  a  delegation  from  Yugoslavia. 

Awards  and  honors  continue  to  enhance  the  status  of 
the  Press's  lists  and  staff.  Among  the  the  more  notewor- 
thy accolades  in  1987  were  the  design  award  of  the  Art 
Directors  Club  of  Washington  to  Gene  Davis:  A  Memo- 
rial Exhibition;  the  Phi  Beta  Kappa  Award  in  science  to 
Fred  L.  Whipple's  The  Mystery  of  Comets;  and  the 
Book-of-the-Year  Award  of  the  Wildlife  Society  South- 
eastern Section  for  Paul  B.  Hamel's  Bachman's  Warbler. 

Finally,  for  the  eighth  consecutive  year,  the  Press's  net 
gain  resulted  in  a  substantial  contribution  to  the  Institu- 
tion's unrestricted  general  trust  funds.  The  net  gain  for 
1987  exceeded  the  Press  budget  by  117  percent. 


Smithsonian  Books 

Published  in  1987,  The  Smithsonian  Book  of  Flight,  by 
former  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  Director  Walter 
J.  Boyne,  was  distributed  to  the  Smithsonian  Associates 
by  direct  mail  and  to  the  retail  book  trade  by  Crown 
Publishers.  In  addition,  the  Book-of-the-Month  Club  of- 
fered the  256-page  volume  as  a  dividend  selection.  Con- 
taining more  than  three  hundred  illustrations  and 
photographs,  The  Smithsonian  Book  0}  Flight  has  re- 
ceived uniformly  good  reviews,  and  sales  have  exceeded 
expectations. 


Other  Developments 

To  accommodate  continued  growth,  the  Press  contracted 
with  sixteen  commissioned  sales  representatives,  a  four- 


160 


Smithsonian  Magazine 


Smithsonian  is  the  official  magazine  of  the  Institution.  To 
many  of  its  primary  audience  of  four  million  and  pass- 
along  audience  of  an  additional  three  million,  it  provides 
their  only  experience  with  the  Institution.  Smithsonian 
has  the  largest  circulation  of  any  museum-affiliated  mag- 
azine in  the  world.  The  Institution's  educational  message 
is  evident  in  the  monthly  magazine's  regular  coverage  of 
every  subject  area  of  the  Smithsonian  museums:  art,  his- 
tory, science,  and  technology. 

Although  it  deals  directly  with  the  Institution  every 
month  through  columns  such  as  the  Secretary's  "Smith- 
sonian horizons,"  Ted  Park's  "Around  the  Mall  and  be- 
yond," and  "Smithsonian  highlights,"  the  magazine  is  not 
a  house  organ  in  the  usual  sense — nor  was  it  ever  in- 
tended to  be.  Its  mandate  is  not  only  to  represent  the 
Smithsonian  explicitly,  but  also  to  examine  subjects  in 
which  the  Institution  is  interested. 

Subscribers  receive  discounts  on  books  and  records 
from  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  and  on  educa- 
tional items  available  in  the  museum  shops  and  through  a 
catalogue  produced  by  the  Business  Management  Office. 
Subscribers  are  also  eligible  to  participate  in  tours,  re- 
gional events,  and  other  activities  sponsored  by  the  Na- 
tional Associate  Program. 

The  magazine  provides  a  constant  flow  of  new  mem- 
bers to  the  Contributing  Membership,  the  Resident  Asso- 
ciate Program,  and  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  Associate 
Program.  For  these  programs,  the  magazine  is  the  princi- 
pal benefit  of  membership. 

During  1987,  Smithsonian  magazine  presented  a  varied 
menu  of  stories  about  the  sciences,  the  arts,  and  history. 
Beyond  covering  Smithsonian  activities  in  regular  columns, 
the  magazine  published  articles  on  the  John  La  Farge  exhi- 
bition (National  Museum  of  American  Art),  the  "Field  to 
Factory"  exhibition  (National  Museum  of  American  His- 
tory), the  dinosaur  exhibition  (National  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History),  the  acquisition  of  Folkways  Records,  and  the 
rhinoceros  relocation  project  in  Nepal  (Smithsonian/Nepal 
Terai  Ecology  Project).  To  mark  the  openings  of  the 
Haupt  Garden,  the  Sackler  Gallery,  and  the  Museum  of 
African  Art,  the  magazine  ran  one  cover  and  twenty-six 
editorial  pages,  much  of  which  was  reproduced  in  a  spe- 
cial reprint.  In  addition,  three  related  stories  paid  particu- 
lar attention  to  issues  concerning  tropical  forests.  One 
examined  the  conflict  between  the  long-range  benefits  of 
forest  conservation  and  the  immediate  needs  of  Central 
Americans  who  are  trying  to  wrest  a  living  from  the  land. 
The  two  other  stories  discussed  ongoing  Smithsonian  re- 
search projects  in  Latin  America.  Smithsonian  recognized 


the  Constitution's  bicentennial  with  major  stories  on  the 
Constitutional  Convention  and  on  James  Madison. 

In  1987,  Smithsonian  articles  were  widely  reprinted  in 
commercial  publications  and  in  educational  and  nonprofit 
journals.  The  magazine  also  received  recognition  from 
peers  in  the  publishing  world  in  the  form  of  a  special 
award  for  excellence  from  the  American  Society  of  Jour- 
nalists and  Authors. 

Financially,  the  magazine  experienced  its  best  year.  In 
keeping  with  the  generally  low  inflation  rate,  costs  were 
under  control.  While  the  number  of  advertising  pages  was 
down  during  the  first  half  of  the  year,  the  number  during 
the  second  half  was  up  compared  with  the  previous  year. 
Circulation  was  stable  at  2.3  million. 


r6i 


"Smithsonian  World" 


Visitor  Information  and 
Associates'  Reception  Center 


"Smithsonian  World,"  the  prime-time  public  television  se- 
ries coproduced  by  the  Institution  and  WETA,  completed 
a  highly  successful  third  season.  Since  it  began  in  January 
1984,  the  series  has  aired  seventeen  one-hour  specials, 
hosted  by  David  McCullough,  and  it  has  quickly  evolved 
into  one  of  the  most  popular  offerings  of  the  Public 
Broadcasting  Service. 

In  its  third  season,  "Smithsonian  World"  featured  five 
cultural  documentaries  that  examined  American  institu- 
tions and  the  forces  that  have  shaped  them.  The  series, 
created  under  the  leadership  of  executive  producer  Ad- 
rian Malone,  was  awarded  a  Primetime  Emmy  in  the  cat- 
egory of  Outstanding  Informational  Series. 

The  season  premiered  in  November  1986  with  the  air- 
ing of  "The  Wyeths:  A  Father  and  His  Family,"  and  crit- 
ics responded  with  high  praise,  citing  the  program,  in  the 
words  of  one,  as  a  "compelling  example  of  what  televi- 
sion does  best."  Geof  Bartz  was  nominated  for  a  News 
and  Documentary  Emmy  in  the  category  of  Outstanding 
Individual  Achievement  for  Film  Editing.  The  four  other 
specials  that  aired  in  1987  were  "Voices  of  Latin  Amer- 
ica" (April),  "The  Elephant  on  the  Hill"  (May),  "The 
Promise  of  the  Land"  (June),  and  "Islam"  (July).  A  special 
screening  of  "Voices"  was  held  at  the  National  Museum 
of  American  History,  and  the  Egyptian  Embassy  hosted  a 
screening  of  "Islam,"  which  was  enthusiastically  received 
in  the  Middle  East. 

In  addition  to  the  Primetime  Emmy  for  1987,  "Smith- 
sonian World"  received  the  American  Film  Festival  Red 
Ribbon,  a  CINE  Golden  Eagle  award,  and  a  Clarion 
award  for  excellence  in  communication. 

Syndication  and  cassette  rights  for  programs  airing 
during  the  first  and  second  seasons  of  "Smithsonian 
World"  were  sold  to  LBS  Communications.  The  pro- 
grams are  being  repackaged  as  one-  and  two-hour  spe- 
cials to  be  aired  on  local  commercial  stations. 


The  Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception  Cen- 
ter (VIARC)  is  the  Institution's  central  point  for  provid- 
ing information,  assistance,  and  membership  services  to 
the  public,  Associate  members,  staff,  volunteers,  and  in- 
terns. Offering  many  of  its  services  seven  days  a  week, 
the  center  coordinates  and  directs  the  efforts  of  large 
numbers  of  volunteers,  who  are  an  integral  part  of  the 
Institution's  public  information  programs  and  its  behind- 
the-scenes  activities. 

In  1987,  the  Institution  completed  a  resoundingly  suc- 
cessful private  fund-raising  campaign  for  the  $2.7  million 
Smithsonian  Information  Center,  which  will  be  located  in 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Building.  Major  gifts  were  re- 
ceived from  the  PEW  Memorial  Trust,  The  Kresge  Foun- 
dation, and  the  Morris  and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Founda- 
tion. The  Smithsonian  Contributing  Membership,  the 
National  Board,  and  the  James  Smithson  Society  also 
made  generous  contributions. 

VIARC's  proposed  Institution-wide  exterior  graphic  in- 
formation system  moved  forward  with  the  endorsement 
of  the  color  scheme,  logo,  typography,  and  base  material 
by  the  Commission  of  Fine  Arts. 

The  Museum  Information  Desk  Program  was  ex- 
panded to  include  services  for  the  National  Museum  of 
African  Art,  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  and  the  kiosk  of 
the  S.  Dillon  Ripley  Center.  Eighty  volunteer  information 
specialists  underwent  a  special,  comprehensive  training 
program  to  provide  services  in  the  new  museum  complex. 
In  addition,  some  188  volunteers  assisted  the  staff  in  pre- 
paring for  the  many  special  events  preceding  the  public 
opening  of  the  complex. 

The  center's  Telephone  Information  Program  recorded 
some  406,000  inquiries  during  the  year.  Record  traffic 
days  included  February  23,  the  date  of  one  of  the  winter's 
major  snowstorms,  when  1,263  telephone  inquiries  were 
received.  Over  the  April  15  weekend,  the  date  of  the 
Washington  Craft  Show  and  the  Paul  E.  Garber  Facility 
Open  House,  more  than  two  thousand  calls  were  an- 
swered. During  the  summer,  the  hottest  in  years,  the  Mo- 
bile Information  Service  provided  full  out-of-doors 
information  assistance,  operating  seven  days  a  week  from 
Memorial  Day  to  Labor  Day. 

The  Behind-the-Scenes  Volunteer  Program,  whose  re- 
cruitment and  activities  are  coordinated  by  the  center, 
continued  to  provide  invaluable  support  to  the  Institu- 
tion's offices  and  bureaus.  More  than  twelve  hundred 
volunteers  assisted  in  independent  projects,  and  the  pro- 
gram's popular  translation  service  expanded  to  include 
twenty-eight  languages. 

Written  requests  continued  to  arrive  in  significant  vol- 


162 


ume.  The  Public  Inquiry  Mail  Unit  answered  some  forty- 
seven  thousand  requests  for  information,  and  it  also 
began  accessing  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Bibliographic 
Information  Service.  The  Information  Outreach  Program 
initiated  and  coordinated  several  new  projects.  Highlights 
included:  presentations  for  Voice  of  America  and  a  cable 
television  station's  travel  almanac;  coordination  of  script 
and  visual  materials  for  Washington-at-a-Touch,  a  local 
company  producing  interactive  information  videos  for 
use  in  Washington-area  hotels  and  tourist  attractions; 
participation  in  the  National  Tour  Association  market- 
place, which  netted  contacts  with  more  than  fifty  tour 
and  travel  companies;  and  oversight  of  a  survey  in  Mall 
museums  to  assess  the  effectiveness  of  membership  pro- 
motion activities.  The  survey  was  conducted  through  par- 
ticipation in  the  Management  Analysis  Office's  summer 
Management  Assistance  Program. 

Concerted  efforts  to  increase  the  participation  of  mi- 
norities in  the  center's  volunteer  programs  met  with  suc- 
cess. Seventeen  percent  of  the  150  volunteer  information 
specialists  recruited  in  1987  were  members  of  minority 
constituencies.  To  meet  the  needs  of  the  growing  His- 
panic community  in  Washington,  D.C.,  the  center  pro- 
vided taped  information  in  Spanish  during  Hispanic 
Festival  Week  in  July  and  during  Hispanic  Heritage  Week 
in  September.  The  center  offered  Smithsonian  Orienta- 
tion Programs  in  Spanish  at  the  Adams  Morgan  Neigh- 
borhood Hispanic  Festival  and  at  the  Tarde  Hispana 
Celebration. 

Results  of  the  center's  annual  Institution-wide  volun- 
teer survey  indicated  that  5,244  volunteers  contributed 
457,2.43  hours  of  service  to  the  Smithsonian  in  1987. 


163 


ADMINISTRATION 

John  F.  Jameson,  Assistant  Secretary  for  Administration 


165 


Administrative  and  Support 
Activities 


Largely  hidden  from  public  view,  the  Institution's  admin- 
istrative and  technical  support  offices  provide  services  es- 
sential to  the  success  of  the  Smithsonian's  scholarly  and 
public  activities.  These  units  are  also  responsible  for  cen- 
tral oversight,  ensuring  accountability  in  the  use  of  finan- 
cial, personnel,  and  physical  resources.  Fourteen  offices 
and  their  numerous  divisions  carry  out  activities  that 
span  the  Institution  and  range  from  budget  formulation 
to  building  security. 

Central  administration  costs,  exclusive  of  those  related 
to  the  care  of  facilities,  remained  relatively  low  in  1987, 
accounting  for  7  percent  of  the  Institution's  federal  and 
trust  operating  budget. 


Office  of  Programming  and  Budget 

On  the  basis  of  its  review  of  the  Institution's  planning 
and  budget  processes,  the  Office  of  Programming  and 
Budget  (OPB)  adopted  new,  integrative  procedures.  The 
OPB  assumed  responsibility  for  coordinating  all  planning 
activities  and  for  preparing  the  Smithsonian's  Five-Year 
Prospectus.  Other  changes,  which  were  enacted  with 
preparation  of  the  federal  budget  request  for  the  1989 
fiscal  year  and  the  1988  and  1989  budgets  for  nonappro- 
priated funds,  foster  greater  discussion  about  plans  and 
priorities.  As  a  result,  bureaus  and  offices  now  have  more 
opportunities  to  identify  common  interests  and  promising 
areas  for  collaboration.  The  OPB  increased  its  use  of 
computers  and  other  automation  technology  in  develop- 
ing budgets  and  the  Prospectus.  This  translated  into 
greater  efficiency  in  processing  and  assembling  budget 
submissions  for  the  Office  of  Management  and  Budget. 
Moreover,  detailed  program  and  financial  information  is 
now  more  easily  accessible,  aiding  decision  making 
within  the  Institution  and  tightening  the  relationship  be- 
tween short-  and  long-range  planning. 


Office  of  Information  Resource  Management 

The  five-year-old  Office  of  Information  Resource  Man- 
agement (OIRM)  continued  its  transition  from  a  central 
data  processing  unit  to  a  leader  of  distributed  informa- 
tion management.  In  the  evolving  distributed  system, 
bureaus  and  offices  increasingly  will  use  mini-  and  micro- 
computers that  are  linked  to  each  other  and  the  OIRM 
mainframe  computer.  An  important  component  of  this 
integrated  arrangement  is  the  Collections  Information 


System  now  under  development.  In  1987,  the  OIRM  im- 
plemented a  prototype  system  in  the  Division  of  Fishes  at 
the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

In  a  collaborative  effort  involving  OIRM,  the  Office  of 
Accounting  and  Financial  Services,  and  the  Office  of  Per- 
sonnel Administration,  the  Institution's  personnel  and 
payroll  system  was  successfully  transferred  to  the  Na- 
tional Finance  Center,  which  is  operated  by  the  U.S.  De- 
partment of  Agriculture.  This  new  arrangement  will 
result  in  more  comprehensive  and  more  accessible  infor- 
mation, and  it  will  improve  internal  controls. 

The  OIRM  also  began  augmenting  the  capabilities  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Bibliographic  Information 
System.  Efforts  focused  on  adding  archival  and  research 
files,  such  as  the  Inventory  of  American  Sculpture,  a  na- 
tional data  base  being  developed  by  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  American  Art. 

With  the  creation  of  a  Communications  Services  Divi- 
sion, responsibility  for  telephone  communications  was 
transferred  to  the  OIRM  from  the  Office  of  Plant  Serv- 
ices. Merging  of  data  and  telephone  communications  in 
the  new  division  has  resulted  in  improved  coordination  of 
these  closely  related  activities. 

The  OIRM's  Information  Resource  Center  continued 
to  expand  its  curriculum  of  computer  and  software 
courses,  as  well  as  its  consultation  services.  The  Institu- 
tion-wide long-range  information  resource  management 
plan,  completed  in  1986,  was  reviewed  and  updated.  An 
important  component  of  the  planning  effort  was  a  study 
involving  a  wide  range  of  Smithsonian  staff,  who  helped 
define  information  needs  in  areas  such  as  research,  collec- 
tions management,  and  public  programs. 


Office  of  Personnel  Administration 

The  Office  of  Personnel  Administration  devoted  much  ef- 
fort to  implementing  two  major  legislative  acts — the  over- 
haul of  the  Federal  Employees  Retirement  System,  which 
included  establishment  of  the  new  Thrift  Savings  Plan, 
and  the  Immigration  Reform  and  Control  Act.  Staff 
members  also  reviewed  trust  fund  benefits  for  employees 
and  scheduled  changes  that  will  be  effective  in  fiscal  year 
1988.  In  addition,  the  office  began  contract  negotiations 
in  early  fall  1987  with  Local  400  of  the  United  Food  and 
Commercial  Workers,  which  holds  exclusive  bargaining 
rights  for  unionized  employees  in  the  Business  Manage- 
ment Office. 


166 


Office  of  Equal  Opportunity 

The  Office  of  Equal  Opportunity  continued  special  ef- 
forts to  recruit  minorities,  women,  and  disabled  persons 
for  positions  in  all  employment  categories.  For  profes- 
sional, administrative,  and  technical  positions,  employ- 
ment goals  for  minorities  and  women  were  established 
for  each  organizational  level  within  the  Institution.  The 
proportion  of  professional  and  administrative  positions 
filled  by  these  two  groups  rose  to  20.5  percent  in  1987, 
and  employment  of  disabled  persons  continued  to  in- 
crease. Additional  gains  are  likely,  as  the  office  places  a 
strong  emphasis  on  outreach  activities  to  inform  target 
groups  and  their  advocacy  organizations  of  Smithsonian 
programs,  exhibitions,  and  career  opportunities.  The  in- 
terest and  work  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience 
and  of  the  Cultural  Education  Committee  will  enhance 
these  efforts. 

In  1987,  the  office  conducted  programs  on  sexual  ha- 
rassment for  the  majority  of  civil  service  and  trust  fund 
personnel.  Sessions  focused  on  defining  and  identifying 
sexual  harassment  in  the  workplace  and  on  the  responsi- 
bilities of  managers,  supervisors,  and  employees. 


Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic  Services 

Taking,  processing,  and  preserving  photographs — in  sup- 
port of  research  and  publications,  for  museum  collec- 
tions, for  documenting  the  Institution's  history,  and  for 
the  needs  of  the  public — are  the  primary  responsibilities 
of  the  Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic  Services.  In 
addition,  the  office  is  the  focal  point  of  in-house  printing 
activities  at  the  Smithsonian. 

The  office  operates  a  cold  storage  facility  for  archiving 
photographs.  One  of  the  most  successful  of  its  kind  in 
the  nation,  the  five-year-old  facility  is  the  respository  for 
an  enormous  photographic  collection  that  is  growing  at  a 
rate  of  sixteen  thousand  to  twenty  thousand  photographs 
annually.  Plans  for  expanding  the  facility  were  initiated 
in  1987.  Also  during  the  past  year,  staff  members  tested  a 
new  toning  solution  that  could  eliminate  a  suspected  car- 
cinogen from  laboratory  processing.  Additional  tests  are 
scheduled  for  1988. 

For  the  National  Museum  of  American  History,  the 
office  produced  a  videodisc  of  the  Division  of  Transpor- 
tation's Pullman  Collection,  Chaney  Collection,  and 
selected  subjects  related  to  railroads.  The  office  also  pro- 
duced two  videodiscs  containing  its  files  of  35-millimeter 
color  slides.  To  stay  abreast  of  new  technology,  the  office 


is  experimenting  with  still  video  systems — to  ascertain  the 
equipment's  value  for  collection  management  and  to  ac- 
quaint staff  members  with  electronic  still  imaging. 

In  addition  to  its  annual  exhibition,  "The  Year  in  Pic- 
tures: As  Seen  from  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History,"  the  office  mounted  "The  Vietnam  Veterans 
Memorial:  A  National  Experience."  Created  for  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  the 
exhibition  features  seventy  black-and-white  photographs 
that  capture  the  powerful  and  somber  presence  of  the 
Vietnam  Veterans  Memorial  in  Washington,  D.C.  It  will 
be  on  tour  through  mid-1989,  and  a  second  copy  of  the 
exhibition  was  produced  to  meet  demand.  In  addition, 
the  office  prepared  the  book  Reflections  on  the  Wall:  The 
Vietnam  Veterans  Memorial,  which  was  published  by 
Stackpole  Press  and  is  in  its  second  printing. 


Other  Significant  Activity 

The  Office  of  Procurement  and  Property  Management 
provides  technical  services  to  ensure  timely  and  cost-ef- 
fective acquisitions  essential  to  Smithsonian  projects.  In 
1987,  the  office's  staff  supported  such  projects  as  con- 
struction of  the  terrace  restaurant  at  the  National  Air  and 
Space  Museum,  purchases  of  furnishings  and  interior 
work  for  the  new  museum  complex  in  the  Quadrangle, 
construction  of  the  Tupper  Research  and  Conference 
Center  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute, 
and  the  transfer  of  the  Institution's  personnel  and  payroll 
system. 

Besides  assessing  the  impact  of  new  federal  laws  and 
programs  on  the  Smithsonian,  the  Office  of  Congres- 
sional Liaison  helped  steer  several  important  Institution- 
related  initiatives  through  the  legislative  process.  As  the 
year  drew  to  a  close,  an  emerging  proposal  that  would 
affiliate  the  Museum  of  the  American  Indian  and  the 
Smithsonian  was  the  subject  of  increasing  legislative 
activity. 

The  Management  Analysis  Office  continued  to  identify 
and  promote  actions  to  strengthen  internal  controls.  The 
office  conducted  several  reviews  of  Institution  units  and 
activities,  including  those  that  might  realize  cost  savings 
and  efficiency  improvements  by  hiring  outside  contrac- 
tors to  perform  commercial-type  functions  traditionally 
carried  out  by  Smithsonian  staff.  It  also  coordinated  the 
placement  of  graduate  and  postgraduate  students  in  busi- 
ness administration,  who  worked  on  important  manage- 
ment projects  at  the  Museum  Shops,  Visitor  Information 
and  Associates'  Reception  Center,  and  the  Office  of  In- 


167 


formation  Resource  Management.  The  Management 
Analysis  Office  continued  to  publish  a  biweekly  employee 
bulletin,  which  covers  important  and  timely  administra- 
tive matters. 

As  the  principal  unit  responsible  for  organizing  Institu- 
tion-wide events  and  programs,  the  Office  of  Special 
Events  coordinated  several  hundred  activities  in  1987,  in- 
cluding a  concentrated  series  of  programs  that  celebrated 
the  openings  of  the  Sackler  Gallery,  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  African  Art,  and  the  Ripley  Center.  The  office 
received  nearly  one  thousand  requests  from  outside  or- 
ganizations seeking  to  use  Smithsonian  facilities,  granting 
only  those  that  pertained  to  events  closely  related  to  the 
Institution's  exhibition  and  education  programs. 

The  Smithsonian  Ombudsman,  a  position  created  in 
1977,  continued  to  assist  employees  with  job-related 
problems,  concerns,  and  complaints.  During  the  past 
year,  the  ombudsman  aided  about  160  employees  with 
problems  ranging  from  work-environment  concerns  to 
personnel  or  payroll  matters. 

Helping  Smithsonian  employees  and  consultants  ar- 
range the  most  efficient  and  economical  travel  plans  is 
the  responsibility  of  the  Travel  Services  Office.  The  office 
made  travel  arrangements  for  the  1987  Festival  of  Ameri- 
can Folklife,  as  well  as  for  participants  in  the  growing 
number  of  symposia,  conferences,  and  workshops  organ- 
ized by  the  Institution. 

The  Contracts  Office  handled  negotiations  for  special- 
ized contracts  related  to  trust-funded  operations  and 
helped  obtain  federal  grants  and  contracts  for  special 
programs  and  projects.  The  Office  of  Audits  and  Investi- 
gations, which  reports  to  the  under  secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian,  performs  all  internal  and  external  audits 
and  investigates  any  suspected  fraud,  waste,  abuse,  or 
white-collar  crime  by  Institution  employees  or  contrac- 
tors. Carried  out  on  a  recurring  basis,  internal  audits  ex- 
amine both  federally  funded  and  trust-funded  activities. 
External  audits  conducted  by  the  office  scrutinize  claims, 
cost  proposals,  and  cost  and  pricing  data  pertaining  to 
contracts,  grants,  and  other  financial  agreements. 

For  the  Office  of  Facilities  Services,  1987  highlights 
included  completion  of  design  and  construction  of  the 
Haupt  Garden,  the  interior  of  the  new  Quadrangle 
museum  complex,  and  numerous  exhibits.  Under  the  di- 
rection of  the  Office  of  Design  and  Construction,  con- 
struction of  the  $15  million  terrace  restaurant  at  the 
National  Air  and  Space  Museum  was  begun.  The  office 
also  awarded  the  contract  for  construction  of  the  Tupper 
Research  and  Conference  Center  at  the  Smithsonian 
Tropical  Research  Institute,  concluded  the  first  phase  of 


the  master  plan  for  a  base  camp  to  serve  the  Fred  L. 
Whipple  Observatory,  and  started  the  final  phase  of  the 
restoration  of  the  exterior  of  the  Arts  and  Industries 
Building. 

The  Office  of  Plant  Services  continued  to  refine  auto- 
mated systems  to  increase  staff  efficiency.  The  installa- 
tion of  a  local  area  computer  network  has  provided  the 
capability  to  standardize  forms,  reports,  and  maintenance 
data  for  the  various  divisions.  The  office  also  made 
strides  in  its  energy  conservation  programs,  reduced 
backlogs  in  requests  for  trades  and  crafts  services,  and 
completed  analyses  of  the  property  records  for  all  build- 
ings owned  or  leased  by  the  Smithsonian.  Office  staff 
members  completed  building  inspections  of  six  museums, 
allowing  management  to  set  maintenance  and  repair  pri- 
orities. The  automated  facilities-monitoring  program  pio- 
neered by  the  office  continued  to  attract  widespread 
attention,  and  it  was  the  impetus  for  visits  by  numerous 
directors  and  conservators  from  museums  around  the 
United  States. 

In  1987,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Proprietary  Secu- 
rity System  was  fully  established,  completing  a  long-term 
effort  by  the  Office  of  Protection  Services.  With  the  new 
system,  the  Institution  owns  all  of  the  security  devices  in 
its  facilities,  improving  control  over  information  about 
alarm  signals.  As  part  of  its  efforts  to  safeguard  the  Insti- 
tution's personnel,  collections,  and  buildings,  the  Office 
of  Protection  Services  assumed  responsibility  for  all  park- 
ing programs  and  developed  plans  for  installing  access 
controls  at  major  facilities,  which  will  save  manpower 
and  improve  security.  In  other  activities,  the  office  spon- 
sored successful  employee-health  programs  on  smoking 
cessation  and  on  Acquired  Immune  Deficiency  Syndrome. 
It  also  hosted  and  coordinated  the  1987  International 
Conference  on  Museum  Security.  The  250  participants 
represented  175  U.S.  museums  and  35  foreign  museums. 
The  conference  featured  fifty  speakers,  who  addressed 
topics  ranging  from  art  theft  to  construction  security.  A 
week-long  postconference  tour  visited  museums  between 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  New  York  City. 

Reorganized  in  January  1987,  the  Office  of  Environ- 
mental Management  and  Safety  (formerly  the  Office  of 
Safety  Programs)  contains  three  major  divisions:  fire  pro- 
tection, occupational  and  visitor  safety,  and  environmen- 
tal management.  During  the  past  year,  the  office  placed 
emphasis  on  measures  to  ensure  compliance  with  the 
growing  number  of  regulations  regarding  air  and  water 
quality,  hazardous  waste  management,  and  industrial  hy- 
giene. It  expanded  its  safety  training  program  for  Smith- 
sonian employees,  while  continuing  work  on  asbestos 


168 


Smithsonian  Institution 
Women's  Council 


abatement;  improvement  of  the  Institution's  fire-protec- 
tion, detection,  and  supression  systems;  and  elimination 
of  safety  hazards  in  the  physical  plant.  Also  in  1987,  the 
Office  of  Environmental  Management  and  Safety  began 
planning  a  major  outreach  program  to  share  its  expertise 
in  museum  safety. 

The  Office  of  Architectural  History  and  Historic  Pres- 
ervation completed  its  catalogue  of  the  architectural 
drawings  of  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Gar- 
den. It  also  finished  its  investigation  of  the  architectural 
history  of  the  National  Zoological  Park,  which  dates 
back  to  1930.  The  office  oversaw  refurbishment  of  the 
Meeting  and  Regents  rooms  in  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Building,  and  it  conducted  "Perspectives  on  Preserva- 
tion" seminars  to  acquaint  Smithsonian  staff  with 
preservation  practices.  A  major  accomplishment  of  the 
office  in  1987  was  the  restoration  of  the  South  Tower 
Room  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Building.  Originally 
conceived  as  a  "children's  museum"  by  former  Smithson- 
ian Secretary  Samuel  P.  Langley  in  1901,  the  room  was 
designed  by  Grace  Lincoln  Temple,  Washington's  first 
woman  interior  designer. 


Established  in  1972,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Women's 
Council  identifies  and  studies  the  concerns  of  employees, 
advises  management  on  women's  issues,  and  strives  to 
improve  working  conditions.  Chaired  by  Carolyn  Jones 
and  composed  of  twenty  members  elected  by  Smithsonian 
staff,  the  council  is  particularly  concerned  with  ensuring 
the  equal  treatment  of  women  at  the  Institution.  It  holds 
open  meetings  on  the  second  Wednesday  of  each  month 
in  the  Regents  Room  of  the  Castle. 

Four  standing  committees — Benefits  and  Child  Care, 
Newsletter,  Outreach,  and  Programs — carry  out  most  of 
the  council's  tasks.  Ad  hoc  committees  are  created  as 
needed  to  further  council  goals.  In  1987,  the  council  con- 
tinued its  efforts  toward  establishment  of  child  care  cen- 
ters at  the  Smithsonian  for  the  children  of  Institution 
employees.  The  council  cooperates  with  the  newly 
formed  Child  Care  Advisory  Board,  and  two  members 
serve  on  the  board.  The  council  also  continued  to  de- 
velop the  Women  in  Museums  Network.  In  addition,  the 
council  redesigned  its  newsletter,  "Four  Star,"  and  revised 
its  constitution  and  bylaws. 


169 


Smithsonian  Internship 
Council 


Six  years  old  in  1987,  the  Smithsonian  Internship  Council 
provides  a  forum  for  Institution  staff  working  with  in- 
terns, who  number  about  five  hundred  annually.  Made 
up  of  at  least  one  member  from  each  bureau  and  office, 
the  council  works  to  set  common  standards  for  internship 
programs  and  to  improve  coordination  of  these  programs 
throughout  the  Institution. 

The  council  has  produced  several  publications,  which 
are  periodically  updated,  to  assist  staff  members,  interns, 
and  fellows.  Internships  and  Fellowships  lists  the  major- 
ity of  internship  and  fellowship  opportunities  at  the 
Smithsonian.  The  Handbook  for  Smithsonian  Interns  de- 
scribes procedures  to  be  followed  by  interns,  contains  in- 
formation about  Smithsonian  facilities,  and  lists  services 
and  activities  available  to  interns.  Housing  Information 
for  Interns  and  Fellows  lists  short-term  housing  available 
in  the  Washington,  D.C.,  metropolitan  area. 

The  council's  staff  assistant  registers  all  interns  and 
provides  identification  credentials  and  orientation.  The 
assistant  also  regularly  prepares  reports  about  interns  and 
their  respective  programs.  These  services  are  performed 
for  both  the  Institution  and  the  Woodrow  Wilson  Inter- 
national Center  for  Scholars. 

At  the  beginning  of  the  year,  Ralph  Rinzler,  assistant 
secretary  for  public  service,  became  the  council's  spokes- 
person to  the  Smithsonian's  Management  Committee. 
Also  in  1987,  the  council  revised  its  originating  charter, 
Office  Memorandum  820,  to  reflect  current  internship- 
program  policies  and  procedures  at  the  Institution.  The 
council's  Staff  Orientation  Committee  made  presentations 
to  the  Joseph  Henry  Papers  project,  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Archives,  and  Office  of  Architectural  History  and 
Historic  Preservation. 

The  council  formed  the  Intern  Information  Review 
Committee  to  review  and  develop  standardized  materials 
describing  internship  opportunities  at  the  Smithsonian. 
An  Outreach  Committee  also  was  formed.  The  commit- 
tee is  developing  a  central  mailing  list  of  universities,  ca- 
reer centers,  community  centers,  and  related 
organizations,  and  it  is  exploring  ways  to  attract  mem- 
bers of  groups  that  are  underrepresented  in  Smithsonian 
internship  programs. 


Members  of  the  council  developed  the  agenda  and 
served  as  instructors  for  the  Office  of  Museum  Programs 
workshop  "Developing  and  Managing  Effective  Intern- 
ship Programs,"  which  was  held  in  April.  In  July,  interns 
from  various  Smithsonian  offices  were  invited  to  discuss 
their  experiences  and  impressions  with  the  council.  The 
interns'  concern  about  inadequate  financial  support  un- 
derscored the  importance  of  the  council's  continuing  ef- 
forts to  establish  a  central  stipend  to  help  support 
interns. 


170 


DIRECTORATE  OF 

INTERNATIONAL 

ACTIVITIES 

John  E.  Reinhardt,  Director 


t7i 


Directorate  of  International 
Activities 


An  array  of  programs  monitor,  coordinate,  and  seek  to 
enhance  the  Smithsonian's  many  and  varied  international 
endeavors.  While  aimed  at  furthering  cultural  and  scien- 
tific exchanges  between  the  United  States  and  other 
nations,  International  Activities'1  programs  are  not  con- 
fined to  endeavors  undertaken  in  other  countries.  A 
major  emphasis  is  to  broaden  the  American  public's 
understanding  of  the  histories,  cultures,  and  natural  envi- 
ronments of  regions  throughout  the  world.  These  efforts 
were  greatly  strengthened  in  1987  with  the  opening  of  the 
International  Center  in  the  S.  Dillon  Ripley  Center  of  the 
Smithsonian's  new  museum  complex.  The  International 
Center's  new  home  contains  the  5,200-square-foot  Inter- 
national Gallery  and  conference  rooms. 

The  center's  debut  and  notable  accomplishments  of  the 
Institution's  international  activities  are  described  below. 


International  Center  Programs 

The  new  International  Center  occupies  an  important 
niche  in  the  Institution,  bringing  to  the  public  the  fruits 
of  Smithsonian  research  and  expertise  in  explicating  the 
world's  cultural  and  natural  diversity.  A  tandem  goal  of 
the  center's  programs,  planned  by  center  staff  in  coordi- 
nation with  other  Smithsonian  bureaus,  is  to  foster  two- 
way  relationships  with  scholars  and  museum  profession- 
als in  other  nations.  Staff  pursue  these  goals  through  ex- 
hibitions, performances,  film  showings,  lectures, 
conferences,  seminars,  and  workshops. 

"Generations,"  the  inaugural  exhibition  in  the  Interna- 
tional Gallery,  exemplifies  the  aims  of  the  new  center's 
programs.  Developed  with  the  insights  and  expertise  of 
many  Smithsonian  scholars  and  featuring  specimens  from 
numerous  Institution  collections,  the  provocative  exhibi- 
tion explains  how  various  societies  welcome  and  nurture 
their  newborns.  An  ideal  vehicle  for  demonstrating  the 
diversity  of  cultures  worldwide,  the  exhibition  explores 
the  arts,  rituals,  and  folklore  of  birth  and  infancy  from 
ancient  times  to  the  present. 

Beginning  in  1987,  a  series  of  public  forums,  "Face  to 
Face  with  the  Next  Generation,"  builds  on  the  themes  of 
the  exhibition.  Featuring  international  experts,  these  fo- 
rums examine  the  future  of  the  world's  children,  address- 
ing such  issues  as  health  concerns  and  the  role  of  families 
in  the  education  and  development  of  the  young.  Film 


'After  Dr.  Reinhardt's  retirement  on  July  31,  1987,  the  Directorate 
became  the  Office  of  International  Activities  reporting  to  the  Assistant 
Secretary  for  Research. 


programs  and  participatory  activities  for  families  were 
also  planned. 

Another  major  exhibition,  "Tropical  Rain  Forests:  A 
Disappearing  Treasure,"  will  open  in  the  International 
Gallery  in  May  1988.  The  exhibition  will  focus  attention 
on  the  Earth's  most  biologically  diverse  habitat,  now  be- 
seiged  by  forces  of  destruction.  Organized  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service,  "Rain 
Forests"  will  be  cross-disciplinary,  drawing  upon  and  il- 
lustrating the  research  programs  of  several  Smithsonian 
bureaus  and  outside  organizations.  Like  "Generations," 
this  exhibition  will  be  complemented  by  an  array  of  edu- 
cational programs  while  at  the  International  Gallery  and 
at  the  twelve  other  sites  on  its  scheduled  tour.  Funding 
from  the  MacArthur  Foundation  will  support  exhibition 
development,  as  well  as  educational  programs  at  the 
Smithsonian  and  tour  sites. 

Fittingly,  "Rain  Forests"  will  open  during  an  unprece- 
dented research  effort  that  promises  to  increase  under- 
standing of  the  critically  important  ecosystem.  In  1986, 
the  International  Center,  the  National  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History,  and  the  Man  and  the  Biosphere  Program  of 
the  United  Nations  Educational,  Scientific,  and  Cultural 
Organization  launched  an  ambitious  program  to  inven- 
tory the  flora  and  fauna  of  Amazonia.  In  September 
1987,  fifteen  Smithsonian  and  eighteen  Latin  American 
scientists  began  work  in  the  Beni  Biosphere  Reserve,  a 
135,000-hectare  expanse  of  subtropical  forest  near  La 
Paz,  Bolivia.  This  project  and  the  others  to  follow  will 
provide  the  methodology  for  inventorying  and  studying 
the  millions  of  plant  and  animal  species,  many  of  them 
unknown,  that  are  threatened  with  extinction  because  of 
development  pressures.  An  important  component  of  the 
program  is  training  of  biologists,  other  scientists,  and 
students  from  other  countries.  The  first  workshops  were 
held  in  Bolivia  and  Peru  during  the  fall  of  1987. 


International  Exchanges  and  the  Smithsonian 
Foreign  Currency  Program 

In  the  second  year  of  the  Smithsonian's  new  International 
Exchange  Program,  nine  projects — workshops,  training 
courses,  and  other  short-term  activities — were  initiated, 
involving  a  total  of  five  Smithsonian  bureaus  and  scho- 
lars from  eleven  countries.  Moreover,  the  Suzanne  Lie- 
bers  Erickson  memorial  fund  supported  a  second  year  of 
exchange  visits  between  Smithsonian  staff  members  and 
Danish  scholars,  museum  professionals,  and  students. 
Awards  from  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Pro- 


172 


gram  in  1987  supported  research  in  Burma,  Pakistan,  Yu- 
goslavia, and  India.  In  some  countries,  the  United  States 
held  blocked  currencies  derived  from  past  sales  of  agri- 
cultural commodities  under  Public  Law  480;  in  others, 
post-Public  Law  480  programs  made  local  currencies 
available.  Since  1965,  the  Smithsonian  has  administered 
the  disposition  of  blocked  currencies  to  support  studies 
by  researchers  from  the  Smithsonian  and  other  U.S.  insti- 
tutions. Research  supported  last  year  included  studies  of 
Indian  drumming  theory,  archaeological  and  paleontolog- 
ical  exploration  in  India  and  Pakistan,  and  anthropologi- 
cal investigations  of  Yugoslavia's  island  populations. 


Office  of  Service  and  Protocol 

The  role  of  the  Office  of  Service  and  Protocol  (OSP)  is  to 
attend  to  the  formal  and  logistical  details  involved  in  in- 
ternational exchanges  between  the  Smithsonian  and  for- 
eign governments  and  institutions.  For  example,  the 
office  assisted  in  the  preparation  of  formal  protocols  of 
cooperation  between  the  Institution  and  governmental 
agencies  of  the  Soviet  Union  and  Iraq — both  signed  dur- 
ing the  past  year. 

The  OSP  also  provides  a  variety  of  services  to  Smith- 
sonian bureaus.  In  1987,  it  arranged  visits  to  the  Smith- 
sonian for  149  foreign  officials  and  scholars  and  provided 
documentation  and  guidance  to  150  foreign  exchange 
visitors.  The  office  also  obtained  ninety-six  passports  and 
1,117  foreign  visas  for  Smithsonian  staff  members  and 
grant  recipients.  As  part  of  its  responsibilities,  the  OSP 
carried  out  a  variety  of  immigration-related  services  to 
the  Institution,  including  implementation  of  personnel 
procedures  mandated  by  the  Immigration  and  Reform 
and  Control  Act  of  1986.  In  addition,  the  office  devel- 
oped procedures  for  emergency  evacuation  of  personnel 
from  field  research  sites. 

The  second  edition  of  the  OSP's  Profile  of  the  Interna- 
tional Activities  of  the  Smithsonian  was  prepared  in  1987. 
Twice  as  large  as  the  first  edition,  the  new  volume  de- 
scribes the  Institution's  foreign  research  and  exchange  ac- 
tivities during  1985  and  1986. 

The  office  served  as  the  Institution's  liaison  in  planning 
for  several  major  international  projects.  It  began  prepara- 
tions for  the  Smithsonian's  possible  participation  in  the 
1990  U.S.  Festival  of  Indonesia,  and  it  participated  in 
government-level  discussions  concerning  the  Bicentennial 
of  the  1787  U.S. -Morocco  Treaty  of  Peace  and  Friend- 
ship. The  OSP  also  continued  to  coordinate  Smithsonian 
activities  related  to  the  1988  Australian  Bicentennial,  as 


well  as  those  stemming  from  Secretary  Adams's  initiatives 
for  exchange  programs  with  Japan  and  the  Soviet  LInion. 

Exchanges  and  cooperative  programs  with  the  Soviet 
Union  increased  during  the  past  year,  and  the  number  is 
likely  to  grow.  In  November  1986,  the  exhibition  "Rus- 
sia, The  Land,  The  People:  Russian  Painting,  1850-1910" 
opened  at  the  Renwick  Gallery.  During  an  April  1987  trip 
to  Moscow,  Secretary  Adams  signed  a  protocol  of  negoti- 
ation with  the  Soviet  Ministry  of  Culture.  The  OSP  as- 
sisted in  concluding  arrangements  for  the  upcoming 
exhibition  "Crossroads  of  Continents,"  which  will  feature 
cultural  objects  from  the  Soviet  Union,  Canada,  and  the 
United  States.  The  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture 
Garden  and  other  Smithsonian  bureaus  are  exploring  op- 
portunities for  cooperative  exhibitions  with  the  Soviet 
Union. 

In  addition  to  the  Soviet  Union,  Secretary  Adams  vis- 
ited Israel,  Japan,  and  Mexico  as  part  of  an  effort  to 
develop  long-term  exchange  programs  with  those 
nations.  Japanese  officials  followed  up  with  a  visit  to  the 
Smithsonian  in  September  1987. 

Also  during  the  past  year,  the  OSP  collaborated  with 
the  Office  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies  in  planning  an  in- 
ternational colloquium  on  "Science,  Ethics,  and  Food," 
which  took  place  at  the  Smithsonian  in  October  1987. 


Office  of  Publications  Exchange 

Since  it  was  established  by  Joseph  Henry,  the  first  Secre- 
tary of  the  Smithsonian,  the  Office  of  Publications  Ex- 
change (OPE)  has  been  an  important  link  between 
scholarly  communities  in  the  United  States  and  those  in 
other  countries.  The  office  sends  books,  journal  articles, 
and  other  scholarly  materials  published  in  the  United 
States  to  interested  foreign  agencies  and  organizations, 
which,  in  turn,  send  their  materials  to  OPE  for  distribu- 
tion here.  In  1987,  OPE  handled  104,720  packages  from 
149  domestic  institutions  for  transmission  abroad  and 
25,200  packages  from  220  foreign  institutions  for  distri- 
bution in  the  United  States. 


Columbus  Quincentenary  Planning 

Observance  of  the  five-hundredth  anniversary  of  Colum- 
bus's first  voyage  to  the  New  World  in  1492  will  span  the 
entire  Institution  and  will  include  contributions  from 
countries  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  Rather 
than  celebrating  the  anniversary  of  the  "discovery,"  the 


173 


Institution's  commemoration  will  highlight  five  centuries 
of  experience  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  from  the  per- 
spective of  continuing  encounters  between  peoples. 
Through  a  broad  array  of  exhibitions  and  programs  for 
the  general  public  and  scholars,  a  much  more  complex 
picture  of  the  relationships  that  evolved  between  indige- 
nous peoples  of  the  Americas  and  European  groups  will 
be  provided. 

Although  the  anniversary  is  five  years  away,  planning 
for  the  observance  progressed  significantly  in  1987. 
Bureaus,  which  are  developing  their  own  programs 
within  broad  outlines  established  by  the  Institution  and 
the  Quincentenary  Program,  have  already  announced  the 
themes  of  their  exhibitions  and  related  programs,  a  few 
of  which  are  briefly  described  below. 

Through  a  permanent  exhibition,  temporary  exhibits, 
and  related  programs,  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History  will  explore  the  social  and  economic  relation- 
ships between  European  and  indigenous  populations  dur- 
ing the  seventeenth  century  and  the  early  part  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  The  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  has  begun  work  on  a  major  temporary  exhibi- 
tion, "Seeds  of  Change,"  that  will  examine  exchanges  of 
plants,  animals,  and  even  diseases  between  countries  and 
hemispheres.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Ex- 
hibition Service  is  developing  a  traveling  exhibition  on 
the  iconography  of  Christopher  Columbus,  and  the  Na- 
tional Air  and  Space  Museum  is  planning  a  world  atlas 
composed  of  photographs  taken  by  satellites.  The  Coop- 
er-Hewitt Museum  plans  to  illustrate  the  influence  of  Na- 
tive American  design  on  European  and  American 
decorative  arts  through  an  exhibition  of  ceramics,  tex- 
tiles, metalwork,  and  architectural  designs. 

Programs  planned  for  the  International  Center  will 
concentrate  on  the  cultures  of  past  and  present  peoples  of 
Latin  America.  Beginning  in  1987  and  continuing  through 
1993,  tne  International  Center  will  organize  scholarly 
seminars  and  conferences,  as  well  as  symposia,  lectures, 
exhibitions,  and  performances  for  the  general  public. 
During  the  past  year,  planning  began  for  the  first  in  a 
series  of  Quincentenary  conferences  intended  to  foster 
understanding  of  Latin  American  cultures,  which  will 
guide  development  of  public  programs  for  the  anniver- 
sary observance.  The  initial  conference,  on  "Music  of  the 
Americas,"  will  examine  themes  of  exploration  and  en- 
counter expressed  in  music  as  it  evolved  after  1492. 

In  September  1987,  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  and  the  International  Center  sponsored  "Ameri- 
cans before  Columbus:  Ice  Age  Origins,"  a  public  sympo- 
sium focusing  on  the  first  human  migrations  to  the  New 


World.  With  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs,  the  center  also 
sponsored  a  press  briefing  to  acquaint  Hispanic  journal- 
ists with  the  Smithsonian's  Quincentenary  plans.  In  addi- 
tion, an  International  Center  reception  honored  visiting 
members  of  the  Spanish  and  Italian  Quincentenary  com- 
mission and  of  the  United  States  Christopher  Columbus 
Quincentenary  Jubilee  Commission. 


Other  Events 

Several  interdisciplinary  conferences  addressing  issues  of 
international  concern  were  held  in  1987.  One  Smithson- 
ian-sponsored conference  examined  "commons"  of  South 
Asia.  Representatives  of  the  Smithsonian,  Social  Science 
Research  Council,  and  American  Council  of  Learned  So- 
cieties discussed  a  long-term  program  for  studying  the 
human  and  ecological  dynamics  of  South  Asia's  commu- 
nally owned  tracts.  Participants  decided  to  begin  with  a 
case  study  of  the  Sundarbans  of  Bangladesh,  a  well-stud- 
ied area.  A  follow-up  workshop,  to  be  held  in  November 
1987,  will  review  the  current  knowledge  of  the  Sundar- 
bans and  assess  the  potential  for  a  cooperative  field 
project. 

Planning  of  an  international  conference  on  studies  of 
the  material  cultures  of  Africa  progressed.  Funding  from 
the  Rockefeller  Foundation  was  secured.  Scholars  from 
sub-Saharan  Africa,  North  America,  and  Europe  will 
meet  in  Bellagio,  Italy,  in  May  1988  to  explore  the  study 
of  material  products  in  relation  to  the  societies,  politics, 
and  cultures  in  Africa. 

Final  details  were  completed  for  a  series  of  small  exhi- 
bitions to  be  held  in  the  International  Center's  conference 
rooms.  The  first,  a  photographic  show  sponsored  with 
the  Council  of  American  Overseas  Research  Centers,  will 
be  "Sojourners  and  Settlers:  Yemeni  Workers  at  Home 
and  Abroad,"  opening  in  October  1987. 


174 


MEMBERSHIP  AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

James  McK.  Symington,  Director 


175 


Office  of  Membership  and 
Development 


The  Office  of  Membership  and  Development  is  responsi- 
ble for  fund-raising  activities  that  support  Institution- 
wide  projects,  and  it  assists  bureaus  as  they  mount  pro- 
grams to  achieve  their  individual  development  goals. 
While  some  bureaus  use  the  full  range  of  the  office's  serv- 
ices, others  are  evaluating  their  private  funding  needs  and 
have  begun  recruitment  of  their  own  development  offi- 
cers, continuing  a  pattern  of  decentralization  begun  sev- 
eral years  ago.  The  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History,  for  example,  conducted  a  comprehensive  man- 
agement review  and  has  organized  several  task  forces  to 
implement  the  study's  recommendations,  including  sev- 
eral related  to  fund  raising;  and  the  National  Zoological 
Park  selected  a  development  officer,  the  first  hired  by  a 
Smithsonian  bureau. 

In  1987,  as  a  new  initiative,  all  bureaus  and  offices 
prepared  annual  development  plans,  detailing  their  pri- 
vate funding  needs  and  goals.  For  the  Smithsonian's 
Management  Committee,  these  plans  will  permit  more 
systematic  evaluation  of  the  entire  Institution's  funding 
needs  from  both  federal  and  private  sources.  This  infor- 
mation also  will  assist  the  Development  Committee, 
which  was  formed  in  1986,  in  setting  fund-raising  priori- 
ties, and  it  will  help  the  Office  of  Membership  and  De- 
velopment coordinate  activities  across  the  Institution. 

Accomplishments  of  selected  development  efforts  in 
1987  are  detailed  below. 


Highlights 

The  year  ended  with  a  grand  series  of  events  marking  the 
opening  of  the  new  museum  complex.  The  celebratory 
activities  highlighted  a  major  milestone  in  the  Institution's 
development  and  provided  another  opportunity  to  thank 
the  more  than  thirty-eight  thousand  individual,  founda- 
tion, and  corporation  donors  whose  contributions  made 
the  complex  a  reality.  The  National  Museum  of  African 
Art,  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  S.  Dillon  Ripley  Center, 
and  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden  greatly  enhance  the  Institu- 
tion's service  to  the  public  and  are  impressive  reminders 
of  the  importance  of  private  donors  to  furthering  the 
Smithsonian's  goals. 

The  past  year  also  marked  the  successful  completion 
of  the  campaign  to  fund  construction  of  the  new  Visitor 
Information  Center.  The  Pew  Memorial  Trust  awarded  a 
grant  of  $1  million  and  the  Kresge  Foundation  issued  a 
challenge  grant  of  $500,000.  Contributing  Members  and 
the  National  Associate  Board — together  with  the  Morris 


and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation  and  the  James  Smith- 
son  Society — responded  generously  with  gifts  and  pledges 
exceeding  $1.6  million.  Construction  of  the  center  will 
begin  in  fall  1987. 

With  major  grants  from  the  John  D.  and  Catherine  T. 
MacArthur  Foundation,  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
Traveling  Exhibition  Service  will  mount  an  exhibition 
that  focuses  on  the  alarming  demise  of  tropical  rain  for- 
ests. Scheduled  to  open  in  May  1988,  the  exhibition  will 
be  the  second  to  open  in  the  International  Gallery  of  the 
new  Ripley  Center  and,  afterward,  will  tour  the  country. 
Aid  from  the  foundation  also  is  supporting  development 
of  local  educational  programs. 

Ongoing  efforts  to  obtain  private  funding  for  two  ma- 
jor exhibitions  on  information  technology — "The  Infor- 
mation Revolution"  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  History  and  "Computers  and  Flight"  at  the  Na- 
tional Air  and  Space  Museum — reaped  major  contribu- 
tions. Principal  new  donors  included  EDS,  the  Digital 
Equipment  Corporation,  Unisys,  Intelsat,  the  Xerox  Cor- 
poration, and  Molex. 

Programs  and  exhibitions  in  the  arts  also  were  the  ben- 
eficiaries of  private  gifts  and  donations.  The  Cigna  Cor- 
poration is  supporting  "American  Colonial  Portraits: 
1700-1776,"  a  major  exhibition  scheduled  to  open  in  Oc- 
tober 1987  at  the  National  Portrait  Gallery.  Credit  Suisse 
and  the  Xerox  Corporation  will  help  fund  a  major  exhi- 
bition on  Swiss  sculptor  and  painter  Alberto  Giacometti 
at  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  A  ma- 
jor grant  from  the  Andrew  Mellon  Foundation  will  fur- 
ther efforts  by  the  Archives  of  American  Art  to  produce  a 
retrospective  catalogue  of  its  collection.  Contributions 
from  the  Armand  Hammer  Foundation  have  fostered  a 
program  for  the  exchange  of  art  exhibitions  between  the 
United  States  and  the  Soviet  Union.  The  initial  phases  of 
the  National  Museum  of  American  Art's  project  to  inven- 
tory all  American  sculpture  are  being  supported  by  the 
Henry  Luce  Foundation.  In  addition  to  underwriting  pro- 
duction of  an  orientation  film  for  the  new  Visitor  Infor- 
mation Center,  the  Cafritz  Foundation  continued  its 
long-time  support  for  the  Institution  by  contributing  to 
the  purchase  of  a  1785  portrait  of  Benjamin  Franklin  for 
the  National  Portrait  Gallery. 

The  Clark-Winchcole  Foundation,  another  long-time 
benefactor,  awarded  a  grant  to  aid  development  of  the 
planned  Smithsonian  Child  Care  Center.  The  Martin- 
Marietta  Corporation  completed  its  three-year  pledge  of 
support  for  the  Space  History  Chair  at  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum.  "A  Material  World,"  a  major  exhibi- 
tion scheduled  to  open  at  the  National  Museum  of  Amer- 


176 


James  Smithson  Society 


ican  History  in  April  1988,  will  benefit  from  a  major 
grant  from  the  DuPont  Corporation. 

Among  the  new  corporate  donors  in  1987  was  All  Nip- 
pon Airways,  which  supported  the  exhibition  of  Gary 
Larson  cartoons  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural 
History  and  underwrote  part  of  the  new  "Invertebrate 
Exhibit"  at  the  National  Zoological  Park.  The  Smithson- 
ian's symposia  commemorating  the  Bicentennial  of  the 
Constitution  are  made  possible  by  grants  from  a  number 
of  corporations  and  foundations.  Organized  by  the  Office 
of  Interdisciplinary  Studies,  one  symposium  was  held  in 
May  1987;  another  is  scheduled  for  March  1988. 

Largely  because  of  the  retirement  of  Cooper-Hewitt 
Museum  Director  Lisa  Taylor,  the  capital  campaign  to 
fund  expansion  of  the  New  York  City  museum  was  sus- 
pended temporarily,  resuming  when  a  new  director  is  ap- 
pointed. Meanwhile,  work  progressed  on  a  fund-raising 
campaign  to  support  acquisitions  by  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  African  Art. 


Staff  Changes 

In  1987,  the  office  increased  its  research  and  recordkeep- 
ing staff  by  two,  an  expansion  that  will  broaden  support 
for  development  activities  undertaken  by  Smithsonian 
bureaus.  The  staffs  efforts  will  benefit  from  a  new  com- 
puterized recordkeeping  system  that  the  office  is 
implementing. 

Ilene  Rubin  resigned  from  her  position  as  development 
officer  assigned  to  the  Archives  of  American  Art.  Devel- 
opment officer  Salvatore  Cilella,  Jr.,  resigned  to  become 
director  of  the  Columbia  Museum  in  South  Carolina. 


Founded  in  1977  as  the  highest  level  of  the  Contributing 
Membership  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates,  the  James 
Smithson  Society  has  given  more  than  $2  million  to  sup- 
port Institution  projects.  In  1987,  the  contributions  of 
Annual  Members  allowed  the  society  to  make  awards  to- 
taling $265,217,  which  advanced  the  efforts  of  bureaus 
and  offices  throughout  the  Smithsonian.  Projects  benefit- 
ing from  these  awards  are  listed  at  the  end  of  this  section. 


Annual  Meeting 

The  Smithson  Society's  annual  meeting  was  held  on  Sep- 
tember 26  in  conjunction  with  the  fall  meeting  of  the 
National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates.  Society 
and  board  members  were  given  special  tours  of  the  Ar- 
thur M.  Sackler  Gallery,  National  Museum  of  African 
Art,  and  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden,  followed  by  a  luncheon 
held  in  their  honor  at  the  official  residence  of  Japanese 
Ambassador  H.  E.  Nobuo  Matsunaga. 

At  a  formal  dinner  at  the  National  Air  and  Space  Mu- 
seum, the  Smithson  Society  Founder  Medalists  were  an- 
nounced. Herbert  R.  Axelrod,  scientist  and  publisher  of 
pet  and  music  books,  was  recognized  for  his  major  con- 
tributions to  the  National  Museums  of  American  History 
and  Natural  History,  which  included  creation  of  the 
Leonard  P.  Schultz  Fund  in  support  of  ichthyology, 
republication  of  the  rare  nineteenth-century  Atlas  Ich- 
thyologique ,  and  the  long-term  loan  of  the  Axelrod 
Stradivarius  quartet  for  special  performances.  Founder 
Medals  also  were  awarded  to  Phillip  and  Patricia  Frost, 
of  Miami  Beach,  Florida,  for  the  gift  of  their  extraordi- 
nary collection  of  American  abstract  art  to  the  National 
Museum  of  American  Art.  Medalist  Herbert  Waide  Hem- 
phill, Jr.,  a  founder  of  the  Museum  of  American  Folk  Art 
in  New  York  City,  was  honored  for  the  gift  of  his  out- 
standing collection  of  American  folk  art  to  the  Museum 
of  American  Art. 


Awards 

In  1987,  the  Smithson  Society  awarded  grants  to  support 
the  following  projects. 

National  Museum  of  African  Art:  Acquisition  of  an  ak- 
ua'ba  figure  by  the  Asante  people  of  Ghana. 
Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden:  Purchase  of 
projectors  and  screen. 

National  Portrait  Gallery:  Purchase  of  a  portrait  by  Gil- 
bert Stuart. 


177 


National  Board  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 


Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience:  Paid  and 
public  service  advertising  aimed  at  groups  underrepre- 
sented  at  Smithsonian  programs. 

Smithsonian  Institution  Press:  Production  of  A  New  View 
of  the  Castle  by  Edwards  Park. 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum:  Purchase  of  a  prefabri- 
cated structure  for  storage  of  Movietone  footage  and 
transfer  of  aerospace  films  to  videotape. 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory:  Production  of  an 
introductory  videotape  on  the  Whipple  Observatory  and 
conversion  of  a  three-dimensional  map  of  the  galaxies 
from  videotape  into  graphics. 

National  Museum  of  Natural  History:  Development  of  a 
computerized  inventory  of  the  Department  of  Anthropol- 
ogy's North  American  ethnology  collections;  continued 
operation  and  staffing  of  the  "Paleo  Prep  Lab";  produc- 
tion of  a  mural-size  oil  painting  for  the  exhibition  on 
micro-ecosystems;  and  production  of  an  introductory 
film  for  the  exhibition  "Crossroads  of  Continents," 
scheduled  to  open  in  September  1988. 
National  Zoological  Park:  Study  of  the  "Smokey  the 
Bear"  exhibit  to  identify  ways  to  improve  the  welfare  and 
exhibitry  of  bears  in  zoos. 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute:  Reopening  of  a 
road  to  Soberania  National  Park,  providing  needed  ac- 
cess for  researchers. 


Offering  points  of  contact  with  the  Institution's  broad 
constituency,  the  National  Board  of  the  Smithsonian  As- 
sociates promotes  the  Institution's  research  and  educa- 
tional activities  and  its  acquisition  programs.  The 
National  Board  meets  semiannually  for  an  update  on 
Smithsonian  activities  and  on  issues  confronting  the 
Institution. 

At  its  spring  meeting,  held  in  Tucson,  Arizona,  the 
board  toured  the  Smithsonian's  Whipple  Observatory  on 
Mount  Hopkins.  Staff  members  gave  a  thorough  briefing 
on  the  observatory's  programs  and  demonstrated  its  mul- 
timirror  telescope.  Earlier,  members  toured  Biosphere  II, 
a  project  directed  by  Ed  Bass,  son  of  board  member 
Perry  Bass.  Business  matters  included  a  discussion  with 
Smithsonian  Secretary  Adams  to  learn  more  about  cur- 
rent issues  and  election  of  new  members.  Elected  to  the 
board  were  Mrs.  Cummins  Catherwood,  Bryn  Mawr, 
Pennsylvania;  the  Honorable  Ulric  St.  Clair  Haynes,  Jr., 
New  York  City;  Mr.  John  W.  Morrison,  Minneapolis, 
Minnesota;  Mrs.  John  D.  Rockefeller,  IV,  Washington, 
D.C.;  and  Mr.  T.  Evans  Wyckoff,  Seattle,  Washington. 
Following  the  meeting,  several  members  joined  Secretary 
Adams  on  a  study  tour  of  the  Southwest.  In  Phoenix, 
Arizona,  the  first  tour  stop,  the  group  was  hosted  at  a 
dinner  at  the  Heard  Museum  by  board  members  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  Jack  S.  Parker,  Mrs.  Gay  F.  Wray,  and  the  Honor- 
able and  Mrs.  John  R.  Norton  III. 

The  National  Board's  autumn  meeting,  traditionally 
held  in  Washington,  D.C.,  featured  a  preview  tour  of  the 
National  Museum  of  African  Art  and  the  Arthur  M. 
Sackler  Gallery  on  September  26.  Japanese  Ambassador 
H.  E.  Nobuo  Matsunaga  hosted  a  post-tour  luncheon  for 
members  of  the  board  and  James  Smithson  Society.  At 
the  annual  National  Board-Smithson  Society  dinner,  held 
in  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  board  members 
viewed  a  display  describing  projects  recently  funded  by 
the  society. 

The  following  day's  activities  included  discussions  with 
Secretary  Adams  at  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  provid- 
ing an  opportunity  for  members  to  become  better  ac- 
quainted with  the  Smithsonian.  Finally,  the  members 
attended  the  Regents  black-tie  reception  celebrating  the 
official  opening  of  the  new  museum  complex. 


178 


Smithsonian  National 
Associate  Program 


Serving  more  than  two  million  members,  the  Smithsonian 
National  Associate  Program,  begun  in  1970,  offers  inno- 
vative educational  opportunities  throughout  the  nation, 
expanding  the  boundaries  of  the  Institution  to  encompass 
all  fifty  states.  The  program's  far-flung  membership  is 
kept  abreast  of  the  Institution's  activities  through  Smith- 
sonian magazine.  This  continuing  awareness  and  oppor- 
tunities for  personal  involvement  with  the  Institution 
through  the  diverse  range  of  activities  organized  by  the 
program  in  cooperation  with  other  bureaus  have  fostered 
a  strong  national  constituency  for  the  Smithsonian's 
work. 

A  sampling  of  the  activities  and  accomplishments  of 
the  program's  three  units  is  presented  below. 


Contributing  Membership 

The  Contributing  Membership  provides  unrestricted 
funds  to  support  Smithsonian  research,  education,  and 
outreach  programs.  This  financial  support  is  a  combina- 
tion of  annual  membership  dues  and  corporate  matching 
funds.  In  addition,  Contributing  Members  have  re- 
sponded generously  to  special  fund-raising  appeals  to 
support  specific  projects.  Participation  is  through  six  lev- 
els of  annual  membership:  Supporting  ($60;  available 
only  to  members  who  live  outside  the  Washington,  D.C., 
metropolitan  area);  Donor  ($125);  Sponsoring  ($300); 
Sustaining  ($600);  Patron  ($1,200);  and  the  James  Smith- 
son  Society  ($2,000). 

Since  it  was  established  in  1976,  the  Contributing 
Membership  program  has  grown  steadily,  counting 
44,800  members  in  1987,  or  8  percent  more  than  the  pre- 
vious year.  Eighty-nine  percent  of  this  total  reside  outside 
the  Washington,  D.C.,  area.  Total  membership  income 
also  continues  to  increase.  The  $3.6  million  in  net  gain  to 
the  Institution  in  1987  topped  the  1986  total  by  61  per- 
cent. More  than  $1  million  of  the  1987  total  came  from 
Contributing  Members'  strong  response  to  a  special  ap- 
peal for  funds  to  support  construction  of  the  new  Visitor 
Information  Center  in  the  Castle. 

The  Institution  expresses  its  appreciation  to  the  Con- 
tributing Membership  through  a  variety  of  benefits  and 
special  programs.  In  1987,  members  were  invited  to  at- 
tend ten  exhibition  previews  and  receptions,  including 
"Engines  of  Change:  The  American  Industrial  Revolu- 
tion, 1790-1860,"  at  the  National  Museum  of  American 
History;  "Portraits  of  Nature:  Paintings  of  Robert  Bate- 
man,"  at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History; 
"Modern  American  Realism:  The  Sara  Roby  Collection" 


Contributing  Members  of  the  Smithsonian  National  Associate 
Program  enjoy  the  Michigan  gospel  singers'  performance  during 
the  special  membership  evening  at  the  Michigan  Program  of  the 
1987  Festival  of  American  Folklife,  July  1,  1987. 


and  "John  La  Farge"  at  the  National  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can Art;  "American  Art  Deco,"  at  the  Renwick  Gallery; 
and  "Berlin  1900-1933:  Architecture  and  Design,"  at  the 
Cooper-Hewitt  Museum.  Among  the  other  special  events 
held  for  Contributing  Members  were  private  tours  of  the 
Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery,  National  Museum  of  African 
Art,  and  International  Gallery,  as  well  as  a  "Victorian 
Evening"  in  the  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden. 

Contributing  Members  also  received  several  compli- 
mentary books  in  1987,  in  addition  to  the  Smithsonian 
Engagement  Calendar.  Those  who  live  within  the  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  area  are  automatically  enrolled  in  the  Resi- 
dent Associate  Program.  Members  in  outlying  regions 
receive  Smithsonian  Institution  Research  Reports,  pub- 
lished three  times  a  year  by  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs  to 
highlight  special  research  and  education  projects  under- 
way. And  in  1987,  for  the  first  time,  members  outside 
metropolitan  Washington  received  a  Smithsonian  poster 
as  a  new  membership  benefit. 

Members  again  participated  in  the  annual  "Smithson- 
ian Treasures"  tour,  an  exclusive,  behind-the-scenes  visit 
to  the  Institution.  The  five-day  tour  was  designed  by  the 
Associates  Travel  Program.  Other  benefits  are  offered  in 
conjunction  with  the  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program, 
which  organizes  activities  in  communities  across  the  na- 


179 


tion.  Contributing  Members  are  offered  priority  registra- 
tion, complimentary  tickets  to  one  lecture,  and  often  an 
invitation  to  an  informal  reception  following  the  lecture. 


Lecture  and  Seminar  Program 

The  Lecture  and  Seminar  Program,  twelve  years  old  in 
1987,  brings  the  Smithsonian's  research  and  its  collections 
to  the  National  Associates  and  to  interested  members  of 
the  general  public  in  about  twenty  U.S.  communities 
each  year.  Lectures,  seminars,  and  hands-on  workshops 
are  led  by  Smithsonian  curators,  scientists,  and  research 
associates. 

During  the  past  year,  more  than  630,000  families  were 
invited  to  attend  activities  organized  by  the  program. 
Events  were  held  for  the  first  time  in  Fort  Worth  and 
Lubbock,  Texas;  Jacksonville,  Florida;  Lake  County, 
Illinois;  Marin  and  Sonoma  counties  and  Los  Angeles, 
California;  Topeka,  Kansas;  Madison,  Wisconsin;  Pleas- 
antville,  New  York;  and  Greenwich,  Connecticut.  Build- 
ing on  the  successes  of  previous  years,  the  program 
returned  to  Midland  and  Houston,  Texas;  Gainesville, 
Florida;  Boone,  North  Carolina;  Oshkosh  Wisconsin; 
and  Oakland,  California.  In  four  communities — Topeka, 
Boone,  Oshkosh,  and  Madison — mayoral  proclamations 
were  issued  in  honor  of  the  visit  by  Smithsonian 
representatives. 

The  success  of  activities  organized  by  the  Lecture  and 
Seminar  Program  depends  in  part  on  collaborations  with 
local  and  national  organizations.  In  1987,  the  program 
collaborated  with  127  local  organizations,  including  mu- 
seums, universities,  zoological  parks,  and  botanical  gar- 
dens. National  groups  that  cosponsored  activities 
included  United  Airlines;  the  National  Trust  for  Historic 
Preservation;  the  American  Association  of  Retired  Per- 
sons; Sigma  Xi,  the  Scientific  Research  Society;  and  the 
World  Wildlife  Fund. 

In  cooperation  with  other  bureaus,  the  program  devel- 
oped thirty-two  new  lectures  and  seminars  for  1987. 
Among  these  were  "Living  and  Working  in  Space," 
taught  by  Lillian  Kozloski,  research  assistant  in  the  Space 
Science  and  Exploration  Department  of  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum;  "Roots  of  Afro-American  Culture, 
1780-1820,"  taught  by  Fath  Davis  Ruffins,  historian  in 
the  Department  of  Social  and  Cultural  History  at  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  History;  and  "Civil  War 
America,"  taught  by  two  National  Portrait  Gallery  staff 
members — William  Stapp,  curator  of  photographs,  and 
Wendy  Wick  Reaves,  curator  of  prints. 


Several  intensive  week-long  seminars,  an  activity  begun 
in  1986,  were  held  during  the  past  year.  Examining  topics 
ranging  from  the  past  and  future  of  space  exploration  to 
Native  Americans  in  U.S.  history,  these  in-depth  pro- 
grams were  held  in  Oshkosh,  Wisconsin,  and  at  Appala- 
chian State  University  in  Boone,  North  Carolina,  and  the 
University  of  Wisconsin-Madison. 

Toronto,  Canada,  was  the  site  of  the  program's  1987 
international  series.  In  celebration  of  the  Royal  Ontario 
Museum's  seventy-fifth  anniversary,  the  program  offered 
a  five-day  series  of  activities.  Future  international  pro- 
grams include  a  return  to  Tokyo,  Japan,  scheduled  for 
October  1987.  The  program,  which  follows  a  successful 
debut  in  1985,  is  being  cosponsored  by  the  MYC  Cultural 
Exchange  Institute  of  Japan.  Events  during  the  coming 
year  are  also  planned  for  Australia  and  Denmark. 

Other  facets  of  the  program  included  several  week-long 
seminars  held  in  Washington,  D.C.  In  these  seminars, 
Associates  from  throughout  the  United  States  study  with 
Smithsonian  curators  and  participate  in  behind-the-scenes 
tours  of  the  museums.  Topics  explored  in  the  twelve  sem- 
inars offered  in  1987  ranged  from  post-World  War  II  avi- 
ation to  photojournalism. 


Associates  Travel  Program 

The  Associates  Travel  Program  organizes  educational 
tours  that  mirror  the  many  and  varied  interests  of  the 
Institution.  In  1987,  a  total  of  7,000  National  Associates 
participated  in  the  101  foreign  and  domestic  tours  offered 
by  the  program.  And  since  the  program's  inception  in 
1975,  more  than  73,000  Associates  have  embarked  on 
program-organized  journeys.  The  educational  value  of 
each  outing  is  enhanced  by  carefully  chosen  study  lead- 
ers. One  or  more  Smithsonian  staff  members  also  are 
present  on  each  trip. 

Foreign  Study  Tours  span  the  globe,  offering  a  wide 
variety  of  destinations  and  many  unique  learning  experi- 
ences. For  example,  a  tour  focusing  on  the  performing 
arts  of  Russia  and  featuring  back-stage  visits  was  one  of 
the  new  program  offerings  in  1987.  Also  introduced  dur- 
ing the  past  year  was  a  tour  of  national  parks  in  Kenya 
and  Tanzania,  where  Associates  observed  African  wild- 
life, met  with  animal  researchers,  and  discussed  conserva- 
tion efforts;  and  a  tour  of  Malaysia,  Singapore,  and 
Borneo  examined  the  islands'  history,  arts,  flora,  and 
fauna,  and  included  a  stay  in  a  longhouse  in  Sarawak. 

Associates  also  retraced  historic  sea  routes  and  learned 
about  early  explorations  as  they  sailed  on  the  four- 


180 


masted  barque  Sea  Cloud  on  her  first  Pacific  voyage.  On 
their  journey,  Associates  traveled  through  the  Panama 
Canal  en  route  to  the  Galapagos  archipelago  and  then 
embarked  on  an  eight-day  sail  to  Easter  Island,  where 
they  studied  the  mystical  colossal  figures  that  date  back 
to  ancient  times.  In  another  Pacific  expedition,  partici- 
pants traveled  on  the  cruise  ship  Illiria  from  Papua,  New 
Guinea,  to  the  Solomon  Islands,  the  New  Hebrides,  and 
Fiji.  The  tour  featured  lectures  on  the  region's  natural 
and  cultural  history  and  on  World  War  II  battles  fought 
in  the  area. 

On  other  study  voyages,  Associates  explored  history 
and  geology  while  visiting  Iceland,  Greenland,  and  Cana- 
da's Maritime  Provinces,  and  during  a  cruise  on  the 
Rhone  River,  they  learned  about  French  art  and  litera- 
ture. A  trip  from  Rio  de  Janeiro,  Brazil,  around  Cape 
Horn,  and  to  Santiago,  Chile,  examined  the  history  and 
current  politics  of  Latin  America. 

Among  the  thirteen  tours  offered  in  China  were  the 
popular  "China  by  Train,"  "Decorative  Arts  and  An- 
tiques in  China,"  and  "Hiking  China's  Sacred  Peaks."  As- 
sociates also  explored  Tibet  on  a  tour  that  included  an 
overland  trip  to  Nepal.  Other  travelers  flew  to  Japan, 
cruised  to  the  Soviet  Union  and  then  boarded  the  Trans- 
Siberian  Express  for  a  trip  to  Moscow,  with  a  stop  in 
either  Outer  Mongolia  or  Soviet  Central  Asia. 


; 

fii| 

1 

^fl 

■jSL 

-r 

W* 

ag — - 

"" 1 

ji       J] 

******  i 

/*" 


Countryside  programs  in  1987  offered  the  opportunity 
to  live  in  small  towns  in  Hungary,  England,  Italy,  Switz- 
erland, Austria,  or  France.  Residential  seminars  included 
programs  on  Austrian  history  and  art  in  Vienna  and  Salz- 
burg, as  well  as  on  Japanese  art,  music,  and  culture  in 
Kyoto.  And  at  the  ninth  annual  Oxford/Smithsonian 
Seminar,  Associates  could  choose  from  a  variety  of  spe- 
cially designed  courses  in  the  arts  and  sciences. 

The  forty-four  Domestic  Study  Tours  offered  in  1987 
provided  Associates  with  numerous  opportunities  to  ex- 
perience the  natural  wonders  and  regional  heritage  of 
America.  Of  the  two  new  domestic  cruises,  which  in- 
creased the  total  number  of  offerings  to  five,  one  featured 
visits  to  historic  ports  between  Philadelphia,  Pennsyl- 
vania, and  Savannah,  Georgia,  and  the  other,  led  by  Por- 
ter Kier,  former  director  of  the  National  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  introduced  Associates  to  marine  biology 
on  a  voyage  to  the  Virgin  Islands. 

Trips  on  land  covered  virtually  all  parts  of  the  United 
States.  One  of  the  most  popular  destinations  was  Santa 
Fe,  New  Mexico,  the  site  of  two  different  programs  on 
Spanish  and  Indian  cultures.  Secretary  Adams  led  a  group 
of  members  of  the  National  Board  of  Smithsonian  Asso- 
ciates on  a  study  tour  of  the  Southwest. 

Tours  of  National  Parks,  which  in  1987  included 
Bryce,  Zion,  Arches,  and  Canyonlands,  remained  popu- 
lar. A  novel  offering  was  a  journey  on  horseback  over  a 
stretch  of  the  Lewis  and  Clark  trail  in  Idaho,  which  was 
led  by  Herman  Viola,  director  of  Quincentenary  Pro- 
grams at  the  National  Museum  of  Natural  History. 

Special  weekend  programs  at  the  Institution — including 
the  fifteenth  annual  "Christmas  at  the  Smithsonian  Week- 
end"— were  organized  for  National  Associates  and  Na- 
tional Air  and  Space  Associates.  In  addition,  more  than 
three  thousand  associates  participated  in  the  "Washing- 
ton Anytime  Weekend,"  organized  in  cooperation  with 
the  Visitor  Information  and  Associates'  Reception  Cen- 
ter. The  program  includes  a  behind-the-scenes  tour  of  the 
Castle  and  offers  guidance  and  information  to  visiting 
associates. 


3 


A  Contributing  Member  of  the  Smithsonian  National  Associate 
Program  studies  objects  included  in  the  exhibition  "Engines  of 
Change:  The  American  Industrial  Revolution,  1790-1860," 
during  a  special  membership  evening  at  the  National  Museum 
of  American  History,  December  1,  4,  and  7,  1986. 


181 


Smithsonian  Resident 
Associate  Program 


Emulated  by  museums  and  universities  in  the  United 
States  and  throughout  the  world,  the  Smithsonian  Resi- 
dent Associate  Program  (RAP)  directly  involves  residents 
of  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area  in  the  activities  and  inter- 
ests of  the  Institution.  Through  the  program's  activities, 
the  individuals  and  families  comprising  RAP's  fifty-eight 
thousand  memberships  and  other  members  of  the  public 
can  partake  more  fully  in  the  many  cultural  and  educa- 
tional opportunities  afforded  by  the  national  museums. 
The  program's  collaborations  with  international,  na- 
tional, and  local  organizations  enhance  the  quality  of  its 
diverse  offerings,  and  through  arrangements  with  the 
C-SPAN  network,  Voice  of  America,  and  WORLDNET, 
many  RAP  activities  are  made  available  to  growing  na- 
tional and  international  audiences. 

In  1987,  RAP  offered  nearly  1,800  innovative  activi- 
ties— performances,  lectures,  films,  tours,  and  others — 
that  were  attended  by  a  total  of  more  than  260,000  peo- 
ple. Also  during  the  past  year,  the  program  moved  its 
offices  to  the  new  S.  Dillon  Ripley  Center,  where  it  has 
access  to  the  Education  Center's  classrooms  and  audito- 
rium, which  RAP  manages  for  the  Institution.  And  in 
September  1987,  The  Associate,  the  monthly  publication 
that  describes  upcoming  RAP  activities,  was  redesigned, 
completely  changing  its  fifteen-year-old  look. 

RAP  continued  to  boast  a  high  membership  retention 
rate.  Despite  a  dip  during  the  first  five  months  of  the  year 
because  of  suspension  of  parking  privileges,  nearly  80 
percent  of  Resident  Associates  renewed  their  membership 
in  1987.  Almost  entirely  self-supporting,  the  program  re- 
ceived small  subsidies  from  the  Institution  for  Discovery 
Theater  and  performing  arts  activities.  In  addition,  grants 
from  local  and  national  foundations  and  corporations  en- 
abled RAP  to  carry  out  special  activities  and  outreach 
projects  that  would  not  have  been  possible  otherwise. 

To  commemorate  the  opening  of  the  new  Smithsonian 
museum  complex,  RAP  commissioned  Washington, 
D.C.,  artist  Sam  Gilliam  to  create  a  silk-screen  serigraph 
poster  celebrating  the  new  facility.  Proceeds  from  sales  of 
the  limited-edition  serigraph  will  help  support  "Discover 
Graphics,"  the  annual  program  for  area  art  students  and 
teachers. 


Cooperation  within  the  Institution 

Program  members  meet  regularly  with  the  representatives 
of  other  Smithsonian  bureaus  and  offices,  as  well  as  the 
Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars,  to 
discuss  concepts  for  new  activities.  From  these  collabora- 


Roberta  Peters  at  the  Smithsonian  in  a  stunning  performance 
marking  National  Arts  Week.  (Photograph  by  Robert  deMilt) 


tions  comes  a  rich  variety  of  programs  in  history,  the 
arts,  and  the  sciences.  In  1987,  RAP  cosponsored  activi- 
ties with  all  museums  and  many  other  units  of  the 
Smithsonian. 

Several  examples  reveal  the  diversity  of  these  coopera- 
tive undertakings.  With  the  National  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can History,  RAP  organized  four  chamber  music  series. 
RAP  and  the  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 
cosponsored  the  20th  Century  Consort  and  three  lec- 
tures— "An  Evening  with  Nancy  Graves,"  "Morris  Louis: 
25  Years  Later,"  and  "An  Evening  with  Gene  Siskel  and 
Roger  Brown."  Two  concerts  and  a  lecture  were  devel- 
oped to  complement  exhibitions  at  the  Renwick  Gallery, 
and  a  lecture  by  James  Rosenquist  enhanced  an  exhibi- 
tion of  the  artist's  work  at  the  National  Museum  of 
American  Art.  A  course  jointly  sponsored  by  the  program 
and  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  featured  lectures  by  six 
noted  American  artists  and  authors. 

At  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  cooperative 
endeavors  included  a  lecture  by  U.S.  Senator  and  former 
astronaut  John  Glenn  and  a  presentation  by  Dick  Rutan 
and  Jeana  Yeager,  pilot  and  copilot  of  the  Voyager,  the 
only  aircraft  to  circle  the  globe  without  refueling.  A  vari- 
ety of  activities  is  planned  and  carried  out  with  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  Natural  History,  including  lectures  and 
courses  for  adults  and  classes  and  tours  for  children.  Res- 
ident Associates'  collaborations  with  the  Smithsonian  En- 


182 


vironmental  Research  Center  in  Edgewater,  Maryland, 
resulted  in  several  naturalist  tours  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay 
and  coastal  forests.  In  addition,  RAP  and  the  Office  of 
Horticulture  organized  several  tours  of  the  Enid  A. 
Haupt  Garden,  and  with  the  Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery, 
a  special  viewing  of  the  gallery's  inaugural  exhibitions 
was  offered  to  Resident  Associates. 

RAP  Director  Janet  Solinger  continued  to  serve  as  sen- 
ior adviser  to  the  Kellogg  Project  of  the  Office  of  Mu- 
seum Programs,  and  she  spoke  frequently  at  the  office's 
workshops.  Collaborations  with  the  Museum  Shops  in- 
cluded special  "shopping  parties"  for  RAP  members,  as 
well  as  book-signing  receptions  following  lectures. 


Outreach 

Through  scholarships  and  special  projects,  RAP  actively 
seeks  to  broaden  the  audience  it  serves,  involving  groups 
traditionally  underrepresented  in  Smithsonian  activities. 
The  annual  "Discover  Graphics"  program,  for  example, 
provides  free  etching  and  lithography  training  on  Smith- 
sonian presses  for  nearly  two  hundred  talented  art  stu- 
dents and  their  teachers,  all  from  Metropolitan  Area 
public  high  schools.  The  program  culminates  with  a  jur- 
ied exhibition  of  the  students'  prints  at  the  National  Mu- 
seum of  American  History.  In  1987,  the  Gene  Davis 
Printmaking  Studio,  the  new  home  of  Discover  Graphics, 
officially  opened  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building. 

Scholarships  to  Young  Associate  and  adult  courses 
were  awarded,  through  the  public  school  system,  to 
sixty-one  children  and  forty-nine  adults  who  live  in  the 
inner  city.  Under  the  auspices  of  the  Smithsonian  Career 
Awareness  Program,  twenty  inner-city  youths  served  as 
teacher  assistants  at  the  Young  Associate  Summer  Camp. 

Programs  designed  to  appeal  to  the  older  citizens,  who 
are  contacted  through  retirement  centers  and  other  or- 
ganizations for  senior  citizens,  include  "Tuesday  Morn- 
ings at  the  Smithsonian,"  a  weekly  lecture  series, 
complete  with  continental  breakfast.  In  1987,  twenty- 
eight  lectures  by  Smithsonian  scholars  attracted  sixty- 
eight  hundred  participants. 

RAP  continued  its  series  of  "Singles  Evenings"  at  the 
Grand  Salon  of  the  Renwick  Gallery.  Widely  publicized 
and  widely  emulated,  the  series  featured  lectures  by 
Smithsonian  scholars,  followed  by  champagne  and  hors 
d'oeuvre  receptions.  More  than  thirty-five  hundred  peo- 
ple attended  the  series. 

The  annual  Kite  Festival  was  again  successful.  The 
twenty-first  festival,  open  to  members  and  the  general 


public,  attracted  twelve  hundred  participants  and  specta- 
tors to  the  Mall  in  March. 


Outside  Collaborations 

Nearly  eight  thousand  people  learned  about  conservation 
and  wildlife  matters  in  the  fourteenth  annual  lecture  se- 
ries cosponsored  by  RAP,  the  Audubon  Naturalist  Soci- 
ety of  the  Central  Atlantic  States,  and  the  Friends  of  the 
National  Zoo.  In  1987,  RAP  collaborated  with  a  variety 
of  other  organizations  and  institutions,  with  the  aim  of 
developing  innovative  educational  programs.  Collaborat- 
ing organizations  included  the  National  Geographic  Soci- 
ety; National  Gallery  of  Art;  Organization  of  American 
States;  Filmfest,  D.C.;  Meridian  House  International; 
Washington,  D.C.,  Chapter  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Architects;  Urban  Land  Institute;  American  Society  of  In- 
terior Designers;  American  Architectural  Foundation;  St. 
Elizabeth's  Hospital;  Council  for  the  Advancement  and 
Support  of  Education;  Washington  Project  for  the  Arts; 
Levine  School  of  Music;  and  major  museums  in  New 
York,  Baltimore,  Philadelphia,  and  Texas. 

With  AMTRAK  and  CSX,  the  program  produced  a 
very  popular  series  of  railroad  tours,  and  The  New 
Yorker  magazine  underwrote  the  enormously  successful 
course  "The  Best  of  The  New  Yorker." 

Foreign  organizations  that  collaborated  with  RAP  in 
1987  included  the  Embassy  of  Argentina,  for  the  film  se- 
ries "Emerging  Argentine  Cinema,"  and  the  Japan  Infor- 
mation and  Culture  Center,  for  "Children's  Day  at  the 
Embassy  of  Japan."  The  embassies  of  Turkey,  Yugosla- 
via, and  Brazil  and  the  Office  of  the  Commissioner  for 
Hong  Kong  Commercial  Affairs  cosponsored  RAP 
courses. 


Programs 

During  the  past  year,  RAP  offered  programs  tailored  to 
interests  ranging  from  art  to  zoology  at  sites  as  varied  as 
antebellum  mansions,  trains,  and  coastal  marshes.  Some 
courses  focused  on  the  ancient  past,  as  revealed  by  ar- 
chaeological research,  while  others  contemplated  the  fu- 
ture of  the  universe,  as  deduced  from  the  studies  and 
theories  of  some  of  the  nation's  leading  physicists  and 
astrophysicists. 

Courses.  Over  the  four  terms  during  the  year,  RAP 
offered  more  than  two  hundred  lecture  courses  for 
adults.  Attendance  at  single  lectures  in  1987  totaled  more 


183 


A  trophy-winning  participant  at  the  twenty-first  annual  Kite 
Festival  on  the  mall,  which  attracted  1,200  persons.  (Photo- 
graph by  Jeff  Tinsley) 


than  sixty-three  thousand,  a  better  than  10  percent  in- 
crease over  the  previous  year.  "The  Best  of  The  New 
Yorker"  and  several  other  courses  attracted  especially 
large  audiences.  "Telling  the  Story:  An  Inside  Look  at 
How  News  Is  Created"  featured  such  noted  media  profes- 
sionals as  National  Public  Radio's  Susan  Stamberg  and 
Daniel  Zwerdling  and  New  York  Times  health  reporter 
Jane  Brody.  Also  popular  were  "The  Origins  of  the 
World:  A  Quest  for  Answers,"  with  Smithsonian  Secre- 
tary Adams  as  the  final  speaker;  "Architecture  for  a  New 
Century,"  saluting  the  one  hundredth  anniversary  of  the 
Washington,  D.C.,  Chapter  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Architects;  and  "Connoisseurship  in  the  Visual  Arts," 
taught  by  National  Portrait  Gallery  Director  Alan  Fern, 
National  Gallery  of  Art  curator  Arthur  Wheelock,  and 
Stuart  Dennenburg,  president  of  Dennenburg  Fine  Arts  in 
San  Francisco. 

Studio  Arts.  Traditional  and  contemporary  arts  and 
crafts  were  examined  in  250  courses  and  workshops,  en- 
hanced by  studies  of  Smithsonian  collections.  Nearly  six- 
teen thousand  people  took  advantage  of  these  offerings. 
The  new,  state-of-the-art  photography  laboratory  and 


studio  arts  rooms  in  the  Ripley  Center  have  enabled  RAP 
to  expand  its  curriculum  to  include  color  photography 
techniques  and  to  add  a  variety  of  hands-on  workshops 
and  courses.  Guest  instructors  in  1987  included  Canadian 
wildlife  artist  Robert  Bateman,  New  Zealand  potter 
Barry  Brickell,  Japanese  woodcut  master  Unichi  Hirat- 
suka,  and  American  woodturner  Palmer  Sharpless. 

Lectures,  Seminars,  and  Films.  Single  lectures,  inten- 
sive one-  and  two-day  seminars,  and  scholarly  sympo- 
sia— all  featuring  presentations  by  recognized 
authorities — addressed  a  wide  range  of  current  cultural 
and  scientific  topics.  Several  films  made  their  United 
States  or  Washington  debuts  at  RAP-sponsored 
showings. 

Notable  speakers  who  appeared  at  these  activities  in 
1987  included  artist  Julian  Schnabel,  designer  Mary  Mc- 
Fadden,  art  collector  Leonard  Andrews,  composer  and 
jazz  historian  Gunther  Schuller,  filmmaker  and  naturalist 
Sir  David  Attenborough,  novelists  Nicholas  Gage  and 
Toni  Morrison,  Pulitzer  Prize-winning  poet  Henry  Tay- 
lor, legal  scholar  Archibald  Cox,  oceanographer  Robert 
Ballard,  physicist  John  Schwartz,  and  conservationist 
Russell  Peterson. 

A  total  of  31,400  people  attended  126  lectures  during 
1987.  Some  1,700  people  participated  in  14  all-day  semi- 
nars, which  included  "Art  of  Biography,"  "Contemporary 
Life  in  a  Chinese  Village,"  "Maya  Civilization:  Lords  of 
the  Jungle,"  "The  Constitution:  Great  Issues  of  Today 
and  Tomorrow,"  and  "Psychotherapy  Today." 

The  fifty-five  films  shown  in  1987  attracted  an  audi- 
ence totaling  fourteen  thousand.  The  Washington  pre- 
miere series  "Cinema  from  the  Soviet  Republics"  drew 
national  acclaim  and  was  attended  by  Elem  Klimov,  pres- 
ident of  the  Soviet  Filmmakers  Union;  a  delegation  of 
Russian  filmmakers;  and  Soviet  Ambassador  Yuri  Dubi- 
nin. RAP  also  featured  the  American  premieres  of  two 
Czech  films — A  Tbousand-Y ear-Old  Bee  and  Forbidden 
Dreams — and  the  Washington  premiere  of  The  Mission. 

Performing  Arts.  In  its  fourth  season  of  sponsoring 
ticketed  events  in  the  performing  arts,  RAP  presented 
more  than  one  hundred  shows  that  were  attended  by 
twenty-eight  thousand  people.  Highlights  were  perform- 
ances by  Metropolitan  Opera  soprano  Roberta  Peters, 
performer-musicologist  Max  Morath,  the  Leningrad  Dix- 
ieland Jazz  Band,  cabaret  singer  Michael  Feinstein,  folk 
musician  Doc  Watson,  and  pianist-singer  Shirley  Horn. 
An  outstanding  jazz  series  saluted  influential  small  en- 
sembles and  early  big  bands.  The  series  was  assembled 
and  narrated  by  Martin  Williams,  jazz  expert  and  spe- 
cial-projects editor  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press. 


184 


Women's  Committee  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 


Study  Tours.  More  than  18,300  people  participated  in 
the  nearly  six  hundred  tours  organized  by  the  program  in 
1987.  Kept  small  to  foster  in-depth  learning,  RAP  tour 
and  field-study  groups  received  first-hand  experiences  in 
the  fields  of  art,  architecture,  archaeology,  history,  indus- 
try, and  science.  Activities  included  walking  tours  of 
Washington  neighborhoods,  visits  to  historical  sites  and 
private  collections,  and  a  three-day  cruise  on  a  clipper 
ship  from  Washington,  D.C.,  to  Annapolis,  Maryland. 
Further  afield,  RAP  members  went  on  an  overnight  tour 
of  art  collections  in  the  Texas  cities  of  Dallas,  Forth 
Worth,  and  Houston;  others  spent  three  days  studying 
the  architecture  of  Chicago,  and  a  geology  field  trip  to 
Shenandoah  National  Park  included  a  campout.  Tours 
commemorating  the  Bicentennial  of  the  Constitution 
traveled  to  Philadelphia,  the  home  and  environs  of  James 
Madison,  and  the  homes  of  noted  Virginia 
antifederalists. 

Young  Associate  and  Family  Activities.  In  1987,  RAP 
offered  more  than  150  workshops,  classes,  free  films,  per- 
formances, lectures,  and  other  activities  designed  for 
young  audiences — children  between  the  ages  of  four  and 
fifteen — and  families.  In  all,  more  than  twelve  thousand 
children  and  parents  participated.  Those  who  attended 
the  annual  "Family  Halloween  Party,"  held  in  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  History,  came  disguised  as 
their  "favorite  American."  Other  annual  events  included  a 
film  and  reception  held  in  conjunction  with  the  "Trees  of 
Christmas"  exhibition  at  the  National  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can History,  the  "Evening  Picnic  at  the  Zoo,"  the  "Story- 
telling Festival,"  and  a  family  program  during  "Children's 
Book  Week." 

Discovery  Theater.  Live  theater  performances  for 
young  people  and  their  families  are  presented  each  year 
from  October  through  June.  Nearly  67,000  people  at- 
tended 234  performances  during  the  past  year;  85  percent 
of  the  total  audience  consisted  of  groups  from  area 
schools.  In  April,  Discovery  Theater  produced  an  enthu- 
siastically received  original  performance  about  the  life 
and  music  of  Duke  Ellington.  Complementing  the  city's 
month-long  celebration  of  the  great  musician  and  band 
leader,  Take  the  "A"  Train  was  partly  funded  by  the 
Washington  Post. 

Volunteers.  Nearly  four  hundred  volunteers  provided 
invaluable  assistance  to  the  program,  monitoring  activi- 
ties and  performing  vital  office  tasks.  The  hours  of  work 
contributed  by  these  volunteers  were  equivalent  to  that  of 
nineteen  full-time  staff  members.  Office  volunteers  were 
honored  for  their  contributions  at  a  luncheon  in  April. 


Celebrating  its  twentieth  anniversary  in  November  1986, 
the  Women's  Committee  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates 
continued  to  support  the  mission  of  the  Institution 
through  fund-raising,  special  project  awards,  and 
hospitality. 

As  part  of  its  annniversary  celebration,  the  Women's 
Committee  honored  its  founder,  Mrs.  S.  Dillon  Ripley, 
and  first  chairman,  Mrs.  Robert  D.  van  Roijen,  with 
twenty-year  volunteer-service  pins,  the  first  awarded  at 
the  Smithsonian.  The  past  year  was  also  notable  for  the 
extensive  contributions  of  the  committee's  sixty-three  ac- 
tive resource  members,  who  gave  a  total  of  more  than 
seven  thousand  hours  to  the  Institution,  and  for  the  com- 
mittee's successful  fund-raising  efforts.  Net  proceeds  from 
the  committee-organized  1986  Christmas  Dinner  Dance 
and  1986  Washington  Craft  Show  were  used  to  support 
fifty-seven  projects  in  twenty  museums  and  bureaus.  In 
all,  the  committee  awarded  $162,000  in  amounts  ranging 
from  $500  to  $20,000. 

The  inherent  variety  of  the  Smithsonian  was  reflected 
in  the  projects  funded  by  the  Women's  Committee.  A 
partial  listing  illustrates  this  diversity.  Awards  from  the 
committee  were  used  to  support  a  new  brochure  and  the 
"Family  Day  Program"  celebrating  the  opening  of  the 
new  Anacostia  Museum;  summer  internships  for  college 
students  at  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum;  an  educational 
guide  to  the  permanent  collection  of  the  Hirshhorn  Mu- 
seum and  Sculpture  Garden;  a  National  Museum  of  Afri- 
can Art  symposium  on  "Design  and  Color  Symbolism  in 
West  African  Strip-Woven  Cloth";  the  purchase  of  a  por- 
trait of  Kahil  Gibran  by  Rose  O'Neill  for  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery;  and  the  creation  of  a  biographical  index 
of  women  artists  represented  in  the  collections  of  the  Na- 
tional Museum  of  American  Art. 

The  Women's  Committee  also  awarded  grants  for  the 
recording  and  distribution  of  an  educational  cassette 
package  on  American  Indian  history  and  culture;  the  de- 
sign and  construction  of  exhibition  facilities  for  the 
Stradivarius  Quartet  instruments;  the  purchase  of  a  set  of 
NASA  news  releases  from  1958  to  the  present;  support  of 
a  seminar  on  the  care  and  organization  of  audiovisual 
collections;  purchase  of  a  sound  recording  of  "Jump  for 
Joy,"  a  1941  revue  with  music  by  Duke  Ellington;  the 
duplication  of  documents  detailing  nineteenth-century 
British  trading  activities  in  the  Isthmus  of  Panama;  and 
the  support  of  the  video  production  The  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution: Airplanes  to  Zoos. 

The  National  Museum  of  Natural  History  received 
funding  for  its  "Living  Ecosystem"  exhibition,  the  cura- 


185 


tion  of  bird  fossils  from  the  Hawaiian  Islands,  and  the 
purchase  of  two  significant  collections  of  flies  and  wasps. 
The  National  Zoological  Park  received  grants  to  produce 
a  video  program  on  the  Golden  Lion  Tamarin  Conserva- 
tion Project,  to  support  doctoral  students  working  on  re- 
search to  improve  captive  breeding,  and  to  design  and 
construct  an  exhibit  on  avian  extinction.  In  addition,  an 
award  to  the  National  Museum  of  American  Art  will  cre- 
ate a  special  fellowship  in  honor  of  the  late  Adelyn  Brees- 
kin,  a  long-time  Smithsonian  curator  and  committee 
member. 

In  November,  three  committee  members  generously 
opened  their  homes  to  ninety  Contributing  Members, 
who  were  visiting  Washington,  D.C.,  for  a  special  be- 
hind-the-scenes weekend  at  the  Smithsonian.  The  six- 
teenth annual  Christmas  Dinner  Dance,  held  in  the 
National  Museum  of  American  History,  enhanced  the 
gala  event's  standing  as  a  Smithsonian  tradition  and, 
again,  was  a  tremendously  successful  fund-raiser. 

One  hundred  artist  craftspersons  from  twenty-eight 
states  participated  in  the  fifth  annual  Washington  Craft 
Show,  which  is  acknowledged  as  one  of  the  best  in  the 
nation.  In  conjunction  with  the  April  show,  a  preview 
reception  and  silent  auction  were  again  organized  to  raise 
funds  for  the  Smithsonian.  In  addition,  renewed  emphasis 
was  placed  on  the  High  School  Craft  Competition.  This 
portion  of  the  show  recognizes  and  encourages  young  ar- 
tisans from  local  school  districts  and  offers  them  contact 
with  some  of  the  country's  finest  craftspeople. 


186 


UNDER  SEPARATE 
BOARDS  OF 
TRUSTEES 


i87 


John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts 

Roger  L.  Stevens,  Chairman 


The  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  was 
conceived  and  serves  as  the  national  cultural  center,  a 
role  that  carries  certain  responsibilities.  It  operates  every 
day  of  the  year  in  the  nation's  capital  and  presents  the 
finest  music,  dance,  and  theater.  It  gives  American  ac- 
complishments in  the  performing  arts  the  national  recog- 
nition they  deserve  by  bringing  programs  from  all  over 
the  United  States  to  its  stages.  It  gives  millions  of  Ameri- 
cans a  chance  to  learn  about  and  receive  inspiration  from 
live  performing  arts,  both  through  its  presentations  and 
its  nationwide  education  programs.  The  center  also  en- 
courages young  and  lesser-known  fine  artists  by  giving 
them  opportunities  to  perform  at  the  center  through  na- 
tional competitions  to  give  them  recognition. 

To  citizens  and  government  leaders  in  this  country,  vis- 
itors from  abroad,  and  members  of  the  largest  diplomatic 
community  in  the  world,  the  center  symbolizes  our  na- 
tion's regard  for  the  performing  arts  and  its  dedication  to 
the  cultural  enrichment  of  the  United  States. 

Created  by  an  act  of  Congress  in  1958  as  a  self-sustain- 
ing bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the  Kennedy 
Center  has  two  parts:  It  is  the  presidential  memorial  un- 
der the  aegis  of  the  Department  of  Interior,  and  it  is  a 
privately  supported  performing  arts  center  directed  by  a 
board  of  trustees  whose  thirty  citizen  members  are  ap- 
pointed by  the  President  of  the  United  States.  Six  con- 
gressional representatives  and  nine  designated  ex  officio 
representatives  of  the  executive  branch  complete  the 
board  membership.  This  annual  report  covers  the  activi- 
ties and  programming  presented  by  the  performing  arts 
center,  not  only  in  its  six  theaters  but  also  around  the 
nation  through  its  touring  and  education  programs. 

The  Kennedy  Center  is  specifically  directed  by  its  au- 
thorizing legislation  to  develop  and  present  a  broad  array 
of  performing  arts  programming — including  theater,  mu- 
sic, opera,  ballet,  dance,  and  educational  and  public  serv- 
ice activities — in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  across  the 
country  to  provide  the  greatest  public  access.  Since  virtu- 
ally no  direct  federal  appropriations  are  provided  for 
performing  arts  programming,  fulfillment  of  this  congres- 
sional mandate  is  made  possible  by  earned  income,  pri- 
marily from  ticket  sales,  and  by  the  contributions  of 
millions  of  dollars  from  the  private  sector.  In  1987, 
earned  income  provided  71.2  percent  of  the  center's  total 
revenue,  and  government  grants  7.1  percent.  The  Ken- 
nedy Center's  future  and  long-range  artistic  programming 
are  only  partially  secured  financially  through  endowment 
funds.  An  ongoing  campaign  to  increase  this  endowment 
began  in  1985. 

Two  administrative  milestones  occurred  during  fiscal 


year  1987.  By  the  end  of  1986,  the  Kennedy  Center  and 
the  National  Symphony  Orchestra  completed  an  adminis- 
trative affiliation  designed  to  help  ensure  the  orchestra's 
long-range  financial  future  and  continued  artistic  excel- 
lence, while  enhancing  the  Kennedy  Center's  national 
mandate;  and  in  July  1987,  Kennedy  Center  Chairman 
Roger  L.  Stevens  and  the  board  of  trustees  announced  the 
appointment  of  Ralph  P.  Davidson  as  the  center's  presi- 
dent and  chief  executive  officer,  effective  February  1988. 


Performing  Arts  Programming 

The  1986-87  season  drew  1,340,007  people  to  perform- 
ances in  the  Kennedy  Center's  Opera  House,  Concert 
Hall,  Theater  Lab,  and  Eisenhower  and  Terrace  theaters. 
An  additional  67,771  people  attended  free  performances 
presented  by  the  center  through  its  Education  Program, 
Holiday  Festival,  Cultural  Diversity  Festival,  Friends  of 
the  Kennedy  Center  Open  House,  and  other  activities. 
Also,  68,000  people  attended  films  presented  by  the 
American  Film  Institute  (AFI)  in  the  AFI  Theater. 

Several  extraordinary  events — in  all  areas  of  the  per- 
forming arts — punctuated  the  center's  season.  Fall  fea- 
tured the  world  premiere  of  Gian  Carlo  Menotti's  new 
opera,  Goya,  starring  Placido  Domingo.  In  winter,  the 
center  presented  the  American  premiere  of  the  interna- 
tional hit  musical  Les  Miserables.  The  all-star  gala  cele- 
bration of  Mstislav  Rostropovich's  sixtieth  birthday 
highlighted  the  spring,  and  in  summer,  the  mighty  Bol- 
shoi  Ballet  returned  to  the  Kennedy  Center  after  an  ab- 
sence of  more  than  a  decade. 


Drama  and  Musical  Theater 

Few  theatrical  events  have  been  as  eagerly  anticipated 
and  enthusiastically  received  as  Les  Miserables.  Based  on 
Victor  Hugo's  epic  novel,  the  musical  had  its  American 
premiere  at  the  Opera  House  in  December  1986,  begin- 
ning an  eight-week  run  that  set  a  box-office  record.  The 
theater  season  opened  and  closed  with  musicals  as  well. 
Queenie  Pie,  the  last  theater  work  of  the  legendary  Duke 
Ellington,  launched  the  season,  coming  to  the  center 
fresh  from  its  world  premiere  in  Philadelphia.  The  sea- 
son's dazzling  finale  was  the  twentieth-anniversary  pro- 
duction of  the  Tony  Award-winning  Cabaret,  In 
between,  there  were  prominent  revivals,  including  the 
American  comedy  classic  Arsenic  and  Old  Lace,  Robert 
Anderson's  moving  /  Never  Sang  for  My  Father,  the 


188 


The  students  at  the  barricade  scene  from  the  American  premiere  of  the  International  hit  musical  Les  Miserables,  at  the  Kennedy 
Center  Opera  House. 


award-winng  A  Raisin  in  the  Sun,  and  Gilbert  and  Sulli- 
van's delightful  Mikado. 

The  theater  year  also  featured  a  variety  of  new  works: 
the  jazzy  musical  Satchmo,  based  on  the  life  of  Louis 
Armstrong;  the  riveting  one-woman  drama  My  Gene;  the 
mystery  Sherlock's  Last  Case;  the  poignant  comedy 
Opera  Comique;  the  Acting  Company  production  of 
Mark  Twain's  The  Gilded  Age;  and  the  powerful  histori- 
cal drama  Citizen  Tom  Paine. 

Also  of  note  was  a  two-week  engagement  of  the  inter- 
national hit  Tango  Argentino.  A  unique  double  bill  pre- 
sented George  Gershwin's  politically  inspired  Of  Thee  I 
Sing  and  Let  'Em  Eat  Cake.  For  the  open-ended  run  of 
the  comedy  Shear  Madness,  the  Theater  Lab  was  trans- 
formed into  a  cabaret. 

Among  the  outstanding  performers  who  appeared  on 
the  Kennedy  Center's  stages  during  the  1986-87  season 


were  Colleen  Dewhurst,  Donal  Donnelly,  Jack  Gilford, 
Harold  Gould,  Joel  Grey,  Anne  Jackson,  Larry  Kert, 
Frank  Langella,  Terrence  Mann,  Larry  Marshall,  Do- 
rothy McGuire,  Esther  Rolle,  Marion  Ross,  Jean 
Stapleton,  Richard  Thomas,  Daniel  J.  Travanti,  Eli 
Wallach,  and  Colm  Wilkinson. 


Dance 

The  1986-87  season  saw  the  long-awaited,  sold-out  re- 
turn engagement  of  the  Bolshoi  Ballet  and  the  Washing- 
ton debuts  of  the  Pacific  Northwest  Ballet  and  the 
National  Ballet  of  Canada. 

Last  appearing  in  Washington  in  1976,  the  Bolshoi  Bal- 
let treated  Kennedy  Center  audiences  to  two  full-length 
works — The  Golden  Age  and  Raymonda — and  to  a  daz- 


189 


I 


zling  program  of  divertissements.  The  National  Ballet  of 
Canada  presented  The  Merry  Widow,  a  full-length  per- 
formance, as  well  as  the  city's  premiere  of  Glen  Tetley's 
Alice. 

Appearing  in  the  Opera  House,  Ballet  West  and  the 
Pacific  Northwest  Ballet  demonstrated  the  lively  quality 
of  dance  in  other  regions  of  the  nation.  In  the  Eisen- 
hower Theater,  the  Washington  Ballet  gave  its  first  Ken- 
nedy Center  performance.  For  its  engagement,  the 
American  Ballet  Theatre  presented  its  sumptuous  new 
production  of  The  Sleeping  Beauty.  Other  highlights  in- 
cluded performances  by  the  Joffrey  Ballet,  which  pre- 
sented Frederick  Ashton's  La  fille  mal  garde'e  and  six 
other  Washington  premieres,  and  a  two-week  engage- 
ment of  the  Dance  Theatre  of  Harlem. 

Dance  America,  jointly  sponsored  by  the  Kennedy  Cen- 
ter and  the  Washington  Performing  Arts  Society,  comple- 
mented the  ballet  offerings  by  bringing  to  the  center  some 
of  the  country's  most  celebrated  and  influential  modern- 
dance  ensembles.  Ethnic  dance  was  represented  in  a  spec- 
tacular way  with  the  return  of  the  Soviet  Union's  colorful 
Moiseyev  Dance  Company. 


Music 

In  its  first  season  as  an  affiliate  of  the  Kennedy  Center, 
the  National  Symphony  Orchestra  achieved  several  tri- 
umphs, including  the  memorable  celebration  of  Music 
Director  Mstislav  Rostropovich's  sixtieth  birthday.  The 
orchestra  also  recorded  its  concert  performance  of  Mus- 
sorgsky's Boris  Godunov,  performed  at  the  week-long 
Casals  Festival  in  San  Juan,  Puerto  Rico,  and  held  its 
annual  series  of  concerts  on  the  Capitol  grounds. 

An  impressive  lineup  of  international  stars  and  promis- 
ing young  performers  delighted  audiences  at  the  Terrace 
Concerts.  In  addition  to  piano  and  vocal  recitals  and  per- 
formances by  chamber  ensembles  and  orchestras,  the 
Terrace  Theater  hosted  the  International  Series,  the  U.S. 
Information  Agency's  Artistic  Ambassador  Series,  the 
Young  Concert  Artists  Series,  and  Music  from  Marl- 
boro— a  three-evening  program  devoted  to  the  music  of 
American  composer  George  Perle.  Pianist  Malcolm  Fra- 
ger,  the  Guarneri  String  Quartet,  soprano  Arleen  Auger, 
and  the  Royal  Swedish  Chamber  Orchestra  were  among 
the  artists  and  performing  groups  appearing  at  the  thea- 
ter during  the  1986-87  season. 

The  annual  Kennedy  Center  Friedheim  Award,  de- 
signed to  recognize  and  encourage  the  creation  of  new 


American  music,  was  awarded  to  Gunther  Schuller  for 
his  String  Quartet  No.  3. 

The  Theater  Chamber  Players  of  the  Kennedy  Center, 
the  Choral  Arts  Society  of  Washington,  and  Oratorio  So- 
ciety of  Washington,  and  the  Paul  Hill  Chorale  returned 
to  the  center  for  their  annual  subscription  concerts.  And 
the  popular  Mostly  Mozart  Festival  again  offered  a  sum- 
mer agenda  of  preconcert  recitals  and  exquisite  concerts 
featuring  the  Festival  Orchestra  and  a  host  of  premier 
soloists.  Accenting  this  year's  festivities  were  a  colorful 
tent  and  preconcert  supper. 

Pop  events  were  as  numerous  as  ever,  particularly  dur- 
ing the  summer,  which  featured  performances  by  singer 
Tom  Jones,  the  Chinese  Dragon  Acrobats,  three  young 
comics  from  television's  "Saturday  Night  Live,"  and  other 
entertainers. 

The  Kennedy  Center's  long-running  Handel  Festival 
came  to  a  triumphant  close  after  eleven  consecutive  sea- 
sons of  concert  operas,  oratorios,  and  "best  of  potpour- 
ris. Performances  of  Joshua,  Deidamia,  and  Hallelujah 
Handel  IV  highlighted  the  finale  of  the  series. 

As  always,  the  center  offered  a  multitude  of  free 
events — many  featuring  performers  from  the  Washington, 
D.C.,  area.  Free  performances  were  offered  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Holiday  Festival  in  December  and  with 
"Inside/Out,"  the  center's  third  annual  open  house. 


Kennedy  Center  Associate  Organizations 

The  Kennedy  Center's  two  artistic  associates — the  Ameri- 
can Film  Institute  and  the  Washington  Opera — produce 
many  activities  and  programs  for  local  audiences.  During 
the  past  year,  AFI  presented  classic  and  foreign  films, 
independent  features,  and  contemporary  video  works  in 
its  224-seat  theater.  The  Washington  Opera  scored  an 
international  coup  this  past  season  when  it  and  the  Ken- 
nedy Center  produced  the  world  premiere  of  Gian  Carlo 
Menotti's  latest  work,  Goya,  which  was  subsequently 
televised  by  PBS. 

In  addition,  the  Washington  Performing  Arts  Society 
presented  a  grand  array  of  musicians  and  dancers  from 
around  the  world  in  its  diverse  annual  series. 


Public  Service  Programming 

As  directed  by  Congress,  the  Kennedy  Center  carries  out 
a  broad  range  of  educational  and  public  service  pro- 
grams. These  include  the  National  Program  for  Cultural 


190 


Diversity,  which  encourages — through  its  sponsorship  of 
performances,  commissions,  workshops,  conferences,  in- 
ternships, and  advisory  and  technical  services  in  arts  ad- 
ministration— artistic  activities  that  reflect  the  nation's 
cultural  and  ethnic  variety.  With  the  exception  of  some 
financial  aid  from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education, 
these  programs  are  supported  by  funds  privately  raised 
by  the  Kennedy  Center.  In  1987,  $2,321,000  was  allo- 
cated from  the  center's  private  contributions  to  support 
national  education  programs  and  cultural-diversity  activi- 
ties and  to  subsidize  theater,  music,  and  dance  presenta- 
tions. These  subsidies  enabled  the  Kennedy  Center  to 
offer  many  free  and  low-price  performances  and  events 
that  were  enjoyed  by  more  than  a  million  people  in 
Washington,  D.C.,  and  around  the  country.  In  addition, 
18,059  people  visited  and  used  the  Performing  Arts  Li- 
brary, which  is  a  joint  project  of  the  Kennedy  Center  and 
the  Library  of  Congress. 


Education  Programming 

As  the  national  cultural  center,  the  Kennedy  Center  has 
responsibility  for  advancing  all  arts  in  the  education  of 
the  nation's  youth.  Responding  to  this  challenge,  the  cen- 
ter's Education  Program  sponsored  performances  and 
other  events  in  1987  that  reached  more  than  three  million 
people  nationwide.  These  activities  were  carried  out 
through  the  Alliance  for  Arts  Education,  the  American 
College  Theater  Festival,  the  National  Symphony  Orches- 
tra Education  Program,  and  Programs  for  Children  and 
Youth.  Each  of  these  four  components  works  closely 
with  Very  Special  Arts,  an  educational  affiliate  of  the 
Kennedy  Center. 

The  Education  Program,  through  its  Program  for  Chil- 
dren and  Youth  (PCY),  provided  more  than  two  hundred 
free  performances  and  events  to  Kennedy  Center  audi- 
ences totaling  more  than  sixty  thousand  in  1987.  Reflect- 
ing its  commitment  to  developing  new  works  for  young 
people,  the  center  commissioned  three  new  works  in 
1987,  bringing  the  total  since  1977  to  twenty-eight.  PCY 
also  continued  to  offer  performance  opportunities  to 
Washington-area  youths  through  its  Teen  Acting  Ensem- 
ble and  Summer  Drama  Workshop.  In  addition,  some 
560  students,  ages  five  through  eighteen,  received  training 
in  acting,  puppetry,  playwriting,  and  technical  theater. 

The  Alliance  for  Arts  Education  (AAE)  is  a  national 
network  of  forty-seven  volunteer  committees,  based  in 
states  and  special  jurisdictions,  that  develops  and  pro- 
motes the  arts  in  local  school  systems  across  the  United 


Leslie  Carothers  and  Phillip  Jerry  in  the  Joffrey  Ballet  produc- 
tion of  Gerald  Arpino's  Light  Rain  at  the  Kennedy  Center. 


States.  In  1987,  seven  educators  were  awarded  Kennedy 
Center  Fellowships  for  Teachers  of  the  Arts,  and  thirty- 
three  principals  and  superintendents  were  cited  for  foster- 
ing the  arts  in  their  schools  and  school  districts.  AAE 
also  sponsored  the  first  phase  of  a  major  cultural  ex- 
change between  the  United  States  and  Australia.  Activi- 
ties in  the  program.  Arts  Dialogue-Australia,  are 
designed  to  commemorate  the  country's  bicentennial  in 
1988.  Nationwide,  AAE  welcomed  the  participation  of 
about  five  hundred  thousand  young  people,  families,  and 
teachers  to  Imagination  Celebration  festivals,  which  were 
held  at  thirty  sites  in  twelve  states,  the  District  of  Colum- 
bia, and  two  foreign  nations. 

For  the  nineteenth  year,  the  American  College  Theater 
Festival  (ACTF)  combined  the  efforts  of  theater  educators 
and  professionals  to  recognize  and  celebrate  the  finest 
and  most  exciting  works  produced  in  university  and  col- 
lege theater  programs.  In  1987,  more  than  fifteen  thou- 


191 


sand  students  and  two  thousand  faculty  members 
presented  nearly  seven  hundred  college  theater  produc- 
tions representing  almost  five  hundred  schools.  Victori- 
ous in  local  and  regional  competitions,  five  finalist 
productions  were  brought  to  the  Kennedy  Center  for 
ACTF's  national  festival  in  April.  Nationwide,  produc- 
tions entered  in  the  1987  festival  drew  audiences  totaling 
one  million  people.  The  nineteenth  festival  also  marked 
the  first  year  of  a  three-year  corporate  gift  to  the  pro- 
gram by  the  National  Broadcasting  Company.  Also  in 
1987,  ACTF  cosponsored  numerous  awards  programs  in 
playwriting,  design,  criticism,  acting,  and  theater 
administration. 

As  a  result  of  the  new  affiliation  between  the  National 
Symphony  Orchestra  (NSO)  and  the  Kennedy  Center,  the 
Education  Program  was  expanded  to  include  NSO's  edu- 
cational activities.  Since  its  beginning  in  1931,  the  orches- 
tra has  presented  specially  designed  concert  programs  to 
help  further  the  music  education  of  students  and  adults  in 
the  Washington  metropolitan  area.  During  the  past  year, 
the  orchestra  performed  Young  People's  Concerts  for 
more  than  forty  thousand  elementary  school  students.  It 
also  presented  a  "Meet  the  Orchestra"  concert  for  high 
school  students,  Encore  Concerts  for  Families,  Young  So- 
loists' Competitions  for  high  school  and  college  musi- 
cians, and  numerous  individualized  programs  for  high 
school  students  interested  in  pursuing  careers  in  music. 

All  components  of  the  Education  Program  are  sup- 
ported by  the  Kennedy  Center's  Educational  Services  Di- 
vision, which  uses  the  center's  performing  arts  resources 
as  the  basis  for  workshops  and  other  educational  activi- 
ties designed  for  students,  teachers,  and  the  general  pub- 
lic. More  than  twenty-two  hundred  teachers,  some 
eighteen  hundred  other  adults,  and  more  than  forty-three 
hundred  high  school  students  participated  in  these  activi- 
ties during  the  past  year. 

In  1987,  the  Education  Program  gave  the  Frances 
Holleman  Breathitt  Award  for  Excellence  to  Bob  Keeshan 
("Captain  Kangaroo")  for  his  contributions  to  the  arts 
and  to  children.  Rounding  out  its  activities,  the  Educa- 
tion Program  sponsored  the  International  Children's 
Choir  Festival,  which  brought  to  the  center  more  than 
one  hundred  young  choristers  from  Bangkok,  Beijing, 
Hong  Kong,  and  San  Juan  to  promote  world  peace  and 
goodwill  through  music. 

Specially  Priced  Ticket  Program 

Since  it  opened  in  September  1971,  the  Kennedy  Center 
has  maintained  a  Specially  Priced  Ticket  Program  in  con- 


junction with  performances  produced  and  presented  at 
the  center.  The  largest  of  its  kind  in  the  nation,  the  pro- 
gram makes  half-price  tickets  available  to  students,  per- 
sons with  permanent  disability,  senior  citizens,  low- 
income  groups,  and  military  personnel  in  grades  E-i 
through  E-4.  The  attendant  costs,  in  terms  of  administra- 
tive overhead  and  reduced  revenue  potential,  are  borne 
by  the  Kennedy  Center.  During  the  past  year,  combined 
sales  of  half-priced  tickets  to  Kennedy  Center  and  inde- 
pendent productions  totaled  $75,907.  The  sale  of  these 
tickets  at  full  value  would  have  resulted  in  total  addi- 
tional gross  income  of  $1,131,913  to  the  center  and  inde- 
pendent producers. 


Funding 

The  Kennedy  Center  is  essentially  a  privately  funded  or- 
ganization. It  receives  limited  government  funding  for  its 
programming.  Presentation  costs  for  nearly  all  its  pro- 
grams are  such  that  the  center  depends  on  the  financial 
assistance  of  individuals  and  corporate  and  foundation 
sponsors  to  make  them  feasible. 

The  National  Park  Service  provides  funding  through 
annual  appropriations  to  maintain  and  secure  the  build- 
ing as  a  presidential  memorial;  the  performing  arts  opera- 
tion is  charged  its  pro  rata  share,  which  totals  more  than 
$1  million  annually.  Meanwhile,  the  Kennedy  Center's 
board  of  trustees  is  wholly  responsible  for  the  cost  of 
maintaining  and  improving  the  theaters,  backstage,  and 
office  facilities  at  a  cost  of  $300,000  annually. 

Artistic  programming  and  day-to-day  performing  arts 
operations  are  almost  entirely  privately  supported — with 
more  than  $31.5  million  in  earned  income  and  more  than 
$9.6  million  in  private  sector  fund-raising  in  1987. 

The  nation's  business  community  plays  an  important 
role  in  this  effort  through  the  Corporate  Fund,  estab- 
lished in  1977  by  a  group  of  national  corporate  leaders. 
Under  the  leadership  of  Corporate  Fund  Chairman  Theo- 
dore F.  Brophy,  chairman  of  the  GTE  Corporation,  the 
1987  Corporate  Fund  contributed  more  than  $z.3  million 
from  nearly  three  hundred  businesses.  The  contribution 
supported  the  production  of  new  or  seldom-performed 
works,  programs  to  develop  new  talent,  development  of 
musical  theater  productions,  and  other  efforts. 

In  recent  years,  only  7  percent  of  the  annual  operating 
budget  of  the  Kennedy  Center  and  National  Symphony 
Orchestra  has  come  from  government  sources.  Most  of 
these  funds  have  come  from  the  U.S.  Department  of  Edu- 
cation for  the  center's  national  education  programs, 


192 


which  are  carried  out  at  the  request  and  with  the  ap- 
proval of  the  department. 

In  1985,  the  Kennedy  Center  launched  a  campaign  to 
build  a  permanent  endowment  to  help  achieve  the  finan- 
cial stability  needed  to  sustain  and  increase  the  quality 
and  variety  of  programming.  As  a  result  of  the  center's 
administrative  affiliation  with  the  National  Symphony 
Orchestra,  a  joint  campaign  with  a  national  goal  of  $50 
million  is  now  under  way  to  build  an  endowment  for  the 
two  institutions.  By  September  1987,  nearly  S18  million 
had  been  raised,  bringing  the  total  endowment  to  $25 
million.  Included  in  this  total  is  a  Si  million  challenge 
grant  for  the  center  endowment  from  the  National  En- 
dowment for  the  Arts.  In  addition,  the  center  has  re- 
ceived $4.7  million  in  gifts  for  working  capital  to  help 
support  programming  while  the  endowment  grows. 


The  Kennedy  Center  Honors 


Priced  Ticket  Program,  the  national  4-H  program,  the 
American  College  Theater  Festival,  and  the  Imagination 
Celebrations  held  around  the  country. 

The  organization's  volunteers — whose  total  contribu- 
tion of  more  than  sixty  thousand  hours  of  free  service  in 
1987  had  an  estimated  value  of  about  $250,000 — con- 
ducted free  tours  for  more  than  two  hundred  thousand 
people,  staffed  the  gift  shops  and  information  center, 
provided  assistance  to  disabled  visitors,  and  administered 
the  Specially  Priced  Ticket  Program. 

The  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center  also  administered 
the  membership  and  activities  of  the  National  Symphony 
Orchestra  Association  and  of  the  Friends  Assisting  the 
National  Symphony  (FANS),  including  the  annual  Radi- 
othon  and  10-kilometer  run.  Although  the  majority  of  the 
Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center  live  in  the  Washington, 
D.C.,  area,  the  organization  has  members  in  all  fifty 
states.  In  1987,  the  first  state  chapter  was  established  in 
Texas. 


The  Kennedy  Center  Honors  were  first  awarded  by  the 
board  of  trustees  in  1978  to  recognize  the  outstanding 
cultural  contributions  of  the  nation's  finest  performing 
artists.  An  annual  event,  the  Honors  Gala  is  the  center's 
most  important  fund-raising  benefit;  the  1986  Honors 
Gala  raised  more  than  $1  million  in  net  proceeds  to  sup- 
port programming.  The  Honors  recipients  were  Lucille 
Ball,  Ray  Charles,  Hume  Cronyn  and  Jessica  Tandy, 
Yehudi  Menuhin,  and  Antony  Tudor. 


Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center 

The  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center  is  a  nationwide  or- 
ganization providing  financial,  administrative,  volunteer, 
and  community-relations  assistance.  Founded  in  1966  to 
raise  grass-roots  support  among  private  citizens  for  the 
construction  of  the  national  cultural  center,  the  Friends 
organization  counted  more  than  thirty  thousand  donor 
members  and  more  than  seven  hundred  volunteers  in 
1987. 

Revenues  from  the  Friends'  membership  program, 
fund-raising  events,  and  gift  shops  help  support  the  over- 
all operations  of  the  center,  as  well  as  a  number  of  na- 
tional and  community  projects.  For  the  last  three  years, 
the  organization  has  sponsored  "Inside /Out,"  an  all-day 
festival  of  free  performances  and  activities  which,  in 
1987,  drew  more  than  fifty  thousand  people.  Other  pub- 
lic service  programs  receiving  financial  support  from  the 
Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center  included  the  Specially 


193 


National  Gallery  of  Art 


J.  Carter  Brown,  Director 


The  National  Gallery  of  Art,  although  formally  estab- 
lished as  a  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  is  an 
autonomous  and  separately  administered  organization.  It 
is  governed  by  its  own  board  of  trustees,  the  ex  officio 
members  of  which  are  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  United 
States,  the  Secretary  of  State,  the  Secretary  of  the  Trea- 
sury, and  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian.  Of  the  five 
general  trustees,  Franklin  D.  Murphy  continued  to  serve 
as  chairman  of  the  board,  and  John  R.  Stevenson  as  the 
gallery's  president.  Also  continuing  on  the  board  were 
Ruth  Carter  Stevenson  and  Robert  H.  Smith.  In  May,  the 
general  trustees  accepted  with  regret  Carlisle  H.  Humel- 
sine's  decision  to  retire  from  the  board.  Alexander  M. 
Laughlin,  of  Tucker,  Anthony  and  R.  L.  Day,  Inc.,  in 
New  York,  was  elected  to  fill  the  vacancy,  and  Mr. 
Humelsine  was  named  trustee  emeritus. 

During  the  year,  visitors  entering  the  two  gallery  build- 
ings totaled  6,986,465.  Distinguished  visitors  included 
Foreign  Minister  Giulio  Andreotti  of  Italy;  Prime  Minis- 
ter Turgutozal  of  Turkey;  Her  Royal  Highness  Princess 
Alexandra  of  Great  Britain;  and  President  Mario  Soares 
of  Portugal. 


Exhibitions 

The  year  began  with  an  exhibition  of  American  furniture 
dating  from  the  pre-Revolutionary  period  to  the  mid- 
nineteenth  century.  Featuring  items  from  the  collection  of 
Linda  and  George  M.  Kaufman,  the  exhibition  presented 
more  than  one  hundred  chairs,  desks,  tables,  and  high 
chests  from  the  William  and  Mary,  Queen  Anne,  Chip- 
pendale, Federal,  and  Empire  periods,  and  it  traced 
trends  in  the  major  regional  style  centers  of  Boston,  New 
York,  Philadelphia,  Newport,  and  Charleston. 

An  exhibition  of  sculptures  by  Alexander  Archipenko, 
a  leading  figure  of  the  cubist  movement,  celebrated  the 
one  hundredth  anniversary  of  his  birth.  Many  of  the 
works  were  representative  of  the  artist's  early  career  and 
revealed  his  wit  and  superb  sense  of  color.  Coinciding 
with  the  Washington  Opera's  world  premiere  perform- 
ance of  Gian  Carlo  Menotti's  opera,  Goya,  the  gallery 
supplemented  its  own  major  Goya  collection  with  a  selec- 
tion of  paintings  and  drawings  from  Spanish  and  Ameri- 
can private  collections. 

"The  Age  of  Sultan  Siileyman  the  Magnificent"  was  the 
first  major  exhibition  in  the  United  States  of  treasures 
from  the  Golden  Age  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  and 
marked  the  first  time  in  more  than  twenty  years  that 
Turkish  art  has  traveled  to  this  country.  On  display  were 


more  than  two  hundred  sixteenth-century  objects,  includ- 
ing illustrated  manuscripts,  drawings,  paintings,  textiles, 
inlaid  wood  pieces,  ceramics,  and  imperial  items  made  of 
precious  metals  and  semiprecious  stones  studded  with 
gemstones.  Items  for  the  exhibition  were  borrowed  from 
the  Topkapi  Palace  Museum's  collection  of  Turkish  na- 
tional treasures  in  Istanbul  and  from  private  and  public 
collections  in  the  United  States  and  Europe. 

"The  Age  of  Correggio  and  Carracci:  Emilian  Painting 
of  the  16th  and  17th  Centuries"  featured  nearly  two  hun- 
dred paintings  by  fifty  artists  from  the  principal  Italian 
artistic  centers  of  Parma,  Ferrara,  and  Bologna.  The  ex- 
hibition focused  on  the  stylistic  innovations  of  the  Car- 
raccis  around  1600  in  the  context  of  the  styles  that 
preceded  and  followed  these  very  influential  painters  in 
the  Emilian  region  of  Italy. 

An  exhibition  of  paintings  by  Henri  Matisse  was  the 
first  to  be  devoted  exclusively  to  the  artist's  career  be- 
tween 1916  and  1930.  During  this  span,  Matisse  lived  in 
the  south  of  France,  lured  by  the  intense  light,  brilliant 
colors,  and  exotic  subject  matter  on  the  Cote  d'Azur.  In- 
cluded were  169  works,  almost  one-third  of  which  had 
seldom  or  never  been  on  public  view. 

More  than  seventy  modern  sculptures  from  the  collec- 
tion of  Patsy  and  Raymond  Nasher  were  installed 
throughout  the  East  Building's  public  spaces.  These  im- 
portant additions  highlighted  concentrations  of  work  by 
diverse  modern  masters  of  the  figurative  and  construc- 
tivist  traditions,  as  well  as  the  minimal,  pop,  and  post- 
modern movements. 

"The  Age  of  Bruegel,"  the  first  exhibition  in  the  United 
States  devoted  solely  to  the  sixteenth-century  Dutch  and 
Flemish  drawings,  consisted  of  more  than  one  hundred 
works  loaned  by  major  museums  and  private  collections 
in  Europe  and  the  United  States.  The  works  surveyed  the 
wide  range  of  styles  and  subject  matter  representative  of 
the  age,  and  they  followed  the  development  of  the  Neth- 
erlandish school  from  the  influence  of  the  late  Gothic 
style  to  the  assimilation  of  Italian  Renaissance  and  man- 
nerist styles.  Another  exhibition  of  works  on  paper 
brought  more  than  sixty  Italian  old  master  drawings 
from  the  British  Royal  Collection,  ranging  from  the  Re- 
naissance through  the  baroque  periods.  Among  the  works 
on  view  were  seven  drawings  by  Leonardo  da  Vinci,  four 
by  Michelangelo,  and  three  by  Raphael. 


Madonna  and  Child  by  Dirck  Bouts.  Netherlandish,  circa 
1415/1420-1475.  National  Gallery  of  Art,  Washington,  D.C. 
Patron's  Permanent  Fund. 


194 


195 


Twentieth-century  American  draftsmanship  was  exam- 
ined in  two  concurrent  exhibitions.  "Selections  from  the 
Whitney  Museum  of  American  Art"  traced  major  schools 
of  American  art,  such  as  regionalism,  early  abstraction, 
and  figurative  modes  from  the  traditional  to  the  surreal. 
The  exhibition  focused  on  diversity  and  innovation  in  a 
wide  range  of  subject  matter  and  media,  including  graph- 
ite, watercolor,  pastel,  gouache,  collage,  and  stamp-pad 
ink.  The  second  exhibition  probed  realism  in  American 
art  through  drawings,  watercolors,  and  temperas  by  An- 
drew Wyeth.  The  140  works  depicted  the  artist's  neigh- 
bor, Helga  Testorf,  in  Chadd's  Ford,  Pennsylvania.  The 
exhibition  offered  a  rare  opportunity  to  follow  a  single 
artist's  creative  process,  concentrating  on  and  revising  a 
single  subject  over  a  period  of  fifteen  years. 

The  close  of  the  year  brought  a  major  retrospective  of 
the  work  of  impressionist  painter  Berthe  Morisot,  which 
included  many  works  that  had  not  been  seen  by  the  pub- 
lic since  the  artist's  memorial  exhibition  in  1896.  In  some 
sixty  oil  paintings,  as  well  as  a  selection  of  pastels,  water- 
colors,  and  colored-pencil  drawings,  the  artist's  virtuoso 
brushwork  and  extraordinary  use  of  color  were  vividly 
demonstrated.  A  small  but  exquisite  exhibition  of  a  selec- 
tion of  some  of  the  most  beautiful  works  by  American 
impressionist  William  Merritt  Chase  was  shown  concur- 
rently with  the  Morisot  show.  Paintings  done  between 
1891  and  1902  depicted  Chase's  family,  summer  home, 
and  studio,  and  the  many  moods  of  the  surrounding 
landscape  at  Shinnecock,  Long  Island.  It  was  the  first  in 
a  planned  series  of  three  closely  focused  exhibitions  of 
masters  and  masterpieces  of  American  impressionism. 


Education  Programs 

According  to  the  gallery's  annual  survey  conducted  dur- 
ing August,  visitors  from  forty-eight  states  and  fifty-four 
foreign  countries  stopped  to  make  inquiries  at  the  three 
information  desks.  These  desks  are  staffed  by  more  than 
ninety  volunteers,  who  have  been  trained  by  members  of 
the  gallery's  Education  Department.  To  help  them  locate 
works  of  art  and  provide  information  about  specific 
items,  volunteers  use  the  gallery's  computer  system. 

Among  the  many  diverse  programs  offered  by  the  pro- 
fessional staff  were  three  art  history  courses,  consisting  of 
four  to  eight  slide  lectures.  One  was  a  two-part  survey  of 
"The  History  of  Western  Art  from  Egypt  to  the  Present," 
and  the  others — "Matisse:  Master  of  Color"  and  "The 
Arts  in  Europe  and  the  Near  East  at  the  Time  of  Suley- 
man  the  Magnificent" — provided  background  informa- 


tion for  two  temporary  exhibitions  at  the  gallery.  In 
addition,  the  gallery  continued  its  very  popular  discussion 
groups,  each  session  meeting  at  least  four  times  to  ex- 
plore particular  aspects  of  art  history. 

Five  recorded  tours  of  temporary  exhibitions  were  of- 
fered to  the  public,  as  was  an  updated  and  revised  "Di- 
rector's tour"  of  the  permanent  collection  in  the  West 
Building.  Educational  packets  were  prepared  for  area 
teachers,  who  used  the  classroom  materials  to  prepare 
students  for  a  visit  to  the  Suleyman  exhibition.  During 
their  visit  to  the  gallery,  students  were  treated  to  demon- 
strations by  a  calligrapher  and  illuminator  of  traditional 
Turkish  styles  and  to  a  slide  presentation  on  the  design 
and  installation  of  the  exhibition.  The  gallery  also  of- 
fered family  programs  on  Saturdays  during  the  school 
year.  The  programs  featured  a  storyteller,  tours,  films, 
concerts,  and  the  ballet  performance  After  Mird. 

The  gallery  continued  its  successful  series  of  Sunday 
afternoon  lectures.  The  twenty-nine  guest  speakers  dur- 
ing the  past  year  included  Sir  Lawrence  Gowing,  the  1987 
Kress  Professor;  H.  Nichols  B.  Clark,  director  of  the  La- 
mont  Gallery  of  the  Phillips  Exeter  Academy;  Wendy  A. 
Cooper,  director  of  The  DeWitt  Wallace  Decorative  Arts 
Gallery  in  Colonial  Williamsburg;  Richard  S.  Field,  cura- 
tor of  prints,  drawings,  and  photographs  at  the  Yale  Uni- 
versity Art  Gallery;  Louise  W.  Mackie,  curator  in  charge 
of  the  Textile  Department  of  the  Royal  Ontario  Mu- 
seum; Terisio  Pignatti,  professor  of  art  history  at  Wake 
Forest  University;  Jane  Roberts,  curator  of  the  Royal  Li- 
brary Print  Room  in  Windsor  Castle;  and  Katharine  Wat- 
son, director  of  the  Bowdoin  College  Museum  of  Art. 

The  Extension  Program's  audience  in  the  United  States 
and  sixty  other  countries  increased  to  an  estimated  180 
million  viewings  of  gallery-produced  films,  videotapes, 
and  slide  programs,  exceeding  the  previous  year's  total  by 
about  ten  million.  Several  gallery-produced  films,  such  as 
the  ones  on  Peto  and  Audubon,  won  awards  in  interna- 
tional film  festivals  in  Italy,  Belgium,  Greece,  Poland, 
and  Czechoslovakia.  The  film  Winslow  Homer:  The  Na- 
ture of  the  Artist,  produced  by  the  Education  Depart- 
ment in  1986,  won  a  CINE  Golden  Eagle  award  and  was 
aired  throughout 
Europe  via  the  U.S.  Information  Agency's  Worldnet. 

The  department  continued  to  produce  new  slide  pro- 
grams, films,  and  videotapes  that  examined  either  the 
gallery's  collections  or  its  temporary  exhibitions.  One  set 
of  visual  programs  focused  on  the  etchings  by  James 
McNeill  Whistler  in  the  collection,  while  two  others  fo- 
cused on  the  life  and  art  of  George  Inness  and  William 
Merritt  Chase,  whose  works  were  displayed  in  temporary 


196 


exhibitions.  In  addition,  a  new  videocassette  explored  the 
behind-the-scenes  efforts  that  produced  "The  Treasure 
Houses  of  Britain,"  the  gallery's  major  exhibition  in  1986; 
another  videocassette  produced  in  1987  examined  the 
preparations  for  the  past  year's  exhibition  of  works  by 
Matisse. 

The  gallery's  Film  Program  continued  to  expand,  offer- 
ing five  feature-film  series  in  1987.  In  conjunction  with 
the  exhibition  "Goya  Paintings  from  Spanish  Private  Col- 
lections and  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,"  the  gallery  pre- 
sented the  last  eight  films  by  the  great  Spanish  filmmaker 
Luis  Buriuel,  and  during  the  Matisse  exhibition,  avant- 
garde  silent  films  made  in  France  during  the  1920s  were 
shown.  A  seven-part  series  of  Soviet  films  of  the  1920s, 
organized  by  Center  for  Advanced  Study  in  the  Visual 
Arts  senior  fellow  Annette  Michelson,  complemented  the 
Archipenko  exhibition.  "Figures  in  a  Landscape,"  a 
twelve-part  film  and  lecture  series,  was  organized  to  coin- 
cide with  the  exhibitions  of  American  twentieth-century 
drawings  and  watercolors.  Finally,  a  fourteen-film  retro- 
spective of  the  work  of  Italian  filmmaker  Luchino  Vis- 
conti  attracted  nearly  sixteen  thousand  viewers. 

Two  gallery-produced  films — Matisse  in  Nice  and  Su- 
leyman  the  Magnificent — were  aired  nationally  by  the 
Public  Broadcasting  System,  and  they  are  being  distrib- 
uted internationally  in  a  videocassette  format.  Suleyman 
the  Magnificent,  coproduced  with  the  Metropolitan  Mu- 
seum of  Art  and  funded  by  the  Turkish  government  and 
the  Mobil  Oil  Corporation,  was  also  sold  to  a  London 
television  station. 


Acquisitions 

Among  the  artworks  purchased  during  the  year  were  Ma- 
donna and  Child,  a  small,  but  extremely  rare,  painting 
by  fifteenth-century  Netherlandish  painter  Dierck  Bouts, 
and  the  brilliantly  colored  painting  God  the  Father  by 
seventeenth-century  Italian  artist  Francesco  Albani. 
Sower,  a  sculpture  by  Seymour  Lipton,  was  purchased 
from  the  late  artist's  estate.  Several  eighteenth-century 
English  and  Italian  works  were  secured  for  the  graphics 
collection,  including  a  watercolor  landscape  by  Thomas 
Girtin  and  a  tiny  Guardi  cappriccio.  A  lovely  Vuillard 
watercolor,  Four  Ladies  with  Fancy  Hats,  also  was  added 
to  the  collection.  Among  the  prints  purchased  were  two 
rare  Constable  etchings,  both  in  first  states,  and  three 
important  woodcuts — a  Madonna  and  Child  Enthroned 
by  an  unknown  fifteenth-century  Augsburg  printmaker,  a 


Baldung  Salome  with  the  Head  of  John  the  Baptist,  and 
Christoffel  Jegher's  Susanna  Surprised  by  the  Two  Elders. 

On  the  ground  floor  of  the  West  Building,  a  new  gal- 
lery was  opened  to  display  Armand  Hammer's  collection 
of  old  master  drawings,  which  is  on  permanent  deposit  in 
the  gallery  as  a  promised  bequest.  In  addition,  the  new 
display  includes  the  full-scale  cartoon  by  Raphael  for  his 
painting  La  Belle  jardiniere,  the  purchase  of  which  was 
made  possible  by  Dr.  Hammer.  Dr.  Hammer  also  gave 
nine  more  drawings,  including  a  Durer  pen  sketch,  The 
Centaur  Family,  and  a  double-sided  sheet  of  studies  by 
Veronese. 

Another  exceptional  gift  to  the  Graphics  Department's 
drawings  collection  was  a  small  but  exquisite  group  of 
old  master  and  modern  works  given  by  Mrs.  Lessing  J. 
Rosenwald.  The  donated  works  included  a  red-chalk 
drawing  of  an  old  man  by  Rembrandt  and  an  album  by 
sixteenth-century  Flemish  artist  Jons  Hoefnagel  of  277 
watercolors  of  mammals,  insects,  reptiles,  fish,  and  birds. 
The  department's  small  collection  of  English  drawings 
was  enhanced  by  a  gift  of  twenty-one  late  eighteenth-  and 
early  nineteenth-century  works.  A  collection  of  works  by 
John  Marin — 127  watercolors,  drawings,  and  pastels,  as 
well  as  sixteen  sketchbooks  and  twenty  etchings — was 
donated  by  the  artist's  son.  The  contemporary  graphics 
collection  was  expanded  with  a  gift  of  thirty-four  prints 
and  multiples  published  by  Gemini  G.E.L.,  including  ma- 
jor works  by  Johns,  Rauschenberg,  Oldenburg,  Kelly, 
Lichtenstein,  and  Borofsky. 

Outstanding  among  the  gifts  of  individual  drawings 
were  two  early  seventeenth-century  works — a  large 
Vinckboons  drawing  of  an  elegant  garden  party  and  a 
life-size  Head  of  a  Siren  by  Goltzius.  Other  notable  gifts 
of  drawings  included  a  beautiful  fifteenth-century  Floren- 
tine study  of  St.  John,  a  Poussin  landscape  sketch,  a  Vad- 
der  landscape,  a  Bellows  nude,  a  Steinberg  collage,  and  a 
large  watercolor — Field  Hand — by  Andrew  Wyeth. 

Among  the  prints  donated  to  the  gallery  in  1987  were 
five  Kirchner  lithographs,  which  included  two  of  his  fin- 
est color  lithographs,  Russian  Dancers  (1909)  and  Three 
Bathers  by  Stones  (1913). 

River  Landscape  with  Cows,  a  major  painting  by  sev- 
enteenth-century Dutch  artist  Aelbert  Cuyp,  also  was  re- 
ceived as  a  gift.  In  addition,  the  collection  of  twentieth- 
century  American  paintings  was  enhanced  by  a  gift  of 
two  handsome  portraits  by  Robert  Henri  of  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  George  Cotton  Smith,  a  vibrant  New  York,  Febru- 
ary, 1911  by  George  Bellows,  and  the  gallery's  first  oil 
painting  by  John  Marin,  which  was  given  by  Mr.  and 
Mrs.  John  Marin,  Jr. 


197 


The  year  was  also  highlighted  by  the  publication  of 
Early  Netherlandish  Painting,  the  first  volume  of  the 
scholarly  systematic  catalogue  of  the  gallery's  collections, 
a  project  begun  five  years  ago.  Another  publication  pro- 
duced in  1987,  Summary  Catalogue  of  European  Paint- 
ings, marked  an  important  publishing  milestone;  the 
catalogue  was  typeset  directly  from  the  gallery's  comput- 
erized art  information  data  base.  Begun  in  1982,  the  data 
base  now  contains  basic  records  for  every  object  in  the 
gallery's  collections,  as  well  as  information  on  every  artist 
represented  there.  In  all,  records  for  more  than  fifty-two 
thousand  objects  and  more  than  eight  thousand  artists 
have  been  entered  into  the  data  base. 


"Alexander  Archipenko:  A  Centennial  Tribute."  Novem- 
ber 16,  1986-February  16,  1987.  Coordinated  by  Jack  Co- 
wart.  Supported  by  the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and 
the  Humanities. 

"The  Age  of  Correggio  and  the  Carracci:  Emilian  Paint- 
ing of  the  16th  and  17th  Centuries."  December  19,  1986- 
February  16,  1987.  Coordinated  by  Sydney  J.  Freedberg. 
Supported  by  Montedison  Group,  Alitalia,  and  the  Fed- 
eral Council  on  the  Arts  and  the  Humanities. 

"The  Age  of  Sultan  Suleyman  the  Magnificent."  January 
25-May  17,  1987.  Coordinated  by  D.  Dodge  Thompson. 
Supported  by  Philip  Morris  Companies,  Inc.,  and  the 
Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and  the  Humanities. 


Temporary  Exhibitions 

"Gifts  to  the  Nation:  Selected  Acquisitions  from  the  Col- 
lection of  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon."  Continued  from 
the  previous  fiscal  year  to  October  19,  1986.  Coordinated 
by  John  Wilmerding  and  Charles  F.  Stuckey. 

"Renaissance  Master  Bronzes  from  the  Kunsthistorisches 
Museum,  Vienna."  Continued  from  the  previous  fiscal 
year  to  November  30,  1986.  Coordinated  by  C.  Douglas 
Lewis.  Supported  by  Republic  National  Bank  of  New 
York  and  Banco  Safra,  S.A.,  Brazil,  and  the  Federal 
Council  on  the  Arts  and  the  Humanities. 

"American  Furniture  from  the  Kaufman  Collection."  Oc- 
tober 12,  1986-April  19,  1987.  Coordinated  by  John 
Wilmerding. 

"Henri  Matisse:  The  Early  Years  in  Nice,  1916-1930." 
November  2,  1986-March  29,  1987.  Coordinated  by  Jack 
Cowart.  Supported  by  GTE  Corporation  and  the  Federal 
Council  on  the  Arts  and  the  Humanities. 

"The  Age  of  Bruegel:  Netherlandish  Drawings  of  the  Six- 
teenth Century."  November  7,  1986-January  18,  1987. 
Coordinated  by  John  Hand.  Supported  by  Shell  Compa- 
nies Foundation,  Inc.;  Unilever,  United  States,  Inc.;  and 
the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and  the  Humanities. 

"Goya  Paintings  from  Spanish  Private  Collections  and  the 
National  Gallery  of  Art."  November  16,  1986-January  4, 
1987.  Coordinated  by  Charles  F.  Stuckey.  Supported  by 
Pacific  Telesis  Foundation  and  the  Federal  Council  on  the 
Arts  and  the  Humanities. 


"Italian  Master  Drawings  from  the  British  Royal  Collec- 
tion." May  10-July  26,  1987.  Coordinated  by  Andrew 
Robison.  Pan  American  World  Airways  was  designated 
the  official  carrier  of  the  exhibition. 

"American  Drawings  and  Watercolors  of  the  Twentieth 
Century:  Selections  from  the  Whitney  Museum  of  Ameri- 
can Art."  May  24-September  7,  1987.  Coordinated  by 
Ruth  Fine.  Supported  by  the  Du  Pont  Company. 

"American  Drawings  and  Watercolors  of  the  Twentieth 
Century:  Andrew  Wyeth,  the  Helga  Pictures."  May  24- 
September  27,  1987.  Coordinated  by  John  Wilmerding. 
Supported  by  the  Du  Pont  Company. 

"A  Century  of  Modern  Sculpture:  Selections  from  the 
Patsy  and  Raymond  Nasher  Collection."  June  28,  1987- 
January  3,  1988.  Coordinated  by  Nan  Rosenthal.  Sup- 
ported by  Northern  Telecom. 

"William  Merritt  Chase:  Summers  at  Shinnecock,  1891- 
1902."  August  23-November  29,  1987.  Coordinated  by 
Nicolai  Cikovsky,  Jr.  Supported  by  Bell  Atlantic. 

"Berthe  Morisot."  September  6-November  29,  1987.  Co- 
ordinated by  Charles  F.  Stuckey.  Supported  by  Republic 
National  Bank  of  New  York  and  Banco  Safra,  S.A.,  Bra- 
zil; and  the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and  the 
Humanities. 

"Repose"  (Portrait  of  Berthe  Morisot  by  Eugene  Manet). 
September  6-November  29,  1987. 


198 


Reading  Is  Fundamental,  Inc. 

Mrs.  Elliot  Richardson,  Chairman 
Ruth  Graves,  President 


Marking  its  twenty-first  year  in  1987,  Reading  Is  Funda- 
mental, Inc.  (RIF)  began  as  a  small  pilot  project  in  the 
nation's  capital.  The  aim  was  to  cultivate  a  love  of  read- 
ing among  the  young  by  making  good  books  available  to 
them.  Over  the  past  two  decades,  RIF  has  grown  to  en- 
compass more  than  thirty-one  hundred  projects  that  serve 
2.1  million  young  people  in  all  fifty  states,  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Puerto  Rico,  the  Virgin  Islands,  and  Guam. 

Today,  RIF  boasts  a  volunteer  network  of  some  eighty- 
six  thousand  citizens  whose  grass-roots  efforts  continue 
to  build  literacy  programs  for  young  people.  The  sites  of 
their  efforts  are  not  only  schools  and  libraries,  but  also 
Indian  reservations,  housing  projects,  migrant-worker 
camps,  hospitals,  centers  for  the  handicapped,  juvenile 
detention  centers,  and  day-care  centers. 

The  results  have  been  significant.  Volunteers  consis- 
tently report  improvement  in  children's  reading  habits: 
Young  participants  are  checking  out  more  books  from 
libraries  and  many  have  increased  their  reading  compre- 
hension; parents  have  become  more  involved  in  their  chil- 
dren's education;  and  community  support  for  reading 
programs  has  grown.  These  gauges  of  success  are  corrob- 
orated by  recent  studies  of  effective  techniques  to  encour- 
age reading,  the  results  of  which  affirm  the  soundness  of 
RIF's  approach. 

Both  the  public  and  private  sectors  share  credit  for 
these  accomplishments.  In  1987,  the  U.S.  Department  of 
Education  again  contracted  with  RIF  to  carry  out  the 
department's  Inexpensive  Book  Distribution  Program 
(IBDP),  a  program  created  by  Congress  in  1976  and  mod- 
eled on  the  RIF  approach.  The  federal  program  enables 
RIF  to  match  local  funds  allocated  for  purchasing  books. 

At  the  local  level,  RIF  projects  are  supported  by  some 
six  thousand  businesses  and  organizations  that  donate 
funds,  goods,  and  services.  Projects  also  receive  substan- 
tial discounts  on  books  as  well  as  other  services  from 
some  350  publishers  and  distributors.  In  addition,  over 
the  last  sixteen  years,  the  broadcast  and  print  media  have 
contributed  an  estimated  $50  million  worth  of  free 
advertising  for  RIF  projects. 

Since  1966,  RIF's  broad  base  of  support  has  enabled 
the  organization  to  distribute  seventy-eight  million  books 
to  young  people. 


1987  Highlights 

RIF  celebrated  its  twentieth  anniversary  in  November 
with  a  gala  party  at  the  Washington,  D.C.,  Convention 
Center.  The  festivities  included  a  tribute  to  the  organiza- 


Two  boys  immersed  in  reading  their  new  books  distributed  by 
Reading  is  Fundamental,  Inc.  (Photograph  by  Rick  Reinhard) 


tion's  longest-serving  volunteers.  The  twenty  people  hon- 
ored had  contributed  a  combined  total  of  more  than  270 
years  of  service.  Mrs.  George  Bush,  a  member  of  the  RIF 
board,  presented  each  volunter  with  a  plaque  commemo- 
rating his  or  her  efforts. 

The  celebration  also  featured  entertainment  by  "Ses- 
ame Street's"  Kermit  Love  and  his  puppet  "Snuggle  the 
Bear,"  who  performed  for  some  four  hundred  Washing- 
ton-area youngsters.  Each  of  the  young  guests  also  re- 
ceived a  free  book  and  another  to  pass  along  to  a  needy 
friend. 

At  the  Metropolitan  Life  Gallery  in  New  York  City, 
the  winning  posters  in  RIF's  1986  contest  were  exhibited 
along  with  a  drawing  contributed  by  Charles  Schulz,  cre- 
ator of  the  famous  "Peanuts"  cartoon.  Donated  to  RIF's 
annual  "In  Celebration  of  Reading"  campaign,  Schulz's 
drawing  featured  the  "Peanuts"  gang  and  a  space  for  gal- 
lery visitors  to  write  the  titles  of  their  favorite  books. 

Some  four  hundred  thousand  children  participated  in 
the  second  annual  RIF  poster  contest,  sponsored  by  Hall- 
mark Cards,  Inc.  The  winner,  Dominic  D'Aleo,  of  Blau- 
velt.  New  York,  received  a  $500  U.S.  Savings  Bond, 
books,  prizes,  and  a  trip  for  him  and  his  family  to  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  during  Reading  Is  Fun  Week. 

"In  Celebration  of  Reading,"  sponsored  by  the  Metro- 


199 


politan  Life  Foundation,  again  attracted  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  participants  from  around  the  nation.  The 
campaign  offers  a  variety  of  incentives  to  encourage 
young  people  to  read  during  their  leisure  time.  All 
youngsters  who  participate  in  the  campaign  are  eligible 
for  selection  as  local  RIF  Readers,  who  are  then  entered 
in  a  national  drawing.  In  a  ceremony  held  at  the  Martin 
Luther  King,  Jr.,  Library  in  Washington,  D.C.,  Mrs. 
George  Bush  drew  the  name  of  Heather  Bell,  of  St. 
Louis,  Missouri,  who  became  the  National  RIF  Reader. 

Since  1966,  RIF  projects  have  involved  hundreds  of 
thousands  of  parents  in  volunteer  efforts  to  encourage 
children's  reading.  In  1984,  RIF  began  to  serve  parents 
directly  by  initiating  a  Parent  Services  Program.  Several 
foundations  and  corporations,  including  the  General 
Electric  Foundation,  the  John  D.  and  Catherine  T. 
MacArthur  Foundation,  and  Beatrice,  Inc.,  have  pro- 
vided strong  financial  support  for  the  program.  The  Gen- 
eral Electric  Foundation,  for  example,  has  sponsored 
twenty-three  parent  workshops  since  1984.  These  work- 
shops feature  nationally  recognized  speakers,  small-group 
sessions  led  by  reading  experts,  take-home  advisory  mate- 
rials, and  a  book  distribution  for  parents.  During  the 
past  year,  workshops  were  held  in  Hartford,  Connecti- 
cut; Somersworth,  New  Hampshire;  Boston,  Massachu- 
setts; Lansing,  Michigan;  Holmen,  Wisconsin;  and 
Poway,  California. 

In  1987,  RIF  received  a  second  major  grant  from  the 
John  D.  and  Catherine  T.  MacArthur  Foundation  that 
enabled  it  to  begin  expanding  its  Parent  Services  Program 
to  include  publications  for  Spanish-speaking  parents  and 
to  develop  pilot  literacy  and  reading  projects  to  reach 
disadvantaged  families. 

During  the  last  week  of  April,  millions  of  children 
across  the  country  celebrated  Reading  Is  Fun  Week  with 
balloon  launches,  young  author  fetes,  and  parades  featur- 
ing book  characters.  At  the  Washington,  D.C.,  Armory, 
the  Ringling  Bros,  and  Barnum  &C  Bailey  Circus  joined 
RIF  in  launching  the  national  celebration.  Complete  with 
a  clown  performance  of  "Reading  Is  Three  Rings  of 
Fun,"  the  circus  program  made  the  kickoff  a  memorable 
success  for  the  audience,  which  included  four  hundred 
Washington-area  youngsters.  The  spotlight,  however, 
was  on  the  National  RIF  Reader  and  the  winner  of  the 
RIF  poster  contest,  who  were  honored  at  the  event. 

A  RIF  Family  Reading  Fair,  held  in  Washington,  D.C., 
drew  a  large  crowd  of  children  and  their  parents.  Hosted 
by  the  convention  of  the  American  Booksellers  Associa- 
tion, the  fair  was  sponsored  by  the  Bantam/Doubleday/ 
Dell  Publishing  Group.  Several  children's  authors — Jill 


Krementz,  Tomie  dePaola,  Betsy  Haynes,  Lois  Lowry, 
and  Francine  Pascal — were  on  hand  to  autograph  books. 
The  fair  also  featured  games,  reading  crafts,  storytellers, 
a  dance  historian,  a  riddle-maker,  a  puppet  theater,  and 
a  country-western  band.  The  activities  ended  with  a  RIF 
book  distribution. 

The  annual  Waldenbooks  Golf  and  Tennis  Tourna- 
ment to  benefit  RIF  was  held  once  again  at  the  Sleepy 
Hollow  Country  Club  in  Scarborough-on-Hudson,  New 
York.  The  tournament  attracted  more  than  200  publish- 
ing executives  and  other  members  of  the  book  commu- 
nity, who  paid  to  compete  in  the  benefit  event. 

Mrs.  Elliot  Richardson,  RIF  chairman,  was  honored 
by  WETA  Broadcasting  Company  and  the  Library  of 
Congress  for  her  outstanding  contribution  to  encourage 
reading  and  improve  literacy  among  children.  Mrs. 
Richardson  was  cited  for  her  efforts  at  a  ceremony  held 
in  the  Children's  Literature  Center  of  the  Library  of 
Congress. 

The  Women's  National  Book  Association  (WNBA) 
named  RIF  President  Ruth  Graves  winner  of  one  of  the 
WNBA  Book  Women  Awards,  the  first  given  by  the  or- 
ganization. On  its  seventieth  anniversary,  WNBA  hon- 
ored seventy  outstanding  women  "who  have  made  a 
difference  in  bringing  authors  and  their  readers  together." 

To  mark  RIF's  twentieth  anniversary,  the  Reader's  Di- 
gest Foundation  sponsored  a  RIF  survey  of  public  figures, 
celebrities,  RIF  volunteers,  and  youngsters,  all  of  whom 
were  asked  to  name  their  favorite  books.  The  Associated 
Press  ran  an  account  of  the  replies  received  from  Presi- 
dent Reagan,  cabinet  members,  and  a  host  of  politicians, 
columnists,  entertainers,  sports  stars,  writers,  and  artists. 
The  widely  circulated  story  helped  bring  national  atten- 
tion to  RIF  and  its  activities.  The  survey  results  were 
then  published  by  RIF  under  the  title  When  We  Were 
Young:  Favorite  Books  of  RIF  Kids,  RIF  Volunteers,  and 
Readers  of  Renown  to  commemorate  the  Year  of  the 
Reader  in  1987. 

RIF  also  continued  to  publish  materials  designed  to 
foster  reading  by  youngsters.  With  grants  from  the  Geral- 
dine  R.  Dodge  Foundation  and  the  Xerox  Company,  RIF 
published  three  new  "tips"  brochures  for  parents.  And  in 
April,  Doubleday  and  Company  published  The  RIF 
Guide  to  Encouraging  Young  Readers,  which  is  based  on 
the  organization's  twenty  years  of  experience  and  the 
contributions  of  thousands  of  volunteers,  and  describes 
more  than  two  hundred  activities  for  parents  and 
children. 


200 


Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars 


James  H.  Billington,  Director* 


The  man  who  has  the  time,  the  discrimination,  and  the 
sagacity  to  collect  and  comprehend  the  principal  facts 
and  the  man  who  must  act  upon  them  must  draw  near  to 
one  another  and  feel  that  they  are  engaged  in  a  common 
enterprise. 

Woodrow  Wilson 

The  Woodrow  Wilson  International  Center  for  Scholars 
was  created  in  1968  by  special  act  of  the  U.S.  Congress  as 
a  memorial  to  President  Woodrow  Wilson,  "symbolizing 
and  strengthening  the  fruitful  relation  between  the  world 
of  learning  and  the  world  of  public  affairs."  An  inde- 
pendent entity  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution  housed  in 
the  Castle  building,  the  center  is  governed  by  its  own 
presidentially  appointed  board  of  trustees  and  funded 
from  both  public  and  private  sources. 

During  fiscal  1987,  the  Woodrow  Wilson  International 
Center  for  Scholars  drew  together  eighty  fellows;  eighty- 
five  guest  scholars,  research  scholars,  and  short-term 
grantees;  and  1,100  additional  scholars,  government  poli- 
cymakers, and  leaders  from  corporate  and  professional 
life  who  joined  the  center's  twenty-three  major  confer- 
ences of  the  year.  Another  210  shorter  conferences  and 
formal  meetings,  many  of  which  were  open  to  the  public, 
involved  hundreds  more  participants  in  the  substantive 
dialogues  and  discussions  of  the  center.  Fellows,  selected 
by  open  international  competition,  spent  four  to  twelve 
months  at  the  center  doing  research  on  independent  pro- 
jects; other  resident  scholars  undertook  research  for 
briefer  periods.  All  contributed  in  various  degrees  to  the 
center's  almost  daily  agenda  of  discussions.  Center  re- 
search, whether  a  fellow's  independent  project  or  the  re- 
sult of  a  conference,  proceeded  under  the  auspices  of  one 
of  the  center's  eight  programs.  These  programs  allow  the 
center  to  organize  an  encyclopedic  range  of  interdiscipli- 
nary research  in  the  humanities  and  social  sciences  by 
world  region — Asia,  the  Soviet  Union,  Eastern  Europe, 
Western  Europe,  the  United  States,  Latin  America — or  by 
transregional  issues  appropriate  to  the  History,  Culture, 
and  Society  program  or  the  International  Security  pro- 
gram. In  fiscal  1987,  four  programs  combined  the 
strengths  of  staff  and  fellows  for  three  joint  conferences, 
further  integrating  and  enlarging  the  "common  enter- 


'James  H.  Billington,  director  of  the  Wilson  Center  for  fourteen  years, 
departed  the  center  in  fiscal  1987  to  become  the  thirteenth  Librarian  of 
Congress.  Prosser  Gifford,  formerly  deputy  director  of  the  center,  was 
named  acting  director,  effective  August  1987,  by  the  chairman  of  the 
center's  board  of  trustees,  William  J.  Baroody,  Jr.,  until  a  new  perma- 
nent director  is  appointed. 


prise"  of  the  center  to  advance  knowledge,  illuminate  val- 
ues, and  improve  choices  in  world  leadership. 


Outreach 

Wilson  Center  fellowships  and  guest  scholarships  have 
accounted  for  at  least  375  books  since  1970.  In  1986-87, 
thirty-three  books  were  published  as  a  result  of  center 
research,  including  Military  Withdrawal  from  Politics:  A 
Comparative  Study,  by  Talukder  Maniruzzaman;  Capi- 
talism and  Antislavery:  British  Mobilization  in  Compara- 
tive Perspective,  by  Seymour  Drescher;  and  Beauty, 
Health,  and  Permanence:  Environmental  Politics  in  the 
United  States:  1955-1985,  by  Samuel  P.  Hays  with  Bar- 
bara D.  Hays. 

To  this  record,  the  center  in  recent  years  has  added  a 
successful  category  of  conference  volume  publishing. 
These  books  are  integrated,  edited  collections  of  original 
essays  and  papers  of  the  center.  In  fiscal  1987,  seven  con- 
ference volumes  were  published:  The  "Special  Relation- 
ship": Anglo-American  Relations  since  194s;  Strategic 
Defenses  and  Soviet-American  Relations;  Russia's  Ameri- 
can Colony;  Spain  in  the  1980s;  Superpower  Competition 
and  Security  in  the  Third  World;  Security  in  the  Middle 
East;  and  The  Search  for  Peace  and  Unity  in  the  Sudan. 

The  center  took  several  major  steps  forward  in  the 
1986-87  year  to  match  its  growth  in  conference  activity 
with  appropriate  resources  for  publication  and  dissemina- 
tion of  Wilson  Center  scholarship.  In  April  the  center 
appointed  its  first  assistant  director  for  publishing,  Shaun 
Murphy.  On  June  3,  The  Wilson  Center  Press  was  estab- 
lished. On  July  3,  The  Wilson  Center  published  the  first 
book  to  carry  its  imprint:  The  Search  for  Peace  and 
Unity  in  the  Sudan.  Wilson  Center  Press  publications  are 
distributed  in  North  America  by  UPA,  Inc.  Distribution 
outside  North  America  is  arranged  on  a  title-by-title  basis 
with  foreign  publishers  considered  most  effective  for 
translation  and  dissemination.  By  September  30,  the  pub- 
lishing program  had  fifteen  manuscripts  in  editing  and 
production  as  hardcover  and  paperback  books. 

During  this  period,  the  center  also  developed  an  ar- 
rangement with  Cambridge  University  Press  for  a  Wilson 
Center  Series.  Approximately  six  books  annually  will  be 
published  by  Cambridge  under  the  joint  colophon  of  The 
Wilson  Center  and  Cambridge  University  Press.  Thus, 
books  of  particularly  strong  international  interest  will  be 
able  to  benefit  from  the  most  extensive  distribution  sys- 
tem currently  available  to  books,  reaching  an  estimated 
154  countries. 


201 


Two  other  actions  strengthened  the  center's  outreach 
strategy.  The  center  purchased  the  Xerox  Ventura  desk- 
top publishing  system  to  develop  newsletters,  and  opened 
discussions  in  May  with  the  United  States  Information 
Agency  for  representation  of  Wilson  Center  books  and 
periodicals  in  USIA  exhibits  worldwide.  An  active  work- 
ing relationship  developed  in  the  following  months,  with 
The  Wilson  Center  providing  publications  for  display  at 
the  Moscow  Book  Fair,  September  8-14,  and  becoming  a 
prominent  participant  in  USIA's  newly  expanded  and  re- 
designed national  exhibition  at  the  Frankfurt  Interna- 
tional Book  Fair,  held  immediately  after  the  1987  fiscal 
year,  October  6-12. 

In  June  1987,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  pub- 
lished Scholars'  Guide  to  Washington,  D.C.,  for  Cartog- 
raphy and  Remote  Sensing  Imagery,  the  twelth  volume  in 
the  center's  reference  book  series  directing  scholars  to 
Washington,  D.C.,  research  resources. 

The  Wilson  Quarterly,  with  paid  circulation  of  more 
than  108,000,  continued  in  its  eleventh  year  to  attract  the 
largest  number  of  subscribers  of  any  scholarly  journal  in 
the  nation. 


Conferences  and  Meetings 

Of  the  233  conferences  and  meetings  sponsored  by  the 
center  in  fiscal  1987,  some  deserve  special  mention. 
Among  the  first  conferences  of  the  year  was  "Japan,  Asia, 
and  the  Western  Cultural  Imagination,"  which  explored 
Japanese  cultural  relations  with  other  Asian  nations  and 
how  these  ties  are  perceived  by  Western  scholars.  Speak- 
ers included  John  W.  Hall,  emeritus  professor  of  history 
at  Yale  University;  Robert  E.  Ward,  director  of  the  Cen- 
ter for  Research  in  International  Studies  at  Stanford  Uni- 
versity; Albert  Craig,  professor  of  history  at  Harvard 
University;  Marius  B.  Jansen,  professor  of  history  at 
Princeton  University;  Mark  Peattie,  professor  of  history 
at  the  University  of  Massachusetts,  Boston;  Ben-Ami 
Shillony,  professor  of  history  at  the  Hebrew  University  of 
Jerusalem;  Thomas  R.  H.  Havens,  director  of  Asian 
Studies  at  Connecticut  College;  Ronald  A.  Morse,  secre- 
tary of  the  Asia  Program  at  the  Wilson  Center;  and  Daik- 
ichi  Irokawa,  professor  of  intellectual  history  at  Tokyo 
University  of  Economics. 

U.S.  Secretary  of  State  George  Schultz  was  among  the 
speakers  at  a  three-day  conference  in  November  that 
commemorated  the  fortieth  anniversary  of  the  Fulbright 
scholar  program.  Entitled  "Minds  without  Borders:  Edu- 
cational and  Cultural  Exchange  in  the  Twentieth  Cen- 


tury," the  conference  was  cosponsored  by  the  Wilson 
Center,  the  U.S.  Information  Agency,  the  Board  of  For- 
eign Scholarships,  and  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  which 
hosted  a  reception  for  participants  at  the  National  Air 
and  Space  Museum. 

Another  conference  held  in  November,  "The  European 
Neutrals,"  focused  on  the  dual  challenge  confronting 
Austria,  Finland,  Sweden,  Ireland,  and  Switzerland: 
maintaining  a  credible  armed  neutrality  in  a  complex 
strategic  environment  and  upholding  political  neutrality 
when  economic  conditions  require  international  collabo- 
ration. Speakers  included  Paavo  Vayrynen,  foreign  minis- 
ter of  Finland;  Rozanne  Ridgway,  U.S.  assistant  secretary 
of  state  for  European  and  Canadian  affairs;  Gerald  Hin- 
teregger,  secretary-general  of  the  Austrian  Foreign  Minis- 
try; and  Edouard  Brunner,  state  secretary  of  the  Swiss 
Federal  Department  for  Foreign  Affairs. 

China's  purchases  of  U.S.  technology  have  been  in- 
creasing, and  U.S.  manufacturers  are  finding  it  easier  to 
do  business  in  the  world's  most  populous  nation,  as 
lower-level  Chinese  enterprises  exert  more  authority  over 
their  purchasing  decisions.  That  consensus  was  one  of 
several  reached  at  an  April  conference  on  "Technology 
Transfer  to  China  in  Comparative  Perspective."  Speakers 
at  the  meeting  were  Otto  Schnepp,  professor  of  chemistry 
at  the  University  of  Southern  California;  Roy  Grow,  pro- 
fessor of  political  science  at  Carleton  College;  William 
Fischer,  professor  of  operations  management  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  North  Carolina,  Chapel  Hill;  Martha  Harris, 
senior  analyst  at  the  Office  of  Technology  Assessment, 
U.S.  Congress;  Marshall  Goldman,  professor  of  econom- 
ics at  Wellesley  College;  and  Denis  Simon,  assistant  pro- 
fessor of  management  and  technology  at  the 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology. 

President  Mario  Soares  of  Portugal  was  one  of  the 
many  participants  in  the  center's  four-day  conference  on 
"Portugal:  Ancient  Country,  Young  Democracy."  Discus- 
sions at  the  May  conference  centered  on  the  country's 
ongoing  modernization  and  its  broad  cultural  renais- 
sance, as  well  as  the  broad  range  of  views  that  character- 
ize Portuguese  politics.  In  addition  to  President  Soares, 
speakers  included  Senator  Claiborne  Pell  of  Rhode  Is- 
land; Congressman  Tony  Coelho  of  California;  then- 
National  Security  Adviser  Frank  Carlucci;  Vitor  Constan- 
cio,  secretary-general  of  the  Socialist  Party,  Portugal; 
Joao  Mota  Amaral,  president  of  the  Regional  Govern- 
ment of  the  Azores;  and  Alberto  Joao  Jardim,  president 
of  the  Regional  Government  of  Madeira. 

At  an  October  dinner  meeting,  Saburo  Okita,  former 
foreign  minister  of  Japan  and  former  Wilson  Center  fel- 


202 


low,  focused  on  his  country's  international  leadership 
strategy  for  the  next  decade.  Other  activities  included  the 
dinner  discussion  "Reflections  on  Russia  and  the  Rus- 
sians" (November),  by  George  F.  Kennan,  former  U.S. 
ambassador  to  the  Soviet  Union,  and  the  evening  dia- 
logue on  "Drugs  in  America:  What  Have  We  Learned 
from  Old  Battles?  What  Can  We  Do  in  Future  Battles?" 
(January).  Participants  were  David  F.  Musto,  professor 
of  psychiatry  and  history  at  Yale  University;  Daniel  X. 
Freedman,  professor  of  psychiatry  and  pharmacology  at 
the  University  of  California,  Los  Angeles;  and  Louis 
Dupre,  professor  of  religious  studies  at  Yale  University. 

The  ambassadors  of  five  South  Asian  nations  to  the 
United  States  engaged  in  the  Wilson  Center  seminar  on 
"New  Dimensions  of  Regional  Cooperation  in  South 
Asia"  (February).  The  diplomat  participants  were 
A.  Z.  M.  Obaidullah  Khan,  of  the  People's  Republic  of 
Bangladesh;  B.  K.  Kaul,  of  India;  Bishwa  Pradhan,  of 
Nepal;  Jamsheed  K.  A.  Marker,  of  Pakistan;  and  Susanta 
De  Alwis,  of  the  Democratic  Socialist  Republic  of  Sri 
Lanka.  A  few  days  later,  attention  shifted  to  West  Ger- 
many, as  Hildegard  Hamm-Brucher,  a  member  of  the 
West  German  Bundestag,  appraised  the  state  of  democ- 
racy in  her  country  after  four  decades. 

"American  History:  Black  and  White"  (May)  was  the 
topic  of  an  evening  dialogue  led  by  John  Hope  Franklin, 
emeritus  professor  of  history  at  Duke  University,  and  C. 
Vann  Woodward,  emeritus  professor  of  history  at  Yale 
University.  Marking  the  twentieth  anniversary  of  the  As- 
sociation of  Southeast  Asian  Nations  (ASEAN),  a  Wilson 
Center  gathering  in  May  evaluated  the  future  of  regional 
cooperation  in  that  area  of  the  world.  Participants  in- 
cluded Phan  Wannamethee,  former  secretary-general  of 
the  ASEAN  Secretariat;  Robert  O.  Tilman,  professor  of 
political  science  at  North  Carolina  State  University,  Ral- 
eigh; and  Donald  K.  Emmerson,  director  of  the  Asian 
Studies  Center  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison, 
and  a  former  guest  scholar  at  the  center. 

A  dinner  discussion  examined  "Lessons  from  the  Fall 
and  Rise  of  Nations:  The  Future  of  America"  (June); 
among  the  participants  were  Paul  M.  Kennedy,  professor 
of  history  at  Yale  University;  Richard  Rosecrance,  pro- 


fessor of  international  and  comparative  studies  at  Cornell 
University  and  then  a  Wilson  Center  fellow;  Richard 
Lamm,  former  governor  of  Colorado;  and  Clyde  Pres- 
towitz,  former  counselor  to  the  U.S.  Secretary  of  Com- 
merce and  a  former  Wilson  Center  fellow.  Smithsonian 
Institution  Secretary  Robert  McC.  Adams  was  joined  by 
Beatrice  Medicine,  professor  of  anthropology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Calgary,  and  Alphonso  Ortiz,  professor  of  an- 
thropology at  the  University  of  New  Mexico,  to  discuss 
"Sacred  Objects:  To  Whom  Do  They  Belong?"  (June). 


Fellows 

The  Wilson  Center's  fellows  in  fiscal  1987  came  from 
countries  all  over  the  world,  as  well  as  from  all  regions  of 
the  United  States.  Fellows'  research  projects  encompassed 
a  wide  array  of  questions  in  the  spheres  of  scholarship 
and  policymaking.  Among  the  1987  fellows  were  Marx 
W.  Wartofsky,  distinguished  professor  of  philosophy  at 
the  City  University  of  New  York,  who  studied  the  genesis 
and  development  of  human  cognition;  Rhys  L.  Isaac,  La- 
trobe  University,  Australia,  who  conducted  research  on 
the  American  Enlightenment;  Miao  Li,  of  the  Institute  of 
American  Studies  of  the  Chinese  Academy  of  Social  Sci- 
ences, who  studied  the  role  of  the  mass  media  in  Ameri- 
can society;  Leslie  Bethell,  professor  of  Latin  American 
history  at  the  University  of  London  and  editor  of  the 
Cambridge  History  of  Latin  America,  who  examined 
events  in  Latin  America  during  1945  and  z946;  Jose  Man- 
uel Donoso,  writer  from  Santiago,  Chile;  Gabriel  Goro- 
detsky,  senior  research  fellow  at  Tel  Aviv  University, 
who  concentrated  on  the  origins  of  the  Cold  War;  Jose  P. 
Leviste,  Jr.,  vice-chairman  and  secretary-general  of  the 
Pacific  Futures  Development  Center,  the  Philippines; 
Richard  Newton  Rosecrance,  Walter  S.  Carpenter  Profes- 
sor of  International  and  Comparative  Studies  at  Cornell 
University;  Jadwiga  Staniszkis,  adjunct  professor  of  soci- 
ology at  the  University  of  Warsaw;  William  Armistead 
Christian,  Jr.,  writer,  Las  Palmas,  Spain;  and  Timothy 
Garton  Ash,  foreign  editor  of  the  Spectator,  London. 


203 


SMITHSONIAN 


Under  Separate  Boards  of  Trustees 

John  F.  Kennedy  Center 
for  the  Performing  Arts 

National  Gallery  of  Art 

Woodrow  Wilson 
International  Center 
for  Scholars 


~1- 


SECRETARIAT* 


Office  of - 


BOARD  OF  REGENTS 

THE  SECRETARY* 

UNDER  SECRETARY* 


AUDITS  AND 
INVESTIGATIONS 


J 


TREASURER* 

Business  Management  Office 
Concessions 
Mail  Order  Division 
Office  of  Product  Licensing 
Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 

Office  of  Accounting  and 
Financial  Services 

Office  of  Financial  Management 
and  Planning 

Office  of  Risk  Management 


GENERAL  COUNSEL* 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
RESEARCH* 

Joseph  Henry  Papers 
National  Zoological  Park 
Office  of  American  Studies 
Office  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 
Office  of  International  Activities** 

International  Center 

Office  of  Publications  Exchange 

Office  of  Service  and  Protocol 
International  Environmental  Science  Program 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 
Smithsonian  Environmental  Research  Center 
Smithsonian  Institution  Archives 
Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 
Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 


'Secretary's  Management  Committee. 
"As  of  August  1,  1987. 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
MUSEUMS* 

Anacostia  Museum 

Archives  of  American  Art 

Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery  and 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

National  Museum  of  African  Art 

National  Museum  of  American  Art 

Renwick  Gallery 
National  Museum  of  American  History 
National  Museum  of  Natural  History/ 

National  Museum  of  Man 
National  Portrait  Gallery 
Office  of  Exhibits  Central 
Office  of  Horticulture 
Office  of  Museum  Programs 
Office  of  the  Registrar 
Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling 

Exhibition  Service 


204 


INSTITUTION 


BOARDS  AND  COMMISSIONS 

Archives  of  American  Art 

Hirshhorn  Museum  and 

National  Museum  of  American  Art 

Board  of  Trustees 

Sculpture  Garden 
Board  of  Trustees 

Commission 

Arthur  M.  Sackler  Gallery 

National  Portrait  Gallery 

Visiting  Committee 

Horticultural  Advisory  Committee 

Commission 

Board  of  Fellowships  and  Grants 

Joint  Sponsoring  Committee  for 

Office  of  Museum  Programs 

the  Papers  of  Joseph  Henry 

National  Advisory  Committee 

Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

Smithsonian  Council 

Cooper-Hewitt  Museum 

Advisory  Board 

Advisory  Council 

Smithsonian  Institution 

National  Board  of  the 

Women's  Council 

Cultural  Education  Committee 

Smithsonian  Associates 

Smithsonian  Institution 

Folklife  Advisory  Council 

National  Museum  of  African  Art 

Internship  Council 

Freer  Visiting  Committee 

Commission 

Women's  Committee  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates 

Director  of 

MEMBERSHIP  AND  DEVELOPMENT'1 

Office  of  Membership  and  Development 
Smithsonian  National  Associate  Program 
Smithsonian  Resident  Associate  Program 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
PUBLIC  SERVICE* 

National  Science  Resources  Center 
Office  of  the  Committee  for  a  Wider  Audience 
Office  of  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education 
Office  of  Interdisciplinary  Studies 
Office  of  Folklife  Programs 
Office  of  Public  Affairs 

Office  of  Smithsonian  Symposia  and  Seminars 
Office  of  Telecommunications 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
Smithsonian  Magazine 
Visitor  Information  and  Associates' 
Reception  Center 


September  1987 


Assistant  Secretary  for 
ADMINISTRATION* 

Office  of  Congressional  Liaison* 

Contracts  Office 

Management  Analysis  Office 

National  Demonstration  Laboratory  for  Interactive 

Educational  Technologies 
Office  of  Equal  Opportunity 
Office  of  Facilities  Services 

Office  of  Architectural  History 
and  Historic  Preservation 

Office  of  Design  and  Construction 

Office  of  Environmental  Management  and  Safety 

Office  of  Plant  Services 

Office  of  Protection  Services 
Office  of  Information  Resource  Management 
Office  of  Personnel  Administration 
Office  of  Printing  and  Photographic  Services 
Office  of  Procurement  and  Property  Management 
Office  of  Programming  and  Budget 
Office  of  Special  Events 
Office  of  Supply  Services 
Travel  Services  Office 


Z05 


Cover:  View  of  S.  Dillon  Ripley  Center  and 

Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden. 

(  Photograph  by  Nick  Wheeler) 


Frontispiece:  Aerial  view  of  the  Enid  A.  Haupt  Garden  in 
front  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Building  (the  "Castle"). 
(Photograph  by  Jeff  Tinsley) 


For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents, 

U.S.  Government  Printing  Office,  Washington,  D.C.  20402 

(paper  cover) 

Stock  number:    047-000-00405-5 

206